syllabus - Kurukshetra University

Max. Marks: 350
B.Sc. Part-I
INSTRUMENTATION Scheme of Examination
w.e.f 2011-12
Semester -I
Theory Paper-I: Metrology and Mechanical Measurements-I Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Theory Paper-II: Elements of Electronics Max. Marks:50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Semester –II
Theory Paper-I: Metrology and Mechanical Measurements-II Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Theory Paper-II: Digital Techniques Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Paper-III: Practical Max. Marks: 100 Time: 3+3 Hours (on two days)
(Internal Assessment: 20 Marks + External Examination: 80 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
(Details of the Conduct of Practical Examination is noted below)
On- job-Training Viva-Voce Max. Marks:50 (on two days)
Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters i.e., in 2 nd , 4 th and 6 th Semesters.
Note: Instructions for paper setter for theory papers.
1. The syllabus in each theory paper is divided in 5 units. 10 questions are to be set. Two questions
are to be set from each unit and the students are to attempt any 5 selecting at least one from each
unit. A student is to attempt 5 questions in all.
2. 20% numerical problems are to be set .
3. Use of simple(non-Programmable) calculator is permissible.
4. Instructions should be imparted using SI System of Units .
Familiarity with CGS system of units should also be ensured.
Note: Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters i.e., in 2 nd , 4 th and 6 th semesters.
1. The practical examination will be held in two sessions of three hours each(first session starting in
the evening of the first day and the second session in the following morning).
2. Distribution of Marks:
Experiments (Two) 25+25 Marks
Viva Voce 30 Marks
Laboratory Record 20 Marks (Internal Assessment)
3. Laboratory notebook will be assessed by both external examiners. Marks for each experiments,
laboratory record and viva voce examination concerning the experiments in the syllabus for each
session will be as indicated above.
4. Use of simple(non-Programmable) calculator is permissible
Note: On Job Training: The training will be one month duration and will be undertaken in an
industry on a topic approved by the college. The candidates will be required to submit a project
report and viva voce will be conducted on the basis of this report .
1

Syllabus & Courses of Reading
Semester I
Paper-I: Metrology and Mechanical Measurements-I Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Note: Two questions are to be set from each unit and the students are to attempt any 5 selecting at least
one from each unit.
Unit- I
Standards of Measurements, Standard of length vernier calipers, vernier height and inside depth gauges.
Cast iron surface plate and its uses. Description and Specification of Micrometer parts, micrometer depth
gauge. Limits, Fits & Tolerance.(Basic idea)
Unit-II
Types of Application of Measurement, Functional elements of an instrument, measurement of displacementusing
Resistive Potentiometer, Capacitive transducer, variable inductance transducer, LVDT,
Unit-III
Measurement of pressure using dead weight gauge manometers, bourdon tubes, diaphragms, Resistive
transducers, photo electric and piezo- electric methods. Low pressure measurement (vacuum) by Mc Leod
gauge, pirani gauge,ionisation gauge , high pressure measurement.
Unit-IV
Measurement of temperature using thermo couples, Platinum resistance thermometer, Semi Conductor
thermometer, thermistors, Measurement of humidity using resistive Hygrometer, Aluminium oxide
hygrometer, crystal hygrometer, capacitive hygrometer.
Unit-V
Total radiation pyrometers and infra red pyrometers. Disappearing type filament optical pyrometer.
Measurement of linear velocity using electromagnetic transducers. Measurement of angular velocity by
electrical tachometers , stroboscope .
Books:
1. Engineering Metrology R.K.Jain, Khanna Pub. Delhi.
2. A course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation
By A.K.Sawhney. Dhanpat Rai & Co.
3. Doebelin E.O. Measurement system TATA McGraw Hill
4. Instrumentation, Devices & System C.S.Rangan, G.R.SARMA,
TATA McGraw Hill , New Delhi.
2

Paper-II : Elements of Electronics Max. Marks : 40
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Note: Two questions are to be set from each unit and the students are to attempt any 5 selecting at least
one from each unit.
Unit-I
Resistors:General information, symbol, color-code, types such as carbon, metal film, thin film, thick film,
wire sound, variable potentiometers, logarithmic linear multi-turn. Physical properties: Temperature
dependence (thermistor),Light dependent(LDR), Voltage Dependent(VDR).
Inductors : General information, symbol , types(air core, iron core, ferrite core) Frequency response. Method
of measurement, (Universal Bridge).
Capacitors : General information, Symbol Color Code. Type (Air paper, electronic, mica, tantalum,
polysterene). Fixed and variable capacitors. Specifications, power factors, working voltage , Measurement
of capacitance.
Unit -II
A.C. Fundamentals : Resistors capacitors and inductors in series and parallel. Kirchhoff current and voltage
law. Network Theorems : Superposition, Maximum power transfer. Thevenins theorem, nortons theorem.
Millman’s theorem.
Unit-III
Semiconductors p-type, n-type, pn junction diodes, pn junction as a circuit element, its characteristics, half
wave and full wave and bridge type rectifier circuits basic filter circuits, Doide as voltage multiplier, clipper
& clamper circuit. Zener diode as a voltage regulator.
Unit-IV
Transistors and Characteristics of transistors in different configuration. Concept of d.c. and a.c. load line and
operating point selection. Various amplifiers configurations their h-parameter equivalent circuits
determination of voltage gain current gain input resistance and output resistance & power gain. Concept of
feedback in amplifiers, different oscillators circuits (without analysis)
Unit-V
Black box concept , terms such as common mode and differential signals, common mode rejection ratio
(CMRR). Analysis of single ended and differential input , single ended and differential output, differential
amplifiers. Constant Current source, parameter of differential amplifier:Input bias and offset current.
Transfer characteristics.
Books:
1. Basic Electronics by Bernar Grob.
2. Basic Electronics by Malvino.
3. Electrical Measurements by Golding
4. Integrated Electronics By Millman Halkias
3

Syllabus & Courses of Reading
Semester II
Paper-I: Metrology and Mechanical Measurements-II Max. Marks: 40
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Note: Two questions are to be set from each unit and the students are to attempt any 5 selecting at least
one from each unit.
Unit-I
Characteristics of instruments(i.e. Static Sensitivity Accuracy, precision, linearity, Hystresis , threshold,
Dead time, Dead zone and loading effects). Principle, construction and working of autocollimator, sine
principle and uses of sine bars, tool makers microscope , horizontal & vertical optical projectors,
Unit-II
Surface roughness measurement by inspection, comparison method, Tomlinson surface meter, pneumatic
method, Read type Mechanical comparators, Free Air Flow and Back pressure type comparators, Electrical
and Electronic comparators. Measurement of vibrations using seismic transducer, LVDT & piezo electric
Accelerometers.
Unit-III
Measurement of Force using strain gauge , Differential transformers & piezoelectric transducers. Torque
measurement using strain gauge, Inductive transducer Magneto-strictive transducers. Shaft power by servo
controlled dynamometer. Measurement of strain by resistance strain gauge and wheat stone bridge
Unit-IV
Measurement of sound, Microphones & sound level meter. Flow Measurement using pitot tube, venturi tube
, orifice meter, rotameter, Hotwire & Hot film anemometers, Ultrasonic flow meter Vortex flow meter.
Unit V
Measurement of liquid level using float , ultrasonic method , Gamma ray method, Resistive method &
Inductive method. Basic Digital Frequency meter, Time interval measurement
Books:
1. Engineering Metrology R.K.Jain, Khanna Pub. Delhi.
2. A course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation
By A.K.Sawhney. Dhanpat Rai & Co.
3. Doebelin E.O. Measurement system TATA McGraw Hill
4. Instrumentation, Devices & System C.S.Rangan, G.R.SARMA,
TATA McGraw Hill , New Delhi.
4

Paper-II: Digital Techniques Max. Marks: 40
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Note: Two questions are to be set from each unit and the students are to attempt any 5 selecting at least
one from each unit.
UNIT-I
Number system and codes, Introduction to decimal, binary, octal, hexadecimal number system, BCD codes,
Inter conversion of binary, decimal, BCD, Octal and hex. Parity, Excess-3, grey and Johnson code. Simple
binary arithmetic. Introduction to Excess- 3 arithmetic.
Unit-II
Logic Gates: OR, AND gates, inverter circuit, the inhibit (enable) operation, XOR circuits, De Morgan's
Laws, NAND & NOR gates. Logic Hardware: DTL, TTL, RTL, ECL, DCTL, CMOS Logic and their
characteristics
UNIT-III
Signed binary numbers, Boolean relations, sum of products method, algebraic simplification, k-Maps, pairs,
quads and octets, Karnaugh simplifications, Don't care conditions, binary addition, binary subtraction, 2’s
complement method. Logic circuit designing using SOP method.
UNIT-IV
Binary Adders (Half Adder, Full adder). Flip flops: RS Latches, Level clocking (Clocked SR flip flop), D
latch, Edge triggered JK Flip Flop, JK Master Slave flip flop, T type Flip Flop.
Unit -V
Registers- Shift Registers and Buffer registers, synchronous & Asynchronous counters, Binary module
counters, Applications of Counters.
Reference Books :
1. Digital Electronics by Gothman, Prentice-Hall
2. Digital Principals & Applications by Malvino & Leach, TMH
4. Digital Computer Electronics by A.P.Malvino, TMH
5. Analog and Digital Electronics by Peter.H.Beards.
6. Integrated Electronics by Millman & Halkias, McGraw Hill
5

Max. Marks: 350
B.Sc. Part-II
INSTRUMENTATION
Scheme of Examination
Semester -III
Theory Paper-I: Instrumentation Mechanisms and optical instrumentation –I Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Theory Paper-II: Measurement techniques and Transducers Max. Marks:50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Semester –IV
Theory Paper-I: Instrumentation Mechanisms and optical instrumentation –II Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Theory Paper-II: Signal conditioners and Vacuum Max. Marks:50
Instrumentation
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Paper-III: Practical Max. Marks: 100 Time: 3+3 Hours (on two days)
(Internal Assessment: 20 Marks + External Examination: 80 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
(Details of the Conduct of Practical Examination is noted below)
On- job-Training Viva-Voce Max. Marks: 50 (on two days)
Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters i.e., in 2 nd , 4 th and 6 th Semesters.
Note: Instructions for paper setter for theory papers.
1. The syllabus in each theory paper is divided in 5 units. 10 questions are to be set. Two questions
are to be set from each unit and the students are to attempt any 5 selecting at least one from each
unit. A student is to attempt 5 questions in all.
2. 20% numerical problems are to be set .
3. Use of simple(non-Programmable) calculator is permissible.
4. Instructions should be imparted using SI System of Units .
Familiarity with CGS system of units should also be ensured.
Note: Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters i.e., in 2 nd , 4 th and 6 th semesters.
1. The practical examination will be held in two sessions of three hours each(first session starting in
the evening of the first day and the second session in the following morning).
2. Distribution of Marks:
Experiments (Two) 25+25 Marks
Viva Voce 30 Marks
Laboratory Record 20 Marks (Internal Assessment)
3. Laboratory notebook will be assessed by both external examiners. Marks for each experiments,
laboratory record and viva voce examination concerning the experiments in the syllabus for each
session will be as indicated above.
4. Use of simple(non-Programmable) calculator is permissible
Note: On Job Training: The training will be one month duration and will be undertaken in an
industry on a topic approved by the college. The candidates will be required to submit a project
report and viva voce will be conducted on the basis of this report .
6

Syllabus & Courses of Reading
Semester III
PAPER – I: INSTRUMENTATION MECHANISMS & OPTICAL INSTRUMENTATION -
I.
Max. Marks: 50
External Examination: 40 Marks
Time: 3 Hours
Internal assessment: 10Marks
Unit – I
Introduction:
Material for Instrumentations, bearings, machine bearings vs. instruments bearings.
Different types of bearings and guides.
Locks and Stops:
Locks, unidirectional locks, stops, stops for linear motion, switching stops, stops for rotary
motion.
Unit II
Couplings:
Rigid couplings, couplings for shafts with longitudinal shift, coupling for shafts with off set
of centers, coupling for shafts with angular misalignment, flexible couplings.
Clutches:
Claw clutches, friction clutches, clutch engaging devices, special clutches, torque limiting
clutches, centrifugal, clutches, over running clutches, single revolution clutch, clutches with
permanent magnets.
Unit-III
Surface texture measurements and gauging:
Testing of screw threads:
Pitch and angle error, External and Internal thread gauges. Testing of gears, involutes
geometry, runout, pitch, profile, lead, backlash, and tooth thickness, roundness measurements,
lobbing of cylinders, Management inspection and quality control. Automatic dimensional
controls manufacturing processes.
Energy storing elements:
Mass springs; leaf springs, spiral springs, torsion springs, conical disc springs.
Unit-IV
Optical components and their characterization:
Plane mirrors, Achromatic prisms, Direct vision prisms, Right angle prisms, roof prisms,
erecting prism systems, cube comer prisms, beam splitter cubes, curved mirrors, lenses, ophthalmic
lenses.
Unit V
Optical materials and fabrication techniques:
Optical glasses and their characteristics, crystalline materials.
Optical Machinery:
Grinding, Polishing, Drilling, trepanning, spherical curve generator, optical tools, abrasives
and materials.
Making Optical Components:
Flats mirrors, parallel plates mirrors, lenses, prisms, polishing crystals.
7

Books:
1. Manufacturing Science-Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West Press.
2. Manufacturing Process and Systems - Ostwald, Munoz , John Wiley.
3. Workshop Technology, Vol. 1, 2 & 3 – Chapman, WAJ, Edward Arnold.
4. Workshop Technology Vol. I &II - Hazra & Chaudhary, Asian Book Comp., New Delhi
5. Fundamentals of Optics- Jenkins and White, Mc Graw Hill 1957
6. Optics and Atomic Physics- Satyaprakash
PAPER – II MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUIES AND TRANSDUCERS
Max. Marks: 50
External Examination: 40 Marks
Time: 3 Hours
Internal assessment: 10Marks
Unit- I
Introduction:
Basis concepts of measurements. System configuration (generalized). Problem analysis
(Minimum performance required etc.) Basic characteristics of measuring devices such as accuracy,
precision, error, intringic absolute and relative errors; uncertainty and random errors, Systematic
and instrumental errors, operational errors (human errors).
Unit II
Transducer Classification:
Definition, Classification (active – passive), classification of electrical transducers,
dimensional relationship such as force with density, stress etc. Basic requirements of transducer
(ruggedness) linearity. Explain static and dynamic response.
Unit III
Transducers: Temperature;
Temperature sensors, Classification of temperature sensors based on temperature ranges,
Thermo emf, Selection criteria of different types thermocouples, RTDs, Thermistors.
Unit IV
Strains gauges, Classification of strain gauges, Different bridge configurations. (Wheat-
Stone quarter bridge, half bridge, full bridge) Methods of balancing and typical load cell example.
Unit V
Pressure transducers, Displacement transducers, Flow transducers, Hall effect devices and
its applications.
Books:
1. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation by D.Patranabis, TMH
2. Instrumentation measurement & Analysis by Nakra, Chaudry, TMH
3. Instrumentation Devices & Systems by Rangan Mani Sarma, TMH
4. Instrumentation for Engineers by J.D.Turner
8

Syllabus & Courses of Reading
Semester IV
PAPER – I: INSTRUMENTATION MECHANISMS & OPTICAL INSTRUMENTATION -
II.
Max. Marks: 50
External Examination: 40 Marks
Time: 3 Hours
Internal assessment: 10Marks
Unit I
Overview of Locks and Stops, Clutches, Energy Storing Elements, couplings, Bearings.
Joining:
Adhesive and cemented joints. Joints by elastic deformation, joints by wedge effect, screw
joints, press fitted joints, spring joints by plastic deformation, beaded joints, folded joints, lapped
joints, embossed joints, spreaded joints, joints by embedding.
Unit-II
Elements of workshop technology:
Simple manufacturing processes machines tools like lathes, drilling machines, milling machines,
shaping machines, metal forming and casting.
Unit III
Functional Mechanisms:
Gear mechanisms, friction wheel mechanism, wedge and screw mechanisms, linkage
mechanisms, integrating mechanisms, differential quantity integrator, rate quantity integrator.
Elements in high speed mechanisms:
Inertia, Friction and Energy.
Unit- IV
Testing Optical Components:
Newton’s interferoscope, Fizeau interferometer Twyman Green interferometer, Mach- Zehnder
interferometer.
Multiple beam interferometers, Fabry-pero interferometer, polarization interferometer shearing
interferometer, Autocollimators, Rochi grating test. Foucault knife edge test, Haitmann and other
screen tests. Distance measuring interferometers, Bull- testing comparators.
Unit V
Fibre Optics:
Principles of optical fibres. Materials for optical fibre. Production of optical fibres, sources,
detectors, couplings. Application of fibre optics – illuminators imaging bundle, endoscopy,
communications, fibre optics sensors.
Optical Instruments:
Compound microscopes, binocular microscope, projection microscope, binoculars,
Telescopes- terrestrial and astronomic, profile projectors. The odolites.
Books:
1. Manufacturing Science-Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West
Press.
2. Manufacturing Process and Systems - Ostwald, Munoz , John Wiley.
9

3. Workshop Technology, Vol. 1, 2 & 3 – Chapman, WAJ, Edward Arnold.
4. Workshop Technology Vol. I &II - Hazra & Chaudhary, Asian Book Comp., New
Delhi
5. Fundamentals of Optics- Jenkins and White, Mc Graw Hill 1957
6. Optics and Atomic Physics- Satyaprakash
PAPER – II SIGNAL CONDITIONERS AND VACUUM INSTRUMENTATION
Unit I
1 0
Max. Marks: 50
External Examination: 40 Marks
Time: 3 Hours
Internal assessment: 10Marks
Signal Generation and Processing:
Sine wave generation and amplitude stability, linear frequency control and quadrature
output. Saw tooth wave (linear), Square wave generator. Staircase generator. Op amp based filters.
Unit – II
Detectors:
Circuit diagrams and applications of Precision rectifiers, peak detectors, sample and hold
circuits (aperture time, acquisition time etc.) comparators and qualitative importance of logarithmic
amplifiers. Isolation amplifiers, optical isolators, Reference voltage and current
Unit – III
Signal Conditioners:
Instrumentation amplifiers, Characteristics, modulation, frequency modulation, pulse width
modulators. Emphasis on phase sensitive detectors and their importance extracting signals buried
under noise.
Unit –IV
Introduction to vacuum – fundamentals:
Gas flow mechanisms, conductance calculations, concept of throughput and pumping speed.
Rotary, roots and oil free pumps. Diffusion and sorption pump. Thermo molecular, cryo and ionpumps.
Pressure measurement by hydrostatic, thermal conductivity and ionization gauges. Gauge
calibration using spinning rotor diaphragm and selected gauges.
Unit – V
Vacuum components: traps, baffles, valves, seals and feed troughs. Vacuum material and
fabrication techniques. Leak detection techniques, Mass spectrometer and residual gas analysis.
High vacuum system design.
Thin film deposition techniques (thermal evaporation and modifications), sputtering (techniques,
advantages, limitations) and various modifications.
Film thickness measurement and monitoring. Vacuum application: Freeze drying, food processing
industry, lamp industry, vacuum metallurgy, vacuum impregnation.
Books:
1. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation by D.Patranabis, TMH
2. Instrumentation measurement & Analysis by Nakra, Chaudry, TMH
3. Instrumentation Devices & Systems by Rangan Mani Sarma, TMH
4. Instrumentation for Engineers by J.D.Turner
5. Vacuum Deposition of Thin Films- Bousing and Chapman and Hall
6. Vacuum Technology- A Guthrie, John Wiley and Sons

Paper – III List of Experiments (Practical)
(Internal Assessment: 20 Marks + External Examination: 80 Marks)
Section – I
1 1
Max Marks: 100
Time: 6 Hours
(Two Sessions)
(i) To measure variable high pressure using transducers and draw pressure linearity curve.
(ii) To Measure the variable stress and surface using transducer.
(iii) To measure the variable strain using transducers.
(iv) To study Thermistor or diode as temperature senor and record the temperature of hot
bodies.
(v) To study the fortune LVDT.
(vi) To study the load cell.
(vii) To measure Noise level and vibration at a place.
Section- II
(i) To find the focal length of concave lens by combing it with a suitable convex lens.
(ii) To find the radius of Curvature of a spherical curved lens or mirror by speedometer.
(iii) To find the focal length of combination of lenses place at a distance.
(iv) To set up a microsope and index the refractive index of water with it.
(v) To find thickness of film by Interference.
(vi) To set up a Fresnal’s Biprism and find wave length of light by measurement fringe
width.
(vii) To open a rotary pump and set it up again by cleaning it.
(viii) To study pump speed of rotary pump and measure the vacuum produced by it.
(ix) To study the pump speed of diffusion pump and measure vacuum produced by it.

Max. Marks 350
B.Sc. Part-III
INSTRUMENTATION
Scheme of Examination
Semester -V
Theory Paper-I: Microprocessors –I Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Theory Paper-II: Instrumentation Systems-I Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Semester –VI
Theory Paper-I: Microprocessors –II Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Theory Paper-II: Instrumentation Systems-II Max. Marks: 50
(Internal Assessment: 10 Marks + External Examination: 40 Marks Time : 3 Hours)
Paper-III: Practical Max. Marks: 100 Time: 3+3 Hours (on two days)
(Internal Assessment: 20 Marks + External Examination: 80 Marks)
(Details of the Conduct of Practical Examination is noted below)
On- job-Training Viva-Voce Max. Marks: 50 (on two days)
Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters i.e., in 2 nd , 4 th and 6 th semesters.
Note: Instructions for paper setter for theory papers.
1. The syllabus in each theory paper is divided in 5 units. 10 questions are to be set. Two questions
are to be set from each unit and the students are to attempt any 5 selecting at least one from each
unit. A student is to attempt 5 questions in all.
2. 20% numerical problems are to be set .
3. Use of simple(non-Programmable) calculator is permissible.
4. Instructions should be imparted using SI System of Units .
Familiarity with CGS system of units should also be ensured.
Note: Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters i.e., in 2 nd , 4 th and 6 th semesters.
1. The practical examination will be held in two sessions of three hours each(first session starting in
the evening of the first day and the second session in the following morning).
2. Distribution of Marks:
Experiments (Two) 25+25 Marks
Viva Voce 30 Marks
Laboratory Record 20 Marks (Internal Assessment)
3. Laboratory notebook will be assessed by both external examiners. Marks for each experiments,
laboratory record and viva voce examination concerning the experiments in the syllabus for each
session will be as indicated above.
4. Use of simple(non-Programmable) calculator is permissible
Note: On Job Training: The training will be one month duration and will be undertaken in an industry on
a topic approved by the college. The candidates will be required to submit a project report and viva voce
will be conducted on the basis of this report.
1 2

Syllabus & Courses of Reading
Semester V
Theory Paper-I: Microprocessors –I
Max. Marks: 50
External Examination: 40 Marks
Time: 3 Hours
Internal assessment: 10Marks
Unit – I
1. Introduction: Microprocessor its need in instrumentation. Advantages of microprocessor
based instrumentation over conventional instrumentation
1 3
Unit II
2. Review of digital Electronics: Shift registers, counters, decoders, encoders, tristate buffer
and multiplexed display systems.
Unit-III
Memory & Register organization in Microprocessor :
(i) Memory organization: Types of memories (RAM, EPROM, ROM, PROM, DRAM).
Basic concepts of memory organization (Number of address lines require,
arrangement of memory cells, control lines, memory extension). Concept of control
lines such as Read/Write chip enables Register to Register transfer via Data Bus).
(ii) Arithmetic and Logic Unit (ALU) Function of ALU, Detail design of a small ALU.
An ALU which perform four basic (4-bit) operations(ADD, SUBT, OR, AND).
Need for instruction decoder,. Integration of ID with “ALU” to form an “ALU” with
control signals.
(iii) Control and timing unit: Need for this unit, concept of sequence of execution of an
instruction. Detail design of control unit.
Unit-IV
3. Introduction to 8085 Architecture:
Block Diagram, Address Bus, Control Bus, Data Bus, need to multiplex address and data
bus. Memory organization (with emphasis on multiplexing address and data bus during
memory read or memory write). Control and timing Unit, ALu details, registers Flags,
memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O.
Unit V
4. Instruction Set:
Introduction, classification of instruction set, op-code format, some basic instructions.
(i) Data transfer instructions, this must include-
a) Immediate addressing b) Register addressing
c) Direct addressing d) Indirect addressing
(ii) Arithmetic and Logic Instructions:
ADD, SUB, AND, OR, XOR, CMP
Books:
1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Application by Gaonkar
2. Digital Computer Electronics by Albent Paul Malvino (TMH) 1 st Edition
3. Microprocessors and Applications by Mathur

Theory Paper-II: Instrumentation Systems-I
Analytical Instrumentation:
Max. Marks: 50
External Examination: 40 Marks
Time: 3 Hours
Internal assessment: 10Marks
Unit – I
1. Introduction to Instrumentation systems, need for an integrated approach. Zero order, First
order, second order systems; dead time element, specification and testing of dynamic
response.
Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, Encoder, Tristate buffer, Priority Encoder,
2. Displays and display drivers, Analogue to digital and digital analogue conversion.
1 4
Unit II
3. Display systems LED, LCD, Seven segment, CRT, DOT Matrix
4. Filters: passive and active filters, types of filters: first order and second order, low pass,
band pass, band reject, and their frequency and phase response.
(For higher order filters qualitative explanation & not mathematical)
Unit-III
5. Analytical Instruments: Working principle, operation, and data analysis of the following:
Spectrophotometer, atomic absorption spectrometer, electron microscopes
Unit-IV
6. Nuclear Magnetic resonance Spectrometer: Principles of operation, sample preparation and
data analysis, stability of magnetic fields and electronics.
7. Mass Spectrometer: Application areas, working principles of static and dynamic
instruments, analysis of data
Unit V
8. X-ray techniques and dynamic instruments, analysis of X-ray techniques and their
application radiography, fluorescence and diffractometry. Interpretation of Data.
9. Mossbauer Spectrometer: Principles of operation, measurement of radioactivity, analysis of
data.
Books:
1. Instrumental Methods of Analysis: H Willard, LL Merritt, JA Dean, FA Seattle

Syllabus & Courses of Reading
Semester VI
Theory Paper-I: Microprocessors –II
Max. Marks: 50
External Examination: 40 Marks
Time: 3 Hours
Internal assessment: 10Marks
Unit – I
Introduction to 8085 Architecture:
1. Control and Timing:
Sequence of execution of instruction, Concept of instruction cycle and macjhine cycle.
Various types of machine cycles along with associated control and status signals (Opcode,
etch, memory read, memory write, I/O read, I/O write, IO/M, SO, SI, MR, MW/ Detail
timing diagram of some instructions).
Unit II
2. Advance Instructions:
Branching, conditional and unconditional subroutines conditional and unconditional
concept of stack, need for stock pointer
Unit-III
3. Interfacing:
Interrupts, classification interrupts, various types of hardware interrupts Software interrupts
RSTO to RST7. Instruction associated with interrupts (RIM, SIM, EI, DI) Typical
Examples illustration usage.
Unit-IV
4. Interfacing with Peripherals:
Concept of Input and Output ports. Study of 8255, 8279, 8253(General description, how to
programme, usage) Interfacing of A/D and D/A converters
Unit V
5. Introduction to 8086:
Architecture block diagram, instruction set. Interfacing applications.
Books:
1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Application by Gaonkar
2. Digital Computer Electronics by Albent Paul Malvino (TMH) 1 st Edition
3. Microprocessors and Applications by Mathur
1 5

Theory Paper-II: Instrumentation Systems-II
Bio-Medical and Environmental Instrumentation
Max. Marks: 50
External Examination: 40 Marks
Time: 3 Hours
Internal assessment: 10Marks
Unit – I
1. Bio-Medical Instrumentation: EEG, ECG and other potential working principle and
precaution.
2. Blood pressure measurement, introduction to thermodynamics
Unit II
3. Introduction to ultra sound and tomographic techniques. Interpretation of data and
precaution for measurements. Introduction to working principle and operation of
pacemakers, diffribillators, heart-lung and other ICU instrumentation.
Unit-III
4. Environmental Instrumentation: General Introduction to physical environment. Physical
aspect like pressure, temperature, humidity, noise, visibility, air quality, and water quality.
5. Humid atmosphere, hygrometers, and dew point instruments, controlled humidity
environment. Wind velocity and effect on dispersion of pollution. Cup-anemometer, Hotwire
anemometer, Radar.
Unit-IV
6. Particulate matter in air, soiling index and visibility.
7. Sound level meter, tape recorders, noise dosimeters, sound level monitors, and acoustical
calibrators.
8. Thermal comfort meter, heat stress monitor, and temperature monitors, solar flux,
pyrnometers, and pyreheliometers.
Unit V
9. Water quality by turbidity meter, calorimeter, pH meter, microscopes, atomic absorption
spectroscopy.
10. Air-quality measurement, using gas chromatography, high pressure liquid chromatography,
gas chromatography, mass spectrometer, conductivity meter, Congenial environment for
work, artificial lightening, acoustic consideration, and air-conditioning,.
BOOKS:
1. Air-Pollution: Physical and Chemical Fundamentals, JH Seinfeld, Mc-Graw Hill, New
York, 1975
2. Meteorological Instruments: WE Knowles, Middleton and AF Spilhass, University of
Toronto Press, 1953.
3. Environmental Instrumentation: LJ Frichtschen, and LW Gay
4. Thermal Comfort: PO Fanger, Robert, E., Krieger Publishing Company
1 6

Paper – III (Practical)
List of Experiments
(Internal Assessment: 20 Marks + External Examination: 80 Marks)
Section – I
1 7
Max Marks: 100
Time: 6 Hours
(Two Sessions)
(viii) Design a half-adder using NAND Gates
(ix) Design a 4-bit adder.
(x) Design a 4-bit adder using 7483.
(xi) Design a 4-bit parallel Adder/ Subtractor using 7483 and 7486 .
(xii) Design a code converter (BCD to cyclic codes) using NAND gates
(xiii) Design the decoder circuit using NAND Gates
(xiv) Design a 8:1 multiplexer using NAND Gates
(xv) Generate f(x,y,z)-xy+yz=xyz on the 8:1 multiplexer
(xvi) Use SN 74LS 151 as a parallel to serial converter.
(xvii) Design a 1:4 demultiplexer using NAND gates.
(xviii) Use 741, S138 as a demultiplexer
(xix) Use 74151 and 74138 to design IDM scheme which multiplexer 8 input lines into a
single transmission line and then to 8 output lines IS may be controlled parallel using
divide by 8 counter.
Section- II
(i) Find the characteristics of an RS flip-flop.
(ii) To study the characteristics of a JK flip-flop.
(iii) To study the characteristics of a D flip-flop.
(iv) Make a ripple binary counter using JK flip-flops.
(v) To construct and study a BCD decade counter using JK Flip-flop.
(vi) Design a controlled counter which counts as a modulo-8 counter when control C=1 and
counts as modulo-5 counter. When C=0 using flip-flops.
(vii) Design a modulo-8 up down counter using JK flip-flops.
(viii) Design a 4-bit SISO shift register.

STATISTICS PAPER
Scheme of Examination of B.A./B.Sc. three year degree Course w.e.f. 2011-12.
There will be two theory papers of Statistics and Practical in B.A. / B.Sc. three year degree course
Part-I, II & III consisting of two semesters each. Practical examinations will be held annually
(based on constituent semesters).
B.A. /B.Sc. Part-I (Semester-I) Marks Time
Paper Code Nomenclature B.A B.Sc.
I ST-101 Statistical Methods-I 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
II ST-102 Probability Theory 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
(Semester-II)
I ST-201 Statistical Methods-II 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
II ST-202 Probability Distributions 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
III ST-203 Practical 60** 100** 3 hours
Part-II(Semester-III)
I ST-301 Elementary Inference 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
II ST-302 Sample Surveys 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
(Semester-IV)
I ST-401 Parametric and Non-
parametric tests 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
II ST-402 Design of Experiments 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
III ST-403 Practical 60** 100** 3 hours
Part-III(Semester-V)
I ST-501 Applied Statistics 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
II ST-502 Numerical Methods and
Fundamentals of Computers 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
1 8

(Semester-VI)
I ST-601 Statistical Quality Control 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
II ST-602 Operations Research 28+7* 40+10* 3 hours
III ST-603 Practical 60** 100** 3 hours
**Practical Examinations will be held annually in the even semesters i. e. II, IV & VI
semester and distribution of marks will be as follows.
B.A B.Sc.
Practical : 48 80
Class Record : 06 10
Viva-Voce : 06 10
1 9

B.A./B.Sc.I Semester-I
2 0
Paper-I(ST-101)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Statistical Methods-I
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-I (Two questions)
Introduction of Statistics: Origin, development, definition, scope, uses and
limitations.
Types of Data: Qualitative and quantitative data, cross sectional and time
series data, discrete and co ntinuous data, frequenc y and non-frequenc y data.
Nominal, ordinal, ratio and interval scales.
Collection and Scrutiny of Data : Collection of primary and secondary data- its
major sources including some government publications, scrutiny of data for
internal consistency and detection of errors of recording, classification and
tabulation of data.
Section-II (Three questions)
Presentation of Data: Frequenc y distribution and cumulative frequenc y
distribution, diagrammatic and graphical presentation of data, construction of bar,
pie diagrams, histograms, frequency polygon, frequency curve and ogives.
Measures of Central Tendency/Location: Arithmetic mean, median, mode,
geometric mean, harmonic mean; partition values-quartiles, deciles, percentiles
and their grap hical location along with their properties, applications, merits and
demerits.
Measures of Dispersion: Concept of dispersion, characteristics for an ideal
measure of dispersio n. Absolute and relative measures based on: range, inter
quartile range, quartile deviation, coefficient of quartile deviation, Mean
deviation, coefficient of mean deviation, standard deviation ( �), coefficient of
variation and properties of these measures.
Section-III (Three questions)
Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis: Moments about mean and about any point and
derivation of their relationships, effect of change of origin and scale on moments,
Sheppard’s correction for moments (without derivation), Charlier’s checks;
coefficients of Skewness and Kurtosis with their interpretations.
Theory of Attributes: S ymbolic notations, dichotomy of data, class frequencies,
order of class frequencies, consistenc y of data, independence and association of
attributes, Yule’s coefficient of association and coefficient of colligatio n.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Applied Statistics Neter J., Wasserman W., Allyn & Bacon,
& Whitmore G.A. Inc.
2. Applied General Croxton F.E., Cowden Prentice Hall
Statistics D.J. & Kelin S.
3. Fundamental of Goon A.M., Gupta M.K., World Press,
Statistics Vol. I Dasgupta B. Calcutta
4. Statistics Johnson R. Wiley Publishers
5. Basic Statistics Aggarwal B.L. New Age
International
6. Fundamentals of Gupta S.C.& Sultan Chand &
Mathematical Kapoor V.K. Sons
Statistics
7. Programmed Aggarwal B.L. New Age
Statistics International
8. An Introduction To G. Udny, Kendal M.G Charles Griffin
Theory of Statistics and co.
2 1

B.A./B.Sc.I Semester-I
Paper-II(ST-102)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Ass essment
Probability Theory
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-I (Three questions)
Concepts in Probability: Random experiment, trial, sample point, sample space,
operation of events, exhaustive, equally likely and independent events; Definitio n
of probabilit y-classical, relative frequency, statistical and axiomatic app roach,
conditional probabilit y. Addition and multiplication laws of probabilit y and their
extension to n events. Boole’s inequality; Ba yes theorem and its applications.
Section-II (Three questions)
Random Variable and Probability Functions: Definitio n of random variable,
discrete and continuous random variable, probabilit y function, probabilit y mass
function and probability densit y functions, distribution function and its properties,
functions of random variables, joint, marginal and conditional probabilit y
distribution function.
Mathematical Expectation: Definition and its properties-moments, addition and
multiplication theorem of expectation. Conditional expectation and conditional
variance.
Section-III (Two questions)
Generating Functions: Moments generating function, cumulant generating
function, probabilit y generating function along with their properties.
2 2

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Fundamentals of Gupta S.C.& Sultan Chand
Mathematical Kapoor V.K. & Sons
Statistics
2. Probability for Edward P.J., Ford J.S. Prentice Hall
Statistical Decision and Lin
Making
3. Elementary David S. Oxford Press
Probability
4. Introduction to Hoel P.G. Asia Pub. House
Mathematical
Statistics
5. New Mathematical Bansi Lal & Satya Prakashan
Statistics Arora S.
6. Introduction to Hogg and Craig Prentice Hall
Mathematical
Statistics
2 3

B.A./B.Sc.I Semester-II
2 4
Paper-I(ST-201)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Statistical Methods-II
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one q uestion from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-I (Two questions)
Correlation: Concept and types of correlation, methods of finding correlation -
scatter diagram, Karl Pearso n’s Coefficient of correlation (r), its properties,
coefficient of correlation for a bivariate frequency d istribution. Rank correlatio n
with its derivation, its merits and demerits, limits of rank correlation coefficient,
tied or repeated ranks, coefficient of determination.
Section-II (Three questions)
Linear Regression : Concept of regression, principle of least squares and
fitting of straight line, derivation of two lines of regression, properties of
regression coefficients, standard error of estimate obtained from regression line,
correlation coefficient between observed and estimated values, distinctio n
between correlation and regression. Angle between two lines of regression.
Curvilinear Regression: Fitting of second degree parabola, power curve of the
type Y=aX b , exponential curves of the types Y=ab X and Y=ae b X .
Section-III (Three questions)
Multiple Regression: Plane of regression, properties of residuals, variance of
the residual. Multiple and partial correlation coefficients: coefficient of multiple
correlation and its properties, coefficient of partial correlation and its properties,
multiple correlation in terms of total and partial correlations.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Introduction to Mood A.M., Grayb ill McGraw Hill
Theory of F.A. & Boes D.C.
Statistics
2. Applied General Croxton F.E., Cowden Prentice Hall
Statistics D.J. & Kelin S.
3. Basic Statistical Cooke, Cramar & Clarke Chapman & Hall
Computing
4. Statistical Methods Snedecor G.W. & Lowa State Uni.
Cochran W.G. Press
5. Fundamentals of Gupta S.C.& Sultan Chand &
Mathematical Kapoor V.K. Sons
Statistics
2 5

B.A./B.Sc.I Semester-II
2 6
Paper-II(ST-202)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Probability Distributions
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-I (Three questions)
Bernoulli distribution and its moments, Binominal distribution: Moments,
recurrence relation for the moments, mean deviation about mean, mode, moment
generating function (m.g.f), additive property, characteristic function (c.f),
cumulants, probabilit y generating function (p.g.f) and recurrence relation for the
probabilities of Binominal distribution. Poisson Distribution: Poisso n
distribution as a limiting case of Binomial distribution, moments, mode,
recurrence relation for moments, m.g.f., c.f., cumulants and p.g.f. of Poisso n
distribution, additive property of independent Poisson variates. Negative
Binominal distribution: m.g.f. and p.g.f., deduction of moments of negative
binominal distribution from those of binominal distribution.
Section-II (Two questions)
Discrete uniform distribution. Geometric distribution: Lack of memory,
moments and m.g.f. Hypergeometric distribution: Mean and variance. Continuous
uniform distribution: Moments, m.g.f., characteristic function and mean deviation.
Section-III (Three questions)
Normal distribution as a limiting form of binominal distribution, chief
characteristics of Normal distribution; mode, median, m.g.f., c.g.f. and moments
of Normal Distribution, A linear combination of ind ependent normal variates,
points of inflexion, mean deviation about mean, area property of Normal
distribution, importance and fitting of normal distribution.
Gamma distribution: m.g.f., c.g.f., additive property.Beta distribution of
first and second kind . Exponential Distribution: m.g.f., moments, lack of memory.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Statistics:A Bhat B.R., New Age
Beginner’s Srivenkatramana T. & International
Text Vol. II Rao Madhava K.S.
2. Fundamentals of Gupta S.C. & Sultan chand
Mathematical Kapoor V.K. & Sons
Statistics
3. Introduction to Kapoor & Sexena. Schand
Mathematical
Statistics
4. Statistics Johnson R. Wiley
Publishers
5. Mathematical Freund’s J.E. Prentice Hall
Statistics With
Applications
2 7

B.A./B.Sc.-I
2 8
Paper-III(Practical ST-203)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: B.Sc.:100
Practical
Note: Five questions will be set. The candidate will be required to attempt
any three.
B.A.: 60
1. To construct frequency distributions using exclusive and inclusive methods
2. Representation of data using Bar and pie diagrams
3. Representation of data using Histogram, Frequency Polygo n, Frequenc y
Curve and Ogives.
4. To toss a coin atleast 100 times and plot a graph of heads with respect to
number of tosses.
5. To compute various measures of central tendency and dispersion.
6 To obtain first four moments for the given grouped frequency distribution.
7 To apply Charlier’s checks while computing the moments for a given
frequency distribution.
8. To obtain moments applying Sheppard’s correction.
9. To obtain various coefficients of skewness and kurtosis.
10. To discuss the association of attributes for a 2x2 contingency table using
Yule’s coefficient of association and colligation.
11. To compute Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation for given b ivariate
frequency distribution.
12. To find Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient for given data.
13. To fit the straight line for the given data on pairs of observations.
14. To fit the second degree curve for the given data.
15.
b
To fit the curve of the t ype Y � aX for the given data on pairs of
observations.
16. To obtain the regression lines for given data.
19 To compute partial and multiple correlation coefficients for the given
trivariate data.
20. To obtain plain of regression for the given trivariate data.
21. To fit binomial distribution to given data.
22. To fit Poissonl distribution to given data.
23. To fit normal distribution to given distribution using area under the
normal curve.
24. To fit normal distribution to given distribution using method of ordinates.
Distribution of marks:
B.Sc. B.A.
Class Record : 10 06
Viva Voce : 10 06
Practicals : 80 48

B.A./B.Sc.II Semester-III
2 9
Paper-I(ST-301)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Ass essment
Elementary Inference
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-1 (Two questions)
Statistical Estimation: Parameter and statistic, sampling distribution of statistic.
Point and interval estimate of a parameter, concept of bias and standard error of
an estimate. Standard errors of sample mean, sample proportion, standard
deviation,Properties of a good estimator: Unbiasedness, Efficiency, Consistenc y
and Sufficiency (definition and illustrations).
Section-II (Three questions)
Methods of Estimation: Method of moments,method of maximum likelihood and
its properties(without proof).
Testing of Hypotheses: Null and alternative hypotheses. Simple and composite
hypotheses, critical region, level of significance, one tailed and two tailed testing,
Types of errors, Neyman-Pearson Lemma, Test of simple hypothesis against a
simple alternative in case of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution.
Section-III (Three questions)
Large Sample Test: Testing and interval estimation of a single mean, single
proportion, difference of two means and two proportions. Fisher’s Z
transformation. Determination of confidence interval for mean and variance.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Statistics:A Hughes A. & Addision Wesley
Foundation For Grawoig D.
Analysis
2. A First Course on Kale B.K. Narosa
Parametric
Inference
3. Introduction to Mood A.M., Grayb ill McGraw Hill
Theory of Statistics F.A. & Boes D.C.
4. Introduction to Hoel P.G. Asia Pub. House
Mathematical
Statistics
5. Mathematical Freund’s J.E. Prentice Hall
Statistics With
Applications
6. Introduction to Hogg and Craig Prentice Hall
Mathematical
Statistics
3 0

B.A./B.Sc.II Semester-III
3 1
Paper-II(ST-302)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Sample Surveys
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will b e
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-1 (Two questions)
Concepts of census and sample survey, basic concepts in sampling. Sampling and
Non-sampling errors. Principal steps invo lved in a sample survey; bias, precisio n
and accuracy, advantages of sampling over complete census, limitations of
sampling, different methods of data collection.
Section-II (Three questions)
Different methods of sampling: probability and non probabilit y sampling, simple
random sampling (SRS) with and without replacement, use of random number
tables, estimation of mean and variance of estimated mean, merits and limitations,
simple random sampling of attributes, size of simple random sample. Probabilit y
proportional to sample size(pps): Estimation in with replacement pps sampling,
comparison with sampling with equal probabilities, sampling without replacement
with unequal probabilities, an alternative expression for variance, comparison of
with replacement and without replacement schemes.
Section-III (Three questions)
Stratified random sampling, estimation of population mean, variance of the
estimate of population mean of stratified random sampling, allocation of sample
size, proportional allocation, optimum allocation, comparison of stratified random
sampling with simple random sampling, systematic random sampling and its
various results about variance.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Sampling Cochran W.G. Wiley Publishers
Techniques
2. Sampling Theory Des Raj and Chandok Narosa
3. Sample Theory of Sukhatme et. all Lowa State Uni.
Surve ys with Press & IARS
Applications
4. Surve y Sampling Mukhopadhya y P. Narosa
Publishing
Societ y
5. Sampling Daroga Singh & New age
Techniques Chaudhry, F.S International
3 2

B.A./B.Sc.II Semester-IV
3 3
Paper-I(ST-401)
Time:3 Hour M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Parametric and Non-parametric tests
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-1 (Three questions)
Chi-square distribution: Definition, derivation, moment generating function,
cumulant generating function, mean, mode, skewness, additive property ,
conditions for the validit y, chi-square test for goodness of fit. Contingenc y table,
coefficient of co ntingency, test of independence of attributes in a contingenc y
table.
Section-II (Three questions)
t and F statistics: Definition and derivation of Student’s‘t’, constants of tdistribution,
limiting form of t-distribution. Definition & derivation of Snedco r’s
F-distribution, constants of F-distribution, mode of F-distribution. Relationship
between t, f and chi-square distribution. Testing for the mean and variance of
univariate normal distributions, testing of equalit y of two means and testing of
equalit y of two variances of two univariate normal distributions. Related
confidence intervals. Testing for the significance of sample correlation coefficient
in sampling from bivariate normal distribution.
Section-III (Two questions)
Nonparametric Tests: Definition of order statistics and their distributions, sign
test for univariate and bivariate distribution, run test, median test, Kolmogorove-
Simrnov o ne sample test, Kolmogorove-Simrnov two sample test, Mann Whitney
U-test(only applications without derivation).

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Introduction to Feller W. Wiley Publisher
Probability and
Its Application
2. Fundamentals of Goon A.M., Gupta M.K. World Press
Statistics, Vol. I & Dasgupta B. Calcutta
3. Random Variable Cramer H. Cambridge Uni.
and Probability Press
Distribution
4. Fundamentals of Gupta S.C. & Sultan chand
Mathematical Kapoor V.K. & Sons
Statistics
5. Practical W.J. Conover Wiley Publisher
Nonparametric
3 4

B.A./B.Sc.II Semester-IV
3 5
Paper-II (ST-402)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Design of Experiment
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-1 (Three questions)
Analysis of variance (ANOVA): Definition, assumptions for ANOVA test, onewa
y and two-wa y classifications for fixed effect model with one observation per
cell. Introduction to design and experiment, terminology, Experiment, treatment,
experimental unit, blocks, experimental error, replicat ion, precision, efficienc y of
a design, need for design of experiments, size and shape of plots and blocks.
Section-II (Three questions)
Fundamental principles of design, randomization, replication and local control,
completely randomized design, randomized Block Design, their layout, statistical
analysis, applications, advantages, dis-advantages and efficiency of RBD relative
to CRD.
Section-III (Two questions)
Latin square design (LSD) standard Latin square design, layout of LSD, its
statistical analysis, applications, merits and de-merits. Factorial designs- 2 2 and 2 3
designs, illustrations, main effects and interaction effects, Yate’s method for
computing main and interaction effects.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Design and Analysis Das M.N. & Giri Springer Verlage
Of Experiments
2. Linear Models Searle S.R. John Wiley &
Sons
3. Linear Estimation Joshi D.D. Wiley Eastern
And Design of
Experiments
4. Fundamentals of Gupta S.C. &. Sultan Chand
Applied Statistics Kapoor V.K. & Sons
3 6

B.A./B.Sc.-II
3 7
Paper-III (Practical ST-403)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: B.Sc.:100
Practical
Note: Five questions will be set. The candidate will be required to attempt
any three.
B.A.: 60
1. To apply large sample test of significance for single proportion and
difference of two proportions and obtained their confidence intervals.
2. To apply large sample test of significance for single mean and to obtained
confidence interval.
3. To apply large sample test of significance for difference between two
means and standard deviations.
4. To apply t-test for testing single mean and difference between means and to
obtain their confidence intervals.
5. To apply paired t-test for difference between two means.
6 To apply Chi-square test for goodness of fit.
7 To apply Chi-square test for independence of attributes.
8. To apply test of significance of sample correlation coeffic ient.
9. To apply F-test for testing difference of two variances.
10. To apply sign test for given data.
11. To apply Run test for given data.
12. To apply Median test for given data.
13. To apply Mann Whitne y U-test for given data.
14. To find standard error of estimate of population mean in case of SRSWR &
SRSWOR and comparison of these estimates.
15. To find standard error of estimate of population mean in case of stratified
random sampling.
16. To find standard error of estimate of population mean in case of
systematic sampling.
19 To perform ANOVA in case of CRD and test whether the
treatments/varieties are equally effective.
20. To perform ANOVA for an RBD.
21. To perform ANOVA for an LSD.
22.
2
To analyze 2 and
3
2 factorial designs.
Distribution of marks:
B.Sc. B.A.
Class Record :10 06
Viva Voce :10 06
Practicals :80 48

Time:3 Hours
B.A./B.Sc.III Semester-V
Applied Statistics
3 8
Paper-I(ST-501)
M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-1 (Two questions)
Index Number: Definition, problems involved in the construction of index
numbers, calculation of index numbers-simple aggregate method, weighted
aggregates method, simple average of price relatives, weighted average of price
relatives, link relatives, chain indices, value index numbers, price and quantit y
index numbers, Laspe yre’s, Paasche’s, Marshall-Edgeworth and Fisher’s index
numbers, time and factor reversal tests of index numbers, consumer price index
number and its uses. Base shifting, splicing and deflating of index numbers.
Section-1I (Three questions)
Time series Analysis : Definition, components of time series-trend, seasonal
variations, c yclic variations, irregular component, illustrations, additive and
multiplicative models, determination of trend -graphic method, semi-averages
method, method of curve fitting b y principle of least squares, growth curves and
their fitting, moving average method. Analysis of seasonal fluctuations,
construction of seasonal indices using method of simple averages, ratio to trend
method, ratio to moving average method and link relative method.
Section-III (Three questions)
Demographic methods : sources of demographic data-census, resigter, adhoc
survey, hospital records, measurement of mortalit y, crude death rate, specific
death rate, standardized death rates, complete life tables and its main features,
assumptions, descriptions and construction of life tab les, uses of life tables,
stationary and stable population, measurement of fertilit y-crude birth rate, general
fertility rate, specific fertilit y rate, total fertilit y rate, measurement of populatio n
growth, gross reproduction rate, net reproduction rate.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Applied General Croxton F.E., Cowden Prentice Hall
Statistics D.J. & Kelin S.
2. Demography Cox P.R. Cambridge Uni.
Press
3. Technical Ramakumar R. New Age
Demography International
4. Fundamentals of Gupta S.C. & Sultan Chand
Applied Statistics Kapoor V.K. & Sons
3 9

B.A./B.Sc.III Semester-V
4 0
Paper-II(ST-502)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Numerical Methods and Fundamentals of Computers
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-I (Three questions)
Numerical Methods: Concept of intrapolation and extrapolatio n, difference
tables, methods of interpolation, Newton’s formula for forward and backward
interpolation with equal intervals, Lagrange’s method of interpolation, Divided
differences, numerical integration, General Quadrature formula for equidistant
ordinates, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s
Section-II (Two questions)
rd
1/3 and
th
3/8 formula.
Basic of Computer: Introduction, origin, development, uses and limitation of
computers. Types of computers, computer structure, input-unit, CPU, output unit,
secondary storage, High Level and low level languages, compiler and interpreter.
Computer Arithmetic: Floating point representation of numbers, arithmetic
operations with normalized floating point numbers. Number systems- Binary,
decimal, octal and hexadecimal number systems and their conversions into each
other. Binary arithmetic’s, (Addition, subtraction, multiplication & division).
Section-III (Three questions)
Flow charts and Algorithm: Concepts of flow chart, algorithm and programming.
Flow charts and algorithms for the following: Mean, Standard Deviatio n,
Coefficient of Correlation, Straight line fitting. Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3
and 3/8 t h rules.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Computer Sinha P.K. BPB Publication
Fundamentals
2. Introductory Sastr y S.S. Prentice Hall
Methods of
Numerical
Analysis
3. Computer Based Krishnamurthy E.V. Affiliated East
Numerical & Sen S.K. West Press
Algorithms
4. Computer Oriented Rajaraman V. Prentice Hall
Numerical Methods
4 1

B.A./B.Sc.III Semester-VI
4 2
Paper-I(ST-601)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Statistical Quality Control
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-I (Three questions)
Statistical Quality Control : Meaning and uses of SQC, causes of variations in
quality, product and process control, control charts, 3-� control limits, control
chart for variables- X and R chart, criteria for detection of lack of control in X &
R Charts, Interpretation of X & R charts, control chart for standard deviation ( �
charts), control charts for attributes- p and c charts, concept of 6- � limits.
Section-II (Three questions)
Acceptance sampling : Problem of lot acceptance, stipulation of good and bad
lots, producer’s and consumers risks, single and double sampling plans, their OC
functions, concepts of AQL, LTPD, AOQL, average amount of inspection and ASN
function.
Section-III (Two questions)
Demand Analysis : Laws of demand and supply, price elasticit y of demand,
demand function with constant price elasticit y, partial elasticties of demands
(income elasticity & cross elasticit y), typ es of data required for estimating
elasticities, family budget data, time series data, Leontief’s and Pigous’s methods
(from time series data) to estimate demand functions. Engel’s law, Pareto’s Law
of income distribution, curves of concentration, Lorenz curve and Gini’s
coefficient.

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Statistical Qualit y Grant E.L. McGraw Hill
Control
2. Statistical Methods Cowden D.J. Asia Pub.
in Qualit y Control Societ y
3. Statistical Theory Brownlee K.A. John Wiley &
and Methodology Sons
in Science &
Engineering
4. Engineering Bowker H.A. & Prentice Hall
Statistics Liberman G.T.
5. Fundamentals of Gupta S.C. & Sultan Chand
Applied Statistics Kapoor V.K. & Sons
6. Fundamentals of Goon A.M., Gupta M.K. World Press
Statistics, Vol. II & Dasgupta B. Calcutta
4 3

B.A./B.Sc.III Semester-VI
Paper-II(ST-602)
Time:3 Hours M.M.:B.Sc.:40+10*
B.A.: 28+7*
* Internal Assessment
Operations Research
Note: There will be nine questions in all. Question No.1 will be compulsory
covering whole of the syllabus and comprising 5 to 8 short answer t ype questions.
Rest of the eight questions will be set from the three sections. The candidate will
be required to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from
each section including the compulsory one. All the questions will carr y equal
marks except the compulsory question, the distribution of marks for which will be
as follows: B.Sc.8 marks and B.A. 6 marks.
Section-I (Two questions)
Objective of O.R., nature and definitions of O.R., Scope of O.R., Meaning and
necessit y of O.R. models, classification of O.R. models, Advantages &
disadvantages of O.R. models. Steps in model formulation, principles of modeling.
Characteristics of a good model, Allocation problems, General linear programming
problem, formulation of G.L.P.P., (formulation only for Transportation problem,
trim loss problem, product mix problem, Diet problem).
Section-II (Three questions)
Linear programming problem; definition, objective function, constraints, graphical
solution of L.P.P., limitations of graphical method, simplex method to solve
L.P.P., concept of initial basic feasible solution, computation procedure for
Simplex method. Big-M method (Not included the case of degeneracy) unrestricted
variables.
Section-III (Three questions)
Transportation Problem(T.P.), Formulation of T.P., B.F.S. of T.P., Different
methods to find initial feasible solution, North-West corner rule, Row minima
method, column minima method, Matrix minima method (Least cost entry method),
Vogel’s Approximation method (or Unit cost penalty method). UV-method (Modimethod)
for finding the optimum solution of T.P.
4 4

Books recommended
Sr.No. Title of Book Name of author Publisher
1. Operations Hillier F.S. & Tata McGraw
Research Lieberman G.J. Hill
2. Linear Hadley G. Narosa
Programming
3. Operations Taha H.A. Macmillan Pub.
Research:An Co.
Introduction
4. Operations Goel B.S. & Mittal S.K. Pragati
Research Prakashan
5. Operations Sharma S.D. KedarNath &
Research Co.
6. Operations Sharma J.K. Macmillan Pub.
Research
4 5

B.A./B.Sc.-III
4 6
Paper-III(Practical ST-603)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: B.Sc.:100
Practical
B.A.: 60
Note: Five questions will be set. The candidate will be required to attempt
any three.
1. To construct X and R-chart, and comment on the state of control of the
process.
2. To construct p-chart and d-chart, and comment on the state of control of the
process.
3. To obtain control limits for number of defects and comment on the state of
control plotting the appropriate chart.
4. To calculate price and quantit y index numbers using the formulae given b y
Laspyre, Paasche, Marshal-Edgeworth and Fisher.
5. To obtain cost of living index numbers for the given data using
(i)Aggregate Expenditure Method. (ii) Family Budget Method
6 To test the given data whether the formulae given by Lasp yre, Paasche,
Marshal-Edgeworth and Fisher, satisfy reversal tests.
7 To work out trends using curve fitting method for given data.
8. To work out trends using moving average method for given data .
9. To obtain seasonal variation indices using simple average method.
10. To obtain seasonal variation indices using ratio to moving average method .
11. To calculate the crude and standardized death rates of the population
using Direct Method and Indirect Method regarding one of the population as
standard population.
12. To calculate the following for the given data
CDR, CBR, Sex/Age SDR,GFR,TFR,GRR,NRR.
13. To complete the given incomplete life table by computing various
elements of l-ife table.
14. To interpolate the required value for the given data using Newton’s
Forward/backward interpolation formula for equal intervals.
15. To interpolate the required value for the given data of using Newton’s
divided difference and Lagrange’s interpolatio n formula.
16. To evaluate the integral of the t ype � f(x) dx using
(i) Trapezodial rule, (ii) Simpson’s one-third rule
(iii) Simpson’s three-eight rule
17 Fitting of Paretos curve to income data.
18. Estimation of price-elasticit y from time series data.
Distribution of marks:
B.Sc. B.A.
Class Record :10 06
Viva Voce :10 06
Practicals :80 48
b
a

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR B.SC. SEMESTER SYSTEM
Scheme of B.Sc. I w.e.f 2011-12
Semester-I
Sr. No. Paper Marks Exam. Duration
Internal External
Assessment* Marks
1. Paper-I Life and Diversity from Protozoa to
Porifera and Cell Biology-I
10 40 3 hrs.
2. Paper-II Life and Diversity from Coelentrata to 10 40 3 hrs.
Helminthes and Cell Biology-II
3. Paper-I
Semester-II
Life and Diversity from Annelida to
Arthropoda and Genetics-I
4. Paper-II Life and Diversity from Molluaska to
Hemichordata and Genetics-II
4 7
10 40 3 hrs.
10 40 3 hrs.
5. Paper-III Practical -- 100 6 hrs. (Two session)
Morning & Evening
Total Semester I & II 40 260
Sr. No. Paper
Scheme of B.Sc. II
Semester-III
Marks Exam. Duration
Internal External
Assessment* Marks
1. Paper-I Life and Diversity of Chordates-I 10 40 3 hrs.
2. Paper-II Mammalian Physiology-I 10 40 3 hrs.
Semester-IV
3. Paper-I Life and Diversity of Chordates-
II
10 40 3 hrs.
4. Paper-II Mammalian Physiology-II 10 40 3 hrs.
5. Paper-III Practical -- 100 6 hrs. (Two session)
Morning & Evening
Total Semester III & IV 40 260
Sr. No. Paper
Scheme of B.Sc. III
Semester-V
Marks Exam. Duration
Internal External
Assessment* Marks
1. Paper-I Environmental Biology 10 40 3 hrs.
2. Paper-II Evolution and Developmental
Biology
10 40 3 hrs.
3. Paper-I Aquaculture and Pest
Management-I
Semester-VI
10 40 3 hrs.
4. Paper-II Aquaculture and Pest
Management-II
10 40 3 hrs.
5. Paper-III Practical -- 100 6 hrs. (Two session)
Morning & Evening
Total Semester V & VI 40 260
Grand Total Semester I – VI 900
* 10 Percent on the basis of two hand written assignments, 5 percent on the basis of one class
test and 5 percent on the basis of attendance of the student.

Sr. No. Paper
Scheme of B.Sc. I
Semester-I
Marks Exam. Duration
Internal External
Assessment* Marks
1. Paper-I Life and Diversity from
Protozoa to Porifera and Cell
Biology-I
10 40 3 hrs.
2. Paper-II Life and Diversity from
Coelentrata to Helminthes and
Cell Biology-II
10 40 3 hrs.
3. Paper-I Life and Diversity from
Semester-II
10 40 3 hrs.
4. Paper-II
Annelida to Arthropoda and
Genetics-I
Life and Diversity from
Molluaska to Hemichordata
and Genetics-II
10 40 3 hrs.
5. Paper-III Practical -- 100 6 hrs. (Two session)
Morning & Evening
Total Semester I & II 40 260
* 10 Percent on the basis of two hand written assignments, 5 percent on the basis of one class
test and 5 percent on the basis of attendance of the student.
4 8

SYLLABUS
B.Sc. Semester – I (Theory)
Paper - I
Life and Diversity from Protozoa to Porifera & Cell Biology – I
________________________________________________________________________________
External Marks: 40
Internal Assessment : 10 Time allotted : 3 Hours
Note : Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidate are required to attempt five questions
including compulsory question.
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.0 marks each) converting the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidate is required to attempt four questions, two from each
section
SECTION - A
1. Protozoa:
i) General characters and classification up to order level
ii) Biodiversity and economic importance
iii) Type study of Plasmodium;
iv) Parasitic protozoans: Life history, mode of infection and pathogenecity of
Entamoeba, Trypanosoma, Leishmania and Giardia.
2. Porifera:
i) General characters and classification up to order level
ii) Biodiversity and economic importance
iii) Type study – Sycon
iv) Canal system in sponges
v) Spicules in sponges
SECTION - B
1. Ultrastructure of different cell organelles of animal cell.
2. Plasma Membrane: Fluid mosaic model, various modes of transport across the membrane,
mechanism of active and passive transport, endocytosis and excytosis.
3. Endoplasmic reticulum (ER) : types, role of ER in protein synthesis and transportation in
animal cell.
4. Golgi complex: Structure, Associated enzymes and role of golgi-complex in animal cell.
5. Ribosomes: Types, biogenesis and role in protein synthesis.
6. Lysosomes: Structure, enzyme and their role; polymorphism
7. Mitochondria: Mitochondrial DNA; as semiautonomous body, biogenesis, mitochondrial
enzymes (only names), role of mitochondria.
8. Cytoskeleton: Microtubules, microfilaments, centriole and basal body.
9. Cilia and Flagella
4 9

SYLLABUS
B.Sc. Semester – I (Theory) :
Paper - II
Life and Diversity from Coelentrata to Helminths & Cell Biology – II
________________________________________________________________________________
External Marks: 40
Internal Assessment : 10 Time allotted : 3 Hours
Note :
1. Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidate are required to attempt five questions including
compulsory question.
2. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.0 marks each) converting the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
3. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidate is required to attempt four questions, two from each
section
SECTION - A
1. Phylum – Coelentrata :
i) General characters and classification up to order level
ii) Biodiversity, economic importance
iii) Type Study - Obelia
iv) Corals and coral reefs
v) Polymorphism in Siphonophores
2. Phylum – Helminths :
i) General characters and classification up to order level
ii) Biodiversity, economic importance
iii) Type study – Fasciola hepatica;
iv) Helminths parasites : Brief account of life history, mode of infection and
pathogenesity of Schistosoma, Ancylostoma, Trichinella, Wuchereria and Oxyuris.
SECTION - B
1. Ultrastructure and functions of Nucleus : Nuclear membrane, nuclear lamina, nucleolus,
fine structure of chromosomes, nucleosome concept and role of histones, euchromatin and
heterochromatin, lampbrush chromosomes and polytene chromosomes.
2. Mitosis and Meiosis (Cell reproduction)
3. Brief account of causes of cancer.
4. An elementary idea of cellular basis of Immunity.
5 0

SYLLABUS
B.Sc. Semester – II (Theory)
Paper - I
Life and Diversity from Annelida to Arthropoda & Genetics - I
________________________________________________________________________________
External Marks: 40
Internal Assessment : 10 Time allotted : 3 Hours
Note : Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidate are required to attempt five questions
including compulsory question.
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.0 marks each) converting the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates is required to attempt four questions, two from each
section
SECTION - A
1. Phylum – Annelida :
i) General characters and classification up to order level
ii) Biodiversity and economic importance of Annelida
iii) Type study – Pheretima (Earthworm)
vi) Metamerism in Annelida
v) Trochophore larva
2. Phylum – Arthropoda :
i) General characters and classification up to order level
ii) Biodiversity and economic importance of insects
iii) Type study – Grasshopper
SECTION - B
3. Elements of Heredity and variations.
4. The varieties of gene interactions
5. Linkage and recombination : Coupling and repulsion hypothesis, crossing-over and
chiasma formation; gene mapping.
6. Sex determination and its mechanism : male and female heterozygous systems, genetic
balance system; role of Y-chromosome, male haploidy, cytoplasmic and environmental
factors, role of hormones in sex determination.
7. Sex linked inheritance : Haemophilia and colour blindness in man, eye colour in
Drosophila, Non-disjunction of sex-chromosome in Drosophila; Sex-linked and sexinfluenced
inheritance
8. Extra chromocomal and cytoplasmic inheritance:
i) Kappa particles in Paramecium
ii) Shell coiling in snails.
iii) Milk factor in mice.
5 1

SYLLABUS
B.Sc. Semester – II (Theory)
Paper - II
Life and Diversity from Mollusca to Hemichordata & Genetics – II
________________________________________________________________________________
External Marks: 40
Internal Assessment : 10 Time allotted : 3 Hours
Note : Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidate are required to attempt five questions
including compulsory question.
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.0 marks each) converting the entire syllabus.
Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates is required to attempt four questions, two from each
section
SECTION - A
1. Phylum - Mollusca:
i) General characters and classification up to order level
ii) Biodiversity and economic importance
iii) Type study of - Pila
iv) Torsion and detorsion in gastropoda
v) Respiration and foot
2. Phylum – Enchinodermata :
i) General characters and classification up to order level
ii) Biodiversity and economic importance
vi) Type study – Asteries (Sea Star)
vii) Echinoderm larvae
viii) Aristotle’s Lantern
3. Phylum Hemichordate : General Character; Type Study of Ballanglosus
SECTION - B
4. Multiple alleslism : Eye colour in Drosophila; A, B, O blood group in man.
5. Human genetics : Human karyotype, Chromosomal abnormalities involving autosomes and
sex chromosomes, monozygotic and dizygotic twins.
6. Inborn errors of metabolism (Alcaptonuria, Phenylketonuria, Albinism, sickle-cell
anaemia).
7. Nature and function of genetic material : Structure and type of nucleic acids; Protein
synthesis.
8. Eugenics, euthenics and euphenics; spontaneous and induced (chemical and radiations)
mutations; gene mutations; chemical basis of mutations; transition, transversion, structural
chromosomal aberrations (deletion, duplication, inversion and translocation); Numerical
aberrations (autoploidy, euploidy and polyploidy in animals)
9. Applied genetics : genetic counseling, pre-natal diagnostics, DNA-finger printing,
transgenic animals.
5 2

B.SC. (SEMESTER I & II) PAPER –III (PRACTICAL)
Max. Marks: 100 Time allowed: 6 Hours
(A) Classification up to orders with ecological note and economic importance of the
following animals:
1. Protozoa Lamination of cultures of Amoeba, Euglena and Parmecium;
permanent prepared slides: Amoeba, Euglena, Trypanosoma, Noctiluca,
Eimeria, Paramecium (binary fission and conjugation), Opalina,
Verticella, Balantidium, Nyctotherus, radiolarian and
formaniferan ooze.
2. Parazoa (Porifera) Specimens: Sycon, Grantia, Euplectela, Hyalonema, Spongilla,
Euspongia
3. Coelenterata Specimens: Porpita, Valella, Physalia, Aurelia, Rhyzostoma,
Metridium, Millipora, Alcyonium, Tubipora, Zoanthus,
Madrepora, Favia, Fungia, and Astrea. Permanent prepared slides:
Hydra (W.M.), Hydra with buds, Obelia (colony and medusa),
Sertularia, Plumularia, Tubularia, Bougainvillea, Aurelia
(sense organs and stages of life history).
4. Playhelminthes Specimens: Dugesia, Fasciola, Taenia, Echinococus. Permanent
prepared slides: Miracidium, sporocyst, redia, cercaria, scolex and
proglotttids of Taenia (mature and gravid).
5. Aschelminthes Ascaris (male and female), Trichinella, Ancylostoma, Meloidogyne
6. Annelida Specimens : Pheretima, Heteronereis, Polynoe, Aphrodite, Chaetopterus,
Arenicola, Tubifex and Pontobdella
7. Arthropoda Specimens : Peripatus, Palaemon (Prawn), Lobster, Cancer (crab),
Sacculina, Eupagurus (hermit crab), Lepas, Balanus,Cyclops, Daphnia,
Lepisma, Periplaneta (cockroach), Schistocerca (locust),
Poecilocerus (ak-hopper), Gryllus (cricket), Mantis (praying mantis), Cicada,
Forticula (earwig), Dragon fly, termite queen, bug, moth, beetle, Polistes
(wasp), Apis (honey bee), Bombyx (silk moth), Cimex (beg bug),
Pediculus (body louse), Millipedes, Scolopendra (centipedes), Palamnaeus
(scorpion), Aranea (spider), Limulus (king crab)
8. Mollusca Specimens: Mytilus, Ostrea, Cardium, Pholas, Solen (razor Fish), Pecten,
Holiotis, Patella, Aplysia, Doris, Limax, Loligo, Sepia, Octopus, Nautilus
(complete and T.S.), Chiton and Dentalium
9. Echinodermata Specimens: Asterias, Echinus, Cucumara, Ophiothrix, Antedon and
Asterophyton
10. Hemichordata Balanglossus
(B) Study of the following permanent stained preparations:
1. L.S. and T.S. Sycon; gemmules, spicules and sponging fibres of Sycon, canal system
of sponges
2. T.S. Hydra (testis and ovary region)
3. T.S. Fasciola (different regions)
4. T.S. Ascaris (male and female)
5 3

5. T.S. Pheretima (pharyngeal and typhlosolar regions), Setae, septal nephridia and
spermathecae of Pheretima.
6. Trachea and mouthparts of cockroach.
7. Statocyst of Palaemon.
8. Glochidium larva of Anodonta; radula and osphradium of Pila.
9. T.S. Star fish (arm).
10. T.S. Balanoglossus (through various regions).
(C) Preparation of the following slides:
1. Temporary preparation of Volvos, Paramecium, Gemmules and spicules of Sycon;
mouth parts and trachea of Periplanata (cockroach), radula of Pila, pedicillarae of
Asterias.
2. Preparation of permanent stained whole mounts of Hydra, Obelia, Sertularia,
Plumularia and Bougainvillea.
3. Preparation of setae of earthworm, and mouth parts of Honey bee, House bee, House
fly and cockroach.
(D) Dissections of the following animals:
1. Earthworm : Digestive, reproductive and nervous systems.
2. Grasshopper / cockroach : Digestive, reproductive and nervous systems.
3. Pila : Pallial complex, digestive and nervous systems
(E) Cell biology and Genetics:
1. Cell division : Prepared slides of stages of mitosis and meiosis.
2. Salivary gland and polytene chromosomes of Drosophila/ Chironomus.
3. Temporary squash preparations of onion root tip / grasshopper testis for the study of
mitosis using acetocarmine stain.
5 4

B.SC. PART – I
GUIDELINES / INSTRUCTIONS FOR PRACTICAL (PAPER – III)
Max. Marks : 100 Time allowed : 6 Hours
5 5
ANNEXURE-IV
Note : Following exercises will be set in the examination as per marks assigned for each.
Exercise Marks allotted
1. Dissection – One 12
(Exposition, labeled diagram)
2. Permanent Slide Preparation - one 06
(Staining, identification, sketch)
3. Museum specimens – eight 24 (8x3)
(identification and classification)
4. Ecological note – One specimen 05
5. Permanent slides – Two 08 (2x4)
(identification with reasons)
6. Preparation of chromosome slide 10
(root tip / gasshopper testis)
7. Invertebrate collection and report 10 (5+5)
8. Practical record and slides 10
9. Viva-voce 15

Scheme of B.Sc. II
Sr. No. Paper
Semester-III
Marks Exam. Duration
Internal External
Assessment* Marks
1. Paper-I Life and Diversity of
Chordates-I
10 40 3 hrs.
2. Paper-II Mammalian Physiology-I 10 40 3 hrs.
3. Paper-I Life and Diversity of
Chordates-II
Semester-IV
10 40 3 hrs.
4. Paper-II Mammalian Physiology-II 10 40 3 hrs.
5. Paper-III Practical -- 100 6 hrs. (Two session)
Morning & Evening
Total Semester III & IV 40 260
* 10 Percent on the basis of two hand written assignments, 5 percent on the basis of one class
test and 5 percent on the basis of attendance of the student.
5 6

Paper-I : Life and Diversity of Chordates - I
SYLLABUS
B.Sc. Part-II (Semester III & IV)
SEMESTER III
External Marks : 40
Internal Assessment: 10 Time allowed : 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidates are required to attempt five
questions including the compulsory question.
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.5 marks each) covering the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates are required to attempt four questions, two from each
section.
SECTION-A
Functional morphology of the types included with special emphasis on the adaptations to
their modes of life and environment. General characters and classification of all phyla upto orders
with examples emphasizing their biodiversity, economic importance and conservation measures
where required.
1. Chordates: Origin and Evolutionary tree.
2. Protochordates: Systematic position, distribution, ecology, morphology and affinities
Urochordata Herdmania - type study
Cephalochordata, Amphioxus – type study
3. Cyclostomes: Type study of Petromyzon.
SECTION-B
4. Pisces: Scales & Fins, Parental care in fishes, fish migration.
Types study of Labeo
5 7

Paper-II : Mammalian Physiology-I
SEMESTER – III
External Marks : 40
Internal Assessment: 10 Time allowed : 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidates are required to attempt five
questions including the compulsory question
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.5 marks each) covering the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates are required to attempt four questions, two from each
section.
SECTION-A
1. Introduction, Classification, Structure, function and general properties of proteins,
carbohydrates and lipids.
2. Nomenclature, Classification and mechanisms of enzyme action.
3. Transport through biomembranes (Active and Passive), buffers
SECTION-B
4. Nutrition: Nutritional components; Carbohydrates, fats, lipids, Vitamins and Minerals.
Types of nutrition & feeding, Digestion of dietary constituents, viz. lipids, proteins,
carbohydrates & nucleic acids; symbiotic digestion. Absorption of nutrients & assimilation;
control of enzyme secretion.
5. Muscles: Types of muscles, ultra-structure of skeletal muscle. Bio-chemical and
physical events during muscle contraction; single muscle twitch, tetanus, muscle fatigue
muscle, tone, oxygen debt., Cori’s cycle, single unit smooth muscles, their physical and
functional properties.
6 Bones: Structure and types, classification, bone growth and resorption, effect of
ageing on Skeletal system and bone disorders.
5 8

SEMESTER – IV
Paper-I : Life and Diversity of Chordates - II
External Marks : 40
Internal Assessment: 10 Time allowed : 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidates are required to attempt five
questions including the compulsory question
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.5 marks each) covering the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates are required to attempt four questions, two from each
section.
SECTION-A
1. Amphibia: Origin, Evolutionary tree. Type study of frog (Rana tigrina), Parental Care in
Amphibia
2. Reptilia: Type study of Lizard (Hemidactylus), Origin, Evolutionary tree. Extinct
reptiles; Poisonous and non-poisonous snakes; Poison apparatus in snakes.
SECTION-B
3. Aves: Type study of Pigeon (Columba livia); Flight adaptation, Principles of aerodynamics
in Bird flight, migration in birds.
4. Mammals: Classification, type study of Rat; Adaptive radiations of mammals dentition.
Note: Type study includes detailed study of various systems of the animal.
5 9

Paper-II : Mammalian Physiology-II
SEMESTER – IV
External Marks : 40
Internal Assessment: 10 Time allowed : 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidates are required to attempt five
questions including the compulsory question
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.5 marks each) covering the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates are required to attempt four questions, two from each
section.
SECTION-A
1. Circulation: Origin, conduction and regulation of heart beat, cardiac cycle,
electrocardiogram, cardiac output, fluid pressure and flow pressure in closed and open
circulatory system; Composition and functions of blood & lymph; Mechanism of
coagulation of blood, coagulation factors; anticoagulants, haempoiesis.
2. Respiration: Exchange of respiratory gases, transport of gases, lung air volumes, oxygen
dissociation curve of hemoglobin, Bohr’s effect, Haburger’s phenomenon (Chloride shift),
control / regulation of respiration.
3. Excretion: Patterns of excretory products viz. Amonotelic, ureotlic uricotelic, ornithine
cycle (Kreb’s – Henseleit cycle) for urea formation in liver. Urine formation, countercurrent
mechanism of urine concentration, osmoregulation, micturition.
SECTION-B
4. Neural Integration: Nature, origin and propagation of nerve impulse alongwith
meddullated & non-medullated nerve fibre, conduction of nerve impulse across synapse.
5. Chemical integration of Endocrinology: Structure and mechanism of hormone action;
physiology of hypothalamus, pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, pancreas and gonads.
6. Reproduction: Spermatogenesis, Capacitation of spermatozoa, ovulation, formation
of corpus luteum, oestrous-anoestrous cycle, Menstrual cycle in human; fertilization,
implantation and gestation.
6 0

B.Sc. Part-II
Paper-III : PRACTICAL
Max. Marks : 100
Time allowed : 6 Hours
1. Classification upto orders, habit, habitats, external characters and economic importance (if
any) of the following animals:-
Protochordata : Molqula, Hetryllus, Pyrosoma, Doliolum, Olikopleura, and Amphioxus.
Cyclostomata : Myxine, Petromyzon and Ammocoetus larva.
Chondrichthyes : Zygaena, Pristis, Narcine (electric ray), Trygon, Rhinobatus, Raja and
Chimaera.
Osteichthyes : Acipenser, Lepidosteus, Muraena, Mystus, Catla, Hippocampus,
Syngnathus Exocoetus, Anabas, Diodon, Ostraczion, Tetradon, Echinus,
Lophius, Solea and Polypterus. Any of the Lung Fishes.
Amphibia : Necturus, Proteus, Amphiuma, Salamandra, Amblystoma, Axolotie larva,
Alytes, Bufo, Rana.
Reptilia : Hemidactylus, Calotes, Draco, Varanus, Phrynosoma, Chamaeleon,
Typhops, Python, Eryx, Ptyas, Bungarus, Naja, Hydrus, Viper, Crocodilus,
Gavialis, Chelone (Turtle) and Testudo (Tortoise).
Aves : Casuarius, Arden, Anas, Milvus, Pavo, Eudynamis, Tyto and Alcedo,
Halcyon
Mammalia : Ornithorphynchus, Echidna, Didelphis, Macropus, Loris, Macaque, Hystrix,
Funambulus, Telix, Panthera, Canis, Herpestes, Capra, Pteropus.
2. Examine and dissect the following animals:
Herdmania : Genral anatomy
Labeo (locally available fish) : Digestive and reproductive systems: cranial nerves, Ear
ossicle
Hemidactylus : Digestive, arterial, venous and urinogenital systems.
Rat : Digestive, arterial, venous and urinogenital systems.
3. Study of the skeleton of Scoliodon, Labeo, Rana (Frog), Varanus, Pigeon or Gallus and
Orcyctolagus/rat, Palates of birds, skulls of dog & rabbit.
4. Study of the following prepared slides:
Tornaria larva, T.S. Amphioxus (through different regionds). Oikopleura, Histology of rat
(compound tissues), different types of scales.
5. Make permanent stained preparations of the following:
Salpa, Specules, and Pharynx of Herdmania, Amphioxus, Cycloid scales, Zoological
excursion and its report is compulsory in the practical examination.
6 1

PHYSIOLOGY PRACTICALS:
1. Qualitative tests for identification of simple sugars, disaccharides and polysaccharides.
2. Study of human salivary amylase activity: Effect of temperature, pH, Concentration.
3. Estimation of abnormal constituents of urine (Albumin, sugar, ketonebodies).
4. Use of Kymograph unit & respirometer.
5. Haematein crystal preparation.
6. Estimation of Hb.
7. DLC of Man/RBC count/WBC count.
6 2

Paper-III :
Guidelines/instructions for practical
B.Sc. Part-II
Max. Marks : 100 Time allowed : 6 Hours
(2 Sessions)
Note : Following exercises will be set in the examination as per marks assigned for each.
1. Dissection – One : 12
(exposition, labeled diagram)
2. Temporary Mountign – One : 06
(staining, identification, sketch)
3. Museum specimens – five : 15
(identification, classification)
4. Ecological note – one specimen : 05
5. Permanent slides – Three : 09
(identification with reasons)
6. Bone – Two pieces : 10
(Identification & sketch)
7. Physiology (Two exercises) : 10
8. Field excursion and report : 08
9. Practical record & slides : 10
10. Viva-voce : 15
6 3

Scheme of B.Sc. III (Zoology)
Sr. No. Paper
Semester-V
Marks Exam. Duration
Internal External
Assessment* Marks
1. Paper-I Environmental Biology 10 40 3 hrs.
2. Paper-II Evolution and
Developmental Biology
10 40 3 hrs.
3. Paper-I Aquaculture and Pest
Management-I
Semester-VI
10 40 3 hrs.
4. Paper-II Aquaculture and Pest
Management-II
10 40 3 hrs.
5. Paper-III Practical -- 100 6 hrs. (Two session)
Morning & Evening
Total Semester V & VI 40 260
* 10 Percent on the basis of two hand written assignments, 5 percent on the basis of one class
test and 5 percent on the basis of attendance of the student.
6 4

Paper-I : Environmental Biology
SYLLABUS
B.Sc. Part-III (Semester V & VI)
SEMESTER - V
External Marks : 40
Internal Assessment: 10 Time allowed : 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidates are required to attempt five
questions including the compulsory question.
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.5 marks each) covering the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates are required to attempt four questions, two from each
section.
SECTION-A
1. Basic concepts of ecology: Definition, signification. Concepts of habitat and ecological
niche.
2. Factors affecting environment: Abiotic factors (light-intensity, quality and duration),
temperature, humidity, topography; edaphic factors; Biotic factors.
3. Introduction to major ecosystemt of the world.
4. Ecosystem: Concept, components, properties and functions; Ecological energetics and
energy flow-food chain, food web, trophic structure; ecological pyramids concept of
productivity.
5. Biogeochemical cycles: Concept, reservoir pool, gaseous cycles and sedimentary
cycles.
6. Population: Growth and regulation.
SECTION-B
7. Concept of biodiversity and conservation of natural resources.
8. Migration in fishes and birds.
9. Parental care in animals.
10. Population interactions: Competition, predation, parasitism, commensalisms and
mutualism.
11. Environmental Pollution: Air, water, soil and management strategies.
6 5

SEMESTER – V
Paper-II : Evolution and Developmental Biology
External Marks : 40
Internal Assessment: 10 Time allowed : 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidates are required to attempt five
questions including the compulsory question
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.5 marks each) covering the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates are required to attempt four questions, two from each
section.
1. Origin of life.
SECTION-A
2. Concept and evidences of organic evolution.
3. Theories of organic evolution.
4. Concept of micro, macro-and mega-evolution.
5. Concept of species
6. Phylogeny of horse.
7. Evolution of man.
SECTION-B
8. Historical perspectives, aims and scope of developmental biology.
9. Generalized structure of mammalian ovum & sperm, spermatogenesis and Oogenesis,
fertilization, parthenogenesis, different types of eggs and patterns of cleavage.
10. Proces of blastulation and fate-map construction in grog and chick.
11. Gastrulation in frog and chick upto the formation of three germinal layers.
12. Elementary knowledge of primary organizers.
13. Elementary knowledge of extra embryonic membranes.
14. Concepts of competence, determination and differentiation.
15. Concept of regeneration.
6 6

SEMESTER – VI
Paper-I : Aquaculture and Pest Management-I
External Marks : 40
Internal Assessment: 10 Time allowed : 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidates are required to attempt five
questions including the compulsory question
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.5 marks each) covering the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates are required to attempt four questions, two from each
section.
SECTION-A
1. Introduction to world fisheries: Production, utilization and demand.
2. Fresh Water fishes of India:River system, reservoir, pond, tank fisheries; captive and
culture fisheries, cold water fisheries.
3. Fishing crafts and gears.
4. Fin fishes, Crustaceans, Molluscs and their culture.
SECTION-B
Study of important insect pests of crops and vegetables:
5. Sugercane:
(a) Sugercane leaf-hopper (Pyrilla perpusilla)
(b) Sugercane Whitefly (Aleurolobus barodensis)
(c) Sugercane top borer (Sciropophaga nivella)
(d) Sugercane root borer (Emmalocera depresella)
(e) Gurdaspur borer (Bissetia steniellus)
With their systematic position, habits and nature of damage cause. Life cycle and control of Pyrilla
perpusilla only.
6 7

6. Cotton:
(a) Pink bollworm (Pestinophora gossypfolla)
(b) Red cotton bug (Dysdercus Cingulatus)
(c) Cotton grey weevil (Myllocerus undecimpustulatus)
(d) Cotton Jassid (Amrasca devastans)
With their systematic position, habits and nature of damage caused. Life cycle and control of
Pectinophore gossypiella.
7. Wheat:
Wheat stem borer (Sesamia inferens) with its systematics position, habits, nature of
damage caused. Life cycle and control.
8. Paddy:
(a) Gundhi bug (Leptocorisa acuta)
(b) Rice grasshopper (Hieroglyphus banian)
(c) Rice stem borer (Scirpophaga incertullus)
(d) Rice Hispa (Diceladispa armigera)
With their systematic position, habits and nature of damage caused. Life cycle and control of
Loptocorisa acuta.
9. Vegetables:
(a) Raphidopalpa faveicollis – The Red pumpkin beetle.
(b) Dacus cucurbitas – The pumpkin fruit fly.
(c) Tetranychus tecarius – The vegetable mite.
(d) Epilachna – The Hadda beetle
Their systematics position, habits and nature of damage caused. Life cycle and control of
Aulacophora faveicollis.
6 8

SEMESTER – VI
Paper-II : Aquaculture and Pest Management-II
External Marks : 400
Internal Assessment: 10 Time allowed : 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions are to be set in all and the candidates are required to attempt five
questions including the compulsory question
1. Question 1 is compulsory consisting of 10 parts (1.5 marks each) covering the entire
syllabus. Answer to each part should not exceed 20 words.
2. Out of remaining eight, four questions are to be set from each section A & B, possibly
splitting them in parts. Candidates are required to attempt four questions, two from each
section.
SECTION-A
1. Seed production: Natural seed resources – its assessment, collection, Hatchery
production
2. Nutrition: Sources of food (Natural, Artificial) and feed composition (Calorie and
Chemical ingredients).
3. Field Culture: Ponds-running water, recycled water, cage, culture; poly culture.
4. Culture technology: Biotechnology, gene manipulation and cryopreservation of gametes.
SECTION-B
5. Stored grains:
(a) Pulse beetle (Callosobruchus maculatus)
(b) Rice weevil (Sitophilus oryzae)
(c) Wheat weevil (Trogoderma granarium)
(d) Rust Red Flour beetles (Tribolium castaneum)
(e) Lesser grain borer (Rhizopertha dominica)
(f) Grain & Flour moth (Sitotroga cerealella)
Their systematic position, habits and nature of damage caused. Life cycle and control of
Trogoderma granarium.
6 9

6. Insect control: Biological control, its history, requirement and precautions and
feasibility of biological agents for control.
7. Chemical control: History, Categories of pesticides. Important pesticides from each
category to pests against which they can be used. Insect repellants and attractants.
8. Integrated pest management.
9. Important bird and rodent pests of agriculture & their management.
7 0

Paper-III : PRACTICAL
B.Sc. Part-III
7 1
Max. Marks : 100
Time allowed : 6 Hours
(2 Session M&E)
1. External morphology, identification marks, nature of damage and host of the following
pests:-
(i) Sugarcane : Sugarcane leaf-hopper, Sugarcance whitefly, Sugarcance top borer,
Sugarcane root borer, Gurdaspur borer (any two).
(ii) Cotton : Red Cotton bug
(iii) Wheat : Wheat stem borer
(iv) Paddy : Gundhi bug, Rice grasshopper, Rice stem borer, Rice hispa (any one).
(v) Vegetables: Aulocophora faveicollis, Dacus cucurbitas, Tetranychus tecarious, Epilachna
(any three).
(vi) Pests of stored grains: Pulse beetle, Rice weevil, Grain & Flour moth, Rust-red flour beetle,
lessergrain borer (any three).
2. Stages of life history of silk moth and honey bee.
3. Identification of Catle, Labeo rohita, L. calbasu, Cirrhius, mrigala Puntius sarana, Channa
punctatus, C. marulius, C. stariatus, Trichogaster fasciata, Mystus seenghala, M. cavasius,
M. tengra, Callichrous pabola, C. bimaculatus, Wallago attu, Prawns, Crabs, Lobsters,
Calms, Mussles & Oysters.
4. Chemical analysis of pond water and soil for pH, dissolved oxygen, free CO2 nitrates,
phosphates and chlorides.
5. A study of the slides of fish parasites.
6. A study of the different types of nets, e.g., cast net, gill net, drift net and drag net.
7. A visit to lake/reservoir/fish breeding centre.
8. Adaptative modifications in feet and breaks of birds.
9. Preparation of permanent/temporary slides of developmental stages of frog/mosquito.
10. Study of permanent slides of WM of chick embryo (13-18h, 24-36h, 36-48h, 48-72h).
11. Window preparation and identification of stages of development in chick egg.
12. Histology: Preparation of permanent histological slides of testis, ovary, kidney,
intestine, live of rat (H and E staining).

B.Sc. Part-III
Guidelines/instructions for practical (Paper-III)
7 2
Max. Marks : 100
Time allowed : 6 Hours
(2 Sessions M&E)
1. Chemical analysis of water/soil : 10 marks
2. Identification and Classification of specimens (Eight) : 16 marks
3. Ecological note on economically important specimen (two) : 10 marks
4. Identification of histological and embryological slides with
Reasons of identification (Two): feet and beaks of birds : 8 marks
5. Identification with reason feet/beaks of birds : 3 marks
6. Permanent preparation of histological slides : 18 marks (6,6)
(a) Section cutting and stretching
(b) Staining, mounting, (c) identification & sketch
7. Field Report : 10 marks
8. Practical note book : 10 marks
9. Viva-voce : 15 marks
Note: Field report to be submitted alongwith answer books.

Syllabi and Courses of reading for B.Sc. Part-I, Part-II and Part-III (Chemistry) w.e.f. 2011-
2012, 2012-2013 and 2013-2014
Paper
No.
B.Sc. Part-I (Ist Semester)
Code No. Nomenclature Max. Marks
Written + I.A.
(Internal
Assessment)
Time
27 + 6 3 Hrs
I CH-101 Inorganic
Chemistry(Theory)
II CH-102 Physical Chemistry(Theory) 26 + 7 3 hrs.
III CH-103 Organic Chemistry (Theory) 27 + 7 3 hrs
Paper
No.
B.Sc. Part-I (IInd Semester)
Code No. Nomenclature Max. Marks
Written + I.A.
(Internal
Assessment)
Time
(Theory)
27 + 6 3 hrs.
(Theory)
26 + 7 3 hrs.
IV CH-104 Inorganic Chemistry
V CH-105 Physical Chemistry
VI CH-106 Organic Chemistry (Theory) 27 + 7 3 hrs.
VII CH-107 Practicals 100 ( No Internal
Marks in Practical
Exam.)
7 hrs.
Note: Practical Exams will be held at the end of 2 nd Semester
Total Marks of I & II Semesters is = 100 + 100+100 = 300
B.Sc. Part-II (IIIrd Semester)
Paper Code No. Nomenclature Max. Marks Time
No.
Written + I.A.
VIII CH-201 Inorganic Chemistry
(Theory)
27 + 6 3 hrs.
IX CH-202 Physical Chemistry
(Theory)
26 + 7 3 hrs.
X CH-203 Organic Chemistry
(Theory)
27 + 7 3 hrs.
Paper
No.
B.Sc. Part-II (IVth Semester)
Code No. Nomenclature Max. Marks
Written + I.A.
7 3
Time

XI CH-204 Inorganic Chemistry
(Theory)
(Internal Assessment)
27 + 6 3 hrs.
XII CH-205 Physical Chemistry
(Theory)
26 + 7 3 hrs.
XIII CH-206 Organic Chemistry
(Theory)
27 + 7 3 hrs.
XIV CH-207 Practicals 100 ( No Internal
Marks in Practical
Exam.)
7 hrs.
Note: Practical Exams will be held at the end of 4th Semester
B.Sc. III (Vth) Semester
Paper Code No. Nomenclature Max. Marks Time
No.
Written + I.A.
(Internal Assessment)
XV CH-301 Inorganic Chemistry
(Theory)
27 + 6 3 hrs.
XVI CH-302 Physical Chemistry
(Theory)
26 + 7 3 hrs.
XVII CH-303 Organic Chemistry
(Theory)
27 + 7 3 hrs.
Paper
No.
B.Sc. III (VIth Semester)
Code No. Nomenclature Max. Marks
Written + I.A.
(Internal Assessment)
Time
(Theory)
27 + 6 3 hrs.
(Theory)
26 + 7 3 hrs.
27 + 7 3 hrs.
XVIII CH-304 Inorganic Chemistry
XIX CH-305 Physical Chemistry
XX CH-306 Organic Chemistry
(Theory)
XXI CH-307 Practicals 100 ( No Internal
Marks in Practical
Exam.)
Note: Practical Exams will be held at the end of 6 th Semester
7 4
7 hrs.

B. Sc. Ist Year (Ist Semester)
Paper I (Theory) Inorganic Chemistry (CH-101)
7 5
Max. Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
1. Atomic Structure
Section-A
Idea of de Broglie matter waves, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, atomic orbitals, ,
quantum numbers, radial and angular wave functions and probability distribution curves,
shapes of s, p, d orbitals. Aufbau and Pauli exclusion principles, Hund's multiplicity rule.
Electronic configurations of the elements, effective nuclear charge, Slater’s rules.
2.Periodic Properties
Atomic and ionic radii, ionization energy, electron affinity and electronegativity –
definition, methods of determination or evaluation, trends in periodic table (in s & p block
elements).
SECTION–B
1. Covalent Bond
Valence bond theory and its limitations, directional characteristics of
covalent bond, various types of hybridization and shapes of s imple
inorganic molecules and ions ( BeF 2, BF3, CH 4, PF5, SF6, IF7 SO 4 2 - , ClO4 -
)Valence shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory to NH 3, H 3O + , SF4,
CIF3, ICI 2 - and H 2O. MO theoryof heteronuclear (CO and NO) diatomic.
molecules, , bond strength and bond energy, percentage ionic character
from dipole mom ent and electronegativity difference.

Ionic Solids
Ionic structures (NaCl,CsCl, ZnS(Zinc Blende), CaF 2) radius ratio effect
and coordination number, limitation of radius ratio rule, lattice defects,
semiconductors, lattice energy (methamtical derivation excluded) and
Born-Haber c ycle, solvation energy and its relation with solubility o f
ionic solids, polarizing power and po larisability of ions, Fajan's rule.
7 6

B. Sc. Ist Year (Ist Semester)
Paper II (Theory) Physical Chemistry (CH-102)
7 7
Marks: 26
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. Th e
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
Gaseous States
SECTION – A
Maxwell’s distribution of velocities and energies (derivation excluded)
Calculation of root m ean square velocity, average velocity and most
probable velocity. Collision diameter, collision number, collision
frequency and mean free path. Deviation of Real gases from ideal
behaviour. Derivation of Vander Waal’s Equation of State, its application
in the calculation of Bo yle’s temperature (compression factor) Explanation
of behaviour of real gases using Vander Waal’s equation.
Critical Phenomenon: Critical temperature, Critical pressure, critical
volume and their determination. PV isotherms of real gases, continuity of
states, the isotherms of Vander Waal’s equ ation, relationship between
critical constants and Vander Waal”s constants. Critical compressibility
factor. The Law of corresponding states. Lequifaction of gases.

Liquid States
Section-B
Structure of liquids. Properties of liquids – surface tension, viscosity
vapour pressure and optical rotations and their determination.
Solid State
Classification of solids, Laws of crystallograph y – (i) Law of constancy of
interfacial angles (ii) Law of rationalit y of indices (iii) Law of symmetry.
Symmetr y elements of crystals. Definition of unit cell & space lattice.
Bravais lattices, crystal system. X-ray diffraction b y crystals. Derivation
of Bragg equation. Determination of crystal structure of NaCl, KCl .
Liquid crystals: Difference between solids, liquids and liquid
crystals,t ypes of liquid crystals. Applications of liquid crystals.
7 8

B. Sc. Ist Year (Ist Semester)
Paper III (Theory) Organic Chemistry(CH-103)
7 9
Max. Mark s: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
1.Structure and Bonding
Section-A
Localized and delocalized chemical bond, van der Waals interactions,
resonance: conditions, reson ance effect and its applications,
h yperconjugation, inductive effec t, Electrom eric effect & their
comparison.
2.Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds
Concept of isomerism. Types of isomerism.
Optical isomerism � elements of symmetry, molecular chirality,
enantiomers, stereogenic centre, optical activity, properties of
enantiomers, chiral and achiral m olecules with two stereogenic centres,
diastereom ers, threo and erythro diastereomers, meso compounds,
resolution of enantiomers, inversion, retention and racemization.
Relative and ab solute configuration, sequence rules, R & S systems of
nomenclature.
Geometric isomerism � determination of configuration of geometric
isomers. E & Z system of nom enclature,

Conformational isomerism � conformational analysis of ethane and n -
butane, conformations of c yclohexane, axial and equatorial bonds,.
Newman projection and Sawhorse formulae, Difference between
configuration and conformation.
1.Mechanism of O rganic Reactions
Section-B
Curved arrow notation, drawing electron movements with arrows, half-headed and double-
headed arrows, homolytic and heterolytic bond breaking. Types of reagents – electrophiles
and nucleophiles. Types of organic reactions. Energy considerations.
Reactive intermediates � carbocations, carbanions, free radicals,
carbenes,(formation, structure & stability).
2. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes
IUPAC nomenclature of branched and unbranched alkanes, the alkyl group,
classification of carbon atoms in alkanes. Isomerism in alkanes, sources,
methods of formation (with special reference to Wurtz reaction, Kolbe
reaction, Core y-House reaction and decarboxylation of carboxylic acids),
ph ysical properties.
Mechanism of free radical halogenation of alkanes: reactivity and
selectivit y.
Cycloalkanes � nomenclature, synthesis of cycloalkanes and their derivatives –
photochemical (2+2) cycloaddition reactions, , dehalogenation of �,�-dihalides, , pyrolysis
of calcium or barium salts of dicarboxylic acids, Baeyer's strain theory and its limitations.,
theory of strainless rings.
8 0

B. Sc. Ist Year (IInd Semester)
Paper IV (Theory) Inorganic Chem istry (CH-104)
8 1
Max. Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
Section-A
1.Hydrogen Bonding & Vander Waals Forces
Hydrogen Bonding – Definition, Types, effects of h ydrogen bonding on
properties of substances, application
Brief discussion of various types of Vander Waals Forces
2. Metallic Bond and Semiconductors
Metallic Bond- Brief introduction to metallic bond, band theory o f
metallic bond
Semiconductors- Introdu ction, types and applications.
3. s-Block Elements
Comparative stud y of the elem ents including , diagonal relationships,
salient features of hydrides (methods of preparation excluded), solvation
and complexation tendencies including their function in biosystems.
Chemistry of Noble Ga ses
Chemical properties of the noble gases with emphasis on their low
chem ical reactivity, chemistry of xenon, structure and bonding of
fluorides, oxides & oxyfluorides of xenon.

p-Block Eleme nts
SECTION – B
Emphasis on comparative stud y of properties of p -block elements
(includ ing diagonal relationship and excluding methods of preparation ).
Boron family ( 13 t h gp)
Diborane – properties and structure (as an example of electron – deficient
compound and multicentre bonding), Borazen e – chemical properties and
structure Trihalides of Boron – Trends in fewis acid character structure of
aluminium (III) chloride.
Carbon Family (14 t h group)
Catenation, p הּ– d הּ bonding (an idea), carbides, fluorocarbons, silicates
(structural aspects), silicons – general methods of preparations, properties
and uses.
Nitrogen Family (15 t h group)
Oxides – structures of oxides of N,P. oxyacids – structure and relative
acid strengths of oxyacids of Nitrogen and phosphorus. Structure of
white, yellow and red phosphorus.
Oxygen Family (16 t h group)
Oxyacids of sulphur – structures and acid ic strength H 2O2 – structure,
properties and uses.
H a lo g en F a mi ly ( 17 t h gro up)
Basic p roperties of halo gen , in terhalo gen s t yp es p roperties, h yd ro an d
o x ya cid s of ch lo rin e – stru ctu re a nd co mp arison o f acid streng th .
8 2

B. Sc. Ist Year (IInd Semester)
Paper V (Theory) Physical Chemistry (CH-105)
8 3
Marks: 26
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. Th e
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
Kinetics
SECTION – A
Rate of reaction, rate equation, factors influencing the rate of a
reaction – concentration , temperature, pressure, solvent, light, catalyst.
Order of a reaction, integrated rate expression for zero order, first order,
second and third order reaction. Half life period of a reaction. Methods of
determination of order of reaction, effect of temperature on the rate of
reaction – Arrhenius equation. Theories of reaction rate – Simple
collision theory for unimolecular and bimolecular collision. Transition
state theory of Bimolecular reactions.
Electrochemistry
Section-B
Electrolytic conduction, factors affecting electrolytic conduction, specific,
conductance, molar conductance,equivalent conductance and relation
among them, their vartion with concentration.Arrhenius theory o f
ionization, Ostwald’s Dilution Law.Deb ye-Huckel–Onsager’s equation for
strong electrolytes (elementary treatment only) Transport number,
definition and

determination b y Hittorfs methods, (numerical included), Kohlarausch’s
Law, calculation of molar ionic conductan ce and effect of viscosit y
temperature & pressure on it. Application of Kohlarausch’s Law in
calculation of conductance of weak electrolytes at infinite diloution.
Applications of conductivity m easurem ents: determination of degree of
dissociation, determination of K a of acids determination of so lubilit y
product of sparingly soluble salts, conductometric titrations. Definition of
pH and pKa, Buffer solution, Buffer action, Hend erson – Hazel equation,
Buffer mechan ism of bu ffer action.
8 4

B. Sc. Ist Year (IInd Semester)
Paper VI (Theory) Organic Chemistry (CH-106)
8 5
Max. Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
1.Alkenes
Section-A
Nomenclature of alkenes, , mechanisms of deh ydration of alcohols and
deh ydrohalogenation of alkyl halides,. Th e Saytzeff rule, Hofmann
elimination, ph ysical properties and relative stabilities of alkenes.
Chemical reaction s of alkenes � mechanisms involved in h ydrogenation,
electrophilic and free radical additions, Markownikoff’s rule,
hydroboration–oxidation, oxymercuration-reduction, ozonolysis, h ydration,
h ydroxylation and oxidation with KMnO4, ,
2.Arenes and Aromaticity
Nomenclature of benzene derivatives:. Aro matic nucleus and side chain.
Aromaticity: the Huckel rule, aromatic ions, annu lenes up to 10 carbon
atoms, aromatic, anti - aromatic and non - aromatic compounds.
Aromatic electrophilic substitution � general pattern of the m echanism,
mechansim of nitration, halogenation, sulphonation,

and Friedel-Crafts reaction. Energy profile diagrams. Activating ,
deactivating substituents and orientation.
Dienes and Alkynes
Section-B
Nomenclature and classification of dienes: isolated, conjugated and
cumulated dienes. Structure of butadiene,. Chemical reactions � 1,2 and
1,4 additions (Electrophilic & fre e radical mechanism), Diels-Alder
reaction, Nomenclature, structure and bonding in alkynes. Methods of
formation. Chemical reactions of alkynes, acidity of alk ynes. Mechanism
of electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions, h ydroboration -
oxidation of alkynes,
Alkyl and Aryl Halides
Nomenclature and classes of alk yl halides, m ethods of formation, chemical
reactions. Mechanisms and stereochemistry of nucleophilic substitution
reactions of alkyl halides, S N2 and S N1 reactions with energ y profile
diagrams.
Methods of formation and reactions o f aryl halides, The addition -
elimination and the elimination-addition m echanisms of nucleophilic
aromatic sub stitution reactions.
Relative reactivities of alkyl halides vs allyl, vin yl an d aryl halides.
8 6

B.Sc. I Year
Paper VII (Practicals) (CH-107) Max. Marks: 100
Volumetric Analysis
Section-A (Inorganic)
8 7
Time: 7 Hrs.
1. Redox titrations: Determination of Fe 2+ , C2O4 2- ( using KMnO4 , K2Cr2O7)
2. Iodometic titrations: Determination of Cu 2+ (using standard hypo solution).
3. Complexometric titrations: Determination of Mg 2+ , Zn 2+ by EDTA.
Paper Chromatography
Qualitative Analysis of the any one of the following Inorganic cations and anions by
paper chromatography (Pb 2+ , Cu 2+ , Ca 2+ , Ni 2+ , Cl - , Br - , I - and PO4 3- and NO3 - ).
Section-B (Physical)
1. To determine the specific reaction rate of the hydrolysis of methyl acetate/ethyl
acetatecatalyzed by hydrogen ions at room temperature.
2. To prepare arsenious sulphide sol and compare the precipitating power of mono-, bi
– and trivalent anions.
3. To determine the surface tension of a given liquid by drop number method.
4. To determine the viscosity of a given liquid.
5. To determine the specific refractivity of a given liquid

SECTION – C (Organic)
1. Preparation and purification through crystallization or distillation and
ascertaining their purity through melting point or boiling point
(i) Iodoform from ethanol (o r acetone)
(ii) m-Dinitrobenzne from nitrobenzene (use 1:2 conc. HNO 3-H 2SO4
mixture if fuming HNO 3 is not available)
iii) p-Bromoacetanilide from acetanilide
iv) Dibenzalacetone from acetone and benzaldeh yde
v) Aspirin from salicylic acid
2. To stud y the process of) sublimation of camphor and phthalic acid,
Distribution of marks
1. Section I 25 marks
2. Section II 25 marks
3. Section III 25 marks
4. Viva-voce 10 marks
5. Lab Record 15 marks
8 8

B. Sc. II Year (IIIrd Semester)
Paper VIII (Theory) Inorganic Chemistry (CH-201)
8 9
Max. Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
Chemistry of d-Block Ele ments
Section-A
Definition of transition elements, position in the periodic table, General
characteristics & properites of d -block elements, Comparison of properties
of 3d elements with 4d & 5d elements with reference only to ionic radii,
oxidation state, magnetic and spectral properties and stereochemistry.
Structures & properties of some compounds of transition elements – TiO2,
VOCl 2 , FeCl3 , CuCl2 and Ni (CO) 4
1. Coordination Compounds
Section-B
Werner's coordination theory, effective atomic number concept, chelates, nomenclature of
coordination compounds, isomerism in coordination compounds, valence bond theory of
transition metal complexes
2. Non-aqueous Solvents
Ph ysica l properties of a solvent, types of solvents and their general
characteristics, reactions in non -aqueous solvents with reference to liquid
NH 3 and liquid SO2

B. Sc. IInd Year (IIIrd Semester)
Paper IX (Theory) Physical Chemistry (CH-202)
9 0
Marks: 26
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. Th e
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
Thermodynamics
SECTION – A
Definition of thermod ynamic term s: system,surround ing etc. Types of
systems, intensive and extensive properties. State and path functions and
their differentials. Thermod ynamic process. Concept of heat and work.
Zeroth Law of thermod ynamics, First law of thermod ynamics: statement,
definition of internal energy and enthalp y. Heat capacity, heat capacities
at constant volume and pressure and their relationship. Joule’s law –
Joule – Thomson coefficient for ideal gass and real gas: and inversion
temperature. Calculation of w.q. dU & dH for the expansion of ideal gases
under isothermal and adiabatic conditions for reversible process,
Temperature dependence of enthalp y, Kirchoffs equation.
Bond energies and applications of bond energies.

Chemica l Equilibrium
Section-B
Equilibrium constant and free energy, concept of chemical potential,
Thermod ynamic derivation of law of chemical equ ilibrium. Temperature
dependence of equilibrium constant; Van’t Hoff reaction isochore, Van’t
Hoff reaction isotherm .
Le-Chatetier’s principle and its applications Clapeyron equation and
clausiu s – clapeyrou equ ation its applications.
Distributioln Law
Nernst distribution law – its thermod ynamic derivation, Modification of
distribution law when solute undergoes dissociation, association and
chem ical combination. Applications of distribution law: (i) Determination
of degree of h ydrolysis and h ydrolysis constant of aniline h ydrochloride.
(ii) Determination of equilibrium constant of potassium tri-iodide complex
and process of extraction.
9 1

B. Sc. IInd Year (IIIrd Semester)
Paper X (Theory) Organic Chemistry (CH-203)
9 2
Max. Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
1.Alcohols
Section-A
Monohydric alcohols � nomenclature, methods of formation by reduction of aldehydes,
ketones, carboxylic acids and esters. Hydrogen bonding. Acidic nature. Reactions of
alcohols.
Dih ydric alcohols — nomenclature, m ethods o f formation, chemical
reactions of vicinal glycols, oxidative cleavage [Pb(OAc)4 and HIO 4] and
pinacol-pinacolone rearrangem ent.
2.Phenols Nomenclature,
structure and bonding. Preparation of phenols, ph ysical properties and
acidic character. Comparative acidic strengths of alcohols and phenols,
resonance stabilization of phenoxide ion. Reactions of phenols —
electrophilic aromatic substitution, Mechanisms of Fries rearrangement,
Claisen rearrangement, Reim er-Tiemann reaction, Kolbe’s reaction and
Schotten and Baumann reactions.
3.Epoxides
Synthesis of epoxides. Acid and base-catalyzed ring opening of epoxides,
orientation of epoxide ring opening, reactions of Grignard and
organolithium reagents with epoxides.

Section-B
1. Ultraviolet (UV) absorption spectroscopy
Absorption laws (Beer-Lambert law), molar absorptivity, presentation and
analysis of U V spectra, types of electronic transitions, effect o f
conjugation. Concept of chromophore and auxochrome. Bathochromic,
h ypsochromic, h yperchromic and hypochrom ic shifts. UV spectra of
conjugated enes and enon es,Woodward - Fieser rules, calculation of�m a x of
simple conjugated dienes and �,�-unsaturated ketones. Applications of
UV Spectroscop y in structure elucidation of simple organic compounds.
2.Carboxylic Acids & Acid Derivatives
Nomenclature of Carboxylic acids, structure and bonding, ph ysical
properties, acidity of carboxylic acids, effects of substituents on acid
strength. Preparation of carboxylic acids. Reactions of carboxylic acids.
Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction. Reduction of carboxylic acid s. Mechanism
of decarboxylation.
Structure , nomenclature and preparation of acid chlorides, esters, amides
and acid anh ydrides. Relative stability of ac yl derivatives. Ph ys ical
properties, interconversion of acid derivatives b y nucleophilic acyl
substitution.
Mechanisms of esterification and h ydrolysis (acidic and b asic).
9 3

B. Sc. II Year (IVth Semester)
Paper XI (Theory) Inorganic Chemistry (CH-204)
9 4
Max. Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
Chemistry of f – block ele ments
Lanthanides
Section-A
Electronic structure, oxidation states and ionic radii and lanthanide
contraction, complex formation, occurrence and isolation, lanthanide
compounds.
Actinides
General features and chemistry of actinides, chem istry o f separation of
Np, Pu and Am from U,
Comparison of properties of Lanthanides and Actinides and with transition
elements.
Section-B
Theory of Qualitative and Qua ntitative Inorganic Analysis
Chemistry of analysis of various groups of basic and acidic radicals,
Chemistry of identification of acid radicals in typical combinations,
Chemistry of interference of acid radicals including their removal in the
analysis of b asic radicals. Theory of precipitation, co -precipitation, Post-
precipitation, purification of precipitates.

B. Sc. IInd Year (IVth Semester)
Paper XII (Theory) Physical Chemistry (CH-205)
9 5
Marks: 26
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. Th e
candidate will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
Thermodynamics
Section-A
Second law of thermod ynamics, need for the law, different statements of
the law, Carnot’s cycles and its efficiency, Carnot’s theorm,
Thermod ynamics scale of temperature. Concept of entrop y – entrop y as a
state function, entrop y as a function of V & T, entrop y as a function of P
& T, entrop y change in ph ysical change, entrop y as a criteria of
spontaneity and equilibrium. Entrop y ch ange in ideal gases and mixing of
gases.
Third law of thermod ynamics: Nernst heat theorem , statement of concept
of residual entrop y, evaluation of absolute entrop y from heat capacity
data. Gibbs and Helmholtz functions; Gibbs fun ction (G) and Helmholtz
function (A) as thermod ynamic quantities, A & G as criteria for
thermod ynamic equilibrium and spontaneity, their advantage over entrop y
change. Variation of G and A with P, V and T.

Electrochemistry
Section-B
Electrolytic and Galvanic cells – reversible & Irreversible cells,
conventional representation of electrochemical cells. EMF of cell and its
measurement, Weston standard cell, activity and activity coefficients.
Calculation of thermod ynamic quantities of cell reaction ( ▲G, ▲H & K).
Types of reversible electrodes – metal- metal ion gas electrode, metal –
insoluble salt- anion and redox electrodes. Electrode reactions, Nernst
equations, derivation of cell EMF and single electrode potential. Standard
Hydrogen electrode, reference electrodes, standard electrodes potential,
sign conventions, electrochemical series and its applications.
Concentration cells with and without transference, liquid junction
potential, application of EMF measurement i.e. valency of ions, solubility
product activity coefficient, potentiometric titration (acid - base and
redox). Determination of pH using Hydrogen electrode, Quinh ydrone
electrode and glass electrode b y potentiometric methods.
9 6

B. Sc. IInd Year (IVth Semester)
Paper XIII (Theory) Organic Chemistry (CH-206)
9 7
Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estion s in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
Section-A
1. Infrared (IR) absorption spectroscopy
Molecular vibrations, Hooke's law, selection rules, intensity and position
of IR bands, measurement of IR spectrum, fin gerprint region,
characteristic absorptions of various functional groups and interpretation
of IR spectra of simple organic compounds. Applications of IR
spectroscop y in structure elucidation of simple o rganic compounds.
2. Amines
Structure and nom enclature of am ines, ph ysical properties. Separation of a
mixture of primary, secondary and tertiary amines. Structural features
affecting basicity o f am ines. Preparation of alk yl and aryl amines
(reduction of nitro compounds, nitriles, reductive am ination of aldehydic
and ketonic compounds. Gabriel-ph thalimide reaction, Hofmann
bromamide reaction.
electrophilic aromatic substitution in aryl am ines, reactions of amines with
nitrous acid.

1. Diazonium Salts
Section-B
Mechanism of diazotisation, structure of benzene diazonium chloride,
Replacement of diazo group b y H, O H, F, Cl, Br, I, NO2 and CN groups,
reduction of diazonium salts to hyrazines, coupling reaction and its
syn thetic application.
2. Aldehydes and Ketones
Nomenclature and structure of the carbonyl group. Synthesis of aldehydes and
ketones with particular reference to the synthesis of aldehydes from acid chlorides,
advantage of oxidation of alcohols with chromium trioxide (Sarett reagent)
pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC) and pyridinium dichromate., Physical properties.
Comparison of reactivities of aldehydes and ketones. Mechanism of nucleophilic
additions to carbonyl group with particular emphasis on benzoin, aldol, Perkin and
Knoevenagel condensations. Condensation with ammonia and its derivatives. Wittig
reaction. Mannich reaction.Oxidation of aldehydes, Baeyer–Villiger oxidation of
ketones, Cannizzaro reaction. MPV, Clemmensen, Wolff-Kishner, LiAlH4 and
NaBH4 reductions.
9 8

B.Sc. II Year
Paper XIV (Practicals) (CH-207) Max. Marks: 100
1. Gravimetric Analysis
SECTION – I (Inorganic)
9 9
Time: 7 Hrs.
(Spread over two days)
Quantitative estimations of, Cu 2 + as copper thiocyanate and Ni 2 + as Ni –
dimethylglyoxime.
2. Colorimetry:
To verify Beer - Lambert law for KMnO 4/K 2Cr 2O7 and determine the
concentration of the given KMnO4/K 2Cr2O 7 solution.
3. Preparations: Preparation of Cuprous chloride, prussion blue from
iron fillings, tetraammine cupric sulphate, chrome alum , potassium
trioxalatochromate(III).
Section-B (Physical)
1. To determine the CST of phenol – water system.
2. To determine the solubility of benzoic acid at various temperatures and to determine
the ▲H of the dissolution process
3. To determ ine the enthalp y of neutralisation of a weak acid/weak base
vs. strong base/strong acid and determine the enthalp y of io nisation
of the weak acid/weak base.
4. To determine the enthalpy of solution of solid calcium chloride
5 .To study the distribution of iodine between water and CCl 4.

Section-C (Organic)
System atic identification (detection of extra elements, functional groups,
determination of melting point or boiling point and preparation of at least
one pure solid derivative) of the following simple mono and bifunctional
organic compounds: Naphthalene, anthracene, acenaphthene, benzyl
chlorid e, p-dichlorobenzene, m-dinitrobenzene, p-nitrotoluene, resorcinol ,
h ydroquinone, �-naphthol, �-naphthol, benzophenone, eth yl meth yl
ketone, benzaldeh yde, vanillin, oxalic acid, succinic acid, benzoic acid,
salicyclic acid, aspirin, phthalic acid, cinnamic acid, benzamide, urea,
acetanilide, benzanilide, aniline h ydrochloride, p-toluidine, phen yl
salicylate (salol), glucose, fructose, su crose, o-, m-, p-nitroanilines,
thiourea.
Distribution of marks
1. Section I 25 marks
2. Section II 25 marks
3. Section III 25 marks
4. Viva-voce 10marks
5. Lab Record 15 marks
1 00

B. Sc. III Year (Vth Semester)
Paper XV (Theory) Inorganic Chemistry (CH-301)
1 01
Max. marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
SECTION–A
1. Metal-ligand Bonding in Transition Meta l Complexes
Limitations of valence bond theory, an elementary idea of crystal-field theory, crystal field splitting
in octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar complexes, factors affecting the crystal-field
parameters.
2. Thermodynamic and Kinetic Aspects of Metal Complexe
A brief outline of thermodynamic stability of metal complexes and factors affecting the
stability, substitution reactions of square planar complexes of Pt(II).
SECTION-B
1. Magnetic Properties of Transition Metal Complexe
Types of magnetic behaviour, methods of determining magnetic susceptibility, spin-only formula.
L-S coupling, correlation of s and eff values, orbital contribution to magnetic moments,
application of magnetic moment data for 3d-metal complexes.
2. Electron Spectra of Transition Metal Complexes
Types o f electronic transitions, selection rules for d -d transitions,
spectroscopic ground states, spectrochemical series. Orgel -energy level
diagram for d 1 and d 9 states, discussion of the electronic spectrum of
[Ti(H 2O) 6] 3 + complex ion.

B. Sc. III Year (Vth Semester)
Paper XVI (Theory) Physical Chemistry (CH-302)
1 02
Marks: 26
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. Th e
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
Quantum Mechanics-I
Section-A
Black-body radiation, Plank’s radiation law, photoelectric effect, heat
capacity of solids, Compton effect,wave function and significance of ,
postulates of quantum mechanics, quan tum m echanical operator,
commutation relations, Hamiltonial operator, Hermitian operator, average
value of square of Hermitian as a positive quantity, Role of operators in
quantum mechanics, To show quantum m echanically that position and
momentum cannot be predicated simultaneously, Determination of wave
function & energy of a particle in one dimensional box, Pictorial
representation and its significance,
Physical Properties and Molecula r Structure
Optical activity, polarization – (clausius – Mossotti equation). Orientation
of dipoles in an electric field, dipole moment, included dipole moment,
measurement of dipole moment-temperature method and refractivity
method, dipole moment and structure of molecules, Magnetic permeability,
magnetic susceptibility and its determination. Application of magnetic
susceptibility, magnetic properties – paramagnetism, diamagnetism and
ferromagnetics.

Section-B
Spectroscopy: Introduction:
Electromagnetic radiation, regions of spectrum, basic features of
spectroscop y, statement of Born -oppenheimer approximation, Degrees of
freedom.
Rotational Spectrum
Diatomic molecules. Energy levels of rigid rotator (semi-classical principles), selection
rules, spectral intensity distribution using population distribution (Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution), determination of bond length, qualitative description of non-rigid rotor,
isotope effect.
Vibrational spectrum
Infrared spectrum: Energy levels of simple harmonic oscillator, selection rules, pure
vibrational spectrum, intensity, determination of force constant and qualitative relation of
force constant and bond energies, effects of anharmonic motion and isotopic effect on the
spectra., idea of vibrational frequencies of different functional groups.
Raman Spectrum:
Concept of polarizibility, pure rotational and pure vibrational Raman spectra of diatomic
molecules, selectin rules, Quantum theory of Raman spectra.
1 03

B. Sc. IIIrd Year (Vth Semester)
Paper XVII (Theory) Organic Chemistry (CH-303)
1 04
Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
NMR Spectroscopy
Section-A
Principle of nuclear magnetic resonance, the PMR spectrum,number of
signals, peak areas, equivalent and nonequivalent proton s positions of
signals and chemical shift,shielding and deshielding of protons, proton
counting,splitting of signals and coupling constants, magnetic equivalence
of protons.Discussion of PMR spectra of the molecules: eth yl bromide, n -
prop yl bromide, isoprop yl brom ide, 1,1-dibromoethane, 1,1,2-
tribromoethane, ethanol, acetaldeh yde, eth yl acetate, to luene,
benzaldeh yde and acetophenone..Simple problems on PMR spectroscop y
for structure determination of organic compounds.

Carbohydrates
SECTION – B
Classification and nomenclature. Monosaccharides, mechanism of osazone
formation, interconversion of glucose and fructose, chain lengthening and
chain shortening of aldoses. Configuration of monosaccharides. Erythro
and threo diastereom ers. Conversion of glucose into mannose. Formation
of glycosides, ethers and esters. Determination of ring size of glucose and
fructose. Open chain and cyclic structure of D(+)-glucose & D(-) fructose.
Mechanism of mutarotation.
Structures of ribose and deoxyribose.
An introduction to disaccharides (maltose, sucrose and lactose) and
polysaccharides (starch and cellulose) without involving structure
determination.
Organometallic Compounds
Organomagnesium compounds: the Grignard reagents-formation, structure and chemical
reactions.
Organozinc compounds: formation and chemical reactions.
Organolithium compounds: formation and chemical reactions.
1 05

B. Sc. III Year (VIth Semester)
Paper XVIII (Theory) Inorganic Chemistry (CH-304)
1 06
Max. marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. The
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
Section-A
1. Organometallic Chemistry
Definition, nomenclature and classification of organometallic compounds. Preparation,
properties, and bonding of alkyls of Li, Al, Hg, and Sn a brief account of metal-ethylenic
complexes, mononuclear carbonyls and the nature of bonding in metal carbonyls.
2. Acids and Bases, HSAB Concept
Arrhenius, Bronsted – Lowry, the Lux – Flood, Solvent system and Lewis concepts of acids &
bases, relative strength of acids & bases, Concept of Hard and Soft Acids & Bases.
Section—B
1. Bioinorganic Chemistry Essential and
trace elements in biological processes, metalloporphyrins with special
reference to haemoglobin and myoglobin. Biological role of alkali and
alkaline earth metal ions with special reference to Ca 2 + . Nitrogen fixation.
2. Silicones and Phosphazenes
Silicones and phosphazenes as examples of inorganic polymers, nature of
bonding in triphosphazenes.

B. Sc. IIInd Year (VIth Semester)
Paper XIX (Theory) Physical Chemistry (CH-305)
1 07
Marks: 26
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. Th e
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions will be short
answer type and not essay t ype
Electronic Spectrum
Section-A
Concept of potential energy curves for bonding and antibonding molecular orbitals,
qualitative description of selection rules and Franck- Condon principle.
Qualitative description of sigma and pie and n molecular orbital (MO) their energy level
and respective transitions.
Photochemistry
Interaction of radiation with matter, difference between thermal and photochemical
processes. Laws of photochemistry: Grotthus-Drapper law, Stark-Einstein law (law of
photochemical equivalence) Jablonski diagram depiciting various processes occurring in the
excited state, qualitative description of fluorescence, phosphorescence, non-radiative
processes (internal conversion, intersystem crossing), quantum yield, photosensitized
reactions-energy transfer processes (simple examples).

Section-B
Solutions Dilute Solutions and Colligative Properties
Ideal and non-ideal solutions, methods of expressing concentrations of solutions, activity
and activity coefficient. Dilute solution,Colligative properties, Raolut’s law, relative
lowering of vapour pressure, molelcular weight determination, Osmosis law of osmotic
pressure and its measurement, determination of molecular weight from osmotic pressure.
Elevation of boiling point and depression of freezing point, Thermodynamic derivation of
relation between molecular weight and elevation in boiling point and depression in freezing
point. Experimental methods for determining various colligative properties. Abnormal
molar mass, degree of dissociation and association of solutes.
Phase Equillibrium
Statement and meaning of the terms – phase component and degree of freedom,
thermodynamic derivation of Gibbs phase rule, phase equilibria of one component system –
Example – water and Sulpher systems.
Phase equilibria of two component systems solid-liquid equilibria, simple eutectic
Example Pb-Ag system, desilerisation of lead
1 08

B. Sc. IIIrd Year (VIth Semester)
Paper XX (Theory) Organic Chemistry (CH-306)
1 09
Marks: 27
Time: 3 Hrs.
Note: Eight questions will be set, four questions from each section. Th e
candidate will be required to attempt five qu estions in all, selecting atleast
two questions from each section. As far as possible questions wi ll be short
answer type and not essay t ype.
Organosulphur Compounds
SECTION – A
Nomenclature, structural features, Methods of formation and chemical reactions of thiols,
thioethers, sulphonic acids, sulphonamides and sulphaguanidine. Synthetic detergents alkyl
and aryl sulphonates.
Heterocyclic Compounds
Introduction: Molecular orbital picture and arom atic characteristics of
p yrrole, furan, thiophene and p yridine. Methods of synthesis and chemical
reactions with particular emphasis on the m echanism of electrophilic
substitution. Mechanism of nucleophilic substitution reactions in p yridine
derivatives. Comparison of basicity of p yridine, piperidine and p yrrole.
Introduction to condensed five and six- membered heterocycles. Prepration and reactions
of indole, quinoline and isoquinoline with special reference to Fisher indole synthesis,
Skraup synthesis and Bischler-Napieralski synthesis. Mechanism of electrophilic
substitution reactions of, quinoline and isoquinoline.

Organic Synthesis via Enolates
SECTION – B
Acidity o f �-h ydrogens, alkylatio n of dieth yl malonate and eth yl
acetoacetate. Synthesis of eth yl acetoacetate: the Claisen condensation.
Keto-enol tautomerism of eth yl aceto acetate.
Amino Acids, Peptides& Proteins
Classification, of amino acids. Acid -base beh avior, isoelectric point and
electrophoresis. Preparation of �-amino acid s.
Structure and nomenclature of peptides and proteins. Classification of
protein s. Peptide structure determination, end group analysis, selective
h ydrolysis of peptides. Classical peptide synthesis, solid –phase p eptide
syn thesis. Structures of peptides and proteins: Primary & Secondar y
structure.
Synthetic Polymers
Addition or chain-growth polymerization. Free radical vin yl
polymerization, ionic vin yl polymerization, Ziegler-Natta polymerization
and vin yl polymers.
Condensation or step growth polymerization. Polyesters, polyamides,
phenol formaldeh yde resins, urea formaldeh yde resins, epoxy resins and
polyurethanes.
Natural and synthetic rubbers.
1 10

B.Sc. III Year
Paper XXI (Practical) (CH-307) Max. Marks: 100
SECTION – I (Inorganic)
1 11
Time: 7 Hrs.
(Spread over two days)
Semimicro qualitative analysis of mixture containing not more than four
radicals (including interfering, Combinations and excluding insoluables):
Pb 2 + , Hg 2 + , Hg2 2+ , Ag + , Bi 3 + , Cu 2 + , Cd 2 + , As 3 + , Sb 3 + , Sn 2 + , Fe 3 + , Cr 3 + , Al 3 + ,
Co 2 + , Ni 2 + , Mn 2 + , Zn 2 + , Ba 2 + , Sr 2 + , Ca 2 + , Mg 2 + , NH 4 + , CO 3 2 - , S 2 - , SO 3 2 - ,
S 2O 3 2 - , NO2 - , CH 3COO - , Cl - , Br - , I - , NO 3 - , SO4 2 - , C2O 4 2 - , PO4 3 - 3 -
, BO 3
Section-B (Physical)
1. To determine the strength of the given acid solution (mono and dibasic acid)
conductometrically.
2. To determine the solubility and solubility product of a sparingly soluble
electrolyte conductometrically
3. To determine the strength of given acid solution (mono and dibasic acid)
potentiometrically.
4. To determine the molecular weight of a non-volatile solute by Rast method.
5. To standardize the given acid solution (mono and dibasic acid) pH metrically.

1. Laboratory Techniques
Section-C (Organic)
(a) Steam distillation (non evaluative)
Naphthalene from its suspension in water
Separation of o-and p-nitrophenols
(b) Column chro matography (non evaluative)
Separation of fluorescein and meth ylene b lue
Separation of leaf pigments from spinach leaves
2. Thin Layer Chromatography
Determination of R f values and identification of organic
compunds
(a) Separation of green leaf pigments (spinach leaves m ay be
used)
(b) Separation of a mixture of coloured organic compounds
using common organic solvents.
3. Synthesis of the following organic compounds:
(a) To prepare o-chlorobenzoic acid from anthranilic acid.
(b) To prepare p-bromoaniline from p-bromoacetanilide.
© To prepare m-nitroaniline from m-dinitrobenzene.
(d) To prepare S-Benzyl-iso-thiouronium chloride from thiourea.
1. Section I 25 marks
2. Section II 25 marks
3. Section III 25 marks
4. Viva-voce 10 marks
5. Lab Record 15 marks
1 12

Syllabi and Courses of reading for B.Sc. Part-I, Part-II and Part-III (Industrial Chemistry)
w.e.f. 2011-2012, 2012-2013 and 2013-2014
SYLLABUS
&
Scheme of Examination
B.Sc. Industrial Chemistry
First year
First Semester
Theory Max. Marks
Paper – I
Second Semester
Practical
Written + I.A.
1 13
Time allowed for Exam
(Hours)
40+10 3 hrs
Paper – II 40+10 3 hrs
Theory Max. Marks
Paper –I
Written + I.A.
Time allowed for Exam
(Hours)
40+10 3 hrs
Paper – II 40+10 3 hrs
Paper - III 100 (No internal
Assessment Marks in
Practical)
Second Year.
Third Semester
Theory Max. Marks
Written + I.A (Internal
Assesment)
Paper-I 40+10 3 Hours
Paper-II 40+10 3 Hours
7 hrs (Spread over two
days in two sessions)
Time Allowed for
Exam

Fourth Semester
Theory Max. Marks
Written + I.A. (Internal
Assessment)
Paper-I 40+10 3 Hours
Paper-II 40+10 3Hours
Practical
Paper-III 100 (No internal
Assessment Marks in
Practical)
Third Year
1 14
Time Allowed for
Exam
7 hrs (Spread over two
days in two sessions)
Fifth Semester
Theory Max. Marks
Written + I.A.
Time allowed for Exam
Paper-I 40+10 3 Hours
Paper-II 40+10 3 Hours
Sixth Semester
Theory Max. Marks
Written + I.A.
Time allowed for Exam
Paper-I 40+10 3 Hours
Paper-II 40+10 3 Hours
Practical
Paper-III 100 (No internal
Assessment Marks in
Practical)
7 hrs (Spread over two
days in two sessions)

First Semester
Paper – I (Theory) Max. Marks: 40+10* 3 hours
Note: Eight questions will be set section wise, two questions from each section and the candidate
have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one questions from each section. All
questions carry equal marks.
Section – I
Metallurgy: Basic metallurgical operations- crushing and pulverization,
concentration, calcinations, roasting, reduction and refining.
1 15
(7½ )
Section – II
Physico chemical principles of extraction, methods of extraction and refining of
copper, lead, aluminum and zinc from their important ores.
(7½)
Section – III
Surface Chemistry: Preparation, types and applications of emulsions, sols, gels,
micelles and aerosols.
(7½)
Section – IV
Catalysis: Introduction, characteristics of catalytic reactions, homogeneous and
heterogeneous catalysis and their theories, catalytic poisoning, auto-catalysis,
introduction to enzyme catalysis and kinetic expression– Michael-Menton equation,
characteristics of enzyme catalysis.
(7½)

First Semester
Paper – II (Theory) Max. Marks: 40+10* 3 hours
Note: Eight questions will be set section wise, two questions from each section and the candidate
have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one questions from each section. All
questions carry equal marks.
Section – I
1. Crystallization: Introduction, concept of super saturation, modes of generation
of super saturation, nucleation, primary nucleation and secondary nucleation,
crystal growth, ∆L Law of crystal growth; equipment – circulating liquid
evaporator crystallizers.
2. Evaporation: Introduction, factors affecting the rate of evaporation and choice
of evaporators, application of evaporation in chemical process industries,
equipment- falling film evaporator.
1 16
(4)
(3½)
Section – II
1. Drying: Introduction, free moisture, bound moisture, equilibrium moisture
content, drying rate and drying curves, constant rate period and falling rate
period of drying, purpose of drying, equipments -rotary dryers.
2. Distillation: Introduction, types of distillation - simple batch or differential
distillation, simple steam distillation, and continuous distillation with
reflux/fractional distillation.
(3½)
(4)

Section – III
1. Filtration: Introduction, filter media and filter aids, qualities/ characteristics of
ideal filter aids, factors affecting the rate of filtration and choice of filter
media, equipments- candle filters.
2. Absorption: Introduction, desorption or gas stripping, equipments- spray
columns for absorption.
1 17
(6)
(1½)
Section – IV
1. Material balance: Introduction, material balance without chemical reactions,
general methods of solving material balance problems for systems involving
no chemical reactions, a brief study of procedure for material balance
calculations, flow/block diagrams for various important chemical engineering
operations such as – distillation, absorption and crystallization and their
overall material balance equations (Numericals excluded).
(6½)
2. Bypass operations along with block diagrams (Numericals excluded) and their
importance in process industries.
(1)

Second Semester
Paper – I (Theory) Max. Marks: 40+10* 3 hours
Note: Eight questions will be set section wise, two questions from each section and the candidate
have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one questions from each section. All
questions carry equal marks.
Section – I
Nomenclature, generic names and trade names. (3)
Fuels and Combustion: Classification of fuels, comparison between solid, liquid and
gaseous fuels, calorific value and characteristics of good fuel.
1 18
(4½)
Section – II
Coal: Types of coal, analysis of coal- proximate and ultimate analysis with its
significance, determination of calorific value by bomb calorimeter.
Section – III
Petroleum– fractional distillation of crude oil, cracking- thermal and catalytic cracking,
isomerisation.
(7½)
Section – IV
Corrosion: Definition, types of corrosion, dry or chemical corrosion, wet or electrochemical
(7½)
corrosion, concentration cell corrosion, stress corrosion, soil corrosion, microbiological corrosion,
their theories and mechanism, passivity, factors influencing corrosion, methods of corrosion
control.
(7½).

Second Semester
Paper – II (Theory) Max. Marks: 40+10* 3 hours
Note: Eight questions will be set section wise, two questions from each section and the candidate
have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one questions from each section. All
questions carry equal marks.
Section – I
1. Material balance involving chemical reactions: Introduction, brief study of
terms involved- stoichiometric equation, stoichiometric coefficients, concept
of limiting reactant, excess reactant and conversion, recycling operations, need
for their adoption in process industries.
2. Air: Introduction of air pollution, classification of air pollutants, processing of
air by cyclone separators.
Section – II
1. Energy balance: Introduction, law of conservation of energy, outline of general
1 19
(5)
(2½)
procedure for making energy balance calculations, enthalpy changes
accompanying a chemical reaction, Hess’s law of constant heat summation,
heat capacity, heat capacity of pure gases at constant pressure and constant
volume, relation between CP and CV.
(4½)

2. Fluids flow: Introduction, concept of compressible and incompressible fluids, a brief study
of nature of fluid flow– streamline or laminar flow, turbulent flow, Reynolds number, and
its applications.
Section – III
1. Water: Water specifications for different industries, hardness of water, types of
hardness, water softening by Permutit process using ion exchange resins and
regeneration of ion exchange resins.
2. Boilers: Introduction, classification of boilers, uses of boilers.
1 20
(3)
(6)
(1½)
Section – IV
1. Heat transfer: Introduction, mechanism of heat transfer, Fourier’s law of heat
conduction, equipments: brief study of finned tube heat exchangers,
corrugation, types of corrugation and air cooled heat exchanger.
2. Steam: Basic specification of water used for steam production, various
applications of steam.
(6)
(1½)

Second Semester
Paper – III (Practical) Max. Marks. 100 7 hours
Note: In the first session of practical examination, the students are required to perform two
experiment out of section–I, whereas, on the second day, they will perform one experiment from
section-II.
Section – I
1. Determine volumetrically the percentage purity of a sample of Lunar caustic.
2. Preparation and standardization of sodium hydroxide solution.
3. Determination of calcium and magnesium in a sample of hard water.
4. To determine total hardness of given water sample.
5. To determine the percentage of copper in given sample of brass alloy.
6. To analyse the given sample of calcite ore.
7. To analyse the amount of calcium present in a given sample of limestone.
8. Prepare and standardize the given sample of KMnO4.
Section –II
1. Determine the specific and molecular rotation of an optically active substance
like cane sugar at a number of concentrations.
2. Determine the concentration of a given solution of an optically active
substance by polarimetric measurement.
3. Determine the refractive index of a given liquid by Abbe’s refractrometer and
find the specific and molar refraction.
1 21

4. Determine the molar refractivity of methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, n–hexane and
carbon tetrachloride and calculate the refraction equivalents of carbon,
hydrogen and chlorine.
5. To determine the coefficient of viscosity of a given liquid with the help of
Ostwald’s viscometer.
6. To determine the surface tension of the given liquid by drop-number method.
7. To determine the surface tension of the given liquid by drop-weight method.
8. To determine the surface tension of given liquid in the presence of surfactant.
Distribution of Marks
Experiment No.1 (From Section – I) 30 Marks
Experiment No.2 (From Section – I) 15 Marks
Experiment No.3 (From Section – II) 30 Marks
Lab Record 15 Marks
Viva-voce 10 Marks
1 22

Books Recommended for I st paper (Semester I & II):
1. Study Material in Vocational Subject to Industrial Chemistry (B.Sc. I, UGC)
Sponsored.
2. Physical Chemistry by B. R. Puri, L. R. Sharma & M. S. Pathania.
3. Principles of Extractive Metallurgy, Herbashi Vol. 1 & 2
Books Recommended for II nd paper (Semester I & II):
1. Study Material in Vocational Subject of Industrial Chemistry (B.Sc. I, UGC
Sponsored) (Text Book)
2. Introduction to Chemical Engineering W. L. Badger and J. T. Banchero,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., USA.
3. Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering W. L. McCabe and J. C. Smith,
McGraw-Hill Books co., New York.
1 23

Third Semester
Paper-I (Theory) Max. Marks 40+10* 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions will be set section wise, three from each section and candidate
have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each section.
All questions carry equal marks.
Section-I
Pulp and paper industry:
Introduction, Manufacture pulp, sulphate or Kraft pulp, soda pulp, sulphite pulp, rag
pulp, beating refining, filling, sizing and coloring. Manufacture of paper,
calendaring, uses. Paper industry in India
Sugar Industry:
Introduction, Manufacture of cane sugar, extraction of juice, purification of juice,
defection, sulphonation and carbonation, concentration and evaporation,
Crystallisation. Recovery of sugar from molasses. Manufacture of sucrose from beet
root. Testing of sulphur.
Section-II
Cement Industry:
Types of cement, composition, manufacturing process of Portland cement (dry &
wet processes). Setting of cement, properties of cement. Testing of cement.
Refractories:
Types, Properties, Manufacture and application of various refractories.
Ceramics:
Introduction, types, manufacturing process of white wares and earthen wares.
Applications
1 24

Section-III
Nitration:
Introduction, nitrating agents, kinetics and mechanism of nitration of benzene.
Manufacture of the following
I. Nitrobenzene and m-Dinitrobenzene from Benzene.
II. p-Nitroacetanilide from acetanilide
Continuous Vs Batch Nitration
Halogenation:
Introduction, kinetics of halogenation reactions. Reagents for halogenation.
Halogenation of aromatics-side chain and Nuclear Halogenation. Commercial
Manufacture of chlorobanezene, Chloral, dichlorofluromethane.
1 25

Third Semester
Paper-II (Theory) Max. Marks 40+10* 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions will be set section wise, three from each section and candidate
have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each section.
All questions carry equal marks.
Section-I
Air pollution:
Air pollutants such as sulphur di oxide, sulphur tri oxide, oxides of nitrogen, carbon
mono oxide. Particulate matter i.e. dust, smoke, smog and aerosols, their sources and
bad effects.
Deforestation and its consequences, Green house effect and its consequences.
Remedial measures to control air pollution
Section-II
Noise Pollution:
Definition, noise level i.e. bearable limit, sources of noise pollution, bad effects and
prevention of noise pollution
Pesticide Pollution:
Classification of pesticides, sources of pesticide pollution, bad effects and control
measure.
Water Pollution:
Sources of water pollution, Bad effects and control of water pollution.
1 26

Section-III
Water analysis:
Determination of alkalinity
Determination of acidity
Determination of hardness
Determination of dissolved oxygen
Determination of chloride content
Determination of nitrates
Determination of Sulphates
Determination of Phosphates
1 27

Fourth Semester
Paper-I (Theory) Max. Marks 40+10* 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions will be set section wise, three from each section and candidate
have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each section.
All questions carry equal marks.
Section-I
Sulphonation:
Introduction, sulphonating agents, mechanism of sulphonation reactions, Commercial
sulphonation of benzene, alkyl benzenes.
Oxidation:
Introduction, types of oxidation reactions, oxidizing agents, commercial manufacture
of benzoic acid, phthalic anhydride, acetaldehyde, acetic acid.
Section-II
Hydrogenation:
Introduction, catalysts for hydrogenation, organic chemical Manufacture-II Reaction,
Hydrogenation of vegetable oils manufacture of methanol from certain Monoxide
and Hydrogen.
Alkylation:
Introduction, types of alkylation, alkylating agents, Thermodynamics and mechanism
of alkylation Reactions, manufacture of Alkyl Benzenes (for detergent Manufacture),
Ethyl Benzenes.
1 28

Section-III
Esterification:
Introduction, hydrodynamics and kinetics of esterisfication reactions, esterification
by organic acids, by addition of unsaturated compounds, commercial manufacture of
ethyl acetate.
Amination:
Introduction, Methods of reductionmetal and acid catalytic, sulphite, electrolytic
metal and alkali sulphites, metal hydrides, sodium metal, concentrated caustic
oxidation, reduction commercial manufacture of
aniline.
Hydrolysis:
Introduction, hydrolyzing agents, kinetics, thermodynamics and mechanism of
hydrolysis.
1 29

Fourth Semester
Paper-II (Theory) Max. Marks 40+10* 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions will be set section wise, three from each section and candidate
have to attempt five questions in all selecting at least one question from each section.
All questions carry equal marks.
Section-I
Treatment of Domestic waste water:
Preliminary treatment i.e. removal of gross solid, grit, oil and grease. Primary
treatment i.e. sedimentation.
Secondary treatment i.e. trickling filters
Tertiary treatment i.e. precipitation, nitrogen stripping and chlorination.
Treatment of petroleum refinery waste.
Section-II
Solid Waste Management
Classification of solid waste,
Microbiology of solid waste,
Disposal processes i.e. composting,
Sanitary land filling,
Incineration and pyrolysis.
Section-III
Process Instrumentation:
Principle, Construction and working of the following instruments
Glass thermometer,
Bimetallic thermometer,
Resistence thermometer,
Radiation Pyrometers.
Pressure-manometers,
Barometers,
1 30

Fourth Semester
Paper-III (Practical) Max. marks 100 7 Hours
Note: The practical is spread over in two sessions. In the first session the candidate
have to perform one experiment from first section and in the second session the
candidate have to perform one experiment from the second section.
Section-I
Nitration
Preparation of m-dinitro benzene
Sulphonation
Preparation of Sulphanilic acid
Reaction of diazonium salt
Preparation of 1-phenyl azo β-naphthol
Oxidation
Prepare anthraquinone from anthracene.
Prepare p-nitro benzoic acid from p-nitro aniline.
Reduction
Preparation of m-nitro aniline from m-dinitro benzene.
Section-II
Water Analysis
Determination of alkalinity of water sample.
Determination of acidity of water sample.
Determination of total hardness of water sample.
1 31

Determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water sample.
Determination of dissolved oxygen of water sample.
Determine pH of given water sample.
Determine percentage of iron in given sample of mohr’s salt.
Distribution of Marks
Experiment No. 1 (from section-I) 40 Marks
Experiment No. 2 (from section-II) 35 Marks.
Lab Record 15 Marks
Viva Voce 10 Marks
Books Recommended for third and fourth semesters:
1. Study material in Vocational subject of industrial chemistry (BSc-II UGC
Sponsored)
2. Science of ceramics-chemical processing: Hench L.L
3. Pollution control of chemical and Allied Industries Mahajan, S.P.
1 32

Fifth Semester
Paper –I Theory Max Marks 40+10 3 Hours
Note: Nine Question will be set section wise, three from each section and candidate have to
attempt five question in all selecting at least one question from each section. All questions
carry equal marks.
Section-I
Industrial Chemical Analysis
Sampling procedure, sampling 0f bulk materials, techniques of sampling solids, liquids and gases.
Collecting and processing data.
Limitations of analytical methods, accuracy, precision, classification of errors and their
minimization. Significant figures and computations.
(10 Hours)
Section –II
Chromatography
Principle and classification of chromatographic method, paper chromatography, Thin layer
chromatography, HPLC and gas chromatography.
(10 Hours)
Section-III
Atomic Spectroscopy
Principle, types of instruments, interferences in flame photometry, application of atomic absorption
and flame emission spectroscopy.
Spectrophotometer
Principle, instrumentation for absorption measurements, qualitative and quantitative applications.
Nephelometry
Principle instrumentation, factors affecting measurements, applications.
1 33
(10 Hours)
Books Recommended
1. Vogel’s Text book of Quatitative Chemical Analysis, G.H. Jeffery, J. Basset, J. Mendham
and R.C.Denney, English Language Book Society/ Longman
2. Study Material in vocational subject, Industrial Chemistry ( UGC Sponsored)
3. Handbook of instrumental techniques for Analytical chemistry, F.A. Settle, Prentice Hall.
4. Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, K. Kodama Interscience Publishers, New York.

Fifth Semester
Paper –II Theory Max Marks 40+10 3 Hours
Note: Nine Question will be set section wise, three from each section and candidate have to
attempt five question in all selecting at least one question from each section. All questions
carry equal marks.
Section-I
Introduction to Pharmacopoeias
Dosage Forms: Dosage forms and their classification on the basis of physical state with important
characteristics: Solid Dosage forms including powders, capsules, cachets, Pills, tablets and
suppositories.
Liquid dosage forms including collodions, aromatic waters, inhalations, injections, lotions, mouth
washes, nasal drops and ophthalmic drops.
Sterilization: Need for sterilization, sterilization by heat processes viz sterilization by dry heat
using hot air oven, flaming and I.R. radiations. Moist heat sterilization processes including
autoclaving, heating with bactericide, Tantalization or fractional sterilization.
(10 Hours)
Section- II
Legal aspects of drugs: Important FDA Schedules
(2 Hours)
Pharmaceutical quality testing: Sterility testing, Pyrogen testing, glass testing.
(4 Hours)
Pharmaceutical excipients : Various type of excipients used for tablets, capsules, emulsions and
suspensions.
(4 Hours)
Section-III
Phytochemicals: Introduction to crude drugs, cultivation and storage of medicinal plants.
(4 Hours)
Chemical constituents of plants and uses including carbohydrates, glycosides, fats, oils, waxes,
terpenoids, steroids, alkaloids, amino acids, and tannins.
(6Hours)
Books Recommended
1. A text book of pharmaceutics- Nirali Prakashan.
2. Study Material in vocational subject, Industrial Chemistry ( UGC Sponsored)
1 34

Sixth Semester
Paper –I Theory Max Marks 40+10 3 Hours
Note: Nine Question will be set section wise, three from each section and candidate have to
attempt five question in all selecting at least one question from each section. All questions
carry equal marks.
Section-I
Solvent Extraction : General discussion, factors favoring solvent extraction, classification of
solvent extraction systems, applications of solvent extraction.
(7 Hours)
pH, buffer solutions, importance of pH and its measurement.
(3 Hours)
Section-II
Monograph of tablet: Hardness test, Friability test, Dissolution rate, and disintegration test.
(4 Hours)
Amperometric titration: Theory, types and applications of amperometric titration.
(3 Hours)
Polarimetry: Principle, instrumentation and applications of polarimetry.
(3Hours)
Section-III
Titrimetric Analysis: Theoretical considerations, standard solutions, primary standards, Secondary
standards, neutralization indicators, mixed indicators, universal indicators, neutralization curves,
choice of indicator in neutralization reactions, complexation titrations, metal ion indicators,
precipitation titrations.
(10 Hours)
Books Recommended
1. Vogel’s Text book of Quatitative Chemical Analysis, G.H. Jeffery, J. Basset, J. Mendham
and R.C.Denney, English Language Book Society/ Longman
2. Study Material in vocational subject, Industrial Chemistry ( UGC Sponsored)
3. Indian pharmacopoeia/ British pharmacopoeia
1 35

Sixth Semester
Paper –II Theory Max Marks 40+10 3 Hours
Note: Nine Question will be set section wise, three from each section and candidate have to
attempt five question in all selecting at least one question from each section. All questions
carry equal marks.
Section-I
Drugs: classification of various types with examples: analgesics, cardiovascular agents, anti
psychoactive agents
(5 Hours)
Synthesis of bulk drugs
Antimicrobial- Chloromphenicol, Isoniazid
Analgesic- Salicylic acids and its derivatives, Ibuprofen
Barbiturate- Pentobarbitol
Blockers- Propranprol, Atenolol
(5 hours)
Section-II
Fermentation Processes: General principle of fermentation processes and fermenters
Manufacturing of anti biotics: Penicillin G, Vitamin B12 tetracyclines.
Synthesis of vitamins: vitamin-A, Vitamin-B6 , Vitamin- C
Section-III
Pharmaceutical excipients: Various Types
Capsule shell making agent (gelatin)
Binder and adhesives (acacia)
Antioxidant (Butylated hydroxy anisole)
Viscosity builder (carboxy methyl cellulose sodium)
Preservatives (Phenyl mercuric nitrate)
Sweetners (Mannitol)
Emulsifying agents and coating agents
1 36
(2Hours)
(5 Hours)
(3 Hours)
(10 Hours)

Books Recommended
1. Medicinal chemistry : Ashutoshkar (Vol. I & II)
2. Medicinal chemistry : S.N. Pandeya
3. Study Material in vocational subject, Industrial Chemistry ( UGC Sponsored)
1 37

Sixth Semester
Paper-III Practical Max Marks 100 7 Hours
Note: The practical is spread over in two sessions. In the first session the candidate have to
perform two experiments from section-I, (one from the first four and second from the next
seven). In the second session the candidate have to perform one experiment from section-II.
Section-I
1. To prepare a sample of 2,4,6 tribromo aniline
2. To prepare a sample of anthranilic acid from phthalic anhydride
3. To prepare a sample of m-dinitrobenzene from benzene
4. To prepare m-nitroaniline from nitrobenzene
5. To prepare a sample of chloroform spirit
6. To prepare a sample of benzaldehyde spirit
7. To prepare a sample of chloroform water
8. To prepare a sample of camphor water
9. To prepare a sample of cetrimide cream
10. To prepare a sample of zinc sulphate lotion
11. To perform the monograph of aspirin tablet
Section-II
1. To estimate the percentage purity of given amino acid
2. Estimate the amount of aspirin in the given tablet
3. To determine the strength of given phenol solution by bromination method
4. To determine the strength of given aniline solution by bromination method
5. To determine the percentage purity of given sample of formaldehyde
6. To determine the iodine value of given oil sample
7. To determine the saponification value of oil sample
Distribution of marks
Experiment No. 1 (from section-I) 25 Marks
Experiment No. 2 (from section-I) 25 Marks
Experiment No. 3 (from section-II) 25 Marks
Lab Record 15 Marks
Viva Voce 10 Marks
1 38

ANNEXURE -I
B.A. Geography (Pass Course) Outline and Scheme w.e.f. 2011-12
Paper No. Title Internal External Maximum Total Time
Assessment Assessment Marks Marks
Semester-I
101 Geography of India 20 50 70 100 3 Hours
102 Maps and scales (Practical) 30 3 Hours
Semester-II
103 Physical Geography I 20 50 70 100 3 Hours
104 Representation of Physical 30 3 Hours
Features (Practical)
Semester-III
201 Physical Geography II 20 50 70 100 3 Hours
202 Representation of Climate 30 3 Hours
Data (Practical)
Semester – IV
203 Human Geography 20 50 70 100 3 Hours
204 Maps projections (Practical) 30 3 Hours
Semester – V
301 Economic Geography 20 50 70 100 3 Hours
302 Distribution Maps and Diagrams 30 3 Hours
(Practical)
Semester- VI
303 Introduction to Remote Sensing, 20 50 70 100 3 Hours
GIS and Quantitative Methods
304 Introduction to Remote Sensing 30 3 Hours
and Field Survey Report (Practical)
1 39

Paper 101 Geography of India
1 40
Maximum Marks: 70
External Assessment: 50
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks.
SECTION- A
1. India: Location, relief structure and drainage systems.
2. Climate, soils, natural vegetation, and natural disasters in India.
SECTION – B
3. Population: distribution, density, growth and composition.
4. Migration, human settlement types and levels of urbanization.
SECTION-C
5. Land resources, irrigation, regional variations in cropping pattern,
Green revolution and problems of Indian agriculture.
6. Energy and mineral resources: coal, petroleum, hydroelectricity and nuclear energy, iron
ore, manganese and mica.
SECTION-D
7. Industries- iron and steel, cotton textile, sugar and petrochemical industries; and industrial
regions of India.
8. Modes of transport and communication, international trade changing pattern of export and
import.
Suggested Readings
1. Deshpande, C D: India – A Regional Interpretation, Northern Book Depot, New Delhi,
1992.
2. Singh, Gopal : Geography of India, Atma Ram and Sons, 2006.
3. Shafi, M : Geography of South Asia, McMillan and Company, Calcutta, 2000.
4. Singh, R L (ed) : India : A Regional Geography, National Geographical Society, India,
Varanasi, 1971.
5. Spate, D H K and ATA Learmonth : Indian and Pakistan – Land, People and Economy,
Methnen and Company, London, 1967.

Distribution of Marks
Exercises = 18
Record File = 6
Viva-voce = 6
Paper 102 Maps and Scales (Practical)
1 41
Maximum Marks: 30
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
1. Introduction to Cartography.
2. Maps and their types.
3. Map Scales. Exercises
(i) Methods of Expressing a scale 2
(ii) Conversion of Statement of Scale into R.F. and vice-versa.
(iii) Plain Scale (Km and mile)
(iv) Comparative Scale 1
(v) Diagonal Scale 1
4 Measurement of Distances and Areas on Maps
5 Enlargement and Reduction of Maps
Suggested Readings:
1. F.J. Monkhouse and H.R. Wilkinson (1972) Maps and Diagrams, Mothuen and Co. Ltd.,
London
2. L.R. Singh and Raghuvander Singh (1973), Map Work and Practical Geography, Central
Book Depot, Allahabad.
3. R.I. Singh and P.K. Dutt (1968), Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad.
4. Singh Gopal (2004) 4 th edition, Map Work and Practical Geography, Viksa Publication
House.

Paper 103 Physical Geography – I
1 42
Maximum Marks : 70
External Assessment: 50
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks.
SECTION- A
1. Definition, Nature, scope and fields of Physical Geography.
2. Interior of the earth, Geological time scale and rocks.
SECTION- B
3. Earth movements; organic, eperogenic, earth quakes and volcanoes.
4. Theory of Isostasy ; Wegner’s theory of continental drift and Plate tectonic theory.
SECTION- C
5. Weathering; causes and its types.
6. Mass-movements; causes, its types and impacts.
SECTION- D
7. Concept of cycle of erosion; cycle of erosion by W.M.Davis, Penck and King
8. Process of Wind, River, Underground water, Glaciers and Sea waves.
References
1. Sharma H.S. Perspective in Geomorphology, Concept, New Delhi 1980.
2. Singh Savinder, Geomorphology, Prayag Publication, Allahabad 1998.
3. Singh Savinder, Physical Geography Prayag Publication, Allahabad, 1998.
4. Sparks B.W. Geomorphology, Longman, London, 1960.
5. Thornbury W.D. 1969 Principles of Geomorphology, New York, John Wiley & Sons.

Distribution of Marks
Exercises = 18
Record File = 6
Viva-voce = 6
Paper 104 Representation of Physical Features (Practical)
1 43
Maximum Marks: 30
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
Exercises
1. Introduction to Topographical Sheets 3
India and adjacent countries
. Degree Sheet
. Half Degree Sheet
. Quarter Degree Sheet
. Conventional Signs
2. Methods of representing relief 1
3. Representation of Topographical features by contours. 4
Slopes (Concave, convex, undulating and terraced)
Valleys (V Shaped, U shaped, Gorge, Re-entrant)
Ridges (Conical hill, Volcanic hill, Plateau, Escarpment)
Complex features (waterfall, sea cliff, overhanging cliff, Fiord coast)
4. Drawing of Profiles 5
(a) Cross Profiles: Serial, superimposed, projected
and composite profiles.
(b) Longitudinal profiles
Suggested Readings:
1. F.J. Monkhouse and H.R. Wilkinson (1972) Maps and Diagrams, Mothuen and Co. Ltd.,
London.
2. L.R. Singh and Raghuvander Singh (1973), Map Work and Practical Geography, Central
Book Depot, Allahabad.
3. R.I. Singh and P.K. Dutt (1968), Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad
4. Singh Gopal (2004) 4 th edition, Map Work and Practical Geography, Vikas Publication
House, New Delhi.

Paper 201 Physical Geography-II
1 44
Maximum Marks : 70
External Assessment: 50
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short answer type questions to be answered in
15-20 words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to
answer one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks.
SECTION-A
1. Weather and Climate; Origin, composition and structure of atmosphere.
2. Insolation, Global heat budget, Horizontal and vertical distribution of temperature,
inversion of temperature.
SECTION-B
3. Atmospheric pressure- measurement and distribution, pressure belts, planetary winds,
Monsoon, Jet Streams EL NINO- La Nina Phenomenon and Local winds.
4. Humidity- measurement and variables, evaporation, condensation, precipitation forms and
types and distribution, hydrological cycle.
SECTION-C
5. Air masses- concept and classification; Fronts- type and characteristics, Weather
disturbances- tropical and extra-tropical cyclones.
6. Climate classification by Koppen; climatic change and global warming.
SECTION-D
7. Configuration of oceanic floors and surface relief of Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Oceans;
temperature and salinity of oceans.
8. Tides, waves and oceanic currents; circulation in Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Oceans;
Oceanic resources.
Suggested Readings:
1. Barry, RG and Chorley R.J., Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, Routledge, 1998.
2. Critchfield, H., General Climatology, Prentice-Hall of India, 2002.
3. King, C. Oceanography for Geographers, Edward Arnold, London, 1975.
4. Trewartha, GT: An Introduction to Climate, Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 1981.
5. Trewartha, G.T., The Earth’s Problems Climates, University of Wisconsin Press, USA.

Paper – 202 Representation of Climatic Data (Practical)
Maximum Marks: 30
Time : 3 Hours
Distribution of Marks
Exercises = 18
Record File = 6
Viva-voce = 6
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
1. Measurement of temperature, rainfall, pressure and humidity.
2. Representation of temperature and rainfall.
(i) Line and Bar Graph – 1 Exercise.
(ii) Distribution of temperature (180 therms) – 1 Exercise.
(iii) Distribution of rainfall (180 hytes) – 1 Exercise.
(iv) Hythergraph - 1 Exercise.
(v) Rainfall deviation diagram - 1 Exercise.
3. Climograph (wet and dry places) - 2 Exercise.
4. Distribution of pressure (180 bars) - 2 Exercise.
5. Weather map Interpretation (January & July) - 2 Exercise.
6. Change and tape survey – 2 Exercise.
Suggested Readings:
1. Mishra R.P. and Ramesh A. 1999. Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
2. Monkhouse, FJ, and Wilkinson H.R., 1972. Maps and Diagrams, Methuen Press, London
3. Robinson, A.H. et.al. Elements of Cartography, John Wiley & Sons, 1995.
4. Singh, R.L., 1979. Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publisher, New Delhi.
1 45

Paper 203 Human Geography
1 46
Maximum Marks : 70
External Assessment: 50
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short answer type questions to be answered in
15-20 words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to
answer one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks.
Section -I
1. Nature and scope of Human Geography, Branches of Human Geography, Approaches to the
study of Human Geography.
2. Division of Mankind: Spatial distribution of race and tribes of India; concept of men-
environment relation: A historical approach.
Section - II
3. Human adaptation to the environment (i) Cold region – Eskimo (ii) Hot region- Bushman
(iii) Plateau – Gonds (iv) Mountains – Gujjars
4. Meaning, nature and components of resources; Classification of resources – renewal and
non- renewable ; biotic and aboitic, recyclable and non recyclable.
Distribution, utilization and conservation of biotic (flora and fauna) and aboitic (water,
minerals and energy) resources.
Section - III
5. Distribution and density of world population, population growth, fertility and mortality
patterns.
6. Concept of over, under and optimum population; Population theories: Malthus, Ricardo and
Marx.
Section-IV
7. Rural settlements: Meaning, classification and types. Urban settlements: Origin,
classification and functions of towns.
8. Population pressure, resource use and environment degradation; sustainable development,
concept of deforestation, soil erosion, air and water pollution.
Suggested Readings:-
1. Agarwal, A etal : The Citizen’s Fifth Citizen’s Report, Centre for Science & Environment,
New Delhi, 1999.
2. Alexander, John. W. : Economic Geography, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.

3. Bergwan, Edward E: Human Geography: Culture Connections and Landscape, Prentice-
Hall, New Jersey, 1985.
4. Carr, M. Patterns: Process and Change in Human Geography, McMillan Education,
London, 1987.
5. Chandna, R.C. : A Geography of Population : Concepts, Determinants and Patterns, Kalyani
Publishers, New Delhi, 1986.
6. DeBlij, H. J. : Human Geography, Culture, Society and Space, John Wiley, New York,
1996.
7. Fellman, J.L. : Human Geography-Landscapes of Human Activities, Brown and Benchman
Pub., USA, 1997.
8. Global Environment Outlook: Earthscan, London, 2000.
9. McBride, P.J. Human Geography; Systems Patterns and Change, Nelson, UK and Canada,
1996.
10. Michael, Can: New Patterns : Process and Change in Human Geography, Nelson, 1996.
1 47

Paper 204 Maps Projections (Practical)
Maximum Marks: 30
Time : 3 Hours
Distribution of Marks
Exercises = 18
Record File = 6
Viva-voce = 6
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
1 48
Total Exercises = 15
1. Introduction to Map Projection: Meaning, Classification and importance; Characteristics of
latitudes and longitudes lines.
2. Cylindrical projections: Characteristics, applications and drawing; (3)
(i) Simple cylindrical projection
(ii) Cylindrical equal area projection.
(iii) True shape or orthomorphic or Mercator’s Projection. (5)
3. Conical Projections: Characteristics, applications and drawing.
(i) Simple conical projections with one standard parallel
(ii) Simple conical projection with two standard parallel
(iii) Bonne’s Projection
(iv) Polyconic projection.
(v) International Map Projection.
4. Zenithal Projections: Characteristics, applications and drawing. (5)
(i) Polar Zenithal Equidistant Projection.
(ii) Polar Zenithal Equal Area Projection
(iii) Polar Zenithal Gnomonic Projection
(iv) Polar Zenithal Stereographic Projection.
(v) Polar Zenithal Orthographic Projection
5. Characteristics, applications and drawings of (i) Sinosoidal and (2)
(ii) Mollweide Projections.
6. Plane Table Survey. (2)
Suggested Readings:-
1. Goyal K.K.1981.. Practical Geography, Manthan Publication, Rohtak.
2. Gregory S. 1963. Statistical Methods and the Geography, Longman, London.
3. Khan, A.A. 1996. Text Book of Practical Geography, Concept, New Delhi,.
4. Lawarence, GRP1968. Cartographic Methods, Methuen, London,.
5. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wilkinson, H.R1994. Maps and Diagrams, Methuen, London,
6. Pal. S.K. 1998: Statistics for Geoscientist- Techniques and Applications, Concept
Publication, New Delhi,.
7. Sarkar, A.K 1997: Practical Geography-A Systematic Approach, Orient Longman,
Calcutta,.
8. Singh, R.L. 1972. Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Pub., New Delhi
9. Steers, J.B. Map Projections; University of London Press, London.

Paper 301 Economic Geography
1 49
Maximum Marks : 70
External Assessment: 50
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short answer type questions to be answered in
15-20 words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to
answer one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks.
Section A
1. Nature, scope and relationship of economic geography with economics and other branches
of social sciences.
2. Classification of economic activities and their impact on environment.
Section B
3. World natural resources: Types, bases and classification.
4. Conservation and utilization of natural resources.
Section C
5. Spatial distribution of food (rice and wheat), commercial (cotton and sugarcane) and
plantation crops (tea, rubber and coffee).
6. Classification of mineral resources (ferrous and non-ferrous), distribution and production of
coal, iron ore, petroleum and natural gas.
Section D
7. Classification of industries, world distribution and production of iron and steel and textile
industry, major industrial complexes of the world.
8. Transport, communication and trade: geographical factors in their development, major
modes of water, land and air transport, recent trends in international trade
Suggested Readings:
1. Hartshorne TN and Alexander JW. 1988. Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
2. Jones CF and Darkenwald GG. 1975. Economic Geography. McMillan Company, New
York
3. Thomas, RS. 1962. The Geography of Economic Activities. McGraw Hill, New York.
4. Wheeler J et al. 1995. Economic Geography. John Wiley, New York.

Paper 302 Distribution Maps and Diagrams (Practical)
Maximum Marks: 30
Time : 3 Hours
Distribution of Marks
Exercises = 18
Record File = 6
Viva-voce = 6
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
1. Principal of map design and layout
2. Symbolization: point, line and area symbol
3. Lettering and toponomy
4. Mechanics of map construction
5. Distribution maps
(i) Qualitative distribution maps
� Choroschematic maps- 1 Exercise
� Chorochromatic maps- 2 Exercise
(ii) Quantitative distribution Maps
� Isopleth maps-3 Exercises
� Choropleth maps-3 Exercises
� Dot maps-3 Exercises
� Diagrammatic maps- 3 Exercises.
6. Prismatic Compass Survey – 2 Exercises.
Suggested readings:
1. Mishra RP and Ramesh A. 1999. Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
2. Monkhouse FJ and Wilkinson HR. 1972. Maps and Diagrams, Methuen Press, London
3. Singh Gopal. 2004. Map Work and Practical Geography, Vikas Publication House, New
Delhi.
4. Singh RL. 1979. Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi
1 50

Paper-303-Introduction to Remote Sensing, GIS & Quantitative Methods
1 51
Maximum Marks : 70
External Assessment: 50
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short answer type questions to be answered in
15-20 words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to
answer one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks.
Section-A
1. Introduction to Aerial Photographs: their advantages and types.
2. Elements of aerial Photo interpretation.
Section-B
3. Introduction to Remote Sensing; Electromagnetic spectrum, stages in remote sensing, type of
satellites.
4. Types of Imageries and their application in various fields such as agriculture, environment and
resource mapping.
Section-C
5. Introduction to Geographical Information System: Definition, purpose, advantages and
software and hardware requirements.
6. Application of GIS in various fields of geography.
Section-D
7. Measure of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode.
8. Measure of Dispersion: Range, Quartile deviation and Mean deviation, Standard deviation,
Coefficient of variation.
Suggested Readings:
1. Aslam Mahmood 1993. Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publications, New
Delhi,.
2. John R. Jensen 2009. Remote Sensing of the Environment;, An Earth Resource Perspective,
Pearson Education, ( India Edition) New Delhi,
3. Kumar Meenakshi 2001. Remote Sensing, NCERT, New Delhi,
4. Lillesand and R.W.Kiefer,2005. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and
Sons.
5. Pritvish Nag, and M.Kudrat 1998. Digital Remote Sensing, Concept Publishing Company,
New Delhi,

Paper 304 – Introduction to Remote Sensing and Field Survey Report
(Practical)
Maximum Marks: 30
Time: 3 Hours
I - Remote Sensing Practical -15 Marks
Marks Breakup
Exercise = 9
Record book = 3
Viva-voce = 3
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
1. Demarcation of Principal Point, Conjugate Principal point and Flight line on Aerial
Photographs – 1 Exercise
2. Determination of Scale of Aerial Photographs – 1 Exercise.
3. Interpretation of Single Vertical Photographs – 1 Exercise.
4. Use of Stereoscope and Identification of Features – 1 Exercise.
5. Identification of Features on IRSID, LISS III imagery (Mark copy of FCC) -1 Exercise.
II Socio-economic Survey and Report Writing -15 marks.
Marks Breakup
Field Survey Report = 10 marks
Viva-voce = 5 marks
Suggested Readings:-
1. John R. Jensen, Remote Sensing of the Environment; An Earth Resource Perspective,
Pearson Education, (India Edition) New Delhi, 2009.
2. Lillesand and R.W.Kiefer, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and Sons,
1994.
1 52

ANNEXURE -I
B.Sc. Geography (Pass Course) Outline and Scheme w.e.f. 2011-12
Paper No. Title Internal External Maximum Total Time
Assessment Assessment Marks Marks
Semester-I
101 Geography of India 20 80 100 150 3 Hours
102 Maps and scales (Practical) 50 3 Hours
Semester-II
103 Physical Geography I 20 80 100 150 3 Hours
104 Representation of Physical 50 3 Hours
Features (Practical)
Semester-III
201 Physical Geography II 20 80 100 150 3 Hours
202 Representation of Climate 50 3 Hours
Data (Practical)
Semester – IV
203 Human Geography 20 80 100 150 3 Hours
204 Maps projections (Practical) 50 3 Hours
Semester – V
301 Economic Geography 20 80 100 150 3 Hours
302 Distribution Maps and Diagrams 50 3 Hours
(Practical)
Semester- VI
303 Introduction to Remote Sensing, 20 80 100 150 3 Hours
GIS and Quantitative Methods
304 Introduction to Remote Sensing 50 3 Hours
and Field Survey Report (Practical)
All the practical examinations shall be held at the end of even semesters.
1 53

Semester-I
Paper 101 Geography of India
1 54
Maximum Marks : 100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short questions to be answered in 40-50
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. Question 1 carries 20 marks while other questions carry 15
marks each.
SECTION- A
1. India: Location, relief structure and drainage systems.
2. Climate, soils, natural vegetation, and natural disasters in India.
SECTION – B
3. Population: distribution, density, growth and composition.
4. Migration, human settlement types and levels of urbanization.
SECTION-C
5. Land resources, irrigation, regional variations in cropping pattern,
Green revolution and problems of Indian agriculture.
6. Energy and mineral resources: coal, petroleum, hydroelectricity and nuclear energy, iron
ore, manganese and mica.
SECTION-D
7. Industries- iron and steel, cotton textile, sugar and petrochemical industries; and industrial
regions of India.
8. Modes of transport and communication, international trade changing pattern of export and
import.
Suggested Readings
1. Deshpande, C D: India – A Regional Interpretation, Northern Book Depot, New Delhi,
1992.
2. Singh, Gopal : Geography of India, Atma Ram and Sons, 2006.
3. Shafi, M : Geography of South Asia, McMillan and Company, Calcutta, 2000.
4. Singh, R L (ed) : India : A Regional Geography, National Geographical Society, India,
Varanasi, 1971.
5. Spate, D H K and ATA Learmonth : Indian and Pakistan – Land, People and Economy,
Methnen and Company, London, 1967.

Distribution of Marks
Exercise = 30
Record File = 10
Viva-voce = 10
Semester-I
Paper 102 Maps and Scales (Practical)
1 55
Maximum Marks: 50
Time: 3 Hours
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises. Practical
examination shall be held with even Semester Practical Examination.
1. Introduction to Cartography.
2. Maps and their types.
3. Map Scales. Exercises
(i) Methods of Expressing a scale 2
(ii) Conversion of Statement of Scale into R.F. and vice-versa.
(iii) Plain Scale (Km and mile)
(iv) Comparative Scale 1
(v) Diagonal Scale 1
4 Measurement of Distances and Areas on Maps
5 Enlargement and Reduction of Maps
Suggested Readings:
1. F.J. Monkhouse and H.R. Wilkinson (1972) Maps and Diagrams, Mothuen and Co. Ltd.,
London
2. L.R. Singh and Raghuvander Singh (1973), Map Work and Practical Geography, Central
Book Depot, Allahabad.
3. R.I. Singh and P.K. Dutt (1968), Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad.
4. Singh Gopal (2004) 4 th edition, Map Work and Practical Geography, Viksa Publication
House.

Semester-II
Paper 103 Physical Geography – I
1 56
Maximum Marks : 100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short questions to be answered in 40-50
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. Question 1 carries 20 marks while other questions carry 15
marks each.
SECTION- A
1. Definition, Nature, scope and fields of Physical Geography.
2. Interior of the earth, Geological time scale and rocks.
SECTION- B
3. Earth movements; organic, eperogenic, earth quakes and volcanoes.
4. Theory of Isostasy ; Wegner’s theory of continental drift and Plate tectonic theory.
SECTION- C
5. Weathering; causes and its types.
6. Mass-movements; causes, its types and impacts.
SECTION- D
7. Concept of cycle of erosion; cycle of erosion by W.M.Davis,Penck and King
8. Process of Wind, River, Underground water, Glaciers and Sea waves.
References
1. Sharma H.S. Perspective in Geomorphology, Concept, New Delhi 1980.
2. Singh Savinder, Geomorphology, Prayag Publication, Allahabad 1998.
3. Singh Savinder, Physical Geography Prayag Publication, Allahabad, 1998.
4. Sparks B.W. Geomorphology, Jojngman, London, 1960.
5. Thornbury W.D. 1969 Principles of Geomorphology, New York, John Wiley & Sons.

Distribution of Marks
Exercise = 30
Record File = 10
Viva-voce = 10
Semester-II
Paper 104 Representation of Physical Features (Practical)
1 57
Maximum Marks: 50
Time: 3 Hours
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
Exercises
1. Introduction to Topographical Sheets 3
India and adjacent countries
. Degree Sheet
. Half Degree Sheet
. Quarter Degree Sheet
. Conventional Signs
2. Methods of representing relief 1
3. Representation of Topographical features by contours. 4
Slopes (Concave, convex, undulating and terraced)
Valleys (V Shaped, U shaped, Gorge, Re-entrant)
Ridges (Conical hill, Volcanic hill, Plateau, Escarpment)
Complex features (waterfall, sea cliff, overhanging cliff, Fiord coast)
4. Drawing of Profiles 5
(a) Cross Profiles: Serial, superimposed, projected
and composite profiles.
(b) Longitudinal profiles
Suggested Readings:
1. F.J. Monkhouse and H.R. Wilkinson (1972) Maps and Diagrams, Mothuen and Co. Ltd.,
London.
2. L.R. Singh and Raghuvander Singh (1973), Map Work and Practical Geography, Central
Book Depot, Allahabad.
3. R.I. Singh and P.K. Dutt (1968), Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad
4. Singh Gopal (2004) 4 th edition, Map Work and Practical Geography, Vikas Publication
House, New Delhi.

Semester-III
Paper 201 Physical Geography-II
1 58
Maximum Marks : 100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short questions to be answered in 40-50
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. Question 1 carries 20 marks while other questions carry 15
marks each.
SECTION-A
1. Weather and Climate; Origin, composition and structure of atmosphere.
2. Insolation, Global heat budget, Horizontal and vertical distribution of temperature,
inversion of temperature.
SECTION-B
3. Atmospheric pressure- measurement and distribution, pressure belts, planetary winds,
Monsoon, Jet Streams EL NINO- La Nina Phenomenon and Local winds.
4. Humidity- measurement and variables, evaporation, condensation, precipitation forms and
types and distribution, hydrological cycle.
SECTION-C
5. Air masses- concept and classification; Fronts- type and characteristics, Weather
disturbances- tropical and extra-tropical cyclones.
6. Climate classification by Koppen; climatic change and global warming.
SECTION-D
7. Configuration of oceanic floors and surface relief of Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Oceans;
temperature and salinity of oceans.
8. Tides, waves and oceanic currents; circulation in Pacific, Atlantic and Indian Oceans;
Oceanic resources.
Suggested Readings:
1. Barry, RG and Chorley R.J., Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, Routledge, 1998.
2. Critchfield, H., General Climatology, Prentice-Hall of India, 2002.
3. King, C. Oceanography for Geographers, Edward Arnold, London, 1975.
4. Trewartha, GT: An Introduction to Climate, Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 1981.
5. Trewartha, G.T., The Earth’s Problems Climates, University of Wisconsin Press, USA.

Distribution of Marks
Exercise = 30
Record File = 10
Viva-voce = 10
Semester-III
Paper – 202 Representation of Climatic Data (Practical)
1 59
Maximum Marks: 50
Time: 3 Hours
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises. Practical
examination shall be held with Second Semester Practical Examination.
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises..
1. Measurement of temperature, rainfall, pressure and humidity.
2. Representation of temperature and rainfall.
(i) Line and Bar Graph – 1 Exercise.
(ii) Distribution of temperature (180 therms) – 1 Exercise.
(iii) Distribution of rainfall (180 hytes) – 1 Exercise.
(iv) Hythergraph - 1 Exercise.
(v) Rainfall deviation diagram - 1 Exercise.
3. Climograph (wet and dry places) - 2 Exercise.
4. Distribution of pressure (180 bars) - 2 Exercise.
5. Weather map Interpretation (January & July) - 2 Exercise.
6. Change and tape survey – 2 Exercise.
Suggested Readings:
1. Mishra R.P. and Ramesh A. 1999. Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
2. Monkhouse, FJ, and Wilkinson H.R., 1972. Maps and Diagrams, Methuen Press, London
3. Robinson, A.H. et.al. Elements of Cartography, John Wiley & Sons, 1995.
4. Singh, R.L., 1979. Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publisher, New Delhi.

Semester-IV
Paper 203 Human Geography
1 60
Maximum Marks : 100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short questions to be answered in 40-50
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. Question 1 carries 20 marks while other questions carry 15
marks each.
Section -I
1. Nature and scope of Human Geography, Branches of Human Geography, Approaches to the
study of Human Geography.
2. Division of Mankind: Spatial distribution of race and tribes of India; concept of men-
environment relation : A historical approach.
Section - II
3. Human adaptation to the environment (i) Cold region – Eskimo (ii) Hot region- Bushman
(iii) Plateau – Gonds (iv) Mountains – Gujjars
4. Meaning, nature and components of resources; Classification of resources – renewal and
non- renewable ; biotic and aboitic, recyclable and non recyclable.
Distribution, utilization and conservation of biotic (flora and fauna) and aboitic (water,
minerals and energy) resources.
Section - III
5. Distribution and density of world population, population growth, fertility and mortality
patterns.
6. Concept of over, under and optimum population; Population theories: Malthus, Ricardo and
Marx.
Section-IV
7. Rural settlements: Meaning, classification and types. Urban settlements: Origin,
classification and functions of towns.
8. Population pressure, resource use and environment degradation; sustainable development,
concept of deforestation, soil erosion, air and water pollution.
Suggested Readings:-
1. Agarwal, A etal : The Citizen’s Fifth Citizen’s Report, Centre for Science & Environment,
New Delhi, 1999.

2. Alexander, John. W. : Economic Geography, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.
3. Bergwan, Edward E: Human Geography: Culture Connections and Landscape, Prentice-
Hall, New Jersey, 1985.
4. Carr, M. Patterns: Process and Change in Human Geography, McMillan Education,
London, 1987.
5. Chandna, R.C. : A Geography of Population : Concepts, Determinants and Patterns, Kalyani
Publishers, New Delhi, 1986.
6. DeBlij, H. J. : Human Geography, Culture, Society and Space, John Wiley, New York,
1996.
7. Fellman, J.L. : Human Geography-Landscapes of Human Activities, Brown and Benchman
Pub., USA, 1997.
8. Global Environment Outlook: Earthscan, London, 2000.
9. McBride, P.J. Human Geography; Systems Patterns and Change, Nelson, UK and Canada,
1996.
10. Michael, Can: New Patterns : Process and Change in Human Geography, Nelson, 1996.
1 61

Semester-IV
Paper 204 Maps Projections (Practical)
Maximum Marks:50
Time: 3 Hours
Distribution of Marks
Exercise = 30
Record File = 10
Viva-voce = 10
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
1 62
Total Exercises = 15
1. Introduction to Map Projection: Meaning, Classification and importance; Characteristics of
latitudes and longitudes lines.
2. Cylindrical projections: Characteristics, applications and drawing; (3)
(i) Simple cylindrical projection
(ii) Cylindrical equal area projection.
(iii) True shape or orthomorphic or Mercator’s Projection. (5)
3. Conical Projections: Characteristics, applications and drawing.
(i) Simple conical projections with one standard parallel
(ii) Simple conical projection with two standard parallel
(iii) Bonne’s Projection
(iv) Polyconic projection.
(v) International Map Projection.
4. Zenithal Projections: Characteristics, applications and drawing. (5)
(i) Polar Zenithal Equidistant Projection.
(ii) Polar Zenithal Equal Area Projection
(iii) Polar Zenithal Gnomonic Projection
(iv) Polar Zenithal Stereographic Projection.
(v) Polar Zenithal Orthographic Projection
5. Characteristics, applications and drawings of (i) Sinosoidal and (2)
(ii) Mollweide Projections.
6. Plane Table Survey. (2)
Suggested Readings:-
1. Goyal K.K.1981.. Practical Geography, Manthan Publication, Rohtak.
2. Gregory S. 1963. Statistical Methods and the Geography, Longman, London.
3. Khan, A.A. 1996. Text Book of Practical Geography, Concept, New Delhi,.
4. Lawarence, GRP1968. Cartographic Methods, Methuen, London,.
5. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wilkinson, H.R1994. Maps and Diagrams, Methuen, London,
6. Pal. S.K. 1998: Statistics for Geoscientist- Techniques and Applications, Concept
Publication, New Delhi,.
7. Sarkar, A.K 1997: Practical Geography-A Systematic Approach, Orient Longman,
Calcutta,.
8. Singh, R.L. 1972. Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Pub., New Delhi
9. Steers, J.B. Map Projections; University of London Press, London.

Semester-V
Paper 301 Economic Geography
1 63
Maximum Marks : 100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short questions to be answered in 40-50
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. Question 1 carries 20 marks while other questions carry 15
marks each.
Section A
1. Nature, scope and relationship of economic geography with economics and other branches
of social sciences.
2. Classification of economic activities and their impact on environment.
Section B
3. World natural resources: Types, bases and classification.
4. Conservation and utilization of natural resources.
Section C
5. Spatial distribution of food (rice and wheat), commercial (cotton and sugarcane) and
plantation crops (tea, rubber and coffee).
6. Classification of mineral resources (ferrous and non-ferrous), distribution and production of
coal, iron ore, petroleum and natural gas.
Section D
7. Classification of industries, world distribution and production of iron and steel and textile
industry, major industrial complexes of the world.
8. Transport, communication and trade: geographical factors in their development, major
modes of water, land and air transport, recent trends in international trade
Suggested Readings:
1. Hartshorne TN and Alexander JW. 1988. Economic Geography, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
2. Jones CF and Darkenwald GG. 1975. Economic Geography. McMillan Company, New
York
3. Thomas, RS. 1962. The Geography of Economic Activities. McGraw Hill, New York.
4. Wheeler J et al. 1995. Economic Geography. John Wiley, New York.

Distribution of Marks
Exercise = 30
Record File = 10
Viva-voce = 10
Semester-V
Paper 302 Distribution Maps and Diagrams (Practical)
1 64
Maximum Marks: 50
Time: 3 Hours
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises. Practical
examination shall be held with Third Semester Practical Examination.
1. Principal of map design and layout
2. Symbolization: point, line and area symbol
3. Lettering and toponomy
4. Mechanics of map construction
5. Distribution maps
(i) Qualitative distribution maps
� Choroschematic maps- 1 Exercise
� Chorochromatic maps- 2 Exercise
(ii) Quantitative distribution Maps
� Isopleth maps-3 Exercises
� Choropleth maps-3 Exercises
� Dot maps-3 Exercises
� Diagrammatic maps- 3 Exercises.
6. Prismatic Compass Survey – 2 Exercises.
Suggested readings:
1. Mishra RP and Ramesh A. 1999. Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
2. Monkhouse FJ and Wilkinson HR. 1972. Maps and Diagrams, Methuen Press, London
3. Singh Gopal. 2004. Map Work and Practical Geography, Vikas Publication House, New
Delhi.
4. Singh RL. 1979. Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi

Semester-VI
Paper-303-Introduction to Remote Sensing, GIS & Quantitative Methods
1 65
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of ten short questions to be answered in 40-50
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. Question 1 carries 20 marks while other questions carry 15
marks each.
Section-A
1. Introduction to Aerial Photographs: their advantages and types.
2. Elements of aerial Photo interpretation.
Section-B
3. Introduction to Remote Sensing; Electromagnetic spectrum, stages in remote sensing, type of
satellites.
4. Types of Imageries and their application in various fields such as agriculture, environment and
resource mapping.
Section-C
5. Introduction to Geographical Information System: Definition, purpose, advantages and
software and hardware requirements.
6. Application of GIS in various fields of geography.
Section-D
7. Measure of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode.
8. Measure of Dispersion: Range, Quartile deviation and Mean deviation, Standard deviation,
Coefficient of variation.
Suggested Readings:
1. Aslam Mahmood 1993. Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publications, New
Delhi,.
2. John R. Jensen 2009. Remote Sensing of the Environment;, An Earth Resource Perspective,
Pearson Education, ( India Edition) New Delhi,
3. Kumar Meenakshi 2001. Remote Sensing, NCERT, New Delhi,
4. Lillesand and R.W.Kiefer,2005. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and
Sons.
5. Pritvish Nag, and M.Kudrat 1998. Digital Remote Sensing, Concept Publishing Company,
New Delhi,

Semester-VI
Paper 304 – Introduction to Remote Sensing and Field Survey Report
(Practical)
Maximum Marks:50
Time: 3 Hours
I - Remote Sensing Practical -25 Marks
Marks Breakup
Exercise = 15
Record book = 5
Viva-voce = 5
Note: There will be four questions in all and candidate has to attempt three exercises.
1. Demarcation of Principal Point, Conjugate Principal point and Flight line on Aerial
Photographs – 1 Exercise
2. Determination of Scale of Aerial Photographs – 1 Exercise.
3. Interpretation of Single Vertical Photographs – 1 Exercise.
4. Use of Stereoscope and Identification of Features – 1 Exercise.
5. Identification of Features on IRSID, LISS III imagery (Mark copy of FCC) -1 Exercise.
II Socio-economic Survey and Report Writing -25 marks.
Marks Breakup
Field Survey Report = 15 marks
Viva-voce = 10 marks
Suggested Readings:
1. John R. Jensen, Remote Sensing of the Environment; An Earth Resource Perspective,
Pearson Education, (India Edition) New Delhi, 2009.
2. Lillesand and R.W.Kiefer, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and Sons,
1994.
1 66

Paper
No.
Annexure-I
Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra
B.A/B.Sc. (Hons.) Course Outline and Scheme w.e.f. 2011-12
Nomenclature of Paper Max
Marks
B.A/B.Sc. (Hons.) Semester-I
Internal
Assessment
1 67
Total Marks Time
101 Geomorphology 80 20 100 3 Hours
102 Population Geography 80 20 100 3 Hours
103 (A) Maps and Scales
(Theory)
40 20 60 3 Hours
103(B) Maps and Scales
(Practical)
40 - 40 3 Hours
Subsidiary Papers
104 English 80 20 100 3 Hours
105 Any one of the following
Social Sciences
80 20 100 3 Hours
(i) Economics
(ii) History
(iii) Tourism
(iv) Political Science
(v) Defence Studies
(vi) Psychology
(vii) Sociology
(viii) Social work
(ix) Mathematics
(x) Public
Administration
(xi) Computer Science
Science
(i) Mathematics
(ii) Geology
(iii) Environmental
Science
(iv) Physics
(v) Chemistry
(vi) Botany
(vii) Zoology
(viii) Computer
Science.
Environmental Studies
(Qualifying)
80 20 100 3 Hours

Paper
No.
Nomenclature of
Paper
B.A/B.Sc. (Hons.) Semester-II
Max
Marks
Internal
Assessment
1 68
Total Marks Time
201 Climatology 80 20 100 3 Hours
202 Agricultural Geography 80 20 100 3 Hours
203 (A) Map Projection
(Theory)
40 20 60 3 Hours
203(B) Map Projection
(Practical)
40 - 40 3 Hours
Subsidiary Papers
204 English 80 20 100 3 Hours
205 Any one of papers
selected in Semester-I
80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper
No.
Nomenclature of
Paper
B.A/B.Sc. (Hons.) Semester-III
Max
Marks
Internal
Assessment
Total Marks Time
301 Hydrology &
Oceanography
80 20 100 3 Hours
302 Regional Geography of
World
80 20 100 3 Hours
303 (A) General Cartography
(Theory)
40 20 60 3 Hours
303 (B) General Cartography
(Practical)
40 - 40 3 Hours
Subsidiary Papers
304 English 80 20 100 3 Hours
305 Any one of papers
selected in Semester-I
80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper
No.
Nomenclature of
Paper
B.A/B.Sc. (Hons.) Semester-IV
Max
Marks
Internal
Assessment
Total Marks Time
401 Geography of Disasters 80 20 100 3 Hours
402 Economic Geography 80 20 100 3 Hours
403 (A) Morphometric Analysis
(Theory)
40 20 60 3 Hours
403 (B) Morphometric Analysis
(Practical)
40 - 40 3 Hours
Subsidiary Papers
404 English 80 20 100 3 Hours
405 Any one of papers
selected in Semester-I
80 20 100 3 Hours

Paper
No.
Nomenclature of Paper Max
Marks
B.A/B.Sc. (Hons.) Semester-V
Internal
Assessment
1 69
Total Marks Time
501 Evolution of Geographic
Thought
80 20 100 3 Hours
502 Geography and
Ecosystems
80 20 100 3 Hours
503 Remote sensing and GIS 40 20 60 3 Hours
(A) (Theory)
503 Remote sensing and GIS 40 - 40 3 Hours
(B) (Practical)
504 Geography of India 80 20 100 3 Hours
505 Any one of the
followings:
(i) Social Geography
(ii) Cultural Geography
(iii) Political Geography
(iv) Geography of
Haryana
80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper
No.
Nomenclature of Paper Max.
Marks
B.A/B.Sc. (Hons.) Semester-VI
Internal
Assessment
Total Marks Time
601 Statistical Methods in
Geography
80 20 100 3 Hours
602 Regional Development and
Planning
80 20 100 3 Hours
603 Field Survey in Geography 40 20 60 3 Hours
(A) (Theory)
603 Field Survey in Geography 40 - 40 3 Hours
(B) (Practical)
604 Geography of Settlements 80 20 100 3 Hours
605 Any one of the followings: 80 20 100 3 Hours
(i) Geography of
Transport
(ii) Geography of
Tourism
(iii) Geography of Health
(v) Soil Geography

Paper-101 Geomorphology
1 70
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks.
Section - A
1. Definition nature, scope of Geomorphology and its relation with geology.
2. Earth movements- Eperogenic, Orogenic and Cymatogenic earth movements.
3. Wegner’s Theory of continental drift and plate tectonic theory.
Section - B
4. Weathering; Physical, Chemical and Biological, and importance of weathering.
5. Mass movement; classification, description and Geomorphic significance of mass
movement.
Section – C
6. Concept of cycle of erosion; Cycle of erosion by W.M. Davis, W. Penck and L.C. King.
7. Fluvial Processes and its land forms.
Section - D
8. Aeolian Process and land forms.
9. Karstgrophic/Underground water and its and land forms.
10. Glacial and Periglacial processes and their land forms.
Suggested Readings:
1. Dayal, P; A Text book of Geomorphology. Shukla Book depot, Patna, 1996.
2. Kale V. and Gupta, A: Element of Geomorphology, Oxford University Press, Calcutta,
2001.
3. Monkhouse, F.J.: Principles of Physical Geography. Hodder and Stoughton, London. 1960.
4. Pitty. A: Introduction to Geomorphology, Methuen, London, 1974.
5. Sharma, H.S: Tropical Geomorphology, Concept, New Delhi 1987.
6. Singh, S.: Geomorphology, Prayag Pustakalaya, Allahabad, 1998.
7. Sparks, B.W. : Geomorphology, Longmans, London, 1960.
8. Strahler, A.N: Environmental Geo-Science, Hamilton Publishing, Santa Barbara, 1973.
9. Thornbury, W.D.: Principles of Geomorphology, Longman, 1991.
10. Wooldridge, S.W. and Morgan, R.S.: The Physical Basis of Geography-An Outline of
Geomorphology, Longman Green & Co., London, 1959.

B.A/B.Sc. (Hons.)
Paper 102 Population Geography
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer one
question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. Nature, Scope and Contents of Population Geography.
2. Sources of Data; Census, Sample Surveys and Civil Registration System.
Section - B
3. Concepts, Determinants and World Regional Pattern of following attributes;
(a) Distribution and Density.
(b) Vital Events: Fertility and Mortality
(c) Migration
(d) Growth
Section - C
4. Composition of Population; Determinants and World Regional Patterns of the followings.
(a) Age and Sex Composition
(b) Rural-Urban Composition
(c) Economic Composition
Section – D
5. Population Problems and Policies in developed and developing countries.
6. Population Problems and Policies in India since independence.
7. Population and Environment Interface: Cause-effect syndrome; Global and Indian profile.
Suggested Readings:
1. Beaujeu, Garnier, J. (1966) Geography of Population, Longman, London.
2. Brooks, S. (1977): The World Population Today (Ethnodemographic Process),
USSR Academy of Sciences, Moscow.
3. Cassen, Robert & Bates, Lisa M. (1994) : Population Policy : A New
Consensus Overseas Development Council, Washington, D.C.
4. Chandna, R. C. (1997) : Jansankhya Bhugol, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Chandna, R. C. (1998) : Population, Publishers, New Delhi.
6. Chandna, R. C. (1998) : Environmental awareness, Publishers, New Delhi.
7. Chandna, R. C. (1998) : a Geography of Population : Concepts, Determinants
and Patterns, Publishers, New Delhi.
8. Clarks, John, I. (1971) : Population Geography and the Developing Countries,
Pergamon Press, New York.
9. Demko, G. J. and others (Eds.) (1971) : Population Geography, Reader, McGraw-Hill Books
Co., New York
10. Jones, Huw, R. (1981) : A Population Geography, Harper and Row Publishers, London.
11. Petrov, V. (1985) : India: Spotlight of Population, Progress Publishers, Moscow.
12. Trewartha, G. T. (1972) : The Less Developed Realm-A Geography of its Population, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.
13. Trewartha, G. T. (1978) : The More Developed Realm-A Geography of its Population
Pergamon Press, New York.
14. Woods, R. (1979) : Population Analysis in Geography, Longman, London.
1 71

Paper-103 (A) Maps and Scales (Theory)
1 72
Maximum Marks :60
External Assessment: 40
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
1. Introduction to Cartography.
2. Maps, their types and uses.
Section - A
Section - B
3. Interpretation of topographical maps, degree sheets, half degree sheets and one forth degree
sheets and index reading of topographical maps.
Section - C
4. Maps scale, types of scale and uses of scales.
5. Conversion of statement of scale into R.F and vice-versa.
6. Scales and their functions.
(i) Notation scale
(ii) Representative scale
(iii) Graphic scales and its construction
Section - D
(iv) Plane scale, (K.M. and Mile), comparative scales
(v) Diagonal scale
(vi) Vernier scale
(vii) Determining the scale of a map
(viii) Reduction and Enlargement of maps
Suggested Readings:
1. F.J Monkhouse and H.R. Wilkinson (1972) Maps and Diagrams, Mothuen and Co. Ltd.,
London
2. L.R. Singh and Raghuvander Singh (1973), Map Work and Practical Geography, Central
Book Depot, Allahabad.
3. R.I. Singh and P.K. Dutt (1968), Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad.
4. Singh Gopal (2004) 4 th edition, Map work and Practical Geography, Viksa Publication
House.

Paper-103 (B) Maps and Scales (Practical)
Maximum Marks: 40 Distribution of Marks:
Time: 3 Hours Exercise: 24
1 73
Record File: 8
Viva Voce: 8
Note: There will be four questions and candidate has to attempt three questions
Suggested Readings:
1. F.J Monkhouse and H.R. Wilkinson (1972) Maps and Diagrams, Mothuen and Co. Ltd.,
London
2. L.R. Singh and Raghuvander Singh (1973), Map Work and Practical Geography, Central
Book Depot, Allahabad.
3. R.I. Singh and P.K. Dutt (1968), Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad.
4. Singh Gopal (2004) 4 th edition, Map work and Practical Geography, Viksa Publication
House.

Paper-201 Climatology
1 74
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
1. Atmosphere composition and structure
Section - A
2. Insolation and Temperature: Factors and distribution
Section - B
3. Atmospheric Pressure: Measurement, horizontal and vertical distribution.
4. Atmospheric circulation: Planetary wind systems, jet streams, monsoons, El Nino and
southern oscillations.
Section - C
5. Atmospheric Moisture: Humidity, evaporation, condensation and precipitation-types and
distribution.
6. Cyclones: Tropical and extra tropical, air masses and fronts.
Section - D
7. Climatic Classifications: Koeppen and Thornthwaite Systems of classification.
8. Climate Change: Past climates-evidences and theories, global warming.
Suggested Readings:
1. Chritch field, H.J. 1974 General Climatology, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.
2. Das, PK (1998).The Monsoons, National Book Trust, New Delhi.
3. Pant GB and Kumar KR (1997) Climates of South Asia, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
4. Subrahmanyam V.P. (1983) General Climatology, Heritage Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Trewartha, GT (1981) An Introduction to Climates, Mc-Graw Hill, New York.

Paper- 202 Agricultural Geography
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. Definition, nature and scope of agricultural geography; its relation with agricultural
economics.
2. Various approaches to the study of agricultural geography with special reference to
commodity, systematic and regional approaches.
Section - B
3. Physical factors as determinants of land use and cropping pattern.
4. Technological and institutional factors as determinants of agricultural pattern.
Section - C
5. Significance of surveys in agricultural geography-land use and land capability surveys.
6. Von Thunen Model of agricultural land use.
Section - D
7. Basis of regionalization of agriculture- crop combinations, concentration and diversification
indices.
8. World agricultural regions-Whitlesey’s Criteria of classification of agricultural systems.
9. Green revolution in India – its impacts and consequences.
Suggested Readings:
1. Singh Jasbir and Dhillon SS (1994), Agricultural Geography, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, New
Delhi.
2. Husain, Majid (1996), Systemic Agricultural Geography, Rawat Publication, Jaipur.
3. Safi, Mohammad, (2007) Agricultural Geography.
4. Tarrant JR (1974) Agricultural Geography, Wiley, New York.
1 75

Paper- 203 (A) Map Projections (Theory)
1 76
Maximum Marks :60
External Assessment: 40
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. Introduction of map Projection: Definition and necessity
2. Properties, classification and importance of map projections.
3. Cylindrical Projections: Construction, characteristics and applications of followings
projections.
(a) Simple cylindrical projection
(b) Cylindrical equal area projection
(c) Mercator’s
Section - B
4. Conical projections: Construction, characteristics and applications of following projections.
(a) Simple conical projection with one standard parallel
(b) Simple conical projection with two standard parallel
(c) Bonn’s conical projection
(d) Polyconic Projection
Section - C
5. Zenithal Projections: Construction, characteristics and applications of following projections.
(a) Polar Gnomonic Zenithal Projection
(b) Polar Stereographic Zenithal Projection
(c) Polar Orthographic Zenithal Projection
(d) Polar Zenithal equidistant projection
(e) Polar Zenithal equal area projection
Section - D
6. Construction, characteristics and applications of
(a) Sinusoidal (Normal and interrupted) Projection
(b) Mollweide’s (normal and interrupted) projection
Suggested Readings:
1. Goyal K.K.1981.. Practical Geography, Manthan Publication, Rohtak.
2. Khan, A.A. 1996. Text Book of Practical Geography, Concept, New Delhi,.
3. Lawarence, GRP1968. Cartographic Methods, Methuen, London,.
4. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wilkinson, H.R1994. Maps and Diagrams, Methuen, London,
5. Singh, R.L. 1972. Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publications, New Delhi
6. Steers, J.B. Map Projections; University of London Press, London.

Paper –203 (B) Map Projections (Practical)
Note: There will be four questions and candidate has to attempt three questions (Exercises)
Maximum Marks: 40 Distribution of Marks:
Time : 3 Hours Exercise: 24
Distribution of classroom practicals:
Suggested Readings:
1 77
Record File: 8
Viva Voce: 8
Cylindrical projections: 3 Exercise
Conical projections : 4 Exercise
Zenithal projections : 5 Exercise
Conventional projections: 4 Exercise
Conventional signs : 2 Exercise
Pattern of Indian Topographical maps: 4 Exercise
1. Goyal K.K.1981.. Practical Geography, Manthan Publication, Rohtak.
2. Khan, A.A. 1996. Text Book of Practical Geography, Concept, New Delhi,.
3. Lawarence, GRP1968. Cartographic Methods, Methuen, London,.
4. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wilkinson, H.R1994. Maps and Diagrams, Methuen, London,
5. Singh, R.L. 1972. Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publications, New Delhi
6. Steers, J.B. Map Projections; University of London Press, London.

Paper 301 Hydrology and Oceanography
1 78
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. The world hydrological cycle and its sub cycles, human impact on hydrological cycle.
2. Precipitation types, intensity and duration of rainfall, geographic and seasonal distribution
of rainfall.
Section - B
3. Measurement of stream flow, hydrograph and its properties, rainfall- runoff relationship.
4. Ground water: origin and types, aquifer parameters, assessment, development and depletion
of groundwater.
Section - C
5. Nature of ocean floor: continental shelf, continental slope deep ocean basin and trenches,
bottom topography of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian Oceans.
6. Salinity: sources, controlling factors and distribution of salinity.
Section - D
7. Temperature of oceans: Process of heating and cooling, heat budget of oceans, distribution
of temperature on oceans.
8. Ocean currents : Meaning, concept and types, origin and factors affecting ocean currents,
currents of Atlantic, Pacific and Indian ocean.
Suggested Readings:
1. Chorley, R.J. 1969. Introduction to Physical Hydrology. Methuen, London.
2. Lal, D.S.2007. Oceanography. Sharda Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad.
3. Sharma, R.C. and Vatal, M.1993. Oceanography for Geographers. Chaitanya Publishing
House. Allhabad.
4. Todd. D.K.1980, Groundwater Hydrology. John Wiley, New York
5. Tideman, E.M.1996. Watershed Management: Guidelines for Indian Conditions. Omega,
New Delhi.
6. Ward, R.C. 1967.Principles of Hydrology. McGraw Hill, New York.

Paper 302 Regional Geography of World
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. World major physiographic divisions: Mountains, Plains and Plateaus.
Section - B
2. Major river systems of the world and their drainage basins.
3. World Climate and major climatic regions.
Section - C
4. Regional Geography of selected countries:
(i) USA
(ii) Brazil
(iii)South Africa.
(iv) France
(v) China
(vi) Australia
Section - D
5. Classification of countries on the basis of development: Developed and
developing countries and their characteristics.
Suggested Readings:
1. Hussain, Majid (2006). World Geography. Rawat Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Pounds and Taylor 1974. World Geography (8 th edition), South Western Publishing
Company, Ohio.
3. Brown, L.(ed) 1994. State of the World, W.W. Norton and Co., New York.
4. Clavel, Paul (ed) 1998. Introduction to Regional Geography, Blackwell.
5. Buchanan, K.et.al. 1981. China: The land and people, Crown Publishers, New York.
6. Bambrick, S.1994. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Australia, Cambridge Univesity Press,
New York.
1 79

Paper 303(A) General Cartography (Theory)
Maximum Marks :60
External Assessment: 40
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer one
question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. Representation of Climatic data: graphs and diagrams.
Line and bar graph, Rainfall deviation diagram, Climograph (Taylor),Hythergraph, Ergograph,
Isometric and isopleths
Section - B
2. Representation of Socio-economic Data by diagrams. Types and properties of diagrams:
One dimensional diagram : Bar diagram: Simple bar, multiple bar and comparative bar.
Two dimensional diagram : pie diagram proportional circle.
Three dimensional diagram: Sphere, cube.
Section - C
3. Distribution maps and diagrams: Choropleth and Dot method
Section - D
4. Miscellaneous diagrams and graphs: Age and Sex pyramid, Flow diagram and cartogram
Suggested Readings:
1. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wikinson, H.R.: Maps and diagrams. B. I Publications Ltd.
2. Singh, R. L. Elements of Practical Geography. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
3. R.L. Singh and P.K. Dutt 1968, Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad.
4. Singh Gopal 2004. 4 th edition, Map work and Practical Geography, Vikas Publication
House.
5. J.P. Sharma Practical Geography, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.
Paper 303(B) General Cartography (Practical)
Maximum Marks: 40 Distribution of Marks:
Time: 3 Hours Exercise: 24
Record File: 8
Viva-voce: 8
Note: There will be four questions and candidate has to attempt three questions
Suggested Readings:
1. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wikinson, H.R.: Maps and diagrams. B. I Publications Ltd.
2. Singh, R. L. Elements of Practical Geography. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
3. R.L. Singh and P.K. Dutt 1968, Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad.
4. Singh Gopal 2004. 4 th edition, Map work and Practical Geography, Vikas Publication
House.
5. J.P. Sharma Practical Geography, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.
1 80

Paper 401 Geography of Disasters
1 81
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. Meaning, concept and classification of Hazards and Disasters.
2. Major disasters of the world and disaster profile of India.
3. Tectonic disasters: Occurrence, geographical distribution and impacts of Earthquakes,
Tsunamis, Volcanic eruption and Landslides.
Section - B
4. Hydrological disasters: Occurrence and impact of floods and droughts in India.
5. Climatic disasters: Tropical cyclones, Heavy Precipitation Events-Cloud Burst, Heat and
cold waves.
6. Human induced disasters: Epidemics, Industrial Disasters, Nuclear Disasters, wars and
terrorism.
Section - C
7. Preparedness for disasters : Case Study of Cyclones and floods in India
8. Mitigation of disasters: Case study of droughts and earthquakes in India.
Section - D
9. Post disaster Rehabilitation-Case Study of Tsunami in India.
10. Impacts of disasters on economy and society in India.
Suggested Readings:
1. Gupta, H.K.2003. Disaster Management. University Press, India.
2. Hewitt, K.1977. Regions of Risk: A Geographical Introduction to Disasters. Longman,
Harlow.
3. Singh, R.B.2000. Disaster Management. Rawat Publications, New Delhi.
4. Gupta, M.C.2001. Manual of Natural Disaster Management in India. 11PA, New Delhi.
5. Smith, K.C.1996.Environmental Hazards: Assessing Risk and Reducing Disasters.
Routledge, London.

Paper 402 Economic Geography
1 82
Maximum Marks :100
External Assessment: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer
one question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. Nature, scope and relationships of economic geography with economics and other branches
of social sciences.
2. Classification of economic activities and their impact on environment
Section - B
3. Types, basis and classification of world natural resources.
4. Conservation and utilization of natural resources.
Section - C
5. Basis and classification of world agricultural types with special reference to Intensive
Subsistence Agriculture, Mediterranean agriculture, Dairy farming and Plantation
Agriculture.
6. World production and distribution of energy resources: coal, petroleum and natural gas.
Section - D
7. Classification of industries and basis of location and development of iron and steel industry
and cotton textile industry, major industrial complexes of the world.
8. Geographical factors in the development of trade, Major Ocean trade routes of world.
Suggested Readings:
1. Owen, S. and Owens, P.L. 1991. Environment, Resources and Conservation. Cambridge
University Press, New York
2. James, D. W. and Muller, P.O.1988. Economic Geography. John Wiley and Sons, New
York.
3. Hartshorne, T. N. and Alexander, J. W. 2009, Economic Geography. New Delhi, Prentice
Hall of India.
4. Jones, C.F. and Daockenwald G.G. 1975. Economic Geography. McMillan Company, New
York
5. Gautam, A. 2010. Advanced Economic Geography. Sharda Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad.

Paper 403(A) Morphometric Analysis (Theory)
Maximum Marks :60
External Assessment: 40
Internal Assessment: 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Question 1 is compulsory and comprises of eight short questions to be answered in 15-20
words. There will be eight long questions, two from each section. The candidate has to answer one
question from each section. All five questions carry equal marks
Section - A
1. Methods of relief representation:
(i) Hachure (ii) Hill Shading (iii)Morphographic Method
(iv) Spot Height (v) Bench Mark (vi) Form Lines (vii)Contours
Section - B
2. Representation of topographic features by contours
(i) Conical hill (ii) Plateau (iii) Convex slope (iv) Concave Slope
(v) Escarpment (vi) Cliff (vii) Valley (viii) Water Fall
(ix) Gorge (x) U-shaped valley
Section - C
3. Profiles: Serial, Superimposed, Projected, Composite, Longitudinal.
Section - D
4. Delineation of drainage basin.
5. Basin parameters: stream number and order, drainage density and frequency.
Suggested Readings:
1. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wikinson, H.R.: Maps and diagrams. B. I Publications Ltd.
2. Singh, R. L. Elements of Practical Geography. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Singh, R.L. and Dutt, P.K. 1968, Elements of Practical Geography, Students
Friends, Allahabad.
4. Singh, G. 2004. 4 th edition, Map work and Practical Geography, Vikas Publication
House.
5. Sharma, J.P. Practical Geography, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.
Paper 403(B) Morphometric Analysis (Practical)
Maximum Marks:40 Distribution of Marks:
Time: 3 Hours Exercise: 24
Record File: 8
Viva-voce: 8
Note: There will be four questions and candidate has to attempt three questions.
Suggested Readings:
1. Monkhouse, F.J. and Wikinson, H.R.: Maps and diagrams. B. I Publications Ltd.
2. Singh, R. L. Elements of Practical Geography. Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Singh, R.L. and Dutt, P.K. 1968, Elements of Practical Geography, Students Friends,
Allahabad.
4. Singh, G. 2004. 4 th edition, Map work and Practical Geography, Vikas Publication House.
5. Sharma, J.P. Practical Geography, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.
1 83

Class
B.Sc. – I
B.Sc. – II
B.Sc.- III
Semester
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY, KURUKSHETRA
Curriculum for B.Sc. (Biochemistry)
(Semester System)
Scheme of Examination (w.e.f. 2011-12)
Paper
No.
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
XV
XVI
XVII
XVIII
Title of paper
Biomolecules – 1
Biomolecules – 2
Lab Course – 1
Enzymology – 1
Enzymology – 2
Lab Course – 2
Intermediary Metabolism – 1
Intermediary Metabolism – 2
Lab Course – 3
Molecular Biology – 1
Molecular Biology – 2
Lab Course –4
Plant Biochemistry
Clinical Biochemistry
Lab Course – 5
Immunology
Biochemical Techniques
Lab Course – 6
1 84
Max.
Marks
40
40
-
40
40
100
40
40
-
40
40
100
40
40
-
40
40
100
Internal
Assessment
10
10
-
10
10
-
10
10
-
10
10
-
10
10
-
10
10
-
Total
Marks
Note: Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters. So in B.Sc.-I the marks for practical
paper are for both Lab Courss 1&2. Similarly, in B.Sc.-II the marks for practical paper are for both Lab
Courss 3&4. In B.Sc.-III, the marks for practical paper are for both Lab Courss 5&6.
50
50
-
50
50
100
50
50
-
50
50
100
50
50
50
50
50
100

B.Sc. - I (Biochemistry) Semester-I
Paper – I (Biomolecules-1)
1 85
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION -A
Water and Buffers: Structure, hydrogen bonding, solvent properties, and ionization. Fitness of the
aqueous environment for living organisms. Weak acids and bases, pH, buffers, Henderson-
Hasselbalch equation and physiological buffers.
Carbohydrates: Definition and classification. Monosaccharides: Structure, occurrence and
biological importance of common monosaccharides; Stereoisomerism of sugars; Mutarotation;
Reactions: oxidation, reduction, periodic acid oxidation, reactions with hydrazine, hydroxylamine,
action of acids & alkalies, formation of glycosides and esters. Important derivatives of
monosaccharides: deoxy sugars and amino sugars. Structure, occurrence and functions of
important di- and trisaccharides. Polysaccharides: Structure, occurrence and biological importance
of starch, glycogen, cellulose, chitin, pectins & proteoglycans.
SECTION – B
Lipids: Definition and classification. Fatty acids: introduction, classification, nomenclature,
structure and properties of saturated and unsaturated fatty acids. Essential fatty acids.
Triacylglycerols: physical and chemical properties. Characterization of fats: Saponification values,
iodine value, rancidity of fats, Reichert-Meissel number, peroxide value. Reactions of glycerol.
Biological significance of fats. Structure & biological functions of glycerophospholipids (lecithin,
cephalin, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylinositol, plasmalogens), sphingolipids and glycolipids
(cerebrosides and gangliosides). Structure, properties and functions of isoprenoids (�-carotene, αcarotene),
bile acids, sterols and prostaglandins.
Suggested reading
1. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox (2000)
Maxmillan/ Worth publishers.
2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by Donald Voet and Judith G Voet (1999). John Wiley &
Sons, NY
3. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by R.H. Garrett and C.M. Grisham (1999). Saunders College
Publishing, NY.
4. Outlines of Biochemistry by E.E.Conn, P.K.Stumpf, G. Bruenimg and Ray H.Doi (1987), John
Wiley
5. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by Laurence A. Moran, K.G. Scrimgeour, H. R. Horton, R.S. Ochs
and J. David Rawn (1994), Neil Patterson Publishers Prentice H.
6. Introductory Biochemistry by S.K.Singla & O.P.Chauhan (1995) Kalyani Publishers, New
Delhi.
7. Biochemistry by J.L. Jain, S. Chand & Co.

B.Sc. - I (Biochemistry) Semester-I
Paper – II (Biomolecules - 2)
1 86
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION – A
Proteins: Introduction, classification based on solubility, shape, composition and functions.
Amino acids: common structural features, stereoisomerism and RS system of designating optical
isomers, classification and structures of standard amino acids as Zwitter ion in aqueous solutions,
physical and chemical properties, titration of amino acids, essential amino acids and non protein
amino acids. Peptides: structure of peptide bond, Merrifield solid-phase synthesis of polypeptides.
Determination of the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide chain. Protein structure: levels of
structure in protein architecture (Primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary structures of proteins)
and forces stabilizing these structures. . Denaturation and renaturation of proteins. Salting-in and
salting-out of proteins.
SECTION – B
Nucleic acids: Structures of purines pyrimidines,nucleosides and nucleotides in RNA and DNA,
generalized structural plan of nucleic acids, nomenclature used in writing structure of nucleic acids,
features of DNA double helix and forces stabilizing DNA double helix. A, B and Z-DNAs.
Chargaffs rules. Denaturation (Tm and buoyant density and their relationship with G-C content in
DNA) and annealing of DNA. Structure and roles of different types of RNA. Central dogma of
molecular biology.
Porphyrins: Porphyrin nucleus and classification of porphyrins. Important metalloporphyrins
occurring in nature. Bile pigments- chemical nature and their physiological significance.
Suggested reading
1. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox (2000)
Maxmillan/ Worth publishers.
2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by Donald Voet and Judith G Voet (1999). John Wiley &
Sons, NY
3. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by R.H. Garrett and C.M. Grisham (1999). Saunders College
Publishing, NY.
4. Biochemistry, 4 th edition, by L. Stryer (1995). W.H. Freeman & Co.,NY.
5. Outlines of Biochemistry by E.E.Conn, P.K.Stumpf, G. Bruenimg and Ray H.Doi (1987), John
Wiley & sons.
6. Harper’s Biochemistry, 25 th edition, by R.K.Murray, P.A.Hayes, D.K.Granner, P.A. Mayes
and V.W.Rodwell (2000) Prentice Hall International.
7. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by Laurence A. Moran, K.G. Scrimgeour, H. R. Horton, R.S. Ochs
and J. David Rawn (1994), Neil Patterson Publishers Prentice Hall.
8. Introductory Biochemistry by S.K.Singla & O.P.Chauhan (1995) Kalyani Publishers, New
Delhi.

B.Sc. –I (Biochemistry) Semester-I
Paper- III (Lab Course-1)
1. Preparation of normal, molar and percent solutions.
2. Preparation of buffer solutions and determination of their pH.
3. Qualitative tests for Carbohydrates
4. Qualitative tests for lipids
5. Determination of acid value
6. Determination of saponification value
7. Qualitative tests for amino acids and Proteins
8. Preparation of casein from milk and determination of its isoelectric point.
9. Verification of Beer- Lambert’s Law.
Suggested reading
1. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K.Sawhney & R. Singh (2000). Narosa Publishers
2. Practical Biochemistry by David Plummer (1990). Tata Mc-Graw Hill
3. Biochemical Methods by Sadasivam & Manickam (1996) New Age International (P) Ltd.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by R. Boyer (2002) Addison-Wesley
Longman.
5. A Lab. Manual in Biochemistry by J. Jayaraman (1996) New Age International (P) Ltd.
1 87

B.Sc. - I (Biochemistry) Semester-II
Paper – IV (Enzymology-1)
1 88
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION - A
Enzymes: Historical perspectives, general characteristics, nomenclature & classification,
significance of numbering system, holoenzyme, apoenzyme, coenzymes, cofactors, activators,
inhibitors, active site, metallo-enzymes, isoenzymes, monomeric enzymes, oligomeric enzymes,
multifunctional enzyme and multi-enzyme complexes. Enzyme specificity. Measurement and
expression of enzyme activity: Enzyme assay, enzyme units, enzyme turn over number and specific
activity.
Role of cofactors in enzyme catalysis: NAD/NADP, FMN/FAD, coenzyme A, biocytin, Vitamin
B12 Coenzyme, lipoamide, TPP, pyridoxal phosphate, tetrahydrofolate and metal ions with special
emphasis on coenzyme functions
SECTION - B
Enzyme catalysis: Reaction co-ordinate diagram, transition state, Acid-base catalysis, covalent
catalysis, proximity and orientation effects, strain and distortion theory. Mechanism of action of
chymotrypsin, carboxypeptidase,and ribonuclease.
Enzyme Purification: Methods of isolation of enzymes, purification of enzymes - ammonium
sulfate precipitation, molecular-sieving, ,ion-exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography,
criteria of homogeneity and determination of molecular weight of enzyme.
Suggested reading
1. Enzymes: Biochemistry, Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry by Trevor Palmer (2001)
Horwood Publishing.
2. Fundamentals of Enzymology, 3rd edition, by Nicholas C. Price and Lewis Stevens (1999)
Oxford U.
3. The Chemical Kinetics of Enzyme action by K.J. Laidler and P.S. Bunting, Oxford University
Press London.
4. Structure and mechanism in Protein Science, 2 nd edition, by Alan Fersht (1999). W.H. Freeman
and Co., NY

BSc. - I (Biochemistry) Semester-II
Paper – V (Enzymology-2)
1 89
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION-A
Enzyme Kinetics: Factors affecting enzyme activity- enzyme concentration, substrate
concentration, pH and temperature. Derivation of Michaelis - Menten equation for uni-substrate
reactions. Km and its significance. Lineweaver-Burk plot. Importance of Kcat/Km. Bi-substrate
reactions- brief introduction of sequential and ping-pong mechanisms with examples. Reversible
(competitive, non-competitive and uncompetitive inhibitions) and irreversible inhibition.
Determination of Km & Vmax in the presence and absence of inhibitor.
SECTION-B
Enzyme regulation: Feed back inhibition, Allosteric enzymes. Covalently modulated enzymes.
Zymogen activation.
Immobilized enzymes: Advantages, methods of immobilization - Adsorption, ionic binding,
covalent coupling, cross-linking, entrapment, microencapsulation etc. Applications of immobilized
enzymes (A brief account).
Industrial applications of enzymes (Production of glucose from starch, cellulose and dextran; use of
lactase in dairy industry; production of glucose-fructose syrup from sucrose; use of protease in
food, detergent and leather industry).
Suggested reading
1. Enzymes: Biochemistry, Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry by Trevor Palmer (2001)
Horwood Publishing.
2. Fundamentals of Enzymology, 3rd edition, by Nicholas C. Price and Lewis Stevens (1999)
Oxford University Press.
3. The Chemical Kinetics of Enzyme action by K.J. Laidler and P.S. Bunting, Oxford University
Press London.

Max. Marks: 100 (for both Lab Courses – 1&2)
Time allowed: 4 hours (one session)
B.Sc. –I (Biochemistry) Semester-II
Paper – VI (Lab Course-2)
1. Estimation of protein by biuret / Lowry method
2. Assay of acid phosphatase activity from germinating mungbean seeds.
3. Calculation of specific activity of acid phosphatase .
4. Effect of enzyme concentration on enzyme activity.
5. Effect of substrate concentration on acid phosphatase activity and determination of its Km
value.
6. Effect of pH on enzyme activity and determination of optimum pH.
7. Effect of Temperature on Enzyme acti.vity.
8. Partial purification of enzyme by ammonium sulphate fractionation.
9. Inhibition of Acid phosphatase by EDTA.
Suggested reading:
1. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K.Sawhney & R. Singh (2000). Narosa Publishers
2. Practical Biochemistry by David Plummer (1990). Tata Mc-Graw Hill
3. Biochemical Methods by Sadasivam & Manickam (1996) New Age International (P) Ltd.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by R. Boyer (2002) Addison-Wesley
Longman.
5. A Lab. Manual in Biochemistry by J. Jayaraman (1996) New Age International (P) Ltd.
1 90

BSc. - II (Biochemistry) Semester-III
Paper – VII (Intermediary Metabolism-1)
1 91
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION –A
Bioenergetics: Concept of free energy, standard free energy, relation between equilibrium constant
and standard free energy change and coupled reactions. Biological oxidation-reduction : redox
potentials, relation between standard reduction potentials and free energy change (derivations and
numericals included). High-energy compounds: phosphate group transfer potential, free energy of
hydrolysis of ATP, PEP and other sugar phosphates along with reasons for high �G.
Carbohydrate Metabolism: Reactions and energetics of glycolysis. Alcoholic and lactic acid
fermentations. Feeder pathways, Entry of fructose, galactose, mannose etc into glycolysis.
Reactions and energetics of TCA cycle. Regulation of glycolysis and TCA cycle. Gluconeogenesis.
SECTION- B
Glycogenesis and glycogenolysis. Regulation of glycogen metabolism. Reactions and physiological
significance of pentose phosphate pathway. Glyoxylate cycle.
Electron Transport Chain and Oxidative Phosphorylation: Structure of mitochondria,
organization and sequence of electron carriers, sites of ATP production, inhibitors of electron
transport chain. Oxidative phosphorylation: chemiosmotic theory, structure of ATP synthase,
binding change mechanism for proton driven ATP sysnthesis, Inhibitors and uncouplers of
oxidative phosphorylation. Transport of reducing equivalents from cytosol into mitochondria.
Suggested reading:
1. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox (2000)
Maxmillan/ Worth publishers.
2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by Donald Voet and Judith G Voet (1999). John Wiley & Sons,
NY
3. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by R.H. Garrett and C.M. Grisham (1999). Saunders College
Publishing, NY.
4. Outlines of Biochemistry by E.E.Conn, P.K.Stumpf, G. Bruenimg and Ray H.Doi (1987). John
Wiley & Sons, NY
5. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by Laurence A. Moran, K.G. Scrimgeour, H. R. Horton, R.S. Ochs
and J. David Rawn (1994), Neil Patterson Publishers Prentice Hall.

BSc. - II (Biochemistry) Semester-III
Paper – VIII (Intermediary Metabolism-2)
1 92
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION- A
Lipid Metabolism: Introduction, hydrolysis of triacylglycerols, activation of fatty acids,
transport of fatty acyl CoA into mitochondria, beta-oxidation of saturated, unsaturated and
odd chain fatty acids;alpha & omega oxidation of fatty acids. ATP yield from fatty acid
oxidation. Biosynthesis of saturated fatty acids. Metabolism of ketone bodies.
Biosynthesis of triglycerides ,phospholipids and sphingolipids.
SECTION- B
Amino acid Metabolism: General reactions of amino acid metabolism: transamination,
oxidative and non-oxidative deamination and decarboxylation. Urea cycle. Glycogenic and
ketogenic amino acids. Biosynthesis of aromatic amino acids . Glucose-Alanine cycle.
Nucleotide Metabolism: Sources of the atoms in the purine and pyrimidine molecules,
denovo biosynthesis and degradation of purine and pyrimidine nucleotides, Regulation of
purine and pyrimidine biosynthesis. Salvage pathways of purines and pyrimidines .
Porphyrin Metabolism: Biosynthesis & degradation of heme.
Suggested reading:
1. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox (2000)
Maxmillan/ Worth publishers.
2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by Donald Voet and Judith G Voet (1999). John Wiley & Sons,
NY
3. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by R.H. Garrett and C.M. Grisham (1999). Saunders College
Publishing, NY.
4. Outlines of Biochemistry by E.E.Conn, P.K.Stumpf, G. Bruenimg and Ray H.Doi (1987). John
Wiley & Sons, NY
5. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by Laurence A. Moran, K.G. Scrimgeour, H. R. Horton, R.S. Ochs
and J.David Rawn (1994), Neil Patterson Publishers Prentice Hall.

B.Sc. –II (Biochemistry) Semester-III
Paper – IX (Lab Course- 3)
1. Estimation of nitrogen by micro-Kjeldahl method.
2. Estimation of blood glucose colorimetrically.
3. Estimation of ascorbic acid by titrimetric method.
4. Preparation of starch from potato and its hydrolysis by salivary amylase
5. Determination of achromatic point for salivary amylase.
6. Isolation of total lipids by Folch method.
7. Titration of amino acids and determination of pK value
Suggested reading:
1. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K.Sawhney & R. Singh (2000). Narosa
Publishers
2. Practical Biochemistry by David Plummer (1990). Tata Mc-Graw Hill
3. Biochemical Methods by Sadasivam & Manickam (1996) New Age International (P) Ltd.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by R. Boyer (2002) Addison-Wesley
Longman.
1 93

BSc. - II (Biochemistry) Semester-IV
Paper – X (Molecular Biology-1)
1 94
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION - A
Basic Concepts of Genetic Information: Nucleic acids as genetic information carriers:
experimental evidences e.g. bacterial genetic transformation, Hershey-Chase experiment, TMV
reconstitution experiment. Central dogma of molecular genetics: current version. Salient features of
prokaryotic, eukaryotic and viral genomes. Histons and nucleosomes. Highly repetitive, moderately
repetitive and unique DNA sequences, telomeres, SINES, LINES, c-value paradox, satellite DNA.
DNA Supercoiling: A brief account of DNA supercoiling and topoisomerases.
DNA Sequencing: Sequencing of DNA by chemical cleavage and dideoxy methods.
Nucleases: Important DNases and RNases including restriction endonucleases.
SECTION – B
DNA Replication: DNA replication in prokaryotes-conservative, semiconservative and dispersive
types, experimental evidence for semiconservative replication. Enzymes and protein factors
involved in replication, mechanism of replication and inhibitors of DNA replication.
Mutations and DNA Repair: Mutations: Types of mutations, Physical and chemical mutagens,
Molecular basis of mutation and Ames test of carcinogenicity. DNA Repair: UV repair systems in
E. coli, base-excision repair, nucleotide-excision repair & significance of thymine in DNA.
Suggested reading:
1. Biochemistry, 4 th edition, by L.Stryer (1995). W.H.Freeman & Co.,NY.
2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by Donald Voet and Judith G Voet (1999) , John Wiley & Sons,
NY
3. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox (2000).
Worth Publishers
4. Molecular Cell Biology, 4 th edition, by Harvey Lodish et al. (2000) W.H Freeman & Company,
NY
5. Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4 th edition, by J.D. Watson, N.H. Hopkins, J.W.Roberts,
J..P.Stertz, A.M.Weiner (1987) W.H.Freeman & Company.
6. Genes VII by B. Lewin (2000), Oxford University Press.
7. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by Laurence A. Moran, K.G. Scrimgeour, H. R. Horton, R.S. Ochs
and J. David Rawn (1994), Neil Patterson Publishers Prentice Hall.

BSc. - II (Biochemistry) Semester-IV
Paper – XI (Molecular Biology-2)
1 95
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION – A
Transcription: Transcription in prokaryotes: RNA polymerase, promoters, initiation, elongation
and termination of RNA synthesis, inhibitors of transcription. Reverse transcriptase and a brief
account of post-transcriptional processing of RNA.
Translation: Genetic code- Basic features of genetic code, biological significance of degeneracy,
Wobble hypothesis, split genes and overlapping genes. Mechanisms of translation: Ribosome
structure; Activation of amino acids; initiation, elongation and termination of translation and
Inhibitors of translation.
SECTION-B
Regulation of Gene Expression in prokaryotes: Enzyme induction and repression, Lac operon.
Recombinant DNA Technology: Introduction, steps of gene cloning, cloning vectors: features of
an ideal cloning vector; plasmids, phages and cosmids as cloning vectors; ligation of insert DNA
with vector; transformation of recombinant into host; selection and screening of recombinants; gene
library and cDNA library.
Suggested reading:
1. Biochemistry, 4 th edition, by L.Stryer (1995). W.H.Freeman & Co.,NY.
2. Fundamentals of Biochemistry by Donald Voet and Judith G Voet (1999) , John Wiley &
Sons, NY
3. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox (2000).
Worth Publishers
4. Molecular Cell Biology, 4 th edition, by Harvey Lodish et al. (2000) W.H Freeman &
Company, NY
5. Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4 th edition, by J.D. Watson, N.H. Hopkins, J.W.Roberts,
J..P.Stertz, A.M.Weiner (1987) W.H.Freeman & Company.
6. Genes VII by B. Lewin (2000), Oxford University Press.
7. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by Laurence A. Moran, K.G. Scrimgeour, H. R. Horton, R.S. Ochs
and J. David Rawn (1994), Neil Patterson Publishers Prentice Hall.
8. Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis-An Introduction,Brown, T.A. , 4 th edition, Blackwell
Publishers

Max. Marks: 100 (for both Lab Courses- 3&4)
Time allowed: 4 hours (one session)
B.Sc. – II (Biochemistry) Semester-IV
Paper – XII (Lab Course- 4)
1. Estimation of DNA by diphenylamine method.
2. Estimation of RNA by orcinol method.
3. Separation of DNA fragments by Agarose gel electrophoresis
4. Estimation of calcium in serum.
5. Estimation of phosphorus in serum.
6. Estimation of lactose in milk.
Suggested reading:
1. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K.Sawhney & R. Singh (2000). Narosa
Publishers
2. Practical Biochemistry by David Plummer (1990). Tata Mc-Graw Hill
3. Biochemical Methods by Sadasivam & Manickam (1996) New Age International (P) Ltd.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by R. Boyer (2002) Addison-Wesley
Longman.
1 96

B.Sc. - III (Biochemistry) Semester-V
Paper – XIII (Plant Biochemistry)
1 97
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION-A
Photosynthesis: Photosynthetic pigments, Pigment system I and II, Mechanism of pigment system
function, Generation of NADPH and ATP by non-cyclic electron flow; cyclic electron flow;
Reagents which affect photosynthetic electron flow. Photosynthetic CO2 Assimilation: Calvin cycle
including its regulation, Photorespiration, Hatch & Slack pathway of CO2 fixation and CAM
pathway.
Electron transport Chain and energy coupling in plant mitochondria.
SECTION –B
Nitrate Assimilation: Nitrate uptake, structure and function of nitrate reductase and nitrite
reductase; Regulation of nitrate assimilation.
Sulphate assimilation: Sulphate uptake; assimilation of sulphate into cysteine.
Biological N2-fixation: N2 - fixing organisms, structure and mechanism of action of nitrogenase,
strategies for protection of nitrogenase from inhibition by oxygen; role of leghaemoglobin;
Ammonia assimilation.
Plant Hormones: Physiological functions of Auxins, Gibberellins, Cytokinins, Ethylene and
Abscisic acid.
Suggested Reading:
1. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Plants by Bob, B. Buchanan, W. Gruissen and
R.L.Jones (2000). Published by American Society of Plant Physiologists and distributed by
Panima Educational Book Agency, New Delhi.
2. Plant Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 2 nd edition, by Peter J. Lea and Richard C. Leegood
(1999). John Wiley and Sons.
3. Plant Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, 3 rd ed., by Hans –Walter Heldt (2005), Academic
Press.
4. Plant physiology, 2 nd edition, by L. Taiz and E-Zeigler (1998), Sinauer Associates, Inc.,
Publishers.

B.Sc. - III (Biochemistry) Semester-V
Paper – XIV (Clinical Biochemistry)
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION – A
Hormones: General characteristics, classes with examples, major endocrine systems and their
target tissues, physiological roles of hormones, Role of cyclic nucleotides and calcium in hormones
action; Mechanism of action of epinephrin and steroid hormones. Biochemical aspects of diabetes
mellitus.
Minerals: Functions of various major and trace minerals.
SECTION-B
Collection and preservation of biological fluids (blood, serum, plasma, urine and CSF). Normal and
abnormal constituents of blood and urine. Plasma proteins. Mechanism of blood coagulation.
Metabolic Disorders: Metabolic disorders of carbohydrate (Hypo- and hyper-glycemia,
galactosemia, lactose intolerance, glycogen storage diseases), lipid (Sphingolipidosis,
atherosclerosis, lipoproteinemia), protein (Phenylketonuria, alkaptonuria, tyrosenimea, maple syrup
urine disease, Hartnup’s disease, homocysteinuria etc.) and nucleic acids (Gout, Lesch-Nyhan
syndrome).
Clinical enzymology: Definition of functional and non-functional plasma enzymes. Enzyme and
isoenzyme pattern in health and disease with special mention of plasma lipase, amylase, SGOT,
SGPT, LDH, CPK, alkaline phosphatase and acid phosphatase.
Detoxification mechanism of the body: Phase I and phase II pathways.
Acid- Base balance
Suggested reading:
1. Tietz Fundamental of Clinical Chemistry, 4 th edition, by Carl A. Burtis and E.R. Ashwood
(1996). W.B. Saunders Company.
2. Human Nutrition and Dietetics, 8 th edition, by S. Davidson and J. R. Passmore (1982). ELBS,
Zurich.
3. Textbook of Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations, 5 th edition, by Thomas M. Devlin (2002).
Wiley-liss, Inc.
4. Harper’s Biochemistry, 25 th edition, by R.K.Murray, P.A.Hayes, D.K.Granner, P.A. Mayes and
V.W.Rodwell
5. Biochemistry by U. Satyanarayana (1999). Books and Allied (P) Ltd.
6. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox (2000)
Maxmillan/ Worth publishers.
7. Text Book of Biochemistry and Human Biology by G.P. Talwar et al.
1 98

1. Separation of serum from blood.
B.Sc. –III (Biochemistry) Semester- V
Paper – XV (Lab Course- 5)
2. Qualitative analysis of sugar, protein, ketone bodies and bile pigments in urine.
3. Determination of serum alkaline phosphatase.
4. Determination of blood urea and uric acid.
5. Determination of blood creatinine.
6. Estimation of blood cholesterol.
7. Estimation of chlorophyll content of leaves using acetone.
Suggested reading:
1. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K.Sawhney & R. Singh (2000). Narosa Publishers
2. Practical Biochemistry by David Plummer (1990). Tata Mc-Graw Hill
3. Biochemical Methods by Sadasivam & Manickam (1996) New Age International (P) Ltd.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by R. Boyer (2002) Addison-Wesley
Longman.
1 99

BSc. - III (Biochemistry) Semester-VI
Paper – XVI (Immunology)
2 00
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION –A
Introduction to immune system: Components of immunity: Innate immunity- Anatomic,
physiological, phagocytiv and inflammatory barriers; Adaptive immunity- Cells and organs of the
immune system. A brief account of the functions of Humoral and cell-mediated immune responses.
Primary and secondary immune responses.
Antigens: Immunogenicity versus antigenicity, factors influencing immunogenicity; Adjuvants;
Epitopes (properties of B-Cell and T-cell epitopes); Haptens.
Immunoglobulins: Structure, classification & physicochemical properties of different classes of
immunoglobulins.
Monoclonal Antibodies: Introduction, formation and selection of hybrid cells, their production
and applications.
SECTION –B
Antigen–antibody interactions: Antibody affinity, antibody avidity, Agglutination &
Precipitation reactions; Immunodiffusion; Radio immunoassay & ELISA.
Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC): Location and function of MHC regions; Structure
of class I & II MHC molecules; Role of MHCs.
Antigen Processing & Presentation: A brief account of antigen processing and presentation
pathways.
Complement system: Components, activation and functions.
Suggested Reading:
1. A Short Course in Immunology by Benjamini
2. Kuby Immunology, 4 rd ed. by R.A. Goldsby et al, W.H. Freeman & Co.
3. Immunology, 4 th ed. by Roitt et al., Mosby Publications

BSc. - III (Biochemistry) Semester-VI
Paper – XVII ( Biochemical techniques)
2 01
Max. Marks: 40
Int Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Question No.1 comprising of objective/short answer type
questions from the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining six questions will be set
taking three questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q.No.1 & four
others selecting two questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
SECTION - A
Measurement of pH: Principles of glass and reference electrodes.
Hydrodynamic Methods: Sedimentation: sedimentation velocity including factors affecting it,
preparative and analytical centrifugation techniques, ultracentrifugation, determination of
molecular weight by hydrodynamic methods (derivations excluded and numericals included).
Chromatographic techniques- General principles and applications of adsorption, ion-exchange,
molecular-sieve, thin layer, hydrophobic, affinity & paper chromatography.
SECTION - B
Electrophoresis- Basic principles of electrophoresis; Native & SDS-PAGE; Agarose gel
electrophoresis and Isoelectric focussing.
Radioisotopic Techniques: Types of radiations, radioactive decay, units of radioactivity, detection
and measurement of radioactivity (methods based on gas ionization and liquid scintillation
counting) and Quenching. Autoradiography: overview, nuclear emulsions used in biological
studies, isotopes commonly used in biochemical studies ( 32 P, 35 S, 14 C and 3 H), track length of
emitted particles and physical arrangements between emitting source and emulsion. Biological
hazards of radiations and safety measures in handling radioisotopes. Biological applications of
radioisotopes.
Spectroscopic Techniques
Beer-Lambert law, light absorption and its transmittance, extinction coefficient, a brief account of
instrumentation and applications of visible and UV spectroscopic techniques (structure elucidation
excluded).
Suggested reading;
1. Physical Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by D Friefelder (1983). W.H. Freeman & Co., U.S.A.
2. Biophysical Chemistry: Principles and Techniques, 2 nd edition, by A. Upadhyay, K. Upadhyay
and N.Nath. (1998). Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.
3. Principles & Techniques of Practical Biochemistry, 5 th edition, by Keith Wilson and John
Walker (2000). Cambridge University Press.
4. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K. Sawhney and Randhir Singh (2000). Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi.

B.Sc. –III (Biochemistry) Semester-VI
Paper – XVIII (Lab Course- 6)
Max. Marks: 100 (for both Lab Courses – 5&6)
Time allowed: 4 hours ( one session)
1. Separation and identification of amino acids \lipids by TLC.
2. Separation and identification of amino acids \ sugars by paper chromatography.
3. Separation of proteins by SDS-PAGE.
4. Estimation of serum protein and determination of albumin\ globulin ratio.
5. Demonstration of immunodiffusion
6. Identification of blood group
7. Estimation of haemoglobin
Suggested reading
1. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K.Sawhney & R. Singh (2000). Narosa Publishers
2. Practical Biochemistry by David Plummer (1990). Tata Mc-Graw Hill
2 02

Paper
No.
Title of paper
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY, KURUKSHETRA
Curriculum for B.Sc. (Bioinformatics) Semester System
Scheme of Examination (w.e.f. 2011-12)
B.Sc. 1 st year
SEMESTER – I
Max.
Marks
2 03
Internal
Assess.
Total
Marks
Time
I Introduction to Bioinformatics 40 10 50 3 Hrs
II Computer Fundamentals 40 10 50 3 Hrs
III Statistical Methods (I) 40 10 50 3 Hrs
IV Introduction to Databases 40 10 50 3 Hrs
V Cell Biology 40 10 50 3 Hrs
VI Biochemistry- I 40 10 50 3 Hrs
Practicals (XIII, XIV & XV will start in semester-III and the exam will be conducted at
the end of Sem-II)
SEMESTER - II
VII Biochemistry-II 40 10 50 3 Hrs
VIII Genetics 40 10 50 3 Hrs
IX Operating System & Programming
in C
40 10 50 3 Hrs
X Statistical Method-II 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XI Introduction to Genome Projects 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XII Information Networks 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XIII Practical (Based on Paper I to IV) 100 - 100 4 Hrs
XIV Practical (Based on paper V to VIII) 100 - 100 4 Hrs
XV Practical (Based on paper IX to XII) 100 - 100 4 Hrs
Note: Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters.

Paper
No.
Title of paper
XVI Hindi/Sanskrit (common with B.Sc.
General Part II compulsory)
XVII Object-oriented analysis & design
models
B.Sc. 2 nd year
SEMESTER – III
Max.
Marks
2 04
Internal
Assess.
Total
Marks
Time
40 10 50 3 Hrs
40 10 50 3 Hrs
XVIII Probability 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XIX Techniques in Biochemistry 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XX Nucleotide Metabolism &
Bioenergetics
XXI Working with a single DNA
Sequence
XXII Working with a single protein
Sequence
40 10 50 3 Hrs
40 10 50 3 Hrs
40 10 50 3 hrs
Practicals (XXIX, XXX & XXXI will start in semester-III and the exam will be
conducted at the end of Sem-IV)
XXIII Object-Oriented Programming in
C++
SEMESTER - IV
40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXIV Sampling Distribution 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXV Molecular Biology 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXVI Immunology 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXVII Sequence Comparison 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXVIII Sequence Analysis 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXIX Software Lab-II 100 - 100 4 Hrs
XXX Practical-3 100 - 100 4 Hrs
XXXI Practical-4 100 - 100 4 Hrs
Note: Practical examinations will be held at the end of even semesters.

B.Sc. 3 rd year
SEMESTER-V
Paper
Title of Paper Max. Internal Total Time
No.
Marks Assessment Marks
XXXII Building and Interpreting Multiple
Sequence Alignment
40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXXIII Editing and publishing
Alignments
40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXXIV Applied Statistics 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXXV Sampling Techniques 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXXVI Recombinant DNA
Technology
40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXXVII Plant Biochemistry 40 10 50 3 Hrs
(Practicals for Paper No. XLIV, XLV & XLVI of semester VI will start in Semester-V and exam
will be conducted at end of Semester-VI)
SEMESTER-VI
Paper Title of Paper
Max. Internal Total Time
No.
Marks Assess. Marks
XXXVIII Database Management Systems 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XXXIX Programming in JAVA 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XL Phylogenetics 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XLI Structural Analysis: Working with
RNA and Protein 3-D Structures
40 10 50 3 Hrs
XLII Clinical Biochemistry 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XLIII Nutritional Biochemistry 40 10 50 3 Hrs
XLIV Software Lab – III 100 - 100 4 Hrs
XLV Practical-V 100 - 100 4 Hrs
XLVI Practical-VI 100 - 100 4 Hrs
2 05

SEMESTER- I
Paper I Introduction to Bio-informatics
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions
from each section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT-I
What is Bio-informatics- Its Definitions, Introduction, History.
Bioinformatics - Objectives, Applications, Its need, Scope, Careers.
Bioinforrnatics scenario in India & the rest of the world.
Sequences used in Bioinforrnatics- DNA, Protein, RNA.
Dawn of sequencing.
Brief understanding of the DNA, Protein, RNA molecules.
Study of Bioinforrnatics at Molecular level.
Sequence analysis- a brief study.
Homology. Analogy, Similarity, Identity.
Prokaryotes- Smaller bugs with simple genes.
Eukaryotes- Bigger-bugs with complex genes.
Difference between prokaryotes & Eukaryotes.
Study of Genbank entry for Prokaryotic gene.
Study of Genbank entry for Eukaryotic gene.
Methods for retrieval of Genbank entries.
UNIT-II
2 06

Paper II Computer Fundamentals
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
NOTE
1) Seven Questions will be set in all.
2) Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with 3 questions from each section.
The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3) As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4) Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT-I
Computer Fundamentals:
History of computers, Generations and types of computers, Classification of computers, Hardware and
Software concepts, Functional components of a digital computer, Limitations and Capabilities of
computers, RAM, ROM, Storage devices, I/O devices
UNIT-II
Problem Solving with Computers:
Problem analysis with example, Algorithms, pseudocodes, Decision tables, and Flowcharts, Structured
programming concepts, Top down and bottom up Approaches, Modular programming concepts.
Applications of Computers in Bio-informatics
Operating Systems & Internet: Features of commonly used operating systems e.g. DOS,
Windows, UNIX,.and LINUX. Introduction to Internet.
2 07

Paper III Statistical Methods- I
NOTE
1) Seven Questions will be set in all.
2) Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with 3 questions from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3) As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4) Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT-I
2 08
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
An introduction, types of data, collection, classification and tabulation of the primary data, secondary data,
discrete data and continuous data, diagrammatic and graphical representation of grouped data, frequency
distribution (univariate & bivariate), cumulative frequency distribution and their graphical representation,
histogram, frequency polygon and ogives.
UNIT-II
Concept of central tendency or location and their measures, partition values: quartiles, deciles and
percentiles, dispersion and their measures, relative dispersion.
Moments (single & double variables) and their relationships, Karl pearson's, Beta & gamma coefficients,
Charlier's checks and Sheppard's correction for moments for grouped data ( without derivation ), skewness
& kurtosis and their measures

Paper IV
Introduction to Databases
2 09
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions
from each section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part Wise.
UNIT-I
Databases- Introduction, Functions, Types.
Data, Data mining, Data integration.
What types of data stored?
Data retrieval system.
Biological Databases - Nucleotide & Protein databases.
Nucleotide databases- DDB], EMBL, GenBank.
Protein databases- SWISS-PROT.
Study of Gene centric databases.
NCBI- The National Centre for Biotechnology Information.
UNIT-II
EMB-net The European Molecular Biology Network.
Virtual tourism.
Formats in Bioinformatics. Searching
through Pubmed/Medline. EXPASY.
Biological sequence & structure deficiet.

NOTE
Paper V
2 10
Cell Biology
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with 3 questions from each section.
The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part Wise.
UNIT-I
Cells: Cellular Dimensions, Structure of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Cells. Differences between plants
animal cells.
Viruses - Parasites of Cells
a) Cell Wall- Structure and function of bacterial and plant cell wall.
b) Plasma Membrane - Fluid Mosaic Model, Various Models of transport across the
membrane, mechanism of active and passive transport, endocytosis and exocytosis.
UNIT-II
ULTRASTRUCTURE & FUNCTIONS OF THE FOLLOWING CELL ORGANELLES
A brief account of the subcellular organelles (Endoplasmic Reticulum, Mitochondria, Golgi complex. Ribosome,
Lysosomes, Plastids, Nucleus & Microbodies).Cytoskeleton (Microtubules, Microfilaments. Intermediate
filaments) Cilia & Flagella.
Cell division- Mitosis, Meiosis, An introduction to cell cycle.

Paper VI
2 11
Biochemistry I
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
NOTE
Time 3 hrs
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with 3 questions from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
UNIT -I
Biomolecules: Introduction, important features, covalent and non-covalent interactions
Carbohydrates: Introduction and Biological Significance.
Definition and classification: Monosaccharides; families of monosaccharides; simple
aldoses and ketoses, Configuration and Conformation, Stereoisomerism/ Asymmetric
centres, Fischer and Haworth projection formula, pyranose and furanose ring forms,
reducing and non-reducing sugars, sugar derivatives viz. sugar alcohols, amino sugars.
deoxy sugars, acidic sugars, Glycosidic bond
Disaccharides and Oligosaccharides: Definition, structure and function of important di and
oligosaccharides viz. lactose, sucrose, maltose, raffinose, stachyose, verbascose etc.
Polysaccharides: Homo and Hetero polysaccharides, storage polysaccharides: Starch and
Glycogen. Structural polysaccharides: Cellulose and Chitin .. A brief account of structure and
function of Mucopolysaccharides/ Glycosaminoglycans (Hyaluronic acid, Chondroitin
sulphate), Glycoproteins and Proteoglycans.
Amino acids, Peptides and Proteins: Classification and structure of amino acids, essential
amino acids, rare and non-protein amino acids, optical and chemical properties of amino acids;
acid-base behaviour/zwitterions; pKa value and titration curve.
Peptide bond - nature and characteristics. Definition; structure and function of some
biologically important peptides.

Proteins: Classification based on structure and function. Structural organization of
proteins: Primary structure;
Secondary structure- alpha- Helix, beta- pleats and beta- turn
Tertiary structure- myoglobin and lysozyme etc.
Quaternary structure- hemoglobin.
Forces stabilizing different structural levels.
Amino acid analysislN-terminal amino acid analysis- Sanger's method, Edmann's
degradation, dansyl chloride and dabsyl chloride
Lipids: Introduction and Classification - simple and complex lipids.
Fatty acids - structure and nomenclature, soap value, acid value, iodine number, rancidity.
Essential fatty acids. A general account of structure and function of triacylglycerols,
phospholipids, glycolipids, sphingolipids, steroids, bile acids, bile salts and terpenes
Nucleotides and Nucleic acids:
UNIT II
Building blocks: bases, sugars and phosphates.
Structure and nomenclature of nucleosides and nucleotides; polynucleotides, DNA (A, B, Z-
DNA) and RNA (rRNA, mRNA, tRNA).
Properties of DNA - absorption, denaturation, renaturation, hybridization, Tm/Cot
values.
Biologically important nucleotides and their functions - ATP, GTP, Coenzyme A, NAD, F
AD and cAMP.
2 12

Semester II
Paper VII Biochemistry II
2 13
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
NOTE
I. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No. I which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with 3 questions from each section.
The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part Wise.
UNIT-I
Enzymes: Introduction, active site, energy of activation, transition state hypothesis, lock and key
hypothesis, induced fit hypothesis.
Enzyme classification (Major classes only)
Enzyme Kinetics - substrate concentration, Km, Vmax, MM equation, Lineweaver Burk plot/
Double reciprocal plot. Effect of pH, temperature on enzyme activity.
Allosteric enzymes ( A brief account)
Enzyme Inhibition - Competitive, non-competitive and uncompetitive inhibition
Vitamins and Hormones: Introduction. Types of vitamins - structure of water soluble vitamins and
their coenzyme, derivatives, Fat soluble vitamins
Deficiency symptoms and dietary sources.
Steroid Hormones: structure and importance
Peptide Hormones: structure and function of important peptide hormones.

UNIT -II
Metabolism: General introduction, catabolism and anabolism
Carbohydrates metabolism: Glycolysis, Tricarboxylic acid cycle, Gluconeogenesis
Glycogenolysis, glycogen synthesis and their regulation,
Lipid Metabolism: ~- oxidation of fatty acids. Degradation of Triacylglycerols.
Synthesis of Fatty acids.
Amino acid Metabolism: Transamination, oxidative deamination, decarboxylation. Urea cycle.
Different classes of oxidation and synthesis of amino acids.
Glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids.
2 14

Paper VIII
2 15
Genetics
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs
NOTE
1) Seven Questions will be set in all.
2) Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with 3 questions from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions
from each section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3) As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4) Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part Wise.
UNIT-I
Genetics, Elements of heredity and variations, The Varieties of gene interactions Linkage and
recombination, coupling and repulsion hypothesis,crossing over and chiasma formation, gene mapping
Sex determination and its mechanisms, male and female heterozygous system. Genetic balance system.
Role of Y chromosomes, male haploidy, cytoplasmic and environmental factors, role of hormones in sex
determination
Sex linked in heritance, haemophilia and color blindness in man, eye color in Drosophila. Sex limited
and sex influenced inheritance.
Extrachromosomal and Cytoplasmic inheritance
1. Kappa particles in paramecium
2. Shell coiling in snails
3. Milk factor in mice
Multiple alielism: Eye colour in Drosophila, A,B,O blood Groups in man
UNIT-II
Human Genetics - Human karyotype, chromosomal abnormalities involving autosomes and sex
chromosomes, monozygotic and dizygotic twins.
Inborn Errors of Metabolism in man (Alcaptonuria, phenylketonuria, albinism, and sickle cell
anemia.Principles of population genetics, Hardy Weinberg Principle
Mutations - Molecular basis of Mutations, type of mutations: transition, transversion. frameshift,
insertion, deletion, suppressor sensitive, germinal and somatic, backward and forward mutations, true
reversion and suppression, dominant and recessive mutations, spontaneous and induced mutations
Mutagenecity Testing - Ames test, natural and artificial mutants
Genetic recombination and transposition.

Paper IX
Operating System Internet & Programming in C
2 16
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
NOTE
1) Seven Questions will be set in all.
2) Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with 3 questions from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions
from each section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3) As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4) Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT-I
Character Set, Identifiers & keywords, Constants & variables, data types, expressions &
statements. Arithmetic, Logical, Relational and bitwise operators and their hierarchy,
UNIT-II
Assignment and conditional operators. Input / Output statements, control statements-if-else, switch,
break, continue & loops. Arrays, functions, pointers, structure & unions. File handling,
Implementation of data structures e.g. Array, Stack, Queue, Linked list and tree

Paper X
2 17
Statistical Methods- II
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
NOTE
1) Seven Questions will be set in all.
2) Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with 3 questions from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3) As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4) Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT-I
Mathematical expectation (single & bivariate), expectation of sum of random variables, expectation of
independent random variables. Variance and covariance, moment generating and commulent generating
function.
UNIT-II
Binomial distribution, poisson distribution as a limiting form of binomial distribution and properties
of these distributions, moments, moment generating function, cumulant generating function.
Geometric distribution and exponential distribution and properties of these distributions

Paper XI
Introduction to Genome Projects
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Time 3 hrs
NOTE
I. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No I which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section.
The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No I & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
Human genome project- Status & Size.
Genome browsing tools.
TIGR
Mapping & sequencing.
Physical & Genetic Maps.
Finding out more about biochemical pathways.
Brief study of BLAST as data mining tool.
UCSC- Brief introduction.
Ensembl project.
Finding out more about protein structure. Finding
out more about major protein families. Dawn of
sequencing.
UNIT-I
UNIT-II
21 8

Paper XII
Information Networks
Marks: 40
Internal Assessment:10
NOTE
Time 3 hrs
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No. I which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section.
The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No I & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. Each question will carry 10 marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part-wise.
UNIT-I
Complete study of SWISS-PROT entry EGF-R.
Protein folding problem.
Role of Chaperons.
Final destination for each protein.
Diversity of folds & function.
Genes, Chromosomes,Genetic codon, ORF. Metaphor
for biology or Rube Goldberg invention.
UNIT-II
Computer Network.
Internet- Definition, History, Applications.
How do computers find Each other? HTTP,
HTML, URL's.
Web browsers.
Role of internet in Bioinformatics.
Post Translational Modification Databases PIR-RESID.
2 19

B.Sc. – II (Bioinformatics)
SEMESTER- III
Paper- XVII (OBJECT-ORIENTED ANALYSIS & DESIGN MODELS)
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT - I
Domain, analysis, Static models, Dynamic models, Concurrency models, Functional models,
Overview of Booch’s OOA and OOD approach.
UNIT – II
Introduction to UML classes and objects, encapsulation and information hiding, Data abstraction,
message passing, links and associations, generalization and inheritance, and meta classes.
Suggested reading:
1. Object- oriented modeling and design, by Rambaugh, PHI.
2. Object- oriented analysis and design, by Booch, Grady, Addison Wesley.
2 20

Paper- XVIII (PROBABILITY)
2 21
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Definition of probability, classical and relative frequency and axiomatic approach to probability,
Addition law of probabilities, Random experiment, discrete sample space, Events, operation of
events, mutually exclusive and exhaustive of events.
Conditional probability, Multiplication law of probability, Independence of events, boole’s
inequality, Bay’s theorem and it’s application.
UNIT-II
Random variables, Definition of discrete random variable, Probability mass function, definition of
continuous random variables, probability density function joint, Marginal and Conditional
distribution and density functions, Independent Random variables.
Suggested reading:
1. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics: S.C.Gupta and V.K.Kapoor
2. Basic concepts of probability and statistics: J.L Hodges, E.L.Lehman.
3. An introduction to probability theory and mathematical statistics: V.K Rohtagi.

Paper XIX (TECHNIQUES IN BIOCHEMISTRY)
2 22
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/ short answer type
covering the entire syllabus will be compulsory. Remaining 6 questions will be set taking 3
questions from each section. Candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-1
HYDRODYNAMIC METHODS: Sedimentation: Sedimentation velocity including factors
affecting it, Preparative & analytical centrifugation techniques.
pH & BUFFERS: Ionization of water. Weak acids & bases. pH, Buffers. Handerson- Hasselbalch
equation & physiological buffers. Principles of glass & reference electrode; types of electrodes.
Complications of pH measurement (dependence of pH on ionic strength, electrode contamination &
sodium error). Use of pH paper & pH indicators.
RADIO ISOTOPIC TECHNIQUES: Types of radiations. Radio active decay. Units of radio-
activity. Detection & measurement of radioactivity (methods based on gas ionization & liquid
scintillation counting & quenching). Autoradiography: overview; nuclear emulsions used in
biological studies. Isotopes commonly used in biochemical studies ( 32 P, 35 S, 14 C, 3 H). Track length
of emitted particles and physical arrangements between emitting sources & emulsions. Biological
hazards of radiation & safety measures in handling radioisotopes. Biological applications of
radioisotopes.
UNIT-2
CHROMATOGRAPHY: General principles & applications of absorption; ion-exchange; thin
layer; molecular sieve; hydrophobic; affinity; paper; gas- liquid & high performance liquid
chromatography.
SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES: Beer- Lambert’s law. Light absorption & its transmission.
Determination & application of extinction coefficient. Applications of visible & UV spectroscopic
techniques (structure elucidation excluded). Principle & applications of fluorescence spectroscopy.
ELECTROPHORES: Basic principle of electrophoresis. PAGE. SDS-PAGE &
ioselectrofocusing.
Suggested reading:
1. Physical biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by D. Friefelder (1983), W.H. Freeman and company,
USA.
2. Outlines of biochemistry by Eric E Conn, PK Stumph, G. Bruening and Roy H Doi (1987)
John Wiley and Sons, NY.
3. Biophysical chemistry: principles and techniques,2 nd edition by A Upadhyay, K. Upadhyay
and N.Nath (1998), Himalaya publishing house, Delhi.
4. Principles and techniques of practical biochemistry 5 th edition by Keith Wilson and
Walker(2000), Cambridge university press.
5. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K.Sawhney and Randhir Singh (2000), Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi.

Paper XX (NUCLEOTIDE METABOLISM & BIOENERGETICS)
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/ short answer type
covering the entire syllabus will be compulsory. Remaining 6 questions will be set taking 3
questions from each section. Candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-1
NUCLEOTIDE METABOLISM: Sources of atoms in purine & pyrimidine molecules. Denovo
biosynthesis & degradation of purines & pyrimidines. Salvage pathways of purines & pyrimidines.
Regulation of purine & pyrimidine biosynthesis.
TRANSPORT ACROSS MEMBRANES: Fluid mosaic model for structure of biological
membranes. Passive, facilitated & active transport across biological membranes. Primary &
secondary active transport. Na + - K + ATPase system.
BIOLOGIC OXIDATION: Free energy and standard free energy, relationship between free
energy and equilibrium constant, enzymes involved in oxidation-reduction (oxidases, oxygenases,
hydroxylases etc.).
UNIT-2
HIGH ENERGY COMPOUNDS: Phosphate group transfer potential. Free energy of hydrolysis
of ATP. PEP & other sugar phosphates along with reasons for high free energy change.
ELECTRON TRANSPORT CHAIN & OXIDATIVE PHOSPHIORYLATION: Organization
& sequence of electron carriers in mitochondria. Electron transport from NADH & FADH2 to
oxygen, Sites of ATP production & inhibitors of electron transport chain. Oxidative
phosphorylation: chemiosmotic theory; inhibitors & uncouplers of oxidative phosphorylation.
Transport of reducing equivalents from cytosol to mitochondria.
Suggested reading:
1. Bio-chemistry,4 th edition by L. Stryer(1995) W.H Freeman & co., New York.
2. Bio-chemistry , 4 th edition by G. Zubay(1998), W.C.B. Publishers.
3. Bio-chemistry, 2 nd edition by Laurence A. Moran, K.G. Scrimgeour, H.R. Horton, R.S.
Ochs& J.David Rawn(1994), Neil Patterson. Publishers, prentice Hall.
4. Lehniger: Principles of Bio-chemistry, 3 rd Edition by David L. Nelson and M.M Cox(2000)
Macmillan/worth publisher.
2 23

Paper- XXI (WORKING WITH A SINGLE DNA SEQUENCE)
2 24
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Catching Errors- Removing vector sequences, Cases when you shouldn’t discard your sequence.
Computing / Verifying a Restriction Map.
Designing PCR Primers.
Analyzing DNA Composition- Establishing the G+C content of your sequence, Counting words in
DNA sequences, Counting long words in DNA sequences, Experimenting with other DNA
composition analyses, Finding internal repeats in your sequence, Identifying genome-specific
repeats in your sequence, Identifying genome specific repeats in your sequence.
UNIT-II
Finding Protein coding Regions – ORFing your DNA sequence, Analysing your DNA sequence
with Gene Mark, Finding internal exons in vertebrate genomic sequences, Complete gene parsing
for eukaryotic genomes. Analyzing your sequence with Genome Scan.
Assembling Sequence Fragment- Managing large sequencing project with public software, Using
the IFOM assemblers.
Suggested reading:
1. Teresa K. Attwood and David J. Parry-Smith 2001, Introduction to BioinformaticS, Pearson
education Asia.
2. Lean- Michel Claverie and Cedric Notredame. 2003, Bioinformatics: a beginner’s guide,
Wiley- dream Tech India Pvt. Ltd.
3. S.C. Rastogi, Namita Mendiratta and Parag Rastogi. 2002. Bioinformatics: concepts, skills
and applications, CBS publishers & distributors.

Paper- XXII (WORKING WITH A SINGLE PROTEIN SEQUENCE)
2 25
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Doing Biochemistry on a Computer- Predicting the main physicochemical properties of a protein,
Interpreting Prot Param results, Digesting a protein in a computer.
Doing primary structure analysis –looking for transmembrane segments, Looking for coiled-coil
regions.
Predicting Post-translational modifications in your protein- Looking for PROSITE patterns,
Interpreting Scan Prosite result.
UNIT-II
Finding domains in your Protein- Choosing the right collection of domains, finding domains with
InterProScan , Interpreting InterProScan results, Finding domains with the CD server, Interpreting
and understanding CD server results, Finding domains with Pfscan.
Suggested reading:
1. Baxevanis a., Ouellette F.B.S (Eds.) 1998.Bioinformatics: a practical guide to the analysis
of genes and proteins, sequence analysis , a practical approach. IRL Press, Oxford.
2. Bishop M.J, Rawlings C.J., (Eds.) 1997 Nucleic acid and Protein sequence analysis, A
practical approach. IRL Press, oxford.
3. Doolittle, R.F. 1986, of UFRs and ORFs :A Primer on how to analyze derived amino acid
sequences, university science books. Mill valley California.
4. Doolittle,R. F (ed.) 1996, Computer methods for macromolecular sequence analysis
(Methods in Enzymology, vol 266), Academic press, San Diego.

SEMESTER- IV
Paper- XXIII (OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING IN C++)
2 26
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Data types, classes and objects, Abstract data types, encapsulation and information hiding, data
abstraction, generalization, inheritance.
UNIT-II
Aggregation, constructors, destructors, polymorphism, exception handling, templates.
Suggested reading:
1. Object- oriented programming in c++, by Balaguruswani E, Tata Mcgraw-Hill.
2. C++ the complete reference, by Schildt, Herbet; Tata Mcgraw-Hill.

Paper- XXIV (SAMPLING DISTRIBUTION)
2 27
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Normal distribution as a limiting case of the Binomial distribution area under normal curve with its
applications.
Concepts of correlation and Regression, Properties of regression Fitting of a straight line and curves
by the method of Least square, Multiple and Partial (for three variables only) correlation,
coefficient of multiple and partial correlation with their properties.
Concept of Population, Sample, Parametes and Statistic and its sampling distributions. Estimation
of mean and variance, Criteria for a good estimator, unbiasedness, efficiency consistency and
sufficiency (definition only)
UNIT-II
Confidence interval, Null and Altemative hypothesis, two types of errors, level of significance.
Sample properties of Chi-square, Student’s t and Snedecor’s F- distribution with their applications
in test of significance.
Suggested reading:
1. Fundamentals of mathematical statistics: S.C.Gupta, V.K Kapoor.
2. Fundamentals of statistics : A.M Goon, M.K Gupta, B.Dass Gupta

Paper XXV (MOLECULAR BIOLOGY)
Max Marks= 40
2 28
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
Unit - I
BASIC CONCEPTS OF GENETIC INFORMATION: Nucleic acids as genetic information
carriers: experimental evidences e.g. bacterial genetic transformation, Hershey- Chase experiment,
TNV reconstitution experiment. Central dogma of molecular genetics: current version. Highly
repetitive, moderately repetitive & unique DNA sequences. Telomeres. SINES & LINES. C- Value
paradox. Satellite DNA. DNA supercoiling. Brief account of topoisomerases.
DNA REPLICATION: DNA replication on prokaryotes: conservative, semi conservative &
dispersive types; experimental evidence for semiconservative replication. Enzymes & protein
factors involves in replication. Mechanism of replication & inhibitors of replication. Differences in
replications of prokaryotes & eukaryotes. Mutations: types of mutations; physical & chemical
mutagens; molecular basis of mutation & Ames test of carcinogenicity. DNA repair. Significance
of thymine in DNA.
Unit - II
TRANSCRIPTION: Transcription in prokaryotes. RNA polymerases. Promoters. Initiation,
elongation & termination of RNA synthesis, Inhibitors of transcription. Reverse transcripltase. Post
transcriptional processing of RNA.
TRANLATION: Genetic code: major features; biological significance of degeneracy; ribosome
binding technique; wobble hypothesis; overlapping genes. Protein synthesis: structure & role of
RNA & ribosomes in protein synthesis; activation of amino acids; initiation, elongation &
termination of protein synthesis; folding & processing of polypeptides; inhibitors of protein
synthesis.
PRINCIPLES OF GENE REGULATION: Regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes.
Induction & repression. Lac operon.
Suggested Reading:
1. Biochemistry, 6 th edition, by L.Stryer (2006). W.H.Freeman & Co.,NY.
2. Principles of Biochemistry by Voet, Voet & Prat 3 rd ed. , (2008) , John Wiley & Sons, NY
3. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 5th edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox
(2008). Worth Publishers

Paper XXVI (IMMUNOLOGY)
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the
entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from
each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from
each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-1
INTRODUCTIOTORY IMMUNOLOGY: Components of immunity. Introduction to adaptive
(cells & organs of immune system) & non- adaptive/ innate (anatomic, physiological, phagocytic &
imflammatory barriers); humoral & cell- mediated immunity. Primary & secondary immune
response.
ANTIGENS & ANTIBODIES: Antigens (nature of antigens; immunogens; haptens).
Immunogenicity versus antigenicity. Factors influencing immunogenicity. Adjuvants. Epitopes
(properties of B-cell & T-Cell epitopes). Antibody structure; physicochemical properties of
different classes of immunoglobulins. T & B lymphocytes.
UNIT-2
OTHER COMPONENTS OF IMMUNE SYSTEM: Major histocompatibility complex (MHC):
location & function of MHC regions; structure of class I & II MHC molecules; role of MHCs.
Compliment system: components, activation & functions. Antigen processing & presentation: a
brief account of antigen processing & presentation pathways.
IMMUNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES: Monoclonal antibodies: introduction; formation f hybrid
cells, their production & applications. Antigen- antibody interactions: antibody affinity; antibody
avidity ; agglutination & precipitation reactions; immonodiffusion; RIA; ELISA.
Suggested Reading:
1. Immunology, 4 th ed. by Roitt et al., Mosby Publications
2. Cellular and Molecular Immunology, 5 th ed. by Abbas and Litchman (2003), Saunders Publication.
3. Kuby Immunology, 4 rd ed. by R.A. Goldsby et al, W.H. Freeman & Co.
4. Immunology: an introduction, 4 th Edition by Ian R Tizard, (1995), Saunders College Publishing
2 29

Paper- XXVII (SEQUENCE COMPARISON)
2 30
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Making Sure you Have the Right Sequence and the Right Methods- Choosing the right sequences,
Choosing the right method.
Making a Dot Plot- Choosing the right dot –plot flavor, using Dotlet over the Internet, Doing
biological analysis with a dot plot.
UNIT-II
Making local Alignments over the internet- Choosing the right local alignment flavor, Using Lalign
to find the ten best local alignments, Internet the lalign output, making Global Alignments over the
Internet, Using Lalign to make a Global Alignment free Pairwise Sequence Comparison over the
Internet.
Suggested Reading:
1. Teresa K. Attwood and David J. Parry-Smith, 2001.Introduction to Bioinformatics. Pearson
Education Asia.
2. Lea- Micheal Claverie and Cedric Notredame, 2003, Bioinformatice: A Beginner’s Guide.
Wiley- Dream Tech India Pvt. Ltd.
3. S.C.Rastogi, Namita Mendiratta and Parag Rastogi, 2002, Bioinformatics: Concepts, skills,
and Applications.CBS Publishers & Distributiors.
4. Baxevanis A., Ouelete F.B.F. (Eds), 1998, Bioinformatics : A Practical Gudie to the
Analysis of Genes and Proteins, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
5. Bishop, M.J, Rawlings, C.J (Eds.), 1997, Nucleic Acid and Protein Sequence Analysis: A
Practical Approach. IRL Press, Oxford.

Paper- XXVIII (SEQUENCE ANALYSIS)
2 31
Max Marks= 40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed = 3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven Questions will be set in all. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
The Importance of similarity, The Most Popular Data- Mining Tool- BLAST, blasting protein
sequences, Understanding Blast output, Blasting DNA sequences.
UNIT-II
Controlling BLAST: Choosing the right parameters, controlling the sequence making, changing the
blast alignment parameters, controlling the blast output, Making Iterative BLAST with PSI-
BLAST. PSI-Blasting protein sequences, avoiding mistakes when running PSI-BLAST.
Similarity Searches for free over the internet.
Suggested Reading:
1. Teresa K. Attwood and David J. Parry-Smith, 2001.Introduction to Bioinformatics. Pearson
Education Asia.
2. Lea- Micheal Claverie and Cedric Notredame, 2003, Bioinformatice: A Beginner’s Guide.
Wiley- Dream Tech India Pvt. Ltd.
3. S.C.Rastogi, Namita Mendiratta and Parag Rastogi, 2002, Bioinformatics: Concepts, skills,
and Applications.CBS Publishers & Distributiors.
4. Baxevanis A., Ouelete F.B.F. (Eds), 1998, Bioinformatics : A Practical Gudie to the
Analysis of Genes and Proteins, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
5. Bishop, M.J, Rawlings, C.J (Eds.), 1997, Nucleic Acid and Protein Sequence Analysis: A
Practical Approach. IRL Press, Oxford.

Programming in C++:
Paper- XXIX
(Software Lab-II)
1. To find simple and compound interest.
2. To generate Fibo nicci series.
3. To generate Sine and Cosine Series.
4. Demonstrate function and operator overloading with suitable example.
5. Demonstrate Inheritance with suitable example.
6. Demonstrate Polymorphism using virtual functions with suitable example.
7. Demonstrate inheriting abstract classes with suitable example.
8. Demonstrate Aggregation with suitable sxample.
9. Demonstrate Exception handling with suitable example.
10. Demonstrate use of Templates with suitable example.
11. Demonstrate Inheritance with suitable example.
Statistical:
The following Topics are prescribed for computer based practicals.
1. Fitting of normal distribution.
2. Fitting of Curve by the principle of least square.
3. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient of Correlation, Rank Correlation Coefficient Test of
significance based on t, Chi-Square and F.
2 32
Max Marks: 100
Time: 4 Hours

Paper- XXX
(PRACTICAL - 3)
2 33
Max Marks: 100
Time: 4 Hours
1. Estimation of ascorbic acid by titrimetric method
2. Separation of amino acids by TLC
3. Estimation of protein by biuret/ Lowry method
4. Assay of acid phosphatase activity from germinating mungbean seeds and calculation of
specific activity
5. Assay of serum alkaline phosphatase activity
6. Effect of enzyme concentration on enzyme activity
7. Effect of Temperature on Enzyme activity
8. Determination of achromatic point for salivary amylase
9. Estimation of nitrogen by Nessler/ micro-Kjeldahl method
10. Estimation of chlorophyll content of leave by using acetone
Suggested readings:
1. Introductory Practical Biochemistry by S.K Sawhney & R. Singh (2000), Narosa
Publishers.
2. Practical Biochemistry by David Plummer(1990). Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Bio-chemistry Methods by Sadasivem & Manicham (1996) New Age Internalional
(P) Ltd.
4. Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by R.Boyer(2002), Addison-
Wesley Longman.
5. A Lab. Manual in Biochemistry by J.Jayaraman (1996) New Age Inernational (P)
Ltd.

Paper- XXXI
(PRACTICAL – 4)
1. Internet resources and Pubic Databases for Bioinformatics Protein Classification
Databases.
2. Use of bioinformatics mining.
2 34
Max Marks: 100
Time: 4 Hours
3. The basis methodological tools for comparative and phylogenetic analyses of molecular
data from an evolutionary perspective.
4. Basic clustering methods that are used analysis of DNA array image data, classification
of proteins, computing multiple alignments and phylogenetic tree construction.
5. The roles of computer programming to model real life biological systems.
6. The different analysis and models, such as Monte-carlo Methods and the use of Markov
chains & Hidden Markov Models in Bioinformatics.
7. Basic genome analysis, Genome structures, Basic methodology and principles.
8. Algorithms for primary sequences analysis: Based on string/ word searches(patterns,
PROSITE, restriction sites): Based on sliding windows (hydrophobicity, transmembrane
regions, coiled coil domains etc.), Based on weight matrices (profiles), Based on
classical statistic methods such as determinant analysis and other multivariate
techniques (codon usage, functional classification by amino acid composition, etc.)
Based on graphical representations (sequences ‘logo’, chaos game representations,
vector representation of sequences etc.)
9. Optimal two-way alignments using dynamic programming: Amino acid substitution
matrices, Gap penalization, Optimization of the method : FASTA, Blast, Parrallelization
of WS: multiple processor approaches and specialized, hardware, Dot matrices.
10. Multiple alignments: Clustering methods (UPGME, etc.), Rigorous dynamic
programming, simulated annealing.

PAPER-XXXII
(BUILDING AND INTERPRETING MULTIPLE SEQUENCE ALIGNMENT)
2 35
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
BUILDING A MULTIPLE SEQUENCE ALIGNMENT: Introduction and goal of Multiple
Sequence Alignment (MSA), Finding out if a multiple sequence alignment can help you-
Identifying situations where multiple alignments do not help, Helping your research with multiple
sequence alignments.
CHOOSING THE RIGHT SEQUENCES: The kinds of sequences you are looking for and
Gathering your sequences with online BLAST servers.
CHOOSING THE RIGHT MULTIPLE SEQUENCE ALIGNMENT METHOD: Using ClustalW,
making and evaluating alignments with T-coffee
UNIT-II
INTERPRETING YOUR MULTIPLE SEQUENCE ALIGNMENTS: Recognizing the good parts
in a protein alignment, taking your multiple alignment further.
COMPARING SEQUENCES THAT YOU CANT ALIGN: Making multiple local alignments with
Gibbs sampler, searching conserved patterns.
INTERNET RESOURCES FOR DOING MULTIPLE SEQUENCE COMPARISONS: Making
simple alignments with ClustalW around the clock, finding your favourite alignment method,
searching for motifs or patterns.
Suggested Readings:
1. Introduction to Bioinformatics, Teresa K. Attwood and David J. Parry-Smith
2. Bioinformatics- A Beginners guide, Lean-Micheal Claverie and Cedric Notredame
3. Bioinformatics: Concepts skills and Applications, S. C. Rastogi

PAPER-XXXIII
(EDITING AND PUBLISHING ALIGNMENTS)
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No.1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
EDITING AND PUBLISHING ALIGNMENTS: Getting your Multiple Alignments in the right
format- Recognizing the main formats, Working with the right format, Converting formats and
Watching out for lost data.
USING JALVIEW TO EDIT YOUR MULTIPLE ALIGNMENT ONLINE: Starting Jalview,
Working offline with Jalview, Changing the color scheme in Jalview, Editing a group of sequences,
Useful features of Jalview and Saving your alignment in Jalview.
UNIT-II
PREPARING YOUR MULTIPLE ALIGNMENT FOR PUBLICATION: Using Boxshade, Logos.
EDITING AND ANALYSING MULTIPLE SEQUENCE ALIGNMENTS FOR FREE OVER
THE INTERNET: Finding multiple sequence alignment editors, Finding tools to interpret your
MSA, Finding tools for publishing multiple alignments.
Suggested Readings:
1. Introduction to Bioinformatics, Teresa K. Attwood and David J. Parry-Smith
2. Bioinformatics- A Beginners guide, Lean-Micheal Claverie and Cedric Notredame
3. Bioinformatics: Concepts skills and Applications, S. C. Rastogi
4. A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins, Baxevanis A., Ouellette.
5. Nucleic Acid and Protein Sequence Analysis. A Practical Approach. Bishop, M.J., Rawlings
C. J.
2 36

PAPER-XXXIV
(APPLIED STATISTICS)
2 37
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
INDEX NUMBER: Uses of Index number, Problem in construction of Index numbers, Methods of
Constructing Index Numbers, Unweighted, Weighted, Quantity, Volume and Chain Index
Numbers, Consumer Price Index Numbers, Calculation of Index numbers, tests of index numbers,
Chain index numbers, limitations of index numbers.
UNIT-II
TIME SERIES: Definitions, different components of time series, determination of trend, analysis of
seasonal variations. Concept of population and sample, advantages of sampling, principle steps
involved in sample survey. Simple random sampling (with and without replacement), merits and
demerits, Estimation of population mean and variance.
Suggested Readings:
1. Experimental design by W.G.Cochran & J.M.Cox.
2. Applied Statistic by S.C.Gupta & V.K.Kapoor.
3. Sampling Theory and Methods by M.N.Murthy.
4. Sample Survey Methods and its Applications by B.V.Sukhatme.
5. Sample Survey Theory by Des Raj.

PAPER-XXXV
(SAMPLING TECHNIQUES)
2 38
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Types of Sampling-Purposive Sampling, Random Sampling, Simple Sampling, Stratified Sampling,
Estimation of sample size, Sampling Distribution for Static’s, advantages, estimation of population
mean, variance of estimates of the population mean, proportional and optimum allocations.
Standard Error.
Tests of Significance: Null and Alternative hypothesis, Errors in Sampling, Critical Region and
Level of Significance. One-Tailed, and Two-Tailed Test. Test of Significance for Single Proportion
and Differences of Proportion
UNIT-II
Block Design:Concept of experiments, treatments, experiments, units, blocks, experimental error,
replication, precision, fundamental principle of design: replication, randomization and local control.
Basic design CRD, RBD and their analysis.
Suggested Readings:
1. Experimental design by W.G.Cochran & J.M.Cox.
2. Applied Statistic by S.C.Gupta & V.K.Kapoor.
3. Sampling Theory and methods by M.N.Murthy.
4. Sample survey methods and its applications by B.V.Sukhatme.
5. Sample survey Theory by Des Raj.

PAPER-XXXVI
(RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY)
2 39
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Restriction endonucleases, Ligases and other enzymes involved in Recombinant DNA Technology.
Introduction to the steps of Gene cloning: Plasmid and phage cloning vectors for E.coli, Cloning
vectors for yeast, plant cells and mammalian cells. Methods for direct DNA transfer into plant and
mammalian cells. Ligation of inert DNA with the vector, Introducing recombinant DNA into the
host cells, Selection and Screening of the recombinants, Construction of gene library and cDNA
library.
UNIT-II
Expression vector, General problems with the production of recombinant proteins in E.coli;
Applications of Recombinant DNA Technology; Nucleic acid Blotting Techniques: Southern
Blotting, Northern Blotting, and Dot Blotting; Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR): Principle,
Techniques of PCR, Sources of DNA polymerase and applications of PCR.
Suggested Readings:
1. Gene Cloning and DNA analysis- An Introduction by T. A. Brown, Blackwell Science
2. Molecular Biotechnology-Principles & applications of recombinant DNA by Glick and Pasternak,
ASM press (Indian print available)
3. Principles of Gene Manipulation by Old & Primose, Blackwell Scientific Publication
4. Analysis of Genes and Genomes, 2004 by Richard Reese, John Wiley & Sons
5. Biochemistry by B.D. Singh

PAPER- XXXVII
(PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY)
2 40
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
PHOTOSYNTHESIS: Photosynthetic pigments; light phase: absorption of light energy and transfer
of excitation energy to the reaction centers, Photosystem I and II, Non-cyclic and cyclic electron
flow; Photophosphorylation: Structure of Chloroplast ATP Synthase and mechanism of ATP
synthesis; Calvin Cycle, C4 pathway, Photorespiratory pathway and its role, CAM pathway.
Biosynthesis of sucrose and starch (in chloroplast).
UNIT-II
Nitrate Assimilation: Nitrate uptake, structure and function of nitrate reductase and nitrite
reductase.
Sulphate assimilation: Sulphate uptake; assimilation of sulphate into cysteine.
Biological N2-fixation: N2 - fixing organisms, structure and mechanism of action of nitrogenase,
strategies for protection of nitrogenase from inhibition by oxygen; role of leghaemoglobin;
Ammonia assimilation.
Plant Hormones: Physiological functions of Auxins, Gibberellins, Cytokinins, Ethylene and
Abscisic acid.
Suggested Readings:
1. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Plants by Bob, B. Buchanan, W. Gruissen and
R.L.Jones (2000). Published by American Society of Plant Physiologists and distributed by
Panima Educational Book Agency, New Delhi.
2. Plant Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 2 nd edition, by Peter J. Lea and Richard C.
Leegood (1999). John Wiley and Sons.
3. Plant Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, 3 rd ed., by Hans–Walter Heldt (2005), Academic
Press
4. Plant physiology, 2 nd edition, by L. Taiz and E-Zeigler (1998), Sinauer Associates, Inc.,
Publishers

SEMESTER-VI
PAPER-XXXVIII
(DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS)
2 41
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
OVERVIEW OF DBMS: Basic DBMS terminology, DBA and his responsibility, physical and
logical data independence, architecture of DBMS: distributed database (structure design),
client/server architecture.
MODELS OF DATABASE: Entity relationship model, relational model, hierarchical model,
network model.
UNIT-II
RELATIONAL QUERY LANGUAGE: Users of DBMS, DDL, DML, DCL, data integrity, domain
integrity, entity integrity, referential integrity.
SECURITY: Authorization, access matrix, concurrency, locks, serializability, recovery.
Suggested Readings:
1. An introduction to database systems by C.J.Date, Addison Wesley.
2. Database processing fundamentals, Design and implementation by Kroenke David and M.,
Galgotia publication.
3. Database system concepts by Korth & Silberschatz, tata McGraw-Hill.
4. Fundamentals of database systems by Elmarsi & Navathe, Benjamin Cummings.
5. Advance Database systems by Vipin Desai.

PAPER- XXXIX
(PROGRAMMING IN JAVA)
2 42
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
JAVA LANGUEGE: The java programming language and its characteristics, java runtime
environment, java compiler, java development kit, running java applications and java applets.
JAVA PROGRAMMING: Elements of java: data types, scalar data types, first class object, control
structures. Control structures. Classes and objects, Exception handling array and strings.
UNIT-II
INPUT / OUTPUT: Basics, streams, byte and character streams, the class Printstream, data
streams, string Tokenizer class, stream Tokenizer.
APPLETS: Introduction, essential applet methods. Drawing and handlings events, inserting applets
in a web page. Introduction to Servlets.
Suggested Readings:
1. Programming with java A Primer by E.Balaguruswami, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Java The Complete Reference by Schildt. Herbert: Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. The java programming languages by Arnold, Gosling Addison Wesley.

PAPER- XL
(PHYLOGENETICS)
2 43
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Phylogenetics: What is Phylogenetics? Finding out what Phylogenetic Trees can do, Preparing
Phylogenetic Data – Choosing the right sequences for the right tree, Preparing Multiple sequence
alignments.
UNIT-II
Building the kind of tree you need: Computing your tree, Knowing what’s what in your tree,
Displaying your phylogenetic tree.
Doing phylogeny for free over the internet: Finding online resources, Finding generic resources,
Collections of orthologus genes.
Suggested Readings:
1. Teresa K. Attwood and David J.Parry-Smith, 2001, Introduction to bioinformatics. Pearson
Education Asia.
2. Lean-Micheal Clavereie and Cedric Notredame, 2003, Bioinformatics: A Beginner’s Guide.
Wiley-Dream Tech India Pvt.Ltd.
3. S.C.Rastogi, Namita Mendiratta and Parag Rastogi, 2002, Bioinformatics: Concepts skills
and applications.
4. Baxevenis A and Ouellette F.B.F., 1998, Bioinformatics: a practical Guide to the analysis of
genes and proteins.

PAPER- XLI
(STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS: WORKING WITH RNA AND PROTEIN 3D STRUCTURES)
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
WORKING WITH RNA: Predicting, Modelling and Drawing RNA Seondary structures, Using
Mfold.
Searching Databases and Genomes for RNA Sequences- Finding tRNAS in a genome, Using
PatScan to look for RNA patterns.
Doing RNA analysis for free over the Internet-Studying evolution with ribosomal RNA, Finding
the small non-coding RNA you need, Generic RNA resources.
UNIT-II
WORKING WITH PROTEIN 3-D STRUCTURES: From Primary to Secondary Structures-
Predicting the secondary structure of a protein sequence- Predicting additional structural features.
From the Primary structure to the 3-D Structure- Retrieving and displaying a 3-D structure from a
PDB site, Guessing the 3-D structure of your protein, Looking at sequences features of 3-D.
Finding other PDB viewers, Classifying your PDB structure, Doing homology modeling, Folding
proteins in a computer, Threading sequences onto PDB structures, Looking at structures in
movements, Predicting interactions.
Suggested Readings:
1. Nucleic acid and protein sequence analysis by Bishop M.J. Rawlings C.J. 1997.
2. A primer on how to analyze derived amino acid sequence by Doolittle R.F. 1986.
3. Computer methods for macromolecular sequence analysis (methods in Enzymology,
vol.266) by Doolittle R.F.1996.
2 44

PAPER- XLII
(CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY)
2 45
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answers type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & 4 others
selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Hormones: General characteristics, classes with examples, major endocrine systems and their
target tissues, physiological roles of hormones, Role of cyclic nucleotides and calcium in hormones
action; Mechanism of action of epinephrine and steroid hormones. Biochemical aspects of diabetes
mellitus.
Collection and preservation of biological fluids (blood, serum, plasma, urine and CSF). Normal and
abnormal constituents of blood and urine; Plasma proteins; Mechanism of blood coagulation.
UNIT-II
Metabolic Disorders: Metabolic disorders of carbohydrate (Hypo- and hyper-glycemia, galactosemia,
lactose intolerance, glycogen storage diseases), lipid (Sphingolipidosis, atherosclerosis, lipoproteinemia),
protein (Phenylketonuria, alkaptonuria, tyrosenimea, maple syrup urine disease, Hartnup’s disease,
homocysteinuria etc.) and nucleic acids (Gout, Lesch-Nyhan syndrome).
Clinical enzymology: Definition of functional and non-functional plasma enzymes. Enzyme and
isoenzyme pattern in health and disease with special mention of plasma lipase, amylase, SGOT,
SGPT, LDH, CPK, alkaline phosphatase and acid phosphatase.
Detoxification mechanism of the body: Phase I and phase II pathways.
Evaluation of organ function tests: Assessment of liver, kidney, pancreas and G.I. tract functions
Suggested readings:
1. Harper’s Biochemistry, 25 th edition, by R.K.Murray, P.A.Hayes, D.K.Granner, P.A. Mayes and
V.W.Rodwell
2. Biochemistry by U. Satyanarayana (1999). Books and Allied (P) Ltd.
3. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 3 rd edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox
(2000) Maxmillan/ Worth publishers.
4. Text Book of Biochemistry & Human Biology by G.P. Talwar (1989) Prentice Hall, New
Delhi

PAPER- XLIII
(NUTRITIONAL BIOCHEMISTRY)
2 46
Max Marks=40
Internal Assessment=10
Time allowed=3 Hrs
NOTE: Seven questions will be set in all. Q. No1 which will be objective/short answers type
covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise
with 3 questions from each section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four
others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Composition of human body; Energy content of foods; Measurement of energy expenditure (Direct &
indirect calorimetry); Respiratory Quotient of foods, BMR; SDA; Biological value of proteins,
Determination of protein quality, Diseases associated with protein malnutrition and protein-calorie
malnutrition (Kwashiorkor and Maramus), Nutritional value of carbohydrates and lipids, Dietary fiber and
Nitrogen balance.
Vitamins: Dietary sources, structure, functions, and deficiency diseases associated with fat and
water soluble vitamins; Hypervitaminosis symptoms of fat soluble vitamins
UNIT-II
Minerals: Nutritional significance and deficiency manifestations of mineral elements
Naturally occurring toxicants Antinutrients: Naturally occurring food born toxicants: Protease
inhibitors, Hemagglutin, hepatotoxins, allergens, oxalates, toxin from mushrooms, animal food
stuffs and sea foods
Obesity: Definition and classification; Genetic and environmental factors leading to obesity;
Biochemical basis of obesity
Starvation: Protein, carbohydrate and lipid metabolism in prolonged fasting; Role of ketone bodies
during starvation. Inter-organ relationship during starvation
Lipoproteins: Structure, classification, metabolism and disorders
Suggested Readings:
1. Food Chemistry, 3 rd edition, by Owen R Fennema (1996), Indian Reprint
2. Biochemistry by U. Satyanarayana (2002). Books and allied (P) Ltd.
3. Harper’s Biochemistry, 26 th edition, by R.K.Murray, P.A.Hayes, D.K.Granner, P.A. Mayes and
V.W.Rodwell (2003) Prentice Hall International.
4. Modern Nutrition in Health & Disease, 9 th edition, by Maurice E. Shils, James A. Oslon, M.
Shihe and A. Catherine Ross (1999) Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, New York

PAPER- XLIV
(SOFTWARE LAB-3)
Programming in JAVA
1. A simple program explaining basic structure of JAVA program.
2. To generate pyramid of digits.
3. To generate graphical shapes using character like *.
4. To find largest and average of the given n values.
5. To sort array elements in ascending and descending order.
6. To search an element in array.
7. To manage employee status using class employee.
8. Demonstrate inheritance by extending a class with suitable example.
9. To create your own packages.
10. Demonstrate exception handling.
11. Demonstrate method overloading with suitable example.
12. Demonstrate various string methods with suitable example.
Statistics
The following topics are prescribed for the computer based practicals:
1. Calculation of Index Numbers of wholesale prices using different formulae.
2. Determination of trend in a time series and seasonal variations.
3. Analysis of variance for problems based on one way and two way classification.
4. Estimation of mean variance and its standard error (i) Simple random samples
(ii) Stratified Samples.
2 47
Max Marks=100
Time allowed= 4 Hrs

PAPER- XLV
(PRACTICL-V)
2 48
Max Marks= 100
Time allowed= 4 Hrs
1. Estimation of DNA by diphenylamine method.
2. Estimation of RNA by orcinol method.
3. Separation of Proteins by PAGE.
4. Collection and preservation of urine sample.
5. Qualitative detection of sugars, proteins, ketone bodies and bile pigments in urine.
6. Separation of blood plasma and serum.
7. Estimation of blood haemoglobin.
8. Identification of blood group and Rh-factor.
9. Determination of erythrocyte sedimentation in blood.
10. Determination of clotting time of blood.
11. Estimation of blood urea and creatinine.
12. Estimation of serum cholesterol.
13. Estimation of calcium and phosphorus in serum and urine.
14. Estimation of lactose in milk.
15. Estimation of serum proteins and determination of albumin/globulin ratio.
16. Determination of enzyme assay of any one enzyme

PAPER- XLVI
(PRACTICL-VI)
2 49
Max Marks= 100
Time allowed= 4 Hrs
1. Introduction to Perl. Representing sequence data. Command interpretation. Statements.
Variables. Strings. Assignment output. Concatenating DNA fragments.
2. Transcription: DNA to RNA perl documentation. Producing the reverse complements of a
strand of DNA. Arrays. Reading protein sequences from files Scalar and list contexts.
3. Perl exercises.
4. Motifs and loops. Flow control. Conditional Statements. Conditional tests and matching
braces. Loops.
5. Open and unless. Finding motifs. Keyboard input. Turning arrays into scalars with join. Do-
Until loops.
6. Regular expressions character classes. Pattern matching. Counting nucleotides. Exploding
strings into arrays. Operating on strings. Writing to files.
7. Perl exercises.
8. Programming project clinics (java).

Paper
Code
Scheme of Examination for M.Sc. Mathematics
w.e.f 2011-12
Semester – I
Nomenclature External
Theory
Exam.
Marks
2 50
Internal
Assessme
nt Marks
Max.
Marks
Examination
Hours
MM-401 Advanced Abstract Algebra – I 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-402 Real Analysis – I 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-403 Topology 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-404 Complex Analysis – I 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-405 Differential Equations – I 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-406 Practical-I -- -- 100 4 Hours
Paper
Code
Semester – II
Nomenclature External
Theory
Exam.
Marks
Internal
Assessme
nt Marks
Max.
Mark
s
Examination
Hours
MM-407 Advanced Abstract Algebra – II 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-408 Real Analysis – II 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-409 Computer Programming (Theory) 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-410 Complex Analysis – II 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-411 Differential Equations – II 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-412 Practical-II -- -- 100 4 Hours

Scheme of Examination for M.Sc. Mathematics
Compulsory Papers:
Paper
Code
Semester – III
Nomenclature External
Theory
Exam.
Marks
2 51
Internal
Assessment
Marks
Max.
Marks
Examination
Hours
MM-501 Functional Analysis 80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-502 Analytical Mechanics and
Calculus of Variations
80 20 100 3 Hours
Optional Papers: A student can opt one optional paper from MM-503 opt (i) to opt
(iv). Similarly one paper will be opted each from MM-504 opt (i) to opt (iv) and
MM-505 opt (i) to (iv)
Paper Code
MM-503
(Opt. (i))
MM-503
(Opt. (ii)
MM-503
(Opt. (iii)
MM-503
Nomenclature External
Theory
Exam.
Marks
(Opt. (iv)
MM-504
(Opt. (i)
MM-504
(Opt. (ii)
MM-504
(Opt. (iii)
MM-504
(Opt. (iv)
Internal
Assessment
Marks
Max.
Marks
Examination
Hours
Elasticity 80 20 100 3 Hours
Difference Equations-I 80 20 100 3 Hours
Analytic Number Theory 80 20 100 3 Hours
Number Theory 80 20 100 3 Hours
Fluid Mechanics – I 80 20 100 3 Hours
Mathematical Statistics 80 20 100 3 Hours
Algebraic Coding Theory 80 20 100 3 Hours
Commutative Algebra 80 20 100 3 Hours

Paper Code Nomenclature External
Theory
Exam.
MM-505
(Opt. (i)
MM-505
(Opt. (ii)
MM-505
(Opt. (iii)
MM-505
(Opt. (iv)
Internal Max. Examination
Assessment
Marks
Marks Hours
Integral Equations
Marks
80 20 100 3 Hours
Mathematical Modeling 80 20 100 3 Hours
Linear Programming 80 20 100 3 Hours
Fuzzy Sets & Applications
–I
80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-506 Practical-III -- -- 100 4 Hours
2 52

Compulsory Papers:
Paper
Code
Semester – IV
Nomenclature External
Theory
Exam.
Marks
2 53
Internal
Assessment
Marks
Max.
Marks
Examination
Hours
MM-507 General Measure and
Integration Theory
80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-508 Partial Differential Equations 80 20 100 3 Hours
Optional Papers: A candidate can opt one optional paper from MM-509 opt (i) to
opt (iv). Similarly one paper will be opted each from MM-510 opt (i) to opt (iv) and
MM-511 opt (i) to opt. (iv)
Paper Code
MM-509
(Opt. (i)
MM-509
(Opt. (ii)
MM-509
(Opt. (iii)
Nomenclature External
Theory
Exam.
Marks
MM-509 Mathematics for Finance
(Opt. (iv)
MM-510
(Opt. (i)
& Insurance
MM-510
(Opt. (ii)
MM-510
(Opt. (iii)
MM-510
(Opt. (iv)
MM-511
(Opt. (i)
MM-511
(Opt. (ii)
Internal
Assessment
Marks
Max.
Marks
Examination
Hours
Mechanics of Solids 80 20 100 3 Hours
Difference Equations-II 80 20 100 3 Hours
Algebraic Number Theory 80 20 100 3 Hours
80 20 100 3 Hours
Fluid Mechanics-II 80 20 100 3 Hours
Boundary Value
Problems
80 20 100 3 Hours
Non-Commutative Rings 80 20 100 3 Hours
Advanced Discrete
Mathematics
Mathematical Aspects of
Seismology
80 20 100 3 Hours
80 20 100 3 Hours
Dynamical Systems 80 20 100 3 Hours

Paper Code
MM-511
Nomenclature External
Theory
Exam.
Marks
(Opt. (iii)
MM-511
(Opt. (iv)
2 54
Internal
Assessment
Marks
Max.
Marks
Examination
Hours
Operational Research 80 20 100 3 Hours
Fuzzy Sets &
Applications-II
80 20 100 3 Hours
MM-512 Practical-IV -- -- 100 4 Hours

MM-401: Advanced Abstract Algebra-I
Semester – I
2 55
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section – I (Two Questions)
Automorphisms and Inner automorphisms of a group G. The groups Aut(G) and Inn(G).
Automorphism group of a cyclic group. Normalizer and Centralizer of a non-empty subset of a
group G. Conjugate elements and conjugacy classes. Class equation of a finite group G and its
applications. Derived group (or a commutator subgroup) of a group G. perfect groups. Zassenhau’s
Lemma. Normal and Composition series of a group G. Scheier’s refinement theorem. Jordan
Holder theorem. Composition series of groups of order p n and of Abelian groups. Caunchy theorem
for finite groups. ∏ - groups and p-groups. Sylow ∏-subgroups and Sylow p-subgroups. Sylow’s
Ist, IInd and IIIrd theorems. Application of Sylow theory to groups of smaller orders.
Section – II (Two Questions)
Characteristic of a ring with unity. Prime fields Z/pZ and Q. Field extensions. Degree of an
extension. Algebraic and transcendental elements. Simple field extensions. Minimal polynomial of
an algebraic element. Conjugate elements. Algebraic extensions. Finitely generated algebraic
extensions. Algebraic closure and algebraically closed fields. Splitting fields., finite fields.. Normal
extensions.
Section – III (Two Questions)
Separable elements, separable polynomials and separable extensions. Theorem of primitive
element. Perfect fields. Galois extensions. Galois group of an extension. Dedekind lemma
Fundamental theorem of Galois theory. Frobenius automorphism of a finite field. Klein’s 4-group
and Diheadral group. Galois groups of polynomials. Fundamental theorem of Algebra.

Section – IV (Two Questions)
Solvable groups Derived series of a group G. Simplicity of the Alternating group An (n>5). Nonsolvability
of the symmetric group Sn and the Alternating group An (n>5). Roots of unity
Cyclotomic polynomials and their irreducibility over Q Radicals extensions. Galois radical
extensions. Cyclic extensions. Solvability of polynomials by radicals over Q. Symmetric functions
and elementary symmetric functions. Construction with ruler and compass only.
Recommended Books:
1. I.D. Macdonald. :The theory of Groups
2. P.B. Bhattacharya
S.K. Jain & S.R. Nagpal : Basic Abstract Algebra (Cambridge University
Press 1995)
Reference Books:
1. Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist : Algebra (Narosa publication House)
2. I.S. Luthar and I.B.S. Passi : Algebra Vol. 1 Groups (Narosa publication
House)
3. I.N. Herstein : Topics in Algebra (Wiley Eastern Ltd.)
4. Surjit Singh and Quazi Zameeruddin : Modern Algebra (Vikas Publishing House
1990)
2 56

MM-402 : REAL ANALYSIS –I
Semester-I
2 57
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
Definition and existence of Riemann Stieltjes integral, properties of the integral, integration and
differentiation, the fundamental theorem of integral calculus, integration by parts, integration of
vector-valued functions, Rectifiable curves.
(Scope as in Chapter 6 of ‘Principles of Mathematical Analysis’ by Walter Rudin, Third Edition).
Section-II (Two Questions)
Pointwise and uniform convergence, Cauchy criterion for uniform convergence, Weirstrass M-test,
Abel’s test and Dirichlet’s test for uniform convergence, uniform convergence and continuity,
uniform convergence and Riemann Stieltjes integration, uniform convergence and differentiation,
existence of a real continuous nowhere differentiable function, equicontinous families of functions,
Weierstrass approximation theorem (Scope as in Sections 7.1 to 7.27 of Chapter 7 of Principles of
Mathematical Analysis by Walter Rudin, Third Edition).
Section-III (Two Questions)
Functions of several variables : linear transformations, Derivative in an open subset of R n , Chain
rule, Partial derivatives, directional derivatives, the contraction principle, inverse function theorem,
Implicit function theorem, Jacobians, extremum problems with constraints, Lagrange’s multiplier
method, Derivatives of higher order, mean value theorem for real functions of two variables,
interchange of the order of differentiation, Differentiation of integrals.
(Scope as in relevant portions of Chapter 9 of ‘Principles of Mathematical Analysis’ by Walter
Rudin, Third Edition)

Section-IV (Two Questions)
Power Series : Uniqueness theorem for power series, Abel’s and Tauber’s theorem, Taylor’s
theorem, Exponential & Logarithm functions, Trigonometric functions, Fourier series, Gamma
function
(Scope as in Chapter 8 of ‘Principles of Mathematical Analysis’ by Walter Rudin, Third Edition).
Integration of differential forms: Partitions of unity, differential forms, stokes theorem
(scope as in relevant portions of Chapter 9 & 10 of ‘Principles of Mathematical Analysis’ by
Walter Rudin (3rd Edition).
Recommended Text:
‘Principles of Mathematical Analysis’ by Walter Rudin (3rd Edition) McGraw-Hill, 1976.
Reference Books :
1. T.M. Apostol, Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1985.
2. Gabriel Klambauer, Mathematical Analysis, Marcel Dekkar, Inc. New York, 1975.
3. A.J. White, Real Analysis; an introduction. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., 1968.
4. E. Hewitt and K. Stromberg. Real and Abstract Analysis, Berlin, Springer, 1969.
5.Serge Lang, Analysis I & II, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company Inc., 1969.
M.Sc.(P)Mathematics Semester-I
2 58

MM-403: TOPOLOGY
Semester-I
2 59
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
Definition and examples of topological spaces, Neighbourhoods, Neighbourhood system of a point
and its properties, Interior point and interior of a set, interior as an operator and its properties,
definition of a closed set as complement of an open set, limit point (accumulation point) of a set,
derived set of a set, definition of closure of a set as union of the set and its derived set, Adherent
point (Closure point) of a set , closure of a set as set of adherent (closure) points, properties of
closure, closure as an operator and its properties, boundary of a set, Dense sets. A characterization
of dense sets.
Base for a topology and its characterization, Base for Neighbourhood system, Sub-base for a
topology.
Relative (induced) Topology and subspace of a topological space. Alternate methods of defining a
topology using ‘properties’ of ‘Neighbourhood system’, ‘Interior Operator’, ‘Closed sets’,
Kuratowski closure operator and ‘base’.
First countable, Second countable and separable spaces, their relationships and hereditary property.
About countability of a collection of disjoint open sets in a separable and a second countable space,
Lindelof theorem.
Comparison of Topologies on a set, about intersection and union of topologies, infimum and
supremum of a collection of topologies on a set, the collection of all topologies on a set as a
complete lattice (scope as in theorems 1-16, chapter 1 of Kelley’s book given at Sr. No. 1).
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Definition, examples and characterisations of continuous functions, composition of continuous
functions, Open and closed functions, Homeomorphism, embedding.
Tychonoff product topology in terms of standard (defining) subbase, projection maps, their
continuity and openness, Characterisation of product topology as the smallest topology with
projections continuous, continuity of a function from a space into a product of spaces.

T 0 , T 1 , T 2 ,Regular and T 3 separation axioms, their characterization and basic properties i.e.
hereditary property of T 0 , T 1 , T 2 , Regular and T 3 spaces, and productive property of T 1 and T 2
spaces.
Quotient topology w.r.t. a map, Continuity of function with domain a space having quotient
topology, About Hausdorffness of quotient space (scope as in theorems 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8-11, Chapter
3 and relevant portion of chapter 4 of Kelley’s book given at Sr.No.1)
Section-III (Two Questions)
Completely regular and Tychonoff (T 3 1/2), spaces, their hereditary and productive properties.
Embedding lemma, Embedding theorem.
Normal and T 4 spaces : Definition and simple examples, Urysohn’s Lemma, complete regularity
of a regular normal space, T 4 implies Tychonoff, Tietze’s extension theorem (Statement only).
(Scope as in theorems 1-7, Chapter 4 of Kelley’s book given at Sr. No. 1).
Definition and examples of filters on a set, Collection of all filters on a set as a p.o. set, finer filter,
methods of generating filters/finer filters, Ultra filter (u.f.) and its characterizations, Ultra Filter
Principle (UFP) i.e. Every filter is contained in an ultra filter. Image of filter under a function.
Convergence of filters: Limit point (Cluster point) and limit of a filter and relationship between
them, Continuity in terms of convergence of filters. Hausdorffness and filter convergence.
Section-IV (Two Questions)
Compactness: Definition and examples of compact spaces, definition of a compact subset as a
compact subspace, relation of open cover of a subset of a topological space in the sub-space with
that in the main space, compactness in terms of finite intersection property (f.i.p.), continuity and
compact sets, compactness and separation properties, Closedness of compact subset, closeness of
continuous map from a compact space into a Hausdorff space and its consequence, Regularity and
normality of a compact Hausdorff space.
Compactness and filter convergence, Convergence of filters in a product space, compactness and
product space. Tychonoff product theorem using filters, Tychonoff space as a subspace of a
compact Hausdorff space and its converse, compactification and Hausdorff compactification,
Stone-Cech compactification, (Scope as in theorems 1,7-11, 13, 14, 15, 22-24, Chapter 5 of
Kelley’s book given at Sr. No. 1).
Books :
1. Kelley, J.L. : General Topology.
2. Munkres, J.R. : Topology, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of India/ Pearson.
2 60

MM-404: COMPLEX ANALYSIS-I
Semester-I
2 61
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
Power series, its convergence, radius of convergence, examples, sum and product, differentiability
of sum function of power series, property of a differentiable function with derivative zero. expz
and its properties, logz, power of a complex number (z ), their branches with analyticity.
Path in a region, smooth path, p.w. smooth path, contour, simply connected region, multiply
connected region, bounded variation, total variation, complex integration, Cauchy-Goursat
theorem, Cauchy theorem for simply and multiply connected domains.
Section II (Two Questions)
Index or winding number of a closed curve with simple properties. Cauchy integral formula.
Extension of Cauchy integral formula for multiple connected domain. Higher order derivative of
Cauchy integral formula. Gauss mean value theorem Morera’s theorem. Cauchy’s inequality.
Zeros of an analytic function, entire function, radius of convergence of an entire function,
Liouville’s theorem, Fundamental theorem of algebra, Taylor’s theorem.
Section-III (Two Questions)
Maximum modulus principle, Minimum modulus principle. Schwarz Lemma. Singularity, their
classification, pole of a function and its order. Laurent series, Cassorati – Weiertrass theorem
Meromorphic functions, Poles and zeros of Meromorphic functions. The argument principle,
Rouche’s theorem, inverse function theorem.
Section-IV (Two Questions)
Residue : Residue at a singularity, residue at a simple pole, residue at infinity. Cauchy residue
theorem and its use to calculate certain integrals, definite integral (�0 2 ∏ f(cosθ, sinθ) dθ, �-∞ � f(x)dx),
integral of the type �0 � f(x) sinmx dx or �0 � f(x) cosmx dx, poles on the real axis, integral of many
valued functions.

Bilinear transformation, their properties and classification, cross ration, preservance of
cross ration under bilinear transformation, preservance of circle and straight line under bilinear
transformation, fixed point bilinear transformation, normal form of a bilinear transformation.
Definition and examples of conformal mapping, critical points.
Books recommended :
1. Ahlfors, L.V., Complex Analysis. McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1979.
2. Churchill, R.V. and Brown, J.W., Complex Variables and Applications McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, 1990.
3. Conway, J.B., Functions of One complex variables Narosa Publishing, 2000.
Reference Books :
1. Priestly, H.A., Introduction to Complex Analysis Claredon Press, Orford, 1990.
2. Liang-shin Hann & Bernard Epstein, Classical Complex Analysis, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers International, London, 1996.
3. D.Sarason, Complex Function Theory, Hindustan Book Agency, Delhi, 1994.
4. Mark J.Ablewitz and A.S.Fokas, Complex Variables : Introduction & Applications,
Cambridge University Press, South Asian Edition, 1998.
5. E.C.Titchmarsn, The Theory of Functions, Oxford University Press, London.
6. S.Ponnusamy, Foundations of Complex Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, 1997.
2 62

MM-405: Differential Equations –I
Semester-I
2 63
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section –I (Two Questions)
Preliminaries: Initial value problem and equivalent integral equation, ε-approximate solution,
equicontinuous set of functions.
Basic theorems: Ascoli- Arzela theorem, Cauchy –Peano existence theorem and its corollary.
Lipschitz condition. Differential inequalities and uniqueness, Gronwall’s inequality. Successive
approximations. Picard-Lindelöf theorem. Continuation of solution, Maximal interval of existence,
Extension theorem. Kneser’s theorem (statement only)
(Relevant portions from the book of ‘Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations’ by Coddington
and Levinson)
Section-II (Two Questions)
Linear differential systems: Definitions and notations. Linear homogeneous systems; Fundamental
matrix, Adjoint systems, reduction to smaller homogeneous systems. Non-homogeneous linear
systems; variation of constants. Linear systems with constant coefficients. Linear systems with
periodic coefficients; Floquet theory.
(Relevant portions from the book of ‘Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations’ by Coddington
and Levinson)
Section-III (Two Questions)
Higher order equations: Linear differential equation (LDE) of order n; Linear combinations, Linear
dependence and linear independence of solutions. Wronskian theory: Definition, necessary and
sufficient condition for linear dependence and linear independence of solutions of homogeneous
LDE. Abel’s Identity, Fundamental set, More Wronskian theory. Reduction of order. Nonhomogeneous
LDE. Variation of parameters. Adjoint equations, Lagrange’s Identity, Green’s
formula. Linear equation of order n with constant coefficients. (Relevant portions from the books of
‘Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations’ by Coddington and Levinson and the book
‘Differential Equations’ by S.L. Ross)

Section –IV (Two Questions)
System of differential equations, the n-th order equation. Dependence of solutions on initial
conditions and parameters: Preliminaries, continuity and differentiability.
(Relevant portions from the book of ‘Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations’ by Coddington
and Levinson)
Maximal and Minimal solutions. Differential inequalities. A theorem of Wintner. Uniqueness
theorems: Kamke’s theorem, Nagumo’s theorem and Osgood theorem.
(Relevant portions from the book ‘Ordinary Differential Equations’ by P. Hartman)
Referneces:
1. E.A. Coddington and N. Levinson, Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations, Tata
McGraw-Hill , 2000.
2. S.L. Ross, Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons,
3. P. Hartman, Ordinary Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons NY, 1971.
4. G. Birkhoff and G.C. Rota, Ordinary Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons, 1978.
5. G.F. Simmons, Differential Equations, Tata McGraw-Hill , 1993.
6. I.G. Petrovski, Ordinary Differential Equations, Prentice-Hall, 1966.
7. D. Somasundaram, Ordinary Differential Equations, A first Course, Narosa Pub., 2001.
8. S.G. Deo, V. Lakshmikantham and V. Raghavendra, Textbook of Ordinary
Differential Equations, Tata McGraw-Hill , 2006.
2 64

Paper MM-406 : Practical-I
Part-A : Problem Solving
Semester-I
2 65
Examination Hours : 4 hours
Max. Marks : 100
In this part, problem-solving techniques based on papers MM-401 to MM-405 will be
taught.
Part-B : Implementation of the following programs in ANSI C.
1. Use of nested if.. .else in finding the smallest of four numbers.
2. Use series sum to compute sin(x) and cos(x) for given angl e x in degrees. T hen,
check error i n verifying sin 2 x+co s 2 (x)=1.
3. Verify ∑n 3 ={∑n } 2 , (where n= 1,2,..,m) & check that prefi x and postfix increment
operator gives the same result.
4. Compute simple i nterest of a given amount for the annual rate = .12 if amount
>=10,000/- or time >=5 years; =.15 if amount >=10,000/ - and time >=5 years; and =
.10 otherwi se.
5. Use array of pointers for al phabetic sorting of given list of English words.
6. Program for interchange of two rows or two col umns of a matrix. Read/write
i nput/output matrix from/to a file.
7. Calculate the eigenval ues and eigenvectors of a given symmetric matrix of order 3.
8. Calculate standard devi ation for a set of val ues {x(j)j=l,2,...,n} havi ng the
corresponding frequenci es {f(j)j=l,2,...,n}.
9. Find GCD of two positive integer values usi ng poi nter to a pointer.
10. Compute GCD of 2 positive integer val ues using recursi on.
11. Check a given square matrix for its positive defi nite form.
12. To find the inverse of a given non-si ngular square matrix.
Note :- Every student will have to maintain practical record on a file of problems solved and
the computer programs done during practical class-work. Examination will be conducted
through a question paper set jointly by the external and internal examiners. The question
paper will consists of questions on problem solving techniques/algorithm and computer
programs. An examinee will be asked to write the solutions in the answer book. An examinee
will be asked to run (execute) one or more computer programs on a computer. Evaluation
will be made on the basis of the examinee’s performance in written solutions/programs,
execution of computer programs and viva-voce examination.

MM-407: Advanced Abstract Algebra-II
Semester – II
2 66
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
Commutators and higher commutators. Commutators identities. Commutator subgroups. Derived
group. Three subgroups Lemma of P.Hall. Central series of a group G. Nilpotent groups. Centre of
a nilpotent group. Subgroups and factor subgroups of nilpotent groups. Finite nilpotent groups.
Upper and lower central series of a group G and their properties. Subgroups of finitely generated
nilpotent groups. Sylow-subgroups of nilpotent groups.
(Scope of the course as given in the book at Sr. No. 2).
Section-II (Two Questions)
Similar linear transformations. Invariant subspaces of vector spaces. Reduction of a linear
transformation to triangular form. Nilpotent transformations. Index of nilpotency of a nilpotent
transformation. Cyclic subspace with respect to a nilpotent transformation. Uniqueness of the
invariants of a nilpotent transformation.
Primary decomposition theorem. Jordan blocks and Jordan canonical forms. Cyclic module relative
to a linear transformation. Companion matrix of a polynomial f(x). Rational Canonicals form of a
linear transformation and its elementary divisior. Uniqueness of the elementary divisior. (Sections
6.4 to 6.7 of the book. Topics in Algebra by I.N. Herstein).
Section-III (Two Questions)
Modules, submodules and quotient modules. Module generated by a non-empty subset of an Rmodule.
Finitely generated modules and cyclic modules. Idempotents. Homomorphism of Rmodules.
Fundamental theorem of homomorphism of R-modules. Direct sum of modules.
Endomorphism rings EndZ(M) and EndR(M) of a left R-module M. Simple modules and completely
reducible modules (semi-simple modules). Finitely generated free modules. Rank of a finitely
generated free module. Submodules of free modules of finite rank over a PID. (Sections 14.1 to
14.5 of the book Basic Abstract Algebra by P.B. Bhattacharya S.K. Jain and S.R. Nagpal)

Section-IV (Two Questions)
Endomorphism ring of a finite direct sum of modules. Finitely generated modules. Ascending and
descending chains of sub modules of an R-module. Ascending and Descending change conditions
(A.C.C. and D.C.C.). Noetherian modules and Noetherian rings. Finitely co-generated modules.
Artinian modules and Artinian rings. Nil and nilpotent ideals. Hilbert Basis Theorem. Structure
theorem of finite Boolean rings. Wedeerburn-Artin theorem and its consequences. (sections 19.1 to
19.3 of the book Basic Abstract Algebra by P.B. Bhattacharya S.K. Jain and S.R. Nagpal).
Recommended Books:
1. Basic Abstract Algebra : P.B. Bhattacharya S.R. Jain and S.R. Nagpal
2. Theory of Groups : I.D. Macdonald
3. Topics in Algebra : I.N. Herstein
4. Group Theory : W.R. Scott
2 67

MM-408 : REAL ANALYSIS-II
Semester-II
2 68
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
Lebesgue outer measure, elementary properties of outer measure, Measurable sets and their
properties, Lebesgue measure of sets of real numbers, algebra of measurable sets, Borel sets and
their measurability, characterization of measurable sets in terms of open, closed, F and G sets,
existence of a non-measurable set.
Lebesgue measurable functions and their properties, characteristic functions, simple functions,
approximation of measurable functions by sequences of simple functions, measurable functions as
nearly continuous functions. Borel measurability of a function.
Section-II (Two Questions)
Almost uniform convergence, Egoroff’s theorem, Lusin’s theorem, convergence in measure,
F.Riesz theorem that every sequence which is convergent in measure has an almost everywhere
convergent subsequence.
The Lebesgue Integral :
Shortcomings of Riemann integral, Lebesgue integral of a bounded function over a set of finite
measure and its properties, Lebsegue integral as a generalization of the Riemann integral, Bounded
convergence theorem, Lebesgue theorem regarding points of discontinuities of Riemann integrable
functions.
Section-III (Two Questions)
Integral of a non negative function, Fatou’s lemma, Monotone convergence theorem, integration of
series, the general Lebesgue integral, Lebesgue convergence theorem.
Differentiation and Integration :
Differentiation of monotone functions, Vitali’s covering lemma, the four Dini derivatives,
Lebesgue differentiation theorem, functions of bounded variation and their representation as
difference of monotone functions.

Section-IV (Two Questions)
Differentiation of an integral, absolutely continuous functions, convex functions, Jensen’s
inequality.
The L p spaces
The L p spaces, Minkowski and Holder inequalities, completeness of L p spaces, Bounded linear
functionals on the L p spaces, Riesz representation theorem.
Recommeded Text :
‘Real Analysis’ by H.L.Royden (3 rd Edition) Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
Reference Books :
1. G.de Barra, Measure theory and integration, Willey Eastern Ltd.,1981.
2. P.R.Halmos, Measure Theory, Van Nostrans, Princeton, 1950.
3. I.P.Natanson, Theory of functions of a real variable, Vol. I, Frederick Ungar Publishing
Co., 1961.
4. R.G.Bartle, The elements of integration, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.New York, 1966.
5. K.R.Parthsarthy, Introduction to Probability and measure, Macmillan Company of India
Ltd.,Delhi, 1977.
P.K.Jain and V.P.Gupta, Lebesgue measure and integration, New age
International (P) Ltd., Publishers, New Delhi, 1986.
2 69

MM-409 : Computer Programming (Theory)
Semester-II
2 70
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
Numerical constants and variables; arithmetic expressions; input/output; conditional flow; looping.
Section-II (Two Questions)
Logical expressions and control flow; functions; subroutines; arrays.
Section- III(Two Questions)
Format specifications; strings; array arguments, derived data types.
Section- IV(Two Questions)
Processing files; pointers; modules; FORTRAN 90 features; FORTRAN 95 features.
Recommended Text:
V. Rajaraman : Computer Programming in FORTRAN 90 and 95; Printice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1997.
References :
1. V. Rajaraman : Computer Programming in FORTRAN 77, Printice-Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1984.
2. J.F. Kerrigan : Migrating of FORTRAN 90, Orielly Associates, CA, USA, 1993.
3. M.Metcalf and J.Reid : FORTRAN 90/95 Explained, OUP, Oxford, UK, 1996.

MM-410 : COMPLEX ANALYSIS-II
Semester-II
2 71
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
Spaces of analytic functions and their completeness, Hurwitz’s theorem, Montel’s theorem,
Riemann mapping theorem, infinite products, Weierstrass factorization theorem, Factorization of
sine function, Gamma function and its properties, functional equation for gamma function, Integral
version of gamma function.
Section- II (Two Questions)
Reimann-zeta function, Riemann’s functional equation, Runge’s theorem, Mittag-Leffler’s
theorem.
Analytic continuation, uniqueness of direct analytic continuation, uniqueness of analytic
continuation along a curve, Power series method of analytic continuation , Schwarz reflection
principle.
Section –III (Two Questions)
Monodromy theorem and its consequences. Harmonic function as a disk, Poisson’s Kernel.
Harnack’s inequality, Harnack’s theorem, Canonical product, Jensen’s formula, Poisson-Jensen
formula, Hadamard’s three circle theorem. Dirichlet problem for a unit disk. Dirichlet problem for
a region, Green’s function.
Section –IV (Two Questions)
Order of an entire function, Exponent of convergence, Borel theorem, Hadamard’s factorization
theorem. The range of an analytic function, Bloch’s theorem, Little-Picard theorem, Schottky’s
theorem, Montel-Carathedory theorem, Great Picard theorem.
Univalent functions, Bieberbach’s conjecture (Statement only), and 1 7 / 4 theorem.

Books recommended :
1. Ahlfors, L.V., Complex Analysis. McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1979.
2. Churchill, R.V. and Brown, J.W., Complex Variables and Applications McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, 1990.
3. Conway, J.B., Functions of One complex variables Narosa Publishing, 2000.
Reference Books :
1. Priestly, H.A., Introduction to Complex Analysis Claredon Press, Orford, 1990.
2. Liang-shin Hann & Bernard Epstein, Classical Complex Analysis, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers International, London, 1996.
3. D.Sarason, Complex Function Theory, Hindustan Book Agency, Delhi, 1994.
4. Mark J.Ablewitz and A.S.Fokas, Complex Variables : Introduction & Applications,
Cambridge University Press, South Asian Edition, 1998.
5. E.C.Titchmarsn, The Theory of Functions, Oxford University Press, London.
6. S.Ponnusamy, Foundations of Complex Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, 1997.
2 72

MM-411: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS-II
Semester-II
2 73
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, taking two questions
from each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight
parts and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt
five questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section –I (Two Questions)
Linear second order equations: Preliminaries, self adjoint equation of second order, Basic facts,
superposition principle, Riccati’s equation, Prüffer transformation, zero of a solution, Oscillatory
and non-oscillatory equations. Abel’s formula. Common zeros of solutions and their linear
dependence.
(Relevant portions from the book ‘Differential Equations’ by S.L. Ross and the book ‘Textbook of
Ordinary Differential Equations’ by Deo et al.)
Section –II (Two Questions)
Sturm theory: Sturm separation theorem, Sturm fundamental comparison theorem and its
corollaries. Elementary linear oscillations.
Autonomous systems: the phase plane, paths and critical points, Types of critical points; Node,
Center, Saddle point, Spiral point. Stability of critical points. Critical points and paths of linear
systems: basic theorems and their applications.
(Relevant portions from the book ‘Differential Equations’ by S.L. Ross and the book ‘Textbook of
Ordinary Differential Equations’ by Deo et al.)
Section-III (Two Questions)
Critical points and paths of non-linear systems: basic theorems and their applications. Liapunov
function. Liapunov’s direct method for stability of critical points of non-linear systems.
Limit cycles and periodic solutions: Limit cycle, existence and non-existence of limit cycles,
Benedixson’s non-existence criterion. Half-path or Semiorbit, Limit set, Poincare-Benedixson
theorem. Index of a critical point.
(Relevant portions from the book ‘Differential Equations’ by S.L. Ross and the book ‘Theory of
Ordinary Differential Equations’ by Coddington and Levinson)

Section-IV (Two Questions)
Second order boundary value problems(BVP): Linear problems; periodic boundary conditions,
regular linear BVP, singular linear BVP; non-linear BVP. Sturm-Liouville BVP: definitions, eigen
value and eigen function. Orthogonality of functions, orthogonality of eigen functions
corresponding to distinct eigen values. Green’s function. Applications of boundary value problems.
Use of Implicit function theorem and Fixed point theorems for periodic solutions of linear and nonlinear
equations.
(Relevant portions from the book ‘Textbook of Ordinary Differential Equations’ by Deo et al.)
Referneces:
1. E.A. Coddington and N. Levinson, Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations, Tata
McGraw-Hill , 2000.
2. S.L. Ross, Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons,
3. S.G. Deo, V. Lakshmikantham and V. Raghavendra, Textbook of Ordinary Differential
Equations, Tata McGraw-Hill , 2006.
4. P. Hartman, Ordinary Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons NY, 1971.
5. G. Birkhoff and G.C. Rota, Ordinary Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons, 1978.
6. G.F. Simmons, Differential Equations, Tata McGraw-Hill , 1993.
7. I.G. Petrovski, Ordinary Differential Equations, Prentice-Hall, 1966.
8. D. Somasundaram, Ordinary Differential Equations, A first Course, Narosa Pub., 2001.
2 74

Paper MM-412 : Practical-II
Part-A : Problem Solving
Semester-II
2 75
Examination Hours : 4 hours
Max. Marks : 100
In this part, problem solving techniques based on papers MM-407 to MM-411 will be
taught.
Part-B : Implementation of the following programs in FORTRAN-90
1. Calculate the area of a triangle with given lengths of its sides.
2. Given the centre and a point on the boundary of a circle, find its perimeter and area.
3. To check an equation ax 2 + by 2 +2cx+2dy+e=0 in (x, y) plane with given coefficients for representing
parabola/ hyperbola/ ellipse/ circle or else.
4. For two given values x and y, verify g*g=a*h, where a, g and h denote the arithmetic, geometric and
harmonic means respectively.
5. Use IF..THEN…ELSE to find the largest among three given real values.
6. To solve a quadratic equation with given coefficients, without using COMPLEX data type.
7. To find the location of a given point (x,y) i) at origin, ii) on x-axis or y-axis iii) in quadrant I, II, III or IV.
8. To find if a given 4-digit year is a leap year or not.
9. To find the greatest common divisor (gcd) of two given positive integers.
10. To verify that sum of cubes of first m positive integers is same as the square of the sum of these integers.
11. Find error in verifying sin(x+y)= sin(x) cos(y)+cos(x)sin(y), by approximating the sin(x) and cos(x)
functions from the finite number of terms in their series expansions.
12. Use SELECT…CASE to calculate the income tax on a given income at the existing rates.
Note :- Every student will have to maintain practical record on a file of problems solved and
the computer programs done during practical class-work. Examination will be conducted
through a question paper set jointly by the external and internal examiners. The question
paper will consists of questions on problem solving techniques/algorithm and computer
programs. An examinee will be asked to write the solutions in the answer book. An examinee
will be asked to run (execute) one or more computer programs on a computer. Evaluation
will be made on the basis of the examinee’s performance in written solutions/programs,
execution of computer programs and viva-voce examination.

MM-501 Functional Analysis
SEMESTER-III
2 76
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Normed linear spaces, Banach spaces and examples, subspace of a Banach space, completion of a
normed space, quotient space of a normed linear space and its completeness, product of normed
spaces, finite dimensional normed spaces and subspaces, equivalent norms, compactness and finite
dimension, F.Riesz’s lemma.
Bounded and continuous linear operators, differentiation operator, integral operator, bounded linear
extension, linear functionals, bounded linear functionals, continuity and boundedness, definite
integral, canonical mapping, linear operators and functionals on finite dimensional spaces, normed
spaces of operators, dual spaces with examples. (Scope of this section is as in relevant parts of
Chapter 2 of ‘Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications’ by E.Kreyszig)
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Hahn-Banach theorem for real linear spaces, complex linear spaces and normed linear spaces,
application to bounded linear functionals on C[a,b], Riesz-representation theorem for bounded
linear functionals on C[a,b], adjoint operator, norm of the adjoint operator.
Reflexive spaces, uniform boundedness theorem and some of its applications to the space of
polynomials and fourier series. (Scope of this section is as in relevant parts of sections 4.1 to 4.7 of
Chapter 4 of ‘Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications’ by E.Kreyszig)
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Strong and weak convergence, weak convergence in l p , convergence of sequences of operators,
uniform operator convergence, strong operator convergence, weal operator convergence, strong and
weak* convergence of a sequence of functionals. Open mapping theorem, bounded inverse
theorem, closed linear operators, closed graph theorem, differential operator, relation between
closedness and boundedness of a linear operator. (Scope of this section is as in relevant parts of
sections 4.8, 4.9, 4.12 and 4.13 of Chapter 4 of ‘Introductory Functional Analysis with
Applications’ by E.Kreyszig)
Inner product spaces, Hilbert spaces and their examples, pythagorean theorem, Apolloniu’s
identity, Schwarz inequality, continuity of innerproduct, completion of an inner product space,

subspace of a Hilbert space, orthogonal complements and direct sums, projection theorem,
characterization of sets in Hilbert spaces whose space is dense. (Scope as in relevant parts of
sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of Chapter 3 of ‘Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications’ by
E.Kreyszig)
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Orthonormal sets and sequences, Bessel’s inequality, series related to orthonormal sequences and
sets, total(complete) orthonormal sets and sequences, Parseval’s identity, separable Hilbert
spaces.Representation of functionals on Hilbert spaces, Riesz representation theorem for bounded
linear functionals on a Hilbert space, sesquilinear form, Riesz representation theorem for bounded
sesquilinear forms on a Hilbert space.
Hilbert adjoint operator, its existence and uniqueness, properties of Hilbert adjoint operators, self
adjoint, unitary, normal, positive and projection operators. (Scope of this section is as in relevant
parts of sections 3.4 to 3.6 and 3.8 to 3.10 of Chapter 3 and sections 9.3 to 9.6 of Chapter 9 of
‘Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications’ by E.Kreyszig.
Recommended Text:
E.Kreyszig: Introductory Functional Analysis with Applications, John Wiley and Sons, New York,
1978.
References:
1. G.F.Simmons: Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis, McGraw Hill Book
Co.,New York, 1963.
2. C.Goffman and G.Pedrick: First Course in Functional Analysis, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 1987.
3. G.Bachman and L.Narici, Functional Analysis, Academic Press, 1966.
4. L.A.Lustenik and V.J.Sobolev, Elements of Functional Analysis, Hindustan Publishing
Corporation, New Delhi, 1971.
5. J.B.Conway: A Course in Functional Analysis, Springer-Verlag, 1990.
6. P.K.Jain, O.P.Ahuja and Khalil Ahmad: Functional Analysis, New Age International(P)
Ltd. & Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
2 77

SEMESTER- III
MM-502 Analytical Mechanics and Calculus of Variations
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Motivating problems of calculus of variations: shortest distance, Minimum surface of revolution,
Brachistochrone problem, Isoperimetric problem, Geodesic. Fundamental Lemma of calculus of variation.
Euler’s equation for one dependent function of one and several independent variables, and its generalization
to (i) Functional depending on ‘n’ dependent functions, (ii) Functional depending on higher order
derivatives. Variational derivative, invariance of Euler’s equations, natural boundary conditions and
transition conditions, Conditional extremum under geometric constraints and under integral constraints .
Variable end points.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Free and constrained systems, constraints and their classification. Generalized coordinates. Holonomic and
Non-Holonomic systems. Scleronomic and Rheonomic systems. Generalized Potential, Possible and virtual
displacements,ideal constraints. . Lagrange’s equations of first kind, Principle of virtual displacements
D’Alembert’s principle, HolonomicSystems independent coordinates, generalized forces, Lagrange’s
equations of second kind. Uniqueness of solution. Theorem on variation of total Energy. Potential,
Gyroscopic and dissipative forces, Lagrange’s equations for potential forces equation for conservative fields.
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Hamilton’s variables. Don kin’s theorem. Hamilton canonical equations. . Routh’s equations. Cyclic
coordinates Poisson’s Bracket. Poisson’s Identity. Jacobi-Poisson theorem. Hamilton’s Principle, second
form of Hamilton’s principle. Poincare-Carton integral invariant. Whittaker’s equations. Jacobi’s equations.
Principle of least action
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Canonical transformations, free canonical transformations, Hamilton-Jacobi equation. Jacobi theorem.
Method of separation of variables for solving Hamilton-Jacobi equation. Testing the Canonical character of
a transformation. Lagrange brackets. Condition of canonical character of a transformation in terms of
Lagrange brackets and Poisson brackets. Simplicial nature of the
2 78

Jacobian matrix of a canonical transformations. Invariance of Lagrange brackets and Poisson brackets under
canonical transformations.
Books:
1. F. Gantmacher, Lectures in Analytic Mechanics, Khosla Publishing House, New Delhi.
2. H. Goldstein, Classical Mechanics (2 nd edition), Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. I.M. Gelfand and S.V. Fomin, Calculus of Variations, Prentice Hall.
4. Francis B. Hilderbrand, Methods of applied mathematics , Prentice Hall,
5. Narayan Chandra Rana & Pramod Sharad Chandra Joag. Classical Mechanics, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1991.
6. Louis N. Hand and Janet D. Finch, Analytical Mechanics, Cambridge University Press,
1998.
2 79

MM-503 (opt. i) Elasticity
SEMESTER-III
2 80
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Tensor Algebra: Coordinate-transformation, Cartesian Tensor of different order.
Properties of tensors, Isotropic tensors of different orders and relation between them, Symmetric
and skew symmetric tensors. Tensor invariants, Deviatoric tensors, Eigen-values and eigen-vectors
of a tensor.
Tensor Analysis: Scalar, vector, tensor functions, Comma notation, Gradient, divergence and curl
of a vector / tensor field. (Relevant portions of Chapters 2 and 3 of book by D.S.
Chandrasekharaiah and L Debnath)
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Analysis of Strain : Affine transformation, Infinitesimal affine deformation, Geometrical
Interpretation of the components of strain. Strain quadric of Cauchy. Principal strains and
invariance, General infinitesimal deformation. Saint-Venant's equations of compatibility. Finite
deformations
Analysis of Stress : Stress Vecotr, Stress tensor, Equations of equilibrium, Transformation of
coordinates.
(Relevant portion of Chapter I & II of book by I.S. Sokolnikoff).
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Stress quadric of Cauchy, Principal stress and invariants. Maximum normal and shear stresses.
Mohr’s circles, examples of stress. Equations of Elasticity : Generalised Hooks Law, Anisotropic
symmetries, Homogeneous isotropic medium.
(Relevant portion of Chapter II & III of book by I.S. Sokolnikoff).

SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Elasticity moduli for Isotropic media. Equilibrium and dynamic equations for an isotropic elastic
solid. Strain energy function and its connection with Hooke’s Law, Uniqueness of solution.
Beltrami-Michell compatibility equations. Clapeyrom’s theorem. Saint-Venant's principle.
(Relevant portion of Chapter III of book by I.S.Sokolnikoff).
Books:
1. I.S. Sokolnikoff, Mathematical Theory of Elasticity, Tata-McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 1977.
2. A.E.H. Love, A Treatise on the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity Dover Publications, New
York.
3. Y.C. Fung. Foundations of Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1965.
4. D.S. Chandrasekharaiah and L. Debnath, Continuum Mechanics, Academic Press, 1994.
5. Shanti Narayan, Text Book of Cartesian Tensor, S. Chand & Co., 1950.
6. S. Timeshenki and N. Goodier. Theory of Elasticity, McGraw Hill, New York, 1970.
7. I.H. Shames, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1975.
2 81

MM-503 (opt. ii) Difference Equations-I
SEMESTER-III
2 82
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
r
Introduction,the difference calculus: The difference operator,falling factorial power t ,binomial
coefficient �� � t �
�� , summation, definition, properties and examples, Abel’s summation formula,
�r
�
Generating functions, Euler’s summation formula, Bernoulli polynomials and examples,
approximate summation.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Linear Difference Equation: First order linear equations, general results for linear equations,
solution of linear difference equation with constant coefficients and with variable coefficients, Non-
Linear Equations that can be linearized, applications.
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Stability Theory : Initial value Problems for Linear systems, eigen values, eigen vectors and
spectral radius, Caylay-Hamilton Theorem, Putzer algorithm. Solution of nonhomogeneous system
with initial conditions, Stability of linear systems, stable subspace theorem and example. Stability
of non-linear system, Chaotic behaviour.
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
The Z-Transform, definition, Properties, initial and final value Theorem, Convolation Theorem,
Solving the initial value problems, Volterra summation equation and Fredholm summation
equation by use of Z-Transform.
Asymptotic Methods : Introduction, Asymptotic Analysis of Sums, and examples. Asymptotic
behaviour of solutions of homogeneous linear equations, Poincare’s Theorem, Perron Theorem
(Statement only), non-linear equations.

Recommended Text:
W.G. Kelley and A.C. Peterson: Difference Equations; An introduction with Applications,
Academic Press, Harcourt, 1991. (Relevant portions of chapters 1-5.)
Reference Book:
Calvin Ahlbrandt & Allan C. Peterson, Discreet Hamiltonian systems, Difference Equations,
Continued Fractions & Ricati Equation, Kluwer Botson, 1996
2 83

SEMESTER-III
MM-503 (opt.iii) Analytic Number Theory
2 84
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Arithmetical functions, Mobius function, Euler totient function, relation connecting Mobius
function and Euler totient function, Product formula for Euler totient function, Dirichlet product of
arithmetical functions, Dirichlet inverses and Mobius inversion formula, Mangoldt function,
multiplicative functions, Multiplicative functions and Dirichlet multiplication. Inverse of
completely multiplicative function, Liouville’s function, divisor function, generalized convolutions,
Formal power-series, Bell series of an arithmetical function, Bell series and Dirichlet
multiplication, Derivatives of arithmetical functions, Selberg identity. Asymptotic equality of
functions, Euler’s summation formula, some elementary asymptotic formulas, average order of
divisor functions, average order of Euler totient function.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Application to the distribution of lattice points visible from the origin, average order of Mobius
function and Mangoldt function, Partial sums of a Dirichlet Product, applications to Mobius
function and Mangoldt function, Legendre’s identity, another identity for the partial sums of a
Dirichlet product. Chebyshev’s functions, Abel’s identity, some equivalent forms of the prime
number theorem. Inequalities for �(n) and P n .
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Shapiro’s Tauberian theorem. Applications of Shapiro’s theorem. An asymptotic formula for the
� 1 �
partial sums� �� �� . Partial sums of the Mobius function. Brief sketch of an elementary proof of
p�
x�
p �
the prime number theorem; Selberg’s asymptotic formula.
Elementary properties of groups, construction of subgroups, characters of finite abelian groups, the
character group, orthogonality relations for characters, Dirichlet characters, Sums-involving
Dirichlet characters, Nonvanishing of L(1,�) for real nonprincipal �.

SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Dirichlet’s theorem for primes of the form 4n-1 and 4n+1. Dirichlet’s theorem. Functions periodic
modulo K, Existence of finite Fourier series for periodic arithmetical functions. Ramanujan’s sum
and generalizations, multiplicative properties of the sums S k (n). Gauss sums associated with
Dirichlet characters. Dirichlet characters with nonvanishing Gauss sums. Induced moduli and
primitive characters, properties of induced moduli conductor of a character. Primitive characters
and separable Gauss sums. Finite fourier series of the Dirichlet characters. Polya’s inequality for
the partial sums of primitive characters.
Recommended Book:
Tom M. Apostol Introduction to Analytic Number Theory
2 85

MM-503 (opt. iv) Number Theory
SEMESTER-III
2 86
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
The equation ax+by = c, simultaneous linear equations, Pythagorean triangles, assorted examples,
ternary quadratic forms, rational points on curves.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Elliptic curves, Factorization using elliptic curves, curves of genus greater than 1. Farey sequences,
rational approximations, Hurwitz theorem, irrational numbers, Geometry of Numbers, Blichfeldt’s
principle, Minkowski’s Convex body theorem Lagrange’s four square theorem.
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Euclidean algorithm, infinite continued fractions, irrational numbers, approximations to irrational
numbers, Best possible approximations, Periodic continued fractions, Pell’s equation.
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Partitions, Ferrers Graphs, Formal power series, generating functions and Euler’s identity, Euler’s
formula, bounds on P(n), Jacobi’s formula, a divisibility property.
Recommended Text:
An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers Ivan Niven
Herbert S. Zuckerman
Hugh L: Montgomery
John Wiley & Sons(Asia)Pte.Ltd.
(Fifth Edition)

MM-504 (opt. i) Fluid Mechanics-I
SEMESTER- III
2 87
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Kinematics of fluid in motion:Velocity at a point of a fluid. Lagrangian and Eulerian methods.
Stream lines, path lines and streak liens, vorticity and circulation, Vortex lines, Acceleration and
Material derivative, Equation of continuity (vector or Cartesian form). Reynolds transport
Theorem. General analysis of fluid motion. Properties of fluids- static and dynamic pressure.
Boundary surfaces and boundary surface conditions. Inotational and rotational motions. Velocity
potential.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Equation of Motion : Lagrange's and Euler's equations of Motion (vector or in Cartesian form).
Bernculli's theorem. Applications of the Bernoulli Equation in one –dimensional flow problems.
Kelvins circulation theorem, vorticity equation. Energy equation for incompressible flow. Kinetic
energy of irrotational flow. Kelvins minimum energy theorem ,mean potential over a spherical
surface. Kinetic energy of infinite liquid. Uniqueness theorems.
SECTION –III (Two Questions)
Stress components in a real fluid. Relations between rectangular components of stress. Connection
between stresses and gradients of velocity.Navier- Stoke’s equations of motion. Steady flows
between two parallel plates, Plane Poiseuille and Couette flows.
SECTION –IV (Two Questions)
Reduction of Navier-Stock equations in flows having axis of symmetry, steady flow in circular
pipe: the Hagen-Poiseuille flow, steady flow between two coaxial cylinders, flow between two
concentric rotating cylinders. Steady flows through tubes of uniform cross-section in the form (i)
Ellipse, (ii) equilateral triangle, (iii) rectangle, under constant pressure gradient, uniqueness
theorem.

Books :
1. W.H. Besant and A.S. Ramsey, A Treatise on Hydromechanics, Part-II, CBS Publishers,
Delhi, 1988.
2. F. Chorlton, Text-book of Fluid Dynamics, C.B.S. Publishers, Delhi, 1985.
3. Michael E.O. Neill and F. Chorlton, Ideal and Incompressible Fluid Dynamics, John Wiley &
Sons, 1986.
4. G.K. Batchelor, An Introduciton to Fluid Mechanics, Foundation Books, New Delhi, 1994.
5. A.J. Chorin and A. Marsden, A Mathematical Introduction to Fluid Dynamics Springer-
Verlag, New York, 1993.
6. L.D. Landau and E.M. Lipschitz, Fluid Mechanics Pergamon Press, London, 1985.
7. H. Schlichting, Boundary Layer Theory, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1979.
8. R.K. Rathy. An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company, New
Delhi. 1976.9
9.. A.D. Young, Boundary Layers, AIAA Education Series, Washington DC, 1989.
10. S. w. Yuan, Foundations of Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi, 1976.
2 88

MM : 504 (opt. ii) Mathematical Statistics
Semester-III
2 89
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
Random distribution: preliminaries, Probability density function, Probability models, Mathematical
Expectation, Chebyshev’s Inequality; Conditional probability, Marginal and conditional
distributions, Correlation coefficient, Stochastic independence.
Section-II (Two Questions)
Frequency distributions: Binomial, Poissson, Gamma, Chi-square, Normal, Bivariate normal
distributions.
Distributions of functions: Sampling, Transformations of variables: discrete and continuous; t & F
distributions; Change of variable technique; Distribution of order; Moment-generating function
technique; other distributions and expectations.
Section-III (Two Questions)
Limiting distributions: Stochastic convergence, Moment generating function, Related theorems.
Intervals: Random intervals, Confidence intervals for mean, differences of means and variance;
Bayesian estimation.
Section-IV (Two Questions)
Estimation & sufficiency: Point estimation, sufficient statistics, Rao-Blackwell Theorem,
Completeness, Uniqueness, Exponential PDF, Functions of parameters; Stochastic independence.
Books:
1. R.V. Hogg & A.T. Craig: Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Amerind Pub. Co. Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi, 1972. (Chapters 1 to 7)
2. SC Gupta, VK Kapoor: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan Chand & Sons (2007)

Semester – III
MM- 504 (opt. iii) Algebraic Coding Theory
2 90
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION – I (Two Questions)
Block Codes. Minimum distance of a code. Decoding principle of maximum likelihood. Binary
error detecting and error correcting codes. Group codes. Minimum distance of a group code (m,
m+1) parity check code. Double and triple repition codes. Matrix codes. Generator and parity check
matrices. Dual codes. Polynomial codes. Exponent of a polynomial over the binary field. Binary
representation of a number. Hamming codes. Minimum distance of a Hamming code. (Chapter 1, 2,
3 of the book given at Sr. No. 1).
SECTION – II (Two Questions)
Finite fields. Construction of finite fields. Primitive element of a finite field. Irreducibility of
polynomials over finite fields. Irreducible polynomials over finite fields. Primitive polynomials
over finite fields. Automorphism group of GF(q n ). Normal basis of GF(q n ). The number of
irreducible polynomials over a finite field. The order of an irreducible polynomial. Generator
polynomial of a Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocqhenghem codes (BCH codes) construction of BCH codes
over finite fields. (Chapter 4 of the book given at Sr. No. 1 and Section 7.1 to 7.3 of the book given
at Sr. No. 2).
SECTION – III (Two Questions)
Linear codes. Generator matrices of linear codes. Equivalent codes and permutation matrices.
Relation between generator and parity-check matrix of a linear codes over a finite field. Dual code
of a linear code. Self dual codes. Weight distribution of a linear code. Weight enumerator of a
linear code. Hadamard transform. Macwilliams identity for binary linear codes.
Maximum distance separable codes. (MDS codes). Examples of MDS codes. Characterization of
MDS codes in terms of generator and parity check matrices. Dual code of a MDS code. Trivial
MDS codes. Weight distribution of a MDS code. Number of code words of minimum distance d in
a MDS code. Reed solomon codes. (Chapter 5 & 9 of the book at Sr. No. 1).

SECTION – IV (Two Questions)
Hadamard matrices. Existence of a Hadamard matrix of order n. Hadamard codes from Hadamard
matrices Cyclic codes. Generator polynomial of a cyclic code. Check polynomial of a cyclic code.
Equivalent code and dual code of a cyclic code. Idempotent generator of a cyclic code. Hamming
and BCH codes as cyclic codes. Perfect codes. The Gilbert-varsha-move and Plotkin bounds. Self
dual binary cyclic codes. (Chapter 6 & 11 of the book given at Sr. No. 1).
Recommended Text :
1. L.R. Vermani : Elements of Algebraic Coding Theory (Chapman and Hall
Mathematics)
2. Steven Roman : Coding and Information Theory (Springer Verlag)
2 91

SEMESTER-III
MM-504 (opt. iv) Commutative Algebra
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Zero divisors, nilpotent elements and units, Prime ideals and maximal ideals, Nil radical and
Jacobson radical, Comaximal ideals, Chineese remainder theorem, Ideal quotients and annihilator
ideals. Extension and contraction of ideals. Exact sequences. Tensor product of module Restriction
and extension of scalars. Exactness property of the tensor product. Tensor products of algebras.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Rings and modules of sections. Localization at the prime ideal P. Properties of the localization.
Extended and contracted ideals in rings of fractions.
Primary ideals, Primary decomposition of an ideal, Isolated prime ideals, Multiplicatively closed
subsets.
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Integral elements, Integral closure and integrally closed domains, Going-up theorem and the Goingdown
theorem, valuation rings and local rings, Noether’s normalization lemma and weak form of
nullstellensatz Chain condition, Noetherian and Artinian modules, composition series and chain
conditions.
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Noetherian rings and primary decomposition in Noetherian rings, radical of an ideal. Nil radical of
an Artinian ring, Structure Theorem for Artinian rings, Discrete valuation rings, Dedekind domains,
Fractional ideals.
(Scope of the course is as given in Chapter 1 to 9 of the recommended text).
2 92

Recommended Text:
M.F.Atiyah, FRS and I.G.Macdonald Introduction to Commutative Algebra
(Addison-Wesley Publishing Company)
Reference Books:
1. N.S.Gopal Krishnan, Oxonian Press Pvt. Ltd. Commutative Algebra
2. Zariski, Van Nostrand Princeton(1958) Commutative Algebra(Vol. I)
2 93

SEMESTER-III
MM-505 (opt. i) Integral Equations
2 94
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Definition of Integral Equations and their classifications. Eigen values and Eigen functions.
Special kinds of Kernel Convolution Integral. The inner or scalar product of two functions.
Reduction to a system of algebraic equations. Fredholm alternative, Fredholm theorem, Fredholm
alternative theorem, An approximate method.
(Relevant portions from the Chapters 1 & 2 of the book “Linear Integral Equations, Theory &
Techniques by R.P.Kanwal”).
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Method of successive approximations, Iterative scheme for Fredholm and Volterrra Integral
equations of the second kind. Conditions of uniform convergence and uniqueness of series
solution. Some results about the resolvent Kernel. Application of iterative scheme to Volterra
integral equations of the second kind.
Classical Fredholm’s theory, the method of solution of Fredholm equation, Fredholm’s First
theorem, Fredholm’s second theorem, Fredhom’s third theorem.
(Relevant portions from the Chapter 3 & 4 of the book “Linear Integral Equation, Theory and
Techniques by R.P.Kanwal”).
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Symmetric Kernels, Introduction, Complex Hilbert space. An orthonormal system of functions,
Riesz-Fisher theorem, A complete two-Dimensional orthonormal set over the rectangle
a � s � b,
c � t � d.
Fundamental properties of Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions for symmetric
Kernels. Expansion in eigen functions and Bilinear form. Hilbert-Schmidt theorem and some
immediate consequences.
Definite Kernels and Mercer’s theorem. Solution of a symmetric Integral Equation.
Approximation of a general �2 -Kernel(Not necessarily symmetric) by a separable Kernel. The
operator method in the theory of integral equations. Rayleigh-Ritz method for finding the first
eigenvalue.

(Relevant portions from the Chapter 7 of the book “Linear Integral Equation, Theory and
Techniques by R.P.Kanwal”).
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
The Abel Intergral Equation. Inversion formula for singular integral equation with Kernel of the
type h(s)-h(t), 0

MM 505 : (opt. ii) Mathematical Modeling
Semester-III
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I (Two Questions)
The process of Applied Mathematics; mathematical modeling: need, techniques, classification and
illustrative; mathematical modeling through ordinary differential equation of first order; qualitative
solutions through sketching.
Section-II (Two Questions)
Mathematical modeling in population dynamics, epidemic spreading and compartment models;
mathematical mode1ing through systems of ordinary differential equations; mathematical
mode1ing in economics, medicine, arm-race, battle.
Section-III (Two Questions)
Mathematical modeling through ordinary differential equations of second order. Higher order
(linear) models. Mathematical modeling through difference equations: Need, basic theory;
mathematical modeling in probability theory, economics, finance, population dynamics and
genetics.
Section-IV(Two Questions)
Mathematical modeling through partial differential equations: simple models, mass-balance
equations, variational principles, probability generating function, traffic flow problems, initial &
boundary conditions.
Book recommended :
J.N. Kapur: Mathematical Modeling, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1990 (Relevant portions, mainly from
Chapters 1 to 6.)
2 96

MM-505 (opt. iii) LINEAR PROGRAMMING
Semester – III
2 97
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section – I (Two Questions)
Simultaneous linear equations, Basic solutions, Linear transformations, Point sets, Lines and
hyperplanes, Convex sets, Convex sets and hyperplanes, Convex cones, Restatement of the Linear
Programming problem, Slack and surplus variables, Preliminary remarks on the theory of the
simplex method, Reduction of any feasible solution to a basic feasible solution, Definitions and
notations regarding linear programming problems. Improving a basic feasible solution, Unbounded
solutions, Optimality conditions, Alternative optima, Extreme points and basic feasible solutions.
Section-II (Two Questions)
The simplex method, Selection of the vector to enter the basis, Degeneracy and breaking ties,
Further development of the transformation formulas, The initial basic feasible solution-----artificial
variables, Inconsistency and redundancy, Tableau format for simplex computations, Use of the
tableau format, Conversion of a minimization problem to a maximization problem, Review of the
simplex method.
The two-phase method for artificial variables, Phase I, Phase II, Numerical examples of the twophase
method, Requirements space, Solutions space, Determination of all optimal solutions,
Unrestricted variables, Charnes’ perturbation method regarding the resolution of the degeneracy
problem.
Section-III (Two Questions)
Selection of the vector to be removed, Definition of b(€). Order of vectors in b(€), Use of
perturbation technique with simplex tableau format, Geometrical interpretation of the perturbation
method. The generalized linear programming problem, The generalized simplex method, Examples
pertaining to degeneracy, An example of cycling.
Revised simplex method: Standard Form I, Computational procedure for Standard Form I, Revised
simplex method: Standard Form II, Computational procedure for Standard

Form II, Initial identity matrix for Phase I, Comparison of the simplex and revised simplex
methods, The product form of the inverse of a non-singular matrix. Alternative formulations of
linear programming problems,
Section-IV (Two Questions)
Dual linear programming problems, Fundamental properties of dual problems, Other formulations
of dual problems,Complementary slackness, Unbounded solution in the primal, Dual simplex
algorithm, Alternative derivation of the dual simplex algorithm, Initial solution for dual simplex
algorithm, The dual simplex algorithm; an example, geometric interpretations of the dual linear
programming problem and the dual simplex algorithm. A primal dual algorithm, Examples of the
primal-dual algorithm. Transportation problem, its formulation and simple examples.
Books :
1. G.Hadley : Linear Programming Narosa publishing House (1995)
2. S.I. Gauss : Linear Programming : Methods and Applications (4 th
Edition) McGraw Hill, New York 1975
2 98

SEMESTER-III
MM 505 (opt. iv) Fuzzy Sets and Applications-I
2 99
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Fuzzy Sets: Basic definitions, �-cuts, strong �-cuts, level set of a fuzzy set, support of a fuzzy set,
the core and height of a fuzzy set, normal and subnormal fuzzy sets, convex fuzzy sets, cutworthy
property, strong cutworthy property, standard fuzzy set operations, standard complement,
equilibrium points, standard intersection, standard union, fuzzy set inclusion, scalar cardinality of a
fuzzy set, the degree of subsethood (Scope as in relevant parts of sections 1.3-1.4 of Chapter 1 of
the book given at Sr.No.1).
Additional properties of �-cuts involving the standard fuzzy set operators and the standard fuzzy
set inclusion, Representation of fuzzy sets, three basic decomposition theorems of fuzzy sets
Extension principle for fuzzy sets: the Zedah’s extension principle, Images and inverse images of
fuzzy sets, proof of the fact that the extension principle is strong cutworthy but not cutworthy
(Scope as in relevant parts of Chapter 2 of the book mentioned at the end).
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Operators on fuzzy sets: types of operations, fuzzy complements, equilibrium of a fuzzy
complement, equilibrium of a continuous fuzzy complement, first and second characterization
theorems of fuzzy complements, fuzzy intersections (t-norms), standard fuzzy intersection as the
only idempotent t-norm, standard intersection, algebraic product, bounded difference and drastic
intersection as examples of t-norms, decreasing generator, the Pseudo-inverse of a decreasing
generator, increasing generators and their Pseudo-inverses, convertion of decreasing generators and
increasing generators to each other, characterization theorem of t-norms(statement only). Fuzzy
unions(t-conorms), standard union, algebraic sum, bounded sum and drastic union as examples of tconorms,
characterization theorem of t-conorms (Statement only) (Scope as in relevant parts of
sections 3.1 to 3.4 of Chapter 3 of the book mentioned at the end).

SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Fuzzy numbers, relation between fuzzy number and a convex fuzzy set, characterization of fuzzy
numbers in terms of its membership functions as piecewise defined functions, fuzzy cardinality of a
fuzzy set using fuzzy numbers, arithmetic operators on fuzzy numbers, extension of standard
arithmetic operations on real numbers to fuzzy numbers.
lattice of fuzzy numbers, (R, MIN, MAX) as a distributive lattice, fuzzy equations, equation A+X =
B, equation A.X = B (Scope as in relevant parts of sections Chapter 4 of book mentioned at the
end).
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Fuzzy Relations: Crisp and fuzzy relations, projections and cylindrical extensions, binary fuzzy
relations, domain, range and height of a fuzzy relation, membership matrices, sagittal diagram,
inverse of a fuzzy relation, composition of fuzzy relations, standard composition, max-min
composition, relational join, binary relations on a single set, directed graphs, reflexive irreflexive,
antireflexive, symmetric, asymmetric, antisymmetric, transitive (max-min transtitive), non
transitive, antitransitive fuzzy relations.
Fuzzy equivalence relations, fuzzy compatibility relations, �-compatibility class, maximal �compatibles,
complete �-cover, reflexive undirected graphs, fuzzy ordering relations, fuzzy upper
bound, fuzzy pre ordering, fuzzy weak ordering, fuzzy strict ordering, fuzzy morphisms.
(Scope of this section is as in the relevant parts of sections 5.1 to 5.8 of Chapter 5 of the book
mentioned at the end).
Recommended Text:
G.J.Klir and B.Yuan: Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic; Theory and Applications, Sixth Indian Reprint,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002.
3 00

Semester-III
Paper MM- 506 : Practical-III
Examination Hours : 4 hours
Max. Marks : 100
Part-A : Problem Solving
In this part, problem solving techniques based on papers MM-501 to MM-505 will be
taught.
Part-B : Implementation of the following programs in FORTRAN-90/95
1. Use a function program for simple interest to display year-wise compound interest and amount, for given
deposit, rate and time.
2. Use logical operators in computing the compound interest on a given amount for rate of interest varying
with amount as well as time of deposit.
3. Write a subroutine program to check (logical output) whether the three given points in a plane are
collinear.
4. Use subroutine program to multiply two given matrices and use resource files in main program to read
input and write output.
5. Use ALLOCATABLE size declaration for given set of points in a plane and fit a straight line through these
points.
6. Write a program to display the use of whole-array operations on non-conformable arrays.
7. Write a program to display the procedure of format-rescan-rule and the action of tab-edit descriptors.
8. Use string operations to find if a given string is a palindrome or not.
9. Compute a given definite integral (as summation) in a subroutine using integrand as a dummy argument.
10. Explain the use of MODULE in defining an abstract (derived) data type for complex arithmetic.
11. Use of pointers in manipulating a linked-list.
12. To solve a quadratic equation with given (complex-valued) coefficients, using COMPLEX data type
Note :- Every student will have to maintain practical record on a file of problems solved and
the computer programs done during practical class-work. Examination will be conducted
through a question paper set jointly by the external and internal examiners. The question
paper will consists of questions on problem solving techniques/algorithm and computer
programs. An examinee will be asked to write the solutions in the answer book. An examinee
will be asked to run (execute) one or more computer programs on a computer. Evaluation
will be made on the basis of the examinee’s performance in written solutions/programs,
execution of computer programs and viva-voce examination.
3 01

SEMESTER-IV
MM-507 General Measure and Integration Theory
3 02
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Measures, some properties of measures, outer measures, extension of measures, uniqueness of
extension, completion of a measure, the LUB of an increasingly directed family of measures.(Scope
as in the Sections 3-6, 9-10 of Chapter 1 of the book ‘Measure and Integration’ by S.K.Berberian).
Measurable functions, combinations of measurable functions, limits of measurable functions,
localization of measurability, simple functions (Scope as in Chapter 2 of the book ‘Measure and
Integration’ by S.K.Berberian).
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Measure spaces, almost everywhere convergence, fundamental almost everywhere, convergence in
measure, fundamental in measure, almost uniform convergence, Egoroff’s theorem, Riesz-Weyl
theorem (Scope as in Chapter 3 of the book ‘Measure and Integration’ by S.K.Berberian).
Integration with respect to a measure: Integrable simple functions, non-negative integrable
functions, integrable functions, indefinite integrals, the monotone convergence theorem, mean
convergence (Scope as in Chapter 4 of the book ‘Measure and Integration’ by S.K.Berberian)
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Product Measures: Rectangles, Cartesian product of two measurable spaces, measurable rectangle,
sections, the product of two finite measure spaces, the product of any two measure spaces, product
of two � - finite measure spaces; iterated integrals, Fubini’s theorem, a partial converse to the
Fubini’s theorem (Scope as in Chapter 6 (except section 42) of the book ‘Measure and Integration’
by S.K.Berberian)
Signed Measures: Absolute continuity, finite singed measure, contractions of a finite signed
measure, purely positive and purely negative sets, comparison of finite measures, Lebesgue
decomposition theorem, a preliminary Radon-Nikodym theorem, Hahn decomposition, Jordan
decomposition, upper variation, lower variation, total variation, domination of finite signed
measures, the Radyon-Nikodym theorem for a finite measure space, the Radon-Nikodym theorem
for a � - finite measure space (Scope as in Chapter 7 (except Section 53) of the book ‘Measure and
Integration’ by S.K.Berberian).

SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Integration over locally compact spaces: continuous functions with compact support, G� ‘s and
F�’s, Baire sets, Baire function, Baire-sandwich theorem, Baire measure, Borel sets, Regularity of
Baire measures, Regular Borel measures, Integration of continuous functions with compact support,
Riesz-Markoff’s theorem (Scope as in relevant parts of the sections 54-57,60,62,66 and 69 of
Chapter 8 of the book ‘Measure and Integration’ by S.K.Berberian)
Recommended Text:
S.K.Berberian: Measure and Integration, Chelsea Publishing Company, New York, 1965.
References:
1. H.L.Royden: Real Analysis, Prentice Hall of India, 3 rd Edition, 1988.
2. G.de Barra: Measure Theory and Integration, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,1981.
3. P.R.Halmos: Measure Theory, Van Nostrand, Princeton, 1950.
4. I.K.Rana: An Introduction to Measure and Integration, Narosa Publishing House, Delhi,
1997.
5. R.G.Bartle: The Elements of Integration, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York, 1966.
3 03

MM-508 Partial Differential Equations
SEMESTER- IV
3 04
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
PDE of k th order: Definition, examples and classifications. Initial value problems. Transport equations
homogeneous and non-homogeneous, Radial solution of Laplace’s Equation: Fundamental solutions,
harmonic functions and their properties, Mean value Formulas, Poisson,s equation and its solution, strong
maximum principle, uniqueness, local estimates for harmonic functions, Liouville,s theorem, Harnack’s
inequality.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Green’s function and its derivation, representation formula using Green’s function, symmetry of Green’s
function, Green’s function for a half space and for a ball. Energy methods: uniqueness, Drichlet’s principle.
Heat Equations: Physical interpretation, fundamental solution. Integral of fundamental solution , solution of
initial value problem, Duhamel’s principle, non-homogeneous heat equation, Mean value formula for heat
equation, strong maximum principle and uniqueness. Energy methods.
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Wave equation- Physical interpretation, solution for one dimentional wave equation, d’Alemberts formula
and its applications, reflection method, Solution by spherical means Euler-Poisson_Darboux equation,
Kirchhoff’s and Poisson’s formulas (for n=2, 3 only), Solution of non –homogeneous wave equation for
n=1,3. Energy method. Uniqueness of solution, finite propagation speed of wave equation. Non-linear first
order PDE- complete integrals, envelopes, Characteristics of (i) linear, (ii) quasilinera, (iii) fully non-linear
first order partial differential equations. Hamilton Jacobi equations (calculus of variations Hamilton’s ODE,
Legendre Transform, Hopf-Lax formula, weak solutions, Uniqueness).
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Conservative Laws (Shocks, entropy condition, Lax-Oleinik formula., weak solutions uniqueness.
Riemann’s problem, long time behaviuor).
Representation of Solutions- Separation of variables, Similarity solutions (Plane and traveling waves,
solitones, similarity under Scaling). Fourier Transform, Laplace Transform, Converting non linear into linear
PDE, Cole-Hop Transform, Potential functions, Hodograph and Legendre transforms.
Books:
1L.C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, Graduate Studies in
2 Books with the above title by I.N. Snedden, F. John, P. Prasad and R. Ravindran, Amarnath etc.

SEMESTER-IV
MM-509 (opt. i) Mechanics of Solids
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Two dimensional problems : Plane stress. Generalized plane stress. Airy stress function. General
solution of biharmonic equation, Stresses and displacements in terms of complex potentials. The
structure of functions of φ(z) and ψ(z). First and second boundary-value problems in plane
elasticity. Existence and uniqueness of the solutions.
(Section 65-74 of the book by I.S. Sokolnikoff).
SECTION -II (Two Questions)
Waves : Propagation of waves in an isotropic elastic solid medium. Waves of dilatation and
distortion. Plane waves. Elastic surface waves : Rayleigh waves and Love waves.
Extension : Extension of beams, bending of beams by own weight and terminal couples,; bending
of rectangular beams
(Section 204 of A.E.H. Love, Sections 7,7-8, 10 of Y.C. Fung; Chapter 4, Sections 30 to 32 and 57
of book by I.S. Sokolnikoff).
SECTION -III (Two Questions)
Torsion : Torsion of cylindrical bars; Torsional rigidity. Torsion and stress functions. Lines of
shearing stress. Torsion of anisotropic beams; Simple problems related to circle, ellipse and
equilateral triangle.
(Chapter 4: Sections 33 to 38 and 51 of the book; I.S. Sokolnikoff, Section 221 of A.E.H. Love).
SECTION -IV(Two Questions)
Variational methods : Theorems of minimum potential energy. Theorems of minimum
complementary energy. Reciprocal theorem of Betti and Rayleigh. Deflection of elastic string
cental line of a beam and elastic membrane. Solution of Euler's equation by Ritz, Galerkin and
Kantorovich methods.
(Chapter 7: Sections 107-110, 112, 113, 115 & 117 of I.S. Sokolnikoff).
3 05

Books:
1. I.S. Sokolnikoff, Mathematical Theory of Elasticity, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi, 1977.
2. A.E.H. Love, A Treatise on the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity Dover Publications, New
York.
3. Y.C. Fung. Foundations of Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1965.
4. D.S. Chandrasekharaiah and L. Debnath, Continuum Mechanics, Academic Press, 1994.
5. S. Timeshenki and N. Goodier. Theory of Elasticity, McGraw Hill, New York, 1970.
6. I.H. Shames, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, New Delh, 1975.
3 06

MM-509 (opt. ii) Difference Equations-II
SEMESTER-IV
3 07
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
The self-adjoint second order linear equations: Introduction, Lagrange identity, Green’s Theorem,
Liouville’s formula, Polya Factorization Theorem and application, Cauchy function, variation of
constants formula.
Sturmian Theory : Sturm separation theorem and examples. The Riccati Equation.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Sturm comparison Theorem. Oscillation.
The Sturm-Liouville problem : Introduction, eigen functions and eigen values of Sturm-Liouville
problem, Finite Fourier analysis, Non-homogeneous problem. Rayleigh’s inequality.
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Green’s functions and Boundary Value Problems, Disconjugacy. B.V.P. for non-linear equation :
Inrtroduction, contraction mapping theorem. Lipschitz condition & examples. Existence of
solutions, some basic theorem and examples. B.V.P. for Differential Equations.
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Discrete calculus of variation, Introduction, Necessary condition for the simplest variational
problem of local extremum, Euler- Lagrange equation, Sufficient condition and Disconjugacy,
Sturm comparison Theorem, Weiesstrass Summation formula.
Partial Differential Equations, Discretization of Partial Differential Equations, Solution of Partial
Differential Equation.
Recommend Text:
W.G. Kelley and A.C. Peterson: Difference Equations; An introduction with Applications,
Academic Press, Harcourt, 1991. (Relevant portions of chapters 6-10.)
Reference Book:
Calvin Ahlbrandt & Allan C. Peterson, Discreet Hamiltonian systems, Difference Equations,
Continued Fractions & Ricati Equation, Kluwer Botson, 1996.

SEMESTER-IV
MM-509 (opt. iii) Algebraic Number Theory
3 08
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Algebraic numbers and algebraic integers. Transcendental Numbers. Liouville’s Theorem for real
Algebraic numbers. Thue Theorem and Roth’s theorem (statement only). Algebraic numberfield
K. Theorem of Primitive elements. Liouville’s Theorem for complex algebraic numbers. Minimal
polynomial of an algebraic integer. Primitive m-th roots of unity. Cyclotomic Polynomials. Norm
and trace of algebraic numbers and algebraic integers. Bilinear form on algebraic number field K.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Integral basis and discriminant of an algebraic number field. Index of an element of K. Ring Ok of
algebraic integers of an algebraic number field K. Ideals in the ring of algebraic number field K.
Integrally closed domains. Dedekind domains. Fractional ideals of K. Factorization of ideals as a
product of prime ideals in the ring of algebraic integers of an algebraic number field K. G.C.D. and
L.C.M. of ideals in Ok. Chinese Remainder theorem.
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Different of an algebraic number field K. Dedekind theorem. Euclidean rings. Hurwitz Lemma and
Hurwitz constant. Equivalent fractional ideals. Ideal class group. Finiteness of the ideal class
group. Class number of the algebraic number field K. Diophantine equations Minkowski’s bound.
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Quadratic reciprocity Legendre Symbol. Gauss sums. Law of quadratic reciprocity. Quadratic
fields. Primes in special progression.
Recommended Text:
Jody Esmonde and M.Ram Murty Problems in Algebraic Number Theory
(Springer Verlag, 1998)
Reference Books:
1. Paulo Ribenboim Algebraic Numbers
2. R. Narasimhan Algebraic Number Theory
and S. Raghavan Mathematical Pamphlets-4. Tata Institute of
Fundamental Research(1966).

Semester-IV
MM-509 Option (iv): Mathematics for Finance & Insurance
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section – I (Two Questions)
Normal Random Variables : Continuous Random Variables, Normal Random Variables & their
properties, Central Limit Theorem.
Geometric Brownian Motion : Basic concepts & simple Models, Brownian Motion. Interest Rates,
Present Value Analysis, Rate of Return, continuously varying Interest Rates.
Section – II (Two Questions)
Financial Derivatives – An Introduction, Types of Financial Derivatives, Forwards and Futures,
Options and its kinds and SWAPS
The Arbitrage Theorem and Introduction to Portfolio Selection and Capital Market Theory: Static
and Continuous-Time Model.
Section – III (Two Questions)
Pricing by Arbitrage-A Single-Period option Pricing Model; Multi-Period Pricing Model, Cox-
Ross-Rubinstein Model; Bounds on Option Prices.
The Ito’s Lemma and the Ito’s Integral. Concepts from Insurance: Introduction; The Claim Number
Process; The Claim Size Process; Solvability of the Portfolio; Reinsurance and Ruin Problem.
Section – IV (Two Questions)
Premium and Ordering of Risks-Premium Calculation Principles and Ordering Distributions.
Distribution of Aggregate Claim Amount-Individual and Collective Model; Compound
Distributions; Claim Number of Distributions; Recursive Computation Methods; Lundberg Bounds
and Approximation by Compound Distributions.
3 09

References:
1. John C.Hull, Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives, Prentice-Hall of India
Private Limited.
2. Sheldon M. Ross, An Introduction to Mathematical Finance, Cambridge
University Press.
3. Salih N. Neftci, An Introduction to the Mathematics of Financial Derivatives,
Academic Press, Inc.
4. Robert J. Elliott and P. Ekkehard Kopp. Mathematics of Financial Markets,
Springer-Verlag, New York Inc.
5. Robert C. Marton, Continuous-Time Finance, Basil Blackwell Inc.
6. Daykin C.D., Pentikainen T. and Pesonen M., Practical Risk Theory for
Actuaries, Chapman & Hall.
3 10

MM-510 (opt. i) Fluid Mechanics –II
SEMESTER- IV
3 11
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Fundamental Equations: Derivation of the equations of continuity and equation of motion in
cylindrical and spherical coordinates.
Two–dimentional inviscid incompressible flows, Stream function : Irrotatonal motion in two
dimensions. Complex velocity potential. Sources, sinks, doublets and their images. Thomson circle
theorem. Two- dimensional irrotational motion produced by motion of circular cylinder.
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Two dimensional motion : Motion due to elliptic cylinder in an infinite mass of liquid, Kinetic
energy of liquid contained in rotating elliptic cylinder, circulation about elliptic cylinder. Theorem
of Blasius. Theorem of Kutta and Joukowski. Kinetic energy of a cyclic and acyclic irrotational
motion. Axisymmetric flows, Stoke’s stream function ,Stoke’s stream functions of some basic
flows.
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Three –dimential motion : Motion of a sphere through a liquid at rest at infinity. Liquid streaming
past a fixed sphere. Equation of motion a sphere. Alembert’s paradox, impulsive motion, initial
motion of liquid contained in the intervening space between two concentric spheres. Vortex motion
and its elementary properties. Kelvin's proof of permanence. Motions due to circular and rectilinear
vortices. Infinite rowes of line vortices.
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Dynamical similarity . Buckingham pi- theorem , Reynolds number. Prandtl’s boundary layer,
boundary layer equations in two dimensions. Blasius solution Boundary layer thickness.
Displacement thickness, Karman integral conditions, separation of boundary layer.

Books :
1. W.H. Besant and A.S. Ramsey, A Treatise on Hydromechanics, Part-II, CBS Publishers,
Delhi, 1988.
2. F. Chorlton, Text-book of Fluid Dynamics, C.B.S. Publishers, Delhi, 1985.
3. Michael E.O. Neill and F. Chorlton, Ideal and Incompressible Fluid Dynamics, John Wiley &
Sons, 1986.
4. G.K. Batchelor, An Introduciton to Fluid Mechanics, Foundation Books, New Delhi, 1994.
5. A.J. Chorin and A. Marsden, A Mathematical Introduction to Fluid Dynamics Springer-
Verlag, New York, 1993.
6. L.D. Landau and E.M. Lipschitz, Fluid Mechanics Pergamon Press, London, 1985.
7. H. Schlichting, Boundary Layer Theory, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1979.
8. R.K. Rathy. An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company, New
Delhi. 1976.
9. A.D. Young, Boundary Layers, AIAA Education Series, Washington DC, 1989.
10. S. w. Yuan, Foundations of Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall of India Ltd., New Delhi,
1976.event
3 12

MM-510 (opt.ii) Boundary Value Problems
SEMESTER-IV
3 13
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Applications to Ordinary Differential Equations; Initial value problems, Boundary Value Problems.
Dirac Delta functions. Green’s function approach to reduce boundary value problems of a selfadjoint-differential
equation with homogeneous boundary conditions to integral equation forms.
Green’s function for N th -order ordinary differential equation. Modified Green’s function.
(Relevant portions from the Chapter 5 of the book “Linear Integral Equation, Theory and
Techniques by R.P.Kanwal”).
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Applications to partial differential equations: Integral representation formulas for the solution of
the Laplace and Poisson Equations. The Newtonian, single-layer and double-layer potentials,
Interior and Exterior Dirichlet problems, Interior and Exterior Neumann problems. Green’s
function for Laplace’s equation in a free space as well as in a space bounded by a ground vessel.
Integral equation formulation of boundary value prolems for Laplace’s equation. Poisson’s Integral
formula. Green’s function for the space bounded by grounded two parallel plates or an infinite
circular cylinder. The Helmholtz equation.
(Relevant portions from the Chapter 6 of the book “Linear Integral Equation, Theory and
Techniques by R.P.Kanwal”).
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Integral Transform methods: Introduction, Fourier transform. Laplace transform. Convolution
Integral. Application to Volterra Integral Equations with convolution-type Kernels. Hilbert
transform.
Applications to mixed Boundary Value Problems: Two-part Boundary Value problems, Three-part-
Boundary Value Problems, Generalized Three-part Boundary Value problems.
( Relevant portions from the Chapter 9 and 10 of the book “Linear Integral Equation, Theory and
Techniques by R.P.Kanwal”).

SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Integral equation perturbation methods: Basic procedure, Applications to Electrostatics, Low-
Reynolds-Number Hydrodynamics: Steady stokes Flow, Boundary effects on Stokes flow,
Longitudnal oscillations of solids in stokes Flow, Steady Rotary Stokes Flow, Rotary Oscillations
in Stokes Flow, Rotary Oscillation in Stokes Flow, Oseen Flow-Translation Motion, Oseen Flow-
Rotary motion Elasticity, Boundary effects, Rotation, Torsion and Rotary Oscillation problems in
elasticity, crack problems in elasticity, Theory of Diffraction.
(Relevant portions from the Chapter 11 of the book “Linear Integral Equation, Theory and
Techniques by R.P.Kanwal”).
References:
1. R.P.Kanwal, Linear Integral Equations, Theory and Techniques, Academic Press, New
York.
2. S.G.Mikhlin, Linear Integral Equations (translated from Russian) Hindustan Book Agency,
1960.
3. I.N.Sneddon, Mixed Boundary Value Problems in potential theory, North Holland, 1966.
4. I, Stakgold, Boundary Value Problems of Mathematical Physics Vol.I, II, Mac.Millan,
1969.
5. Pundir and Pundir, Integral equations and Boundary value problems, Pragati Prakashan,
Meerut.
3 14

MM-510 (opt. iii) Non-Commutative Rings
SEMESTER-IV
3 15
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Basic terminology and examples of non-commutative rings i.e. Hurwitz’s ring of integral
quaternions, Free k-rings. Rings with generators and relations. Hilbert’s Twist, Differential
polynomial rings, Group rings, Skew group rings, Triangular rings, D.C.C. and A.C.C. in triangular
rings. Dedekind finite rings. Simple and semi-simple modules and rings. Spliting homomorphisms.
Projective and Injective modules. (Section 1.1 to 1.26 and Section 2.1 to 2.9 of the book given at
Sr. No. 1).
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Ideals of matrix ring M n ( R). Structure of semi simple rings. Wedderburn-Artin Theorem
Schur’s Lemma. Minimal ideals. Indecomposable ideals. Inner derivation �. �-simple rings.
Amitsur Theorem on non-inner derivations. Jacobson radical of a ring R.Annihilator ideal of an Rmodule
M. Jacobson semi-simple rings. Nil and Nilpotent ideals. Hopkins-Levitzki Theorem.
Jacobson radical of the matrix ring M n (R). Amitsur Theorem on radicals. Nakayama’s Lemma.
Von Neumann regular rings. E. Snapper’s Theorem. Amitsur Theorem on radicals of polynomial
rings. (Section 3.1 to 3.19, Sections 4.1 to 4.27, Section 5.1 to 5.10 of the book given at Sr. No. 1).
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Prime and semi-prime ideals. m-systems. Prime and semi-prime rings. Lower and upper nil radical
of a ring R Amitsur theorem on nil radical of polynomial rings. Brauer’s Lemma. Levitzki
theorem on nil radicals. Primitive and semi-primitive rings. Left and right primitive ideals of a ring
R. Density Theorem. Structure theorem for left primitive rings. (Section 10.1 to 10.30, Section
11.1 to 11.20 of the book given at Sr. No. 1).
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Sub-direct products of rings. Subdirectly reducible and irreducible rings. Birchoff’s Theorem.
Reduced rings. G.Shin’s Theorem. Commutativity Theorems of Jacobson, Jacobson-Herstein and
Herstein Kaplansky. Division rings. Wedderburn’s Little Theorem. Herstein’s Lemma. Jacobson
and Frobenius Theorem. Cartan-Brauer-Hua Theorem. Herstein’s Theorem. (Sections 12.1 to
12.11 and Sections 13.1 to 13.26 of the book given at Sr. No. 1).

Recommended Book:
1. T.Y.Lam A First Course in Noncommutive Rings, (Springer Verlag 1990)
2. I.N.Herstein Non-Commutative Rings carus monographs in Mathematics
Vol.15. Math Asso. of America 1968.
3 16

SEMESTER-IV
MM-510 (opt. iv) Advanced Discrete Mathematics
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
Graphs, Konisberg seven bridges problem. Finite and infinite graphs. Incidence vertex. Degree of
a vertex. Isolated and pendant vertices. Null graphs. Isomosphism of graphs. Subgraphs, walks,
paths and circuits. Connected and disconnected graphs. Components of a graph. Euler graphs.
Hamiltonian paths and circuits. The traveling salesman problem. Trees and their properties.
Pendant vertices in a tree. Rooted and binary tree. Spanning tree and fundamental circuits.
Spanning tree in a weighted graph. (Chapter 1,2,3 of the book given at Sr. No. 1).
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Cutsets and their properties. Fundamental circuits and cutsets. Connectivity and separability.
Network flows. Planner graphs. Kuratowski’s two graphs. Representation of planner graphs.
Euler formula for planner graphs. Vector space associated with a graph. Basis vectors of a graph.
Circuit and cutset subspaces. Intersection and joins of WC and WS. Incidence matrix A(G) of a
graph G, Submatrices of A(G), Circuit matrix, Fundamental circuit matrix, and its rank, Cutset
matrix, path matrix and adjacency matrix of a graph. (Chapter 4, Theorems 5.1 to 5.6 of chapter 5,
chapter 6 & 7 of the book given at Sr. No. 1).
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Partially ordered sets and lattices. Lattice as an algebraic system. Sublattices. Isomorphism of
lattices. Distributive and modular lattices. Lattices as intervals. Similar and projective intervals.
Chains in lattices. Zassenhaus’s Lemma and Schreier Theorem, Composition chain and Jordan
Holder Theorem. Chain conditions. Fundamental dimensionality relation for modular lattices.
Decomposition theory for lattices with ascending chain conditions, i.e. reducible and irreducible
elements. Independent elements in lattices. (Relevant portion of the chapter 7 and chapter 12 of the
books given at Sr. No. 2 & 3).
SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Points (atoms) of a lattice. Complemented lattices. Chain conditions and complemented lattices.
Boolean algebras. Conversion of a Boolean algebra into a Boolean ring with unity and vice-versa.
Direct product of Boolean algebras. Uniqueness of finite Boolean algebras. Boolean functions and
Boolean expressions. Application of Boolean algebra to switching circuit theory. (Relevant portion
of the chapter 7 and chapter 12 of the books given at Sr. No. 2 & 3).
3 17

Recommended Texts:
1. Narsingh Deo Graph Theory with application to Engineering and
Computer Science, Prentice Hall of India.
2. Nathan Jacobson Lectures in Abstract Algebra Vol.I, D.Van Nostrand
Company, Inc.
3. L.R. Vermani and A course in discrete Mathematical structures(Imperial College
Shalini Press London 2011)
3 18

SEMESTER-IV
MM-511 (opt. i) Mathematical Aspects of Seismology
3 19
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two Questions)
General form of progressive waves, Harmonic waves, Plane waves, the wave equation. Principle of
superposition. Special types of solutions: Progressive and Stationary type solutions of wave
equation. Equation of telegraphy. Exponential form of harmonic waves. D’ Alembert’s formula.
Inhomogeneous wave equation. Dispersion: Group velocity, relation between phase velocity and
group velocity.
(Relevant articles from the book “Waves” by Coulson & Jefferey)
SECTION-II (Two Questions)
Reduction of equation of motion to wave equations. P and S waves and their characteristics.
Polarisation of plane P and S waves. Snell’s law of reflection and refraction. Reflection of plane P
and SV waves at a free surface. Partition of reflected energy. Reflection at critical angles.
Reflection and reflection of plane P,SV and SH waves at an interface. Special cases of Liquid-
Liquid interface, Liquid-Solid interface and Solid-Solid interface. Rayleigh waves, Love waves and
Stoneley waves. (Relevant articles from the book, “Elastic waves in Layered Media” by Ewing et
al).
SECTION-III (Two Questions)
Two dimensional Lamb’s problems in an isotropic elastic solid: Area sources and Line Sources in
an unlimited elastic solid. A normal force acts on the surface of a semi-infinite elastic solid,
tangential forces acting on the surface of a semi-infinite elastic solid.
Three dimensional Lamb’s problems in an isotropic elastic solid: Area sources and Point sources in
an unlimited elastic solid, Area source and Point source on the surface of semi-infinite elastic solid.
Haskell matrix method for Love waves in multilayered medium.
(Relevant articles from the book “Mathematical Aspects of Seismology” by Markus Bath).

SECTION-IV (Two Questions)
Spherical waves. Expansion of a spherical wave into plane waves: Sommerfield’s integral.
Kirchoff’s solution of the wave equation, Poissons’s formula, Helmholtz’s formula.
(Relevant articles from the book “Mathematical Aspects of Seismology” by Markus Bath).
Introduction to Seismology: Location of earthquakes, Aftershocks and Foreshocks, Earthquake
magnitude, Seismic moment, Energy released by earthquakes, observation of earthquakes, interior
of the earth.
(Relevant articles from the book “The Solid Earth” by C.M.R.Fowler)
References:
1. P.M.Shearer, Introduction to Seismology, Cambridge University Press,(UK) 1999.
2. C.M.R.Fowler, The Solid Earth, Cambridge University Press, 1990.
3. C.A.Coulson and A.Jefferey, Waves, Longman, New York, 1977.
4. M.Bath, Mathematical Aspects of Seismology, Elsevier Publishing Company, 1968.
5. W.M.Ewing, W.S.Jardetzky and F.Press, Elastic Waves in Layered Media, McGraw Hill
Book Company, 1957.
3 20

MM-511 (opt. ii) Dynamical Systems
SEMESTER-IV
3 21
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to two questions from each section and one
compulsory question consisting of eight parts and distributed over the whole syllabus. An
examinee is required to attempt one question from each section and the compulsory question.
Section-I
Orbit of a map; fixed point; Periodic point; Circular map, Configuration space & phase space.
Section-II
Origin of bifurcation; Stability of a fixed point, equilibrium point; Concept of limit cycle & torus;
Hyperbolicity; Quadratic map; Feigenbaum’s universal constant.
Section-III
Turning point, transcritical, pitch work; Hopf bifurcation; Period doubling phenomenon.
Non-linear oscillators
Section-IV
Conservative system; Hamiltonian system; Various types of oscillators; Solutions of non-linear
differential equations.
Books :
1. D.K. Arrowosmith, Introduction to Dynamical Systems, CUP, 1990.
2. R.L Davaney, An Introduction to Chaotic Dynamical Systems, Addison-Wesley, 1989.
3. P.G. Drazin, Nonlinear System, CUP, 1993.
4. V.I Arnold, Nonlinear Systems III-Mathematical Aspects of Classical and Celestial
Mechanics, Springer-Verlag, 1992.
5. V.I Arnold, Nonlinear Systems V-Bifurcation Theory and Catastrophe Theory, Springer-
Verlag, 1992.

MM-511 (opt. iii) Operational Research
Semester-IV
3 22
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory question will consist of eight parts
and will be distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
Section – I (Two Question)
Dynamic Programming – Nature of Dynamic Programming (DP), Bellman’s principle of optimality
in DP, DP algorithm, mathematical formulation of multistage model, the recursive operation
approach, Application of DP in Linear Programming.
Integer Programming : types of integer programming problem, cutting plane method (Gomory
technique), construction of Gomory’s constraints, Graphical interpretation of cutting plane method,
cutting plane algorithm, Fractional cut methodthe branch and bound method.
Section – II (Two Question)
Game theory : Definition, characteristics of games, two person, zero sum game, pay of matrix
strategy & its types, Saddle point, solution of rectangular game with saddle point, solution method
of rectangular game in terms & strategy, strategy of mixed optimal strategy, concept of Dominance,
Graphical method of solving (2xn) and (mx2) games, Algebraic method for the solution of general
game, equivalence of the rectangular matrix games and linear programming, fundamental theory of
game theory, limitation of game theory, solution of rectangular game by singular method, matrix
method for (nxn) games.
Section –III (Two questions)
Nonlinear Programming-Definition and examples of non-linear programming, Mobi-Tucker theory:
Kuhn-Tucker (K-T) optimality conditions, K-T first order necessary optimality conditions, K-T,
second order optimality conditions, Lagrange’s method, Economic interpretation of multipliers-
Wolf duality theorem on non-linear programming, Quadratic programming, K-T conditions for
Quadratic programming problems, Wolf modified simplex method, Beale’s method, separable,
convex and non-convex programming.

Section –IV (Two questions)
Inventory model : classification of inventory models, Determinsitc inventory model (DIM), Basic
Economic-order quantity (EOQ) models, EOQ model with uniform rate of demand infinite
production rate and having no shortage EOQ model with uniform rate of demand in different
production cycles, infinite production rate & having non shortage, EOQ with finite replenishment
DIM with shortage, Fixed Time Model, EOQ with finite production, EOQ with price break, EOQ
with one price break, single multi-item deterministic inventory model, Queuing models:
classification of queuing models, solution of queue models, model I (M/M/1) : (∞/FCFS) model II
(General Erlong queuing model, model III M/M/1): (N/FCFS). Network (PERT/CPM), schedule
chart (Gantt Bar Chart), difference between CPM and PERT, Network components, construction of
the Network diagram, CPM analysis.
Books :
1. G.Hadley : Linear Programming
2. C.W. Churchman et.al. : Introduction to Operations Research
3. B.S. Goel & S.K. Mittal : Operations research
4. D. Gross & C.M. Harris : Fundamentals of Queuing Theory
5. A.O. Allen : Probability Statistics & Queuing Theory with Computer
Science Applications
3 23

SEMESTER-IV
MM-511 (opt. iv) Fuzzy Sets and Applications-II
3 24
Examination Hours : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(External Theory Exam. Marks:80
+ Internal Assessment Marks:20)
NOTE : The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all taking two questions from
each section and one compulsory question. The compulsory questions will consist of eight
parts and distributed over the whole syllabus. The candidate is required to attempt five
questions selecting at least one from each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I (Two questions)
Possibility Theory : Fuzzy measures, continuity from below and above, semicontinuous fuzzy
measures, examples and simple properties; Evidence Theory, belief measure, superadditivity,
monotonicity, plausibility measure, subadditivity, basic assignment, its relation with belief measure
and plausibility measure, focal element of basic assignment, body of evidence, total ignorance,
Dempster`s rule of combination, examples; Possibility Theory, necessity measure, possibility
measure, implications, possibility distribution function, lattice of possibility distributions, joint
possibility distribution.
Fuzzy sets and possibility theory, degree of compatibility, degree of possibility, relation with
possibility distribution function and possibility measure, example of possibility distribution for
fuzzy proposition. Possibility theory versus probability theory, characterization of relationship
between belief measures and probability measures, probability distribution function, joint
probability distribution function, marginal probability distributions, noninteractive, independent
marginal distributions (Scope as in the relevant parts of Chapter 7 of the book mentioned at the
end.)
SECTION-II (Two questions)
Fuzzy Logic: An overview of classical logic, about logic functions of two variables, Multivalued
logics, about three-valued logic, n-valued logic, degrees of truth, definition of primitives, Fuzzy
propositions, classification, canonical forms, relation with possibility distribution function, Fuzzy
Quantifiers, their two kinds, relation with possibility distribution function, Linguistic hedges, as a
unary operation and modifiers, properties, Inference from conditional fuzzy propositions, relations
with characteristic and membership functions, Compositional rule of inference, modus ponens and
tollens, hypothetical syllogism, inference from conditional and qualified propositions, equivalence
of the method of truth-value restrictions to the generalized modus ponens. (Scope as in the relevant
parts of sections 8.1 to 8.7 of Chapter 8 of the book mentioned at the end.)

SECTION-III (Two questions)
Approximate reasoning: An overview of fuzzy expert system, Fuzzy implications as functions and
operators, S-implications, R-implications, Gödel implication, QL-implications, Zadeh implication,
examples, properties, combinations, axioms of fuzzy implications and characterization (only
statement).
Selection of fuzzy implications, selection of approximate fuzzy implications to reasoning with
unqualified fuzzy propositions, relation with compositional rule of inference, modus ponens and
tollens,hypothetical syllogism Multiconditional approximate reasoning, method of interpolation, an
illustration of the method for two if-then rules, as special case of compositional rule of inference
and related results of fuzzy sets involved, The role of fuzzy relation equations, necessary and
sufficient condition for a solution of the system of fuzzy relation equations for a fuzzy relation, its
implications.(Scope as in the relevant parts of sections 11.1 to 11.5 of Chapter 11 of the book
mentioned at the end .)
SECTION-IV (Two questions)
An introduction to fuzzy control: Fuzzy controllers, its modules, Fuzzy rule base, Fuzzy
inference enzine, fuzzification and defuzzifications, steps of design of fuzzy controllers,
defuzzification method, center of area method, center of maxima method and mean of maxima
method. (Scope as in the relevant part of section 12.2 of chapter 12 of the book mentioned at the
end .)
Decision –making in Fuzzy environment: Individual decision-making, fuzzy decision, simple
examples, idea of weighting coefficients, Multiperson decision-making, fuzzy group decision,
examples, Multicriteria decision-making, matrix representation of fuzzy relation, convertion to
single-criterion decision, examples, Multistage decision-making, idea of principle of optimality,
Fuzzy ranking methods, Hamming distance, priority set, examples, Fuzzy linear programming, two
different methods one with only one side involving fuzzy numbers and other where only the
coefficients of constraint matrix are fuzzy numbers . (Scope as in the relevant parts of Chapter 15
of the book mentioned at the end.)
Book :
G. J. Klir and B. Yuan : Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic Theory and Appplications.
3 25

Paper MM-512 : Practical-IV
Semester-IV
3 26
Time : 4 hours
Max. Marks : 100
Part-A : Problem Solving
In this part, problem solving techniques based on papers MM-507 to MM-511 will be
taught.
Part-B : Problem solving through MATLAB
Computer programs based on following Numerical Methods:
1. Solutions of simultaneous linear equations.
2. Solution of algebraic / transcendental equations.
3. Inversion of matrices
4. Numerical differentiation and integration
5. Solution of ordinary differential equations
6. Statistical problems on central tendency and dispersion
7. Fitting of curves by least square method.
Note :- Every student will have to maintain practical record on a file of problems solved and
the computer programs done during practical class-work. Examination will be conducted
through a question paper set jointly by the external and internal examiners. The question
paper will consists of questions on problem solving techniques/algorithm and computer
programs. An examinee will be asked to write the solutions in the answer book. An examinee
will be asked to run (execute) one or more computer programs on a computer. Evaluation
will be made on the basis of the examinee’s performance in written solutions/programs,
execution of computer programs and viva-voce examination.

DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY, K.U., KURUKSHETRA
Revised M.Sc. SYLLABUS w.e.f. 2011-12
Ist Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature Internal External Total Time
Marks Marks Marks
MB: 101 General & Environmental 20 80 100 3hrs
Microbiology
MB: 102 Microbial Physiology 20 80 100 3hrs
& Metabolism
MB: 103 Microbial Genetics 20 80 100 3hrs
MB: 104 Microbial Biochemistry 20 80 100 3hrs
Total 80 320 400
______________________________________________________________________________
IInd Semester
MB: 201 Mycology & Phycology 20 80 100 3hrs
MB: 202 Medical Microbiology 20 80 100 3hrs
MB: 203 Elements of Molecular 20 80 100 3hrs
Biology
MB: 204 Cellular Microbiology 20 80 100 3hrs
Lab Course I (based
on MB 101 & MB 201) 20 80 100 6hrs
Lab Course II (based
on MB 102 & MB 202) 20 80 100 6hrs
Lab Course III (based 20 80 100 6hrs
on MB 103 & MB203)
3 27

Paper No. Nomenclature Internal External Total Time
Marks Marks Marks
Lab Course IV (based 20 80 100 6hrs
on MB 104 & MB204)
Total 160 640 800
______________________________________________________________________________
IIIrd Semester
MB: 301 Food Microbiology 20 80 100 3hrs
MB: 302 Virology & Immunology 20 80 100 3hrs
MB: 303 Microbial Biotechnology 20 80 100 3hrs
& Industrial Microbiology
MB: 304 Recombinant DNA 20 80 100 3hrs
Technology
Total 80 320 400
______________________________________________________________________________
IVth Semester
MB: 401 Biostatistics & 10 30 40 3hrs
Computers
MB: 402 Credit Seminars 30 - 30
MB: 403 Project Report** 30 60 90
(Project Report (Dissertation
based Seminar) and Viva)
3 28

Lab Course V (based 10 40 50 3hrs
on MB 301)
Lab Course VI (based 10 40 50 3hrs
on MB 302)
Lab Course VII (based 10 40 50 3hrs
on MB 303)
Lab Course VIII (based 10 40 50 3hrs
on MB 304)
Lab Course IX (based 10 30 40 3hrs
on MB 401)
Total 120 280 400
**Duration of the Project Training will be of 3 months between January and March during 4 th Semester and
will be carried out in an Industry/ Institute related to Microbiology
3 29

M.Sc. I st SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 101. GENERAL & ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY
3 30
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
Scope and landmark developments in microbiology. Application of microbes, Basic and applied
branches of microbiology. Notable contributions made during the discovery era, transition period,
golden age and in the twenty first century by renowned microbiologists especially -Antony van
Leeuwenhoek, Francesco Redi, John Needham, Louis Pasteur, Robert Koch, Stanley, Edward
Jenner, Elie Metchnikoff, Alexander Fleming and Joshua Lederberg.
Unit II
Biodiversity and status of microorganisms in the living world. Biodiversity, Prokaryotic and
eukaryotic organisms. Whittaker’s five kingdom concept, Three domain concept of Carl Woese,
nomenclature, criteria used in bacterial identification and classification, and the Bergey’s Manual.
Methods of studying microorganisms. Aseptic techniques .Maintainence of microbial cultures.
Culture media. Sterilization (Physical agents), Staining and Biochemical techniques. Micrometery
Unit III
Microbiology of Air. Diversity of microorganisms in air and their significance Droplet nuclei,
aerosol. Outdoor and indoor microflora. Night fungal flora. Determination of the

microbial content of the air. Aeroallergens. Mode of transmission of airborne diseases. Control of
air borne microorganisms.
Water microbiology. Significance, Major waterborne diseases and their preventive measures.
Sewage treatment system (primary, secondary, tertiary and final). Disinfection of potable water
supplies. Bacterial indicators of water safety and their assessment.
Unit IV
Soil Microbiology – Significance, Contributions of Beijerinek & Winogradsky. Biodiversity of
soil, Interactions between soil microorganisms. Rhizosphere, mycorhizosphere and actinorrhizae-
concept & application.
Bioremediation. Bioremediation of petroleum, pesticides (DDT), air pollutants and natural
products (cellulose, xylan, lignin).
Biocontrol - Concept & applications, Biopesticides- concept & classification, advantages. Major
biopesticides based on bacteria, viruses & fungi (Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) toxin, Boverin,
DeVine, Collego)
Text and Reference Books:
Aneja, K.R. et al. (2008).A Text book of Basic and Applied Microbiology. New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi.
Prescott, L.M. et al. (2005).Microbiology, McGraw Hill International Edition, USA.
Aneja, K.R. (2010). Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology, 4th edition.
New Age International Publishers, New Delhi.
Madigan, M.T. and Martinko, J.M. (2006). Brock Biology of Microorganisms, Pearson Educational
International.
Coyne, M.S. (1999). Soil Microbiology: An Exploratory Approach, Delimer.
List of Experiments
1. Laboratory rules to be followed in a microbiology lab.
2. Principle, Construction and working of microscope Autoclave, Oven, Incubator (Ordinary
and B.O.D), Laminar air flow Hood.Quebec colony counter.
3. Preparation of culture media: Nutrient agar, Potato dextrose agar, Czapek-Dox agar.
4. Preparation of agar plates, agar slants and deep tubes.
5. Study of
(a) Pour plate.
(b) Spread plate.
(c) Streak plate.
3 31

6. Standard plate count technique.
7. Staining techniques: -
(a) Preparation of bacterial smear
(b) Simple staining
(c) Gram staining
(d) Negative staining
(e) Endospore staining.
8. Detection of coliforms in water by multiple tubes fermentation test (Presumptive, confirmed
completed test).
9. Enumeration of water microflora by SPC.
10. Determination of BOD of water.
11. Determination of COD of water.
12. Study of indoor and outdoor microflora by petriplate exposure technique.
13. Isolation of cellulose degrading microorganisms from soil.
14. Isolation of soil microflora (bacteria and fungi) by serial dilution agar plate method.
15. Isolation of rhizosphere and nonrhizosphere microflora.
16. Dual culture to show the phenomenon of antagonism.
3 32

M.Sc. Ist SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB: 102. MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY AND METABOLISM
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Morphological types of prokaryotes. Structure & functions of cell wall of archaebacteria, gram
positive & gram negative bacteria, cell membrane, capsule, flagella, pili, gas vesicles,
carboxysomes, magnetosomes, nucleoid, bacterial endospore. Reserve food material- poly β-
hydroxy butyrate, poly-phosphate granules, sulphur inclusions, cyanophycin granules.
Peptidoglycan synthesis. Cell differentiation – sporulation and germination in Bacillus.
Unit-II
Microbial growth and its measurement, growth curve, generation time. Batch, continuous and
synchronous growth. Nutrition types, cultivation of microorganisms. Factors affecting growth-
solutes, pH, temperature and oxygen. Transport of nutrients across the cell membrane- passive,
facilitated, active transport and group translocation. Bioluminescence in bacteria.
3 33

Unit-III
Metabolites-primary, secondary and precursor. ATP generation, oxidative and substrate level
phosphorylation, electron transport chain. Carbohydrate metabolism- Glycolysis, Entener
Doudoroff pathway, Kreb cycle, glyoxalate pathway and gluconeogenesis . CO2 fixation and reverse
TCA.
Unit-IV
Anoxygenic and oxygenic photosynthesis. Brief account of chemolithotrophy - Sulphur, iron and
hydrogen oxidation, nitrification and methanogenesis. Fermentations- definition and types, homo &
heterolactic fermentation, ethanol, acetate, mixed acid, butanediol, butanol, acetone, ethanoacetate
fermentation. Pasteur effect.
Text and Reference Books:
Brock T.D. Madigan (2006). M.T., Biology of Microorganisms, Prentice Hall Int. Inc.
Caldwell D.R. (1995). Microbial Physiology and Metabolism. Brown Publishers.
Moat, A.G. and Foster, J.W. (1999). Microbial Physiology. Wiley.
Stanier R.Y., Ingharam J.L. Wheelis M.L. and Painter P.R. (1999). General Microbiology,
Macmillan Educational Ltd., London.
Prescott, harley and klein(2005). Microbiology, Wm. C. Brown Publishers
Cappuccino,J.G. and Sherman,N. (2005).Microbiology –A Laboratory Manual
Pearson Education Inc.
Atlas, R.M., Parks, L.c and Brown, A.L. (1995). Laboratory Manual of Experimental
Microbiology. Mosby-Year Book,Inc., Missouri.
List of Experiments
1. Preparation of culture medium
2. Sterilization of culture medium using autoclave
3 34

3. Microscopic examination of bacteria after
Gram staining
Endospore staining
Capsule staining
Negative staining
4. Determination of size of bacteria
5. Determination of motility of bacteria
6. Study of growth of bacteria
7. Determination of gelatin liquefaction
8. Determination of protease production
9. Determination of amylase production
10. Determination of effect of pH on the growth of bacteria
11. Determination of effect of temperature on the growth of bacteria
12. Determination of effect of osmotic pressure on the growth of bacteria
3 35

M.Sc. Ist SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 103. MICROBIAL GENETICS
3 36
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit - I
Essential of genetics: A brief Overview of Microbial genetics
Beginning of experimental proof of DNA: Transforming principle contribution of Griffith,
Macleod, Avery, McCarty, Hershey and Chase. RNA as a genetic material, DNA and RNA
structure, different types of DNA. Denaturation and Renaturation Kinetics , Cot value, DNA
polymerases , Proof reading activity , C- value paradox , Superhelicity in DNA, Linking No. ,
Topological Properties, Mechanism of action of Topoisomerases.
Unit-II
Maintenance of Structure of DNA
DNA damage and repair: Base excision, mismatch. SOS and Recombination repair.
Mutation: Molecular basis of mutation, significance and harmful effects of mutations, Ames Test.
Transposable genetic elements, mechanism and significance of transposition.
Maintenance of Genetic Information
Unit-III
DNA replication: General principle, Initiation, Elongation and Termination. Semi-conservative
replication, different modes of replication, Replication in retroviruses, Inhibitors of DNA
replication, Relationship between cell cycle and Replication.

Genetic recombination in Bacteria
Unit-IV
Bacterial Conjugation: Sex Factor, Hfr factor, F + × F — cross, interrupted mating, mapping genes
in bacteria.
Bacterial Transformation: The Discovery of transformation, competence, molecular mechanism of
transformation, mapping by transformation.
Bacterial Transduction: DNA transfer by Transduction, Specialized and generalized transduction.
co- transduction and linkage , mapping by co-transduction
Text and Reference Books:
Maloy et al. (2009). Microbial Genetics, Jones& Bartlett publishers.
Dale JW, (2002). Microbial Genetics of bacteria, Jones& Bartlett publishers.
Lewin, gene XI, (2010). Oxford University press.
Freifelder D, (2008). Molecular Biology Jones and Bartlett Publishers USA
Lodish et al, (2007). Molecular Cell Biology W.H freeman.
List of Experiments
1. To perform antibiotics susceptibility test.
2. Isolation of antibiotic resistant bacterial population by gradient plate method.
3. Determination of Minimum Inhibitory concentration (MIC) of antibiotics.
4. Isolation of thermotolerant mutants of a bacterial/yeast culture by spread plating technique.
5. UV mutagenesis of a given bacterial culture.
6. To perform genetic recombination (conjugation) in bacteria (through teaching kit).
7 To perform genetic recombination (Transformation) in bacteria (through teaching kit).
3 37

M.Sc. Ist SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 104. MICROBIAL BIOCHEMISTRY
3 38
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit –I
Enzyme Classification:- Specificity, active site, activity unit, isozymes. Enzyme kinetics. Mechaelis Menton
equation for simple enzymes. Ribozyme and abzyme. Determination of kinetic parameters. Multistep
reactions and rate limiting steps, enzyme inhibition, allosterism. Principles of allosteric regulation.
Unit-II
Basic aspects of bioenergetics:- Entropy, enthalpy, e - carriers, e - donors, inhibitors, uncouplers, energy
bond. Flow of energy through biosphere, strategy of energy production in the cells, oxidation –reduction
reactions, coupled reactions, group transfer, ATP production , Free energy and spontaneity of reaction G,
G 0 , G’ & equilibrium , basic concepts of acid , base, pH and buffers.
Unit-III
Structure and classification of macromolecules: - Proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids.
Vitamins and their role as co-enzymes.
Unit-IV
Cell metabolisms: - catabolic principles & breakdown of carbohydrates and anaplerotic reaction. β –
oxidation of fatty acids. Deamination of amino acids and urea cycle. Biosynthesis of lipids – fatty acids.
Triacyl glycerol, phospholipids and regulation of fatty acid metabolism . Denovo and salvage pathways of
synthesis of purine and pyrimidine.
Text and Reference Books:
Stryer (2001). Biochemistry, 5 th edition, W.H.Freeman.
Nelson and Cox (2000). Principles of Biochemistry,Lehninger,Worth publisher

List of Experiments
1. To prepare and sterilize Nutrient agar medium
2. Isolation and purification of bacterial cultures from a given soil sample by streak plate
method
3. Pour plate method for isolation and purification of bacteria
4. Spread plate method for isolation and purification of bacteria
5. Serial dilution method for isolation of bacteria from soil
6. To prepare 3% sucrose solution, 0.1 M HCl solution, 0.2 M H2SO4 solution
7. To study the effect of pH on growth of microorganisms
8. To study the effect of temperature on growth of Microorganisms
9. To study principle and working of spectrophotometer
10. Estimation of protein in a given sample using Bradford method
11. To demonstrate starch hydrolysis
12. Cellulase production test
13. To study the gelatin hydrolysis
14. Casein hydrolysis
15. Urea hydrolysis
16. Catalase test
17. Oxidase test
18. IMVIC tests
19. To demonstrate antimicrobial activity of given sample
3 39

M.Sc. II nd SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 201. MYCOLOGY AND PHYCOLOGY
3 40
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
An Introduction to mycology. Scope and significance of mycology. Major contributions of
P.A.Micheli, Anton de Bary, E.J.Butler, G.C.Ainsworth, K.S.Thind, S.B. Saksena,
C.V.Subramanian. Diagnostic features, somatic structure, mode of asexual and sexual reproduction
in fungi.
Classification of fungi. Concept of biodiversity. Current status of fungi, criteria used in
classification with reference to Ainsworth, Alexopoulos & Mims and Kirk et al. system of
classification.
Unit II
Reproduction in fungi. Heterothallism, Heterokaryosis, parasexual cycle, dimorphism in fungi.
Fungi as saprotrophs & their role in nutrient cycling. Substrate succession (Hudson, Garrett &
Deacon concepts). Role of fungi in decomposition of cellulose, hemicelluloses, pectin &
lignin.Symbiosis with plants (mycorrhizae) and algae (lichens- concept and application).
Diagnostic features of major fungal divisions - Zygomycota, Ascomycota,
Basidiomycota,Deuteromycota & Oomycota.

Unit III
Life cycles of industrially and medically important molds and yeasts. Rhizopus, Aspergillus,
Penicillium Cladosporium, Trichoderma, Histoplasma, Microsporum, Epidermophyton, ,
Saccharomyces, Candida and Cryptococcus.
Life cycles of important plant pathogens. Phytophthora, Puccinia, Venturia, Alternaria,
Colletotrichum.
Unit IV
Fungal biotechnology: Industrial applications of fungi, Fungal fermentation system, Alcholic
beverages (Beer, wine), bread and fermented foods; mushrooms as food; major antibiotics from
molds (industrial production of penicillin), fungi as biocontrol agents of plant pathogens.
Algae: Distribution and classification of algae, Somatic structure, life cycle of microbiologically
important taxa of Chlorophyceae, Phaeophyceae, Bacillariophyceae and Rhodophyceae. Algal
nutrition, algal thallus, algal ecology and biotechnology.
Text and Reference Books:
Aneja, K.R. & Mehrotra, R.S. (2011). Fungal Diversity & Biotechnology. New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi.
Alexopoulos, C. J., Mims, C.W. and Blackwell, M. (1996). Introductory Mycology.4 th edition John
Wiley & Sons, USA.
Mehrotra, R.S. and Aneja, K.R. (2010). Introduction to Mycology. Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi.
Moore –Landcker , E.(1996).Fundamentals of the Fungi. Prentice Hall.
List of Experiments
1. Preparation and examination of Lactophenol Cotton blue of a mold.
2. Preparation and examination of Cellotape preparation of a mold.
3. Calibration of an ocular micometer.
4. Measurement of conidia/spores of a mold.
5. Isolation of soil mycoflora.
6. Enumeration of fungal aerospora.
7. Identification of yeast- Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Candida albicans.
8. Identification of the common saprobic molds:
(a) Aspergillus
3 41

(b) Penicillium
(c) Alternaria
(d) Curvularia
(e) Cladosporium
(f) Rhizopus
9. Identification of pathogenic fungi
(a) Puccinia
(b) Colletotrichum
(c) Phytophthora
10. Examination of Agaricus, Ganoderma and Morchella
11. Preparation of wine in the lab.
3 42

M.Sc. IInd SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB: 202 MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY
3 43
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time:3hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Sources of infection for man- exogenous infections, - patient, carrier (healthy, convalescent,
contact, paradoxical and chronic), infected animals, soil and endogenous infections.
Mode of spread of infections- Respiratory, skin, wound & burn, venereal, alimentary tract,
arthropod borne, blood infection, laboratory infection, nosocomial infections etc. Normal
microflora of human body-skin, oral cavity, respiratory tract, gastrointestinal tract and urogenital
tract. Significance of normal microflora. Gnotobiotic animals and their use.
Unit-II
True and opportunistic pathogens. Morphology, pathogenesis, epidemiology and laboratory
diagnosis of common diseases caused by Staphylococcus aureus, Mycobacterium tuberculosis,
Treponema pallidum and Rickettsia prowzakii, Streptococcus pyogenes,Vibro Chobral

Unit-III
Pathogenic properties of bacteria, colonization, invasion of mucous membranes of respiratory,
enteric and urogenital tracts. Methods for measurement of virulence.
Nonspecific antibacterial defence of host.
Exotoxins and endotoxins. Mode of action of tetanus, botulinum, diphtheria and cholera toxins.
Unit-IV
Antibiotic susceptibility testing. Antimicrobial drug resistance- Mechanism and spread.
Hazard groups and containment levels.
Antiseptics and disinfectants.
Brief account of biomedical waste management-types of biomedical waste and waste treatment.
Text and Reference Books:
Boyd, R.F. (1984). General Microbiology, Times Mirror/Mosby(college publishing, St. Louis).
Panicker, C.K.J. (2005). Ananthanarayan & Panicker’s Text Book of Microbiology. Orient
Longman.
Mackie & Mccartney (1996). Medical Microbiology, vol. I; Microbial Infection,Vol II; Practical
Medical Microbiology. Churchill Livingstone.
Baron E.J., Peterson, L.R. and Finegold, S.M. Mosby (1990). Bailey and Scott’s Diagnostic
Microbiology.
Mackie & McCartney Practical Medical Microbiology (1996). Collee, J.G., Fraser,
A.G., Marmion, B.P. and Simmons, A (eds.), Churchill Livingstone,Edinburgh.
Baron, E.J., Peterson, L.R., and Finegold, S.M.(1990). Bailey and Scott’s Diagnostic
Microbiology.
Atlas, R.M., Parks, L.c and Brown, A.L.(1995). Laboratory Manual of Experimental
Microbiology. Mosby-Year Book,Inc., Missouri.
3 44

List of Experiments
1. Detection of susceptibility to dental caries
2. Bacteriological examination of different parts of the human body including skin
and throat
3. Counting the number of viable bacteria in urine sample
4. General tests for identification of bacteria including
IMViC test
Carbohydrate fermentation test
Nitrate reduction test
Hydrogen sulphide production test
Urease test
Catalase test
Oxidase test
5. Preliminary tests for identification of Staphylococcus and Streptococcus
6. Determination of minimal inhibitory concentration
3 45

M.Sc. IInd SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 203. ELEMENTS OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Transcription : General principle . Basic apparatus , Initiation , Elongation and termination ,
Types of RNA polymerases , Monocistronic and polycistronic RNA, Regulation at initiation ,
Alternate sigma factor , rho dependent and independent termination , hairpin and attenuation.
Unit -II
Maturation and processing of RNA: Methylation, Poly A tail, Capping, Cutting and degradation
of tRNA, Splicing mechanism.
Basic feature of genetic code: Triplet code, Deciphering of genetic code , Degeneracy,
Characteristics of genetic code , Variation in different organism, Wobble hypothesis.
Unit-III
Translation : Central dogma ,Basic apparatus , initiation , elongation , termination , coupled
transcription and translation , aminoacyl site , peptidyl site , , initiation , elongation , termination
factors, aminoacyl tRNA synthetases, leader sequences , in vitro translation system.RNAi.Post
translational modifications.
Unit-IV
Regulation of gene expression: Constitutive and inducible genes, Operon concept , catabolite
repression, Positive and negative regulation, lac , trp . ara operon, stringent response , ppGpp,
cAMP as regulatory molecules.
Text and Reference Books:
Maloy et al.(2009). Microbial Genetics, Jones& Bartlett publishers.
Dale JW,(2001). Microbial Genetics of bacteria, Jones& Bartlett publishers.
Lewin, gene XI , (2008). Oxford University press.
Freifelder D, (2008). Molecular Biology Jones and Bartlett Publishers USA
Lodish et al, (2007). Molecular Cell Biology W.H freeman.
3 46

List of Experiments
1. Demonstration of picking and patching colonies.
2. To perform Replica plating technique for transfer of bacterial cultures.
3. Isolation of Plasmid DNA by using alkaline lysis (miniprep through teaching kit).
4.
Transformation of bacteria with plasmid DNA using CaCl2.
5. Preparation of genomic DNA from bacteria (CTAB method).
6. Demonstration of agarose gel electrophoresis.
7. To estimate the concentration and purity of DNA and RNA by spectrophotometric method
8. Calorimetric estimation of DNA.
9. Calorimetric estimation of RNA.
3 47

M.Sc. IInd SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 204. CELLULAR MICROBIOLOGY
3 48
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit –I
Introduction:- emergence of cellular microbiology, cellular biology underlying prokaryotic and eukaryotic
interactions : ultra structure, genome expression, pathogenicity island.
Unit –II
Prokaryotic and eukaryotic signalling mechanisms:- eukaryotic cell to cell signalling, endocrine signalling,
cytokines prokaryotic signaling : qorum sensing and bacterial pheromones intracellular signalling, signalling
pathways.
Unit –III
Infection and cell-cell interaction:- Bacterial adherence : basic principles, effect of adhesion on bacteria,
effect of adhesion on host cells. Bacterial invasion on host cells, mechanisms, consequences of invasion,
survival after invasion. Protein toxins: agents of disease.
Unit –IV
Cellular microbiology future directions:- comparative genomics and functional genomics .Genome
evolution in microbes. Phylogenetic trees.
Text and Reference Books:
Henderson et al.(1999). Cellular Microbiology. Wiley.
De Bruijn et al. (1998). Bacterial Genomes. Chapman and Hall.
Dorman C.J. (1994). Genetics of Bacterial virulence. Blackwell.

List of Experiments
1. To isolate plant pathogen (Bacteria)
2. To Isolation of human fungal/ bacterial pathogen
3. To perform negative staining of bacterial culture.
4. To isolate endospore forming bacteria from soil.
5. To perform capsule staining by negative staining method
6. To perform capsule staining by Antony staining technique.
7. To perform acid fast staining of bacteria.
8. To study chemotactic behaviour of given culture of bacteria
9. To perform mechanism of infection by bacterial invasion of the host cell.
3 49

M.Sc. III rd SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 301. FOOD MICROBIOLOGY
3 50
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-1
Food Microbiology: Historical development and applications. Major Food borne outbreaks in the
21 st Century.
Food as substrate for microorganisms: Classification of foods. Chemistry of microbial spoilage
of foods.
Microorganisms important in food microbiology - molds, yeasts, bacteria, viruses and protozoa-
their general features.
Intrinsic and extrinsic factors affecting microbial growth in foods: Intrinsic factors ( Nutrient
contents, pH, moisture contents/water activity, antimicrobial barriers, Antimicrobial substances),
Extrinsic factors (relative humidity, temperature, gaseous atmosphere).
Unit-II
Microbial spoilage of foods: Microbiology of spoilage of specific foods – Bread, Cakes, Fresh
fruits and vegetables, Juices, Bottled water, Milk, Tea, Meat and meat products (Fresh and ground
meat, sausages), Poultry, Eggs, Sea foods, Fish.
Food preservation (protection): Heat, Low temperature storage, Freezing, Dehydration and water
availability, Lyophilization, Osmotic pressure, Filtration, Irradiation, Chemical preservatives.

Unit-III
Food borne intoxication and infections- Major differences and examples of infective and toxic
types, Botulism, Staphylococcal food poisoning, Clostridium perfringens food poisoning, Bacillus
cereus gastroenteritis, Salmonellosis, Escherichia coli diarrhea and colitis, Vibrio cholerae. Fungal
poisonings: Aspergillus , Penicillium ,Claviceps ,Fusarium, Protozoan poisoinings: Amoebiasis
(Entamoeba histolytica), Giardiasis (Giardia lamblia)
Unit-IV
Food Produced from microorganisms: Sauerkraut, Pickles, Silage, Bread, Baker ’ s yeast, Yogurt,
Microbes as sources of single cell protein (SCP) , Advantages of SCP, Common substrates used
for SCP, Industrially used SCP (Quorn, Pruteen).
Mushroom Production: Nutritive values of mushrooms. Edible and poisonous mushrooms,
Tropical and temperate mushrooms.
Text and Reference Books:
Aneja, K.R. et al. (2008).A Text-book of Basic and Applied Microbiology. New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi.
Aneja.K.R and Mehrotra R.S. (2011). Fungal Diversity & Biotechnology, New Age International Publishers,
New Delhi.
Adams, M.R.and Moss, M.O. (1995). Food Microbiology, Royal Society of Chemistry Publication,
Cambridge.
Frazier, W.C. and Westhoff, D.C. (1998). Food Microbiology. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi.
Ray, Bibek.(1996). Fundamental Food Microbiology .CRC Press.
Jay, J.M. et al. (2005).Modern Food Microbiology. 7 th Edition. Springer Science.
Aneja, K.R. (2010). Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology, 4th edition. New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi.
List of Experiments:
1. Examination of edible mushrooms
2. Isolation and Identification of microorganisms from spoiled foods.
(a) Bread
(b) Fruits
(c) Meat
(d) Cake
3. To study Litmus milk reactions.
4. To perform methylene blue reduction test of raw and pasteurized milk.
5. Isolation of Lactobacilli and Streptococci from curd.
6. Sauerkraut production in the lab.
3 51

7. Production of wine in the lab.
8. Identification of important bacteria involved in food spoilage (Bacillus, Escherchia,
Staphylococcus, Clostridium).
9. Identification of common molds involved in food spoilage (Aspergillus, Penicillium,
Cladosporium, Fusarium, Rhizopus, Mucor).
10 Culturing and identification of yeast involved in production of bread/wine/beer.
3 52

M.Sc. IIIrd SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 302. VIROLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
3 53
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Nomenclature, Classification and Properties of viruses, Morphology and Structure of viruses-
Capsid and its symmetry with special reference to bacteriophage, Envelope and its components.
Brief account of multiplication of viruses. Viral genome. Viriods and Prions. Modes of
transmission of viruses.
Unit-II
Cultivation of animal Viruses- Animal inoculation, Embryonated eggs and Cell culture.
Primary cell, Diploid cell strains, Continuous cell lines. One step growth curve, Detection of virus
growth in cell culture. Cellular response to viral infections. Interferon and its mechanism of action.
Antiviral drugs. Pathogenesis, Laboratory diagnosis and Prophylaxis of small pox, influenza,
rabies, HIV and hepatitis viruses.
Unit-III
Innate immunity, factors affecting innate immunity-species and strains, individual differences, age,
hormones, nutritional factors. Mechanism of innate immunity-
mechanical barriers and surface secretions, antibacterial substances in blood and
tissues, microbial antagonisms, cellular factors, inflammation, temperature,

acute phase proteins etc. Acquired immunity- natural and artificial immunity, active and passive
immunity.Antigen, hapten and determinants of antigenicity, Immunoglobulins-types, structure and
functions
Unit-IV
Lymphoid organs and cells of immune system, cellular and humoral immune response.
Antigen-antibody reactions – Precipitation, Agglutination, Immunodiffusion,
Electroimmunodiffusion, Immunofluorescence, Radioimmunoassay, Enzyme linked im
munosorbent assay. Brief account of Complement system and Major histocompatability complex.
Vaccines- Prerequisites of a good vaccine, Types of vaccine- viral, bacterial,
recombinant, DNA, subunit vaccines.
Text and Reference Books:
Flint, S.J., Enquist,L.W., Ranconiello,V.R. and Stalka,A.M.(2000).Principles of
Virology,Molecular Biology, Pathogenesis and Control, American Society for
Microbiology, Washington DC.
Paniker,C.K.J.(2007). Ananthanarayan and Paniker’s Textbook of Microbiology
Orient Longman Pvt. Limited, India.
Greenwood, D., Slack, R.C.B. and Peutherer,J.F.(2006). Medical Microbiology,
A Guide to Microbial Infections: Pathogenesis, Immunity, Laboratory Diagnosis
and Control, Churchill Livingstone, Elsevier, India.
Goldsby,kindt and Osborne(2006). Kuby’s Immunology W.H. Freeman & co.
Tizard(1995). An Introduction to Immunology.Harcourt Brace College Publication
R. Sood(1994). Medical Laboratory Technology-Methods and Interpretations.
Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi.
Mackie & McCartney Practical Medical Microbiology (1996). Collee, J.G., Fraser,
A.G., Marmion, B.P. and Simmons, A (eds.), Churchill Livingstone,Edinburgh.
Atlas, R.M., Parks, L.c and Brown, A.L. (1995). Laboratory Manual of Experimental
Microbiology. Mosby-Year Book,Inc., Missouri.
3 54

List of Experiments:
1. Counting the number of microorganisms using haemocytometer
2. Determination of total leucocytes count
3. Determination of differential leucocytes count
4. Determination of total erythrocytes count
5. Cultivation and enumeration of bacteriophages
6. Ouchterlony Double Immunodiffusion technique
7. Radial Immunodiffusion technique
8. Agglutination reactions
9. Haemagglutination reactions
.
3 55

M.Sc. IIIrd SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 303. MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY AND INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY
3 56
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit- I
Isolation, Screening, Improvement and maintenance of industrial organisms,
Fermenter design and instrumentation, immobilized cell reactor, solid state fermentation (SSF) ,
substrates for industrial fermentation.
Unit -II
Fermentation System: Primary and secondary metabolites , batch , fed batch and continuous
fermentation system , fermentation kinetics , chemostat , turbidostat , gas exchange and mass
transfer.
Unit -III
Downstream processing(DSP) and product recovery
Production of Biofertilizers, Biopesticides, Edible Mushroom, Single Cell Protein (SCP),
steroid conversion and biotransformation.
Unit - IV
Biotechnological applications of microbes in the commercial production of the following:
Alcoholic beverages: Beer, Whisky
Organic acids: Citric, lactic and acetic acid.

Microbial enzymes: amylases, proteases and lipases.
Antibiotics: penicillin, tetracycline
Amino acids: Glutamic acid, lysine.
Text and Reference Books:
Stanburry et al. (2011). Principle of fermentation technology Pergamon Press.
Reed G, (2001). Industrial Microbiology CBS Publisher.
Cruger and Cruger, (2005), Microbial Biotechnology, Panima Press.
Aneja, K.R (2010). Experiments in Microbiology Plant Pathology and Biotechnology .4 th Ed. New Age.
International (P) Limited, New Delhi.
List of Experiments:
1. Isolation of amylase producing bacteria from soil
2. Preparation of standard curve of reducing sugars by DNS method
3. Quantitative estimation of amylolytic potential of isolated bacterial culture
4, Isolation of yeasts from natural environment
5. To perform an experiment to show the Ethanol fermentation by yeast.
6. Quantitative estimation of ethanol by distillation method
7. Demonstration of surface fermentation
8. Demonstration of submerged fermentation
9. Demonstration of solid state fermentation
10. Demonstration of wine production from grape juice
12, Whole cell immobilization of bacterial cell using calcium alginate
3 57

M.Sc. IIIrd SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 304. RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY
3 58
Max.Marks:100
(Ext. 80+ Int. 20)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
Core techniques and essential enzymes used in rDNA technology: - Restriction digestion, ligation and
transformation.
Unit –II
Cloning vectors:- Plasmids, phages and cosmids, cloning strategies, cloning and selection of individual
genes ,gene libraries : c DNA and genomic libraries.
Unit –III
Specialised cloning strategies:- Expression vectors, promoter probe vectors, vectors for library
construction- artificial chromosomes.
Unit –IV
DNA sequencing methods:- Dideoxy and chemical method. Sequence assembly, Automated sequencing,
Genome sequencing, and physical mapping of genomes.
PCR:- Methods and applications
Text and Reference Books:
Old and Primrose (1994). Principles of gene manipulation. Blackwell Scientific Publications.
Sambrook and Russel (2001). Molecular Cloning, 3 rd volume. CSH Press. Genome Analysis. 4 th volume.
(2000). CSH Press.

List of Experiments:
1. To isolate E. coli from domestic waste water
2. To perform IMVIC tests
3. Carbohydrate fermentation test
4. To isolate plasmid DNA from a given culture
5. To prepare agrose gel and to run the plasmid DNA samples
6. Isolation of chromosomal DNA
7. Plant DNA extraction by Phenol: Chlorophorm method
8. Estimation of proteins in given samples by Lowry method.
9. To carry out the extraction of proteins from given culture.
10. To develop competent colls of E.coli
11. To carry out the transformation by competent E. coli cells.
12. Extraction of DNA from Onion.
13. To test the given sample for purity of DNA content.
3 59

M.Sc. IVth SEMESTER (MICROBIOLOGY)
MB 401. BIOSTATISTICS AND COMPUTERS
3 60
Max.Marks:40
(Ext. 30+ Int. 10)
Time: 3 hrs
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER- SETTERS AND CANDIDATES
● Nine questions of equal marks should be set.
● Question 1 consisting of number of short answer type questions (having no internal choice)
spread over the whole syllabus should be compulsory.
● Eight questions, two questions from each unit (I, II, III, IV) should be set.
● Candidates will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit
(I, II, III, IV) and the compulsory question 1.
● All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit- I
Introduction to computer: Classification of computers –computer generation-low , medium and
high level languages .Software and hardware –operating systems , compilers and interpreters , mini
, main frame and super computer , their characteristics and applications .BIT ,BYTE and WORD
,Computer memory and its types. Data representation ans storage –binary codes, binary systems
and its relationship to Boolean Operations.
Unit-II
Microsoft excel: Data entry, graphs, aggregate functions- formulations and functions (students are
expected to be familiar with all operations).Different numbers systems and conversions. Input
output devices, secondary storage media.
Internet: How internet works? Significance.

Unit-III
Biostatistics: Statistics, its meaning and objectives .Population samples, frequency tables and their
graphs, measures of central tendency (mean, mode, median) and their dispersion. Concepts of
moments, Skewness and kurtosis. Intuitive definition of random variables, probability mass
function and probability density function, expectation and variance .Standard distribution ;
binomial , Poisson and normal distribution with their important properties and significance.
Unit-IV
Fitting of main distributions and testing of goodness –of – the –fit with special reference to χ2- test,
t –test, Z-test. Fitting of trends; linear and quadratic with least square method. Lines of regression,
coefficient of correlation, coefficient of variation and their significance. Analysis of variance; one
way and two way classification.
Text and Reference Books:
Campbell, R.C. (1989).Statistics for Biologists, Cambridge university press. 464 pp.
Daniel, W.W. (1995) .Biostatistics: A Foundation for Analysis in Health Science (6th edition), John
Wiley .780 pp.
Snedecar, G.W. and Cochram, W.G. (1967).Statistical Methods, Oxford Press.
White Ron (2001) .How Computers Work? Techmedia.
List of Experiments
1 Find the mean, median and mode of the following temperatures recorded in
an experiment in the laboratory: 81,94,64,80,75,69,96,66,80,91,85 and
79
2 Calculate variance and standard deviation for the following frequency
distribution.
Marks x 10 20 30 40 50 60
No. of students f 7 13 25 10 4 1
3 What is correlation? Describe various types of correlation.
3 61

4 Find out the Karl pearson coefficient of correlation for the following data:
X 1 2 3 4 5
Y 6 8 10 12 14
5 Increase in weights of 10 animals fed on diet A for certain period are
10,6,16,17,13,12,8,4,14,15,9.Another independent random sample of 12
animals fed on diet B, gave the increase 7,13,22,15,12,14,18,8,21,23,10 and
17.By applying the independent t-test whether diet A and B differ
significantly as regards their effect on the weight.
6 Convert (11001)2 = ()10
7 What are the five basic operation performed by any computer system?
8 List the different input and output devices?
9 Differences between Ist and 2 nd generation computers
10 What is bit,byte and word ?
3 62

M. Sc. BIOTECHNOLOGY FIVE YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTERS - V & VI
(W.E.F. 2011-12)
Semester -V
PAPER – BTI 501
BIOINFORMATICS-I
3 63
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE:
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Unit I
Introduction to bioinformatics, Classification of biological databases, Biological data formats,
Application of bioinformatics in various fields. Introduction to single letter code of aminoacids,
symbols used in nucleotides, data retrieval- Entrez and SRS.Introduction to Sequence alignment.
Substitution matrices, Scoring matrices – PAM and BLOSUM. Local and Global alignment
concepts, Dot plot. Dynamic programming methodology: Needleman and Wunsch algorithm.
Smith–Waterman algorithm. Statistics of alignment score.
Multiple sequence alignment.Progressive alignment.Database search for similar sequences using
FASTA and BLAST Programs. Evolutionary analysis: distances, Cladistic and Phenetic methods.
Clustering Methods. Rooted and unrooted tree representation. Bootstrapping strategies, Use of
Clustal and PHYLIP.
Unit II
Gene finding methods. Gene prediction: Analysis and prediction of regulatory regions. Fragment
assembly. Genome sequence assembly, Restriction Mapping, Repeat Sequence finder.
Concepts of secondary structure prediction of RNA and Protein. Probabilistic models: Markov
chain, Hidden Markov Models-other applications.
Suggested Readings:
1. Bioinformatics – Concepts, Skills, Applications”. S.C. Rastogi, NamitaMendiratta, Parag Rastogi.

2. Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins. Andréa’s D. Baxevanis, B.F.
Francis Ouellette.
3. Biological Sequence Analysis: Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acids. Richard Durbin et
al.
4. Computer Methods for Macromolecular Sequence Analysis. Doolittle R.F. (Ed.) (Methods in
Enzymology, Vol. 266).
5. Shanmughavel, P. 2005. Principles of Bioinformatics, Pointer Publishers, Jaipur, India.
6. DNA and Protein Sequence Analysis. A Practical approach. Bishop M.J.Rawlings C.J. (Eds.).
7. Introduction to Bioinformatics. Teresa. K. Atwood and David J. Parry-Smith.
3 64

Paper: BTI 502
Molecular Biology-I
3 65
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE:
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Unit I
Basic Concepts of Genetic Information: Structure of DNA, various forces responsible for
stability of DNA, various forms of DNA, DNA topology, topological and geometric properties,
DNA supercoiling, Topoisomerases in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, DNA organization in
prokaryotes and eukaryotes, C-value paradox, denaturation: different ways for carrying out
denaturation, renaturation: requirements, kinetics, significance, various classes of DNA: highly
repetitive, moderately repetitive and unique sequence, RNA: structure and types.
DNA replication, mutations and DNA repair: Possible modes of DNA replication, Meselson-
Stahl experiment, DNA polymerases and other enzymes involved in DNA replication, Okazaki
fragments, Mechanism of replication in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, inhibitors of DNA replication,
molecular basis of mutations, DNA repair mechanisms like direct, base-excision, nucleotide-
excision, mismatch, SOS and recombinational repair.
Unit II
Transcription and post-transcriptional modifications: RNA polymerase/s in prokaryotes and
eukaryotes, DNA footprinting technique, initiation, elongation and termination of transcription in
prokaryotes and eukaryotes, inhibitors of transcription, RNA replicase, reverse transcriptase, post-
transcriptional modifications: different types of introns and their splicing mechanisms, processing
of mRNA, rRNA and tRNA precursors, overlapping genes and split genes.
Protein synthesis, targeting and degradation: Characteristics of the genetic code, biological
significance of degeneracy, decoding the code, Wobble hypothesis, ribosomes structure and
function in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, AminoacyltRNA-synthetases various factors and steps
involved in protein synthesis in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, polyribosomes, post-translational
processing, signal hypothesis and protein targeting to lysosomes, Plasma

membrane, extracellular matrix and different compartment of mitochondria and chloroplast,
protein degradation.
Suggested Readings:
1. Molecular Cell Biology, 5 th edition H Lodish et al. (2004) W H Freeman and Company.
2. Genes VIII, B Lewin (2004) Pearson Education International.
3. Freifelder’s Essentials of Molecular Biology, 4 rd edition, D Freifelder. (2005) Narosa
publishing house
4. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, Moran. Neil Patterson Publishing.
5. Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, D Voet& G J Voet. John-Wiley & sons.
6. Biochemistry, 5 th edition, JM Berg et al. W H Freeman & Co. N York.
7. Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, 4 nd edition, D L Nelson and M M Cox. (2005) W H
Freeman & Co. N York.
8. The Biochemistry of Nucleic acid, 11 th edition, R L Adams et al, Chapman and Hall.
9. Molecular Biology of the Gene, 5 th Edition, Watson et al (2004) Pearson Education
International.
3 66

BTI 503
Immunology-I
3 67
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Unit I
Introduction to immune system: Memory, specificity, diversity, innate and acquired
immunity, self vs non-self-discrimination, structure and functions of primary and secondary
lymphoid organs
Cells involved in immune responses: Phagocytic cells and their killing mechanisms; T
and B lymphocytes, differentiation of stem cells and idiotypic variations
Nature of antigen and antibody: Antigens vs immunogen, haptens, structure, functions
and types of immunoglobulins; isotypic, allotypic and idiotypic variations
Humoral and cell mediated immune responses: kinetics of primary and secondary
immune responses, complement activation and its biological consequences, antigen
processing and presentation, cytokines and costimulatory molecules- role in immune
responses, T and B cell interactions.
Unit II
Major Histocompatibility Complex (MHC) genes and products: polymorphism of MHC
genes, role of MHC antigens in immune responses, MHC antigens in transplantation
Generation of diversity in immune system: Clonal selection theory- concept of antigen
specific receptor, organization and expression of immunoglobulin genes- generation of antibody
diversity, T cell receptor diversity.
Measurement of antigen –antibody interaction: Production of polyclonal and monoclonal
antibodies- principles, techniques and applications; Agglutination and precipitation techniques;
Radio immunoassay; ELISA
Suggested Reading:
1. Immunology, 4 th ed. by Roitt et al., Mosby Publications
2. Cellular and Molecular Immunology, 5 th ed. by Abbas and Litchman (2003), Saunders
Publication.
3. Kuby Immunology, 4 rd ed. by R.A. Goldsby et al, W.H. Freeman & Co.
4. Immunology: an introduction, 4 th Edition by Ian R Tizard, (1995), Saunders College
Publishing

BTI 504
Developmental Biology
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE:
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Unit I
Development Biology: Scope & historical perspective
Gametogenesis-Spermatogenesis, Metamorphosis of spermatid, Oogenesis
Fertilization-Definition, mechanism, types of fertilization
Cleavage-definition, types, patterns, Mechanism
Gastrulation- Morphogenetic movements-epiboly, emboly, extension, invagination, Convergence,
de-lamination.
Formation and differentiation of primary germ layers
Fate maps in early embryos
Unit II
Differentiation: Cell commitment and determination-epigenetic landscape: a model of
determination and differentiation at the level of genome, transcription and post
transcriptional
Concept of embryonic induction: Primary ,secondary and tertiary embryonic induction.
Neuronal induction and induction of vertebrate lens
Pathway selection, target and address selection
Extra embryonic membranes, placenta in mammals
Neurulation, notogenersis, Development of vertebrate eye
Fate of primary germ layers
Development of behaviour: constancy and plasticity
Aging & Senescence
Suggested Reading:
1. Developmental Biology by Scott Gilbert
3 68

BTI 505
Hindi
3 69

3 70

BTI-506
Lab Course based on Bioinformatics and Molecular Biology
� NOTE: Practicals will be based on theory paper.
3 71
Marks: 50
Time: 6 hrs

BTI-507
Lab Course based on Immunology and Development Biology
� NOTE: Practicals will be based on theory paper.
3 72
Marks: 50
Time: 6 hrs.

BTI 601
Animal Cell Culture
3 73
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE:
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Unit I
Biology of the Cultured Animal Cells
Cell culture environment, cell adhesion, initiation of the culture, evolution of cell lines,
development of continuous cell lines, dedifferentiation, cultured cell, functional environment
Culture Media
Introduction to the balanced salt solutions and simple growth medium.Brief discussion on the
chemical, physical and metabolic functions of different constituents of culture medium.Role of
carbon dioxide. Role of serum and supplements, Serum & protein free defined media and their
application.
Primary Cell Cultures
Establishment and evolution of primary cultures, characteristics of limited life-span cultures
Continuous Cell Lines
Establishment and properties of continuous cell lines
Unit-II
Cell Line Characterization
Species identification, lineage or tissue markers, unique markers, transformation, morphology,
chromosome content, DNA content, RNA and protein, enzyme activity, antigenic markers,
differentiation
Cell Cloning
Development of cloning techniques, uses of cloning, special requirement of cells growing at very
low densities, cell cloning methods

Stem Cell Cultures
Embryonic and adult stem cells and their applications. Totipotent, Pluripotent and Multipotent stem
cells.
Applications of Animal Cell Culture
In vitro toxicity testing, production of viral vaccines, production of high value therapeutics
Suggested Readings:
1. Animal Cell Culture - Practical Approach, Ed. John R.W. Masters, OXFORD.
2. Animal Cell Culture Methods In: Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 57, Ed. Jenni P Mather and David
Barnes, Academic Press.
3. Animal Cell Culture Techniques. Ed. Martin Clynes, springer.
4. Biotechnology, Vol. 7b 1993 Rehm. H.J. and Reed, G.(eds) VCH Publications.
5. Cell Culture Lab Fax. Eds. M Butler & M. Dawson, Bios Scientific Publications Ltd. Oxford.
6. Cell Growth and Division: a Practical Approach. Ed. R. Basega, IRL Press.
7. Culture of Animal Cells, (3rdedition), R. Ian Freshney. Wiley-Liss.
3 74

BTI 602
Plant Cell Culture
3 75
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE:
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Unit 1
Plant cell, tissue and organ culture: Introduction to plant cell and tissue culture and historical
perspective. Concept of cellular differentiation and totipotency
Laboratory organization, aseptic manipulations and culture media – composition, preparation and
development.
Micropropagation – technique, factors affecting micropropagation (physical, chemical, genotypic
and others), applications and limitations of micropropagation.
Somaclonal variations, molecular basis of variation and their significance in plant breeding.
In vitro germplasm conservation and cryopreservation.
Unit II
Callus culture; Initiation and maintenance of suspension culture- batch and continuous culture,
assessment of growth and viability; Organogenesis, somatic embryogenesis and synthetic seeds.
Meristem(shoot tip)culture & production of virus free plants
In vitro production of haploid plants – Androgenesis (anther and pollen culture) and Gynogenesis
(ovary and ovule culture).Significance and uses of haploids in agriculture.
Wide hybridization and embryo rescue technique.Protoplast culture and somatic hybridization –
Isolation, culture and fusion of protoplast, selection of fusion products and plant regeneration,
assessment of somatic hybrid plants, production of cybrids, applications of protoplast culture and
somatic hybridization in the improvement of crop plants.

Suggested readings:
1. Plant tissue culture – Theory and Practice (2005) by Bhojwani S. S. and Razdan M. K., Elsevier
publication.
2. Elements of Biotechnology by P. K. Gupta, Rastogi pub.
3. Biotechnology in crop improvement (1998) by H. S. Chawla, International Book distributing
company.
4. Plant cell, organ and tissue culture (1995) by Gamborg O.L. and Phillips G.C., Springer Verlag pub.
Germany.
5. Plant Tissue Culture – Basic & Applied (2005) by Jha T.B. &Ghosh B., Universities press.
6. Plant cell culture – A practical approach (1994) Dixon R.A., Gonzales R.A. Oxford University press,
UK.
7. Bhojwani S.S. (2003), Agrobiotechnology& Plant Tissue Culture
8. Smith R.H. (2000), Plant Tissue Culture, Academic Press
9. Evans D.A. (2003), Plant Cell Culture, Taylor & Francis
3 76

BTI-603
Microbial Biotechnology
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE:
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Unit – I
Microbial Biotechnology : Scopes application and challenges. Isolation preservation and
improvement of industrially important microorganisms.Kinetics of microbial growth and product
formation.Fermentation system; batch and continuous system, fed batch system, multistage
system.Solid state fermentation.
Fermentation raw materials : Media for industrial fermentations; criteria used in media formulation.
Fermenter/bioreactor design and operation; types of fermenter, stirred tank reactor, bubble column
reactor, airlift reactor, packed bed reactor, fluidized bed reactor and trickle bed reactor, agitation
and aeration in a reactor, mass transfer. Foam formation and control.
Unit - II
Industrial production of food beverages (wine and beer) and Overproduction of primary and
secondary metabolites. Microbial production ofalcohols, acids (citric, acetic and gluconic acid)
solvents (glycerol, acetone and butanol) amino acids (lysine and glutamic acid), antibiotics,
improvement by genetic engineering.
Microbial polysaccharides: fermentative production of xanthan gums, dextrins and cyclodextrins.
Bacterial bioplastics, Single cell protein (SCP); production of microbial inoculants;
Suggested Readings:
1. Stansbury P.F. et al. (1997), Principles of Fermentation Technology, Pergmon Press
Oxford.
3 77

2. Ward O.P., (1998), Fermentation Biotechnology – Principles, Process and Products.
Prentice Hall Publishing, New Jersey.
3. Rehm H.J. Reed G.B. Punler A and Stadler (1993), Biotechnology, Vol. 1-8, VCH
Publication.
4. Prescolt and Dunn (1992), Industrial Microbiology, 4 th Edition CBS Publication, New York.
5. Arnold I. Demain and Julian E. Davies (1999), Manual of Industrial Microbiology and
Biotechnology, 2 nd Edition, ASM Press, Washington D.C.
6. Glazer and Nikaido (1998) Microbial Biotechnology By WH Freeman & Company, New
York.
7. Cruger and Cruger (2002), Biotechnology – A Textbook of Industrial Microbiology, 2 nd
Edition, Panima Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
8. Industrial microbiology by Pepler
9. Industrial microbiology by Casida
3 78

BTI 604
Recombinant DNA Technology
3 79
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE:
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Unit I
Recombinant DNA Technology: Introduction, history, scope and applications.
Tools of Recombinant DNA technology: Steps in gene cloning. Gene cloning tools - Restriction enzymes-
class I, II and class III restriction enzymes, their features. Ligases, polymerases, alkaline phosphatases,
kinases, transferases and other DNA engineering enzymes.
Gene Cloning Vectors: Introduction, nomenclature of vectors, properties of a suitable vector. Plasmid
vectors, bacteriophage, cosmids and phagemids. Properties of host.M13 vectors. Expression vectors,
shuttle vectors. Vectors for cloning in eukaryotic cells, YACs and BACs.
Isolation of gene c-DNA synthesis, synthetic gene preparation, Construction of Genomic and cDNA library
UNIT – II
DNA amplification through PCR: Basic features and applications of PCR, types and modifications. Site
directed mutagenesis.
DNA sequencing techniques: Maxam-Gilbert’s method, Sanger’s dideoxy chain termination method,
Automated DNA sequencing.
In vitro construction of r-DNA molecules: Isolation of gene of interest and vector DNA, cohesive and blunt
ends, modification of cut ends, linkers and adaptors. Integration of DNA inserts into the vectors.
Transformation: Techniques of introducing r-DNA into the desired host, competent cells, electroporation
microinjection and shot gun technique.
Screening and selection of transformants and their characterization, selection of clone having the specific
DNA insert - immunological screening and colony hybridization. Marker genes- selectable and scorable
markers.
Applications of Recombinant DNA technology: Production of recombinant proteins of pharmaceutical
importance- insulin, human growth hormone, recombinant vaccines (hepatitis B).
Suggested Readings
� TA Brown-Gene Cloning & DNA analysis, Vth Edi.
� Principles of gene manipulation: Old and Primrose
� Watson, Candy, Myers & Witkowski- Recombinant DNA, genes and genome (IIIrd ed)

3 80
BTI-605
Medical Biotechnology
Max. Marks: 65
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE:
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each
section. The candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2
questions from each section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part
wise.
Classification of genetic diseases
Unit I
Chromosomal disorders – Numerical disorders, Structural disorders
Gene controlled diseases – Autosomal and X-linked disorders, Mitochondrial disorders
Molecular basis of human diseases - Pathogenic mutations
Diagnostics
Prenatal diagnosis - Invasive techniques - Amniocentesis, Fetoscopy, Chorionic Villi Sampling
(CVS), Non-invasive techniques - Ultrasonography, X-ray, maternal serum and fetal cells in
maternal blood
Diagnosis using protein and enzyme markers, monoclonal antibodies.
DNA/RNA based diagnosis (Hepatitis, HIV)
Microarray technology- genomic and c DNA arrays, application to diseases
Therapeutics
Unit II
Gene therapy - Ex-vivo, Invivo, Insitu gene therapy Stratagies of gene therapy: gene augmentation
– ADA defeiciency, CFTR Prodrug therapy/ suicide gene
Cell and tissue engineering: Encapsulation technology and therapeutics-Diabetes, Hypothyroidism,
Bioartificial organs, Artificial Cells
Stem cell therapy
Gene products in medicine

Functional cloning – anti-haemophilic factor
Positional cloning- Dystrophin
Gene products in medicine – Humulin, Erythropoietin, Growth Hormone, Interferon
DNA based vaccines
Subunit vaccines – Herpes Simplex virus
Attenuated Vaccines– Cholera
Vector vaccines – Cholera and Salmonella
3 81

BTI 606
Lab Course based on Animal & Plant Cell Culture
NOTE: Practicals will be based on theory paper.
3 82
Marks: 50
Time: 6 hrs.

BTI-607
Lab Course based on Microbial, Recombinant &Medical Biotechnology
NOTE: Practicals will be based on theory paper.
3 83
Marks: 75
Time: 9 hrs.

First Semester
Name of the course: B.A. (Mass Communication & Video Production)
Scheme of Examination and Syllabus
w.e.f. session 2011-12
3 84
T P IA Total
Paper-I Science of Communication 80+ - +20=100
Second Semester
Paper- II Introduction to Electronic Media (Television) 80+ - +20=100
Third Semester
Paper-III Writing for Electronic Media 50+30+20=100
Forth Semester
Paper- IV Videography & Editing 50+30+20=100
Fifth Semester
Paper- V Television production 50+30+20=100
Sixth Semester
Paper- VI Project 50+30+20=100
Major Project- Documentary (10-15 Minutes) =50 marks
Minor Project- (i) Vox Pop (2 Minutes) = 10 marks
(ii) Interview (3-5 Minutes) = 10 marks
(iii) News Package (90 seconds)= 10 marks

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
1 st Semester
Paper-1
Science of Communication
Theory Marks= 80
Internal Assessment=20
Time = 3 hours
Question paper for theory paper will have two questions from each of the four units. Student will be
required to answer any one question from each unit and each question will carry equal marks. Unit
V of the question paper comprising of 30 marks will be compulsory and it will have eight questions
out of which the student will be required to answer any five questions. Students have the option to
answer questions either in Hindi or in English.
Unit-I
Concept, definitions and elements of human communication
Evolution of Human Communication
Needs and functions of Human Communication
Barriers of communication
Unit-II
Levels of communication
Socialization and role of communication in socialization
Verbal and Non-Verbal Communication
Visual communication
Unit-III
Principles of communication
Communication skills: written and spoken
Lan gu age an d comm un icatio n
Listening- importance and art of developing listening habits
Unit-IV
Models of communication:
Aristotle, SMCR, Lasswell, Schramm and Osgood model
Theories of communication:
In d ivid u al d iffe ren ce th eo r y, Two -st ep flo w a n d mu lti-ste p flo w
th eo ry,
Agen d a settin g th eo r y, cu lt ivatio n an d th e u ses an d gratific atio n
th eo ry
3 85

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
2 nd Semester
Paper-II
Introduction to Electronic Media (Television)
Theory Marks= 80
Internal Assessment=20
Time = 3 hours
Question paper for theory paper will have two questions from each of the four units. Student will be
required to answer any one question from each unit and each question will carry equal marks. Unit
V of the question paper comprising of 30 marks will be compulsory and it will have eight questions
out of which the student will be required to answer any five questions. Students have the option to
answer questions either in Hindi or in English.
Unit-I
Introduction to Television Industry
� History and Growth of Television in India
� Growth and Development of Doordarshan
� Introduction to major Indian National Networks
� Introduction to major Indian Regional Networks
Unit-II
Functioning of Television Channel
� Structure and Functions of Television channel
� News service agencies and its functions
� Importance of assignment board
� Various beats of news channel: Political, Crime, Sports, Business, Entertainment
Unit-III
Formats of Television Programmes
� Fictional programmes
� Non-fictional programmes
� Journalistic genre: News, News real, interviews and discussion
� Documentary: An introduction
Unit-IV
Basics of Television marketing
� Selling and buying space and time on media
� Market survey – audience, product and media profile
� Television ratings points (TRP)- Meaning and concept
� Distribution technology –DTH, CAS, Cable Network
3 86

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
3 rd Semester
Paper-III
Writing for Electronic Media
Theory Marks= 50
Practical Marks=30
Internal Assessment=20
Time = 3 hours
Question paper for theory paper will have two questions from each of the four units. Student will be
required to answer any one question from each unit and each question will carry equal marks. Unit
V of the question paper comprising of 30 marks will be compulsory and it will have eight questions
out of which the student will be required to answer any five questions. Students have the option to
answer questions either in Hindi or in English.
Origin of writing
Role and scope of writing
Essentials of good writing
Writing for mass communication
Features of spoken language
Concept of visual language
3 87
Un it-I
Un it-II
Unit-III
Process of script writing
Introduction to various formats of scripts
Writing for visuals
Unit-IV
Basic of television writing
Different script format for television
Writing for various television programme
- Writing proposal or synopsis for television production
- Television news
- Television documentary
- Television special programme
Writing for television advertisement

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
4 th Semester
Paper-IV
Video g ra phy a nd Edi ting
Theory Marks= 50
Practical Marks=30
Internal Assessment=20
Time = 3 hours
Question paper for theory paper will have two questions from each of the four units. Student will be
required to answer any one question from each unit and each question will carry equal marks. Unit
V of the question paper comprising of 30 marks will be compulsory and it will have eight questions
out of which the student will be required to answer any five questions. Students have the option to
answer questions either in Hindi or in English.
Basic of video camera
� Types of cameras and their features
� Specific use of various types of camera
� Working principle of a video camera
Basic of videography
� Basic shots and their composition
� Importance of cut away and cut in shots
� Various camera movements and angles
Basics of video editing
� Editing - meaning and significance
� On line and off line editing
� Linear and non liner editing
3 88
Unit-I
Unit-II
Unit-III
Unit-IV
Equipments for Editing
� Editing equipment - recorder, player, video switcher, vision mixer, audio mixer, monitor,
speaker,
� Connecting and handling editing equipment
� Working on NLE software

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
5 th Semester
Paper-V
Te le visio n P ro duc tio n
Theory Marks= 50
Practical Marks=30
Internal Assessment=20
Time = 3 hours
Question paper for theory paper will have two questions from each of the four units. Student will be
required to answer any one question from each unit and each question will carry equal marks. Unit
V of the question paper comprising of 30 marks will be compulsory and it will have eight questions
out of which the student will be required to answer any five questions. Students have the option to
answer questions either in Hindi or in English.
Un it-I
Vario u s stag es o f pro d u ction : p re p ro du c tio n, p rod u ction , po st
p rod u c tion
Production team members and their responsibilities
Structure and functioning of television studio
What is lighting?
Importance of lighting in television
Lighting techniques and problems
Un it-II
U n it-III
Planning and production of programs in studio
Floor management
Shooting an interview
Unit-IV
Make up for television: materials and application
Television graphics
Concept of virtual studio
3 89

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
6 th Semester
Projects
Major Project- Documentary (10-15 Minutes) =50 marks
Minor Project- (i) Vox Pop (2 Minutes) = 10 marks
(ii) Interview (3-5 Minutes) = 10 marks
(iii) News Package (90 seconds)= 10 marks
3 90
T + P +AI
50+30+20=100

First Semester
Name of the course: Mass Communication & Video Production
Scheme of Examination and Syllabus
w.e.f. session 2010-11
3 91
T P IA Total
Paper-I Science of communication 90+ - +10=100
Second Semester
Paper- II Introduction to Electronic Media (Television) 90+ - + 10=100
Third Semester
Paper-III Writing for Electronic Media 60+30+10=100
Forth Semester
Paper- IV Television Technology 60+30+10=100
Fifth Semester
Paper- V Videography & Editing 60+30+10=100
Sixth Semester
Paper- VI Project 50+40+10=100
Major Project- Documentary (10-15 Minutes) =50 marks
Minor Project- (i) Vox Pop (2 Minutes) = 10 marks
(ii) Interview (3-5 Minutes) = 10 marks
(iii) Photo feature (at least 10 photographs)= 10 marks
(iv) News Package (90 seconds)= 10 marks

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
3 rd Semester
Paper-III
Writing for Electronic Media
Total Marks: 60 Time= 3 Hours
Question paper for theory paper will have two questions from each of the four units. Student will be
required to answer any one question from each unit and each question will carry equal marks. Unit
V of the question paper comprising of 30 marks will be compulsory and it will have eight questions
out of which the student will be required to answer any five questions. Students have the option to
answer questions either in Hindi or in English.
Origin of writing
Role and scope of writing
Essentials of good writing
Writing for mass communication
Features of spoken language
Concept of visual language
Process of script writing
Introduction to various formats of scripts
Writing for visuals
3 92
Un it-I
Un it-II
Unit-III
Unit-IV
Basic of television writing
Different script format for television
Writing for various television programme
- Writing proposal or synopsis for television production
- Television news
- Television documentary
- Television special programme
Writing for television advertisement

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
4 th Semester
Paper-IV
Video g ra phy a nd Edi ting
Total Marks: 60 Time= 3 Hours
Question paper for theory paper will have two questions from each of the four units. Student will be
required to answer any one question from each unit and each question will carry equal marks. Unit
V of the question paper comprising of 30 marks will be compulsory and it will have eight questions
out of which the student will be required to answer any five questions. Students have the option to
answer questions either in Hindi or in English.
Basic of video camera
� Types of cameras and their features
� Specific use of various types of camera
� Working principle of a video camera
Basic of videography
� Basic shots and their composition
� Importance of cut away and cut in shots
� Various camera movements and angles
Basics of video editing
� Editing - meaning and significance
� On line and off line editing
� Linear and non liner editing
3 93
Unit-I
Unit-II
Unit-III
Unit-IV
Equipments for Editing
� Editing equipment - recorder, player, video switcher, vision mixer, audio mixer, monitor,
speaker,
� Connecting and handling editing equipment
� Working on NLE software

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
5 th Semester
Paper-V
Te le visio n P ro duc tio n
Total Marks: 60 Time= 3 Hours
Question paper for theory paper will have two questions from each of the four units. Student will be
required to answer any one question from each unit and each question will carry equal marks. Unit
V of the question paper comprising of 30 marks will be compulsory and it will have eight questions
out of which the student will be required to answer any five questions. Students have the option to
answer questions either in Hindi or in English.
Unit-I
Various stages of production: pre production, production, post production
Production team members and their responsibilities
Structure and functioning of television studio
What is lighting?
Importance of lighting in television
Lighting techniques and problems
Unit-II
Unit-III
Planning and production of programs in studio
Floor management
Shooting an interview
Unit-IV
Make up for television: materials and application
Television graphics
Concept of virtual studio
3 94

B.A.(Mass Communication & Video Production)
(Vocational)
6 th Semester
Projects
Major Project- Documentary (10-15 Minutes) =50 marks
Minor Project- (i) Vox Pop (2 Minutes) = 10 marks
(ii) Interview (3-5 Minutes) = 10 marks
3 95
T + P +AI
50+40+10=100
(iii) Photo feature (at least 10 photographs)= 10 marks
(iv) News Package (90 seconds)= 10 marks

Syllabus
B.T.M. (English)
Semester-V
(2011-2012)
Prescribed Text- Books:
1. The Eternal Muse edited by Prof. Brajesh Sawhney
2. Macbeth by William Shakespeare.
Scheme of Examination
3 96
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time : 3 Hours
Q.1. Explanation with reference to the context. The candidate will be required to attempt a passage
(with internal choice) from the book of poems. (10 Marks)
Q. 2. Explanation with reference to the context. The candidate will be required to attempt a
passage (with internal choice) from the play. (10 Marks)
Q.3. Short answer type questions
Seven short answer type questions will be set on the prescribed poems. The students will be
required to attempt five questions out of seven questions. (10 Marks)
Q. 4. Seven short type questions will be set on the prescribed play. The students will be required to
attempt five questions out of seven questions. (10 Marks)
Q. 5. One essay-type question (with internal choice) will be set on the book of poems. The students
will be required to attempt one of the two given questions. (15 Marks)
Q. 6. One essay-type question (with internal choice) will be set on the prescribed play. The
students will be required to attempt one of the two given questions. (15 Marks)
Q. 7. Report Writing. (10 Marks)
Q. 8. Resume Writing . (10 Marks)

Syllabus
B.T.M. (English)
Semester-VI (2011-2012)
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time : 3 Hours
Prescribed Text- Books:
1. A Text Books of English Grammar and Composition by Dr. S.C. Sharma, Sh. Shiv Narain
and Sh. Pankaj Sharma.
2. The Spectrum of life: A Selection of Modern Essay ed. By M.K. Bhatnagar.
Scheme of Examination
Q. 1. The students shall be required to attempt an essay of approximately 400 words, on any one
of the topic out of four given in the question paper. The topic may be descriptive, literacy
general in nature. (10 Marks)
Q. 2. Questions on Grammar: Students will be attempt 15 items out of 20 on common errors.
The items will be based on prescribed text-book of Grammar but not necessarily.
(15Marks)
Q. 3. Questions on the clauses from the prescribed book of Grammar. The questions will not
necessarily be the same as those give in the text. (10 Marks)
Q. 4. One question with internal choice will be set asking students to write a latter/ application
( 8 Marks)
Q. 5. Question on Vocabulary based on text book of Grammar, (one word substitution,synonyms
and Antonyms). (10 Marks)
Q. 6. Précis:
A Passage of about250 words will be given. (7 Marks)
Q. 7. Short answers type questions.
Seven short type question will be set on book of essays. The students will be required to
attempt five questions out of given seven questions. (15 Marks)
Q. 8. One essay-type question (with internal choice) will be set on the book of essay.
(15marks)
3 97

UPDATED SCHEME OF EXAMS. & SYLLABI FOR B.SC.ELECTRONICS OF
SEM I & SEM II W.E.F 2011-12
Paper
Title of Paper
Max. Marks Exam
No.
Semester –I
3 98
External Internal
Duration
I Electronic Devices and Circuits-I (Th) 40 10 3hrs
II Digital Electronics-I(Th)
Semester-II
40 10 3hrs
I Electronic Devices and Circuits –II(Th) 40 10 3hrs
II Network Analysis(Th) 40 10 3hrs
III PRACTICAL 100 3+3hrs
NOTE: 20% INTERNAL ASSESSMENT ON THE BASIS OF CLASS TESTS,
ATTENDANCE AND ASSESSMENT .

Instructions for Examiner :
Course: Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) 1st Year
Subject: Electronics
Examination Scheme for Semester 1 & 2
I.Theory Papers(Semester System of Examination)
1. Syllabus in each Theory Paper is divided in 4 units.
i. A Student is required to attempt 5 questions in all.
ii. Question No 1 is compulsory, consisting of short answer type questions based on
all the 4 units.
iii. Two questions will be set from each unit. A student is required to attempt one
question from each unit.
iv. All questions carry equal marks.
2. Use of simple calculator is permissible.
3. Instructions should be imparted using SI system of units. Familiarity with CGS system of units
should also be ensured.
4. Distribution of Marks :
Paper I –40+10*= 50 marks of 3 hours duration.
Paper II – 40+10*=50 marks of 3 hour duration.
* For each paper question paper will be of 40 marks and 10 marks in each theory paper are
awarded through internal assessment in each semester.
II.Practical Paper (Annual Examination System)
i) The Practical examination will be held at the end of 2nd semester in two sittings of three
hours each with First sitting starting in the evening session of the first day and second sitting in
the following morning session.
ii) A candidate is required to perform minimum of 6 experiment in each section out of the list
provided during course of study in Semester I and Semester II and is required to perform one
experiment from each section in examination. Experiment from one section in First Sitting
and experiment from other section in Second Sitting.
3 99

iii) Distribution of Marks :
Paper III – 100 Marks of 3+3 Hours duration
Lab Record: 20
Experiments: 20 + 20
Viva/Voce : 20+20
iv) Maximum 10 students in one group during course of study and also in Examination.
4 00

Semester-I
Subject: Electronics
Paper: I (Theory)
Nomenclature:-Electronic Devices and Circuits-I
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Unit -I
Intrinsic and Extrinsic semiconductors, Energy Band diagram, drift and diffusion current in
semiconductors(Basic idea only), Junction diode and its characteristics, Space charge capacitor and
diffusion capacitor (simple idea only), Zener diode, Voltage Regulation using Zener Diode (Basic
Idea), shunt and series clipping ckts., clamping circuit .
Unit-II
Rectifiers: HWR, FWR, Bridge FWR, rectifier parameters.
Filter circuits: L, C, LC (Calculation of ripple factor). Voltage multiplier Ckts
Unit –III
Junction Transistor: Potential curves in unbiased and biased transistor, Transistor current
components, Early effect, Static Characteristics of CB & CE configuration, active, cut off and
saturation regions.
Transistor as an Amplifier, Transistor current gains (Alpha, Beta, Gama)
Unit-IV
Ebers-moll model of transistor, Hybrid-Model of transistor, Emitter follower, calculation of
transistor amplifier parameters using h-model, comparison of transistor amplifier configuration,
millers – theorem and its dual
Ref.:
1. Integrated Electronics by Millman and Halkias.
2. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits by NN Bhargava, DC Kulshreshtha (TTTI)
4 01

Semester-I
Subject-Electronics
Paper: II (Theory)
Nomenclature:-Digital Electronics-I
4 02
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Unit-I
Number systems: Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number system and base conversions, Binary
Arithmatic operations , 1’s and 2’s complement representation and there arithmetic. Binary codes-
BCD, Grey, cyclic, ASCII, EBCDIC, Parity Bit Code, Unicode, Sequential Code.
Unit-II
Logic Gates: AND,OR, NOT,XOR,XNOR,NOR,NAND (Definition, Symbols& Truth table).
Boolean Algebra: Postulates, Duality Principal , De Morgan’s Law, Simplification of Boolean
Identities , Standard SOP & POS Forms, Simplification using K-map, don’t care condition
implementation of SOP & POS form using NAND and NOR Gate.
Unit III
Bipolar Logic families , Unipolar Logic families , characteristics of Digital IC’s. Resistance-
Transistor Logic (RTC), Direct Coupled Logic(DCTL), Diode Transistor Logic .
Unit-IV
High Treshhold Logic, TTL, Schott-ky TTL, ECL, MOS logic, CMOS Logic
Ref.:
1. Digital Electronics by R.P. Jain

Instructions for Examiner :
Course: Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) 1st Year
Subject: Electronics
Examination Scheme for Semester 1 & 2
I.Theory Papers(Semester System of Examination)
1. Syllabus in each Theory Paper is divided in 4 units.
i. A Student is required to attempt 5 questions in all.
ii. Question No 1 is compulsory, consisting of short answer type questions based on
all the 4 units.
iii. Two questions will be set from each unit. A student is required to attempt one
question from each unit.
iv. All questions carry equal marks.
2. Use of simple calculator is permissible.
3. Instructions should be imparted using SI system of units. Familiarity with CGS system of units
should also be ensured.
4. Distribution of Marks :
Paper I –40+10*= 50 marks of 3 hours duration.
Paper II – 40+10*=50 marks of 3 hour duration.
* For each paper question paper will be of 40 marks and 10 marks in each theory paper are
awarded through internal assessment in each semester.
II.Practical Paper (Annual Examination System)
i) The Practical examination will be held at the end of 2nd semester in two sittings of three hours
each with First sitting starting in the evening session of the first day and second sitting in the
following morning session.
4 03

ii) A candidate is required to perform minimum of 6 experiment in each section out of the list
provided during course of study in Semester I and Semester II and is required to perform one
experiment from each section in examination. Experiment from one section in First Sitting
and experiment from other section in Second Sitting.
iii) Distribution of Marks :
Paper III – 100 Marks of 3+3 Hours duration
Lab Record: 20
Experiments: 20 + 20
Viva/Voce : 20+20
iv) Maximum 10 students in one group during course of study and also in Examination.
4 04

Semester-II
Subject: Electronics
Paper: I (Theory)
Nomenclature: - Electronic Devices and Circuits –II
Unit-I
4 05
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Why Bias a Transistor, Selection of Operating Point, Need for Bias Stabilization, Requirement of a
Biasing Circuit, Different Biasing Circuits, Fixed-Bias Circuit, Collector-to-base Bias Circuit.
Unit-II
Bias Circuit with Emitter Resistor, Voltage Divider Biasing Circuit, Emitter-Bias Circuit, Gain of
a multi-stage amplifier.
Unit-III
How to couple two stages, Resistance-Capacitance Coupling, Transformer Coupling, Direct
Coupling, Frequency Response Curve of an RC-Coupled Amplifier, Fall of Gain in Low-frequency
Range, Does gain fall in high Frequencies, Bandwidth of an amplifier.
Unit-IV
Junctions Field Effect Transistor, Qualitative Description of JFET, Drain and transfer
characteristics of JFET, FET small signal low frequency model, CS & CD low frequency model,
MOSFET -Depletion and enhancement and their drain & transfer characteristics.
Ref.:
1. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits by NN Bhargava, D C Kulshreshtha
2. Integrated Electronics by Millman and Halkian

Semester –II
Subject: Electronics
Paper: II (THEORY)
Nomenclature: -Network Analysis
Unit-I
4 06
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Kirchhofs Voltage Law, Kirchhofs Current Law, Mesh Analysis, Nodal Analysis, Source
Transformation Technique, Star-Delta Transformation, Superposition Theorem, Thevenin’s
Theorem.
Unit-II
Norton’s Theorem, Reciprocity Theorem, Compensation Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer
Theorem, Duals and Duality, Tellegen’s Theorem, Millman’s Theorem.
Unit –III
Two–port Network ,open Circuit Impedance(Z) Parameters, Short Circuit Admittance (Y)
Parameters, Transmission(ABCD) Parameters, Inverse Transmission (A’B’C’D’) Parameters,
Hybrid(h) Parameters, Inverse Hybrid(g) Parameters , Inter Relationships of different Parameters
Unit –IV
Inter Connection of Two – Port Networks, T and π Representation, Terminated Two-Port
Networks, Lattice Networks, Image Parameters.
Ref.:
1. Circuits and Networks by A. Sudhakar, Shyammohan

SEMESTER 1 & 2
SUBJECT: ELECTRONICS
PAPER: III (PRACTICAL)
Section-A
4 07
Max. Marks: 100
Time: 3+3 hrs.
1. To study the V-I characteristics of PN junction diode.
2. To study the zener diode as voltage regulator.
3. To study half wave voltage multiplier Ckt. Using diode.
4. To study HWR and FWR and measurement of ripple factor with and with C filter.
5. To study diode as shunt clipping clement.
6. To study diode as clamping element.
7. Study of CB characteristics and calculate H parameter from graph.
8. Study of CE characteristics and calculate H parameter from graph.
9. Study of JFET characteristics.
10. To measure Av. Ai. Ap. In CB. CC Transistor amplifier.
11. Study of fixed bias arrangement for transistor.
Section-B
1. Measurement of voltage. Time period and phase-shift Biasing CRO.
2. Measurement of resistance by colour code method and using M/M and to design a potential
divider arrangement and familiarization of components such as capacitors, potentiometer,
diode, transistors, etc.
3. Study of basis logic gate (AOI).
4. Study of DTL NAND gate.
5. Study of TTL NANA gate.
6. Digital trainer using AOI.
7. Digital trainer using NAND.
8. To study of RC Ckts. As integrating and differentiating Ckts.
9. To verify maximum power transfer theorem for DC network
10. To study RC low pass filter and measurement of cut-off frequency from graph.
11. To shift RC High pass Filter.
12. To study the application of Superposition theorem.

UPDATED SCHEME OF EXAMS. & SYLLABI FOR B.SC.
Course: Bachelor of Science (B. Sc.) 1 st year
Subject: Electronic Equipment Maintenance
Scheme of Examination for Semester 1 & 2
w.e.f 2011-12
(i) Theory: Two papers of 30+10 * = 40 marks each in each semester.
Note: Common for both the Theory papers:
The syllabus in each paper is divided into 4 units. Two questions will be set from each unit. A
student is to attempt 5 questions in all selecting one question from each unit. Question No. 1 is
compulsory which will be based on 4 units.
* For each paper question paper will be of 30 marks and 10 marks in each theory paper are awarded
through internal assessment in each semester.
(ii) Practical: 80 marks
Note: On Practicals:
1. The practical examination will be held at the end of second semester in two sessions of
three hours each with first session starting in the evening of the first day and second
session in the following morning.
2. Distributions of marks is as under:
Experiment Performed: 20+20
Lab Record: 20
Viva Voce: 10+10
(iii) On Job Training: 60
The training will be of 4 weeks duration and will be undertaken in an Industry/Research
Laboratory approved by the Training-In-Charge. After the successful completion of the
training, the student will be required to submit a Training Report before the start of the next
session. The training will be evaluated by a panel of two examiners (one external and one
internal) by conducting a Viva-Voce on the basis of the Report.
4 08

Semester-I
Subject: EEM
Paper-I (Theory)
Nomenclature: Principles of Electronics-I
Unit-I
4 09
Max. Marks: 30+10*
Time: 3hrs.
Number Systems: Introduction to Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal Number Systems and
their inter-conversions; BCD codes, Excess-3 codes, Gray codes, Cyclic codes, code
conversions; parity, binary arithmetic, 1’s and 2’s compliments and 9’s and 10’s compliments.
Unit-II
Boolean Algebra: postulates and theorems of Boolean algebra, De-Morgan’s Theorem,
Reducing Boolean expressions.
Logic Gates: Positive and Negative Logic, Basic Logic Gates : AND, OR, NOT (symbol,
truth-table, circuit diagram, working); NAND, NOR, EX-OR, EX-NOR (symbol, truth-table).
Unit-III
Minimization Techniques: Introduction, SOP and POS form of Boolean functions, Karnaugh
Map simplifications (upto 4 variables), implementations of SOP and POS form using NAND
and NOR gates.
Unit-IV
Combinational circuits: half adder, full adder, 8421 adders, 1’s & 2’s complement
adder/subtractor, Excess-3 adder, multiplexer, demultiplexer, encoders and decoders.
Sequential circuits: Flip-Flop (RS, JK, Master-Slave JK, D and T-type), Shift Register, Binary
Counters, Modulo-N counter, up-down counter.
Ref.:
Digital Electronics by R.P. Jain

Semester-I
Subject: EEM
Paper-II (Theory)
Nomenclature: Electronic Devices, Components and Assemblies-I
Unit-I
4 10
Max. Marks: 30+10*
Time: 3hrs.
Passive Components: Resistors, Capacitors, Inductors, Transformers, Relays, Fuses (their
types, applications, common faults & testing).
Introduction to Semiconductors: Energy Band Diagram, Conductors, Semiconductors,
Insulators, Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors(P&N), currents in semiconductors, Diffusion
Junction, Depletion Layer, Barrier Potential.
Junction Diodes: Rectifying diode, Forward and reverse bias characteristics, breakdown
phenomenon, Zener Diodes, Varactor Diode, Photo Diode, Light Emitting Diode.
Unit-II
Rectifiers: Half wave, Full wave, Bridge (calculation of ripple factor and rectification
efficiency), Filters (L, C, LC, π), Clipping and Clamping circuits.
Bipolar Junction Transistor: Basic working principle, Input and Output Characteristics, Basic
configurations. Biasing, Operating point, Load line, Stabilization of Operating Point, Self-Bias
Arrangement.
Unit-III
Amplifiers: Classification of amplifiers, Class-A, B, AB and C Amplifiers, Cascading of
amplifiers, RC Coupled amplifiers. Properties of amplifiers (distortion, noise, thermal noise,
shot noise, noise figure).
Feedback in Amplifiers: Feedback concept, transfer gain with feedback, Effect of Negative
Feedback on amplifiers performance.
Unit-IV
Field Effect Transistors: JFET, basic working principle, I/O Characteristics, pinch off voltage,
parameters, MOSFET, basic working principle, Characteristics.
Basic Measuring Instruments: Regulated power supply, Analogue Multimeter, Digital
Multimeter, Cathode Ray Oscilloscope, Function Generator (functional block diagram, basic
working principle, measuring quantities).
Ref.:
1. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits by Bhargava & Kulshreshtha (TTTI)
2. Integrated Electronics by Millman and Helkian

Semester-II
Subject: EEM
Paper-I (Theory)
Nomenclature: Principles of Electronics-II
Unit-I
4 11
Max. Marks: 30+10*
Time: 3hrs.
Network Analysis: Kirchoff’s Voltage Law, Kirchoff’s Current Law, Loop and Node Method,
Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton’s Theorem, Superposition Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer
Theorem,
Unit-II
Two Port Networks: Impedance Parameters, Admittance Parameters, Hybrid Parameters,
Inverse Hybrid Parameters, Transmission Parameters, Inverse Transmission Parameters,
Transformation of parameters, Basic idea of Transducers, Strain Gauge, photo voltaic cell,
LDR, Photodiode and phototransistors (qualitative only).
Unit-III
Modern Electronic Equipment & Maintenance Concepts: Quality, Failures, Failure Rate,
Mean time between failures, mean time to fail, maintainability, mean time to repair,
availability, fail safe design, maintenance policy, stages of maintenance.
Maintenance Aids & Records: Tools, Importance of Service Manual and Component Data
Book, workshop requisites, approach of a service engineer.
Unit-IV
Soldering and Desoldering Techniques: Introduction, Solder Joint, Dry Solder Joint, Cold
Solder Joint, Good and Bad Solder Joints, Soldering Material, Soldering Tools, Soldering Iron,
Soldering Gun, Soldering Station, Ultrasonic Soldering, Tools used for Desoldering,
Desoldering Techniques, Soldering Techniques, Testing a Soldering Joint, precautions during
Soldering and Desoldering.
Ref.:
1. Circuits and Networks by A. Sudhakar and Shyam Mohan
2. Instrumentation Repair and Maintenance by R.G. Gupta

Semester-II
Subject: EEM
Paper-II (Theory)
Nomenclature: Electronic Devices, Components and Assemblies-II
Unit-I
4 12
Max. Marks: 30+10*
Time: 3hrs.
Unijunction Transistor: Basic Working Principle, Characteristics, Applications as a switch
and as time base generator.
Power Control Devices: Four Layer Diode (PNPN), Silicon Controlled Rectifier(SCR), Triac,
Diac (Principle, Characteristics and Applications).
Unit-II
Operational Amplifiers: Basic idea of an OPAMP with black box concept, differential
amplifier, emitter coupled differential amplifier, Transfer characteristics of a differential
amplifier, IC 741 various parameters, offset error voltages and currents, temperature drift of
input offset voltage and current, inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, virtual ground,
summing, difference, integrator, differentiator.
Unit-III
Oscillators: Positive Feedback, Barkhausen criteria, Phase-Shift Oscillators, Wein Bridge
Oscillators, Hartley’s and Colpitt’s Oscillators, Crystal Oscillators.
Power Supplies: Regulated power supply, zener regulated power supply, transistorised series
and shunt regulated power supply, block diagram of IC 723, regulated supply using IC 723,
three terminal regulator ICs, IC based power supply study.
Unit-IV
IC555: operation and applications (Monostable and Astable Multivibrators).
Introduction to Communication System: Basic Principle and operation of communication
system, modulation, AM and FM (principle, modulation index, modulation bandwidth,
balanced modulator for AM/FM, reactance modulator.
Ref.:
1. Integrated Electronics by Millman and Helkian
2. Operational Amnifier by Gyakwar
3. Electronic Communication System by George Kenedy

List of Experiments:
SEMESTER 1 & 2
Subject: EEM
Paper-III (Practical)
Note: Minimum 5 experiments are to be performed from each section.
Section-A (Basic Electronics Devices Laboratory)
4 13
Max. Marks: 80
Time: 3+3 hrs.
1. Practical use of:
(a) Multimeter (measurement of voltage, current, resistance).
(b) Power Supply (study the variation in line and load voltage)
(c) Oscilloscope (voltage and frequency measurement).
2. Study of Electronic Components:
(a) Resistor (study the types, colour coding, wattage rating, potential divider
arrangement).
(b) Capacitors (study the types, colour coding, working voltage).
(c) Switches, Relays, Fuse (basic function, types, usage, testing).
3. P-N Junction Diode (study the types, testing, manual study, V-I Characteristics and
parameters).
4. Study of PN diode as wave clipping element.
5. Study of Zener Diode (testing, V-I Characteristics, design & study of voltage regulating
properties).
6. Study of Transistors (types, testing, manual study, CB/CE/CC Characteristics,
parameters).
7. Study of Amplifiers (Design of CB/CE/CC, find R in, R o, A v, frequency response).
8. Design and testing of transistorised oscillators (any two):
(a) RC-phase shift (b) Wein Bridge (c) Hartley’s (d) Colpitt’s
Section-B (Electronic Circuits Laboratory)
1. Familiarization with Breadboard, IC types, pin number, testing, IC Manual.
2. Familiarization with different types of LED’s, seven segment displays. Study the use of
7447 BCD to seven segment decoder.
3. Verification of truth tables for two input AND, OR, NOT gates.
4. Design DTL NAND Gate using discrete components & verify its truth table.
5. Design TTL NAND Gate using discrete components & verify its truth table.
6. Study of Flip-Flop IC chips and designing of JK, D, T type flip-flops using IC7400.
7. Study of Shift Register using IC7476.
8. Study of Counter IC chips and design of divide by 2/5/10 counter.

Sem Paper
Code
I
II
Common for
Sem I & Sem
II
B.Sc (Hons) Information Technology( w.e.f. 2011-12)
Course Study Cum Examination Scheme
w.e.f 2011-12
BSIT-
101
BSIT-
102
BSIT-
103
BSIT-
104
BSIT-
105
BSIT-
106
BSIT-
201
BSIT-
202
BSIT-
203
BSIT-
204
BSIT-
205
BSIT-
206
BSIT-
207
BSIT-
208
Nomenclature
Of Paper
Communication Skills (English)-I
Mathematical foundations for Information
Technology-I
EM Theory
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS-I
Electronic Communication-I
Computer Fundamentals
Communication Skills (English)-II
Mathematical foundations for Information
Technology-II
Electronic Devices and Circuits
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS-II
4 14
Internal
Assessment
External
Marks
Total
Marks
Pass
Marks
Exam
Duration
10 30 40 20 3 Hrs
10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
10 30+20* 40 20 3 Hrs
10 40 40 20 3 Hrs
10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
Electronic Communication-II 10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
Programming Techniques
Analog Electronics (Practical)
10 40 50 20 3 Hrs
- 50 50 20 3 Hrs
Digital Electronics (Practical) - 50 50 20 3 Hrs
BSIT-
209 Electronic Communication (Practical)
BSIT-
210
Computer Fundamentals & Office Tools
(Practical)
- 50 50 20 3 Hrs
- 50 50 20 3 Hrs
Note: 20% Internal assessment on the basis of Class Tests, attendance and assessment.
* Part B(Practical)

Semester –I
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-101
Nomenclature: Communication Skills (English)-I
Part A (Theory) Maximum Marks: 30+10
Time: 3 Hours
Q1. This question is compulsory, consisting of short answer type questions based on all the four
units.(6 Marks)
Q2. This question will consist of 2 parts (each part in itself consisting of 2 alternative choice
/subparts) based on unit –I. The candidate will be required to attempt both parts (3+3 = 6).
Q3. This question will consist of 2 parts (each part in itself consisting of 2 alternative choice
/subparts) based on unit –II. The candidate will be required to attempt both parts (3+3 = 6).
Q4. This part consist of 4 parts (each part in itself consisting of 3 parts) based on 4 out of 6 topics
suggested in unit – III (3+3 = 6).
Q5. This question will require the candidate to mark précis of given paragraph (of about 200
words) and also suggest a suitable title based on unit – IV (1*6=6 marks).
Note: -
1. The syllabus is divided into 4 units.
2. A student is required to attempt 5 questions in all.
3. All questions carry equal marks.
4. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
5. 2 questions are set from each unit. A student is required to attempt 1 question from each
unit.
UNIT-I
Communication: Meaning, need objectives, significance and elements of communication essentials
for effective communication, barriers to communication.
Channels of communication: Formal, informal, downward, upward, horizontal written, oral,
internal, external communication means of communications: selection of means conversation,
lecture, interview, telephone, radio broadcast, Dictaphone, meeting conference, seminar, group
discussion, speech, announcement over public address system.
4 15

UNIT-II
Letters, circulars, memo, minutes, reports, manual, expression, gesture ,table, diagram, chart, graph,
poster, slide, film strip, television, camera, cinema, video player, fax, telex & teleprinter, e-mail
,cellular phone, pager, internet, signals, messenger service etc.
UNIT-III
Remedial Grammar: Articles, agreement between verb and subject, uses of tenses, active and
passive voice, reported speech, Madal and their uses, Phrasal verbs.
Precis Writing.
UNIT-IV
Ref.:
1. Super text book on English language, communication skills by- Jindal Gautam and Sikeri
Sharma
2. Communication by Rayudu C.S.
3. The art of précis writing and one world by Prof. Bhatia.
Part B (Practical)
Examination to be held after Semester –II
(Details given in paper BSIT-201 Part-B (Practical).)
4 16

Semester-I
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-102
Nomenclature: Mathematical foundations for Information Technology-I
UNIT-I
4 17
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Matrix Algebra: Introduction, Rank Matrix, Eigen vectors, Characteristics equation, Diagalization
UNIT-II
Differential Equations: Formation of differential equations, Geometrical approach to the existence
of solutions of the equations dy/dy=f(x, y), ordinary Differential equations of the first order and
degree, exact equation.
UNIT-III
Linear equations of higher order with constant coefficient, Homogenous linear equations.
Sets and propositions: introduction, combination of sets, Finite and infinite sets, uncountably,
Mathematical induction, principle of inclusion and exclusion, multisets, properties of binary
relations.
UNIT-IV
Equivalence relations and partitions, partial relations, functions and pigeon Hole Principle,
Propositions.
Ref.:
1. Discrete Mathematics by R.C.Joshi
2. Calculas and Differential Equation by Jevason’s publications for B.Sc I
3. Algebra and Trigonometry by Jevason’s publications for B.ScI

Semester -I
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-103
Nomenclature: EM Theory
UNIT-I
4 18
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Mathematical expression and significance of Gauss’s Divergence Theorem, strokes Theorem(No
Derivation) Electric field as gradient of Electric potential, Electric flux, Gauss’s law ,concept of
Displacement current, Scaler and vector potential, Maxwell’s equation in differential and integral
forms, Basic idea of EM waves.
UNIT-II
Formulation of Maxwell’s equations in terms of Electromagnetic potentials, Lorentz Gauges
condition and coulomb gauge Electro magnetic waves, plane waves in free space ,non-conducting
media, transverse nature, intrinsic impedance of medium, plane wave in conducting media, skin
effect, Electromagnetic energy conservation, Poynting theorem and Poynting vector.
UNIT-III
Propagation of Electromagnetic waves in atmosphere, ground wave propagation, sky wave
propagation, space wave propagation, Satellite Communication (basic ideas), Remote sensing and
its applications , Troposphere scattering .
UNIT-IV
Antennas: Radiation mechanism, Elementary doublet, Current and voltage distribution, resonant
antennas, non resonant antenna gain, Antenna resistance, Bandwidth Beamwidth and polarization.
Fundamentals of transmission lines, characteristics impendence, Losses in transmission lines.
Ref.:
1. Electromagnetic wave theory by B.B Laud
2. Electromagnetic wave theory by Ritz and Milford
3. Electronic Communication system by George Kennedy

Semester-I
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-104
Nomenclature: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS-I
4 19
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
UNIT-I
Number systems: Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal number system and base conversions, Binary
Arithmetic operations, 1`s and 2`s complement representation and there arithmetic. Binary codes-
BCD, Grey, cyclic, ASCII, EBCDIC, Parity Bit Code, Unicode, Sequential Code
UNIT-II
Logic Gates: AND, OR, NOT, XOR, XNOR, NOR, NAND. Boolean Algebra – Postulates, Duality
Principal, De Morgan’s Law, Simplification of Boolean Identities, Standard SOP & POS Forms,
Simplification using K-Map, don’t care condition implementation of SOP & POS form using
NAND and NOR Gate.
UNIT-III
Combinational Logic Design: Combinational Circuit design procedure, multiplexer and
demultiplexer, decoder and there applications : Encoder, code converter, Parity Generation and
checking, binary adder, binary subtractor, parallel binary adder, 2`s complement binary
adder/subtractor, binary multiplier, digital comparator.
UNIT-IV
Sequential circuits: 1 Bit memory cell, Flip-Flop, Clocked (RS,JK,T,D,MASTER SLAVE
JK),Excitation table of Flip flop Flip-Flop design, edge triggered Flip-Flop, Applications of Flip-
Flops .
Ref.:
Digital Electronics by R.P Jain

Semester-I
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-105
Nomenclature: Electronic Communication-I
Unit-I
4 20
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Communication Model, Modulation: AM, FM, PM (Quantitatively & Qualitatively),
Demodulation, Relationship between FM & PM, Fourier Theorem, Fourier analysis.
Unit-II
Analog to digital conversion: Pulse Modulation system, the sampling theorem for low pass and
Band pass signals, PAM, channel Bandwidth for PAM, sampling rate, natural Sampling,
quantization of signals, quantization errors
Unit-III
The PCM System, Bandwidth requirements of PCM, Noise in PCM System, Companding, DPCM,
Delta Modulation System ,Noise in Delta Modulation System, Comparison of PCM & DM System.
UNIT-IV
Digital Communication: Elements of digital communication, Analysis & design of communication
system, bit rate, baud rate, transmission rate, Bandwidth requirement, ec transmission errors, echo
suppressor, Echo canceller, Characteristics of digital Communication.
Ref.:
1. Principles of communications system by Taub and Schilling
2. Electronic communication System by George Kennedy.
3. Data communication By Forouzan.
4. Analog & digital communication By K. Sam shamunagam
5. Computer Network By Tannenbaum

Semester-I
Course: B.Sc (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-106
Nomenclature: Computer Fundamentals
Unit-I
4 21
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
What is a Computer (an introduction), Evaluation & Generation of computers, Applications and
characteristics of computers, elements of Computer (Hardware, Software), common input & output
devices (Basic idea). Types of Computers: Micro, Mini, Main frame, super computers, Block
diagram of PC architecture, concept of files and directories.
Unit-II
Secondary storage Devices, sequential and direct access devices, Magnetic disk, Floppy Disk,
Winchester Disk, Mass Storage, Optical Disk, Magnetic Bubble Memory, Charged Coupled
Device, Cache Memory, Storage Hierarchy.
Unit-III
What is Software, Relationship between Software and Hardware, Types of softwares: System
Software (Meaning and its type), Application Software, Acquiring Software, Software
Development Steps, Firmware, Middleware.
Unit-IV
Windows: Windows as an interface, Introduction to desktop, accessories, internet: definition, basic
services and uses, multimedia: meaning, multimedia components, applications Word: Introduction
of Word, creating, editing a document, modifying and formatting a document, using the speller in
word, creating and using macros.
Ref. :
1. Computer Fundamentals by P.K Sinha

Semester –II
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-201
Nomenclature: Communication Skills (English)-II
Part A (Theory) Maximum Marks: 30+10
Time: 3 Hours
Q1. This question is compulsory, consisting of short answer type questions based on all the four
units.(6 Marks)
Q2. This part will be based on Unit – I and will have internal choice. The candidate will be
required to attempt any of the two topics chosen from Unit-I (6*1=6 Marks).
Q3. This part will be based on Unit – II and will have internal choice. The candidate will be
required to attempt any of the two topics chosen from Unit-II (6*1=6 Marks).
Q4. The candidate is required to answer any 6 out of 9 terms in to English based on UNIT- III
(6*1= 6 marks).
Q5. The candidate is required to answer any 6 out of 9 terms in to English based on UNIT- IV
(6*1= 6 marks).
Note: -
1. The syllabus is divided into 4 units.
2. A student is required to attempt 5 questions in all.
3. All questions carry equal marks.
4. Question No. 1 is compulsory.
5. 2 questions are set from each unit. A student is required to attempt 1 question from each
unit.
Communicative writing-I:
UNIT-I
Official Letters: Meaning of official correspondence, distinction between official and business
correspondence, essential of good draft, classification of official correspondence, specimen of
official letters, Memorandum, Endorsement, Telegram, Notifications, and Communiqués etc.
Communicative writing-II :
UNIT-II
Business Letters: Objectives & importance of business letters, layout of business letters, essential of
good business letters, letters of Application, reference, appointments, Inquires, Quotations, placing
an order, introduction, recommendation, credit, agency banking, insurance etc.
4 22

Terminology of administrative terms-I:
UNIT- III
Administrative terms (about 250 words): (Translation into English) Abolition, above cited, absolute
value, absolve, abstract contingent bill, abstract of tender, acquaintance roll, addressee, adherence,
adhoc, adjourn, administrative measures, admonition, adverse report, advice note, age of
superannuation, ambiguous, annexure, appellate powers, arbitrary, assessment, audited account,
balance sheet, benevolence, bipartite, brain drain, breach of contact, brought forward(b/f), carried
forward, cash chest, censure, citation, cognizable, commensurate, communication, conciliation,
concurrence, confer, consolidated fund, contingency, co-opted member, credit, debit, de facto,
defer, de jure, demi-offcial (D.O.), drawee, earnest money, ejectment, embezzlement, errata, ethics,
fiscal forfeit, freight, glossary, gratuity, haulage charges.
Terminology of administrative terms-II:
UNIT- IV
Ibidem,(ibid), impeachment, impersonation, imprest, inadvertently, indemnity bond, indent,
insolvency, interim in toto, lien, maintaince, memorandum, minutes, misconduct, modus operandi,
non-compliance, obsolete, onus, parity, payee, per capital income, perjury, post facto sanction
postscript,(p.s.),precedent, prima facia, provident fund, punitive query, re-appropriation,
recapitulation, rectification, referendum, reimburse, repugnant, retrospectives, revalidation, sine
die, status quo, strenuous, sundry receipts tariff, terms of reference, time barred, unanimity,
unwarranted, validation, vetting, vicious atmosphere, vis-à-vis, viz, waive, write off, ad interim,
adjourn, sine die, in lieu off, inter alia, intese pros& cons.
Ref.:
1. Business Communications & Customer relation by Dr. Gupta,G.B.
2. Business Communications by Dr. Urmila Rani & Rai S.M.
3. Manual of office management & correspondence by Tondon, B.N.
4. Business organization & Management by Reddy P.N. & GulshanS.S.
5. Fundamentals of Business organization & Management by Bhushan Y.K.
6. Principles & practice of Management by Chatterji S.S.
7. Office Management by Chopra R.K.
8. Business communication: Effective Business English & correspondence by Ramesh M.Sc.
& Pattanshetti.
4 23

Part B (Practical) Maximum Marks: 20
Time: 3 Hours
1. Group Discussion
2. Resume
3. Resume Writing (Summary of what transpired during the interview).
4. How to face interview.
5. Conversation (Vocabulary, Communication skills)
4 24

Semester -II
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-202
Nomenclature: Mathematical foundations for Information Technology-II
UNIT-I
4 25
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Computational Techniques: Iterative Method: Bisection, false position, Newton – Rephson
methods, Iteration methods, discussion of convergence, Bairstow’s methods,
UNIT-II
Solution of simultaneous linear equation and ordinary differential equation.
Gauss Elimination methods, pivoting, ill conditioned equation, refinement of solution,
UNIT-III
Gauss-seidal iterative method, Euler method, modified-Euler method.
Taylor-series Method, Runga-Kutta method. Predictor corrector method, Jacobi method.
UNIT-IV
Interpolation and approximation: Polynomial interpolation, Newton, Lagrange,
Approximation of functions by taylor series and chebyghev polynomial.
Ref.:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics by R.S.Grewal.
2. Numerical Methods for scientific and engineering by Jain & Iyenger.
3. Computer based numerical Algorithms by E.V.Krisnamurthy and S.sen (east-West Press)
4. Discrete Mathematical structures with application to computer science by J.P. Tremblay &
Manohar
5. A text book of matrices by Shanti Narayana
6. Numerical Analysis by Jeevansons Publications for B.Sc.III.

Semester -II
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-203
Nomenclature: Electronic Devices and Circuits
UNIT-I
4 26
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Drift and Diffusion currents in semiconductor (Basic idea only), junction diode and its
characteristics, Space charge capacitors and diffusion capacitors (simple idea only). Zener Diode,
Zener Diode as voltage regular, LPF, HPF, BPF, BRF.
UNIT-II
Rectifier-HWR, FWR, Bridge FWR, Rectifier Parameters. Filters, L &C Filters (Simple idea only),
Voltage Multiplier Circuits, Shunt and series clipping circuits, Clamping circuits.
UNIT-III
Junction Transistors, Potential curves in unbiased and biased transistors , transistor current
components Early effect, static characteristics of CB and CE configuration (Active Saturation and
cutoff regions), Transistor as an amplifier.
UNIT-IV
Junction filed effect transistors (JEET), Qualitative description of JEET, Drain and transfer
characteristics of JEET, MOSFET-Depletion and enhancement type, and their drain and transfer
characteristics. Small signal low frequency FET model, CS and CD low frequency model.
Ref.:
1. Electronic Devices, Applications and integrated circuit by Kulshreshtha & Mehta.
2. Integrated Electronics by Millman & Hakies.

Semester-II
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-204
Nomenclature: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS-II
UNIT-I
4 27
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Shift Register and interfacing devices: SISO, SIPO, PISO, PIPO, bidirectional shift register, ring
counter, twisted ring counter.
UNIT-II
Weighted register DAC, Binary ladder DAC, Successive Approximation ADC, counter type ADC,
Specification of DAC and ADC.
UNIT-III
Memories: Memory parameters, bipolar ROM, PROM,EPROM, E 2 PROM, bipolar static and
dynamic RAM .
UNIT-IV
Magnetic core memory, magnetic surface memory, memory organization and operation, expanding
memory size, content addressable memory.
Ref.:
1. Modern Digital Electronics By R.P.Jain

Semester-II
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-205
Nomenclature: Electronic Communication-II
4 28
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
UNIT –I
Digital Modulation techniques: FSK, PSK, DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, ASK, Similarity b/w BPSK&
BFSK (qualitative analysis only)
UNIT-II
Example of Error Control Coding, Methods of Controlling Errors , Types of Errors , Types of
Codes ,Matrix Description of Linear Block Codes , Error Detection and Error correction
capabilities of Linear Block Codes, Single Error-Correcting Hamming Codes.
UNIT-III
Binary Cyclic Codes : Algebraic Structure of Cyclic Codes, Encoding Using an (n-k) Bit Shift
Register, Syndrome Calculation ,Error Detection and Error Correction.
UNIT –IV
Information Theory and coding: Discrete messages, The concept of amount of information, average
information, entropy, information rate, Shanon-Fano coding, shanon’s theorm, channel capacity,
comparison of error rate in codes and uncoded transmission, Huffman coding, Shanon- Hartley
theorem and its implications
Ref.:
1. Principle of Communication by Taub Schilling
2. Analog & Digital Communication Systems by K. Sam Shanmugham

Semester-II
Course: B.Sc (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-206
Nomenclature: Programming Techniques
Unit-I
4 29
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time: 3hrs.
Purpose of program planning, flowcharts: Meaning, Use, Symbols Used Levels of Flowcharts,
Flowcharting rules, Advantages and limitations, Decision tables, pseudocode: Meaning,
pseudocodes for Basic Logic(Control) Structures, Advantages and Limitations.
Unit –II
Introduction to Computer problem-solving aspect, algorithms: its meaning, representation of
Algorithm, Top down Design Implementation of algorithms, Program Verifications, Efficiency of
Algorithms, Analysis of Algorithm.
Unit-III
Fundamental Algorithms: Summation of a set of numbers, Factorial computation, Sine Function
Computation, Fibonacci sequence, Reversing the digits of an integer, Algorithm for factoring
methods: Square root of number, Smallest divisor of an integer, Greatest Common Divisor,
Generating Prime numbers, Pseudo Random numbers, raising a number to a large power, algorithm
techniques for merge, sort, search operations
Unit-IV
Excel: Spreadsheet, creation, manipulation of spreadsheet, importing database, concepts of macros,
charts and graphs.
Ref.:
1. How To Solve it by Computer by R.G. Dromey

Semester 1 & 2
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-207 (IT LAB-I)
Nomenclature: Analog Electronics (Practical)
4 30
M.M: 50
Time: 3 hrs
Instruction for the examiners: A candidate is required to perform one experiment out of the list
below.
Note:-
1. This practical paper is to be studied during Semester 1 & 2. But the examination is to be
held after Semester 2 only.
2. A candidate is required to perform 6 Experiments from the list given below.
3. The number of students in a group must not exceed 10.
Distribution Of Marks
Experiment: 25 Practical Work Book: 15
Viva Voce: 10
1. PN Junction diode characteristics and calculation of reverse and forward bias incremental
resistance.
2. To study HW and FW rectifier circuits and calculation of ripple factor using C, LC and
LLC filters.
3. To study CE characteristics of BJT.
4. To study drain and transfer characteristics of JFET and to calculate drain resistance,
transfer conductance and amplification factor.
5. Study of CRO for measuring amplitude and frequency of signal.
6. To design basic logic gates–AND, OR, NOT gates.
7. To design DTL/TTL NAND gates.
8. To measure the resistivity of semiconductor material using four probe method.
9. To study the capacitance voltage characteristics of a p-n junction.
10. To study the transfer characteristics of a BJT inverter.

Semester 1 & 2
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-208 (IT LAB-II)
Nomenclature: Digital Electronics (Practical)
4 31
M.M: 50
Time: 3 hrs
Instruction for the examiners: A candidate is required to perform one experiment out of the list
below.
Note:-
4. This practical paper is to be studied during Semester 1 & 2. But the examination is to be
held after Semester 2 only.
5. A candidate is required to perform 6 Experiments from the list given below.
6. The number of students in a group must not exceed 10.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Half adder/Full adder.
2 Multiplexer/ Demultiplexer.
3 JK, D and T flip flop.
4 Ripple binary counter
5 Ripple binary counter.
6 Shift register.
7 Divide by N Counter.
8 DAC
9 Up-down Counter.
10 Digital trainer using AOI gates
11 Digital trainer using NAND gates
12 BCD decade counter using CMOS using 4033IC.
Distribution of Marks
Experiment: 25
Practical Work Book: 15
Viva Voce: 10

Semester 1 & 2
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-209 (IT LAB-III)
Nomenclature: Electronic Communication (Practical)
4 32
M.M: 50
Time: 3 hrs
Instruction for the examiners: A candidate is required to perform one experiment out of the list
below.
Note:-
1. This practical paper is to be studied during Semester 1 & 2. But the examination is to be
held after Semester 2 only.
2. A candidate is required to perform 6 Experiments from the list given below.
3. The number of students in a group must not exceed 10.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Distribution of Marks
Experiment: 25
Practical Work Book: 15
Viva Voce: 10
1. Study of Amplitude Modulation and demodulation and calculation of modulation index (using
Kit)
2. Study of Frequency Modulation. Wave form tracing (using Kit).
3. Study of pulse Amplitude Modulation using IC 555 (using Kit).
4. Study Pulse width Modulation using IC 555 (using Kit).
5. Study of Pulse Position Modulation using IC 555 (using Kit).
6. Study of ASK Modulation and Demodulation (using Kit).
7. Study of FSK Modulation and demodulation (using Kit).
8. Design of IC-555 timer as Monostable Multivibrator.
9. Design of IC-555 timer as Astable Multivibrator.
10. Study of propagation in Optical fiber (using optical fibre kit).
11. Study of time Division multiplexing of voice and data (using optical fibre kit).
12. Study of Digital multiplexing (using optical fibre kit).
13. To calculate the attenuation of the signal transmitted through optical fibres of different
length (using optical fibre kit).
14. Calculation of bit rate for digital link and bandwidth for analog link.
15. Manchester coding for fibre optic communication (using optical fibre kit).
16. Voice coding: A-law and Mu-law (using optical fibre kit).

Semester 1 & 2
Course: B.Sc. (Hons) IT
Paper Code: BSIT-210 (IT LAB-IV)
Nomenclature: Computer Fundamentals & Office Tools (Practical)
4 33
M.M: 50
Time: 3 hrs
Instruction for the examiners: A candidate is required to perform one experiment out of the list
below.
Note:-
1. This practical paper is to be studied during Semester 1 & 2. But the examination is to be
held after Semester 2 only.
2. A candidate is required to perform 6 Experiments from the list given below.
3. The number of students in a group must not exceed 10.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Distribution of Marks
Experiment: 25
Practical Work Book: 15
Viva Voce: 10
1. Familiarization with basic DOS commands like screen handling, file & directory, disk,
system handling commands.
2. Installation of MS DOS, windows & other S/W.
3. In MS DOS creation of auto exec. Bat file & config.sys files and its implementation in
installation of PC.
4. Learn to create a folder, copy files, move files, delete files in Windows
5. Learn to use the menu commands of MS-Word to Create, Edit, Modify, Format a document
6. Setting up of various input/output devices (monitor, printer, mouse, keypad etc.) in window
environment.
7. Learn to use menu commands of MS-EXCEL to create and manipulate a spread sheet.
8. Plot graphs and charts in MS EXCEL.
9. Use of multimedia applications using various multimedia tools.
10. Internet: creating & sending e-mail, downloading, accessing, surfing, chatting, sending
attachments.
11. Assembling of a system/ Identification of H/W components.
12. H/W (Peripherals) installation.
13. Use of S/W Tools (scandisk, antivirus, defragmantation etc)
14. Installation of S/W (OS, Application).

Scheme of Examination B.A. (Fine Arts)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
First Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Paper- A (Theory) History of Indian Art 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 hours
Paper-B (Practical)
Section-A Still Life (Practical) 30 6 hours (2 session)
Section –B Landscape (practical) 30 6 hours (2 session)
OR
Clay Modeling
Section-C Internal /Sessional works 10
Total 94+6 = 100
Syllabus & courses of Reading
Paper - A Theory
History of Indian Art
4 34
Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time: 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii) All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
History of Indian Art
UNIT-I
Pre History, Indus Valley, Stupa Barhut, Sanchi,
UNIT-II
Kushan, Gupta Art, Mauryan Art
UNIT – III
Art Appreciation
Definition of Art & scope
UNIT-IV
Elements of Art, Line, Form, Colour, Space & Contents, Colour Theory, Texture, Tone, Hue,
Pigment.

Books recommended:
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
Paper-B (Practical)
Section- A : Still Life
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size- ½ Imperial Medium- Water color, Pastel color etc.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
iii. The group of the object should not less then three along with draperies.
Section – B - Landscape Painting
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size- ½ Imperial Medium- Water color, Pastel color, oil color etc.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Or
Clay modeling
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: 8”x 12”, Medium: Clay
Courses of study:
Study of Fruits, animal, human forms and its independent compositions.
Section -C: Internal/Sessional works Max. Marks: 10
Number of assignments: 4 in each section and 50 sketches and class attendance.
4 35

Scheme of Examination B.A. (Fine Arts)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Second Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Paper- A Theory History of Indian Art 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 hours
Paper-B (Practical)
Section-A Still Life (Practical) 30 6 hours (2 Sessions)
Section –B Landscape (practical) 30 6 hours (2 Sessions)
Or
Clay Modeling
Section-C Internal/Sessional works 10
Total = 94+6 = 100
Syllabus & courses of Reading
Paper - A Theory
Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time: 3 hours
History of Indian Art
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii) All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
UNIT-I
Ajanta, Ellora, Elephanta
UNIT-II
Orissan Sculpture, Chandela
UNIT-III
Principal of the Art Appreciation: Balance, Harmony, Rhythm, Perspective
UNIT-IV
Mural- Fresco Buono, Fresco Secco, Mosaic
Cerarmic and Glass, Tempera Mold and Sand Casting
Books recommended:
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
4 36

Paper-B (Practical)
Section- A : Still Life
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size- ½ Imperial Medium- Water color, Pastel color etc.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
iii. The group of the object should not less then three along with draperies.
Section – B - Landscape Painting.
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size- ½ Imperial Medium- Water color, Pastel color, oil color etc.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Or
Clay modeling
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: 8”x 12” Medium: Clay
Courses of study:
Study of Fruits, animal, human forms and its independent compositions.
Section -C: Internal/ Sessional works Max. Marks- 10
Number of assignments: 4 in each section and 50 sketches and class attendance.
4 37

Scheme of Examination B.A. (Fine Arts)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Third Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Paper- A Theory History of Indian Art 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 hours
Paper-B (Practical)
Section-A Head study (Practical) 30 6 hours (2 sessions)
Section –B Landscape (practical) 30 6 hours (2 sessions)
Or
Clay Modeling
Section-C Internal/Sessional work 10
Total = 94+6 = 100
Paper-A: History of Indian Art
Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time: 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii) All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
Course of study:
UNIT-I
Pala, Rashtrakuta, Vijaynagaras
UNIT-II
Khajuraho, Hampi, Tanjavur, Folk Art
UNIT-III
Chitrasutra, Shadanga
UNIT-IV
Rasa, Bhava
Books recommended:
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
7. Indian Art- Partha Mitter
4 38

Paper- B
Section –A: Head study (Practical)
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: ½ Imperial Medium- pencil, Charcoal, pastels etc.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Course- Study of Head and bust.
Section-B: Landscape (practical)
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: ½ Imperial Medium- water color/ oil color/
pastel
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Course- Landscape painting with human/ animal and bird figures.
Or
Clay Modeling.
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: 10” to 18” Medium- clay
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Course- Study of Head
Section-C-Internal/Sessional works Max. Marks- 10
Number of assignments: 4 in each section and 50 sketches and class attendance.
4 39

Scheme of Examination B.A. (Fine Arts)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Fourth Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Paper- A (Theory) History of Indian Art 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 hours
Paper-B (Practical)
Section-A Head study Practical) 30 6 hours (2 Sessions)
Section –B Landscape (practical) 30 6 hours (2 Sessions)
Or
Clay Modeling
Section-C Internal/Sessional works 10
Total = 94+6 = 100
Paper-A: History of Indian Art
4 40
Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time: 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii) All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
UNIT-I
Badami cave paintings
Jain paintings
Unit-II
Rajasthani Miniatures: Kishangarh, Bundi, Kota, Mevar, Jaipur
UNIT-III
Mughal: Akabar, Jahangir
UNIT-IV
Pahari- Basohli, Kangara Guler, Chamba
Books recommended:
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
7. Indian Art- Partha Mitter

Paper- B (Practical)
Section –A: Head study (Practical)
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: ½ Imperial Medium- pencil, Charcoal, pastels etc.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Course- Study of Head and bust.
Section-B: Landscape (practical)
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: ½ Imperial Medium- water color/ oil color/ pastel
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Course- Landscape painting with human/ animal and bird figures.
Or
Clay Modeling.
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: 10” to 18” Medium- clay
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Course- Study of Head
Section-C – Internal/Sessional work (marks should be sent on each semester) Max. Marks- 10
Number of assignments: 4 in each section and 50 sketches and class attendance.
4 41

Scheme of Examination B.A. (Fine Arts)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2013-14)
Fifth Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Paper- A (Theory) History of Western Art 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 hours
Paper-B (Practical)
Section-A Portrait painting (Practical) 30 6 hours (2 sessions)
Section –B Composition (Practical) 30 6 hours (2 sessions)
Or
Clay Modeling
Section-C Internal/Sessional works 10
Total = 94+6 = 100
Paper- A Theory:
History of Western Art
4 42
Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time: 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii) All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
UNIT-I
Prehistoric Art:-Altamira and Lascaux
UNIT-II
Egyptian Art-Tomb and Pyramid Sculpture and Paintings
UNIT-III
Greek art- four phases of Greek Sculptures
UNIT-IV
Early Christian & Byzantine, Gothic
Books recommended:
1. Pashchim ki Kala- Giriraj kishor Agrawal
2. Pashchatya kala- BP Kamboj

Paper-B (Practical)
Section –A: Portrait painting (Practical)
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: ½ Imperial Medium- Pastel/ oil color etc.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Section –B: composition (Practical)
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: ½ Imperial Medium- water color, pastel/ oil colors.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Or
Clay Modeling
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: 10” to 18” Medium- clay.
Instructions:
i. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
ii. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Section –C: Internal/ Sessional work Max. Marks- 10
Number of assignments: 4 in each section and 50 sketches and class attendance.
4 43

Scheme of Examination B.A. (Fine Arts)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2013-14)
Sixth Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Paper- A (Theory) History of western Art 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 hours
Paper-B (Practical)
Section-A Portrait painting (Practical) 30 6 hours (2 Sessions)
Section –B Composition (practical) 30 6 hours (2 Sessions)
Or
Clay Modeling
Section-C Internal/ Sessional works 10
Total = 94+6 = 100
Paper- A Theory:
History of Western Art
4 44
Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time: 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii) All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
UNIT-I
Early Renaissance: Giotto, Masaccio, Fra Angelico
Middle Renaissance: Mantegna, Donatello, Piero Della Francesca
UNIT-II
High Renaissance: Leonardo, Michelangelo, Raphael, Titian.
UNIT-III
Mannerism: El Greco, Tintoretto, Pontormo.
UNIT-IV
Baroque: Bernini, Ruben, Rembrandt, Caravaggio, Poussin, Vermeer.
Books recommended:
1. Pashchim ki Kala- Giriraj kishor Agrawal
2. Pashchatya kala- BP Kamboj

Paper-B (Practical)
Section –A: Portrait painting (Practical)
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: ½ Imperial Medium- Pastel/ oil color etc.
Instructions:
iii. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
iv. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Section –B: composition (Practical)
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks- 30
Size: ½ Imperial Medium- water color, pastel/ oil
colors.
Instructions:
iii. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
iv. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Or
Clay Modeling
Time: 6 Hours (2 sessions) Max. Marks-30
Size: 10” to 18” Medium- clay.
Instructions:
iii. The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
iv. The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Section –C: Internal/ Sessional work Max. Marks- 10
Number of assignments: 4 in each section and 50 sketches and class attendance.
4 45

Scheme of Examination B.A.
(Commercial Art, Designing and Painting)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Examination : B.A. (1 st Semester)
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
______________________________________________________________________________
Paper-A Advertising Foundation 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-B
Section-A Still Life (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-B Graphic Design (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-C Layout (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-D Internal/Sessional works 10
Total Marks = 94+6 = 100
Syllabus & courses of Study
Paper – A Theory
Advertising Foundation Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
Course of Study:-
Unit–I What is art, Principle of art, Introduction to Commercial Art and its importance.
Unit–II What is Commercial art and scope of commercial art, aims and objectives of
commercial Art.
Unit–III Who is commercial artist and what are the qualities of commercial artist.
Unit–IV Various medium in art, Material used in commercial art and its techniques.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 46

Suggested Reading
1- foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
2- foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
3- foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
4- foKkiu % vशksd egktu
5- Foundation of Advertising (Theory and Practice) – SA Chunawala & KC Sethia
6- Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan
7- Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan (Hindi Edition)
Paper – B Practical
Section-A : Still Life Max. Marks: 20
Size- Max. Half Imperial Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Pencil Colour, Pastel Colour, Water Colour etc.
Instructions:
I The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
II The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
III The group of the object should not less then three along with draperies
Section-B Graphic Design (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- Max: A-4 Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Water Proof Black Ink, Black Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a Logo or Monogram, letter head, envelope (Black & White).
Section-C Layout (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 8”X10” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium -Water Proof Black Ink, Black Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a black and white layout with all element of it.
Section-D Sessional Work Max. Marks: 10
1. Sketches : 40
2 Graphic Design : 3
3 Layout : 2
4 Still life : 2
Note: All Sessional works to be assigned by the concerned teacher and maintained by the students
duly signed by the concerned teacher and also private candidates are required sessional
work duly attested by the teacher concerned.
4 47

Scheme of Examination B.A.
(Commercial Art, Designing and Painting)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Examination : B.A. (2 nd Semester)
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
______________________________________________________________________________
Paper-A Advertising Foundation 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-B
Section-A Still Life (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-B Graphic Design (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-C Layout (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-D Internal/Sessional works 10
Total Marks = 94+6=100
Syllabus & courses of Study:
Paper – A Theory
Advertising Foundation Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
Course of Study:
Unit – I What is design, theory of design, element of design, kind of design, principle of
design
Unit – II What is creativity, Creative thinking, Creative Concept and art direction.
Unit – III Theory of colour: Primary, Secondary and Tertiary colours, tints, shades, tone.
Unit – IV What is logo, logotype, and symbol, what is layout and element of layout, what is
poster, hoarding and kiosk.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 48

Suggested Reading
1. foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
2. foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
3. foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
4. foKkiu % vशksd egktu
5. Foundation of Advertising (Theory and Practice) – SA Chunawala & KC Sethia
6. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan
7. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan (Hindi
Edition)
Paper – B Practical
Section-A : Still Life Max. Marks: 20
Size- Max. Half Imperial Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Pencil Colour, Pastel Colour, Water Colour etc.
Instructions:
I The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
II The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
III The group of the object should not less then three along with draperies
Section-B Graphic Design (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- Max: A-4 Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Water Proof Black Ink, Black Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a Logo or Monogram, letter head, envelope (Black & White).
Section-C Layout (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 8”X10” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium -Water Proof Black Ink, Black Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a black and white layout with all element of it.
Section-D Sessional Work Max. Marks: 10
1. Sketches : 40
2 Graphic Design : 3
3 Layout : 2
4 Still life : 2
Note: All Sessional works to be assigned by the concerned teacher and maintained by the students
duly signed by the concerned teacher and also private candidates are required sessional
work duly attested by the teacher concerned.
4 49

Scheme of Examination B.A.
(Commercial Art, Designing and Painting)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Examination : B.A. (3 rd Semester)
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
______________________________________________________________________________
Paper-A Advertising Foundation 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-B
(Practical)
Section-A Illustration (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-B Layout (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-C Poster (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-D Internal/Sessional works 10
Total Marks = 94+6=100
Syllabus & courses of Study
Paper – A Theory
Advertising Foundation Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
Course of Study:
Unit– I Introduction of main printing process such as letterpress, lithography,
gravure, offset, silk screen etc.
Unit–II History and development of printing. Latest technologies of printing.
Unit–III What is type, lettering and block making.
Unit–IV What is copywriting, Typography – Introduction, role of typography in
advertising, copy formats: Headlines, sub headlines, body copy etc.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 50

Suggested Reading
1. foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
2. foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
3. foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
4. foKkiu % vशksd egktu
5. Foundation of Advertising (Theory and Practice) – SA Chunawala & KC Sethia
6. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan
7. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan (Hindi
Edition)
Paper – B Practical
Section-A : Illustration (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- Max. 10”x15” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Poster Colour, Pencil Colour, Pastel Colour, Water Colour etc.
Instruction:
I The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
II The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Assignment: Colour or Black & White Illustration with pen & Ink or Brush on the following
themes; (i) College Campus, (ii) Canteen (iii) Class Room, (iv) Story.
Section-B Layout (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 8”x10” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium-Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a Social or Productive Magazine Layout with all Element Including Slogan
Section-C Poster (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 20”x30” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium - Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a Simple Poster with all element in monochrome or colour on the following
theme: Educational, Productive or any Current Social Topic.
Section-D Sessional Work Max. Marks: 10
1. Sketches : 40
2 Illustration : 2
3 Layout : 2
4 Poster : 2
Optional subject (any one of the following):
(i) Introduction of computer; basics of computer, MS Office, paint, coral draw, Adobe
illustrator, Adobe Photoshop etc
4 51

(ii) Photography: Introduction of Camera and its Mechanism
(iii) Screen Printing: Simple Process.
Note: No Examination of optional subject, only submission of 1 work
Note: All Sessional works to be assigned by the concerned teacher and maintained by the students
duly signed by the concerned teacher and also private candidates are required sessional
work duly attested by the teacher concerned.
Scheme of Examination B.A.
(Commercial Art, Designing and Painting)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Examination : B.A. (4th Semester)
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
____________________________________________________________________________
Paper-A Advertising Foundation 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-B
(Practical)
Section-A Illustration (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-B Layout (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-C Poster (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-D Internal/Sessional works 10
Total Marks = 94+6=100
Syllabus & courses of Study
Paper – A Theory
Advertising Foundation Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
Course of Study:-
Unit– I What is advertising and its meaning, history of advertising. History of
advertising in India.
Unit– II Functions of Advertising- Advertising reduces selling cost, Advertising creates
employment, Advertising establishes reputation and prestige, Advertising
business offers employment.
Unit– III What is advertising campaign and main objectives of advertising.
Unit– IV What is photography and its role in advertising. What is illustration and its role
in advertising.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
4 52

(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Reading
1. foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
2. foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
3. foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
4. foKkiu % vशksd egktu
5. Foundation of Advertising (Theory and Practice) – SA Chunawala & KC Sethia
6. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan
7. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan (Hindi
Edition)
Paper – B Practical
Section-A : Illustration (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- Max. 10”x15” Time -6 Hours (2sessions
Medium- Poster Colour, Pencil Colour, Pastel Colour, Water Colour.)
Instruction:
I The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
II The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Assignment: Colour or Black & White Illustration with pen & Ink or Brush on the following
themes; (i) College Campus, (ii) Canteen (iii) Class Room, (iv) Story.
Section-B Layout (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 8”x10” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium-Poster Colour.
Assignment: Design a Social or Productive Magazine Layout with all Element Including Slogan
Section-C Poster (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 20”x30” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium - Poster Colour,
Assignment: Design a Simple Poster with all element in monochrome or colour on the following
theme: Educational, Productive or any Current Social Topic.
Section-D Sessional Work Max. Marks: 10
1. Sketches : 40
4 53

2 Illustration : 2
3 Layout : 2
4 Poster : 2
Optional subject (any one of the following):
1. Introduction of computer; basics of computer, MS Office, paint, coral draw, Adobe
illustrator etc.
2. Photography: Introduction of Camera and its Mechanism
3. Screen Printing: Simple Process.
Note: No Examination of optional subject, only submission of 1 work
Note: All Sessional works to be assigned by the concerned teacher and maintained by the students
duly signed by the concerned teacher and also private candidates are required sessional
work duly attested by the teacher concerned.
Scheme of Examination B.A.
(Commercial Art, Designing and Painting)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2014-15)
Examination : B.A. (5 th Semester)
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
______________________________________________________________________________
Paper-A Advertising Foundation 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-B
(Practical)
Section-A Illustration (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-B Layout (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-C Poster (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-D Internal/Sessional works 10
Total Marks = 94+6=100
Syllabus & courses of Study:
Paper – A Theory
Advertising Foundation Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
Course of study:
4 54

Unit – I What is media, what is outdoor media and describe the all types of outdoor
media, what is transit media.
Unit – II What is indoor media, describe the main indoor media; radio, T.V., internet etc.
Radio and T.V. Advertising.
Unit– III What is print media, describe the main types of print media, what is direct mail.
Unit – IV Role of Computer in Advertising; i.e. designing and printing of advertisement.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Reading
1. foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
2. foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
3. foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
4. foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
5. Foundation of Advertising (Theory and Practice) – SA Chunawala & KC Sethia
6. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan
7. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan (Hindi
Edition)
Paper – B Practical
Section-A : Illustration (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- Max. 10”x15” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Poster Colour, Pencil Colour, Pastel Colour, Water Colour etc.
Instruction:
I The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
II The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Assignment: Simple and complex Illustration from a given theme with three or more figure in
Colour or Black & White Illustration with pen & Ink or Brush on the following
themes; (i) College Campus, (ii) Canteen (iii) Class Room, (iv) Story.
The students are required to prepare the illustration suitable for printing both in
line and halftone process.
Section-B Layout (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 8”x10” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Poster Colour etc.
4 55

Assignment: Design a Magazine or Press Layout by Using illustration or photography, hand
lettering, typography in order to arrest attention, maintaining the flow of visual
aspects, suitable for printing in all process for newspapers as well as picture
magazine. Design Layout with all Element Including Creative Slogan.
Section-C Poster (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 20”x30” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium - Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a Poster in Multi colour on the following theme i.e.
Educational and Industrial products or any current topic. With Slogan including
all elements of poster.
Section-D Sessional Work Max. Marks: 10
1. Sketches : 40
2 Illustration : 2
3 Layout : 2
4 Poster : 2
Optional subject (any one of the following):
(i) Advance knowledge of computer, coral draw, Adobe illustrator, Adobe Photoshop etc
(ii) Photography: Introduction of Camera and its Mechanism
(iii) Screen Printing: Simple Process.
(iv) Batik: Creative Batik on cloth.
Note: No Examination of optional subject only submission of 2 works
Note: All Sessional works to be assigned by the concerned teacher and maintained by the students
duly signed by the concerned teacher and also private candidates are required sessional
work duly attested by the teacher concerned.
Scheme of Examination B.A.
(Commercial Art, Designing and Painting)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2014-15)
Examination : B.A. (6th Semester)
Paper No. Nomenclature of the paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
______________________________________________________________________________
Paper-A Advertising Foundation 24 + 6 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-B
(Practical)
Section-A Illustration (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-B Layout (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-C Poster (Practical) 20 6 Hours (2 Sessions)
Section-D Internal/Sessional works 10
Total Marks = 94+6=100
4 56

Syllabus & courses of Study
Paper – A Theory
Advertising Foundation Max. Marks: 24+ 6 (Int Assmnt)
Time 3 hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks (except question No. 1, it will be of 8 marks)
Course of study:
Unit – I What is market, introduction to marketing, describe the 4Ps of marketing
(Product, Price, Place and promotion).
Unit – II Advertising and Marketing; Advertising Role in Marketing.
Unit – III Future of advertising; career option in advertising.
Unit – IV What is Advertising agency, Art Director, Visualizer, Copy Writer.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Reading
1. foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
2. foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
3. foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
4. foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
5. Foundation of Advertising (Theory and Practice) – SA Chunawala & KC Sethia
6. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan
7. Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan (Hindi
Edition)
Paper – B Practical
Section-A : Illustration (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- Max. 10”x15” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Poster Colour, Pencil Colour, Pastel Colour, Water Colour etc.
Instruction:
4 57

I The number of students in a practical group should not exceed to 15.
II The examination should be conducted in two sessions.
Assignment: Simple and complex Illustration from a given theme with three or more figure in
Colour or Black & White Illustration with pen & Ink or Brush on the following
themes; (i) College Campus, (ii) Canteen (iii) Class Room, (iv) Story.
The students are required to prepare the illustration suitable for printing both in
line and halftone process.
Section-B Layout (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 8”x10” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium- Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a Magazine or Press Layout by Using illustration or photography, hand
lettering, typography in order to arrest attention, maintaining the flow of visual
aspects, suitable for printing in all process for newspapers as well as picture
magazine. Design Layout with all Element Including Creative Slogan.
Section-C Poster (Practical) Max. Marks: 20
Size- 20”x30” Time -6 Hours (2sessions)
Medium - Poster Colour etc.
Assignment: Design a Poster in Multicolour on the following theme i.e.
Educational and Industrial products or any current topic. With Slogan including
all elements of poster.
Section-D Sessional Work Max. Marks: 10
1. Sketches : 40
2 Illustration : 2
3 Layout : 2
4 Poster : 2
Optional subject (any one of the following) :
(i) Advance knowledge of computer, coral draw, Adobe illustrator, Adobe Photoshop etc
(ii) Photography: Introduction of Camera and its Mechanism
(iii) Screen Printing: Simple Process in Design.
(iv) Batik: Creative Batik on cloth.
Note: No Examination of optional subject, only submission of 2 works
Note: All Sessional works to be assigned by the concerned teacher and maintained by the students
duly signed by the concerned teacher and also private candidates are required sessional
work duly attested by the teacher concerned.
4 58

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 1 st Semester (Foundation Course) in Drawing & Painting,
Applied Arts and Sculpture
(w. e. f. 2011-12)
B.F.A. 1 st Semester
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks ___________Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Hindi — 40+10 (Int. Assmnt)* 3 Hrs.
II (Theory) Communicative English — 40+10 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs.
III (Theory) Appreciation and Fundamentals
of Visual Arts — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs.
IV (Practical) Drawing — NO EXAM
V -do- Design-2D & 3D. — NO EXAM
VI -do- Pictorial Design/Painting — NO EXAM
VII -do- Print Making — NO EXAM
VIII -do- Clay Modeling — NO EXAM
IX -do- Geometry, Perspective — NO EXAM
_________ & Calligraphy ________________________________________________
Total Marks — 160+40 = 200
♦Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th , 6 th , 8 th only.
* Internal Assessment
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 2 nd Semester (Foundation Course) in Drawing & Painting, Applied
Arts and Sculpture
(w. e. f. 2011-12)
B.F.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Hindi ---- 40+10 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs.
II ( Theory) Communicative English ---- 40+10 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs.
III( Theory) Appreciation and Fundamentals
of Visual Arts ---- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs.
IV ( Practical) Drawing 50 50 6 Hrs.
V -do- Design-2D & 3D 50 50 6 Hrs.
VI -do- Pictorial Design/Painting 50 50 6 Hrs
VII -do- Print Making 50 50 6 Hrs.
VIII -do- Clay Modeling 50 50 6 Hrs.
IX -do- Geometry, Perspective 50 50 6 Hrs.
& Calligraphy
Total Marks 300 + 460+40 = 800
4 59

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 3 rd Semester in Drawing & Painting (Group A)
w.e.f. 2012-13
B.F.A. 3 rd Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. A= Drawing & Painting the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
Paper-I (Theory) History of Indian Art — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-II -do- History of Western Art — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-Ill-do- Method & Materials — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-IV -do- Communicative English — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-V (Practical) Drawing — NO EXAM
Paper-VI -do- Head Study — NO EXAM
Paper-VII -do- Pictorial Composition — NO EXAM
Paper-VIII -do- Print Making — NO EXAM
Total = 320+80 =400
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 4 th Semester in Drawing & Painting (Group A)
w.e.f. 2012-13
B.F.A. 4 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. A= Drawing & Painting the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group A History of Indian Art ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Methods & Materials ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV -do- -do- Communicative English ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
V (Practical) -do- Drawing 100 100 18 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Head Study 100 100 18 Hrs
VII do- -do- Pictorial Composition 100 100 18 Hrs
VIII -do- -do- Print Making 100 100 24 Hrs
Total= 400 + 720+80 = 1200
4 60

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 5 th Semester in Drawing & Painting (Group A)
w.e.f. 2013-14
B.F.A. 5 th Semester
Paper Group of specialisation Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. A= Drawing & Painting the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group A History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Aesthetics (Indian) ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Head Study NO EXAM
& Drawing from Life
V -do- -do- Composition NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Print Making NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Mural NO EXAM
Total = 240+60 = 300
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 6 th Semester in Drawing & Painting (Group A)
w.e.f. 2013-14
B.F.A. 6 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. A= Drawing & Painting the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group A History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Aesthetics (Indian) ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Head Study 100 100 24 Hrs
& Drawing from Life
V -do- -do- Composition 100 100 24 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Print Making 100 100 18 Hrs
VII -do- -do- Mural 100 100 24 Hrs
Total = 400 + 640+60 = 1100
4 61

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 7 th Semester in Drawing & Painting (Group A)
w.e.f. 2014-15
B.F.A. 7 th Semester
Paper Group of specialisation Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. A= Drawing & Painting the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group A History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Aesthetics (Western) ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Portrait Painting & NO EXAM
Life Study
V -do- -do- Advance Composition NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Print Making NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Mural NO EXAM
Total = 240+60 = 300
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 8 th Semester in Drawing & Painting (Group A)
w.e.f. 2014-15
B.F.A. 8 th Semester
Paper Group of specialisation Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. A= Drawing & Painting the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group A History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Aesthetics (Western) ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Portrait Painting 100 100 30 Hrs
& Life Study
V -do- -do- Advance Composition 100 100 24 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Print Making 100 100 30 Hrs
VII -do- -do- Mural 100 100 30 Hrs
Total = 400 + 640+60 = 1100
4 62

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 3 rd Semester in Applied Arts (Group B)
w.e.f. 2012-13
B.F.A. 3 rd Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. B= Applied Arts the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
Paper-I (Theory) History of Indian Art — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-II -do- History of Western Art — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-Ill-do- Method & Materials — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-IV -do- Communicative English — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-V (Practical) Drawing — NO EXAM
Paper-VI -do- Press Layout — NO EXAM
Paper-VII -do- Poster Design — NO EXAM
Paper-VIII -do- Graphic Design — NO EXAM
Total = 320+80=400
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 4 th Semester in Applied Arts (Group B)
w.e.f. 2012-13
B.F.A. 4 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. B= Applied Arts the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group B History of Indian Art ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Methods & Materials ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV -do- -do- Communicative English ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
V (Practical) -do- Drawing 100 100 18 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Press Layout 100 100 18 Hrs
VII -do- -do- Poster Design 100 100 18 Hrs
VIII -do- -do- Graphic Design 100 100 18 Hrs
Total = 400 + 720+80 = 1200
4 63

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 5 th Semester in Applied Arts (Group B)
w.e.f. 2013-14
B.F.A. 5 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. B= Applied Arts the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group B History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Advertising Profession
& Practice ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Magazine Layout
& Typography NO EXAM
V -do- -do- Poster Design NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Printing & Photography -I NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Computer Graphics-I NO EXAM
Total 240+60 = 300
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 6 th Semester in Applied Arts (Group B)
w.e.f. 2013-14
B.F.A. 6 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. B= Applied Arts the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group B History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Advertising Profession
& Practice ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Magazine Layout
& Typography 100 100 18 Hrs
V -do- -do- Poster Design 100 100 18 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Printing & Photography-I 100 100 18 Hrs
VII -do- -do- Computer Graphic-I 100 100 18 Hrs
Total = 400 + 640+60 = 1100
4 64

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 7 th Semester in Applied Arts (Group B)
w.e.f. 2014-15
B.F.A. 7 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. B= Applied Arts the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional-Examination
I (Theory) Group B History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Advertising Profession
& Practice ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Product Campaign Design NO EXAM
V -do- -do- Social Campaign Design NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Printing & Photography-II NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Computer Graphic-II NO EXAM
Total 240+60 = 300
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 8th Semester in Applied Arts (Group B)
w.e.f. 2014-15
B.F.A. 8 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. B= Applied Arts the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group B History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Advertising Profession
& Practice ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Product Campaign Design 100 100 30 Hrs
V -do- -do- Social Campaign Design 100 100 30 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Printing & Photography-II 100 100 24 Hrs
VII -do- -do- Computer Graphics-II 100 100 18 Hrs
Total = 400 + 640+60 = 1100
4 65

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 3 rd Semester in Sculpture (Group C)
w.e.f. 2012-13
B.F.A. 3 rd Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. C= Sculpture the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
Paper-I (Theory) History of Indian Art — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-II -do- History of Western Art — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-Ill-do- Method & Materials — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-IV -do- Communicative English — 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-V (Practical) Drawing — NO EXAM
Paper-VI -do- Composition — NO EXAM
Paper-VII -do- Portrait — NO EXAM
Paper-VIII -do- Advance Composition — NO EXAM
Total = 320+80
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 4th Semester in Sculpture (Group C)
w.e.f. 2012-13
B.F.A. 4 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. C= Sculpture the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group A History of Indian Art ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Methods & Materials ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV -do- -do- Communicative English ----- 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
V (Practical) -do- Drawing 100 100 12 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Composition 100 100 18 Hrs
VII -do- -do- Portrait 100 100 18 Hrs
VIII -do- -do- Advance Composition 100 100 18 Hrs
Total = 400 + 720+80 = 1200
4 66

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 5th Semester in Sculpture (Group C)
w.e.f. 2013-14
B.F.A. 5 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. C= Sculpture the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group C History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Aesthetics (Indian) ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Drawing NO EXAM
V -do- -do- Composition NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Life Study (Portrait/Torso) NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Advance Composition NO EXAM
Total = 240+60
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 6th Semester in Sculpture (Group C)
w.e.f. 2013-14
B.F.A. 6 th Semester
Paper Group of specialization Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. C= Sculpture the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group C History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Aesthetics (Indian) ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Drawing 100 100 06Hrs
V -do- -do- Composition 100 100 24 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Life Study(Portrait/Torso) 100 100 24 Hrs
VII -do- -do- Advance Composition 100 100 24 Hrs
Total = 400 + 640+60 = 1100
4 67

Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 7 th Semester in Sculpture (Group C)
w.e.f. 2014-15
B.F.A. 7 th Semester
Paper Group of specialisation Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. C= Sculpture the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group C History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Aesthetics (Western) ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Drawing NO EXAM
V -do- -do- Composition NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Life Study (Full Figure) NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Advance Composition NO EXAM
Total = 240+60
Scheme of Examination of Bachelor of Fine Arts
BFA – 8 th Semester in Sculpture (Group C)
w.e.f. 2014-15
B.F.A. 8 th Semester
Paper Group of specialisation Nomenclature of Maximum Time
No. C= Sculpture the paper Marks Allowed
Sessional Examination
I (Theory) Group C History of Indian Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
II -do- -do- History of Western Art ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
III -do- -do- Aesthetics (Western) ------ 80+20 (Int. Assmnt) 3 Hrs
IV (Practical) -do- Drawing 100 100 06 Hrs
V -do- -do- Composition 100 100 24 Hrs
VI -do- -do- Life Study (Full Figure) 100 100 30 Hrs
VII -do- -do- Advance Composition 100 100 30 Hrs
Total = 400 + 640+60 = 1100
4 68

1 st Semester
Foundation course
Theory Papers:
BFA 1st and 2nd Semester (Foundation Course) Examinations
w.e.f. 2011-12
Theory Subjects
Syllabus for 1st Semester
Paper – I Theory Hindi
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks-40 +10 Internal Assessment
No. of question to be set: 10
No. of question to be attempted: 5
fgUnh ¼vfuok;Z½
ikB~;iqLrd& dqy vad%40 +10 Internal Assessment
izFke lesLVj
1- izkphu ,oa e/;;qxhu dkO; uked dkO; laxzg ls O;k[;k ds :Ik esa gksxk A
ikB~;iqLrd esa fu/kkZfjr dfo;ksa esa ls fdUgh pkj dfo;ksa dh pkj O;k[;k,a iwNh
tk;saxh A ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dks muesa ls fdUgh nks dh lizlax O;k[;k djuh gksxh A
izR;sd O;k[;k 8 vadks dh gksxh vkSj iwjk iz’u 16 vadksa dk gksxk A 16
2- fdUgh nks dfo;ksa dk lkfgfR;d ifjp; iwNk tk,xk] ftuesa ls ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dk
,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA bl iz’u ds fy, 8 vad fu/kkZfjr gSa A 08
3- fu/kkZfjr dfo;ksa dk lkfgfR;d ifjp; iwNk tk;sxk] ftuesa ls ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dk ,d
dk mÙkj nsuk gksxk A nks iz’u 5 vad ds ,oa ,d iz’u 6 vad dk gksxk A 16
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 69

B.F.A. 1 st Semester, Paper-II
Communicative English
Theory Papers: w.e.f. 2011-12
Paper – II Theory Communicative English
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks-40 + 10 Internal Assessment
No. of question to be set: 8
No. of question to be attempted: 8 (With internal Choice)
Par t- A
A. Chronicles of Time edited by Asha Kadiyan, Reader in English, M.D. University, Rohtak
B. The Pointed Vision: An anthology of Short Stories by Usha Bande and Krishan
Gopal, (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, with the following deletions and
additions.)
Deletions:
(i) "The Saint and the Goblin"
(ii) "Happiness"
(iii) "Hands"
Additions to be made:
(i) Anton Chekhov's "The Bet"
(ii) Rabindra Nath Tagore's "The Postmaster"
(iii) O. Henry's "The Gift of the Magi"
Scheme of Examination
Q.1. Explanation with reference to the context.
The candidate will be required to attempt two passages (with internal choice from the book
of Poems) (10 Marks)
Q. 2. Short-answer type questions on poems (four questions to be attempted out of the given
eight.) (10 Marks)
OR
Four short-answer type questions will be set on the prescribed short-stories. The students
will be required to attempt any four out of given eight questions. (10 Marks)
Q. 3. One essay-type questions (with internal choice) will be set on each of the prescribed texts A &
B. Students will be required to attempt one question each from both the texts.
(10 Marks)
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 70

B.F.A. (Semester-1 st ) Paper-Ill: Appreciation
and Fundamentals of Visual Arts (Theory)
w.e.f 2011-12
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks-80 + 20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to
be set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Details of course works:
UNIT-I
a) What is Art?
b) Definition of art
UNIT-II
Different Artforms
Visual Art
Performing Art
UNIT-III
Elements/ Classifications of Art
Dimensions in art- 2D, 3D, High-Minor Art, Classical-Folk
UNIT-IV
a) A run through of History of Indian Art
b) A run through of History of Western
c) A run through of History of Far-Eastern
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the
following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 71

Theory Papers:
B.F.A. (Semester-2 nd Semester)
Foundation course
Paper-I Theory Hindi
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks-40 + 10 Internal Assessment
No. of question to be set: 10
No. of question to be attempted: 5
f+}rh; lesLVj
4 72
dqy vad 40 +10 Internal Assessment
1- fgUnh&lkfgR; dk laf{kIr bfrgkl dqy vad dk gksxk A vkfn dky] HkfDr dky] jhfr
dky vkSj vk/kqfud dky fu/kkZfjr gS A blesa ls 8 iz’u iwNs tk,axs vkSj izR;sd iz’u 3 vad dk
gksxk A 8�3 � 24
2- vfUre iz’u O;kdj.k dk gksxk] ftlds fy, 18 vad fu/kkZfjr gSa A blds vUrxZr
orZuh] Ik;kZ;] foykse] yksdksfDr] eqgkojs] okD; ds fy, ,d 'kCn fu/kkZfjr gS A blesa 18
oLrqfu"B iz’u gksaxs A izR;sd ¼orZuh] Ik;kZ;] foykse] yksdksfDr] eqgkojs] okD; ds fy, ,d 'kCn½
esa ls rhu&rhu iz’u iwNs tk,axs vkSj izR;sd iz’u dk ,d vad fu/kkZfjr fd;k x;k gS A
8�2 � 16
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the
following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks

B.F.A. (Semester - 2nd)
Communicative
English
w.e.f 2011-12
Paper- II Time: 3 Hours Maximum Marks: 40 +10 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
No. of question to be set: 8
No. of question to be attempted: 8
Part-B
Text Book Prescribed:
A Remedial English Grammar for Foreign Students by FT. Wood.
Q. 1. Items based in the examples/exercises given in the prescribed text-book of
Grammar. (08 Marks)
The following topics are to be studied in detail:
Topics Chapter No. of the
Prescribed text-book
1. Articles 1
2. Agreement of verb and subject 2
3. Difficulties with comparatives and superlatives 10
4. Prepositions 13
5. Tenses 16
6. Infinite 20
Q. 2. (a) Idioms and Phrases
(b) Synonyms/Antonyms (08 Marks)
Q.3. Paragraph (08 Marks)
The candidate will be required to write a paragraph on any of the given topics.
Q. 4. Letter/Application (08Marks)
Students will be asked to write a letter or an application. The question will carry internal
choice.
Q. 5. Translation (from Hindi to English, of a passage consisting of 6 to 8 sentences)
(08 Marks)
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 73

Syllabus for 2 nd Semester
Paper-Ill: Appreciation and Fundamentals of Visual Arts
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks-80 (16x5 = 80) +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to
be set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Details of course works:
UNIT-I
a) Colour
b) Colour Theory
c) Colour Wheel
UNIT-II
a) Art and Visual perception.
b) Concepts of line
c) Concepts of form
d) Concepts of space
UNIT-III
a) Concepts of tone
b) Concepts of texture
c) Concepts of contents
UNIT-IV
Art terms: Balance Rhythm, Unity, Harmony, Perspective, Dominance.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the
following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 74

Practical Syllabus (1 st and 2 nd Semester)
Paper-IV Drawing
Tlme-6 hrs Maximum Marks-100 (Sessional-50; Examination-50)
Size: quarter sheet.
Medium: pencil, charcoal, crayons, pastel, water colours, pen and inks.
Note: candidate will have to choose any of the above medium in the examination.
Detail of course work:
Drawing exercises are to learn accurate observation and skills of graphic presentation in free
hand drawing exercises from objects and nature to study proportion, volume and
visual perspective, suggestion of solidity by line, mass, value and texture;
emphasis on variety of visual experiences.
a) Study of proportion, line, colour, form, tone, texture and graphic
representation.
b) Nature Drawing: study of various natural forms.
c) Drawing from various man-made objects.
d) Drawing from memory- to develop the sense of observation and the capacity
to retain and
recall images and their co-ordination.
No. of assignments:
Nature drawings: 6
Drawing from man-made object: 6
Drawing from mrmory-5
Free-hand sketching: 1000
4 75

Paper-V Design-2D and 3-D
Time-6 hrs Maximum Marks-100 (Sessional-50; Examination-50)
Courses of study:
Study of two-dimensional space and its organizational possibilities.
a) Elements of pictorial expression related to concepts of space and forms. Developing
an Awareness of pictorial elements such as point, line, shape, volume texture, light and
colour,Basic design problems.
b) Study of various types of objects (natural and man-made) with a view to transform
them into flat pictorial images.
c) Developing an awareness of pictorial space-division of space form and its relation
with space-observation of primitive, folk and miniature paintings as well as graphic
designs.
d) Developing an awareness of inter-relationship of different shapes and forms -relative
values.
e) Activation of space through form and colour - Optical illusions.
f) Handling of various types of material for pictorial Organisation and rendering, such
as: Pencil, pen, brushes, water colours, poster paints, pastel crayon, inks,
cellophanes, oil newsprint and other college material, gums and adhesives, wax crayon
with inks, etc.,
g) A coordinated series of basis design problems with aesthetic and analytical
approach.
Study of three-dimensional space and its organizational possibilities.
a) To develop the sense of structure.
b) Operational problems in building up structure.
c) Gravitational and mechanical principles.
d) Principles of composition and the study of the principles that hold the structure.
e) Simple assignments in organising various units through:
Symmetrical load bearing structure
Cantilever construction. Flexibility
and ability to stretch Geometrical
regularity Arched structure. Control
of tensions Hinge construction.
f) Expanding structure through unit etc. Experiments through various types of
material and their combinations such as:-
Paper, cardboard, wood block, wire, clay, plasticine, plaster of paris, metal sheets,
plastic form thermo-cole, string, gums and adhesives, wax found objects etc. Types:
1. Carved 2. Modeled. 3. Perforated (bored through) 4. Mobile. 5. Various methods
of joining such as interlocking, pasting etc.
No. of assignments:
2-D Design: 10
3-D Design: 10
4 76

Paper-VI Pictorial Design/Painting
Time-6 hrs Maximum Marks-100 (Sessional-50; Examination-50)
Size: Quarter Sheet Medium: Water Colors, Acrylic and Oil Colors.
Courses of study:
a) Compositional exercises based on studies of objects and groups in space, on studies of
the local scene.
b) Compositional analysis of paintings; exercises in the use of colour and textural values.
i) The objective of Painting lessons is to learn theory of colours and develop the ability
to
draw and paint with them.
ii) Painting from objects and nature (landscape) study of colour, form, tone, and texture.
No. of Assignments: 10
Paper-VII Print Making
Time-6 hrs Maximum Marks-100 (Sessional-50; Examination-50)
Anticipatory and imaginative use of gathering impressions.
Fundamentals of various methods of taking prints.
Observation of intrinsic texture of various surfaces and the textures of natural and manmade
things.
Assignments in: Rubbing, potato prints, monoprint, Lino cut, wood cut.
Techniques of taking prints in: -Mono colour and Two colour
Experience of printing of different types of surfaces: Rice Paper, Hand made paper various types
of fabrics (cloth)
Experience of Hand printing with wood blocks, printing through press, Methods of inking
No. of Assignments: 10
Paper-VIII Clay Modeling
Time-6 hrs Maximum Marks-100 (Sessional-50; Examination-50)
Medium: Clay, Plaster of Paris, Paper, metal foil sheet etc.
Courses of study;
(a) Learning to see, experience and study of natural or manmade objects involving perception,
analysis of perceptual elements and understanding of their relationships.
In round-Natural or man-made objects, in relief most familiar areas of contact.
(b) Introduction to sculpture-basic elements and their relationships-Sculptural exercises based on
studies from nature, human figures or other areas of contact.
(c) Exercises in sculptural expression-manipulation of space and volumes using different
materials.
(d) No. of assignments: 10
4 77

Paper-IX Practical Geometry, Perspective and Calligraphy
Time-6 hrs Maximum Marks-100 (Sessional-50; Examination-50)
Size: Quarter sheet. Medium: Pencil, Pen and Ink.
Note: Candidate will have to do one each assignment of Geometry and Perspective, and
Calligraphy
Courses of study:
Perspective :
a) Introduction to orthographic projections in simple positions, drawing of plan, elevation and
selection of simple objects to scale, full size reduced or enlarged.
b) Isometric projections.
c) Parallel and angular perspective based on simple solids of basic shapes.
Geometry :
Simple geometrical drawings-line and angles, triangles, quadrilateral, squares, polygons
and circles, simple scales.
Calligraphy :
d) Basic discipline of beautiful handwriting, sense of letter form- simultaneous judgement of
the composition of letter's spacing organization - intuitive and logical planning of writing
development of style.
e) A co-ordinated series of assignments of script writing with different types of traditional and
modern tools. Students should be exposed to calligraphic examples of various traditional
scripts.
No. of Assignments: Geometry & Perspective: 8; Calligraphy: 10
BFA 3 rd Semester Examinations
Drawing & Painting (Group – A)
Syllabus of Theory Subjects
w.e.f. 2012-13
Paper I: HISTORY OF INDIAN ART
Paper-I Theory
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 (16x5=80) +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of study:
UNIT-I
Introduction to Indian Art
Various cults,schools (Buddhist, Jain, Brahmanical)
Pre-Historic Art, Cave paintings at Bhimbetka
Medium and subjects of cave paintings
UNIT-II
Proto-Historic Art
Indus Valley Civilization, Mohenjodaro, Harappa
Priest head, Dancing girl, Seals etc.
4 78

UNIT-III
Monolithic, Paleolithic
Daimabad
Megalithic cultures
UNIT-IV
Terracotta Sculpture
Votive sculptures
Mother goddess figurines, Fertility figurines,
Study of various headgears etc.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
7. Arts and Architecture of India - Benjamin Rowland
8. History of Indian Art - Haumtington
9. Indian Sculpture - SteHakramrisch
10. A History of far Eastern Art - Thames and Hudson
11. dyk bfrgkl Hkkjrh; vkSj ik’pkR; & jkepUnz ukjk;.k ikVdj
12. Hkkjrh; fp=dyk ,oa ewfrZdyk dk bfrgkl & Mk0 jhrk izrki
13. dyk foykl & Hkkjrh; fp=dyk dk fodkl & vkj0 ,0 vxzoky
14. Hkkjr dh fp=dyk dk laf{kIr bfrgkl & Mk0 yksds’k pUnz 'kekZ
Paper II: HISTORY OF WESTERN ART
Paper-II Theory
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 (16x5=80) +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of study:
WESTERN ART:
UNIT-I
Introduction to Pre-Historic Art, Altamira, Lascaux
4 79

UNIT-II
Egyptian Art
Old Kingdom
1. Free standing sculptures
2. Relief sculptures
Middle kingdom, New Kingdom
UNIT-III
Greek Art
1. Pre-Hellenic –Cretan, -Mycenean
2. Hellenic-Archaic-Classical
3. Hellenistic
UNIT-IV
Sculptural excellence (On Meteopes, friezes), Hera of Samos, Kuoros, Charioteer of Delphi
Dyonisus etc
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List:
1. Razanl, Modern Paining, Skira – Useful references from plates and text.
2. Lake and Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Painting.
3. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
4. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5. European Modern Movements in Encyclopedia of World Art.
6. Leymarie – Impressionism (Skira).
7. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
8. J. Rewald – Post Impressionism (Both these books are indispensable for the respective
periods).
9. Roger Fry – Vision and Design.
10. Madsen – Art Nouveau.
11. Deymatie : Fauvism (good introduction also in Encyclopedia of World Art.)
12. Crespelle – The Fauves.
13. Golding – Cubism: A history and analysis – See Also : Cubism and Futurism in
Encyclopeadia of World Art.
14. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
15. Selz : German Expressionism. For Expressionism See Also Encyclopeadia of World Art.
16. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
17. Barr – Fantastio Art; Dada and Surrealism.
18. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
19. Motherwell Dada Poets and Painters (Anthology of Dada Writings).
20. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
21. Herber Read – Surrealism (Mainly documents)
22. Rubin – Dada & Surrealism.
4 80

23. F.Pepper – Kinetic Art.
24. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
25. Poggioli – Theory of the Avant Garde (Concepts of modernity)
26. MC Muller – Art, Affluence and Alienation (Contemporary developments in various Arts).
27. A.M. Haftman – 20 th Century Painting.
28. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
29. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
30. Pevsnor – Pioneers of Modern Design, 1965.
31. Zigrosser – Expressionism – A Survey of their Graphic Work, 1957.
32. Seitz – The Responsive Eye, 1965.
33. Myers – Medican Painting in our time – 1956.
34. Gray – The Great Experiment: Russian Art – 1863-1922, 1962.
35. Rose Barbara – American Painting since 1900, 1967.
36. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
37. Roseberg – The Tradition of the New, 1959.
38. Steinberg Leo – Other Criteria.
39. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
SCULPTURE:
40. Herbert Read : (i) Modern Sculpture.
41. Herbert Read : (ii) Art of Sculpture.
42. Giedion Welcker : Contemporary Sculpture.
43. Sculpture of the 19 th – 20 th Centuries.
44. Burnham – Beyond Modern Sculpture.
45. Nean Seitz – Modern Sculpture, Evolution.
46. Kulterman – The New Sculpture.
47. Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Sculpture.
48. Scuphot : Sculpture of 20 th Century.
Paper-III METHODS & MATERIALS (Theory)
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
NOTE: (i) No. of Questions to be set- 8
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted - 5
(iii) The questions are to be equally distributed among all the topics of the
Syllabus.
(iv) All questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of study:
Unit-I
Importance of Methods and Materials
Nature and Characteristics of Drawing and Painting media such as pencil,
crayon, charcoal, pastel, pen and ink, watercolour
Unit-II
Introduction to Mural- Fresco Buono, Fresco Secco, Mosaic method: direct and
indirect method, distemper and application of various techniques
4 81

Unit-III
Print making media- Silk-screen, Etching- Mezzotint, Aquatint, Lithography,
wood-cut, Lino cut
Unit-IV
Photography: Manual & Digital, New Media- Video, Sound etc, Softwares like
Photoshop & Coral Draw.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Book Reading
(i) A handbook of method & material – Ray Smith.
(ii) fp=.k lkexzh – Mk0 vkj0 ds0 flag
Paper IV COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH (Theory) (3 rd Semester)
Time- 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
NOTE: (i) No. of Questions to be set- 08
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted - 05
(iii) The questions are to be equally distributed among all the topics of the
Syllabus.
(iv) All questions will be of equal marks.
Part -A
Courses of Study
A) Collection of poems edits by Dr. S.K. Sangwan.
b) Snap Shots (one act plays edited by Dr. S.K. Sharma)
Scheme of Examination
Q.1 Explanation with reference to the context The candidates will be required to attempt
two passages (with internal choice) one from the book of poems and the other from
the book of one act plays. 20+20=40 Marks
Q.2 Short Answer type questions:
Ten short answer type questions will be set from the prescribed poems. The students
will be required to attempt five questions out of the given ten questions.
10 Marks
Q.3 One essay type questions (with internal choice will be set on each of the poems and
one act plays. Students will be required to attempt one question each from both text
books. 30 Marks
4 82

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Practical Syllabus for B.F.A 3 rd Semester
Paper-V (Practical) Drawing — NO EXAM
Paper-VI -do- Head Study — NO EXAM
Paper-VII -do- Pictorial Composition — NO EXAM
Paper-VIII -do- Print Making & Photography— NO EXAM
Syllabus for B.F.A 4 th Semester
w.e.f. 2012-13
Paper: HISTORY OF INDIAN ART
Paper-I Theory
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of study:
Unit-I
Mauryan Art
Unit-II
Stupa Sculptures- Bahrut, Sanchi, Amaravati, Nagarjunkonda
Unit-III
Buddhist Art, Brahmanical Art
Unit-IV
Cave Sculptures: Ajanta, Ellora, Elephanta.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 83

Reading List
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
7. Arts and Architecture of India - Benjamin Rowland
8. History of Indian Art - Haumtington
9. Indian Sculpture - SteHakramrisch
10. A History of far Eastern Art - Thames and Hudson
11. dyk bfrgkl Hkkjrh; vkSj ik’pkR; & jkepUnz ukjk;.k ikVdj
12. Hkkjrh; fp=dyk ,oa ewfrZdyk dk bfrgkl & Mk0 jhrk izrki
13. dyk foykl & Hkkjrh; fp=dyk dk fodkl & vkj0 ,0 vxzoky
14. Hkkjr dh fp=dyk dk laf{kIr bfrgkl & Mk0 yksds’k pUnz 'kekZ
Paper- II History of Western Art
Paper-II Theory
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of study:
Unit-I
Roman sculptures and paintings
Unit-II
Early Christian and Byzantine period,
Romanesque
Unit-III
Gothic period
Unit-IV
Renaissance – Early and Middle, High Renaissance
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 84

Reading List:
1. Razanl, Modern Paining, Skira – Useful references from plates and text.
2. Lake and Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Painting.
3. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
4. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5. European Modern Movements in Encyclopedia of World Art.
6. Leymarie – Impressionism (Skira).
7. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
8. J. Rewald – Post Impressionism (Both these books are indispensable for the respective
periods).
9. Roger Fry – Vision and Design.
10. Madsen – Art Nouveau.
11. Deymatie : Fauvism (good introduction also in Encyclopedia of World Art.)
12. Crespelle – The Fauves.
13. Golding – Cubism: A history and analysis – See Also : Cubism and Futurism in
Encyclopeadia of World Art.
14. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
15. Selz : German Expressionism. For Expressionism See Also Encyclopeadia of World Art.
16. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
17. Barr – Fantastio Art; Dada and Surrealism.
18. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
19. Motherwell Dada Poets and Painters (Anthology of Dada Writings).
20. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
21. Herber Read – Surrealism (Mainly documents)
22. Rubin – Dada & Surrealism.
23. F.Pepper – Kinetic Art.
24. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
25. Poggioli – Theory of the Avant Garde (Concepts of modernity)
26. MC Muller – Art, Affluence and Alienation (Contemporary developments in various Arts).
27. A.M. Haftman – 20 th Century Painting.
28. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
29. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
30. Pevsnor – Pioneers of Modern Design, 1965.
31. Zigrosser – Expressionism – A Survey of their Graphic Work, 1957.
32. Seitz – The Responsive Eye, 1965.
33. Myers – Medican Painting in our time – 1956.
34. Gray – The Great Experiment: Russian Art – 1863-1922, 1962.
35. Rose Barbara – American Painting since 1900, 1967.
36. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
37. Roseberg – The Tradition of the New, 1959.
38. Steinberg Leo – Other Criteria.
39. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
SCULPTURE:
40. Herbert Read : (i) Modern Sculpture.
41. Herbert Read : (ii) Art of Sculpture.
42. Giedion Welcker : Contemporary Sculpture.
4 85

43. Sculpture of the 19 th – 20 th Centuries.
44. Burnham – Beyond Modern Sculpture.
45. Nean Seitz – Modern Sculpture, Evolution.
46. Kulterman – The New Sculpture.
47. Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Sculpture.
48. Scuphot : Sculpture of 20 th Century.
Paper-III METHODS & MATERIALS (Theory)
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of study:
Unit-I
Gouache and oil paint.
Gums and glues, Resin and Varnishes.
Unit-II
Drying oils, thinners and siccatives.
Practical: Mounting and Pasting of Art Works/ coating surface on paper etc.
Unit-III
Preservation, Restoration methods and techniques
Preparation of canvas, and other ground surfaces for the paintings.
Unit-IV
Computers: hard-wares and soft-wares. Introduction to sculpture- Relief, Terracotta, Metal
Casting, Welding etc.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Book Reading
(i) A handbook of method and Material – Ray Smith
(ii) fp=.k lkexzh - Mk0 vkj0 ds0 flag
Paper IV COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH (Theory) (4 th Semester)
Time- 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
NOTE: (i) No. of Questions to be set- 06
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted - 06
(iii) The questions are to be equally distributed among all the topics of the Syllabus.
(iv) All questions will be of equal marks.
4 86

Part B-
Text book prescribed: A course book of English Grammar, Composition and translation edited by
Sanjay Kumar and Inderjit Kumar.
Q.4 Questions on Grammar on the prescribed items will be based on prescribed text book
of grammar but not necessarily be the same as those given in the text-book.
The following topics are to be studied in detail:
1. Tenses.
�� Subject verb concord.�
�� Active and Passive voice.�
�� Narration.�
�� Common Errors.�
�� Idioms and Phrases. 36 Marks�
�
Q.5 The candidates will be required to write an essay ( in about 250 words on any of the
five given topics. 30 Marks
Q.6 Translation (from English to Hindi) of passage consisting of seven to eight sentences.�
14 Marks
Practical Syllabus B.F.A. 3 rd & 4 th Semester
w.e.f 2012-13
Paper-V DRAWING:
Practical Group (A)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Medium: Pencil, charcoal, crayon, water colour, dry pastel etc.
Courses of study:
Introduction to various aspects and techniques of drawing. Time bound exercise.
(a) Still Life; Selection and arrangement of objects, composition, eye level, structure,
source of light and its effect, tonal and textural values.
(b) Life drawing: Full Figure, Study of human anatomy, proportion, planes and
masses, posture and rhythmic unity of body parts, foreshortening, quick time
sketches and finished drawings.
(c) Outdoor : Selection of spot, picture frame observation and study of variations in
nature, additions and elimination, simplification, eye levels and perspective,
balance and rhythms for use in composition.
No. of assignments: Still life-20
Life Drawing-20
Nature Study-20
Freehand sketching-1000
Paper-VI HEAD STUDY
Practical Group (A)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Medium: Pencil, charcoal, crayon, pastels
Courses of study:
Head Study; Construction of the skull: planes and masses of the head , bust
from different angles and eye levels: adding of details and finishing.
4 87

No. of assignments: 10
Paper-VII PICTORIAL COMPOSITION
Practical Group (A)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Medium: Water colour, Acrylics and Oil.
Courses of study:
Compositional exercises based on studies of objects and groups in space, on
studies of the local scene. Compositional analysis of paintings; exercises in the
use of colour and textural values.
No. of assignments: 10
Paper-VIII PRINT MAKING
Practical Group (A)
Time-24 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Medium: As required.
Courses of study: Principles of stencil printing. Preparing drawing for stencils. Preparing frame
for printing. Working with glue and tusche for printing.
No. of assignments: 10
Theory Syllabus BFA 5 th Semester
w.e.f. 2013-14
Theory Papers
Paper: I- HISTORY OF INDIAN ART (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Painting, Sculptures: (from 6 th -7 th century AD onwards)
Unit-I
Early Structural temples
Unit-II
Pallava, Rashtrakuta
Unit-III
Orissan Art, Central Indian Art, Khajuraho
Unit-IV
Pala and Sen Sculptures.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4 88

Reading List
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
7. Arts and Architecture of India - Benjamin Rowland
8. History of Indian Art - Haumtington
9. Indian Sculpture - SteHakramrisch
10. A History of far Eastern Art - Thames and Hudson
11. dyk bfrgkl Hkkjrh; vkSj ik’pkR; & jkepUnz ukjk;.k ikVdj
12. Hkkjrh; fp=dyk ,oa ewfrZdyk dk bfrgkl & Mk0 jhrk izrki
13. dyk foykl & Hkkjrh; fp=dyk dk fodkl & vkj0 ,0 vxzoky
14. Hkkjr dh fp=dyk dk laf{kIr bfrgkl & Mk0 yksds’k pUnz 'kekZ
Paper: II- HISTORY OF WESTERN ART (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit-I
High Renaissance, Leonardo, Michaelangelo, Raphael, Titian, Durer, Bruegel
Unit-II
Mannerism: (16 th C): Painters: Rosso, Tintoretto, El Greco, Sculptors: Bologna, Cellini
Baroque: (17 th C): Carracci, Caravaggio, Frans Hals,
Unit-III
Rembrandt, Vermeer, Rubens, Velasquez, Poussin
Unit-IV
Rococo (18 th C): Watteau, Boucher, Gainsborough, Hogarth, Reynolds.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List:
1. Razanl, Modern Paining, Skira – Useful references from plates and text.
2. Lake and Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Painting.
3. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
4 89

4. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5. European Modern Movements in Encyclopedia of World Art.
6. Leymarie – Impressionism (Skira).
7. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
8. J. Rewald – Post Impressionism (Both these books are indispensable for the respective
periods).
9. Roger Fry – Vision and Design.
10. Madsen – Art Nouveau.
11. Deymatie : Fauvism (good introduction also in Encyclopedia of World Art.)
12. Crespelle – The Fauves.
13. Golding – Cubism: A history and analysis – See Also : Cubism and Futurism in
Encyclopeadia of World Art.
14. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
15. Selz : German Expressionism. For Expressionism See Also Encyclopeadia of World Art.
16. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
17. Barr – Fantastio Art; Dada and Surrealism.
18. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
19. Motherwell Dada Poets and Painters (Anthology of Dada Writings).
20. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
21. Herber Read – Surrealism (Mainly documents)
22. Rubin – Dada & Surrealism.
23. F.Pepper – Kinetic Art.
24. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
25. Poggioli – Theory of the Avant Garde (Concepts of modernity)
26. MC Muller – Art, Affluence and Alienation (Contemporary developments in various Arts).
27. A.M. Haftman – 20 th Century Painting.
28. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
29. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
30. Pevsnor – Pioneers of Modern Design, 1965.
31. Zigrosser – Expressionism – A Survey of their Graphic Work, 1957.
32. Seitz – The Responsive Eye, 1965.
33. Myers – Medican Painting in our time – 1956.
34. Gray – The Great Experiment: Russian Art – 1863-1922, 1962.
35. Rose Barbara – American Painting since 1900, 1967.
36. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
37. Roseberg – The Tradition of the New, 1959.
38. Steinberg Leo – Other Criteria.
39. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
SCULPTURE:
40. Herbert Read : (i) Modern Sculpture.
41. Herbert Read : (ii) Art of Sculpture.
42. Giedion Welcker : Contemporary Sculpture.
43. Sculpture of the 19 th – 20 th Centuries.
44. Burnham – Beyond Modern Sculpture.
45. Nean Seitz – Modern Sculpture, Evolution.
46. Kulterman – The New Sculpture.
4 90

47. Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Sculpture.
48. Scuphot : Sculpture of 20 th Century.
Paper: III AESTHETICS (Indian) group-A (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit-I
An introduction to Indian Aesthetics and its brief historical background.
Brief introduction to the basic principles of Indian philosophy as related to arts.
Unit-II
Developments of rasa theory, Bhava
Unit-III
Dhwani theory, Alankar
Unit-IV
Auchitya, Riti
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Book
1. Encyclopedia of Aesthetics
2. Aesthetic meaning – Rekha Jhanji
3. Philosophy of Art – Aldrich Virgil
4. Introductory Readings in Aesthetics – Hospers John.
5. Critical Theory – Pyne
6. Art Writings – David Cania
7. Visual Culture by Rredrick.
8. Aesthetic Theory and Art – Ranjan K. Ghosh
9- jl fl)kUr ,oa lkSUn;Z 'kkL= % MkW0 uxsUnz
10- Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z 'kkL= % jke y[ku 'kqDy
11- n’kZu fnXn’kZu % jkgqy lkad`rk;u
12- Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dh Hkwfedk % MkW0 uxsUnz
13- dyk foospu % dqekj foey
14- lqUnje % gfj}kjh yky 'kekZ
15- Hkkjrh; n’kZu - ,l- ,u- nklxqIrk
4 91

Streams: Drawing and Painting (Group-A)
Practical Syllabus B.F.A 5 th Semester
w.e.f 2013-14
Paper Nomenclature of the Paper
IV (Practical) Group A Head Study NO EXAM
& Drawing from Life
V -do- -do- Composition NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Print Making NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Mural NO EXAM
Theory Papers
Theory Syllabus B.F.A 6 th Semester
w.e.f 2013-14
Paper: I- HISTORY OF INDIAN ART (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit-I
Art in South India: Hellebid, Bellur, Chola Bronze
Unit-II
Vijaynagara period. Paintings at Badami, Ellora.
Unit-III
Pala and Jain manuscript paintings, Rajasthani paintings: Mewar, Bundi, Kota
Unit-IV
Pahari paintings, Mughal Miniatures, Western Indian Paintings.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
4 92

3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
7. Arts and Architecture of India - Benjamin Rowland
8. History of Indian Art - Haumtington
9. Indian Sculpture - SteHakramrisch
10. A History of far Eastern Art - Thames and Hudson
11. dyk bfrgkl Hkkjrh; vkSj ik’pkR; & jkepUnz ukjk;.k ikVdj
12. Hkkjrh; fp=dyk ,oa ewfrZdyk dk bfrgkl & Mk0 jhrk izrki
13. dyk foykl & Hkkjrh; fp=dyk dk fodkl & vkj0 ,0 vxzoky
14. Hkkjr dh fp=dyk dk laf{kIr bfrgkl & Mk0 yksds’k pUnz 'kekZ
Paper: II- HISTORY OF WESTERN ART (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit-I
Neo-Classicism: (19 th C): David, Ingres
Unit-II
Romanticism, Goya, Delacroix, Gericault
Unit-III
Turner, Constable, Realism, Courbet
Unit-IV
Corot, Millet ,Duamier
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List:
1. Razanl, Modern Paining, Skira – Useful references from plates and text.
2. Lake and Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Painting.
3. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
4. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5. European Modern Movements in Encyclopedia of World Art.
6. Leymarie – Impressionism (Skira).
4 93

7. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
8. J. Rewald – Post Impressionism (Both these books are indispensable for the respective
periods).
9. Roger Fry – Vision and Design.
10. Madsen – Art Nouveau.
11. Deymatie : Fauvism (good introduction also in Encyclopedia of World Art.)
12. Crespelle – The Fauves.
13. Golding – Cubism: A history and analysis – See Also : Cubism and Futurism in
Encyclopeadia of World Art.
14. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
15. Selz : German Expressionism. For Expressionism See Also Encyclopeadia of World Art.
16. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
17. Barr – Fantastio Art; Dada and Surrealism.
18. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
19. Motherwell Dada Poets and Painters (Anthology of Dada Writings).
20. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
21. Herber Read – Surrealism (Mainly documents)
22. Rubin – Dada & Surrealism.
23. F.Pepper – Kinetic Art.
24. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
25. Poggioli – Theory of the Avant Garde (Concepts of modernity)
26. MC Muller – Art, Affluence and Alienation (Contemporary developments in various Arts).
27. A.M. Haftman – 20 th Century Painting.
28. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
29. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
30. Pevsnor – Pioneers of Modern Design, 1965.
31. Zigrosser – Expressionism – A Survey of their Graphic Work, 1957.
32. Seitz – The Responsive Eye, 1965.
33. Myers – Medican Painting in our time – 1956.
34. Gray – The Great Experiment: Russian Art – 1863-1922, 1962.
35. Rose Barbara – American Painting since 1900, 1967.
36. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
37. Roseberg – The Tradition of the New, 1959.
38. Steinberg Leo – Other Criteria.
39. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
SCULPTURE:
40. Herbert Read : (i) Modern Sculpture.
41. Herbert Read : (ii) Art of Sculpture.
42. Giedion Welcker : Contemporary Sculpture.
43. Sculpture of the 19 th – 20 th Centuries.
44. Burnham – Beyond Modern Sculpture.
45. Nean Seitz – Modern Sculpture, Evolution.
46. Kulterman – The New Sculpture.
47. Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Sculpture.
48. Scuphot : Sculpture of 20 th Century.
4 94

Paper: III AESTHETICS (Indian) group-A (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit-I
Rasa-nishpatti, its forms and types
Unit-II
Shadanga – the six limbs of Indian Art.
Unit-III
Fundamentals of Indian Art based on Hindu Shilpa Texts: Vishnudharmottara Puran,
Samarangana, Sutradhar, Sukranitisara and Shilparatnam
Unit-IV
Inter-relationship of Visual and Performing Art
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Book
1. Encyclopedia of Aesthetics
2. Aesthetic meaning – Rekha Jhanji
3. Philosophy of Art – Aldrich Virgil
4. Introductory Readings in Aesthetics – Hospers John.
5. Critical Theory – Pyne
6. Art Writings – David Cania
7. Visual Culture by Rredrick.
8. Aesthetic Theory and Art – Ranjan K. Ghosh
16- jl fl)kUr ,oa lkSUn;Z 'kkL= % MkW0 uxsUnz
17- Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z 'kkL= % jke y[ku 'kqDy
18- n’kZu fnXn’kZu % jkgqy lkad`rk;u
19- Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dh Hkwfedk % MkW0 uxsUnz
20- dyk foospu % dqekj foey
21- lqUnje % gfj}kjh yky 'kekZ
22- Hkkjrh; n’kZu - ,l- ,u- nklxqIrk
4 95

Practical Syllabus B.F.A. 5 th & 6 th Semester
Paper-IV HEAD STUDY AND DRAWING FROM LIFE
Practical Group (A)
Time-24 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Medium: Pencil, ink, charcoal, crayons, water colour, pastels, oil colours etc.
Courses of study:
Analytical Drawing: drawing as an art form, formation of style.
(a) Head Study: Detailed study of structural characters of human head
(b) Life Drawing: study of features, drawings in various media with emphasis on
manner of execution.
(c) Full figure: Study of the human form and its features, proportion, line and mass.
No. of assignments: 15; Freehand sketching-1000.
Paper-V COMPOSITION
Practical Group (A)
Time-24 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Medium: Oil and water colours.
Courses of study:
Pictorial space and horizon line, arrangements in 2-D and 3-D, sub-division and
grouping, compositions based on objects, figures, interiors and landscape.
No. of assignments: 10
Paper-VI PRINT MAKING
Practical Group (A)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Courses of study:
Advanced work in multi-colour silk screen printing, basic fundamentals of
lithography technique, introduction of intaglio, Photo process, printmaking in
Intaglio, lino, wood-cut, use of multi-colour relief print and mixed media.
No. of assignments: 10
Paper-VII MURAL
Practical Group (A)
Time-24 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Courses of study:
Mosaic, Direct and Indirect methods, Designs, Materials and Techniques.
No. of assignments: 10
4 96

Theory Syllabus B.F.A 7 th Semester
w.e.f. 2014-15
Paper: I HISTORY OF INDIAN ART (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study: A survey of following art movements:
Unit-I
Company School,
Tanjore School of Paintings
Establishment of Art Institutions in India
Unit-II
Kalighat Paintings
Raja Ravi Verma, Amrita Shergill.
Unit-III
Bengal School: Abanindranath Tagore, Nandalal Bose, Ram Kinker Baij
Jamini Roy, Gagendranath Tagore, Rabindranath Tagore
Unit-IV
Progressive Artists Group: MF Husain, FN Souza, SH Raza, KH Ara
Other Bombay painters: Akbar Padamsee, Tyeb Mehta, Jahangir Sabavala, Ram Kumar
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
.
Reading List
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
7. Arts and Architecture of India - Benjamin Rowland
8. History of Indian Art - Haumtington
9. Indian Sculpture - SteHakramrisch
10. A History of far Eastern Art - Thames and Hudson
11. dyk bfrgkl Hkkjrh; vkSj ik’pkR; & jkepUnz ukjk;.k ikVdj
12. Hkkjrh; fp=dyk ,oa ewfrZdyk dk bfrgkl & Mk0 jhrk izrki
4 97

13. dyk foykl & Hkkjrh; fp=dyk dk fodkl & vkj0 ,0 vxzoky
14. Hkkjr dh fp=dyk dk laf{kIr bfrgkl & Mk0 yksds’k pUnz 'kekZ
Paper: II- HISTORY OF WESTERN ART (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study: A survey of following art movements:
Unit-I
Impressionism, Manet, Monet, Degas, Renoir.
Unit-II
Post-Impressionism: Cezanne, Van Gogh, Gauguin
Unit-III
Cubism: Picasso and Braque. Futurism
Unit-IV
Fauvism: Matisse
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List:
1. Razanl, Modern Paining, Skira – Useful references from plates and text.
2. Lake and Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Painting.
3. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
4. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5. European Modern Movements in Encyclopedia of World Art.
6. Leymarie – Impressionism (Skira).
7. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
8. J. Rewald – Post Impressionism (Both these books are indispensable for the respective
periods).
9. Roger Fry – Vision and Design.
10. Madsen – Art Nouveau.
11. Deymatie : Fauvism (good introduction also in Encyclopedia of World Art.)
12. Crespelle – The Fauves.
13. Golding – Cubism: A history and analysis – See Also : Cubism and Futurism in
Encyclopeadia of World Art.
14. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
4 98

15. Selz : German Expressionism. For Expressionism See Also Encyclopeadia of World Art.
16. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
17. Barr – Fantastio Art; Dada and Surrealism.
18. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
19. Motherwell Dada Poets and Painters (Anthology of Dada Writings).
20. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
21. Herber Read – Surrealism (Mainly documents)
22. Rubin – Dada & Surrealism.
23. F.Pepper – Kinetic Art.
24. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
25. Poggioli – Theory of the Avant Garde (Concepts of modernity)
26. MC Muller – Art, Affluence and Alienation (Contemporary developments in various Arts).
27. A.M. Haftman – 20 th Century Painting.
28. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
29. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
30. Pevsnor – Pioneers of Modern Design, 1965.
31. Zigrosser – Expressionism – A Survey of their Graphic Work, 1957.
32. Seitz – The Responsive Eye, 1965.
33. Myers – Medican Painting in our time – 1956.
34. Gray – The Great Experiment: Russian Art – 1863-1922, 1962.
35. Rose Barbara – American Painting since 1900, 1967.
36. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
37. Roseberg – The Tradition of the New, 1959.
38. Steinberg Leo – Other Criteria.
39. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
SCULPTURE:
40. Herbert Read : (i) Modern Sculpture.
41. Herbert Read : (ii) Art of Sculpture.
42. Giedion Welcker : Contemporary Sculpture.
43. Sculpture of the 19 th – 20 th Centuries.
44. Burnham – Beyond Modern Sculpture.
45. Nean Seitz – Modern Sculpture, Evolution.
46. Kulterman – The New Sculpture.
47. Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Sculpture.
48. Scuphot : Sculpture of 20 th Century.
Paper: III AESTHETICS (Western) (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
4 99

Courses of Study:
Unit-I
Nature of Beauty: Plato, Aristotle, Plotinus
Unit-II
Kant, Hegel, Alberti, Ghiberti
Unit-III
Theories relating to origin of Art. Imitation, Play and Intuition
Unit-IV
Role of Sub-conscious and conscious mind in artistic creation.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List
1. Aesthetic meaning – Rekha Jhanji
2. Philosophy of Art (Foundations of Philosophy series)
3. Comparative Aesthetics : Eastern & Western – G. Hanumantha Rao and DVK Murthy
4. Philosophy of Art – Aldrich Virgil
5. Aesthetics from classical Greece to the present : A Short History – Monsore C. Beardsley.
6. Art as Experience – John Dewey.
7. Introductory Readings in Aesthetics – Hospers John.
8. Art and Illusion – E. H. Gombrick.
9. Ideals and Idols – E.H. Gombrick.
10. Ways of World Making – Nelson Goodman.
11. Critical Theory – Pyne
12. Truth in Painting – Jaques Devida.
13. Approaches to Indian Art – Nihar Ranjan Ray
14. Idea and Images – Nihar Rangan Ray.
15. Aesthetic Theory and Art – Ranjan K. Ghosh
16. Mimesis as Make – Believe – Aurther Danto
17. jl fl)kUr ,oa lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % MkW0 uxsUnz
18. dyk vkSj lkSUn;Z % ljsUnz ckjfyaxs
19. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jke y[ku ’kqDy
20. jl fl)kUr vkSj lkSUn;Z ‘kkL= % fueZy tSu
21. dj.k leh{kk % fxfjjkt fd’kksj v’kksd
22. lkSUn;Z rRo % lqjsUnzukFk nkl xqIr
23. lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jk- e- ikV.kdj
24. Hkkjrh; n’kZu % ,l- ,u- nklxqIrk
25. n’kZu fnXn’kZu % jkgqy lkad`Rr;k;u
26. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dh Hkwfedk % MkW0 uxsUnz
27. dyk foospu % dqekj foey
5 00

28. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dk rkfRod foospu ,oa o.kZu % jke y[ku ’kqDy
29. Lkk/kkj.khdj.k vkSj lkSUn;ZuqHkwfr ds izeq[k fl)kUr % izse dkUr V.Mu
30. lkSUn;Z’kkL= ds rRo % dqekj foey
31. lqUnje % gfj}kjh yky ‘kekZ
32. lkSUn;Z ’kkL= & MkW0 izsek feJk
Practical Syllabus B.F.A 7 th Semester
Streams: Drawing and Painting (Group-A)
Paper Nomenclature of the Paper
IV (Practical) Group A Portrait Painting & NO EXAM
Life Study
V -do- -do- Advance Composition NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Print Making NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Mural NO EXAM
Theory Papers
Theory Syllabus B.F.A 8 th Semester
w.e.f. 2014-15
Paper: I HISTORY OF INDIAN ART (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
.
Courses of Study:
Unit-I
Calcutta Group
Paritosh Sen, Bikash Bhattacharya, Prodosh Das Gupta
Unit-II
Madras and South: KCS Panniker, Sultan Ali, Nandagopal, PT Reddy
Unit-III
Delhi Shilpi Chakra, Group 1890 & Narrative Group, Baroda
Unit-IV
Independent developments and some contemporary trends in
Contemporary Indian Art.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
5 01

Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List
1. Bhartiya Chitra Kala Ka Itihas- Vachaspati Gairola.
2. Bartiya Chitrakala Ka Itihas- Avinash Bahadur verma.
3. Rupa prada Kala Ke Muladhar- R. A. agrawal and S. K. Sharma
4. Bhartiya Murtikala_ Ramanath Mishra.
5. Bhartiya Kala- A. L. Srivastava.
6. Bhartiya Chitrankan- R. K. Vishwakarma.
7. Arts and Architecture of India - Benjamin Rowland
8. History of Indian Art - Haumtington
9. Indian Sculpture - SteHakramrisch
10. A History of far Eastern Art - Thames and Hudson
11. dyk bfrgkl Hkkjrh; vkSj ik’pkR; & jkepUnz ukjk;.k ikVdj
12. Hkkjrh; fp=dyk ,oa ewfrZdyk dk bfrgkl & Mk0 jhrk izrki
13. dyk foykl & Hkkjrh; fp=dyk dk fodkl & vkj0 ,0 vxzoky
14. Hkkjr dh fp=dyk dk laf{kIr bfrgkl & Mk0 yksds’k pUnz 'kekZ
Paper: II- HISTORY OF WESTERN ART (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit-I
Expressionism: Munch, Nolde, Paul Klee, Kandinsky.
Unit-II
Dada and Surrealism: Duchamp, Dali, Miro.
Unit-III
Abstractionism: Jackson Pollock, Vasareily, David Hockney.
Unit-IV
Eminent Sculptors of the Modern period: Rodin, Picasso, Brancusi,
Henry. Moore, Barbara Hepworth, Smith.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
5 02

Reading List:
1. Razanl, Modern Paining, Skira – Useful references from plates and text.
2. Lake and Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Painting.
3. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
4. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5. European Modern Movements in Encyclopedia of World Art.
6. Leymarie – Impressionism (Skira).
7. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
8. J. Rewald – Post Impressionism (Both these books are indispensable for the respective
periods).
9. Roger Fry – Vision and Design.
10. Madsen – Art Nouveau.
11. Deymatie : Fauvism (good introduction also in Encyclopedia of World Art.)
12. Crespelle – The Fauves.
13. Golding – Cubism: A history and analysis – See Also : Cubism and Futurism in
Encyclopeadia of World Art.
14. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
15. Selz : German Expressionism. For Expressionism See Also Encyclopeadia of World Art.
16. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
17. Barr – Fantastio Art; Dada and Surrealism.
18. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
19. Motherwell Dada Poets and Painters (Anthology of Dada Writings).
20. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
21. Herber Read – Surrealism (Mainly documents)
22. Rubin – Dada & Surrealism.
23. F.Pepper – Kinetic Art.
24. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
25. Poggioli – Theory of the Avant Garde (Concepts of modernity)
26. MC Muller – Art, Affluence and Alienation (Contemporary developments in various Arts).
27. A.M. Haftman – 20 th Century Painting.
28. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
29. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
30. Pevsnor – Pioneers of Modern Design, 1965.
31. Zigrosser – Expressionism – A Survey of their Graphic Work, 1957.
32. Seitz – The Responsive Eye, 1965.
33. Myers – Medican Painting in our time – 1956.
34. Gray – The Great Experiment: Russian Art – 1863-1922, 1962.
35. Rose Barbara – American Painting since 1900, 1967.
36. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
37. Roseberg – The Tradition of the New, 1959.
38. Steinberg Leo – Other Criteria.
39. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
SCULPTURE:
40. Herbert Read : (i) Modern Sculpture.
41. Herbert Read : (ii) Art of Sculpture.
5 03

42. Giedion Welcker : Contemporary Sculpture.
43. Sculpture of the 19 th – 20 th Centuries.
44. Burnham – Beyond Modern Sculpture.
45. Nean Seitz – Modern Sculpture, Evolution.
46. Kulterman – The New Sculpture.
47. Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Sculpture.
48. Scuphot : Sculpture of 20 th Century.
Paper: III AESTHETICS (Western) (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 +20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
UNIT – I
Theories related to works of Art: Form & Content, Organic structure, Expressiveness
UNIT – II
Marx, Croce, Herbert Read, Art & Society
UNIT – III
Globalization in Art, Art and Environment
UNIT – IV
Psychical Distance, Empathy, Pleasure, Anti-Aesthetics and Art
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List
1. Aesthetic meaning – Rekha Jhanji
2. Philosophy of Art (Foundations of Philosophy series)
3. Comparative Aesthetics : Eastern & Western – G. Hanumantha Rao and DVK Murthy
4. Philosophy of Art – Aldrich Virgil
5. Aesthetics from classical Greece to the present : A Short History – Monsore C. Beardsley.
6. Art as Experience – John Dewey.
7. Introductory Readings in Aesthetics – Hospers John.
8. Art and Illusion – E. H. Gombrick.
9. Ideals and Idols – E.H. Gombrick.
10. Ways of World Making – Nelson Goodman.
5 04

11. Critical Theory – Pyne
12. Truth in Painting – Jaques Devida.
13. Approaches to Indian Art – Nihar Ranjan Ray
14. Idea and Images – Nihar Rangan Ray.
15. Aesthetic Theory and Art – Ranjan K. Ghosh
16. Mimesis as Make – Believe – Aurther Danto
17. jl fl)kUr ,oa lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % MkW0 uxsUnz
18. dyk vkSj lkSUn;Z % ljsUnz ckjfyaxs
19. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jke y[ku ’kqDy
20. jl fl)kUr vkSj lkSUn;Z ‘kkL= % fueZy tSu
21. dj.k leh{kk % fxfjjkt fd’kksj v’kksd
22. lkSUn;Z rRo % lqjsUnzukFk nkl xqIr
23. lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jk- e- ikV.kdj
24. Hkkjrh; n’kZu % ,l- ,u- nklxqIrk
25. n’kZu fnXn’kZu % jkgqy lkad`Rr;k;u
26. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dh Hkwfedk % MkW0 uxsUnz
27. dyk foospu % dqekj foey
28. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dk rkfRod foospu ,oa o.kZu % jke y[ku ’kqDy
29. Lkk/kkj.khdj.k vkSj lkSUn;ZuqHkwfr ds izeq[k fl)kUr % izse dkUr V.Mu
30. lkSUn;Z’kkL= ds rRo % dqekj foey
31. lqUnje % gfj}kjh yky ‘kekZ
32. lkSUn;Z ’kkL= & MkW0 izsek feJk
Practical Syllabus B.F.A. 7 th & 8 th Semester
w.e.f. 2014-15
Paper-IV PORTRAIT PAINTING & LIFE STUDY
Practical Group (A)
Time-30 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Medium: Oil colours on canvas, water colours etc.
Courses of study:
Creative drawing and various international trends.
Portrait: Advanced studies complete with foreground and background, character and
expression, composition in different settings, development of a personal style.
Life Painting: Full figure – Study from full figure with emphasis on delineation of
character, dramatisation, distortion and various expressions, composition of figure in
different settings, emphasis on the development of a personal style.
No. of assignments: 12
Paper-V ADVANCE COMPOSITION
Practical Group (A)
Time-24 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Medium: Oil, water colour, Acrylics etc.
5 05

Courses of study:
Advancement of previous experience towards a complete pictorial interpretation,
theme and expression of mood, symbolism, dramatization, distortion for emotional
effect. Projects with emphasis on independent creative work.
No. of assignments: 10
Paper-VI PRINT MAKING
Practical Group (A)
Time-30 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Courses of study:
Silk screen: Advanced work in multi-colour photo processes.
Lithography: Advanced work in monochrome and multi-colour photo processes
technique/Etching: Advanced printmaking in Intaglio, use of multi-colour relief print
and mixed media. Introduction of photo processes/ etching printing.
No. of assignments: 10
Paper-VII MURAL
Practical Group (A)
Time-30 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Courses of study:
Mosaic, Direct and Indirect methods, Designs, Materials and Techniques.
No. of assignments: 10
STREAM: APPLIED ART (GROUP- B)
Theory Syllabus B.F.A 3 rd Semester
BFA (Applied Arts) Examinations
w.e.f. 2012-13
Paper-I : HISTORY OF INDIAN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A).
PAPER-II : HITORY OF WESTERN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-III : METHODS AND MATERIALS
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-IV : COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
5 06

BFA (Applied Arts) Examinations
(Group B)
4th Semester
w.e.f. 2012-13
Theory Subjects
Paper-I : HISTORY OF INDIAN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-II : HISTORY OF WESTERN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-III : METHODS AND MATERIALS
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-IV : COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
BFA (Applied Arts) Examinations (Group B)
5th Semester
Theory Subjects
w.e.f. 2013-14
Paper-I : HISTORY OF INDIAN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study: Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-II : HISTORY OF WESTERN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study: Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-III : ADVERTISING PROFESSION & PRACTICE (Semester 5th)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – I Introduction to Advertising, truth and fundamentals of Advertising, ethics in Advertising.
Media of Advertising. Technical terms of Advertising.
5 07

Unit – II Principles of Design. Elements of design, its role and effect in Advertising layouts and
its elements.
Unit–III Printing: introduction of main printing processes such as Letterpress, Lithography,
Gravure, Offset, Silk-screen, its history and development, latest techniques of printings.
Unit–IV Typography and its basic rules. Importance of typography, different types of
typography. Technical Terms of advertising (USP, Burning, Dodging, Imposition, Registration
Mark, CMYK, RGB etc.)
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
BFA (Applied Arts) Examinations (Group B)
6th Semester
Theory Subjects
w.e.f. 2013-14
Paper-I : HISTORY OF INDIAN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study: Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-II : HISTORY OF WESTERN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study: Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-III : ADVERTISING PROFESSION & PRACTICE (Semester 6th)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – I -Trends and developments of Modern Advertising, Types of Advertising, Justification of
Advertising for expenditure and growth.
Unit – II -Advertising for Nation-Building and Social welfare. Concept Planning and Creative
Research.
Unit – III -Advertising Agency, its structure and different departments. Function of different
departments. Role of art studio in the Agency.
Unit – IV -Different Media of Advertising – Indoor, outdoor, Direct mail etc. Knowledge about
camera, its function and process. Technical terms of photography.
5 08

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
BFA (Applied Arts) Examinations (Group B)
7th Semester
Theory Subjects
w.e.f. 2014-15
Paper-I : HISTORY OF INDIAN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-II : HISTORY OF WESTERN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-III : ADVERTISING PROFESSION & PRACTICE (Semester 7th)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – 1 -Campaign Planning, appeal : Use of appeal in campaign planning, objectives,
continuity. Different kinds of Campaigns : Social, Product
Unit – 2 -Corporate Image, and Corporate Identity (Logo, Symbol, Logo type, Insignia etc.)
Market Research & Analysis.
Unit – 3 -Types of copy and Design approach of campaigning.
Unit – 4 -Communication and its type. Barriers in good communication.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
5 09

BFA (Applied Arts) Examinations (Group B)
8th Semester
Theory Subjects
w.e.f. 2014-15
Paper-I : HISTORY OF INDIAN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-II : HISTORY OF WESTERN ART
Time: 3 Hrs. MaximumMarks: 80+20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of Study:
Same as in Painting (Group A)
PAPER-III : ADVERTISING PROFESSION & PRACTICE (Semester 8th)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – I -Introduction to marketing. 4P’s of marketing.
Unit –II -Different functions of Advertising Business. Research and Motivational Research –
present and future action.
Unit –III -Importance of Marketing and Consumer Behaviour in Advertising.
Unit –IV -Print media and electronic media Potential – Television and Radio in the light of
Mass Communication. Future of Advertising – Career options in Internet Advertising, web
designing and Animation.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Reading
(i) Foundation of Advertising (Theory and Practice) – SA Chunawala & KC Sethia
(ii) Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan
(iii) Advertising and Sales Management – Mukesh Trehan & Ranju Trehan (Hindi
Edition)
5 10

(iv) Packaging Design : Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
(v) Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
(vi) Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
(vii) Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
(viii) Type in Use – Alex White
(ix) The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
(x) Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
(xi) Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
(xii) Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
(xiii) Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
(xiv) foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
(xv) foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
(xvi) foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
(xvii) foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
BFA (Applied Arts)
Practical Subjects
3 rd and 4 th Semester
PAPER- V DRAWING
Paper-V Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: half sheet. Medium: Pencil, pen and ink, water colour, Dry pastel etc.
Courses of study:
Study of human figure: draped and undraped proportion: blocking of mass
with the aid of light and shade. Head Study: planes and masses of the head
from different angles.
Outdoor: Sketching from nature.
No. of assignments:
Nature drawings: 10
Human Figure Drawings: 10
Head Studies: 10
Free-hand sketching: 1000
PAPER-VI : PRESS LAYOUT
Paper-VI Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: 4 columns x 25 cm. Medium: poster colours, pen and ink.
Courses of study:
Study of fundamental elements of layout and their practical application: preparation of simple
typographical layouts for Newspapers.
No. of assignments:
Press Layouts: 10
PAPER-VII : POSTER DESIGN
Paper-VII Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: 20” x 30” Medium: Poster colours
Courses of study:
History of Poster, different influences on Poster designing. Exercise to make different
kinds of Posters.
No. of assignments:
No. of Posters: 10
5 11

Paper-VIII GRAPHIC DESIGN
Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: As per requirement Medium: Poster colours, pen and ink
Courses of study:
A. Study and history of letter forms: both Roman and Vernacular: letter as a design
form; spacing; study of basic type faces; Interrelation of Negative and Positive
space;
B. Exercises with basic shapes and textures in relation to space; Geometrical designs.
Designing symbol, Logo, monograms, Book cover etc.
C. Exercises of illustration with the different media on stories, poems & myths for
designing of books for kids.
No. of assignments:
Letter Writing: 10
Logo/ Symbol: 10
Illustration - 10
BFA (Applied Arts)
Practical Subjects
5 th and 6 th Semester
PAPER –IV : MAGAZINE LAYOUT & TYPOGRAPHY
Paper-IV Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: half sheet. Medium: Pencil, pen and ink, water colour
Courses of study:
A. Comparative study of different types and sizes of layouts; designing of
simple illustrative and typographical layouts for magazines.
B. Study and selection of typefaces for different layouts; use of letters and
words as a visual element/ form; calculation of copy according to given
space.
C. Exercises of illustration with the different media on stories, poems & myths
for designing of books for kids.
No. of assignments:
No. of Magazine layouts: 8
(Including 1 or 2 typographical layouts)
Free-hand sketching: 1000
Illustration for Book - 10
PAPER – V : POSTER DESIGN
Paper-V Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: 20”x 30” Medium: Poster colours, pen and ink, water colour
Courses of study:
Study of different schools of posters and their application to the project; making of posters,
show cards, multi-sheet posters etc.
No. of assignments:
No. of Posters: 8
Drawing – 15 (Portrait, Full figure, Animal etc. in poster colour, water colour, pencil
shading, oil pastel, etc.)
5 12

PAPER – VI : PRINTING & PHOTOGRAPHY- I
Paper-VI Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: 8” x12” (Student will have to submit 2 photographs according to given subject by examiner)
Courses of study:3
Use of camera; observation and selection of subject, composition; exposing outdoors and
indoors. Knowledge of ISO, Shutter speed, aperture, depth of field etc. Use of photoshop and
other softwares related to photography.
Subject:
(i) Still Life
(ii) Portrait
(iii) Landscape
(iv) Composition
(v) Abstract Composition
(vi) Texture
(vii) Digital Manipulation
(viii) Black & White Photography
(ix) Architectural Photography
No. of assignments:
Minimum 5 photos for each category.
PAPER – VII : COMPUTER GRAPHICS- I
Paper-VII Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: As per requirement
Courses of study:
Introduction to Computer, Working with MS Word, paint brush, PageMaker, and CorelDraw;
preparation of graphic design like Press Layout, Magazine Ad, Logo and stationery etc.
No. of assignments:
Magazine Ads: 5 (Product: 3; Social: 2)
Visiting Card: 10
Logo: 10
Letterhead: 10
Book Cover: 5
Point of Purchase item/ Packaging item: 5
Poster: 5
BFA (Applied Arts)
Practical Subjects
7 th and 8 th Semester
PAPER – IV : PRODUCT CAMPAIGN DESIGN
Paper-IV Practical Group (B)
Time-30 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: As per requirement Medium: Any Medium
Courses of study:
A. Introduction to advertising campaigns, Use of appeals and USP in designing
advertising campaigns for products and services, knowledge of the
principles and stages in designing campaigns.
B. Exercises of illustration with the different media on stories, poems & myths
for designing of books for kids.
5 13

No. of assignments:
No. of Product Campaigns: 2
Illustration for Book – 10
.
PAPER – V : SOCIAL CAMPAIGN DESIGN
Paper-V Practical Group (B)
Time-30 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: As per requirement Medium: Any Medium
Courses of study:
Collection of data regarding social issues and problems designing advertising campaigns
on these issues and problems, designing campaigns for creating social awareness.
No. of assignments: 1 Social Campaign and 4 individual assignments
Free-hand sketching: 1000
Drawing – 15 (Portrait, Full figure, Animal etc. in poster colour, water colour, pencil
shading, oil pastel, etc.)
PAPER – VI : PRINTING AND PHOTOGRAPHY- II
Paper-VI Practical Group (B)
Time-24 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: 8” x12” (Student will have to submit 2 photographs according to given subject by
examiner)
Courses of study:
Advance work for advertising in Photography.
Subject:
(i) Photography for advertising
(ii) Photography for modeling /Fashion photography
(iii) Product Photography
(iv) Digital Manipulation
(v) Travel Photography
(vi) Photography for Journalism
(vii) Black & White photography
(viii) Photo series / Photo essay (based on a particular theme)
(ix) Photography for illustration /Story Board.
No. of assignments:
Minimum 5 photos for each category.
PAPER – VII : COMPUTER GRAPHICS- II
Paper-VII Practical Group (B)
Time-18 hrs Maximum Marks-200 (Sessional-100; Examination-100)
Size: As per requirement
Courses of study:
Advanced study in CorelDraw, introduction and advanced proficiency in
Photoshop, MS Word and PageMaker, use of design software in designing Product and
Social campaigns.
No. of assignments:
Advertising Campaign: 2(Product and Social) and 6 individual assignments (Package,
dangler, calendar etc.)
5 14

Theory Syllabus B.F.A 3 rd Semester
STREAM: SCULPTURE Group – C
w.e.f. 2012-13
Theory Papers
Paper-I: History of Indian Art (Theory)
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper-II: History of Western Art (Theory)
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper-III: METHOD AND MATERIAL (Theory)
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit – I - Study of various media like clay, ceramic, wood, cement, plaster of perish
etc. and techniques employed in creative sculpture (including moulding and casting)
Unit – II --Out of these medias colouring and finishing of plaster, cement and wood
sculptures and firing of terracotta, pottery and ceramic.
Unit – III--Study of various stone, marble and metals for casting and fabrication like
aluminum, bronze, copper, mild steel etc.
Unit – IV - Mural Work, Types of Mural, Method & Material
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Book Reading
(v) A handbook of method and Material – Ray Smith
(vi) fp=.k lkexzh - Mk0 vkj0 ds0 flag
5 15

Paper-IV: COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH (Theory)
Time- 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Course of Study:
Same as in Painting
Practical Syllabus B.F.A. 3 rd Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2012-13
Stream: Sculpture (Group-C)
Paper Nomenclature of the paper
V (Practical) Group-C Drawing NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Composition NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Portrait NO EXAM
VIII -do- -do- Advance Composition NO EXAM
Theory Papers
Theory Syllabus B.F.A. 4 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2012-13
Paper-I History of Indian Art (Theory)
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
.
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper:II History of Western Art (Theory)
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper:III- METHOD AND MATERIAL (Theory)
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – 1 --Technique of carving and tools used for carving and finishing, polishing.
Unit – 2 --Different Techniques of mould making for metal casting and various
techniques for casting traditional, tribal and Italian etc.
Unit – 3 --Lost wax casting and sand casting.
Unit – 4 - sculpturing by fabrication of metal patina and colouring.
5 16

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1 st Assignment after one month & 2 nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(One period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Book Reading
(vii) A handbook of method and Material – Ray Smith
(viii) fp=.k lkexzh - Mk0 vkj0 ds0 flag
Paper: IV - COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH (Theory)
Time- 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 80
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper-V: DRAWING
Paper V (Practical) Group C
Practical Syllabus B.F.A. 4 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2012-13
Time : 12 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size : Half Sheet
Medium : Pencil, Crayon, Conte, Charcoal.
No. of Assignments: 15
Courses of Study:
Drawing in Pencil, Crayon etc. from life, Antique models and other objects from Nature as
also creative drawing reflecting structure of compositional concept.
Paper-VI: COMPOSITION
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 18 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size: 12"xl2"
Medium : Clay.
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Composition in Clay and in cast/ direct plaster with human figure, animal, birds and
other objects and experiences from nature. Casting in plaster and cement round and relief.
5 17

Paper-VII: PORTRAIT
(Practical) Group C
Time : 18 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination:100) Minimum
Size : Life Size
Medium : Clay & Plaster.
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Head Study in Clay from plaster casts (Antiques -Eastern and Western) and from life model
with and without the use of calipers, waste mould and cast in plasters.
Paper-VIII: ADVANCE COMPOSITION
(Practical) Group C
Time : 18 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size: 12" x 12"
Medium : Wood Carving/POP Carving/ Terracotta.
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Carving round and relief in wood with proper understanding of the character of wood and
tools employed to carve and finish. Use of common bodies of different types of used for
Terracotta. Use of Kilns for firing of these objects (Sculpture).
Theory Papers
Theory Syllabus B.F.A 5 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2013-14
Paper-I HISTORY OF INDIAN ART (Theory)
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper-II HISTORY OF WESTERN ART (Theory)
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Intern al Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper: III AESTHETICS (Indian) (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
5 18

Practical Syllabus B.F.A 5 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2013-14
Stream: Sculpture (Group-C)
Theory Nomenclature of the Paper
IV (Practical) Group-C Drawing NO EXAM
V -do- -do- Composition NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Life Study (Portrait /Torso) NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Advance Composition NO EXAM
Theory Syllabus B.F.A 6 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2013-14
Theory Papers
Paper-I HISTORY OF INDIAN ART (Theory)
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper-II HISTORY OF WESTERN ART (Theory)
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper: III AESTHETICS (Indian) (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Practical Syllabus B.F.A 6 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2013-14
Paper-IV: DRAWING
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 6 Hours Max. Marks: 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size : Half Sheet
Medium : Pencil, Crayon, Conte, Charcoal.
No. of Assignments : 15
Courses of Study:
Advance exercise compared to syllabus of 2 nd year with special emphasis on trunk and limbs of body
as also figure, animal, birds in motion, layout for carving and casting.
Paper-V: COMPOSITION
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 24 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size: 12"xl2"
Medium : Clay.
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Composition – individual or Group compositions based on specific subjects suitable for
execution in a certain media particularly stone and metal, piece moulding and casting including in
cement.
5 19

Paper-VI: LIFE STUDY (PORTRAIT/ TORSO)
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 24 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size : Life Size
Medium : Clay, Plaster and Cement
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Different types of Portraiture in clay, plaster, life study of torso portion, static and mobile
leading to the understanding of role of torso in describing posture in human forms, life sizes as
also over and under life size renderings. One head study or torso study based work in stone/
marble.
Paper-VII: ADVANCE COMPOSITION
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 24 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size: 12" x 12"
Medium : Wood Carving/Stone Carving/Fibre Casting/Terracotta/Scrap Metal.
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Carving of Wood, Stones, marble etc. by direct and indirect method - relief and round.
Flexible mould making and casting of composition suitable for fibre casting and use of scrap metal
with welding – Terracotta making round and relief.
Theory Papers
Theory Syllabus B.F.A. 7 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2014-15
Paper-I HISTORY OF INDIAN ART (Theory)
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper:II HISTORY OF WESTERN ART (Theory)
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper: III AESTHETICS (Western) (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
5 20

Practical Syllabus B.F.A. 7 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2014-15
Stream: Sculpture (Group-C)
Theory Nomenclature of Paper
IV (Practical) Group-C Drawing NO EXAM
V -do- -do- Composition NO EXAM
VI -do- -do- Life Study (Full Figure) NO EXAM
VII -do- -do- Advance Composition NO EXAM
Theory Papers
Theory Syllabus B.F.A. 8 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2014-15
Paper-I HISTORY OF INDIAN ART (Theory)
Time-3 hrs Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper:II HISTORY OF WESTERN ART (Theory)
Time- 3 hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper: III AESTHETICS (Western) (Theory)
Time: 3 Hrs. Maximum Marks: 80 + 20 Internal Assmnt
Courses of study:
Same as in Painting
Paper-IV: DRAWING
Practical Syllabus B.F.A 8 th Semester (Sculpture)
w.e.f. 2014-15
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 6 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size : Half Sheet
Medium : Pencil, Crayon, Conte, Charcoal.
No. of Assignments : 15
Courses of Study:
Advance work in nature of syllabus of 3 rd to 6 th Semester.
5 21

Paper-V: COMPOSITION
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 24 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size: 12"xl2"
Medium : Clay.
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Advance work according to exercise learnt in 3 rd to 6 th Semester.
Paper-VI: LIFE STUDY (FULL FIGURE)
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 30 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size : Life Size
Medium : Clay, Plaster, Cement and Fibre.
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Advance work of 3 rd to 6 th Semester particularly full figure and combination of figure
including in motion.
Paper-VII: ADVANCE COMPOSITION
(Practical ) Group C
Time : 30 Hours Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional: 100, Examination 100)
Minimum Size: 12" x 12"
Medium : Wood Carving/Stone Carving/Fibre Casting/Metal Casting/Scrap Metal.
No. of Assignments : 06
Courses of Study:
Any two medium, advance work including experimental or mixed medium as done either in
3 rd to 6 th Semester depending in medium chosen by student.
5 22

Scheme of M.A. (Fine Arts) Examinations
Scheme of Examination of Master of Arts (Fine Arts), Drawing and
Painting (Group A)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Examination : M.A. (First Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I History of Modern Western Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II Philosophy of Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-III Composition (Figure Study) NO EXAM
(Practical)
Paper-IV Composition (Creative Painting) NO EXAM
(Practical)
Total -- 160+40 = 200
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination : M.A. (Second Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I History of Modern Western Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II Philosophy of Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-III Composition (Figure Study) 50 100 18 Hours
(Practical)
Paper-IV Composition (Creative Painting) 50 100 24 Hours
(Practical)
Total 100 + 360+40 = 500
__________________________________________________________________________
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
5 23

Scheme of Examination of Master of Arts (Fine Arts),
Drawing and Painting
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Examination : M.A. (Third Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I History of Modern Indian Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II Composition (Life Painting
(Practical) and its Composition) NO EXAM
Paper-III Composition (Creative
(Practical) Composition) NO EXAM
Paper-IV Dissertation & Viva-Voce NO EXAM
Total -- 80+20 = 100
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination : M.A. (Fourth Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I History of Modern Indian Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II Composition (Life Painting
(Practical) and its Composition) 50 100 18 Hours
Paper-III Composition (Creative
(Practical) Composition) 50 100 24 Hours
Paper-IV Dissertation & Viva-Voce --- 100
Total 100 + 380+20 = 500
Grand Total of All Semesters = 1300
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
5 24

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting) Group A
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Examination: M.A. (1 st Semester)
Subject: Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting/Applied Art)
Paper-I (Group A and B) Theory: History of Modern Western Art
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
20 th Century Art : Analytical and critical study of the field of various phases in the making
of 20 th century visual and plastic arts. Deeper understanding of modern era as reflected in its art
forms to stimulate an increased awareness of the many possibilities of visual communication open
to the contemporary artist.
Unit-I
Romanticism: Goya, Delacroix, Constable, Turner
Realism: Courbet, Millet, Corot, Daumier.
Unit-II
Impressionism: Monet, Manet, Degas, Renoir.
Post-impressionism: Seurat, Cezzane, Gauguin, Van Gogh, Pissaro.
Unit-III
Other important Painters : Munch, Lautrec .
Fauvism : Matisse, Vlaminck
Unit-IV
Cubism : Picasso, Braque
Expressionism
a. Die Brucke : Kirchner, Nolde
b. Der Blaue Reiter: Wassily Kandinsky, Paul Klee, Franz Marc
c. Figurative Expressionist : Oskar Kokoschka
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
5 25

READING LIST:
1. Razanl, Modern Paining, Skira – Useful references from plates and text.
2. Lake and Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Painting.
3. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
4. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5. European Modern Movements in Encyclopedia of World Art.
6. Leymarie – Impressionism (Skira).
7. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
8. J. Rewald – Post Impressionism (Both these books are indispensable for the respective
periods).
9. Roger Fry – Vision and Design.
10. Madsen – Art Nouveau.
11. Deymatie : Fauvism (good introduction also in Encyclopedia of World Art.)
12. Crespelle – The Fauves.
13. Golding – Cubism: A history and analysis – See Also : Cubism and Futurism in
Encyclopeadia of World Art.
14. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
15. Selz : German Expressionism. For Expressionism See Also Encyclopeadia of World Art.
16. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
17. Barr – Fantastio Art; Dada and Surrealism.
18. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
19. Motherwell Dada Poets and Painters (Anthology of Dada Writings).
20. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
21. Herber Read – Surrealism (Mainly documents)
22. Rubin – Dada & Surrealism.
23. F.Pepper – Kinetic Art.
24. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
25. Poggioli – Theory of the Avant Garde (Concepts of modernity)
26. MC Muller – Art, Affluence and Alienation (Contemporary developments in various Arts).
27. A.M. Haftman – 20 th Century Painting.
28. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
29. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
30. Pevsnor – Pioneers of Modern Design, 1965.
31. Zigrosser – Expressionism – A Survey of their Graphic Work, 1957.
32. Seitz – The Responsive Eye, 1965.
33. Myers – Medican Painting in our time – 1956.
34. Gray – The Great Experiment: Russian Art – 1863-1922, 1962.
35. Rose Barbara – American Painting since 1900, 1967.
36. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
37. Roseberg – The Tradition of the New, 1959.
38. Steinberg Leo – Other Criteria.
39. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
5 26

SCULPTURE:
1. Herbert Read : (i) Modern Sculpture.
2. Herbert Read : (ii) Art of Sculpture.
3. Giedion Welcker : Contemporary Sculpture.
4. Sculpture of the 19 th – 20 th Centuries.
5. Burnham – Beyond Modern Sculpture.
6. Nean Seitz – Modern Sculpture, Evolution.
7. Kulterman – The New Sculpture.
8. Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Sculpture.
9. Scuphot : Sculpture of 20 th Century.
5 27

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting) Group A
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Examination : M.A. (1 st Semester)
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting)
Paper-II (Group A) Theory : Philosophy of Art
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(iv) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(v) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(vi) All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit-I
Fundamentals of Indian Art
Concept of: Rasa, Shadanga
Unit-II
Alankar, Dhwani, Auchitya, Riti
Unit-III
Some Theories Relating to Creativity:
(a) Imitation
(b) Emotion
(c) Imagination
(d) Inspiration
(e) Intuition
Unit-IV
Principles of Painting and Iconography in the shilpa texts like Chitrasutra etc.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List
1. Aesthetic meaning – Rekha Jhanji
2. Philosophy of Art (Foundations of Philosophy series)
3. Comparative Aesthetics : Eastern & Western – G. Hanumantha Rao and DVK Murthy
4. Philosophy of Art – Aldrich Virgil
5 28

5. Aesthetics from classical Greece to the present : A Short History – Monsore C. Beardsley.
6. Art as Experience – John Dewey.
7. Introductory Readings in Aesthetics – Hospers John.
8. Art and Illusion – E. H. Gombrick.
9. Ideals and Idols – E.H. Gombrick.
10. Ways of World Making – Nelson Goodman.
11. Critical Theory – Pyne
12. Truth in Painting – Jaques Devida.
13. Approaches to Indian Art – Nihar Ranjan Ray
14. Idea and Images – Nihar Rangan Ray.
15. Aesthetic Theory and Art – Ranjan K. Ghosh
16. Mimesis as Make – Believe – Aurther Danto
17. jl fl)kUr ,oa lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % MkW0 uxsUnz
18. dyk vkSj lkSUn;Z % ljsUnz ckjfyaxs
19. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jke y[ku ’kqDy
20. jl fl)kUr vkSj lkSUn;Z ‘kkL= % fueZy tSu
21. dj.k leh{kk % fxfjjkt fd’kksj v’kksd
22. lkSUn;Z rRo % lqjsUnzukFk nkl xqIr
23. lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jk- e- ikV.kdj
24. Hkkjrh; n’kZu % ,l- ,u- nklxqIrk
25. n’kZu fnXn’kZu % jkgqy lkad`Rr;k;u
26. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dh Hkwfedk % MkW0 uxsUnz
27. dyk foospu % dqekj foey
28. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dk rkfRod foospu ,oa o.kZu % jke y[ku ’kqDy
29. Lkk/kkj.khdj.k vkSj lkSUn;ZuqHkwfr ds izeq[k fl)kUr % izse dkUr V.Mu
30. lkSUn;Z’kkL= ds rRo % dqekj foey
31. lqUnje % gfj}kjh yky ‘kekZ
32. lkSUn;Z ’kkL= & MkW0 izsek feJk
5 29

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting) Group A
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Examination : M.A. (2 nd Semester)
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting/Applied Art)
Paper-I (Group A and B) Theory : History of Modern Western Art
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
20 th Century Art : Analytical and critical study of the field of various phases in the making
of 20 th century visual and plastic arts. Deeper understanding of modern era as reflected in its art
forms to stimulate an increased awareness of the many possibilities of visual communication open
to the contemporary artist.
Unit-I
Constructivism: Malevitch, Rodchenko, Gabo, Pevsner.
De Stijl : Piet Mondrian,
Unit-II
Dada and Surrealism: Chirico, Duchamp, Arp, Max Ernst, Miro,
Dali, Picabia, Chagall
Other important Painter : Modgliani.
Unit-III
Abstraction : Kandinsky, Klee, William De Kooning, Pollock, Mark Rothko
Pop Art : David Hockney, Andy Warhole.
Unit-IV
Op Art, Frank Stelin, Vasarely, Schoffer.
Minimal and Kinetic art.
Important Sculptor: Brancusi, Honry Moore, Giocometi, Rodin
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
5 30

Reading List:
General Works:
1. Razanl, Modern Paining, Skira – Useful references from plates and text.
2. Lake and Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Painting.
3. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
4. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5. European Modern Movements in Encyclopedia of World Art.
6. Leymarie – Impressionism (Skira).
7. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
8. J. Rewald – Post Impressionism (Both these books are indispensable for the respective
periods).
9. Roger Fry – Vision and Design.
10. Madsen – Art Nouveau.
11. Deymatie : Fauvism (good introduction also in Encyclopedia of World Art.)
12. Crespelle – The Fauves.
13. Golding – Cubism: A history and analysis – See Also : Cubism and Futurism in
Encyclopeadia of World Art.
14. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
15. Selz : German Expressionism. For Expressionism See Also Encyclopeadia of World Art.
16. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
17. Barr – Fantastio Art; Dada and Surrealism.
18. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
19. Motherwell Dada Poets and Painters (Anthology of Dada Writings).
20. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
21. Herber Read – Surrealism (Mainly documents)
22. Rubin – Dada & Surrealism.
23. F.Pepper – Kinetic Art.
24. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
25. Poggioli – Theory of the Avant Garde (Concepts of modernity)
26. MC Muller – Art, Affluence and Alienation (Contemporary developments in various Arts).
27. A.M. Haftman – 20 th Century Painting.
28. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
29. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
30. Pevsnor – Pioneers of Modern Design, 1965.
31. Zigrosser – Expressionism – A Survey of their Graphic Work, 1957.
32. Seitz – The Responsive Eye, 1965.
33. Myers – Medican Painting in our time – 1956.
34. Gray – The Great Experiment : Russian Art – 1863-1922, 1962.
35. Rose Barbara – American Painting since 1900, 1967.
36. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
37. Roseberg – The Tradition of the New, 1959.
38. Steinberg Leo – Other Criteria.
39. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
5 31

SCULPTURE:
1. Herbert Read : (i) Modern Sculpture.
2. Herbert Read : (ii) Art of Sculpture.
3. Giedion Welcker : Contemporary Sculpture.
4. Sculpture of the 19 th – 20 th Centuries.
5. Burnham – Beyond Modern Sculpture.
6. Nean Seitz – Modern Sculpture, Evolution.
7. Kulterman – The New Sculpture.
8. Maillard – Dictionary of Modern Sculpture.
9. Scuphot : Sculpture of 20 th Century.
5 32

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting) Group A
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Examination : M.A. (2 nd Semester)
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting)
Paper-II (Group A) Theory : Philosophy of Art
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit-I
Mechanism of Artistic Perception
a. Psychology of Artistic Perception.
b. Psychology of Mechanism of Artistic creative.
c. Art as an object of Perception.
Unit-II
Psychology and Art
Freaud’s theory (conscious and sub-conscious mind)
Unit-III
Nature of Beauty – Aristotle, Plato, Kant, Marx, Croce, Roger Fry, Clive Bell
Susane Langer
Unit-IV
Globalization in Art.
Art and Environment.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List
1. Aesthetic meaning – Rekha Jhanji
2. Philosophy of Art (Foundations of Philosophy series)
3. Comparative Aesthetics : Eastern & Western – G. Hanumantha Rao and DVK Murthy
4. Philosophy of Art – Aldrich Virgil
5 33

5. Aesthetics from classical Greece to the present : A Short History – Monsore C. Beardsley.
6. Art as Experience – John Dewey.
7. Introductory Readings in Aesthetics – Hospers John.
8. Art and Illusion – E. H. Gombrick.
9. Ideals and Idols – E.H. Gombrick.
10. Ways of World Making – Nelson Goodman.
11. Critical Theory – Pyne
12. Truth in Painting – Jaques Devida.
13. Approaches to Indian Art – Nihar Ranjan Ray
14. Idea and Images – Nihar Rangan Ray.
15. Aesthetic Theory and Art – Ranjan K. Ghosh
16. Mimesis as Make – Believe – Aurther Danto
17. jl fl)kUr ,oa lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % MkW0 uxsUnz
18. dyk vkSj lkSUn;Z % ljsUnz ckjfyaxs
19. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jke y[ku ’kqDy
20. jl fl)kUr vkSj lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % fueZy tSu
21. dj.k leh{kk % fxfjjkt fd’kksj v’kksd
22. lkSUn;Z rRo % lqjsUnzukFk nkl xqIr
23. lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jk- e- ikV.kdj
24. Hkkjrh; n’kZu % ,l- ,u- nklxqIrk
25. n’kZu fnXn’kZu % jkgqy lkad`Rr;k;u
26. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dh Hkwfedk % MkW0 uxsUnz
27. dyk foospu % dqekj foey
28. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dk rkfRod foospu ,oa o.kZu % jke y[ku ’kqDy
29. Lkk/kkj.khdj.k vkSj lkSUn;ZuqHkwfr ds izeq[k fl)kUr % izse dkUr V.Mu
30. lkSUn;Z’kkL= ds rRo % dqekj foey
31. lqUnje % gfj}kjh yky ’kekZ
32. lkSUn;Z ’kkL= & MkW0 izsek feJk
5 34

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting) Group A
Examination : M.A. (1 st and 2 nd Semester)
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting)
Paper-III (Group A) Practical : Composition (Figure Study)
Time Allowed : 18 Hours
Max. Marks : 150 (Examination-100 and Sessional Work-50)
Minimum Size : 30” x 40”, 18” x 24”
Medium : Oil, Acrylic Colours &s Mix Media on Canvas.
Course of Study :
Study of Figure from life and its transformation into composition.
Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination
and if the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a
sealed lock custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date
can evaluate the practical paper.
(ii) Internal examiner will evaluate the Sessional work.
Sessional Work
1. No. of Assignments as Canvas : 05
2. No. of Assignments as Canvas : 05
3. Colour Sketches : 50
4. Sketches : 1000
*The Sessional work shall be evaluated on weekly basis.
5 35

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting) Group A
Examination : M.A. (1 st and 2 nd Semester)
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting)
Paper-IV (Group A) Practical : Composition (Creative Painting)
Time Allowed : 24 Hours
Max. Marks : 150 (Examination-100 and Sessional Work-50)
Minimum Size : 30” x 40”
Medium : Oil colours/Mix-media for composition.
Course of Study :
Exercise work in different aspect and medium.
Study of from, Texture, relief etc.
Canvas – Oil & Acrylic and Mix Media.
Collage with different material.
Assemblage : Understanding of the meaning and material of value by assembling different
chosen material on surface/space.
Instructions:
(i) The topics/subjects to be painted will be of multiple choices.
(ii) The topics/subjects will be sent by the examiner to the Conduct Branch ten days prior to the
commencement of examinations.
(iii)The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate the
practical paper.
(iv) Internal examiner will evaluate the Sessional work.
Sessional Work
1. No. of Assignments : 08 finished canvas in Oil/Mix media
2. Collage and Assemblage : 02
3. Colour sketches : 50
4. Sketches : 1000
*The Sessional work shall be evaluated on weekly basis.
5 36

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting) Group A
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Examination : M.A. (3 rd Semester)
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting/Applied Art)
Paper-I (Group A & B) Theory : History of Modern Indian Art
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is
to be set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii) All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit-I
Company School
Establishments of Art institutions in India.
Paintings of Raja Ravi Verma,
Unit-II
Bengal School: Abanindra Nath Tagore, Nandalal Bose, Binod Bihari Mukharjee. Other
Artists: Jamini Roy, Amrita Shergil, Ram Kinkar Baij, Rabindra Nath Tagore, Gaganendra
Nath Tagore,
Unit-III
Bombay Progressive group: Raza, Souza, Ara, Hussain,Akbar Padamsee,
Other important painters, Ram Kumar, Tyeb Mehta, Jahangir Sabavala.
Neo-Trantricism : K.C.S. Panniker, Biren Day, G.R. Santhosh,
Unit-IV
Abstract Trend : Prabhakar Barve, V.S. Gaitonde, Bimal Das Gupta.
Group1890 & Baroda Narratives: N.S. Bendre, Jyoti Bhatt, Shanti Dave, Ghulam
Mohammad Sheikh, Nilima Sheikh, K.G. Subramanyan, Bhupen Khakar
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
5 37

Reading List
1. Studies in Modern Indian Art – Ratan Parimoo
2. Moving Focus – K.G. Subrahmanyam
3. Pictorial Space – Geete Kapur
4. Modern Indian Art – Keshav Malik
5. Lalit Kala Contemporary
6. Lalit Kala Monographs
7. Contemporary Art in India : P.N. Mago
8. Contemporary Art – The Flamed Mosaic by Naviel Tuli
9- c`gn vk/kqfud dyk dks’k % fouksn Hkkj}kt
5 38

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Examination : M.A. (4 th Semester)
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting/Applied Art)
Paper-I (Group A & B) Theory : History of Modern Indian Art
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit-I
Calcutta Group: Paritosh Sen, Bikash Bhattacharya, Ganesh Pyne, Jogen Choudhary
Unit-II
Bengal Famine: Chittaprosad, Somnath Hore, Delhi Shilpi Chakra
Unit-III
Women Painters: Pillo Pochkanwala, Nalini Malani, Anjoli Ela Menon, Arpana Kaur
Arpita Singh, Rini Dhumal,
Printmakers: Laxma Gaud, Jai Jharotia, Krishna Reddy, Anupam Sood.
Unit-IV
Academic Sculptors: D.P. Roy Choudhary, Other sculptors: Shanko Choudhary, Dhanraj
Bhagat, Nagji Patel, Nandagopal, Janakiram.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading List
1. Studies in Modern Indian Art – Ratan Parimoo
2. Moving Focus – K.G. Subrahmanyam
3. Pictorial Space – Geete Kapur
4. Modern Indian Art – Keshav Malik
5. Lalit Kala Contemporary
6. Lalit Kala Monographs
7. Contemporary Art in India : P.N. Mago
8. Contemporary Art – The Flamed Mosaic by Naviel Tuli
9- c`gn vk/kqfud dyk dks’k % fouksn Hkkj}kt
5 39

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting) Group A
Examination : M.A. (3 rd and 4 th Semester)
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting)
Paper-II (Group A) Practical : Composition (Life Painting & its composition)
Time Allowed : 18 Hours
Max. Marks : 150 (Examination-100 and Sessional Work-50)
Minimum Size : 30” x 40”
Medium: Oil Colours, Acrylic Colours & Mix media on canvas.
Course of Study
Study of human figure from model and its varied application in composition.
Instructions:
1. The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination
and if the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed
lock custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can
evaluate the practical paper.
2. Internal examiner will evaluate the Sessional work.
Sessional Work
1. No. of Assignments : 10 finished canvas of 30” x 40”
2. Colour Sketches : 50
3. Sketches : 1000
*The Sessional work shall be evaluated on weekly basis.
5 40

M.A. Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting)
Examination : M.A. (3 rd and 4 th Semester)
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Subject : Fine Arts (Drawing and Painting)
Paper-III (Group A) Practical : Composition (Creative Composition)
Time Allowed : 24 Hours
Max. Marks : 150 (Examination-100 and Sessional Work-50)
Medium : Oil/Mix-Media.
Minimum Size : 30” x 40” – Composition on canvas
Minimum Size: 5’ x 5’ Installation
Course of Study
Instructions:
Creative paintings in different media.
Study of 3-D working space in different material Value, Context and meaning.
Students have to experiment in different media and material. The emphasis is on the
conceptualization and experimentation.
1. The topic etc. will be of multiple choice.
2. The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate the
practical paper.
3. Internal examiner will evaluate the Sessional work.
Sessional Work
1. No. of Assignments on Canvas : 08
2. No. of assignments of Installation : 02
3. Project work on any place/movement/natural site/folk or tribal habitats through
Drawing/Painting/Photography.
4. Colour Sketches : 50
5. General Sketches : 100
6. Solo Exhibition : One
*The Sessional work shall be evaluated on weekly basis.
5 41

Instructions
Master of Arts (Fine Arts)
3 rd and 4 th Semesters
Paper IV: (Group A & B)
(Dissertation and viva voce)
The evaluation of viva voce (Dissertation) will be conducted by external examiner.
Synopsis presentation & approval of subject – August.
Presentation & Seminar - January.
Final submission – 31 st March.
Course of Study
i. A critical and analytical aspect of 20 th century with special reference to folk, tribal art and
popular form of art.
ii. Concept of Aesthetics or Philosophy.
iii. Any other new relevant topic including experimentation.
5 42

Scheme of Examination of M.A. (Fine Arts),
Applied Arts (Group B)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Examination: M.A. (1 st Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I History of Modern Western Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II Advertising Foundations
(Theory) and Dimensions --- 80+ 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-III Visualization – Advertising
(Practical) Campaign NO EXAM
Paper-IV Computer Graphics
(Practical) and Photography NO EXAM
Total -- 160+40 = 200
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination: M.A. (2 nd Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I History of Modern Western Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II Advertising Foundations
(Theory) and Dimensions --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-III Visualization – Advertising
(Practical) Campaign 50 100 36 Hours
Paper-IV Computer Graphics
(Practical) and Photography 50 100 30 Hours
Total 100 + 360+40 = 500
__________________________________________________________________________
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
5 43

Scheme of Examination of M.A. (Fine Arts)
Applied Arts (Group B)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Examination: M.A. (3 rd Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I Advertising foundations and --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory) Dimensions
Paper-II Visualization – Advertising
(Practical) Campaign NO EXAM
Paper-III Computer Graphics
(Practical) and Photography NO EXAM
Paper-IV Dissertation & Viva-Voce NO EXAM
Total -- 80+20 = 100
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination: M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I Advertising foundations and --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory) Dimensions
Paper-II Visualization – Advertising
(Practical) Campaign 50 100 36 Hours
Paper-III Computer Graphics
(Practical) and Photography 50 100 30 Hours
Paper-IV Dissertation & Viva-Voce -- 100 -----
Total 100 + 380+20 = 500
__________________________________________________________________________
Grand Total of All Semesters = 1300
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
5 44

DETAILED SYLLABUS (Theory)
M.A. (Fine Arts), Applied Arts (Group B)
Examination : M.A. (1 st Semester)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Paper-I History of Modern Western Art
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions & Courses of Study:
Same as M.A. (Fine Arts), Drawing and Painting Group A
Paper-II Advertising foundations and Dimensions
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(vii) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is
to be set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(viii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(ix) All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – 1 - Introduction to Advertising – Defining Advertising, Types of Advertising, Functions
of Advertising, The target audience, Logo, Logotype, Monogram, Symbol, Emblem,
Trademark, Insignia.
Unit – 2 – Advertising and Society – Advertising business offers employment, Advertising
promotes freedom of press, Information and Freedom of choice, Advertising creates demand
and consequently sales, Advertising reduces selling cost. Advertising creates employment,
Advertising establishes reputation and prestige, Truth in advertising, Advertising tries to raise
the standard of living.
Unit – 3 - Modern advertising agencies and its structure, the Advertiser, The media vendors,
Globalization, publicity, propaganda, public relations.
Unit – 4 - Radio and T.V. Advertising, Internet advertising .Interactive Advertising similarities
and differences among these medias, merits and demerits of these medias.
5 45

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading Books
1. Packaging Design: Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
2. Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
3. Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
4. Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
5. Type in Use – Alex White
6. The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
7. Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
8. Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
9. Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
10. Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
11.foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
12.foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
13.foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
14.foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
M.A. (Fine Arts), Applied Arts (Group B)
DETAILED SYLLABUS (Theory)
Examination : M.A. (2 nd Semester)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Paper-I Paper : History of Modern Western Art
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions & Courses of Study:
Same as M.A. (Fine Arts), Drawing and Painting Group A
Paper-II Paper : Advertising foundations and Dimensions
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80
20 Internal Assessment
5 46

Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – 1 - Campaign planning, objectives and basic principles – Campaign objectives, Factors
influencing the planning of advertising campaign. The selling methods, Campaigning a new
product. Advertising Appeal, Role of Appeal in campaign planning.
Unit – 2 - Creative side of the Advertising – What is creative Advertising, Creative leap,
Creative concept, Strategy and Creativity, Creative thinking, Art direction, Creative brief.
Science & Creativity.
Unit – 3 - Decision about the message execution, Creating Print Advertising, Newspaper
Advertisings, Magazine advertisements, Layout stages, Layout design principles.
Unit –4 – Role of photography, Illustration & Drawings in Advertising, Window display,
counter display, the age of a print etc.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading Books
1. Packaging Design: Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
2. Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
3. Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
4. Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
5. Type in Use – Alex White
6. The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
7. Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
8. Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
9. Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
10. Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
11- foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
12- foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
5 47

13- foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
14- foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
M.A. (Fine Arts), Applied Arts (Group B)
Examination : M.A. (1 st and 2 nd Semester)
DETAILED SYLLABUS (Practical)
Paper-III Visualization (Advertising Campaign)
Time Allowed : 36 Hours
Max. Marks : 150 (Examination-100 and Sessional Work-50)
Instructions:
(i) One layout and one poster and Logo design will have to be prepared on given topics.
(ii) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination
and if the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a
sealed lock custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date
can evaluate the practical paper.
(iii) Internal examiner will evaluate the Sessional work.
Course of Study
Students will have to prepare the following items as one advertising campaign/theme
i) Layout Design - Size 8” x 12”
Medium : Any media
ii) Poster Design - Size 20” x 30”
Medium : Any medium
iii) Logo Design - Size 4” x 4”
Sessional Work
(a) Social Campaign
i. Logo - 1
ii. Posters - 4
iii. Press Layout – 3
iv. Magazine Layout – 3
v. Illustration – 3
(b) Product Campaign
i. Poster – 3
ii. Press Layout – 2
iii. Magazine Layout – 3
iv. Logo, Letter head, Visiting Card – One each etc.
v. Two items according to the topic (Play card, Show card etc.)
One reference file.
Sketches – 500 in each semester.
*The Sessional work shall be evaluated on weekly basis.
5 48

M.A. (Fine Arts), Applied Arts (Group B)
Examination : M.A. (1 st and 2 nd Semester)
DETAILED SYLLABUS (Practical)
Paper-IV Computer Graphics and Photography
Max. Marks : 150 (Examination-100 and Sessional Work-50)
Instructions:
(i) The Topics/Themes/Subject matters will be of multiple choices.
(ii) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(iii)The batches of students may formed according to the availability of studio/darkroom
computer in the department and each batch will be allowed total 18 hours.
(iv) Internal examiner will evaluate the Sessional work.
(v) The student will have to submit one assignment for computer graphics given by the
examiner.
(vi) The student will have to submit two photograph on given topic.
Computer Graphics : Size (According to assignments) Time Allowed : 30 Hours
& Photography : Minimum Size 8” x 12”
Course of Study
The students will have to prepare assignments on the given topic:
1. Computer Graphics: Knowledge of basic Computer Application and Knowledge of
various software’s mainly Corel Draw, Adobe Page-Maker, Adobe Illustrator, Adobe
Photoshop. Microsoft Power-point. Digital Manipulation & its use in advertisement.
Total assignments for Sessional work – 20 (Stationary Set – 5, Layout- 4, Poster –3,
Mini Campaign – 8).
2. Photography: Basic knowledge of photography and its various equipments and materials –
application of photography in advertising. Various photographic assignments of cityscape,
nature, portrait, experimental photography etc.
Total assignment for Sessional work – 4 in each category (i) Still Life (ii) Portrait
(iii) Landscape (iv) composition (v) Texture (vi) Mini Project on any social theme.
* The Sessional work shall be evaluated on weekly basis.
5 49

M.A. (Fine Arts), Applied Arts (Group B)
Examination: M.A. (3 rd Semester)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
DETAILED SYLLABUS (Theory)
Paper-I Theory: Advertising foundations and Dimensions
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory.
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit –1 - Copy writing, Typography – Introduction, Role of Typography in Advertising.
copy platform, types of copy, how to write good copy, copy formats : headlines, sub
headlines, body copy etc.
Unit –2 - Advertising and Marketing – Nature and scope of Marketing, Marketing plan,
Advertising role in marketing, Types of market, The marketing concept and Relationship.
Unit –3 -, Marketing channel of distribution, marketing mix, 4 P’s of marketing: Packaging,
Insurance, Transportation, Pricing. Direct marketing and its strategies.
Unit –4 - Marketing and Market Research – Consumer reaction, Motivational research,
Brand image, Integrated marketing Communication (IMC).
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading Books
(i) Packaging Design: Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
(ii) Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
(iii)Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
(iv) Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
(v) Type in Use – Alex White
(vi) The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
(vii) Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
(viii) Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
5 50

(ix) Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
(x) Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
(xi) foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
(xii) foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
(xiii) foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
(xiv) foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
M.A. (Fine Arts), Applied Arts (Group B)
Examination: M.A. (4 th Semester)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
DETAILED SYLLABUS (Theory)
Paper-I Theory: Advertising foundations and Dimensions
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80
20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to
be set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit –1 - Ethics, Regulations and Social Responsibilities – Taste and Advertising, Stereo
typing in Advertising: women in advertisement, racial and ethnic stereotypes, Advertising to
children.
Unit –2 - Legal aspects of Advertising – Advertising controversial products & its legal aspects.
Copyright, Trade Mark etc.
Unit –3 - Status of Advertising Agents, Advertising contracts, Defamation, Slander of Goods.
Unit –4 - careers in advertising. Technical terms in advertising Influences of Art trends and
trends in design. visual merchandising. The Industrial revolution and emergence of consumer
society.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
5 51

Reading Books
1. Packaging Design: Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
2. Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
3. Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
4. Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
5. Type in Use – Alex White
6. The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
7. Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
8. Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
9. Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
10. Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
11- foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
12- foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
13- foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
14- foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
M.A. (Fine Arts), Applied Arts (Group B)
Examination: M.A. (3 rd and 4 th Semester)
DETAILED SYLLABUS (Practical)
Paper-II Visualization (Advertising Campaign)
Time Allowed : 36 Hours
Max. Marks : 150 (Examination-100 and Sessional Work-50)
Instructions:
1) Themes/Subject matters/topics will be of multiple choices.
2) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate the
practical paper.
3) Internal examiner will evaluate the Sessional work.
Course of Study
Advertising campaign in different media mainly the product compaign and social campaign.
Note :- The Students will have to prepare three items, related with a particular theme/topic (a
product or a social or institutional theme.)
(i) POSTER:
Size 20” x 30”
Medium : Any Media
(ii) LAYOUT:
Size 8” x 12”
5 52

Medium : Any media
(iii)Assignment as given by the examiner.
Sessional Work
1) Product Campaign
Posters -4
Layout – 5 ( 3 Press and 2 Magazine)
Packaging Design – 2
Dangler -1
Show Cards – 1
Folder/Catalogue -1
Pamphlet – 1
Calendar -1 (Table/Wall)
Monogram, Trademarks, Logo, Insignia, Letter-Head,
Envelope – 2 each
2) Social Campaign
Posters – 3
Layout – 2 (Press) + 2 (Magazine)
Illustration – 2
Hoarding Or Banner -1
3) Sketches – 250 & 10 portraits + Figure study.
4) Workshop
Multimedia Illustration, Photography, Computer Graphics etc.
5) Field Work
Industrial Visit, Market Research, Movement etc.
6) Solo display of Campaign work.
7) Use of Photography and computer graphics is allowed.
*The Sessional work shall be evaluated on weekly basis.
M.A. (Fine Arts), Applied Arts (Group B)
Examination: M.A. (3 rd and 4 th Semester)
]]
DETAILED SYLLABUS (Practical)
Paper-III Computer Graphics and Photography
Max. Marks : 150 (Examination-100 and Sessional Work-50)
Instructions:
(i) The Topics/Themes/Subject matters will be of multiple choices.
(ii) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate the
practical paper.
(iii) The batches of students may formed according to the availability of Studio/darkroom
computer in the department and each batch will be allowed total 18 hours.
5 53

(iv) Internal examiner will evaluate the Sessional work.
(v) The student will have to submit one assignment for computer graphics given by the
examiner.
(vi) The student will have to submit two photographs on given topic.
(vii) Photographs used in Computer Graphic assignment should be captured only by the
candidate.
Computer Graphics: Size (According to assignments) Time Allowed: 30 Hours
Photography: Minimum Size 8” x 12”
Course of Study
1. Computer Graphics: Advanced knowledge of Computer Applications and Knowledge of
various software mainly Corel Draw , Adobe Page-Maker, Adobe Photoshop, Microsoft
Power-Point etc. Application of computer graphics in advertising, computer photo
retouching.
Total Assignments for Sessional work: (i) One campaign per semester (10
Assignments minimum)
2. Photography: Advanced knowledge of photography and its various equipments and
materials – application of photography in advertising, industrial & creative.
Total Assignments for Sessional work: 30 Assignments - Per Semester (Fashion
Photography, Product Photography, and Photo for illustration/Story-Board, Photo Essay
(based on a particular social or productive theme), photography for Journalism, Travel
Photography and Architect photography).
*The Sessional work shall be evaluated on weekly basis.
Max Marks: 100
Instructions
Master of Arts (Fine Arts) Group B
3 rd and 4 th Semesters
Paper IV: (Group A & B)
(Dissertation and viva voce)
The evaluation of viva voce (Dissertation) will be conducted by external examiner.
Synopsis presentation & approval of subject – August.
Presentation & Seminar - January.
Final submission – 31 st March.
Course of Study
i. A critical and analytical aspect of 20 th century with special reference to folk,
tribal art and popular form of art.
ii. Concept of Aesthetics or Philosophy.
iii. Any other new relevant topic including experimentation.
5 54

Scheme of MFA Examinations Painting (Group A)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Examination : M.F.A. (First Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I Aesthetic & Art Appreciation --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II History of Modern Western Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-III Creative Painting/Portrait NO EXAM
(Practical)
Paper-IV Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar NO EXAM
(Practical & Oral)
Total = -- 160+40 = 200
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination : M.F.A. (Second Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I Aesthetic & Art Appreciation --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II History of Modern Western Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-III Creative Painting/Portrait 100 100 24 Hrs./18 Hrs.
(Practical)
Paper-IV Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar --- 100 (25+50+25)
(Practical & Oral)
Total = 100 + 360+40 = 500
__________________________________________________________________________
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
5 55

Scheme of MFA Examinations Painting (Group A)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Examination : M.F.A. (Third Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I History of Modern Indian Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II Dissertation and viva-voce NO EXAM
Paper-III Creative Painting/Portrait NO EXAM
(Practical)
Paper-IV Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar --- NO EXAM
(Practical & Oral)
Total = -- 80+20 = 100
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination : M.F.A. (Fourth Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I History of Modern Indian Art --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
(Theory)
Paper-II Dissertation and viva-voce --- 100 ---
Paper-III Creative Painting/Portrait 100 100 24 Hrs./18 Hrs.
(Practical)
Paper-IV Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar --- 100 (25+50+25)
(Practical & Oral)
Total = 100 + 380+20 = 500
5 56
Grand Total of All Semesters = 1300
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.

Detailed Syllabus of M.F.A. (Painting)
M.F.A. (First Semester) (w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Common Paper: Aesthetics and Art Appreciation (Theory)
(Group A, B, C)
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80 & 20 Internal Assessment
Paper I
Instructions:
(x) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be set
from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(xi) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(xii) All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit-I
Fundamentals of Indian Art , Principles of Painting and Iconography in the shilpa texts like
Chitrasutra etc.
Unit-II
Concept of: Rasa, Shadanga
Unit-III
Alankar, Dhwani, Auchitya, Riti
Unit-IV
Some Theories Relating to Creativity:
(a) Imitation
(b) Emotion
(c) Imagination
(d) Inspiration
(e) Intuition
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Book
1. Encyclopedia of Aesthetics
2. Aesthetic meaning – Rekha Jhanji
3. Philosophy of Art – Aldrich Virgil
4. Introductory Readings in Aesthetics – Hospers John.
5. Critical Theory – Pyne
6. Art Writings – David Cania
7. Visual Culture by Rredrick.
8. Aesthetic Theory and Art – Ranjan K. Ghosh
5 57

9. jl fl)kUr ,oa lkSUn;Z 'kkL= % MkW0 uxsUnz
10 Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z 'kkL= % jke y[ku 'kqDy
11. n’kZu fnXn’kZu % jkgqy lkad`rk;u
12. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dh Hkwfedk % MkW0 uxsUnz
13. dyk foospu % dqekj foey
14. lqUnje % gfj}kjh yky 'kekZ
15. Hkkjrh; n’kZu - ,l- ,u- nklxqIrk
Detailed Syllabus of M.F.A. (Painting) Group A
M.F.A. (First Semester)
History of Modern Western Art (Theory)
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks :80 & 20 Internal Assessment
Paper II
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
20 th Century Art : Analytical and critical study of the field of various phases in the making
of 20 th century visual and plastic arts. Deeper understanding of modern era as reflected in its art
forms to stimulate an increased awareness of the many possibilities of visual communication open
to the contemporary artist.
Unit-I
Romanticism: Goya, Delacroix, Constable, Turner
Unit-II
Realism: Courbet, Millet, Corot, Daumier. Impressionism: Monet, Manet, Degas, Renoir.
Unit-III
Post-impressionism: Seurat, Cezzane, Gauguin, Vangogh, Pissaro.
Unit-IV
Other important Painters : Munch, Lautrec .
Fauvism : Matisse, Vlaminck
Cubism : Picasso, Braque
Expressionism
a. Die Brucke : Kirchner, Nolde
b. Der Blaue Reiter: Wassily Kandinsky, Paul Klee, Franz Marc
c. Figurative Expressionist : Oskar Kokoschka
5 58

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Books:
1. Werner Haftmann Alfred Hentzen William S. Lieberman
edited by Andrew Carnduff Ritchie, German art of the twentieth century, The Museum of
Modern Art, New York in collaboration with The City Art Museum of St. Louis, Missouri,
distributed by Simon and Schuster, New York
2. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
3. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
4. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
5. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
6. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
7. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
8. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
9. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
10. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
11. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
12. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
Detailed Syllabus of M.F.A. (Painting)
M.F.A. (Second Semester) (w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Common Paper : Aesthetics and Art Appreciation (Theory)
(Group A, B, C)
Paper I Max. Marks 80 & 20 Internal Assessment Time : 3 Hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit-I
Mechanism of Artistic Perception
d. Psychology of Artistic Perception.
e. Psychology of Mechanism of Artistic creative.
f. Art as an object of Perception.
Unit-II
Psychology and Art
Freaud’s theory (conscious and sub-conscious mind)
5 59

Unit-III
Nature of Beauty – Aristotle, Plato, Kant, Marx, Croce, Roger Fry, Clive Bell
Susane Langer
Unit-IV
Globalization in Art. Art and Environment.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading Books
1. Encyclopedia of Aesthetics
2. Aesthetic meaning – Rekha Jhanji
3. Philosophy of Art – Aldrich Virgil
4. Introductory Readings in Aesthetics – Hospers John.
5. Critical Theory – Pyne
6. Art Writings – David Cania
7. Visual Culture by Rredrick.
8. Aesthetic Theory and Art – Ranjan K. Ghosh
9. jl fl)kUr ,oa lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % MkW0 uxsUnz
10. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z ’kkL= % jke y[ku ’kqDy
11. n’kZu fnXn’kZu % jkgqy lkad`rk;u
12. Hkkjrh; lkSUn;Z’kkL= dh Hkwfedk % MkW0 uxsUnz
13. dyk foospu % dqekj foey
14. lqUnje % gfj}kjh yky ’kekZ
15. Hkkjrh; n’kZu - ,l- ,u- nklxqIrk
5 60

Detailed Syllabus of M.F.A. (Painting) Group A
M.F.A. (Second Semester)
History of Modern Western Art (Theory)
Paper II Max. Marks 80 & 20 Internal Assessment Time : 3 Hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
20 th Century Art : Analytical and critical study of the field of various phases in the making
of 20 th century visual and plastic arts. Deeper understanding of modern era as reflected in its art
forms to stimulate an increased awareness of the many possibilities of visual communication open
to the contemporary artist.
Unit-I
Constructivism : Malevitch, Rodchenko, Gabo, Pevsner.
De Stijl : Piet Mondrian,
Unit-II
Dada and Surrealism : Chirico, Duchamp, Arp, Max Ernst, Miro,
Dali, Picabia, Chagall
Unit-III
Other important Painter : Modgliani.
Abstraction : Kandinsky, Klee, William De Kooning, Pollock, Mark Rothko
Unit-IV
Pop Art : David Hockney, Andy Warhole.
Op Art, Frank Stelin, Vasarely, Schoffer.
Minimal and Kinetic art.
Important Sculptor: Brancusi, Honry Moore, Giocometi, Rodin
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Books:
1. Ritchie – German 20 th Century Art – Museum of Modern Art.
2. L. LIppart – Pop Art.
3. J. Rewald – History of impressionism – Museum of Modern Art, New York.
4. Herbert Road – A concise History of Modern Paining.
5. William Vaughan – Romantic Art.
5 61

6. Arnason : History of Modern Art.
7. Hamilton – Painting & Sculpture in Europe – 1880-1940.
8. Cold water : Primitivism in Modern Art.
9. Marcel Jean – A History of Surrealist Painting (Comprehensive Study)
10. Rosenblum – Cubism and 20 th Century Art.
11. Scuphor – Dictionary of Abstract Art.
12. Goodrich and Baur – American Art of the Twentieth Century, 1962.
Master of Fine Arts (1 st and 2 nd Semesters)
Painting (Group A) Syllabus (Practical)
Paper-III (Creativc Paitning/Portrait)
Candidate admitted in M.F.A. (Painting) will select any one of the following practical subjects for
specialization in all semester.
(i) Creative Painting OR
(ii) Portrait
Time Allowed : 24 Hours for Creative Painting OR 18 Hours for Portrait.
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Medium : Oil Colours/Water Colours/Acrylic Colours etc.
Minimum Size : 36” x 36” / 30” x 40”
Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
Sessional Work
1. No. of Assignments on Canvas : 18 + 2 Installations
2. Weekly submission of sketches : 250
3. Solo Exhibition : One
Course of Study
OPTION: CREATIVE PAINTING
Advancement of previous experience towards a complete pictorial interpretation, theme and
expression of mood, symbolism, dramatization, distortion for emotional effect including abstract
expressionalism, projects with emphasis on independent creative work.
OPTION: PORTRAIT
Advanced studies complete with foreground and background character and expression,
composition in different settings, development of a personal style.
5 62

Master of Fine Arts (1 st and 2 nd Semesters)
(Group A, B & C)
Syllabus (Practical & Oral)
Paper-IV
(Exhibition, viva voce, Seminar)
Instructions, Course of Study
(i) Exhibition of his/her own art work done during 1 st and 2 nd Semester. Exhibition will be
conducted at the end of 2 nd semester.
(ii) Review about art exhibitions.
5 63

M.F.A. (Third Semester) (Group A)
History of Modern Indian Art (Theory)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Paper I Max. Marks 80 & 20 Internal Assessment Time : 3 Hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit-I
Company school
Establishments of Art institutions in India.
Paintings of Raja Ravi Verma, Amrita Shergil,
Unit-II
Bengal School: Abanindra Nath Tagore, Nandalal Bose, Binod Bihari Mukharjee
Jamini Roy, Ram Kinkar Baij, Rabindra Nath Tagore, Gaganendra Nath Tagore,
Unit-III
Bombay Progressive group: Raza, Souza, Ara, Hussain,Akbar Padamsee,
Other important painters, Ram Kumar, Tyeb Mehta, Jahangir Sabavala.
Neo-Trantricism : K.C.S. Panniker, Biren Day, G.R. Santhosh,
Unit-IV
Abstract Trend : Prabhakar Barve, V.S. Gaitonde, Bimal Das Gupta.
Group1890 & Baroda Narratives: N.S. Bendre, Jyoti Bhatt, Shanti Dave, Ghulam
Mohammad Sheikh, Nilima Sheikh, K.G. Subramanyan, Bhupen Khakar
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Books
1. Modern Indian Art – Keshan Malik.
2. Pictorial Space – Geeta Kapoor
3. Moving Focus – K.G. Subrahmanyam.
4. Studies in Modern Indian Art – Ratan Parimoo
5. Lalit Kala Contemporary
6. Lalit Kala Monographs.
7. When was modernism – Geeta Kapoor
8. Contemporary Indian Art – Geeta Kapoor
5 64

9. The making of Modern Indian Art –Yashodhara Dalmiya
10. Post-Modernism OR The culture logic of late capitalism – Fedric Jansen
11. Visual Culture – Chris Genks
12. c`gn vk/kqfud dyk dks’k % fouksn Hkkj}kt
13. ledkyhu Hkkjrh; dyk & izk.kukFk ekxks & lkSfe= ekSgu
14. vk/kqfud Hkkjrh; dyk & MkW0 th0 ds0 vxzoky
5 65

M.F.A. (Fourth Semester) Group A
History of Modern Indian Art (Theory)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Paper I Max. Marks 80 & 20 Internal Assessment Time: 3 Hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit-I
Calcutta Group: Paritosh Sen, Bikash Bhattacharya, Ganesh Pyne, Jogen Choudhary
Unit-II
Bengal Famine: Chittaprosad, Jainul Abedin, Somnath Hore,
Delhi Shilpi Chakra
Unit-III
Women Painters: Pillo Pochkanwala, Nalini Malani, Anjoli Ela Menon, Arpana Kaur
Arpita Singh, Rini Dhumal,
Printmakers: Laxma Gaud, Jai Jharotia, Krishna Reddy, Anupam Sood.
Unit-IV
Academic Sculptors: L Karmarkar, D.P. Roy Choudhary,
Other sculptors: Shanko Choudhary, Dhanraj Bhagat, Nagji Patel, Nandagopal
Janakiram.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Books
1. Modern Indian Art – Keshav Mallik.
2. Pictorial Space – Geeta Kapoor
3. Moving Focus – K.G. Subrahmanyam.
4. Studies in Modern Indian Art – Ratan Parimoo
5. Lalit Kala Contemporary
6. Lalit Kala Monographs.
7. When was modernism – Geeta Kapoor
8. Contemporary Indian Art – Geeta Kapoor
5 66

9. The making of Modern Indian Art –Yashodhara Dalmiya
10. Post-Modernism OR The culture logic of late capitalism – Fedric Jansen
11. Visual Culture – Chris Genks
12. c`gn vk/kqfud dyk dks"k % fouksn Hkkj}kt
13. ledkyhu Hkkjrh; dyk & izk.kukFk ekxks & lkSfe= ekSgu
14. vk/kqfud Hkkjrh; dyk & MkW0 th0 ds0 vxzoky
Max Marks: 100
Instructions
Master of Fine Arts (3 rd and 4 th Semesters)
Paper II : (Group A, B & C)
(Dissertation and viva voce)
The evaluation of viva voce (Dissertation) will be conducted by external examiner.
Synopsis presentation & approval of subject – August.
Presentation & Seminar - January.
Final submission – 31 st March.
.
Course of Study
ii. A critical and analytical aspect of 20 th century with special reference to folk, tribal art
and popular form of art.
iii. Concept of Aesthetics or Philosophy
iv. Any other new relevant topic including experimentation.
Master of Fine Arts (3 rd and 4 th Semesters)
Painting (Group A) Syllabus (Practical)
Paper-III (Creative Painting/Portrait)
Candidate will take the same option as opted in 1 st Semester of MFA i.e.
(iii)Creative Painting OR
(iv) Portrait
Time Allowed : 24 Hrs. for Creative Painting and 18 Hrs. for Portrait
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Medium : Oil Colours/Water Colours/Acrylic Colours etc.
Minimum Size : 36” x 36” / 30” x 40”
5 67

Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
Sessional Work
1. No. of Assignments on Canvas : 18 + 2 Installations
2. Weekly submission of sketches : 250
3. Solo Exhibition : One
Course of Study
OPTION : CREATIVE PAINTING
Creative paintings in different media. Study of 3-D working space in different material
value, context and meaning. Students have to experiment in different media and material. The
emphasis is on the conceptualization and experimentation and making personal statement.
OPTION : PORTRAIT
Study of portrait from different age groups with emphasis on declination of character,
dramatization and various expression composition of portrait in different profile, emphasis on the
development of a personal artistic style.
Master of Fine Arts (3 rd and 4 th Semesters)
Painting (Group A, B & C)
Syllabus (Practical & Oral) Paper-IV
(Exhibition, viva voce, Seminar)
Instructions, Course of Study
(i) Exhibition of his/her own art work done during 3 rd and 4 th Semester. Exhibition will be
conducted at the end of 4 th semester.
(ii) Review about art exhibitions.
5 68

Scheme of MFA Examinations
Applied Arts (Group B)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Examination : M.F.A. (First Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I (Theory) Aesthetic & Art Appreciation --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hrs
Paper-II (-do-) Advertising Foundations
and Dimensions --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hrs
Paper-III (Practical) Visualization/Illustration NO EXAM
/Photography
Paper-IV (-do-) Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar NO EXAM
(Practical & Oral)
Total = -- 160 + 40 = 200 = 200
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination : M.F.A. (Second Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I (Theory) Aesthetic & Art Appreciation --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hrs
Paper-II(-do-) Advertising Foundations
and Dimensions --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hrs
Paper-III (Practical) Visualization/Illustration 100 100 36 Hrs./36 Hrs.
/Photography /18 Hrs.
Paper-IV (-do-) Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar --- 100 (25+50+25) --
(Practical & Oral)
Total = 100 + 360+40 = 500
__________________________________________________________________________
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
5 69

Scheme of MFA Examinations
Applied Arts (Group B)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Examination : M.F.A. (Third Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I (Theory) Advertising Foundations
and Dimensions --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hrs
Paper-II Dissertation NO EXAM
Paper-III (Practical) Visualization/Illustration
/Photography NO EXAM
Paper-IV Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar NO EXAM
(Practical & Oral)
Total = 80+20 = 100
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination : M.F.A. (Fourth Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I (Theory) Advertising Foundations
and Dimensions. --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hrs
Paper-II Dissertation -- 100 -----
Paper-III (Practical) Visualization/Illustration 100 100 36 Hrs./36 Hrs.
/Photography /18 Hours
Paper-IV Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar -- 100 (25+50+25) -----
(Practical & Oral)
Total = 100 + 380+20 = 500
Grand Total of All Semesters = 1300
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
5 70

MASTER OF FINE ARTS Applied Arts – Group B
SYLLABUS (Theory)
Examination: M.F.A (1 st Semester)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Paper-I (Group B) Aesthetics and Art Appreciation
Instructions & Course of Study:
Same as M.F.A. (Painting) Group A
SYLLABUS (Theory)
Examination : M.F.A (1 st Semester)
Paper-II (Group B) Advertising Foundations and Dimensions
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 & 20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(xiii) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is
to be set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(xiv) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(xv) All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – 1 - Introduction to Advertising – Defining Advertising, Types of Advertising, Functions
of Advertising, The target audience, Logo, Logotype, Monogram, Symbol, Emblem,
Trademark, Insignia.
Unit – 2 – Advertising and Society – Advertising business offers employment, Advertising
promotes freedom of press, Information and Freedom of choice, Advertising creates demand
and consequently sales, Advertising reduces selling cost. Advertising creates employment,
Advertising establishes reputation and prestige, Truth in advertising, Advertising tries to raise
the standard of living.
Unit – 3 - Modern advertising agencies and its structure, the Advertiser, The media vendors,
Globalization, publicity, propaganda, public relations.
Unit – 4 - Radio and T.V. Advertising, Internet advertising .Interactive Advertising similarities
and differences among these medias, merits and demerits of these medias.
5 71

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading Books
1. Packaging Design: Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
2. Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
3. Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
4. Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
5. Type in Use – Alex White
6. The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
7. Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
8. Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
9. Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
10. Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
11. foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
12. foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
13. foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
14. foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
5 72

MASTER OF FINE ARTS
Applied Arts – Group B
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
SYLLABUS (Theory)
Examination : M.F.A (2 nd Semester)
Paper-I (Group B) Aesthetics and Art Appreciation.
Instructions and Course of Study:
Same as M.F.A. (Painting) Group A
Examination : M.F.A (2 nd Semester)
SYLLABUS (Theory)
Paper-II (Group B) Advertising Foundations and Dimensions
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 & 20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit – 1 - Campaign planning, objectives and basic principles – Campaign objectives, Factors
influencing the planning of advertising campaign. The selling methods, Campaigning a new
product. Advertising Appeal, Role of Appeal in campaign planning.
Unit – 2 - Creative side of the Advertising – What is creative Advertising, Creative leap,
Creative concept, Strategy and Creativity, Creative thinking, Art direction, Creative brief.
Science & Creativity.
Unit – 3 - Decision about the message execution, Creating Print Advertising, Newspaper
Advertisings, Magazine advertisements, Layout stages, Layout design principles.
Unit –4 – Role of photography, Illustration & Drawings in Advertising, Window display,
counter display, the age of a print etc.
5 73

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading Books
(i) Packaging Design: Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
(ii) Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
(iii)Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
(iv) Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
(v) Type in Use – Alex White
(vi) The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
(vii) Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
(viii) Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
(ix) Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
(x) Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
(xi) foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
(xii) foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
(xiii) foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
(xiv) foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
5 74

Master of Fine Arts
Applied Arts (Group B)
Syllabus (Practical)
Paper-III (Visualization/Illustration/Photography)
Candidate admitted in M.F.A. (Applied Arts) will select any one of the following practical subjects
for specialization in all semester.
(i) Visualization OR
(ii) Book Design & Illustration OR
(iii)Photography
For all streams of Applied Arts
Student will have to submit his/her work on last day of every week including sketching and
drawing.
Visualization (1 st and 2 nd Semester)
Paper - III
Time Allowed : 36 Hours
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Size : As per requirements.
Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
Course of study
Advertising campaign, Analytical study of different product groups. Visuals to be based on
the class of commodity and class of appeal.
Assignments :
(i) Execution of any 4 advertising campaign with report (market survey & about your
campaign) on consumer’s product or institutional (Services or Social) related with any
of the appropriate media including Print and various techniques available.
(Minimum Submission for each Advertising Campaign is 10 works.)
5 75

(ii) Project Work (with report): Students has to submit a project work (campaign) based on
contemporary social issues, any industry, corporation, public services/Govt. services.
(Minimum submission for the Project Work is 10 works.)
(iii) One campaign in handwork. (Compulsory with report)
(iv) Free hand sketching - 1000
(v) A short documentary film, TV Commercial etc.
(vi) Drawing – 20. (Full figure human study, portrait, animal study etc.)
Book Design & Illustration (1 st and 2 nd Semester)
Paper - III
Time Allowed : 36 Hours
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Size : As per requirements.
Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
Course of Study
Illustrate any publications such as children story book or Educational book related with any
of the appropriate medias including Print and in various techniques available. Knowledge of
computer and software like Photoshop, Illustrator etc. to create illustration. Illustration for books
meant for different age groups
(i) Typography & Book Design.
(ii) Story Illustration.
(iii) Industrial Illustration.
(iv) Press Illustration etc.
Assignments :
(i) Minimum submission would be 5 illustrated books of at least 16 Pages each and 6 individual
Assignments on various types of illustrations
(ii) Free hand sketching - 1000
(iii) Drawing – 20. (Full figure human study, portrait, animal study etc.)
5 76

Photography (1 st and 2 nd Semester):
Paper - III
Time Allowed : 18 Hours
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Size : As per requirements.
Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
Course of Study
Advance techniques of Photography, Development of Individual style, Different areas of
Photography such as :
(i) Product Photography
(ii) Travel Photography
(iii) Photography for advertising
(iv) Creative photography (abstract, texture, architectural etc.)
(v) Digital manipulation
(vi) Black & White photography
Assignment
(i) Number of Prints is minimum 35 in each Semester (Minimum Size: 12” x 18”)
(ii) Free hand sketching - 1000
(iii) Drawing – 20. (Full figure human study, portrait, animal study etc.)
5 77

MFA Applied Arts (Group B)
Paper IV : Exhibition , Viva Voce and Seminar
(Practical and Oral)
Instructions, Course of Study
(i) Exhibition of his/her own art work done during 1 st and 2 nd Semester. Exhibition will be
conducted at the end of 2 nd semester.
(ii) Review about art exhibitions.
Examination : M.F.A (3 rd Semester)
MASTER OF FINE ARTS
Applied Arts – Group B
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
SYLLABUS (Theory)
Paper-I (Group B) Advertising foundations and Dimensions
Time Allowed: 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 & 20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit –1 - Copy writing, Typography – Introduction, Role of Typography in Advertising.
copy platform, types of copy, how to write good copy, copy formats : headlines, sub
headlines, body copy etc.
Unit –2 - Advertising and Marketing – Nature and scope of Marketing, Marketing plan,
Advertising role in marketing, Types of market, The marketing concept and Relationship.
Unit –3 -, Marketing channel of distribution, marketing mix, 4 P’s of marketing: Packaging,
Insurance, Transportation, Pricing. Direct marketing and its strategies.
Unit –4 - Marketing and Market Research – Consumer reaction, Motivational research,
Brand image, Integrated marketing Communication (IMC).
5 78

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading Books
(i) Packaging Design: Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
(ii) Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
(iii)Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
(iv) Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
(v) Type in Use – Alex White
(vi) The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
(vii) Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
(viii) Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
(ix) Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
(x) Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
(xi) foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
(xii) foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
(xiii) foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
(xiv) foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
5 79

MASTER OF FINE ARTS Applied Arts – Group B
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
SYLLABUS (Theory)
Examination: M.F.A (4 th Semester)
Paper-I (Group B) Advertising foundations and Dimensions
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 & 20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(iv) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to
be set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(v) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(vi) All Questions will be of equal marks.
Courses of Study:
Unit –1 - Ethics, Regulations and Social Responsibilities – Taste and Advertising, Stereo
typing in Advertising: women in advertisement, racial and ethnic stereotypes, Advertising to
children.
Unit –2 - Legal aspects of Advertising – Advertising controversial products & its legal aspects.
Copyright, Trade Mark etc.
Unit –3 - Status of Advertising Agents, Advertising contracts, Defamation, Slander of Goods.
Unit –4 - Careers in advertising, Technical terms in advertising Influences of Art trends and
trends in design. visual merchandising. The Industrial revolution and emergence of consumer
society.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Reading Books
(i) Packaging Design: Graphics , Material Technology – Steven Sonsino.
(ii) Sign Design : Graphics, Materials & Techniques – Mitzi Sims
(iii)Paste up for Graphic Arts Production – Kenneth F. Hird
(iv) Making a Good Layout – Lorisieber & Lisa Balla
(v) Type in Use – Alex White
(vi) The Image and the Eye – E.H. Gombrich
5 80

Instructions
(vii) Air Brushing and Photo Retouching – Brett Breckon
(viii) Applied Art Handbook – Prof. S.K. Luthra
(ix) Letter Assembly in Printing – D. Wooldridge
(x) Graphic Designing end Reproduction Techniques – Peter Croy.
(xi) foKkiu *rduhd ,oa fl}kUr* % ujsUnz ;kno
(xii) foKkiu fMtkbZu % ujsUnz ;kno
(xiii) foKkiu dyk % ,ds’oj izlkn gVoky
(xiv) foKkiu % v’kksd egktu
Master of Fine Arts (3 rd and 4 th Semesters)
Paper II : (Group A, B & C)
(Dissertation and viva voce)
The evaluation of viva voce (Dissertation) will be conducted by external examiner.
Synopsis presentation & approval of subject – August.
Presentation & Seminar - January.
Final submission – 31 st March.
Course of Study
i. A critical and analytical aspect of 20 th century’s applied arts work, advertising &
marketing or with special reference to folk art, tribal art & popular form of art.
ii. Aesthetical & Philosophical concept of applied art.
iii. Any other new relevant topic including experimentation.
5 81

Master of Fine Arts
Applied Arts (Group B)
Syllabus (Practical)
Paper-III (Visualization/Illustration/Photography)
Candidate admitted in M.F.A. (Applied Arts) will select any one of the following practical subjects
for specialization in all semester.
(iv) Visualization OR
(v) Book Design & Illustration OR
(vi) Photography
For all streams of Applied Arts
Student will have to submit his/her work on last day of every week including sketching and
drawing.
Visualization (3 rd and 4 th Semester)
Time Allowed : 36 Hours
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Size : As per requirements.
Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate the
practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
Course of Study
Deeper understanding of market and marketing techniques (4 P’s), concept building,
building of brand image, creation of U.S.P.
Assignments :
(i) Execution of any 3 advertising campaign with report (market survey and about your
campaign) on consumer’s product or institutional (Services or Social) related with any of
the appropriate media including Print and various techniques available.
(Minimum Submission for each Advertising Campaign is 10 works.)
5 82

(ii) Project Work (with report): Students has to submit a project work (campaign) based on
contemporary social issues, any industry, corporation, public services/Govt. services.
(Minimum submission for the Project Work is 10 works.)
(iii) One campaign in handwork. (Compulsory with report)
(iv) A short documentary film, TV Commercial etc.
(v) Free hand sketching - 1000
(vi) Drawing – 20. (Full figure human study, portrait, animal study etc.)
Book Design & Illustration (3 rd and 4 th Semester)
Paper - III
Time Allowed : 36 Hours
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Size : As per requirements.
Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
Course of Study
Advance Study in illustration for Graphic Expression. Emphasis on forming of individual
style of creating illustration, cartooning/caricature. Knowledge of computer and software like
Photoshop, Illustrator etc. to create illustration.
Advance techniques in book illustration, Creation of Characters.
(i) Typography & Book Design.
(ii) Story Illustration.
(iii) Editorial Illustration.
(iv) Press Illustration etc.
Assignments:
(i) Minimum submission would be 5 books with minimum 16 pages.
(ii) Free hand sketching - 1000
(iii) Drawing – 20. (Full figure human study, portrait, animal study etc.)
5 83

Photography (3 st and 4 th Semester):
Paper - III
Time Allowed : 18 Hours
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Size : As per requirements.
Instructions:
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate the
practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
Course of Study
Advance techniques of Photography, Development of Individual style, Different areas of
Photography such as :
Assignment
(i) Press Photography
(ii) Photo Essay / Photo series.
(iii) Photo Illustration
(iv) Photography for advertising.
(v) Fashion photography.
(vi) Digital manipulation
(vii) Black & White photography
(i) Number of Prints is minimum 35 in each Semester. (Minimum Size: 12” x 18”)
(ii) Free hand sketching - 1000
(iii) Drawing – 20. (Full figure human study, portrait, animal study etc.)
MFA Applied Arts (Group B)
Paper IV : Exhibition , Viva Voce and Seminar
(Practical and Oral)
Instructions, Course of Study
(i) Exhibition of his/her own art work done during 3 rd and 4 th Semester. Exhibition will be
conducted at the end of 4 th semester.
(ii) Review about art exhibitions.
5 84

Scheme of MFA Examinations
Graphic (Print Making) (Group C)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Examination : M.F.A. (First Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I (Theory) Aesthetic & Art Appreciation ---80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-II(-do-) History of Print Making ---80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-III (Practical) Composition and Sessional --- NO EXAM
Paper-IV (-do-) Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar --- NO EXAM
(Practical & Oral)
Total = -- + 160+40 = 200
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination : M.F.A. (Second Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I (Theory) Aesthetic & Art Appreciation --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-II(-do-) History of Print Making --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-III (Practical) Composition and Sessional 100 100 36 Hrs.
(for practical)
Paper-IV (-do-) Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar --- 100 (25+50+25) --
(Practical & Oral)
Total = 100 + 360+40 = 500
__________________________________________________________________________
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
5 85

Scheme of MFA Examinations
Graphic (Print Making) (Group C)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Examination : M.F.A. (Third Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I (Theory) History of Print Making
and Technical Theory --- 80 + 20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hours
Paper-II Dissertation --- NO EXAM
Paper-III (Practical) Practical (Composition) ---
and Sessional NO EXAM
Paper-IV Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar --- NO EXAM
(Practical & Oral)
Total = -- + 80+20 = 100
__________________________________________________________________________
Examination : M.F.A. (Fourth Semester)
Paper No Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time Allowed
Sessional Examination
__________________________________________________________________________
Paper-I (Theory) History of Print Making
and Technical Theory --- 80+20 (Int Assmnt) 3 Hrs
Paper-II Dissertation --- 100 ---
Paper-III Practical (Composition) 100 100 36 Hours
and Sessional (for practical)
Paper-IV Exhibition+Viva-voce+Seminar --- 100 (25+50+25) -----
(Practical & Oral)
Total = 100 + 380+20 = 500
5 86
Grand Total of All Semesters = 1300
*Practical Examination will be conducted in Even Semester i.e. 2 nd , 4 th only.
*The evaluation and Viva Voce of Paper II (Dissertation) will be conducted by external examiner.

Detailed Syllabus of M.F.A. (Graphics (Print Making)
Group C(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
M.F.A. (First Semester)
Paper I: Aesthetics and Art Appreciation
Paper I (Theory) Max. Marks 80 & 20 Internal Assessment Time : 3 Hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Same as MFA (Painting) Group A
Detailed Syllabus of M.F.A. (Graphics (Print Making) Group C
M.F.A. (First Semester)
Paper II: History of Print Making (Theory)
Paper II Max Marks 80 & 20 Internal Assessment Time: 3 Hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
First Semester
Unit – 1 - History of Western printmaking,
Unit –2 - Survey of the development of art of printmaking in Europe from early woodcuts and
metal engravings during the beginning of the 15 th century onwards to the present day including
Unit – 3 - All types of manifestations and inventions of different media. Etching, Mezzotint,
Colour Printing, - Lithography and Mixed Media.
Unit – 4 - Masters of original printmaking, master engravers printmaking for fulfilling religious
and social needs as well as that of individual creative expressions.
5 87

Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Detailed Syllabus of M.F.A. (Graphics (Print Making))
M.F.A. (Second Semester) Group C
(w.e.f. the academic session 2011-12)
Paper I: Aesthetics and Art Appreciation
Paper I (Theory) Max. Marks 80 & 20 Internal Assessment Time: 3 Hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Same as MFA (Painting) Group A
5 88

Detailed Syllabus of M.F.A. (Graphics (Print Making)
M.F.A. (Second Semester) Group C
Paper II : History of Print Making (Theory)
Paper II Max. Marks 80 & 20 Internal Assessment Time : 3 Hours
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit – 1- Significance of Durer, Italian Contribution of Chiaroscuro and woodcuts.
Unit –2- Master of etching, significance of Rembrandt Portraits, Engraving and Mezzotint,
Painting effects, print making.
Unit – 3- Book production in 18 th century and later 19 th century masters. Atlier – 17
Unit – 4- Printmaking in India and Introduction of the development in different areas of India
in 19 th and 20 th Century.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following
criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Books
1. Graphic Arts Encyclopedia – George A Stevenson
2. Photo mechanics and Printing – J.S. Mertle and Gordon L. Monsen.
3. Visual Imagination
4. Prints of Twentieth Century – Phanes
5. Dictionary of Print Making Terms – Rosemary Simmons.
6. How to Identify Prints – Bamber Gaspoigne.
7. The Complete Printmaker (Techniques/Traditions/Innovations)– John Ross/Clave
Romano/Tim Ross.
8. Collecting Original Prints – Rosemary Simmons Hanre
9. Printmaking Today – Jules Heller.
5 89

10. Contemporary Art (Journal) – Lalit Kala Academy
11. Graphic Art in India since 1850 – Lalit Kala Academy.
12- Hkkjrh; Nkikfp= dyk % Mk- lquhy dqekj
12. Graphic Art of 18 th Century : Jean Adhemer
13. A history of Etching and Engraving- Arthur Hind
14. An Introduction of History of Wood cut – A.M. Hind
5 90

Master of Fine Arts Graphics (Print Making)
(Group C)
(1 st and 2 nd Semesters)
Paper-III (Composition and Sessional)
Time Allowed : 36 Hours (for practical examination)
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Medium : Relief/Intaglio/Lithography/Screen Print/Mixed Media
Instructions :
(i) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(ii) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
(iii)Minimum Size of work : 18” x 12”
Sessional Work (1 st and 2 nd Semester) :
(i) Print : 15
(ii) Sketches : 1000
Course of Study
Objective :
The Curriculum is planned to further enhance the skill of the Artist while encouraging
personal growth based on research in various style of Print Making and the related technology.
1. Printmaking emphasis on composition and individual technique working in all the following
mediums.
(a) Relief Process
i. Selection of Materials, preparation of surface for various textures.
ii. Preparing design and transferring on selected materials, cutting of material and
preparing the printing surface.
iii. Printing of prepared block. Determine registration for printing of editions.
(b) Intaglio Process
ii. Selection of materials preparations and application of dry and liquid grounds.
Study of various chemicals and mordents.
iii. Preparation of composition on plate with various experiments for textural and
tonal values. Different techniques like Dry Point, Aquatint, Mazzotint, Etching,
Engraving, Photo Etching etc.
5 91

iv. Printing techniques such as viscosity.
(c) Lithography (Planography)
i. Preparation of surface, polished and fine grained experiments with line, tone and
texture.
ii. Understanding the chemical properties of Litho surface.
iii. Printing
(d) Screen Printing
i. Preparations of Screen, Selection of various grades of Nylon, cloth and
stretching of cloth.
ii. Preparation of design by paper stencil, direct method and Indirect Method.
iii. Printing & Registration for one and multicolour printing.
(e) Mixed Media
i. Experiments with combined graphic techniques and mediums.
(f) Introduction of Digital Printing.
Instructions, Course of Study
Master of Fine Arts (1 st and 2 nd Semesters)
Paper IV: (Group A, B & C)
Syllabus (Practical & Oral)
(Exhibition, viva voce, Seminar)
(i) Exhibition of his/her own art work done during 1 st and 2 nd Semester. Exhibition will be
conducted at the end of 2 nd semester.
(ii) Review about art exhibitions.
5 92

MFA Graphics (Print Making) Group C
(3 rd Semester)
(w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Paper I: History of Print Making and Technical Theory
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 & 20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit – 1 - History of Printmaking in India –
Commercial printing and printmaking in 2 nd half of the 19 th century printmaking in Bengal
in early 20 th century.
Unit – 2 - Contribution to develop the Print Making in India in the early stage. Hayter, Mukal
Chand Day, Tagore Brothers, Raja Ravi Verma, Nand Lal Bose, Binod Bihari, Haren Das,
Chittoparsad.
Unit – 3 - Print Making of 20 th Century, Picasso’s Graphic work.
Unit – 4 - Photo Transfer Techniques, Influence of Advertising, Print Making Activities of pop
painters. Hayter, Printmaking Atelier-17, Workshop and editions.
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
5 93

MFA Graphics (Print Making)
Group C (w.e.f. the academic session 2012-13)
Paper I : History of Print Making and Technical Theory
(4 th Semester)
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 80 & 20 Internal Assessment
Instructions:
(i) No. of Questions to be set: 09 (02 Questions from each unit) and Question No. 01 is to be
set from all over the Units i.e. short type Questions.
(ii) No. of Questions to be attempted : 05 .Question No. 01 is compulsory
(iii)All Questions will be of equal marks.
Course of Study
Unit – 1 - History of Printmaking in Far Eastern Countries, China and Japan.
Unit – 2 - U-Kieo-E Wood cut process and their Artist Hokusai, Hirosige, Moronobu.
Development of Print Making in Western Countries.
Unit –3 - Recent printmaking activities, centers and individual printmakers and the aspects of
their works like : Somnath Hore, Krishna Reddy, Jyoti Bhatt, Rini Dhumal, Anupam Sud, Raja
Raviverma, Laxma Goud, Jagmohan Chopra etc.
Unit –4 - Different printmaking techniques Etching, Aquatint, Wood Cut, Wood engraving,
metal engraving, Dry Point, Soft Ground, Mezzotint, Photo Etching, Serigraphy, Lithography
and Digital Prints.\
Note: - Internal Assessment 20% in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two handwritten Assignments : 10%
(1st Assignment after one month & 2nd after two months)
(ii) One Class Test (One period duration) : 5%
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for attendance will be given as under:-
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 69% : 1 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
Suggested Reading
1. Graphic Art in India since 1850 - Lalit Kala Academy
2. Contemporary Art (Journal) – Lalit Kala Academy
3. Water Based Screen Printing – Steve Hoskins
4. Stone Lithography – Paul Croft
5. Digital Printmaking – George Whale and Naren Barfield.
5 94

6. The Complete Printmaker (Techniques/Traditions/Innovations) – John Ross/Clare
Romano/Tim Ross
7. Block and Silk Screen Printing – G. Ahlberg and O. Jarneryd.
8. Early Graphic Art in Bengal (Journal) – Lalit Kala Academy, Pranabranjan Roy.
9. Three Graphic Artist (Journal) – Lalit Kala Academy, Geeta Kapoor.
10. Graphic Art and Craft – D. Kauffmann.
11. Silk Screen Techniques – Biegeleisen and Cohn
12. The Art of the Print – Fritz Eichenberg.
13. Print Making Today – Jules Heller
14. Graphic Art of 18 th Century – Jean Adhemer.
15. A Half Century of American Print Making – A Fern
16. Great Prints of the world – Peterdi Gabor
17. Modern Japanese Prints – Oliver Statler.
18. The Art of Lithography – D.C. Berri
19. Offset Printing from stone and plates – Charles Harrap.
20. Japanese Woodblock printing – Umetaro Azechi.
21. Experiments in Wood Cut – Wodern Day.
22. An Introduction to a History of Wood cut – A.M. Hind
23. Wood Cut and Wood Engravings and How I make them – H.A. Mueller.
24. The Collograph Print – David Bernard
25. A History of Etching and Engraving – Arthur Hind
26. Silk Screen Printing for the Artist – Roger Marsh
27. Silk Screen Method of Reproduction – Bert Zahn
28. Japanese wood cutting and wood cut printing – Mr. T. Tokuno.
29- Hkkjrh; Nkikfp= dyk % Mk- lquhy dqekj
29. Dictionary of Print Making Terms – Rosemary Simmons
30. The complete print maker (Techniques/traditions/innovations) – John Ross/Clarc
Romano/Tim Ross
31. How to Identity Prints – Bamber Gaspogne
5 95

Max Marks – 100
Instructions
Master of Fine Arts (3 rd and 4 th Semesters)
Paper II : (Group A, B & C)
(Dissertation and viva voce)
The evaluation of viva voce (Dissertation) will be conducted by external examiner.
Synopsis presentation & approval of subject – August.
Presentation & Seminar - January.
Final submission – 31 st March.
Course of Study
i. A critical and analytical aspect of 20 th century with special reference to folk,
tribal art and popular form of art.
ii. Concept of Aesthetics or Philosophy
iii. Any other new relevant topic including experimentation.
5 96

Master of Fine Arts Graphics (Print Making) - (Group C)
(3 rd and 4 th Semesters)
Paper-III (Composition and Sessional)
Time Allowed : 36 Hours (for practical examination)
Max. Marks : 200 (Sessional : 100 and Examination : 100)
Medium : Relief/Intaglio/Lithography/Screen Print/Mixed Media
Instructions:
(iv) The examiner will evaluate the work of examinee on the last day of the examination and if
the examiner did not turn up on the last day, the art work will be kept in a sealed lock
custody and as and when the examiner comes as his/her convenient date can evaluate
the practical paper.
(v) Board of internal Examiner (Chairman, Internal and nominee of chairman) will evaluate the
Sessional work.
(vi) Minimum Size of work : 18” x 12”
Sessional Work (1 st and 2 nd Semester):
(iii)Print : 15
(iv) Sketches : 1000
Course of Study
Advanced Studies in any two specialized mediums:
1. Printmaking emphasis on composition and individual technique working in all the following
mediums.
(a) Relief Process
i. Selection of Materials, preparation of surface for various textures.
ii. Preparing design and transferring on selected materials, cutting of material and
preparing the printing surface.
iii. Printing of prepared block. Determine registration for printing of editions.
(b) Intaglio Process
i. Selection of materials preparations and application of dry and liquid grounds. Study
of various chemicals and mordents.
ii. Preparation of composition on plate with various experiments for textural and
tonal values. Different techniques like Dry Point, Aquatint, Mazzotint, Etching,
Engraving, Photo Etching etc.
iii. Printing techniques such as viscosity.
(c) Lithography (Planography)
i. Preparation of surface, polished and fine grained experiments with line, tone and
texture.
5 97

ii. Understanding the chemical properties of Litho surface.
iii. Printing
(d) Screen Printing
i. Preparations of Screen, Selection of various grades of Nylon, cloth and
stretching of cloth.
ii. Preparation of design by paper stencil, direct method and Indirect Method.
iii. Printing & Registration for one and multi colour printing.
(e) Mixed Media
i. Experiments with combined graphic techniques and mediums.
(f) Digital printmaking –
i. Printmaking using computer manipulating images and drawings and printing of
different surfaces.
Master of Fine Arts (3 rd and 4 th Semesters)
Instructions, Course of Study
Paper-IV: (Group A, B & C)
Syllabus (Practical & Oral)
(Exhibition, viva voce, Seminar)
(i) Exhibition of his/her own art work done during 3 rd and 4 th Semester. Exhibition will be
conducted at the end of 4 th semester.
(ii) Review about art exhibitions.
5 98

Paper
No.
B.A. (Computer Science) – First Year(w.e.f. 2011-12)
Title of Paper
5 99
External Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Exam
Durations
I Computer Fundamentals & Programming in ‘C’ 25 10 35 3hrs
II Logical Organization of Computer-I 25 10 35 3hrs
III Practical (Programming in ‘C’) 30 3hrs
Semester II
IV PC-Software 25 10 35 3hrs
V Logical Organization of Computer –II 25 10 35 3hrs
VI Practical (PC-Software) 30 3hrs
Paper
No.
B.A. (Computer Science) - Second Year(w.e.f. 2012-13)
Title of Paper
External
Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Exam
Durations
I Data Structures using ‘C’
Semester III
25 10 35 3hrs
II Structured System Analysis & Design 25 10 35 3hrs
III Practical (Implementation of data structure in
30 3hrs
‘C’)
Semester IV
IV Operating Systems 25 10 35 3hrs
V Programming in Visual Basic 25 10 35 3hrs
VI Practical (Visual Basic) 30 3hrs
Paper
No.
B.A. (Computer Science) - Third Year(w.e.f. 2013-14)
Title of Paper
External Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Semester V
I Programming in ‘C++’ 25 10 35 3hrs
II Introduction to Data Base Systems 25 10 35 3hrs
III Practical (‘C++’) 30 3hrs
Semester VI
IV Computer Networks 25 10 35 3hrs
V Relational Database Management System 25 10 35 3hrs
VI Practical (SQL) 30 3hrs
Exam Durations

PAPER-I COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS AND PROGRAMMING IN ‘C’
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External:25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT-I
Computer Fundamentals: Definition, Block Diagram along with its components, characteristics &
classification of computers.
Computer hardware & software: Definition of software, relationship between hardware and software,
types of software.
Planning the Computer Program: Concept of problem solving, Problem definition, Program design,
Debugging, Types of errors in programming, Documentation.
Techniques of Problem Solving: Flowcharting, algorithms, pseudo code, decision table, Structured
programming concepts, Programming methodologies viz. top-down and bottom-up programming.
UNIT-II
Overview of C: History of C, Importance of C, Structure of a C Program.
Elements of C: C character set, identifiers and keywords, Data types, Constants and Variables,
Assignment statement, Symbolic constant.
Input/output: Unformatted & formatted I/O function, Input functions viz. scanf(), getch(), getche(),
getchar(), gets(), output functions viz. printf(), putch(), putchar(), puts().
Operators & Expression: Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise, unary, assignment, conditional
operators and special operators. Arithmetic expressions, evaluation of arithmetic expression, type
casting and conversion, operator hierarchy & associativity.
UNIT-III
Decision making & branching: Decision making with IF statement, IF-ELSE statement, Nested IF
statement, ELSE-IF ladder, switch statement, goto statement.
Decision making & looping: For, while, and do-while loop, jumps in loops, break, continue statement.
UNIT-IV
Functions: Definition, prototype, passing parameters, recursion.
Storage classes in C: auto, extern, register and static storage class, their scope, storage, & lifetime.
Arrays: Definition, types, initialization, processing an array, Strings & arrays.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gottfried, Byron S., Programming with C, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Balagurusamy, E., Computing Fundamentals and C Programming, Tata McGraw-Hill
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jeri R. Hanly & Elliot P. Koffman, Problem Solving and Program Design in C, Addison Wesley.
2. Yashwant Kanetker, Let us C, BPB
3. Rajaraman, V., Computer Programming in C, PHI
4. Yashwant Kanetker, Working with C, BPB
6 00

PAPER-II LOGICAL ORGANIZATION OF COMPUTER-I
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT I
Information Representation: Number Systems, Binary Arithmetic, Fixed-point and Floating-point
representation of numbers, BCD Codes, Error detecting and correcting codes, Character
Representation – ASCII, EBCDIC, Unicode
UNIT II
Binary Logic: Boolean Algebra, Boolean Theorems, Boolean Functions and Truth Tables, Canonical
and Standard forms of Boolean functions, Simplification of Boolean Functions – Venn Diagram,
Karnaugh Maps.
UNIT III
Digital Logic: Basic Gates – AND, OR, NOT, Universal Gates – NAND, NOR, Other Gates – XOR,
XNOR etc. NAND, NOR, AND-OR-INVERT and OR-AND-INVERT implementations of digital
circuits, Combinational Logic – Characteristics, Design Procedures, analysis procedures, Multilevel
NAND and NOR circuits.
UNIT IV
Combinational Circuits: Half-Adder, Full-Adder, Half-Subtractor, Full-Subtractor, Encoders,
Decoders, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Comparators, Code Converters, BCD to Seven-Segment
Decoder.
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. V. Rajaraman, T. Radhakrishnan, An Introduction to Digital Computer Design, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Nicholas Carter, Schaum’s Outlines Computer Architecture, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 01

PAPER-IV PC SOFTWARE
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT I
MS-Windows: Operating system-Definition & functions, basics of Windows. Basic components of
windows, icons, types of icons, taskbar, activating windows, using desktop, title bar, running
applications, exploring computer, managing files and folders, copying and moving files and folders.
Control panel – display properties, adding and removing software and hardware, setting date and
time, screensaver and appearance. Using windows accessories.
UNIT-II
Documentation Using MS-Word - Introduction to Office Automation, Creating & Editing
Document, Formatting Document, Auto-text, Autocorrect, Spelling and Grammar Tool,
Document Dictionary, Page Formatting, Bookmark, Advance Features of MS-Word-Mail
Merge, Macros, Tables, File Management, Printing, Styles, linking and embedding object,
Template.
UNIT III
Electronic Spread Sheet using MS-Excel - Introduction to MS-Excel, Creating & Editing
Worksheet, Formatting and Essential Operations, Formulas and Functions, Charts, Advance
features of MS-Excel-Pivot table & Pivot Chart, Linking and Consolidation, Database
Management using Excel-Sorting, Filtering, Table, Validation, Goal Seek, Scenario.
UNIT IV
Presentation using MS-PowerPoint: Presentations, Creating, Manipulating & Enhancing Slides,
Organizational Charts, Excel Charts, Word Art, Layering art Objects, Animations and
Sounds, Inserting Animated Pictures or Accessing through Object, Inserting Recorded Sound
Effect or In-Built Sound Effect.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Microsoft Office – Complete Reference – BPB Publication
2. Learn Microsoft Office – Russell A. Stultz – BPB Publication
REFERENCES BOOKS
1. Courter, G Marquis (1999). Microsoft Office 2000: Professional Edition. BPB.
2. Koers, D (2001). Microsoft Office XP Fast and Easy. PHI.
3. Nelson, S L and Kelly, J (2002). Office XP: The Complete Reference. Tata McGraw-Hill.
6 02

PAPER-V LOGICAL ORGANIZATION OF COMPUTER-II
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT I
Sequential Logic: Characteristics, Flip-Flops, Clocked RS, D type, JK, T type and Master-Slave flipflops.
State table, state diagram and state equations. Flip-flop excitation tables
UNIT II
Sequential Circuits: Designing registers – Serial Input Serial Output (SISO), Serial Input Parallel
Output (SIPO), Parallel Input Serial Output (PISO), Parallel Input Parallel Output (PIPO) and shift
registers. Designing counters – Asynchronous and Synchronous Binary Counters, Modulo-N Counters
and Up-Down Counters
UNIT III
Memory & I/O Devices: Memory Parameters, Semiconductor RAM, ROM, Magnetic and Optical
Storage devices, Flash memory, I/O Devices and their controllers.
UNIT IV
Instruction Design & I/O Organization: Machine instruction, Instruction set selection, Instruction
cycle, Instruction Format and Addressing Modes. I/O Interface, Interrupt structure, Programcontrolled,
Interrupt-controlled & DMA transfer, I/O Channels, IOP.
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. V. Rajaraman, T. Radhakrishnan, An Introduction to Digital Computer Design, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Nicholas Carter, Schaum’s Outlines Computer Architecture, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 03

PAPER – I DATA STRUCTURES USING ‘C’
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
The concept of data structure, Abstract data type, data structure operations, algorithms complexity,
time-space tradeoff. Introduction to strings, storing strings, string operations, pattern matching
algorithms.
UNIT – II
Linked list: Introduction and basic operations, Header nodes, Doubly Linked List, Circular Linked List,
Applications of Linked List. Stack: primitive operation on stack, Representation of Stack as Linked List
and array, Stacks applications.
UNIT – III
Introduction to queues, Primitive Operations on the Queues, Circular queue, Priority queue,
Representation of Queues as Linked List and array, Applications of queue.
Trees - Basic Terminology, Binary Trees, Tree Representations using Array & Linked List, Basic
operation on Binary tree, Traversal of binary trees:- In order, Preorder & post order, Applications of
Binary tree.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to graphs, Definition, Terminology, Directed, Undirected & Weighted graph,
Representation of graphs.
Searching: linear search, Binary search, Sorting: Insertion sort, Selection sort, Quick sort, Bubble sort.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structures”, Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited,
Schaum’s Outlines, New Delhi.
2. Yedidyan Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, “Data Structures Using C”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Trembley, J.P. And Sorenson P.G., “An Introduction to Data Structures With Applications”,
Mcgrraw- Hill International Student Edition, New York.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Addison- Wesley, (An Imprint
Of Pearson Education), Mexico City.Prentice- Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
6 04

PAPER – II STRUCTURED SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
System Concept: Definition, Characteristics, Elements of system, Physical and abstract system, open
and closed system, man-made information systems.
System Development Life Cycle: Various phases of system development, Considerations for system
planning and control for system success.
Role of system analyst.
UNIT – II
System Planning: Bases for planning in system analysis: Dimensions of Planning.
Initial Investigation: Determining user’s requirements and analysis, fact finding process and techniques.
Tools of structured Analysis: Data Flow diagram, data dictionary, IPO and HIPO charts, Gantt charts,
pseudo codes, Flow charts, decision tree, decision tables.
Feasibility study: Technical, Operational & Economic Feasibilities.
UNIT – III
Cost/Benefit Analysis: Data analysis cost and benefit analysis of a system.
Input/ Output and Form Design, File Organization and database design: Introduction to files and
database, File structures and organization, objectives of database design, logical and physical view of
data.
UNIT – IV
System testing: Introduction, objectives of testing, test planning, testing techniques.
Quality assurance: Goal of quality assurance, levels of quality assurance
System implementation and software maintenance: primary activities in maintenance, reducing
maintenance costs.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Awad M. Elias, “System Analysis and Design”, Galgotia Publication.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Igor Hawryszkiewyez, “Introduction to System Analysis and Design”, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall.
2. Jeffrey L. Whitten, and Lonnie D. Bentey, “Systems analysis and Design Methods”, 4th edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Mark Lejk, and David Deeks, “An Introduction to System Analysis Techniques”, Prentice Hall.
4. Don Yeates, Maura Shields and David Helmy, “System Analysis and Design”, Longman group
limited, 1994.
6 05

PAPER – IV OPERATING SYSTEMS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introductory Concepts: Operating system functions and characteristics, historical evolution of
operating systems, Real time systems, Distributed systems, Methodologies for implementation of O/S
service system calls, system programs.
UNIT – II
Process management: Process concepts, Process states and Process Control Block.
CPU Scheduling: Scheduling criteria, Levels of Scheduling, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor
scheduling.
Deadlocks: Deadlock characterization, Deadlock prevention and avoidance, Deadlock detection and
recovery, practical considerations.
UNIT – III
Concurrent Processes: Critical section problem, Semaphores, Classical process co-ordination problems
and their solutions, Inter-process Communications.
Storage Management: memory management of single-user and multiuser operating system, partitioning,
swapping, paging and segmentation, virtual memory, Page replacement Algorithms, Thrashing.
UNIT – IV
Device and file management: Disk scheduling, Disk structure, Disk management, File Systems:
Functions of the system, File access and allocation methods, Directory Systems: Structured
Organizations, directory and file protection mechanisms.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Silberschatz A., Galvin P.B.,and Gagne G., “Operating System Concepts”, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.,New York.
2. Godbole, A.S., “Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Deitel, H.M., “Operating Systems”, Addison- Wesley Publishing Company, New York.
2. Tanenbaum, A.S., “Operating System- Design and Implementation”, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
6 06

PAPER – V PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL BASIC
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to VB: Visual & non-visual programming, Procedural, Object-oriented and eventdriven
programming languages, The VB environment: Menu bar, Toolbar, Project explorer,
Toolbox, Properties window, Form designer, Form layout, Immediate window. Visual
Development and Event Driven programming.
UNIT – II
Basics of Programming: Variables: Declaring variables, Types of variables, Converting variables
types, User-defined data types, Forcing variable declaration, Scope & lifetime of variables.
Constants: Named & intrinsic. Operators: Arithmetic, Relational & Logical operators. I/O in VB:
Various controls for I/O in VB, Message box, Input Box, Print statement.
UNIT – III
Programming with VB: Decisions and conditions: If statement, If-then-else, Select-case. Looping
statements: Do-loops, For-next, While-wend, Exit statement. Nested control structures. Arrays:
Declaring and using arrays, one-dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays, Static & dynamic
arrays, Arrays of array. Collections: Adding, Removing, Counting, Returning items in a collection,
Processing a collection.
UNIT – IV
Programming with VB: Procedures: General & event procedures, Subroutines, Functions, Calling
procedures, Arguments- passing mechanisms, Optional arguments, Named arguments, Functions
returning custom data types, Functions returning arrays.
Working with forms: Adding multiple forms in VB, Hiding & showing forms, Load & unload
statements, Activate & deactivate events, Form-load event, menu designing in VB
Simple programs in VB.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Steven Holzner, “Visual Basic 6 Programming: Black Book”, Dreamtech Press.
2. Evangelos Petroutsos. “Mastering Visual Baisc 6”, BPB Publications.
3. Julia Case Bradley & Anita C. Millspaugh, “Programming in Visual Basic 6.0”, Tata McGraw-
Hill Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Michael Halvorson, “Step by Step Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0 Professional”, PHI
2. “Visual basic 6 Complete”, BPB Publications.
3. Scott Warner, “Teach Yourself Visual basic 6”, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition
4. Brian Siler and Jeff Spotts, “Using Visual Basic 6”, Special Edition, PHI.
6 07

PAPER I PROGRAMMING in ‘C++’
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to Programming C++: Object-Oriented Features of C++, Class and Objects, Data
Hiding & Encapsulation, Structures, Data members and Member functions, Inline Functions, Static
Data Members and Member Functions, Friend Functions, Preprocessor Directives, Namespace,
Comparing C with C++.
UNIT – II
Constructors & Destructors: Roles and types of Constructors, Roles of Destructors, Dynamic
Memory Allocation: Pointers and their Manipulation, new and delete Operators ‘this’ Pointer.
Console I/O: Formatted and Unformatted I/O, Manipulators.
UNIT – III
Compile-Time Polymorphism: Unary and Binary Operators overloading through Member
Functions and Friend Functions, Function Overloading.
Inheritance: Types of Derivations, Forms of Inheritance, Roles of Constructors and Destructors in
Inheritance.
UNIT – IV
Genericity in C++: Template Function, Template Class, Inheritance and Templates.
Exception Handling: try, throw and catch constructs, rethrowing an exception, catch all Handlers.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Scildt, C++, The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in C++, PHI
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, Pearson.
2. Balaguruswami, E., Object Oriented Programming In C++, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 08

PAPER – II INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Basic Concepts – Data, Information, Records and files. Traditional file –based Systems-File Based
Approach-Limitations of File Based Approach, Database Approach-Characteristics of Database
Approach, Database Management System (DBMS), Components of DBMS Environment, DBMS
Functions and Components, Advantages and Disadvantages of DBMS.
Roles in the Database Environment - Data and Database Administrator, Database Designers,
Applications Developers and Users.
UNIT – II
Database System Architecture – Three Levels of Architecture, External, Conceptual and Internal
Levels, Schemas, Mappings and Instances.
Data Independence – Logical and Physical Data Independence.
Classification of Database Management System, Centralized and Client Server architecture to DBMS.
Data Models: Records- based Data Models, Object-based Data Models, Physical Data Models and
Conceptual Modeling.
UNIT – III
Entity-Relationship Model – Entity Types, Entity Sets, Attributes Relationship Types, Relationship
Instances and ER Diagrams.
Basic Concepts of Hierarchical and Network Data Model.
UNIT – IV
Relational Data Model:-Brief History, Relational Model Terminology-Relational Data Structure,
Database Relations, Properties of Relations, Keys, Domains, Integrity Constraints over Relations, Base
Tables and Views.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th edition, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas Connolly Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems”, 3/e, Pearson Education
2. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, 8 th edition, Addison Wesley N. Delhi.
6 09

PAPER IV COMPUTER NETWORKS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to Computer Communications and Networking Technologies; Uses of Computer
Networks; Network Devices, Nodes, and Hosts; Types of Computer Networks and their Topologies;
Network Software: Network Design issues and Protocols; Connection-Oriented and Connectionless
Services; Network Applications and Application Protocols; Computer Communications and
Networking Models: Decentralized and Centralized Systems, Distributed Systems, Client/Server
Model, Peer-to-Peer Model, Web-Based Model, Network Architecture and the OSI Reference Model;
Example Networks: The Internet, X.25, Frame Relay, ATM;
UNIT – II
Analog and Digital Communications Concepts: Representing Data as Analog Signals, Representing
Data as Digital Signals, Data Rate and Bandwidth, Capacity, Baud Rate; Digital Carrier Systems;
Guided and Wireless Transmission Media; Communication Satellites; Switching and Multiplexing;
Dialup Networking; Analog Modem Concepts; DSL Service;
UNIT – III
Data Link Layer: Framing, Flow Control, Error Control; Error Detection and Correction; Sliding
Window Protocols; Media Access Control: Random Access Protocols, Token Passing Protocols;
Token Ring; Introduction to LAN technologies: Ethernet, switched Ethernet, VLAN, fast Ethernet,
gigabit Ethernet, token ring, FDDI, Wireless LANs; Bluetooth;
Network Hardware Components: Connectors, Transceivers, Repeaters, Hubs, Network Interface
Cards and PC Cards, Bridges, Switches, Routers, Gateways;
UNIT – IV
Network Layer and Routing Concepts: Virtual Circuits and Datagrams; Routing Algorithms;
Congestion Control Algorithms; Internetworking;
Network Security Issues: Security threats; Encryption Methods; Authentication; Symmetric –Key
Algorithms; Public-Key Algorithms;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael A. Gallo, William M. Hancock, “Computer Communications and Networking
Technologies”, CENGAGE Learning.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking”, Pearson Education.
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, McGraw Hill.
6 10

PAPER – V RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 25
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Relational Model Concepts, Codd's Rules for Relational Model,
Relational Algebra:-Selection and Projection, Set Operation, Renaming, Join and Division.
Relational Calculus: Tuple Relational Calculus and Domain Relational Calculus.
UNIT – II
Functional Dependencies and Normalization:-Purpose, Data Redundancy and Update Anomalies.
Functional Dependencies:-Full Functional Dependencies and Transitive Functional Dependencies,
Characteristics of Functional Dependencies.
Decomposition and Normal Forms (1NF, 2NF, 3NF & BCNF).
UNIT – III
SQL: Data Definition and data types, Specifying Constraints in SQL, Schema, Change statement, Basic
Queries in SQL, Insert, Delete and Update Statements, Views.
UNIT – IV
PL/SQL-Introduction, Advantages of PL/SQL,
The Generic PL/SQL Block: PL/SQL Execution Environment,
PL/SQL Character set and Data Types,
Control Structure in PL/SQL.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th edition, Pearson Education.
2. Ivan Bayross, “SQL, PL/SQL-The Programming Language of ORACLE”, BPB Publications
3 rd edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, 8 th edition, Addison Wesley N. Delhi.
6 11

Paper
No.
B.Sc. (Computer Science) – First Year(w.e.f. 2011-12)
Title of Paper
6 12
External Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Exam
Durations
I Computer Fundamentals & Programming in ‘C’ 40 10 50 3hrs
II Logical Organization of Computer-I 40 10 50 3hrs
III Practical (Programming in ‘C’) 50 3hrs
Semester II
IV PC-Software 40 10 50 3hrs
V Logical Organization of Computer –II 40 10 50 3hrs
VI Practical (PC-Software) 50 3hrs
Paper
No.
B.Sc. (Computer Science) - Second Year(w.e.f. 2012-13)
Title of Paper
External
Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Exam
Durations
I Data Structures using ‘C’
Semester III
40 10 50 3hrs
II Structured System Analysis & Design 40 10 50 3hrs
III Practical (Implementation of data structure in
50 3hrs
‘C’)
Semester IV
IV Operating Systems 40 10 50 3hrs
V Programming in Visual Basic 40 10 50 3hrs
VI Practical (Visual Basic) 50 3hrs
Paper
No.
B.Sc. (Computer Science) - Third Year(w.e.f. 2013-14)
Title of Paper
External Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Semester V
I Programming in ‘C++’ 40 10 50 3hrs
II Introduction to Data Base Systems 40 10 50 3hrs
III Practical (‘C++’) 50 3hrs
Semester VI
IV Computer Networks 40 10 50 3hrs
V Relational Database Management System 40 10 50 3hrs
VI Practical (SQL) 50 3hrs
Exam Durations

Internal assessment will be based on the following criteria:
2. Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month &
Iind Assignment after two months)
3. One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
4. Attendence : 5%
Marks for Attendence will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
(4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks*
(5) 65% to 69% : 1 Mark*
*FOR STUDENTS ENGAGED IN CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES OF THE COLLEGES
ONLY/AUTHENTICATED MEDICAL GROUNDS DULY APPROVED BY THE
CONCERNED PRINCIPAL.
6 13

PAPER-I COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS AND
PROGRAMMING IN ‘C’
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT-I
Computer Fundamentals: Definition, Block Diagram along with its components, characteristics &
classification of computers.
Computer hardware & software: Definition of software, relationship between hardware and software,
types of software.
Planning the Computer Program: Concept of problem solving, Problem definition, Program design,
Debugging, Types of errors in programming, Documentation.
Techniques of Problem Solving: Flowcharting, algorithms, pseudo code, decision table, Structured
programming concepts, Programming methodologies viz. top-down and bottom-up programming.
UNIT-II
Overview of C: History of C, Importance of C, Structure of a C Program.
Elements of C: C character set, identifiers and keywords, Data types, Constants and Variables,
Assignment statement, Symbolic constant.
Input/output: Unformatted & formatted I/O function, Input functions viz. scanf(), getch(), getche(),
getchar(), gets(), output functions viz. printf(), putch(), putchar(), puts().
Operators & Expression: Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise, unary, assignment, conditional
operators and special operators. Arithmetic expressions, evaluation of arithmetic expression, type
casting and conversion, operator hierarchy & associativity.
UNIT-III
Decision making & branching: Decision making with IF statement, IF-ELSE statement, Nested IF
statement, ELSE-IF ladder, switch statement, goto statement.
Decision making & looping: For, while, and do-while loop, jumps in loops, break, continue statement.
UNIT-IV
Functions: Definition, prototype, passing parameters, recursion.
Storage classes in C: auto, extern, register and static storage class, their scope, storage, & lifetime.
Arrays: Definition, types, initialization, processing an array, Strings & arrays.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gottfried, Byron S., Programming with C, Tata McGraw Hill
6 14

2. Balagurusamy, E., Computing Fundamentals and C Programming, Tata McGraw-Hill
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jeri R. Hanly & Elliot P. Koffman, Problem Solving and Program Design in C, Addison Wesley.
2. Yashwant Kanetker, Let us C, BPB
3. Rajaraman, V., Computer Programming in C, PHI
4. Yashwant Kanetker, Working with C, BPB
6 15

PAPER-II LOGICAL ORGANIZATION OF COMPUTER-I
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT I
Information Representation: Number Systems, Binary Arithmetic, Fixed-point and Floating-point
representation of numbers, BCD Codes, Error detecting and correcting codes, Character
Representation – ASCII, EBCDIC, Unicode
UNIT II
Binary Logic: Boolean Algebra, Boolean Theorems, Boolean Functions and Truth Tables, Canonical
and Standard forms of Boolean functions, Simplification of Boolean Functions – Venn Diagram,
Karnaugh Maps.
UNIT III
Digital Logic: Basic Gates – AND, OR, NOT, Universal Gates – NAND, NOR, Other Gates – XOR,
XNOR etc. NAND, NOR, AND-OR-INVERT and OR-AND-INVERT implementations of digital
circuits, Combinational Logic – Characteristics, Design Procedures, analysis procedures, Multilevel
NAND and NOR circuits.
UNIT IV
Combinational Circuits: Half-Adder, Full-Adder, Half-Subtractor, Full-Subtractor, Encoders,
Decoders, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Comparators, Code Converters, BCD to Seven-Segment
Decoder.
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. V. Rajaraman, T. Radhakrishnan, An Introduction to Digital Computer Design, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Nicholas Carter, Schaum’s Outlines Computer Architecture, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 16

PAPER-IV PC SOFTWARE
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT I
MS-Windows: Operating system-Definition & functions, basics of Windows. Basic components of
windows, icons, types of icons, taskbar, activating windows, using desktop, title bar, running
applications, exploring computer, managing files and folders, copying and moving files and folders.
Control panel – display properties, adding and removing software and hardware, setting date and
time, screensaver and appearance. Using windows accessories.
UNIT-II
Documentation Using MS-Word - Introduction to Office Automation, Creating & Editing
Document, Formatting Document, Auto-text, Autocorrect, Spelling and Grammar Tool,
Document Dictionary, Page Formatting, Bookmark, Advance Features of MS-Word-Mail
Merge, Macros, Tables, File Management, Printing, Styles, linking and embedding object,
Template.
UNIT III
Electronic Spread Sheet using MS-Excel - Introduction to MS-Excel, Creating & Editing
Worksheet, Formatting and Essential Operations, Formulas and Functions, Charts, Advance
features of MS-Excel-Pivot table & Pivot Chart, Linking and Consolidation, Database
Management using Excel-Sorting, Filtering, Table, Validation, Goal Seek, Scenario.
UNIT IV
Presentation using MS-PowerPoint: Presentations, Creating, Manipulating & Enhancing Slides,
Organizational Charts, Excel Charts, Word Art, Layering art Objects, Animations and
Sounds, Inserting Animated Pictures or Accessing through Object, Inserting Recorded Sound
Effect or In-Built Sound Effect.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Microsoft Office – Complete Reference – BPB Publication
2. Learn Microsoft Office – Russell A. Stultz – BPB Publication
REFERENCES BOOKS
1. Courter, G Marquis (1999). Microsoft Office 2000: Professional Edition. BPB.
2. Koers, D (2001). Microsoft Office XP Fast and Easy. PHI.
3. Nelson, S L and Kelly, J (2002). Office XP: The Complete Reference. Tata McGraw-Hill.
6 17

PAPER-V LOGICAL ORGANIZATION OF COMPUTER-II
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT I
Sequential Logic: Characteristics, Flip-Flops, Clocked RS, D type, JK, T type and Master-Slave flipflops.
State table, state diagram and state equations. Flip-flop excitation tables
UNIT II
Sequential Circuits: Designing registers – Serial Input Serial Output (SISO), Serial Input Parallel
Output (SIPO), Parallel Input Serial Output (PISO), Parallel Input Parallel Output (PIPO) and shift
registers. Designing counters – Asynchronous and Synchronous Binary Counters, Modulo-N Counters
and Up-Down Counters
UNIT III
Memory & I/O Devices: Memory Parameters, Semiconductor RAM, ROM, Magnetic and Optical
Storage devices, Flash memory, I/O Devices and their controllers.
UNIT IV
Instruction Design & I/O Organization: Machine instruction, Instruction set selection, Instruction
cycle, Instruction Format and Addressing Modes. I/O Interface, Interrupt structure, Programcontrolled,
Interrupt-controlled & DMA transfer, I/O Channels, IOP.
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. V. Rajaraman, T. Radhakrishnan, An Introduction to Digital Computer Design, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Nicholas Carter, Schaum’s Outlines Computer Architecture, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 18

PAPER – I DATA STRUCTURES USING ‘C’
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
The concept of data structure, Abstract data type, data structure operations, algorithms complexity,
time-space tradeoff. Introduction to strings, storing strings, string operations, pattern matching
algorithms.
UNIT – II
Linked list: Introduction and basic operations, Header nodes, Doubly Linked List, Circular Linked List,
Applications of Linked List. Stack: primitive operation on stack, Representation of Stack as Linked List
and array, Stacks applications.
UNIT – III
Introduction to queues, Primitive Operations on the Queues, Circular queue, Priority queue,
Representation of Queues as Linked List and array, Applications of queue.
Trees - Basic Terminology, Binary Trees, Tree Representations using Array & Linked List, Basic
operation on Binary tree, Traversal of binary trees:- In order, Preorder & post order, Applications of
Binary tree.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to graphs, Definition, Terminology, Directed, Undirected & Weighted graph,
Representation of graphs.
Searching: linear search, Binary search, Sorting: Insertion sort, Selection sort, Quick sort, Bubble sort.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structures”, Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited,
Schaum’s Outlines, New Delhi.
2. Yedidyan Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, “Data Structures Using C”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Trembley, J.P. And Sorenson P.G., “An Introduction to Data Structures With Applications”,
Mcgrraw- Hill International Student Edition, New York.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Addison- Wesley, (An Imprint
Of Pearson Education), Mexico City.Prentice- Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
6 19

PAPER – II STRUCTURED SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
System Concept: Definition, Characteristics, Elements of system, Physical and abstract system, open
and closed system, man-made information systems.
System Development Life Cycle: Various phases of system development, Considerations for system
planning and control for system success.
Role of system analyst.
UNIT – II
System Planning: Bases for planning in system analysis: Dimensions of Planning.
Initial Investigation: Determining user’s requirements and analysis, fact finding process and techniques.
Tools of structured Analysis: Data Flow diagram, data dictionary, IPO and HIPO charts, Gantt charts,
pseudo codes, Flow charts, decision tree, decision tables.
Feasibility study: Technical, Operational & Economic Feasibilities.
UNIT – III
Cost/Benefit Analysis: Data analysis cost and benefit analysis of a system.
Input/ Output and Form Design, File Organization and database design: Introduction to files and
database, File structures and organization, objectives of database design, logical and physical view of
data.
UNIT – IV
System testing: Introduction, objectives of testing, test planning, testing techniques.
Quality assurance: Goal of quality assurance, levels of quality assurance
System implementation and software maintenance: primary activities in maintenance, reducing
maintenance costs.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Awad M. Elias, “System Analysis and Design”, Galgotia Publication.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Igor Hawryszkiewyez, “Introduction to System Analysis and Design”, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall.
2. Jeffrey L. Whitten, and Lonnie D. Bentey, “Systems analysis and Design Methods”, 4th edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Mark Lejk, and David Deeks, “An Introduction to System Analysis Techniques”, Prentice Hall.
4. Don Yeates, Maura Shields and David Helmy, “System Analysis and Design”, Longman group
limited, 1994.
6 20

PAPER – IV OPERATING SYSTEMS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introductory Concepts: Operating system functions and characteristics, historical evolution of
operating systems, Real time systems, Distributed systems, Methodologies for implementation of O/S
service system calls, system programs.
UNIT – II
Process management: Process concepts, Process states and Process Control Block.
CPU Scheduling: Scheduling criteria, Levels of Scheduling, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor
scheduling.
Deadlocks: Deadlock characterization, Deadlock prevention and avoidance, Deadlock detection and
recovery, practical considerations.
UNIT – III
Concurrent Processes: Critical section problem, Semaphores, Classical process co-ordination problems
and their solutions, Inter-process Communications.
Storage Management: memory management of single-user and multiuser operating system, partitioning,
swapping, paging and segmentation, virtual memory, Page replacement Algorithms, Thrashing.
UNIT – IV
Device and file management: Disk scheduling, Disk structure, Disk management, File Systems:
Functions of the system, File access and allocation methods, Directory Systems: Structured
Organizations, directory and file protection mechanisms.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Silberschatz A., Galvin P.B.,and Gagne G., “Operating System Concepts”, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.,New York.
2. Godbole, A.S., “Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Deitel, H.M., “Operating Systems”, Addison- Wesley Publishing Company, New York.
2. Tanenbaum, A.S., “Operating System- Design and Implementation”, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
6 21

PAPER – V PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL BASIC
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to VB: Visual & non-visual programming, Procedural, Object-oriented and eventdriven
programming languages, The VB environment: Menu bar, Toolbar, Project explorer,
Toolbox, Properties window, Form designer, Form layout, Immediate window. Visual
Development and Event Driven programming.
UNIT – II
Basics of Programming: Variables: Declaring variables, Types of variables, Converting variables
types, User-defined data types, Forcing variable declaration, Scope & lifetime of variables.
Constants: Named & intrinsic. Operators: Arithmetic, Relational & Logical operators. I/O in VB:
Various controls for I/O in VB, Message box, Input Box, Print statement.
UNIT – III
Programming with VB: Decisions and conditions: If statement, If-then-else, Select-case. Looping
statements: Do-loops, For-next, While-wend, Exit statement. Nested control structures. Arrays:
Declaring and using arrays, one-dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays, Static & dynamic
arrays, Arrays of array. Collections: Adding, Removing, Counting, Returning items in a collection,
Processing a collection.
UNIT – IV
Programming with VB: Procedures: General & event procedures, Subroutines, Functions, Calling
procedures, Arguments- passing mechanisms, Optional arguments, Named arguments, Functions
returning custom data types, Functions returning arrays.
Working with forms: Adding multiple forms in VB, Hiding & showing forms, Load & unload
statements, Activate & deactivate events, Form-load event, menu designing in VB
Simple programs in VB.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Steven Holzner, “Visual Basic 6 Programming: Black Book”, Dreamtech Press.
2. Evangelos Petroutsos. “Mastering Visual Baisc 6”, BPB Publications.
3. Julia Case Bradley & Anita C. Millspaugh, “Programming in Visual Basic 6.0”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Michael Halvorson, “Step by Step Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0 Professional”, PHI
2. “Visual basic 6 Complete”, BPB Publications.
3. Scott Warner, “Teach Yourself Visual basic 6”, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition
4. Brian Siler and Jeff Spotts, “Using Visual Basic 6”, Special Edition, PHI.
6 22

PAPER I PROGRAMMING in ‘C++’
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to Programming C++: Object-Oriented Features of C++, Class and Objects, Data
Hiding & Encapsulation, Structures, Data members and Member functions, Inline Functions, Static
Data Members and Member Functions, Friend Functions, Preprocessor Directives, Namespace,
Comparing C with C++.
UNIT – II
Constructors & Destructors: Roles and types of Constructors, Roles of Destructors, Dynamic
Memory Allocation: Pointers and their Manipulation, new and delete Operators ‘this’ Pointer.
Console I/O: Formatted and Unformatted I/O, Manipulators.
UNIT – III
Compile-Time Polymorphism: Unary and Binary Operators overloading through Member
Functions and Friend Functions, Function Overloading.
Inheritance: Types of Derivations, Forms of Inheritance, Roles of Constructors and Destructors in
Inheritance.
UNIT – IV
Genericity in C++: Template Function, Template Class, Inheritance and Templates.
Exception Handling: try, throw and catch constructs, rethrowing an exception, catch all Handlers.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Scildt, C++, The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in C++, PHI
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, Pearson.
2. Balaguruswami, E., Object Oriented Programming In C++, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 23

PAPER – II INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Basic Concepts – Data, Information, Records and files. Traditional file –based Systems-File Based
Approach-Limitations of File Based Approach, Database Approach-Characteristics of Database
Approach, Database Management System (DBMS), Components of DBMS Environment, DBMS
Functions and Components, Advantages and Disadvantages of DBMS.
Roles in the Database Environment - Data and Database Administrator, Database Designers,
Applications Developers and Users.
UNIT – II
Database System Architecture – Three Levels of Architecture, External, Conceptual and Internal
Levels, Schemas, Mappings and Instances.
Data Independence – Logical and Physical Data Independence.
Classification of Database Management System, Centralized and Client Server architecture to DBMS.
Data Models: Records- based Data Models, Object-based Data Models, Physical Data Models and
Conceptual Modeling.
UNIT – III
Entity-Relationship Model – Entity Types, Entity Sets, Attributes Relationship Types, Relationship
Instances and ER Diagrams.
Basic Concepts of Hierarchical and Network Data Model.
UNIT – IV
Relational Data Model:-Brief History, Relational Model Terminology-Relational Data Structure,
Database Relations, Properties of Relations, Keys, Domains, Integrity Constraints over Relations, Base
Tables and Views.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th edition, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas Connolly Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems”, 3/e, Pearson Education
2. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, 8 th edition, Addison Wesley N. Delhi.
6 24

PAPER IV COMPUTER NETWORKS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to Computer Communications and Networking Technologies; Uses of Computer
Networks; Network Devices, Nodes, and Hosts; Types of Computer Networks and their Topologies;
Network Software: Network Design issues and Protocols; Connection-Oriented and Connectionless
Services; Network Applications and Application Protocols; Computer Communications and
Networking Models: Decentralized and Centralized Systems, Distributed Systems, Client/Server
Model, Peer-to-Peer Model, Web-Based Model, Network Architecture and the OSI Reference Model;
Example Networks: The Internet, X.25, Frame Relay, ATM;
UNIT – II
Analog and Digital Communications Concepts: Representing Data as Analog Signals, Representing
Data as Digital Signals, Data Rate and Bandwidth, Capacity, Baud Rate; Digital Carrier Systems;
Guided and Wireless Transmission Media; Communication Satellites; Switching and Multiplexing;
Dialup Networking; Analog Modem Concepts; DSL Service;
UNIT – III
Data Link Layer: Framing, Flow Control, Error Control; Error Detection and Correction; Sliding
Window Protocols; Media Access Control: Random Access Protocols, Token Passing Protocols;
Token Ring; Introduction to LAN technologies: Ethernet, switched Ethernet, VLAN, fast Ethernet,
gigabit Ethernet, token ring, FDDI, Wireless LANs; Bluetooth;
Network Hardware Components: Connectors, Transceivers, Repeaters, Hubs, Network Interface
Cards and PC Cards, Bridges, Switches, Routers, Gateways;
UNIT – IV
Network Layer and Routing Concepts: Virtual Circuits and Datagrams; Routing Algorithms;
Congestion Control Algorithms; Internetworking;
Network Security Issues: Security threats; Encryption Methods; Authentication; Symmetric –Key
Algorithms; Public-Key Algorithms;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael A. Gallo, William M. Hancock, “Computer Communications and Networking
Technologies”, CENGAGE Learning.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking”, Pearson Education.
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, McGraw Hill.
6 25

PAPER – V RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Relational Model Concepts, Codd's Rules for Relational Model,
Relational Algebra:-Selection and Projection, Set Operation, Renaming, Join and Division.
Relational Calculus: Tuple Relational Calculus and Domain Relational Calculus.
UNIT – II
Functional Dependencies and Normalization:-Purpose, Data Redundancy and Update Anomalies.
Functional Dependencies:-Full Functional Dependencies and Transitive Functional Dependencies,
Characteristics of Functional Dependencies.
Decomposition and Normal Forms (1NF, 2NF, 3NF & BCNF).
UNIT – III
SQL: Data Definition and data types, Specifying Constraints in SQL, Schema, Change statement, Basic
Queries in SQL, Insert, Delete and Update Statements, Views.
UNIT – IV
PL/SQL-Introduction, Advantages of PL/SQL,
The Generic PL/SQL Block: PL/SQL Execution Environment,
PL/SQL Character set and Data Types,
Control Structure in PL/SQL.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th edition, Pearson Education.
2. Ivan Bayross, “SQL, PL/SQL-The Programming Language of ORACLE”, BPB Publications
3 rd edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, 8 th edition, Addison Wesley N. Delhi.
6 26

Paper
No.
B.Sc. (Computer Applications) Vocational - First Year(w.e.f. 2011-12)
Title of Paper
6 27
External Marks
Internal
Assessment
Max.
Marks
I Introduction to PC &
Semester – I
Windows 40 10 50 3hrs
II
Operating System
Application Software 40 10 50 3hrs
III Practical (Windows, Word, Excel,
50 3hrs
Power Point)
Semester – II
IV Introduction to Information
Technology
ExamDuration
40 10 50 3hrs
V Programming Fundamental 40 10 50 3hrs
VI Practical (C Language) 50 3hrs
Paper
No.
B.Sc. (Computer Applications) Vocational - Second Year(w.e.f. 2012-13)
Title of Paper
External
Marks
Internal
Assessment
Max.
Marks
Exam
Duration
Semester – III
I Introduction to Web Designing – I 40 10 50 3hrs
II RDBMS using MS-Access 40 10 50 3hrs
III Practical (HTML and MS-Access) 50 3hrs
Semester – IV
IV Introduction to Web Designing – II 40 10 50 3hrs
V Management Information System 40 10 50 3hrs
VI Practical (Web Designing) 50 3hrs

Paper
No.
B.Sc. (Computer Applications) Vocational - Third Year(w.e.f. 2013-14)
Title of Paper
6 28
External
Marks
Internal
Assessment
Max.
Marks
Exam
Duration
Semester – V
I Multimedia Tools 40 10 50 3hrs
II Desktop Publishing 40 10 50 3hrs
III Practical 50 3hrs
Semester – VI
IV Introduction to Linux 40 10 50 3hrs
V Introduction to .Net 40 10 50 3hrs
VI Practical (Linux and .Net) 50 3hrs
Internal assessment will be based on the following criteria:
3. Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month &
Iind Assignment after two months)
4. One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
5. Attendence : 5%
Marks for Attendence will be given as under:
i. 91% onwards : 5 Marks
ii. 81% to 90% : 4 Marks
iii. 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
iv. 70% to 74% : 2 Marks*
v. 65% to 69% : 1 Mark*
*FOR STUDENTS ENGAGED IN CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES OF THE COLLEGES
ONLY/AUTHENTICATED MEDICAL GROUNDS DULY APPROVED BY THE
CONCERNED PRINCIPAL.

PAPER – I INTRODUCTION TO PC & WINDOWS OPERATING SYSTEM
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT - I
PC evolution: - PC; Evolution of PC through Pentium; PC classifications; 8088, 80286, 80386, 80486,
Pentium, Introduction to Microprocessors other than Intel like AMD, Cyrix etc. and their processor
range.
Inside the PC system unit: - PC system; PC system unit layout; System box, Motherboard,
Motherboard memory, Expansion slots, Daughter board, SMPS, Display unit, Keyboard, Rear side
connectors
UNIT - II
Bus Architecture: - PC bus, PC-AT bus, ISA bus, PCI bus, EISA bus and USB
BIOS: ROM BIOS, Hardware-BIOS- DOS interaction, Hardware BIOS windows interaction, and
BIOS setup program
Advanced Systems: Card-less Mouse & Keyboards, Infrared Interface.
Monitors: Block diagram of monochrome monitors, Pixels and resolution, Sync section , video
amplifier, Display basics , test modes and graphic mode, Display adapter cards, HGA, CGA, VGA,
EGA and super VGA, Block diagram of color monitors, basic color theory.
UNIT - III
Keyboards: Study of keyboards, types, interface 8048, Interconnection to PC, Introduction to mouse
on serial ports, Parallel port card, serial port card, integrated card, Joy stick, light pen, graphics table
controller
Printers: Types of printers: DMP, INKJET, LASER, LINE,
Memories: Memory speed , access time, wait states,, Types of memory, Dynamic and Static RAM,
memory chip making, Cache memory , shadow RAM, ROM chips, Reading memory error messages ,
adding RAM
UNIT - IV
Windows OS: Features of Windows OS, Creating Folders and Short Cuts, Copying, Moving & deleting
Files & Folders. Desktop, Recycle Bin, My Computer, My Documents, Windows Explorer, Searching
Files & Folders, Control Panel – Task Bar & Start Menu, Adding & Removing Programs, Adding
H/W, Setting Date & Time, Administrative Tools, User Accounts.
TEXT BOOKS
1. PC Hardware Complete Reference - Craig Zacker & John Rourke, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Inside the PC (8th Edition) - Peter Norton, BPB.
REFERENCES BOOKS
1. The Indispensable PC Hardware Book - Messmer, Pearson Education
2. Troubleshooting and Repairing Your PC - Corey Candler, Wiley
3. Upgrading and repairing PC’s (4th edition) - Scott Mueller, Pearson Education
4. IBM PC Assembly Language Programming - Abel, PHI
6 29

PAPER-II APPLICATION SOFTWARE
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
MS PowerPoint: Introduction & area of use; Creating a New Presentation; Working with Presentation;
Using Wizards; Slides & its different views; Inserting, Deleting and Copying of Slides; Working with
Notes, Handouts, Columns & Lists; Adding Graphics, Sounds and Movies to a Slide; Working with
PowerPoint Objects; Designing & Presentation of a Slide Show; Printing Presentations, Notes,
Handouts with print options. Animations and Sounds, Inserting Animated Pictures or Accessing
through Object, Inserting Recorded Sound Effect or In-Built Sound Effect.
Outlook Express: Features and uses, Configuring and using Outlook Express for accessing e-mails in
office.
UNIT-II
MS Word: Introduction area of use, Menus & Commands; Toolbars & Buttons; Shortcut Menus,
Wizards & Templates; Creating a New Document; Different Page Views and layouts; Applying various
Text Enhancements; Working with – Styles, Text Attributes; Paragraph and Page Formatting; Text
Editing using various features ; Bullets, Numbering, Auto formatting, Printing.
Spell Check, Thesaurus, Find & Replace; Headers & Footers ; Inserting – Page Numbers, Pictures,
Files, Autotexts, Symbols etc.; Working with Columns, Tabs & Indents; Creation & Working with
Tables; Margins & Space management in Document; Adding References and Graphics; Mail Merge,
Envelops & Mailing Labels. Importing and exporting to and from various formats.
UNIT – III
Excel: Creating & Saving work book. Structure of Worksheet, entering & editing data, Copying &
Moving data, Finding & Replacing data. Filling Data. Sorting data. Formatting Data – Number Style
Format, Border & Color, Rotating Texts, Conditional Formatting. Arranging Multiple Workbooks or
Windows, Hiding & Unhiding – workbooks, worksheets, rows & columns. Inserting Columns & Rows.
Adjusting widths & Heights of Columns & Rows. Copying, moving, inserting, deleting & renaming
worksheets in workbooks. Defining, Inserting & deleting Cell or Range Names.
UNIT – VI
Formulas & Functions: Mathematical operators. Creating, changing & copying formulas. Absolute
referencing. Functions – Log, Sum, Average, Count, If, Max, SumIf. Date & Time, Database, Text,
Maths & Statistical functions. Charts in Excel: Types of charts, Inserting & Modifying charts. File &
Print Operations. Linking Worksheets & Workbooks. Creating lists, Using Filters & Subtotals.
Recording, running and editing Macros. Data Validation. What-if analysis using Goal seek and
scenarios.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Microsoft Office – Complete Reference – BPB Publication
2. Learn Microsoft Office – Russell A. Stultz – BPB Publication
REFERENCES BOOKS
1. Courter, G Marquis (1999). Microsoft Office 2000: Professional Edition. BPB.
2. Koers, D (2001). Microsoft Office XP Fast and Easy. PHI.
3. Nelson, S L and Kelly, J (2002). Office XP: The Complete Reference. Tata McGraw-Hill.
6 30

PAPER – IV INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT - I
Introduction: Characteristics, evolution and generations of computer, Basic Computer Organization:
Input and Output Unit, Primary and Secondary storage, CPU: ALU, Control Unit, Classification of
computers, Client and server, Number Systems: Binary, Hex, Octal, Decimal numbers, Floating-point
Numbers, Computer codes: BCD and EBCDIC codes, ASCII, unicode.
UNIT - II
Input/Output & Storage Units-:Keyboard, Mouse, Trackball, Joystick, Digitizing tablet, Scanners,
Digital Camera, MICR, OCR, OMR, Bar-code Reader, Voice Recognition, Light pen, Touch Screen,
Monitors - characteristics and types of monitor -Digital, Analog, Size, Resolution, Refresh Rate,
Interlaced / Non Interlaced, Printers& types - Daisy wheel, Dot Matrix, Inkjet, Laser, Line Printer,
Plotter, Sound Card and Speakers, Storage fundamentals - Secondary Data Storage and Retrieval
methods - Sequential, Direct and Index Sequential, Various Storage Devices - Magnetic Tape, Magnetic
Disks, Cartridge Tape, Hard Disk Drives, Floppy Disks, CD/DVD flash drives Video Disk , Blue Ray
Disc.
UNIT - III
Operating Systems (OS): Definition, System Performance, Process Management, Memory
Management, File management, Security, OS capability enhancement software, some popular OS
Business data processing: Definitions, Standard methods of organizing data, File management system,
Database management system, Multimedia: Components of multimedia, Hardware, Software and
Applications
UNIT - IV
Data communications and Computer Networks: Basic elements, Data transmission modes, speed,
Transmission media, digital and analog computers, Communication processors, Asynchronous and
Synchronous Transmission, Switching techniques, Routing techniques, Network Technologies,
network types, Communication Protocols, Internetworking tools, Wireless networks, Distributed
computer systems, The Internet: History, Basic services, www, browsers, Service providers, Internet
naming and addressing - Information about electronic mail, Remote login, File Transfer, Usenet
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sinha P., Sinha P., “Foundation of Computing”, BPB Publication, 1st Edition, 2003 ISBN-81-
7656-663-2
2. Brain, K. Williams et. al., Using Information Technology, Third edition, TMH, 2000.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Turban, Rainer, Potter, Introduction to Information Technology, second edition, Wiley
Publications.
2. Dennis P. Curtin, et. al., Information Technology - The Breaking View, TMH, 2000.
3. Rajaraman V., “Computer Fundamentals” – ISBN 0B- 87692-387-2
6 31

PAPER- V PROGRAMMING FUNDAMENTALS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT-I
Planning the Computer Program: Concept of problem solving, Problem definition, Program design,
Debugging, Types of errors in programming, Documentation.
Techniques of Problem Solving: Flowcharting, algorithms, pseudo code, decision table, Structured
programming concepts, Programming methodologies viz. top-down and bottom-up programming.
Searching, Sorting, and Merging: Linear & Binary Searching, Bubble, Selection, and Insertion Sorting,
Merging.
UNIT-II
Structure of a C Program, C character set, identifiers and keywords, Data types, Constants and
Variables, Assignment statement, Symbolic constant.
Input/output: Unformatted & formatted I/O function.
Operators & Expression: Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise, unary, assignment, conditional
operators and special operators. Arithmetic expressions, evaluation of arithmetic expression, type
casting and conversion, operator hierarchy & associativity.
UNIT-III
Control statement in C: Branching - Decision making with IF statement, IF-ELSE statement, Nested
IF statement, ELSE-IF ladder, switch statement, goto statement.
Looping: For, while, and do-while loop, jumps in loops, break, continue statement.
UNIT-III
Functions: Definition, prototype, passing parameters, recursion.
Storage classes in C: auto, extern, register and static storage class, their scope, storage, & lifetime.
Arrays: Definition, types, initialization, processing an array
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sinha, P.K. & Sinha, Priti, Computer Fundamentals, BPB
2. Balagurusamy, E., Programming in ANSI C, 4E, Tata McGraw-Hill
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dromey, R.G., How to Solve it By Computer, PHI
2. Gottfried, Byron S., Programming with C, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Norton, Peter, Introduction to Computer, McGraw-Hill
4. Leon, Alexis & Leon, Mathews, Introduction to Computers, Leon Tech World
5. Rajaraman, V., Fundamentals of Computers, PHI
6. Ram, B., Computer Fundamentals, Architecture & Organization, New Age International (P) Ltd.
6 32

PAPER – I INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGNING – I
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to Internet and World Wide Web; Evolution and History of World Wide Web; Basic
features; Web Browsers; Web Servers; Hypertext Transfer Protocol; URLs; Searching and Web-Casting
Techniques; Search Engines and Search Tools;
UNIT – II
Web Publishing: Hosting your Site; Internet Service Provider; Planning and designing your Web Site;
Steps for developing your Site; Choosing the contents; Home Page; Domain Names;
Creating a Website and the Markup Languages (HTML, DHTML);
UNIT – III
Web Development: Introduction to HTML; Hypertext and HTML; HTML Document Features;
HTML command Tags; Creating Links; Headers; Text styles; Text Structuring; Text colors and
Background; Formatting text; Page layouts;
UNIT – IV
Images; Ordered and Unordered lists; Inserting Graphics; Table Creation and Layouts; Frame Creation
and Layouts; Working with Forms and Menus; Working with Radio Buttons; Check Boxes; Text
Boxes;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Raj Kamal, “Internet and Web Technologies”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Ramesh Bangia, “Multimedia and Web Technology”, Firewall Media.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas A. Powell, “Web Design: The Complete Reference” , 4/e, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Wendy Willard, “HTML Beginners Guide”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Deitel and Goldberg, “Internet and World Wide Web, How to Program”, PHI.
6 33

PAPER – II RDBMS USING MS-ACCESS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Database-Data, Information, Records and files. File-based Systems, Limitations of File Based System,
Database Approach, Characteristics of database approach.
DBMS functions and Components.
UNIT – II
Relational Model: Relational Model Concepts, Codd's Rules for relational model,
Relational Algebra: Selection and Projection, Set Operation, Renaming, Join and Division.
UNIT – III
Functional Dependencies and Normalization:-Purpose, Data Redundancy and Update anomalies.
Functional Dependencies, Full Functional Dependency, Transitive Functional Dependency,
Decomposition and Normal Forms (1NF, 2NF, 3NF)
UNIT – IV
MS Access: Parts of an Access Window, Tool Bars and Their Icons, Creating a New Database,
Creating a Database through Table Wizard, Creating a New Table, Relationships, Creating Table
through Design View, Relationship, Query, Forms, Reports, Import/export tables etc.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5/e, Pearson Education.
2. Taxali, R. K., “PC Software for Windows made simple”, Tata McGraw Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas Connolly Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems”, 3/e, Pearson Education.
2. MS Office XP complete BPB publication.
6 34

PAPER – IV INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGNING - II
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Brief Introduction to Interactivity tools: CGI; Features of Java; Features of ASP; VBScript;
Macromedia Flash; Macromedia Dreamweaver;
UNIT – II
Introduction and Features of Adobe Photoshop; Microsoft FrontPage Introduction; Features; Title
Bar; Menu bar; FrontPage Tool Bar; Style, FontFace and Formatting Bar; Scroll Bars;
UNIT – III
Introduction to DHTML and its features; Events; Cascading Style Sheets: Creating Style Sheets;
Common Tasks with CSS: Text, Fonts, Margins, Links, Tables, Colors; Marquee; Mouseovers; Filters
and Transitions; Adding Links; Adding Tables; Adding Forms; Adding Image and Sound;
UNIT – IV
Extensible Mark-up Language(XML): Introduction; Features; XML Support and Usage; Structure of
XML Documents; Structures in XML; Creating Document Type Declarations; Flow Objects; Working
with Text and Font; Color and Background properties;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Raj Kamal, “Internet and Web Technologies”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Ramesh Bangia, “Multimedia and Web Technology”, Firewall Media.
3. Internet and Web Design, ITLESL Research and Development Wing, Macmillan India.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas A. Powell, “Web Design: The Complete Reference” , 4/e, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Deitel and Goldberg, “Internet and World Wide Web, How to Program”, PHI.
6 35

PAPER – V MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to system and Basic System Concepts, Types of Systems, The Systems Approach,
Information System: Definition & Characteristics, Types of information, Role of Information in
Decision-Making, Sub-Systems of an Information system: EDP and MIS management levels,
EDP/MIS/DSS.
UNIT –II
An overview of Management Information System: Definition & Characteristics, Components of MIS,
Frame Work for Understanding MIS: Information requirements & Levels of Management, Simon's
Model of decision-Making, Structured Vs Un-structured decisions, Formal vs. Informal systems.
UNIT – III
Developing Information Systems: Analysis & Design of Information Systems: Implementation &
Evaluation, Pitfalls in MIS Development.
UNIT – IV
Functional MIS: A Study of Marketing, Personnel, Financial and production MIS, Introduction to ebusiness
systems, ecommerce – technologies, applications, Decision support systems – support
systems for planning, control and decision-making
TEXT BOOK:
1. J. Kanter, “Management/Information Systems”, PHI.
2. Gordon B. Davis, M. H. Olson, “Management Information Systems – Conceptual foundations,
structure and Development”, McGraw Hill.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. James A. O’Brien, “Management Information Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. James A. Senn, “Analysis & Design of Information Systems”, Second edition, McGraw Hill.
3. Robert G. Murdick & Joel E. Ross & James R. Claggett, “Information Systems for Modern
Management”, PHI.
4. Lucas, “Analysis, Design & Implementation of Information System”, McGraw Hill.
6 36

PAPER – I MULTIMEDIA TOOLS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Multimedia: Needs and areas of use, Multimedia elements – Text, Images, Sound, Animation and
Video, Making simple multimedia with PowerPoint.
Text – Concepts of plain & formatted text, RTF & HTML texts, using common text preparation tools,
Conversion to and from of various text formats, using standard software, Object Linking and
Embedding concept, Basics of font design, overview of some fonts editing and designing tools,
Understanding & using various text effects.
Images – importance of graphics in multimedia, Vector and Raster graphics, image capturing methods
– scanner, digital camera etc., Image file formats – BMP, DIB, EPS, CIF, PEX, PIC, JPG, TGA, PNG
and TIF format – their features and limitations, graphic file formats conversions, processing images
with common software tools such as Photoshop.
UNIT – II
Sound: Sound and it Attributes, Mono V/s Stereo sound, Sound channels, Sound and its effect in
multimedia, Analog V/s Digital sound, Basics of digital sounds-Sampling, Frequency, Sound Depth,
Channels, Sound on PC, Sound standards on PC, Capturing and Editing sound on PC, Overview and
using some sound recording, editing software. Overview of various sound file formats on PC – WAV,
MP3, MP4 etc.
UNIT – II
Animation: Basics of animation, Principle and use of animation in multimedia, Effect of resolutions,
pixel depth, Images size on quality and storage. Overview of 2-D and 3-D animation techniques and
software- animation pro, 3D studio & Paint Shop pro animator.
Animation on the Web – features and limitations, creating simple animations for the Web using GIF
Animator and Flash.
UNIT – III
Video: Basics of Video – Analog and Digital Video, Introduction to graphics accelerator cards, DirectX
Introduction to AV/DV and IEEE1394 cards, Digitization of analog video to digital video, Interlacing
and non-interlacing, Various video standards – NTSC, PAL, SECAM, HDTV, Introduction to video
capturing Media & instrument – Videodisk, DVCAM, Camcorder, Introduction to digital video
compression techniques and file formats – AVI, MPEG, MOVE Real Video.
UNIT – IV
Multimedia on the Web: Bandwidth relationship, broadband technologies, Text in the web – Dynamic
and embedded font technology, Audio on the Web – Real Audio and MP3/MP4, Audio support in
HTML, Graphics – HTML safe color palate, Interlaced V/s Non interlaced model, Graphics support
in HTML, Image Map, Video on the Web – Streaming video, Real Video, MPEG and SMIL, Virtual
Reality on the Web.
TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Multimedia: Making It Work (4 th Edition) – by Tay Vaughan, Tata Mcgraw Hills.
2. Multimedia in Action – James E Shuman – Vikas Publishing House.
3. Multimedia Basics – Volume – 1 Technology, Andreas Holzinger, Firewall Media (Laxmi
Publications Pvt. Ltd) New Delhi.
6 37

PAPER – II DESKTOP PUBLISHING
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Desktop Publishing: Concept, Need and Applications; Hardware and Software requirements for DTP,
An Overview and comparison between DTP packages, Common features of DTP.
Introduction to Page Maker: Features, System Requirements, Components of Page Maker Window,
Introduction to Menu and Toolbars, PageMaker Preferences
UNIT – II
Creating of Publications: Starting PageMaker, Setting Page size, Placing the text
Formatting the text: Character Specification
Paragraph setting: Paragraph Specification, Paragraph Rules, Spacing, Indents/Tabs, Define Styles,
Hyphenation, Header & Footer, Page Numbering, Saving and Closing publication
UNIT – III
Editing Publication: Open a publication ,Story editor, Find and change the text, Change character and
Paragraph attributes ,spell checking ,Selecting text, Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste multiple, Working with
columns,
Control palette: Manipulating objects, formatting the text,
Book, Table of Contents, Creating Index, Index entry, Show Index, Print
Working with Graphics: Insert Objects, Paste Special, Linking the graphics, Link the option, Link
Information, editing original ,Text wrap, Bring to Front, Send to Back, Reversing the Text.
UNIT – IV
Working with Frame: Introduction, Creating Frames, editing, Frame options, Dialog Box, Text Frame
Working with colors: Introduction, Applying colors, Replacing &removing colours, Editing a color
Working with Table: Setting &creating a new table, Close table, Selecting text, Cell rows & columns
Typing, Editing & Formatting text in table, Cutting, Copying & Pasting Information
Setting up Master Pages: Design a Grid, Guiding the Grid, Understanding Master Pages, Rulers
options.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. PageMaker-Complete by R. Shamms, Mortier &Rick Wallacl ,Techmedia
2. Learning PageMaker 7 by Ramesh Bangia of Khanna Book Publishing Co Pvt Ltd
6 38

PAPER – IV INTRODUCTION TO LINUX
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to Linux: Linux distributions, Overview of Linux operating system, Linux architecture,
Features of Linux, Accessing Linux system, Starting and shutting down system, Logging in and
Logging out. Comparison of Linux with other operating systems.
UNIT – II
Commands in Linux: General-Purpose commands, File oriented commands, directory oriented
commands, Communication-oriented commands, process oriented commands, etc.
Regular expressions & Filters in Linux: Simple filters viz. more, wc, diff, sort, uniq, grep. Introducing
regular expressions.
UNIT – III
Linux/Unix file system: Linux/Unix files, inodes and structure and file system, file system
components, standard file system, file system types.
Processes in Linux: starting and stopping processes, initialization Processes, mechanism of process
creation, Job control in linux using at, batch, cron & time.
UNIT – IV
Shell Programming: VI editor, shell variables, I/O in shell, control structures, loops, subprograms,
creating & executing shell scripts in linux.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Yashwant Kanetkar, UNIX & Shell programming – BPB.
2. M.G.Venkateshmurthy, Introduction to UNIX & Shell Programming, Pearson Education.
3. Richard Petersen, The Complete Reference – Linux, McGraw-Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Stephen Prata, Advanced UNIX – A programmer’s Guide, SAMS.
2. Sumitabha Das, Your UNIX - The Ultimate Guide, Tata McGraw-Hill.
6 39

PAPER – V INTRODUCTION TO .NET
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 50 External: 40
Internal: 10
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
The Framework of .Net: Building blocks of .Net Platform (the CLR, CTS and CLS), Features of .Net,
Deploying the .Net Runtime, Architecture of .Net platform, Introduction to namespaces & type
distinction. Types & Object in .Net, the evolution of Web development.
UNIT – II
Class Libraries in .Net, Introduction to Assemblies & Manifest in .Net, Metadata & attributes.
Introduction to C#: Characteristics of C#, Data types: Value types, reference types, default value,
constants, variables, scope of variables, boxing and unboxing.
UNIT – III
Operators and expressions: Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise, special operators, evolution of
expressions, operator precedence & associativity.
Control constructs in C#: Decision making, loops.
Classes & methods: Class, methods, constructors, destructors, overloading of operators & functions.
UNIT – IV
Inheritance & polymorphism: visibility control, overriding, abstract class & methods, sealed classes
& methods, interfaces.
Advanced features of C#: Exception handling & error handling, automatic memory management,
Input and output (Directories, Files, and streams).
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to C# using .NET By Robert J. Oberg, PHI, 2002.
2. Programming in C# By E. Balaguruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. The Complete Guide to C# Programming by V. P. Jain
2. C# : A Beginner's Guide, Herbert Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill
3. C# and .NET Platform by Andrew Troelsen, Apress, 1 st edition, 2001
6 40

Paper
No.
BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION – FIRST YEAR(w.e.f. 2011-12)
Title of Paper
6 41
External
Marks
Internal Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Exam
Duration
BCA-111
Semester - I
Computer & Programming Fundamentals 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-112 PC Software 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-113 Computer-Oriented Numerical Methods 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-114 Logical Organization of Computer – I 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-115 Mathematical Foundations – I 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-116 Communication Skills 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-117 Lab – I Windows, and Power Point 100 3hrs
BCA-118 Lab – II Word, and Excel
Semester - II
100 3hrs
BCA-121 ‘C’ Programming – I 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-122 Logical Organization of Computer – II 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-123 Computer-Oriented Statistical Methods 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-124 Mathematical Foundations – II 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-125 Accounting & Financial Management 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-126 Personality Development 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-127 Lab – I Programming in ‘C’ 100 3hrs
BCA-128 Lab – II Statistical Methods implementation
in ‘C’
100 3hrs
Internal assessment will be based on the following criteria:
(I) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month &
Iind Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendence : 5%
Marks for Attendence will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
(4) 70% to 74% : 2 Marks*
(5) 65% to 69% : 1 Mark*
* For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.

Paper
No.
BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION – SECOND YEAR(w.e.f. 2012-13)
Title of Paper
Semester - III
6 42
External
Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Exam
Duration
BCA-231 ‘C’ Programming – II 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-232 Data Structures – I 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-233 Computer Architecture – I 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-234 Introduction to Data Base System 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-235 Structured System Analysis & Design 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-236 Mathematical Foundations – III 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-237 Lab – I Programming in ‘C’ 100 3hrs
BCA-238 Lab – II Implementation of Data
100 3hrs
Structure in ‘C’
Semester – IV
BCA-241 Web Designing – I 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-242 Data Structures – II 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-243 Computer Architecture – II 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-244 Relational Data Base Management 80 20 100 3hrs
System
BCA-245 Management Information System 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-246 Mathematical Foundations-IV 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-247 Lab – I Web designing using HTML 100 3hrs
BCA-248 Lab – II ORACLE 100 3hrs
Internal assessment will be based on the following criteria:
(I) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month &
Iind Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendence : 5%
Marks for Attendence will be given as under:
1. 91% onwards : 5 Marks
2. 81% to 90% : 4 Marks
3. 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4. 70% to 74% : 2 Marks*
5. 65% to 69% : 1 Mark*
* For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.

Paper
No.
BACHELOR OF COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION – THIRD YEAR(w.e.f 2013-14)
Title of Paper
Semester - V
BCA-351 Introduction to Object oriented
Programming
6 43
External
Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Exam
Duration
80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-352 Operating Systems 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-353 Software Engineering 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-354 Computer Networks 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-355 Computer Graphics 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-356 Web Designing – II 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-357 Lab – I Programming in ‘C++ 100 3hrs
BCA-358 Lab – II Web designing 100 3hrs
Semester - VI
BCA-361 Programming in ‘C++’ 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-362 Introduction to Linux 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-363 Internet Technology 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-364 Visual Basic 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-365 Multimedia Technology 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-366 Introduction to .NET 80 20 100 3hrs
BCA-367 Lab – I Linux and C++ 100 3hrs
BCA-368 Lab – II Programming in VB 100 3hrs
Internal assessment will be based on the following criteria:
(I) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month &
Iind Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendence : 5%
Marks for Attendence will be given as under:
1. 91% onwards : 5 Marks
2. 81% to 90% : 4 Marks
3. 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
4. 70% to 74% : 2 Marks*
5. 65% to 69% : 1 Mark*
* For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.

BCA – 111 Computer & Programming Fundamentals
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Computer Fundamentals: Definition, Block Diagram along with its components, characteristics &
classification of computers, Applications of computers in various fields.
Memory: Concept of primary & secondary memory, RAM, ROM, types of ROM, flash memory,
Secondary storage devices: Sequential & direct access devices viz. magnetic tape, magnetic disk, CD,
DVD.
UNIT-II
Computer hardware & software: I/O devices, definition of software, relationship between hardware
and software, types of software.
Overview of operating system: Definition, functions of operating system, concept of
multiprogramming, multitasking, multithreading, multiprocessing, time-sharing, real time, single-user &
multi-user operating system.
Computer Virus: Definition, types of viruses, Characteristics of viruses, anti-virus software.
UNIT-III
Planning the Computer Program: Concept of problem solving, Problem definition, Program design,
Debugging, Types of errors in programming, Documentation.
Techniques of Problem Solving: Flowcharting, algorithms, pseudo code, decision table, Structured
programming concepts, Programming methodologies viz. top-down and bottom-up programming.
Computer Languages: Analogy with natural language, machine language, assembly language, high-level
language, compiler, interpreter, assembler, characteristics of a good programming language.
UNIT-IV
Searching, Sorting, and Merging: Linear & Binary Searching, Bubble, Selection, and Insertion Sorting,
Merging.
Overview of Networking: An introduction to computer networking, Network types (LAN, WAN,
MAN), Network topologies, introduction to internet and its uses.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sinha, P.K. & Sinha, Priti, Computer Fundamentals, BPB
2. Dromey, R.G., How to Solve it By Computer, PHI
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Balagurusamy E, Computing Fundamentals and C Programming, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Norton, Peter, Introduction to Computer, McGraw-Hill
3. Leon, Alexis & Leon, Mathews, Introduction to Computers, Leon Tech World
4. Rajaraman, V., Fundamentals of Computers, PHI
5. Ram, B., Computer Fundamentals, Architecture & Organization, New Age International (P) Ltd.
6 44

BCA-112 PC SOFTWARE
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
MS-Windows: Operating system-Definition & functions, basics of Windows. Basic components of
windows, icons, types of icons, taskbar, activating windows, using desktop, title bar, running
applications, exploring computer, managing files and folders, copying and moving files and folders.
Control panel – display properties, adding and removing software and hardware, setting date and
time, screensaver and appearance. Using windows accessories.
UNIT – II
Documentation Using MS-Word - Introduction to Office Automation, Creating & Editing
Document, Formatting Document, Auto-text, Autocorrect, Spelling and Grammar Tool,
Document Dictionary, Page Formatting, Bookmark, Advance Features of MS-Word-Mail
Merge, Macros, Tables, File Management, Printing, Styles, linking and embedding object,
Template.
UNIT – III
Electronic Spread Sheet using MS-Excel - Introduction to MS-Excel, Creating & Editing
Worksheet, Formatting and Essential Operations, Formulas and Functions, Charts, Advance
features of MS-Excel-Pivot table & Pivot Chart, Linking and Consolidation, Database Management
using Excel-Sorting, Filtering, Table, Validation, Goal Seek, Scenario.
UNIT – IV
Presentation using MS-PowerPoint: Presentations, Creating, Manipulating & Enhancing Slides,
Organizational Charts, Excel Charts, Word Art, Layering art Objects, Animations and
Sounds, Inserting Animated Pictures or Accessing through Object, Inserting Recorded Sound
Effect or In-Built Sound Effect.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Microsoft Office – Complete Reference – BPB Publication
2. Learn Microsoft Office – Russell A. Stultz – BPB Publication
REFERENCES BOOKS
1. Courter, G Marquis (1999). Microsoft Office 2000: Professional Edition. BPB.
2. Koers, D (2001). Microsoft Office XP Fast and Easy. PHI.
3. Nelson, S L and Kelly, J (2002). Office XP: The Complete Reference. Tata McGraw-Hill.
6 45

BCA-113 COMPUTER-ORIENTED NUMERICAL METHODS
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Computer Arithmetic: Floating-point representation of numbers, arithmetic operations with
normalized floating-point numbers and their consequences, significant figures.
Error in number representation-inherent error, truncation, absolute, relative, percentage and round-off
error.
Iterative Methods: Bisection, False position, Newton-Raphson method. Iteration method, discussion of
convergence, Bairstow's method.
UNIT-II
Solution of simultaneous linear equations and ordinary differential equations: Gauss-Elimination
methods, pivoting, Ill-conditioned equations, refinement of solution. Gauss-Seidal iterative method,
Euler method, Euler modified method, Taylor-series method, Runge-Kutta methods, Predictor-
Corrector methods.
UNIT-III
Interpolation and Approximation:
Polynomial interpolation: Newton, Lagranges, Difference tables, Approximation of functions by
Taylor Series.
Chebyshev polynomial: First kind, Second kind and their relations, Orthogonal properties.
UNIT-IV
Numerical Differentiation and integration: Differentiation formulae based on polynomial fit, pitfalls
in differentiation, Trapezoidal & Simpson Rules, Gaussian Quadrature.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. V. Rajaraman, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall, India.
2. S. S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis.
3. M. K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar & R. K. Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computation.
4. H. C. Saxena, Finite Differences and Numerical Analysis.
5. Modes A., Numerical Analysis for Computer Science.
6 46

BCA-114 LOGICAL ORGANIZATION OF COMPUTER-I
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT - I
Information Representation: Number Systems, Binary Arithmetic, Fixed-point and Floating-point
representation of numbers, BCD Codes, Error detecting and correcting codes, Character
Representation – ASCII, EBCDIC, Unicode
UNIT - II
Binary Logic: Boolean Algebra, Boolean Theorems, Boolean Functions and Truth Tables, Canonical
and Standard forms of Boolean functions, Simplification of Boolean Functions – Venn Diagram,
Karnaugh Maps.
UNIT - III
Digital Logic: Basic Gates – AND, OR, NOT, Universal Gates – NAND, NOR, Other Gates – XOR,
XNOR etc. NAND, NOR, AND-OR-INVERT and OR-AND-INVERT implementations of digital
circuits, Combinational Logic – Characteristics, Design Procedures, analysis procedures, Multilevel
NAND and NOR circuits.
UNIT - IV
Combinational Circuits: Half-Adder, Full-Adder, Half-Subtractor, Full-Subtractor, Encoders,
Decoders, Multiplexers, Demultiplexers, Comparators, Code Converters, BCD to Seven-Segment
Decoder.
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. V. Rajaraman, T. Radhakrishnan, An Introduction to Digital Computer Design, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Nicholas Carter, Schaum’s Outlines Computer Architecture, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 47

BCA – 115 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS – I
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT- I
Set, subsets and operations on sets, Venn diagram of sets. Power set of a set.
Equivalence relation on a set and partition of a set, Permutation and combinations, Partially ordered
sets, Lattices (definition and examples). Boolean algebra (definition and examples)
UNIT- II
Epsilon and delta definition of the continuity of a function of a single variable, Basic properties of
limits, Continuous functions and classifications of discontinuities, Derivative of a function, Derivatives
of Logarithmic, exponential, trigonometric, inverse trigonometrical and hyperbolic functions. Higher
order derivatives.
UNIT- III
Formation of differential equations order and degree of the differential equation, Geometrical
approach to the existence of the solution of the differential equation dy/dx=f (x,y). Ordinary
differential equations of first degree and the first order, exact differential equations
UNIT- IV
Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients, Homogeneous linear
differential equations and linear differential equations reducible to homogenous differential equations,
Applications of differential equations to geometry,
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. D.A. Murray: Introductory course in differential equations, Orient Lengaman( India) 1967.
2. H.T.H. Piaggio: Elementary Treatise on differential equation and their applications C.B.S.
publishers of distributors.
3. S.L. Ross : Ordinary differential equations
4. Babu Ram: Discrete Mathematics
5. Shanti Narayana : Differential & Integral calculus
6 48

BCA-116 COMMUNICATION SKILLS (ENGLISH)
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT- I
Q 1. One essay type question (with internal choice) from the prescribed text.
Q 2. Five short answer type questions (with internal choice) from the prescribed text.
UNIT-II
Q 3. A comprehension passage from the prescribed text book (Reflection) with five questions at the
end.
Q 4. Faxes, e-mails, and text messages composing. This question will carry three parts A, B, and C with
questions on all the three above mentioned items.
UNIT-III
Q 5. Grammar questions on the following items: (i) Articles (ii) Preposition (iii) Tenses (iv) Subject
verb agreement (v) Voice (vi) Tag questions (vii) Reported speech (viii) Comparatives and superlatives
Q 6. A paragraph of about 150 words on any one of the given topics.
UNIT-IV
Q 7. Official letters / applications (With internal choice)
Q 8. English in situations (for example: greetings, in the post office, catching a train, at a bank, making
a telephone call, buying vegetables, at the hospital, on the bus etc.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Reflections by I. P. Anand & Dr. R. K. Malhotra
2. Remedial English Grammar by F. T. Wood.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Business Letter Writing by Jasmin S. and S. Bright, Universal, New Delhi, 1984.
2. English in Situations by R. O. Neil (OUP)
6 49

BCA-121 ‘C’ PROGRAMMING - I
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Overview of C: History of C, Importance of C, Structure of a C Program.
Elements of C: C character set, identifiers and keywords, Data types, Constants and Variables,
Assignment statement, Symbolic constant.
Input/output: Unformatted & formatted I/O function in C, Input functions viz. scanf(), getch(),
getche(), getchar(), gets(), output functions viz. printf(), putch(), putchar(), puts().
UNIT-II
Operators & Expression: Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise, unary, assignment, conditional
operators and special operators. Arithmetic expressions, evaluation of arithmetic expression, type
casting and conversion, operator hierarchy & associativity.
Decision making & branching: Decision making with IF statement, IF-ELSE statement, Nested IF
statement, ELSE-IF ladder, switch statement, goto statement.
UNIT-III
Decision making & looping: For, while, and do-while loop, jumps in loops, break, continue statement.
Functions: Definition, prototype, passing parameters, recursion.
UNIT-IV
Storage classes in C: auto, extern, register and static storage class, their scope, storage, & lifetime.
Arrays: Definition, types, initialization, processing an array, passing arrays to functions, Strings &
arrays.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Gottfried, Byron S., Programming with C, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Balagurusamy, E., Programming in ANSI C, 4E, Tata McGraw-Hill
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jeri R. Hanly & Elliot P. Koffman, Problem Solving and Program Design in C, Addison Wesley.
2. Yashwant Kanetker, Let us C, BPB.
3. Rajaraman, V., Computer Programming in C, PHI.
4. Yashwant Kanetker, Working with C, BPB.
6 50

BCA-122 LOGICAL ORGANIZATION OF COMPUTER – II
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT - I
Sequential Logic: Characteristics, Flip-Flops, Clocked RS, D type, JK, T type and Master-Slave flipflops.
State table, state diagram and state equations. Flip-flop excitation tables
UNIT - II
Sequential Circuits: Designing registers – Serial Input Serial Output (SISO), Serial Input Parallel
Output (SIPO), Parallel Input Serial Output (PISO), Parallel Input Parallel Output (PIPO) and shift
registers. Designing counters – Asynchronous and Synchronous Binary Counters, Modulo-N Counters
and Up-Down Counters
UNIT - III
Memory & I/O Devices: Memory Parameters, Semiconductor RAM, ROM, Magnetic and Optical
Storage devices, Flash memory, I/O Devices and their controllers.
UNIT - IV
Instruction Design & I/O Organization: Machine instruction, Instruction set selection, Instruction
cycle, Instruction Format and Addressing Modes. I/O Interface, Interrupt structure, Programcontrolled,
Interrupt-controlled & DMA transfer, I/O Channels, IOP.
TEXT BOOKS
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. V. Rajaraman, T. Radhakrishnan, An Introduction to Digital Computer Design, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Nicholas Carter, Schaum’s Outlines Computer Architecture, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 51

BCA – 123 COMPUTER-ORIENTED STATISTICAL METHODS
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Basic Statistics: Measure of Central Tendency, Preparing frequency, distribution table, Mean
Arithmetic, Mean Geometric, Mean Harmonic, Mean, Media, Mode.
Measure of Dispersion: Range, Variance and Standard Deviations; Frequency Distributions and
Cumulative Frequency Distributions: Moments and Moments Generating Functions.
UNIT-II
Distribution Patterns: Types of Theoretical Probability; Normal Binomial Poisson distribution.
Correlation and Regression: Types of Correlation, Properties of Coefficient of Correlation, Methods of
studying Correlation; Aim of Regression Analysis, Kinds of Regression Analysis.
UNIT-III
Tests of significance: Z-test, Student T-test, Chi-square test.
Curve fitting: Method of least squares and Polynomial fit.
UNIT-IV
ANOVA: Meaning, Assumptions, Cochran’s Theorem (only statement), One way classification,
ANOVA Table for One-Way Classified Data, Baye's theorem in decision-making, Forecasting
techniques.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Gupta S.P. and Kapoor, V.K., Fundamentals of Applied statistics, Sultan Chand & Sons, 1996.
2. Gupta S.P. and Kapoor, V.K., Fundamentals of Mathematical statistics, Sultan Chand and
Sons, 1995.
3. Graybill, Introduction to Statistics, McGraw.
4. Anderson, Statistical Modelling, McGraw.
6 52

BCA – 124 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS - II
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT- I
Propositions and logical operators, Truth tables and propositions generated by a set. Equivalence and
implications, Laws of logic, Mathematical system, Proposition over a universe, Mathematical induction,
Quantifiers
UNIT- II
Binary operations on a non empty set, Groups, Subgroups, Normal Subgroups, Cosets, Factor groups,
Rings, Sub rings, Ideals, Factor rings, Prime ideals, Minimal ideal, Fields, direct product of groups,
Isomorphism of groups and rings (definitions and examples only)
UNIT- III
Addition and multiplication of matrices, Laws of matrix algebra, Singular and non singular matrices,
Inverse of a matrix, Rank of a matrix, Rank of the product of two matrices, Systems of linear equations
i.e. AX=0 and AX=B
UNIT- IV
Characteristic equations of a square matrix, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem, Eigen values and eigen vectors,
Eigen values and eigen vectors of symmetric skew symmetric, Hermitian and skew –Hermitan
matrices, Diagonalization of a square matrix.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Babu Ram : Discrete Mathematics
2. Shanti Naryana : A text book of matrices
6 53

BCA – 125 ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
The basic Financial Accounts, types of accounts, Rules of Entries of transaction, Journal.
Cash Book – Types, Format of Cash book, Balancing of Cash Book, Subsidiary books - Purchase,
Sales, Purchase return and sales return.
Ledger, posting of entries.
UNIT - II
Trial Balance, Rectification of errors, adjustment entries. Depreciation and Inflation.
Principles of Cost Accounting, Valuation of Stocks, Allocation of Overheads, Methods of material
issues.
UNIT - III
Pay roll department, Preparation of Pay roll, Preparation of wage record, Methods of payments of
wages, overview of computerized method for payroll preparation.
UNIT - VI
Inventory account and store record, inventory or stock control and cost accounting, Department
demand and supply method of stock control.
Classification and condition of material Report on material handling.
Overview of computerized accounting process – Introduction to accounting system software, their
features and some basic operations.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Mazda, Engineering Management, Addisen Wesley
2. Dr. S P Gupta, Management Accounting
3. I.M.Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publication.
6 54

BCA- 126 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT- I
Personality & Personal Grooming – A Brief Introduction
Personality and self-concept, Element of Personality, Determinants of Personality, Causes of deranged
Personality, Personality Analysis
Grooming, Personal hygiene, Social, Business and Dining Etiquettes, Body language use and misuse,
Art of good Conversation, Art of Intelligent Listening.
UNIT- II
Interpersonal Skills & Role playing: Dealing with seniors, colleagues, juniors, customers, suppliers,
contract workers, owners etc at work place
UNIT- III
Group Discussion & Presentation skills: Team behavior, how to effectively conduct yourself during
GD, do’s and don’ts, clarity of thoughts and its expression
Presentation skills & seminar skills
UNIT- IV
Interviews Preparation: Intent and purpose, selection procedure, types of interviews,
Self planning, writing winning resume, knowledge of company profiles, academics
and professional knowledge review, update on current affairs and possible
questions, time – keeping, grooming, dress code, document portfolio, frequently
asked questions and their appropriate answers, self – introduction, panel
addressing, mental frame – work during interviews
REFERENCE BOOKS
(1) Personal management and Human Resources, by C.S. Venkata Ratanam and B.K. Srivastava,
Published by Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Ltd. New Delhi
(2) Human Behaviour at Work, by: Keith Davis, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Ltd. N. Delhi
(3) Im OK, You re OK, by : Thomas A. Harris, Publsihed By : Pan Books, London and Sydney
(4) Pleasure of your Company, by : Ranjana Salgaocar, Published By : Pyramid Publishers, Goa
(5) How to get the job you want, by : Arun Agarwal, Published By : Vision Books, New Delhi
(6) Get That Job, Rohit Anand & Sanjeev Bikhachandani, Harper Collins
6 55

BCA – 231 ‘C’ PROGRAMMING – II
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Strings in ‘C’: Introduction, Declaration and initialization of string, String I/O, Array of strings, String
manipulation functions: String length, copy, compare, concatenate, search for a substring.
Structure and Union: Introduction, Features of structures, Declaration and initialization of structures,
Structure within structure, Array of structures, Structure and functions. Union: Introduction, Union of
structures. Typedef, Enumerations.
UNIT – II
Pointers: Introduction, Pointer variables, Pointer operators, Pointer assignment, Pointer conversions,
Pointer arithmetic, Pointer comparison, Pointers and arrays, Pointers and functions, Pointers and
strings, Pointer to pointer, dynamic allocation using pointers.
UNIT – III
Files: Introduction, File types, File operations, File I/O, Structure Read and write in a file, Errors in file
handling, Random-access I/O in files.
UNIT – IV
Preprocessor: Introduction, #define, macros, macro versus functions, #include, Conditional
compilation directives, undefining a macro. Command line arguments: defining and using command
line arguments.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Yashwant Kanetker, “Let us C”, BPB publications.
2. Balagurusamy, E., “Programming in ANSI C”, 4e, Tata McGraw-Hill
REFERENCE BOOKS
3. Jeri R. Hanly & Elliot P. Koffman, “Problem Solving and Program Design in C”, Addison
Wesley.
4. Gottfried, Byron S., “Programming with C”, Tata McGraw Hill
5. Behrouz A. Forouzan & Richard F. Gilberg, “Computer Science: A structured programming
approach using C”, Cengage Learning
6. Ashok N. Kamthane, “Programming with ANSI and Turbo C”, Pearson Education.
7. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference: C”, Tata-McGraw-Hill.
6 56

BCA – 232 DATA STRUCTURES – I
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Introduction: Elementary data organization, Data Structure definition, Data type vs. data structure,
Categories of data structures, Data structure operations, Applications of data structures, Algorithms
complexity and time-space tradeoff, Big-O notataion.
Strings: Introduction, Stroing strings, String operations, Pattern matching algorithms.
UNIT – II
Arrays: Introduction, Linear arrays, Representation of linear array in memory, Traversal, Insertions,
Deletion in an array, Multidimensional arrays, Parallel arrays, Sparce matrics.
Linked List: Introduction, Array vs. linked list, Representation of linked lists in memory, Traversal,
Insertion, Deletion, Searching in a linked list, Header linked list, Circular linked list, Two-way linked
list, Garbage collection, Applications of linked lists.
UNIT – III
Stack: Introduction, Array and linked representation of stacks, Operations on stacks, Applications of
stacks: Polish notation, Recursion.
Queues: Introduction, Array and linked representation of queues, Operations on queues, Deques,
Priority Queues, Applications of queues.
UNIT – IV
Tree: Introduction, Definition, Representing Binary tree in memory, Traversing binary trees, Traversal
algorithms using stacks.
Graph: Introduction, Graph theory terminology, Sequential and linked representation of graphs.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structure”, Tata-McGraw-Hill
2. Horowitz, Sahni & Anderson-Freed, “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”, Orient Longman.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Trembley, J.P. And Sorenson P.G., “An Introduction to Data Structures With Applications”,
Mcgrraw- Hill International Student Edition, New York.
2. Mark Allen Weiss Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis In C, Addison- Wesley, (An Imprint Of
Pearson Education), Mexico City.Prentice- Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Yedidyan Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, “Data Structures Using C”,
Prentice- Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
6 57

BCA – 233 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE – I
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
I/O Units: Early I/O devices, dot-matrix printers, inkjet printers, laser printers. Information exchange
between devices – serial and parallel modes of transfer, synchronous and asynchronous mode of
transfer – source-initiated, destination-initiated asynchronous data transfer, handshaking. Buffered
I/O, Internal buffering. DMA & transfer modes. Data Channel organization, I/O bus, external
interface, device controller and internal interface, processor and memory interfaces, ways of connecting
devices on a bus, PCI.
UNIT – II
Arithmetic Unit: Main sub-units – memory data register, accumulator, multiplier quotient register,
adder and logic processor, shift counter, status flip-flops. Arithmetic operations – addition and
subtraction, shifting, data transfer, multiplication, division, logic operations, storing.
Innovations in Arithmetic Unit: Speed of addition – addition without carries, carry storage adders,
carry anticipation, the carry look ahead scheme. Multiplication – multiplication in half words, Booth’s
algorithm, multiplication using a power of two radix, multiplication using carry storage adders.
UNIT – III
Memory Systems: Speed imbalance between the arithmetic and memory units, advantages of memory
hierarchies, memory interleaving, problems of management of memory hierarchies, operation of virtual
memories. Associative memories. Cache memories – operation of the cache, comparison of cache and
virtual memory system, schemes for cache organization, word or block replacement, writing into the
cache, multilevel caches.
UNIT – IV
General Organization and Control: Addressing schemes – one, two and three address schemes, noaddress
scheme, address modification and index registers, general purpose registers, addressing modes,
stack organization, use of stack for evaluation of expressions, interrupt processing, subroutine return,
storing local variables, storing parameters, implementation of stacks, stack organized processors.
Register Transfer Language, Microprogramming, implementation of a microprogrammed control,
vertical and horizontal microprogramming.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. P.V.S. Rao, “Computer System Architecture”, PHI, 2009
2. John D. Carpinelli, “Computer System Organization and Architecture”, Pearson, 2009
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M. Morris Mano, “Computer Architecture”, 3/e, PHI, 2001.
2. John P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, McGraw-Hill, 1998
3. William Stallings, “Computer organization and Architecture”, PHI, 1999.
6 58

BCA – 234 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEM
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Basic Concepts – Data, Information, Records and files. Traditional file –based Systems-File Based
Approach-Limitations of File Based Approach, Database Approach-Characteristics of Database
Approach, Database Management System (DBMS), Components of DBMS Environment, DBMS
Functions and Components, Advantages and Disadvantages of DBMS.
Roles in the Database Environment - Data and Database Administrator, Database Designers,
Applications Developers and Users.
UNIT – II
Database System Architecture – Three Levels of Architecture, External, Conceptual and Internal
Levels, Schemas, Mappings and Instances.
Data Independence – Logical and Physical Data Independence.
Classification of Database Management System, Centralized and Client Server architecture to DBMS.
Data Models: Records- based Data Models, Object-based Data Models, Physical Data Models and
Conceptual Modeling.
UNIT – III
Entity-Relationship Model – Entity Types, Entity Sets, Attributes Relationship Types, Relationship
Instances and ER Diagrams.
Basic Concepts of Hierarchical and Network Data Model.
UNIT – IV
Relational Data Model:-Brief History, Relational Model Terminology-Relational Data Structure,
Database Relations, Properties of Relations, Keys, Domains, Integrity Constraints over Relations, Base
Tables and Views.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th edition, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas Connolly Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems”, 3/e, Pearson Education
2. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, 8 th edition, Addison Wesley N. Delhi.
6 59

BCA – 235 STRUCTURED SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
System Concept: Definition, Characteristics, Elements of system, Physical and abstract system, open
and closed system, man-made information systems.
System Development Life Cycle: Various phases of system development, Considerations for system
planning and control for system success.
Role of system analyst.
UNIT – II
System Planning: Bases for planning in system analysis: Dimensions of Planning.
Initial Investigation: Determining user’s requirements and analysis, fact finding process and techniques.
Tools of structured Analysis: Data Flow diagram, data dictionary, IPO and HIPO charts, Gantt charts,
pseudo codes, Flow charts, decision tree, decision tables.
Feasibility study: Technical, Operational & Economic Feasibilities.
UNIT – III
Cost/Benefit Analysis: Data analysis cost and benefit analysis of a system.
Input/ Output and Form Design, File Organization and database design: Introduction to files and
database, File structures and organization, objectives of database design, logical and physical view of
data.
UNIT – IV
System testing: Introduction, objectives of testing, test planning, testing techniques.
Quality assurance: Goal of quality assurance, levels of quality assurance
System implementation and software maintenance: primary activities in maintenance, reducing
maintenance costs.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Awad M. Elias, “System Analysis and Design”, Galgotia Publication.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Igor Hawryszkiewyez, “Introduction to System Analysis and Design”, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall.
2. Jeffrey L. Whitten, and Lonnie D. Bentey, “Systems analysis and Design Methods”, 4th edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Mark Lejk, and David Deeks, “An Introduction to System Analysis Techniques”, Prentice Hall.
4. Don Yeates, Maura Shields and David Helmy, “System Analysis and Design”, Longman group
limited, 1994.
6 60

BCA-236 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS – III
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Derivative of functions of defined parametrically, Derivative of Logarithmic exponential,
trigonometric, inverse trigonometric and hyperbola functions.
Derivatives of higher orders, Successive differentiation. Leibnitz’s Theorem.
UNIT – II
Tangents and Normals: Length of tangent, suntangent, normal and subnormal. Polar subtangent, polar
subnormal, pedal equations.
Taylor’s theorem and Maclaurin’s theorem: Taylors and Maclaurin’s series expansion, indeterminate
forms. Functions of more than one variables and its continuity.
UNIT– III
Asymptotes: Cartesian coordinate, intersection of curve and its asymptotes, Asympotes in polar
coordinates.
Multiple points: cusp, nodes and conjugate points, types of cusp, test for concavity and convexity.
Points of inflexion.
UNIT – IV
Curvature: radius of curvature for Cartesian, parametric, polar curves. Newton;s method, radius of
curvature for pedal curve, tangential polar equation , center of curvature , circle of curvature ,code of
curvature and evolute.
Tracing of curves in Cartesain, parametric and polar coordinates.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Om. P. Chug, R.S. Dahiya, G.L. Gupta, “Topics in Mathematics (Calculus & solid geometry)”,
Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Shanti Narayan, “Differential Calculus”, S. Chand and Co. Ltd.
3. S. K. Pundir and B. Singh, “Advance Calculus”, Pragati Prakashan.
6 61

BCA – 241 WEB DESIGNING – I
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Introduction to Internet and World Wide Web; Evolution and History of World Wide Web; Basic
features; Web Browsers; Web Servers; Hypertext Transfer Protocol; URLs; Searching and Web-Casting
Techniques; Search Engines and Search Tools;
UNIT – II
Web Publishing: Hosting your Site; Internet Service Provider; Planning and designing your Web Site;
Steps for developing your Site; Choosing the contents; Home Page; Domain Names;
Creating a Website and the Markup Languages (HTML, DHTML);
UNIT – III
Web Development: Introduction to HTML; Hypertext and HTML; HTML Document Features;
HTML command Tags; Creating Links; Headers; Text styles; Text Structuring; Text colors and
Background; Formatting text; Page layouts;
UNIT – IV
Images; Ordered and Unordered lists; Inserting Graphics; Table Creation and Layouts; Frame Creation
and Layouts; Working with Forms and Menus; Working with Radio Buttons; Check Boxes; Text
Boxes;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Raj Kamal, “Internet and Web Technologies”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Ramesh Bangia, “Multimedia and Web Technology”, Firewall Media.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas A. Powell, “Web Design: The Complete Reference” , 4/e, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Wendy Willard, “HTML Beginners Guide”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Deitel and Goldberg, “Internet and World Wide Web, How to Program”, PHI.
6 62

BCA – 242 DATA STRUCTURE – II
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Tree: Header nodes, Threads, Binary search trees, Searching, Insertion and deletion in a Binary search
tree, AVL search trees, Insertion and deletion in AVL search tree, m-way search tree, Searching,
Insertion and deletion in an m-way search tree, B-trees, Searching, Insertion and deletion in a B-tree,
Huffman’s algorithm, General trees.
UNIT – II
Graphs: Warshall’s algorithm for shortest path, Dijkstra algorithm for shortest path, Operations on
graphs, Traversal of graph, Topological sorting.
UNIT – III
Sorting: Internal & external sorting, Radix sort, Quick sort, Heap sort, Merge sort, Tournament sort,
Comparison of various sorting and searching algorithms on the basis of their complexity.
UNIT – IV
Files: Introduction Attributes of a file, Classification of files, File operations, Comparison of various
types of files, File organization: Sequential, Indexed-sequential, Random-access file.
Hashing: Introduction, Collision resolution
TEXT BOOKS
1. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structure”, Tata-McGraw-Hill
2. Horowitz, Sahni & Anderson-Freed, “Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”, Orientlongman.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Trembley, J.P. And Sorenson P.G., “An Introduction to Data Structures With Applications”,
Mcgrraw- Hill International Student Edition, New York.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Addison- Wesley, (An Imprint
Of Pearson Education), Mexico City.Prentice- Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
6 63

BCA – 243 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE – II
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Computer Arithmetic: Unsigned addition, subtraction, multiplication and division algorithms, 2’s
complement addition, subtraction and multiplication algorithms, floating point numbers addition,
subtraction, multiplication and division algorithms. IEEE 754 floating-point standard.
UNIT – II
Interrupt Structures: Types of interrupts, Interrupt processing, levels and priorities of interrupts,
implementing interrupts inside the CPU.
Instruction set architectures. Reduced Instruction Set Computing (RISC): Characteristics of RISC,
RISC instruction set, RISC vs CISC.
UNIT – III
Look Ahead & Pipelining: Instruction look ahead, look ahead and look behind, advantages of look
ahead systems. Pipelined execution of instruction – operation of pipelines, optimizing a pipeline,
speedup due to pipelining, running the pipeline with minimum idling, multifunction pipelines,
organization of pipelines in a general purpose computer.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to Parallel Processing: Parallelism in uniprocessor systems, organization of multiprocessor
systems, Flynn’s classification, system topologies, MIMD system architectures, communication in
multiprocessor systems, fixed connections, reconfigurable connections, routing on multistage
interconnection networks, data flow computing.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. John D. Carpinelli, “Computer System Organization and Architecture”, Pearson, 2009
2. P.V.S. Rao, “Computer System Architecture”, PHI, 2009
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M. Morris Mano, “Computer System Architecture”, 3/e, PHI, 2001.
2. John P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, McGraw-Hill, 1998
3. William Stallings, “Computer organization and Architecture”, PHI, 1999.
6 64

BCA – 244 RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Relational Model Concepts, Codd's Rules for Relational Model,
Relational Algebra:-Selection and Projection, Set Operation, Renaming, Join and Division.
Relational Calculus: Tuple Relational Calculus and Domain Relational Calculus.
UNIT – II
Functional Dependencies and Normalization:-Purpose, Data Redundancy and Update Anomalies.
Functional Dependencies:-Full Functional Dependencies and Transitive Functional Dependencies,
Characteristics of Functional Dependencies.
Decomposition and Normal Forms (1NF, 2NF, 3NF & BCNF).
UNIT – III
SQL: Data Definition and data types, Specifying Constraints in SQL, Schema, Change statement, Basic
Queries in SQL, Insert, Delete and Update Statements, Views.
UNIT – IV
PL/SQL-Introduction, Advantages of PL/SQL,
The Generic PL/SQL Block: PL/SQL Execution Environment,
PL/SQL Character set and Data Types,
Control Structure in PL/SQL.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th edition, Pearson Education.
2. Ivan Bayross, “SQL, PL/SQL-The Programming Language of ORACLE”, BPB Publications
3 rd edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, 8 th edition, Addison Wesley N. Delhi.
6 65

BCA – 245 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Introduction to system and Basic System Concepts, Types of Systems, The Systems Approach,
Information System: Definition & Characteristics, Types of information, Role of Information in
Decision-Making, Sub-Systems of an Information system: EDP and MIS management levels,
EDP/MIS/DSS.
UNIT –II
An overview of Management Information System: Definition & Characteristics, Components of MIS,
Frame Work for Understanding MIS: Information requirements & Levels of Management, Simon's
Model of decision-Making, Structured Vs Un-structured decisions, Formal vs. Informal systems.
UNIT – III
Developing Information Systems: Analysis & Design of Information Systems: Implementation &
Evaluation, Pitfalls in MIS Development.
UNIT – IV
Functional MIS: A Study of Personnel, Financial and production MIS, Introduction to e-business
systems, ecommerce – technologies, applications, Decision support systems – support systems for
planning, control and decision-making
TEXT BOOK:
1. J. Kanter, “Management/Information Systems”, PHI.
2. Gordon B. Davis, M. H. Olson, “Management Information Systems – Conceptual foundations,
structure and Development”, McGraw Hill.
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. James A. O’Brien, “Management Information Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. James A. Senn, “Analysis & Design of Information Systems”, Second edition, McGraw Hill.
3. Robert G. Murdick & Joel E. Ross & James R. Claggett, “Information Systems for Modern
Management”, PHI.
4. Lucas, “Analysis, Design & Implementation of Information System”, McGraw Hill.
6 66

BCA – 246 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS – IV
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Partial derivatives of first and second order. Eluer’s theorem on homogeneous functions.
Differentiation of composite and implicit functions.
The notion of total differential, Extreme values: Maxima and Minima of function of two or more
variable, Lagrange’s method of multiplier.
UNIT – II
Reduction formula, rectification of curve represented in Cartesian, parametric and polar forms,
intrinsic equation of curve.
UNIT– III
Quadrature: area of curves and area of surfaces of solid of revolution in Cartesian, parametric and
polar forms.
Jacobian, Double and Triple integration, substitution method for double and triple integrals,
Application of double and triple integrals for finding volume and surfaces.
UNIT – IV
Beta and Gama functions, their properties and relationships. Differentiation under integral sign.
Equation and simple properties of spheres, cones, cylinders.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Om. P. Chug, R.S. Dahiya, G.L. Gupta, “Topics in Mathematics (Calculus & solid geometry)”,
Laxmi Publ.(p) ltd New Delhi.
2. J.N. Sharma, A.R. Vasishtha, “Real Analysis”, Krishana Prakashan Media(P) Ltd., Meerut (U.P.)
3. Shanti Narayan, “Differential Calculus”, S. Chand and Co. Ltd.
4. Shanti Narayan, “Integral Calculus”, S. Chand and Co. Ltd.
5. Shanti Narayan, “A course of Mathematical Analysis”, S. Chand and Co. Ltd.
6. S. K. Pundir, “Advance Calculus”, B. Singh: Pragati Prakashan.
6 67

BCA – 351 INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Object oriented Programming: Object-Oriented programming features and benefits. Object-
Oriented features of C++, Class and Objects, Data Hiding & Encapsulation, Structures, Data
members and Member functions, Static Data Members and Member Functions, Nested and Local
Class, Accessing Members of Class and Structure, Preprocessor Directives, Namespace.
UNIT – II
Initialization & Cleanup: Constructors – Default, Parameterized & Copy Constructors, and Default
Values to Parameters, Destructors.
Console I/O: Hierarchy of Console Stream Classes, Unformatted And Formatted I/O Operations,
Manipulators.
UNIT – III
Friend Function, Friend Class, Arrays, array of Objects, Passing and Returning Objects to
Functions, String Handling in C++.
Dynamic Memory Management: Pointers, new and delete Operator, Array of Pointers to Objects,
this Pointer, Passing Parameters to Functions by Reference & pointers.
UNIT – IV
Static Polymorphism: Operators in C++, Precedence and Associativity Rules, Operator Overloading,
Unary & Binary Operators Overloading, Function Overloading, Inline and External Linkage
Functions, Merits/Demerits of Static Polymorphism.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Scildt, C++, The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in C++
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, Pearson
2. Balaguruswami, E., Object Oriented Programming In C++, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 68

BCA – 352 OPERATING SYSTEMS
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Introductory Concepts: Operating system functions and characteristics, historical evolution of
operating systems, Real time systems, Distributed systems, Methodologies for implementation of O/S
service system calls, system programs.
UNIT – II
Process management: Process concepts, Process states and Process Control Block.
CPU Scheduling: Scheduling criteria, Levels of Scheduling, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor
scheduling.
Deadlocks: Deadlock characterization, Deadlock prevention and avoidance, Deadlock detection and
recovery, practical considerations.
UNIT – III
Concurrent Processes: Critical section problem, Semaphores, Classical process co-ordination problems
and their solutions, Inter-process Communications.
Storage Management: memory management of single-user and multiuser operating system, partitioning,
swapping, paging and segmentation, virtual memory, Page replacement Algorithms, Thrashing.
UNIT – IV
Device and file management: Disk scheduling, Disk structure, Disk management, File Systems:
Functions of the system, File access and allocation methods, Directory Systems: Structured
Organizations, directory and file protection mechanisms.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Silberschatz A., Galvin P.B.,and Gagne G., “Operating System Concepts”, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.,New York.
2. Godbole, A.S., “Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Deitel, H.M., “Operating Systems”, Addison- Wesley Publishing Company, New York.
2. Tanenbaum, A.S., “Operating System- Design and Implementation”, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
6 69

BCA – 353 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Software Crisis – problem and causes, Software life cycle models: Waterfall, Prototype, Evolutionary
and Spiral models.
Software Project Planning: Cost estimation: COCOMO model, Putnam Resource Allocation Model,
Risk management, project scheduling, personnel planning, team structure, Software configuration
management, quality assurance, project monitoring.
UNIT – II
Software Requirement Analysis and Specifications: Structured Analysis, Data Flow Diagrams, Data
Dictionaries, Entity-Relationship diagrams, Software Requirement and Specifications, Behavioral and
non-behavioral requirements.
Software Design: Design fundamentals, problem partitioning and abstraction, design methodology,
Cohesion & Coupling, Classification of Cohesiveness & Coupling.
UNIT – III
Coding: Programming style, structured programming.
Software Testing: Testing fundamentals, Functional testing: Boundary Value Analysis, Equivalence
class testing, Decision table testing, Cause effect graphing, Structural testing: Control flow based and
data flow based testing, loop testing;
UNIT – IV
Software testing strategies: unit testing, integration testing, Validation testing, System testing, Alpha and
Beta testing.
Software Maintenance: Type of maintenance, Management of Maintenance, Maintenance Process,
maintenance characteristics.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Pressman R. S., “Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Jalote P., “An Integrated approach to Software Engineering”, Narosa.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Addison Wesley.
2. Fairley R., “Software Engineering Concepts”, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. James Peter, W Pedrycz, “Software Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons.
6 70

BCA – 354 COMPUTER NETWORKS
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Introduction to Computer Communications and Networking Technologies; Uses of Computer
Networks; Network Devices, Nodes, and Hosts; Types of Computer Networks and their Topologies;
Network Software: Network Design issues and Protocols; Connection-Oriented and Connectionless
Services; Network Applications and Application Protocols; Computer Communications and
Networking Models: Decentralized and Centralized Systems, Distributed Systems, Client/Server
Model, Peer-to-Peer Model, Web-Based Model, Network Architecture and the OSI Reference Model;
Example Networks: The Internet, X.25, Frame Relay, ATM;
UNIT – II
Analog and Digital Communications Concepts: Representing Data as Analog Signals, Representing
Data as Digital Signals, Data Rate and Bandwidth, Capacity, Baud Rate; Digital Carrier Systems;
Guided and Wireless Transmission Media; Communication Satellites; Switching and Multiplexing;
Dialup Networking; Analog Modem Concepts; DSL Service;
UNIT - III
Data Link Layer: Framing, Flow Control, Error Control; Error Detection and Correction; Sliding
Window Protocols; Media Access Control: Random Access Protocols, Token Passing Protocols;
Token Ring; Introduction to LAN technologies: Ethernet, switched Ethernet, VLAN, fast Ethernet,
gigabit Ethernet, token ring, FDDI, Wireless LANs; Bluetooth;
Network Hardware Components: Connectors, Transceivers, Repeaters, Hubs, Network Interface
Cards and PC Cards, Bridges, Switches, Routers, Gateways;
UNIT – IV
Network Layer and Routing Concepts: Virtual Circuits and Datagrams; Routing Algorithms: Flooding,
Shortest Path Routing, Distance Vector Routing; Link State Routing, Hierarchical Routing; Congestion
Control Algorithms; Internetworking;
Network Security Issues: Security threats; Encryption Methods; Authentication; Symmetric –Key
Algorithms; Public-Key Algorithms;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael A. Gallo, William M. Hancock, “Computer Communications and Networking
Technologies”, CENGAGE Learning.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking”, Pearson Education.
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, McGraw Hill.
6 71

BCA – 355 COMPUTER GRAPHICS
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Overview of Computer Graphics: Historical background of Computer Graphics; Applications of
Computer Graphics; Popular Graphics Softwares; Display devices: Pixel, Resolution, Aspect Ratio;
Raster-Scan Systems and Display : CRT, Refresh Rate and Interlacing; Bit Planes, Color Depth and
Color Palette, Frame Buffer, Video Controller, Raster-Scan Display Processor, Lookup Table, RGB
Color Model, Color CRT monitors; Random-Scan Displays; Flat Panel Display : LCD, Plasma Panel;
Graphics Monitors and Workstations; Popular Graphics Input Devices; Hard-Copy Devices;
UNIT – II
Coordinate Representations; Graphics Primitives: Line Drawing Algorithms- DDA Algorithm,
Bresenham’s Algorithm; Different Line Styles; Circle-Generating Algorithms- Properties of Circles,
Circle Drawing using Polar Coordinates, Bresenham’s Circle Drawing Algorithm; Ellipse-Generating
Algorithms; Anti-aliasing;
UNIT – III
Geometric Transformations: Scaling, Translation, Rotation; Matrix Representations and Homogeneous
Coordinates; Rotation Relative to an Arbitrary Point; Reflection; Shearing; Coordinate Transformation;
Inverse Transformation; Affine Transformation; Raster Transformation; Composite Transformations;
Fixed-point Scaling; Input Techniques: Pointing, Positioning, Rubber-band method, Dragging;
UNIT – IV
Two-Dimensional Viewing: Window-to-Viewport Coordinate Transformation; Zooming; Panning;
Clipping: Point Clipping, Line Clipping- Cohen-Sutherland line clipping, Mid-point Subdivision Line
Clipping; Polygon Clipping – Sutherland-Hodgeman Polygon Clipping; Text Clipping; Graphics in
Three Dimensions: Displays in Three Dimensions, 3-D Transformations; 3-D Viewing : Viewing
Parameters, Projections, Parallel and Perspective projection; Hidden Surfaces: Z-Buffer Method,
Painter’s Algorithm;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Computer Graphics”, Donald Hearn, M. Pauline Baker, PHI.
2. “Computer Graphics”, Apurva A. Desai, PHI, 2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Newmann & Sproull, McGraw Hill.
2. “Computer Graphics Principles & Practice”, Foley etc. Addison Wesley.
3. “Procedural Elements of Computer Graphics”, Rogers, McGraw Hill.
4. “Introduction to Computer Graphics and Multimedia”, Anirban Mukhopadhyay, Arup
Chattopadhyay, Vikas.
5. “Computer Graphics”, Zhigang Xiang, Roy Plastock, Tata McGraw Hill.
6. “Fundamentals of Computer Graphics and Multimedia”, D.P. Mukherjee, PHI.
6 72

BCA-356 Web DESIGNING – II
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Brief Introduction to Interactivity tools: CGI; Features of Java; Java Script; Features of ASP; VBScript;
Macromedia Flash; Macromedia Dreamweaver; PHP;
UNIT – II
Introduction and Features of Adobe Photoshop; Microsoft FrontPage Introduction; Features; Title
Bar; Menu bar; FrontPage Tool Bar; Style, FontFace andFormatting Bar; Scroll Bars;
UNIT – III
Introduction to DHTML and its features; Events; Cascading Style Sheets: Creating Style Sheets;
Common Tasks with CSS: Text, Fonts, Margins, Links, Tables, Colors; Marquee; Mouseovers; Filters
and Transitions; Adding Links; Adding Tables; Adding Forms; Adding Image and Sound;
UNIT – IV
Extensible Mark-up Language(XML): Introduction; Features; XML Support and Usage; Structure of
XML Documents; Structures in XML;Creating Document Type Declarations; Flow Objects; Working
with Text andFont; Color and Background properties;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Internet and Web Technologies, Raj Kamal, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Multimedia and Web Technology, Ramesh Bangia, Firewall Media.
3. Internet and Web Design, ITLESL Research and Development Wing, Macmillan India .
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Web Design: The Complete Reference , 4/e, Thomas A. Powell, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Internet and World Wide Web, How to Program, Deitel and Goldberg, PHI.
6 73

BCA – 361 PROGRAMMING IN ‘C++’
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Inheritance: Rules of Derivations – Private, Protected and Public Derivations, Different Forms of
Inheritance – Single, Multiple, Multilevel, Hierarchical and Multipath Inheritance, Roles of
Constructors and Destructors in Inheritance.
UNIT – II
Dynamic Polymorphism: Function Overriding, Virtual Function and its Need, Pure Virtual Function,
Abstract Class, Virtual Derivation, Virtual Destructor.
Type Conversion: Basic Type Conversion, Conversion Between Objects And Basic Types,
Conversion Between Objects Of Different Classes.
UNIT – III
Genericity in C++: Template Function, Template Class, Inheritance and Templates.
Exception Handling: try, throw and catch constructs, rethrowing an exception, catch all Handlers.
UNIT – IV
Files I/O in C++: Class Hierarchy for Files I/O, Text versus Binary Files, Opening and Closing
Files, File Pointers, Manipulators and Error Handling.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Scildt, C++, The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in C++
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, Pearson.
2. Balaguruswami, E., Object Oriented Programming In C++, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 74

BCA – 362 INTRODUCTION TO LINUX
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Introduction to Linux: Linux distributions, Overview of Linux operating system, Linux architecture,
Features of Linux, Accessing Linux system, Starting and shutting down system, Logging in and
Logging out. Comparison of Linux with other operating systems.
UNIT – II
Commands in Linux: General-Purpose commands, File oriented commands, directory oriented
commands, Communication-oriented commands, process oriented commands, etc.
Regular expressions & Filters in Linux: Simple filters viz. more, wc, diff, sort, uniq, grep. Introducing
regular expressions.
UNIT – III
Linux file system: Linux files, inodes and structure and file system, file system components, standard
file system, file system types.
Processes in Linux: starting and stopping processes, initialization Processes, mechanism of process
creation, Job control in linux using at, batch, cron & time.
UNIT – IV
Shell Programming: VI editor, shell variables, I/O in shell, control structures, loops, subprograms,
creating & executing shell scripts in linux.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Yashwant Kanetkar, UNIX & Shell programming – BPB.
2. M.G.Venkateshmurthy, Introduction to UNIX & Shell Programming, Pearson Education.
3. Richard Petersen, The Complete Reference – Linux, McGraw-Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Stephen Prata, Advanced UNIX – A programmer’s Guide, SAMS.
2. Sumitabha Das, Your UNIX - The Ultimate Guide, Tata McGraw-Hill.
6 75

BCA – 363 INTERNET TECHNOLOGY
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Internet and TCP/IP: Introduction to the Internet; Internet History, Internet Administration; Internet
and Intranet; Internet Services; TCP/IP model and its protocols; IP addresses: IPv4; Subnetting
IPv4addresses; Supernetting; Next generation Internet Protocol ( IPv6); The need for IPv6; Packet
Format; IPv6 Addresses; Extension Headers;
UNIT – II
TCP/IPs Transport and Network Layer Protocols: Role of TCP, UDP, IP, and Port numbers; Format
of TCP, UDP and IP; TCP services; TCP connection management; Remote Procedure Call; SCTP; IP
address resolution- DNS; Domain Name Space; DNS mapping; Recursive and Iterative resolution;
Resource records; Mapping Internet Addresses to Physical Addresses; ARP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP;
ICMP; IGMP;
UNIT – III
TCP/IP Application Level Protocols: Electronic Mail : Architecture; SMTP, MIME, POP, IMAP; Web
Based Mail; File Access and Transfer: FTP, Anonymous FTP, TFTP, NFS; Remote Login using
TELNET; Voice and Video over IP: RTP, RTCP, IP Telephony and Signaling, Resource Reservation
and Quality of Service, RSVP;
UNIT – IV
Routing in Internet: RIP, OSPF, BGP; Internet Multicasting; Mobile IP; Private Network
Interconnection: Network Address Translation (NAT), Virtual Private Network (VPN); Internet
Management: SNMP; Internet Security: IPSec, E-Mail Security; Web Security; Firewalls; Digital
Signatures; Certificates;
TEXT BOOKS
1. Douglas E. Comer, “Internetworking with TCP/IP Volume – I, Principles, Protocols, and
Architectures”, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Behrouz A Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, McGraw Hill.
2. Michael A. Gallo, William M. Hancock, “Computer Communications and Networking
Technologies”, CENGAGE Learning.
3. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach Featuring the
Internet, Pearson Education.
4. “Introduction to Data Communications and Networking”, Wayne Tomasi, Pearson Education.
6 76

BCA – 364 VISUAL BASIC
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Introducti on to VB: Visual & non-visual progra mming, Procedural, Object -oriented a nd ev entdriven
programming la nguages, The VB environment: Menu bar, Tool bar, Proj ect expl orer,
Toolbox, Properties window, Form designer, Form layout, Immediate window. Visual
Development and Event Driven programming.
UNIT – II
Basics of Programming: Variables: Declaring variables, Types of variables, Converting variables types,
User-defined data types, Forcing variable declaration, Scope & lifetime of variables. Constants: Named
& intrinsic. Operators: Arithmetic, Relational & Logical operators. I/O in VB: Various controls for
I/O in VB, Message box, Input Box, Print statement.
UNIT – III
Programming with VB: Decisions and conditions: If statement, If-then-else, Select-case. Looping
statements: Do-loops, For-next, While-wend, Exit statement. Nested control structures. Arrays:
Declaring and using arrays, one-dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays, Static & dynamic arrays,
Arrays of array. Collections: Adding, Removing, Counting, Returning items in a collection, Processing
a collection.
UNIT – IV
Programming with VB: Procedures: General & event procedures, Subroutines, Functions, Calling
procedures, Arguments- passing mechanisms, Optional arguments, Named arguments, Functions
returning custom data types, Functions returning arrays.
Working with forms: Adding multiple forms in VB, Hiding & showing forms, Load & unload
statements, Activate & deactivate events, Form-load event, menu designing in VB
Simple programs in VB.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Steven Holzner, “Visual Basic 6 Programming: Black Book”, Dreamtech Press.
2. Evangelos Petroutsos. “Mastering Visual Baisc 6”, BPB Publications.
3. Julia Case Bradley & Anita C. Millspaugh, “Programming in Visual Basic 6.0”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Michael Halvorson, “Step by Step Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0 Professional”, PHI
2. “Visual basic 6 Complete”, BPB Publications.
3. Scott Warner, “Teach Yourself Visual basic 6”, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition
4. Brian Siler and Jeff Spotts, “Using Visual Basic 6”, Special Edition, PHI.
6 77

BCA – 365 MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
Introduction to Multimedia: Components of Multimedia; Hypermedia and Multimedia; Overview of
Multimedia Software Tools; Multimedia Hardware and Software; Basic Software Tools; Making Instant
Multimedia; Presentation Tools; Multimedia Authoring; Types of Authoring Tools; Card- and Page-
Based Authoring Tools; Icon-Based Authoring Tools; Time-Based Authoring Tools; Object-Oriented
Authoring Tools; VRML;
UNIT – II
Graphics and Image Data Representation: Graphics/Image Data Types, Popular File Formats; Color
Models in Images and Video; Types of Video Signals; Analog and Digital Video: Broadcast Video
Standards: NTSC, PAL, SECAM, HDTV; Chroma Subsampling; CCIR Standards for Digital Video;
UNIT – III
Digital Audio: Digitization of Sound; MIDI Versus Digital Audio; Quantization and Transmission of
Audio: Coding of Audio; Pulse Code Modulation; Differential Coding of Audio; Lossless Predictive
Coding; DPCM; DM; ADPCM;
UNIT – IV
Multimedia Data Compression: Run-Length Coding; Variable-Length Coding; Dictionary-Based
Coding; Transform Coding; Image Compression Standards – JPEG standard; Video Compression
Techniques: H.261, H.263, MPEG;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ze-Nian Li, Mark S. Drew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, Pearson Education.
2. Tay Vaughan, “Multimedia Making It Work”, Tata McGraw- Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ramesh Bangia, “Multimedia and Web Technology”, Firewall Media.
2. John F. Koegel Buford, “ Multimedia Systems”, Addison Wesley, Pearson Education.
3. Ana Weston Solomon, “Introduction to Multimedia”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
6 78

BCA – 366 INTRODUCTION TO .NET
Maximum Marks: 100 External: 80
Internal: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of objective type/short-answer type questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition to
that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT – I
The Framework of .Net: Building blocks of .Net Platform (the CLR, CTS and CLS), Features of .Net,
Deploying the .Net Runtime, Architecture of .Net platform, Introduction to namespaces & type
distinction. Types & Object in .Net, the evolution of Web development.
UNIT – II
Class Libraries in .Net, Introduction to Assemblies & Manifest in .Net, Metadata & attributes.
Introduction to C#: Characteristics of C#, Data types: Value types, reference types, default value,
constants, variables, scope of variables, boxing and unboxing.
UNIT – III
Operators and expressions: Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise, special operators, evolution of
expressions, operator precedence & associativity.
Control constructs in C#: Decision making, loops.
Classes & methods: Class, methods, constructors, destructors, overloading of operators & functions.
UNIT – IV
Inheritance & polymorphism: visibility control, overriding, abstract class & methods, sealed classes
& methods, interfaces.
Advanced features of C#: Exception handling & error handling, automatic memory management,
Input and output (Directories, Files, and streams).
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to C# using .NET By Robert J. Oberg, PHI, 2002.
2. Programming in C# By E. Balaguruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill
REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. The Complete Guide to C# Programming by V. P. Jain
2. C# : A Beginner's Guide, Herbert Schildt, Tata McGraw Hill
3. C# and .NET Platform by Andrew Troelsen, Apress, 1 st edition, 2001
6 79

Paper
No.
B.A. (Computer Science) - Second Year(w.e.f. 2011-12)
Title of Paper
External
Marks
6 80
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Exam
Durations
I Data Structures using ‘C’
Semester III
30 5 35 3hrs
II Structured System Analysis & Design 30 5 35 3hrs
III Practical (Implementation of data structure in
30 3hrs
‘C’)
Semester IV
IV Operating Systems 30 5 35 3hrs
V Programming in Visual Basic 30 5 35 3hrs
VI Practical (Visual Basic) 30 3hrs
Paper
No.
B.A. (Computer Science) - Third Year(w.e.f. 2012-13)
Title of Paper
External Marks
Internal
Assessment
Maximum
Marks
Semester V
I Programming in ‘C++’ 30 5 35 3hrs
II Introduction to Data Base Systems 30 5 35 3hrs
III Practical (‘C++’) 30 3hrs
Semester VI
IV Computer Networks 30 5 35 3hrs
V Relational Database Management System 30 5 35 3hrs
VI Practical (ORACLE) 30 3hrs
Exam Durations

PAPER – I DATA STRUCTURES USING ‘C’
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 30
Internal: 5
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
The concept of data structure, Abstract data type, data structure operations, algorithms complexity,
time-space tradeoff. Introduction to strings, storing strings, string operations, pattern matching
algorithms.
UNIT – II
Linked list: Introduction and basic operations, Header nodes, Doubly Linked List, Circular Linked List,
Applications of Linked List. Stack: primitive operation on stack, Representation of Stack as Linked List
and array, Stacks applications.
UNIT – III
Introduction to queues, Primitive Operations on the Queues, Circular queue, Priority queue,
Representation of Queues as Linked List and array, Applications of queue.
Trees - Basic Terminology, Binary Trees, Tree Representations using Array & Linked List, Basic
operation on Binary tree, Traversal of binary trees:- In order, Preorder & post order, Applications of
Binary tree.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to graphs, Definition, Terminology, Directed, Undirected & Weighted graph,
Representation of graphs.
Searching: linear search, Binary search, Sorting: Insertion sort, Selection sort, Quick sort, Bubble sort.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structures”, Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited,
Schaum’s Outlines, New Delhi.
2. Yedidyan Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, and Aaron M. Tenenbaum, “Data Structures Using C”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Trembley, J.P. And Sorenson P.G., “An Introduction to Data Structures With Applications”,
Mcgrraw- Hill International Student Edition, New York.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Addison- Wesley, (An Imprint
Of Pearson Education), Mexico City.Prentice- Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
6 81

PAPER – II STRUCTURED SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 30
Internal: 5
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
System Concept: Definition, Characteristics, Elements of system, Physical and abstract system, open
and closed system, man-made information systems.
System Development Life Cycle: Various phases of system development, Considerations for system
planning and control for system success.
Role of system analyst.
UNIT – II
System Planning: Bases for planning in system analysis: Dimensions of Planning.
Initial Investigation: Determining user’s requirements and analysis, fact finding process and techniques.
Tools of structured Analysis: Data Flow diagram, data dictionary, IPO and HIPO charts, Gantt charts,
pseudo codes, Flow charts, decision tree, decision tables.
Feasibility study: Technical, Operational & Economic Feasibilities.
UNIT – III
Cost/Benefit Analysis: Data analysis cost and benefit analysis of a system.
Input/ Output and Form Design, File Organization and database design: Introduction to files and
database, File structures and organization, objectives of database design, logical and physical view of
data.
UNIT – IV
System testing: Introduction, objectives of testing, test planning, testing techniques.
Quality assurance: Goal of quality assurance, levels of quality assurance
System implementation and software maintenance: primary activities in maintenance, reducing
maintenance costs.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Awad M. Elias, “System Analysis and Design”, Galgotia Publication.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Igor Hawryszkiewyez, “Introduction to System Analysis and Design”, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall.
2. Jeffrey L. Whitten, and Lonnie D. Bentey, “Systems analysis and Design Methods”, 4th edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Mark Lejk, and David Deeks, “An Introduction to System Analysis Techniques”, Prentice Hall.
4. Don Yeates, Maura Shields and David Helmy, “System Analysis and Design”, Longman group
limited, 1994.
6 82

PAPER – IV OPERATING SYSTEMS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 30
Internal: 5
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introductory Concepts: Operating system functions and characteristics, historical evolution of
operating systems, Real time systems, Distributed systems, Methodologies for implementation of O/S
service system calls, system programs.
UNIT – II
Process management: Process concepts, Process states and Process Control Block.
CPU Scheduling: Scheduling criteria, Levels of Scheduling, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple processor
scheduling.
Deadlocks: Deadlock characterization, Deadlock prevention and avoidance, Deadlock detection and
recovery, practical considerations.
UNIT – III
Concurrent Processes: Critical section problem, Semaphores, Classical process co-ordination problems
and their solutions, Inter-process Communications.
Storage Management: memory management of single-user and multiuser operating system, partitioning,
swapping, paging and segmentation, virtual memory, Page replacement Algorithms, Thrashing.
UNIT – IV
Device and file management: Disk scheduling, Disk structure, Disk management, File Systems:
Functions of the system, File access and allocation methods, Directory Systems: Structured
Organizations, directory and file protection mechanisms.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Silberschatz A., Galvin P.B.,and Gagne G., “Operating System Concepts”, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc.,New York.
2. Godbole, A.S., “Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Deitel, H.M., “Operating Systems”, Addison- Wesley Publishing Company, New York.
2. Tanenbaum, A.S., “Operating System- Design and Implementation”, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
6 83

PAPER – V PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL BASIC
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 30
Internal: 5
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to VB: Visual & non-visual programming, Procedural, Object-oriented and eventdriven
programming languages, The VB environment: Menu bar, Toolbar, Project explorer,
Toolbox, Properties window, Form designer, Form layout, Immediate window. Visual
Development and Event Driven programming.
UNIT – II
Basics of Programming: Variables: Declaring variables, Types of variables, Converting variables
types, User-defined data types, Forcing variable declaration, Scope & lifetime of variables.
Constants: Named & intrinsic. Operators: Arithmetic, Relational & Logical operators. I/O in VB:
Various controls for I/O in VB, Message box, Input Box, Print statement.
UNIT – III
Programming with VB: Decisions and conditions: If statement, If-then-else, Select-case. Looping
statements: Do-loops, For-next, While-wend, Exit statement. Nested control structures. Arrays:
Declaring and using arrays, one-dimensional and multi-dimensional arrays, Static & dynamic
arrays, Arrays of array. Collections: Adding, Removing, Counting, Returning items in a collection,
Processing a collection.
UNIT – IV
Programming with VB: Procedures: General & event procedures, Subroutines, Functions, Calling
procedures, Arguments- passing mechanisms, Optional arguments, Named arguments, Functions
returning custom data types, Functions returning arrays.
Working with forms: Adding multiple forms in VB, Hiding & showing forms, Load & unload
statements, Activate & deactivate events, Form-load event, menu designing in VB
Simple programs in VB.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Steven Holzner, “Visual Basic 6 Programming: Black Book”, Dreamtech Press.
2. Evangelos Petroutsos. “Mastering Visual Baisc 6”, BPB Publications.
3. Julia Case Bradley & Anita C. Millspaugh, “Programming in Visual Basic 6.0”, Tata McGraw-
Hill Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Michael Halvorson, “Step by Step Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0 Professional”, PHI
2. “Visual basic 6 Complete”, BPB Publications.
3. Scott Warner, “Teach Yourself Visual basic 6”, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition
4. Brian Siler and Jeff Spotts, “Using Visual Basic 6”, Special Edition, PHI.
6 84

PAPER I PROGRAMMING in ‘C++’
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 30
Internal: 5
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to Programming C++: Object-Oriented Features of C++, Class and Objects, Data
Hiding & Encapsulation, Structures, Data members and Member functions, Inline Functions, Static
Data Members and Member Functions, Friend Functions, Preprocessor Directives, Namespace,
Comparing C with C++.
UNIT – II
Constructors & Destructors: Roles and types of Constructors, Roles of Destructors, Dynamic
Memory Allocation: Pointers and their Manipulation, new and delete Operators ‘this’ Pointer.
Console I/O: Formatted and Unformatted I/O, Manipulators.
UNIT – III
Compile-Time Polymorphism: Unary and Binary Operators overloading through Member
Functions and Friend Functions, Function Overloading.
Inheritance: Types of Derivations, Forms of Inheritance, Roles of Constructors and Destructors in
Inheritance.
UNIT – IV
Genericity in C++: Template Function, Template Class, Inheritance and Templates.
Exception Handling: try, throw and catch constructs, rethrowing an exception, catch all Handlers.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Scildt, C++, The Complete Reference, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in C++, PHI
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bjarne Stroustrup, The C++ Programming Language, Pearson.
2. Balaguruswami, E., Object Oriented Programming In C++, Tata McGraw-Hill
6 85

PAPER – II INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 30
Internal: 5
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Basic Concepts – Data, Information, Records and files. Traditional file –based Systems-File Based
Approach-Limitations of File Based Approach, Database Approach-Characteristics of Database
Approach, Database Management System (DBMS), Components of DBMS Environment, DBMS
Functions and Components, Advantages and Disadvantages of DBMS.
Roles in the Database Environment - Data and Database Administrator, Database Designers,
Applications Developers and Users.
UNIT – II
Database System Architecture – Three Levels of Architecture, External, Conceptual and Internal
Levels, Schemas, Mappings and Instances.
Data Independence – Logical and Physical Data Independence.
Classification of Database Management System, Centralized and Client Server architecture to DBMS.
Data Models: Records- based Data Models, Object-based Data Models, Physical Data Models and
Conceptual Modeling.
UNIT – III
Entity-Relationship Model – Entity Types, Entity Sets, Attributes Relationship Types, Relationship
Instances and ER Diagrams.
Basic Concepts of Hierarchical and Network Data Model.
UNIT – IV
Relational Data Model:-Brief History, Relational Model Terminology-Relational Data Structure,
Database Relations, Properties of Relations, Keys, Domains, Integrity Constraints over Relations, Base
Tables and Views.
TEXT BOOKS:
4. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th edition, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thomas Connolly Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems”, 3/e, Pearson Education
2. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, 8 th edition, Addison Wesley N. Delhi.
6 86

PAPER IV COMPUTER NETWORKS
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 30
Internal: 5
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Introduction to Computer Communications and Networking Technologies; Uses of Computer
Networks; Network Devices, Nodes, and Hosts; Types of Computer Networks and their Topologies;
Network Software: Network Design issues and Protocols; Connection-Oriented and Connectionless
Services; Network Applications and Application Protocols; Computer Communications and
Networking Models: Decentralized and Centralized Systems, Distributed Systems, Client/Server
Model, Peer-to-Peer Model, Web-Based Model, Network Architecture and the OSI Reference Model;
Example Networks: The Internet, X.25, Frame Relay, ATM;
UNIT – II
Analog and Digital Communications Concepts: Representing Data as Analog Signals, Representing
Data as Digital Signals, Data Rate and Bandwidth, Capacity, Baud Rate; Digital Carrier Systems;
Guided and Wireless Transmission Media; Communication Satellites; Switching and Multiplexing;
Dialup Networking; Analog Modem Concepts; DSL Service;
UNIT – III
Data Link Layer: Framing, Flow Control, Error Control; Error Detection and Correction; Sliding
Window Protocols; Media Access Control: Random Access Protocols, Token Passing Protocols;
Token Ring; Introduction to LAN technologies: Ethernet, switched Ethernet, VLAN, fast Ethernet,
gigabit Ethernet, token ring, FDDI, Wireless LANs; Bluetooth;
Network Hardware Components: Connectors, Transceivers, Repeaters, Hubs, Network Interface
Cards and PC Cards, Bridges, Switches, Routers, Gateways;
UNIT – IV
Network Layer and Routing Concepts: Virtual Circuits and Datagrams; Routing Algorithms;
Congestion Control Algorithms; Internetworking;
Network Security Issues: Security threats; Encryption Methods; Authentication; Symmetric –Key
Algorithms; Public-Key Algorithms;
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael A. Gallo, William M. Hancock, “Computer Communications and Networking
Technologies”, CENGAGE Learning.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Pearson Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking”, Pearson Education.
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, McGraw Hill.
6 87

PAPER – V RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Note: Examiner will be required to set Nine Questions in all. First Question will be compulsory,
consisting of six (objective type/short-answer type) questions covering the entire syllabus. In addition
to that eight more questions will be set, two questions from each Unit. A candidate will be required to
answer five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit in addition to compulsory Question
No. 1. All questions will carry equal marks.
Maximum Marks: 35 External: 30
Internal: 5
Time: 3 hours
UNIT – I
Relational Model Concepts, Codd's Rules for Relational Model,
Relational Algebra:-Selection and Projection, Set Operation, Renaming, Join and Division.
Relational Calculus: Tuple Relational Calculus and Domain Relational Calculus.
UNIT – II
Functional Dependencies and Normalization:-Purpose, Data Redundancy and Update Anomalies.
Functional Dependencies:-Full Functional Dependencies and Transitive Functional Dependencies,
Characteristics of Functional Dependencies.
Decomposition and Normal Forms (1NF, 2NF, 3NF & BCNF).
UNIT – III
SQL: Data Definition and data types, Specifying Constraints in SQL, Schema, Change statement, Basic
Queries in SQL, Insert, Delete and Update Statements, Views.
UNIT – IV
PL/SQL-Introduction, Advantages of PL/SQL,
The Generic PL/SQL Block: PL/SQL Execution Environment,
PL/SQL Character set and Data Types,
Control Structure in PL/SQL.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elmasri & Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5th edition, Pearson Education.
2. Ivan Bayross, “SQL, PL/SQL-The Programming Language of ORACLE”, BPB Publications
3 rd edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, 8 th edition, Addison Wesley N. Delhi.
6 88

Scheme of examination for B.A./B.Sc. – I, II & III (i.e. from Semester – I to VI)
Annexure-I
w.e.f 2011-12
B.A./B.Sc. - I year (Semester – I) Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. B.Sc. B.A. B.A.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 111 Algebra 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
BM – 112 Calculus 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
BM – 113 Solid Geometry 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 7 Marks
B.A./B.Sc. - I year (Semester – II)
B.Sc. B.Sc. B.A. B.A.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 121 Number Theory 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
And Trigonometry
BM – 122 Ordinary 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
Differential Equations
BM – 123 Vector Calculus 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 7 Marks
B.A./B.Sc. - II year (Semester – III)
B.Sc. B.Sc. B.A. B.A.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 231 Advanced 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
Calculus
BM – 232 Partial Differential 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
Equations
BM – 233 Statics 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 7 Marks
6 89

B.A. /B.Sc. - II year (Semester – IV)
B.Sc. B.Sc. B.A. B.A.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 241 Sequences and Series 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
BM – 242 Special Functions 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
And Integral Transforms
BM – 243 Programming in C &
Numerical Methods Theory 30 Marks + Practical 20 Marks, no Sessional (B.Sc.)
Th.-3 hrs. & P-2 hrs. Theory 20 Marks + Practical 14 Marks,
no Sessional (B.A.)
B.A./B.Sc. – III year (Semester –V)
B.Sc. B.Sc. B.A. B.A.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 351 Real Analysis 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
BM – 352 Groups and Rings 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
BM – 353 Numerical Analysis Theory 30 Marks + Practical 20 Marks, No Sessional (B.Sc.)
Th.- 3 hrs. & P-2 hrs. Theory 20 Marks + Practical 14 Marks,
No Sessional (B.A.)
B.A./B.Sc. – III year (Semester –VI)
B.Sc. B.Sc. B.A. B.A.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 361 Real & Complex 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
Analysis
BM – 362 Linear Algebra 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
BM – 363 Dynamics 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 7 Marks
6 90

B.A/B.Sc. in Mathematics
1. The qualification for admission to B.A/B.Sc. in Mathematics: A student who has studied
Mathematics as one of the subject at Senior School level (XII/10+2/Equivalent examination
thereto).
2. Scheme of Examination (Annexure – I)
3. Teaching hours for each theory paper will be minimum six periods per week.
4. Minimum two hours per week per group will be devoted for practical classes, where
applicable. Practical group will be formed as per university norms for science subjects.
5. Duration of the examination for each paper will be three hours.
6. Pass percentage : 35% (aggregate in all the three papers of a semester).
6 91

B.A./B.Sc. – Ist Year (Semester – I)
BM – 111 : Algebra Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. B.A.
6 92
Theory : 40
Sessional : 10
Theory : 27
Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions
from each section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all
the four sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one
question from each section and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Symmetric, Skew symmetric, Hermitian and skew Hermitian matrices. Elementary Operations on
matrices. Rank of a matrices. Inverse of a matrix. Linear dependence and independence of rows
and columns of matrices. Row rank and column rank of a matrix. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors and the
characteristic equation of a matrix. Minimal polynomial of a matrix. Cayley Hamilton theorem and
its use in finding the inverse of a matrix.
Section – II
Applications of matrices to a system of linear (both homogeneous and non–homogeneous)
equations. Theorems on consistency of a system of linear equations. Unitary and Orthogonal
Matrices, Bilinear and Quadratic forms.
Section – III
Relations between the roots and coefficients of general polynomial equation in one variable.
Solutions of polynomial equations having conditions on roots. Common roots and multiple roots.
Transformation of equations.
Section – IV
Nature of the roots of an equation Descarte’s rule of signs. Solutions of cubic equations (Cardon’s
method). Biquadratic equations and their solutions.
Books Recommended :
1. H.S. Hall and S.R. Knight : Higher Algebra, H.M. Publications 1994.
2. Shanti Narayan : A Text Books of Matrices.
3. Chandrika Prasad : Text Book on Algebra and Theory of Equations.
Pothishala Private Ltd., Allahabad.

B.A./B.Sc. – Ist Year (Semester – I)
BM – 112 : Calculus Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. B.A.
6 93
Theory : 40
Sessional : 10
Theory : 26
Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
definition of the limit of a function. Basic properties of limits, Continuous functions and
classification of discontinuities. Differentiability. Successive differentiation. Leibnitz theorem.
Maclaurin and Taylor series expansions.
Section – II
Asymptotes in Cartesian coordinates, intersection of curve and its asymptotes, asymptotes in polar
coordinates. Curvature, radius of curvature for Cartesian curves, parametric curves, polar curves.
Newton’s method. Radius of curvature for pedal curves. Tangential polar equations. Centre of
curvature. Circle of curvature. Chord of curvature, evolutes. Tests for concavity and convexity.
Points of inflexion. Multiple points. Cusps, nodes & conjugate points. Type of cusps.
Section – III
Tracing of curves in Cartesian, parametric and polar co-ordinates. Reduction formulae.
Rectification, intrinsic equations of curve.
Section – IV
Quardrature (area)Sectorial area. Area bounded by closed curves. Volumes and surfaces of solids of
revolution. Theorems of Pappu’s and Guilden.
Books Recommended :
1. Differential and Integral Calculus : Shanti Narayan.
2. Murray R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus. Schaun’s Outline
series. Schaum Publishing Co., New York.
3. N. Piskunov : Differential and integral Calculus. Peace Publishers, Moscow.
4. Gorakh Prasad : Differential Calculus. Pothishasla Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.
5. Gorakh Prasad : Integral Calculus. Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.

B.A./B.Sc. – Ist Year (Semester – I)
BM – 113 : Solid Geometry
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two
questions from each section and one compulsory question consisting of five
parts distributed over all the four sections. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section and
the compulsory question.
Section – I
6 94
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
General equation of second degree. Tracing of conics. Tangent at any point to the conic, chord of
contact, pole of line to the conic, director circle of conic. System of conics. Confocal conics. Polar
equation of a conic, tangent and normal to the conic.
Section – II
Sphere: Plane section of a sphere. Sphere through a given circle. Intersection of two spheres,
radical plane of two spheres. Co-oxal system of spheres
Cones. Right circular cone, enveloping cone and reciprocal cone.
Cylinder: Right circular cylinder and enveloping cylinder.
Section – III
Central Conicoids: Equation of tangent plane. Director sphere. Normal to the conicoids. Polar
plane of a point. Enveloping cone of a coincoid. Enveloping cylinder of a coincoid.
Section – IV
Paraboloids: Circular section, Plane sections of conicoids.
Generating lines. Confocal conicoid. Reduction of second degree equations.

B.A./B.Sc. – Ist Year (Semester – II )
BM – 121 : Number Theory and Trigonometry
6 95
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five part distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Divisibility, G.C.D.(greatest common divisors), L.C.M.(least common multiple)
Primes, Fundamental Theorem of Arithemetic. Linear Congruences, Fermat’s theorem. Wilson’s
theorem and its converse. Linear Diophanatine equations in two variables
Section – II
Complete residue system and reduced residue system modulo m. Euler function Euler’s
generalization of Fermat’s theorem. Chinese Remainder Theorem. Quadratic residues. Legendre
symbols. Lemma of Gauss; Gauss reciprocity law. Greatest integer function [x]. The number of
divisors and the sum of divisors of a natural number n (The functions d(n) and �(n)). Moebius
function and Moebius inversion formula.
Section - III
De Moivre’s Theorem and its Applications. Expansion of trigonometrical functions. Direct
circular and hyperbolic functions and their properties.
Section – IV
Inverse circular and hyperbolic functions and their properties. Logarithm of a complex quantity.
Gregory’s series. Summation of Trigonometry series
Books Recommended :
1. S.L. Loney : Plane Trigonometry Part – II, Macmillan and Company, London.
2. R.S. Verma and K.S. Sukla : Text Book on Trigonometry, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd. Allahabad.
3. Ivan Ninen and H.S. Zuckerman. An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers.

B.A./B.Sc. – Ist Year (Semester – II )
BM – 122 : Ordinary Differential Equations
6 96
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two question from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Geometrical meaning of a differential equation. Exact differential equations, integrating factors.
First order higher degree equations solvable for x,y,p Lagrange’s equations, Clairaut’s equations.
Equation reducible to Clairaut’s form. Singular solutions.
Section – II
Orthogonal trajectories: in Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates. Self orthogonal family of
curves.. Linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Homogeneous linear ordinary
differential equations. Equations reducible to homogeneous
Section – III
Linear differential equations of second order: Reduction to normal form. Transformation of the
equation by changing the dependent variable/ the independent variable. Solution by operators of
non-homogeneous linear differential equations. Reduction of order of a differential equation.
Method of variations of parameters. Method of undetermined coefficients.
Section – IV
Ordinary simultaneous differential equations. Solution of simultaneous differential equations
involving operators x (d/dx) or t (d/dt) etc. Simultaneous equation of the form dx/P = dy/Q = dz/R.
Total differential equations. Condition for Pdx + Qdy +Rdz = 0 to be exact. General method of
solving Pdx + Qdy + Rdz = 0 by taking one variable constant. Method of auxiliary equations.
Books Recommended :
1. D.A. Murray : Introductory Course in Differential Equations. Orient Longaman (India) .
1967
2. A.R.Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Machmillan and Co. Ltd. London
3. E.A. Codington : Introduction to Differential Equations.
4. S.L.Ross: Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons
5. B.Rai & D.P. Chaudhary : Ordinary Differential Equations; Narosa, Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.

B.A./B.Sc. – Ist Year (Semester – II )
BM – 123 : Vector Calculus
6 97
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Scalar and vector product of three vectors, product of four vectors. Reciprocal vectors. Vector
differentiation Scalar Valued point functions, vector valued point functions, derivative along a
curve, directional derivatives
Section – II
Gradient of a scalar point function, geometrical interpretation of grad � , character of gradient as a
point function. Divergence and curl of vector point function, characters of Div f � and Curl f � as
point function, examples. Gradient, divergence and curl of sums and product and their related
vector identities. Laplacian operator.
Section – III
Orthogonal curvilinear coordinates Conditions for orthogonality fundamental triad of mutually
orthogonal unit vectors. Gradient, Divergence, Curl and Laplacian operators in terms of orthogonal
curvilinear coordinates, Cylindrical co-ordinates and Spherical co-ordinates.
Section – IV
Vector integration; Line integral, Surface integral, Volume integral
Theorems of Gauss, Green & Stokes and problems based on these theorms.
Books Recommended:
1. Murrary R. Spiegal : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum Publishing
Company, New York.
2. Murrary R. Spiegal : Vector Analysis, Schaum Publisghing Company, New York.
3. N. Saran and S.N. NIgam. Introduction to Vector Analysis, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.
4. Shanti Narayna : A Text Book of Vector Calculus. S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.

B.A./B.Sc. - IInd Year (Semester-III)
BM -231 : Advanced Calculus
6 98
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Continuity, Sequential Continuity, properties of continuous functions, Uniform continuity, chain
rule of differentiability. Mean value theorems; Rolle’s Theorem and Lagrange’s mean value
theorem and their geometrical interpretations. Taylor’s Theorem with various forms of remainders,
Darboux intermediate value theorem for derivatives, Indeterminate forms.
SECTION-II
Limit and continuity of real valued functions of two variables. Partial differentiation. Total
Differentials; Composite functions & implicit functions. Change of variables. Homogenous
functions & Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions. Taylor’s theorem for functions of two
variables.
SECTION-III
Differentiability of real valued functions of two variables. Schwarz and Young’s theorem. Implicit
function theorem. Maxima, Minima and saddle points of two variables. Lagrange’s method of
multipliers.
SECTION-IV
Curves: Tangents, Principal normals, Binormals, Serret-Frenet formulae. Locus of the centre of
curvature, Spherical curvature, Locus of centre of Spherical curvature, Involutes, evolutes, Bertrand
Curves. Surfaces: Tangent planes, one parameter family of surfaces, Envelopes.
Books Recommended:
1. C.E. Weatherburn : Differential Geometry of three dimensions, Radhe Publishing House,
Calcutta
2. Gabriel Klaumber : Mathematical analysis, Mrcel Dekkar, Inc., New York, 1975
3. R.R. Goldberg : Real Analysis, Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1970
4. Gorakh Prasad : Differential Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad
5. S.C. Malik : Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd., Allahabad.
6. Shanti Narayan : A Course in Mathemtical Analysis, S.Chand and company, New Delhi
7. Murray, R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum Publishing co.,
New York

B.A./B.Sc. - IInd Year (Semester-III)
BM -232 : Partial Differential Equations
6 99
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Partial differential equations: Formation, order and degree, Linear and Non-Linear Partial
differential equations of the first order: Complete solution, singular solution, General solution,
Solution of Lagrange’s linear equations, Charpit’s general method of solution. Compatible systems
of first order equations, Jacobi’s method.
SECTION-II
Linear partial differential equations of second and higher orders, Linear and non-linear
homogenious and non-homogenious equations with constant co-efficients, Partial differential
eqution with variable co-efficients reducible to equations with constant coefficients, their
complimentary functions and particular Integrals, Equations reducible to linear equations with
constant co-efficients.
SECTION-III
Classification of linear partial differential equations of second order, Hyperbolic, parabolic and
elliptic types, Reduction of second order linear partial differential equations to Canonical (Normal)
forms and their solutions, Solution of linear hyperbolic equations, Monge’s method for partial
differential equations of second order.
SECTION-IV
Cauchy’s problem for second order partial differential equations, Characteristic equations and
characteristic curves of second order partial differential equation, Method of separation of
variables: Solution of Laplace’s equation, Wave equation (one and two dimensions), Diffusion
(Heat) equation (one and two dimension) in Cartesian Co-ordinate system.
Books Recommended:
1. D.A.Murray: Introductory Course on Differential Equations, Orient Longman, (India), 1967
2. Erwin Kreyszing : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, 1999
3. A.R. Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Macmillan and Co. Ltd.
4. Ian N.Sneddon : Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw Hill Book
Company, 1988
5. Frank Ayres : Theory and Problems of Differential Equations, McGraw Hill Book
Company, 1972
6. J.N. Sharma & Kehar Singh : Partial Differential Equations

B.A./B.Sc. - IInd Year (Semester-III)
BM -233 : Statics
7 00
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Composition and resolution of forces. Parallel forces. Moments and Couples.
SECTION-II
Analytical conditions of equilibrium of coplanar forces. Friction. Centre of Gravity.
SECTION-III
Virtual work. Forces in three dimensions. Poinsots central axis.
SECTION-IV
Wrenches. Null lines and planes. Stable and unstable equilibrium.
Books Recommended:
1. S.L. Loney : Statics, Macmillan Company, London
2. R.S. Verma : A Text Book on Statics, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad

B.A./B.Sc. - IInd Year (Semester – IV)
BM -241 : SEQUENCES AND SERIES
7 01
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Boundedness of the set of real numbers; least upper bound, greatest lower bound of a set,
neighborhoods, interior points, isolated points, limit points, open sets, closed set, interior of a set,
closure of a set in real numbers and their properties. Bolzano-Weiestrass theorem, Open covers,
Compact sets and Heine-Borel Theorem.
SECTION-II
Sequence: Real Sequences and their convergence, Theorem on limits of sequence, Bounded and
monotonic sequences, Cauchy’s sequence, Cauchy general principle of convergence,
Subsequences, Subsequential limits.
Infinite series: Convergence and divergence of Infinite Series, Comparison Tests of positive terms
Infinite series, Cauchy’s general principle of Convergence of series, Convergence and divergence
of geometric series, Hyper Harmonic series or p-series.
SECTION-III
Infinite series: D-Alembert’s ratio test, Raabe’s test, Logarithmic test, de Morgan and Bertrand’s
test, Cauchy’s Nth root test, Gauss Test, Cauchy’s integral test, Cauchy’s condensation test.
SECTION-IV
Alternating series, Leibnitz’s test, absolute and conditional convergence, Arbitrary series: abel’s
lemma, Abel’s test, Dirichlet’s test, Insertion and removal of parenthesis, re-arrangement of terms
in a series, Dirichlet’s theorem, Riemann’s Re-arrangement theorem, Pringsheim’s theorem
(statement only), Multiplication of series, Cauchy product of series, (definitions and examples
only) Convergence and absolute convergence of infinite products.
Books Recommended:
1. R.R. Goldberg : Real Analysis, Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1970
2. S.C. Malik : Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd., Allahabad.
3. Shanti Narayan : A Course in Mathematical Analysis, S.Chand and company, New Delhi
4. Murray, R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum Publishing co.,
New York
5. T.M. Apostol: Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1985
6. Earl D. Rainville, Infinite Series, The Macmillan Co., New York

B.A./B.Sc. - IInd Year (Semester – IV)
BM -242 : Special Functions And Integral Transforms
7 02
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Series solution of differential equations – Power series method, Definitions of Beta and Gamma
functions. Bessel equation and its solution: Bessel functions and their properties-Convergence,
recurrence, Relations and generating functions, Orthogonality of Bessel functions.
SECTION-II
Legendre and Hermite differentials equations and their solutions: Legendre and Hermite functions
and their properties-Recurrence Relations and generating functions. Orhogonality of Legendre and
Hermite polynomials. Rodrigues’ Formula for Legendre & Hermite Polynomials, Laplace Integral
Representation of Legendre polynomial.
SECTION-III
Laplace Transforms – Existence theorem for Laplace transforms, Linearity of the Laplace
transforms, Shifting theorems, Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Differentiation and
integration of Laplace transforms, Convolution theorem, Inverse Laplace transforms, convolution
theorem, Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, solution of ordinary differential
equations using Laplace transform.
SECTION-IV
Fourier transforms: Linearity property, Shifting, Modulation, Convolution Theorem,
Fourier Transform of Derivatives, Relations between Fourier transform and Laplace
transform, Parseval’s identity for Fourier transforms, solution of differential Equations
using Fourier Transforms.
Books Recommended:
1. Erwin Kreyszing : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, 1999
2. A.R. Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Macmillan and Co. Ltd.
3. I.N. Sneddon : Special Functions on mathematics, Physics & Chemistry.
4. W.W. Bell : Special Functions for Scientists & Engineers.
5. I.N. Sneddon: the use of integral transform, McGraw Hill, 1972
6. Murray R. Spiegel: Laplace transform, Schaum’s Series

B.A. /B.Sc. - IInd Year (Semester – IV)
BM -243 : PROGRAMMING IN C & NUMERICAL METHODS
Time : 3 Hours (Theory)
Time : 2 Hours (Practical)
B.Sc. B.A.
7 03
Theory : 30
Practical : 20
No sessional
Theory : 20
Practical : 14
No sessional
Part-A (Theory)
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Programmer’s model of a computer, Algorithms, Flow charts, Data types, Operators and
expressions, Input / outputs functions.
SECTION-II
Decisions control structure: Decision statements, Logical and conditional statements,
Implementation of Loops, Switch Statement & Case control structures. Functions, Preprocessors
and Arrays.
SECTION-III
Strings: Character Data Type, Standard String handling Functions, Arithmetic Operations on
Characters. Structures: Definition, using Structures, use of Structures in Arrays and Arrays in
Structures. Pointers: Pointers Data type, Pointers and Arrays, Pointers and Functions.
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations: Bisection method, Regula-Falsi method,
Secant method, Newton-Raphson’s method. Newton’s iterative method for finding pth root of a
number, Order of convergence of above methods.
SECTION-IV
Simultaneous linear algebraic equations: Gauss-elimination method, Gauss-Jordan method,
Triangularization method (LU decomposition method). Crout’s method, Cholesky Decomposition
method. Iterative method, Jacobi’s method, Gauss-Seidal’s method, Relaxation method.
Part-B (Practical)
-Simple programs in C and the implementation of Numerical Methods, studied in the theory paper,
in ‘C’ programming Language.
Books Recommended:
1. B.W. Kernighan and D.M. Ritchie : The C Programming Language, 2 nd Edition
2. V. Rajaraman : Programming in C, Prentice Hall of India, 1994
3. Byron S. Gottfried : Theory and Problems of Programming with C, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 1998
4. M.K. Jain, S.R.K.Lyengar, R.K. Jain : Numerical Method, Problems and Solutions, New
Age International (P) Ltd., 1996
5. M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Lyengar, R.K. Jain : Numerical Method for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age International (P) Ltd., 1999
6. Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
7. Programming in ANSI C, E. Balagurusamy, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.

B.A./B.Sc. - IIIrd Year (Semester-V)
BM -351 : REAL ANALYSIS
7 04
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Riemann integral, Integrabililty of continuous and monotonic functions, The Fundamental theorem
of integral calculus. Mean value theorems of integral calculus.
SECTION-II
Improper integrals and their convergence, Comparison tests, Abel’s and Dirichlet’s tests, Frullani’s
integral, Integral as a function of a parameter. Continuity, Differentiability and integrability of an
integral of a function of a parameter.
SECTION-III
Definition and examples of metric spaces, neighborhoods, limit points, interior points, open and
closed sets, closure and interior, boundary points, subspace of a metric space, equivalent metrics,
Cauchy sequences, completeness, Cantor’s intersection theorem, Baire’s category theorem,
contraction Principle
SECTION-IV
Continuous functions, uniform continuity, compactness for metric spaces, sequential
compactness, Bolzano-Weierstrass property, total boundedness, finite intersection property,
continuity in relation with compactness, connectedness , components, continuity in relation
with connectedness.
Book s Recommended:
1. P.K. Jain and Khalil Ahmad: Metric Spaces, 2 nd Ed., Narosa, 2004
2. T.M. Apostol: Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1985
3. R.R. Goldberg : Real analysis, Oxford & IBH publishing Co., New Delhi, 1970
4. D. Somasundaram and B. Choudhary : A First Course in Mathematical Analysis, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1997
5. Shanti Narayan : A Course of Mathematical Analysis, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi
6. E.T. Copson, Metric Spaces, Cambridge University Press, 1968.
7. G.F. Simmons : Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis, McGraw Hill, 1963.

B.A./B.Sc. - IIIrd Year (Semester-V)
BM -352 : Groups and Rings
7 05
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Definition of a group with example and simple properties of groups, Subgroups and Subgroup
criteria, Generation of groups, cyclic groups, Cosets, Left and right cosets, Index of a sub-group
Coset decomposition, Largrage’s theorem and its consequences, Normal subgroups, Quotient
groups,
SECTION-II
Homoomorphisms, isomophisms, automorphisms and inner automorphisms of a group.
Automorphisms of cyclic groups, Permutations groups. Even and odd permutations. Alternating
groups, Cayley’s theorem, Center of a group and derived group of a group.
SECTION-III
Introduction to rings, subrings, integral domains and fields, Characteristics of a ring. Ring
homomorphisms, ideals (principle, prime and Maximal) and Quotient rings, Field of quotients of an
integral domain.
SECTION-IV
Euclidean rings, Polynomial rings, Polynomials over the rational field, The Eisenstein’s criterion,
Polynomial rings over commutative rings, Unique factorization domain, R unique factorization
domain implies so is R[X1 , X2……Xn]
Books Recommended:
1. I.N. Herstein : Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1975
2. P.B. Bhattacharya, S.K. Jain and S.R. Nagpal : Basic Abstract Algebra (2 nd edition).
3. Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist : Algebra, NKarosa Publishing House.
4. I.S. Luther and I.B.S. Passi : Algebra, Vol.-II, Norsa Publishing House.

B.A./B.Sc.- IIIrd Year (Semester-V)
BM -353 : NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
7 06
Time : 3 Hours (Theory)
Time : 2 Hours (Practical)
B.Sc. B.A.
Theory : 30
Practical : 20
No sessional
Theory : 20
Practical : 14
No sessional
Part-A (Theory)
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Finite Differences operators and their relations. Finding the missing terms and effect of error in a
difference tabular values, Interpolation with equal intervals: Newton’s forward and Newton’s
backward interpolation formulae. Interpolation with unequal intervals: Newton’s divided
difference, Lagrange’s Interpolation formulae, Hermite Formula.
SECTION-II
Central Differences: Gauss forward and Gauss’s backward interpolation formulae, Sterling, Bessel
Formula.
Probability distribution of random variables, Binomial distribution, Poisson’s distribution, Normal
distribution: Mean, Variance and Fitting.
SECTION-III
Numerical Differentiation: Derivative of a function using interpolation formulae as studied in
Sections –I & II.
Eigen Value Problems: Power method, Jacobi’s method, Given’s method, House-Holder’s method,
QR method, Lanczos method.
SECTION-IV
Numerical Integration: Newton-Cote’s Quadrature formula, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s one- third
and three-eighth rule, Chebychev formula, Gauss Quadrature formula.
Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations: Single step methods-Picard’s method.
Taylor’s series method, Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta Methods. Multiple step methods;
Predictor-corrector method, Modified Euler’s method, Milne-Simpson’s method.
Part-B (Practical )
Implementation of numerical methods, studied in the theory paper, in ‘C’ Programming Language.
Books Recommended:
1. M.K. Jain, S.R.K.Lyengar, R.K. Jain : Numerical Method, Problems and Solutions, New
Age International (P) Ltd., 1996
2. M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Lyengar, R.K. Jain : Numerical Method for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age International (P) Ltd., 1999
3. C.E. Froberg : Introduction to Numerical Analysis (2 nd Edition).
4. Melvin J. Maaron : Numerical Analysis-A Practical Approach, Macmillan Publishing Co.,
Inc., New York
5. R.Y. Rubnistein : Simulation and the Monte Carlo Methods, John Wiley, 1981
6. Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Practice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

B.A./B.Sc. - IIIrd Year (Semester – VI)
BM -361 : REAL & COMPLEX ANALYSIS
7 07
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Jacobians, Beta and Gama functions, Double and Triple integrals, Dirichlets integrals, change of
order of integration in double integrals.
SECTION-II
Fourier’s series: Fourier expansion of piecewise monotonic functions, Properties of Fourier Coefficients,
Dirichlet’s conditions, Parseval’s identity for Fourier series, Fourier series for even and
odd functions, Half range series, Change of Intervals.
SECTION-III
Extended Complex Plane, Stereographic projection of complex numbers, continuity and
differentiability of complex functions, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations. Harmonic
functions.
SECTION-IV
Mappings by elementary functions: Translation, rotation, Magnification and Inversion. Conformal
Mappings, Mobius transformations. Fixed pints, Cross ratio, Inverse Points and critical mappings.
Books Recommended:
1. T.M. Apostol: Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1985
2. R.R. Goldberg : Real analysis, Oxford & IBH publishing Co., New Delhi, 1970
3. D. Somasundaram and B. Choudhary : A First Course in Mathematical, Analysis, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1997
4. Shanti Narayan : A Course of Mathematical Analysis, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi
5. R.V. Churchill & J.W. Brown: Complex Variables and Applications, 5 th Edition, McGraw-
Hill, New York, 1990
6. Shanti Narayan : Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.

B.A./B.Sc. - IIIrd Year (Semester-VI)
BM -362 : LINEAR ALGEBRA
7 08
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Vector spaces, subspaces, Sum and Direct sum of subspaces, Linear span, Linearly Independent
and dependent subsets of a vector space. Finitely generated vector space, Existence theorem for
basis of a finitely generated vactor space, Finite dimensional vector spaces, Invariance of the
number of elements of bases sets, Dimensions, Quotient space and its dimension.
SECTION-II
Homomorphism and isomorphism of vector spaces, Linear transformations and linear forms on
vactor spaces, Vactor space of all the linear transformations Dual Spaces, Bidual spaces, annihilator
of subspaces of finite dimentional vactor spaces, Null Space, Range space of a linear
transformation, Rank and Nullity Theorem,
SECTION-III
Algebra of Liner Transformation, Minimal Polynomial of a linear transformation, Singular and
non-singular linear transformations, Matrix of a linear Transformation, Change of basis, Eigen
values and Eigen vectors of linear transformations.
SECTION-IV
Inner product spaces, Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, Orthogonal vectors, Orthogonal complements,
Orthogonal sets and Basis, Bessel’s inequality for finite dimensional vector spaces, Gram-Schmidt,
Orthogonalization process, Adjoint of a linear transformation and its properties, Unitary linear
transformations.
Books Recommended:
1. I.N. Herstein : Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1975
2. P.B. Bhattacharya, S.K. Jain and S.R. Nagpal : Basic Abstract Algebra (2 nd edition).
3. Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist : Algebra, NKarosa Publishing House.
4. I.S. Luther and I.B.S. Passi : Algebra, Vol.-II, Norsa Publishing House.

B.A./B.Sc. - IIIrd Year (Semester-VI)
BM -363 : Dynamics
7 09
B.Sc.
Time : 3 Hours
B.A.
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Velocity and acceleration along radial, transverse, tangential and normal directions. Relative
velocity and acceleration. Simple harmonic motion. Elastic strings.
SECTION-II
Mass, Momentum and Force. Newton’s laws of motion. Work, Power and Energy. Definitions of
Conservative forces and Impulsive forces.
SECTION-III
Motion on smooth and rough plane curves. Projectile motion of a particle in a plane. Vector angular
velocity.
SECTION-IV
General motion of a rigid body. Central Orbits, Kepler laws of motion. Motion of a particle in three
dimensions. Acceleration in terms of different co-ordinate systems.
Books Recommended:
1. S.L.Loney : An Elementary Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle and a Rigid
Bodies, Cambridge University Press, 1956
2. F. Chorlton : Dynamics, CBS Publishers, New Delhi
3. A.S. Ramsey:

Scheme of examination for B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc. (Hons.) – I, II & III (i.e. from Semester – I to
VI)
Annexure-I
w.e.f 2011-12
B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - I year (Semester – I) Time : 3 Hours
Compulsory
B.Sc./Hons. B.Sc./Hons. B.A/Hons. B.A/Hons.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 111 Algebra 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
BM – 112 Calculus 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
BM – 113 Solid Geometry 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 7 Marks
B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - I year (Semester – II)
Compulsory
B.Sc./Hons. B.Sc./Hons. B.A/Hons. B.A/Hons.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 121 Number Theory 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
And Trignometry
BM – 122 Ordinary 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
Differential Equations
BM – 123 Vector Calculus 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 7 Marks
B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - II year (Semester – III)
Compulsory
B.Sc./Hons. B.Sc./Hons. B.A/Hons. B.A/Hons.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 231 Advanced 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
Calculus
BM – 232 Partial Differential 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
Equations
BM – 233 Statics 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 7 Marks
7 10

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - II year (Semester – IV)
Compulsory
B.Sc./Hons. B.Sc./Hons. B.A/Hons. B.A/Hons.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 241 Sequences and Series 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
BM – 242 Special Functions 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
And Integral Transforms
BM – 243 Programming in C &
Numerical Methods Theory 30 Marks + Practical 20 Marks, no Sessional (B.Sc.
Hons.) Th.-3 hrs. & P-2 hrs. Theory 20 Marks + Practical 14
Marks, no Sessional (B.A. Hons.)
B.A./B.Sc.(Hons.) – III year (Semester –V)
Compulsory
B.Sc./Hons. B.Sc./Hons. B.A/Hons. B.A/Hons.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 351 Real Analysis 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
BM – 352 Groups and Rings 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
BM – 353 Numerical Analysis Theory 30 Marks + Practical 20 Marks, No Sessional (B.Sc.
Hons.) Th.- 3 hrs. & P-2 hrs. Theory 20 Marks + Practical 14
Marks, No Sessional (B.A. Hons.)
Optional Papers :
Note : A student will opt one paper out of 354-(I), 354-(II), 354-(III). Likewise, second and third
optional papers can be selected amongst 355-(I), 355-(II), 355-(III) and 356(i), 356(ii), 356(iii)
respectively.
BM-354 (I)
Differential Geometry
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-27
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-6
BM-355 (I)
Probability Theory
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-26
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-7
BM-354 (II)
Mathematical Modeling – I
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-27
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-6
BM-355 (II)
Number Theory
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-26
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-7
7 11
BM-354 (III)
Applications of
Mathematics in Finance
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-27
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-6
BM-355 (III)
Discrete Mathematics-I
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-26
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-7

BM-356 (I)
Mechanics
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-27
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-7
BM-356 (II)
Principles of Computer
Science-I
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 30
B.Sc. (Hons.)Practical-20
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-20
B.A. (Hons.) Practical-14
7 12
BM-356 (III)
Computational
Mathematics Laboratory-I
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 30
B.Sc. (Hons.)Practical-20
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-20
B.A. (Hons.) Practical-14
B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) – III year (Semester –VI)
Compulsory
B.Sc./Hons. B.Sc./Hons. B.A/Hons. B.A/Hons.
Paper No. Paper Name Theory Sessional Theory Sessional
BM – 361 Real & Complex 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 6 Marks
Analysis
BM – 362 Linear Algebra 40 Marks 10 Marks 26 Marks 7 Marks
BM – 363 Dynamics 40 Marks 10 Marks 27 Marks 7 Marks
Optional Papers :
Note : A student will opt one paper out of 364-(I), 364-(II), 364-(III). Likewise, second and third
optional papers can be selected amongst 365-(I), 365-(II), 365-(III) and 366-(I), 366-(II), 366-(III)
respectively.
BM-364 (I)
Optimization
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-27
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-6
BM-365 (I)
Hydrostatic
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-26
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-7
BM-366 (I)
Application of Mathematics
in Insurance
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-27
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-7
BM-364 (II)
Riemannian Geometry
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-27
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-6
BM-365 (II)
Mathematical Modeling-II
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-26
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-7
BM-366 (II)
Principles of Computer
Science-II (Theory and
Practical)
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 30
B.Sc. (Hons.)Practical-20
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-20
B.A. (Hons.) Practical-14
BM-364 (III)
Discrete Mathematics-II
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-27
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-6
BM-365 (III)
Combinatorial Number
Theory
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-10
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-26
B.A. (Hons.) Sessional-7
BM-366 (III)
Computational
Mathematics
Laboratory-II
B.Sc. (Hons.)Theory – 30
B.Sc. (Hons.)Sessional-20
B.A. (Hons.) Theory-20
B.A. (Hons.)Practical-14

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) – Ist Year (Semester – I)
Compulsory
BM – 111 : Algebra Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. (Hons.) B.A. (Hons.)
7 13
Theory : 40
Sessional : 10
Theory : 27
Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions
from each section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all
the four sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one
question from each section and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Symmetric, Skew symmetric, Hermitian and skew Hermitian matrices. Elementary Operations on
matrices. Rank of a matrices. Inverse of a matrix. Linear dependence and independence of rows
and columns of matrices. Row rank and column rank of a matrix. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors and the
characteristic equation of a matrix. Minimal polynomial of a matrix. Cayley Hamilton theorem and
its use in finding the inverse of a matrix.
Section – II
Applications of matrices to a system of linear (both homogeneous and non–homogeneous)
equations. Theorems on consistency of a system of linear equations. Unitary and Orthogonal
Matrices, Bilinear and Quadratic forms.
Section – III
Relations between the roots and coefficients of general polynomial equation in one variable.
Solutions of polynomial equations having conditions on roots. Common roots and multiple roots.
Transformation of equations.
Section – IV :
Nature of the roots of an equation Descarte’s rule of signs. Solutions of cubic equations (Cardon’s
method). Biquadratic equations and their solutions.
Books Recommended :
1. H.S. Hall and S.R. Knight : Higher Algebra, H.M. Publications 1994.
2. Shanti Narayan : A Text Books of Matrices.
3. Chandrika Prasad : Text Book on Algebra and Theory of Equations.
Pothishala Private Ltd., Allahabad.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc. (Hons.) – Ist Year (Semester – I)
Compulsory
BM – 112 : Calculus Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. (Hons.) B.A. (Hons.)
7 14
Theory : 40
Sessional : 10
Theory : 26
Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
definition of the limit of a function. Basic properties of limits, Continuous functions and
classification of discontinuities. Differentiability. Successive differentiation. Leibnitz theorem.
Maclaurin and Taylor series expansions.
Section – II
Asymptotes in Cartesian coordinates, intersection of curve and its asymptotes, asymptotes in polar
coordinates. Curvature, radius of curvature for Cartesian curves, parametric curves, polar curves.
Newton’s method. Radius of curvature for pedal curves. Tangential polar equations. Centre of
curvature. Circle of curvature. Chord of curvature, evolutes. Tests for concavity and convexity.
Points of inflexion. Multiple points. Cusps, nodes & conjugate points. Type of cusps.
Section – III :
Tracing of curves in Cartesian, parametric and polar co-ordinates. Reduction formulae.
Rectification, intrinsic equations of curve.
Section – IV :
Quardrature (area)Sectorial area. Area bounded by closed curves. Volumes and surfaces of solids of
revolution. Theorems of Pappu’s and Guilden.
Books Recommended :
1. Differential and Integral Calculus : Shanti Narayan.
2. Murray R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus. Schaun’s Outline
series. Schaum Publishing Co., New York.
3. N. Piskunov : Differential and integral Calculus. Peace Publishers, Moscow.
4. Gorakh Prasad : Differential Calculus. Pothishasla Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.
5. Gorakh Prasad : Integral Calculus. Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) – Ist Year (Semester – I)
Compulsory
BM – 113 : Solid Geometry
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two
questions from each section and one compulsory question consisting of five
parts distributed over all the four sections. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section and
the compulsory question.
Section – I
7 15
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
General equation of second degree. Tracing of conics. Tangent at any point to the conic, chord of
contact, pole of line to the conic, director circle of conic. System of conics. Confocal conics. Polar
equation of a conic, tangent and normal to the conic.
Section – II
Sphere: Plane section of a sphere. Sphere through a given circle. Intersection of two spheres,
radical plane of two spheres. Co-oxal system of spheres
Cones. Right circular cone, enveloping cone and reciprocal cone.
Cylinder: Right circular cylinder and enveloping cylinder.
Section – III
Central Conicoids: Equation of tangent plane. Director sphere. Normal to the conicoids. Polar
plane of a point. Enveloping cone of a coincoid. Enveloping cylinder of a coincoid.
Section – IV
Paraboloids: Circular section, Plane sections of conicoids.
Generating lines. Confocal conicoid. Reduction of second degree equations.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) – Ist Year (Semester – II )
Compulsory
BM – 121 : Number Theory And Trigonometry
7 16
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five part distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I :
Divisibility, G.C.D.(greatest common divisors), L.C.M.(least common multiple)
Primes, Fundamental Theorem of Arithemetic. Linear Congruences, Fermat’s theorem. Wilson’s
theorem and its converse. Linear Diophanatine equations in two variables
Section – II :
Complete residue system and reduced residue system modulo m. Euler function Euler’s
generalization of Fermat’s theorem. Chinese Remainder Theorem. Quadratic residues. Legendre
symbols. Lemma of Gauss; Gauss reciprocity law. Greatest integer function [x]. The number of
divisors and the sum of divisors of a natural number n (The functions d(n) and �(n)). Moebius
function and Moebius inversion formula.
Section - III :
De Moivre’s Theorem and its Applications. Expansion of trigonometrical functions. Direct
circular and hyperbolic functions and their properties.
Section – IV :
Inverse circular and hyperbolic functions and their properties. Logarithm of a complex quantity.
Gregory’s series. Summation of Trigonometry series
Books Recommended :
1. S.L. Loney : Plane Trigonometry Part – II, Macmillan and Company, London.
2. R.S. Verma and K.S. Sukla : Text Book on Trigonometry, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd. Allahabad.
3. Ivan Ninen and H.S. Zuckerman. An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) – Ist Year (Semester – II )
Compulsory
BM – 122 : Ordinary Differential Equations
7 17
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two question from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Geometrical meaning of a differential equation. Exact differential equations, integrating factors.
First order higher degree equations solvable for x,y,p Lagrange’s equations, Clairaut’s equations.
Equation reducible to Clairaut’s form. Singular solutions.
Section – II
Orthogonal trajectories: in Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates. Self orthogonal family of
curves.. Linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Homogeneous linear ordinary
differential equations. Equations reducible to homogeneous
Section – III
Linear differential equations of second order: Reduction to normal form. Transformation of the
equation by changing the dependent variable/ the independent variable. Solution by operators of
non-homogeneous linear differential equations. Reduction of order of a differential equation.
Method of variations of parameters. Method of undetermined coefficients.
Section – IV
Ordinary simultaneous differential equations. Solution of simultaneous differential equations
involving operators x (d/dx) or t (d/dt) etc. Simultaneous equation of the form dx/P = dy/Q = dz/R.
Total differential equations. Condition for Pdx + Qdy +Rdz = 0 to be exact. General method of
solving Pdx + Qdy + Rdz = 0 by taking one variable constant. Method of auxiliary equations.
Books Recommended :
1. D.A. Murray : Introductory Course in Differential Equations. Orient Longaman (India) .
1967
2. A.R.Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Machmillan and Co. Ltd. London
3. E.A. Codington : Introduction to Differential Equations.
4. S.L.Ross: Differential Equations, John Wiley & Sons
5. B.Rai & D.P. Chaudhary : Ordinary Differential Equations; Narosa, Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) – Ist Year (Semester – II )
Compulsory
BM – 123 : Vector Calculus
7 18
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Scalar and vector product of three vectors, product of four vectors. Reciprocal vectors. Vector
differentiation Scalar Valued point functions, vector valued point functions, derivative along a
curve, directional derivatives
Section – II
Gradient of a scalar point function, geometrical interpretation of grad � , character of gradient as a
point function. Divergence and curl of vector point function, characters of Div f � and Curl f � as
point function, examples. Gradient, divergence and curl of sums and product and their related
vector identities. Laplacian operator.
Section – III
Orthogonal curvilinear coordinates Conditions for orthogonality fundamental triad of mutually
orthogonal unit vectors. Gradient, Divergence, Curl and Laplacian operators in terms of orthogonal
curvilinear coordinates, Cylindrical co-ordinates and Spherical co-ordinates.
Section – IV
Vector integration; Line integral, Surface integral, Volume integral
Theorems of Gauss, Green & Stokes and problems based on these theorms.
Books Recommended:
1. Murrary R. Spiegal : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum Publishing
Company, New York.
2. Murrary R. Spiegal : Vector Analysis, Schaum Publisghing Company, New York.
3. N. Saran and S.N. NIgam. Introduction to Vector Analysis, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.
4. Shanti Narayna : A Text Book of Vector Calculus. S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IInd Year (Semester-III)
Compulsory
BM -231 : Advanced Calculus
7 19
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Continuity, Sequential Continuity, properties of continuous functions, Uniform continuity, chain
rule of differentiability. Mean value theorems; Rolle’s Theorem and Lagrange’s mean value
theorem and their geometrical interpretations. Taylor’s Theorem with various forms of remainders,
Darboux intermediate value theorem for derivatives, Indeterminate forms.
SECTION-II
Limit and continuity of real valued functions of two variables. Partial differentiation. Total
Differentials; Composite functions & implicit functions. Change of variables. Homogenous
functions & Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions. Taylor’s theorem for functions of two
variables.
SECTION-III
Differentiability of real valued functions of two variables. Schwarz and Young’s theorem. Implicit
function theorem. Maxima, Minima and saddle points of two variables. Lagrange’s method of
multipliers.
SECTION-IV
Curves: Tangents, Principal normals, Binormals, Serret-Frenet formulae. Locus of the centre of
curvature, Spherical curvature, Locus of centre of Spherical curvature, Involutes, evolutes, Bertrand
Curves. Surfaces: Tangent planes, one parameter family of surfaces, Envelopes.
Books Recommended:
1. C.E. Weatherburn : Differential Geometry of three dimensions, Radhe Publishing House,
Calcutta
2. Gabriel Klaumber : Mathematical analysis, Mrcel Dekkar, Inc., New York, 1975
3. R.R. Goldberg : Real Analysis, Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1970
4. Gorakh Prasad : Differential Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad
5. S.C. Malik : Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd., Allahabad.
6. Shanti Narayan : A Course in Mathemtical Analysis, S.Chand and company, New Delhi
7. Murray, R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum Publishing co.,
New York

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IInd Year (Semester-III)
Compulsory
BM -232 :Partial Differential Equations
7 20
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Partial differential equations: Formation, order and degree, Linear and Non-Linear Partial
differential equations of the first order: Complete solution, singular solution, General solution,
Solution of Lagrange’s linear equations, Charpit’s general method of solution. Compatible systems
of first order equations, Jacobi’s method.
SECTION-II
Linear partial differential equations of second and higher orders, Linear and non-linear
homogenious and non-homogenious equations with constant co-efficients, Partial differential
eqution with variable co-efficients reducible to equations with constant coefficients, their
complimentary functions and particular Integrals, Equations reducible to linear equations with
constant co-efficients.
SECTION-III
Classification of linear partial differential equations of second order, Hyperbolic, parabolic and
elliptic types, Reduction of second order linear partial differential equations to Canonical (Normal)
forms and their solutions, Solution of linear hyperbolic equations, Monge’s method for partial
differential equations of second order.
SECTION-IV
Cauchy’s problem for second order partial differential equations, Characteristic equations and
characteristic curves of second order partial differential equation, Method of separation of
variables: Solution of Laplace’s equation, Wave equation (one and two dimensions), Diffusion
(Heat) equation (one and two dimension) in Cartesian Co-ordinate system.
Books Recommended:
1. D.A.Murray: Introductory Course on Differential Equations, Orient Longman, (India), 1967
2. Erwin Kreyszing : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, 1999
3. A.R. Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Macmillan and Co. Ltd.
4. Ian N.Sneddon : Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw Hill Book
Company, 1988
5. Frank Ayres : Theory and Problems of Differential Equations, McGraw Hill Book
Company, 1972
6. J.N. Sharma & Kehar Singh : Partial Differential Equations

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IInd Year (Semester-III)
Compulsory
BM -233 : Statics
7 21
Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. (Hons.) B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Composition and resolution of forces. Parallel forces. Moments and Couples.
SECTION-II
Analytical conditions of equilibrium of coplanar forces. Friction. Centre of Gravity.
SECTION-III
Virtual work. Forces in three dimensions. Poinsots central axis.
SECTION-IV
Wrenches. Null lines and planes. Stable and unstable equilibrium.
Books Recommended:
1. S.L. Loney : Statics, Macmillan Company, London
2. R.S. Verma : A Text Book on Statics, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IInd Year (Semester – IV)
Compulsory
BM -241 : SEQUENCES AND SERIES
7 22
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Boundedness of the set of real numbers; least upper bound, greatest lower bound of a set,
neighborhoods, interior points, isolated points, limit points, open sets, closed set, interior of a set,
closure of a set in real numbers and their properties. Bolzano-Weiestrass theorem, Open covers,
Compact sets and Heine-Borel Theorem.
SECTION-II
Sequence: Real Sequences and their convergence, Theorem on limits of sequence, Bounded and
monotonic sequences, Cauchy’s sequence, Cauchy general principle of convergence,
Subsequences, Subsequential limits.
Infinite series: Convergence and divergence of Infinite Series, Comparison Tests of positive terms
Infinite series, Cauchy’s general principle of Convergence of series, Convergence and divergence
of geometric series, Hyper Harmonic series or p-series.
SECTION-III
Infinite series: D-Alembert’s ratio test, Raabe’s test, Logarithmic test, de Morgan and Bertrand’s
test, Cauchy’s Nth root test, Gauss Test, Cauchy’s integral test, Cauchy’s condensation test.
SECTION-IV
Alternating series, Leibnitz’s test, absolute and conditional convergence, Arbitrary series: abel’s
lemma, Abel’s test, Dirichlet’s test, Insertion and removal of parenthesis, re-arrangement of terms
in a series, Dirichlet’s theorem, Riemann’s Re-arrangement theorem, Pringsheim’s theorem
(statement only), Multiplication of series, Cauchy product of series, (definitions and examples
only) Convergence and absolute convergence of infinite products.
Books Recommended:
1. R.R. Goldberg : Real Analysis, Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1970
2. S.C. Malik : Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Eastern Ltd., Allahabad.
3. Shanti Narayan : A Course in Mathematical Analysis, S.Chand and company, New Delhi
4. Murray, R. Spiegel : Theory and Problems of Advanced Calculus, Schaum Publishing co.,
New York
5. T.M. Apostol: Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1985
6. Earl D. Rainville, Infinite Series, The Macmillan Co., New York

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IInd Year (Semester – IV)
Compulsory
BM -242 : Special Functions And Integral Transforms
7 23
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Series solution of differential equations – Power series method, Definitions of Beta and Gamma
functions. Bessel equation and its solution: Bessel functions and their properties-Convergence,
recurrence, Relations and generating functions, Orthogonality of Bessel functions.
SECTION-II
Legendre and Hermite differentials equations and their solutions: Legendre and Hermite functions
and their properties-Recurrence Relations and generating functions. Orhogonality of Legendre and
Hermite polynomials. Rodrigues’ Formula for Legendre & Hermite Polynomials, Laplace Integral
Representation of Legendre polynomial.
SECTION-III
Laplace Transforms – Existence theorem for Laplace transforms, Linearity of the Laplace
transforms, Shifting theorems, Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Differentiation and
integration of Laplace transforms, Convolution theorem, Inverse Laplace transforms, convolution
theorem, Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, solution of ordinary differential
equations using Laplace transform.
SECTION-IV
Fourier transforms: Linearity property, Shifting, Modulation, Convolution Theorem,
Fourier Transform of Derivatives, Relations between Fourier transform and Laplace
transform, Parseval’s identity for Fourier transforms, solution of differential Equations
using Fourier Transforms.
Books Recommended:
1. Erwin Kreyszing : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, 1999
2. A.R. Forsyth : A Treatise on Differential Equations, Macmillan and Co. Ltd.
3. I.N. Sneddon : Special Functions on mathematics, Physics & Chemistry.
4. W.W. Bell : Special Functions for Scientists & Engineers.
5. I.N. Sneddon: the use of integral transform, McGraw Hill, 1972
6. Murray R. Spiegel: Laplace transform, Schaum’s Series

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IInd Year (Semester – IV)
Compulsory
BM -243 : PROGRAMMING IN C & NUMERICAL METHODS
Time : 3 Hours (Theory)
Time : 2 Hours (Practical)
B.Sc. (Hons.) B.A. (Hons.)
7 24
Theory : 30
Practical : 20
No sessional
Theory : 20
Practical : 14
No sessional
Part-A (Theory)
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Programmer’s model of a computer, Algorithms, Flow charts, Data types, Operators and
expressions, Input / outputs functions.
SECTION-II
Decisions control structure: Decision statements, Logical and conditional statements,
Implementation of Loops, Switch Statement & Case control structures. Functions, Preprocessors
and Arrays.
SECTION-III
Strings: Character Data Type, Standard String handling Functions, Arithmetic Operations on
Characters. Structures: Definition, using Structures, use of Structures in Arrays and Arrays in
Structures. Pointers: Pointers Data type, Pointers and Arrays, Pointers and Functions.
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations: Bisection method, Regula-Falsi method,
Secant method, Newton-Raphson’s method. Newton’s iterative method for finding pth root of a
number, Order of convergence of above methods.
SECTION-IV
Simultaneous linear algebraic equations: Gauss-elimination method, Gauss-Jordan method,
Triangularization method (LU decomposition method). Crout’s method, Cholesky Decomposition
method. Iterative method, Jacobi’s method, Gauss-Seidal’s method, Relaxation method.
Part-B (Practical)
-Simple programs in C and the implementation of Numerical Methods, studied in the theory paper,
in ‘C’ programming Language.
Books Recommended:
1. B.W. Kernighan and D.M. Ritchie : The C Programming Language, 2 nd Edition
2. V. Rajaraman : Programming in C, Prentice Hall of India, 1994
3. Byron S. Gottfried : Theory and Problems of Programming with C, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 1998
4. M.K. Jain, S.R.K.Lyengar, R.K. Jain : Numerical Method, Problems and Solutions, New
Age International (P) Ltd., 1996
5. M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Lyengar, R.K. Jain : Numerical Method for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age International (P) Ltd., 1999
6. Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
7. Programming in ANSI C, E. Balagurusamy, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IIIrd Year (Semester-V)
Compulsory
BM -351 : REAL ANALYSIS
7 25
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Riemann integral, Integrabililty of continuous and monotonic functions, The Fundamental theorem
of integral calculus. Mean value theorems of integral calculus.
SECTION-II
Improper integrals and their convergence, Comparison tests, Abel’s and Dirichlet’s tests, Frullani’s
integral, Integral as a function of a parameter. Continuity, Differentiability and integrability of an
integral of a function of a parameter.
SECTION-III
Definition and examples of metric spaces, neighborhoods, limit points, interior points, open and
closed sets, closure and interior, boundary points, subspace of a metric space, equivalent metrics,
Cauchy sequences, completeness, Cantor’s intersection theorem, Baire’s category theorem,
contraction Principle
SECTION-IV
Continuous functions, uniform continuity, compactness for metric spaces, sequential
compactness, Bolzano-Weierstrass property, total boundedness, finite intersection property,
continuity in relation with compactness, connectedness , components, continuity in relation
with connectedness.
Book s Recommended:
1. P.K. Jain and Khalil Ahmad: Metric Spaces, 2 nd Ed., Narosa, 2004
2. T.M. Apostol: Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1985
3. R.R. Goldberg : Real analysis, Oxford & IBH publishing Co., New Delhi, 1970
4. D. Somasundaram and B. Choudhary : A First Course in Mathematical Analysis, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1997
5. Shanti Narayan : A Course of Mathematical Analysis, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi
6. E.T. Copson, Metric Spaces, Cambridge University Press, 1968.
7. G.F. Simmons : Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis, McGraw Hill, 1963.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IIIrd Year (Semester-V)
Compulsory
BM -352 : Groups and Rings
7 26
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Definition of a group with example and simple properties of groups, Subgroups and Subgroup
criteria, Generation of groups, cyclic groups, Cosets, Left and right cosets, Index of a sub-group
Coset decomposition, Largrage’s theorem and its consequences, Normal subgroups, Quotient
groups,
SECTION-II
Homoomorphisms, isomophisms, automorphisms and inner automorphisms of a group.
Automorphisms of cyclic groups, Permutations groups. Even and odd permutations. Alternating
groups, Cayley’s theorem, Center of a group and derived group of a group.
SECTION-III
Introduction to rings, subrings, integral domains and fields, Characteristics of a ring. Ring
homomorphisms, ideals (principle, prime and Maximal) and Quotient rings, Field of quotients of an
integral domain.
SECTION-IV
Euclidean rings, Polynomial rings, Polynomials over the rational field, The Eisenstein’s criterion,
Polynomial rings over commutative rings, Unique factorization domain, R unique factorization
domain implies so is R[X1 , X2……Xn]
Books Recommended:
1. I.N. Herstein : Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1975
2. P.B. Bhattacharya, S.K. Jain and S.R. Nagpal : Basic Abstract Algebra (2 nd edition).
3. Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist : Algebra, NKarosa Publishing House.
4. I.S. Luther and I.B.S. Passi : Algebra, Vol.-II, Norsa Publishing House.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IIIrd Year (Semester-V)
Compulsory
BM -353 : NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
7 27
Time : 3 Hours (Theory)
Time : 2 Hours (Practical)
B.Sc. (Hons.) B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 30
Practical : 20
No sessional
Theory : 20
Practical : 14
No sessional
Part-A (Theory)
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Finite Differences operators and their relations. Finding the missing terms and effect of error in a
difference tabular values, Interpolation with equal intervals: Newton’s forward and Newton’s
backward interpolation formulae. Interpolation with unequal intervals: Newton’s divided
difference, Lagrange’s Interpolation formulae, Hermite Formula.
SECTION-II
Central Differences: Gauss forward and Gauss’s backward interpolation formulae, Sterling, Bessel
Formula.
Probability distribution of random variables, Binomial distribution, Poisson’s distribution, Normal
distribution: Mean, Variance and Fitting.
SECTION-III
Numerical Differentiation: Derivative of a function using interpolation formulae as studied in
Sections –I & II.
Eigen Value Problems: Power method, Jacobi’s method, Given’s method, House-Holder’s method,
QR method, Lanczos method.
SECTION-IV
Numerical Integration: Newton-Cote’s Quadrature formula, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s one- third
and three-eighth rule, Chebychev formula, Gauss Quadrature formula.
Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations: Single step methods-Picard’s method.
Taylor’s series method, Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta Methods. Multiple step methods;
Predictor-corrector method, Modified Euler’s method, Milne-Simpson’s method.
Part-B (Practical )
Implementation of numerical methods, studied in the theory paper, in ‘C’ Programming Language.
Books Recommended:
1. M.K. Jain, S.R.K.Lyengar, R.K. Jain : Numerical Method, Problems and Solutions, New
Age International (P) Ltd., 1996
2. M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Lyengar, R.K. Jain : Numerical Method for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age International (P) Ltd., 1999
3. C.E. Froberg : Introduction to Numerical Analysis (2 nd Edition).
4. Melvin J. Maaron : Numerical Analysis-A Practical Approach, Macmillan Publishing Co.,
Inc., New York
5. R.Y. Rubnistein : Simulation and the Monte Carlo Methods, John Wiley, 1981
6. Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Practice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

BM-354 opt. (i) Differential Geometry
Semester – V
Optional Papers
7 28
Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. (Hons.) B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40
Sessional : 10
Theory : 27
Sessional : 6
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Local theory of curves: Tangent, Principal normal, curvature, Binormal, Torsion, Serret-Frenet for
mulae. Centre of curvature, spherical curvature, Helices, spherical indicative of tangent.
Section – II
Involutes and evolutes of curves, Bertrand curves, surface, Tangent and normal envelopes,
characteristics, edge of regression and Developable surfaces.
Section – III
First fundamental form, Direction on a surface, second order magnitude, curvature of normal
section, Meunier’s theorem.
Section – IV
Principal direction and curvatures, First and second curvature, Gacessian curvature, Euler’s
theorem, Gauss formula, Gacess-Bonnet formula, equation of Geodesic, Torsion of Geodesic.
Books Recommended:
Scope as in relevant portion of chapters I-VI of Book, C.E. Weather burn, Differential Geometry on
three dimensions. The English language Book society – Cambridge University Press – 1971.
REFERENCES:
1. J.A. Thorpe, Introduction to Differential Geometry, springer-verlag.
2. B.O’ Neill. Elementary Differential Geometry, Academic Press, 1966. S.St.

BM-354 opt. (ii) Mathematical Modeling – I
Semester – V
Optional Papers
7 29
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
The process of Applied Mathematics: Mathematical modeling, need techniques classification and
illustrative.
Section – II
Mathematical modeling through ordinary differential equation of first order. Mathematical
modeling in population dynamics, mathematical modeling of epidemic and compartment models
through system of ordinary differential equations.
Section – III
Mathematical modeling in economics, in medicine, Arms race, Battle, international trade and
dynamics through ordinary differential equations. Mathematical modeling through ordinary
differential equation of record order.
Section – IV
Mathematical modeling through difference equations: need Basic theory, Economics and finance,
population dynamics and Genetics, probability theory and examples.
Books Recommended:
J.N. Kapur: Mathematical modeling Wiley Eastern limited, 1990
Relevant position of Scope arvid chapter I & V

Semester - V
Optional Papers
BM-354 Opt.(iii) Applications of Mathematics in Finance
7 30
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Financial Management-A Overview. Nature and Scope of Financial Management. Goals of
Financial Management and Main Decisions of Financial Management.
SECTION-II
Difference between Risk, Speculation and Gambling. Time value of Money-Interest Rate and
Discount Rate.
Present Value and Future Value-Discrete case as well as Continuous Compounding Case.
Annuities and its kinds.
SECTION-III
Meaning of return. Return as Internal Rate of return (IRR). Numerical Methods like Newton
Raphson Method to calculate IRR. Measurement of Returns under uncertaining situations.
Meaning of risk. Difference between risk and uncertainty.
SECTION-IV
Types of risks. Measurement of risk. Calculation of security and Port-folio Risk and Return –
Markowitz Model. Sharpe’s Single Index Model-Systematic Risk and Unsystematic Risk. Taylor
Series and Bond Valuation. Calculation of Duration and Convexity of bonds. Financial Derivatives-
Futures. Forward. Swaps and Options. Call and Put Options.
REFERENCES:
1. Aswath Damodaran, Corporate Finance-Theory and Practice, John Waley and Sons, Inc.
2. John C. Hull, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Sheldon M. Ross, An Introduction to Mathematicsal Finance, Cambridge University Press.

BM-355 opt (i) Probability Theory
Semester - V
Optional Papers
7 31
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
SECTION-1
Notion of Probability: Random Experiment, sample space, axiom of probability, elementary
properties, equally likely outcome problems.
SECTION-II
Random Variable: concept, cumulative distribution function, discrete and continuous random
variable, expectations, mean variance, moment generating function.
SECTION-III
Discrete distributions: Bernoulli, binomial, geometric and poisson. Continuous distributions:
uniform, exponential, gamma and normal. Conditional probability and conditional expectations,
Bayes theorem independence.
SECTION-IV
Computing expectation by conditioning; some applications – a list model, a random graph, laya’s
urn model. Bivariate random variables : joint distribution, joint and conditional distributions, the
correlation, coefficient.
REFERENCES:
1. S.M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models (Sixth Edition) Academic Press. 1997.
2. I.Blake, An Introduction to Applied Probability, John Wiley and sons, 1979.
3. J.Pitman, Probability, Narosa, 1993.

Semester – V
Optional Papers
Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. (Hons.) B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
BM-355 opt. (ii) Number Theory:
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Diophantine equations, Equation ax+by = c, simultaneous linear equations, Pythagorean triangles,
Assorted examples.
Section – II
Farey sequences, Rational approximations, Irrational numbers.
Section – III
Simple continued fractions, Euclidean algorithm, uniqueness, infinite continued fractions, irrational
numbers, approximations to irrational numbers.
Section – IV
Best possible approximations, periodic continued fractions. Pell’s equation, Numerical
computation.
Recommended Text :
1. I. Niven, S.H. Zuckerman, and L.H. Montgomery, An Introduction to the theory of
Numbers, John Wiley, 1991.
REFERENCES :
1. David m. Burton, Elementary Number Theory, Wm. C. Brown Publishers, Dubuque, Lowa,
1989.
2. K. Ireland and M. Rosen, A Classical Introduction to Modern Number Theory. GTM Vol.
84, Springer – Verlag, 1972.
7 32

BM-355 opt (iii) Discrete Mathematics - I
Semester - V
Optional Papers
7 33
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Sets, proposections, Basic logical operations. Logical equivalence involving tautologies and
contradictions, condition proposections, rules of inference.
Relation and functions. Banary relation equivalence relations and partions. Partially ordered sets.
Chains and Antichains. Principle of inclusion and exclusion. Pigeon hole principle and its
applications. Principle of mathematical induction.
Section – II
Numeric functions and asymptotic behaviour of numeric functions. Generating functions.
Recurrence relations. Linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients. Homogeneous
solutions, particular solutions and total solutions, solution by the method of generating functions.
Sorting algoreithms.
Section – III
Lattices, sublattices. Principle of duality, Lattice as an algebraic system. Complete and incomplete
lattices. Homomorphism and isomorphism of lattices. Order preserving and order reversing maps of
lattices. Distributive lattices. Modular lattices. Sublattices of the form I[a,b], a>b. The theorem
I[av,b,b]~ I[a,a^b]. The direct product of lattices.
Section – IV
Complemented lattices. Boolean algebras, Boolean algebra as Boolean ring and conversely a
Boolean ring as a Boolean algebra. Finite Boolean algebras. Fundamental theorem of Boolean
algebra. Boolean functions and Boolean expressions. (Polynomials). Application of Boolean
algebra to switching circuits.

BM-356 opt. (i) Mechanics
Semester – V
Optional Papers
7 34
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Moments and products of inertia. The Momental ellipsoid Equimomental systems. Principal axes.
Section – II
‘D’ Alembert’s principle. The general equations of motion of a rigid body. Independence of the
motions of translation & Rotation. Motion about a fixed axis. The compound pendulum.
Section – III
Motion in two dimension, finite forces, kinetic energy in two dimensions. Moment of momentum
in two dimension, motion in two dimension, impulsive forces.
Section – IV
Conservation of linear and angular momentum, conservation of energy, language’s equations in
generalized coordinates, initial motion.
REFERENCES :
1. S.L. Loney, An elementary Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle and of rigid bodies,
Cambridge University Press, 1956.
2. A.S. Ramsey, Dynamics, Part I, Cambridge University Press, 1973.

Semester – V
Optional Papers
BM-356 opt. (ii) Principles of Computer Science-I
7 35
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 30 Theory : 20
Practical : 20 Practical :14
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Data Storage-Storage of Bits. Main Memory. Mass Storage. Coding Information of Storage. The
Binary System. Storing Integers, Storing Fraction, Communication errors.
SECTION-II
Data Manipulation- The Central processing Unit. The Stored-Programme Concept. Programme
Execution. Other Architectures. Arithmetic/Logic Instructions. Computer-Peripheral
Communication.
SECTION-III
Operating System and Networks- The Evolution of Operating System. Operating System
Architecture. Co-ordinating the machine’s activities.
Handling competition among process. Networks. Networks protocol.
SECTION-IV
Algorithms- The Concept of an Algorithm. Algorithm Representation.
Algorithm Discovery. Iterative Structures. Recursive Structures. Efficiency and Correctness.
(Algorithms to be implemented in C ++ ).
REFERENCES:
1. J.Glen Brookshear, Computer Science: An Overview, Addition Wesley.
2. Stanely B.Lippman, Josee Lojoie, C ++ Primer (3 rd Edition), Addison-Wesley.

Semester - V
Optional Papers
BM-356 opt. (iii) Computational Mathematics Laboratory-I
7 36
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 30 Theory : 20
Practical : 20 Practical : 14
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
The student is expected to familiarize himself/herself with popular softwares for numerical
computation and optimization. Real life problems requiring knowledge of numerical algorithms for
linear and non-linear algebraic equations, Eigen value problems, Finite Difference Methods, Interpolation,
Differentiation, Integration Ordinary differential equations etc. should be attempted.
Capabilities to deal with linear, integer and non-linear optimization problems need to be developed.
The objective of such a laboratory is to equip students to model and stimulate large-scale systems
using optimization modeling languages (the concerned teacher is expected to provide the necessary
theoretical background before the student does the corresponding practical). To this end softwares
like MATLAB and LINDO.
Plotting of Functions.
SECTION-I
SECTION-II
Matrix operations, vector and matrix manipulations, matrix function. Sparse matrices-Iterative
method for sparse linear-equations, Eigen values of sparse matrices, Game of life.
SECTION-III
Data analysis and curve fitting. Use of FFT algorithm.
SECTION-IV
Numerical integration, Roots finding, Simultaneous linear equation.
REFERENCES :
1. MATLAB- High performance numeric computation and visualization software: User’s
guide.
2. MATHEMATICA-Stephen Wolfram, Cambridge.
3. Introduction to operations research, F.S. Hiller and G.J. Liberman.
4. Optimization modeling with LINDO: Linus Scharge.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) - IIIrd Year (Semester – VI)
Compulsory
BM -361 : REAL & COMPLEX ANALYSIS
7 37
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Jacobians, Beta and Gama functions, Double and Triple integrals, Dirichlets integrals, change of
order of integration in double integrals.
SECTION-II
Fourier’s series: Fourier expansion of piecewise monotonic functions, Properties of Fourier Coefficients,
Dirichlet’s conditions, Parseval’s identity for Fourier series, Fourier series for even and
odd functions, Half range series, Change of Intervals.
SECTION-III
Extended Complex Plane, Stereographic projection of complex numbers, continuity and
differentiability of complex functions, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations. Harmonic
functions.
SECTION-IV
Mappings by elementary functions: Translation, rotation, Magnification and Inversion. Conformal
Mappings, Mobius transformations. Fixed pints, Cross ratio, Inverse Points and critical mappings.
Books Recommended:
1. T.M. Apostol: Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1985
2. R.R. Goldberg : Real analysis, Oxford & IBH publishing Co., New Delhi, 1970
3. D. Somasundaram and B. Choudhary : A First Course in Mathematical, Analysis, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1997
4. Shanti Narayan : A Course of Mathematical Analysis, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi
5. R.V. Churchill & J.W. Brown: Complex Variables and Applications, 5 th Edition, McGraw-
Hill, New York, 1990
6. Shanti Narayan : Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.

B.A./B.Sc.(Hons.) - IIIrd Year (Semester-VI)
Compulsory
BM -362 : LINEAR ALGEBRA
7 38
Time : 3 Hours
B.Sc. (Hons.) B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Vector spaces, subspaces, Sum and Direct sum of subspaces, Linear span, Linearly Independent
and dependent subsets of a vector space. Finitely generated vector space, Existence theorem for
basis of a finitely generated vactor space, Finite dimensional vector spaces, Invariance of the
number of elements of bases sets, Dimensions, Quotient space and its dimension.
SECTION-II
Homomorphism and isomorphism of vector spaces, Linear transformations and linear forms on
vactor spaces, Vactor space of all the linear transformations Dual Spaces, Bidual spaces, annihilator
of subspaces of finite dimentional vactor spaces, Null Space, Range space of a linear
transformation, Rank and Nullity Theorem,
SECTION-III
Algebra of Liner Transformation, Minimal Polynomial of a linear transformation, Singular and
non-singular linear transformations, Matrix of a linear Transformation, Change of basis, Eigen
values and Eigen vectors of linear transformations.
SECTION-IV
Inner product spaces, Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, Orthogonal vectors, Orthogonal complements,
Orthogonal sets and Basis, Bessel’s inequality for finite dimensional vector spaces, Gram-Schmidt,
Orthogonalization process, Adjoint of a linear transformation and its properties, Unitary linear
transformations.
Books Recommended:
1. I.N. Herstein : Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1975
2. P.B. Bhattacharya, S.K. Jain and S.R. Nagpal : Basic Abstract Algebra (2 nd edition).
3. Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist : Algebra, NKarosa Publishing House.
4. I.S. Luther and I.B.S. Passi : Algebra, Vol.-II, Norsa Publishing House.

B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc. (Hons.) - IIIrd Year (Semester-VI)
Compulsory
BM -363 : Dynamics
7 39
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five or six parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question
form each section and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Velocity and acceleration along radial, transverse, tangential and normal directions. Relative
velocity and acceleration. Simple harmonic motion. Elastic strings.
SECTION-II
Mass, Momentum and Force. Newton’s laws of motion. Work, Power and Energy. Definitions of
Conservative forces and Impulsive forces.
SECTION-III
Motion on smooth and rough plane curves. Projectile motion of a particle in a plane. Vector angular
velocity.
SECTION-IV
General motion of a rigid body. Central Orbits, Kepler laws of motion. Motion of a particle in three
dimensions. Acceleration in terms of different co-ordinate systems.
Books Recommended:
1. S.L.Loney : An Elementary Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle and a Rigid
Bodies, Cambridge University Press, 1956
2. F. Chorlton : Dynamics, CBS Publishers, New Delhi
3. A.S. Ramsey:

BM-364 Opt (i) Optimization
Semester – VI
Optional Papers
7 40
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Functions of random variables: sum of random variables, the law of large numbers and central limit
theorem, the approximation of distributions. Uncertainly, information and entropy, conditional
entropy, solution of certain logical problems by calculating information.
SECTION-II
The linear programming problem. Problem formulation. Linear programming in matrix notation.
Graphical solution of linear programming problems.
SECTION-III
Some basic properties of convex sets, convex functions and concave functions. Theory and
application of the simplex method of solution of a linear programming problem.
SECTION-IV
Charne’s M-technique. The two phase method. Principle of duality in linear programming problem.
Fundamental duality theorem. Simple problems. The transportation and Assignment problems.
REFERENCES:
1. A.M. Yagolam and I.M.Yagolam, Probability and Information, Hindustan Publishing
Corporation, Delhi, 1983.
2. Mokhtar S.Bazaraa, John J. Jarvis and Hanif D. Shirali, Linear Programming and
Network flows, John Wiley & Sons, 1990.
3. G. Hadley, Linear Proramming, Narosa Publishing House, 1995.
4. S.I. Gass, Linear Programming: Methods and Applications (4 th Edition) Mc Graw-Hill,
New York, 1975. Kanti Swaroop, P.K. Gupta and Manmohan, Operations Research,
Sultan Chand and sons, New Delhi, 1998.

BM- 364 opt. (ii) Riemannian Geometry
Semester - VI
Optional Papers
7 41
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Note: -The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Summalian convention, Riemannia metric; Fundamental Tensor, Associate covariant and
contravariant vectors, Principal directions for a symmetric covariant tensor of the record order.
Section – II
The clrisstoffe symbols, covariant derivation of a covariant vector and contravariant vector,
covariant derivative of a Tensors, covariant differentiation of sums and products.
Section – III
Curvature of a curve, Geodesics, Differential equation of geodesics, geodesics coordinate,
geodesics form of the linear element, geodesics in Euclideon space. Substance of a Riemannian
manifold.
Section – IV
Rice, co-efficient of rotation, Geodesic congruences, curvature Tensor, identity of Bianchi.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS :
Relevant portion of chapter I-VI of Book : C.E. Weatherburn and the Tensor Calculus, Radha
Publication Hosue, Calcutta.
REFERENCES :
J.A. Thorpe, Introduction to Differential Geometry, springer-verlag.
B.O’ Neill. Elementary Differential Geometry, Academic Press, 1966. S.St.

BM-364 opt. (iii) Discrete Mathematics - II
Semester – VI
Optional Papers
Section – I
7 42
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 6
Graphs, Finite, Infinite and simple graphs. Incident vertices and edges. Degree of a vertex. Isolated
and pendent vertices. Isomorphism of graphs. Subgraphs, walks, paths and circuits in graphs
connected and disconnected graphs. Components of a disconnected graph. Euler and Hamiltonkan
circuits and graphs. Konisberg senan bridges problem. Travelling salesman problem. Trees Pendent
vertices in a tree, Roited and binary tree. Spanning trees Rank and of a graph. Fundamental circuits.
Section – II
Cut sets. Fundamental cut sets. Fundamental circuits and cut sets. Connectivity Planar graphs.
Kurtowski first and second graph. Euler formula on planar graphs Adjacency matrix of a graph and
its properties.
Section – III
Computability and formal languages. Russell paradox and none computability. Ordered sets
languages. Phrase structure grammars, type of Grammers and languages. Finite state machines.
Infinite and output strings. Equivalence of finite state machines. Type – 1, Type – 2, Type – 3
grammar
Section – IV
Finite state, automata finite state, acceptor and their construction under a given condition. Nondeterministic
finite state automation. The equivalence of DFSA and NDFSA. Moore machine and
mealy machines and their equivalence, Turing machine. Regular grammar andfinite state
automation.

BM- 365 opt. (i) Hydrostatic
Semester – VI
Optional Papers
7 43
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: -The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Pressure equation. Condition of equilibrium. Lines of force. Homogeneous and Heterogeneous
fluids. Elastic fluids. Surface of equal pressure.
Section – II
Fluid at rest under action of gravity. Rotating fluids. Fluid pressure on plane surfaces. Centre of
pressure. Resultant pressure on curved surfaces.
Section – III
Equilibrium of floating bodies. Curves of buoyancy. Surface of buoyancy. Stability of equilibrium
of floating bodies. Meta center.
Section – IV
Work done in producing a displacement. Vessel containing liquid. Gas Laws. Mixture of gases.
Internal energy. Adiabatic expansion. Work done in compressing a gas. Isothermal atmosphere.
Connective Equilibrium.
REFERENCES :
1. W.H. Besant and A.S. Ramsey, A Treatise on Hydromechanics, ELBS and G.Bell and Sons
Ltd., London.

BM- 365 opt. (ii) Mathematical Modeling – II
Semester – VI
Optional Papers
7 44
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
Section – I
Mathematical modeling, through partial differential equation: PDE models, Mass-Balance equation,
variational/principles, Probability generating function, model for traffic flow, nature & Boundary
conditions.
Section – II
Mathematical modeling through graphs : Modeling through graphs, Mathematical models in terms
of Directed graphs, signed graphs, weighted Digraph and un-oriented graphs.
Section – III
Mathematical modeling through functional, integral equations, calculus of variations and dynamic
programming (Optimization principles and Techniques).
Section – IV
Mathematical modeling through mathematical programming (linear and non-linear), maximum
principle and maximum entropy principle.
Books Recommended:
Relevant book of the chapter (6)-(10) of Book J.N. Kapur, Mathematical Modelling, Wiley Eastern
Ltd., 1990

Semester – VI
Optional Papers
BM-365 opt. (iii) Combinatorial Number Theory
7 45
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 26
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note :- The examiner is requested to set ten questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
SECTION – I
Functions of random variables: sum of random variables, the law of large numbers and central limit
theorem, the approximation of distributions. Uncertainly, information and entropy, conditional
entropy, solution of certain logical problems by calculating information.
SECTION – II
The linear programming problem. Problem formulation. Linear programming in matrix notation.
Graphical solution of linear programming problems.
SECTION – III
Some basic properties of convex sets, convex functions and concave functions. Theory and
application of the simplex method of solution of a linear programming problem.
SECTION – IV
Charne’s M-technique. The two phase method. Principle of duality in linear programming problem.
Fundamental duality theorem. Simple problems. The transportation and Assignment problems.
REFERENCES :
1. A.M. Yagolam and I.M. Yagolam, Probability and Information, Hindustan Publishing
Corporation, Delhi, 1983.
2. Mokhtar S. Bazaraa, John J. Jarvis and Hanif D. Shirali, Linear Programming and Network
flows, John Wiley & Sons, 1990.
3. G.Hadley, Linear Programming, Narosa Publishing House, 1995.
4. S.I. Gass, Linear Programming: Methods and Applications (4 th Edition) Mc Graw-Hill, New
York, 1975. Kanti Swaroop, P.K. Gupta and Manmohan, Operations Research, Sultan
Chand and sons, New Delhi, 1998.

Semester -VI
Optional Papers
BM-366 opt. (i) Application of Mathematics in Insurance
7 46
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 40 Theory : 27
Sessional : 10 Sessional : 7
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Insurance Fundamentals-Insurance defined. Meaning of Loss. Chances of Loss, peril, hazard and
proximate cause in insurance. Costs and benefits of insurance to the society and branches of
insurance-life insurance and various types of general insurance. Insurable loss exposures feature of
a loss i.e. ideal for insurance.
SECTION-II
Life Insurance Mathematics-Construction of Mortality Tables. Computation of premium of Life
Insurance for a fixed duration and for the whole life.
SECTION-III
Determination of claims for General Insurance-Using Poisson Distibution and Negative Binomial
Distribution-the Polya Case.
SECTION-IV
Determination of the amount of Claims in General Insurance-Compound Aggregate claim model
and its properties and claims of re-insurance. Calculation of a compound density function. F-
Recursive and approximate formulae for F.
REFERENCES:
1. Mark S. Dorman, Introduction to Risk Management and Insurance, Prentice Hall, Englwood
Cliffs, New Jersey.
2. C.D. Daykin, T.Pentikainen and M.Pesonam, Practical Risk Theory for Actuaries, Chapman
and Hall.

Semester – VI
Optional Papers
BM-366 opt. (ii) Principles of Computer Science-II
7 47
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 30 Theory : 20
Practical : 20 Practical : 14
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from each
section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four sections.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from each section
and the compulsory question.
SECTION-I
Programming languages-Historical Perspective. Traditional Programming Concepts, Program
Units. Language Implementation. Parallel Computing. Declarative Computing. Software
Engineering- The Software Engineering Discipline. The Software Life Cycle. Modularity.
SECTION-II
Development Tools and Techniques. Documentation. Software Ownership and Liability. Data
Structures-Array. Lists. Stacks. Queues. Trees. Customised Data Types. Object Oriented
Programming. File Structure-Sequential Files, Text Files.
SECTION-III
Data Base Structure- General issues. The Layered Approach to Data Base Implementation. The
Relational Model. Object-Oriented Data Base. Maintaining Data base Integrity. E-R Models.
SECTION-IV
Artificial Intelligence-Some Philosophical Issues. Image Analysis. Reasoning. Control System
Activities. Using Heuristics. Artificial Neural Networks. Applications of Artificial Intelligence.
Theory of Computation-Turing machines.
REFERENCES:
1. J.Glen Brookshear, Computer Science: An Overview, Addition Wesley.
2. Stanely B.Lippman, Josee Lojoie, C ++ Primer (3 rd Edition), Addison-Wesley.

Semester - VI
Optional Papers
BM-366 opt. (iii) Computational Mathematics Laboratory-II
7 48
B.Sc. (Hons.)
Time : 3 Hours
B.A. (Hons.)
Theory : 30 Theory : 20
Practical : 20 Practical : 14
Note: - The examiner is requested to set nine questions in all, selecting two questions from
each section and one compulsory question consisting of five parts distributed over all the four
sections. Candidates are required to attempt five questions, selecting at least one question from
each section and the compulsory question.
The student is expected to familiarize himself/herself with popular softwares for numerical
computation and optimization. Real life problems requiring knowledge of numerical algorithms for
linear and non-linear algebraic equations, Eigen value problems, Finite Difference Methods, Interpolation,
Differentiation, Integration Ordinary differential equations etc. should be attempted.
Capabilities to deal with linear, integer and non-linear optimization problems need to be developed.
The objective of such a laboratory is to equip students to model and stimulate large-scale systems
using optimization modeling languages (the concerned teacher is expected to provide the necessary
theoretical background before the student does the corresponding practical). To this end softwares
like MATLAB and LINDO.
SECTION-I
Non-linear equations and optimization functions. Differential equations.
SECTION-II
2-D Graphics and 3-D Graphics-general purpose graphics functions, color maps and color controls.
SECTION-III
Examples: Number theory, Picture of an FFT, Function of a Complex variable, Chaotic Motion in
3-D.
SECTION-IV
Linear Programming, Integer Programming and Quadratic Programming-Modeling and simulation
techniques.
REFERENCES :
1. MATLAB- High performance numeric computation and visualization software: User’s
guide.
2. MATHEMATICA-Stephen Wolfram, Cambridge.
3. Introduction to operations research, F.S. Hiller and G.J. Liberman.
4. Optimization modeling with LINDO: Linus Scharge.

DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
Syllabus (Semester system) w.e.f. 2011-12
M.Sc (Foods & Nutrition)
Semester -I
Paper Name Max. Marks Exam.
Theory
Duration
401 Human Nutrition –I 100 (80 + 20*) 3 hrs
402 Nutritional Biochemistry –I 60 (45 + 15*) 3 hrs
403 Human Physiology 100 (80 + 20*) 3 hrs
404 Computer Applications 50 (40 + 10*) 3 hrs
405 Therapeutic Nutrition -I 60 (45 + 15*) 3 hrs
Paper
Practical
Total 370
Name Max. Marks Exam.
Duration
406 Nutritional Biochemistry -I 40 4 hrs
407 Computer Applications 40 4 hrs
408 Therapeutic Nutrition -I
* Internal Assessment
Total 130
Grand Total 500
7 49
50 4 hrs

SEMESTER – I
Paper-401
Human Nutrition –I
7 50
Max. Marks: 100
Theory Exam: 80
Int. Assessment: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
unit.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
1. Body Composition: (General body composition, determination of body water
acid-base balance, extra cellular water, cell mass and body fat. Change in body
composition)
2. Physiology of hunger: Regulation of food intake
3. Water – Water intake and loss, exchange of water in body, effect of low and
excess water and intake and effect of electrolytes on water balance
Unit-II
4. Energy
Energy content of food stuffs –unit and determination of gross and physiological
energy value of food
Energy expenditure – factors affecting – BMR and its maintenance
Determination of energy metabolism of humans by direct and indirect method
Thermogenesis; Specific dynamic action (SDA)
5 Carbohydrates: Types, Classification, digestion, absorption and transport- review,
dietary fiber, fructo-oligosaccharides. Glycemic index of foods.

Sweeteners- nutritive and non nutritive. Role of carbohydrates in health and
disease
6 Lipids: Classification, digestion, absorption, transport - review. Functions of
EFA. Role of n-3, n-6 fatty acids in health and disease. Requirements of total fat
and fatty acids. Tran’s fatty acids. Prostaglandins
Books Recommended:
1 Modern Nutrition in; Health and Disease – Goodhearth, R. S.
2 Recommended dietary allowance for Indian – I.C.M.R., 1980
3 Nutrition and Development- Winick 1973, Univ. of Calombia.
4 Biology of Nutrition – Eclames 1972, Palaniuma Press
5 Foods & Nutrition – Krause 1972, Saunders.
6 Proteins and Human Foods 1970, Lowrie, Avi. Pub. Co.
7 Nut. & Physical ;fitness-BoGert L.J.
8 Principles of Nut. – Wilson, L.D. and Fisher. K.H.
9 Standardised diets for Hospital – National Nut. Advisory Committee
10 Nutrition in Health & Disease – Cooper, L. Barher, L. Mitehell, Hand Rynheraen.
11 Nutrition A comprehensive: Beaton and McHanery, Treatise Vol-1, II, & III.
12 Human Nut. & Dietectics- Davidson S., Passmore, R., Brook, J.E. and Truswell.
13 Foods and Nut.- Rankin, W. Munn. Hildath E.N.
14 Iron deficiency – Holiberth, H.C. Harvorth, vannotti, N.Y.
15 Trace Elements in Human and Animal Nut. – Underwood, N.Y.
16 Essays in Biochemistry – Samul Graff, Tandon Book Dept. Sec. –16
17 Diabetes Mellitus- The Williams and Wilkinas Co., U.S.A.
7 51

SEMESTER – I
Paper-402
Nutritional Biochemistry –I
7 52
Max. Marks: 60
Theory Exam: 45
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus. This question carries 14 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
unit. Each question will; be of 10 marks.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
1. PRINCIPALS OF BIOENERGETICS- Concept of free energy, Oxidation and
reduction, concept of cell, high energy compounds (ATP, PEP, and Phosphogens),
role of ATP/ADP cycle in transfer of high energy phosphates, concept of coupled
reactions.
2 CARBOHYDRATES- Definition, classification.
Monosaccharides Classification, occurrence, structure, stereoisomerism (DL and
RS systems) and Properties, derivatives of monosaccharides- deoxy sugars and
amino sugars.
Disaccharides of nutritional importance (sucrose, maltose, lactose),
Polysaccharides Homopolysaccharides- starch, glycogen, cellulose,
Heteropolysaccharides - glycoprotein, Proteoglycans, mucopolysaccharides, pectins.
3 LIPIDS- Definition, classification. Structure and functions of fatty acids (including
essential fatty acids) Trans fatty acids, prosta glandins acylglycerols,
phospholipids, sphingolipids, glycolipids, steroids (including role of cholesterol).
Characterization of fats- saponification, iodine, acid, acetyl and peroxide value.

Unit-II
4 AMINO ACIDS AND PROTEINS- Common structural features, classification
based on the nature of R group, non-protein amino acids, essential amino acids and
titration curves of monoamino-monocarboxilic, monoamino-dicarboxilic and
diamino-monocarboxilic acids. peptide bond, biological role of proteins,
classification of proteins, levels of protein structure- primary, secondary ( super
secondary elements in brief), tertiary and quaternary structure, forces stablizing
protein structure, denaturation of proteins.
5 ENZYMOLOZY- General Characteristics, classification and nomenclature,
coenzyme, cofactor, prosthetic group, concept of holoenzyme and apoenzyme, units
of enzyme activity, Enzyme kinetics- Michaelis-Menten and Lineweaver-Burk
equation for monosubstrate reactions, KM, kca t ( turnover number), bisubstrate
reactions.
6 NUCLEIC ACIDS- Nitrogenous bases, experimental proof of DNA and RNA as
genetic material, Chargaff’s rules, double helical model of DNA (A, B and Z), DNA
packaging, types of RNA and their functions.
Books Recommended
1 Harper’s Biochemistry- Robert K. Murray
2 Textbook of Biochemistry- West and Todd
3 Bio chemical aspect of Nutrition – S.X.C.- Okoyo
4 Food Chemistry – O.R. Fennema
5 Biochemistry – Voet and Voet
6 Principles of Biochemistry – A.L. Lehniger
7 Outlines of Biochemistry- E. E. Conn
8 Practical Clinical Biochemistry- Harold Varley
7 53

SEMESTER – I
Paper-403
Human Physiology
7 54
Max. Marks: 100
Theory Exam: 80
Int. Assessment: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
unit.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
1 Digestive System- Different parts of digestive system, Secretory and digestive functions
of the salivary glands, stomach, pancreas, liver and intestines, mechanism of absorption
of carbohydrates, proteins and fats.
2 Cardiovascular system- Structure and function of the heart, ECG, cardiac cycle, cardiac
output, heart sounds, regulation of heart rate, blood pressure
Factors affecting it and hypertension, composition and function of blood: RBCs, WBCs,
hemoglobin, plasma proteins, erythropoiesis, coagulation of blood, Rh factor, blood
groups.
3 Respiratory system- Structure of respiratory organs, uptake and delivery of respiratory
gases and regulation of breathing, Laryngitis, pharyngitis, bronchitis, asthma in brief.
4 Reproductive system- Structure and function of testis and ovaries, Menstrual cycle,
puberty, menopause, breast and cervical cancer, menstrual disorders, infertility, ultra
sound imaging in brief.

Unit-II
5 Excretory System- Structure and function of kidneys, mechanism of urine formation and
the role of the kidneys in water and electrolyte balance, renal stone, albuminurea,
haematourea, oedema, uremia, incontinence, in brief.
6 Sensory System- General senses (types, structure and functions).
Special senses (olfaction, vision, gestation, equilibrium and hearing).
7 Endocrine System- structure, functions and the different syndromes resulting from hypo
or hyperactivity of the following glands: Thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal cortex, adrenal
medulla, endocrine pancreas, pituitary.
8 Nervous system- Main divisions, structure and function of various parts of brain: brain
stem, cerebral cortex, cerebellum and diencephalon, structure and function of spinal
cord, cerebrospinal fluid, cranial and spinal nerves, introduction to autonomic nervous
system, neuralgia, sciatica, coma, poliomyelitis, EEC, CT in brief.
Books Recommended
1 Stand, F.L. Modern Physiology the Macmillan Company Latest Ed.
2 Guyton, A.C. Text Book of Medical Physiology W.S. Saunders
3 Davidson, B. and Smith E., Text book of Physiology and Biochemistry, 1972 (8 th
Ed.).
4 Human Physiology – A.J. Vander
5 Principles of Anatomy and Physiology – Anagnastakes.
6 Text Book of Physiology – Patton
7 Bloom W. & Favcott. D.W.A. – Text Book of Histology, W.B. Saunders and
Company
8 Martini: Fundamentals of Anatomy and Physiology (6 th & 7 th Ed.)
7 55

SEMESTER – I
Paper-404
Computer Applications
7 56
Max. Marks: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
unit.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
General awareness of computers and its applications. Introduction to various Input and
Output devices like Key board, Printers, CD-ROM, mouse, floppy, Monitors.
Introduction to DOS, MS DOS
MS- Windows
MS- Word
MS- Power Point
MS- Excel
Internet: What is Internet?
E-mail
Browsers
Any package related to Home Science
Unit-II

SEMESTER – I
Paper-405
Therapeutic Nutrition -I
7 57
Max. Marks: 60
Theory Exam: 45
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus. This question carries 14 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
unit. Each question will be of 10 marks.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
1 Therapeutic modification of the normal diet –
Principles of Diet therapy; Routine Hospital diet; Diet modifications for therapeutic
care, enteral and parenteral nutrition
2 Etiology, clinical aberrations, prevention and nutritional management of :
� Infection
� fever (Acute and chronic)
� Allergy
� Stress
� Burns
3 Nutrition in surgical conditions -pre and post operative
4 Nutrition in bone and joint diseases – Arthritis, osteoarthritis, gout, rheumatoid
arthritis
Unit-II
5 Etiology, manifestations and dietary management of
a Gastro intestinal tract disorders- Peptic ulcer, diarrhea, constipation,
b mal absorption syndrome – carbohydrates, fat and lactose intolerance, sprue
and celiac disease,

6 Inborn errors of metabolism-Introduction, clinical features, dietary
management of phenylketonuria, Galactosemia, Alkaptonuria
7 Etiology, manifestation and dietary management in disorders of Liver, and
pancreas. - Infective hepatitis, cirrhosis, hepatic failure, s, pancreatitis – acute and
chronic
Books Recommended:
1. Diet Therapy- Williams
2 Nutrition and Physical fitness: Bogert, L.J.
3 Human Nutrition Mc Durtt, Maxine
4 Applied Nutrition – Rajalakshmi, R.
5 Hand book of diet therapy: Dorothea, Turner.
6 Human Nutrition and dietetics- Davidson, S. Passmore, R. Brock- J.F. and Turswell
A.S.
7 Clinical Dietetics and Nutrition - Antia, F.P.
8 Modern Nutrition in health and disease by Goodhearth R., S. Shills.
SEMESTER – I
Paper-406
Nutritional Biochemistry –I (Practical)
7 58
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1 Preparation of standard solutions.
2 Preparation of buffers using buffer tables and verify pH
3 Extraction and quantitative estimation of total sugars and reducing sugars from food
stuffs.
4 Isolation and estimation of casein from milk.
5 Quantitative estimation of proteins by kjeldahl’s, Biuret and lowary’s method (any two
methods).
6 Effect of pH, concentration, time and temperature of incubation on enzyme activity.
7 Estimation of activity of alkaline phosphatase in Moong been seeds.
8 Estimation of calcium, phosphorous and Iron in various food stuffs.

SEMESTER – I
Paper-407
Computer Applications (Practical)
1 Determination of addition, Subtraction and average
2 MS- Word
3 MS- Power Point
4 MS- Excel
5 Internet.
6 E-mail
7 Project report
REFERENCES:
1 SPSS/PC for the IBM PC/XT, SPSS Inc.
SEMESTER – I
Paper-408
Therapeutic Nutrition -I (Practical)
7 59
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
Max. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
Planning, Calculation, Preparation, serving and evaluation of therapeutic diets for
diseases covered in theory

DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
Syllabus (Semester system) w.e.f. 2011-12
M.Sc (Foods & Nutrition)
Semester -II
Paper Name Max. Marks Exam.
Theory
Duration
411 Research Methods & Statistics 100 ( 80 + 20*) 3 hrs
412 Nutritional Biochemistry –II 60 (45 + 15*) 3 hrs
413 Human Nutrition –II 60 (45 + 15*) 3 hrs
414 Therapeutic Nutrition -II 60 (45 + 15*) 3 hrs
Total 280
Paper Name Max. Marks Exam.
Practical
Duration
415 Nutritional Biochemistry-II
40 4 hrs
416 Human Nutrition -II 40 4 hrs
417 Therapeutic Nutrition-II
7 60
50 + 20** 4 hrs
418 Food Product Development 50 4 hrs
Seminar***
Total 220
Grand Total 500
*Internal Assessment
** Viva-voce of the Training /Internship report
***A committee of three teachers will evaluate the seminar of each student and marks
will be awarded based on subject matter, presentation and ability to answer questions
20

SEMESTER – II
Paper-411
Research Methods & Statistics
7 61
Max. Marks: 100
Theory Exam: 80
Int. Assessment: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
NOTE:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
units.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
Nature of research in Home Science, scientific approach.
Types of Research: Experimental, Field studies, Case study, and Survey research.
Designing research: Problem, hypothesis, concept and types of variables (dependent,
independent, random, discrete, continuous, qualitative and quantitative).
Methods of data collection: Interview, observation, questionnaire, rating scales.
Research Designs: randomized groups, matched groups, pre and post test and factorial.
Sampling: Meaning, importance and types; random (simple, stratified, cluster), Non random
(incidental, purposive, quota)
Unit-II
Statistics: Meaning, primary data, array, frequency, frequency distribution and its types.
Measures of central tendency: Mean, Median, Mode; Measures of dispersion: range, mean
deviation, standard deviation, root mean square deviation, variance, moments about origin
and moments about mean, Binomial and Normal distribution, Skewness and Kurtosis.
Parameter & Statistic, sampling distribution and sampling error, standard error,
Tests of significance: Null hypothesis, Alternative hypothesis, levels of significance- Type I
and Type II errors, chi-square: goodness of fit.

T- test: single mean, independent mean, paired mean, Analyses Variance: One-way &
Two-way. Correlation -Pearson’s correlation, scatter diagram, Spearman’s correlation.
Significance of difference between correlations
Books Recommended:
1. S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics
2. S.C. Gupta: Fundamentals of statistics
3 G. Udny Yule, N.M.G. Kendall: An Introduction to the theory of Statistics
4 Croxton, F.C. and Cowden, D. J. Applied General Statistics, Prentics hall Inc. 1955
2 Garrett. H. Statistical in Psychology and Education. Oxford book Co. 1960.
3 R.P. Hooda: Introduction to statistics. The MacMillon Co.
7 Scotharman, W. A. Textbook of Statistics, (Revised edition) 1973.
8 Kerlinge, Foundations of Behavioral Research
9 Sneedecer G. W. Statistical Methods. Applied Pacific Private Ltd., 1961.
SEMESTER – II
Paper-412
Nutritional Biochemistry –II
Max. Marks: 60
Theory Exam: 45
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus. This question carries 14 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
unit. Each question will be of 10 marks.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
METABOLISM OF CARBOHYDRATES*- Review of glycolysis, fate of pyruvate:
alcoholic and homolactic fermentation, Cori cycle, Citric acid cycle. Hexose
monophosphate shunt, glycogenesis, glycogenolysis, gluconeogenesis, glyoxalate cycle.
Regulation of blood glucose level.
7 62

AMINO ACID METABOLISM*- Transamination, deamination, urea cycle, amino acids as
biosynthetic precursors- biosynthesis of heme, biologically active amines and glutathione.
LIPID METABOLISM*- Beta-oxidation of saturated and unsaturated fatty acids (including
brief account of minor pathways of fatty acid oxidation), biosynthesis of fatty acids,
triacylglycerols, Phospholipids, ketone body formation and their utilization, prostaglandins.
Major alterations in carbohydrates, protein and fat metabolism in chronic nutrition related
degenerative diseases.
BIOLOGICAL OXIDATION- Electron transport chain (ETC): elucidation,components and
operation, oxidative phosphorylation and its mechanism, P/O and P/H ratio, uncouplers.
Unit-II
NUCLEOTIDE METABOLISM AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY - Biosynthesis of
purines and pyrimidines, DNA replication, transcription, translation, regulation of gene
expression (Prokaryotes), mutagenesis and DNA repair, recombinant DNA technology and
genetically modified foods.
DETOXIFICATION- Metabolism of xenobiotics.
ENZYMOLOGY- Mechanism of enzyme action (acid base catalysis, covalent catalysis,
metal ion catalysis, electrostatic catalysis, proximity and orientation effect, preferential
binding of the transition stae complex, strain and distortion theory) Enzyme inhibition –
irreversible(non-competitive,uncompetitive), reversible(competitive), feed back and
product inhibition, regulation of enzyme activity by covalent modification, allosteric
modification, isoenzymes, applications of enzymes in medicine and food industry
BIOPHYSICAL TECHNIQUES- Chromatography- Column, Thin layer, Paper, Ion
exchange, Affinity, Molecular exclusion, GLC and HPLC.
Electrophoresis- cellulose acetate and gel electrophoresis, isoelectric focusing.
Spectrophotometry- Bear Lambert’s Law, determination and application of extinction
coefficient.
Centrifugation- sedimentation velocity and analytical methods, ultracentrifugation.
Immunochemical Methods – RIA, ELISA.
Use of Isotopes in biochemistry.
*Regulation of metabolic pathways should be discussed along with.
7 63

Books Recommended:
1 Harper’s Biochemistry- Robert K. Murray
2 Textbook of Biochemistry- West and Todd
3 Bio chemical aspect of Nutrition – S.X.C. - Okoyo
4 Food Chemistry – O.R. Fennema
5 Biochemistry – Voet and Voct
6 Principles of Biochemistry – A.L. Lehniger
7 Outlines of Biochemistry- E. E. Conn
8 Practical Clinical Biochemistry- Harold Varley
Semester – II
Paper- 413
Human Nutrition –II
7 64
Max. Marks: 60
Theory Exam: 45
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus. This question carries 14 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
unit. Each question will be of 10 marks.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
1. Proteins: Classification, digestion, absorption and transport - review. Protein quality,
methods of evaluating protein quality. Protein and amino acid requirements.
Therapeutic applications of specific amino acids: Branched chain, glutamine arginine,
homocysteine, cysteine, taurine.
2. Vitamins: Historical background, food sources, absorption and transport, biochemical
function. Interactions with other nutrients. Physiological, pharmacological and
therapeutic effects, toxicity and deficiency with respect to the following:

a) Fat soluble: Vitamins A, D, E & K.
b) Water soluble: Thiamine, riboflavin, niacin, biotin, pyridoxine, folic acid, pantothenic
acid, ascorbic acid, cyanocobalamin, choline, inositol.
Unit-II
3. Minerals: (Note: For each nutrient sources, bioavailability, function requirements,
RDI/ESADDI, deficiency and toxicity, interactions with other nutrients are to be
discussed).
Macro minerals: calcium, phosphorus, magnesium sodium, potassium and chloride.
Micro minerals: Iron, copper, zinc, manganese, iodine, fluoride.
Trace minerals: Selenium, cobalt, chromium, vanadium, silicon, boron, nickel.
4. Nutrient- nutrient interaction, drug-nutrient interaction.
Books Recommended:
1 Modern Nutrition in Health and Disease – Goodhearth, R. S.
2 Recommended dietary allowance for Indian – I.C.M.R., 1980
3 Nutrition and Development- Winick 1973, Univ. of Calombia.
4 Biology of Nutrition – Eclames 1972, Palaniuma Press
5 Foods & Nutrition – Krause 1972, Saunders.
6 Proteins and Human Foods 1970, Lowrie, Avi. Pub. Co.
7 Nut. & Physical fitness-BoGert L.J.
8 Principles of Nut. – Wilson, L.D. and Fisher. K.H.
9 Standardised diets for Hospital – National Nut. Advisory Committee
10 Nutrition in Health & Disease – Cooper, L. Barher, L. Mitehell, Hand Rynheraen.
11 Nutrition A comprehensive: Beaton and McHanery, Treatise Vol-1, II, & III.
12 Human Nut. & Dietetics- Davidson S., Passmore, R., Brook, J.E. and Truswell.
13 Foods and Nut.- Rankin, W. Munn. Hildath E.N.
14 Iron deficiency – Holiberth, H.C. Harvorth, vannotti, N.Y.
15 Trace Elements in Human and Animal Nut. – Underwood, N.Y.
16 Essays in Biochemistry – Samul Graff, Tandon Book Dept. Sec. –16
17 Diabetes Mellitus- The Williams and Wilkinas Co., U.S.A.
7 65

SEMESTER – II
Paper-414
Therapeutic Nutrition -II
7 66
Max. Marks: 60
Theory Exam: 45
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus. This question carries 14 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions from each
unit. Each question will be of 10 marks.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two questions
from each unit.
Unit-I
Etiology, manifestations and dietary management of Renal Disorders-
� Glomerulonephritis,
� Nephrotic syndrome,
� acute and chronic renal failure
Nutrition in AIDS and Cancer
Nutrition management in special conditions; space travel, high altitude/ low
temperature, heavy manual labour in tropical climate
Unit-II
Etiology, metabolic and clinical aberrations, complications, prevention and nutritional
management of:
a) Weight imbalances (over and under nutrition)
b) Diabetes mellitus
c) Cardiovascular disorders - Hypertension, Atheroscelerosis, Coronary heart
disease.
Chronic alcoholism – effect on digestion and absorption, alcohol nutrient interaction
and dietary management.

Books Recommended:
1 Mal-Nutrition and the Eye: Donala Sterart Mclaren, Academic Press, New York and
London.
2 Diabetes Mellitus: Williames and Wikins Co., USA
3 Nutrition and Physical fitness: Bogert, L.J.
4 Human Nutrition Mc Durtt, Maxine
5 Applied Nutrition – Rajalakshmi, R.
6 Hand boom of diet therapy: Dorothea, Turner.
7 Human Nutrition and dietetics- Davidson, S. Passmore, R. Brock- J.F. and Turswell
A.S.
8 Clinical Dietetics and Nutrition - Anita, F.P.
9 Food Science and Technology: Pyke, Maonus.
10 Modern Nutrition in health and disease by Goodhearth R.S. Shills.
SEMESTER – II
Paper-415
Nutritional Biochemistry -II (Practical)
7 67
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1. Extraction and quantitative estimation of ascorbic acid.
2 Isolation and quantitative estimation of B1, B2 vitamins in various food stuffs.
3 Estimation of Moisture, Crude Fat, crude fiber and ash in the food stuffs.
4 Determination of energy value of foods using bomb calorie meter.
5 Determination of iodine value of given fat sample.
6 Determination of Sodium & Potassium of food /drinks through Flame Photo Meter
7 Separation of amino acids by paper chromatography, TLC.
8. Separation of proteins by gel electrophoresis

Semester – II
Paper-416
Human Nutrition -II (Practical)
7 68
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1. Measurement of Body fat
2. Determination of Hb, RBC and WBC; measurement of BP and calculation of BMI
3. Determination of Plasma Protein and cholesterol
4. Assessment of food intake
SEMESTER – II
Paper-417
Therapeutic Nutrition -II (Practical)
Max. Marks: 50+20**
Practical Exam: 50
Training: 20
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1 Planning, Calculation, Preparation, serving and evaluation of therapeutic diets for
diseases covered in theory
2 Study of the management of food services in selected Hospitals.
3 Visits to dietetic clinics in hospitals- case study of patients needing specific
therapeutic diets.
4 Internship in a hospital for 6 weeks after the theory exam with report submission.

SEMESTER – II
Paper-418
Food Product Development (Practical)
7 69
Max. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1. Market and consumer survey to identify new products
2. Product development from different food groups and their sensory evaluation by
different methods.
3 Two Visit to Food Industry

Theory
Paper No.
Practical
Paper No.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE
SYLLABUS OF M. SC HOME SCIENCE
(CLOTHING AND TEXTILES) Session w.e.f.: 2011-12
Semester – I
Title of the paper Max. marks Exam. Duration
I Textile Chemistry 60( 45+15*)
II Apparel construction 70(55+15*)
III Historic Textiles & costumes 90(70+20*)
IV Computer Applications 50(40+10*)
Total 270
7 70
3 hrs
3 hrs
3 hrs
3 hrs
Title of the paper Max. marks Exam Duration
V Textile Chemistry 40
VI Apparel construction 75
VII Fashion Illustrations 75
VIII Computer Applications 40
� Internal Assessment
Total 230
Grand Total 500
4 hrs
4 hrs
4 hrs
4 hrs

Semester-I
Paper-I
Textile Chemistry
7 71
Max. Marks: 60
Theory Exam: 45
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 14 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 10 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit -I
1. Introduction: Why study of textile chemistry is needed.
Why this subject is related to textile and clothing.
2. Polymer Chemistry:
(a) Polymer, methods of polymerization, polymerization process.
(b) Definition of co-polymer, oligomer, graft-co-polymer.
(c) Degree of Polymerization, use of X-Ray diffraction method in investigating
molecular structure of textile fibres.
(d) Orientation and crystillinity of polymers their influence on fibre properties.
3. Chemistry of Natural Fibres:
(a) Cellulosic fibres: Introduction to cotton, varieties, properties,
longitudinal and cross sectional view. Molecular structure, action of
acids and alkalis, hydrocellulose and oxycellulose, mercerisation.
(b) Regenerated Cellulosic fibres: - Viscose-rayon, cuprammenium-rayon,
cellulose acetate, Polynosic - their manufacture properties and uses.
(c) Protein fibres: - Wool & silk Chemical composition, molecular structure,
physical & chemical properties action of acids & alkalis and other
chemicals. Felting of wool, degumming and weighting of silk, shrink
proofing of wool.
(d) Synthetic Fibres: - Polyester (Terylene, Dacron) Polyamide (Nylon 6,
Nylon 66) and acrylonitrile fibres, Chemistry of fibres: - Raw material,
manufacturing process from polymer to fibre stage. Physical &
chemical properties their uses in textile & clothing. Comparison of wet,
dry and melt spinning methods.

(e) Other natural and synthetic fibres their chemical composition,
properties and uses namely: - Jute flax, polyethylene, polypropylene,
polycarbonate, metallic glass fibre, and polyurethane fibres.
7 72
Unit – II
4. (a) Scientific basis of dyeing and printing of textile: - Classification of
dyes, theory of dyeing, chemical structures of various classes of
dyes, application of dyes on various substrates including blends
(b) Scientific basis of scouring and bleaching of textile fibres and fabrics.
Role of soaps and detergents, scouring agents, bleaching agents,
surface-active compounds, optical brightening agents, methods of
application of bleaching agents to different fibres like cotton, wood,
silk and rayon.
(c) Finishes: Importance & classification Mechanical finishes: Singeing,
calendering, tentering, crabbing, decating, glazing, schreinerizing,
embossing, moiring, cireing, beetling, raising, napping, sanding,
crepe, shearing,weighting.
Chemical finishes: - Mercerization, parchmentisation, , wrinkle
resistant finishes, chlorination, burnt-out effect.
Resins, their application and chemistry,
Special purpose finishes : - Flame retardant, water repellant,
antistatic, stain & soil release, moth proofing, mildew proofing,
antimicrobial, absorbency finishes.
(d) New developments in Fibre manufacture Bi-component and Biconstituent
fibres special purpose fibres.
REFERENCES
Shenai, V.A. (1984) : Technology of Textile Processing, Vol.-IX, Sevak Publication
Cook, J. Gordon, Hand Book of Textile Fibres, Man-Made Fibres, Merrow
Publishing Co. Ltd. England.
Moncnef : RW Manmade Fibres, John Willey & Sons New York.
Trotman, E.R. (1975): Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres Charles
Griffino Company Ltd., London.
Marsh; J.T. (1979): An Introduction to Textile Finishing, B.I., Publications.
Mark H., wooding N.S. & Atlas, Smeeds, (1970): Chemical after Treatment of
Textiles, John Willey & Sons Inc., NY.
Lewin, M. and Sello, Stephen B. (1983): Handbook of Fiber Science and
Technology. Vol. II, Chemical Process of Fibers and Fabrics, Functional Finishes-
Part A, Marcel Deker,Inc., NY and Basel.

Shenai, V.A. (1991): Introduction to the Chemistry of Dyestuffs, Sevak, Prakashan.
Gulrajani M.L. and Gupta, D (1992) : Natural Dyes and their Application to Textiles,
IIT Delhi.
Mohanty, Chandramouli, Naik, (1987): Natural dyeing process of India,
Ahmedabad, Calico Museum of Textiles.
India Horti business on the,http://www.agroindia.org/1HOL
Semester-I
Paper-II
Apparel Construction
7 73
Max. Marks: 70
Theory Exam: 55
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 13 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 10 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit - I
I Detailed study of industrial mechanism and equipments used for
(a) Cutting
(b) Sewing
(c) Finishing
(d) Embellishment
II Study the interrelationship of needles, thread, stitches length & fabric
III Buying Criteria for
(a) Knits, silks, denim & other special fabrics
(b) Readymade garments.

IV Methods of pattern making
(a) Drafting
(b) Flat pattern
(c) Draping
Unit - II
V Developing paper patterns:
(a) Understanding the commercial paper pattern.
(b) Layout on different fabrics, widths & types.
REFERENCES
Armstrong, Pattern Making for/Fashion Design
Gioello and Berke : Figure Type And Size Ramnge, Fairchild Publications, New
York.
Grate and Storm : Concepts in Clothing, McGraw Hill Book Co. New York.
Bina Abling, Fashion Sketch Book, Fairchild Publications, New York
Claire Shaeffers : Fabric Swing Guide, Chilton Book Company, Radnot,
Pennsylvania.
Harold Carr and Barbara Lathan : The Technology of Clothing Manufacture, Oxford
BSP Professional Book London.
Slampler, Sharp & Donnell : Evaluating Apparel, Quality - Fairchild Publications,
New York.
Natalle Bray : Dress Fitting Published By Blackwell Science Ltd.
Margohs Design Your Own Dress Pattern Published By Double Day And Co. Inc.,
New York.
7 74

Semester-I
Paper-III
Historic Textiles & Costumes
7 75
Max. Marks: 90
Theory Exam: 70
Int. Assessment: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit - I
I Study of traditional textiles of India-patolas of gujrat,bandhani of
rajasthan,shawls & carpets of kashmir,brocades of banaras,kalamkari of
AP,mulmul, jamdani, amroo, himroo, mashroo,patchitra-orissa,madhubanibihar,pichwai
(painting of god)- bhilwada, sholapur,
II traditonal sarees-ikat sarees of orissa, chanderi,maheshwari,patola, baluchar,
paithani,kanjivaram, kanchipuram, jamdani, sidipeth, narayanpeth, pochampalli,
bandhni, banaras brocade sarees,gadwal, gharchola, vichitrapur, gari, tanchoi
III Development of Resist dyeing in Indonesia.
IVDevelopment of weaving in India and England
Unit - II
V Study of traditional costumes of different states of India in relation to fabrics,
motifs and other related accessories.
ANCIENT INDIAN DRESSES:
Dress of Aryans.
Dress during 1100 AD to 1730 AD (Islamic Influence).
Dress during 1730 AD to 1947 AD (British Period).
III. Costume in ancient civilization, factors that influenced clothing design
emphasis of fabric, garment features, garment structure, use of colour,
decoration & accessories including head & footwear.

A ASIA
(a) Babylonia (b) Persia (c) Assyria
B Europe
(a) Greece (b) Rome (c) Byzantine (d) France
C Africa
(a) Egypt (b) Coptic
REFERENCES
1. Bosomworth Dorothy (1995): The Encyclopedia Of Patterns and Motifs,
Studio Editions, London.
2. Dhamija Jasleen (1979) : Living Traditions of Iron's Crafts, Vikas Publishing
House, New Delhi.
3. Dupont Auberville,M. (1989): Classic Textiles, Bracken Books, London.
4. Gillow John (1992): Traditional Indonesian Textiles, Thames AND Hudson,
London.
5. Gillow John and Sentence Bryan (1999): World Textiles, Thames and
Hudeson, London.
6. Ginsburgh, M. (1977): Embroidery, Marshall Cavendish Editions, London.
7. Guy John (1998) : Woven Cargos, Thames and Hudson.
8. Harris Jennifer (1993): Textiles 5000 years, Henry and Brans Inc., New York.
9. Harvey Janet (1966): Traditional Textiles of Central Asia, Thames and
Hudson, London.
10. Jones Owen (1997): The Grammar of Omament, Bernard Quatrich,
London.
11. Lewis Ethel : Romance of Textiles.
12. Paine Sheila (1990) : Embroidered Textiles Traditions, Thames and
Hudson, London.
13. Stone Miller Rebecca (1994): To weave for the Sun, Thames and
Hudson, London.
14. Readers Digest (1973): History of Man- The Last Two Million Years.
15. J Anderoon Black, Muidge Garland, A History of Fashion orbis
Publishing Limited, London.
16. Boucher Francoius, A History of Costume in the West. Thames and
Hudson.
17. R. Tumer Wilcox, The Dictionary of Costume B. T. Batsford Ltd.
18. Gerogina O’Hara : The encyclopedia of Fashion, Thames and Hudson.
19. Gini Stephenes Frings : Fashion from concept to Consumer, Prentice
Hall, N. Jersey.
20. Revolution in Fashion : The Kyoto Costume Institute, Abbeville Persi,
New York.
7 76

Semester-I
Paper-IV
Computer Application
7 77
Max. Marks: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit - I
General awareness of computers and its applications. Introductions to various
input and output devices like Keyboard, Printer, CD-ROM, Mouse, floppy,
Monitor etc. Introduction to DOS, MS DOS
Windows
MS - Word
Unit - II
MS - Power Point
MS-Excel
Internet - What is Internet?
E-mail
Browsers.
Any package related to Home Science

Semester – I
Paper V
Textile Chemistry (Practical)
7 78
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1. Identification of fibres: - (Cotton, Polyester, Viscose, Polyamide, silk, Wool
etc.) Use of burning test, Microscopic examination, chemical test & solubility.
2. Qualitative & Quantitative analysis of binary blends - Polyester/ cotton,
Polyester/viscose, polyester/wool, cotton/ wool.
3. Bleaching & Scouring of Cotton.
4. (a) Dyeing of cotton with direct, reactive and azoic dyes.
(b) Dyeing of wool & silk with acid dyes, basic dyes.
5. Effect of degumming on silk.
Semester – I
Paper VI
Apparel Construction (Practical)
Max. Marks: 75
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
I Designing through flat pattern - Dart manipulation
II Development of variation in sleeves, sleeves and bodice combination.
III Development of variations in collars.
(a) Roll over collar
(b) Collar with bodices (shawl)
IV Necklines & Facings
(a) Scooped necklines
(b) Built - up necklines
(c) Cowl necklines
V Plackets
(a) Centre button closing
(b) Asymmetrical Closing
(c) Double breasted
VI Development of paper pattern and construction of garments (using checks,
stripes,
Unidirectional & novelty fabrics)
VII Observation of working of any boutique for five to seven days

Semester – I
Paper VII
Fashion Illustrations (Practical)
7 79
Max. Marks: 75
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1. Sketching of different action croqui (based on basic figure learnt earlier)
2. Garments and garment details: -
- Necklines and collars
- Sleeves details
- Skirts & pants
- Blouses, coats & jackets
- Drawstring & fastenings
- Pleats , gathers,darts and tucks
- Frills,flounces,ruffles, fringes
-cowls & cascades
- Macrames and patch work.
-Shirring, smoking , quilting
- Yokes and ties .
3. Sketching of Accessories: -
- Hats & headgears
- Footwear
- Bags & Purses
- Jewellery
4. Basic Rendering Techniques:
- Colour matching using different mediums.
- Stripes
- Checks, gingham and plaids
- Patterns & textures
- Shading
5. Theme Rendering: Developing a line of garments based on a theme (any one
the following)
- Beachwear - Cocktail wear
- Swimwear - Eveningwear
- Casual wear - Ramp wear
- Action/Sports wear - Executive wear
- Nightwear - Traditional Indian Costume

REFERENCES
1. Abling Bina, Fashion Sketchbook, Fairchild Publishers, New York.
2. Mckelvey Kathyarn, Illustrating Fashion Blackwell Science Munslow Janine.
3. Seaman Julian, Professional Fashion Illustration, B.T. Batsord Ltd. London.
4. Ireland, Patrick John, Fashion Illustration, B.T. Batsford Ltd. London.
5. Allen Anne Seaman Julian Fashion Drawing The Basic Principles B.T.
Batsford Ltd. London.
6.
Semester – I
Paper VIII
Computer Applications (Practical)
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
.
1 Determination of addition, Subtraction and average
2 MS- Word
3 MS- Power Point
4 MS- Excel
5 Internet.
6 E-mail
7 Project report
7 80

Theory
Paper No.
Practical
DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE
SYLLABUS OF M. SC HOME SCIENCE
(CLOTHING AND TEXTILES) Session w.e.f.: 2011-12
Semester – II
Title of the paper Max. marks Exam
Duration
IX Fabric Construction and
Woven fabric Analysis
X Research Methods and
Statistics
7 81
75( 60+15*) 3 hrs
100 (80+20*) 3 hrs
XI Textile Industry in India 75(60+15*) 3 hrs
XII Advanced Apparel
Construction
Total 300
70(55+15*) 3 hrs
Paper No. Title of the paper Max. marks Exam
Duration
XIII Advanced Apparel construction 80+20** 4 hrs
XIV Draping and pattern making 80 4 hrs
Seminar *** 20 1 hr per teacher
*Internal Assessment
** Viva-voce of training report
Total 200
Grand Total 500
*** A committee of three teachers will evaluate the seminar of each student and
marks will be awarded based on subject matter, presentation and ability to
answer questions.

Semester – II
Paper IX
Fabric Construction and Woven Fabric Analysis
7 82
Max. Marks: 75
Theory Exam: 60
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 13 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit - 1
I Principles of Yarn Manufacture - Yarn processing:
for natural fibres cotton, wool and worsted, jute, linen by conventional and
nonconventional systems -
a) OE Spinning - Rotar, Vortex, Friction, Airjet electrostatic, Twisters
(Bobbtex ,Cover, Signaal, twilo)
(b) Self -Twisting
(c) Yarn from Fibres
- Yarn Nomenclature and Measurement yarn numbering systems.
- Geometry of yarns and its relationship to fabric properties.
II Principles of spinning in production of man-made fibre: - Hot and cold drawing,
spun yarn, bi-constituent and bi-component yarn. Blending: principles, types
&technology.
III modern development in yarns and at their manufacture.
IV Fabric Faults - yarn and fabric defects and their remedies.
Unit - II
VI Principles of fabric manufacture basic principles, characteristics and
significances of different process woven knitted, non woven, laces, braids etc.
- Fabric classification
(a) Weaving

- Parts and functions of handloom
- Sequence of operation in warp and weft preparations.
-Various types of looms and their drive.
- advantages & disadvantages of shuttleless, projectile, rapier, airjet&
waterjet looms.
- Basic & decorative weaves - plain, Twill and satin derivatives. Dobby &
Jacquard shedding & weaving terry, pile, leno, bird's eye, mockleno, spot ,
swivel and lappet , double weaving, etc.
- weave calculation, economy of production
(b) Knitting
- Knitting machines, Types of knitting
- Properties
-Production of special knits and integral garments.
(c) Felts & Non Wovens
- Braiding & Lace making
d) textile design centres and their functions
REFERENCES
1. Spun Yarn Technology- Eric Oxtoby Butterworth Publication. American
Cotton Handbook - Merrill
2. Subodh Kumar Aggarwal (1980): Textile Processing and Auxiliaries. Textiles
- Burker - (1988) Abhishek Publication.
3. Essentials of Textiles - M.Joseph, Holf Rinechants, Winston Publications.
Irene Wallen Designing with Threads.
4. Edward Miller (1992) Textiles. Corbman, B. Fibre To Fabric. Book Textiles
Year 1998 By A.F. Barker Chapter-7, Principles of Weaving Pg., 154-171
5. Book - From Fibres to Fibrics, Gale, E., 1968, p.54 Colour and Weave -
Margaret & Thomas, Winderkuechd.
6. Grociki, Z.J. : Textiles Design and Colour, London, Longmans Green and Co.
Ltd.
7. William Watson : Advanced Textiles Design, London, Longmans Green and
Co. Bombay.
8. Nisbet, H : Grammar of Textile Design, Tarapoprewale Sons and Co.
Bomaby.
9. Aswani, K.T. : Weaving Calculations - Taraporewale Sons and Co. Ltd.,
London.
10. Sengupta, R.: Weaving Calculations - Taraporewale Sons and Co.
Bombay.
11. Robinson and Makr : Woven cloth construction -Butter Worth and Co.
Ltd. London.
12. Thorpe, Azaba : Elements of Weaving - Doubleday and Co. Inc., New
York.
7 83

13. Singh, R.B : Modern Weaving, Mahajan Book Distributors,
Ahemdabad.
14. Kulkami, M.M : Weaving Technlogy ; Vininda Publication, Jalgaon.
15. Amalsar, D.M. : Yarn and Cloth Calculation.
16. Amalsar, D.M. : Handloom Weaving
17. Amalsar, D.M.: Fabric Structure and Cloth Analysis.
18. Ajgaonkar, D.B : Knitting technology, Universal Publishing Corp.
Mumbai
19. Ingold, T.S. & Miller, K.S. : Geotextiles Hand book- Thomas Telford,
London.
20. Book - Textiles Year 1998 By A.F. Barker Chapter 7, Principles of
WeavingPg-154 -171
Semester-II
Paper-X
Research Methods & Statistics
7 84
Max. Marks: 100
Theory Exam: 80
Int. Assessment: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
Nature of research in Home Science, scientific approach.
Types of Research: Experimental, Field studies, Case study, and Survey research.
Designing research: Problem, hypothesis, concept and types of variables
(dependent, independent, random, discrete, continuous, qualitative and
quantitative).
Methods of data collection: Interview, observation, questionnaire, rating scales.
Research Designs: randomized groups, matched groups, pre and post test and
factorial.

Sampling: Meaning, importance and types; random (simple, stratified, cluster), Non
random (incidental, purposive, quota)
Unit-II
Statistics: Meaning, primary data, array, frequency, frequency distribution and its
types.
Measures of central tendency: Mean, Median, Mode; Measures of dispersion:
range, mean deviation, standard deviation, root mean square deviation, variance,
moments about origin and moments about mean, Binomial and Normal distribution,
Skewness and Kurtosis.
Parameter & Statistic, sampling distribution and sampling error, standard error,
Tests of significance: Null hypothesis, Alternative hypothesis, levels of significance-
Type I and Type II errors, chi-square: goodness of fit.
T- test: single mean, independent mean, paired mean, Analyses Variance: Oneway
& Two-way. Correlation -Pearson’s correlation, scatter diagram, Spearman’s
correlation.
Significance of difference between correlations
Books Recommended:
1. S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics
2. S.C. Gupta: Fundamentals of statistics
3 G. Udny Yule, N.M.G. Kendall: An Introduction to the theory of Statistics
4 Croxton, F.C. and Cowden, D. J. Applied General Statistics, Prentics hall Inc.
1955
5 Garrett. H. Statistical in Psychology and Education. Oxford book Co. 1960.
6 R.P. Hooda: Introduction to statistics. The MacMillon Co.
7 cotharman, W. A. Textbook of Statistics, (Revised edition) 1973.
8 Kerlinge, Foundations of Behavioral Research
9 Sneedecer G. W. Statistical Methods. Applied Pacific Private Ltd., 1961.
7 85

Semester-II
Paper-XI
Textile Industry in India
7 86
Max. Marks: 75
Theory Exam: 60
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 13 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
.Unit - I
I Importance of textile and clothing industry in the Indian economy in terms of
domestic consumption, employment and per- capita income, gross national
product and international trade.
II National textile policy 1986, and latest policy - changes in focus over the years
in terms of objective, function ability, regulatory mechanism and futuristic trends.
IV Status of textile and clothing Industry over a decade - in relation to production
and consumptions pattern, locale, employment potential, R & D, problems and
prospects,research associations & institutes, cotton, wool, silk,jute, rayon and
synthetic industry, Handloom industry, readymade garment industry, hosiery
industry.
Unit - II
V ) status of textile & apparel industry in global scenario Gatt/WTO
ISO 9000-2000 series and ISO 14000 series
SWOT analysis
Export and Import policies of textiles &apparels
(a) Problems in export and import of textiles,
(b) Trends in Indian Exports
c)export infrastructural facilities & incentives.

Note:
Semester-II
Paper-XII
Advanced Apparel Construction
Max. Marks: 70
Theory Exam: 55
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 12 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit - I
I Fitting – factors affecting good fit, common problems encountered and remedies
for fitting defects (upper and lower garments)
II Clothing for people with special needs.
- Maternity and lactation period
- Old age
- Physically challenged.
III Overview of the Apparel Industry
- History of apparel industry
- Mass – Production process
- Costing
IV Evaluating the quality of apparel: -
- Testing & Inspection
Unit – II
� - Quality specifications and standards in cutting,sewing,
supplies, finishing and packing.
7 87

REFERENCES
1. Slamper, Sharp & Donnell: Evaluating Apparel, Quality- Fairchild
Publications, New York.
2. Natalle Bray Dress Fitting Published By Blackwell Science Ltd.
3. Margolis Design your Own Dress Pattern Published By Double Day And Co.
Inc. New York.
Semester – II
Paper XIII
Advanced Apparel Construction (Practical)
Max. Marks: 80+20**
Practical Exam: 80
Training: 20
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
I. Fashion Sketching
II. Development of slopers for skirt variation
- Low & High Waist
- A Line, Flared, Circular, Pleated, Yoked.
III. Pockets
- Slashed pockets-welt, bound flaps
- Inseam pockets – closed and open
IV. Plackets
Fly front opening
Zipper inseam, without seam.
V. Designing, drafting and construction of skirt, jacket, top, lady's trousers and
nighty
and gown designer lady's suit.
VI One month training in any garment construction Unit and Report submission
7 88

Semester – II
Paper XIV
Draping and Pattern Making (practical)
Max. Marks: 80
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1. Introductions to draping and silhouette of the individual – dress form, Elements
of fabric woven, knitted.
2. Development of the ladies block crotch line garments by drafting and draping
(Shorts, Bermudas, trousers etc)
3. Development of pattern with variation in
- One piece dresses
- Two-piece dresses
- Dart less dresses.
(Incorporating various, collars, sleeves, yokes, necklines, pockets and plackets
etc.)
4. Draping of bodice block and skirt block and their variation.
- Draping of asymmetrical designs and preparing patterns.
5. Pattern markings, pattern envelope and guide sheet.
REFERENCES
1. Crawform C.A., The art of Fashion draping, fair child publications New York.
2. Pamela C. Stinger, Pattern drafting for dressmaking.
3. Hillihouse, M.S. and Mansfield, E.A.: Dress Design - Draping and Flat
Pattern, London.
4. Sheldon Maratha Gene - Design through draping, USA Burgers Publishing
Company.
5. Brackman, Helen, L- Theory of Fashion Design, New York, John Wiley and
Sons.
6. Strickland, Gertuole-A Tailoring Manual -New York, Macmillan Company.
7. Pepin Harriet-Modern Pattern Design, New York.
7 89

Paper
Theory
DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
SYLLABUS OF M.SC. HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (2011-12)
SEMESTER –I
Name Max. Marks Exam
Duration
I Theories of Human Development 75 (60 + 15*) 3 hrs
II Methods of Studying Human
Development.
75 (60 + 15*) 3 hrs
III Study of Family in Society 80 (60 + 20*) 3 hrs
IV Computer Applications 50 (40 + 10*) 3 hrs
V Early Childhood Care and Education 80 (60 + 20*) 3 hrs
Paper
Practical
Total 360
Name Max. Marks Exam.
Duration
VI Methods of Studying Human
Development.
40 3 hrs
VII Early Childhood Care and Education 60 3 hrs
VIII Computer Applications 40 4 hrs
* Internal Assessment
Total 140
Grand Total 500
7 90

Semester-I
Paper-I
Theories of Human Development
7 91
Max. Marks: 75
Theory Exam: 60
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 13 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
1. Meaning and significance of theories of Human Development.
2. Freud's psychoanalytic theory, current status.
3. Neo-Freudians-Alfred Adler, Carl Gustav Jung, Eric Erickson.
4. Learning theory:
Pavlov, Skinner, Current Status of learning theory.
5. Language development theory of Chomsky.
Unit-II
5. Cognitive Development theory.
Piaget’s theory, Neo-Piagetian studies
6. Social learning theory-Bandura's theory
7. Lewin's field theory.
8. Theories of personality.
Vygotoksy, Roger’s Self Theory.
9. Ecological theory Urie Bronfenbrenner.
References
1. Aries, P. (1962). Centuries of Childhood. New York: Knopf.
2. Crain, W. (1992). Theories of Development, Concepts and applications. New
Jersey: Prentice
3. Hall. James, A. and Prout, J. (Ed.). (1990). Constructing and Reconstructing
Childhood. London:
Falmer Press.
4. Kakar, S. (1977). Culture And Psyche- Selected Essays. Delhi: Oxford University
Press.
5. Kakar, S. (1978) The Inner World. Delhi: Oxford University Press.
6. Roland, A. (1989). In Search of Self in India and Japan. Princeton, NJ: Princeton

University Press.
7. Roland, A. (1996). Cultural pluralism and psychoanalysis. New York: Routledge.
8. Smith, JA, Harre, R., and van Lange hove, L (1995) Rethinking Psychology.
London: Sage.
9. Vasta, R. (ed.). (1992). Six Theories of Child Development: Revised formulations
and current issues.
London: Sessica Kingsley Publishers Ltd.
Semester-I
Paper-II
Methods of Studying Human Development
Max. Marks: 75
Theory Exam: 60
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 13 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
1. Uses and History of Psychological tests.
2. Concept of measurement and evaluation.
3. Units of measurement - Scale, Norms and Transformation.
4. Methods of studying Human Development: Observation, Interview,
Questionnaire, Case study method, sociometry, psychometric.
Unit-II
5. Anthropometry: Body landmark, instruments, Height, weight and other
measurement of nutritional status.
6. Reliability and Validity.
7. Techniques of evaluation with special reference to Intelligence, personality,
Interests and Aptitudes
7 92

References
1. Aylward, G. (1994). Practitioner's guide to developmental and
psychological testing. New York: Plenum Press.
2. Blaxter, L., Hughes, C. and Tight, M. (1999). How to Research. New Delhi:
Viva Books.
3 Hayes, N. (ed). (1997). Doing Qualitative Analysis in Psychology. Hove:
Psychology Press.
4 . Smith, J.A., Harre, R., and van Langenhove, L. (1995). Rethinking
Psychology. London: Sage.
1. Yin, R. (1994). Case study research: Design and methods (2nd ed.) Beverly
Hills, CA: Sage
Publication.
6. Nagpal, R. and Sell, H. (1985). Subjective well-being inventory. New Delhi:
World Health Organization
Semester-I
Paper-III
STUDY OF FAMILY IN SOCIETY
7 93
Max. Marks: 80
Theory Exam: 60
Int. Assessment: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 16 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 14 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
1. The family in social context:
� Family as a component of social system
� Function's of family
� Family life cycle
2. Socio-cultural studies of family pattern in India.
� Family structure and forms

� Alternate families-Single parents, childless, cohabitation marriage without
children.
� Family patterns in India-Tribal, Rural, Urban.
� Role relationship in the family.
� Sex roles and division of labour
� Cause and effect of family structure on changing roles of family.
� Kinship in India.
� Sociological significance of family.
3. Approaches to the study of the family.
Unit-II
4. Types of family crises and coping strategies- financial, behavioural,
interpersonal relationships and health.
5. Contemporary issues and concerns
� Family violence, child maltreatment, sexual abuse(child abuse)
� Gender role
� Divorce and remarriage
� Family planning
� Effect of industrialization on family
� Major world trends in family patterns.
6. Family and societal exchanges/influences.
� Education and family
� Health and family
� Ecology and family
� Religion and family.
7. Disadvantaged family- its needs, problems and support mechanism.
References
1. Adams, B.N. (1975). The Family: A sociological interpretation. Chicago: Rand
Mc Nully.
2. Ahuja, R (1997). Indian Social System (2nd Ed.).Jaipur: Rawat.
3. Arcus. H.E. and Others (1993). Handbook of Family Ufe Education: The Practice
of Family life education (Vol. II). N.Y.: Sage.
4. Bahr, S.J. (1989). Family Interaction. N.Y.: Macmillan.
5. Bharat, S & Desai, M. (1995). Indian Bibliographies on the Family. Bombay: Tata
Institute of Social Sciences.
6. Bharat. S. (1996). Family measurement in India. New Delhi: Sage.
7. Cole mar, J.C. (1988). Intimate relationships: Marriage and family patterns. N.Y.:
Macmillan.
8. Cooer, R (1975). Family: Its structure and functions. New York: Macmillan.
9. Das, H.S. & Bardis, P.O. (Eds.) (1978). The World Revolution in Family Patterns.
New York: The Free Press.
7 94

10. Hoover. H.M. & Hoover,. HK (1979). Concepts and methodologies in family: An
instructor's resource handbook. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
11. Jahan, R (1995). The elusive agenda: Mainstreaming women in development In
Landers and Leonard (Eds.). Seeds supporting Women's Work Around the World.
N.Y.: The Feminist Pres.
12. Kesberg. J.I. (1992). Family care of the elderly: Social and Cultural Changes.
N.Y.: Sage.
13. Leslie. G.R (1988). The family in social context, New York: Oxford.
14. Lerner, RM. (Ed.). (1978). Child influences on marital and family interaction: A
life span
perspective: N.Y. Academic Press.
15. Lock, S.L. (1992). Sociology of the Family. London: Prentice Hall.
16. Mandelbaum, D.G. (1972). Society in India: Continuity and Change. Berkley:
Univ. of California
Press.
17. Queen, SA (1985). The Family in Various Cultures. (5th Ed.) N.Y. : Harper &
Row.
18. Ramu, G.N. (1989). Women Work and Marriage in Urban India: A Study of Dual
aCId Single
Earner Couples. New Delhi: Sage.
19 Rao, U.P.P. & Rao, V.N. (1985). Marriage: The Family and Women in India.
New Delhi:
Heritage.
20. Sriram, R. (1993). Family Studies in India: Appraisal and New Directions. In
T.S. Saraswathi
and B. Kaur (Eds.) Human Development and Family Studies in India: An
Agenda for Research
and Policy. New Delhi' : Sage.
21. Touliatos, J. and Others (Eds.) (1990). Handbook of Family Measurement
Techniques.
Newbury Park: Sage.
7 95

Semester I
Paper IV
Computer Applications
7 96
Max. Marks: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four question will be attempted by selecting two
question from each unit.
Unit-I
General awareness of computers and its applications. Introduction to various
Input and Output devices like Key board, Printers, CD-ROM, mouse, floppy,
Monitors. Introduction to DOS, MS DOS
MS- Windows
MS- Word
Unit-II
MS- Power Point
MS- Excel
Internet: What is Internet?
E-mail
Browsers
Any package related to Home Science

Semester I
Paper-V
EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND EDUCATION
7 97
Max. Marks: 80
Theory Exam: 60
Int. Assessment: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 16 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 14 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
1. Principles of Early childhood Care and Education
� Importance, need and scope of ECCE.
� Objectives of ECCE
� Types of preschools/programmes: Play centres, day care, Montessori,
kindergarten, balwadi, anganwadi etc.
2. Historical Trends (Overview)
� Contribution of the following thinkers to the development of ECCE (their
principles, applications and limitations) in the context of ECCE.
� Pestalozzi, Rousseou, Froebel, Maria Montessori, John Dewey, Gijubhai
Badheka, Tarabai Modak, M.K. Gandhi, Rabindranath Tagore.
3. ECCE in India
� Pre Independence period, Post Independence - Kothari Commission,
contribution of the five-year plans to ECCE - Yashpal Committee,
Maharashtra Preschool Centre Act.-
4. Contribution of the following agencies/programmes to ECCE in India.
ICCW, IAPE, NCERT ICDS, UNICEF, NCTE, Mobile Creche etc.

Unit-II
5. Organisation of Pre-School Centres
� Concept of organisation and administration of early childhood centres.
� Administrative set up and functions of personnel working at different levels.
� Building and equipment location and site, arrangement of rooms, different
types and size of rooms, play ground, storage facilities, selection of different
types of outdoor and indoor equipment, maintenance and display of
equipment and material
� Staff/Personnel Service conditions and role: Role and responsibilities,
essential qualities of a care giver/teacher, other personnel.
� Record and Report: Types, aim and purpose/need, general characteristics
e.g. anecdotal, cumulative, sample work, medical etc.
6. Programme Planning
Principles of Programme Planning, Long term & short term planning ( Annual
, Monthly, weekly and daily planning ), Theme Planning
7. Suggested Activities for ECCE:
� Art and Craft Activities
� Music.
� Mathematics, Science and Social Studies.
� Language Arts.
References
1. Bhatia & Bhatia (1995). Theory and Principles of Education, Doaba. House,
Delhi.
2. Brewer, JA (1998). Introduction to early childhood Education. (3rd Ed.). Boston:
Allyn & Bacon.
3.Carol, E.C. and Jan Allen (1993). Early childhood curriculum, University of
Tennessee, New York:
Macmillan.
4. Day Barbara (1983). Early childhood education, New York: Macmillan.
5. Gordon & Browne (1989). Beginning and Beyong, Second edition, Delmar Pub.
Inc.
6.Grewal, J.S. (1984). Early childhood education, Agra National Psychological
Corporation Pub.
7. Hildebrand Vema (1981). Introduction to Early Childhood Education, N.Y.:
Macmillan.
8. Hildebrand Vema (1985). Guiding the young child, N.Y. : Macmillan.
9. Jenkins, E. (1977). A practical guide to early childhood curriculum, C.V. Mostey
Co.
10. Judith, E and Meyers, RG. (2000). Early Childhood Counts: A programming
guide on early
7 98

Childhood Care for Development. Washington: The World Bank. (Learning
Resource 3eries).
11. Kaul, V. (1997). Early childhood education programme, New Delhi: NCERT.
12. Kohn Ruth (1972). The Exploring Child. Mumbai: Orient Longman.
13. Kulkarni S. (1988). Parent Education, Perspectives and Approaches. Jaipur.
Ravat Publications.
14. Maxim G. (1980). The very young, California: Wordsworth.
15. Mohanti & Mohanti (1996). Early childhood care & education. New Delhi: Deep
& Deep
Publication.
16. Moyley, J.R (1996). Just Playing: the role and status of play in early childhood
Education. Milton
Kayness : Open University Press.
17. Mutlidharan, R (1991). Guide to nursery school teacher. New Delhi: NCERT.
18. Pankajam, G. (1994). Preschool Education. Ambala : Indian Pub.
19. Rao, V.K. and S. Khurshid-ul-Islam (Eds.) (1997). Early Childhood: Care and
Education. New
Delhi: Commonwealth Publication. .
20. Read Katherine (1980). The Nursery School, Halt Rinehart & Winston.
21. Saraswathi, T.S. (1988). Issues in Child Development, Curriculum & Other
Training &
Employment, Mumbai : Somaiya.
22. Swaminathan Mina. A source book on early childhood care and education,
UNESCO, Clinical
co-operative programme, Paris.
23. Swaminathan, M. (Ed.) (1998). The first Five Years: a critical perspective on
Early Childhood
Care and Education in India. New Delhi: -Sage.
24. Wagh Anutai. How to run a Balwadi, Thane: Gram Balshikshan Kendra.
7 99

Semester I
Paper-VI
Methods of Studying Human Development (Practical)
� Overview of methods of child study.
� Tests scales and other methods of assessment of
i. Intelligence
ii. Social and personality development
iii. Emotional development.
iv. Cognitive development
v. Language Development
vi. Physical and motor development
vii. Home Environment
� Field report and project
8 00
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Semester I
Paper VII
EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND EDUCATION (Practical)
Max. Marks: 60
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Practical
1. Visits to various centres, which cater to the preschool stage e.g.: Day care
Centre, Balwadi, Anganwadi, Mobile Creche etc.
2. Preparing a resource unit file on the basis of play way method/approach.
3. Preparing teaching material kit and presentation in mock set. up:-
� Story and their techniques
� Types of puppets and mobiles.
� Arts and crafts portfolio
� Song booklet and low cost musical instruments.
� Readiness games and material
� Picture talk and object take related material etc.
4. Planning and executing activities in ECCE centers.
5. Role plays of home visits and conducting a home visit to a family known
through practice teaching.

6. Planning of parent teacher meeting: Stimulation of meeting/even/functionplanning
programme-evaluating and reporting the programme.
7 Observation of Nursery Schools/ NGOs /Orphanage/any other organization
for one week.
Semester I
Paper-VIII
Computer Applications (Practical)
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 4 hrs
1 Determination of addition, Subtraction and average
2 MS- Word
3 MS- Power Point
4 MS- Excel
5 Internet.
6 E-mail
7 Project report
8 01

Paper
Theory
DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
SYLLABUS OF M.SC. HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION (2011-12)
SEMESTER –II
Name Max. Marks Exam.
Duration
IX Advance Study in Human
Development-I
70 (55 + 15*) 3 hrs
X Research Methods and Statistics 100 (80 + 20*) 3 hrs
XI Population Education & Family
Welfare
70 (55 + 15*) 3 hrs
XII Adolescence and Youth 70 (55 + 15*) 3 hrs
XIII Management of Programmes for
Children and Family
70 (55 + 15*) 3 hrs
Total 380
Paper
Practical
Name Max. Marks Exam.
Duration
XIV Adolescence and Youth 40 3 hrs
XV Management of Programmes for
Children and family
60 (40 + 20**) 3 hrs
Seminar***
20
* Internal Assessment
** Viva-voce of training report
Total 120
Grand Total 500
***A committee of three teachers will evaluate the seminar of each student and
marks will be awarded based on subject matter, presentation and ability to answer
questions
8 02

Semester-II
Paper-IX
Advance Study in Human Development -I
Max. Marks: 70
Theory Exam: 55
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 12 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
1. Principles and concept of Development
- Principles of growth and development.
- Basic concepts of development, maturation and learning, sensitive
periods, individual differences, nature- nurture issues.
- Secular trends in growth
- Developmental tasks.
2. Prenatal development
- Recapitulation of stages in prenatal development, genetics and
environmental factors: maternal conditions and tertogens.
- Birth process and the neonate.
3. Infancy: (Birth - 2 years)
- The newborn: Physical description, sensory & perceptional capacities
and reflexes.
- Becoming co-coordinated- feeding, sleeping, crying.
- Imitation, object permanence & other cognitive accomplishments.
- Early language development.
- Social relationships during infancy
- Early emotional development - temperament and attachment.
Unit-II
4. Early Childhood (2-6 years)
- Physical and motor development
- Language, cognition and emotions in early years.
- Play and social relationships, pro-social behaviour, the emerging self.
- Early socialization.
8 03

5. Middle Childhood (7 - 11 years)
- Physical and motor development; changes and challenges
- Personality development
- Cognitive, moral and language development
- Social relationship - Peers & siblings.
- The experience of schooling - academic achievement
6. Adolescence (11 - 18 years)
- Development of Formal Operations - adolescent thought, integration of
the self: issues of identity.
- Transition from childhood to sexual maturity - Puberty and its
consequences.
- Early Vs Late matures and emotional changes.
- Role of family, peers.
- Moral reasoning and judgment.
- Special Issue: health, sexuality.
References
1. Rice, F.P. (1995). Human Development. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
2. Berk, LE. (1995). Child Development. London: Allyn & Bacon.
3. Cole, M. & Cole, S. (1993). The development of children. (2nd ed.) New Vork:
Scientific
American Books Freeman & Co.
4. Dutt, S. (1998). Moral Values in child Development. New Delhi: Anmol.
5. Santrock, J.W. & Vussen, S.R. (1988). Child development: An introduction. lolr\ t:
Wm. C. Brown
Publishers.
6. Bee, H. (1997). The developing child (VIII ed.). New Vork: Longman.
7. Clarke-Stewart, A. & Friedman, S. (1987). Child development: Infancy through
adolescence. New
York: John Wiley.
8. Mussen, P.H.; Conger, J.J.; Kagan, J. & Huston, A.C. (1996). Child development
and personality.
New York: Harper & Row.
8 04

Semester II
Paper-X
Research Methods & Statistics
8 05
Max. Marks: 100
Theory Exam: 80
Int. Assessment: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit.
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
Nature of research in Home Science, scientific approach.
Types of Research: Experimental, Field studies, Case study, and Survey research.
Designing research: Problem, hypothesis, concept and types of variables
(dependent, independent, random, discrete, continuous, qualitative and
quantitative).
Methods of data collection: Interview, observation, questionnaire, rating scales.
Research Designs: randomized groups, matched groups, pre and post test and
factorial.
Sampling: Meaning, importance and types; random (simple, stratified, cluster), Non
random (incidental, purposive, quota)
Unit-II
Statistics: Meaning, primary data, array, frequency, frequency distribution and its
types.
Measures of central tendency: Mean, Median, Mode; Measures of dispersion:
range, mean deviation, standard deviation, root mean square deviation, variance,
moments about origin and moments about mean, Binomial and Normal distribution,
Skewness and Kurtosis.
Parameter & Statistic, sampling distribution and sampling error, standard error,
Tests of significance: Null hypothesis, Alternative hypothesis, levels of significance-
Type I and Type II errors, chi-square: goodness of fit.

T- test: single mean, independent mean, paired mean, Analyses Variance: Oneway
& Two-way. Correlation -Pearson’s correlation, scatter diagram, Spearman’s
correlation.
Significance of difference between correlations
Books Recommended:
1. S.C. Gupta & V.K. Kapoor: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics
2. S.C. Gupta: Fundamentals of statistics
3 G. Udny Yule, N.M.G. Kendall: An Introduction to the theory of Statistics
4 Croxton, F.C. and Cowden, D. J. Applied General Statistics, Prentics hall Inc.
1955
5 Garrett. H. Statistical in Psychology and Education. Oxford book Co. 1960.
6 R.P. Hooda: Introduction to statistics. The MacMillon Co.
7 Scotharman, W. A. Textbook of Statistics, (Revised edition) 1973.
8 Kerlinge, Foundations of Behavioral Research
9 Sneedecer G. W. Statistical Methods. Applied Pacific Private Ltd., 1961.
Semester II
Paper-XI
POPULATION EDUCATION AND FAMILY WELFARE
Max. Marks: 70
Theory Exam: 55
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 12 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
1. Study of population and population dynamics in developed and developing
countries.
2. Population education – Role of national, international and non governmental
agencies.
3. Population statistics with special reference to children and women infant
mortality and morbidity.
8 06

4. Population growth.
5. Birth control measures
Unit-II
6. Reproductive and child health programmes. Reproductive rights of women.
7. Family welfare services- community based assistance to family, day care
services, services for families in poverty and with problem children.
8. Family law and family courts
9. Agencies and organizations involved in the welfare of children, women and
family.
10. National commission for women.
Semester II
Paper-XII
ADOLESCENCE AND YOUTH
8 07
Max. Marks: 70
Theory Exam: 55
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 12 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
1. The adolescent stage
- The concept of adolescence, Its link with middle childhood and
youth.
- Characteristics of adolescence
- Developmental tasks of adolescence.
2. Physical and sexual development
- Puberty, development of primary and secondary sex
characteristics.
- Psychological response to puberty.

- Sexuality and sex education.
- Causes of HIV/AIDS and prevention.
3. Cognitive and moral development
- Formal operation - Piaget's theory, changes in reasoning abilities
- Moral reasoning and judgment.( Kohlberg’s stages )
4. Identity formation
- Different perspectives: construct of self and development of self -
concept.
Unit-II
5. Social and emotional development
- Peers and friendships. Interpersonal relations ( parents , siblings).
- Heightened emotionality.
- Conflict with parents and grandparents.
6. School, college, work and career
- Adolescence and youth in the context of differential opportunities for
education and formal training.
- Importance of academic achievements and failure, related issues.
7. Marriage
- Legal age and its relationship to development.
- Marriage choices and significance of marriage in human development.
8. Delinquency and disturbance
- Juvenile delinquency: cause and prevention.
- Psychological disturbances: depression, suicide, and substance
abuse.
References
1. Balk, D.E. (1995). Adolescent development. New York: Brooks! Cole.
2. Erikson, E.H. (1968). Identity: Youth and crisis. London: Faber & Faber
3. Kroger, J. (1996). Identity in adolescence. London: Routledge.
4. Kakar, S. (1992). Identity and adulthood. Delhi: Oxford University Press.
5. NIPCCD. (2000). Adolescent Girls' Scheme - An evaluation. New Delhi:
NIPCCD.
6. Sharma, N. (1996). Identity of the adolescent girl. New Delhi: Discovery
Publishing House.
7. Saraswathi, T.S. & Dutta, R. (1988). Invisible boundaries: Grooming for adult
roles. New Delhi:
Northern Book Centre.
8. Sharma, N. (1999). Understanding adolescence. New Delhi: National Book
Trust.
8 08

Semester II
Paper-XIII
MANAGEMENT OF PROGRAMMES FOR CHILDREN AND FAMILIES
Max. Marks: 70
Theory Exam: 55
Int. Assessment: 15
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Note:
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� Question No. -1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus and this question carries 15 marks
� The remaining eight questions will be set from units I & II, four questions
from each unit and each question will be of 12 marks
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Question No -1 will be
compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
1. Programme Planning - Definition, Objectives, Principles, steps in planning.
2. Defining the project goals. Steps in goal formation.
Unit-II
3. Management of the project: Meaning, objectives, characteristics, steps and
importance of management skills.
4. Monitoring and Evaluation: Supervision, meetings to plan, feedback. project
report, programme evaluation and Review Techniques.
5. Child and Family Welfare programmes in India- Recent approaches.
References
1. Chaudhary, P. (1985). Child Welfare Services. New Delhi: Atmaram & Sons.
2.Daughtery, A.S. and Ricks, B.A. (1989). Contemporary Supervision: Managing
people and
technology. New York: Mac Grawh Hill.
3. Grewal, J.S (1984). Ear1y Childhood Education Foundations & Practice, Agra :
National
'Psychological Corporation.
4. Hildbrand V (1984). Management of Child Development Centers, New York:
Collier Macmillan
Publishing, 1984.
5. Leeper, S.H. Wither Spoon, R. L & Day, B. (1984); Good Schools for
8 09

Young" Children (5th edition), New York: Macmillan.
6. Maluccio, A.N, Fein, E and Olmstead, K. A. (1986). Permanency Planning for
Children: Concepts & Methods. New York: Tavistock Publication.
7. Mohanty, J. Mohanty B. (1984). Ear1y Childhood Care & education, New Delhi:
Deep & Deep.
8. Peter T (1997). The Circle of Innovation: You Can't Shrink Your Way to
greatness, U. K.: Hodder & Stoughten.
9. Shaffir, W.B. (1991). Experiencing Field-work. New York: Sage.
10. Watkins, P.K. & Divant L. (1987). Preschool Director's Staff Development
Handbook. New York: Center for applied research in education, Prferion publishing.
Other Sources
1. Encyclopedia of Social Work in India, Ministry of Welfare Govt. of India, Vol. 1, 2,
3, 4.
2. Social welfare Administration Vot 1, Theory & Practice. S. L. Goel, R. K. Jain,
Deep & Deep
Publications, New Delhi 1988. .
Semester II
Paper-XIV
ADOLESCENCE AND YOUTH (Practical)
Max. Marks: 40
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
1 Visit to various centers catering to youth
2 Preparing a youth education programmes
3 Plan and organize debates and discussions for adolescents for healthy
and responsible sexual behavior to prevent HIV/AIDS
4 Organizing a play for youth education
5 Organizing a quiz on any relevant topic for today’s youth
8 10

Semester II
Paper-XV
MANAGEMENT OF PROGRAMMES FOR CHILDREN AND FAMILIES
(Practical)
Max. Marks: 60
Practical Exam: 40
Training: 20
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
1 Prepare a project plan based on the information secured on an existing
program in the locality. (As a learning exercise on a Known case).
2 Organise and implement some activities and evaluate impact. Prepare
report.
3 Identification of specific programmes for children and families.
4 One month training in preschools/ NGOs /Orphanage /Old Age home /any
other welfare organization and report submission.
8 11

Sr.
No.
Paper
No.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
Diploma Course on Bhagavadgita
Scheme, Syllabus and Courses of Reading
(Effective from the Academic- Session: 2011-2012)
Nomenclature of the
Paper
1. I. Fundamental Concepts of
Bhagavadgita
2. II. Bhagavadgita and Art of
Meditation
(Applied aspect of
Bhagavadgita )
Scheme of Examination
for
Diploma Course on Bhagavadgita
N.B.: Practical and Viva-Voce will be conducted
by the external & internal examiners as
per University rules.
Max. Marks Time
Theory = 80 Marks 03 Hours
Month &
Year of
Examination
April, 2012
Internal Assessment –
20 Marks
Total - 100 Marks
Part – A: Practical - 50
Marks
Part – B:Viva-Voce - 50
Marks
Total – 100 Marks
8 12
03 Hours April, 2012
(Dr.R.K.Deswal)
Chairman,
Dept. of Philosophy
Kurukshetra University,
Kurukshetra.

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
Diploma Course on Bhagavadgita
Paper – I: Fundamental Concept of Bhagavadgita
8 13
Theory – 80 Marks
Internal Assessment – 20 Marks
Total – 100 Marks
Time Allowed – 03 Hours
Objectives: The course is designed in order to create awareness in Society about the
Universal teachings of Bhagavadgita and Socio-ethical relevance of Gita’s teachings in
modern times.
Instructions: Out of Five units ten questions will be set. From each unit two alternative
questions equitably distributed all over the unit will be set .The examines will have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit – I. Srimadbhagavadgita and its background. Necessity of Gita’s teachings. Jnana
Yoga, Understanding the Truth about self and supreme,Characterisrics of individual soul
(Jiva).
Unit – II. Karma; Karma Kands; Karma Yoga and its importance; Contemporary relevance
of Karma Yoga; Sakama Karma and Niskama Karma Yoga; Karma, Vikarma and Akarma.
Unit – III. Nature of Prakriti and its three modes; Time (Kala) and its influence; Dhyana
Yoga; Instruction about flicker nature of mind.
Unit – IV. Bhakti Yoga and its practices; Attaining the most confidential knowledge (raja
guhya Yoga ); Six qualities of God & realization of supreme person (God). Relevance of
Bhakti in modern times.
Unit – V. Science and ne-Science ( Vidya and Avidya ). The Ideal person of Gita:
Sthitapragya & Karmayogi. Qualities which endevour to the supreme; Divine and
demoniac qualities ( Aasuri-sampad and daivi-sampad ). The final conclusion- The
ultimate goal of man i.e. attainment of Enlightenment.

Suggested Books:-
I. Srimad-Bhagavadgita: Original Text.
II. Srimadbhagavatam 10 Vols.: A.C. Prabhupada, BBT, Bombay, NewYork.
III. Bhagavadgita as it is – His Divine Grace : A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami
Prabhupada, Bhaktivedanta Book, Mumbai, 2009.
IV. Srimadbhagavadgita Sankara Bhasya (Hindi), Gita Press, Gorakhpur.
V. Srimadbhagavadgita Rahasaya : B.G. Tilak, Tilak Brothers Publication,Poona.
VI.Essays in the Gita: Sri Aurobindo,Sri Aurobindo Ashram, Pandichery.
VII.Kant and Gita: K.M.P. Verma, Classical Publication, New Delhi.
VIII.Bhagavadgita for Executives:V.Ramanathan,Bhartiya Vidya Bhavan,
Bombay.
IX.The Gita in the light of modern Science:R.B.Lal, Somaiya Publication,Bombay.
8 14

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
Diploma Course on Bhagavadgita
Paper – II: Bhagavadgita & Art of Meditation
8 15
Part - A: Practical - 50 Marks
Part – B:Viva-Voce - 50 Marks
Total - 100 Marks
Objectives: The Paper No. II is designed in order to enhance the inwardly development
of Human Beings by attaining the mental peace and spiritual enlightenment through
Bhagavadgita.
Instructions: There will be no written test in the Paper No.II .This paper is divided in Two
Parts i.e.Part-A & Part-B .Part – A :Practical - 50 Marks & Part – B : Viva-Voce- 50 Marks.
Unit – I. Meditation and its necessity in the age of Globalization. Art of meditation.
Meditation and its kinds. Background of Bhagavadgita. Setting of the scene. Arjuna’s
dilemma. Way to gain knowledge. Role of Sankirtana in our life.
Unit – II. Different methods of Yoga: (i).Through control on mental modifications;
(ii).Through awareness of mental modifications; (iii). Through perfection in actions; (iv).
Through equanimity of mind; (v). Through meditating on God and depending on God only;
(vi). Concentration method. Importance of action in life. One has to change himself /
herself not Worldly circumstance. Importance of social service. Importance of doing one’s
actions according to one’s capabilities. My station and its duties. World v solidarity and its
importance in contemporary time.
Unit – III. Benefits of Meditation ( Samadhi / Yoga ): The practice of meditation is
beneficial in the following problems: Mental Disorder, Memory-Loss, Psycho-Somatic
diseases, Mental-Stress, Anger and other Psychic problems.

Suggested Books:-
I. Srimad-Bhagavadgita: Original Text.
II. Srimadbhagavatam 10 Vols.: A.C. Prabhupada, BBT, Bombay, NewYork.
III. Bhagavadgita as it is – His Divine Grace : A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami
Prabhupada, Bhaktivedanta Book, Mumbai, 2009.
IV. Srimadbhagavadgita Sankara Bhasya (Hindi), Gita Press, Gorakhpur.
V. Srimadbhagavadgita Rahasaya : B.G. Tilak, Tilak Brothers Publication,Poona.
VI.Essays in the Gita: Sri Aurobindo,Sri Aurobindo Ashram, Pandichery.
VII.Kant and Gita: K.M.P. Verma, Classical Publication, New Delhi.
VIII.Bhagavadgita for Executives:V.Ramanathan,Bhartiya Vidya Bhavan,
Bombay.
IX.The Gita in the light of modern Science:R.B.Lal, Somaiya Publication,Bombay.
8 16

Scheme of M.Sc. Applied Geology Course (2 years duration)
Revised w.e.f. Session 2011-12
M.Sc. Applied Geology First Semester
Paper Paper Name Maximum Internal External
code
Marks Marks Marks
G-101 Geology I 100 25 75
G-102 Geology II 100 25 75
G-103 Physics and Chemistry of the
Earth
100 25 75
G-104 Geoexploration 100 25 75
G-105 Practical (Mineralogy,
petrology, structural Geology
and G-104)
100 25 75
G-106 Practical (Palaeontology
Stratigraphy, survey and G-
103)
100 25 75
Total 600
M.Sc. Applied Geology Second Semester
Paper Paper Name Maximum Internal External
code
Marks Marks Marks
G-201 Mineralogy, Instrumentation
and Analytical Techniques
100 25 75
G-202 Structural Geology and
tectonics
100 25 75
G-203 Computing techniques in
Geoscience
100 25 75
G-204 Paleobiology and
Micropaleontology
100 25 75
G-205 Mining Geology 100 25 75
G-206 Practical (G201 + G203
+G205)
100 25 75
G-207 Practical (G202 +G204) 100 25 75
G-208 Geological Field Training 100 25 75
Total 800
8 17

M.Sc. Applied Geology Third Semester
Paper Paper Name Maximum Internal External
code
Marks Marks Marks
G-301 Geohydrology 100 25 75
G-302 Stratigraphy,
Paleogeography and
Palaeoecology
100 25 75
G-303 Igneous and Metamorphic
Petrology
100 25 75
G-304 Sedimentology and
Geomorphology
100 25 75
G-305 Engineering Geology 100 25 75
G-306 Practical (G302
G303+G304)
100 25 75
G-307 Practical (G301+G305)
Total 700
100 25 75
M.Sc. Applied Geology Fourth Semester
Paper Paper Name Maximum Internal External
code
Marks Marks Marks
G-401 Environmental Geology 100 25 75
G-402 Geochemistry 100 25 75
G-403 Remote Sensing 100 25 75
G-404 Fuel Geology
100 25 75
G-405 Ore Geology and Mineral
Economics
100 25 75
G-406 Practical (G401+G403) 100 25 75
G-407 Practical
(G402+G404+G405)
100 25 75
G-408 Geological Field Training 100 25 75
Total 800
8 18

The detailed syllabi of M.Sc. Applied Geology course is as follows:
G-101 GEOLOGY-1
Instructions to paper setters:
SEMESTER I
8 19
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The examiner will set two questions from each unit and thus ten questions in all. The
student will attempt 5 questions, selection one question from each unit. One question
from each unit shall be of short answer type divided into two or three parts.
UNIT-I INTRODUCTION
The earth science, its subdivisions and relation to other sciences. Historical development
of Geological thoughts. Historical Geology : Materials and methods of historical geology.
Geomorphological processes: Exogenic processes, Weathering, Erosion, Transportation
and Deposition by wind; stream; glacier; waves and tides.
UNIT-II MINERALOGY
Chemical nature of minerals; atoms; ions, bonding; co-ordination and crystalinity;
isomorphism, solid solution and polymorphism; physical properties of minerals;
classification of minerals; common rock forming and ore minerals; their physical
properties, chemical composition and mode of occurrence. Elements of mineral optics
and petrological microscope.
UNIT-III PETROLOGY
Rock cycle, nature of magma and its crystallization, modes of occurrence, texture,
structure, mineralogy and classification of igneous rocks. Ideas about sedimentary
environments, texture, structure, mineralogy and classification of sedimentary rocks;
Metamorphic facies and environments: texture, structures, mineralogy and classification of
metamorphic rocks.
UNIT-IV STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY
Primary and secondary structures in rocks; stress, strain. Behaviour of rocks, Folds,
Faults, Joints and unconformities-their definition, classification and criteria for recognition
in the field and on maps. Shear zones, transform faults and lineaments.

UNIT-V SURVEYING
Principles of surveying and levelling; methods of surveying by planetable, dumpy level and
theodelite. Use of field instruments such as pocket compass, prismatic compass,
clinometer compass, Brunton compass, Abney Level, pedometer and altimeter etc.
Indexing and reading of toposheet.
G-102 Geology- II
Instructions to paper setters:
8 20
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The examiner will set two questions from each unit and thus ten questions in all. The
students will attempt 5 questions, selecting one question from each unit. One question
from each unit shall be of short answer type divided into two or three parts.
UNIT-I PALAEONTOLOGY
Fossils, their modes of preservation, types and their significance in Earth Sciences.
Succession of life through Geological ages, major extinctions in the geological past. Use
of microfossil in fossil fuel exploration.
UNIT-II STRATIGRAPHY
Stratigraphic Classification, Geological time scale; principles of stratigraphic correlation.
Broad outline of physiographic and tectonic framework of India. Distribution and
stratigraphy of Archaean, Cuddapah,Vindhyan, Gondwana, Mesozoic and Deccan traps.
Tertiary succession of India with bearing in economic deposits.
UNIT-III ECONOMIC GEOLOGY AND ORE PROCESSES :
Classification of ore deposits; Igneous, metamorophic and sedimentary processes of
formation of ore deposits; hydrothermal process, supergene enrichment, evaporites and
anoxic deposits, stratifide and stratabound deposits. Forms, textures and structures of
mineral veins/bodies.
UNIT-IV MINERAL DEPOSITS OF INDIA
Concept of ore, gangue, tenor, grade and specifications. Distribution and geological set
up of important metallic and non-metallic mineral deposits of India including coal,
petroleum and atomic minerals.

UNIT-V ENVIRONMENTAL GEOSCIENCE
Basic principles of environment and eco-system in relation to Geology. Mans activities
and their impact on environment. Depleting natural recourses and sustainable
development, conservation of mineral resources; mitigation of pollution and environmental
hazards.
G-103 : PHYSICS & CHEMISTRY OF THE EARTH
Instructions to paper setters:
8 21
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Nine questions will be set and students will attempt five questions. Question no. 1 will be
compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the whole syllabus. It can have 5 to
10 parts. The answer should not be in yes/no. In addition to question no. 1, there will be
four units in the question paper each containing two questions belonging to four units in
the syllabus. Students will select one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Theories of origin of earth and a brief review of knowledge about the solar system. The
earth in relation to other planets; major surface features of the earth. The earth-moon
system.
UNIT-II
The earth’s interior: the nature of the crust-mantle boundary, low velocity zone in the
upper mantle, the chemical composition and mineralogy of the earth’s crust, mantle and
core, evidence from experimental petrology & study of meteorites. Geochemical evolution
of the earth. Rheological behaviour of crust and upper mantle. Thermal evolution and
state of earth. Continental and oceanic heat flow. Convection in mantle.
UNIT-III
Earthquakes, global seismicity, earth’s internal structures derived from seismology,
continental drift, earth’s magnetic field, origin of geomagnetic fields, palaeomagnetism,
polar wandering, sea-floor spreading, plate tectonics, triple junctions, hot spots & plumes.

UNIT-IV
Major features of the earth’s gravitational field and their relationships with tectonic
processes in crust and upper mantle; geochronology: radiometric dating and its
signficance; mountain belts and new global tectonics; tectonics evolution of the Himalayas
and the Indian shield.
Books recommended:
1. The Solid Earth Cambridge University Press, New York, C.M.R. Fowler.
2. Understanding the Earth: I.G. Guass, P.S. Smith and R.G.L. Wilson
3. The Dynamic earth- A textbook in Geosciences: P.J. Wyllie
4. Physics and Geology: J.J.Jacobs, R.D. Russel and J.T. Killson
5. Fundamental of Geodynamics, A.E. Schieddeggan.
6. Aspects of tectonics-K.S. Validya.
7. The Inaccessible Earth, G.C.Brown and A.E. Mussett.
8. Understanding the Earth:G.Brownn,C.Hawkesworth and C.Wilson
9. Earth, Frank Press, R.Siever
10. Plate Tectonics & Crustal Evolution, K.C. Condie.
G-104 GEOEXPLORATION
Instructions to paper setters:
8 22
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Nine questions will be set and students will attempt five questions. Question no. 1 will be
compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the whole syllabus. It can have 5 to
10 parts. The answer should not be in yes/no. In addition to Question no. 1, there will be
four units in the question paper each containing two questions belonging to four units in
the syllabus. Students will select one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Prospecting and exploration: History of geophysical method, planning a prospecting
programme, various types of geoexploration. Electrical properties of rocks and minerals, a
brief outline of various types of electrical methods, quantities measured in electrical
methods, Wenner and Schlumberger methods of resistivity profiling and sounding.

UNIT-II
Magnetic properties of rocks and minerals, determination of rock densities, introduction to
gravity and magnetic methods, quantities measured in gravity and magnetic prospecting.
UNIT-III
Seismic prospecting and seismology, elementary principles of reflection and refraction
methods, two quantities measured in seismic methods, two layered reflection and
refraction problem, principles of radioactive methods. Examples/case histories of
application of various geophysical methods for minerals, coal, oil, groundwater and
geotechnical investigations.
UNIT-IV
Geological prospecting criteria and guides to ore search. Principles of geochemical and
geobotanical prospecting. Geological, geochemical and geobotanical exploration for
important metallic and non-metallic deposits with Indian examples. Elementary ideas
about methods of drilling, core-logging and ore reserve estimation. Examples/case
histories of application of geological methods of exploration.
G- 105 Practical (Mineralogy, petrology, structural Geology and G-104)
8 23
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Megascopic study of important earth materials, including loose soils, sediments, minerals,
ore minerals and rocks in hand specimen.
Microscopic study of important minerals and rocks in thin sections and polished sections.
Elementary exercises relevant to recognition of folds, faults and unconformities on maps
and in models. Preparation of geological cross sections of horizontal, dipping, folded and
faulted structures. Practical Exercises in G-104
Note :-
5 marks (20%) in each Unit are reserved for practical records / regularity / assiduity and
the same are to be given by the teachers teaching the course.

G- 106 Practical (Palaeontology Stratigraphy, survey and G-103)
8 24
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Megascopic and microscopic study of important fossils. Study of important stratigraphic
rocks in relation to Geological time and mineral deposits.
Preparation of site plans with the help of plane table or chain and tape. Profiling using
dumpy level, determination of height using theodalite. Use of field instruments viz.,
clinometer, Brunton, prismatic compass, Abney level, Altimeter and Pedometer;
Toposheet reading. Practical Exercises in G-103
Note :-
As regards of Surveying practical, end semester examination / test shall be internally
conducted by the teacher teaching the course in consultation with the Chairman and
marks out of 20 (15+5) shall be communicated by him to the Chairman before the practical
examination.
SEMESTER II
G-201 Mineralogy, Instrumentation and Analytical Techniques
Instruction to paper-setters
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one compulsory
multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire syllabus. The
students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit besides the
compulsory question.
Unit I
Crystals: definition, elements of symmetry, notations-Weiss and Miller, Space lattice.
Morphological classification of crystals into systems and symmetry classes (Holohedral
Classes). Twinning in crystals. Projections in crystals - spherical, stereoscopic and
gnomonic.

Unit II
Pleochroic scheme of minerals. Extinction phenomenon: Extinction angle and its
determinations. Interference phenomenon, order of interference colours and figures. Uniaxial
and biaxial minerals: optical indicatrix. Optic sign.
Unit III
Structure of silicate minerals: Neso-, soro-, cyclo-, iono-, phyllo- and tecto-silicates and their
bearing on properties of minerals. Study of the following mineral groups/minerals with
reference to structure, PT - stability, physical, chemical and optical properties, and their
mode of occurrence: Quartz, feldspar, feldspathoid, pyroxene, amphibole, olivine, mica, clay
minerals, garnet, aluminosilicates, staurolite, epidote, zircon, sphene, zeolite, carbonate, and
phosphates.
Unit IV
Sampling and sample preparation; thin section and polished section making. Sample
etching, staining and modal count techniques. Technique in photomicrography. Brief
introduction to: Principles and geological application of cathodoluminiscence;
thermoluminiscence; atomic absorption spectrophotometry; ICP; Mass spectrometry; X-ray
fluorescence spectrometry; electron microscopy and electron-probe microanalysis.
Books recommended
1.The rock forming minerals. Deer,W.A., Howie,R.A. and Zussman,J. Longman.
2.Manual of Mineralogy. Klein,C. and Hurlbut,Jr.C.S. John Wiley.
3.Introduction to Mineral Sciences. Putnis,A. Cambridge University press.
4.Mineralogical phase equilibria and Pressure-Temperature-Time paths. Spear,F.S.
Mineralogical Society of America Publ., 1993.
5.Optical Mineralogy. Phillips,W.R. and Griffen,D.T. CBS publishers.
6.Laboratory handbook of petrographic techniques. Hutchinson,C.S. John Wiley.
7.Dana's text book of Mineralogy. Ford,W.E. Wiley Eastern.
8.Rutley's Elements of Mineralogy. Read,H.H. CBS publishers.
9.Mineralogy. Berry, Mason and Dictrich. CBS publishers.
10.Optical Mineralogy. Kerr,P.F.
11.Text book of Mineralogy. Winchell,A.N.
12.Optical Mineralogy. Wahlstrom,E.E.
13.Elements of Optical Mineralogy I & II. Winchell,A.N.
14.Practical Manual of crystal optics. Babu,S.K. and Sinha,D.K. CBS Publishers.
15.Mineral optics. Phillips,R.W. Freeman & Company, USA.
8 25

G. 202. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY AND TECTONICS
Instruction to paper-setters
8 26
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one compulsory
multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire syllabus. The
students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit besides the
compulsory question.
UNIT-I
Mechanical principles and properties of rocks and their controlling factors. Theory of rock
failure. Concept of stress and strain and their relationships of elastic, plastic and viscous materials.
Strain markers in naturally deformed rocks. Behavior of minerals and rocks under deformation
conditions
UNIT-II
Fold: Mechanics of folding and buckling. Fractures and Joints: Their nomenclature,
age relationship, origin and significance, causes and dynamics of faulting, strike-slip
faults, normal faults, overthrust and nappe. Planar and Linear fabrics in deformed rocks,
their origin and significance. Structural behavior of diapirs and salt domes.
UNIT-III
Concept of petrofabrics and symmetry: Objective, field and laboratory techniques,
Types of fabrics. Time relationship between crystallisation and deformation.
UNIT-IV
Tectonics of orogenic belts of India with special reference to structure and origin of Alpine-
Himalayan belt. Geodynamics of the Indian plate. Study of map projections.
Books recommended:
1. Ramsay, J.G., 1967. Folding and fracturing of rocks. McGRAW Hill.
2. Hobbs, B.E., Means, W.D. and Williams, P.F., 1976. An outline of structural
geology, John Wiley.
3. Davis, G.R., 1984. Structural Geology of rocks and region. John Wiley.
4. Ramsay J.G. and Hubber, M.I., 1987. Modern Structural Geology. Vol I & II.
Academic Press.

5. Price, N.J. and Cosgrove, J.W., 1990. Analysis of geological structures. Cambridge
Univ. Press.
6. Ghosh, S.K., 1995. Structural Geology fundamentals of modern developments.
Pregamon Press.
7. Park, R.G. Geological structures and Moving plates.
8. Keary, P. and Vine, F.J. 1990. Global tectonics. Blackwell.
9. Valdiya, K.S., 1998. Dynamic Himalaya. Universities press, Hyderabad
10. Summerfield, M.A., 2000. Geomorphology and Global tectonics. Springer
11. Bayly, B. 1992. Mechanics in structural geology. Springer Verlag.
12. Passchier, C.W. and Trouw, R.A.J. 1998. Microtectonics. Springer.
13. Valdiya, K.S., Aspects of Tectonics – Focus on southeast Asia
G-203 COMPUTING TECHNIQUES IN GEOSCIENCE
Instructions to paper setters:
8 27
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Nine questions will be set and students will attempt five questions. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the whole syllabus. It can have 5 to
10 parts. The answers should not be in yes/no. In addition to question no. 1, there will be
four units in the question paper each containing two questions belonging to four units in
the syllabus. Students will answer one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Computer system; Hardware components: CPU, memory, input/ output devices,
information storage media. Software; computer programmes, operating system concepts,
DOS and its use.
UNIT-II
Problem solving and computer programming languages useful for scientific computing,
FORTRAN 77: various data types, expression and statements, iterative statements,
input/output statements, subroutines and functions, data sharing among
subprograms/programs. Programming examples to handle problems of numerical and
statistical type.
UNIT-III

Numerical integration by Simphson’ns method, Trapezoidal method, Matrix operations,
matrix inversion by Gauss Jordon method, least square fit to the given data, computer
programmes in FORTRAN for above methods.
UNIT-IV
Statistical techniques: Probability (definition & simple cases), A brief introduction of
Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions, concepts of mathematical expectations, A
brief discussion of correlation and regression.
Books recommended:
1. Fundamentals of Computer: V. Rajaraman
2. Numerical methods in FORTRAN: J.M.Mc. Cormik (Prentic Hall)
3. Computer Oriented Numerical Methods: V. Rajaraman: (PH I, 1984)
4. Computer Programming for science & Engineering: L.L. Bhirud
5. Programming and Computing with FORTRAN 77 to 90: D.S. Grover (Allied
publishers)
6. FORTAN 77 and Numerical method: C.Xavier.
G-204 Palaeobiology and Micropalaeontology
Instruction to paper-setters
8 28
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one compulsory
multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire syllabus. The
students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit besides the
compulsory question.
UNIT-I
Species concept, Mechanisms of evolution, theories of evolution, origin of life, origin of
Metazoa. Major events in the history of Precambrian and Phanerozoic life, bathymetric
distribution of life, biostratigraphic zones, Taphonomy, taphonomic indices and
environmental factors. Evolution of Horse, Elephant and Man; Gondwana Flora.
UNIT-II
Functional morphology, evolutionary trends and geological history of Brachiopods,
Trilobites, Mollusca, Echinoderms and Graptolites.

UNIT-III
Micropalaeontology, its definition and scope, surface and sub-surface sampling,
processing of samples for preparation of microfossils, Morphology and geological
distribution of Foraminifera, Ostrocoda, Conodonts, Radiolarians, Silicoflagellates, and
Chitinozoans. Palaeoenvironmental interpretations based on microfossils.
UNIT-IV
Study of morphology, ecology and geological history of Charophytes and Phytoplanktons.
Morphology of fossil spores, pollen grains and acritarchs. Applications of microfossils and
palynofossils in coal and petroleum exploration.
Books Recommended:
1. Clarkson, E.N.K., 1998: Invertebrate Palaeontology and Evolution. IV Ed. Blackwell
2. Stearn, C.W. & Carroll, R.L., 1989: Palaeontology- The record of life. John Wiley.
3. Smith, A.B., 1994: Systematics and the Fossils Record- Documenting Evolutionary
Patterns. Blackwell.
4. Prothero, D.R., 1998: Bringing Fossils to Life- An introduction to Palaeobiology.
McGraw Hill.
5. Haq, B.V. and Boersma, A., 1998: Introduction to Marine Micropalaeontology.
Elsevier.
6. Haynes, J.R., 1981: Foraminifera. John Wiley.
7. Bignot, G., 1985: Elements of Micropalaeontology. Graham and Trotman.
8. Principles of Micropalaeontology (Hfner Publ.) : M.E. Glassner
9. Principles of Zoological Micropalaeontology (Pargamon Publ.) : V. Pokherny
10 Microfossils : Jones
11. Foraminifera : Cushman
12. Ostracoda : Palaecrny
13. Microfossils : Brasier
14. Invertebrate Fossils (Mc Graw Hill) : Moore,Lalicker and Fuscher
15. Principles of Invertebrate Palaeontology : Shrock and Twenoffel
16. An Introduction to the study of plants : J. Walten
17. Essentials of Palynology : P.K.K. Nair
18. Aspects of Palynology : T. Schudy
19. Invertebrate Palaeontology : Swinnerton
20. Treaties on Invertebrate Palaeontology : R.O. Moore (Editor)
21. The Micropalaeontology of Oceans (Cambridge Univ. Press) : D.M. Funnel and
W.R. Riede.
22. Invertebrate Palaeontology : Woods, H.
23. Evolution of Vertebrates : Colbert, E.R.
8 29

24. Palaeontology : Taylor
25. Vertebrate Palaeontology : Ramer, R.S.
26. Organic Evolution : Lull, R.S.
27. Micropalaeontology : K. Kathal, CBS publication.
G-205 MINING GEOLOGY
Instruction to paper-setters
8 30
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one
compulsory multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the
entire syllabus. The students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each
unit besides the compulsory question.
Unit I
Elements of mining, its methods (Alluvial mining, opencast mining, underground mining)
for metallic and nonmetallic ores. Ocean bottom mining.
Unit II
Preparation of mine plans. Role of geologists in mine operation. Drilling methods and
Core logging. Sampling and its methods. Methods of ore reserve estimation.
Unit III
Mine developments and mining operations; types of explosives, charging, blasting, stoping
and haulage.
Unit IV
Shafting, ventilations, drainage and pumping. Mine support and mechanization. Mine
safety measures and mine legislation.
Books Recommended
1.Mining Engineers hand books. Roberts Peele
2.Mining Geology. Mckinstry,H.E.. Asia publishing house
3.Courses in mining Geology. Arogyaswami,R.P.N., Oxford IBH.
4.Elements of mining. Clark,G.B. John Wiley.

PRACTICALS
G-206 based on G-201, G-203 and G-205
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Mineralogy
Determination of the following crystallographic parameters:
(a) Zone symbols between faces (b) Angle between faces in different crystal systems (c)
Axial ratio with the help of stereogram of different crystal systems.
Study of detailed physical and optical properties of various minerals. Interpretation of X-ray
diffractograms.
Exercises on Instrumentation and analytical techniques: sample preparation, thin section
making, etching, staining, and spectrometers.
Diagrammatic representation of open cast and underground mining. Methods of mining
survey. Exercise on mine sampling and determination of tenor, cut-off grades, and ore
reserves.
Computer Lab.
G-207 based on G-202 and G-204
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Preparation and interpretation of geological map and section.
Structural problems; Recording and plotting of field data.
Plotting and interpretation of petro-fabric data and resultant diagrams.
Study of large-scale tectonic features of the earth.
Processing of samples, picking and mounting of fauna. Preparation of oriented sections.
Study of invertebrate and vertebrate fossils of important groups.Microscopic study of
Foraminifera, Ostracoda, fossil spores and pollen grains and phytoplanktons of different
periods. Delineation of environmental conditions on the bsis of fossil assemblages
8 31

G-301 GEOHYDROLOGY
Instruction to paper-setters
SEMESTER III
8 32
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Nine questions will be set and students will attempt five questions. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the whole syllabus. It can have 5 to
10 parts. The answers should not be in yes/no. In addition to question no. 1, there will be
four units in the question paper each containing two questions belonging to four units in
the syllabus. Students will answer one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Hydrology in relation to other sciences, hydrosphere, hydrologic cycle, surface and sub
surface distribution of water, origin of ground water, springs, hydrometeorology :
precipitation, evaporation. Evapotranspiration, seepage, infiltration and runoff and
methods of measurement, chemical quality of ground water, its comparison with ocean
and surface water.
UNIT-II
Hydrological properties of water bearing materials, porosity, void ratio, permeability,
transmissivity, storativity, specific yield, specific retention, diffusivity, field and laboratory
methods of determination of permeability. Movement of ground water and aquifer
performance tests. Darcy law and its range of validity. Theory of groundwater flow under
steady and unsteady conditions : determination of permeability, transmissivity and
storativity by discharging well methods.
UNIT-III
Mode of occurrence of ground water. Classification of rocks with respect to their water
bearing characteristics, aquifers, aquicludes, aquitards, classification of aquifers.
Photogeological and remote sensing studies for water resources evaluation. Groundwater
exploration and management, water balance studies, hydrograph analysis, conjunctive
and consumptive use of ground water. Water well drilling, development of wells.

UNIT-IV
Physical properties used for groundwater exploration: groundwater exploration methods:
resistivity method, concept of apparent and true resistivity, profiling and sounding, range
of resistivities for various rocks and minerals, application of seismic refraction method for
groundwater problems.
Books recommended :
1. A text book of Geomorphology (East West Press), P.G. Worcester
2. Ground water Hydrology (John Wiley and Sons), David K. Todd.
3. Principle of Hydrology, Ward.
4. Hand Book of applied Hydrology, Chow
5. Introduction to groundwater hydrology, Health Trainer
6. Hydrology, O. Meinzer.
7. Hydrogeology (John Wiley and Sons), Davis, S.N., Dewiest. R.J.M.
8. Ground water (McGraw Hill) Toman, C.F.
9. Hydrology. Edition (Yoppen Co. Ltd, Tokyo), Wister, C.P. & Brater, E.F.
10. Geohydrology. (John Wiley and Sons), Dewiest, R.J.M.
11. Ground water (McGraw Hill) , Walton, W.C.
12 Ground water (Wiley Eastern Ltd). H.M. Raghunath
13 Hydrology (Laxmi Publications, Delhi), P.Joya , Remi Reddy
14 Basic Exploration Geophysics. Robinson.
G. 302. Stratigraphy, Palaeogeography and Palaeoecology
Instruction to paper-setters
8 33
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one compulsory
multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire syllabus. The
students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit besides the
compulsory question.
UNIT-I
Controls on the development of stratigraphic records, Geological Time Scale.
Lithostratigraphy, correlation and stratigraphic code. Biostratigraphy: controlling

factors, zonation, time significance. Magnetostratigraphy, cyclostratigraphy, event.
stratigraphy, pedostratigraphy, seismic stratigraphy and sequence stratigraphy.
UNIT-II
Completeness/incompleteness of stratigraphic records, Precambrian stratigraphy of India,
stratigraphic procedures of correlation of unfossiliferous rocks, stratigraphy of Palaeozoic
formations of India.
UNIT-III
Stratigraphy of Mesozic and Cenozoic stratigraphic sequences of India with emphasis on
Gondwana sequence, Siwalik Group, Deccan Traps and associated sedimentaries and
Indogangetic Alluvial plains.
UNIT-IV
Palaeogeographic reconstruction of India during Gondwana time and Palaeogene,
Neogene Periods. Palaeoecological analysis of benthic and planktonic fauna and physicochemical
parameters of environments (Salinity, Oxygen, Water energy, Water Depth etc.).
Temporal pattern of communities-evolutionary changes in fauna and flora with
environments.
Books Recommended:
1. The Cenozoic Era: Tertiary and Quaternary: C. Pomerol.1982
2. Precambrian Geology: The Dynamic Evolution of Continental Crust. Academic
Press.: Goodwin, A.M. (1991)
3. Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy, Prentice Hall: Sam Jr. Boggs. 1995
4. Integrative Stratigraphy : Concepts and Applications. Prantce Hall. : R.L. Brenner and
T.R. Mcttargue. 1988.
5. Sedimentary and Evolutionary Cycles. Springer-Verlag.: U. Bayer and A. Seilacher
1985.
6. Vol.1: Palaeozoic; Vol. II: Mesozoic A & B; Vol. III: Cenozoic. Elsevier : M.
Moullade and A.E.M. Nairn. 1983.
7. Seismic Stratigraphy-Applications to Hydrocarbon Exploration. Amer. Assoc. Petrol.
Geol. Publ. : C.E. Payton. 1977.
8. Unlocking the Stratigraphic Record. John Wiley, Doyle, P and Benett,M.R.,1996
9. Precambrian Geology of India, Oxford Univ. Press, Naqvi,S.M. and
Rogers,J.J.W.,1987
10. A Manual of Geology of India and Burma, Vol. I-IV Govt of India Press
11. Palaeomagnetism-Principles and Applications in Geology, Geophysics and
Archaeology, Chapman and Hall, Tarling, D.H. 1983.
8 34

12. Seismic Stratigraphy. Internat. Human Resource Development Corp. Boston,
Sheriff, R.E.1980.
13. Introduction to Palaeoecology. McGraw Hill, Ager,D.V. 1980
14. Principles of Palaeoecology. McGraw Hill, Ager, D.V. 1963
15. Palaeoecology, Longman, Kennety, P and Ross,C.A. 1983.
16. The Ecology of Fossils. Mckerrow, W.S. 1984.
17. Palaeoecology: Concepts and Application. John Wiley. Dodd, J.R. and Stanton, R.J.
18. Treatise on Marine Ecology & Palaeoecology, Vol. 2
(Palaeoecology) Mem. Soc. America. Ladd, H.S., 1957.
19. Geology of India : D.N. Wadia.
20. Geology of India and Burma : M.S. Krishnan.
21. Manual of Geology of India: Pascoe, Vol. I and II and III
22. Fundamental of Historical Geology and Stratigraphy : Ravinder Kumar.
23. Stratigraphic Geology: M.Gigneux.
24. Historical Geology : Dunbar & Waage
25. The Precambrian, vol. I, II & III : R. Rankoma
26. Vertebrate Palaeontology : A.S. Romar
27. Evolution of Vertebrates : E.H. Colbert.
G-303 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology
Instruction to paper-setters
8 35
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one compulsory
multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire syllabus. The
students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit besides the
compulsory question.
Unit I
Magma generation and emplacement in the crust, mantle and their relation to plate tectonics.
Factors affecting magma and evolution of magma. Phase equilibrium of ternary system: (a)
Ab-An-Di system, (b) Fo-An-SiO2 system (c) Fo-Di-SiO2 system and quaternary silicate
systems: Qz-Or-Ab-An-H2O system and its relation to magma genesis and crystallisation in
the light of modern experimental works.
Unit II
Criteria for classification of the igneous rocks. Variation diagrams. CIPW Norms.
Petrographic provinces and associations. Texture, chemical composition,

distribution and petrogenesis of major igneous rock types such as granite, pegmatite,
granodiorite, rhyolite, syenite, diorite, trachyte, andesite, gabbro, basalt, komatiite, alkaline
and monomineralic rocks.
Unit III
ACF, AKF, AFM diagrams. A detailed description of each facies of low-pressures, medium-
to high- pressures, very high pressure with special reference to characteristic metamorphic
zones and subfacies. Nature of metamorphic reactions and pressure-temperature conditions
of metamorphism. Mineral assemblages and application of mineralogical phase rule to
metamorphic rocks. Isoreactiongrad, Schreinmakers rule and construction of petrogenetic
grids.
Unit IV
Metasomatism, Metamorphic differentiation. Anatexis and origin of migmatites, granitisation
in the light of experimental studies. Regional metamorphism and paired metamorphic belts in
reference to Plate Tectonics. Ultra-high temperature, Ultra-high pressure and ocean floor
metamorphism. Study of Charnockite, Khondalites and Gondites. Regional and contact
metamorphism of pelitic and impure calcareous rocks.
Books Recommended
1.Igneous and metamorphic petrology. Turner,F.J. and Verhoogen,J., CBS Publishers.
2.Igneous petrology. Best,M.G., CBS Publishers.
3.Igneous and metamorphic petrology. Philipotts,A., Prentice Hall.
4.Igneous petrology. Bose,M.K. World press.
5.Igneous petrogenesis. Wilson,M. Unwin Hyman Ltd, London.
6.Metamorphic petrology. Turner,F.J., McGraw Hill, NY.
7.An introduction to metamorphic petrology. Yardley,B.W., Longman, NY.
8.Petrogenesis of metamorphic rocks. Bucher,K. and Frey,M. Springer - Verlog.
9.Petrogenesis of metamorphic rocks. Winkler,H.G.F. Narosa publishers, New Delhi.
10.Petrography. Williams,H., Turner,F.J. and Gilbert,C.M. CBS Publishers, New Delhi.
11.Metamorphic crystallisation, Kretz,R., John Wiley.
12. Physical chemistry of magmas. Perchuk,L.L. and Kushiro,I. (eds), Springer Verlag.
13.Igneous petrology, McBirney,A.R., Jones & Bartlet, Publ.
14.A descriptive petrography of igneous rocks. Johansen,A. Allied Pacific Pvt Ltd, Bombay.
15.Petrology of metamorphic rocks. Mason,R., CBS publishers.
16.The study of rocks in thin sections. Moorhouse, W.W., CBS publishers.
17.Atlas of igneous rocks and their textures. Mackenzie,W.S., Donaldson,C.H. and
Guilford,C. ELBS/Longman
8 36

G-304 Sedimentology and Geomorphology
Instruction to paper-setters
8 37
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one compulsory
multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire syllabus. The
students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit besides the
compulsory question.
Unit I
Sedimentary structures. Sedimentary environment and facies, Maturity of sediments;
Lithification and diagenesis; Classification of clastic sedimentary rocks.
Unit II
Sedimentological characteristics of fluvial, glacial and aeolian environments. Provenance
of sediments, paleocurrent analysis.
Unit III
Methods of study of sedimentary rocks in field and laboratory, size analysis of sediments
by pipette method and sieving method, staining technique , X-ray and DTA analysis of
clays, Heavy mineral analysis and its significance. Application of sedimentary petrology to
science, industry and technology; and paleoseismological studies of sedimentary basins.
Unit IV
Fundamental concepts of geomorphology, base level of erosion and peneplanation; Cycle
concept, rejuvenation and interruption of geomorphic cycle. Climate and geomorphic
processes. Factors governing evolution of landforms. Influence of structure and lithology
on drainage. Application of geomorphology in hydrogeology, civil engineering and
strategic terrain evaluation.
Books Recommended:
1. Sedimentary Rocks: Pettijohn, F.J.
2. Depositional Sedimentary Environments: Reineck and Singh
3. Manual of Sedimentary petrography: Krumbein and Pettijohn
4. Principles of Sedimentary rocks: Friedman, Gerald and Sanders
5. Introduction of Sedimentology: Shelly, R.C.
6. Petrography of Sedimentary rocks: Folk, R.L.
7. Procedures in Sedimentary environments : Carver, R.F.
8. Palaeocurrent and Basin analysis: Pettijohn and Potter

9. Sedimentology : Mclane
10. Sedimentary rocks: Greensmith
11. Applications of Sedimentology. Trask
12. Sequence in Layered rocks. Shrock
13. Introduction to Sediment analysis. Rouse, F., Arizona State Univ.
14. Principles of Geomorphology: Thornbury,W.D.
15. Introduction to Sedimentology. Sengupta,S, 1997 Oxford and IBH.
16. Sand and Sandstone. Pettijohn,F.J., Potter,P.E.and Siever, R.!990, Springer Verlag.
17. Introduction to Physical Geology. Dutta, A.K.
18. Geomorphology. Sharma,V.K.1986, Tata McGraw Hill
19. A Text Book of Geomorphology. Worcester
20. Fundamental Geomorphology. Rice
21. An Introduction to Physical Geology. Miller,W.D.
22. Outline of Geomorphology. Morgan,Wooldridge.
23. Introduction to Marine Geology and Geomorphology. King,L.C.
24. Principles of Physical sedimentation. Allen, J.R.L., 1985
25. Earth Surface Processes, Allen, P., 1997
26. Sedimentology and Stratigraphy. Nichols, G., 1999
27. Sedimentary Environments, Readings,H.G., 1996
28. Depositional Systems, Davis.R.A., 1992
29. Sedimentary Basins,Einsele, G., 1992
30. Sedimentary Geology, Prothero, D.R. and Schwab,F., 1996
31. Principles of Sedimentary Basin Analysis. Miall, A.D., 2000
32. Origin of Sedimentary rocks. Blatt, Middleton, Murray, 1980
33. Analyses of sedimentary Successions, Bhattacharya, A. and Chakraborti, C., 2000
34. Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy. Boggs, Sam. Jr., 1995
G-305 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
Instruction to paper-setters
8 38
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one
compulsory multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the
entire syllabus. The students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each
unit besides the compulsory question.
Unit I
Mechanics of soil and rocks. Compressive , unconfined compressive and shear
strength, modulus of elasticity, poission's ratio, residual stresses, Bearing

strength of foundations, resistance to sliding and grouting for different types of rocks. Rock
Mass Classification – rock quality design index, rock structure & rock mass ratings, rock
tunnel quality index.
Unit II
Soil profile, soil classifications and types, Atterberg's limits, porosity, permeability and
weathering, swelling and pore pressure of soils, angle of friction cohesion, Mohr's
envelope.
Unit III
Construction materials in practice. Dam: types and their foundations, case histories.
Tunnel: classification, method of tunneling and case histories. Effect of earth quakes.
Causes of land slides and preventive measures.
Unit IV
Application of geological and geophysical methods in civil and beach engineering projects.
Role of engineering geology in planning, designing and constructions of projects - dam,
tunnel, rail, road and highways, bridges, building. Watershed management, river training
and flood control.
Books Recommended
1.Engineering Geology. Krynine and Yudd. CBS publishers
2Soil mechanics. Lambe.T.W. and Whitman,R.
3.A text book of soil mechanics. Bharath Singh and Shansheed Prakash.
4.Soil mechanics. Trytovich,N.
5.Design of small dams. Udall,S.L. and Dominy,F.E.
6.Manual of Engineering Geology. Blyth.
PRACTICALS
G-306 based on G-302, G-303 and G-304
8 39
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Study of rocks from different stratigraphic horizons. Exercises on stratigraphic classification
and correlation. Exercises on interpretation of seismic records. Study of paleogeographic
maps of different geological periods.
Megascopic and microscopic study of the following rocks types:-
Igneous rocks: acidic, intermediate, basic, ultrabasic and alkaline rocks.

Metamorphic rocks: slate, phyllite, quartzite, marble, schist, gneiss, amphibolite, eclogite,
migmatite, granulite and charnockite.
Graphic construction and interpretation of variation diagrams.
Study of primary, secondary and biogenic sedimentary structures in hand specimens, in
photographic atlases, field photographs and wherever possible on the outcrops. Analysis and
interpretation of depositional sedimentary environments using actual case histories from the
Indian stratigraphic records. Megascopic and microscopic study of clastic and chemical
sedimentary rock. Detailed study of diagenetic features in thin sections. Microscopic study of
heavy minerals. Exercises on mineralogical and geochemical data plots for environmental
interpretattions. Interpretation of different sedimentological characteristics from size data.
Roundness and spherecity analysis. Paleocurrent data interpretation.
Geomorphological analysis from maps and toposheets evaluation.
G-307 based on G-301 and G-305
8 40
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Preparation and interpretation of water table contour map and depth of water table maps.
Chemical quality maps, hydrographic maps, analytical instruments and their uses,
interpretation of hydrgeochemical data, evaluation of hydrological parameters of aquifers,
processing and interpretation of pumping test data.
Analysis of of stress-strain diagram of different rock type and soil. Engineering index
properties and diagram. Problems related to foundations and soil properties-Atterberg's
Limits. Weathering coefficient of rocks and soils. Identification of building materials/stones for
various contruction. Study of maps and models of important engineering structures/dam sites
and tunnels.
G. 401 ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY
Instruction to paper-setters
SEMESTER IV
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one
compulsory multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering

the entire syllabus. The students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each
unit besides the compulsory question.
UNIT-I
Components of environment, ecology and ecosystem. Interactions between
atmosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere, biosphere and man. Principles of environmental
geology, ethics of conservation; food chain link. Atmosphere and increasing trend of CO2
and other green house gases. Fossil fuel burning, ozone layer and global warming. Smog
pollution and acid rains, causes and remedies, Other causes of pollutions.
UNIT-II
Hydrologic cycle and earths’ water balance, pollution of surface and sub-surface
water. Water quality criteria for domestic and industrial uses; water quality degradation
due to use of fertilizers and pesticides. Hydrogeologic considerations for liquid waste
disposal. Hydrologic implications of solid waste disposals. Waste (solid, liquid, gases)
management and control.
UNIT-III
Natural resources of lithosphere, land, soil and minerals and their depletion. Land
degradation due to natural hazards. Land conservation and land use planning. Watershed
management. Impact of irrigation – water logging and soil degradation. Energy minerals
and their conservation; nonconventional sources of energy.
UNIT-IV
Types of micro-organisms, role of sulfur, nitrogen and iron bacteria in environment.
Biogeochemistry of iron, manganese and sulfur. Marine pollution- causes and controls.
Environmental impact assessment – impact of mining on environment; environmental
health and environmental law in India.
Books Recommended
1. Environmental geology: Lindgren, L.
2. Environmental geology: Keller, E.A.
3. Organic micro-pollutants in the aquatic environment: Angeletti, G.
4. Interaction between natural system and man environmental geoscience: Strahler,
A.N.
5. A text book of environmental chemistry and pollution control: Dara, S.S
6. Water pollution: Tripathi, A.K. and Panday, S.N.
8 41

G-402 Geochemistry
Instruction to paper-setters
8 42
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one compulsory
multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire syllabus. The
students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit besides the
compulsory question.
Unit I
Objective and history of geochemistry. Geochemical classification of elements. Cosmic
abundance of elements and stability. Application of thermodynamics, solutions and mineral
equilibria - their significance in Geology. Geochemistry of hydrosphere and biosphere.
Unit II
Principles of ionic substitution in minerals; element partitioning in mineral/rock formation.
Concept of distribution coefficient and its uses in geochemical modelling; Geochemical
differentiation during sedimentation. Physico-chemical factors in sedimentation. Trace
elements - factors governing their concentration in sediments and their significance.
Geochemical cycle.
Unit III
Geochemistry of Uranium, thorium, rubidium and strontium. Principles and application of Rb-
Sr, K-Ar, Sm-Nd methods of dating. Principle, methodology and application of Fission Track
Dating method. Cosmogenic radionuclides: Production of 10 Be and 26 Al in the atmosphere,
and their application in dating sediments.
Unit IV
Significance of stable isotope geochemistry in Geology; isotope fractionation in nature.
Stable isotopes of Oxygen, Carbon and Hydrogen and their determination. Delta 18 O/ 16 O in
marine planktonic foraminifera as paleo-temperature indicator, other factors governing its
variations. Pleistocene glacial-deglacial cycles and delta 18 O event stratigraphy. 13 C/ 12 C
ratios in marine planktons and organic matter. Delta 13 C characterisation of ocean-water
masses; factors affecting variations of carbon isotope ratios. Significance of delta D and
delta 18 O in hydrological studies - relative age determination of groundwater reservoirs -
effect of mixing and evaporation.

Books Recommended
1. Introduction to Geochemistry by Mason,B. and Moore,C.B., 1991, Wiley Eastern.
2. Introduction to Geochemistry by Krauskopf, K.B., 1967, McGraw Hill.
3. Principles of Isotope Geology by Faure, G., 1986, John Wiley.
4. Stable Isotope Geochemistry By Hoefs, J., 1980, Springer-Verlag.
5. Geochemistry. Wedepohl, K.H. Holt, Rinehart and Winston Inc. USA.
6. Geochemistry. Brownlow, A.H. Prentice-Hall.
7. Inorganic Geochemistry. Henderson,P. Pergamon Press.
8. Geochemical Thermodynamic. Nordstrom,D.K. and Munoz,J.L. Blackwell.
9. Hand book of Exploration Geochemistry. Govett,G.J.S. Elsevier
10. Encyclopaedia of Geochemistry. Marshal,C.P. and Fairbridge,R.W. Kluwer Academic.
11.Using Geochemical data. Rollinson,H. Longman Scientific & Technical NY.
G-403 REMOTE SENSING
8 43
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Instruction to paper setters:
Nine questions will be set and students will attempt five questions. Question no. 1 will
be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the whole syllabus. It can have
five to ten parts. The answer should not be in yes/no. In addition to question no. 1,
there will be four units in the question paper each containing two questions belonging to
four units in the syllabus. Students will select one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Introduction : Electromagnetic spectrum, interaction of E.M. radiations with earth’s
surface and atmosphere, spectral signatures, remote sensing platforms. Aerial
photographs: Types of aerial photographs, stereoscopic vision, vertical exaggeration,
image distortion, photo-elements, geotechnical elements, photo-mosaic.
UNIT-II
Satellite imagery: Imagery vis a vis aerial photograph, active and passive sensors, MSS,
LISS, CCD, infra red and thermal scanners, different satellite programmes, microwave
sensors, fundamentals of image interpretation and analysis, false colour composite.

UNIT-III
Interpretation and analysis of aerial photographs and images for identification of different
rock types, structures, lineaments, recognisation of landforms, planation surfaces ,
drainage pattern. Application in engineering projects, (dam, reservoir, tunnel alignment,
route location etc.), groundwater prospecting, exploration for minerals and oil,
geothermal studies, geoenvironmental studies (soil conservation, land degradation etc.),
disaster management (flood, landslides etc.) and monitoring of atmospheric pollution.
Role in resource management and Geographic information system.
UNIT-IV
Airborne geophysical Survey : Airborne gravity, magnetic, electromagnetic and radiometric
surveys – procedure. Instruments, data collection, evaluation of anomalies and correction
with geological ground truth.
Books recommended:
1.Remote sensing Geology (Springer – Verlag). R.P.Gupta
2.Principles and applications of photogeology (Tata – McGraw Hill). Pandey,S.N.
3.Remote sensing in Geology. (John Wiley & sons), B.S.Siegal and A.R.
4.Photogeology. (MCGraw Hill), V.C.Miller and C.F.Miller.
5.Remote sensing and image interpretation (John Wiley & Sons). T.M.Lillesand and R.W.
Kieffer.
6.Remote principles and interpretations (W.H. Freeman Company) F.F.Sabbins
7.Remote sensing for earth resources. (AEG publications, Hyderabad), D.P.Rao.
8.Manual of Remote sensing. (American Society of Photogrammetry).
9.Principles of Remote Sensing. (ELBS, London), P,J. Currian
10.Advances in Geophysics Vol. 1 and 13 (Academic Press) H.E. Landsberg.
11.Hand book/ brochures issued by Geological Survey of India (Airborne Mineral Survey
and Exploration Wing), Atomic energy commission (Atomic Minerals Division) and
National Geophysical Research Institute.
G. 404 FUEL GEOLOGY
Instruction to paper-setters
.
8 44
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one

compulsory multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire
syllabus. The students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit
besides the compulsory question.
UNIT I
Definition of coal and sapropel, process of coalification – Rank and grades of coal;
chemical characterization – proximate and ultimate analyses; lithotypes, microlithotypes
and macerals of coal; Technological properties of coal, coking, gasification and
hydrogenation.
UNIT II
Coal forming epochs in geological past; present day peat bogs and swamps; geological
and geographical distribution of coal deposits in India; Important Gondwana coal fields
and Tertiary lignite deposits – their salient characteristics, origin and tectonic controls on
deposition of Gondwana coals of India.
UNIT III
Kerogen sediment, its composition and origin; transformation of organic matter,
maturatuion, thermal cracking, metagenesis and ketagenesis; nature of migration of oil
and gas; characteristics of reservoir rocks and traps. Major oil and gas fields of India;
India’s oil and gas reserves – position in the world and future prospects.
UNIT IV
Radiactivity and nuclear energy; important atomic minerals – their mode of occurrence
and associations; U and Th deposits of India, production, reserves and future scenario.
Nuclear power production and its potential in India. Peaceful uses of nuclear energy and
nuclear environmental hazards.
Books recommended
1.Organic Petrology. Taylor,G.H., Teichmuller,M., Davis,A., Diessel,C.F.K., Littke,R. and
Robert,P. 1998. Gebruder Borntraeger, Stuttgart.
2.Text book of coal (Indian Context). Chandra,D., Singh,R.M. and Singh,M.P. Tata Book
Agency, varanasi.
3.Coal and organic Petrology. Singh,M.P. (Ed), Hindustan Publication Ltd, New Delhi.
4. Text book of Coal Petrology. Stach’s Text book of coal Petrology. Stach,E.,
Mackowsky,M.T.H., Taylor,G.H., Chandra,D., Teichmuller,M., and Teichmuller,R. 1982.
Gebruder Borntraeger, Stuttgart.
5.Introduction to Petroleum Geology. Holson,G.D. and Tiratsoo,E.N. 1985, Gulf
Publication Houston, Texas.
6.Petroleum formation and occurrence. Tissot,B.P. and Welte,D.H. 1984, Springer-Verlag.
8 45

7.Elements pf Petroleum Geology. Selley,R.C. 1998, Academic Press.
8.Radioactivity in Geology, Principles and Applications.Durrance,E.M. 1986, Ellis
Hoorwool.
9.Uranium ore deposits. Dahlkamp,F.J. 1993, Springer Verlag.
10Geochemical prospecting for Thorium and Uranium deposits. Boyle,R.W. 1982, Elsvier.
11.Coal Geology and Coal Technology. Ward,C.R. 1984. Blackwell Scientific, Australia.
12.Sedimentalogy of coal bearing sequence of North America. Rahmani,R.A. and
Flores,R.M. 1984, Blackwell Scientific, Australia.
13.Coal Industry in India, Kumarmangalam,S.M. 1973, Oxford and IBH.
14.Introduction to the Geology of Coal and Indian Coal fields. Sharma and Rao.
15.Ore deposits of India. Gokhale and Rao, Thomson Press, Delhi.
16.Distribution of World’s Mineral Wealth. Rajagopalswami,K. 1971, Mysore University.
17.Economic mineral resources. Krishnaswami,S.
18.Economic mineral deposts. Bateman,A.M.
19.Geology of Petroleum. Leverson,A.I.
20.Introduction to Petroleum Geology. Hobson,G.D.
21.Petroleum Geology. Chapman,R.E.
22.Basic Petroleum Geology. Peter,K.
23.Petroleum Geology. North,F.K.
G-405 Ore Geology and Mineral Economics
8 46
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Instruction to paper-setters
The question paper shall be divided into four parts with one compulsory question. The
examiner will set nine questions in total, two questions from each unit and one compulsory
multiple choice objective type question (question number 1) covering the entire syllabus. The
students will attempt five questions selecting one question from each unit besides the
compulsory question.
Unit I
Concept of ore bearing fluids, their origin and migration. Spatial and temporal distribution of
ore deposits - a global perspective. Ore deposits and plate tectonics. Paragenesis and
zoning of ores and their significance. Chemical composition of ores. Fluid inclusion in ores:
principles and their applications.

UNIT-II
Mineralogy, genesis, mode of occurrence, uses and Indian distribution of ore
minerals related to Iron, Manganese, Copper, Lead, Zinc, Tin, Tungsten, Chromium,
Nickel, Gold, Silver, Aluminum.
UNIT-III
Concept of mineral economics, important of minerals in national economy,
marketing and marketing speculation, trade and trade restriction, production and
development incentives. Strategic, critical and essential minerals. National mineral policy.
Foreign policy in mineral trade, Mineral concession rules in India. Mineral transport,
Freight, insurance and costumes-INCO terms and contracts.
UNIT-IV
Changing mineral requirements. Foreign investment in the development and
exploitation of mineral raw materials. Project feasibility report of minerals and ores,
Principles of management in mineral industries. Principles and methods of ore dressing
and their economic aspects (Metallic and non-metallic). Refractory and abrasives, ceramic
and glass fertilizers cements industries minerals. Precious and semi-precious stones.
Books Recommended
1.Economic mineral deposits:Bateman,A.M
2.Geology of India:Day,A.M.
3.Economic mineral deposits: Dorokhin
4. Ore deposits of India: Gokhle, K.V.G.K. and Rao, T.C.
5. Geology of India, Pakistan and Burma, Krishnan, M.S.
6. Applied Geology: Kirsch, Helmut
7. Indian mineral resources: Krishnaswami, S.
8. Geology of mineral deposits: Smirnov, V.I.
9. Ore Petrology: Stanton, R.L.
10. Geology of India: Wadia, D.N.
11. Fundamental of Historical geology and stratigraphy of India: Ravindera, K.
12. Ore Microscopy and ore petrology: Craig, J.R. and Vaughan, D.J.
13. Principles of economic geology: Emmons
14. Mineral deposits Lindgren, W.
PRACTICALS
G-406 based on G-401 and G-403
8 47
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Preparation of ecological maps and their interpretation. Evaluation of water
quality criteria for potable, domestic, industrial, irrigation and waste water.
Evaluation of environmental impact of air pollution, groundwater pollution, soil

and land degradation, land slides, deforestation, cultivation and urbanisation in specified
areas. Study of aerial photographs and satellite imageries and their interpretation.
G-407 based on G-402, G-404 and G-405
8 48
External Marks : 75
Internal Assessment: 25
Time : 3 Hours
Calculation of mineral formulae from the concentration of various oxides in minerals.
Calculation of CIPW normative mineralogy from rock composition. Presentation and
interpretation of geochemical analytical data. Study and interpretation of geochemical data.
Study and interpretation of radiogenic and stable isotope data. Calculation of weathering
indices in soils and sediments.
Megascopic characterisation of banded coals. Proximate analysis of coal. Completion of
outcrops in the given maps and calculation of coal reserves. Preparation of polished
particulate mounts of coal. Megascopic examination of polished coal pellets. Megascopic
and microscopic study of cores and well cuttings. Stdy of geological maps and sections of
important oil fields of India and world. Calculation of oil reserves. Study of geological
sections of U-Th bearing rocks of the country. Megascopic study of Uranium and thorium
bearing minerals and rocks.
Megascopic study of ore minerals. Mineralogical and textural studies of common ore
minerals under ore microscope.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
KURUKSHETRA
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION AND COURSES OF READING
FOR
M.TECH (APPLIED GEOLOGY)
(5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE)
SEMESTER – VII TO X
8 49

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
SEMESTER – VII
(w.e.f. Session 2011-12)
Course Course Title Marks: Practical Sessional Total
No.
Theory
GT-701 Remote
Technology
Sensing 100 -- 50 150
GT-702 Surveying 100 -- 50 150
GT-703 Micro palaeontology
and Palynology
100 -- 50 150
GT-704 Hydrog eology 100 -- 50 150
GT-705 Petroleum Geology 100 -- 50 150
GT-706 Practical: Based on
GT-701 and GT -
702
-- 75 25 100
GT-707 Practical: Based on
GT-703, GT- 704
and GT- 705
-- 75 25 100
950
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
SEMESTER – VIII
(w.e.f. Session 2011-12)
Course Course Title Marks: Practical Sessional Total
No.
Theory
GT-801 Environmental
Geoscience
100 -- 50 150
GT-802 Coal Geolog y and 100 -- 50 150
GT-803
Technology
Mining Geology 100 -- 50 150
GT-804 GIS Technology 100 -- 50 150
GT-805 Engineering
Geolog y
100 -- 50 150
GT-806 Practical: Based on
GT-801 and GT -
804
-- 75 25 100
GT-807 Practical: Based on
GT-802, GT- 803
and GT- 805
-- 75 25 100
950
8 50

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
SEMESTER – IX
(w.e.f. Session 2012-13)
Course Course Title Marks: Practical Sessional Total
No.
Theory
GT-901 Well Logging 100 -- 50 150
GT-902 Geoscientific
Instrumentation and
Anal ytical
Techniq ues
100 -- 50 150
GT-903 Advanced
Stratigraphy,
Palaeogeography
and Paleoecolog y
100 -- 50 150
GT-904 Geohazards
Disaster
Management
and 100 -- 50 150
GT-905 Organizational
100 -- 50 150
Behavior
Business
Management
and
GT-906 Practical: Based on
GT-901, GT-902 and
GT-904
-- 75 25 100
GT-907 Practical: Based on
GT-903 and GT- 905
-- 75 25 100
950
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
SEMESTER – X
(w.e.f. Session 2012-13)
Course No. Course Title Total
GT-1001 Project work 150
GT-1002 Dissertation 150
GT-1003 Viva voce 150
450
8 51

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 07
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 701
COURSE TITLE: Remote Sensing Technology
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: Introduce the principles of satellite based remote sensing
and its application in the field of Earth Sciences.
Details of Course:
S.
No
Contents
1. Introduction
2. EM spectrum
3. Propagation of radiation through the atmosphere and interaction
4. Aerial Photographs, their characteristics
5. Aerial Photographs: Scale, Height determination and relief displacement
6. Stereoscopes and photo-mosaics
5. LISS, MSS, CCD, Thermal scanners
8. Principle of image interpretation
9. Fundamentals of digital image processing
10. Image characteristics of geological structures and various rock type
11. Microwave Remote sensing
12. Applications in Active Tectonics
13. Application in Disaster Management, glaciology and natural resources
Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1. Drury, S. A., Image Interpretation in Geology, 2 nd Edition,
London:Allen and Unwin
1993
2. Gupta, R. P., Remote Sensing Geology, 2 nd Edition, Springer-Verlag
Berlin Heidelberg, New York.
2003
3. Lillesand T. M, and Keifer, R. W., Remote Sensing and Image
Interpretation, 4 th Edition, Wiley, New York.
2000
4. Miller, V. C., and Miller, C. F., Photogeology, McGraw-Hill, New
York
1961
5. Sabins, FF Jr., Remote Sensing-Principles and Interpretation, 3 rd
Edition, Freeman & Co, New York.
1997
8 52

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
PROGRAM: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER: 07
SUBJECT CODE: GT-702
TITLE: SURVEYING
MARKS : THEORY : 100, SESSIONAL: 50
EXAMINATION DURATION : THEORY : 3 HOURS
OBJECTIVE: To impart basic understanding of different types of Survey
methods, their working and signi ficance.
DETAILS OF COURSE:
Sl.
No.
Contents
1 Fundamental Principles of Surveying: Definition, objects, classification,
fundamental principles, methods of fixing stations.
2 Measurement of distances: Direct measurement, instruments for measuring
distance, chaining of line, errors in chaining and tape corrections.
3 Compass Traversing: Methods of traversing, instruments for measurement of
bearings- prismatic and surveyor's compass, bearing of lines, local attraction.
Levelling: Definition of terms used in levelling, types of levels and staff,
temporary adjustment of levels, principles of levelling, booking of staff readings
and methods of booking, examples. Contouring: characteristics of contours lines,
locating contours, interpolation of contours.
Theodolite: temporary adjustment of Theodolite, measurement of horizontal
angles- repetition and reiteration method.
Theodolite traversing: checks in traversing and adjustment of closed traverse with
small examples.
Total Station-Principal and working
4 Plane Table Surveying: methods of plane table surveying, radiation, intersection,
traversing and resection, two point and three point problems.
5 Tacheometry: principle of tacheometric surveying- systems of tacheometric
surveying- stadia and tangential system of tacheometry, determination of
tacheometric constants, examples
6 Trigonometrical Levelling: Geodetical observation, refraction and curvature, axis
signal correction, difference in elevation between two points.
Triangulation: Triangulation systems, classification of triangulation figures,
selection of triangulation stations, field work of triangulation, triangulation
computations.
8 53

Suggested Books
Sl.
No.
Name of Books/Authors Year of
Publication
1 Surveying Vol.I by B.C.Punmia
2 Surveying Vol.I by T.P.Kanitkar
3 Surveying Vol.2 by B.C. Punmia 2005
5 Surveying Vol2 by T.P. Kanitkar
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
PROGRAM: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER: 07
SUBJECT CODE: GT-703
TITLE: MICROPALAEONTOLOGY AND PALYNOLOGY
MARKS : THEORY : 100, SESSIONAL: 50
EXAMINATION DURATION : THEORY : 3 HOURS
OBJECTIVE: To imp art basic understanding significance of different aspects of
Micropalaeontology and Palynology
S.N. Contents
1 Micropalaeontology, its definition and scope, surface and sub-surface sampling,
processing of samples for preparation of mineral matter walled and organic
walled microfossils. Taxonomic diversity of microfossils.
2 Detailed Morphology, Geological distribution and Ecology of Foraminifera,
Ostrocoda, Conodonts, Radiolarians, Silicoflagellates, Chitinozoans and
Diatoms.
3 Study of morphology, classification, ecology and geological history of
Charophytes and Phytoplanktons.
4 Morphology of fossil spores, pollen grains and acritarchs. use of microfossils in
biostratigraphy and palaeoenvironmental interpretations.
5. Applications of microfossils and palynofossils in coal and petroleum
exploration, palynofacies and hydrocarbon analysis and source rock evaluation.
8 54

Suggested Books
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1. Introduction to Palaeoecology. McGraw Hill, Ager,D.V. 1980
2. Principles of Palaeoecology. McGraw Hill, Ager, D.V. 1963
3. Palaeoecology, Longman, Kennety, P and Ross,C.A. 1983
4. Aspects of Palynology – Tsudy
5. Essentials of Palynology – P K K Nair
6. Palaeoecology: Concepts and Application. John Wiley. Dodd, J.R.
and Stanton, R.J.Treatise on Marine Ecology & Palaeoecology, Vol.
2 (Palaeoecology) Mem. Soc. America. Ladd, H.S.,
1957
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 07
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 704
COURSE TITLE: Hydrogeology
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: Provide understanding about the hydrogeological properties of water bearing
formations and chemical parameters of water
Details of Course:
S. Particulars
No
1 Hydrologic cycle, residence time, reservoirs, flux, ground water and
hydrologic cycle, Hydrologic processes at the earth’s surface
2 Basic principles of groundwater flow, Darcy flux, hydraulic
conductivity, problem exercises
3 Geology and ground water, aquifers, confined and unconfined beds,
basic geologic and hydrogeological investigations, surface and subsurface
investigations
4 Key reactions of ground water chemistry, saturation, equilibrium
kinetics, free energy, oxidation-reduction processes, ion exchange,
electric double layer theory
5 Ground water chemistry, data representation, water quality and pollution
sources
6 Isotopes in ground water, principles and uses, water level fluctuations
Total
8 55

Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1 Fundamental of Ground Water/F.W.Schwartz and H.Zhang 2003
2 Ground water Hydrology/D.K.Todd 2003
3 Physical and Chemical Hydrogeology/P.A.Domencio and F.W.Schwartz 2002
4 Environmental Isotopes in Hydogeology/I.Fritz 2000
5 Geochemistry, Groundwater and Pollution//C.A.J.Appelo and D.Postma 2005
6 Groundwater Science/ C.R.Fitts 2002
7 Environmental Hydrology/A.d.Ward and S.W.Trimble 2003
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 07
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 705
COURSE TITLE: PETROLEUM GEOLOGY
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: Provide information about the source rock, reservoir rock hydrocarbon
migration, type of traps.
Details of Course:
S. Particulars
No
1 Source Rocks: Definition of source rock, Nature and type of source rock, The
process of diagenesis, catagenesis and metagenesis in the formation of source
rocks. Hydrocarbon Source rock evaluation: Palynofacies and Types of Dispersed
Organic Matter (DOM), Thermal Alteration Index (TAI).
2 Reservoir Rocks: classification and nomenclature of reservoir rocks, Classic
Reservoir Rocks, Carbonate Reservoir Rocks, Unconventional, fractured and
miscellaneous reservoir rocks. Marine and non marine reservoir rocks.
3 Hydrocarbon migration: Primary and secondary migration- Migration and
accumulation of hydrocarbons, Factors effecting primary and secondary migration.
4 Entrapment of hydrocarbons: Mechanics of entrapment of hydrocarbons -
entrapment and accumulation of hydrocarbons; Types of traps: Structural,
stratigraphic and combination type of traps.
5 Unconventional Resources : Oil Shale, Shale gas, Tar Sands, Gas hydrates.
Major oil and gas fields of India; India’s oil and gas reserves – position in the
world and future prospects.
8 56

Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1 Levorsen, A.I. Geology of Petroleum, 2 nd Edn. W.H. Freeman C. San
Francisco
1967
2 Hunt, J.M., Petroleum Geochemistry and Geology, 2 nd Edn. W. H.
Freeman, San Francisco
1996
3 North, F.K., Petroleum Geology, Unwin Hyman (Pub.), Boston, USA 1990
4 Richard, C. Selley, Elements of Petroleum Geology, Academic Press,
London
1998
5 Chapman, R.E. Petroleum Geology. 1983, Developments in
Petroleum Science, Ser. 16, Elsevier, Amsterdam
1983
6 G.D.Hobson (Ed.). Developments in Petroleum Geology, Applied
Science Publishers, London.
1997
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 07
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 706 (Based on GT-701, GT-702)
MARKS: THEORY: 75 : SESSIONAL : 25 : TOTAL : 100
EXAMINATION DURATION: THEORY : 03 HOURS
List of practicals : Exercises based on the studies of remote sensing
technology and surveying to work with geological data and their application.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 07
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 707 (Based on GT-703, GT-704, GT-705)
MARKS: THEORY: 75 : SESSIONAL : 25 : TOTAL : 100
EXAMINATION DURATION: THEORY : 03 HOURS
List of practicals : Exercises based on the knowledge of
micropaleontology, palynology, hydrogeology and petroleum geology
8 57

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 09
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 801
COURSE TITLE: Environmental Geoscience
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: To let students be exposed to for environmental mitigation and
management and current practices with examples.
Details of Course:
S. Particulars
No
1 Environmental concepts and role of geosciences society
2 Land use planning and landscape aesphetics
3 Waste disposal, solid waste, land fill site selection, radio active
4 Natural hazards, landslides, volcanoes, earthquakes, droughts, cyclones, floods and
mitigation
5 EIA and Environmental law
Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1. Alexander, D. “ Natural Disasters”, UCL Press Ltd, Uni Colege
Londs
1993
2. Environmental geomorphology by Coates Dr. Sate Univ of NY
Binghamtoin
1973
3. Mitigation of Natural hazards and disasters: international
perspectives, Haque, C. Emdad, Sprinmger, Dordrecht
2005
4. Keller, EA Environmental geosciences, prentice hall, New Jersey 1976
8 58

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 08
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 802
COURSE TITLE: COAL GEOLOGY AND TECHNOLOGY
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: To impart basic understanding about physical, petrological and
technological properties of coal.
Details of Course:
S. Particulars
No
1 Coal Formation: Accumulation of vegetable matter (insitu and drift theories of
coal formation), Origin of peat, lignite, bitumen and anthracite.
2 Physical and petrological properties of coal: lithotypes, microlithotypes and
macerals of coal.
3 Coal Bed Methane (CBM) - Elementary idea about generation of methane in coal
beds and coal bed methane exploration; Coal as a source rock for oil and gas.
4 Technological properties of coal: Coal Gasification, Coal Liquefaction,
Carbonisation.
5 Environmental impacts of coal mining and burning, mitigation measures to avoid
or reduce those impacts.
Suggested Books:
S.
No
Name of Books/ Authors
1 Text book of Coal Petrology. Stach’s Text book of coal Petrology. Stach,E.,
Mackowsky,M.T.H., Taylor,G.H., Chandra,D., Teichmuller,M., and
Teichmuller,R.
2 Textbook of Coal (Indian context), Tara Book Agency, Varanasi.
Gebruder Borntraeger, StuttgartChandra, D., Singh, R.M. Singh, M.P.
(2000).
3 International Committee for Coal and Organic Petrology (ICCP). The new
inertinite classification (ICCP System 1994). Fuel 80, 459–471.
4 International Committee for Coal and Organic Petrology, (ICCP). The new
vitrinite classification (ICCP System 1994). Fuel 77, 349–358.
5 Coal and organic Petrology, Hindustan Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
Singh, M.P.
8 59
Year of
Publication
1982
2000
2001
1998
1998

6 Applied Coal Petrology. The Role of Petrologyin Coal Utilization. Elsevier,
Academic Press. USA. 388 pp. Suárez-Ruiz, I., Crelling J.C. (Eds.).
7 Coal Geology and Coal Technology. Blackwell Scientific Publications,
Melbourne, 345 pp. Ward, C.R. (Ed.).
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 08
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 803
COURSE TITLE: Mining Geology
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
8 60
2008
1984
Objective of Course: This course is designed to give the post-graduate geology students an
introductory idea about the various types of geological field operations, which are carried out in
opencast/underground mines.
Details of Course:
S. Particulars
No
1 Principles of Mining Geology
2 Surface & Sub-surface methods of mining
3 Geological operations – bench mapping, underground mine mapping, preparation
of geological plans and sections, drilling, core logging, sampling, explosives &
blasting.
4 Role of a geologist in a working mine – production planning, quality control in
production, mines safety measures, nature of environmental issues & remedies,
mine waste & their management. Mines legislations
5 Elements to Mineral Dressing & mineral beneficiation
6 Mine Economic appraisals
Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1 Principles of Mineral Dressing – A.M. Gaudin 1939
2 Mining Geology – H.E. Mikinstry Printice Hall, New York 1980
3 Mineral exploration - Indian Bureau of Mines IBM, Nagpur. 1979
4 Elements of Mining – R.S. Lewis and G.B. Clark 1964
5 Courses in Mining Geology – R.N.P. Arogyaswamy, Oxford IBH 1980
6 Exploration and mining geology. W.C.Peters John Wiley & Sons,
New York.
1987

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 08
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 804
COURSE TITLE: GIS Technology
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: Provide understanding about GIS Technology
Details of Course:
S.
No
Particulars
1. What is GIS? What GIS can do?
2. Different Components of GIS
3. Hardware and software requirements of GIS
4. Concepts of thematic layers and topology
5. Raster and vector data models; their associated advantages and disadvantages
6 Concept of Topology
7. Digital Elevation Model (DEM) and their applications
8. Triangulated Irregular Network (TIN)
9. Raster and vector integration
10. GIS analysis operations
11. Precision and accuracy
12. Errors in GIS, their detection and optimization
13. GIS integration with remote sensing
14. Concept of Global Positioning System (GPS)
15. GPS applications in Earth Sciences
Suggested Books:
S.
Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems by Chang
Kang-tsung (Karl)
2006
2. Geographic Information Systems: An Introduction by Tor
Bernhardsen
2005
3. Geographic Information Systems: A Management Perspective
by S. Aronoff
1991
8 61

4. Thinking About GIS: Geographic Information System Planning
for Managers by Roger Tomlinson
5. Integrating GIS and the Global Positioning System by Karen
Steede-Terry
6. Geographic Information Systems and Science (Paperback)
by Paul A. Longley
7. GPS Satellite Surveying, 2nd Edition
by A. Leick
8. Principles of Geographic Information System by Rolf A. de By (ITC,
Netherlands)
8 62
2003
2000
2001
1995
2000
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 08
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 805
COURSE TITLE: Engineering geology
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: Understanding fundamental concepts of Engineering Geology – basics of
geo-mechanical properties of rocks – systematic investigation
methods for major Engineering structures
Details of Course:
S. No Particulars
1 Introduction to Engineering Geology – mechanics of rock and soil
2 Dams – parts, types, criteria for site selection, forces acting on dams
3 Tunnels – parts, classification, ground conditions, geological considerations
4 Engineering geological maps for major engineering projects
5 Engineering properties of rocks – laboratory and in-situ tests
6 Concept of rock mass classification – utilities – RMR scheme
7 Landslides – concepts, classification, techniques for analysis
8 Building materials – aggregate properties
9 Engineering Geological investigations related to highways, buildings, bridges &
other structures

Suggested Books:
S. No Name of Books/ Authors Year of
Publication
1 Geology & Engineering – R.F. Legget & A. Hathway 1988
2 Principles of Engineering Geology & Geotechnics - D.P. Krynine 1967
& W. R. Judd
3 Fundamentals of Engineering Geology – F.G. Bell 1983
4 Principles of Engineering Geology – P.B. Attewell & I.W. Fermer 1976
5 Engineering Geology – Q. Zaruba & E. Mencl 1976
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 08
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 806 (Based on GT-801, GT-804)
MARKS: THEORY: 75 : SESSIONAL : 25 : TOTAL : 100
EXAMINATION DURATION: THEORY : 03 HOURS
List of practicals : Exercises based on the studies of environmental
geology and GIS technology in the light of geological problems.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 08
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 807 (Based on GT-802, GT-803, GT-805)
MARKS: THEORY: 75 : SESSIONAL : 25 : TOTAL : 100
EXAMINATION DURATION: THEORY : 03 HOURS
List of practicals : Exercises based on the application of coal geology,
mining geology and engineering geology on geoscientific data analysis and
interpretation.
8 63

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 09
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 901
COURSE TITLE: Well logging
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: To introduce well-logging tools, methods, interpretation
procedures to Geology students
Details of Course:
S. Contents
No
1 Introduction
2 Geophysical wire-line logging tools
3 Electrical Logging
4 Focussed logging tools
5 Porosity tools
6 Permeability estimations and cross plots
7 Well logging case studies
Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1 Formation evaluation by E.J. Lynch 1962
2 Fundamentals of well log interpretation by O. Serra 1984
3 Log Interpretation Principles/ Applications by Schlumberger 1987
4 Handbook of Well Log Analysis by S.J. Pirsson 1970
8 64

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 09
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 902
COURSE TITLE: Geoscientific Instrumentation & Analytical
Techniques
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: This course is designed to give the post-graduate geology students an
introductory idea about the various types of instrumentation & analytical techniques used to obtain
numerous geological data.
Details of Course:
S.
No
Contents
1 Sample and sampling in Geoscience
2 Preparation thin section and polished section making - Cutting, grinding and
polishing; Powder sample preparation crushing & pulverizing;
3 Modal count techniques. Technique in photography – mega & micro.
4 Techniques in Microfossils slide preparation
5 Sample digestion procedure for geochemistry – Solution A & B
6 Sedimentalogy techniques:Sieves & sieve shaking; Sample etching &
staining, heavy minerals & clay minerals methods, size & shape of
sediments studies
7 Brief introduction to spectrophotometry:- Principles and geological
application: Flame photometer, UV spectrophotometer, Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometry; ICP-Mass spectrometry; X-ray fluorescence
spectrometry; Electron microscopy and electron-probe microanalysis;
Cathodoluminiscence & thermoluminiscence spectrometry
8 Engineering Geology and Hydrogeology techniques & Instrumentation
9 Geophysical Instrumentations– principles, working and data acquisition
8 65

Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1 Laboratory handbook of petrographic techniques.
Hutchinson,C.S. John Wiley
1974
2 Optical Mineralogy. Kerr,P.F. 1959
3 Optical Mineralogy. Phillips,W.R. and Griffen,D.T. CBS, Delhi 1986
4 Using geochemical data: Hugh Rollinson 1993
5 Modern geotechnical engineering. Alam Singh 2008
6 Practical manual of exploration & prospecting. Babu & Sinha 1988
7 Hand book of mineral exploration and ore petrology Techniques and
application R.Dhana Raju
2009
8 Geophysical practice in minerl exploration and mapping. T.S.
Ramakrishna
2006
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 09
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 903
COURSE TITLE: ADVANCED STRATIGRAPHY,
PALAEOGEOGRAPHY AND PALAEONTOLOGY
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: To impart basic understanding of advanced stratigraphy and its
relation with palaeobiography.
Details of Course:
S. Particulars
No
1 Controls on development of Stratigraphic records. Stratigraphic Principles and
Nomenclature, Biostratigraphy: Controlling factors, Zonations and time
significance and Chronostratigraphy. Magnetostratigraphy, Cyclostratigraphy.
Paleo Bathymetry.
2 Sequence Stratigraphy - Definition, factors and controls of sequence stratigraphy.
Basin analysis through sequence stratigraphy
3 Seismic startigraphy, Event Stratigraphy: Global Bio-events, extinctions and
radiations, Global Geo-events, Pedostratigraphy, Palaeogeographic
reconstructions, Palaeogeography of India during Gondwana duration, Palaeogene
and Neogene.
4 Palaeobiogeography – concepts, recognition, factors controlling geographic
distribution of species. Palaeoecology- Concepts of Palaeoecology, application of
community analysis in palaeoenvironmental reconstruction, Mass extinctions,
glacial cycles, global climate change. Temporal pattern of communitiesevolutionary
changes in fauna and flora with environments.
8 66

5 Classification, distribution, stratigraphic succession, climatic vicissitudes and
economic significance of Gondwana sequence of India. Deccan Volcanosedimentaries,
Tertiary stratigraphy of India with special emphasis on
Hydrocarbon resources.
Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1 Sequence stratigraphy, Oxford, Blackwell Science, Emery, D. & Myers,
K.J., 1996
1996
2 Geology of India and Burma : M.S. Krishnan
3 Introduction to Palaeoecology. McGraw Hill, Ager,D.V.
1980
4 Seismic Stratigraphy-Applications to Hydrocarbon Exploration. Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geol. Publ. : C.E. Payton. 1977
5 Coal and organic Petrology, Hindustan Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
Singh, M.P.
6 Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy, Prentice Hall: Sam Jr. Boggs.
7 Fundamental of Historical Geology and Stratigraphy : Ravinder Kumar
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 09
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 904
COURSE TITLE: Geohazards and disasters management
MARKS: THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: Students will be taught geological hazards and their role in disaster
8 67
1977
1998
1995
management to meet the demands of all the states in the country and to fill vacancies arising in
each district of the country.
Details of Course

S. Contents
No
1 Definition of disasters, natural and man made, Environmental concepts
2 Definition of Hazard, vulnerability and risk
3 Landslides, mitigation and management
4 Earthquakes, mitigation and management
5 Floods, mitigation and management
6 Coastal hazards, tsunamis and sea level changes
7 Droughts, desertification, soil erosion
Total
Suggested Books:
S. Name of Books/ Authors Year of
No
Publication
1 Krynine and Judd WR Engineering geology, McGraw-Hill Book
Company, New York
1967
2 Hoek and Bray, J Rock slope engineering, Spon Press; 3 edition 1972
3 Thornbury Applied Geomorphology, John Wiley and sons,. Inc.,
New York.
1980
4 Keller, EA Environmental geosciences, prentice hall, New Jersey. 1976
5 Petak,WJ and Atkinsson, AD Natural Hazard risk assessment and
public policy, Springer-Verlag. New York.
1982
6 Roy .P.S, Van Western C.J, Jha V.J. Natural Disasters and
Mitigation, IIRS, Dehradun.
2000
7 Mitigation of natural hazards and disasters: international
perspectives, Haque, C.Emdad, Springer, Dordrecht
2005
.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 09
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 905
COURSE TITLE: Organizational Behavior and Business Management MARKS:
THEORY: 100, SESSIONAL : 50
Objective of Course: Students will be taught geological hazards and their role in disaster
management to meet the demands of all the states in the country and to fill vacancies arising in
each district of the country.
8 68

Details of Course
S. No Contents
1 Concept of organisational behaviour, nature of organisational behaviour,
organisational behaviour and other similar fields of study – Psychology,
Sociology, Anthropology, Political Science. Approaches to organisational
behaviour. Challenges and opportunities for organisational behaviour
2 Perception: concept of perception, perceptual process, factors influencing
perception.
Learning: Concepts of learning, components of learning process, factors
affecting learning.
Leadership: Meaning of leadership, Leadership theories- Charismatic
Leadership Theory, Trait Theory, Behavioural Theory.
Motivation: Concept of motivation, motivation and behaviour, Theories of
Motivation- Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory.
3 Concept and forms of organisation structure. Concept of organisational
culture, creating and sustaining organisational culture. Nature of
organisational change, factors affecting organisational change, Resistance to
Change, Overcoming resistance change.
4 Business: Concept, nature and objectives. Social responsibility of business.
Environment: Meaning of environment, constituents of environment;
Economic, Social, Political, Legal and technological environment.
Management: Definition, nature and significance. Functions of Management;
Planning, Organising, Staffing, Directing and Controlling.
5 Financial Management: objectives and functions of financial management.
Personnel Management: Meaning, nature, importance and Functions of
Personnel management. Human Resource Development- Meaning and
concept.
Marketing Management: Nature, scope and importance of marketing
management. Modern marketing concepts. Role of marketing in economic
development. Meaning, nature and scope of international marketing.
Suggested Books:
S. No Name of Books/ Authors Year of
Publication
1 Organisational Behaviour – Stephen P. Robbins (Pearson Education) 1967
2 Organisational Behaviour- Fred Luthans (MacGraw Hill, New York 1972
3 Organisational Behaviour – Jit S. Chandan (Vikas Publishing House Pvt. 1980
Ltd.)
4 Organisational Behaviour – L.M. Prasad (Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi) 1976
5 Human Relations & Organisational Behaviour- R.S. Dwivedi ( Oxford, IBH) 1982
8 69

6 Personnel Management – C.B. Mamoria ( Himalayan Publications, New
Delhi)
7 Business Environment – Francis Charurilam (Himalaya
Publishing House)
8 Management – Harold, Koontz and Cyrilo’ Donell (Mc Graw Hill)
9 Principles of Personnel Management – Edwin B. Flippo (Mc Graw
Hill )
10 Personnel Management and Industrial Relations – D.C. Sharma
and R.C. Sharma)( SJ Publications, Meerut)
11 Basic Marketing – Cundiff and Still ( PHI, India )
8 70
2000
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 09
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 906 (Based on GT-901, 902, GT-904)
MARKS: THEORY: 75 : SESSIONAL : 25 : TOTAL : 100
EXAMINATION DURATION: THEORY : 03 HOURS
List of practicals : Exercises based on the application of well logging,
instrumentation and analytical technique in geology, geohazards and
disaster management.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
DEPARTMENT : GEOLOGY
COURSE: M.TECH. 5 YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE
SEMESTER : 09
SUBJECT CODE : G.T. 907 (Based on GT-903, GT-905)
MARKS: THEORY: 75 : SESSIONAL : 25 : TOTAL : 100
EXAMINATION DURATION: THEORY : 03 HOURS
List of practicals : Exercises based on the subjects of advanced
sratigraphy , palaeogeography & palaeoecology and organizational behavior
and business management in the geoscience applications and related
industries

Published by:
REGISTRAR
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
KURUKSHETRA
Can be had from:
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
KURUKSHETRA
(Established by the State Legislature Act XII of 1956)
(“A” Grade, NAAC Accredited)
SCHEME, SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
FOR
M. A. SANSKRIT (PREVIOUS)
SEMESTERS : I & II
(Effective from the Session : 2008-2009)
Modified w.e.f. 2011-2012
Semester – I Examination : December, 2011
Semester – II Examination : May, 2012
Manager ` (At counter)
Printing & Publications
Kurukshetra University ` (By Regd. Book-Post)
KURUKSHETRA – 136 119
Price:

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
dq#{ks=kfo'ofo|ky;%] dq#{ks=ke~
(ûùÿö re&o"kZxr&jkT;fo/kf;dk&vf/fu;e&XII&}kjk LFkkfir%)
(^^,** Js.kh] Ukkd&çR;kf;r%)
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY, KURUKSHETRA
(Established by the State Legislature Act XII of 1956)
(“A” Grade, NAAC Accredited)
,e0 ,0 laLÑre~ (çFkea o"kZe~)] çFkef}rh;l=kkRede~
M. A. Sanskrit (Previous), Semesters : I & II
;kstuk] ikBÔØe%] ikBp;kZ p (üúúøµüúúù 'kSf{kdl=kr% ço`Ùke~)
(üúûûµüúûü 'kSf{kdl=kr% la'kksf/re~)
SCHEME, SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
(Effective from the Session : 2008-2009)
(Modified w.e.f. Academic Session : 2011-2012)
,eú,ú (laLÑre~)&d{;k;k% çFkeo"khZ;ikBÔØe% 2008&2009 'kSf{kdl=kr% l=k};s (çFkel=ks]
f}rh;l=ks p) foHkDr% orZrsA r=k çFkes l=ks i×p (5) vfuok;Zi=kkf.k fu/kZfjrkfu lfUrA ,oeso f}rh;l=ks
i×p (5) vfuok;Zi=kkf.k fu/kZfjrkfu lfUrA çR;sda fyf[kri=ke~ v'khR;Äaï (80 vÄïk%) fo|rs A ,rnfrfjDra
çfri=ka ¯o'kfr% (20) vÄïk% (gLrfyf[krx`gdk;Z};kFkZe~ 10 vÄïk% $ ,dL;S d{;kijh{kk;S 5 vÄïk% $
d{;k&mifLFkfrH;% 5 vÄïk%) vkUrfjdewY;kÄïuk; fu/kZfjrk%A ,o×p ,eú,ú (laLÑre~)&d{;k;k%
çFkeo"khZ;ikBÔØe% l=k};kRed% (çFkea l=ke~] f}rh;a l=ke~ p)] n'ki=kkRed% (5$5¾10 i=kkf.k)]
,dlgÏkÄï% (500$500¾1000 vÄïk%) p orZrsA ijh{kkle;% çfri=ka 3 gksjk% Hkfo";frA
laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kk&ekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu ijh{kkFkhZ ç'ui=kk.kke~ mÙkja fyf[krqe~ vgZfrA ijUrq
çfri=ka fu/kZfjr?kVdlEc¼ç'uL; mÙkja ç'ui=kfunsZ'kkuqlkjs.k laLÑrsu ,o ys[kuh;e~ vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu%
Hkfo";frA
The syllabus of M.A. Sanskrit (Previous) class is bifurcated into two semesters, namely,
Semester-I and Semester-II, with effect from the Academic Session 2008-2009. There are five
(5) compulsory papers prescribed for Semester-I. In the same way there are five (5)
compulsory papers prescribed for Semester-II. Each written paper carries Eighty (80) marks.
Besides, each paper has been assigned Twenty (20) marks (10 Marks for Two Handwritten
Assignments + 5 Marks for One Class Test + 5 Marks for Attendance) for Internal
Assessment. In this way the syllabus of M.A. (Sanskrit) Previous Course consists of two
semesters (I & II), ten (5+5=10) papers and one thousand (500+500=1000) marks. The time for
examination in each paper will be three (3) hours. The examinee/candidate can attempt his/her
paper through any one medium out of Sanskrit, Hindi and English. But he/she will have to write
the answer of the question(s), pertaining to the specific Unit as prescribed in the syllabus and
as per instructions in the question paper, through Sanskrit medium only otherwise no marks
will be awarded to that particular answer.
G
2

ikBÔØeL; :ijs[kk
Outlines of the Syllabus
çFkei=ke~ % lafgrk mifu"kr~ p
Paper-I : Samhita Upanisat Cha
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
f}rh;i=ke~ % O;kdj.ke~ Hkk"kkfoKkue~ p (1)
Paper-II : Vyakaranam Bhasavijnanam Cha (1)
r`rh;i=ke~ % Hkkjrh;n'kZue~ (1)
Paper-III : Bharatiyadarshanam (1)
prqFkZi=ke~ % dkO;e~ ukVde~ p
Paper-IV : Kavyam Natakam Cha
i×pei=ke~ % laLÑrokÄ~e;L; bfrgkl% fucU/% p
Paper-V : Samskritavanmayasya Itihasah
Nibandhah Cha
ikBÔØeL; :ijs[kk
Outlines of the Syllabus
"k"Bi=ke~ % czkã.ke~ osnkÄõkfu p
Paper-VI : Brahmanam Vedangani Cha
lIrei=ke~ % O;kdj.ke~ Hkk"kkfoKkue~ p (ü)
Paper-VII : Vyakaranam Bhasavijnanam Cha (2)
v"Vei=ke~ % Hkkjrh;n'kZue~ (ü)
Paper-VIII : Bharatiyadarshanam (2)
uoei=ke~ % dkO;e~ dkO;'kkL=ke~ p
Paper-IX : Kavyam Kavyashastram Cha
n'kei=ke~ % laLÑrokÄ~e;L; bfrgkl% vuqokn% p
Paper-X : Samskritavanmayasya Itihasah
Anuvadah Cha
çFkea l=ke~ (First Semester)
iw.kkZÄïk%
Max.
Marks
øú
øú
øú
øú
øú
f}rh;aa l=ke~ (Second Semester)
۞
iw.kkZÄïk%
Max.
Marks
øú
øú
øú
øú
øú
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk%
Internal
Assessment Marks
üú
üú
üú
üú
üú
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk%
Internal
Assessment Marks
üú
üú
üú
üú
üú
le;%
Time
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
le;%
Time
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
ý gksjk%
3 Hours
3

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
,e0 ,0 laLÑre~ (çFkea o"kZe~)
çFkea l=ke~
(üúúøµüúúù 'kSf{kdl=kr% ço`Ùke~)
(üúûûµüúûü 'kSf{kdl=kr% la'kksf/re~)
M. A. SANSKRIT (PREVIOUS)
FIRST SEMESTER
(Effective from Academic Session: 2008-2009)
(Modified w.e.f. Academic Session : 2011-2012)
fyf[kri=kk.kka foLr`r% ikBÔØe%
Detailed Syllabus for written papers
G
çFkei=ke~ % lafgrk mifu"kr~ p
Paper-I : Samhita Upanisat Cha
4
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % fuEufyf[krlwDrkuka ikjEifjD;k vk/qfuD;k vkykspukRedi¼R;k p xgue~
vè;;ue~ (laLÑrekè;esu)µ ûö vÄïk%
ÍXosn% µvfXu% (1-1)_ lfork (1-35)_ fo".kq% (1-54)_ bUæ% (2-12)_
#æ% (2-33)_ c`gLifr% (4-50)_ m"kk% (5-80)_ o#.k% (7-88)_ Lkkse% (9-80)A
?kVde~&ü % fuEufyf[krlwDrkuka ikjEifjD;k vk/qfuD;k vkykspukRedi¼R;k p xgue~ vè;;ue~µ ûö vÄïk%
ÍXosn% µiq#"k% (10-90)_ fgj.;xHkZ% (10-121)_ uklnh;e~ (10-129)_
Okkd~ (10-125)_ iq#jok&moZ'kh (10-95)_ ;e&;eh&lwDre~ (10-10)_
ljek&if.k&laokn% (10-108)_ fo'okfe=k&unh&lwDre~ (3-33)A
?kVde~&ý % fuEufyf[krlwDrkuka ikjEifjD;k vk/qfuD;k vkykspukRedi¼R;k p xgue~ vè;;ue~µ ûö vÄïk%
;tqosZn% µf'koladYilwDre~ (34-1µ6)_ vFkoZosn% ('kkSud%½ µHkwfelwDre~ (12-1-1µ30)A
?kVde~&þ % bZ'kkokL;ksifu"kn~ ¹;tqosZnh;% pRok¯j'k% (40) vè;k;%º (fo'knO;k[;kek=ke~)A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ÿ % mifjru&?kVdprq"V;xrikBÔØeekfJR; pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XYkHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq çFke?kVdL; ç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esu ,o lek/s;k% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kon~ O;k[;kRedç'us"kq ÿú ÿú» ÿú va'k% vkykspukRedç'us"kq p ûúú ûúú» ûúú
va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~A ijUrq
i×pe?kVdL; laf{kIrksÙkjç'us"kq u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";frA

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks "kV~ (ö) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA
3- ç'ukuke~ vÄïkuka p foHkktue~ v/ksfyf[kr:is.k Hkfo";frµ
I. çFke?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µikjEifjD;k vk/qfuD;k vkykspukRedi¼R;k p eU=k};a laLÑrekè;esu
O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VlwDrsH;% eU=k=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
II. f}rh;?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~µ
çFke% ç'u% µikjEifjD;k vk/qfuD;k vkykspukRedi¼R;k p eU=k};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VlwDrsH;%
eU=k=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x6¾12vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VlwDrlEc¼a oSfndnsofo"k;de~ ,de~ vkykspukReda ç'ua lek/krqa ç'u};a
çnkL;rsA (4vÄïk%)
III. r`rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µikjEifjD;k vk/qfuD;k vkykspukRedi¼R;k p eU=kprq"V;a O;k[;krqa
;FkkfufnZ"VlwDr};kr~ "kV~ eU=kk% çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)
IV. prqFkZ?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µeU=k};L; fo'knO;k[;k;S ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ eU=k=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
V. i×pe?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µi×pe?kVdksDrkuqlkjs.k pRokj% fodYijfgrk% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)
vuq'kaflrxzUFkk%
1. The New Vedic Selection, Part I & II (Revised and Enlarged Edition), Braj Bihari Chaubey, Bharatiya Vidya
Prakashan, Delhi-7.
2. Vedic Selection, A.A. Macdonell, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
3- ½Xosn] lk;.kHkk";lfgrA
4- mOoV&egh/jÑr 'kqDy;tqosZnHkk";A
5- lqcks/Hkk"; % nkeksnjikn lkroysdj] ikjMhA
6. Hymns of the Atharvaveda – M. Bloomfield, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
7- bZ'kkokL;ksifu"kn~ ('kkÄïjHkk";)] xhrk çsl] xksj[kiqjA
8- ½DlwDrlaxzg] Ñ".k dqekj ,oa gfjnÙk 'kkL=kh] lkfgR; Hk.Mkj] esjBA
9- ½Xosnh; lwDrlaxzg] MkWñ osnçzdk'k mikè;k;] vuqjkx çzdk'ku] bykgkcknA
����
f}rh;i=ke~ % O;kdj.ke~ Hkk"kkfoKkue~ p (û)
Paper-II : Vyakaranam Bhasavijnanam Cha (1)
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % ojnjkt%] y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh ûö vÄïk%
v/ksfyf[kra çdj.k};e~ (laLÑrekè;esu lEc¼lw=kk.kka lksnkgj.ka O;k[;k]
çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda :iflf¼çfØ;k p)µ
(d) l×Kkçdj.ke~_ ([k) lfU/çdj.ke~ (vp~lfU/çdj.kr% folxZlfU/çdj.ki;ZUre~)A
5

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
?kVde~&ü % ojnjkt%] y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh ûö vÄïk%
v/ksfyf[kra çdj.ke~ (lEc¼lw=kk.kka lksnkgj.ka O;k[;k] çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda
:iflf¼çfØ;k p)µ
lqcUrçdj.ke~µ (d) vtUriq¡fYyÄõçdj.ke~µ jke] loZ] gfj] lf[k] xksA
([k) vtUrL=khfyÄõçdj.ke~µ jek] lokZ] efr] L=khA
(x) vtUruiq¡ldfyÄõçdj.ke~µ Kku] okfj] nf/] e/qA
(?k) gyUriq¡fYyÄõçdj.ke~µ fo'ookg~] e?kou~] jktu~] ifFku~]
fo}l~] rn~] ;q"en~] vLen~A
?kVde~&ý % ojnjkt%] y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh ûö vÄïk%
v/ksfyf[kra çdj.ke~ (lEc¼lw=kk.kka lksnkgj.ka O;k[;k çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda
:iflf¼çfØ;k p)µ
frÄUrçdj.ke~µ 1- Hokfnçdj.ke~µ Hkw] ,/~] xe~] ikA
2- vnkfnçdj.ke~µ vn~] vl~] gu~A
?kVde~&þ % (d) ojnjkt%] y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh 8 vÄïk%
v/ksfyf[krçdj.kLFkç;ksxk.kka çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda :iflf¼çfØ;kµ
iwoZÑnUrçdj.ke~A
([k) Hkk"kkfoKkue~µ 8 8 vÄïk%
û- Hkk"kkfoKkuL; ifjHkk"kk {ks=ka p Hkk"kk;k% ifjHkk"kk oSf'k"VÔkfu p] Hkk"kkxrifjorZua
rn~Hksnk'pA Hkk"kkifjorZuL; dkj.kkfuA Hkk"kkifjokjk% (:ijs[kkek=ke~)A
ü- Hkkjksih;ifjokjL; Hkk"kkxrçeq[k'kk[kk% rklka oSf'k"VÔkfu p (:ijs[kkek=ke~)A
b.Mks&bjkfu;u&Hkk"kkxrçeq[k'kk[kk% rklka oSf'k"VÔkfu p (:ijs[kkek=ke~)A
Hkk"kk.kka oxhZdj.ke~ (ifjokjewyde~ vkÑfrewyda p)A
?kVde~&ÿ % mifjru&?kVdprq"V;xrikBÔØeekfJR; pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq çFke?kVdL; ç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esu ,o lek/s;k% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kor~ lw=kO;k[;kReds"kq :iflf¼çfØ;klEc¼s"kq p ç'us"kq ÿú ÿú» ÿú va'k%] leh{kkRedç'us"kq p ûúú ûúú» ûúú
va'k%
oSdfYid% Hkosr~] ijUrq i×pe?kVdL; laf{kIrksÙkjç'us"kq u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";frA
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks uo (ù) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA r=k çFke?kVdkr~ çkjH; prqFkZ?kVda ;kor~ çfr?kVda ç'u};a Hkfo";frA
i×pe?kVde~ vkfJR; p ,d% ç'u% Hkfo";fr ;=k ?kVdprq"V;xrikBÔØekuqlkjs.k pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% çnkL;UrsA
3- ç'ukuke~ vÄïkuka p foHkktue~ v/ksfyf[kr:is.k Hkfo";frµ
I. çFke?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~ µ
çFke% ç'u% µçFke?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼a lw=k};a lksnkgj.ka laLÑrekè;esu O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~
lw=kprq"V;e~ çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µçFke?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼L; in};L; çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda :iflf¼çfØ;ka laLÑrekè;esu
fyf[krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ inprq"V;e~ çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
6

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
II. f}rh;?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~ µ
çFke% ç'u% µf}rh;?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼a lw=k};a lksnkgj.ka O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ lw=kprq"V;e~
çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µf}rh;?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼L; in};L; çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda :iflf¼çfØ;ka fyf[krqa
;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ inprq"V;e~ çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
III. r`rh;?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~ µ
çFke% ç'u% µr`rh;?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼a lw=k};a lksnkgj.ka O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ lw=kprq"V;e~
çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µr`rh;?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼L; in};L; çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda :iflf¼çfØ;ka fyf[krqa
;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ inprq"V;e~ çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
IV. prqFkZ?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~ µ
çFke% ç'u% µprqFkZ?kVdL; (d) bfr [k.MkUrxZrçdj.klEc¼kuka prq.kk± inkuka çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda
:iflf¼çfØ;ka fyf[krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ "kV~ inkfu çnkL;UrsA (4x2¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µprqFkZ?kVdL; ([k) bfr [k.MkUrxZrikBÔØelEc¼e~ ,da leh{kkReda ç'ua lek/krqa
ç'u};a çnkL;rsA (8vÄïk%)
V. i×pe?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µi×pe?kVdksDrkuqlkjs.k pRokj% fodYijfgrk% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)
vuq'kaaflrxzUFkk%
1- y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh] O;k[;kñ /jkuUn 'kkL=kh f?kfYM;ky] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyhA
2- y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh] ojnjkt] O;k[;kñ Hkhelsu 'kkL=kh] HkSeh çzdk'ku] fnYyhA
3- y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh] O;k[;kñ vk|kçzlkn feJ] v{k;oV çzdk'ku] bykgkcknA
4- Hkk"kk vkSj Hkkf"kdh] nsoh'kadj f}osnh] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh] p.Mhx

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
r`rh;i=ke~ % Hkkjrh;n'kZue~ (û)
Paper-III : Bharatiyadarshanam (1)
8
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % ds'kofeJ%] rdZHkk"kk % vkjEHkr% çkek.;okni;ZUre~ &fucU/kRedk% ç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ü % ds'kofeJ%] rdZHkk"kk % vkjEHkr% çkek.;okni;ZUre~ &ifƒO;k[;kA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ý % bZ'ojÑ".k%] lka[;dkfjdk % rÙodkSeq|uqlkjs.k &fucU/kRedk% ç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&þ % bZ'ojÑ".k%] lka[;dkfjdk % rÙodkSeq|uqlkjs.k &dkfjdkO;k[;kA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ÿ % mifjruxzUFk};xrfo"k;kukfJR; pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjk% ç'uk% (laLÑrekè;esu)A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq i×pe?kVdL; ç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esuSo lek/s;k% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kon~ O;k[;kRedç'us"kq ÿú ÿú» ÿú va'k% fucU/kRedç'us"kq p ûúú ûúú» ûúú
va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~A ijUrq
i×pe?kVdL; laf{kIrksÙkjç'us"kq u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";fr A
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks i×p (ÿ) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA
3- ç'ukuke~ vÄïkuka p foHkktue~ v/ksfyf[kr:is.k Hkfo";frµ
I. çFke?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFke~ vkfJR; ,da fucU/a fyf[krqa fucU/};a çnkL;rsA (16vÄïk%)
II. f}rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µlçlÄõa ifƒ};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ ifƒ=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
III. r`rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFke~ vkfJR; ,da fucU/a fyf[krqa fucU/};a çnkL;rsA (16vÄïk%)
IV.prqFkZ?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µlçlÄõa dkfjdk};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ dkfjdk=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
V. i×pe?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µi×pe?kVdksDrkuqlkjs.k fodYijfgrk% pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% laLÑrekè;esu
lek/krqa çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)
vuq'kaaflrxzUFkk%
1- rdZHkk"kk] O;k[;kñ Jhfuokl 'kkL=kh] lkfgR; Hk.Mkj] esjBA
2- rdZHkk"kk] O;k[;kñ cnjhukFk 'kqDy] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyhA
3- rdZHkk"kk] O;k[;kñ xtkuu 'kkL=kh eqlyxk¡odj] pkS[kEck] okjk.klhA
4- Tarkabh‚¹‚, Eng. Tr. S.R. Iyer, Varanasi.
5- Tarkabh‚¹‚, Eng. Tr. A.B. Gajendragadkar.
6- lka[;rÙodkSeqnhçHkk] lEikñ rFkk O;k[;kñ vk|kizlkn feJ] v{k;oV çzdk'ku] bykgkcknA
7- lka[;dkfjdk] lEikñ rFkk O;k[;kñ xtkuu'kkL=kh eqlyxk¡odj] pkS[kEck] okjk.klhA
8- S‚‰khyak‚rik‚, Eng. Tr. Wilson, Delhi.
F

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
prqFkZi=ke~ % dkO;e~ ukVde~ p
Paper-IV : Kavyam Natakam Cha
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % ek?k%] f'k'kqikyo/e~ (çFke% lxZ%) % NUnks¿yÄïkjfunsZ'kiwoZda lçlÄõa 'yksdO;k[;k ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ü % HkoHkwfr%] mÙkjjkepfjre~ % dkO;lkS"BofunsZ'kiwoZda lçlÄõa 'yksdO;k[;k ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ý % HkoHkwfr%] mÙkjjkepfjre~ % vkykspukRedk% ç'uk% ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&þ % dkfynkl%] es?knwre~ (iwoZes?k%] 'yksdk% 1µ33) % laLÑrekè;esu 'yksdO;k[;k ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ÿ % mifjru&?kVdprq"V;xrikBÔØekuqlkjs.k laf{kIrksÙkjk% ç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh fVIi.kh fVIi.kh % %
%
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq prqFkZ?kVdL; ç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esu ,o lek/s;k% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kon~ O;k[;kRedç'us"kq ÿú» va'k% vkykspukRedç'us"kq p ûúú» va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~A ijUrq
i×pe?kVdL; laf{kIrksÙkjç'us"kq u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";frA
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks i×p (ÿ) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA
3- ç'ukuke~ vÄïkuka p foHkktue~ v/ksfyf[kr:is.k Hkfo";frµ
I. çFke?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µNUnks¿yÄïkjfunsZ'kiwoZda lçlÄõa 'yksd};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ 'yksd=k;a
çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
II. f}rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µdkO;lkS"BofunsZ'kiwoZda lçlÄõa 'yksd};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ 'yksd=k;a
çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
III. r`rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VukVda ukVddkja p vkfJR; ;FksPNe~ ,da ç'ua lek/krqe~ vkykspukReda
ç'u};a çnkL;rsA (16vÄïk%)
IV. prqFkZ?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µdkO;lkS"BofunsZ'kiwoZda lçlÄõaa 'yksd};a laLÑrekè;esu O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~
'yksd=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
V. i×pe?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µi×pe?kVdksDrkuqlkjs.k fodYijfgrk% pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)
vuq'kaflrxzUFkk%
1- f'k'kqikyo/] O;k[;kñ vkpk;Z 'ks"kjkt 'kekZ] okjk.klhA
2- mÙkjjkepfjr] O;k[;kñ ohjjk?ko] okjk.klhA
3- f'k'kqikyo/ (izFke lxZ)] O;k[;kñ MkWñ Jhfuokl 'kkL=kh] lkfgR; Hk.Mkj] esjBA
4- Uttarar‚macarita of Bhavabhƒti, M.R. Kale.
5- mÙkjjkepfjr] lEik0 rkfj.kh'k >kA
6- laLÑr lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ,ñ chñ dhFk] vuqñ eaxynso 'kkL=kh] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1978
7- laLÑr lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] cynso mikè;k;] 'kkjnk fudsru] okjk.klh] 1978
8- laLÑr ukVddkj] dkfUrfd'kksj Hkjfr;k] çzdk'ku 'kk[kk] lwpuk foHkkx] mÙkjçns'k] 1959
9- laLÑr ukVd leh{kk] çksñ bUæzikyflag ^bUæz*] lkfgR; fudsru] dkuiqj] 1960
H
9

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
i×pei=ke~ % laLÑrokÄ~e;L; bfrgkl% fucU/% p
Paper-V : Samskritavanmayasya Itihasah Nibandhah Cha
10
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % oSfndokÄ~e;L; lkekU;ifjp;% (1) % lafgrk%] czkã.kkfu] vkj.;dkfuA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ü % laLÑrO;kdj.kL; lkekU;ifjp;% (1) % eqfu=k;e~ &ikf.kfu%] dkR;k;u%] ir×tfy% pA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ý % Hkkjrh;n'kZuL; lkekU;ifjp;% (1) % oS'kssf"kde~] U;k;%] iwoZehekalkA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&þ % ykSfddlaLÑrlkfgR;L; lkekU;ifjp;% (1) % jkek;.ke~] egkHkkjre~] ukVÔlkfgR;e~A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ÿ % mifjru&?kVdprq"V;ksifj laLÑrfucU/%A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq i×pe?kVdL; ç'u%
laLÑrekè;esu ,o lek/s;% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kor~ çfr?kVda leh{kkRedç'us"kq ûúú» va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~ A
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks i×p (ÿ) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA r=k çFke?kVdr% çkjH; prqFkZ?kVda ;kor~ çfr?kVda }kS oSdfYidkS ç'ukS
Hkfo";r% ;;ks% ,d% ç'u% lek/s;%A i×pes ç'us i×pe?kVdksDrikBÔØekuqlkjs.k defi ,de~ vf/ÑR; laLÑrfucU/a
fyf[krqa pRokj% fo"k;k% çnkL;Urs A
vuq'kaflrxzUFkk%
1- oSfnd lkfgR; vkSj laLÑfr] cynso mikè;k;] 'kkjnk laLFkku] okjk.klhA
2- History of Indian Literature (Vol. I), M. Winternitz.
3- A History of Vedic Literature, Gaurinath Shastri, Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, Kolkata.
4- oSfnd bfrgkl] t;nso] gfj;k.kk laLÑr vdkneh] i×pdwykA
5- laLÑr&O;kdj.k'kkL=k dk bfrgkl (Hkkx 1&2)] ;qf/f"Bj ehekaldA
6- laLÑr O;kdj.k dk mn~Hko vkSj fodkl] lR;dke oekZA
7- An Account of the Different Existing Systems of Sanskrit Grammar, Belvalkar, Sripada Krishna, Bharatiya
Vidya Prakashan, Varanasi, 1976.
8- P‚‹ini : A Survey of Research, Cardona, George, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
9- O;kdj.k'kkL=ksfrgkl%] yksdef.knkgky%] Hkkjrh; fo|k çdk'ku] okjk.klh] çFke laLdj.k] 1990
10- Hkkjrh; n'kZu] cynso mikè;k;] okjk.klhA
11- Hkkjrh; n'kZu dk rkfÙod losZ{k.k] pUæz/j 'kekZZ] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyhA
12- History of Indian Philosophy, S.N. Dasgupta.
13- History of Indian Philosophy (Vol. I & II), S. Radhakrishnan.
14- Essentials of Indian Philosophy, M. Hirianna (Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] fgUnh vuqokn)A
15- An Introduction of Indian Philosophy, D.M. Dutta & S.C. Chatterjee.
16- laLÑr 'kkkL=kksa dk bfrgkl] cynso mikè;k;] pkS[kEck fo|k Hkou] okjk.klhA
17- History of Sanskrit Literature, A.B. Keith, Delhi.
18- laLÑr lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ,ñ chñ dhFk] vuqñ eaxynso 'kkL=kh] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1978

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-I)
19- laLÑr lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] cynso mikè;k;] 'kkjnk fudsru] okjk.klh] 1978
20- laLÑr ukVddkj] dkfUrfd'kksj Hkjfr;k] çzdk'ku 'kk[kk] lwpuk foHkkx] mÙkjçns'k] 1959
21- laLÑr ukVd leh{kk] çksñ bUæzikyflag ^bUæz*] lkfgR; fudsru] dkuiqj] 1960
22- ukVÔ'kkL=k] lEikñ MkWñ uxsUnz] fnYyh fo'ofo|ky;] fnYyhA
23- ukVÔ'kkL=k] lEikñ e/qlwnu 'kkL=kh] cukjl fgUnw fo'ofo|ky;] okjk.klhA
24- laLÑr Mªkek] ,ñ chñ dhFk A
☼☼☼
11

,e0 ,0 laLÑre~ (çFkea o"kZe~)
f}rh;a l=ke~
(üúúøµüúúù 'kSf{kdl=kr% ço`Ùke~)
(üúûûµüúûü 'kSf{kdl=kr% la'kksf/re~)
M. A. SANSKRIT (PREVIOUS)
SECOND SEMESTER
(Effective from Academic Session: 2008-2009)
(Modified w.e.f. Academic Session : 2011-2012)
fyf[kri=kk.kka foLr`r% ikBÔØe%
Detailed Syllabus for written papers
G
"k"Bi=ke~ % czkã.ke~ osnkÄõkfu p
Paper-VI : Brahmanam Vedangani Cha
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % ,srjs;czkã.ke~ % vè;k;% 33 ('kqu%'ksik[;kue~) ûö vÄïk%
µlaLÑrekè;esu O;k[;k vkykspukRed% ç'u% pA
?kVde~&ü % fu#Dre~ % çFke% vè;k;% µO;k[;k] vkykspukRed% ç'u%] fuoZpukfu pA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ý % fu#Dre~ % f}rh;% vè;k;% (1&5 iknk%)_ lIre% vè;k;% (1&7 iknk%) ûö vÄïk%
µO;k[;k] vkykspukRed% ç'u%] fuoZpukfu pA
?kVde~&þ % oSfnda O;kdj.ke~ µoSfndHkk"kk;k% Lo:ie~_ oSfndykSfddHkk"k;ks% vUrje~_ lfU/%_ inikB%_
oSfndLoj%_ yqÄ~ ydkj%_ ysV~ ydkj%A çR;;k% µ'kr`] 'kkup~] Dolq] dkup~] rqeFkZdk%A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ÿ % mifjru&?kVdprq"V;xrikBÔØeekfJR; pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq çFke?kVdL; ç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esu ,o lek/s;k% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kon~ O;k[;kRedç'us"kq ÿú» va'k% leh{kkRedç'us"kq p ûúú» va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~A ijUrq
i×pe?kVdL; laf{kIrksÙkjç'us"kq u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";fr A

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-II)
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks v"V (ø) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA r=k çFke?kVdkn~ vkjH; r`rh;?kVda ;kor~
çfr?kVda ç'u};e~ (,d% O;k[;kRed% f}rh;'p vkykspukRed% ç'u%) Hkfo";frA
3- ç'ukuke~ vÄïkuka p foHkktue~ v/ksfyf[kr:is.k Hkfo";frµ
I. çFke?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~µ
çFke% ç'u% µikBka'k};a laLÑrekè;esu O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ ikBka'k=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFklEc¼e~ ,de~ vkykspukReda ç'ua laLÑrekè;esu lek/krqa
ç'u};a çnkL;rsA (8vÄïk%)
II. f}rh;?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~µ
çFke% ç'u% µikBka'k};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ ikBka'k=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFklEc¼e~ ,de~ vkykspukReda ç'ua lek/krqa ç'u};a çnkL;rsA (8vÄïk%)
III. r`rh;?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~µ
çFke% ç'u% µikBka'k};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ ikBka'k=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFklEc¼e~ ,de~ vkykspukReda ç'ua lek/krqa ç'u};a çnkL;rsA (8vÄïk%)
IV. prqFkZ?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µprqFkZ?kVdksDrikBÔØelEc¼a ç'u};a lek/krqa ç'u=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
V. i×pe?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µi×pe?kVdksDrkuqlkjs.k pRokj% fodYijfgrk% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)
vuq'kaflrxzUFkk%
1- ,srjs;&czkã.k (f}rh; Hkkx)] lk;.kHkk";lfgr] lEiknd ,oe~ vuqoknd MkWñ lq/kdj ekyoh;] rkjk ¯ç¯Vx oDlZ] okjk.klhA
2- fu#Dr] fgUnh vuqoknd iañ f'koukjk;.k 'kkL=kh] b.Mksyksftdy cqd gkÅl] fnYyhA
3- fu#Dr (Hkkx 1&2)] LdUn&egs'oj&Ñr fu#DrHkk";Vhdk&lfgr] y{e.k Lo:i] çdkñ ikf.kfu] ubZ fnYyhA
4- fu#Dr] nqxkZpk;Z&Ñr o`fÙk&lfgr] vkuUnkJe] iwukA
5- fu#DrlEe'kZ%] czãeqfu ifjozktd] oSfnd ;U=kky;] vtesjA
6- fgUnh fu#Dr (vè;k; 1] 2] 7)] O;k[;kñ dfiynso 'kkL=kh] lkfgR; Hk.Mkj] esjBA
7- oSfnd O;kdj.k (Hkkx 1&2)] jkexksiky] uS'kuy ifCy¯'kx gkÅl] fnYyhA
8- A Vedic Grammar for Students, A.A. Macdonell, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
G
2

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-II)
lIrei=ke~ % O;kdj.ke~ Hkk"kkfoKkue~ p (ü)
Paper-VII : Vyakaranam Bhasavijnanam Cha (2)
3
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % ojnjkt%] y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh ûö vÄïk%
v/ksfyf[krkfu çdj.kkfu (lEc¼lw=kk.kka lksnkgj.ka O;k[;k çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda :iflf¼çfØ;k p)µ
(d) frÄUrçdj.ke~ % 1- tqgksR;kfnçdj.ke~µ gq] Hkh] nkA 2- fnokfnçdj.ke~µ fno~~] u`r~A
3- Lokfnçdj.ke~µ lq] fpA 4- rqnkfnçdj.ke~µ rqn~] eqp~A
5- #/kfnçdj.ke~µ #/~] Hkqt~A 6- rukfnçdj.ke~µ ru~] ÑA
7- ØÔkfnçdj.ke~µ Øh] KkA 8- pqjkfnçdj.ke~µ pqj~] dFk~A
([k) uke/krqçfØ;kA
(x) vkReusinçfØ;kA
(?k) ijLeSinçfØ;kA
?kVde~&ü % ojnjkt%] y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh ûö vÄïk%
v/ksfyf[kra çdj.k};e~ (lEc¼lw=kk.kka lksnkgj.ka O;k[;k çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda
:iflf¼çfØ;k p)µ
(d) leklçdj.ke~A
([k) rf¼rçdj.ke~ (pkrqjfFkZdi;ZUre~)A
?kVde~&ý % HkV~Vksftnhf{kr%] fl¼kUrdkSeqnh (iwokZ¼Ze~) % dkjdçdj.ke~ (laLÑrekè;esu)
(d) lksnkgj.ka lw=kO;k[;kA ø vÄïk%
([k) lw=kksYys[kiwoZda dkjd&foHkfDr&çfriknue~A ø vÄïk%
?kVde~&þ% Hkk"kkfoKkue~µ ûö vÄïk%
laLÑrHkk"kk (oSfndh ykSfddh p)A
vFkZfoKkue~µ vFkZifjorZuL; dkj.kkfu fn'k'pA
èofufoKkue~µ mPpkj.kko;ok% rs"kka çdk;kZf.k p_ èouhuka èoU;kReda oxhZdj.ke~A
:ifoKkue~µ 'kCnfuekZ.ke~_ 'kCnkuka rÙokfu_ /krq% çR;;'pA
okD;foKkue~µ inØe%A
?kVde~&ÿ % mifjru&?kVdprq"V;xrikBÔØeekfJR; pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq r`rh;?kVdL; ç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esu ,o lek/s;k% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) r`rh;?kVda ;kor~ ç'us"kq ÿú» va'k%] prqFkZ?kVdL; p leh{kkRedç'us"kq ûúú» va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~A ijUrq
i×pe?kVdL; laf{kIrksÙkjç'us"kq u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";frA

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-II)
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks v"V (ø) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA r=k çFke?kVdkr~ çkjH; r`rh;?kVda ;kor~ çfr?kVda ç'u};e~]
prqFkZ?kVdlEc¼'p ,d% ç'u% Hkfo";frA i×pe?kVde~ vkfJR; p ,d% ç'u% Hkfo";fr ;=k
?kVdprq"V;xrikBÔØekuqlkjs.k pRokj% fodYijfgrk% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% çnkL;UrsA
3- ç'ukuke~ vÄïkuka p foHkktue~ v/ksfyf[kr:is.k Hkfo";frµ
I. çFke?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~µ
çFke% ç'u% µçFke?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼a lw=k};a lksnkgj.ka O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ lw=kprq"V;a
çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µçFke?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼L; in};L; çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda :iflf¼çfØ;ka fyf[krqa
;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ inprq"V;a çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
II. f}rh;?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~µ
çFke% ç'u% µf}rh;?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼a lw=k};a lksnkgj.ka O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ lw=kprq"V;a
çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µf}rh;?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼L; in};L; çeq[klw=kksYys[kiwoZda :iflf¼çfØ;ka fyf[krqa
;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ inprq"V;a çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
III. r`rh;?kVdkfJra ç'u};e~µ
çFke% ç'u% µr`rh;?kVdksDrçdj.klEc¼a lw=k};a lksnkgj.ka laLÑrekè;esu O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~
lw=kprq"V;a çnkL;rsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
f}rh;% ç'u% µr`rh;?kVdksDrçdj.kkuqlkjs.k in};L; lw=kksYys[kiwoZda laLÑrekè;esu dkjd&foHkfDr&
çfriknuk; ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ pRokfj v/ksjs[kkfÄïrkfu inkfu çnkL;UrsA (2x4¾8vÄïk%)
IV. prqFkZ?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µprqFkZ?kVdksDrikBÔØekuqlkjs.k ,da leh{kkReda ç'ua fyf[krqa ç'u};a çnkL;rsA (16vÄïk%)
V. i×pe?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µi×pe?kVdksDrkuqlkjs.k pRokj% fodYijfgrk% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)
vuq'kaflrxzUFkk%
1- y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh] ojnjkt] O;k[;kñ Hkhelsu 'kkL=kh] HkSeh çzdk'ku] fnYyhA
2- y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh] O;k[;kñ vk|kizlkn feJ] v{k;oV izdk'ku] bykgkcknA
3- y?kqfl¼kUrdkSeqnh] O;k[;kñ /jkuUn 'kkL=kh f?kfYM;ky] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyhA
4- oS;kdj.kfl¼kUrdkSeqnh (iwokZ¼Z)] HkV~Vksftnhf{kr] çzdkñ eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyhA
5- oS;kdj.kfl¼kUrdkSeqnh (1&2 Hkkx)] O;k[;kñ xksikynÙk ik.Ms;] pkS[kEck lqjHkkjrh izdk'ku] okjk.klhA
6- dkjd&izdj.k (fl¼kUrdkSeqnhLFk)] lEikñ rFkk O;k[;kñ Jhfuokl 'kkL=kh] lkfgR; Hk.Mkj] esjBA
7- Hkk"kk vkSj Hkkf"kdh] nsoh'kadj f}osnh] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh] p.Mhx

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-II)
17- An Introduction to Language, Fromkin, V. and R. Rodman, New York etc. Harcourt, Brace Jovenovich College
Publishers, 1988, 1992.
18- The Principles of Semantics, Blackwell, Ullmann, Stephen, 1957.
19- Semantic Analysis, Ithaca, N.Y.–Ziff, Paul, Comell University Press, 1960.
20- Linguistics, An Introduction to Language and Communication-Akmaijan, A.R. Demers and R. Hamish,
Cambridge Mass, MIT Press, 1979.
X
v"Vei=ke~ % Hkkjrh;n'kZue~ (ü)
Paper-VIII : Bharatiyadarshanam (2)
5
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % ykSxkf{kHkkLdj%] vFkZlÄ~xzg% % fucU/kRedk% ç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ü % vFkZlÄ~xzg% % ifƒO;k[;kA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ý % lnkuUn;ksxhUæ%] osnkUrlkj% % fucU/kRedk% ç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&þ % osnkUrlkj% % ifƒO;k[;kA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ÿ % mifjru&xzUFk};xrfo"k;ku~ vkfJR; pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% (laLÑrekè;esu)A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq i×pe?kVdL; ç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esu ,o lek/s;k% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kon~ O;k[;kRedç'us"kq ÿú» va'k% fucU/kRedç'us"kq p ûúú» va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~ A ijUrq
i×pe?kVdL; laf{kIrksÙkjç'us"kq u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";fr A
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks i×p (ÿ) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA
3- ç'ukuke~ vÄïkuka p foHkktue~ v/ksfyf[kr:is.k Hkfo";frµ
I. çFke?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFke~ vkfJR; ,da fucU/a fyf[krqa fucU/};a çnkL;rsA (16vÄïk%)
II. f}rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µlçlÄõa ifƒ};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ ifƒ=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
III. r`rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFke~ vkfJR; ,da fucU/a fyf[krqa fucU/};a çnkL;rsA (16vÄïk%)
IV. prqFkZ?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µlçlÄõa ifƒ};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ ifƒ=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
V. i×pe?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µi×pe?kVdksDrkuqlkjs.k fodYijfgrk% pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esu lek/krqa çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-II)
vuq'kaflrxzUFkk%
1- vFkZlaxzg] lEikñ rFkk O;k[;kñ okpLifr mikè;k;] pkS[kEck vksfj;.Vkfy;kA
2- vFkZlaxzg%] O;k[;kñ n;k'kÄïj 'kkL=kh] dkuiqjA
3- vFkZlaxzg%] O;k[;kñ lR;çzdk'k 'kekZ] lkfgR; Hk.Mkj] esjBA
4- Arthasa¥graha, Eng. Tr. A.B. Gajendragadkar and R.D. Karmarkar, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
5- Arthasa¥graha, Eng. Tr. G. Thibaut, Delhi.
6- osnkUrlkj] O;k[;kñ cnjhukFk 'kqDy] okjk.klhA
7- osnkUrlkj] lEikñ rFkk O;k[;kñ jkeewfrZ 'kekZ] fnYyhA
8- osnkUrlkj] O;k[;kñ xtkuu 'kkL=kh eqlyxk¡odj] okjk.klhA
9- osnkUrlkj] lEikñ rFkk O;k[;kñ MkWñ vk|kçzlkn feJ] v{k;oV çzdk'ku] bykgkcknA
10-Ved‚ntas‚ra, Eng. Tr. M. Hiriyanna.
11-Ved‚ntas‚ra, Eng. Tr. Swami Nikhilananda.
Y
uoei=ke~ % dkO;e~ dkO;'kkL=ke~ p
Paper-IX : Kavyam Kavyashastram Cha
6
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % ck.kHkV~V%] dknEcjh % egk'osrko`ÙkkUr%] v/ksfufnZ"V% va'k% µ ûö vÄïk%
^rPp iouks¼wrSfjrLrr%* bR;kjH; ^dFka dFkfefr refrfpja O;yksd;e~* bfr i;ZUre~A
µx|ka'k&O;k[;kA
?kVde~&ü % dkfynkl%] es?knwre~ % iwoZes?k% ûö vÄïk%
µ'yksdk% 34r% lekfIri;ZUre~] laLÑrekè;esu 'yksdO;k[;kA
?kVde~&ý % fo'oukFk%] lkfgR;niZ.k% ûö vÄïk%
µçFke% ifjPNsn%_ f}rh;% ifjPNsn% µvfHk/kfu:i.ke~] dkfjdk&la[;k 4 i;ZUre~A
?kVde~&þ % lkfgR;niZ.k% % f}rh;% ifjPNsn%] y{k.kkfu:i.ke~ O;×tukfu:i.ke~ p (dkfjdk% 5&20)A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ÿ % lkfgR;niZ.k% % "k"B% ifjPNsn%] dkfjdk% 1&10_ 224&268_ 315&337 &laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk%A ûö vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rs] ijUrq f}rh;?kVdL; ç'uk%
laLÑrekè;esu ,o lek/s;k% vU;Fkk loZFkk vÄïgkfu% Hkfo";frA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kor~ O;k[;kRedç'us"kq ÿú» va'k% leh{kkRedç'us"kq p ûúú» va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~A ijUrq
i×pe?kVdL; laf{kIrksÙkjç'us"kq u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";frA

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-II)
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks i×p (ÿ) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA
3- ç'ukuke~ vÄïkuka p foHkktue~ v/ksfyf[kr:is.k Hkfo";frµ
I. çFke?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µdkO;lkS"BofunsZ'kiwoZda lçlÄõa x|ka'k};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkn~ x|ka'k=k;a
çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
II. f}rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µdkO;lkS"BofunsZ'kiwoZda lçlÄõa 'yksd};a laLÑrekè;esu O;k[;krqa
;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ 'yksd=k;a çnkL;rsA (2x8¾16vÄïk%)
III. r`rh;?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µlçlÄõa dkfjdk};a O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ dkfjdk=k;a çnkL;rsA
vFkok
dkfjdkO;k[;kLFkkus ,da foospukReda ç'ua lek/krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFklEc¼a
ç'u};a çnkL;rsA (16vÄïk%)
IV. prqFkZ?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µlçlÄõe~ ,dka dkfjdka O;k[;krqa ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ dkfjdk};a çnkL;rsA
vFkok
mi;qZDrfodYiLFkkus ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFklEc¼a foospukRede~ ,da ç'ua lek/krqa
ç'u};a çnkL;rsA
vFkok
mi;qZDrfodYi};LFkkus ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkr~ lçlÄõa O;k[;krqe~ ,dk dkfjdk
rn~fodYis p lek/krqe~ ,d% foospukRed% ç'u% çnkL;rsA (16vÄïk%)
V. i×pe?kVdkfJr% ç'u% µ;FkkfufnZ"VxzUFkkn~ fodYijfgrk% pRokj% laf{kIrksÙkjç'uk% çnkL;UrsA (4x4¾16vÄïk%)
vuq'kaflrxzUFkk%
1- dknEcjh] egk'osrko`ÙkkUr%] lEikñ vkpk;Z% jkeukFk% 'kekZ] jktsUnzdqekj% 'kkL=kh p] lkfgR;Hk.Mkje~] esjBuxje~] i×pelaLdj.ke~] 2001
2- dknEcjh] egk'osrko`ÙkkUr] lEikñ vkpk;Z dfiynso fxfj] okjk.klhA
3- dknEcjh % ,d lkaLÑfrd vè;;u] MkWñ oklqnso'kj.k vxzokyA
4- ck.kHkV~V dk lkfgfR;d vuq'khyu] vejukFk ik.Ms;A
5- lkfgR;niZ.k] lEikñ ihñohñ dk.ks] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyhA
6- lkfgR;niZ.k] O;k[;kñ Ñ".keksgu 'kkL=khA
7- lkfgR;niZ.k] lEikñ 'kkfyxzke 'kkL=kh] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyhA
V
7

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-II)
n'kei=ke~ % laLÑrokÄ~e;L; bfrgkl% vuqokn% p
Paper-X : Samskritavanmayasya Itihasah Anuvadah Cha
8
iw.kkZÄïk% 80
vkUrfjdewY;kÄïukÄïk% 20
le;% 3 gksjk% (3 Hours)
?kVde~&û % oSfndokÄ~e;L; lkekU;ifjp;% (2) % mifu"kn% osnkÄõkfu pA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ü % laLÑrO;kdj.kL; lkekU;ifjp;% (2) % Hkr`Zgfj%] dkf'kdkdkjkS okeut;kfnR;kS]
HkV~Vkssftnhf{kr%] ojnjkt%A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ý % Hkkjrh;n'kZuL; lkekU;ifjp;% (2) % Lkak[;e~] ;ksx%] v}SrosnkUr%A ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&þ % ykSfddlaLÑrlkfgR;L; lkekU;ifjp;% (2) % egkdkO;kfu] [k.MdkO;kfu]
x|dkO;kfu] pEiwdkO;kfuA ûö vÄïk%
?kVde~&ÿ % (d) vifBrlaLÑrks¼j.kL; fgUnhekè;esu vuqokn%A ø vÄïk%
([k) vifBrfgUnhx|ka'kL; laLÑrekè;esu vuqokn%A ø vÄïk%
fVIi.kh %
(d) ç'ukuka lek/kua laLÑr@fgUnh@vkÄ~~XyHkk"kkekè;ekuka dsukfi ,dsu ekè;esu drq± 'kD;rsA
([k) prqFkZ?kVda ;kor~ çfr?kVda leh{kkRedç'us"kq ûúú» va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~A ijUrq i×pe?kVdL; vuqoknkRedç'us"kq
u dks¿fi fodYiks Hkfo";frA
ç'ui=kfuekZ.kfof/%
1- ç'ui=kL; fuekZ.ka laLÑrekè;esu Hkosr~A
2- ç'ui=ks "kV~ (ö) vfuok;kZ% ç'uk% Hkfo";fUrA r=k çFke?kVdkr~ çkjH; prqFkZ?kVda ;kor~ leh{kkReds"kq@foospukReds"kq prq"kZq
ç'us"kq ûúú» va'k% oSdfYid% Hkosr~ vFkkZr~ çfr?kVde~ }kS oSdfYidkS ç'ukS Hkosrke~ ;;ks% ,d% ç'u% lek/s;%A
i×pe?kVdL; p (d) bfr [k.MksDrkuqlkjs.k fgUnhekè;esu vuqoknk; fodYijfgre~ ,de~ vifBrlaLÑrks¼j.ke~_
([k) bfr [k.MksDrkuqlkjs.k p laLÑrekè;esu vuqoknk; fodYijfgr% ,d% vifBrfgUnhx|ka'k% Hkosr~~A
vuq'kaflrxzUFkk%
1- oSfnd lkfgR; vkSj laLÑfr] cynso mikè;k;] 'kkjnk laLFkku] okjk.klhA
2- History of Indian Literature (Vol. I), M. Winternitz.
3- A History of Vedic Literature, Gaurinath Shastri, Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, Kolkata.
4- oSfnd bfrgkl] t;nso] gfj;k.kk laLÑr vdkneh] i×pdwykA
5- laLÑr&O;kdj.k'kkL=k dk bfrgkl (Hkkx 1&2)] ;qf/f"Bj ehekaldA
6- laLÑr O;kdj.k dk mn~Hko vkSj fodkl] lR;dke oekZA
7- An Account of the Different Existing Systems of Sanskrit Grammar, Belvalkar, Sripada Krishna, Bharatiya
Vidya Prakashan, Varanasi, 1976.
8- P‚‹ini : A Survey of Research, Cardona, George, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
9- O;kdj.k'kkL=ksfrgkl%] yksdef.knkgky%]Hkkjrh; fo|k çdk'ku] okjk.klh] çFke laLdj.k] 1990
10-Hkkjrh; n'kZu] cynso mikè;k;] okjk.klhA

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
SYLLABUS (M. A. SANSKRIT, SEMESTER-II)
11-Hkkjrh; n'kZu dk rkfÙod losZ{k.k] pUæz/j 'kekZ] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyhA
12- History of Indian Philosophy, S.N. Dasgupta.
13- History of Indian Philosophy (Vol. I & II), S. Radhakrishnan.
14- Essentials of Indian Philosophy, M. Hirianna (Hkkjrh; n'kZu dh :ijs[kk] fgUnh vuqokn)A
15- An Introduction of Indian Philosophy, D.M. Dutta & S.C. Chatterjee.
16- laLÑr 'kkL=kksa dk bfrgkl] cynso mikè;k;] pkS[kEck fo|k Hkou] okjk.klhA
17- History of Sanskrit Literature, A.B. Keith, Delhi.
18- laLÑr lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ,ñ chñ dhFk] vuqñ eaxynso 'kkL=kh] eksrhyky cukjlhnkl] fnYyh] 1978
19- laLÑr lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] cynso mikè;k;] 'kkjnk fudsru] okjk.klh] 1978
20- laLÑr dkO;'kkL=k] ,lñ dsñ MsA
21- çzkS

K U R U K S H E T R A U N I V E R S I T Y, K U R U K S H E T R A
(Established by State Legislature Act XII of 1956)
M.A.
In
ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY, CULTURE & ARCHAEOLOGY
SEMESTER: FIRST & SECOND
SCHEME, SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
(EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION: 2011-2012)
Syllabus of M.A. (Previous) for the academic session 2011-2012 is
divided into two semesters. For each semester five papers are compulsory
with option in the fifth paper and each paper shall carry 100 Marks. Total
aggregate marks for each semester is 500+500 = 1000 Marks). Students have
choice of Language (Hindi/English) for their exams.
(1) There will be Internal Assessment of 20 marks in each paper as per the
following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(I st Assignment after one month &
IInd Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be giving as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 Marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 Mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the
Colleges only/authenticated medical grounds duly approved
by the concerned Principal.
(2) Theory paper will consist of 80 marks.
FIRST SEMESTER
PAPER NAME OF THE PAPER M.MARKS TIME
Paper-I History of India from Earliest Time to 80 Theory 3 Hours
Fall of the Nandas
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-II History of India upto c.A.D. 650-1200 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-III Ancient Societies (Egypt & 80 Theory 3 Hours
Mesopotamia)
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-IV Field Archaeology 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
891

Paper-V OPT.(I) History of Haryana (Pre &
Proto-Historic)
OR
OPT.(II)- Women in Indian History
(From Earliest Time to 500 A.D.)
SECOND SEMESTER
892
80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
PAPER NAME OF THE PAPER M.MARKS TIME
Paper-I History of India from Mauryas to 80 Theory 3 Hours
Harsha Empire
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-II India Society and Economy
80 Theory 3 Hours
650 A.D-1200 A.D.
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-III Ancient Societies (Achaemenian, Greek 80 Theory 3 Hours
& Roman)
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-IV Early Historic Archaeology 80 Theory 3 Hours
Paper-V OPT.(I) History of Haryana (from 6
20 Internal
Assessment
th
80 Theory 3 Hours
Century B.C. to 1200 A.D.)
OR
OPT.(II)- Women in Indian History
(from 500 A.D. to 1200 A.D.)
20 Internal
Assessment

M.A.
FIRST SEMESTER
PAPER-I: HISTORY OF INDIA FROM EARLIEST TIME TO FALL OF
THE NANDAS
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire
syllabus more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate
shall be required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal
marks.
1. Reconstructing Ancient Indian History : Sources - Archaeological and
Literary.
2. Early Farming Communities : Pastoralism and incipient farming: Neolithic
and Chalcolithic village cultures.
3. Bronze Age : First Urbanisation, Indus Civilization - debate on Harappan
chronology and ethnic identities.
4. Vedic Society : Polity, economy, religion, role of Vedic literature in Indian
History.
5. Early Iron Age in North India, Megalithic culture - Economic development,
social stratification.
6. Janapadas and Mahajanapadas : (A) Territorial states - monarchical : and
republican (B) Religious movement – Jainism and Buddhism (C) Second
Urbanisation
7. Rise of Magadha up to the Nanas.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Wheeler, R.E.M. : The Indus Civilization.
2. Majumdar, R.C. and : Vedic Age.
Pusalker, A.D.
3. Raychaudhuri, H.C. : Political History of Ancient India
(In English and Hindi).
4. Allchin, B. & R. : The Rise of Civilization in India
and Pakistan.
5. Thaplyal, K.K. and : Sindhu Sabhyata (In Hindi)
Shukla, S.P.
6. Sastri, K.A.N. : The Age of the Nandas and Mauryas
(In English and Hindi).
893

PAPER-II: HISTORY OF INDIA UPTO C.A.D. 650 - 1200
894
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Sources - Literary and Archaeological.
2. Feudal Society and Economy.
3. Rise and fall of the Prathiharas. The Palas, The Tripartite Struggle and
the Rastrakutas.
4. The Chandellas, the Paramaras, the Gahadvalas and the Chahamanas.
5. The Arab and Turk Invasions.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Sharma, R.S. : Material Culture and Social Formations in
India.
2. Sharma, R.S. : Indian Feudalism.
3. Tripathi, R.S. : History of Kanauj.
4. Pnri, B.N. : History of the Gurjara-Pratiharas.
5. Altekar, A.S. : The Rastrakutas & their times.
6. Majumdar, R.C. : History of Bengal, Vol. I.
7. Majumdar, R.C. : The Emperial Kanauj.
8. Majumdar, R.C. : Struggle for Empire.
9. R. Niyogi : A History of Gahadwalas.

PAPER-III: ANCIENT SOCIETIES (EGYPT & MESOPOTAMIA)
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Origins - Tool making and earliest humans, hunting and gathering, food
production and village settlements, division of labour and craft
specialization.
2. Bronze Age Civilization - Egypt and Mesopotamia.
Egypt : Economy (Industry & Trade), Social Life, Religion and State
Structure.
3. Sumerian Civilization - Social, Religious, Economy, State Structure, Art
and Architecture.
4. Babylonians — their political, social, religious and economic life, Judicial
System, literature and contribution of Hummurabi.
5. The Assyrians - The age of Asur Banipal, State Organization, Art and
Architecture, downfall of the Assyrian Empire.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Kramer, S.N. : History Begins at Sumer.
2. Petrie, W.M.F. : Social Life in Ancient Egypt.
3. Pathak, Sushil Madhava : Visva Ki Prachin Sabhyataon Ka Itihas (In
Hindi).
4. Rai, U.N. : Visva Ki Prachin Sabhyataon Ka Itihas (In
Hindi).
5. Wooley, C. Leonard : The Sumerians.
6. Breated, J.H. : History of Egypt.
7. Edward, I.E.S. : The Pyramids of Egypt.
8. Farwell, L.R. : Greece & Babylon.
9. Frankfurt, H. : Ancient Egyptian Religion.
895

PAPER-IV: FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY
896
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Growth of Archaeology as a discipline: (A) Definition and scope of
Archaeology (B) History of Indian Archaeology.
2. Stratigraphy : Principles of stratification, identification rand recording of
strata.
3. Methods of Dating : Relative dating methods, Dating the past- Radio-
carbon, Thermoluminescence, Potassiumargon, Pollen analysis etc.
4. Methods of discovering the Past (A) Methods of Explorations and
Excavations, (B) Recording of excavated finds, (C) Underwater
Archaeology.
5. Interpretation of archaeological remains : (A) Significance of pottery, tools,
beads etc. in archaeology, (B) Study of organic remains - Botanical,
Zoological and Human Bones.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Agarwal, D.P. : Archaeology of India.
2. Agarwal, D.P. and : Dating the Human Past.
Yadava, M.D.
3. Agarwal, O.P. : Preservation of Art Objects and Library
Materials.
4. Atkinson, R.J. : Field Archaeology.
5. Allchin, B.& R. : The Rise of Civilization in India and
Pakistan.
6. Binford, S.R. and : New Perspective in Archaeology.
Binford, L.R. (Eds.)
7. Chakrabarti, D.K. : A History of Indian Archaeology.
8. R.E.M. Wheeler : Prithvi Se Puratattav.

PAPER-V: OPTION (I) - HISTORY OF HARYANA (PRE & PROTO-
HISTORIC)
897
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Sources — Literary and Archaeological.
2. Pre-historic Remains.
3. Remains of the Protohistoric cultures in Haryana - Early Harappan,
Harappan, Late Harappan and Painted Grey Ware Culture.
4. A study of the excavated sites - Banawali, Balu, Rakhigarhi, Kunal,
Mithathal, Bhagwanpura, Daulatpur, Mirzapur, Khokhrakot, Agroha, Sugh
and Thanesar.
5. Expansion of the Vedic culture in the Saraswati Valley; Traditional History
of the Kurus, the Bharata War and Aftermath.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Raychaudhuri, H.C. : Political History of Ancient India.
2. Pargiter, F.E. : Ancient Indian Historical Tradition.
3. Gupta, S.P. (Ed.) & : Mahabharata : Myth and Reality.
Ramachandran, S.K.
4. Buddha Prakash : Haryana Through the Ages.
5. Buddha Prakash : Glimpses of Ancient Haryana.
6. Yadav, K.C. (Ed.) : Haryana Studies in History and Culture.
7. Yadav, K.C. (Ed.) : Haryana Ka Itihasa (In Hindi).
8. Phadke, H.A. : Haryana - Ancient and Medieval.
9. Lal, B.B. : Earliest Civilization of South Asia.
10. Gupta, S.F. : The Indus, Saraswati Civilization.
11. Suraj Bhan : Excavations at Mitathal (1960) and other
Explorations in Sutluj.-Yamuna Divide
12. Suraj Bhan : Excavations of Sugh, Journal of Haryana
Studies.

PAPER-V: OPTION (II) - WOMEN IN INDIAN HISTORY (FROM
EARLIEST TIME TO 500 cAD.)
898
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Women Childhood, Marriage, Widowhood.
2. Women and Religion - Women’s place in Brahmanical, Buddhist and
Jaina religions.
3. Customary and Legal status - crime and punishment, proprietary rights.
4. Women and Work - Working women, Prostitue and Servants.
5. Education and women.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Altekar, A.S. : The Position of Women in Hindu
Civilization.
2. Banerji, S.C. : Society in Ancient India.
3. Chanana, D.R. : Slavery in Ancient India.
4. Das, Sukia : Crime and Punishment in Ancient India (AD.
300-100 AD.)
5. Dikshit, R. : Women in Sanskrit Drama.
6. Gharpure, JR. : Right of Women under Hindu Law, Bombay.
7. Gupta, A.R. : Women in Hindu Society.
8. Kapadia, K.M. : Marriage and Family in India.
9. Agrawal Ashvini : Working Women in Ancient India.
10. Shastri, Sakuntala Rao : Women in Vedic Age.

M.A.
SECOND SEMESTER
PAPER-I: HISTORY OF INDIA FROM MAURYAS TO HARSHA EMPIRE
899
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Towards empire - Mauryas: (A) Polity - nature and extent of centralization
and foreign relations, (B) Administration and Culture, (C) Kautily's
Arthashastra, and Megasthenes’ Indica.
2. Post-Mauryan Developments; (A) Sungas and Kanvas - Indo-Greeks and
Saka-Pahlavas, (B) Satavahanas and Western Kshatrapas, (C) Kushanas
empire - Society and Culture. Indo-Roman Trade, (D) Sangam Age -
Chiefdoms, literature, society.
3. Guptas, Vakatakas and Vardhanas: (A) Rise and fall of the Guptas, their
administration, culture science and technology, (B) The Later Guptas, The
Hunas, The Vakatakas and The Maukharis.
4. Pushyabhutis, Harsha and his time.
5. The Chalukya.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Pun, B.N. : India Under the Kushanas.
2. Mukerjee, R.K. : Chandragupta Maurya and His time (In Hindi
and English).
3. Bhandarkar, D.R. : Asoka (In English and Hindi).
4. Thapar, Romila : Asoka and the Decline of the Mauryas (In
English and Hindi)
5. Chattopadhyaya, B. : Kushana State and Indian Society.
6. Mukherjee, B.N. : The Rise and Fall of the Kushana Empire

7. Majumdar, R.C. and : The Vakataka - Gupta Age.
Altekar, A.S.
8. Agrawal, Ashvini : Rise and Fall of the Imperial Guptas.
9. Gupta, P.L. : Gupta Samrajya (In Hindi).
10. Devahuti, D. : Harsa: A Political Study.
11. Maity, S.K. : The Economic Life of Northern India, during
the Gupta period.
12. K.A.N., Sastri : The Age of the Nandas & the Mauryas.
13. K.A.N., Sastri : Comprehensive History of India,
Vol. II.
14. Tripathi, R.S. : History of Kanauj.
15. Sharma, B.N. : Harsha and his times.
900

PAPER-II: INDIAN SOCIETY AND ECONOMY 650 - 1200 c.A.D.
901
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. The Pallavas and the Chalukyas - their art, culture and administration.
2. The Cholas and their administration, contacts with South-East Asia.
3. Agrarain Economy : Land grants, agricultural expansion, Irrigation and
Technology.
4. Society: Untouchability, Status of Women, matrilineal system, Marriage,
Proprietary rights.
5. Religion : Saivism, Vaishnavism, Bhakti Movements and Jainism.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Moti Chandra : Sarthavaha.
2. Adhya, G.L. : Early Indian Economics.
3. Katiyal; H.S. : Sudras, Slaves and Untouchables Ancient
India.
4. Altekar, A.S. : Position of Women in Hindu Civilization.
5. Gopalan, R. : The Pallavas of Kanchi.
6. Vijay Thakur : Urbanization in India.
7. Ghosh, A. : Cities in Ancient India.
8. Bhandarkar, R.G. : Vaishnavisim, Saivism and Minor Religious
Systems.
9. R.N. Saletore : Economic History of Ancient India.
10. K.A.S. Sastri : The Cholas.

PAPER-III: ANCIENT SOCIETIES (ACHAEMENIAN, GREEK & ROMAN)
902
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Nomadic groups in Central and Western Asia: Ancient Iran - the Pre-
Achaemenian Age, Rise and Growth of the Achalmenian Empire,
Achaemenian Culture.
2. Slave societies in Ancient Greece - The Homeric Age, Rise of Sparta and
Anthens, Reforms of Solon and the Age of Pericleas.
3. Roman Civilization - The Republics, the Age of Agustus.
4. Decline of the Roman Empire
5. Contribution of Greece and Rome to the World.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Block, R. : Origin or Rome.
2. Bury, J.B. : History of Greece.
3. Farnell, L.R. : Greece and Babylon.
4. Goyal, S.R. : Visva Ki Prachin Sabhyataon Ka Itihas (In
Hindi).
5. Hammond, N.G.L. : History of Greece.
6. Kitto, H.D. : The Greeks.
7. Pathak, Sushil Madhava : Visva Ki Prachin Sabhyataon Ka Itihas (In
Hindi).

PAPER-IV: EARLY HISTORIC ARCHAEOLOGY
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Detailed study of the following excavations:
(a) Hastinapur
(b) Kausambi
(c) Taxila
(d) Bbaramgiri
(e) Arikamadu
(f) Sishupalgarh
2. Methods of conservation and preservation.
3. Archaeology and Public Awareness : Museums - display of antiquities and
new exhibits. Antiquarian Laws.
4. Marine Archaeology.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Dikshit, K.N. (Ed.) : Indian Archaeology since Independence,
PURATATTVA, Nos. 13-14.
2. Deo, S.B. and K. : Recent Advances in Indian Paddayya (Eds.)
Archaeology.
3. Glyn Daniel : The Origins and Growth of Archaeology.
4. Mishra, F. : Researches in Archaeology and
Conservation.
5. Paddayya, K. : New Archaeology arid its Aftermath.
6. Robert J. Sharer and : Fundamentals of Archaeology.
Wendy Ashmore :
7. Srivastava, K.M. : New Era of Indian Archaeology.
8. Sharma, G.R. : Excavations at Kausambi.
9. Marshall, Sir, John : Guide to Taxila.
10. Ghosh, A. (Ed.) : Archaeological Remains, Monuments and
Museums, 2 Vols.
11. Ghosh, A. : The City in Early Historical India.
903

PAPER-V: OPTION (I) - HISTORY OF HARYANA (FROM 6 Th CENTURY
B.C. TO 1200 A.D.)
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. History of the region from the 6 th century B.C. to 2 nd century B.C.
2. Rise of the Republics.
3. Extension of the Indo-Greek, Saka-Kushana and Gupta empires.
4. The rise of the Pushpabhuti Dynasty.
5. The rule of Gurjara-Pratiharas, Tomaras and Chahamanas.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Lahiri, Bela : Indigenous State of Northern India.
2. Pandey, D.B. : The History and the Coinage of the
Yaudheyas.
3. Puri, B.N. : History of the Gurjar - Pratiharas.
4. Suraj Bhan : Excavations at Mitathal (1960) and other
Explorations in Sutluj-Yamuna Divide
5. Suraj Bhan : Excavations of Sugh, Journal of Haryana
Studies.
6. Sharma, D. : Early Chauhan Dynasty.
7. R.C. Majumdar (Ed.) : The History and Culture of Indian People,
Vol. I-II.
8. Phogat, S.R. : Inscriptions of Haryana.
9. Dasharath Sharma : Rajasthan Through the Ages.
10. Indian Archaeology - A : Relevant Pages.
Review
11. Dasgupta, K.K. : Tribal History of Ancient India.
12. Handa, Devendra : The Tribal Coins of Ancient India.
13. Agrawal, Jagannath : Inscriptions of Haryana, Punjab, H.P., J. &
K. and adjoining hilly tracts.
904

PAPER-V: OPTION (II) - WOMEN IN INDIAN HISTORY (FROM 500 AD.
TO 1200 AD.)
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be
required to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Social Institutions and Women — Marriage, Samskara, Divorce, Parda
System, Sati, Purification.
2. Political participation.
3. The Position of the Widow.
4. Women and Culture - Women representation and participation in social life,
literature.
5. Attitude towards the Woman and her place in the society.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Kapadia, KM. : Marriage and Family in India.
2. Gupta, A.R. : Eminent Rulers of Kashmir.
3. Mainu Heary : Ancient Law.
4. Mitter, D.N. : The Position of Women in Hindu Law.
5. Prabhu, P.N. : Hindu Social Organization.
6. Sharma, T. : Women in Ancient India (32 A.D. to 1200
A.D.)
7. Altekar, A.S. : Position of Women in Hindu Civilization.
905

K U R U K S H E T R A U N I V E R S I T Y, K U R U K S H E T RA A
(Established by State Legislature Act XII of 1956)
M.A.
In
ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY, CULTURE & ARCHAEOLOGY
SCHEME OF SEMESTER: THIRD & FOURTH
(EFFECTIVE FROM ACADEMIC SESSION: 2011-2012)
Syllabus of M.A. (Final) for the academic session 2011-2012 is divided
into two semesters. Third Semester & Fourth Semester each have been
divided in three groups i.e A, B & C. First paper is compulsory in all groups
and total five papers in each group. Each paper shall carry 100 marks.
Students have to choose the one group out of these three. Total marks in the
Third semester & Fourth semester is (500+500 = 1000 Marks). Students have
choice of Language (Hindi/English) for their exams.
(1) There will be Internal Assessment of 20 marks in each paper {except IV th
Sem. Group A paper VII} as per the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(I st Assignment after one month &
IInd Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be giving as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 Marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 Marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 Marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 Mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 Marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the
Colleges only/authenticated medical grounds duly approved
by the concerned Principal.
(3) Theory paper will consist of 80 marks.
THIRD SEMESTER (GROUP-A)
PAPER NAME OF THE PAPER
Paper-I Historiography, Concepts, Method and
Tools
Paper-II Principals and Methods of
Archaeology
906
M.MARKS TIME
80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-III Pre-Historic India 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-IV History of Architecture 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
3 Hours
3 Hours
3 Hours

Paper-V History of Art (From Earliest time to
the Advent of Gupta period).
(GROUP-B)ROUP-B FFDFDDF
907
80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
PAPER NAME OF THE PAPER M.MARKS TIME
Paper-I As in Group-A 80 Theory 3 Hours
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-II Ancient Indian Epigraphy 80 Theory 3 Hours
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-III Ancient Indian Numismatics 80 Theory 3 Hours
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-IV States in Ancient India 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-V Heritage Tourism 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
(GROUP-C)
PAPER NAME OF THE PAPER M.MARKS TIME
Paper-I As in Group-A 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-II History of Science & Technology 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-III History of Ecology & Environment 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-IV Economic History of Ancient India 80 Theory 3 Hours
(From Earliest time to 600 BC) 20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-V History of Socio-political ideas and 80 Theory 3 Hours
Institutions.
20 Internal
Assessment
FOURTH SEMESTER (GROUP-A)
PAPER NAME OF THE PAPER M.MARKS TIME
Paper-VI Historiography Concepts, Method 80 Theory 3 Hours
& Tools
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-VII Principals and Methods of
3 Hours
Archaeology
70+30=100
Theory
+
Practical
Paper-VIII Proto-Historic India 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-IX History of Temple Architecture 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
3 Hours

Paper-X History of Art (From Gupta to
Early Medieval Period)
908
80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
(GROUP-B)
PAPER NAME OF THE PAPER M.MARKS TIME
Paper-VI As in Group-A 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-VII Ancient Indian Epigraphy 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-VIII Ancient Indian Numismatics 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-IX Administration in Ancient India 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-X Heritage Tourism 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
(GROUP-C)
PAPER NAME OF THE PAPER M.MARKS TIME
Paper-VI As in Group-A 80 Theory
20 Internal
Assessment
3 Hours
Paper-VII Development in Science &
Technology (From 1 st 80 Theory 3 Hours
to 1200
AD)
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-VIII History of Ecology & 80 Theory 3 Hours
Environment
20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-IX Economic History of Ancient 80 Theory 3 Hours
India (From 600 BC to 1200 AD) 20 Internal
Assessment
Paper-X History of Religious Institutions 80 Theory 3 Hours
& Ideas
20 Internal
Assessment

SEMESTER-III
GROUP-A
PAPER-I HISTORIOGRAPHY, CONCEPTS, METHOD AND TOOLS.
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Meaning, Nature and Scope of History.
2. Search for Source Material: Collection and Selection of Data.
3. Causation and Objectivity in History.
4. Relation of History with other disciplines : Archaeology, Geography,
Anthropology and Sociology.
5. Traditions of Historical Writings : Graeco-Roman Tradition, Chinese Tradition
and Ancient Indian Tradition.
6. Main Trends of Medieval Historiography — Western, Arabic, Persian and Indian.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Pathak,V.S. : Ancient Indian Historians
2. Pandey, G.C. (Ed.) : Itihasa Darshana : Swroop Evam Siddhanta
3 Buddha Prakash : Itihasa Darshana
4. Collingwood, R.G. : The Idea of History
5. Toynbee, Anrold : A Study of History, (in English & Hindi)
6. Warder, A.K. : An Introduction to Indian Historiography
7. Thapar, Romila : Interpreting History
8. Mukhopadhyay, S.K.: Evolution of Historiography in Modern India : 1900-1960
9. Sen, S.F. (Ed.) : Historians & Historiography in Modern India
10. Ghosal, U.N. : The Beginnings of Indian Historiography and other Essays
11. Majumdar, R.C. : Historiography in Modern India
12. Madhi, M. : Ibn Khaldun’s Philosophy of History
13. Panikkar, K.M. : Geographical Factors in Indian History
14. Butterfield, H. : The Purpose and Method of History
15. Devahuti (Ed.) : Problems of Indian Historiography
16. Carr, E.H. : What is History, Penguin, 1985
17. Hasan, M. : Historians of Medieval India
18. Barnes, H.E. : A History of Historical Writing
19. Butterfield, H. : History and Human Relations
20. Reiner, G.J. : History its Purpose and Method
21. Pandey, L.P. : Bhartiya Itihas-Darshana (In Hindi)
22. Sharma, T.R. : The Concept of History
23. Sreedharan, E. : Text Book of Historiography
909

PAPER-II PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF ARCHAEOLOGY.
910
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Definition and scope of archaeology, relationship of archaeology with history,
anthropology and pure sciences.
2. History of archaeology since 19th century to the present age. Developments in
field techniques. Rise of archaeology as a science.
3. Aims and methods of exploration & excavation.
4. Recording the context of excavated remains: preparation of sections and plans,
three dimensional recording.
5. Under-water archaeology with special reference to development in India.
Books Recommended
1. Agarwal, D.P. & : Dating the Human Past.
Yadava, M.D.
2. Allchin, B. : Studies in the Ethno archaeology of South Asisa.
3. Chakrabarti, D.K.: A History of Indian Archaeology.
4. Child, V.G. : Peacing Together the Past.
5. Clark, J.G.D. : Archaeology and Society : Reconstructing the Prehistoric
Past.
6. Daniel Glyn : The Origins and Growth of Archaeology.
7. Rao, S.R. : Marine Archaeology of India Ocean Countries.
8. Wheeler, R.E.M. : Archaeology from the Earth.
9. Paddayya, K. : New Archaeology and its Aftermath.
10. Pandey,J.N. : Puratattva Vimarsha (In Hindi).

PAPER-II PAPER-III PRE-HISTORIC INDIA
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP
PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Indian Prehistory: Meaning and Scope, Interpretation of Prehistoric Sources,
Pleistocene Environment.
2. Lower Palaeolithic Cultures of India : Soanian and Madrasian.
3. Middle Palaeolithic and Upper Palaeolithic Cultures of India.
4. Mesolithic Cultures of India Characteristic features, Distribution and Chronology.
5. Neolithic cultures of India : Beginning of agriculture and animal domestication.
Regional variations -North India, Belan Valley and South India.
6. Stone Tool Technology and Prehistoric art.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Agarwal, D.P. : Archaeology of India
2. Allchin,B.& R : Neolithic Cattle Keepers of South India
3. Allchin,B.& R : The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan
4. Allchin,B.&R : Origins of Civilization
5. Bhattacharya, D.K: Prehistoric Archaeology
6. Jam, K.C. : Prehistory and Protohistory of India
7. Jayaswal, Vidula : Palaeohistoric India
8. Jayaswal, Vidula : Bhartiy Itihas ke Adi Charan ki Ruprekha (Pura Praster
Yug) in Hindi
9. Jayaswal, Vidula : Bhartiy Itihas ka Madhya Praster Yug (in Hindi)
10. Lal B.B. : The Earliest Civilization of South Asia
11. Pande, Jainarayan : Puratattva Vimarsh (in Hindi)
12. Sankalia, H.D. : Stone Age Tools: Their techniques, Names and Probable
Function
13. Sankalia, H.D. : Prehistory and Protohistory of India and Pakistan
14. Verma, Radha Kant : Bhartiya Pragatihasik Sanskritiyan
15. Verma, Radha Kant : Bhartiya Pragatihas
911

PAPER – IV PAPER-IV HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
912
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Pre-historic House plan: Pit-dwelling, Wattle & Daub.
2. Harappan Architecture: Town-planning, Public building and Domestic
architecture.
3. Mauryan Architecture: Palace City of Patliputra, Kumrahar and rock-cut.
4. Origin and development of Stupa: Stupas at Bharhut, Sanchi, Amaravati, Taxila
and Mirpurkhas.
5. Rock-cut Architecture: Chaitya and Vihara.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Agrawala, V.S. : Bharatiya Kala (In Hindi)
2. Agrawal, D.P. : The Archaeology of India
3. Brown, Percy : Indian Architecture
4. Gupta, P.L. : Bharatiya Vastukala (In Hindi)
5. Khare, M.D. : Bagh ki guphayen (In Hindi)
6. Mishra, R.N. : Bharahut
7. Pant, S. : Origin and development of Stupa Architecture in India
8. Rao,S.R. : Dawn and Devolution of Indus Civilization
9. Rowland, B. : The Art and Architecture of India
10. Shukla, D.N. : Bharatiya Sthapatya (In Hindi)
11. Upadhyay, Vasudev : Prachin Bhartiya Stupa, Guha Evam Mandir, (In Hindi)

PAPE PAPER-V HISTORY OF ART (FROM EARLIEST TIME TO THE
ADVENT OF GUPTA PERIOD)
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Pre-historic painting.
2. Harappan Art: Designs on pottery and seals, Terracotta figurines, Stone Images,
Bronze Images.
3. Mauryan Art: Folk Art, Ashokan Pillars.
4. The form and contents of the Sunga art.
5. Saka-Kushana Art: Mathura and Gandhara school of Art
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Agarwala, V.S. : Bharatiya Kala (In Hindi)
2. Brown, Percy : Indian painting
3. Chander, Lokesh : Bharat ki Chitarkala ka Sankshipat Itihas (In
Hindi)
4. Gupt, Jagdish : Pragatihasic Chitrkala (In Hindi)
5. Khre, Maheshwari Dayal: Bagh ki Guphayen (In Hindi)
6. Mishra, R.N. : Bhartiya Murtikala (In Hindi)
7. Ray, N.R. : Mauryan and Post-Mauryan Art (In English &
Hindi)
8. Ray,N.R. : Bharatiya Kala Ka Adhyayan (In Hindi)
9. Rowland, B. : The Art and Architecture of India
10. Srivastava, Brijbhushan : Prachin Bhartiya Pratima Vigyan Evam
Murtikala (In Hindi)
11. Satyawadi, Sudha : Proto-historic Pottery of Indus Civilization,
study of painted motifs
12. Sankalia, H.D. : Prehistoric Art in India
13. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture.
14. Agrawala, P.K. : Prachina Bharatiya Kala Evam Vastukala (in
Hindi)
913

GROUP – B
PAPER – I HISTORIOGRAPHY, CONCEPTS, METHOD AND TOOLS
(As in Group – A)
914

PAPEPAPER-II ANCIENT INDIAN EPIGRAPHY
915
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper. The Candidate shall be required to
attempt five questions in all with at least one from each section. Section C
shall be compulsory. All questions shall carry equal marks.
Section A
1. Epigraphy and historical reconstruction: origin and antiquity of art of writing in India.
Section B
Note: A cultural and Historical study of the following Inscriptions:
1. Asokan R.E.XIII (Girnar)
2. Sarnath Pillar Edict of Asoka.
3. Pillar Edict VII of Asoka.
4. Besnagar Garuda Pillar Inscriptions of Heliodorus.
5. Junagarh Inscription of Rudradaman.
6. Allahabad Pillar Inscription of Samudragupta.
7. Mehrauli Pillar Inscription of Chandra.
8. Bhitari Pillar Inscription of Skanda Gupta.
9. Poona plates of Prabhavatigupta.
Section C
Note: Transliteration in original Script of any of the following inscription (in part or in full):
1. Pillar Edict VII inscription of Asoka.
2. Besanager Garuda Pillar inscription of Heliodorus.
3. Mehrauli Iron Pillar Inscription of Chandra Gupta.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Bajpai, K.D. : Etihasik Bhartiya Abhilekh (In Hindi)
2. Buhier, G. : Indian Palaeography (Indian Studies Past and Present)
3. Goyal, Sri Ram : Maukhari - Pushyabhuti – Chalukaya yugin Abilekh (Vol. I,
II ,III)
4. Gupta, P.L. : Prachin Bharat ke Pramukh Abhilekh (In Hindi)
5. Hultzsch (ed.) : Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum Vol. I
6. Konos, S. (ed.) : Selected Inscription, Vol. I
7. Konos, S. (ed.) : Indian Epigraphy
8. Ojha, G.H. : Bharatiya Prachina Lipimala (In Hindi)
9. Panday, R.B. : Some Historical and Literary Inscription
10. Panday, R.B. : Ashoka ke Abhilekh (in Hindi)
11. Panday, R.B. : Indian Palaeography
12. Rai, S.N. : Indian Palaeography & Epigraphy (In Hindi)

13. Sandhu Ram : Some Inscription of Ashoka, Guptas Maukharis and others
14. Sircar,D.C. : Selected Inscription, Vol. I
15. Upadhayaya, V. : Bharatiya Abhilekhon ka Adhyayana (In Hindi)
16. Shastri, K.A.N.(ed.) : Comprehensive History of India Vol.II
17. Sharva Satya : Dated Kushana Inscriptions
18. Fleet, J.F. : Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum, Vol. III (1888)
19. Bhandarkar, D.R. : " (1981 Ed.)
(Ed.) Chhabra, B.Ch.
& Gai, G.S.
916

PAPEPAPER-III ANCIENT INDIAN NUMISMATICS
917
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Numismatic : Definition and Historical Importance . Origin and Antiquity of
Coinage in India.
2. Punch-Marked Coins : Chronology, Classification, Distribution and Symbols,
Coinage of the Indo-Greeks (i) Menander & Eucratides and the Pahiava.
3. Tribal Coins: Yaudheyas, Kunindas and Audumbaras.
4. Satavahana Coins : Salient Features and Regional Distribution.
5. Coinage of the Kushanas & Western Kashatrapas.
6. Decipherment of coins : Indo-Greeks, Kushanas, Tribal coins.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Banerji, R.D. : Prachina Mudra (In Hindi)
2. Bhandarkar, D.R. : Carmichael Lectures, Ancient Indian
Numismatics
3. Chakraborti, Swati : Socio-Religious and Cultural Study of Ancient
Indian Coins
4. Chattopadhyay, B. : The Age of the Kushanas: A Numismatic Study
5. Cunningham, A. : Coins of Ancient India : Later IndoSeythians
Coins of the Indo-Seythians, Saka and Kushanas
6. Dasgupta,K.K. : Tribal History of Ancient India : A Numismatic
Approach
7. Datta,M. : A Study of the Satavahana coinage
8. Desikachari, T. : South Indian Coins
9. Dobbins,D.W. : Saka-Pahlava Coins
10. Gardner, P. : The coins of the Greek and Seythic kings of
Bactria and India in the British Museum
11. Gupta, P.L. : Coins
12. Goyal, S.R. : The Dynastic coins of Ancient India
13. Jenkins ,G.K & : The coin type of the Saka-Pahiava
Narain, A. K. Kings of India
14. Lahiri, A.N. : Corpus of Indo-Greek Coins
15. Narain,A.K. : Seminars papers on the Chronology of the Punch
marked coins
16. Lahiri, A.N. : Corpus of Indo-Greek Coins
17. Macdonald,G. : Evolution of coinage
18. Mehta,V.D.M. : Indo-Greek coins

19. Mitchiner, Michal : The Origin of Indian coins
20. Ojha, R.P. : Prachin Sikke (In Hindi)
21. Sirkar, D.C. : A Study of Ancient Indian Numismatic
22. Sharma ,I.K. : Coinage of the Satavahana Empire
23. Sharan, M.K. : Tribal coins: A Study
24. Singh ,J.P. & Ahmad Nisar : Seminar Papers on the Tribal Coins of Ancient India
(c. 300B.C to 400A.D.)
25. Upadhyaya ,V. : Prachin Bharatiya Sikke (In Hindi)
26. Handa, Devendra : Tribal Coins of Ancient India.
918

PAPEPAPER-IV STATES IN ANCIENT INDIA
919
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. State: Theories of Origin, Concept, Nature, Aim and Functions, Sources of
Ancient Indian polity.
2. Towards Formation of State: Formation of State in Vedic Period, Territorial
States in the Age of Budha.
3. Concept of Dandniti, types of State, Kingship : Divinity, Absolutism and Curbs,
Coronation of King, Mantri Parishad.
4. Democratic Institutions : Sabha, Samiti, Ganarajya and Paur-Janapada.
5. Inter-State relations.
Books Recommended
1. Jayaswal, K.P. : Hindu Polity (3 rd ed.)
2. Altekar, A.S. : State and Government in Ancient India.
3. Ghoshal, U.N. : A History of Indian Political Ideas
4. Spellman, J.W. : Political Theory of Ancient India.
5. Anjaria,J.J. : The Nature and Grounds of Political Obligation in the
Hindu State.
6. Bhandarkar, D.R. : Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity.
7. Dikshit, V.R. : Hindu Administrative Institutions.
8. Kane, P.V. : History of Dharmasastra, Vol. II, Part. Vol. III.
9. Altekar, A.S. : Position of Women in Hindu Civilization.
10. Jolly, J. : Hindu Laws and Customs.
11. Sen, P.N. : Hindu Jurisprudence.
12. Krishan Kumar : Administrative and Political Institutions of Ancient
India (in Hindi).
13. Parmatama Sharan : Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India (in
Hindi).
14. Sharma, Harish Chandra : Prachin Bhartiya Samajik Evem Rajnitik Vichar Evem
Sansthayen. (in Hindi)
15. Sharma, R.S. : Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India.

PAPEPAPER-V HERITAGE TOURISM
920
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Nature and Scope of Tourism, Tourism through the Ages, Factors responsible for
the growth of tourism.
2. Major Monuments of India: Khajuraho temples, Sun temple at Konark ,Sanchi
Stupa, Ajanta and Ellora caves.
3. Major historical and pilgrimage centers of India : Delhi, Varanasi, Kurukshetra,
Amritsar, Mahabalipuram, Dwarka.
4. Major festivals/fairs of India : Kumbha Mela Holi, Dussehra, Deepawali,
Baisakhi, Lohri, Teej festival, Pongal, Onam, Surajkund Craft fair.
5. Major religions in India : Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Negi Jaymohan : Tourism and Travel: Concepts and Principals
2. Tiwari, S.P. : Tourism Dimensions
3. Anand, M.M. : Tourism and Hotel Industry in India
4. Gupta, S.P.& : Tourism Museums and
Kriahan Lal Monuments in India
5. Basham, A.L. : The Wonder that was India
6. Pandey V.C.& Singh, K. : Evolution of Indian Culture
7. Bhatia, A.K. : International Tourism
8. Mill, Robert ,C.& : The Tourism System
Alstair ,M.

GROUP – C
PAPER – I HISTORIOGRAPHY, CONCEPTS, METHOD AND TOOLS
(As in Group – A)
921

PAP PAPER-II II HISTORY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
922
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus
more or less proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required
to attempt any five. All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Science and technology: Historical Importance
2. Prehistoric Tools Techniques: Palaeolithic tools, Mesolithic tools, Neolithic tools.
3. Science & Technology during the Harappan period: Pottery making Techniques,
Metal Technology, Beads making technique, Concepts of measurement,
Technique & Method used in Agriculture.
4. Science and Technology in Vedic Literature.
5. Development of science & technology during the Mauryan period.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Bag, A.K. (ed.) : History of Technology, Vol.I.
2. Bhardwaj, H.C. : Aspects of Ancient Indian Technology
3. Bhardwaj, H.C. & : Technology Tools and
Sharma, V.L. Appliances
4. Biswas, A.K. : Minerals and Metals in
S. Biswas Ancient India, & Vol. I
5. Bose, D.M., S.N. Sen : A Concise History of Science
& B.V.Subbarayappa In India
6. Chattopadhyaya, B.D. : History of Science and Technology in Ancient
India, Vol. II
7. Chattopadhyaya, B.D. : History of Science & Technology in Ancient
India, (Astronomy, Science & Society)
8. Derry,T.K.& : A Short History of
William, T.I. Technology
9. Chakrabarti, D.K. : The Early use of Iron in India
10. Forbes,R.J. : Studies in Ancient Technology
11. Hegde,K.T.M. : An Introduction to Ancient Metallurgy
12. Kaye,G.R. : Indian Mathematics
13. Panday,L.P. : Botanical Sciences and Economic Growth in
Ancient India
14. Rao, S. Balchandra : Indian Mathematics and Astronomy-Some
Landmarks
15. Sankalia,H.D. : Some Aspects of Prehistoric Technology in
India
16. Saraswati, S.P. : Geometry in Ancient India
17. Subbarayappa, B.V. : History of Sciences in Ancient India
18. Vidyalankar, Atrideva : Ayurveda Ka Itihas (In Hindi)

APEPAPER-IIIIHISTORY OF ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT
923
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Environment and Ecology : meaning, scope and importance; reconstructing
Ancient Environments.
2. Palynology.
3. Animal bones and Birds, Fish and Mollusca.
4. Vegetal remains and Agriculture.
5. Domestic and Wild Animals.
6. Prehistoric diet.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Brothwell,Don.R & : Science in Archaeology
Eric S.Higgs (Eds)
2. Chaplin, R.E. : The study of Animals Bones From Archaeological
sites 1971 : Seminar
3. Clark,J.G.D. : Archaeology and Society
4. Clark,J.G.D. : Prehistoric Europe : The Economic Basis
5. Clark,J.G.D. : Aspects of Prehistory
6. Cornwall, I.W. : Bones for Archaeologists
7. Dally, Patricia. : “Approaches to Faunal Analysis to Archaeology”,
American Antiquity
8. Fagan,Brian M. : In the Beginning (2 nd ed.)
9. Flannery,Kent, V. : “The Origins of Agriculture, “Biennial Review of
Anthropology, 1973,12: 271-310.
10. Ford,C. Daryll, : Habitat, Economy and Society
11. Gabel , Creighton : Analysis of Prehistoric Economic Patterns
12. Lee, Richard B. & : Man the Hunter
Irven Devore (eds.)
13. Mishra, V.N. : Stone Age India: An Ecological Perspective, Man and
Environment 14(1) 17-64
14. Odum, Eugene.P. : Ecology
15. Ucko , P.J.& : The Domestication and
G.W. Dimbleby Exploitation of Plants and Animals
16. Zeunar, F. E. : History of Domesticated Animals

PAPER-II V ECONOMIC HISTORY OF ANCIENT INDIA (FROM
EARLIEST TIME TO 600 B.C.)
924
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Literary & Archaeological sources of economic history.
2. Neolithic Economy.
3. Harappan Economic System : Agriculture, Domestication, Trade &Industry, Economic
condition.
4. Economic conditions reflected in Vedic literature.
5. Mauryan Trade & Commerce, Industries and State controls.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Adhya, G.L. : Early Indian Economics
2. Bandyopadhyaya, N.C. : Economic life and Progress in Ancient India
3. Bose, A.N. : Social and Rural Economy of Northern India
4. Buch ,M.A. : Economic Life in Ancient India
5. Chakravarty H.P. : Trade and Commerce in Ancient India
6. Chakraborty, Chhanda : Common Life in Rigveda and Atharvaveda
7. Chaudhary, K.A. : Ancient Agriculture and Forestry in North India
8. Das , S.K. : Economic History of Ancient India
7. Jain, P.C. : Labour in Ancient India
8. Moti Chander : Trade and Trade Routes in Ancient India
9. Prashad, P.C. : Foreign Trade and Commerce in Ancient India
10. Rawlinson, H.G. : Intercourse between India and Western World
11. Raychaudhary, S.P : Agriculture in Ancient India
12. Roy, B.P. : The Later Vedic Economy
13. Sauer, C.O. : Agricultural Origins and Dispersals- The
Domestication of Animals and Food Stuffs
14. Sharma, B.L. : Economic Ideas in Ancient India Before
Kautilya
15. Sharma, R.S. : Perspectives in Social and Economic History of
Early India
16. Singh .R.P. : Agriculture in Protohistoric India
17. Srivastava, Bairam : Trade and Commerce in Ancient India (from the
earliest time to A.D. 300)

PAPER-VV HISTORY OF SOCIO-POLITICAL IDEAS AND
INSTITUTIONS
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Evolution of Society from the tribal stage to the formation of state in North India.
2. Origin and development of Varna and Jati.
3. Position of Women: Proprietary rights. Marriage and Divorce, Sati.
4. Ancient Indian Ideas of Polity: Origin, aim and functions of monarchy, oligarchy
and republicanism, Rights & Duties of subject, Source of Hindu Polity.
5. Kingship and Mantriparishad, Democratic Institutions: Sabha & Samiti,
Ganarajya.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Jaiswal,K.P. : Hindu Polity(3rd ed.)
2. Altekar,A.S. : State and Government in Ancient India
3. Ghoshal,U.N. : A History of Indian Political Ideas
4. Speliman, J.M. : Political Theory of Ancient India
5. Anjaria,J.J. : The Nature and Grounds of Political Obligation in the
Hindu state
6. Bhandarkar,D.R. : Aspects of Ancient Hindu Policy
7. Dikshitar,V.R.R. : Hindu Administrative Institutions
8. Kane ,P.V. : History of Dharmasastra, Vol. II & Vol.III
9. Altekar,A.S : Position of Women in Hindu Civilization
10. Dutt, N.K. : Origin and Growth of Cast in India
11. Hutton J.H. : Cast in India
12. Engeles ,F. : The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the
State
13. Ghurye, G.S. : Class and Caste in India
14. Sharma, R.S. : Aspects of Political Ideas and Institution in Ancient
India
15. Sharma, Harish Chander : Prachin Bhartiya Samajik evm Rajnatik Vichar Evem
Sansthayen (In Hindi)
16. Gupta, Dipankar : Social Stratification
17. Prabhu, P.H. : Hindu Social Organization
925

SEMESTER-IV
GROUP-A
PAPER-VI HISTORIOGRAPHY, CONCEPTS, METHOD AND TOOLS.
Marks:
80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Modern Writings on Ancient Indian History with special reference to R.C. Majumdar, K.P.
Jayaswal and D.R. Bhandarkar.
2. Approach to Indian History: D.D. Kosambi, R.G. Bhandarkar, H.C. Ray Chaudhury.
3. Main Trends in Modern Historiography with reference to Ranke, Marx, Toyanbee and E.H.
Carr.
4. Approaches to History : Theological, Orientalist, Imperialist, Nationalist and Marxist.
5. Debates in History: Uses and Abuses in History, Re-writing of History, Periodisation in
Indian History and Regional History writing.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Pathak,V.S. : Ancient Indian Historians
2. Pandey,G.C. (Ed.) : Itihasa Darshana : Swroop Evam Siddhanta
3. Buddha Prakash : Itihasa Darshana
4. Collingwood, R.G. : The Idea of History
5. Toynbee, Anrold : A Study of History, Itihas Ek Adhyayan
6. Warder, A.K. : An Introduction to Indian Historiography
7. Thapar, Romila : Interpreting History
8. Mukhopadhyay, S.K. : Evolution of Historiography in Modern India: 1900-1960
9. Sen, S.P. (Ed.) : Historians and Historiography in Modern India
10. Ghosal, U.N. : The Beginnings of Indian Historiography and other Essays
11. Majumdar, R.C. : Historiography in Modern India
12. Madhi, M. : Ibn Khaldun’s Philosophy of History
13. Butterfield, H. : The Purpose and Method of History
14. Devahuti (Ed.) : Problems of Indian Historiography
15. Carr, E.H. : What is History, Penguin, 1985
16. Hasan, M. : Historians of Medieval India
17. Barnes, H.E. : A History of Historical Writing
18. Butterfield, H. : History and Human Relations
19. Reiner, G.J. : History its Purpose and Method
20. Pandey, L.P. : Bhartiya Itihas-Darshana (In Hindi)
21. Sharma, T.R. : The Concept of History
22. Sreedharan, E. : Text Book of Historiography
926

PAPER – VII PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF ARCHAEOLOGY
927
M.Marks:70 Practical: 30
Time : 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Chronology & Sequence : stratification - cause of formation of layers, their nature and
order. Determining the chronology and periods of excavated remains, study of pottery.
2. Methods of absolute dating : calendar and historical chronologies, clay varves, tree-rings,
radioactive clocks, radiocarbon, thermo-luminescence, potassium argon and uranium series.
3. Reconstruction of the socio-economic and religious life on the basis of archaeological data.
4. Conservation and preservation of archaeological remains principles of conservation of
cultural property, chemical treatment of organic and inorganic objects. Museum : the
storage and display of antiquities.
5. Archaeology and Public Awareness : threats to archaeological sites.
PRACTICAL M. Marks : 30
Practical work - Archaeological Excavation.
The distribution of marks for practical shall be:
(A) Field Note Book. 15 Marks
(B) Oral and Practical Tests. 15 Marks
Books Recommended
1. Agarwal, D.P. & : Dating the Human Past.
Yadava, M.D.
2. Allchin, B. : Studies in the Ethno archaeology of South Asisa.
3. Mishra, B. : Researches in Archaeology and Conservation.
4. Wheeler, R.E.M. : Archaeology from the Earth.
5. Plender Leith, H.J : The Preservation Antiquities.
6. Agarwal, D.P. : Indian Archaeology.
7. Srivastva, K.M. : New Era of Indian Archaeology.
8. Pandey,J.N. : Puratattva Vimarsha (In Hindi).
9. Makhan Lal : Settlement, History and Rise of Civilization in Yamuna Doab.
10. Agarwal, D.P. : Preservation of Art Objects and Library Materials.

PAPER – VIII PROTOHISTORIC INDIA
928
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Indian Protohistory: Meaning and Scope, Interpretation of Protohistoric Sources.
2. A Survey of Early Harappan Cultures.
3. Harappan Civilization : Origin, Development ,extent and decline.
4. Post Harappan Cultures of India : Chalcolithic cultures of Central India, Deccan and
Rajasthan.
5. Painted Grey Ware and Northern Black Polished Ware Cultures.
6. Megalithic Cultures — Burial types and their salient features.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Agarwal, D.P. : Archaeology of India
2. Agarwal, D.P.& : Essays in Indian Protohistory
Chakraborti, D.K.
3. Allchin, B. & R. : The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan
4. Allchin,B.&R : Origins of Civilization
5. Dhavlikar, M.K. : Indian Protohistory
6. La1B.B.& S.P. : Frontiers of the Indus Civilization
Gupta (Eds.)
7. Kenyor, J.M. : Ancient Cities of the Indus Valley Civilization
8. Khanna, A.N. : Archaeology of India
9. La1B.B. : The Earliest Civilization of South Asia
10. Moorti,U.S. : Megalithic Cultures of South India
11. Nautiyal, K.P. : Protohistoric India
12. Possehl, G.L. : Indus Age: The Writing System
13. Rao, S.R. : Dawn and Devolution of Indus Civilization
14. Sankalia, H.D. : Prehistory and Protohistory of India and Pakistan

PAPER – IX HISTORY OF TEMPLE ARCHITECTURE
929
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Origin and concept of Hindu temples.
2. Gupta temples.
3. Development of regional styles: Nagara, Vesara and Dravida.
4. Temples of north India: (i) Gwalior and Rajasthan.
5. Temples of north India: (ii) Khajuraho and Orrisa.
6. Temples of south India: Pallava, Chalukya and Chola.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Agrawal, P. K. : Gupta Temple
2. Agrawal, K.L. : Khajuraho
3. Barrett,D. : Early Chola Architecture and Sculpture
4. Dehejia, V. : Early Stone Temples of Orissa
5. Gupt, P.L. : Bharatiya Vastukala (In Hindi)
6. Handa, Devender : Osian, History, Archaeology, Art and Architecture
7. Krishana, Deva : Temples of India,Vol. I, II
8. Krishana,Deva : Temples of Khajuraho (in two Vols.)
9. Rowland, B. : The Art and Architecture of India
10. Sahaya, Sachidanand : Mandir Sthapatya ka Itihas (In Hindi)
11. Shrinivasan, K.R. : Temple of South India
12. Sivaramamurti, C. : The Chola Temples
13. Sunderarajan, S.V. : Indian Temple Styles
14. Upadhyay, Vasudev : Prachin Bhartiya Stupa, Guha Evem Mandir, Vihar (In Hindi)

PAPER – X History of Art
(FROM GUPTA TO EARLY MEDIEVAL PERIOD)
930
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Evolution of classical art of the Guptas : Mathura and Sarnath school of Art, Paintings of
Ajanta and Bagh.
2. Gurjara- Pratiharas art.
3. Chandellas and Chalukyas art.
4. Pala art.
5. Pallava and Chola art.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Agrawala, V.S. : Indian Art
2. Agrawala, V.S. : Bharatiya Kala (In Hindi)
3. Agrawala, V.S. : Gupta Art
4. Avasthi, Ramashrya : Khajuraho ki Dev Prtimayen (In Hindi)
5. Singh, Bhagwan : Gupt Kalin Hindu Dev Prtimayen (In Hindi)
6. Barrett, D. : Early Chola Architecture and Sculpture
7. Ray,N.R. : Bhartiya Kala Ka Adhyayan (In Hindi)
8. Mishra, R.N. : Bhartiya Murtikala (In Hindi)
9. Saraswati, S.K. : A Survey of Indian Sculpture
10. Rowland, B. : The Art and Architecture of India
11. Joshi, N.P. : Mathura Art (In English & Hindi)
12. Barrett, D. : Early Chola Architecture and Sculpture
13. Shastri, Ajay Mitra : Ajanta
14. Susan, L. Huntington : Pala-Sena School of art
15. Ghosh, A. : Ajanta Murals.

GROUP – B
PAPER – VI HISTORIOGRAPHY, CONCEPTS, METHOD AND TOOLS
(As in Group – A)
931

PAPER – VII ANCIENT INDIAN EPIGRAPHY
932
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
Section A
1. The Indian Scripts: Origin & Development of Brahmi and Kharosthi.
Section B
Note: A cultural and Historical study of the following Inscriptions:
1. Mandasor Pillar Inscription of Yasodharman Vishnuvardhana (M.S.589).
2. Banskhera copper plate of Harsha.
3. Aihole Inscription of Pulkesi II.
4. Gwalior Inscription of Mihir Bhoja.
5. Khalimpur copper plates of Dharmapala.
6. Sanjan plate of Amoghavarsha.
7. Haraha Inscription of Isanavarman.
Section C
Note: Transliteration in original script of any of the following Inscriptions (in part or in full) :
1. Mandasor Pillar Inscription of Yasodharman Vishnuvardhana
2. Gwalior Inscription of Mihirabhoja.
3. Aihole Inscription of Pulakesin II.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Bajpai, K.D. : Atihasik Bhartiya Abhilekh (In Hindi)
2. Buhier, G. : Indian Paleography (Indian Studies : (Past and Present)
3. Goyal, Sri Ram : Maukhari - Pushyabhuti – Chalukaya yugin Abhilekh (Vol. I,
II, III)
4. Gupta, P.L. : Prachin Bharat ke Pramukh Abhilekh (In Hindi)
5. Konos, S. (ed.) : Indian Epigraphy
6. Ojha,G.H. : Bharatiya Prachina Lipimala (In Hindi)
7. Panday, R.B. : Some Historical and Literary Inscription
8. Panday,R.B. : Indian Palaeography
9. Rai, S.N. : Indian Palaeography & Epigraphy (in Hindi)
10. Sadhu Ram : Some Inscription of Ashoka, Guptas Maukharis and others
11. Sircar,D.C. : Select Inscriptions, Vol. II
12. Upadhayaya, V. : Bharatiya Abhilekhon ka Adhyayana (In Hindi)
13. Thaplyal, K.K. : Inscriptionsof the Maukharis, later Guptas, Pushybhutis and
Yasovarman of Kanauj.

PAPER – VIII ANCIENT INDIAN NUMISMATICS
933
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. General Features of Ancient Indian Coinage : Numismatic Terminlogy, Metrology,
Technique of Manufacturing coins, and weight standards in North India.
2. The Gupta Coins.
3. The coins of the Maukharis, Hunas and Indo-Sassanian.
4. Decipherment of coins: Gupta coins.
5. A general Survey of the Coinage of the Early Medieval period : Pratihara, Hindushahi (Bull
& Horse man type)
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Atekar, A.S. : Gupt Kalin Mudrayen (In Hindi)
2. Bhandarlar, D.R. : Carmichael Lectures, Ancient Indian Numismatics
3. Chakraborti , Swati: : Socio-Religious and Cultural Study of Ancient Indian Coins
4. Lairi, Bela. : The coin types of Kings with Mitra ending Names
5. Ojha, R.P. : Prachin Sikke (In Hindi)
6. Maedonald, G. : Evolution of coinage
7. Gopal , L. : Early Medieval coins types of Northern India
8. Gupta, P.L. : Coins
9. Goyal, S.R. : The Dynastic coins of Ancient India
10. Dasgupta, K.K. : Tribal History of Ancient India: A Numismatic Approach
11. Banerji, R.D. : Prachina Mudra (In Hindi)
12. Sarkar, D.C. : A Study of Ancient Indian Numismatics
13. Thakur, Upendra : Mints and Minting in India
14. Upadhyaya ,V. : Prachine Bharatiya Sikke (In Hindi)
15. Mukheijee, B.N.& : Technology of Indian coins
Lee, P.K.D.
16. Sahni B. : The Technique of casting coins in Ancient India
17. Upadhyaya, V. : Prachine Bharatiya Sikke (In Hindi)
18. Gupta, P.L. : Coins
19. Ojha, R.P. : Prachin Sikke (In Hindi)

PAPER – IX ADMINISTRATIONS IN ANCIENT INDIA
934
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. System of Administration : Monarchy, Repulalics, Local Self Government in Ancient India
2. The Mauryan Administration. Ideas of Kautilya and other evidences.
3. Gupta Polity and Administration.
4. Administration of the Pushpabhutis.
5. Administration of Palas & Chahamanas.
6. Administration of the Cholas.
Books Recommended
1. Jayaswal, K.P. : Hindu Polity (3 rd ed.)
2. Altekar, A.S. : State and Government in Ancient India.
3. Bhandarkar, D.R. : Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity.
4. Dikshitar, V.R.R. : Hindu Administrative Institutions.
5. Kane,P.V. : History of Dharmasastra, Vol. II, Part. Vol. III.
6. Jolly, J. : Hindu Laws and Customs.
7. Sen,P.N. : Hindu Jurisprudence.
8. Krishan Kumar : Administrative and Political Institutions of Ancient India (in
Hindi).
9. Parmatama Sharan : Political Ideas and Institutionsin Ancient India (in Hindi).
10. Sharma, R.S. : Indian Feudalism (in English & Hindi).
11. Achche Lal : Prachin Hindu Vidhi (in Hindi).
12. Puri, B.N. : History of Indian Administration.
13. Vidhyalankar, Satyaketu : Prachin Bharat Mein Shasan Vyavashtha Aur Rajshastra.

PAPER – X HERITAGE TOURISM
935
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Tourism product : Definition and Characteristic features, History and Culture as tourism
product, A brief survey of historical tourism product of India.
2. Folk cultures and tourism: Folk cultures of Rajasthan, Jammu & Kashmir, Haryana, Punjab,
Himachal Pradesh.
3. Handicrafts of India : Textile work of Rajasthan, Bengal, Tamilnadu, Jammu & Kashmir,
Himachal Pradesh; Terracotta Industries of U.P. and M.P., Metal Ware, Woodwork, Stone
Carving.
4. Role and significance of Guide in Tourism, Qualities of Guide, Responsibilities of Tour
Guide towards the tourists.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Negi Jaymohan : Tourism and Travel: Concepts & Principals
2. Tiwari, S.P. : Tourism Dimensions
3. Anand, M.M. : Tourism and Hotel Industry in India
4. Gupta, S.P.& Kriahan Lal : Tourism Museums and Monuments in India
5. Basham, A.L. : The Wonder that was India
6. Pandey V.C. & Singh, K. : Evolution of Indian Culture
7. Bhatia, A.K. : International Tourism
8. Mill, C. Robert & : The Tourism System
Alstair, M.

GROUP – C
PAPER – VI HISTORIOGRAPHY, CONCEPTS, METHOD AND TOOLS
(As in Group – A)
936

PAPER – VII DEVELOPMENT IN SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(FROM 1 st TO 1200 A.D.)
937
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Major development of science & technology in Industries.
2. Major development of science & technology in Agriculture.
3. Development of Astronomy with special reference to Aryabhatta, Varahamihira and
Bhaskara I.
4. Development in Medical Science with special reference to Charaka and Sushruta Samhitas.
5. Development of Mathematics.
6. Greek & Arabic influence on Indian Scientific ideas.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Bag, A.K. (ed.) : History of Technology, Vol. I.
2. Bhardwaj, H.C. : Aspects of Ancient Indian Technology
3. Bhardwaj, H.C. & : Technology, Tools and Appliances
Sharma, V.L.
4. Biswas, A.K. & : Minerals and Metals in Ancient India, Vol. I
S. Biswas
5. Bose, D.M., Sen S.N. : A Concise History of Science In India
& Subbarayappa B.V.
6. Chattopadhyaya, B.D. : History of Science and Technology in Ancient India, Vol. II
7. Chattopadhyaya, B.D. : History of Science and Technology in Ancient India,
(Astronomy, Science & Society)
8. Datta, B.B. & : History of Hindu Mathematics, Vol. I
A.N. Singh.
9. Derry,T.K.& : A Short History of Technology
William, T.I.
10. Chakraborti, D.K. : The Early use of Iron in India
11. Forbes, R.J. : Studies in Ancient Technology
12. Hegde, K.T.M. : An Introduction to Ancient Metallurgy
13. Jolly, J. : Indian Medicine
14. Kaye , G.R. : Indian Mathematics
15. Panday,L.P. : Botanical Sciences and Economic Growth in Ancient India
16. Ray, P.R.& Ray, P.C. : History of Chemistry in Ancient and Medieval India
17. Rao, S. Balachandra : Indian Mathematics and Astronomy - Some Landmarks
18. Sankalia,H.D. : Some Aspects of Prehistoric Technology in India

19. Saraswati, S.P. : Geometry in Ancient India
20. Seal, B.M. : Positive Sciences in Ancient India
21. Sharma, P.V. (ed.) : History of Medicine in India
22. Smith, D.E.& : The Hindu-Arabic Numerlas
Karpinski L.C.
23. Subbarayappa, B.V. : History of Sciences in Ancient India
24. Zimmer, H.R. : Hindu Medicine
25. Sharma, P.V. : Ayurveda ka Vaijianik Itihas (In Hindi)
26. Vidyalankar, Atrideva : Ayurveda Ka Itihas (In Hindi)
938

PAPER – VIII HISTORY OF ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT
939
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Pre-historic Settlements.
2. Harappan Settlement Pattern.
3. Communities movement in Protohistoric India.
4. Origins and Expansion of Agriculture.
5. Agricultural technology - ploughing and harvesting.
6. System of irrigation, Crops and Storage.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Brothwell,Don.R & : Science in Archaeology
Eric S.Higgs (Eds)
2. Chang, K.C.(Ed.) : Settlement Archaeology
3. Clark , J.G.D. : Archaeology and Society
4. Clark, J.G.D. : Aspects of Prehistory
5. Fagan, Brian M. : In the Beginning (2 nd Ed.)
6. Flannery, Kent,V. : “The Origins of Agriculture ,“ Biennial Review of
Anthropology, 1973,12 : 271-310.
7. Gabel, Creighton : Analysis of Prehistoric Economic Patterns
8. Mishra, V.N. : Stone Age India: An Ecological Perspective, Man and
Environment 14(1) 17-64
9. Odum, Eugene. P. : Ecology
10. Ucko, P.1. & : The Domestication and Exploitation of Plants
Dimbleby G.W and Animals
11. Srivastava, K.M. : Communities movement in Protohistoric India.

PAPER – IX ECONOMIC HISTORY OF ANCIENT INDIA
(FROM 600 B.C. TO 1200 A.D.)
940
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Literary & Archaeological Sources of economic history.
2. Economy of Gupta period : Agriculture, Industries, Trade & Commerce, Industrial &
Trading centers, Guild and their organization.
3. Feudal Economy.
4. Early Medieval Economy: Agriculture, Land system, Revenue system, Trade and
commerce, Development of Guilds, Banking and usury.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Bandyopadhyaya, N.C. : Economic life and Progress in Ancient India
2. Bose, A.N. : Social & Rural Economy of Northern India
3. Buch, M.A. : Economic Life in Ancient India
4. Chakravarty H.P. : Trade and Commerce in Ancient India
5. Chaudhary, K.A. : Ancient Agriculture and Forestry in North India
6. Das, S.K. : Economic History of Ancient India
7. Jam. P.C. : Labour in Ancient India
8. Moti Chander : Trade and Trade Routes in Ancient India
9. Prashad, P.C. : Foreign Trade and Commerce in Ancient India
10. Rawlinson, H.G. : Intercourse between India and Western World
11. Raychaudhary, S.P. : Agriculture in Ancient India
12. Sauer, C.O. : Agricultural Origins and Dispersals- The Domestication of
Animals and Food Stuffs
13. Sharma, R.S. : Perspectives in Social and Economic History of Early India
14. Srivastava, Balram : Trade and Commerce in Ancient India (from the earliest time
to A.D. 300)
15. Sharma, R.S. : Indian Feudalism
16. Devi, S.M. : Economic Condition of Ancient India from 750AD to
1200AD
17. Chaudhury, R.K. : Economic History of Ancient India

PAPER – X HISTORY OF RELIGIOUS INSTITUTIONS & IDEAS
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Ten questions shall be set in the paper spread over the entire syllabus more or less
proportionately. Out of which the candidate shall be required to attempt any five.
All questions shall carry equal marks.
1. Vedic and Upnishdic Thought: The Religious Ideas of Vedic People, The growth of
Idealistic thought with special reference to the Upanishads and Vedanta.
2. Pauranic Religion.
3. The Protest and reform Movements of the age of the Mahavir and Buddha.
4. The growth of Materialistic thought with special reference to the Lokayatas.
5. Forms of religious thought and cultural synthesis: Bhakti Movements, Sufism.
6. Vaishnavism and Shaivism.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Kane,P.V. : History of Dharmasastra, Vol. II, Part Vol. III
2. Damodaran, K. : Indian Thoughts (in Hindi& English)
3. Chattopadhyaya, D.P. : Lokayata
4. Chatterjee and Datta: : Introduction to Indian Philosophy (In Hindi & English)
5. Keith,A.B. : Religion and philosophy of Veda and Upanisads
6. Majumdar, R.C& : History and Culture of Indian People, Vol. 5
Pusalker, A.D.(ed.) (Relevant Section)
7. Pande, G.C. : History of Origin and Development of Buddhism(In Hindi&
English)
8. Spiro, M.E. : Buddhism and Society
9. Ojha, Sri Krishan : Bhartiya Chintan ka Itihas
10. Budh Prkash : Bhartiya Dharma evm Sanskriti
11. Vayas, R.N. : Dharma Darshan
12. Shastri, A.M. : An Outline of Early Buddhism
13. Jaiswal, Suvira : The Origin and Development of Vaishnavism
14. Nandi, R.N. : Social Roots of Religion in Ancient India
15. Sarcar, D.C. : Religious Life in Ancient India
941

ANNEXURE - I
Department of Philosophy
Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra
Revised Scheme of Examination for M.A. (Philosophy )
First Semester & Second Semester.
(Effective from the Academic Session: 2011-2012)
Revised Scheme of Examination for M.A. Philosophy
Revised Scheme of Examination for M.A.Philosophy for First and Second Semesters
with 20% Internal Assessment will be applicable from the commencing Academic
Session:2011-2012.
First Semester
Paper No. Nomenclature of the Paper Theory Internal Assessment Max. Marks
Time Month&Year of
Marks Marks
Allowed Examination
Paper-I: Indian Logic 80 20 100
03 Hours Dec.2011.
Paper- II: Indian Epistemology 80 20 100
03 Hours Dec.2011.
Paper-III: Western Epistemology 80 20 100
03 Hours Dec.2011.
Paper-IV: Indian Ethics 80 20 100 03
Hours Dec.2011.
Paper-V: Modern Indian Thought (Part-I) 80 20 100
03 Hours Dec.201
Revised Scheme of Examination for M.A. Philosophy
Second Semester
Paper No.&Nomenclature of the Paper Theory+ Internal Assesment Max. Marks
Time Month&Year of
Allowed Examination
Paper-VI: Western Logic 80 20 100
03 Hours May, 2012.
Paper-VII: Indian Metaphysics 80 20
100 03 Hours May, 2012.
Paper-VIII: Western- Metaphysics 80 20
100 03 Hours May, 2012.
Paper-IX: Western Ethics 80 20
100 03 Hours May, 2012.
Paper- X: Modern Indian Thought (Part-II) 80 20 100
03 Hours May ,2012.
942
(Dr.R.K.Deswal)
Chairman,P.G.B.O.S. &
Dept. of Philosophy,
K.U.Kurukshetra

Department of Philosophy
Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra
M.A. PHILOSOPHY
Semester: Third & Fourth
Revised scheme of Examination for M.A.Philosophy , Third &Fourth
Semesters.
(Effective from the Academic
Session:2012-2013)
Revised Scheme of Examination for M.A.Philosophy for Third & Fourth Semesters with
20% Internal Assessment will be applicable from the commencing Academic
Session:2012-2013.
Third
Semester
Paper No.&Nomenclature of the Paper Theory + Internal Assesment Max. Marks
Time Month&Year of
Allowed Examination
Compulsory Paper
Paper -XI: Contemporary
Western Philosophy - I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec2012.
Optional Papers (Group A)
Paper-XII: Social and Political Philosophy -I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec.2012.
Paper-XIII: Philosophy of Religion –I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec.2012.
Paper-XIV: Comparative Religion -I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec2012.
Paper-XV: Philosophical Approach to Gandhi -I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec.2012.
Optional Papers (Group B)
Paper-XII: Yoga as Applied Philosophy -I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec.2012.
Paper-XIII: Western Ethical Theories -I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec.2012.
Paper-XIV: Applied Ethics -I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec.2012.
Paper-XV: Philosophy of Mind (Indian) -I 80 20
100 03 Hours Dec.2012.
943

Revised Scheme of Examination for M.A. PhilosophyFourth
Semester
Paper No.&Nomenclature of the Paper Theory + Internal Assesment Max. Marks
Time Month&Year of
Allowed Examination
Compulsory Paper
Paper -XVI: Contemporary Western Philosophy –II 80
20 100 03 Hours May,2013.
Optional Papers (Group A)
Paper-XVII: Social and Political Philosophy -II 80
20 100 03 Hours May,2013.
Paper-XVIII: Philosophy of Religion -II 80 20
100 03 Hours May ,2013.
Paper-XIX: Comparative Religion -II 80 20
100 03 Hours May ,2013.
Paper-XX: Philosophical Approach to Gandhi –II. 80
20 100 03 Hours May,2013.
Optional Papers (Group B)
Paper-XVII: Yoga as Applied Philosophy –II 80 20
100 03 Hours May,2013.
Paper-XVIII: Western Ethical Theories -II 80
20 100 03 Hours May,2013.
Paper-XIX: Environmental Ethics -II 80 20
100 03 Hours May,2013.
Paper- XX: Philosophy of Mind (Western) -II 80
20 100 03 Hours May,2013.
N.B. –I. Optional Groups will be started according to availability
of the Teaching Faculty in the Dept. of Philosophy
944
(Dr.R.K.Deswal)
Chairman,
P.G.B.O.S. &
Dept. of Philosophy,
K.U.Kurukshetra

Paper-I: Indian Logic
Year of Examination: Dec., 2011
M.A. Philosophy
First Semester
945
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1 : Nature, Scope and Utility of logic with special reference to Indian logic:
Definition and constituents of Anumana in Nyaya and Buddhism; Nature of
Vyapti in Nyaya.
Unit-2: Types of Anumana in Nyaya; Hetvabhasa ( fallacies of Anumana) ; Navya –
Nyaya's concept of Anumana; Buddhist doctrine of Apoha.
Unit-3: Inductive Elements in Indian Logic; the Concepts of Vyaptigrahopaya,
Samanya laksana pratyasatti , Tarka ,Upadhi- nirasa.
Unit-4: Anekantavada - (The theory of relative pluralism or manifoldness);
Syadvada- ( The theory of conditional predication );
Nayavada - (The theory of partial standpoints) .
Suggested Readings:
B.N. Singh : Indian Logic.
B.K. Matilal : The Navya- Nyaya Doctrine of Negation.
B.K. Matilal : Logic, Language and Reality.
D.C. Guha : Navya - Nyaya's System of Logic.
F.Th. Stcherbatsky : Buddhist Logic, Vols. I & II.
Nandita Bandyopadhyaya : The Concept of Logical Fallacies.
S. Barlingay : A Modern Introduction to Indian Logic.
S.R.Bhatt (Tr) : Buddhist Epistemology.

M.A. Philosophy
First Semester
946
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Paper- II: Indian Epistemology
Year of Examination: Dec., 2011
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Nature and subject-matter of Epistemology; Epistemological Problems
from the Indian point of view; Relation of Epistemology with Metaphysics
and Logic.
Unit-2: The debate about the nature, origin (utpatti) and ascertainment ( Jnapti ) of
validity :svatahpramanyavada; paratahpramanyavada.
Unit-3: The theories about invalid perceptual cognitions (Khyativada): Akhayati ,
Anyathakhyati, Viparitakhyati,Atmakhyati .Asatkhyati, Anirvacaniyakhyati,
Satkhyati.
Unit-4: A brief survey of six sources of knowledge (Pramanas); Parmana Vyavastha and
Pramana Samplava.
Suggested Readings:
B.K. Matilal : Perception, Oxford University Press, 1986.
Debabrata Sen : The Concept of Knowledge, Calcutta, 1984.
D.M. Datta: The Six Ways of Knowing, Calcutta, 1960.
Dharmakirti : Nyayabindu (Tr. In Stecherbatsky's Buddhist Logic, Vol. II) .
Govardhan P. Bhatt : Epistemology of the Bhatta School of Purva Mimamsa ,Varanasi ,
1962.
J.N. Mohanty : Gangesa's Theory of Truth, Visva Bharati, 1966.
K.N. Jayatilleke: Early Buddhist Theory of Knowledge, London, 1963.
P.S. Sastri : Indian Idealism, Vols.I & II, Delhi, 1975-76.
Swami Satprakasananda : Method of Knowledge ,London, 1965.
Satishchandra Chatterjee: The Nyaya Theory of Knowledge, Calcutta, 1965.
Srinivasa Rao: Perceptual Error: The Indian Theories, University Press of Hawaii,
Honolulu, 1998.
Visvanatha : Siddhantamuktavali (Tr. Svami Madhavananda).

Paper-III : Western Epistemology
Year of Examination: Dec., 2011
M.A. Philosophy
First Semester
947
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Socrates: Method of knowledge; Plato: Distinction between knowledge and
opinion. Aristotle: Theory of Knowledge.
Unit -2: Francis Bacon: Inductive Method.
Rene Descartes: Method and Criterion of Knowledge.
Benedict Spinoza : Theory of Knowledge.
Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz: Theory of Knowledge.
Unit-3: John Locke: Origin; Nature and Validity of Knowledge; Limits of
Knowledge.
George Berkeley: Objects of Knowledge; Knowledge of ideas;
Spirits and Relations.
David Hume : Origin and Nature of Knowledge;
Validity of Knowledge.
Unit-4: Immanuel Kant: Problem of Knowledge; Copernican Revolution; Theory of
Sense- Perception; Theory of Understanding; Validity of Judgments.
George Wilhelm Hegel - Dialectical Method.
Suggested Readings:
A.J. Ayer : The Problem of Knowledge.
A.C. Danto : Analytical Philosophy of Knowledge.
B. Russell: Problems of Philosophy.
Daya Krishna : Pashchatya Darsan ka Itihasa .
Francis Bacon: Inductive Method.
F. Copleston: A History of Philosophy.
Jagdish Sahay Srivastava : Adhunik Darshana Ka Vaigyanika Itihasa.
J. Hintikka : Knowledge and Belief.
John Hospers: An Introduction to Philosophical Analysis.
K. Lehrer : Knowledge.
Frank Thilly : A History of Philosophy.
D.J.O’Conner: A Critical History of Western Philosophy.
R.M.Chisholm: Theory of Knowledge, (3 rd Ed.)
Roger Scruton : A History of Philosophy from Descartes to Wittgenstein.
W.K. Wright : A History of Modern Philosophy.
W.T. Stace: Critical History of Greek Philosophy.

M.A.Philosophy
First Semester
948
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Paper-IV: Indian Ethics
Year of Examination: Dec., 2011
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-l : Nature and Scope of Indian Ethics: Its relation with other branches of
Philosophy; Yama and Niyama of Yoga.
Unit -2: Law of Karma -Ethical Implications; Sadharana Dharma; Concept of Rna.
Unit-3: Brahama- Viharas ;Astangamarga,( Eight fold noble path); The Ideal of Arhat
and Bodhisathava; Triratnas of Jainism.
Unit-4: Gita's Notion of Svadharma ; Lokasangraha ; Karam Yoga; Jnana Yoga; Bhakti
Yoga; ideal of Sthitaprajna.
Suggested Readings:
B.G. Tilak : Gita Rahasya.
I.C. Sharma :Ethical Philosophies of India.
N.K.Brahma: Philosophy of the Hindu Sadhana.
M.Hiriyanna : The Indian Conception of Values.
R. Prasad : Karma, Causation and Retributive Morality.
R. Prasad : Varnadharma, Niskama Karma and Practical Morality.
Sri Aurobindo: Essays on the Gita.
S.K. Maitra : The Ethics of the Hindus.

M.A. Philosophy
First Semester
Paper-V: Modern Indian Thought (Part-I)
Year of Examination: Dec., 2011
949
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Swami Vivekananda: Nature of Man: Physical Nature and Spiritual Nature;
Nature of the Liberated Soul; Ways of Realization : The way of Knowledge;
The way of Devotion; The way of Action. Origin of Religion, Nature of
Religion, Universal Religion.
Unit-2: Sri Aurobindo: Nature of Reality: Saccidananada ;(Existence; Pure
Consciousness; Bliss) The World Process: involution and evolution;
Supermind: the triple status of superman, triple transformation ;Gnostic Being
and Divine life; Integral Yoga.
Unit-3: K.C. Bhattacharya: Concept of Philosophy: Theoretic Consciousness and its
grades, Philosophy of the object, Philosophy of Spirit, Philosophy of truth;
Notion of subjectivity; The Concept of Absolute; Negation: Basis of its
Philosophy.
Unit-4 :B.G.Tilak: Interpretation of Gita with special reference to Jnana Yoga, Karma
Yoga and Bhakti Yoga; Svadharma; ; Lokasangraha ;Nishakamakarma.
Suggested Readings:
B.G. Tilak : Gita Rahasaya .
B.K. Lal : Contemporary Indian Philosophy. (Hindi version also available).
K. C. Bhattacharya : Studies in Philosophy.
Swami Vivekananda : Complete works. (Hindi version also available).
Sri Aurobindo : Life Divine. (Hindi version also available).
Sri Aurobindo : Integral Yoga . (Hindi version also available).
T.M.P. Mahadevan & C.V. Saroja : Contemporary Indian Philosophy.
V.S. Naravana: Modern Indian Thought (Hindi version also available)

M.A. Philosophy
Second Semester
950
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Paper-VI: Western Logic Year of Examination: May, 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-I : Logic and Language: Use of Language, Three main functions of
language; Term: Connotation & Denotation; Relation between
Connotation and Denotation.
Unit-2 : Categorical Syllogism, Basic rules determining validity of syllogism and
Fallacies arising as a result of the violation of those rules; Immediate
inferences: conversion, obversion and contraposition ; Square of Opposition.
Unit-3 : Elementary notions and principles of truth- functional logic; Techniques of
symbolization; Testing validity/invalidity of an argument by Truthtable
Method; Statement Forms: Tautologies, Contradictory and Contingent;
Proof construction for the validity of an argument form.
Unit-4 : Definition and Nature of Induction; Importance of Induction; Problem of
Induction, Hypothesis: Nature and condition of Scientific Hypothesis, Types of
Hypothesis.
Suggested Readings:
I.M. Copi : Introduction to Logic.( Hindi Version also available)
I.M. Copi : Symbolic Logic (6 th Edition), Chapters 4 and 5.
Richard Jeffrey: Formal Logic: Its Scope and Limits (2 nd Edition ),Chapters 1 to 5.
A.N. Prior : Formal Logic.
Patrick Suppes: Introduction to Logic.
A.Singh & C. Goswami : Fundamentals of Logic.
B.L. Sharma :Tarka Shastra Pravesh.

M.A. Philosophy
Second Semester
951
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Paper-VII : Indian Metaphysics Year of Examination: May, 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit -1: God, The role of God in Nyaya- Vaisesika Yoga & Advaita Vedanta; the
new and central role of God in the Bhakti school with special reference to
Ramanuja.
Unit-2 : Self as Atman in Jainism ,Nyaya- Vaisesika, Samkhya and Advaita
Vedanta.
Unit-3 : Dravya, Guna,Paryaya in Jainism; Seven Categories (Padartha). Vaisesika ;
Causation: the debate between Satkaryavada and Asatkaryavada.
Unit -4: Concept of Nirvana in Buddhism. Bondage and liberation in Jainism, Samkhya
and Advaita Vedanta.
Suggested Readings:
Stephen H. Phillips :Classical Indian Metaphysics.
M. Hirianna : Outlines of Indian Philosophy.
C.D.Sharma : A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy.
S.N. Dasgupta : A History of Indian Philosophy, Vols. I to V.
S . Radhakrishnan : Indian Philosophy,Vols. I to II.
D.M. Datta & S.C. Chatterjee: Introduction to Indian Philosophy. (Hindi Version also
available)
H.P. Sinha :Bhartiya Darshan ke Rooprekha.

M.A. Philosophy
Second Semester
952
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allo wed: 3 Hours
Paper-VIII: Western- Metaphysics Year of Examination: May, 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1 : Doctrine of Substance, Change and Permanence (with special reference to
Ionians, Parmenides, Heraclitus, Democritus, Empedocles, Anaxagoras).
Unit-2: Plato: Theory of ideas. Aristotle: Form and Matter; Four Causes.
Unit-3: Descartes' dualism; Descartes' idea of God and proofs for the existence of
God; Concept of substance in Spinoza; Leibniz's doctrine of Monads; Mind -
body problem in Descartes, Spinoza and Leibniz.
Unit-4: Locke's doctrine of matter and its rejection by Berkeley; Hume's rejection of
self, Matter and God; Hume's view on Causality; Hegal's Absolute Idealism.
Suggested Readings:
John Hospers : An Introduction to Philosophical Analysis.
W.T. Stace : Critical History of Greek Philosophy
Frank Thilly and Ledger Wood : A History of Philosophy.
D.J. O'Conner : A Critical History of Western Philosophy.
Hamlyn :Metaphysics.
Daya Krishna : Pashchatya Darsan ka Itihasa .
Jagdish Sahay Srivastava : Adhunik Darshana Ka Vaigyanika Itihasa.
F. Copleston : A History of Philosophy.
W.K. Wright : A History of Modern Philosophy.
Roger Scruton : A History of Philosophy from Descartes to Wittgenstein.

M.A. Philosophy
Second Semester
953
MaximumMarks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Paper-IX :Western Ethics Year of Examination: May, 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-I: Nature and scope of Ethics; Relation with other Sciences (Political Science,
Sociology and Psychology) ; Concepts of Right, Good and Duty; Presuppositions
of Morality; Freedom, Determinism and Responsibility.
Unit-2: Theories of Punishment: Deterrent, Retributive and Reformative Theories;
Theories of relation between individual and society; John Rawl's theory
of Justice; Moral Skepticism (with special reference to Sophists and
Emotivists ); Fact-value distinction.
Unit-3: Normative Ethics: Brief outlines of the Ethical Theories of Aristotle,
J.Bentham, J. S. Mill, Kant and F.H. Bradley.
Unit-4: Distinction between Normative and Analytic ethics, Ethical Cognitivism and
Non-Cognitivism; Theories of G. E .Moore, A.J.Ayer, C.L.Stevenson and
R.M. Hare.
Suggested Readings
W.Frankena : Ethics.
W.Lillie :Manual of Ethics.
Mary Warnock : Ethics Since 1900.
J.N.Sinha : Manual of Ethics ( Hindi Version also Available).
V.P.Verma : Nitishastra Ke Mool Sidhanta.
V.P. Verma: Adhinitishastra Ke Mool Sidhant.
R.B. Brandt : Ethical Theory: the Problem of Normative and Critical Ethics.
John Hospers : Human Conduct.
W.T.Stace : The Concept of Morals.
Aristotle : Nichomachean Ethics.
J.Benthem: Principles of Morals and Legislation.
J.S.Mill : Utilitarianism.
Immanual Kant : Foundations of the Metaphysics of Morals.
Immanual Kant: Critique of Practical Reason.
F.H.Bradley: Ethical Studies.
A.J.Ayer : Language, Truth and Logic.
C. L. Stevenson : Ethics and Language.
R.M.Hare :The Language of Morals.

M.A. Philosophy
Second Semester
954
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Paper- X : Modern Indian Thought (Part-II) Year of Examination: May, 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-I : M.K. Gandhi : God is Truth and Truth is God; Non- Violence; Satyagraha;
Sarvodya; Concept of Religion and Morality; Swaraj and the ideal State.
Unit 2: Rabindra Nath Tagore: Reality and God; Proofs for the existence of God; Nature
of Man : finite and infinite, Nature of Religion; Ways of Realisation.
Unit-3: J.Krishnamurti: The Analysis of the Self; Freedom from the Known; Dhayana;
Views on Violence; Views on Education.
Unit-4: S.Radhakrishnan: God and the Absolute; Nature of Soul; Religion: Its nature and
essence; Religious Experience.
Suggested Readings:
Bhikhu Parekh: Gandhi's Political Philosophy.
B.K. Lal : Contemporary Indian Philosophy.(Hindi version also available)
J. Krishnamurti : Freedom from the Known.
J . Krishnamurti : Tradition and Revolution.
M.K. Gandhi: Hind Swaraj.
Radhakrishna :An Idealist view of Life.
R.Tagore : Religion of Man.
T.M.P. Mahadevan & C.V. Saroja: Contemporary Indian Philosophy.
V.S. Naravana : Modern Indian Though

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
Compulsory Paper
Paper -XI: Contemporary Western Philosophy ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
955
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all,selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1 : B.Russell :Logical Atomism; Knowledge by acquaintance
and knowledge by description.
G.E. Moore: A Defense of Common-sense; Refutation of
Idealism.
Unit-2: G.Frege: Sense and Reference
L. Wittgenstein: Meaning as Reference; Meaning as Use;
Nature and function of philosophy.
Unit-3 : A.J.Ayer: Rejection of Metaphysics
J.L.Austin: Speech Act; Performative Utterances ;
Functions of Philosophy.
Unit-4 : John Dewey: Instrumentalism.
William James: Radical Empiricism.
G.Ryle: Category-Mistake; Descartes’ Myth.
Suggested Books:
Ajit Kumar Sinha: Samkalin Darshan.
B.K.Lal:Samkalin Paschatya Darshan.
Laxmi Saxena :Samkalin Darshan.
Jagdish Sahay Shrivastav: Paschatya Darshan ki parmukh Darshnik
Parvartiyan.
John Macquarrie: Existentialism.
H.J. Blackham: Six Existentialist Thinkers.
M.K.Bhadra: A Critical Survey of Phenomenology and Existentialism.
Martine Heidegger: Introduction to Metaphysics.

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
Option (GROUP-A)
Paper-XII: Social and Political Philosophy ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
956
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Social Philosophy: Definition and nature of Social
Philosophy; Methods of Social Philosophy; Significance of Social
Philosophy; Relation with Sociology and Political Science.
Unit-2: Social Change: Kinds of Social Change; Factors which
promote social change and check social change; Social Progress:
Concept and Factors.
Unit-3 :Family: Family as a social institution; Role of family in
socialization of Individual; Joint family system: merits and demerits
of joint family in modern society; Family in modern society.
Unit-4 :Social and Political Concepts: Equality, Justice, Liberty.
Education: Meaning, definition and objectives of education.
Suggested Books:
Ajit Kumar Sinha, Outlines of Social Philosophy, Sinha Publishing
House (P) Ltd., Calcutta,1965.
Barbara Goodwin, Using Political Ideas, John Willey Sons, New
York,1991.
J.S.Makenzi, Samaj Darshan Ki Ruprekha,Rajkamal Parkashan,New
Delhi,1962.
Satyapal Gautam, Samaj Darshan, Haryana Sahitya
Academy,Panchkula,2004.
Shivbhanu Singh, Samaj Darshan Ka Sarvekshan, Sharda Pustak
Bhandar, Allabahbad,2008.
Ramender, Samaj Avam Rajniti Darshan, Motilal
Banarsidass,Delhi,2005.

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
Option (GROUP-A)
Paper-XIII: Philosophy of Religion ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
957
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1 :Definition and Nature of Religion; Definition and Nature
of Philosophy of Religion; The significance of Philosophy of
Religion; Relation of Religion with Science and Philosophy.
Unit-2 :Theories of the origin of Religion; Origin of the Idea of God;
Concept of Isvara in Indian Philosophy.
Unit-3 : Religious Experience and Religious Consciousness;
Arguments for the existence of God: Ontological Argument,
Cosmological Argument, Teleological Argument and Moral Argument.
Unit-4: Transcendence and Immanence; God and the Absolute;
Deism, Theism, Pantheism and Panentheism.
Suggested Books:
A.Thompson : A Modern Philosophy of Religion.
H.P.Sinha : Dharma Darshan ki Ruprekha.
J.Hick : An Interpretation of Religion.
M.Hiriyanna : Quest for Perfection.
N.K.Brahma : Philosophy of Hindu Sadhana.
N. Smart : The Religious Experience of Mankind.
R.Otto : The Idea of the Holy.
Swami Vivekananda : Complete Works (relevant chapters)
W.James : Varieties of Religious Experience.
Yacub Masih : Samanya Dharam Darshan.

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
Option (GROUP-A)
Paper- XIV: Comparative Religion ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
958
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1 : Hinduism : Concept of God; Concept of Soul; Theory of
World; Law of Karma.
Unit-2 : Hinduism: Rebirth; Liberation and Paths of Liberation; Dr.
Schweitzer’s views against Hinduism and Dr. S. Radhakrishanan’s
answer.
Unit-3 : Buddhism: Anti-metaphysical attitude of Buddha; Four
Noble-Truths; Nature of Nirvana; Eight-fold path.
Unit-4 : Buddhism : Theory of No-Self; Atheism of Buddhism;
Religious Sects: Hinayana and Mahayana; Difference between
Hinayana and Mahayana.
Suggested Books:
A.Thompson : A Modern Philosophy of Religion.
H.P.Sinha : Dharma Darshan ki Ruprekha.
J.Hick : An Interpretation of Religion.
Kedar Nath Tiwari : Comparative Religion.
M.Hiriyanna : Quest for Perfection.
N.K.Brahma : Philosophy of Hindu Sadhana.
N. Smart : The Religious Experience of Mankind.
R.Otto : The Idea of the Holy.
Swami Vivekananda : Complete Works (relevant chapters)
V.P. Verma : Dharma Darshan ki Mool Samsayayein.
Vatsyayan : Philosophy of Religion (World Religions)
W.James : Varieties of Religious Experience.
Yacub Masih : A Comparative Philosophy of Religion

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP-A)
Paper-XV: Philosophical Approach to Gandhi ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all,selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Impact of Various teachings on Gandhi’s Thought ; Concept
of Varna: Views on Education.
Unit-2: Concept of Knowledge; Concept of Truth and Love and their
relationship; Engagement with tradition..
Unit-3: Concept of Self ; Nature of World ; Concept of God.
Unit-4 :Woman, Sexuality and Brahamcharya; Moral foundations of
good life.
Suggested Readings:
Ajay Shankar Rai: Gandhiyan Satyagraha: Analytical and Critical
Approach.
Anil Dutta Mishra: Fundamentals of Gandhism.
Basant Kumar Lal: Contemporary Indian Philosophy. (Hindi Version
also available)
D.M.Dutta : The Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi.
P.T.Raju : Gandhi and His Religion.
Ramashray Roy (Ed.): Gandhi and the Present Global Crisis.
T.M.P. Mahadevan & G.V. Saroja: Contemporary Indian Philosophy.
V.T.Patil: Studies on Gandhi.
Glyn Richards: The Philosophy of Gandhi: A Study of his Basic Ideas.
959

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP-B)
Paper- XII : Yoga as Applied Philosophy ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Philosophy of Yoga: Meaning, definition ,origin &
development of Yoga. Doctrine of three Gunas; Prakrti; Purusa;
Doctrine of Klesha.
Unit-2: Theory of Evolution ; Samkhya theory of Illusion.
Unit-3: Citta and its varieties; Methods of Citta-control; Five kinds
of Yama and Niyama; Their Role in Yoga and their Importance in
Personal and Social Life.
Unit-4 :Asanas: Principles of their practice, their kinds and their
cultural, physiological and therapeutic effect.
Pranayama: Its varieties and techniques with their benefits.
Suggested Books:
K.S.Bashi : Cure Yourself Through Yoga.
Pavan Kumari : Patanjali Yoga Sutra: A Critical Study.
Raghunath Safaya : Indian Psychology.
Ramnath Shama & Rachana Sharma : Bhartiya Manovijyana.
Sri Ram Chandra Gupta : Yogic Culture and Modern Man- Secrets of
Vital Health and Happiness.
Swami Shivapermananda : Step-by-Step Yoga for Stress Relief.
Surender Kumar Sharma : Hathyoga: Ek Atihasik Pripekshya.
Swami Sampurnananda : Yoga-Darshan.
S.P. Atreya : Yoga Psychology.
Swami Vivekananda : Raja Yoga.
Udayavir Shastri : Samkhya Sutra- Kapilmuni.
A.V.Keith (Trans.Shiv Kumar) : Samkhya Darshan ka Itihas.
Shrimad Bhagvad Gita (only chapter 2,3,6 & 12 th)
960

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP-B)
Paper-XIII: Western Ethical Theories ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1 : Moral Scepticism: Sophists; Pyrrho,
Epicureanism,
Stoicism.
Unit-2 :Hedonism: Hobbes, Hume.
Utilitarianism:Types of Utilitarianism-Act-Utilitarianism and
Rule-Utilitarianism.
Unit-3 :Evolutionary Ethical Theories: Herbert Spencer, Samual
Alexander.
Perfectionism: T.H.Green, Bradley.
Unit-4 :Intuitionism : Samuel Clark, Shaftsbury, Butler.
Kant: Categorical Imperative.
Suggested Books:
John S. Mackenzie: A Manual of Ethics.
J.N.Sinha: A Manual of Ethics.
Haridya Naryana Mishra: Nitishastra Ke Parmukh Siddhant.
S.N.Gupta: Nitishastra va Samaj-Darshan ki Ruprekha.
Tandra Patnaik: Issues in Practical Ethics.
V.P.Verma: Nitishastra ke Mool Siddhant.
V.P.Verma: Adhinitishastra ke Mool Siddhant.
961

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
Option (GROUP-B)
Paper-XIV: Applied Ethics ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
962
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Origin, Nature and scope of Applied Ethics; Main streams
and Limitations of Applied Ethics; Relevance of Applied Ethics.
Unit-2: Capital Punishment: For and Against; Mental Pollution by
Media: For and Against; Cloning Humans : For and Against.
Unit-3: Problem of Euthanasia; Moral Rights of the Foetus; Rights of
Animals.
Unit-4 :Female foeticide; Child Abuse; Violence : Effect on Women
and Children.
Suggested Reading:
A.P.Dubey : Applied Ethics, Northern Book Centre, New Delhi,2004.
Brenda Almond & Donald Hill- Applied Philosophy: Morals and
Metaphysics in Contemporary debates, Roultledge & Kegan
Pal,London,1991.
David S.Oderberg :Applied Ethics, , Blackwell Publishers, First
ed.2000.
E.R. Winkler & J.R. Combe (eds.): Applied Ethics: A Reader,
Blackwell,1993.
G.C.Graber & D.C. Thomasma: Theory and Practice in Medical Ethics,
The Continuum co. New York,1989.
Jennifer Jackson : Ethics in Medicine, Polity Press, Cambridge, 2006.
May Briody Mahowald : Bioethics and Woman-, Oxford University
Press,2006
Peter Singer (Ed.): Applied Ethics- Oxford University Press,1986.

M.A. Philosophy
Third Semester
963
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP-B)
Paper-XV: Philosophy of Mind (Indian) ─I
Year of Examination: Dec., 2012
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all, selecting two questions
from each unit. The examinees shall have to attempt five questions in all, selecting at
least one question from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Nature and Scope of Indian Philosophy of Mind; Methods of Indian Philosophy
of Mind; Comparative study of Indian & Western approaches.
Unit-2: Upanisad: Conception of States of Consciousness; Buddhism: Factors of
Personality and Nature of Perception; Jainism: Nature of Consciousness.
Unit-3 : Nyaya: Concept of Personality, States of Consciousness;
Vaisesika: Factors of Personality and Theories of Consciousness.
Unit-4 : Samkhya: Nature of Personality : Triguna Theory; Yoga. The Philosophy of
Klesas; States of Consciousness; Factors of Personality.
Suggested Books:
B. Kuppuswamy : Elements Of Ancient Indian Psychology, Vikas Publisher, New Delhi,
1979.
Chennakesavan, Sarasvati: Concept of Mind in Indian Philosophy. Motilal Banarsidash
Publisher Pvt. Ltd. : Delhi,1991.
Dutta & Chatterjee: An Introduction to Indian Philosophy. University of Calcutta, 1984.
K. Ramakrishna Rao, Anand C. Paranjpe, and Ajit K. Dalal (eds):Handbook of Indian
Psychology , Foundation Books , New Delhi, 2008.
Kireet, Joshi et al (Eds): Consciousness, Indian Psychology and Yoga, Indian Book
Corporation, 2005.
N. Ross Reat : Origins of Indian Psychology, Asian Humanities Press, 1990.
Jadunath Sinha :Indian Psychology: Cognition; Emotion and Will; Epistemology of
Perception (3 Vols.), Motilal Banarsidass, New Delhi., 1986.
Raghunath Safaya : Indian Psychology: A Critical and Historical Analysis of
Psychological Speculation in Indian Philosophical Literature, Munshiram Manoharlal
Publishers Pvt., New Delhi,1976.
Ram Nath Sharma & Rachana Sharma :Bhartiya Manovijyana, Atlantic Publishers and
Distributors, New Delhi,2005.
Silva,Padmasiri: An Introduction to Buddhist Psychology. Macmillan Press Ltd.,2000.
S.K.Ramakrishna Rao: Development of Psychological Thoughts in India, Kavlaya
Publishers,Mysore,
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester

Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Compulsory Paper
Paper -XVI: Contemporary Western Philosophy ─II
Examination: May, 2013
Year of
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-I : E. Husserll: Phenomenological Method; Intentionality of
Consciousness.
M. Heideggar: Modes of Dasein; Authentic existence and
inauthentic existence.
Unit-2 :S.A. Kierkegaard: Truth is Subjectivity; Three stages of
Existence.
K. Jaspers: Modes of Existence; Encompassing and
Transcendence.
Unit-3: Jean Paul Sartre: Existence preceeds essence; Being-initself;
Being-for-itself;
Being-for-others; Consciousness and Nothingness; Inauthentic
Existence.
Unit-4 :G. Marcel: Problem and Mystery: I and Thou; Freedom and
Experiencing God.
F. Nietzsche: Atheistic Existentialism; Will to Power.
Suggested Books:
Ajit Kumar Sinha: Samkalin Darshan.
B.K.Lal:Samkalin Paschatya Darshan.
Laxmi Saxena :Samkalin Darshan.
Jagdish Sahay Shrivastav: Paschatya Darshan ki parmukh Darshnik
Parvartiyan.
John Macquarrie: Existentialism.
H.J. Blackham: Six Existentialist Thinkers.
M.K.Bhadra: A Critical Survey of Phenomenology and Existentialism.
Martine Heidegger : Introduction to Metaphysics.
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester
964

Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP -A)
Paper-XVII: Social and Political Philosophy ─II
Year of Examination: May, 2013
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1 : Indian Social Systems: Varna-System; theories of origin and
position of different Varnas ; Difference between Caste and Varna.
Caste Discrimination: Gandhi and Ambedkar.
Unit-2 :Individual and Society: Meaning of Society; theories of the
origin of society; Theories of relation between individual and society.
Unit -3:Political Ideologies: Anarchism, Socialism, Humanism,
Secularism.
Unit-4: Gender Equality: Meaning of Gender Equality; Position of
Women: an existential analysis; Position of Women in India;
Reformist Movements.
Suggested Books:
Ajit Kumar Sinha, Outlines of Social Philosophy, Sinha Publishing
House (P) Ltd., Calcutta,1965.
A.P.Dubey, Applied Ethics, Northern Book Centre, New Delhi,2004.
Barbara Goodwin, Using Political Ideas, John Willey Sons, New
York,1991.
J.S.Makenzi, Samaj Darshan Ki Ruprekha,Rajkamal Parkashan,New
Delhi,1962.
Peter Singer , Applied Ethics, Oxford University Press,1986.
Ramender, Samaj Avam Rajniti Darshan, Motilal
Banarsidass,Delhi,2005.
Satyapal Gautam, Samaj Darshan, Haryana Sahitya
Academy,Panchkula,2004.
Shivbhanu Singh, Samaj Darshan Ka Sarvekshan, Sharda Pustak
Bhandar, Allabahbad,2008.
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester
965

Option (GROUP -A)
Paper- XVIII: Philosophy of Religion ─II
Year of Examination: May, 2013
966
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Freedom of the Will, Karma and Rebirth; Purusarthas:
Dharma, Artha, Kama and Moksha.
Unit-2: Inter-Religious dialogue and the possibility of universal
religion with special reference to Hinduism, Buddhism and
Christianity; Problem of religious language: Cognitive, Non-Cognitive
and Semi-Cognitive Theories.
Unit- 3: Secularism; Religious Tolerance.
Unit- 4: Mysticism. God, Man and the World; Brahman, Isvara, Jiva
and Jagat.
Suggested Books:
A.Thompson : A Modern Philosophy of Religion.
H.P.Sinha : Dharma Darshan ki Ruprekha.
J.Hick : An Interpretation of Religion.
M.Hiriyanna : Quest for Perfection.
N.K.Brahma : Philosophy of Hindu Sadhana.
N. Smart : The Religious Experience of Mankind.
R.Otto : The Idea of the Holy.
Swami Vivekananda : Complete Works (relevant chapters)
W.James : Varieties of Religious Experience.
Yacub Masih : Samanya Dharam Darshan.
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester

Option (GROUP -A)
Paper- XIX: Comparative Religion ─II
Year of Examination: May, 2013
967
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1 : Jainism : Theory of Substance; Concept of Soul; Theory of
Bondage and Liberation; Atheism of Jainism.
Unit-2 : Islam: Concept of God (Allah); The Cardinal Principles of
Islam; Five Pillars of Islam; Ethical Teachings and Islamic Sects.
Unit-3 : Christianity: Concept of God; The Nature of the World;
Problem of Evil and its solution; Christianity and the Sermon of the
Mount.
Unit-4 : Zoroastrianism : Concept of God; Problem of Evil and its
Solution; Main Principles, Ethics.
Suggested Books:
A.Thompson : A Modern Philosophy of Religion.
H.P.Sinha : Dharma Darshan ki Ruprekha.
J.Hick : An Interpretation of Religion.
Kedar Nath Tiwari : Comparative Religion.
M.Hiriyanna : Quest for Perfection.
N.K.Brahma : Philosophy of Hindu Sadhana.
N. Smart : The Religious Experience of Mankind.
R.Otto : The Idea of the Holy.
Swami Vivekananda : Complete Works (relevant chapters)
V.P. Verma : Dharma Darshan ki Mool Samsayayein.
Vatsyayan : Philosophy of Religion (World Religions)
W.James : Varieties of Religious Experience.
Yacub Mashih : A Comparative Philosophy of Religion
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester

Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP-A)
Paper-XX: Philosophical Approach to Gandhi ─II
Year of Examination: May, 2013
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Concept of Swaraj, Concept of Satyagraha ; Concept of
Ahimsa.
Unit-2: Concept of Statelessness; Concept of Trusteeship; Concept of
Sarvodya ; Concept of Panchayati Raj.
Unit-3: Gandhi’s views on Religion; Anasakti –Yoga; Concept of
Tapasya.
Unit-4: Means-End relationship: Gandhi and the Gandhians: Break,
Continuity and Innovation, Community and Fellowship.
Suggested Readings:
Ajay Shankar Rai: Gandhiyan Satyagraha: Analytical and Critical
Approach.
Anil Dutta Mishra: Fundamentals of Gandhism.
Basant Kumar Lal: Contemporary Indian Philosophy.
D.M.Dutta : The Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi.
P.A.Raju : Gandhi and His Relgion.
Paratha Chatterjee : Gandhi and the Crisis of Civil Society.
T.M.P. Mahadevan & G.V. Saroja: Contemporary Indian Philosophy.
T.S.Devadiss: Sarvodaya and the Problem of Political Sovereignty.
V.T.Patil: Studies on Gandhi
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester
968

Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP -B)
Paper- XVII : Yoga as Applied Philosophy ─II
Year of Examination: May, 2013
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Pratyahara; Dharna (Contemplation); Dhayana.
Unit-2: Samadhi and its Stages; Concept of Isvara and its
Importance in Yoga.
Unit-3: Citta Bhumiyan and Stage of Samapatti and its varieties;
Modification of the Thinking Principles; How to Built Mental Health
(Brahamviharas).
Unit-4 :General Introduction of Karma-Yoga, Bhakti-Yoga, Jyana-
Yoga,Hath-Yoga and Mantra-Yoga.
Suggested Books:
K.S.Bashi : Cure Yourself Through Yoga.
Pavan Kumari : Patanjali Yoga Sutra: A Critical
Study.
Raghunath Safaya : Indian Psychology.
Ramnath Shama & Rachana Sharma : Bhartiya Manovijyana.
Sri Ram Chandra Gupta : Yogic Culture and Modern Man-
Secrets of Vital
Health and Happiness.
Swami Shivapermananda : Step-by-Step Yoga for Stress Relief.
Surender Kumar Sharma : Hathyoga: Ek Atihasik Pripekshya.
Swami Sampurnananda : Yoga-Darshan.
S.P. Atreya : Yoga Psychology.
Swami Vivekananda : Raja Yoga.
Udayavir Shastri : Samkhya Sutra- Kapilmuni.
A.V.Keith (Trans.Shiv Kumar) : Samkhya Darshan ka Itihas.
Shrimad Bhagvad Gita (only chapter 2,3,6 & 12 th)
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester
969

Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP-B)
Paper-XVIII: Western Ethical Theories ─II
Year of Examination: May, 2013
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Meta-ethics: Nature and problems of Meta-ethics; Types of
Meta-ethics. Naturalism and its types.
Unit-2: Non-naturalism: Meaning and Description.
Intuitionism –G.E.Moore, H.A. Pichard, W.T.Ross.
Unit-3: Emotivism: Ayer and Stevenson.
Prescriptivism: R.M. Hare, J.Urmson.
Unit-4 :Applied Ethics: Nature and purpose of Applied Ethics; Main
types of Applied Ethics:Business Ethics, Environmental Ethics and
Medical Ethics.
Suggested Books:
A.K.Shrivastava: Environmental Ethics.
A.P.Dubey: Applied Ethics
David S.Oderberg: Applied Ethics.
John S. Mackenzie: A Manual of Ethics.
J.N.Sinha: A Manual of Ethics.
Haridya Naryana Mishra: Nitishastra Ke Parmukh Siddhant.
Peter Singer (ed.): Applied Ethics.
S.N.Gupta: Nitishastra va Samaj-Darshan kie Ruprekha.
Tandra Patnaik: Issues in Practical Ethics.
V.P.Verma: Nitishastra ke Mool Siddhant.
V.P.Verma: Adhinitishastr ke Mool Siddhant.
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester
970

Option (GROUP-B)
Paper-XIX:EnvironmentalEthics─II
Year of Examination: May, 2013
971
Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Nature and Scope of Environmental Ethics; Basic Concepts
and Issues.
Unit-2: Nature, Man and Society: A Plea for Non- Anthropocentrism;
Climate Change: Meaning, Causes and Preventions.
Unit-3: Environmental Ethics and Ecology: Nature and Scope of
Ecology: Main characteristics of Ecology.
Unit-4: Sustainable Development and Environment; Deep Ecology:
Meaning and Definition: Characteristics of Deep Ecology ; Gaya
Theory.
Suggested Reading:
Brenda Almond & Donald Hill- Applied Philosophy: Morals and
Metaphysics in Contemporary debates, Roultledge & Kegan
Pal,London,1991.
E.R. Winkler & J.R. Combe (eds.): Applied Ethics: A Reader,
Blackwell,1993.
Kanchan Saxena : Readings in Applied Philosophy, Shekhar
Prakashan,Allahabad,1999.
Haridya Naryana Mishra: Philosophy of Ecology,Ashirvad
Publications,Lucknow,2006.
John Benson : Environmental Ethics, Routledge, London and New
York, 2000.
Patrick Curry: Ecological Ethics: An Introduction, Polity Press,
Cambridge, 2006.
M.A. Philosophy
Fourth Semester

Maximum Marks: 100
Theory: 80 Marks
Assessment: 20 Marks
Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Option (GROUP-B)
Paper-XX: Philosophy of Mind (Western) ─II
Year of Examination: May, 2013
Note: The paper-setter is requested to set Eight questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit. The examinees shall have to
attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each unit. All questions carry equal marks.
Unit-1: Nature of Western Philosophy of Mind; Nature of
Consciousness: First person account & Third Person Account.
Unit-2: Cartesian Dualism: Meaning, Problems and its Modifications.
Unit-3 :Behaviourism: Meaning; Psychological Behaviourism of
B.F.Skinner; Philosophical Behaviourism of L. Wittgenstein &
G.Ryle; Identity Theory of J.J.C.Smart.
Unit-4 : A general introduction of Functionalism; Representational
Theory of Mind; Interrepresentational theories of Mind (Donald
Davidson & Daniel C.Dennett) and Eliminativism (Paul
Churchland).
Suggested Books:
Bechtel, William: Philosophy of Mind: An Overview of Cognitive
Science, Lawerence Erlbaum Associates Publishers, Hillsdale, New
Jersey,1988.
Jerome A. Shaffer: Philosophy of Mind, Prentice-Hall,1968.
Heil John: Philosophy of Mind (a contemporary introduction),
Routledge: London & New York, 2003.
Pradhan,R.C.:Recent Developments in Analytic Philosophy. Indian
Council of Philosophical Research :New Delhi,2001.
Shukla, J.P.: The Nature of Mind. Modern Book House.:
Jabalpur,1966.
Titus, H.H. & others (Ed.): Living Issues in Philosophy. Oxford
University Press: New York, 1995.
William O' Donohue,& Richard Kitchener(Eds): Philosophy of
Psychology, Edi.by. Sage Publishers: London,1996.Crumley II, Jack
S. (Ed.): Problems in Mind. Mayfield Publishing Company: London &
Tornto, 2000.
972

Semester-III
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
KURUKSHETRA
B.A. II – SYLLABUS HOME-SCIENCE
Course No. Title Exam.
Max. marks
duration
B.Sc./B.A
201 Physiology
3 Hrs 50 (45+5*)
Semester-IV
Lab-I 3 hrs 50
Course No. Title Exam.
Max. marks
duration
B.Sc./B.A
202 Clothing and Textile
3 Hrs 50 (45+5*)
* Internal Assessment
Lab- II 3 hrs 50
Instructions for the Examiner: The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
973

Course No.: 201
B.A. II (Home Science)
Semester–III
Physiology
974
M. Marks – 45
Int. Assessment -5
Time: – 3 Hrs
Note: Examiners will set nine questions in all, four questions from each unit and
one multiple choice compulsory question covering the whole syllabus.
Students will attempt five questions in all, selecting not more than two from
each unit and one multiple choice compulsory question.
Unit–I
A. Animal cell structure, composition and division in brief (Mitosis and meiosis)
B. Skeletal system- Function of skeletal system names of the bones and joints.
C. Digestive system-Organs of Digestive system, Digestion and absorption of
food.
D. Circulatory system- Blood, composition and functions and coagulation.
1. Heart-structure and working.
2. Blood pressure.
3. Normal values of Hemoglobin cholesterol, urea, uric acid and glucose in
blood.
Unit–II
A. Excretory system functions of kidney, skin and lungs.
B. Reproductive system – organs and functioning of male and female sex
glands, menstruation, and fertilization.
C. Endocrine Glands-Functions of different glands, pituitary, thyroid, adrenal,
islets of langerhans in pancreas.
D. Nervous system: Parts (Brain and spinal cord) functions and reflex action.

Practical
Lab - I
975
M. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 3Hrs
A. Study of different parts of sewing machine its care defect and remedies.
B. Preparation of samples (15 samples)
- Basic stitches – tucking, running stitches, hemming, and button hole
stitch.
- Seams-plain seam, run and fill seam.
- Processes-gathers into a band
- Darts (Knife and box)
- Placket opening (continues, wrap and two piece placket)
- Pen tucks and cross tucks
C. Embroidery – One article of fancy embroidery using at least four stitches.
D. Knitting- Following of knitting instructions preparation of two samples of
knitting with different designs.
E. Tie and Dye (one article)
5 samples using different methods.

Course No.: 202
B.A. II (Home Science)
Semester–IV
Clothing and Textile
976
M. Marks – 45
Int. Assessment -5
Time: – 3 Hrs
Note: Examiners will set nine questions in all, four questions from each unit and
one multiple choice compulsory question covering the whole syllabus.
Students will attempt five questions in all, selecting not more than two from
each unit and one multiple choice compulsory question.
Unit–I
A. Introduction to traditional textiles of India with names and origin.
B. Definition and classification of fiber.
C. Manufacture and properties of different fibers: Cotton, Silk, Polyester, Rayon
D. Soaps and detergents starches, blues and bleaches.
Unit–II
A. Meaning and objectives of application of finishes.
B. Different types of finishes- calendaring bleaching, sizing, mercerizing, pre-
shrieking crease resistant, dyeing and printing.
C. Basic weaves- Plain, Twill, Satin and their variations.
D. Laundry and reagents, acids alkalis solvents and absorbents.
E. Stain removal-Classification of stains, methods of removing different types of
stain.

Practical
A. Taking body measurements.
B. Drafting the following:
Lab – II
1. Child’s bodice block and its adaptation to a gathered frock.
977
M. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 3Hrs
2. Adult’s bodice block and its adaptation to their choice garments
3. Drafting of salwar or petticoat, blouse/nighty and kameez.
C. Drafting and stitching of following garments:
1. Frock gathered with sleeves (3 to 8 years old)
2. Salwar or Petticoat (any one)
3. Kameez or Nighty/Blouse (any one)

Semester-III
DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE,
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
B.A. II – Fashion Designing
Course No. Title Exam.
duration
Max. marks
201 Fashion Designing 3 hrs 50(45 + 5*)
Semester-IV
Lab-1 3 hrs 50
Course No. Title Exam.
duration
Max. marks
202 Fashion Designing 3 hrs 50(45 + 5*)
* Internal Assessment
Lab-I1 3 hrs 50
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
978

Course No: 201
THEORY:
Semester –III
Fashion Designing
979
Max. Marks: 45
Int. Assessment: 5
Exam: 3 hrs
1. Study of costumes through ages in relation to art and fabric, footwear, head
dresses and other accessories during the following periods.
2. Indusvally, Vedic Period, Mourgan & Sunga Period, Satavahana Period,
Kushan Period, Gupta Period, Mughal Period, British Period, Contemporary
Period.
3. Elements and principles of design with special emphasis on colour, colour
scheme
and optical illusion.
4. Role of designer in garment industry.
(a) Interpreting fabric – silhouette, texture and scale of design.
(b)

Lab – I
PRACTICAL:
1. Drafting, cutting and stitching of Apron and Blouse, Petticoat
980
Maximum Marks – 50
Exam: 3 hrs
2. Preparation of samples using various fabric enrichment techniques – Tie &
Dye,
Batik, Block Printing and Stencil Painting.

Course No: 202
THEORY:
Semester –IV
Fashion Designing
981
Max. Marks. 45
Int. Assessment: 5
Exam: 3 hrs
1. Details – Open necklines, fasteners, coordination of design and fabric,
Silhouette
and basic structural features, Design feature and utilization.
2. Developing fasion line – Scope of line.
3. Flat pattern design.
(i) Half scale design and pattern – dress without waistline, emphasis on
sleeves.
(ii) Tailored dresses – Emphasis on decorative details – binding pockets,
collars.
(iii) Formal Wear.
4. Layout and fabric requirement estimate.
5. Basic draping principles and techniques.
(i) Blouse design – Basics and variations of sleeves, neckline and collars.
(ii) Skirt design.
6. An introduction of computer software with special reference to designing and
weave design, figure illustration and visualization.

Lab – II
PRACTICAL:
982
Maximum Marks – 50
Exam: 3 hrs
1. Drafting, Cutting and Stitching of adult garments – Kameez, Salwar and
Churidar,
Kurta Pyjama, Nightie.
2. Computer Application – Introduction to computers, Basic Drawings,
Paintbrush,
Powerpoint, Photoshop and Corel Draw.

Semester-V
DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE,
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
B.A. III – Fashion Designing
Course No. Title Exam. duration Max. marks
301 Fashion Designing 3 hrs 50(45 + 5*)
Semester-VI
Lab-1 3 hrs 50
Course No. Title Exam. duration Max. marks
302 Fashion Designing
* Internal Assessment
983
3 hrs 50(45 + 5*)
Lab-1I 3 hrs 50
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.

Course No: 301
THEORY:
Semester –V
Fashion Designing
1. Garment design and cost production.
(i) Relationship to raw material to unit cost.
(ii) Relationship to time and labour to unit cost.
2. Apparels of unusual design negative and positive aspect.
3. Skills and techniques of salesmanship.
Lab – I
Practical:
1. Method of developing pattern.
(i) Flat pattern method
(ii) Draping
984
Max. Marks. 45
Int. Assessment: 5
Exam: 3 hrs
Maximum Marks – 50
Exam: 3 hrs
2. Designing garments by dart manipulation and various construction method.
3. Construction of five garments using above techniques and calculating cost.

Course No: 302
THEORY:
Semester –VI
Fashion Designing
985
Max. Marks. 45
Int. Assessment: 5
Exam: 3 hrs
Media, Planning, Fashion forecasting, Range development, Production and Quality
Control, Packaging and Labeling of Garments
Computer Application 2D and 3D Design, Pattern Making, Sketching under Corel
Draw, Photoshop and Relative Software.
Lab – II
Practical:
1. Portfolio of latest style both Indian and Western.
Maximum Marks – 50
Exam: 3 hrs
2. Computer Application 2D and 3D Design, Pattern Making, Sketching under
Corel Draw, Photoshop and Relative Software.
3. Project Work.

III – Semester
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
B.A. II – Early Childhood Care and Education
Course Title Exam. Max. marks
No.
duration
Paper-I Guiding Young Children: Principles,
Practices & Programme
3 Hrs. 50 (45+5*)
Lab – I 50
IV – Semester
Course Title Exam. Max. marks
No.
duration
Paper-II Early Childhood Care and Education 3 Hrs. 50 (45+5*)
Lab – II 3 Hrs. 50
* Internal Assessment
Instructions for the Examiner: The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting two question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate: The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as the compulsory question.
Note: After the theory exams, students will be required to undergo “on the job
training” for duration of 4 weeks during summer vacations and submit the report by
the end of autumn break. Viva-voce for ‘on the job Training Report will be held
along with the practical exam of BA Part –II by the same practical examiner and the
internal examiner.
986

Paper-I
Semester – III
Guiding Young Children: Principles, Practices & Programme
987
M.Marks – 45
Int. Assessment - 5
Time: – 3 Hrs
Note: Nine questions to be set in all, at least two from each unit Students will be
required to attempt five questions selecting at least one from each unit and
one compulsory question.
Unit – I
Role of the family in children guidance: A parent’s role, siblings role, common do’s
and don’ts, parental control and regulation during infancy, 3-5 yrs., adult-child
interaction.
Unit – II
Community settings and communication: The urban slum, remote area, village as a
community needs of middle class parents.
Communication through group meetings, draw and dialogue open ended stories,
role, play puppet theatre, use of audio-visuals.
Unit – III
Stimulation and guiding children with behavioral difficulties: Physical motor,
language, social economic areas from infancy to 5 yrs. Dealing with children
exhibiting normal behavior problems (nail biting, bed wetting) developmental delay,
children’ at risk: diagnosing through examination, tests, observation, significance of
early identification, prevention of disabilities through referral, special and
educational institutes.
Unit – IV
Policy and programmes: Social welfare-Historical development: UN, SAARC,
National plan for action for children; policy-making and role of National and
international bodies-Legislation for children; Governmental and non-governmental
programmes, schemes and services and preventive, developmental and
rehabilitative services such as mobile crèches anganwadies, ICDS day-cares, well
baby clinic, Balbhawan and hobby centers.

LAB-I
Practical Experiences:
988
M. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs
1. Visit to any government and non-government programmes.
2. To collect articles, photographs and media materials on selected topics and
arrange exhibitions.
3. Doing profiles on selected agency and organization along given guidelines.
4. Visit to child guidance clinic. Develop play materials.
Note: Any two experiences may be given per student and evaluated.

Paper-II
Semester – IV
Early Childhood Care and Education
989
Marks – 45
Int. Assessment - 5
Time: – 3 Hrs
Note: Nine questions to be set in all, at least two from each unit Students will
be required to attempt five questions selecting at least one from each
unit and one compulsory question.
Unit – I
History, goals, and objectives and important of early childhood care Education,
Learning among young children: definition principles, methods of it, how to make
learning effective, and role of teacher in promoting it.
Play and its characteristics, theory of play, types, role of play in development.
Unit – II
Curricula and institutions of Early Childhood Care and Education:
A. Day-Care centers, crèches, pre-school, play centers, non-formal pre-school
education.
B. What is developmentally appropriate curriculum and guidelines for it and
teacher-child interaction.
Unit – III
Importance, planning, implementing and evaluation the programme, developmental
assessment of young children. Children with special needs: Teacher’s role in
helping, working with parents and guiding through parent education programmes.
Unit – IV
Organization and management of early childhood care and education centres.
Philosophy and goals in management of ECCE.
- Setting up and running the centre: locality, building, furniture, equipment,
material, organizing indoors and outdoors spaces; personal: Qualification
responsibilities, skill and competencies of supervisor/teacher.
- Day care worker, supportive staff, experts and administrative personal.
- Records and reports of children, staff and office.
- Management of resources viz. finance, time and referral and support
services.
- Supervisory programmes: Applications, quality control, team analysis for
identifying strength and weakness, Legislation concerning programmes for
young children.

LAB-II
Practical:
990
M. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs
1. Prepare a blue-print of indoor/outdoor space utilization for a day care centre.
2. Observing programme, children, and personal in local centres.
3. Orientation to various records and reports, identifying gaps and proposing
recommendations.
4. Assessment of student (Self-appraisal)
5. Reports of various institutions, discussions on projects and presentations of
case studies.

SYLLABUS FOR
B.Sc. CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
SEMESTER – V
w.e.f 2011-12
Sr. Course No Paper Title Exam Maximum Marks
No.
Duration Ext. Int. Total
1 301 Food Service Management -
II
3Hrs 45 5 50
2 302 Dietetics – II 3Hrs 45 5 50
Lab. – I**
SEMESTER – VI
S. Course
Paper Title Exam Maximum Marks
No No
Duration Ext. Int. Total
1 303 Community Nutrition 3Hrs 45 5 50
2 304 Personnel Management &
Financial Management
991
3Hrs 45 5 50
3 305 Lab. – I** 3Hrs 50** 50**
4 306 Lab. – II** 3Hrs 50** 50**
* Internal Assessment
** The practical examination will be conducted at the end of VIth Semester
consisting of Vth and VI semester both of 50 marks for each semester.

Paper: 301
B.Sc. CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
SEMESTER - V
PAPER - I
Food Service Management – II
992
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.
Maximum Marks: 45+5=50
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EXAMINER: The examiner will set nine questions in
all, selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES: The candidate will attempt five
questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory
question.
UNIT – I
1. Organization and Management
- Definition and types of organization
- Definition , Principles and functions of catering management
2. Tools of Management
- Organization Chart
- Communiation
3. Management of Resources
- Money, Space, Materials, Equipments, Staff, Time, Energy Procedures.
UNIT – II
4. Food Management
- Characteristics of food
- Quality, quantitative aspect of quality
- Sensory qualities
- Nutritional qualities
- Food recommended for use in canteens, Lunch rooms & Kiosks.
5. Food Purchasing
- Food buyer
- Purchasing activity
- Buying Food
6. Receiving & storage of food
- Receiving
- Storage
7. Food Production
- Food production system
- Food production process
- Effective use of left over.

Paper: 302
B.Sc. CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
SEMESTER - V
PAPER - II
DIETETICS – II
993
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.
Maximum Marks: 45+5=50
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EXAMINER: The examiner will set nine questions in
all, selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES: The candidate will attempt five
questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory
question.
1. Role of Dietitian
UNIT – I
2. Diet Therapy: Routine hospital diet, Regular diet, Light diet, Soft Diet, Full
liquid diet.
3. Diet in fevers and infections – Typhoid, Malaria and Tuberculosis.
4. Diet in gastro intestinal disorders: Diarrhea, Constipation, Peptic ulcer
UNIT – I
5. Diet in Diabetes mellitus – Classification, predisposing factors, Diagnosis,
Dietary management.
6. Diet in Cardiovascular diseases – Dietary management in Atherosclerosis
and hypertension.
7. Diet in diseases of liver and gall bladder.
8. Diet in Renal diseases
- Dietary Management in Glomar ulonephritis
- Acute and chronic renal failure.

Paper: 303
B.Sc. CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
SEMESTER - VI
PAPER - I
COMMUNITY NUTRITION
994
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.
Maximum Marks: 45+5=50
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EXAMINER: The examiner will set nine questions in
all, selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES: The candidate will attempt five
questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory
question.
1. Concept of Community Nutrition
UNIT – I
2. Nutritional problems confronting our country
- Causes of mal nutrition in India
3. Methods of assessment of nutritional status
4. Malnutrition & Infection.
UNIT – I
5. National and International agencies in community nutrition
ICDS, SNP, AMP, WHO, UNICEF, NIN, CFTRI
6. Nutrition Education:
- Importance of nutrition education
- Nutrition education methods: - Posters, Charts, Audio visual aids, lectures
7. Strategies to combat Nutritional problems –
- Fortification, supplementation
- Immunization Programme
8. Breast Feeding and its advantages:
- Weaning foods
- Importance of correct and timely weaning

Paper: 304
B.Sc. CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
SEMESTER - VI
PAPER - II
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
&
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
995
Duration of Exam. : 3 Hrs.
Maximum Marks: 45+5=50
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE EXAMINER: The examiner will set nine questions in
all, selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATES: The candidate will attempt five
questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory
question.
1. Personnel Management:
- Development of Policies
- Personnel Policies
UNIT – I
2. Recruitment, selection and Induction
3. Employees facilities and benefits:
- Physical needs, physiological needs and socio –psychological needs
- Welfare schemes in India
4. Training and development
UNIT – II
5. Financial management: Definition and scope.
6. Cost concept and cost control:
- Food Cost Control
- Factors responsible for losses
- Methods of controlling food cost
7. Pricing:
- Methods of pricing
- Factors affecting pricing
- Pricing decisions
8. Book keeping and Accounting:
- Book keeping
- System of Book keeping
- Book of Accounts.

LAB-I**
Paper: 305
B.Sc. CLINICAL NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
SEMESTER - V
1. Planning and preparation of diet in fever
996
M. Marks: 50 + 50
Duration of Exam: 3 + 3 Hrs
2. Planning and preparation of diet in constipation and peptic ulcer
3. Planning and preparation of diet in hypertension
Two sessions
4. Planning and preparation of diet for Insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
5. Planning and preparation of diet in kidney failure.
LAB-II**
Paper: 306
LAB-II
1. Preparation of visual aids – Charts, posters, models etc.
2. Use of anthropometric measurement in children.
3. Preparation of low cost recipes
4. Planning a cycle menu
5. Visit to: Hospital to observe nutritional deficiencies.

Sr. No Paper Paper Title
SYLLABUS FOR B.SC. (FASHION DESIGNING)
V SEMESTER
997
Marks
Exam Int.
Ass
1 301 History of World Costumes(Th) 45 05 50
2 302 Apparel Manufacturing
Technology(Th)
3 303 Pattern & Marker Making on
computer(Prac)
Total
Marks
Exam
Duration
3Hrs
45 05 50 3Hrs
90 10 100 3Hrs
4 304 Pattern Making-III(Prac) 90 10 100 3Hrs
5 305 Project report 50 50
Total 350
Sr. No Paper Paper Title
VI SEMESTER
1 306 Marketing and merchandising
(Th) (Practical)
Marks
Exam Int.
Ass
45
45
05
05
Total
Marks
50
50
Exam
Duration
3Hrs
3Hrs
2 307 Line Development (Pr) 100 100 200 3Hrs
3 308 Garment Construction – III(Prac) 90 10 100 3Hrs
4 309 Internship 50 50 3Hrs
Total 450

Instructions for Paper Setters:
301 HISTORY OF WORLD COSTUMES.
� There will be nine questions carrying equal marks. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory carrying short answer type questions, fill in the blanks or
true/false.
� The remaining eight questions will be set from Section A&B. Three questions
from each section. The candidate is required to attempt 5 questions in all
Objectives :
To acquaint the students with different types of World and Indian Costumes of
different periods
THEORY
Section-A
1. Study of World Costume during following periods
� Babylonia
� Assyria
� Crete
� Egyptian
� Greek
Section -B
� Roman
� Byzantine
� French –
Middle Ages
Renaissance
French Revolution
Romantic Period
Project Report :
� Presentation of Costumes of different periods
� Visit to Museum
References :
998
Total Marks : 50
Exam : 45
Int. Ass.: 05
Time : 3 hrs.
� Kumar Ritu, “Costumes and Textiles of Royal India”, Christies Book Ltd.,
London, 1999.
� Gurey G.S., “Indian Costumes”, The popular Book Depot
� Mehta R.J., “Master pieces of Indian Textiles”, Taraporevala Sons & Co. Pvt.
Ltd., Mumbai, 1960.

� Bina Abling, “Costumes”
� Deborah Nadoolman, “Dressed – A Century of Hollywood Costumes”
The Pepin Press, “Renaissance”.
302 APPAREL MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
Instructions for Paper Setters :
THEORY
� There will be nine questions carrying equal marks.Question No. 1 will be
compulsory carrying short answer type questions, fill in the blanks or
true/false.
� The remaining eight questions will be set from Section A&B. Three questions
from each section. The candidate is required to attempt 5 question in all.
Objectives :
� To Acquaint students with various machines used in apparel industry.
To impart quality consciousness and awareness of quality parameter required for
apparel quality products
THEORY
Section-A
999
Total Marks : 50
Exam : 45
Int. Ass.: 05
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Introduction to entrepreneurship development-steps in setting up an
enterprise.
2. Work flow and brief study of various department of apparel manufacturing
unit.
3. Introduction to quality control-definition of quality, importance of quality
assurance, stages of quality control in apparel industry.
4. Garment inspection using different methods.
5. Packaging – Importance and various materials used for packaging.
Section-B
6. Care labels, care labeling systems, Eco labeling
7. Applying quality assurance programmes in fabric department, cutting
department, production and finishing department.
8. Different types of Industrial sewing machines, and their uses
9. Special purpose machines
10. Study of different department of an Apparel Manufacturing Unit.

� Visit to an industry to impart knowledge about
a) Industrial Sewing Machines
b) Special purpose machines.
References :
� Mehta, V. Pradip, “Quality Control in Apparel Industry”, NIFT Pub., New
Delhi, 2001.
� Carr Harold and Latham Barbara, “The Technology of Clothing Manufacture”,
Oxford Pub. USA, 1994.
� Cooklin Gerry, “Introduction to Clothing Manufacture”, Blackwell Science,
UK, 1991.
� Chutler AJ, “Introduction to Clothing Production Management”, Blackwell
Science, UK, 1998.
� Ruth EC, “Apparel Manufacturing and Sewn Product Analysis”.
303 PATTERN AND MARKER MAKING ON COMPUTER
Instructions for Paper Setters :
PRACTICAL
� There will be two question in all each carrying 35 marks.
� Each question can be sub-divided into parts according to the paper setters.
Objectives :
� To apply the knowledge of pattern making software for making patterns and
grading.
PRACTICAL
1000
Total Marks : 100
Exam : 90
Int. Ass.: 10
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Sloper development for bodice – block with basic sleeve block, trouser, shirt,
one piece dress, overcoat, manipulation of single dart series, seams and
seams allowances.
2. Basic principles of marker making on computer (cutting and layout)
3. Cross marking and notching

4. Manipulating grain line
5. Grading
6. Practice exercises
References :
� Veisinet DD, “Computer Aided Drafting and Design – Concept and
Application”, 1987.
� Taylor P. “Computers in Fashion Industry”, Heinemann Pub. 1990.
� Aldrieh Winfred, “CAD in Clothing and Textile”, Blackwell Science 1994.
304 PATTERN MAKING-III(PRACTICAL)
Section-A
� Test fit of different patterns on dress form.
� Preparation of basic blocks – children, men & women.
Developing patterns through-
� Dart manipulation – single dart, multiple dart,
� Princess lines
� Yokes
� Fullness (gather, pleats & tucks),
� Contouring pattern (wrap, off shoulder, halter ,cowl).
Section-B
� Draping of basic bodice block-Front and Back
� Draping of Top with Halter
� Draping of top with princess line
� Draping of Top with off shoulder design
1001
Total Marks : 100
Exam : 90
Int. Ass.: 10
Time : 3 hrs.

References :
� Jaffe Hilde and Relis Nurie, “Draping for Fashion Design”, Prentice Hall
� Crawford Amaden, “The Art of Fashion Draping”, Fairchild Publishers
� Goulbourn Margartha “Introducing Pattern Cutting, Grading and Modelling”,
Bastsford Pub. UK.
� Shoben Martin, “Grading”, Batsford Pub. UK.
� Price Jeanne and Zamkoff Bernard”, Grading techniques for Modern
Design”, Fairchild Pub.
� Helen Joseph- Armstrong “Pattern making for Fashion Design” Published by
Dorling Kindersley(India) Pvt. Ltd.
305 PROJECT REPORT
� Project related to any fashion Designing Topic
OBJECTIVES:
SEMESTER -VI
306 MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING
� To acquaint students with knowledge of marketing & its environment.
� To make them understand the importance of fashion forecasting.
THEORY
SECTION – A
1002
Int. Ass.: 50
Total Marks: 50
Exam : 45
Int. Ass.: 05
Time : 3 hrs.
� Marketing terminology : marketing, market niche, target customers, customer,
vendor, supplier, franchise, market research, sales, mood board.

� Fashion market, introduction to marketing environment( macro & micro).
� Sales promotion techniques.
� Retailing- introduction, different retail operations, factors affecting retailing.
� Fashion forecasting – Process, sources of fashion forecasting information.
SECTION - B
� Merchandising – introduction, role of merchandiser, types of merchandising.
� Export documentation – export marketing, global scenario.
� Export and import policies.
� Prospects of Indian apparel in overseas market.
� Importance of textile industry in Indian economy
PRACTICAL
1003
Total Marks: 50
Exam: 40
Int. Ass: 10
Time : 3 hrs.
� Survey on famous brands available in market for men, women & children.
� Sourcing of fabrics, fasteners and trims.
� Layout, design and illustration for different kinds of store displays.
� Window display for a specific store and boutique.
� Thematic window display.

REFERENCES
� Eascy M., " Fashion Marketing" Blackwell Science, 1994.
� Kotler Philip, " Marketing Management " prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2000.
� J. Jarnow and K.G. dickerson, " Inside the Fashion Business", Prentice Hall,
1997.
� Elaine Stone, Jean A Samples, "Fashion Merchandising", Mc Graw Hill book,
1985.
� Colbornbe Robert, " Visual Merchandising; The Business of Merchandise
Presentaion", Thomson Delinar Learning, USA.
1004

Instructions :
307 LINE DEVELOPMENT
� The assessment of the line development will be done by an Internal and
External Jury.
� 150 marks for the Internal Jury. The internal jury will judge all the steps of the
Design Process as shown below .
� 50 marks for External Jury. Students will present their creations on their
models. The jury members will judge the presentation.
� A fashion show may be held for the audience later. This will not carry any
marks.
Objectives :
� To make students understand the importance of portfolios.
� To impart skills of portfolio presentation.
PRACTICAL
Total Marks : 200
Internal: 100
External: 100
Time : 3 hrs.
� Study of Fashion Forecast
� Conceptualization of theme, mood board, designing, fabric sourcing, pattern
development, construction and show casing.
� Moodboard; theme 10 marks
� Philosophy ; Story board 10 marks
� Concept Board; work sheets; spec sheets 10 marks
� Sourcing 10 marks
� Fabric Development 10 marks
� Illustrations 10 marks
� Proto Type 20 marks
� Collection 20 marks
References :
� Ireland Patrick John, “Fashion Design Drawing and Presentation”, B T
Batsford, London, 1996.
� Elizabeth Drudi, “Figure Drawing for Fashion Design”, The Pepin Press.
� Allen and Seaman, “Fashion Drawing. The Basic Principles”, B T Batsford,
London
� Ritu, “Fashion Design and illustrations” Indica Pulishers.
1005

� Beasley Alison, “computer Aided Pattern Design and Product Development”,
Blackwell Science, UK.
Magazines – Vogue, Cosmopolitan, Fashion Bloom, Wedding Affair, Elle, Vivaha,
Images.
Objectives :
308 GARMENT CONSTRUCTION - III
� To introduce concept of advance garment construction.
PRACTICAL
� Drafting and construction of :
� Bushirt & Pyjama with Inseam Pocket
� Night Suit, Nighty & Gown
� Churidaar
� Circular Skirt
� Top with dart manipulation
� Cholicut Blouse
� Trousers
� Men’s Shirt
� Jacket with hood
� Evening gowns
References :
1006
Total Marks : 100
Exam : 90
Internal : 10
Time : 3 hrs.
� Thomas Anna Jacob, “The art of Sewing”, USB Publishers, New Delhi.
� Readers Digest Sewing Book
� Verma G., “Cutting and Tailoring Theory” Asian Publishers, Delhi.

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
Practical / Lab based Courses
SEMESTER-V
Code No. Subject Marks Time
BFAD-151 World Costumes 135+15* 3 hrs.
BFAD-152 Retailing & Fashion
Promotion
BFAD-351 Grading 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-352 Textile Designing 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-353 Color & Texture 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-354 Traditional Indian
Embroideries
50 3 hrs.
BFAD-355 CAD-II 50 3 hrs.
TOTAL 550
* Internal Assessment
1007
135+15* 3 hrs.

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-V
WORLD COSTUMES
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-151 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 135
Int. Assesment: 15
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions
from each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q. No. 1 will be
compulsory and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
� To understand the characteristics of the costumes of various parts of the
world like: Egypt, Crete & Greece, Rome.
� To study the changes happened in clothing style of
1. Ancient Egypt.
2. Germanic ( Pre-history & easy times)
3. Ancient Greece
4. Ancient Rome.
5. Byzantine – middle age.
6. Romanesque.
7. Gothic.
Unit-II
� Modern age:-
1. Renaissance - Renaissance fashion
Spanish fashion.
Netherlands fashion.
� Recent Times:-
1. Neoclassicism - English fashion.
Director & Empire.
Biederineier.
1008

2. Romanticism - Neo – Rococo.
The Victorian Era.
3. Art Novean - Belle Époque.
Reform - Art Novean.
� Present Day :- 20 th century
1. The Twenties.
2. The Thirties.
3. The Forties.
4. The Fifties.
5. The sixties.
6. The seventies.
7. The eighties.
8. The nineties.
� Theme Presentation.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Phyllis Tortora Keith Eu Bank. Survey of Historic costumes.
� Laver James, Thames and Hudson. Costume and Fashion-A Concise
History, 2002.
� Payinne. History of Costume.
� Cassin Scott Jack. The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Costume and Fashion
from 1066 to Present. Brockhampton Press, 1997.
� Cuming Valerie and Ribeiro Aileen. The Visual History of Costume, Batsford,
2002.
� Walter Huchinson. Costumes of World (Vol. II).
1009

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-V
RETAILING AND FASHION PROMOTION
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-152 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 135
Int. Assesment: 15
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions
from each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q. No. 1 will be
compulsory and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
� Retailing
1. Introduction to fashion retailing:-fashion retailing in the past and its
changing dimensions
2. Types of retailers and ownerships: - specialty stores, department stores,
mass stores, promotional stores, multiple-unit store (chain, department
store group), retail organization (small and large store), discount retailing,
mail order houses.
3. Elements of retail mix
4. Retail strategies:- value directed retailing, service oriented retailing,
unique merchandising, shopping as entertainment, main street retailing,
global expansion
5. Retail pricing:- role of price decision within marketing strategies, external
and internal factors influencing price decision, main methods of setting
prices, pricing strategies for new products, price changes.
6. Record keeping: - unit control, inventory and physical control.
1010

Unit -II
� Fashion promotion
1. Planning and direction
2. Fashion advertising :- kinds of advertising, co-operative advertising,
scheduling and planning, media
3. Publicity: - campaigning, special events and fashion shows.
� Visual merchandising
1. Store planning and design.
2. Windows & interiors,
3. Elements of visual merchandising.
4. Departments and evaluations.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Frings, Gini Stephens. Fashion: from concept to consumer. Pearson
publication, 6 th edition.
� Ellen diamond. Fashion retailing. Pearson publication, 2 nd edition.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-V
GRADING
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-351 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Pattern Grading Fundamentals: Introduction, Pattern terminology, Grading
terminology, Grade distribution
� Grading on the Cartesian Graph: The Cartesian graph, Cardinal points,
Pattern orientation, developing grade rules.
� Methods of grading: Manual, machine and computer grading.
� Grading for the Basic Pattern Blocks: Grading procedures; bodice front,
bodice back with shoulder dart, sleeve, skirt front and back, pant front and
back
� Grading various style patterns: Princess line bodice, circular skirt full roll
collar etc.
� Grading with specification chart
1011

REFERENCES
Text books:
� Cooklin G. Pattern grading for women’s clothes. Blackwell Scientific
Publications, London
� Price. J. & Zamkoff, B. Grading techniques for modern designs. Fairchild
publications New York.
� Scheier, M. The ABC’s of grading. Bronville New York.
� Goulbourn Margartha. “Introducing Pattern Cutting, Grading and Modelling”,
Batsford Pub. UK.
� Shoben Maartin. “Grading”, Batsford Pub. UK.
� Price Jeanneand Zamkoff Bernard. “Grading Techniques for Modren
Design”, Fair child Pub.
1012

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-V
TEXTILE DESIGNING
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-352 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Role of Textile Designer
� Types of Printed textile Designs: Motifs, styles and layouts; one way, two
way, four way and tossed.
� Design development by manipulating motif and its components: Spot
designs. Border designs, all over designs and pallove designs.
� Textile designs from different parts of the world: Indian, oriental African,
American, European, Persian etc.
� Stylization of motifs from nature; floral, animal, marine etc.
� Different layout techniques for repeats: for border patterns and all over
patterns
� Experiments with colour combinations and colour ways
� Rendering techniques: Swatch collection and development of designs from
swatches
� Theme based design development: for men, women’s and kid’s wear
(selection of motif, arrangement of motifs, swatch preparation and illustration
of design on croque)
� Development of designs for block, screen, yarn dyed and jacquard designs
REFERENCES
Text books:
� A handbook of Designers, Mary Paul Yates .W.W.Norton and Co
� African Printed Textile Designs. Diana V., Horne Stemmer House
� Textiles: A Handbook for Designers. Mary Paul Yates. W.W> Norton and Co.
1013

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-V
COLOUR & TEXTURE
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-353 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Introduction :- Basic Rendering techniques;
1. Patterns:- Stripes, checks, Prints, texture.
� Rendering material / texture:-
1. Denim,
2. Felt,
3. Gauze,
4. Net,
5. Velvet,
6. Knits,
7. Fur,
8. Silk,
9. Wool.
� Rendering Garments ( 2D & 3D) :-
1. Garment details;- gathers, folds, pleats, tuks.
2. Draping garments
3. Women’s wear;- Trousers, Dress, Salwar- kameez, Coats & Jackets,
Sari
4. Men’s wear;- Shirt, Trouser, Coat & blazer.
5. Children’s wear
� Accessories :- To be prepared in collage form:-
1. Hats
2. Scarves
3. Bags
4. Belts
5. Shoes
6. Gloves
7. Sunglasses
� Jewellery (basic drawing & rendering):-
1. Necklace
2. Ear rings
3. Nose ring
4. Armlet
5. Finger ring
1014

REFRENCES
Text books:
� Bina Abling, Fashion Sketch Book, Fairchild publications.
� Seaman Julian. Foundation in Fashion Designing and Illustration, BT
Batsford. 2001.
� Mary Ganthe. Fashion and Color, Rock port publishers.
� Sumathi G.J. Elements of Fashion and Apparel Design, New age
International.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-V
TRADITIONAL INDIAN EMBROIDERIES
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-354 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Making samples of:-
1. Kantha of Bengal
2. Phulkari of Punjab
3. Kasuti of Karnataka
4. Kasida of Kashmir
5. Chamba Rumal of Himachal Pradesh
6. Chikankari & zardozi of Uttar Pradresh
7. Sindhi and Abla Bhart of Gujarat
8. Appliqué work of Orissa
9. Manipuri Embroidery
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Jasleen Dhamija. Hand Woven Fabrics of India. Mapin Publishing, Pvt Ltd,
1989.
� Savitri Pandit. Indian Embroideries.
� Kamala Devi Chattopadhyaya. Indian Embroideries. Wiley Eastern Ltd, New
Delhi, 1977.
� Barbara Snooke B,T. Encyclopedia of Needle Work. Bate ford Ltd. Heartside
Press.
� Pevel. Learning to Embroideries. Publications INC New York.
1015

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-V
CAD-II
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-355 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Design & Repeat.
� Fabric design.
� Texture Mapping
� Color ways (color separation).
� Weave.
� Spec. Creation
� Story Boards.
REFERENCES
� Tutorials on Reach Fashion Studio, Reach CAD, Reach Style Manager.
� Beazley Alison and Bond Terry, Computer Aided Design and Product
Development, Blackwell, 2003.
1016

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
Code No. Subject Marks Time
BFAD-321 Fashion Communication 135+15* 3 hrs.
BFAD-322 Entrepreneurship 135+15* 3 hrs.
BFAD-323 Apparel Production
Technology-II
Practical / Lab based Courses
BFAD-371 Surface Ornamentation 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-372 Portfolio Development-1 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-373 Accessory Designing 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-374 Project Work 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-375 CAD-III 50 3 hrs.
TOTAL 700
* Internal Assessment
1017
135+15* 3 hrs.

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
FASHION COMMUNICATION
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-321 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 135
Int. Assesment: 15
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions
from each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be
compulsory and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit- I
� Understanding clothing:-Purpose of clothing.
1. Protection of clothing
2. Modesty
3. Attraction and communication.
� Clothing culture & communication, men and women’s clothing, role and
status of clothing.
� Consumer behavior:-
1. Factors influencing consumer buying behavior; - age, gender, balance,
location, work, wealth, consumer profile, psychographic and motivation,
other psychological approaches.
� PR and its importance in fashion:-
1. Role of fashion PR
2. PR method for fashion
3. Event planning
4. Wardrobe consultation
5. Trend forecasting
Unit-II
1018

� Organization of fashion shows:-
1. Types of fashion shows
2. Check points for fashion shows
3. Fashion designers and their work
4. National and international.
� PR in future.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Blythe Jim. Marketing Communication. Pearson education. 2000.
� Boyd Jr Westfall Starch. Marketing Research. Text and cases.
� Costabtino Maria. Fashion Marketing and PR. Bt B Atsford ltd.1998.
� Koiter. Marketing Management. Pearson education. 2003.
� Mike Easey. Fashion Marketing, Blackwell Science. 2002.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-322 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 135
Int. Assesment: 15
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions
from each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be
compulsory and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two
questions from each unit.
1019

Unit-I
� Introduction to entrepreneurship development and factors influencing
entrepreneurship
� Entrepreneurial environment and its analysis
� Government policies for setting up new enterprises
� Opportunities in services service industries commercial banks and financial
institutions
� Planning SSI
1. Planning: its importance, types and steps of planning
2. Steps of planning SSI
3. Technical dimensions for setting up an enterprise
Unit-II
� Forms of business organizations
1. Forms of ownership
2. Sole proprietorship
3. Partnership
4. Co-operative society
5. Joint-stock company
6. Public and private limited companies
� Problems of small industry
1. Power shortages
2. Project planning
3. Finance
4. Raw material
5. Production constraints
6. Regulations
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Harward Business Review on Entrepreneurship. Harward Business school
press.
� Abrams Grant Pass. Entrepreneurship: Strategies & Resources. 2 nd edition.
Oregon: oasis press.
� David H. Bangs. The Business Planning Guide. Upstar Publishing Company,
Chicago.
� Marc J. Dollinger. Entrepreneurship: Strategies & Resources.
� Robert D. Hisrich Peters. Entrepreneurship. Tata-Mc Graw Hill.
1020

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
APPAREL PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY-II
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-323 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 135
Int. Assesment: 15
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions
and spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions
from each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be
compulsory and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two
questions from each unit.
Unit-I
� Fusing technology:-
1. Support material & their importance.
2. Base cloth
3. Coating system machinery and equipment
4. Quality control
� Sewing technology:-
1. Components of sewing; - stitches, seams, feed system, threads, ticket
number.
� Basic sewing machines: - general sewing, over locking, safety stitching, blind
stitching, button holes, bastacking, button sewing special sewing machine.
� Finishing and pressing process, trimming finishing process.
Unit-II
� Production technology:-
1. Common characteristics of production systems.
2. Manual system.
3. Making through
4. Section or process system
5. Progressive bundle system
6. Mechanical transport system
1021

7. Selective conveyor belt system
8. Unit production system
9. Quick response system
� Quality control from design dispatch:-
1. Introduction to quality control
2. Purpose
3. Quality definition
4. Sampling
5. Terms
6. Characteristics
� Quality control department and its functions:-
1. Quality level
2. Quality specification
3. Tolerances
4. NACERAP
5. ISO 9000 and total quality management
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Carr & Latham (IV ED.). Technology of Clothing Manufacture
� Gerry Conklin (II ED.). Introduction to Clothing Manufacture
1022

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
SURFACE ORNAMENTATION
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-371 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Quilting & Patch work: - Introduction, tools, material, techniques and types
of embroidery – Cut work, Cross stitch, couching, Glass work, drawn thread
work.
� Crochet: - Introduction, tools, material, techniques and types – Single,
double, circular, making crochet samples.
� Special techniques: - Smocking, ribbon work, beads and sequence work,
hand fabric painting, nail weaving.
� Developing one product based on techniques of Surface Ornamentation (one
or more).
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Shallaja Naik. “Traditional Embroideries of India”, APH Publishing
Corporation, NewDelhi. 1996.
� Snook Barbra. “Creative Art of Embroidery”, Numbley Pub. Group Ltd,
London 1972.
� Mathew Anne. “Vouge Dictionary of Crochet Stitches”, David and Charles,
London 1989.
� Anand, M. R. “Textiles and Embroideries of India”, Marg Publications,
Bombay, 1965.
1023

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT-1
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-372 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
Unit-I
� Developing portfolio for mass production
1. Male –
� Casual wear
� Formal wear
� Party wear
� Sportswear
� Power wear
� Preparation of -spec sheet, swatch sheet, flat sketch sheet
2. Kids –
� Casual wear
� Formal wear
� Party wear
� Sportswear
� Power wear
� Preparation of -spec sheet, swatch sheet, flat sketch sheet
Unit-II
� Developing portfolio for High Fashion
1. Mood board preparation for male:- Preparation of Inspiration sheet,
Theme sheet, Forecast color sheet, Client profile sheet, Design
Preparation sheet, construction of any one garment with spec sheet.
2. Mood board preparation for kids:- Preparation of Inspiration sheet, Theme
sheet, Forecast color sheet, Client profile sheet, Design Preparation
sheet, construction of any one garment with spec sheet.
1024

REFERENCES
Text books:
� Bina Abling. Fashion Illustration.
� Harold Carr. Fashion Design & Product Development.
� Marian L. Davis. Visual Design & Dress.
� Linda Tain. Portfolio Presentation for Fashion Designers, 2 nd Edition.
Magazines/ Journals:
� Global Apparel
� Image Business of Fashion.
� INDIA Vogue/INTERNATIONAL VOGUE
� Fashion ELLE
� In touch with fashion
� Hi-blitz
� Moda
� Glad rags
� Brides Now
1025

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
ACCESSORY DESIGNING
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-373 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Introduction to accessory design: - various types of shoes, handbags, hats
and gloves etc.
� Collection of materials related to the accessories based on different themes:
- tribal, ethnic, contemporary, traditional, and fusion (file work with theory,
picture sample).
� Collection and presentation of materials related to the accessories based on
different themes: - tribal, ethnic, contemporary, traditional, and fusion (file
work with articles).
� To create accessories from each theme (head dress, foot wears, handbags,
jewelry, belts, gloves etc).
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Jay Diamond, Ellen Diamond. .Fashion Apparel and Accessories.
� France Borel. The Splendor of Ethnic Jewelry. NJ Abram Inc, New York.
� Mookherjee Ajit. 5000 Designs and Motifs from India. Dover Publications
Inc., 1996.
� Judith Rasband. Strategies for Women. Delmar Publishers London.
� Mc Jimsey and Harriet. Art and Clothing Selection. Iowa State University
Press, Jowa.
� Jacob Solinger. Apparel Manufacturers Handbook.
1026

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
PROJECT WORK
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-374 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Visit to the Craft Mela/Handicraft Unit/Handicraft Cottage Industry.
� Documentation of the Craft Mela/Handicraft Unit/Handicraft Cottage Industry.
� Adaptation of traditional designs from craft items and modifying as per
modern trends.
� Development of any utility craft items.
� Documentation and project proposal for developed utility craft item.
� Presentation.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Douglas Bullis. Fashion Asia, Thames and Hudson. 2000.
� Polhemus Ted. Style Surfing, What To Wear in 3 rd Millennium, Thames and
Hudson, 1996.
� Mookherjee Ajit. 5000 Designs and Motifs From India, Dover Publications
Inc., 1996.
� Prakash K. Ideas – Rajasthan Folk Art, English Edition, 2003.
� Walter Hutinson, Costumes of the World.
1027

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VI
CAD-III
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-375 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Pattern Making.
� Grading (skirt, trouser, shirt, girls top, etc).
� Marker Making
1. Marker making of one garment.
2. Marker making of various garments having same size.
3. Marker making of various garments of different sizes.
1028

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VII
Practical / Lab based Courses
Code No. Subject Marks Time
BFAD-
401
Internship 50 3 hrs.
TOTAL 50
1029

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VII
INTERNSHIP
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-401 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Viva voce: 25
Internship report: 25
� Acquiring full knowledge about the export house
1. The total strength
2. The working class
3. The labour class
4. Total number of unit
� Merchandising unit
1. Merchandiser
2. Types of work
3. Orders
4. Samples
5. Calculations
6. Cost sheet
7. Cost and benefit analysis
� Sampling unit
1. Samples created
2. Lab dips
3. File maintenance
4. Mil record
� Accounts unit
1. Expenses
2. Projects
3. Export receipts
� Production unit
1. From receiving design to manufacturing of sample
2. Role of pattern master
3. Garment construction team
4. Ironing team
5. Chemical washing team
6. Embroidery unit
� Designing unit
1030

1. Specifying needs of buyers
2. Designing sketches
3. Creating sample
4. Production in bulk
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Crap and Latham. The Technology of Clothing Manufacture.
� Mike Easy. Fashion Marketing.
� Frings. Fashion from Concept to Consumer.
� Vidyasagar. Textile Technology.
1031

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VIII
Practical / Lab based Courses
Code No. Subject Marks Time
BFAD-471 Portfolio Development- II 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-472 Design Studio preparations
& Fashion Show
1032
50 3 hrs.
TOTAL 100

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VIII
PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT- II
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-471 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
Unit 1
� Developing portfolio for mass production
1. Female –
� Casual wear
� Formal wear
� Party wear
� Sportswear
� Party Wear
� Preparation of- spec sheet, swatch sheet, flat sketch sheet
� Developing portfolio for High Fashion
� Mood board preparation for Female
1. Preparation of Inspiration sheet, Theme sheet, Forecast color sheet,
Client profile sheet, Design Preparation sheet, construction of any one
garment with spec sheet
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Bina Abling, Fashion Sketch Book, Fairchild publications,1994
� Druid Elisabeth and Pace Tiziana, Figure Drawing for Fashion design, Peplin
Press,2004
� Ireland Patrick John, Fashion Design Drawing and presentation,
Batsford,2005
� Mckelvy Kathrynanad Munslow Janine, Illustrating Fashion, Blackwell
Publishing,2004
� Ray Smith, Drawing figures, Dorling Kindersley, 1994.
� Catwalking, Harriot Quick.
� Catwalk, Snadra Moir, Supermodel.
� Borelli Laird , Fashion Illustration Now , Thomas and Hudson Publishers , 2003
� Ireland Patrick John , Fashion Design Drawing and Presentation , bats ford
,2005
1033

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-VIII
DESIGN STUDIO PREPARATIONS & FASHION SHOW
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-472 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Selection and evaluation of designs for different groups (male/female/child)
according to theme.
� Construction of selected designs.
� Design presentation through Fashion Show.
� Exhibition-cum-sale of prepared garments and accessories.
� Fashion photography: - principles, types, application, history.
� Light and light sensitive materials, films, techniques of recordings.
� Camera: - types, accessories, uses and essential parts of camera.
� Assignment on indoor and outdoor shoots.
� Visit to a studio.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Billy Pegram. Fashion Model Photography by
� Cathy Joseph. Outdoor Lightning-Fashion and Glamour. AVA Publishing,
2003.
� Catwalking, Harriot Quick.
� Catwalk, Snadra Moir, Supermodel.
� Fruits, Phaidon.
Magazines/ Journals:
� Global Apparel
� Image Business of Fashion.
� INDIA Vogue/INTERNATIONAL VOGUE
� Fashion ELLE
� Moda
1034

Semester-I
DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
B.A. I – SYLLABUS HOME-SCIENCE
Course No. Title Exam. duration Max. marks
B.Sc./B.A
101 Family Resource
Management
3 Hrs 50 (40+10*)
Lab - I 3 hrs 50
* Internal Assessment
Semester-II
Course No. Title Exam. duration Max. marks
B.Sc./B.A
102 Health & Hygiene 3 Hrs 50 (40+10*)
* Internal Assessment
Lab - II 3 hrs 50
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
1035

Course No 101
BA –I Home Science
Semester - I
Family Resource Management
M.Marks : 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Duration of Exam:- 3Hrs
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
Unit-I
I Concept and scope of Home Science (including Job opportunities).
II Elements and Principles of art
III Colour - Characteristics and different schemes
IV Layout of different rooms for in a house.
V Flower arrangement : types, meaning, importance
Unit-II
I Resource Management - Definition, importance and steps in the process
of Management
II Family Resources - Definition, classification and management of
resources
(i) Money management- Meaning, types of income, process of money
management, budgeting, keeping records.
(ii) Energy management: - Process of energy management, fatigue, rest
periods.
(iii) Time management – Process of time management, peak loads.
III Work simplification - Meaning and methods
IV Consumer education - Definition, consumer choice, buying problems,
defective weights and measures, food adulteration and consumer
protection.
Reference:
1. Ruth E. Deacon. Francille M. Firebaugh (1975): Family Resource
Management – Principle and Application Roy Houghton Miffin
Company ( Unit I, II, IV-VII)
2. Irma H. Gross Elizabeth Grandall Marjoris M. Knoll (1973): New Jersey
( Unit I-VIII)
3. Devdas Rajamal. P. The meaning of Home Science, Sri Avinashlingam
Home Science College, Cambatore.
4. P. Kalpana R. “What is Home Science,” Evira Publications, Vadodra.
5. A. H. Rutt, “Home Furnishing” Wiley Eastern Ltd. N. Delhi.
6. Home Management for Indian families – M K. Mann.
7. Modren Ideal homes for India – R Deshpande
1036

Practical
Lab-I
1037
M. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 3Hrs
1. Flower arrangement for different occasions - Fresh & Dry
2 Preparation of one drift wood for making dry flower arrangement.
3 Making Rangolies of different types
4 Pot making – by painting and by decoration
5 Table manners & Table setting including napkin folding.
6. Preparation of one menu card,
7. Drawing of layout plans for different rooms

Course No 102
BA –I Home Science
Semester-II
Health & Hygiene
1038
M.Marks: 40
Internal Assessment: 10
Duration of Exam: - 3Hrs
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
Unit I
I) Health and Hygiene - Personal hygiene, Definition of health and factors
affecting it- food habits, cleanliness, exercise and sleep.
II) Water – Importance of water, impurities present in water, sources of
contamination of water and water purification (Household and natural
methods)
III) First aid: meaning, importance in daily life.
Unit II
III Infection – i) Definitions of Infection, Infective agents, Period of infectivity.
ii) Types of diseases and their modes of spread.
iii) Channels of infection
IV Disinfectants – Definition, types and methods of disinfection.
V Infectious diseases - Causes, incubation period, mode of spread, symptoms,
prevention & control of the following diseases-
a) Diseases spread by insects -Malaria, Dengue.
b) Diseases spread by ingestion - Dysentery, cholera, typhoid
c) Diseases spread by droplet infection - Chicken pox, measles, mumps,
d) Disease spread by Contact - Leprosy, AIDS
VI Immunity - Definition, types of immunity & immunization schedule.
VII Common emerging health problems among women: Cancer of Breast and
Cervical
Reference:
1. Yash pal Bedi (1976) Hygiene & Public Health. Anand Publishing Co., gali No.
1, Nawan Kot Amritsar.
2. V. N. Hhave, (1975) You & Your Health.. National Book Trust
3. Bihari Lal Bhatia, (1961) Elementary.. Hygiene, Orient Longmans, Ltd.
Calcutta -13
4. J.E. Park, (1983) Prenentive & Social Medicine, Jabalpur Messrs Banarcidas
Bhanot
5. Birendra Nath Ghosh, (1969) Hygiene & Public Health Calcutta Scientific
Publishing Co.

Practical
Lab-II
1039
M. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 3Hrs
1. Cleaning & polishing of - Brass, Copper, Silver, Aluminum, Steel, Leather,
wood, and glass articles.
2. Preparation of polishes for i) wood (ii) leather
3. Preparation of two articles of interior decoration.
4. Immunization Schedule Survey in PHC and local hospitals
5. Acquaintance with First aid techniques

Semester – I
Course
No.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME SCIENCE
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
B.A. I – Early Childhood Care and Education
Title Exam.
duration
1040
Max. marks
B.Sc./B.A
Paper-I Child Development ( Basic Course) 3 hrs 50 (40+10*)
Semester –II
Course
No.
Lab I 3 hrs 50
Title Exam.
duration
Max. marks
B.Sc./B.A
Paper-II Family and Child in Today’s Context 3 hrs 50 (40+10*)
* Internal Assessment
Lab II 3hrs 50
Instructions for the Examiner: The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting two question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate: The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as the compulsory question.
Note: After the theory exams, students will be required to undergo “on the job
training” for duration of 4 weeks during summer vacations and submit the report by
the end of autumn break. Viva-voce for ‘on the job Training Report will be held
along with the practical exam of BA Part –II by the same practical examiner and the
internal examiner

SEMESTER-I
Child Development (Basic Courses)
Paper-I Max Marks: 40
Int. assessment: 10
Exam: 3 hrs
Note: Nine questions to be set in all, at least two from each unit Students will be
required to attempt five questions selecting at least one from each unit and
one compulsory question.
Unit-I: The Field of Child Development and Basic Concepts.
A Definition and concept of growth and development
B Importance of studying children in contemporary context
C Nature and scope of the field.
D Fundamental concepts of child development.
(I) Understanding the concepts of heredity, environment, maturation,
learning, health & Nutrition and factors determining
development, development areas, development milestones,
development tasks.
(II) General Principles of growth and development.
Unit-II: Methods of studying Children
A Cross sectional and longitudinal approach, observation technique,
diary method, interview questionnaire.
B Projective Techniques
Unit-III Life in the womb, Birth and Neonatal Period
A Conception and total development.
B Factors affecting parental development with special emphasis on the
need for health and nutrition, care in pregnancy.
C Birth Process: Normal birth, Caesarean section, complication at birth
and their effects, care of neonate, premature infants, breast feeding,
Problems related to it.
Unit –IV Physical growth, Motor development and Health Care
A Physical, motor, social, emotional, cognitive, language, personality
development and factors affecting.
B Diet planning (at home and in institution).
1041

LAB-I
Practical:
C Nutrition related disorders, prevention and management- PEM,
anemia
D Prevention and management of common childhood illness viz.
Respiratory illness, ear, nose, teeth, infections diseases, acute
diarrhea, Immunizations.
1042
M. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs
A 1. Visit to health centre: Well baby clinic, antenatal clinic
2 Visit to ICDS programme or any health programme for children.
3 Visit to community health centre, nutrition rehabilitation centre.
(Students to visit at least one of the above programme)
B Demonstration of measurement growth: Height, weight, head, chest and
mid arm circumference.
C Conducting a small sample survey on any of the following:
1 Breast feeding practices & problems
2 Supplementary feeding
3 Common practices and belief in prenatal care
4 To understand problems in pregnancy discussion with gynecologist
5 To understand problems in children’s growth-discussion with
pediatrician

Semester -II
Family and Child Today’s Context
Paper-II Max Marks: 40
Int. assessment: 10
Exam: 3 hrs
Note: Nine questions to be set in all, at least two from each unit Students will be
required to attempt five questions selecting at least one from each unit:
Unit – I Basic Concepts
A Family functions type’s life cycle structure and role-relation.
B Family in changing social context economics demographic situation
and eco-cultural system.
C Rights of the child
Unit-II Families in Different Circumstances: Effects on Children
A Poverty Unemployment construction.
B Alcoholism & drug abuse
C Oppressed families (caste- class)
Unit-III Children with special needs in Family - An Over view of effects
A Physical problems/handicaps.
B Psychological, emotional and social problems.
Unit-IV Needs for support Services for Better Life in Families.
A Gender and age difference in food, educational opportunities.
B Health care, duties, play & recreation
C The girl child in the family, her status
D Child labour.
1043

Lab – II
Practical:
1044
M. Marks: 50
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs
Household –level survey to understand the situation in relation of ECCE, and
prepare a report
A Single parent household
B Mother employed/father not employed
C Father employed /mother not employed
D Both father & mother employed
E Organizing parent teacher meeting, home visit to discuss child’s
problems

Semester-I
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY
Department of Home Science, KURUKSHETRA
B.A. I – Fashion Designing
Course Title Exam.
Max. marks
No.
duration
101 Elementary Textiles Science
3 hrs 50(40+10*)
Semester-II
Lab-I 3 hrs 50
Course Title Exam.
Max. marks
No.
duration
102 Traditional Indian Textiles
3 hrs 50(40+10*)
Lab – II 3 hrs 50
* Internal Assessment
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
1045

Course No 101
Semester -I
Elementary Textiles Science
1. Textile fibers- classification, general properties and use of fibers.
1046
Max. Marks. 40
Int. Assessment: 10
(a) Natural – Cotton, linen, wool, silk, jute
(b) Manmade- Nylon, rayon, polyester acrylic and other contemporary.
2. Structural Designing wearing of different type of fabrics.
(a) Plain weave, twill, jacquard, satin
(b) Knitted, felts, embossed and other variations.
3. Surface Designing- Importance of finishes in designing – Tentering, sizing,
bleaching, mercerizing, sanforising, calendaring, dyeing and printing.
Exam: 3 hrs

Lab-I
Practical
1047
Max. Marks. 50
Exam: 3 hrs
1. Simple sewing machine and machine with special accessories care and
usage.
2. Anthropometry: Taking and recording measurements according to various
age groups. Study of basic silhoutes.
3. Collection of different textures and their usage.
4. Garment constructional processes seams, stitches, necklines, collars,
sleeves and yokes.
1. Traditional Indian Textiles
2. Embroidery of India
3. Textile Science
4. Hand Book of Clothing & Textile
Books

Course No 102
Semester -II
Traditional Indian Textiles
1. Traditional textiles – woven, dyed and printed.
1048
Max.Marks. 40
Int. Assessment-10
Exam: 3 hrs
Woven-Dacca muslin, poithani, jamdani, chanderi, brocade, baluchar and
kashmiri shawls.
Printed-Kalamkari, block printed and painted fabrics.
2. Traditional embroideries of India
- Phulkari of Punjab – Chikankari of U.P.
- Kantha of Bengal – Kantha and Kanthawar of Gujarat
- Kasuti of Karnataka – Kashida of Kashmir
- Chamba of H.P. – Applique of Orrisa
- Manipuri embroidery - Tribal embroidery
3. Fashion Designing – Meaning & scope, its role in contemporary life fashion, its
concept, analysis and creation.

Lab-II
Practical
1. Drafting cutting and stitching of children’s garments.
1049
M.Marks: 50
Exam: 3 hrs
(a) Bib/feeder (b) Panty/Bloomer (c) A-line frock (d) Party frock (e) Jhabla (f)
shorts
2. Preparation of embroidery samples-Phulkari, Chikenkari, Kantha, Kutch,
Kasuti, Kashida, Chambarumal, applique craft, Manipuri, tribal embroidery.
1. Traditional Indian Textiles
2. Embroidery of India
3. Textile Science
4. Hand Book of Clothing & Textile
Books

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY, KURUKSHETRA
SYLLABUS FOR CLINICAL NUTRITION & DIETETICS (FIRST YEAR)
SEMESTER - I
Sr.
No.
Course
No.
w.e.f. 2011-12
Paper Title Exam
1050
Max. Marks
Duration External Internal
Max.
Marks
1. 101 Human Nutrition 3 hrs. 40 10 50
2. 102 Human Physiology-
I
SEMESTER - II
Sr.
No.
Course
No.
Lab-I**
1. 103 Advanced Human
Nutrition
2. 104 Human Physiology-
II
3 Hrs. 40 10 50
Paper Title Exam Max Marks
Duration
External Internal
3. 105 Lab-I** 3 Hrs.
106 Lab-II** 3 Hrs.
Max.
Marks
3 hrs. 40 10 50
3 Hrs. 40 10 50
50**
50**
50**
50**
** Practical examination of Lab-I of Semester-I and Lab-II of Semester –II will
be held together at the end of Semester- II and maximum marks will be 50
for each lab.

Course No 101
B.SC. -I
CLINICAL NUTRITION & DIETETICS
SEMESTER-I
HUMAN NUTRITION
1051
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
M.M. 40 + 10 = 50
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory question.
Unit - I
1 Introduction to Nutrition: Food as a source of nutrient, functions of food,
definition of Nutrition, nutrients, adequate and good nutrition. Nutritional
status –optimum and malnutrition
2 Carbohydrates –Composition, classification, functions RDA, food, sources.
3. Proteins- Composition, classification, functions RDA, food sources and
deficiency (in brief)
4 Fats & Oils –Composition, classification, functions, RDA, food sources,
essential fatty acids & effect of their deficiency
Unit – II
5. Vitamins –Classification, sources, RDA, functions and deficiency (in brief) of
the following :
Fat soluble : A.D, E & K
Water Soluble : B1, B2 , Niacin, B6, Folic acid and B12
6 Minerals –functions, sources, RDA and deficiency of the following – (in
brief) calcium, Iron, iodine, ?Fluorine, Sodium & Potassium).
7 Water as nutrients, functions, sources, requirement and effect of
deficiency.
8 Fiber- types, Functions and Sources.
Books Recommended:
1 Modern Nutrition in; Health and Disease – Goodhearth, R. S.
2 Recommended dietary allowance for Indian – I.C.M.R., 1980
3 Nutrition and Development- Winick 1973, Univ. of Calombia.
4 Biology of Nutrition – Eclames 1972, Palaniuma Press
5 Foods & Nutrition – Krause 1972, Saunders.
6 Proteins and Human Foods 1970, Lowrie, Avi. Pub. Co.
7 Nut. & Physical; fitness-BoGert L.J.
8 Principles of Nut. – Wilson, L.D. and Fisher. K.H.

9 Standardised diets for Hospital – National Nut. Advisory Committee
10 Nutrition in Health & Disease – Cooper, L. Barher, L. Mitehell, Hand
Rynheraen.
11 Nutrition A comprehensive: Beaton and McHanery, Treatise Vol-1, II, & III.
12 Human Nut. & Dietectics- Davidson S., Passmore, R., Brook, J.E. and
Truswell.
13 Foods and Nut.- Rankin, W. Munn. Hildath E.N.
14 Iron deficiency – Holiberth, H.C. Harvorth, vannotti, N.Y.
15 Trace Elements in Human and Animal Nut. – Underwood, N.Y.
1052

Course No 102
B.SC. -I
CLINICAL NUTRITION & DIETETICS
SEMESTER-I
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY-I
1053
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
M.M. 40 + 10 = 50
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory question.
Unit - I
1. Skelton system – Main bones of the body and their functions.
2. Digestive System - Structure and functions of various parts of alimentary
canal and digestive glands - Mouth, buccal cavity, pharynx, oesophagus,
stomach, small and large intestine and anus.
Salivary Glands, liver, pancreas, gastric glands, intestinal glands.
Unit – Ii
3. Circulatory system - Structure and functions of heart, blood composition,
blood groups, clotting and its significance and ECG.
4. Respiratory system - Structure and function of respiratory system and
tract, nose trachea, larynx, bronchi and lungs
Mechanism of respiration.
5. Skin - Structure and functions of skin.
Books Recommended:
1. Stand, F.L. Modern Physiology the Macmillan Company Latest Ed.
2 Guyton, A.C. Text Book of Medical Physiology W.S. Saunders
3 Davidson, B. and Smith E., Text book o Physiology and Biochemistry,
1972 (8 th Ed)
4 Human Physiology _ A.J. Vander

Course No 103
B.SC. -I
CLINICAL NUTRITION & DIETETICS
SEMESTER-II
ADVANCED HUMAN NUTRITION
1054
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
M.M. 40 + 10 = 50
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory question.
UNIT - I
1. Carbohydrates - Digestion, absorption and metabolism, (aerobic and
anaerobic,) storage and utilization of carbohydrates.
2 Lipids - Digestion, absorption and metabolism, Storage and mobilization of
fat stores during exercise, ketone bodies.
3 Proteins- Digestion, absorption and metabolism, Nitrogen balance and
protein quality
Unit – II
4 Energy – Units of energy, energy value of food, Gross and physical energy
BMR and factor affecting BMR.
5 Water and electrolyte balance – Water balance; Water and electrolyte
losses; affect of low and high intake of electrolytes on water balance.
Books Recommended:
1 Modern Nutrition in; Health and Disease – Goodhearth, R. S.
2 Recommended dietary allowance for Indian – I.C.M.R., 1980
3 Nutrition and Development- Winick 1973, Univ. of Calombia.
4 Biology of Nutrition – Eclames 1972, Palaniuma Press
5 Foods & Nutrition – Krause 1972, Saunders.
6 Proteins and Human Foods 1970, Lowrie, Avi. Pub. Co.
7 Nut. & Physical; fitness-BoGert L.J.
8 Principles of Nut. – Wilson, L.D. and Fisher. K.H.
9 Standardised diets for Hospital – National Nut. Advisory Committee
10 Nutrition in Health & Disease – Cooper, L. Barher, L. Mitehell, Hand
Rynheraen.
11 Nutrition A comprehensive: Beaton and McHanery, Treatise Vol-1, II, & III.

12 Human Nut. & Dietectics- Davidson S., Passmore, R., Brook, J.E. and
Truswell.
13 Foods and Nut.- Rankin, W. Munn. Hildath E.N.
14 Iron deficiency – Holiberth, H.C. Harvorth, vannotti, N.Y.
15 Trace Elements in Human and Animal Nut. – Underwood, N.Y.
Course No 104
B.SC. -I
CLINICAL NUTRITION & DIETETICS
SEMESTER-II
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY-I I
1055
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs.
M.M. 40 + 10 = 50
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory question.
Unit – I
1. Excretory system –Organs, structure and functions, ureter, uninary bladder,
formation of urine, composition of normal urine
2 Nervous System – Structure and functions of brain and spinal cord, reflex
action.
3 Sense organs – (i) Eye- structure and functions, physiology of vision and
its defects.
(ii) Ear – structure, functions; mechanism of hearing
Unit – II
4 Endocrine system –Hormones-endocrine glands- their structure and
functions – pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, hormones of
reproduction
5 Reproductive system- female reproductive organs- structure and functions-
ovary, fallopian tubes, uterus, vagina, external genitation.
Male reproductive organs – structure and functions of testis, vasdefrens,
urethra, penis, prostate glands, menstruation, puberty, menopause,
fertilization of ovum with sperm, placenta –its functions.

Books Recommended:
1. Stand, F.L. Modern Physiology the Macmillan Company Latest Ed.
2 Guyton, A.C. Text Book of Medical Physiology W.S. Saunders
3 Davidson, B. and Smith E., Text book o Physiology and Biochemistry,
1972 (8 th Ed)
4 Human Physiology _ A.J. Vander
1056

Course No 105
LAB-I
1. Determination of following from foods:
Moisture, ash, Crude Protein, Fiber, fat and Vitamin C
2 Preparation of following (at least 2 items each)
Course No 106
- Salads
- Soups
- Deserts
- Cakes/Cookies
- Main Course dishes
LAB-II
1057
M. Marks: 50 + 50
Duration of Exam: 3 + 3 Hrs
Two sessions
1 Demonstration of dissection of mammals and observation of digestive and
reproductive systems (Male & Female)
2 Microscopic examination of prepared slides of different types of cells
3 Blood – Testing of blood groups, hemoglobin and RBC count
4 Observe the anatomy of sheep heart

SEMESTER – I
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY, KURUKSHETRA
Syllabus for B.Sc. Fashion Designing (Ist Year)
Ist and IInd Semester
S.No. Course Paper Title Exam Maximum Marks
No.
Duration External Internal
1 101 I Basic of Design &
Illustration (Th.)
3 Hrs. 40 10
Practical 3 Hrs. 50
2 102 II Basics of Sewing
(Th.)
3 Hrs. 40 10
Practical 3 Hrs. 80
3 103 III Traditional Textile
(Th.)
3 Hrs. 40 10
Practical 3 Hrs. 50
4 104 IV Basics of
Computer (Th.)
3 Hrs. 40 10
Practical 3 Hrs. 50
5 105 * V English-
(According to the
syllabus and
instructions of
other B.Sc's of
K.U., Kurukshetra)
1058
3 Hrs. 40 10
Sessional
Work
20

SEMESTER – II
6 106 VI Textile Chemistry-I
(Th.)
7 107 VII Concept of Fashion
1059
3 Hrs. 40 10
Practical 3 Hrs. 50
(Th.)
8 108 VIII Fabric Construction
(Th.)
3 Hrs. 40 10
3 Hrs. 40 10
Practical 3 Hrs. 50
9 109 IX Garment Construction
(Th.)
10 110* X English (According to
the syllabus and
instructions of other
B.Sc’s of K.U.,
Kurukshetra)
3 Hrs. 40 10
Practical 3 Hrs. 80 20
3 Hrs. 40 10

Paper-1
Course No. 101
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Basic of Design & Illustration
(Theory)
Semester – I
1060
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Instructions for the examiners: The examiner will set seven questions in all. All
the questions will carry equal marks. Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting
of 5-10 short type questions and will be spread over the entire syllabus. The
remaining six questions will be set from Unit I and II, three questions from each unit
will be set.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidates are required to attempt five
questions. Question
No.-1 will be compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting
two questions from each unit.
Unit – I
� Introduction to art media and its applications – different art media like pencils,
pencils colors, crayons, poster colors, erasers, arcylic rendering and shanding
skills.
� Design – definition and types.
� Elements of art and design – line, form, shape, space, size, texture and color.
� Principles of design – harmony, proportion, balance, rhythm and emphasis.
Unit-II
� Color, dimension of color, hue, value, intensity, color schemes- their
importance and application.
� Introduction and brief history of fashion illustrations.
� Fashion model drawing – basic human proportion, body figures and shapes,
sketching postures.
� Optical illusions created through elements of art and principles of design.

Paper-1
Course No. 101
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Basic of Design & Illustration
(Practical)
Semester – I
1061
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Introduction to art media and its applications
� The basic drawing and rendering of equipments using pencils, crayons,
poster colors, water colors, pencil colors.
� Free hand sketching of land objects of day to day life-- flowers, flowerpots,
leaves, barks, scenery loud speaker. Natural objects—houses; computer
(conventional), basic geometrical figures composed into interesting
composition by combining different shapes (geometric).
� Color – Preparation of color wheel, grey scales, color schemes, tints and
shades.
� Realistic & abstract patterns.
� Figure Stylization – Illustrations – Basic croquis, division of the body to make
the 8, 10 and 12 head figure.
� Fleshing out body.
� Figure in motion-normal standing, walking, running and sitting.
� Sketching of pictures from magazines with straight and motion postures.
� Rendering of different fabric appearances using wet mediums like poster or
acrylic.
� Sketching of different views of face, eye, nose, hands, legs and hairstyles.
� Figure drawing in S,X,T,Y poses.
References:
� Bride M Whelan, "Color Harmory", Rockford Publishier, 1992.
� Gold Stein, "Art in Every day life." IBH Publishing Co., Calcutta, 1992.
� Ireland, Patrick John, "Fashion Design Drawing and Presentation", B.T.
Batsford, 1996.
� Allen and seaman, "Fashion Drawing – The Basic Principles", B.T. Batsford,
London, 1994.
� Drake and Nicholas, "Fashion Illustration", Thames & Hudson.
� Alling Bina," Fashion Sketch Book".

Paper-II
Course No. 102
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Basics of Sewing
(Theory)
Semester – I
1062
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Instructions for the examiners: The examiner will set seven questions in all. All
the questions will carry equal marks. Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting
of 5-10 short type questions and will be spread over the entire syllabus. The
remaining six questions will be set from Unit I and II, three questions from each unit
will be set.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidates are required to attempt five
questions. Question
No.-1 will be compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting
two questions from each unit.
Unit-I
� Introduction to sewing – history of sewing machine.
� Sewing machines--different types of sewing machines and their maintenance,
common problems and their remedies, tools and equipments.
� Introduction to manufacture of Sewing threads and their properties.
� Sewing techniques – Basic hand stitches – Basting, running, tacking, hand
over- cast, hemming stitches- plain and blind, slip stitch, tailor's tack.
� Seams and seam finishes – definition, types of seams finishes and their
applications.
� Fullness – darts, tucks, pleats, gathers – definition, terms, types and
application
� Yokes--definition, purpose, with and without fullness, applications and
construction.
� Sleeves – definition, terms and types
� Collars – definition, terms, types and styles.
� Different types of Pockets.
� Different types of Skirts.
� Fastners – definition, types, present trends.
� Finishes – neckline finishes – binding, facing.
� Plackets – definition, types of placket finishes.
� Different types of trimmings.

Unit-II
� Terminology – notches, grain, grain line, construction lines, center-front line ,
bias, true bias, bust line, waistline, seam line, seam, seam allowance, jog
seams, dart points, direction of dart excess.
� Figure analysis-body ideals, body proportion, and height and weight
distribution, individual figure analysis.
� Anthropometric Measurements – Study of all body measurements for all age
groups – infants, children, women and men; standards of body measurement,
importance, standardization and size charts.
� Methods of garment construction – drafting, draping and flat pattern,
principles, advantages and disadvantages.
Paper-II
Course No. 102
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Basics of Sewing
(Practical)
Semester – I
1063
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 100
Practical Exam: 80
Session work: 20
� Introduction to different parts of sewing machine and their care and
maintenance.
� Basic hand stitches.
� Seams and seam finishes – plain, flat, run and fell, French, montuamaker's
seam, counter hem' over lock, hand over cast, turned and stitched, binding.
� Fullness -darts, tucks, pleats, gathers.
� Yokes - yoke with and without fullness.
� Drafting of Child's Bodice block, Adult's Bodice block and Sleeve block
� Construction of sleeves – puff, raglan, kimono, leg-of-mutton, flared, cap,
bishop.
� Construction of Collars – Stand and fall, peter-pan, shawl, sailor's, mandarin,
cape and baby collar.
� Pockets – Patch, welt, in-seam, bound, flap pocket, kurta pocket.
� Fasteners.
� Neckline Finishes.
� Plackets – Continuous, two piece placket, extended bodice.
� Trimmings.
� Drafting & construction of Layette set – Bib, Diaper, Jhabla, Panty and
Blommer

References:
� Thomas Anna Jacob, “The art of sewing", USB publishers New Delhi, 1994.
� Readers Digest sewing book.
� Verma G., cutting & tailoring theory", Asian publishers Delhi, 1999.
� Armstrong J.H. “Pattern making for fashion design” Pearson Education. 2001
1064

Paper-III
Course No. 103
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Traditional Textiles
(Theory)
Semester – I
1065
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Instructions for the examiners: The examiner will set seven questions in all. All
the questions will carry equal marks. Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting
of 5-10 short type questions and will be spread over the entire syllabus. The
remaining six questions will be set from Unit I and II, three questions from each unit
will be set.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidates are required to attempt five
questions. Question
No.-1 will be compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting
two questions from each unit.
Unit –I
� History of Embroidered, hand woven, dyed, printed and painted textiles of
India.
� Floor coverings – Carpets and Durries.
� Coloured Textiles – Bandhani, Patola, Ikat, Pocchampalli.
� Woven Textile – Brocades, Jamavar, Jamdani, Chanderi, Maheshwari,
Kanjivaram, Kota, Baluchari.
� Printed Textiles – Sanganeri.
� Painted Textiles – Kalamkari.
� Shawls of Kashmir
Unit - II
� Symbolic motifs of various cultures.
� Study of Traditional Embroidery – History and types.
� Traditional and Commercial embroideries of India – Kutch, Kathiawarh,
Sindhi, Phulkari, Kantha, Kasuti, Kashida, Chamba Rumal, Chikankari,
Zardozi with their traditional influence, symbolism, basic fabrics, decorative
stitches, techniques and colour combination.

Paper-III
Course No. 103
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Traditional Textiles
(Practical)
Semester – I
1066
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Basic embroidery stitches.
� Illustrating the traditional motifs on an article.
� Dyeing of Cotton and Silk, Tie and Dye, Batik, Fabric painting, Printing and
various textured effects.
� Preparation of two articles using two different techniques of surface
ornamentation
� Making samples of the following traditional embroideries:--
o Kasuti of Karnatka
o Chikankari of Uttar Pradesh
o Kantha of Bengal
o Kashida of Kashmir
o Tribal Traditional embroidery.
o Phulkari of Punjab.
o Kutch of Gujarat.
o Sindhi of Sind.
.
References:
� Sodhia Manmeet, "Dress Designing", Kalyani publishers, New Delhi.
� Lynton Linda, " The Sari", Thames & Hadson.
� Anand M.R., "Textiles & Embroideries of India " Marg Publication Bombay,
1965.
� Naik Shailaja D, " Traditional Embroderies of India" APH Publisher
Corporation, New Delhi, 1996.
� Chattopadhyay K, " Indian Embroidery", Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1977.

Paper-IV
Course No. 104
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Basics of Computer
(Theory)
Semester – I
1067
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Instructions for the examiners: The examiner will set seven questions in all. All
the questions will carry equal marks. Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting
of 5-10 short type questions and will be spread over the entire syllabus. The
remaining six questions will be set from Unit I and II, three questions from each unit
will be set.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidates are required to attempt five
questions. Question
No.-1 will be compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting
two questions from each unit.
Unit – I
� Introduction to Computer: Data, Processing, information, Classification and evaluations
of computers. Configurations of computers. Resolution Factor, Raster and Vector Data
and image processing.
� Computer hardware – central processing, main memory, secondary memory, I/O
Devices.
� Operation System (OS) Basic Concepts of MS – DOS / Windows 9X/NT or system
management.
� Word processing: Work sheet, basic database, Business charts (Pie, Line Bar etc.)
operations and professional presentation formations.
Unit – II
� Computer Applications in various fields of Fashion Industry, Fashion Communication
through Digital Techniques, Fashion Photography, Latest Scanners.
� Current Trends: Internal, Latest net explorers installation, configuration and
applications, Search engines.
� Introduction to the Computer Operations – Hardware and Software, Understanding OS
and Basic System Management, Trouble Shooting operations.
� Word processing software, preparation, saving and printing of text documents.

Paper-IV
Course No. 104
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Basics of Computer
(Practical)
Semester – I
1068
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Word processing software, preparation, saving and printing of text documents.
� Operation systems (os) basic concepts of MS- DOS/ Windows 9X/ NT or
system management.
� Word processing: work sheet, basic database , business charts (Pie, Line bar)
operation and professional presentation formation.
� Current trends : internal , latest net explorer installation , configuration and
application and search engines.
� Word processing software, preparation, saving and printing of text documents.
References:
� Winfred Aldrick , CAD in clothing and textiles , Blackwell Science,1994.
� Annual World, Computer in the World of Textiles Institute , UK.

Paper-V
Course No. 105
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
English
Semester – I
1069
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Scheme of the Question Paper
The paper will have seven questions as per details given below
Q.1. The Candidate will be asked to answer comprehension questions based on
an extract from the text book. There will be internal choice.
Q.2. The candidate will be asked to explain with reference to the context an
extract from
the text book. There will be internal choice.
Q.3. There will be five short answer type questions based on the text book. The
candidate will be asked to give answers in about 30 words each. There will
be internal choice
Q.4. There will be one essay type question based on the text book with internal
choice.
Q.5. Translation of a passage of about 10 sentences from Hindi to English
Q.6. Paragraph (The candidate will be required to write about 250 words on any
one of the five given topics).
Q.7. There will be question with parts on the following items: common phrasal
verbs, prepositions, common errors in English
Paper –A: Text
The following text is prescribed for intensive study
1. Following Poems from The Chronicles of Time edited by Asha Kadyan
(Oxford University Press)
a) William Shakespeare
Let Me Not to the Marriage of True Minds
b) John Donne
Death Be Not Proud
c) John Milton
On His Blindness
d) Henry Vaughan
The Retreat

e) John Dryden
Shadwell
f) Alexander Pope
Know Then Thyself
g) William Blake
The Little Black Boy
h) William Wordsworth
Three Years She Grew in Sun and Shower
i) Percy Bysshe Shelley
England in 1819
j) Alfred, Lord Tennyson
Crossing the Bar
Part-B: General English
1. Translation from Hindi to English
2. Paragraph Writing
3. Common phrasal verbs, prepositions and common Errors in English
1070

Paper-VI
Course No. 106
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Textile Chemistry – I
(Theory)
Semester – II
1071
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Instructions for the examiners: The examiner will set seven questions in all. All
the questions will carry equal marks. Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting
of 5-10 short type questions and will be spread over the entire syllabus. The
remaining six questions will be set from Unit I and II, three questions from each unit
will be set.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidates are required to attempt five
questions. Question
No.-1 will be compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting
two questions from each unit.
Unit – I
� Introduction to textile fibers, classification of fibers based on sources and
origin, basic textile terminology.
� Primary and secondary properties of various fibers.
� Sequence of operations & purposes of short / long staple yarn manufacturing
process, introduction & objectives of opening & cleaning, carding, combing,
drawing, roving and spinning.
� Different methods and types of spinning.
� Introduction, Manufacturing & Properties of different natural and man-made
fibers: - Cotton, Wool, silk, rayon, acetate and triacetate, polyamide (Nylon-6,
nylon- 6.6) acrylics, modacrylic, elastomeric fibre.
Unit – II
� Classification of Yarns: Carded and Combed yarns, woolen & worsted yarns,
filament and spun yarns.
� Yarn Properties – linear density, size, twist in yarn, crimp twist direction,
strength and uniformity.
� Textured yarns – types and application, Fancy Yarns – types and uses.
� Physical properties of Fabric – strength, abrasion resistance, crease
recovery, stiffness, drapability, static charge, thermal conductivity, air
permeability, water repellency, thickness, shrink resistance, pilling resistance.
� Methods of determining the physical properties and interpretation of test
results.

Paper-VI
Course No. 106
Note: Use simple methods only.
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Textile Chemistry – I
(Practical)
Semester – II
1072
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 50
� Fiber identification – visual, burning, microscopic and solubility test.
� Fibres blend analysis.
� Measurement and interpretation of yarn count, direct and indirect yarn.
� Identification of type of yarn.
� Evaluation of thread count and dimensional stability of fabric.
� Evaluation of color fastness to washing and ironing.
� Evaluation of crimp and twist in yarn.
References:
� Vilensky, "Textile Science", CBS publisher, New Delhi, 1999.
� Grosicki, Z: "Watson's Textile Design and Color" Blackwell Science, U.K.,
1998.
� Mishra S.P., “A text book of fiber science and technology, New Age Intt.,
Delhi 2000.
� Goswami B.C."Textile Yarns", Technology, structure and applications", Mc
graw Hill.
� Pizzoto's J.J., “Fabric Science", Fairchild Publication, New York.

Paper-VII
Course No. 107
B.Sc. Fashion Designing –I
Concept of Fashion
(Theory)
Semester – II
1073
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Instructions for the examiners: The examiner will set seven questions in all. All
the questions will carry equal marks. Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting
of 5-10 short type questions and will be spread over the entire syllabus. The
remaining six questions will be set from Unit I and II, three questions from each unit
will be set.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidates are required to attempt five
questions. Question
No.-1 will be compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting
two questions from each unit.
Unit – I
� Origin of clothing – theory of protection, modesty, adornment
� Fashion-definition, importance, Principles, factors affecting fashion and
differences between fashion and non-fashion.
� Fashion--origin, evolution, cycles, length of cycles, fashion of different eras till
French revolution.
� Fashion Theories – trickle- down, trickle- across and bottom-up-theory.
Unit – II
� Fashion Psychology – first impression, role of social and psychological
aspects of clothing.
� Fashion Terminology – fashion, style, change, fashion cycles, fad, classic,
boutique, croquis, fashion trends, haute couture, designer, pret-a-porter,
silhoutte.
� Sociological choice of clothing as affected by nationality, tradition, class
consciousness, occupation etc.
� National and International Designers of 20 th & 21 st Century.

References:
� Kathryn M. Fashion Source Book, Blackwell Science, UK
� Sharon LeeTate , Inside Fashion Design, Harper and Row Publication.
� Carter E. , The Changing World Of Fashion , G.P. Putnam’s Sons, NY
� Rouse Elizabeth, Understanding Fashion, Blackwell Science
1074

Paper-VIII
Course No. 108
B.Sc. Fashion Designing – I
Fabric Construction
(Theory)
Semester – II
1075
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Instructions for the examiners: The examiner will set seven questions in all. All
the questions will carry equal marks. Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting
of 5-10 short type questions and will be spread over the entire syllabus. The
remaining six questions will be set from Unit I and II, three questions from each unit
will be set.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidates are required to attempt five
questions. Question
No.-1 will be compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting
two questions from each unit.
Unit – I
� Different methods of fabric formation – weaving, knitting, felting, bonding,
lace-making, knotting.
� Classification of fabrics and use, material, weaves construction, thickness,
surface characteristics etc. Fabric construction methods, basic motion of
weaving, looms- types and parts, shuttle and shuttle-less looms and basic
weaving concepts. Woven structure representation, plain weave, warp
section, weft section and graphical representation. Translation of wave into
fabric design, draft, denting and lifting and inter- relationships.
Unit – II
� Elementary Weaves – Plain, twill and satin, influence of these weaves on
fabric construction.
� Plain Weave – Warp weft, rib and their influence on fabric characteristics.
Examples of their applications in fabrics. Modification of twill weaves –
pointed, herring bone and diamond twill. Regular and irregular satin weaves
and their application in fabrics.
� Fancy decorative weaves – dobby, jacquard, pile, leno, surface, figure- lappet
and double weave.

Paper-VIII
Course No. 108
B.Sc. Fashion Designing – I
Fabric Construction
(Practical)
Semester – II
� Making of samples of different weaves.
� Preparation of two articles using any construction method.
� Visit to Textile industries in India.
References:
1076
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Thomas Anna Jacob, “The art of sewing", USB publishers New Delhi, 1994.
� Readers Digest sewing book.
� Verma G., cutting & tailoring theory", Asian publishers Delhi, 1999.
� Cooklin G ,Garment Technology for Fashion Designers” Blackwell publishing
,1977

Paper-IX
Course No. 109
B.Sc. Fashion Designing – I
Garment Construction
(Theory)
Semester – II
1077
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam: 40
Int. Assessment: 10
Instructions for the examiners: The examiner will set seven questions in all. All
the questions will carry equal marks. Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting
of 5-10 short type questions and will be spread over the entire syllabus. The
remaining six questions will be set from Unit I and II, three questions from each unit
will be set.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidates are required to attempt five
questions. Question
No.-1 will be compulsory, remaining four questions will be attempted by selecting
two questions from each unit.
Unit – I
� Introduction to sewing – history of sewing machines
� Different types of sewing machines, their maintenance, common problems
and their remedies
� Principles of clothing – Socio-psychological aspects of clothing.
� Fabric Preparation.
� Handling special fabrics.
� Suitability of different fabrics for different garments.
� Principles of fitting, factors to be considered while fitting, common fitting
problems, remedying fitting defects.
Unit – II
� A brief study of garment details- collars, sleeves, trimmings, fasteners,
pockets and plackets.
� Lining, interlining, facing & interfacing.
� Clothing for different age groups.
� Clothing for different occasions.
� Different styles of garments – skirt, trouser, blouses, one piece dresses &
coat.

Paper-IX
Course No. 109
B.Sc. Fashion Designing – I
Garment Construction
(Practical)
Semester – II
1078
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 100
Practical Exam: 80
Sessional work: 20
� Introduction to different parts of machine, their care and maintenance.
� Make samples of: Basic hand stitches- basting, back, hemming –
visible/invisible.
Types of seams and seam finishes- plain, run and fell, lappet, counter,
overlock, hand overcast, turned and stitch, binding.
Fullness –darts, tucks, pleats, ruffles, frills and gathers.
.
Plackets-continuous, two- piece,zips and fasteners
� Drafting and construction of:Layette set – Bib, Jhabla, Diaper, Panty,
bloomer.
� A-line frock with gathers, puff sleeve & peterpan collar.
� Romper with patch pocket.
References:
� Thomas Anna Jacob, “The art of sewing", USB publishers New Delhi, 1994.
� Readers Digest sewing book.
� Verma G., cutting & tailoring theory", Asian publishers Delhi, 1999.
� Cooklin G ,Garment Technology for Fashion Designers” Blackwell publishing
,1977

Paper-X
Course No. 110
Scheme of the Question Paper
B.Sc. Fashion Designing – I
English
Semester – II
1079
Duration of exam: 3 hrs.
M.M.: 50
Theory Exam : 40
Int. Assessment:10
The paper will have seven questions as per details given below
Q.1. The Candidate will be asked to answer comprehension questions based on
an extract from the text book. There will be internal choice.
Q.2. The candidate will be asked to explain with reference to the context an
extract from the text book. There will be internal choice.
Q.3. There will be five short answer type questions based on the text book. The
candidate will be asked to give answers in about 30 words each. There will
be internal choice
Q.4. There will be one essay type question based on the text book with internal
choice.
Q.5. Translation of a passage of about 10 sentences from Hindi to English
Q.6. Paragraph (The candidate will be required to write about 250 words on any
one of the five given topics).
Q.7. There will be question with parts on the following items: common phrasal
verbs, prepositions, common errors in English
Paper –A: Text
The following text is prescribed for intensive study:
1. Following essays from Ideas Aglow edited by Dinesh Kumar and V.B. Abrol
(Publication Bureau, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra)
a) C.E.M. Joad
Our Civilization
b) Jyant V. Narlikar
It’s Question Time
c) N.Ram
An Interview with Christiaan Barnard
d) B.R. Ambedkar
Untouchability and the Caste System
e) Huck Gutman
Inhumanisation of War
f) Amartya Sen
Seven Types of gender Inquality

Part-B General English
2. Translation from English to Hindi
3. Precis
4. Official Correspondence: Letter Writing.
1080

Sr.
No.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY, KURUKSHETRA
SYLLABUS FOR THE B.SC. HOME SCIENCE (FIRST YEAR)
Course
No.
SEMESTER – I w.e.f. 2011-12
Paper Title Exam
Duration
1081
Max.
Marks
External Int. Ass
Total
1. 101 General English – I* 3 hrs. 40 10 50
2. 102 Hygiene and
Promotive Health
3. 103 Introduction to
Textiles
Practical**
4. 104 Food Science
Practical**
5. 105 Introductory
Chemistry
6. 106
Practical**
Introduction to
Human Development
3 Hrs. 40 10 50
3 Hrs.
3 Hrs.
3 Hrs.
40 10 50
40 10 50
40 10 50
3 Hrs 40 10 50
G. Total 300
Environment
Science*
Computer
Applications*
Note: * The student will study this course along with BSc students of Medical
and Non Medical students as per university rules.
** The Practical examination of Ist Semester will be held at the end of
IInd Semester.

General English -I
Course No. : 101
B.SC. I (HOME SCIENCE)
SEMESTER - I
1082
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs.
Scheme of the Question Paper
The paper will have seven questions as per details given below
Q.1. The Candidate will be asked to answer comprehension questions based on
an extract from the text book. There will be internal choice.
Q.2. The candidate will be asked to explain with reference to the context an
extract from the text book. There will be internal choice.
Q.3. There will be five short answer type questions based on the text book. The
candidate will be asked to give answers in about 30 words each. There will
be internal choice
Q.4. There will be one essay type question based on the text book with internal
choice.
Q. 5. Translation of a passage of about 10 sentences from Hindi to English
Q.6. Paragraph (The candidate will be required to write about 2100 words on any
one of the five given topics).
Q.7. There will be question with parts on the following items: common phrasal
verbs, prepositions, common errors in English
Paper –A: Text
The following text is prescribed for intensive study
Following Poems from The Chronicles of Time edited by Asha Kadyan (Oxford
University Press)
William Shakespeare
Let Me Not to the Marriage of True Minds
John Donne
Death Be Not Proud
John Milton
On His Blindness
Henry Vaughan
The Retreat
John Dryden
Shadwell
Alexander Pope
Know Then Thyself
William Blake

The Little Black Boy
William Wordsworth
Three Years She Grew in Sun and Shower
Percy Bysshe Shelley
England in 1819
Alfred, Lord Tennyson
Crossing the Bar
Part-B: General English
Translation from Hindi to English
Paragraph Writing
Common phrasal verbs, prepositions and common Errors in English
1083

B.SC. HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER - I
HYGIENE AND PROMOTIVE HEALTH
Course No. : 102
1084
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs.
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT -I
1. Infections diseases - Causes, symptoms, mode of spread, treatment and
prevention.
i) Diseases spread through water and food - cholera, diarrhea, hepatitis,
and tuberculosis.
ii) Diseases spread by insects - Malaria, Dengue
iii) Diseases caused by viruses - Polio, measles, chicken pox, cold.
iv) Diseases spread by contact and soil - Leprosy, Tetanus.
v) Immune Disorders - AIDS.
UNIT - II
2. Personal Hygiene - Physical Health - Regular Habits in daily living, eating
and eliminating, cleanliness of body and different organs, rest and sleep.
3) Mental Health
4) Concept of Positive Health.
5) Immunity - Definition and types of immunity, vaccination schedule (Triple
Vaccine, BCG, Polio drops etc.)
6) School Hygiene - medical Inspection of children (Periodic health Check up)
Public health organization - WHO
7) National Health Programmes.
(Malaria Eradication, Leprosy and Tuberculosis, Pulse Polio).
REFERENCES:
1. Hygiene and preventive medicine - Yashpal Bedi.
2. Home Management and Hygiene - Sweera Relhan, Dinesh Pub.

B.SC. HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER - I
INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILES
Course No.: 103
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3hrs.
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidate : The candidates will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT - I
1. Textiles fibres, characteristics, classification.
2. Manufacture, properties and importance to the consumer of the following
fibres.
a) Natural Plant Fibres - Cotton, Linen
b) Natural Animal Fibres - Wool, Silk
c) Synthetic Fibres - Rayon, Nylon, Polyester and Acrylic
UNIT - II
3. Study of Yarn - Methods of spinning, twist, crimp count and types of yarns.
4. Fabric Construction -
a) Weaving - Parts of 100m and its working, plain, twill, satin, sateen
weave and their variations.
b) Knitting - technology, types of knits
c) Other methods - Nettling, knotting, felting, braiding, bonding.
REFERENCE:
1. Corbman BP (19810) Textiles Fibre to fabric MC Graw Hill, New York.
2. Hollen N & Saddler J Textiles (Latest Edition) Mac Mittan & Co. New York.
3. Joseph M.L. (1976) Essentials of Textiles holt Ripeniart of Winston, New
York.
4. Joseph M.L. (1972) Introductory Textiles Science Holt Ripenhart of Winston,
New York.
5. Tortorc P.G. (1978) Understanding Textiles New York Mac Milan Publishing
Inc.
6. Wingate (1976) Textiles Fabrics & their selection. Eagle wood cliffs (New
Jeggery) Prentice Hall Ins.
7. Znamieroushi, N (1967) step by step weaving, New York, Western
Publishing Co. Inc.
8. Plath Pova (1972) The Craft of Hand Weaving New York. Over Publication
Co. Ltd.
9. Murray Rosenary (1981) The Essentials handbook of weaving, London Bell
and Hyman Ltd.
10. Terry Brackenbury Knitted clothing Technology Blackwell Science Ltd.
London.
1085

Practical
1. Identification of Textile fibres - cotton, linen wool, silk, nylon using visual
inspection microscopic, burning and chemical tests.
2. Identification of weaves and their variations and collection of their samples.
3. Basic stitches of knitting and following of knitting instructions. Making five
sample.
4. To estimate the thread count of fabrics.
1086

Course No.: 104
B.SC. HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER - I
FOOD SCIENCE
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3hrs
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all, selecting four
questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type question.
Instructions for the candidate: The candidates will attempt five questions in all, selecting
two questions from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT - I
A. Food - definition, classification and functions.
B. Basic food groups - composition and nutritional contributions of the following
foods:
Cereals;,Pulses ;Fruits and Vegetables;Milk and Milk Products;
Nuts and Oils,Meat; Fish, Poultry and Egg.,Condiments and spices
Sugar and Jaggery
UNIT-II
A. Cooking:
1. Definition, objectives and principles of cooking of food.
2. Different methods of cooking - their advantages and disadvantages.
3. Effect on nutritive and other values of foods during cooking.
B. Improving nutritional quality of foods: Germination, Fermentation,
Supplementation and Fortification and Enrichment.
REFERENCES:
1. Srilakshmi, B. (2001) Food Science (2nd edition). New Age International Pvt.
Ltd. Publishers : New Delhi.
2. Antia, F.P. (1990) Clinical Dietetics and Nutrition. Oxford Univ. Press :
Delhi/Bombay.
3. Rajalakshmi, R. (1990) Applied Nutrition (3rd ed.) Oxford and IBH Pub. Co.
Pvt. Ltd. : New Delhi.
4. Swaminathan, M. (1988). Essentials of Food and Nutritition - An Advanced
Text Book Vol. I and II. (2nd ed.) BAPPCO : Banglore.
5. Swaminathan, M. Food Science. BAPPCO : Banglore.
6. Mudambi, S.R. and Rao S. Fundamentals of Food & Nutrition. (2nd ed.)
Wiley Eastern Ltd.: New Delhi.
Practical
A. Controlling Techniques
Weights and measures, standard and household measures for raw and
cooked foods.
B. Common Cookery Terms and their uses in cooking
C. Preparation of minimum two items of each of the following
Sandwitches;Paranthas/Poories – (simple & stuffed);Egg - Boiled, fried and
poached
1087

Rice - Pulao, biryani and sweet rice;Snacks - sweet and salty using different
common methods of cooking.
Preparation of food items by fermentation, germination and supplementation
(2 each).
Raitas .Beverages - Hot and cold.
1088

B.SC. HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER - I
INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY
Course No. 105
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs.
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT –I
Concept of element, mixture and compound. Atomic and Molecular masses. Mole
concept and Molar masses, Normality. Molarity and mass percentage. Simple
numerical problems based on them.
Subatomic particles: Electrons, Protons and Neutrons, Atomic No., Atomic Weight,
Bohr's model of an atom.
Modern Periodic Law and Periodic Table, Electronic configuration of elements (Na,
Mg, C, N, O, F, C1, H). Periodic properties : Atomic size, Ionisation energy,
Electron affinity and Electronegativity.
Chemical Bonding : Ionic, Covalent, Coordinate and H-bonding.
Concept of Acids, Bases & Salts, pH and pH Scale Numericals based on pH. Buffer
solutions.
UNIT – II
Carbon and its Characteristic : Tetravalency, Catenation, Isomerism,
Electronegativity, Tendency to form multiple bonds. Organic compounds,
Classification of organic compounds, Functional groups, IUPAC Nomenclature of
Aliphatic Compounds (alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, alcohols, carboxylic acids,
aldehydes & ketones). Classification of carbon atoms in alkanes.
Soaps and synthetic detergents, advantages and disadvantages.
Synthetic Polymers: Structure and uses of the following polymers (PVC, Teflon,
PAN, Nylon - 6, 6 Polyester).
Chemical Composition in Cosmetics: Creams, Perfumes, Talcum Powder,
Deodorants, Lipsticks, Nailpolish, Shampoo & Hair dye.
Paints and Varnishes their composition and uses.
REFERENCES :
1. Conceptual chemistry for class XI by S.K. Jain, R. Chand.
2. NCERT Chemistry for class XI & XII.
3. Pradeep's New Course Chemistry Class XI & XII by S.N. Dhawan, Kheterpal
& P.N. Kapil.
1089

Practical
1. Preparation of solutions (Normal/Molar). Sodium hydroxide, Sodium
Carbonate and Hydrochloric Acid.
2. Preparation of Crystals of Copper Sulphate and Potash Alum.
3. To determine the normality and strength of given Sodium Hydroxide Solution
by volumetric titrations using phelolphthalein as an indicator.
4. To determine the normality of the given HCl solution by titrating it against
standard Sodium Carbonate solution using methyl orange as an indicator.
5. Qualitative analysis of Chloride, Nitrate, Acetate, Sulphate, phosphate as
acid radicals and Lead, Copper, Aluminium, Nickel and Ammonium as basic
radicals.
6. Preparation of Soaps, using any two oils (Coconut oil/castor oil).
1090

B.SC. HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER - I
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Course No.: 106
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3hrs
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidate: The candidates will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT - I
1. Human Development - Definition of Development, Growth & Human
Development.
2. Historical Trends and Early Concepts in the Field of Child Development.
3. Importance and Scope of Human Development.
UNIT - II
4. Methods of Child Study - observation, interview, questionnaire, case study,
experimental, cross-sectional, longitudinal methods.
5. Principles of development and factors affecting growth and development.
6. Lifespan development through different stages and sub stages, different
areas of development.
REFERENCES:
1. Hurlock, Elizabeth B. (1987). Developmental Psychology, A life-span
approach. Fifth Edition. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New
Delhi.
2. Hurlock, Elizabeth B. (1987). Child Development Sixth Edition. MC-Graw Hill
Book Co. New Delhi.
3. Berk, Laura E (1999). Child Development. Prentice Hall of India, Private Ltd.
New Delhi.
4. Papalie, Diane E. (1986). A child's World. Fourth Edition. McGraw Hill Book
Company New Delhi.
5. Ambron S.R. (19710) : Child Development, Rinchart Prep, San Francisco.
6. Lerner Hultsch (1983) : Human Development a life span perspective, New
York, McGraw Hill Book, Co.
7. Saraswathi, T.S. & Kaur, B. (1993) : The development of Children, New York
: Scientific American Books.
8. Gordon, L.J. (19710), Human Development New York : Harper & Row.
1091

Sr.
No.
Course
No.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY, KURUKSHETRA
SYLLABUS FOR THE B.SC. HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER - II
w.e.f. 2011-12 onwards
Paper Title Exam
Max.
Duration Marks
External Internal
1092
Total
1 111 Human Physiology 3 Hrs. 40 10 50
2 112 Prenatal & Infant
Growth and Care
3 113 Laundry Science
and
Finishing of Fabrics
4 114
Practical *
Introductory
Home Management
10 115 Basic Nutrition
3 Hrs. 40 10 50
3 Hrs.
40
10
50
3 Hrs. 50
50
3 Hrs. 50
50
3 Hrs. 40 10 50
3 Hrs.
Practical*
3 Hrs 50
50
3 Hrs 50
50
6 116 Nutritional
Biochemistry
3 Hrs 40 10 50
3 Hrs 50
50
Practical*
3 Hrs 50
50
7 117 General English 40 10 50
G.Total 650
Computer
Applications***
Note: * At the end of Semester-II, the practical
examination of I & II Semester will be held together.
** This paper will be studied by the students along with other students of
BA/ B. Sc as per university rules.
*** As per university rules.
40
10
50

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
Course No. 111
B.SC. - HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER-II
MM 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Instructions for the Examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four question from each section/unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the Candidate : The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting at least one question from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT –I
� The Cell - Animal cell structure, composition of protoplasm. Cell division -
mitosis and meiosis, difference between mitosis and meiosis.
� The Skeleton - Different bones - names and number, Joints of the skeleton -
names with examples.
� The Digestive system - Structure and functions of various parts of alimentary
canal, digestion in the stomach, digestion and absorption in small intestine
and large intestine, Digestive glands- functions of liver, pancreas and
salivary glands.
� The circulatory system - Composition and functions of blood, structure and
functions of heart, blood pressure.
UNIT – II
� The Respiratory system - Respiratory passage - its parts & functions,
structure and functions of lungs.
� The Excretory System - Structure and functions of kidneys, mechanism of
urine formation.
� The Reproductive System - Structure of reproductive organs in a woman,
menstrual cycle.
� The Nervous System - Major parts of the nervous system, structure and
functions of brain, spinal cord and nerve cell (Neuron), sense organs -
structure of Eye and Ear, Eye defects.
REFERENCES:
1. Chaterzeee (1988) Human Physiology, Calcutta, Medical Agency.
2. Pears E.C. (1988) Anatomy and Physiology for nurses - Delhi Oxford
University, Press.
3. Clothing Textile and Physiology - Ritu Kapoor Vidaya Publications, Ludhiana.
4. A text book of biology - Dhami & Dhami Pradeep Publications.
5. Elementary biology - K N Bhatia
1093

B.SC. - HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER-II
PRENATAL AND INFANT GROWTH AND CARE
Course No.: 112
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3hrs
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidate : The candidates will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT – I
1. Development during prenatal stage:
a) Conception, signs of pregnancy and physiological changes during
pregnancy.
b) Factors affecting prenatal development.
2. Stages of prenatal development.
a) Prenatal growth and activities in first, second and third trimesters of
pregnancy.
b) The birth process, stages of delivery, types of birth.
c) Discomforts and complications of pregnancy.
UNIT-II
3. The New Born: Physical characteristics of the neonate - size, weight, bodyproportions,
sensory capacities i.e. hearing, vision, taste, smell, touch,
temperature, reflex actions.
4. Care of the infant (0-2 years)
a) Physical, motor, social and emotional development.
b) Rearing and care of the infant - feeding, weaning, sleeping, bathing
and toilet training.
c) Common diseases and immunization during infancy.
REFERENCES:
1. Hurlock, Elizabeth B. (1987). Developmental Psychology, A life-span
approach. Fifth Edition. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New
Delhi.
2. Hurlock, Elizabeth B. (1987). Child Development Sixth Edition. MC-Graw Hill
Book Co. New Delhi.
3. Berk, Laura E (1999). Child Development. Prentice Hall of India, Private Ltd.
New Delhi.
4. Papalie, Diane E. (1986). A child's World. Fourth Edition. McGraw Hill Book
Company New Delhi.
5. Ambron S.R. (19710): Child Development, Rinchart Prep, San Francisco.
1094

6. Lerner Hultsch (1983): Human Development a life span perspective, New
York, McGraw Hill Book, Co.
Course No.: 113
B.SC. - HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER-II
LAUNDRY SCIENCE & FINISHING OF FABRICS
1095
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3hrs
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidate: The candidates will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT - I
1. Introduction to Laundry process; Laundry equipments and their use.
2. Soaps and supplies: Soaps and detergents; Stiffening Agents; Blueing
Agents; Bleaching & other laundry reagents; Grease absorbents & solvents.
UNIT - II
3. Use and care of fabrics.
4. Stains - classification of stains, methods of removing different types of stains.
5. Fabric Finishing -
a) Physical - Singing, napping, brushing, and shearing sizing, tentering &
Calandering.
b) Chemical - Bleaching, Mercerizing
c) Special purpose finishes - Wrinkle resistant, water resistant &
repellant, flame retardant.
REFERENCE:
1. Corbman BP (19810) Textiles Fibre to fabric MC Graw Hill, New York.
2. Hollen N & Saddler J Textiles (Latest Edition) Mac Mittan & Co. New York.
3. Joseph M.L. (1976) Essentials of Textiles holt Ripeniart of Winston, New
York.
4. Joseph M.L. (1972) Introductory Textiles Science Holt Ripenhart of Winston,
New York.
5. Tortorc P.G. (1978) Understanding Textiles New York Mac Milan Publishing
Inc.
6. Gupta Sushma (20010) Text Book of Clothing Textiles and Laundry. Kalyani
Publishers New Delhi.
7. Deulkar Durga (1988) Household Textiles and Laundry Work, Atma Ram and
Sons. Kashmiri Gate Delhi – 6

Practical
MM: 50* + 50=100
Duration of Exam: 3*+3 hrs
*First Semester
1. Stain Removal - Removal of any ten stains.
2. Washing & Finishing of : Cotton (Blouse & Sari, Salwar –
Kameez,Gathered Frock Gents Shirt) ; Synthetic (Sari) ; Silk (blouse & Sari);
Embroidered Table Cloth; Cushion Covers; Table Napkins/Mat ;Woolen
Cardigan /Pullover); Starching of fabrics; Dry Cleaning of Fabrics
Course No.: 114
B.SC. - HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER-II
INTRODUCTORY HOME MANAGEMENT
1096
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3hrs
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidate: The candidates will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit as well as the compulsory question.
UNIT - I
I. Definition, Concept and objectives of home management-
II. Process of management: Planning, organizing, controlling and evaluating.
III. a) Family life cycle and stages.
b) Qualities and responsibilities of a good home maker.
c) Developing managerial abilities/skills.
UNIT - II
IV. Factors motivating management.
a) Values - Definition, classification and characteristics.
b) Goals - Definition, classification, characteristics and factors affecting
goal setting.
c) Standards - Definition, meaning and classification.
V. Decision making: Definition and importance of decision making. Types of
decisions, steps in the process for decision making.
VI. Resources: Meaning and classification of resources. Brief Introduction of
human and non-human resources. Common characteristics of resources
influencing their management.

REFERENCES:
1. Gross, E.H., Crandall, E. and Knall M.M. (1973) Management for Modern
Families. Prentice Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliff, New Jersey.
2. Nickell, P and Dorsey, JM (1988) Management in Family Living. (4th ed.)
Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi.
3. Verghese, MA; Ogale, NN and Srinivasan, K. Home Management. Wiley
Eastern, New Delhi.
1097

Course No.: 115
B.SC. - HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER-II
BASIC NUTRITION
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3hrs
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all, selecting four
questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type question.
Instructions for the candidate : The candidates will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit as well as compulsory question.
UNIT – I
A. Nutrients in food : Definition, functions, sources, recommended dietary allowances,
effects of deficiency and excess (in brief) of Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids
B. Water - Functions and sources of water for human body, effects of excess and low
intake of water on human body.
C. Fibre - Types, functions or role of dietary fibre in the human body, sources.
UNIT-II
A. Functions, sources, recommended dietary allowances, effects of excess and
deficiency (in brief) of: Fat soluble vitamins (A, D, E and K.) and Water
soluble vitamins (C, B1, B2, B6, B12 niacin and folic acid).
B. Functions, Sources, RDA, Effect of Excess and low intake of Macro Minerals
(Calcium, Magnesium, Phosphorus, Sodium and Potassium. ) and Micro
Minerals (Iron, Iodine and fluorine).
REFERENCES:
1. Bamiji, M.S.; Rao, N.P. and Reddy, V. (Editors) (1999) Textbook of Human
Nutrition. New Delhi: Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
2. ICMR (1990) Nutrient Requirements and Recommended Dietary Allowance for
Indians. A Report of the Expert Group of ICMR. NIN, Hyderabad.
3. Joshi, S.A. (2002) Nutrition and Dietetics (2nd ed.) New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw Hill
Pub. Co. Ltd.
4. Kaushik, V.K. (1998) Readings in Food, Nutrition and Dietetics Vol. I and II. Jaipur
Book Enclave.
10. Khanna, K; Gupta, S; Pasi SJ; Seth, R; Mahna, R and Puri, S. (20010) Nutrition
and Dietetics. New Delhi: Elite Publishing House.
6. Narsinga Rao BS (1988) Dietary fibre in Indian diets and its nutritional significance.
Nutrition Foundation of India Bulletin 9 (4).
7. Robinson CH and Lawler MR (1982) Normal and Therapeutic Nutrition (16th ed)
New York : mcMillion Pub. Co. Inc.
Practical
MM: 50* + 50=100
Duration of Exam: 3*+3 hrs
*First Semester
A. Planning, Calculation and Preparation of the following (2 each)
1. Vitamin A, Iron, Calcium and Protein rich snacks.
B. Preparation of Minimum two items of each of the following:
Salads, Soups, Desserts,Cakes,Main Course Dishes.
1098

Course No 116
B.SC. - HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER-II
NUTRITIONAL BIOCHEMISTRY
1099
M.M. 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3 Hrs
Instructions for the examiner : The examiner will set nine questions in all,
selecting four questions from each unit and one compulsory objective type
question.
Instructions for the candidates: The candidate will attempt five questions in all,
selecting two questions from each unit and one compulsory question.
UNIT - I
1. Nutrients in food - Definition, classification, structure, general properties,
digestion, absorption and metabolism of Carbohydrates, Proteins, Nucleic
acids.
Lipids (including iodine number, Acid value and Saponification value).
UNIT - II
2. Chemistry, physiological importance of Fat soluble vitamins ( A, D, E
and K. ) and Water soluble vitamins - B1, B2, B6, B12 niacin, folic acid and
vitamin C.
3. Biological role of Macro minerals (calcium, magnesium, phosphorus,
sodium and potassium.) and .Micro minerals (Iron, iodine, fluorine, zinc,
copper, selenium, cobalt.)
4. Enzymes - Definition, chemical nature, classification, importance and factors
affecting enzyme activity. Co-factor, co-enzyme.
REFERENCES:
1. Pant, M.C. (latest edition): Essentials of Biochemistry, Kedar Nath, Ram
Nath & Co.
2. Conn. E.E. & Stumfp P.K. (latest edition)
3. Outlines of Biochemistry, Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd.
4. Principles of Biochemistry by J.L. Jain
5. Principles of Biochemistry by Leherninger
6. Practical Biochemistry by David T Plummer

Practical
1100
MM: 50* + 50=100
Duration of Exam: 3*+3 hrs
*First Semester
1. Preparation of solutions of different concentrations and expressing
concentrations in different units.
2. Preparation of buffer solution (Acetate buffer-0.2 Molar, pH-10.2).
3. Qualitative analysis of different Carbohydrates, Protein and Lipids
4. Determination of Vitamin C by titrimetric method and fat (demonstration by
Soxhlet apparatus). In different food stuff
5. Determination of saponification value and acid value of two different fats or
oils.
6. Develop a chromatogram of known amino acids and mixture of amino acids
by 2-D paper chromatography.
7 Estimation of chloride in table salt by titrimetric method.
Course No. : 117
B.SC. HOME SCIENCE
SEMESTER - I I
ENGLISH
MM: 40 + 10 = 50
Duration of Exam: 3 hrs
Scheme of the Question Paper
The paper will have seven questions as per details given below
Q.1. The Candidate will be asked to answer comprehension questions based on an
extract from the text book. There will be internal choice.
Q.2. The candidate will be asked to explain with reference to the context an extract from
the text book. There will be internal choice.
Q.3. There will be five short answer type questions based on the text book. The
candidate will be asked to give answers in about 30 words each. There will be
internal choice
Q.4. There will be one essay type question based on the text book with internal choice.
Q.10. Translation of a passage of about 10 sentences from Hindi to English
Q.6. Paragraph (The candidate will be required to write about 2100 words on any one of
the five given topics).
Q.7. There will be question with parts on the following items: common phrasal verbs,
prepositions, common errors in English

Paper –A: Text
The following text is prescribed for intensive study:
1. Following essays from Ideas Aglow edited by Dinesh Kumar and V.B. Abrol
(Publication Bureau, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra)
a) C.E.M. Joad
Our Civilization
b) Jyant V. Narlikar
It’s Question Time
c) N.Ram
An Interview with Christiaan Barnard
d) B.R. Ambedkar
Untouchability and the Caste System
e) Huck Gutman
Inhumanisation of War
f) Amartya Sen
Seven Types of gender Inquality
Part-B General English
1. Translation from English to Hindi
2. Precis
3. Official Correspondence: Letter Writing.
1101

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
Code No. Subject Marks Time
BFAD-101 History of Indian Clothing 120+30* 3 hrs.
BFAD-102 Basic Sewing Techniques 120+30* 3 hrs.
BFAD-103 Introduction to Computer-I 120+30* 3 hrs.
BFAD-104 English 120+30* 3 hrs.
BFAD-105 Environment Studies (80+20 # )* 3 hrs.
Practical / Lab based Courses
BFAD-151 Basic Sewing Techniques 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-152 Pattern Making -I 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-153 Computer Lab-I 50 3 hrs.
TOTAL 850
* Internal Assesment
# Project Work
1102

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
HISTORY OF INDIAN CLOTHING
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-101 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 120
Int. Assesment: 30
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit-1
PART-I
Origin of Clothing:-
� Evolution of Dress
� Symbolical significance
� Art of weaving
� Functions of clothing
Unit-II
PART-I
Ancient Indian costumes:-
� Indus valley civilization
� Vedic age
� Middle ages
� Mauryan’s influence
� Satahanavanas
� Kushan’s
� Gupta period
� Muslim Period
� Infiltration of western influence.
PART-II
� Traditional costumes of different regions of India
1103

REFERENCES
Text books:
� Flynn, D. 1971. Costumes of India, New Delhi, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Company
� Roshen Alkazi. Ancient Indian Costume
� P. Rambanch and V Golich. The Gloden Age of Indian Art
� J.Brij Bhusha. The Costumes and Textiles of Indian
Magazines/Journals:
� Apparel online.com
� Apparel View
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
BASIC SEWING TECHNIQUES
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-102 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 120
Int. Assessment: 30
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit-I
� Introduction to sewing – history of sewing machine.
� Sewing machines – different types of sewing machines and their maintenance,
common problems and their remedies, tools and equipments.
� Introduction to manufacture of sewing threads and their properties.
� Sewing techniques – Basic hand stitches – Basting, running, tacking, hand over-
cast, hemming stitches- plain and blind, slip stitch, tailor's tack.
� Seams and seam finishes – definition, types of seams finishes and their
applications.
1104

� Fullness – darts, tucks, pleats, gathers – definition, terms, types and application
� Yokes--definition, purpose, with and without fullness, applications and construction.
� Sleeves – definition, terms and types
� Collars – definition, terms, types and styles.
� Different types of pockets.
� Different types of skirts.
� Fastners – definition, types, present trends.
� Finishes – neckline finishes – binding, facing.
� Plackets – definition, types of placket finishes.
� Different types of trimmings.
Unit-II
� Terminology – notches, grain, grain line, construction lines, center-front line , bias,
true bias, bust line, waistline, seam line, seam, seam allowance, jog seams, dart
points, direction of dart excess.
� Figure analysis-body ideals, body proportion, and height and weight distribution,
individual figure analysis.
� Anthropometric Measurements – Study of all body measurements for all age groups
– infants, children, women and men; standards of body measurement, importance,
standardization and size charts.
� Methods of garment construction – drafting, draping and flat pattern, principles,
advantages and disadvantages.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Thomas Anna Jacob: “The Art of Sewing”. New Delhi, USB Publisher Distributors
Ltd. 1994.
� Reader’s Digest “Complete Guide to Sewing”, Reader Digest 1995.
� Verma G. “Cutting Theory”. Asian Publishers, Delhi. 1999.
� Sheri Doongaji. Basic Principles of Construction.
� Mc Calls’s. Mc Calls’s Sewing Book.
� Singer Sewing Essentials, Cowels Creative Publishing, Inc. 1996.
� Sewing Basics, Wendy Gardiner, Saly Milner publishing. 2003.
1105

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER-I
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-103 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 120
Int. Assesment: 30
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit-1
Computer Fundamentals and DOS
� Introduction to computer
� Application of computer in the fashion/ textile/ graphic design etc.
� Difference between hardware and software
� Renaming file
� Activities file
� Booting
� Type of memory
� Understanding the term “Byte”
Introduction to DOS
� Difference between a ‘File and a ‘Directory’
� DOS commands: MD,CD,RD
� Copy con: DIR, COPY, REN, DEL, CLS
� Date, time, deltree, format, attrib
Unit-II
Windows Operating System
� Introduction to Windows
� Study of MS-Office
� MS-Word – detailed study
� MS-Power Point – detailed study
� MS-Excel – basic knowledge
� Windows explorer
� Paintbrush
1106

� Notepad
� Difference between single tasking and multi tasking operating systems
� Advantages of windows over DOS
� Manipulating a windows opening, closing, moving, maximizing and minimizing a
window
� Accessories Group: Clock, Calendar, Notepad and Calculator
REFERENCES
Text book:
� Microsoft Office 2000 Complete, BPB Publications.
� Sinha, Computer Fundamentals, BPB Publications, 2003
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
ENGLISH
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-104 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 120
Int. Assesment: 30
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit-I
Communicative Grammar:
Part A: Spotting the errors pertaining to nouns, pronouns, adjective and adverbs;
Concord - grammatical concord, notional concord and the principle of proximity
between subject and verb.
Part B: Changing the voice: from Active to Passive and Passive to Active.
Lexis: Idioms and phrases; Words often confused; One-Word Substitutes;
Formation of words (suffixes, prefixes and derivatives);
1107

Oral Communication:
Part-A: Introduction to principal components of spoken English – Transcription,
Word accent, Intonation, Weak forms in English
Part-B: Developing listening and speaking skills through various activities, such as
(a) role play activities, (b) Practising short dialogues (c) Group discussion (d)
Debates (e) Speeches (f) Listening to news bulletins (g) Viewing and reviewing T.V.
programmes etc.
Unit-II
Written Communication: Developing reading and writing skills through such
tasks/activities as developing outlines, key expressions, situations, slogan writing
and theme building exercises, dialogue writing, interpreting pictures/cartoons.
(For Internal Evaluation Only):
Book Review – Herein the students will be required to read and submit a review of
a book (Literary or non-literary) of their own choice. This will be followed by a
presentation of the same in the class.
Technical Writing:
(a) Business Letters, Format of Business letters and Business letter writing
(b) E-mail writing
(c) Reports, Types of Reports and Format of Formal Reports
(d) Press Report Writing
REFERENCES
� Language in Use (Upper intermediate Level, Adrian Doff Christopher Jones,
Cambridge University Press
� Common Errors in English, Abul Hashem, Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi.
� Objective English, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.
� Spoken English for India, R.K. Bansal & J.B. Harrison, Orient Longman, Delhi.
� The sounds of English, Veena Kumar, Makaav Educational Software, New Delhi.
� English Phonetics & Phonology, P. Roach, Cambridge University Press, London.
� English for Engineers and Technologists: A Skill Approach, Vol. 2, Orient Longman,
Delhi.
� Business Communication, M.S. Ramesh and C.C. Pattanshetti, R.Chand and
Company, Delhi
� Group Discussion, Sudha Publications/Ramesh Publishing House, New Delhi.
� English Grammar & Composition. By Rajinder Pal & Prem Lata Suri, Sultan Chand
Pub. New Delhi.
1108

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
ENVIRONMENT STUDIES
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-105 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 100
Theory Exam: 80
Int. Assesment: 20
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit-I
The Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies
� Definition, scope and importance.
� Need for public awareness.
Natural Resources
Renewable and non-renewable resources:
� Natural resources and associated problems.
a. Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies.
Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal
people.
b. Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water,
floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems.
c. Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of
extracting and mineral resources, case studies.
d. Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and
overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems,
water logging, salinity, case studies.
e. Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and nonrenewable
energy sources, use of alternate energy sources. Case studies.
f. Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced
landslides, soil erosion and desertification.
1109

� Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
� Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Ecosystems
� Concept of an ecosystem.
� Structure and function of an ecosystem.
� Producers, consumers and decomposers.
� Energy flow in the ecosystem.
� Ecological succession.
� Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids.
� Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following
ecosystem :
o Forest ecosystem
o Grassland ecosystem
o Desert ecosystem
o Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries).
Biodiversity and its conservation
� Introduction – Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity.
� Biogeographical classification of India.
� Value of biodiversity: consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic
and option values.
� Biodiversity at global, National and local levels.
� India as a mega-diversity nation.
� Hot-spots of biodiversity.
� Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts.
� Endangered and endemic species of India.
� Conservation of biodiversity: in-situ and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
Unit-II
Environmental Pollution
Definition
� Causes, effects and control measures of :
o Air pollution
o Water pollution
o Soil pollution
o Marine pollution
o Noise pollution
o Thermal pollution
o Nuclear hazards
� Solid waste management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes.
� Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
� Pollution case studies.
� Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
1110

Social Issues and the Environment
� From unsustainable to sustainable development
� Urban problems related to energy
� Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management
� Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Case
studies.
� Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions.
� Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear
accidents and holocaust. Case studies.
� Wasteland reclamation.
� Consumerism and waste products.
� Environment Protection Act.
� Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.
� Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act
� Wildlife Protection Act
� Forest Conservation Act
� Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation
� Public awareness.
Human Population and the Environment
� Population growth, variation among nations
� Population explosion – Family Welfare Programme
� Environment and human health.
� Human Rights.
� Value Education.
� HIV/AIDS
� Women and Child Welfare.
� Role of Information Technology in Environment and human health.
� Case Studies.
Field Work
� Visit to a local area to document environmental assets-river / forest / grassland /
hill / mountain.
� Visit to a local polluted site – Urban / Rural / Industrial / Agricultural.
� Study of common plants, insects, birds.
� Study of simple ecosystems – pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
1111

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
BASIC SEWING TECHNIQUES
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-151 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
Making samples of:-
� Basic hand stitches- basting, running, hemming, overcasting, herringbone, back
stitch etc.
� Seams and seam finishes – plain, flat, run and fell, French, montuamaker's seam,
counter hem' over lock, hand over cast, turned and stitched, binding.
� Fullness - darts, tucks, pleats, gathers, ruffles , frills
� Yokes - yoke with and without fullness
� Drafting & Construction of Collars– Stand and fall, peter-pan, shawl, sailor's,
mandarin, cape.
� Pockets – Patch, welt, in-seam, bound, flap pocket, kurta pocket.
� Fasteners.
� Neckline Finishes- Facing, Binding.
� Plackets – Continuous, two piece placket, extended bodice.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Armstrong, J.H. “Pattern making for fashion design” Pearson Education. 2001.
� Readers Digest sewing book.
� Thomas Anna Jacob. "The art of sewing", USB publishers New Delhi, 1994.
� Verma, G. Cutting & Tailoring Theory", Asian publishers Delhi, 1999.
1112

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
PATTERN MAKING-I (PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-152 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� The Workroom:- Pattern making tools, Industrial dress form, Pattern paper
1. Completing the pattern, pattern grain lines, and balance line terms.
� Figure analysis: - Standard ideal figure, Pattern industry standards, Individual
figure analysis.
� Measuring techniques:-
1. Introduction ,Measurement charts, Tools for measuring process, Land mark
terms
2. Standard body measurements: - Child, Adult, Men and Women.
3. Girth measurements, measuring the forms: - HBL, horizontal and vertical
measurement, strap measurement.
� Making Basic Body Slopers of children and adult :-
1. Bodice - Front / back.
2. Skirt - Front / back.
3. Sleeve
� Making paper pattern of :-
1. Darts, notches, pleats.
2. Gathers and tucks.
3. Sleeves – Plain, puff, raglan, kimono, leg-o-mutton, bishop and bell sleeve.
� Fitting the bodice, necklines, armhole and sleeve.
� Pattern making techniques :-
1. Design analysis and 3 major principles.
2. Pattern making terms.
3. Test - Fit
1113

REFERENCES
Text books:
� Aldrich Winifred. Metric Pattern Cutting. Om Book Service. 1997.
� Armstrong H.J. Pattern Making for Fashion Design. Longman. 2003.
� Bray Natalia. More Dress Pattern Designing. Blackwell Science. 1999.
� Cooklin Gery. Pattern Cutting for Women’s outer Wear. Blackwell Science. 2001.
� Cooklin Gery. Garment Technology for Fashion Designers. Blackwell Science.
1997.
� Kapoor Bela. Pattern Drafting and Making. Phoenix Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.
1999.
Magazines/Journals:
� Apparel online.com
� Apparel views
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1
COMPUTER LAB-I
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-153 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� How to operate windows
� Word processing software, preparation, saving and printing of text documents.
� Microsoft Office Word
� Microsoft Office Excel
� Microsoft Office PowerPoint
� Paint
REFERENCES:
Text books:
� Winfred Aldrich. CAD in Clothing and Textiles, Blackwell Science, 1994.
� Annual World, Computer in the World of Textiles Institute, UK.
1114

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
Practical / Lab based Courses
BFAD-171 Textile Testing
SEMESTER-1I
Code No. Subject Marks Time
BFAD-121 Textile Science 120+30* 3 hrs.
BFAD-122 Traditional Indian
Embroideries & Textiles
120+30* 3 hrs.
BFAD-123 Elements & Principles of
Design
120+30* 3 hrs.
BFAD-124 Garment Construction 120+30* 3 hrs.
1115
50 3 hrs.
BFAD-172 Computer Lab 50 3 hrs.
BFAD-173 Children’s Clothing 50 3 hrs.
BFAD- 174
Elements & Principles of
Design
50 3 hrs.
TOTAL 800
* Internal Assessment

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1I
TEXTILE SCIENCE
(THHEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-121 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 120
Int. Assesment: 30
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit – I
� Introduction to textile fibers, classification of fibers based on sources and origin, basic
textile terminology.
� Primary and secondary properties of various fibers.
� Sequence of operations & purposes of short/long staple yarn manufacturing process,
introduction & objectives of opening & cleaning, carding, combing, drawing, roving and
spinning.
� Different methods and types of spinning.
� Introduction, Manufacturing & Properties of different natural and man-made fibers:-
Cotton, Wool, silk, rayon, acetate and triacetate, polyamide (Nylon-6, nylon- 6.6)
acrylics, modacrylic, elastomeric fibre.
Unit – II
� Classification of Yarns: Carded and Combed yarns, woolen & worsted yarns, filament
and spun yarns.
� Yarn Properties – linear density, size, twist in yarn, crimp twist direction, strength and
uniformity.
� Textured yarns – types and application, Fancy Yarns – types and uses.
� Physical properties of Fabric – strength, abrasion resistance, crease recovery,
stiffness, drapability, static charge, thermal conductivity, air permeability, water
repellency, thickness, shrink resistance, pilling resistance.
� Methods of determining the physical properties and interpretation of test results.
1116

Note: Use simple methods only.
� Fiber identification – visual, burning, microscopic and solubility test.
� Fibre blends analysis.
� Measurement and interpretation of yarn count, direct and indirect yarn.
� Identification of type of yarn.
� Evaluation of thread count and dimensional stability of fabric.
� Evaluation of color fastness to washing and ironing.
� Evaluation of crimp and twist in yarn.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Vilensky. "Textile Science", CBS publisher, New Delhi, 1999.
� Grosicki, Z. "Watson's Textile Design and Color" Blackwell Science, U.K., 1998.
� Mishra, S.P. "A text book of fiber science and technology, New Age Intt., Delhi 2000.
� Goswami, B.C. "Textile Yarns", Technology, structure and applications", Mc graw Hill.
� Pizzoto's J.J. "Fabric Science", Fairchild Publication, New York.
1117

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1I
TRADITIONAL INDIAN EMBROIDERIES AND TEXTILES
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-122 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 120
Int. Assesment: 30
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit-I
� Traditional and commercial embroideries of different region of India:- Kutch,
Kathiawar, Phulkari, Sindhi, Kantha, Kausuti, Chamba rumal, Kashida, Manipuri,
Chikankari and Zardozi with their commercial importance.
Unit-II
� Traditional woven textiles of India: Dacca muslin and Jamdani, Baluchari,
Pochampalli, Patola and Ikat, Kanchipuram sarees, Chanderi sarees, Maheswari
sarees, Vichitrapuri sarees and Brocades, Woven shawls of Kashmir, Himachal
Pradesh and North Eastern States.
� Printed and Painted textiles:- Block printed textiles, Tie and dyed textiles, Kalamkari
and Madhubani.
REFERENCES
� Pandit, S. 1976. Indian Embroidery: Its Variegated Charms. Baroda.
� Mehta, R.J. 1970. Masterpieces of Indian Textiles. Bombay, D.B. Taraparevala
Sons and Co. Pvt. Ltd.
� Gillow. Indian Textiles.
� Lehri, R.M. Indian Embroideries.
� Ghosh. Ikat Textiles of India
� Shailza, D. Naik. Traditional Embroideries of India
1118

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1I
ELEMENTS & PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-123 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 120
Int. Assesment: 30
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit-1
� Elements of Design: - Line, shape, texture, color, pattern.
� Line Art: - Diagonal, horizontal, vertical, stripes & checks.
� Principles of Design: - Harmony, Rhythm, Balance, Proportion, Emphasis
Unit-II
� Colour: Light and colour phenomenon, colour theories as light pigment or Brewster
Colour theory, psychological effect of colour, classification of colour.
� Colour Wheel: - Tints and shades, value, hue, intensity, saturation.
� Colour schemes and application of colour combination in designing of clothing or
fabric.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� David Hormg. Colour–A workshop for Artists and Designers. Laurence King
Publishing. 2005.
� Hideaki Chijiwa. Color Harmony. Rockport Publishers.1992.
� Mary Ganthe. Fashion and Color. Rockport Publishers. 1992.
� Sawahata Lesa. Color Harmony Workbook. Rockport Publishers. 2001.
� Sumathi, G.J. Elements of Fashion and Apparel Design. New Age International
Publishers. 2002.
� Tatham Caroline and Seaman Julian. Fashion Design Drawing Course, Thames
and Hudson. 2003.
1119

Magazines/Journals:
� Apparel online.com
� Apparel views
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1I
GARMENT CONSTRUCTION
(THEORY)
Course Code: BFAD-124 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 150
Theory Exam: 120
Int. Assesment: 30
� Examiner will set nine questions in all
� All the questions will carry equal marks
� Question No. 1 will be compulsory consisting of 5-10 short type questions and
spread over the entire syllabus
� The remaining eight questions will be set from unit 1 and 2, four questions from
each unit
� The candidates are required to attempt five questions. Q.No. 1 will be compulsory
and remaining four questions will be attempted selecting two questions from each
unit.
Unit – I
� Fabric Preparation.
� Handling special fabrics.
� Suitability of different fabrics for different garments.
� Principles of fitting, factors to be considered while fitting, common fitting problems,
remedying fitting defects.
Unit – II
� Terminology related to skirts, trousers, collars, sleeves.
� Lining, interlining, facing & interfacing.
� Clothing for different age groups.
� Clothing for different occasions.
� Fabric estimation and its importance.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Carp and Latham. The Technology of Clothing Manufacture.
� Greff and Strom. Concepts of Clothing.
� Thomas Anna Jacob: “The Art of Sewing”. New Delhi, USB Publisher Distributors
Ltd.1994.
� Reader’s Digest “Complete Guide to Sewing”.1995.
� Cooklin Grey. Garment Technology for Fashion Designer, Blackwell Science. 1997.
1120

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1I
TEXTILE TESTING
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-171 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
Note: Use simple methods only.
� Fiber identification – visual, burning, microscopic and solubility test.
� Yarn tests : -
1. Ply and filaments
2. Yarn count
3. Crimp
4. Twist
5. Tenacity and elongation
� Fabric dimensions :-
1. Width
2. Fabric Count
3. Thickness
4. Weight
� Fabric wearing qualities :-
1. Abrasion
2. Stiffness
3. Drape
4. Breaking strength and elongation
5. Bursting and tearing strength
6. Shrinkage
� Colour Fastness to :-
1. Sun light
2. Laundering
3. Crocking/rubbing
4. Perspiration
REFERENCES
Text books:
� Angappan, P. and Gopalakrishnan, R. 2002. Textile Testing. Eroad, Tamilnadu, S.S.M.
Institute of Textile Technology.
� Booth, J. E. 1974. Principles of Textile Testing. I st ed. New Delhi, CBS Publishers &
Distributors.
� ISI Handbook of Textile Testing. 1982. New Delhi, Indian Standards Institution.
� Vilensky, "Textile Science", CBS publisher, New Delhi, 1999.
1121

� Mishra S.P. "A text book of fiber science and technology, New Age Intt., Delhi
2000.
� Pizzoto's J.J. "Fabric Science", Fairchild Publication, New York.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1I
COMPUTER LAB
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-172 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
Experiment-I
Introduction to Photoshop
� Interface
� Tool box and Palettes
� Layers, File types and Resolution
Experiment-II
Enhancing Image
� Color Balance, Cropping and Cloning Stamp
� Brightness, Hue, Blur, Burn etc
Experiment-III
Blending Images
� Selection Tools
� Transform
Experiment-IV
Special Effect
� Filter
� Layer Style
� Opacity
Experiment-V
Drawing Tools
1122

� Color Selection, Gradients
� Type Tool, Paint Tools
� Vector shapes
� Importing graphics files from Corel Draw
Experiment-VI
Introduction to Corel Draw
� Difference Between Corel and Paintbrush
� Difference between vector and bitmap image
� Overview of Corel Draw
Experiment-VII
Working with Corel Draw
� Opening a new graphics
� Modifying existing graphics
� Saving a file
Experiment-IX
Introduction to drawing tools
� Use of freehand and Bezier tools
� Use of square, polygon tools
� Use of pencil tool to draw straight lines
� Understanding about open and closed shapes
Experiment-X
Changing attributes of graphical objects i.e. fill and outline color and style
� File menu
� Working with text
� Creating special effects
� Working with objects
� Create symbols and patterns
� Shortcut keys
� Assignments-working on designing care labels, tags, logos, letterheads, visiting
cards etc
1123

Experiment-XI
Page Maker
REFERENCES
� Rebecca Bridges Altman, Rich Ailman, Mastering page maker 6 for Windows 95
� Rick Altman, Corel Draw 9
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1I
CHILDREN’S CLOTHING
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-173 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Drafting and construction of Layette set :-
1. Bib, Diaper, Panty, Bloomer, Jhabla.
� Making samples of :-
1. Skirt and its variations.
� Construction of :-
1. Dress for casual wear.
2. Dress for formal wear.
3. Dress for night wear.
REFERENCES
� Thomas Anna Jacob, "The art of sewing". New Delhi, USB Publishers. 1994.
� Readers Digest sewing book.
� Verma, G. Cutting & Tailoring Theory", Delhi, Asian Publishers. 1999.
� Cooklin, G. Garment Technology for Fashion Designers” Blackwell Publishing.
1977.
1124

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
BACHELOR OF FASHION AND APPAREL DESIGN (BFAD)
SEMESTER-1I
ELEMENTS & PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN
(PRACTICAL)
Course Code: BFAD-174 Duration of exam: 3 hrs
M.M.: 50
Practical Exam: 50
� Study about the different art materials and their uses.
� Lines – effect of lines, optical illusion with lines, regular & irregular lines.
� Shapes - classification, types, composition of different shapes.
� Forms - silhouettes and its types.
� Colour- colour wheel, tints and shades, colour schemes.
� Texture- formation of texture by different methods:- impression method, thread
rolling, spray method.
� Principles of design and their applications.
� Formation of any three designs by using elements and principles of design.
� Enlargement and reduction of design motifs.
� Patterns – geometrical, floral, abstract, nursery prints etc.
REFERENCES
Text books:
� David Hormg. Colour–A workshop for Artists and Designers, Laurence king
publishing, 2005.
� Hideaki Chijiwa. Color Harmony, Rockport Publishers. 1992.
� Mary Ganthe. Fashion and color, Rockport Publishers. 1992.
� Sawahata Lesa. Color Harmony Workbook, Rockport Publishers. 2001.
� Sumathi G.J. Elements of fashion and Apparel Design, New Age International
Publishers. 2002.
� Tatham Caroline and Seaman Julian. Fashion Design Drawing Course, Thames
and Hudson. 2003.
Magazines/Journals:
� Apparel online.com
� Apparel views
1125

W.E.F. 2011-12
SYLLABI FOR B.SC GEOLOGY THIRD YEAR AS PER OLD PATTERN
1. Each theory paper comprises 4 units.
INSTRUCTORS TO PAPER SETTERS
(B.Sc. Geology - Semester V to Semester VI)
2. Nine questions will be set in all out of which the examinees will attempt only Five
questions. First question will be compulsory; it will be covering the entire syllabus, and be
of short answer type. Out of remaining 8 questions the examinees will answer one
question from each unit.
3. The examiner will set Two questions from each of the four units out of which one
question shall be of short answer type.
1126

Unit-I
B.Sc THIRD YEAR (GEOLOGY) V SEMESTER
U GEOL-501 Economic Geology
Max. Marks: 45+5*
Time: 3 hrs.
*Internal
Elementary concept of the following ore forming processes: magmatic,
Hydrothermal, Sedimentary , Residual and mechanical concentration,
Oxidation and supergene enrichment.
Unit -II
The study of physical properties and uses of the ores of the following with
reference to Indian occurrences: Iron, manganese, aluminum, copper, lead,
zinc, tin, tungsten, molybdenum, uranium thorium, chromium, nickel,
cobalt, antimony, gold, silver and platinum.
Unit-III
Energy mineral- Petroleum, its origin, migration, accumulation and
geological occurrences in India.
Unit-IV
Energy minerals- coal and atomic minerals, their origin and geological
occurrences in India.
Books recommended :-
1. India’s Mineral Resources S.Krishnaswami
2. Industrial Mineral and rocks of India. S.Deb
3. Economic mineral deposits A.M.Bateman
4. Ore deposits of India Gokhale and Rao
5. Geology and mineral deposits Smirnov
1127

Unit-I
B.Sc THIRD YEAR (GEOLOGY) V SEMESTER
U GEOL-502 Exploration Geology & Remote Sensing
Max. Marks: 45+5*
Time: 3 hrs.
*Internal
Surface expression and indications of economic deposits-Old working,
gossans and cap rocks: geobotanical and geochemical guides.
Unit-II
Techniques of surface and subsurface sampling (pitting, trenching, drilling
and delineation of anomalies with typical examples.
Unit-III
Elementary idea of Geophysical investigations-electrical magnetic,
gravity, seismic and radioactive. Elementary idea about geophysical well
logging.
Unit-IV
Remote Sensing techniques to delineate geomorphic, lithological ,
Structural features and identification of various types of earth resources.
Books recommended:-
1.Mining Geology R.M.Arogyaswamy
2. Practical manual of exploration and S.K.Babu
Prospecting
3.Principles and praticals of mineral D.K.Sinha
Exploration
1128

4.Elements of prospecting and Bagchi, Sen Gupta and Rao
Exploration
5.Principles of application of S.N.Pandey
Photogeology
6.Photogeology Miller and Miller
1129

Unit-I
B.Sc THIRD YEAR (GEOLOGY) VI SEMESTER
U GEOL-601 Engineering Geology & Mining Geology
1130
Max. Marks: 45+5*
Time: 3 hrs.
*Internal
Engineering properties of rocks, rocks as building and construction
materials. Engineering structures-River Valley project, dams, tunnels,
highways and bridges,
Unit-II
Land hazards due to earthquakes and landslide and their impact on
engineering structures. Construct on material of geology, basis of their
selection and use. Techniques for selection and evaluation of sites for
various engineering structures.
Unit-III
Mining: definition & terminology; elementary aspects of various types of
mining methods.
Unit-IV: Role of geologists in mines, Mining safety, environmental safe
guards and mines legislation.
Books recommended:-
1. Mining and Environment in India S.C.Joshi and G.
Bhattarcharya
2. Mining Geology R.M.Arogyaswamy
3. Engineering Geology Krynine and Judd
4. Engineering Geology Blyth
5. Soil Mechanics T.W.Lambe and
R.Whitman

Unit-I
B.Sc THIRD YEAR (GEOLOGY) VI SEMESTER
U GEOL-602 Hydrogeology and Environmental Geology
1131
Max. Marks: 45+5*
Time: 3 hrs.
*Internal
Occurrence of groundwater, hydrologic cycle, groundwater aquifers and
their parameters. Groundwater quality criteria for differnet uses.
Unit-II
Conjunctive use and groundwater management, water-logging and relative
problems; exploration and evaluation of groundwater potential.
Unit-III
Basic principles of environment and ecosystem in relation to geology.
Anthropologic activities and their impact on environment. Environment
energy projects and natural hazards with typical examples.
Unit-IV
Atmosphere-its composition and structure, increasing CO2 trend and
greenhouse gases, greenhouse impacts on global environment.
Books recommended
1. Groundwater Hydrology D.K Toad
2. Groundwater Cheery and Greeze
3. Hydrogeology S.N Davis, and R.J.M.
Dewiest
4. Groundwater resources Evolution W.C Walton
5. Hydrology C.Meinzier
6. Hand book of Applied Hydrology Chow
7. Environmental Geology L. Lindgrein

UPDATED SCHEME OF EXAMS. & SYLLABI FOR B.SC. GEOLOGY
1. Each theory paper comprises 4 units.
WITH 20% INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
INSTRUCTORS TO PAPER SETTERS
(B.Sc. Geology - Semester I to Semester VI)
2. Nine questions will be set in all out of which the examinees will attempt only Five
questions. First question will be compulsory; it will be covering the entire syllabus, and be
of short answer type. Out of remaining 8 questions the examinees will answer one
question from each unit.
3. The examiner will set Two questions from each of the four units out of which one
question shall be of short notes.
1132

S.
No.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY, KURUKSHETRA
B.Sc - GEOLOGY three Year COURSE under Semester System
Scheme of examinations for I, II, III Years with Detailed Syllabus (w.e.f. Session 2011-12)
Code Paper Nomenclature
Marks Time
Theory/
Practical
Internal Total
1. U-GEOL- 101
B.Sc I Year (Semester 1 & 2)
Physical Geology and
Geomorphology
40 10 50 3 hrs
2. U-GEOL-102 Structural Geology 40 10 50 3 hrs
3. U-GEOL-201 Crystallography & mineral optics 40 10 50 3 hrs
U-GEOL-202 Mineralogy 40 10 50 3 hrs
4. U-GEOL-PR-203 Practical
(Based on U-GEOL 101,102, 201
& 202)
B.Sc II Year (Semester 3 & 4)
80 20 100 3 hrs
5. U-GEOL-301 Palaeontology 40 10 50 3 hrs
6. U-GEOL-302 Stratigraphy 40 10 50 3 hrs
7. U-GEOL-401 Petrology I 40 10 50 3 hrs
8. U-GEOL-402 Petrology II 40 10 50 3 hrs
9. U-GEOL-PR-403 Practical
(Based on 301,302,401&402)
B.Sc.-III Year (Semester 5 & 6)
80 20 100 3 hrs
10. U-GEOL-501 Economic Geology 40 10 50 3 hrs
11. U-GEOL-502 Exploration Geology & Remote
Sensing
40 10 50 3 hrs
12. U-GEOL-601 Engineering Geology & Mining
Geology
40 10 50 3 hrs
13. U-GEOL-602 Hydrogeology and Environmental
Geology
40 10 50 3 hrs
14. U-GEOL-PR-603 Practical
(Based on 501, 502, 601 & 602)
80 20 100 3 hrs
Note: The revised scheme of B.Sc. geology with 20% internal assessment will be effective
from session 2011-12 for I & II semester, 2012-13 for III & IV semester and 2013-14 for V &
VI semesters.
1133

*Internal
Unit I
B.Sc IST YEAR (GEOLOGY) I SEMESTER
U GEOL-101 Physical Geology & Geomorphology
1134
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs
Role of Geology to the mankind. Geology and its branches - their interrelationship. Origin of
Earth and Solar System. Shape and size of earth; its relief features & Interior, meteorites and
age of earth.
Unit II
Volcanoes and earthquakes; Elementary idea of isostasy, continental drifting, sea floor
spreading and plate tectonics; geosynclines, rift valleys and island arcs.
Unit III
Surface Geological processes – Exogenic & Endogenic, Orogenic & Epiorogenic processes.
Weathering and mass wasting; Types of weathering.
Unit IV
Erosional and depositional features of fluvial, arid, glacial, coastal and lacustrine geomorphic
cycles. Cycles concept in geomorphology, peneplanation, uplift and rejuvenation.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Principles of Physical Geology A. Holmes
Principe of Geomorphology W.D. Thornbury
Geomorphology V.K. Sharma
Plate Tectonics and crustal Evolution K.C. Condy
Aspects of tectonics K.S. Valdiya
Essentials of Earth Science Kelvin

*Internal
Unit I
B.Sc Ist year (GEOLOGY) I SEMESTER
U GEOL - 102 Structural Geology
1135
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs.
Elements of structural geology-attitude of beds, strike and dip. Deformation of rocks - force,
stress, strain and rupture. Elastic and plastic deformations
Unit II
Folds, their morphology, genetic and geometric classification. Recognition of folds on maps
and in the field.
Unit III
Faults, their geometric and genetic classification; Recognition of faults on maps and in the field.
Unit IV
Joints and their classification. Unconformity, its types and recognition in the field
& maps.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Structural Geology M.P. Billing
Foundation of structural geology R.G. Park
Principles of structural geology G.M. Mevin

.
* Internal
Unit I
B.Sc I Year (GEOLOGY) II SEMESTER
U GEOL - 201 Crystallography and Mineral optics
1136
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs.
Crystals and their structures - forms, faces, edges, solid angles Elements of
symmetry - axes, planes & center; parameter, indices and notations.
Unit II
Study of crystal forms of normal classes of all seven crystal systems. Twinning,
its types with examples.
Unit III
Principles of optics, reflection, refraction, double refraction, polarization of light,
Nicol prism, petrological microscope. Use of optical accessories - mica plate,
gypsum plates and quarts wedge.
Unit IV
Scheme of study of important optical properties under plane polarized light and
crossed nicols.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Rutley's Elements of Mineralogy H.H. Read
Dana's Text book of Mineralogy W.E. Ford
Mineralogy Berry & Mason
Mineralogy for students M.I. Batty
Optical Mineralogy E.E. Wahlstrom
Optical Mineralogy F.F. Kerr
Elements of Optical Mineralogy A.N. Winchell

B.Sc I Year (GEOLOGY) II SEMESTER
U GEOL – 202 Mineralogy
* Internal
Unit I
Mineral- its definition and scope. Types of bondings, Isomorphism,
polymorphism, pseudomorphism. Solid solution and exsolutions..
1137
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs.
Classification of minerals. Physical and chemical properties of minerals.
Unit II
Study of physical, chemical, optical properties and economic uses of quartz &
other forms of silica, feldspars and felspathoids group of minerals.
Unit III.
Study of physical, chemical, optical properties and economic uses of amphibole,
pyroxene, mica, clay, olivine, and garnet group of important minerals.
Unit IV
Study of physical, chemical, optical properties and economic uses of zeolite,
kyanite, sillimanite, epidote, fluorite, tourmaline, beryl, zircon, sphene, monazite,
corundum and diamond.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Rutley's Elements of Mineralogy H.H. Read
Dana's Text book of Mineralogy W.E. Ford
Mineralogy Berry & Mason
Mineralogy for students M.I. Batty
Optical Mineralogy E.E. Wahlstrom
Optical Mineralogy F.F. Kerr
Elements of Optical Mineralogy A.N. Winchell

*Internal
Unit I
B.Sc II Year (GEOLOGY) III SEMESTER
U – GEOL 301 PALAEONTOLOGY
1138
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs.
Fossil, mode of preservation of fossils, condition of fossilization. Concept of species, organic evolution,
theories of evolution – Lamarkism and Darwanism.
Unit II
Morphology, classification, distribution and geological history of brachipoda, trilobite, mollusca
(gastropoda, cephalopoda and pelecypoda) and graptoloidea
Unit III
Elementary idea of vertebrate life. Evolution of horse, elephant and man. Classification of plant kingdom
and Gondwana flora. Morphology of Echinoids and their environmental significance.
Unit IV
Elementary idea of micropalaeontology and its scopes. Morphology of foraminifers and ostracodes. Fossils
spores and pollen
Books recommended
1. Invertibrate palaeontology. H.Wood
2. Principles of Invertibrate Palaeontalogy. Shrock and Twenhoffel
3. Invertibrate fossils. Moore, Lalicker and Fisher
4. Evolution of vertebrates. E.A.Colbert
5. Microfosssil. Brasier

*Internal
Unit I
B.Sc II Year (GEOLOGY) III SEMESTER
U – GEOL 302 STRATIGRAPHY
1139
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs
Definition of stratigraphy, principles of stratigraphy, stratigraphic nomenclature – lithostratigraphic,
biostratigraphic and chronostratigraphic classifications. Geological time scale. Principles of correlation.
Unit II
Precambrian stratigraphy:- Archean Provinces of India – Dharwar, Sighbhum, Eastern Ghat, Central Indian
and Aravalli, Bhundelkhand. Stratigraphy of Cuddapah and Vindhyans.
Unit III
Palaeozoic stratigraphy of India with emphasis to Spiti basin, Kashmir basin and Kumoun basin. Gondwana
sequence, Deccan traps and associated sedimentaries.
Unit IV
Mesozoic stratigraphic of India – Spiti, Rajasthan, Kutch and Tamil Nadu. Tertiary and Quaternary
stratigraphic suceessions of India.
Books Recommended
1. Geology of India. D.N.Wadia
2. Geology of India and Burma. M.S.Krishnan
3. Fundamentals of historical geology and stratigraphic of India. Ravindra Kumar
4. Principles of stratigraphy. Dunbar and Rogers
5. Geology and evolution of Indian plate. S.M.Naqvi

*Internal
Unit I
B.Sc II Year (GEOLOGY) IV SEMESTER
U-GEOL-401 PETROLOGY - I
1140
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs
Magma – composition and type (acid and basic). Evolution of magma – magmatic differentiation and
assimilation. Bowen reaction series.
Unit II
Phase rule – Unicomponent and bicomponent systems. Form, structure, texture and classification of
igneous rocks
Unit III
Mode of occurrence, field relationships and petrography of the following rock types with Indian
examples:- granite, granodiorite, rhyolite, pegmatite, syenite, diorite, trachyte, gabbro, basalt and
dolerite.
Unit IV
Metamorphism – definition, scope, agents and types. Concept of grade, zone and facies of metamorphism.
Structure and texture of metamorphic rocks. Metamorphic differentiation.
Books recommended:-
1. Principles of petrology. G.W.Tyrrell
2. Petrology. Ehlers and Blatt
3. Petrology of Igneous and metamorphic rocks. Best
4. Igneous and metamorphic petrology. Turner and Verhoogen
5. Petrology of Igneous rocks. Hatch, Wells and Wells
6. Petrology of Igneous and metamorphic rocks of India. Chatterjee
7. Petrography Williams. Turner and Gilbert
8. The studies of rocks in thin section. Moorhouse

*Internal
Unit I
B.Sc II Year (GEOLOGY) IV SEMESTER
U-GEOL-402 PETROLOGY - II
1141
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs
Field association and petrography of the following metamorphic rocks with Indian examples:- slate,
phyllite, schist, gneiss, quartzite, marble, granulite, migmatite and amphibolite.
Unit II
Sedimentary rocks – Definition, mode of origin of sediments – physical and chemical
weathering. Broad generalized classification. Composition and relative abundance of common rock
types. Concept of size, size grade scales.
Unit III
Shape, roundness, texture and fabric of sediments and cements. Oolites, pisolites,
spastoliths and spherulites. Porosity and permeability of sediments. Inorganic and organic
sedimentary structures – their classification and significance.
Unit IV
Orthoconglomerates, paraconglomerates, arkose, lithic sandstones, graywackes, quartz arenites,
shales, cherts and limestones. Heavy minerals and their significance. Mineral stability, maturity and
provenance studies. Concept of lithification and diagenesis of sediments
Books recommended:-
1 Principles of petrology. G.W.Tyrrell
2 Petrology. Ehlers and Blatt
3 Petrology of Igneous and metamorphic rocks. Best
4 Igneous and metamorphic petrology. Turner and Verhoogen
5 Petrology of Igneous and metamorphic rocks of India. Chatterjee
6 Petrography Williams. Turner and Gilbert
7 The studies of rocks in thin section. Moorhouse
8 Sedimentary rocks. Pettijohn
9 Petrology of Sedimentary rocks. Greensmith

Unit-I
*Internal
B.Sc III YEAR (GEOLOGY) V SEMESTER
U GEOL-501 Economic Geology
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs.
Elementary concept of the following ore forming processes: magmatic,
Hydrothermal, Sedimentary , Residual and mechanical concentration,
Oxidation and supergene enrichment.
Unit -II
The study of physical properties and uses of the ores of the following with
reference to Indian occurrences: Iron, manganese, aluminum, copper, lead,
zinc, tin, tungsten, molybdenum, uranium thorium, chromium, nickel,
cobalt, antimony, gold, silver and platinum.
Unit-III
Energy mineral- Petroleum, its origin, migration, accumulation and
geological occurrences in India.
Unit-IV
Energy minerals- coal and atomic minerals, their origin and geological
occurrences in India.
Books recommended :-
1. India’s Mineral Resources S.Krishnaswami
2. Industrial Mineral and rocks of India. S.Deb
3. Economic mineral deposits A.M.Bateman
4. Ore deposits of India Gokhale and Rao
5. Geology and mineral deposits Smirnov
1142

*Internal
Unit-I
B.Sc III YEAR (GEOLOGY) V SEMESTER
U GEOL-502 Exploration Geology & Remote Sensing
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs.
Surface expression and indications of economic deposits-Old working,
gossans and cap rocks: geobotanical and geochemical guides.
Unit-II
Techniques of surface and subsurface sampling (pitting, trenching, drilling
and delineation of anomalies with typical examples.
Unit-III
Elementary idea of Geophysical investigations-electrical magnetic,
gravity, seismic and radioactive. Elementary idea about geophysical well
logging.
Unit-IV
Remote Sensing techniques to delineate geomorphic, lithological ,
Structural features and identification of various types of earth resources.
Books recommended:-
1.Mining Geology R.M.Arogyaswamy
2. Practical manual of exploration and S.K.Babu
Prospecting
3.Principles and praticals of mineral D.K.Sinha
Exploration
4.Elements of prospecting and Bagchi, Sen Gupta and Rao
Exploration
5.Principles of application of S.N.Pandey
Photogeology
6.Photogeology Miller and Miller
1143

*Internal
Unit-I
B.Sc III YEAR (GEOLOGY) VI SEMESTER
U GEOL-601 Engineering Geology & Mining Geology
1144
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs.
Engineering properties of rocks, rocks as building and construction
materials. Engineering structures-River Valley project, dams, tunnels,
highways and bridges,
Unit-II
Land hazards due to earthquakes and landslide and their impact on
engineering structures. Construct on material of geology, basis of their
selection and use. Techniques for selection and evaluation of sites for
various engineering structures.
Unit-III
Mining: definition & terminology; elementary aspects of various types of
mining methods.
Unit-IV: Role of geologists in mines, Mining safety, mines
environmental safe guards and mines legislation.
Books recommended:-
1. Mining and Environment in India S.C.Joshi and G.
Bhattarcharya
2. Mining Geology R.M.Arogyaswamy
3. Engineering Geology Krynine and Judd
4. Engineering Geology Blyth
5. Soil Mechanics T.W.Lambe and
R.Whitman

*Internal
Unit-I
B.Sc III YEAR (GEOLOGY) VI SEMESTER
U GEOL-602 Hydrogeology and Environmental Geology
1145
Max. Marks: 40+10*
Time: 3 hrs.
Occurrence of groundwater, hydrologic cycle, groundwater aquifers and
their parameters. Groundwater quality criteria for differnet uses.
Unit-II
Conjunctive use and groundwater management, water-logging and relative
problems; exploration and evaluation of groundwater potential.
Unit-III
Basic principles of environment and ecosystem in relation to geology.
Anthropologic activities and their impact on environment. Environment
energy projects and natural hazards with typical examples.
Unit-IV
Atmosphere-its composition and structure, increasing CO2 trend and
greenhouse gases, greenhouse impacts on global environment.
Books recommended
1. Groundwater Hydrology D.K Toad
2. Groundwater Cheery and Greeze
3. Hydrogeology S.N Davis, and R.J.M.
Dewiest
4. Groundwater resources Evolution W.C Walton
5. Hydrology C.Meinzier
6. Hand book of Applied Hydrology Chow
7. Environmental Geology L. Lindgrein

KURUKSHETRA UNIVESITY, KURUKSHETRA
Curriculum For M.Sc. Biotechnology
Scheme of Examination
(Effective from the Academic Session 2011-2012)
Semester–I
Paper No. Nomenclature Internal Marks External Total Marks Time
Marks
(Hours)
BT-101 Biomolecules 20 80 100 Three
BT-102 Microbiology 20 80 100 Three
BT-103 Molecular Cell Biology 20 80 100 Three
BT-104 Biotechniques 20 80 100 Three
BT-105 Lab. Course based on
Biomolecules and
Biotechniques
BT-106 Lab. Course based on
Molecular Cell Biology &
Microbiology
- 70 70 Six
(Two Sessions of
Three Hours
each)
- 70 70 Six
(Two Sessions of
Three Hours
each)
Semester – II
1146
Total: 540
Paper No. Nomenclature Internal Marks External Total
Time
Marks Marks
(Hours)
BT-107 Principles
Engineering
of Genetic 20 80 100 Three
BT-108 Bioinformatics 20 80 100 Three
BT-109A Animal Cell & Tissue Culture 10 40 50 Three
BT-109B Plant Cell & Tissue Culture 10 40 50 Three
BT-110 Enzyme Technology 20 80 100 Three
BT-111 Lab. Course based on Genetic - 70 70 Six
Engineering & Bioinformatics
(Two Sessions of
Three Hours each)
BT-112 Lab. Course based on Cell &
- 70 70 Six
Tissue Culture and Enzyme
(Two Sessions of
Technology
Three Hours each
BT-113 Seminar 20 20 One
Total: 560

KURUKSHETRA UNIVESITY, KURUKSHETRA
CURRICULUM FOR M.Sc. BIOTECHNOLOGY
Scheme of Examination
(effective from the Academic Session 2011-2012)
Semester – III
Paper No. Nomenclature Internal External Total
Time
Marks Marks Marks
(Hours)
BT-114 Molecular Genetics 20 80 100 Three
BT-115 Plant Biotechnology 20 80 100 Three
BT-116 Microbial Biotechnology 20 80 100 Three
BT-117 Immunology 20 80 100 Three
BT-118 Lab. Course based on - 70 70 Six
Plant Biotechnology
Molecular Genetics
&
(Two Sessions of
Three Hours each)
BT-119 Lab. Course based on - 70 70 Six
Microbial Biotechnology &
(Two Sessions of
Immunology
Three Hours each)
Total : 540
Semester – IV
Paper Nomenclature Internal External Total
Time
No.
Marks Marks Marks
(Hours)
BT-120 Environmental
Biotechnology
20 80 100 Three
BT-121 Animal Biotechnology 20 80 100 Three
BT-122 Lab. Course based on - 70 70 Six
Environmental & Animal
(Two Sessions of
Biotechnology
Three Hours each)
BT-123 Project Report / Field
Training Report
70 70
BT-124 Seminar 20 20
Total : 360
One
1147
Grand Total of Marks: 2000

NOTE :
Semester – 1
Paper BT-101 Biomolecules
1148
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each
unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one
question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Water : Structure, hydrogen bonding, as a biological solvent, ionization and fitness of the aqueous
environment for living organisms; pH; Buffers; Henderson-Hasselbalch equation; Physiological buffers.
Carbohydrates : Structure, occurrence and biological importance of important monosaccharides,
oligosaccharides and polysaccharides; Ring structures and anomeric forms; mutarotation; sugar
derivatives; reactions of monosaccharides; Glycosaminoglycans; Heteropolysaccharides of bacterial and
algal cell walls; Proteoglycans; Glycoproteins; Lectins.
Unit-II
Amino acids and Proteins : Common structural features, classification by R group, Zwitter ion structures,
acid-base properties and titration curves of amino acids; Essential amino acids; Separation of amino acids;
Peptides including biologically active peptides; Classification and different structural levels (Primary,
secondary, tertiary & quaternary) of proteins; Ramachandran plot; Determination of amino acid
composition of proteins; Characteristic amino acid composition of proteins; Determination of amino acid
sequences of proteins; Effect of amino acid sequence on the function of a protein and stability of α-helix;
Protein folding and role of chaperons in protein folding; Chemical synthesis of polypeptides.
Unit-III
Lipids : Classification, structures, nomenclature and properties of fatty acids; Essential fatty acids;
Acylglycerols; Characterization of fats-Saponification value, iodine number, rancidity, acid value,Reichert-
Meissel number; Structures and properties of different types of phospholipids and sphingolipids
(sphingomyelins, cerebrosides & gangliosides); Structure and functions of prostaglandins, Prostacyclins,
Thromboxanes, and Leukotrienes; Terpenes of biological significance; Sterols and bile acids.
Unit-IV
Nucleic Acids : Structure and properties of purines and pyrimidine bases; Nucleosides and Nucleotides;
Biologically important nucleotides; Nucleic acids as the genetic material – experimental evidences;

Chargaff’s rules; The covalent backbone of nucleic acids; Double helical model of DNA structure; Structural
polymorphism of DNA (A,B and Z-DNA) and RNA; Denaturation & annealing of DNA; Biological functions of
nucleotides; Chemical synthesis of oligonucleotides.
Recommended Books :
1. Lehninger: Principles of Biochemistry, 4 th edition, by David L. Nelson and M.M. Cox (2005)
Maxmillan/Worth publishers/W.H. Freeman & Company
2. Biochemistry (2004) by J.David Rawn, Panima Publishing Corporation, New Delhi
3. Biochemistry, 2 nd edition, by R.H. Garrett and C.M. Grisham (1999). Saunders College Publishing, N.Y.
Sons, NY.
4. Biochemistry, 4 th edition, by L.Stryer (1995). W.H. Freeman & Co., N.Y.
5. Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 2 nd ed., by Donald Voet, Judith G.Voet and Charlotte W. Pratt (2006),
John Wiley & Sons, INC
6. Biochemistry: The chemical reactions of living cells, 2 nd edition, by David E.Metzler (2001), Harcourt
Academic Press.
7. Principles of Peptide synthesis (1984), Miklos, Bodansky, Springer-Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg
1149

NOTE:
Semester – I
Paper BT-102 Microbiology
1150
Marks: 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time: 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each
unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one
question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit – I
Various branches and applications of Microbiology, History and contributions of various scientists to this
science with particular reference to the contribution of the following scientists- A.V.Leeuwenhoek, Louis
Pasteur, Edward Jenner, Robert Koch, Alexander Fleming and Joseph Lister.
Morphology and arrangement of bacterial cells, Bacterial- flagella, Fimbriae, capsule, spores and cysts, cell
walls of Gram +ve and Gram –ve bacteria, Nutritional requirements and nutritional categories of
microorganisms, Physical factors for growth, Enrichment culture techniques for isolation of
microorganisms, pure culture techniques and preservation techniques, study of growth curve,
measurement of growth.
Unit – II
Distinguishing features of bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa, algae. Criteria used for characterization
including molecular approaches, Classification, Nomenclature and
Identification of microorganisms,taxonomy and nomenclature based upon Bergey’s manual; Gram (+) and
Gram (-) bacteria of medical and industrial importance (Pseudomonas, Azotobacter, Rhizobium,
Agrobacterium); characteristics of Mycobacterium and Mycoplasmas; photosynthetic prokaryotes (purple
bacteria, green bacteria, cyanobacteria) and actinomycetes; brief account of different types of viruses with
special reference to lambda phage, herpes, adenoviruses and retroviruses, viriods and prions; fungi and
algae of industrial importance.
Unit – III
Sterilization methods- dry heat, moist heat, radiations, filtration, gaseous sterilization, Validation of
sterilization processes; Factors affecting antimicrobial action, Mode of action of antimicrobial agents,
Antibiotics and their mode of action, Microbiological assay of antibiotics (ampicillin, streptomycin,
tetracycline etc.), Disinfectants; Types of toxins and their mode of action.
Unit – IV
Microbial ecology: Biogeochemical cycles; Physical environment: Microenvironment & Niche
Microorganisms and ecosystems. Soil microbiology: Types & functions of microorganisms in soil.

Microorganism associations with vascular plants (Mycorrhizae, rhizobia) Microorganism growth in goods,
good spoilage & control, good born diseases.
Recommended Books :
1. Lim, D.V. (1989) Microbiology, West Publishing Company, New York.
2. Brock, T.D. (1990) Microbiology: A text book of Industrial Microbiology. 2 nd edition, Sameur
Association.
3. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R. and Case, (1996) Microbiology: An introduction, Benjamin Cummings.
4. Atlas, R.M. (1998) Microbiology: Fundamental and applications. 2 nd edition, Macmillan Publishing
Company, New York.
5. Pelezar, M.J., Chan, E.G.S. and Krieg, N.R. (1998) Microbiology.
6. Heritage, J., Evance, E.G.V. and Killington, R.A. (1999) Microbiology in action. Cambridge University
Press.
7. Prescott, L.M., Harley, J.P. and Klein, D.A. (1999) Microbiology. W.C.B. Oxford.
8. Polasaa, H. Microbial gene technology. South Asian Publishers. New Delhi.
1151

Semester – I
Paper BT-103 Molecular Cell Biology
1152
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
NOTE :
� Nine questions will be set in all
� Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each unit. The
candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one question from
each unit.
� All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Overview of cells and cell research: Origin and evolution of cells, Cells as experimental models, tools of cell
biology.
Fundamentals of Molecular Biology: Heredity, Genes, and DNA, Expression of Genetic Information,
Recombinant DNA, Detection of Nucleic Acids and Proteins, Gene Function in Eukaryotes
Unit-II
Nucleus: Nuclear envelope and traffic between the nucleus and cytoplasm, internal organization of the
nucleus, nucleolus, nucleus during mitosis.
Protein Sorting and Transport: Endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus, and Lysosomes, mechanism of
vesicular transport
Unit-III
DNA Replication: DNA polymerases, replication fork, fidelity of replication, origins and initiation of
replication, replication at the ends of chromosomes.
DNA Repair: Direct reversal of DNA damage, excision repair, error-prone repair, recombinational repair.
RNA Synthesis and Processing: Prokaryotic transcription, Eukaryotic transcription: RNA polymerases and
transcription factors, RNA processing and turnover,

Protein Synthesis, Processing and Regulation: Translation of mRNA, Protein folding and processing,
regulation of protein function, protein degradation
Unit-IV
Cell Signaling: Signaling molecules and their receptors, functions of cell surface receptors, pathways of
intracellular signal transduction, signal transduction and cytoskeleton, signaling in development and
differentiation.
Cell death and cell renewal: programmed cell death, stem cells and maintenance of adult tissues.
Embryonic stem cells and therapeutic cloning.
Cancer: Development and causes of cancer, tumor viruses, oncogenes, tumour suppressor genes,
application of molecular biology to cancer prevention and treatment
Recommended Books
1. The Cell - A Molecular Approach, Cooper, Geoffrey M. Sunderland (MA): Sinauer Associates, Inc. ;
c2000
2. Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments, 5th Edition, Gerald Karp : Wiley 2007
3. Essentials of Molecular Biology, David Friefilder, Jones and Barllett Publications.
4. Gene VII (7 th Edition) Benjamin Lewin, Oxford University Press, U.K., 2000.
5. Molecular Biology and Biotechnology. A comprehensive desk reference, R.A. Meyers (Ed.) VCH
Publishers, Inc., New York, 1995.
6. Molecular Biology LabFax, T.A. Brown (Ed.), Bios scientific Publishers Ltd., Oxford, 1991.
7. Molecular Biology of the Cell (2 nd edition) B. Alberts, D. Bray, J. Lewis, M. Raff, K. Roberts, and J.D.
Watson. Garland publishing, Inc., New York, 1994.
8. Molecular Biology of the Gene (4 th edition), J.D. Watson, N.H. Hopkins, J.W. Roberts, J.A. Steitz and A
.M. Weiner, The Benjamin/Cummings Publ. Co., Inc., California, 1987.
9. Molecular Cell Biology (2 nd Edition) J. Darnell, H. Lodish and d. Baltimore, Scientific American Books,
Inc., USA, 1994.
10. Encyclopaedia of Molecular Biology, J. Kendrew, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.
1153

NOTE:
Semester – I
Paper BT-104 Biotechniques
1154
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each
unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one
question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit -I
Cell Separation, disruption, extraction and concentration techniques: Microfiltration, Centrifugation,
Ultrasonication, High pressure Homogenisation, Bead Milling, Ultrafiltration, Diafiltration and their
applications, reverse osmosis, Lyophilisation.
Centrifugation Methods: Principles of Sedimention, centrifugation techniques and their applications,
differential centrifugation, density gradient and ultracentrifugation techniques.
Unit -II
Microscopy: Light Microscopy – Magnification, Resolving power, Numerical aperture, Limit of Resolution,
Principles and applications of bright field, phase contrast, fluorescence, scanning and transmission
electron microscopy.
Spectroscopy: Principles of biophysical methods used for analysis of biopolymer structure -X-ray
diffraction, fluorescence, UV and visible, ORD/CD, NMR and ESR spectroscopy, Atomic absorption and
Atomic emission spectroscopy.
Unit -III
Chromatography: Principles and applications of Paper, Thin layer, Gel-filtration, ion-exchange, Affinity
chromatography, Gas liquid chromatography, High pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC); Reversed Phase
chromatography ,Hydrophobic interaction chromatography.
Unit -1V
Electrophoresis: Concept, Factors affecting electrophoresis, Agarose gel electrophoresis, Pulse field gel
electrophoresis, PAGE, SDS-PAGE, ,Isoelectrofoccusing, 2 Dimentional electrophoresis

Radioisotope Techniques: Radioactivity, Units of radioactivity, Radioactive decay, Rate of radioactive
decay, Measurement of radioactivity- Geiger counter, Lequid scintillation counting, Autoradiography, Effect
of radiations on biological system, Cerenkov radiations, Tracer technique-Principle and applications
Recommended Books:
1. Molecular Cloning : a Laboratory Manual, J. sambrook, E.F. Fritsch and T.Maniatis, Cold Spring
Harbor Laboratory Press, New York, 2000
2. Richard E. Venn (2003), Principal and Practice of Bioanalysis. Taylor and Francis.
3. Walker J. and Wilson K (2000), Principles and Techniques-Practical Biochemistry, 5 th Edition,
Cambridge University Press, London.
4. Freifelder D. (1982), Physical Biochemistry – Application to Biochemistry and Molecular
Biology, 2 nd Edition, W.H. Freeman and Company, San Fransisco
5. Slater R.J. (1990), Radioisotopes in Biology-A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, New
York
6. Switzer R.L. and Garrity L.F. (1999), Experimental Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman and Company,
New York
7. Sawhney, S.K. and Singh R (2000), Introductory Practical Biochemistry, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi
8. Atlas R.M. (1995), Microbiology – Fundamentals and Applications, Mc Millan Press, New York
9. Upadhayaye, A ; Upadhyaye, K and Nath N. (2002), Biophysical Chemistry : Principles &
Techniques, Himalaya Publication House, New Delhi.
10. David Sheehan, Physical Biochemistry; Principles and applications (2000):Wiley Press
11. Simon Roe, Protein purification techniques –A practical approach, Oxford University Press.
1155

Biomolecules
Semester – I
Paper BT-105 Lab. Course based on Biomolecules and Biotechniques
1. Safety measures to be taken while handling Biochemicals.
2. Working of Spectrophotometer and verification of Lambert – Beer’s Law.
1156
Time : Six Hours
Marks: 70
(Two Sessions of Three Hours each)
3. Preparation of various types of solutions – Standard solution, Molal, Molar, Normal, acid solution,
Buffers etc.
4. Preparation of Standard Curves for quantitative estimations.
5. Extraction and estimation of sugar from biological materials
6. Titration curve for amino acids
7. Estimation of proteins by Biuret, Lowry and Bradford method.
8. Analysis of fats/oils – iodine number, saponification value, acid value, free fatty acids.
9. Determination of various metabolites in given biological samples.
10. Quantitative estimation of DNA and RNA content in the given sample by coloured reaction.
Biotechniques
1. Paper and Thin Layer Chromatography
2. Gel Filtration Chromatography
3. Ion-exchange Chromatography
4. Affinity Chromatography
5. PAGE
6. Agarose gel electrophoresis
7. Microscopy
8. Microfiltration
9. Ultrafiltration
10. Ultrasonication
11. Lyophilisation
12. Centrifugation

Semester – I
Paper BT-106 Lab. Course based on Molecular Cell Biology & Microbiology
Molecular Cell Biology
1. Genomic DNA isolation from E .coli and blood.
2. RNA isolation from E. coli/ blood
3. Plasmid DNA isolation from E. coli.
4. Molecular weight determination of the DNA.
5. Spectrophotometric analysis of DNA/ RNA.
6. Determination of Tm value.
7. Plasmid purification using DNA binding membrane
Microbiology
1. Lab rules for biosafety in Microbiology lab.
2. Measurement of the growth of microbial culture.
3. Study of Thermal death point and thermal death time of microbes.
4. Isolation and enumeration of micro-organisms of air, water and soil.
5. Pure culture of micro-organisms.
6. Various staining methods – Gram staining, capsule, spore, fungal staining etc.
7. Micrometry.
8. Phage titration studies.
9. Growth curve.
10. Biochemical tests useful in bacterial taxonomy.
11. Parameters for identification of unknown micro-organisms.
12. Antibiotic sensitivity test and MIC value.
13. Evaluation of disinfectants and antiseptics/ antiseptics
14. Evaluation of sterilization methods.
1157
Time : Six Hours
Marks: 70
(Two Sessions of Three Hours each)

NOTE :
Semester II
Paper BT-107 Principles of Genetic Engineering
1158
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each
unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one
question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Genetic Engineering
Unit – I
Introduction and scope of Genetic Engineering, Miles stones in Genetic engineering, Central role of
E.coli.
Nucleic Acids
Purification of total cell DNA, plasmid DNA, phage DNA, Yield Analysis, , Nucleic acid blotting and
hybridization
Manipulation of purified DNA
DNA modifying enzymes- Terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase, Polynucleotide kinase, Alkaline
phosphatase, Nucleases, Methylases
Restriction Endonucleases- Host controlled restriction and modification, Nomenclature, types,
Recognition sequence, blunt and sticky ends, applications.
Ligases- E. coli and T4 DNA ligases, Linker, Adaptor, Homopolymer tailing
Gene Cloning Vectors
General features, Types of cloning vectors-Plasmid,bacteriophage,phagemid,cosmid,artificial
chromosomes (YAC, BAC, PAC)
Transformation of E. coli
Unit – II
Concept, Selection of transformed cells, Identification of recombinants (bacteria and phages)
Cloning of Specific Gene-
Direct selection, Identification from a gene library-genomic library, cDNA synthesis and cloning-
Properties of cDNA, mRNA enrichment, cDNA library.
Methods for Clone Identification
Screening strategies- Colony and plaque hybridization, Abundancy probing, Heterologus probing,
Immunological screening, Differential screening, Subtractive hybridization.

Protein-Protein interactions-Phage display, Yeast two hybrid system, Yeast three hybrid system.
Nucleic Acid Sequencing
1159
Unit – III
DNA Sequencing: Rapid DNA sequencing techniques and strategic details of range of methodologies eg.
Dideoxyribonucleotide, Chemical degadation, Automated DNA sequencing, Thermal cycle sequencing,
Pyrosequencing.
Polymerase Chain Reaction
Concept, Basic PCR reaction, Factors affecting the PCR, Types of PCR ( RT-PCR, Real time PCR, Allele
specific PCR, Multiplex PCR) , Applications of PCR
Site Directed Mutagenesis
Oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis, PCR amplified oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis, Random
mutagenesis with degenerate oligonucleotide primers / nucleotide analogs.
Gene expression and Regulation studies
Unit – IV
Primer extension, S1 mapping, RNase protection assay, Gel retardation assay, Deletion analysis,
Reporter genes, DNA foot printing, Modification interference assays, HRT, HART
Manipulation of gene expression in prokaryotes
Problems with production of recombinant proteins in E coli
Optimizing expression of foreign genes in E.coli- Strong and regulatory promoters, Codon usage, Fusion
proteins, Increasing protein stability and secretion, Translation expression vectors, Protease deficient
host strains.
Heterologus protein production in Eukaryotes
Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Pistia pastoris expression systems
Bacuolovirus Insect cell expression systems
Mammalian cell expression system
Recommended Books:
1. Gene cloning and DNA analysis – An Introduction (2006) 5 th edition, T.A Brown, Blackwell publisher.
2. Essential genes (2006), Benzamin Lewin, Pearson education international.
3. Genome-3 (2007) T.A Brown. Garland science, Taylor & Francis, NewYork.
4. Principles of gene manipulation and Genomics (2006) 7 th edition, S.B Primose and R.M Twyman,
Blackwell publishing.
5. Principles of Genetic Engineering (2009), Mousumi Debnath, pointer publisher, Jaipur.

6. Molecular Biotechnology-Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA (2003) 3 rd edition,
Bernard R Glick and Jack J pasternak. ASM press, Washington.
7. Human Molecular Genetics (2004) 3 rd edition, Tom Strachan & Andrew P Read, Garland science.
8. Molecular Biology of Gene (2008) 6 th edition, Watson, Baker,Bell. Gann,Levine and Losick, Pearson
education Inc.
9. Biotechnology-Applying the genetic Revolution (2009), Clark and Pazdernik, Academic Press
10. Molecular Cloning : A Laboratory Manual (2000), J. sambrook, E.F. Fritsch and T.Maniatis, Cold
Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, New York
11. DNA Cloning : A Practical Approach (1995) , D.M. Glover and B.D. Hames, IRL Press, Oxford,
12. Genetic Engineering. An Introduction to gene analysis and exploitation in eukaryotes (1998), S.M.
Kingsman and A.J. Kingsman, Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.
1160

NOTE :
Paper BT–108 Bioinformatics
1161
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each
unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one
question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit -I
Bioinformatics and Biological Databases
Bioinformatics: Introduction, Goal, Scope, Applications, Limitations, and New Themes
Biological Databases: Introduction, Types of Databases, Biological Databases, Pitfalls of Biological
Databases, Information Retrieval from Biological Databases
Sequence Alignment
Pairwise Sequence Alignment: Evolutionary Basis, Sequence Homology versus Sequence Similarity,
Sequence Similarity versus Sequence Identity, Methods, Scoring Matrices, Statistical Significance of
Sequence Alignment
Database Similarity Searching: Unique Requirements of Database Searching, Heuristic Database Searching,
Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST), FASTA, Comparison of FASTA and BLAST, Database Searching
with the Smith–Waterman Method
Multiple Sequence Alignment: Scoring Function, Exhaustive Algorithms, Heuristic Algorithms, Practical
Issues
Profiles and Hidden Markov Models: Position-Specific Scoring Matrices, Profiles, Markov Model and
Hidden Markov Model
Protein Motifs and Domain Prediction: Identification of Motifs and Domains in Multiple Sequence
Alignment, Motif and Domain Databases Using Regular Expressions, Motif and Domain Databases Using
Statistical Models, Protein Family Databases, Motif Discovery in Unaligned Sequences, Sequence Logos
Unit -II
Gene and Promoter Prediction
Gene Prediction: Categories of Gene Prediction Programs, Gene Prediction in Prokaryotes, Gene Prediction
in Eukaryotes
Promoter and Regulatory Element Prediction: Promoter and Regulatory Elements in Prokaryotes,
Promoter and Regulatory Elements in Eukaryotes, Prediction Algorithms
Molecular Phylogenetics
Phylogenetics Basics: Molecular Evolution and Molecular Phylogenetics, Terminology, Gene Phylogeny
versus Species Phylogeny, Forms of Tree Representation, Why Finding a True Tree Is Difficult, Procedure
Phylogenetic Tree Construction Methods and Programs: Distance-Based Methods, Character-Based
Methods, Phylogenetic Tree Evaluation, Phylogenetic Programs

Structural Bioinformatics
Unit -III
Protein Structure Basics: Amino Acids, Peptide Formation, Dihedral Angles, Hierarchy, Secondary
Structures, Tertiary Structures, Determination of Protein Three-Dimensional Structure, Protein Structure
Database
Protein Structure Visualization, Comparison, and Classification: Protein Structural Visualization, Protein
Structure Comparison, Protein Structure Classification
Protein Secondary Structure Prediction: Secondary Structure Prediction for Globular Proteins, Secondary
Structure Prediction for Transmembrane Proteins, Coiled Coil Prediction
Protein Tertiary Structure Prediction: Methods, Homology Modeling, Threading and Fold Recognition, Ab
Initio Protein Structural Prediction, CASP
RNA Structure Prediction: Introduction, Types of RNA Structures, RNA Secondary Structure Prediction
Methods, Ab Initio Approach, Comparative Approach, Performance Evaluation
Genomics and Proteomics
Unit -IV
Genome Mapping, Assembly, and Comparison: Genome Mapping, Genome Sequence Assembly, Genome
Annotation, Comparative Genomics
Functional Genomics: Sequence-Based Approaches, Microarray-Based Approaches, Comparison of SAGE
and DNA Microarrays
Proteomics: Technology of Protein Expression Analysis, Posttranslational Modification, Protein Sorting,
Protein–Protein Interactions
Recommended Books:
1. Bioinformatics for Dummies, Jean-Michel Claverie, Cedric Notredame, 2003, John Wiley & Sons
2. Bioinformatics Computing, Bryan P. Bergeron, 2002, Prentice Hall
3. Introduction to Bioinformatics, Arthur M. Lesk, 2002, Oxford University Press
4. Instant Notes in Bioinformatics, D.R. Westhead, J. H. Parish, R.M. Twyman, 2002, Bios Scientific Pub
5. Fundamental Concepts of Bioinformatics, Dan E. Krane, Michael L. Raymer, Michaeel L. Raymer,
Elaine Nicpon Marieb, 2002, Benjamin/Cummings
6. Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins, Second Edition, Andreas D.
Baxevanis, B. F. Francis Ouellette, 2001, Wiley-Interscience
7. Introduction to Bioinformatics, Teresa Attwood, David Parry-Smith, 2001, Prentice Hall
8. Bioinformatics: A Primer, Charles Staben, 2001, Jones & Bartlett Pub
9. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis, David W. Mount, 2001, Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratory Press
10. Bioinformatics: Sequence, Structure and Databanks: A Practical Approach (The Practical Approach
Series, 236), Des Higgins (Editor), Willie Taylor (Editor), 2000, Oxford Univ Press
1162

Semester - II
Paper BT-109A Animal Cell & Tissue Culture
Marks : 40
Internal Assessment : 10
Time : 3 hrs.
NOTE :
� Nine questions will be set in all
� Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each unit. The
candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one question from
each unit.
� All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit - 1
Animal cell and tissues culture: Historical background, development, advantages and limitations of cell &
tissue culture.
Requirements of cell & tissue culture: aseptic area, incubation, preparation and sterilization, storage,
specialized equipment, consumable items.
Aseptic techniques: elements of aseptic environment, sterile handling, laminar flow, standard procedure.
Culture vessels and substrates: the substrate, choice of culture vessel, treated surfaces.
Unit-II
Defined media and supplements: physicochemical properties, balanced salt solutions, complete media,
role of serum and supplements, serum free media: advantages and disadvantages of serum and serum free
media, replacement of serum, development of serum free media.
Unit-III
Primary culture: types of primary cell culture, isolation of the tissue, primary culture,
Sub-culturing of animal cells: Subculture and propagation, Criteria for subculture, Subculture of monolayer
cells, growth cycle and split ratio, propagation and subculture in suspension.
Cloning and selection: dilution and suspension cloning, scaling up in suspension and monolayer, large scale
production of cells using bioreactors, microcarriers and perfusion techniques.
1163

Cell line characterization: need for characterization, authentication, cell morphology, chromosome
content, DNA content, RNA and protein expression, enzyme activity, antigen markers.
Unit-IV
Production of high value therapeutics: enzymes, hormones, monoclonal antibody, cytokines, tissue
plasminogen activators.
Applications of animal cell culture: virology, cancer research, gene therapy, drug development and
cytotoxicity, animal cloning, genetic counseling, cryopreservation of cells.
Recommended Books:
1. Animal Cell Culture - Practical Approach, Ed. John R.W. Masters, OXFORD.
2. Animal Cell Culture Methods In: Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 57, Ed. Jenni P Mather and David Barnes,
Academic Press.
3. Animal Cell Culture Techniques. Ed. Martin Clynes, springer.
4. Biotechnology, Vol. 7b 1993 Rehm. H.J. and Reed, G.(eds) VCH Publications.
5. Cell Culture Lab Fax. Eds. M Butler & M. Dawson, Bios Scientific Publications Ltd. Oxford.
6. Cell Growth and Division: a Practical Approach. Ed. R. Basega, IRL Press.
7. Culture of Animal Cells, (3 rd edition), R. Ian Freshney. Wiley-Liss.
1164

NOTE :
Semester II
Paper BT- 109B - Plant Cell & Tissue Culture
1165
Marks : 40
Internal Assessment : 10
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from
each unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others
selecting one question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit - I
Introduction to plant cell and tissue culture and historical perspective.
Laboratory organization, aseptic manipulations and culture media – composition, preparation and
development.
Callus culture; Initiation and maintenance of suspension culture- batch and continuous culture, assessment
of growth and viability; Static techniques of single cell culture.
Organogenesis, somatic embryogenesis and synthetic seeds.
Unit - II
Micropropagation – technique, factors affecting in vitro culture of plants (physical, chemical, genotypic and
others), applications and limitations of micropropagation.
Meristem, shoot tip culture and production of virus free plants.
Somaclonal variations, molecular basis of variation and their significance in plant breeding.
Unit - III
In vitro production of haploid plants – Androgenesis (anther and pollen culture) and Gynogenesis (ovary
and ovule culture). Significance and uses of haploids in agriculture.
Wide hybridization and embryo rescue technique.
Unit - IV
Protoplast culture and somatic hybridization – Isolation, culture and fusion of protoplast, selection of
fusion products and plant regeneration, assessment of somatic hybrid plants, production of cybrids,
applications of protoplast culture and somatic hybridization in the improvement of crop plants.
In vitro germplasm conservation and cryopreservation.

Recommended Books:
1. Plant tissue culture – Theory and Practice (2005) by Bhojwani S. S. and Razdan M. K., Elsevier
publication.
2. Elements of Biotechnology by P. K. Gupta, Rastogi pub.
3. Biotechnology in crop improvement (1998) by H. S. Chawla, International Book distributing
company.
4. Plant cell, organ and tissue culture (1995) by Gamborg O.L. and Phillips G.C., Springer Verlag pub.
Germany.
5. Plant Tissue Culture – Basic & Applied (2005) by Jha T.B. & Ghosh B., Universities press.
6. Plant cell culture – A practical approach (1994) Dixon R.A., Gonzales R.A. Oxford University press,
UK.
7. Bhojwani S.S. (2003), Agrobiotechnology & Plant Tissue Culture
8. Smith R.H. (2000), Plant Tissue Culture, Academic Press
9. Evans D.A. (2003), Plant Cell Culture, Taylor & Francis
1166

NOTE :
Semester -II
Paper BT-110 Enzyme Technology
1167
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each
unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one
question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
History of enzymology, advantages of enzymes over chemical catalysts, Nomenclature and classification of
enzymes; Determination of three dimensional structure of enzyme by X-ray crystallography and NMR
spectrometry, importance of 3-D structure of an enzyme; Classification of enzyme structures, structures
adopted by enzymes, principles that govern the 3-D structure adopted by enzymes; Forces for stability of 3-
D structure; Denaturation and renaturation;Isoenzymes, enzyme specificity, monomeric and oligomeric
enzymes, multienzyme complex, holoenzyme, apo-enzyme, cofactor, coenzyme, prosthetic group; enzyme
activity unit, turn over number and specific activity, Ribozymes and Abzymes – A brief account.
Unit -II
Enzyme action; effect of enzyme on the rate and equilibrium of a reaction; principles that explain catalytic
power and substrate specificity of enzymes; enzyme substrate complex, factors responsible for catalytic
efficiency of enzyme; proximity and orientation effect, acid-base catalysis, covalent catalysis, strain and
distortion theory; Nature of active site, identification of functional groups at active sites; regulatory
enzymes- covalently modulated enzymes, allosteric enzymes and their mode of action; regulation of
enzyme activity in the living system.
Unit -III
An introduction to enzyme kinetics and its importance, Methods used for investigating the kinetics of
enzyme catalyzed reactions; factors affecting the velocity of enzyme catalysed reaction; Michaelis-Menten
equation, Vmax, Km and its significance; Lineweaver Burk plot- its advantages and limitations, Eadie-
Hofstee and Hanes plots; enzyme inhibition, types of enzyme inhibitions- competitive, uncompetitive,
noncompetitive, mixed type inhibition and determination of Ki, feed-back inhibition; Bisubstrate reactions-
brief introduction to sequential and pingpong mechanism with examples.
Unit -IV
Strategies used for enzyme production, isolation and purification, method of calculating the purification
fold; estimation of enzyme activity; characterization of an enzyme, criteria of enzyme purity, determination
of the molecular weight (Mr) and the number of sub-units of an enzyme; enzyme immobilization and its
importance; protein engineering; enzyme therapy, enzyme inhibitors and drug design; enzymes as
biosensors, enzyme reactors; Applications of enzymes in medicine, textile, leather, detergent, paper,
bakery, dairy industry, beverage and fruit processing, food processing and preservation, clinical
applications of enzyme estimation.

Recommended Books:
1. Segal, L.H (1975). Enzyme Kinetics, Wiley Interscience, USA
2. Walsh, C (1979). Enzymatic reaction mechanism, Freeman and Company, USA.
3. Gerhartz, W (1990) Enzyme in Industry, production and application VCH.
4. Shultz, A.R. (1994) Enzyme Kinetics, Cambridge Press.
5. Fresht (1995) Enzyme structure and mechanism, 2 nd edition, Freeman and Company.
6. Trevor, P. (1995) Understanding Enzymes, 4 th edition, Prentice Hall/Ellis, Harwood, England.
7. Dixon, M and Webb E.C (1997) Enzymes, 3 rd edition, Academic Press, New York.
8. Nicholas C. Price and Lewis Stevens (2001) Fundamentals of Enzymology. 3 rd edition.
1168

Semester -II
Paper-BT-111 Lab. Course based on Genetic Engineering and Bioinformatics
Genetic Engineering
1. Restriction Digestion of DNA
2. Ligation of DNA fragments
3. Preparation of competent cells, Bacterial transformation
4. PCR
5. Gene cloning in plasmid vector
6. Gene expression in E. coli and analysis of gene product
Bioinformatics
7. Detailed study of NCBI Homepage.
8. To perform BLAST for Nucleotide Sequence
9. To perform virtual library via NCBI
10. To perform BLAST for a protein sequence
11. To perform multiple sequence alignment via CLUSTAL
12. To perform phylogenetic analysis
13. To display PDB structure using Rasmol
14. Comparative study of the two formats: Gene Bank/ Genepept and FASTA
15. Analysis of Prosite pattern
1169
Time : Six Hours
Marks: 70
(Two Sessions of Three Hours each)

Semester – II
Paper BT-112 Lab. Course based on Cell & Tissue Culture and Enzyme Technology
Animal Cell & Tissue Culture
1. Components of an animal cell culture lab
2. Aseptic techniques used in animal cell culture
3. Isolation and culturing of animal cells from primary tissue explant
4. Sub-culturing of monolayer confluent cells
5. Counting of animal cells using hemocytometer
6. Staining of monolayer confluent cells using geimsa and crystal violet
7. To discriminate between viable and non viable cells using trypan blue
8. Animal cell cloning in microtitvation plates.
Plant Cell & Tissue Culture
1. To study the laboratory organization and aseptic manipulations in PTC lab.
1170
Marks: 70
Time : Six Hours
(Two Sessions of Three Hours each)
2. Preparation of Murashige and Skoog medium, stocks of macronutrients, micronutrients, vitamins and
hormones, autoclaving, filter sterilization of hormones and antibiotics.
3. Surface-sterilization of seeds, establishment of axenic plants, acclimatization of tissue culture plants
and establishment in pots.
4. Callus induction using various explants.
5. Regeneration of shoots, root induction, role of hormones in morphogenesis.
6. Anther culture
7. Protoplast isolation and culture
8. Initiation and maintenance of cell suspension cultures of plant cells
9. Development of synthetic seeds
10. To study development of S.E.
Enzyme Technology
1. To estimate the quantity of protein by UV-absorption method
2. To estimate the activity of amylase enzyme in serum/urine, saliva
3. Assaying of alkaline phosphatase activity
4. Study of enzyme kinetics

a. Time course of enzyme catalysed reaction
b. Effect of substrate concerntration on the activity of enzyme
c. To determine the Km and Vmax of the reaction
d. Effect of enzyme concentration
e. Temperature optima for the enzyme
f. pH optima for the enzyme
5. Partial purification of enzyme by change of pH, temperature, addition of organic solvents and
ammonium sulphate fractionation and to determine the specific activity of the enzyme
6. Purification of enzyme by Adsorption/Affinity/Ion exchange/gel-filtration chromatography and to
determine the specific activity of the enzyme
7. Immobilization of the enzyme
1171

NOTE :
Semester - III
Paper BT-114 Molecular Genetics
1172
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each unit. The
candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one question from
each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit – I
Eukaryotic Genome Structure and Organization
Packaging of DNA into chromosomes, Special features of metaphase chromosomes, Chromosome
banding, Genome size and complexity, Gene organization, Multigene families, Pseudo genes,
Repetitive DNA, Chromatin domains, Chromatin modifications
The Mutability of DNA
An overview of mutation and polymorphism, VNTR polymorphism, Hot spots, DNA damage-
spontaneous, Induced (Alkylation, oxidation, radiation), Genotoxicity/ mutagenicity test systems (Ames
test, Sister chromatid exchanges, Micronucleus, Comet assay), Signature Tagged Mutagenesis (STM),
Gene trap vector, Gene conversion.
Transcription Regulation in Prokaryotes
Unit – II
Positive and negative control of transcription, Repression and activation, Organization and regulation
of Lac, Trp and Ara operon in E. coli., Organization of genome in lambda phage, Regulation of lytic
cascade, Antitermination, Repressor proteins, Establishment of lysogeny, Balance between lysogeny
and lytic cycle.
Transcription Regulation in Eukaryotes
Eukaryotic activators, DNA binding domains, Transcriptional repressors, Signal transduction and control
of transcriptional regulators, Gene silencing, Epigenetic gene regulation
Regulatory RNAs
Riboswitches, Interfering RNA (RNAi) and gene expression, Short interfering RNA ( si RNA) and its
fuctions, Micro RNA and its fuctions, Antisense RNA and gene expression
Site-Specific Recombination and Transposition
Unit – III

Concept, Recombinases and their function, cre-lox recombination, Biological role of site specific
recombination, Classes of transposable elements-DNA transposons, Virus like transposons, Non viral
retro transposons, Mechanism of DNA and RNA mediated transposition
Genome Mapping
Shot gun approach, Clone contig approach, DNA markers for genetic mapping, RFLP, SSP, SNPs,
Physical mapping-Restriction mapping, Florescent in situ hybridization (FISH), Sequence tagged sites
(STS) mapping
Genome Sequencing
Unit – IV
High throughput sequencing, Clone by clone approach, whole genome shot gun sequencing
Comparative Genomics
Concept, Comparative genomics of eukaryotes and its role in evolution.
Transcriptome Analysis
Transcriptome, Rapid Amplification of cDNA ends (RACE), SAGE, DNA microarrays
Recommended Books:
1. Essential genes (2006), Benzamin Lewin, Pearson education international.
2. Genome-3 (2007), T.A Brown Garland science, Taylor & Francis, NewYork.
3. Principles of gene manipulation and Genomics (2006) 7 th edition, S.B Primose and R.M Twyman,
Blackwell publishing.
4. Molecular biotechnology-Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA (2003) 3 rd edition,
Bernard R Glick and Jack J pasternak, ASM press, Washington.
5. Human Molecular Genetics (2004) 3 rd edition, Tom Strachan & Andrew P Read, Garland science.
6. Molecular Biology of Gene (2008,) 6 th edition, Watson, Baker etal, Levine and Losick, Pearson
education Inc.
7. Principles of Genetics (2005), 8 th Edition,Gardener et.al, John Wiley, New York.
8. Essential Genetics – A Genomic Perspective (2002) 3 rd Edition, Hartl & Jones, Jones and Bartlett.
9. Genetics: Conceptual approach (2003), Benjamin A.P, W.H. Freeman & Company, New York.
10. Gene IX (2009) Lewin B, Jones and Bartlett.
11. Biotechnology-Applying the genetic Revolution (2009), Clark and Pazdernik, Academic Press
12. Principles of Genetics (2006), 4 th edition, Snustad and Simmons, Wiley
1173

NOTE :
Semester - III
Paper BT-115 Plant Biotechnology
1174
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type coveringthe entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each
unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one
question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit - I
Plant genetic transformation:
Organization of plant genome – Nuclear genome, Chloroplast genome and mitochondrial genome.
Transposon and T – DNA tagging.
Chloroplast transformation – vector designing, method and advantages
Agrobacterium mediated transformation – Ti and Ri plasmids, role of virulence genes, mechanism of T-DNA
transfer, vectors based on Ti and Ri plasmids – cointegrate and binary vectors, technique and factors
affecting Agrobacterium mediated transformation of plants.
Direct gene transfer – particle bombardment, PEG-mediated, electroporation, microinjection and
alternative methods.
Screenable and selectable markers, molecular characterization of transformants.
Marker free methodologies, methods for multiple gene transfer in plants.
Gene silencing in transgenic plants.
Unit - II
Strategies for introducing biotic and abiotic stress resistance/tolerance:
Viral resistance; Fungal resistance; Insect resistance; Herbicide resistance; Various abiotic stresses (like
drought, salinity, temperature and flooding).
Genetic engineering of plants for molecular farming/pharming:
Production of medically related proteins in plants, nutritional enhancement of plants (carbohydrates, seed
storage proteins, vitamins), manipulation of flower colors and other value addition compounds (like
industrial enzymes).
Unit - III
Plant cells as biofactories for the production of secondary metabolites:
Production of useful secondary metabolites through plant cell cultures;
Strategies used for high yield of product – development and selection of high yielding cell line cultures,
optimization of factors affecting yield of plant cells (physical culture conditions, media and other
biochemicals), bioreactors and immobilized plant cell culture, biotransformation, permeabilization of cells
and removal of secreted products.
Unit - IV
Intellectual Property Rights, Biosafety and Ethical Issues – Intellectual property rights (IPR); Patents, trade
secrets, copyright, trademarks; Plant genetic resources; GATT & TRIPPS; Patenting of biological material;

Patenting of transgenic organisms and genes; Plant breeders rights (PBRs) and farmers rights; Concerns
about GM crops – environmental, biosafety and ethics.
Recommended Books:
1. Plant Genetic Engineering Vol. 1 - 6 (2003) Singh R. P and Jaiwal P. K. (Eds.), Sci tech publishing LLC,
USA.
2. Elements of Biotechnology by P. K. Gupta, Rastogi pub.
3. Biotechnology in crop improvement (1998) by H. S. Chawla, International Book distributing
company.
4. Gene transfer to plants by Potrykus I. and Spangenberg G., Springer Verlag, Germany.
5. Plant tissue culture – Theory and Practice (2005) by Bhojwani S. S. and Razdan M. K., Elsevier
publication.
6. Plant biotechnology (2000) by Hammond J, McGarvey P. and Yusibov V. (Eds.) Springer verlag,
Germany.
7. Plant gene isolation – Principles and practice (1996) by Foster G.D. and Twell D., John Wiley & Sons,
USA.
8. Plant Biotechnology – The genetic manipulation of plants (2003) by Slater A., Scott N. and Fowler
M., Oxford pub.
9. Practical application of Plant Molecular Biology (1997) by Henry R.J., Chapman and Hall.
10. Plants, genes and agriculture (1994) by Chrispeels M.J., Sadava D.E, Jones & Bartlett pub., UK.
1175

NOTE :
Semester - III
Paper BT-116 Microbial Biotechnology
1176
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
� Nine questions will be set in all
� Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each unit. The
candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one question from
each unit.
� All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit – I
Microbial Biotechnology: Scopes application and challenges. Isolation preservation and
improvement of industrially important microorganisms. Kinetics of microbial growth and
product formation. Fermentation system; batch and continuous system, fed batch system,
multistage system. Solid state fermentation. Overproduction of primary and secondary
metabolites.
Unit – II
Fermentation raw materials: Media for industrial fermentations; criteria used in media
formulation. Fermenter/bioreactor design and operation; types of fermentor, stirred tank
reactor, bubble column reactor, airlift reactor, packed bed reactor, fluidized bed reactor and
trickle bed reactor, agitation and aeration in a reactor, mass transfer. Foam formation and
control.
Unit - III
Industrial production of alcohol (ethanol, wine and beer) and improvement by genetic
engineering. Microbial production of acids (citric, acetic and gluconic acid) solvents (glycerol
acetone and butanol) aminoacids (lysine and glutamic acid).Production of antibiotics ; Penicillin
and cephalosporin.
Unit – IV
Microbial polysaccharides: fermentative production of xanthan gums,. Bacterial bioplastics,
genetic engineering of microorganisms for the production of poly-3 hydroxyalkanoates.
Microbial inoculants: Food starter cultures; baker’s yeast, starter cultures for the dairy
industry, meat starter cultures
Biomass production: single cell protein (SCP) production; microbial inoculants; Microbial
transformation of steroids and sterols.

Recommended Books :
1. Stansbury P.F. et al. (1997), Principles of Fermentation Technology, Pergmon Press Oxford.
2. Ward O.P., (1998), Fermentation Biotechnology – Principles, Process and Products. Prentice Hall
Publishing, New Jersey.
3. Rehm H.J. Reed G.B. Punler A and Stadler (1993), Biotechnology, Vol. 1-8, VCH Publication.
4. Prescolt and Dunn (1992), Industrial Microbiology, 4 th Edition CBS Publication, New York.
5. Arnold I. Demain and Julian E. Davies (1999), Manual of Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology,
2 nd Edition, ASM Press, Washington D.C.
6. Glazer and Nikaido (1998) Microbial Biotechnology By WH Freeman & Company, New York.
7. Cruger and Cruger (2002), Biotechnology – A Textbook of Industrial Microbiology, 2 nd Edition,
Panima Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
1177

NOTE :
Semester - III
Paper BT-117 Immunology
1178
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
� Nine questions will be set in all
� Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each unit. The
candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one question from
each unit.
� All questions will carry equal marks.
Introduction and overview
Unit - I
Introduction and overview of immunology, cells of immune system, innate and cellular immunity, physical
and chemical barriers, cellular defenses, inflammation, receptors involved in innate immune system, cells
and organs involved in adaptive immune response, fate of antigen after penetration, interrelationship
between innate and acquired immunity.
Antigens, antibodies and their interactions
Unit – II
Requirements of immunogenicity, primary and secondary responses, major classes of antigens, basic
structure of antibodies, antibody classes and biological activity, antigenic determinants on
immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin super family, organization and expression of immunoglobulin genes,
antigen-antibody interactions: immunoprecipitation, agglutination, ELISA, immunofluorescence, flow
cytometry
Generation of B- cell and T- cell responses
Unit - III
Biology of B lymphhocytes: introduction, ontogeny, B cell membrane proteins, signal transduction
molecules associated with membrane immunoglobulins, biology of T- cells: antigen specific T cell receptors,
T cell differentiation, thymic selection, role of major histocompatibility complex in immune response,
activation and function of T and B cells, cytokines, complement system.

Immune system in health and disease
Unit - IV
Hybridoma technology: commercial production of antibodies using monoclonal antibodies. Vaccines: live
attenuated, killed, subunit, conjugate and DNA vaccines. Production of recombinant antibodies and edible
vaccines, development of diagnostics and immunoprophylactics using biotech and nanotech tools
Recommended Books:
1. Benjamin E. (1996), Immunology – A short course 3 rd Edition, John Wiley, New York
2. Kuby J. (1997), Immunology, 3 rd Edition, W.H. Freeman & Co., New York
3. Roitt, I.M. (1997), Essential Immunology, 9 th Edition, Oxford Black Well Science, London
4. Tizard I.R. (1995), Immunology – An introduction, 4 th Edition, Philadephia Sauders College press.
5. Gupta P.K. (2003), Biotechnology and Genomics, Rastogi Publications Meerut
6. Anant Narayan, Text Book of Immunology,
7. Pommerville et al (2004), Alcamo’s Fundamentals of Microbiology, Jones and Barteett Publishers.
1179

Semester III
Paper BT-118 Lab. Course based on Plant Biotechnology & Molecular Genetics
Molecular Genetics
1. Spontaneous and induced mutations
2. SNP Detection
1180
Time : Six Hours
Marks: 70
(Two Sessions of Three Hours each)
3. Lymphocyte culturing for chromosome preparation, chromosome banding techniques.
4. Genotoxicity assays – Ames test, Micronuclei, Comet assay, Sister chromatid exchanges etc.
5. DNA fingerprinting technique
Plant Biotechnology
1. Selection system for transformants
2. Agrobacterium mediated transformation
3. Reporter gene (GUS) assay.
4. Isolation of Plant genomic DNA from the leaves tissue
5. Isolation of plasmid vector from Agrobacterium
6. Restriction digestion of plant genomic DNA
7. Transgene detection by amplification
8. Southern blotting of DNA
9. Secondary metabolites isolation from plant tissues.

Microbial Biotechnology
Semester-III
Paper BT-119 Lab. Course based on Microbial Biotechnology & Immunology
1. Working of fermenter, Fermentation
2. Production of wine, beer, ethanol
3. Isolation of industrially important micro-organisms
4. Screening for lignocellulolytic and pectinolytic micro-organisms
5. Isolation of protease/lipase/amylase producing micro-organisms
6. Isolation of keratinase producing micro-organisms
7. Production of xylanase/Cellualse/Pectinase by microbes and activity estimation
Immunology
1181
Time : Six Hours
Marks: 70
(Two Sessions of Three Hours each)
1. To perform immunodiffusion by Mancini and Ouchterlony method.(single or double)
immunodiffusion
2. To perform immunoelectrophoresis with a given antigen-antibody system
3. To perform Enzyme-linked Immunosorbent assay (Antibody capture and DOT ELISA)
4. To perform latex agglutination and Antibody conjugation
5. Detection of B gal in transfected cells
6. Antibody labeling
7. Isolation of a polyclonal antibody using salt precipitation and affinity chromatography
8. Production and isolation of a monoclonal antibody

NOTE:
Semester – IV
Paper BT-120 Environmental Biotechnology
1182
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
� Nine questions will be set in all
� Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each unit. The
candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one question from
each unit.
� All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit – I
Environmental Biotechnology : An overview, concept, scope and market Biological control of air pollution.
Bacterial examination of water for potability.
Testing of water for physiochemical parameters including BOD & COD.
Solid waste : Sources and management (composting, wormicomposting and methane production).
Unit – II
Waste water : origin, composition and treatment. Physical, chemical and biological treatment of waste
water. Aerobic processes : activated sludge, oxidation ponds, trickling filter towers, and rotating discs.
Anaerobic processes: anaerobic digesters, anaerobic filters and upflow sludge blanket reactors.
Microbiology and biochemistry of aerobic and anaerobic waste water treatment processes.
Treatment of industrial effluents: distillery effluent, paper and pulp mill effluent, tannary effluent, textile
dye effluent, removal of heavy metals from waste waters.
Unit – III
Bioremediation : Bioremediation of fuel oils and lubricants in soil and water. Degradation of sulphur
compounds present in coal and petroleum. Microbial degradation of xenobiotics, genetic engineering of
biodegradation pathways.
Environmental Monitoring: Biosensors for environalmenal applications, BOD sensor, ammonia sensor,
Nitrite sensor and sulphite ion sensor. Indicator organisms: Safety indicators and Quality indicators
Unit – IV
Microbial Insecticides : Bacteria, fugi and viruses. Use of R-DNA technology to enhance the efficacy
microbial insecticides.
Biofertilizers
Microbes in oil recovery and bioleaching.
Biodeterioration of stored plant food materials, leather, wool, metals, textiles, stone & related building.
Control of microbial bideterioration.

Recommended Books:
1. Environmental Chemistry. A.K. De, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Introduction to Biodeterioration. D. Allsopp and K.J. Seal, ELBS/Edward Arnold.
3. Environmental Biotechnology. Agarwal S. K. (1998), APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
4. Bioremediation Protocols. David S. (1997), Humana Press, New Jersey.
5. Environmental Science and Technology. Stankey E.M. (1997), Lewis Publishers, New York.
6. Microbial Biotechnology. Glazer and Nikaido (1998), WH Freeman & Company, New York.
7. Biodegradation and Bioremediation: Soil Biology. Singh A. and Ward O.P. (2004), Springer
1183

NOTE:
Semester - IV
Paper BT-121 Animal Biotechnology
1184
Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Nine questions will be set in all
2. Question No. 1, which will be short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be
compulsory. The remaining eight questions will be set unit-wise with two questions from each
unit. The candidates will be required to attempt Question No. 1 and four others selecting one
question from each unit.
3. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit -I
Animal Biotechnology- Scope, global perspective and new horizons, Historical perspective, and
economically important livestock breeds, Model animals in animal biotechnology and genetic engineering.
Somatic Cell Genetics: Production of hybrid cells, Properties of hybrids, Applications hybrid cells,
Unit -II
Gene Transfer into Animal Cells: DNA transfer techniques into mammalian cells: calcium phosphate
precipitation, DEAE-dextran procedure, polycation DMSO, microinjection, electroporation; Selectable
markers, viral vectors for gene transfer into mammalian cells: SV40, adenovirus, vaccinia, bovine papiloma
virus, baculovirus, retrovirus.
Transgenic animals: Transgenic mice: Methodology and applications; Transgenic cattle, Livestock
transgenesis- production of drugs using animals
Unit -III
Biotechnology in livestock assisted reproduction, biodiversity and conservation: Biotechnology in
conservation of livestock diversity, Superovulation, Embryo biotechnology- Embryo collection, evaluation,
and transfer, IVF and in vitro embryo production, Cryobanking of germplasm, oocytes and sperm, Somatic
cell nuclear transfer, Stem cells technology in livestock
Unit-IV
Animal cloning: Concepts of animal cloning, Principles and techniques of cloning, Applications of animal
cloning.
Animal genomics: crucial role for health and biomedical sciences. Models used in animal genomics.
Functional genomics and livestock traits assessment, Livestock in the post genomic era of biology and
medicine
Recommended Books:
1. Animal Cell Biotechnology, Vol. 1-6 Spier, R.E. and Griffiths, J.B. (eds), Academic Press.
2. Animal Cell Culture - Practical Approach, Ed. John R.W. Masters, OXFORD.

3. Animal Cell Culture Methods In: Methods in Cell Biology, Vol. 57, Ed. Jenni P Mather and David
Barnes, Academic Press.
4. Biotechnology, Vol. 7b 1993 Rehm. H.J. and Reed, G.(eds) VCH Publications.
5. Comprehensive Biotechnology. Vol. I, Murray Moo-Young (ed.) 1985, Academic Press, USA
6. Culture of Animal Cells, (3rdedition), R. Ian Freshney. Wiley-Liss.
7. Genetic engineering: An introduction to gene analysis and exploitation in eukaryotes Kingsman,
S.M. and Kingsman, AJ. 1988. Blackwell scientific Publ. U.K.
8. Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA 2nd Ed. 1998. Glick, B.R.
and Pasternak, J.J., ASM Press, USA.
9. Molecular Genetics 2 Strachan, Tom and Read, Andrew P. New York and London: Garland
Science,1999
1185

Semester - IV
Paper BT-122 Lab. Course based on Environmental & Animal Biotechnology
Environmental Biotechnology
1. To determine TDS, DO, COD, BOD of given water sample
1186
Time : Six Hours
Marks: 70
(Two Sessions of Three Hours each)
2. Total bacterial population of given samples of water by standard plate count technique (SPC)
3. To check the potability of given water sample
4. To check the presence of coliform in given water sample by Multiple- tube fermentation test or
most probable number test (Presumptive, confirmed and completed test)
5. To check the presence of coliforms using membrane filter method
6. To check the presence of faecal and non- faecal coliforms in the given water sample and
confirmation of faecal coliforms
7. To determine the quality of given milk sample
8. Isolation and immobilization of dye-degrading microbes
Animal Biotechnology
1. To check the cytotoxicity in the cultured animal cells
2. Detection of mycoplasma, bacteria and fungi in cell cultures
3. Characterization of animal cells using intracellular and cell surface markers
4. Animal cell cloning using dilution and suspension method
5. Culturing of hematopoietic stem cells from blood
6. Apoptosis and proliferation assay of cells
7. Culturing of amniotic fluid cells/ amniocytes
8. Cryopreservation of animal cells
9. FISH in analysis of genes and chromosomes

Paper
No.
W.E.F. 2010-11
UPDATED SCHEME OF EXAMS & SYLLABI FOR B.Sc.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
B.Sc. (Biotechnology)
Title of Paper Internal
Assessment
1187
Ist Year
SEMESTER I
Marks Total
Marks
I Introduction to Biotechnology 5 45 50 3 hrs.
II Biochemistry I 5 45 50 3 hrs.
Time
III General Microbiology
SEMESTER II
5 45 50 3 hrs.
IV Biochemistry II 5 45 50 3 hrs.
V. Practical (Semester I + Semester
II)
100 100 6 hrs.
IInd Year
VI Immunology
SEMESTER III
5 45 50 3 hrs.
VII Molecular Biology 5
SEMESTER IV
45 50 3 hrs.
VIII Recombinant DNA Technology 5 45 50 3 hrs.
IX Bioinformatics 5 45 50 3 hrs.
X Practical (Semester III + Semester
IV)
100 100 6 hrs.
IIIrd Year
XI Animal Biotechnology
SEMESTER V
5 45 50 3 hrs.
XII Plant Biotechnology 5
SEMESTER VI
45 50 3 hrs.
XIII Microbial Biotechnology 5 45 50 3 hrs.
XIV *Project Work (In House) 50 50
XV Practical (Semester V + Semester
VI)
100 100 6 hrs.
Total = 900
*Project work will be carried out during summer vacations after IInd year and project reports will be
evaluated by external examiner by viva voce at the end of IIIrd year.

Semester I
Paper I Introduction to Biotechnology
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No. 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory. The
remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The candidates will be
required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each section. All questions will
carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
Unit I
Definition & scope of Biotechnology; introduction of genetic engineering; plant and animal tissue culture;
fermentation technology; immobilized enzymes; monoclonal antibodies and hybridoma technology;
embryo transfer technology; introduction to gene and genomes, Proteins and proteome, history of genetic
manipulations; recombinant DNA technology, DNA fingerprinting and forensic analysis.
Unit II
Application of biotechnology in agriculture; animal and veterinary sciences, pharmaceutical industry, food
industry and chemical industry. Bioremediation and waste treatment biotechnology. Biotechnology
research in India. Biotechnology in context of developing world. Brief account of safety guidelines and risk
assessment in biotechnology. Ethics in Biotechnology, Intellectual property rights.
1188

NOTE
Semester I
Paper II Biochemistry-I
1189
Marks : 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time 3 hrs
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
Unit I
Biomolecules: Introduction, important features, covalent and non-covalent interactions.
Carbohydrates: Introduction and Biological Significance.
Definition and classification: Monosaccharides; families of monosaccharides; simple aldoses and
ketoses, Configuration and Conformation, Stereoisomerism/ Asymmetric centres, Fischer and Haworth
projection formula, pyranose and furanose ring forms, reducing and non-reducing sugars, sugar
derivatives viz. sugar alcohols, amino sugars, deoxy sugars, acidic sugars, Glycosidic bond Disaccharides
and Oligosaccharides: Definition, structure and function of important di and oligosaccharides viz.
lactose, sucrose, maltose, raffinose, stachyose, verbascose etc.
Polysaccharides: Homo and Hetero polysaccharides, storage polysaccharides: Starch and Glycogen.
Structural polysaccharides: Cellulose and Chitin. A brief account of structure and function of
mucopolysaccharides/Glycosaminoglycans (Hyaluronic acid, Chondroitin sulphate), Glycoproteins and
Proteoglycans.
Amino acids, Peptides and Proteins: Classification and structure of amino acids, essential amino acids,
rare and non-protein amino acids, optical and chemical properties of amino acids; acid-base
behaviour/zwitterions; pKa value and titration curve.
Peptide bond – nature and characteristics. Definition; structure and function of some biologically
important peptides.
Unit II
Proteins: Classification based on structure and function. Structural organization of proteins: Primary
structure; Secondary structure-α-Helix, β- pleats and β – turn
Tertiary structure – myoglobin and lysozyme etc.
Quaternary structure-hemoglobin.

Forces stabilizing different structural levels.
Amino acid analysis/N-terminal amino acid analysis- Sanger’s method, Edmann’s degradation, dansyl
chloride and dabsyl chloride
Lipids: Introduction and Classification – simple and complex lipids, Fatty acids – structure and
nomenclature, soap value, acid value, iodine number, rancidity. Essential fatty acids. A general account
of structure and function of triacylglycerols, phospholipids, glycolipids, sphingolipids, steroids, bile
acids, bile salts and terpenes
Nucleotides and Nucleic acids: Building blocks: bases, sugars and phosphates.
Structure and nomenclature of nucleosides and nucleotides; polynucleotides, DNA (A,B, Z- DNA) and
RNA (rRNA, mRNA, tRNA).
Properties of DNA – absorption, denaturation, renaturation, hybridization, Tm/Cot values.
Biologically important nucleotides and their functions – ATP, GTP, Coenzyme A, NAD, FAD and cAMP.
1190

Semester II
Paper III General Microbiology
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
Introduction and Scope of Microbiology
1191
Unit I
Definition and history of microbiology, contributions of Antony van Leeuwenhoek, Louis Pasteur,
Robert Koch, Importance and scope of Microbiology as a modern Science Branches of microbiology.
Microscope Construction and working principles of different types of microscopes – compound, dark
field, Phase contrast, Fluorescence and Electron (Scanning and transmission)
Microbial techniques Sterilization: Principles and Applications of a. Physical Methods. Autoclave, Hot
air oven, Laminar airflow, Seitz filter, Sintered glass filter, and membrane filter.
b. chemical Methods: Alcohol, Aldehydes, Phenols, Halogens and Gaseous agents.
c. Radiation Methods: UV rays and Gamma stains. Stains and staining techniques: Principles of staining,
types of stains – simple stains, structural stains and Differential stains.
Microbial Taxonomy
Unit II
Concept of microbial species and strains, classification of bacteria based on – morphology (shape and
flagella), staining reaction, nutrition and extreme environment. General Account of Viruses and
Bacteria
A. Bacteria – Ultrastructure of bacteria cell (both Gram positive and Gram negative) including
endospore and capsule
B. Viruses – Structure and classification
Plant viruses – CaMV
Animal viruses – Hepatitis B
Bacterial Virus – Lamba Phage
Pathogenic Microorganisms
A. Bacterial diseases of man – tetanus, Tuberculosis, Pneumonia and Cholera
B. Viral diseases: AIDS (HIV)

Microbial Growth and Metabolism
Kinetics of microbial growth, growth curve, synchronous growth, factors affecting bacterial growth
Respiration: EMP, HMP and ED Pathways, Kreb’s cycle, Oxidative Phosphorylation. Bacterial
Photosynthesis: Photosynthetic apparatus in prokaryotes, Photophosphorylation & Dark reaction.
1192

Semester II
Paper IV Biochemistry II
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
Unit I
Enzymes: Introduction, active site, energy of activation, transition state hypothesis, lock and key
hypothesis, induced fit hypothesis. Enzyme classification (Major classes only) Enzyme Kinetics – substrate
concentration, Km, Vmax, MM equation, Lineweaver Burk plot/Double reciprocal plot. Effect of pH,
temperature on enzyme activity. Allosteric enzymes (A brief account) Enzyme Inhibition – Competitive,
non-competitive and uncompetitive inhibition.
Vitamins and Hormones: Introduction. Types of vitamins – structure of water soluble vitamins and their
coenzyme derivatives, Fat soluble vitamins Deficiency symptoms and dietary sources. Steroid Hormones:
structure and importance, Peptide Hormones: structure and function of important peptide hormones.
Unit II
Metabolism: General introduction, catabolism and anabolism
Carbohydrates metabolism: Glycolysis, Tricarboxylic acid cycle, Gluconeogenesis Glycogenolysis, glycogen
synthesis and their regulation, Lipid Metabolism: β-oxidation of fatty acids. Degradation of Triacylglycerols.
Synthesis of Fatty acids. Amino acid Metabolism: Transamination, oxidative deamination, decarboxylation.
Urea cycle. Different classes of oxidation and synthesis of amino acids. Glycogenic and ketogenic amino
acids.
1193

Paper V Practical (Semester I + Semester II)
List of Practicals
1194
Marks: 100
Time: 6 hrs.
1. Safety measures in microbiology laboratory
2. Cleaning and sterilization of glassware
3. Study of instruments: Compound microscope, Autoclave, Hot air oven, pH meter, Laminar airflow
and centrifuge
4. Staining techniques: Simple, Negative staining, Gram staining, Endospore staining and fungal
staining.
5. Media preparation: Nutrients agar, MRBA and Nutrient broth Isolation of bacteria and fungi from
soil, air, and water – dilution and pourplate methods
6. Estimation of microorganisms – total Count (Haemocytometer)
7. Qualitative tests for Carbohydrates
8. Estimation of reducing and non-reducing sugars
9. Separation of sugars by Paper Chromatography
10. Qualitative tests for Proteins and Amino acids
11. Protein estimation by Lowry method
12. Separation of Lipids by TLC method\
13. Determination of saponification and iodine value of Lipids
14. Starch hydrolysis by salivary amylase
15. Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis of a biological sample
16. Analysis of urine for urea, glucose, uric acid and chloride
17. estimation of Vit. C.
18. Estimation of acid/alkaline phosphatase activity
19. To study kinetics of enzyme activity
20. Gel Filteration chromatography/Ion Exchange Chromatography

IInd Year
Semester- III
Paper VI. Immunology
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT – 1
Immunology: Introduction, History and Scope. Terminology of immune system
Immunity: Definition, types of Immunity- Innate, Adaptive/acquired (active, passive, natural/artificial,
Humoral and Cell mediated immunity). Features of Immune Response – memory, cell
specificity/diversity, recognition of self and non-self.
Cells of the Immune System – B and T cells (types and receptors), Null cells, Monocytes, Polymorphs.
Organs of the Immune System: Primary and Secondary Lymphoid organs- Thymus, Spleen, Lymph
nodes.
Antigens: Concept, Types of Antigens, Antigenic determinants/epitopes, Hapten. Antigen and
Immunogen. Antigenecity and Immunogenecity. Factors affecting antigenecity.
Antibodies: Structure, Types/Classes, properties and functions of immunoglobulins. Production of
antibodies. Antibody diversity (a brief account only).
Antigen – Antibody Interactions: Binding sites, Binding forces, Affinity, Avidity, Cross reactions.
Precipitation and Agglutination reactions, RIA, ELISA etc. techniques
1195
UNIT II
Immune Response: Introduction, Humoral Immunity – Primary and Secondary immune response – B
cells in antibody formation (differentiation, maturation and activation of B cells). Role of MHC
molecules, Antigen presenting cells. Factors influencing antibody formation. Cell mediated immunity-
Cells involved in CMI, (T-cell subset and surface markers, T-dependent and T-independent antigens,
recognition of antigens by T-cells, role of MHC and MHC restriction), cytokines and lymphokines,
functions of cell mediated immunity.
Complement system: Structure, components, properties and functions.
Major Histocompatibility Complex- Class I and Class II MHC molecules, functions of MHC.
Hypersensitivity and allergic reactions. (Brief only) Autoimmunity, immunological tolerance.
Vaccines: concept, types of vaccines- Inactivated, Attenuated and Recombinant vaccines (Peptide and
DNA vaccines).

NOTE
Semester- III
Paper VII. Molecular Biology
1196
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT - I
Molecular Biology: Introduction to molecular aspects of life.
DNA as the genetic material – experiments proving DNA and RNA as genetic material.
Nucleic acids: Structure, function and properties of DNA and RNA. Watson and Crick model of DNA.
DNA forms (A, B and Z), their characteristic. Different types of RNA, their structure and function.
Organization of Genomes – bacterial, viral, human, organelles.
Eukaryotic genomes: Chromosomal organization and structure. Euchromatin, heterochromatin,
centromere, telomere. Chromatin structure (nucleosome), histone and non-histone proteins.
Insertion elements and transposons; IS elements, transposable elements of Maize and P elements of
Drosophila. Extra chromosomal DNA in prokaryotes – plasmids.
DNA Replication: Central dogma of molecular biology. Semi-conservative mode of DNA replication,
experimental proof. Unidirectional and bidirectional mode of DNA replication, theta model and rolling
circle model. DNA replication in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, different stages, proteins and enzymes
involved.
DNA damage and repair: causes of DNA damage, mutations. Repair mechanisms- photo reactivation,
excision repair, mismatch repair, SOS repair.
UNIT – II
Genetic Code: concept, elucidation or cracking of genetic code, features of genetic code, Wobble
hypothesis. Structure of gene- introns/exons, regulatory sequences, structure of prokaryotic gene.
Transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, diff. stages, mechanism, promoters, transcription factors,
RNA polymerases. Post transcriptional modifications- 5’ cap formation, 3’-end
processing/polyadenylation and gene splicing and generation of mature mRNA. Inhibitors of
transcription.

Translation/Protein synthesis: Mechanism of initiation, elongation and termination of protein synthesis
in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Inhibitors of translation. Post-translational modifications.
Regulation of Gene Expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, induction and repression, positive and
negative regulation. Operon model- lac, ara, trp, catabolite repression, transcription attenuation.
Molecular mechanisms of DNA recombination in eukaryotes – Site Specific and Homologous
recombination. Recombination in prokaryotes – Transformation, transduction and conjugation.
1197

NOTE
IInd Year
Semester- IV
Paper VIII. Recombinant DNA Technology
1198
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time : 3 hrs.
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT – I
Recombinant DNA Technology and Genetic Engineering: Introduction, history, scope and applications.
Tools of Recombinant DNA technology: Steps in gene cloning. Gene cloning tools - Restriction enzymes-
class I, II and class III restriction enzymes, their features. Ligases, polymerases, alkaline phosphatases,
kinases, transferases and other DNA engineering enzymes.
Gene Cloning Vectors: Introduction, nomenclature of vectors, properties of a suitable vector. Plasmid
vectors, bacteriophage, cosmids and phagemids. Properties of host. M13 vectors. Expression vectors,
shuttle vectors. Vectors for cloning in eukaryotic cells, YACs and BACs.
In vitro construction of r-DNA molecules: Isolation of gene of interest and vector DNA, cohesive and
blunt ends, modification of cut ends, linkers and adaptors. Integration of DNA inserts into the vectors.
Transformation: Techniques of introducing r-DNA into the desired host, competent cells,
electroporation and microinjection. Screening and selection of transformants and their
characterization, selection of clone having the specific DNA insert - immunological screening and
colony hybridization. Marker genes- selectable and scorable markers.
Gene Libraries: Construction of Genomic and cDNA library, advantages and limitations, screening of
gene libraries.
UNIT - II
DNA amplification through PCR: Basic features and applications of PCR, types and modifications. Site
directed mutagenesis.
DNA sequencing techniques: Maxam – Gilbert’s method, Sanger’s dideoxy chain termination method,
Automated DNA sequencing.

Genome Mapping: Concept and applications. Restriction enzyme digestion and restriction mapping.
Southern and Northern analysis. DNA finger printing. PAGE, Western blotting, dot blots and slot blots.
RFLP, RAPD (brief only), microarrays.
Gene expression in prokaryotes: expression cassette. Promoters- tissue specific promoters, wound
inducible promoters, strong and regulated promoters. Increasing protein yield-factors affecting level of
recombinant protein production. Production of recombinant proteins in E. coli, translational and
transcriptional fusion- advantages and disadvantages.
Applications of Recombinant DNA technology: Production of recombinant proteins of pharmaceutical
importance- insulin, human growth hormone, recombinant vaccines (hepatitis B) etc. Transgenic plants
and animals.
1199

NOTE
Semester- IV
PaperIX. Bioinformatics
1200
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT – I
History, scope and importance of bioinformatics.
Introduction to Genomics – information flow in Biology, DNA sequence data, experimental
approach to genome sequence data, genome information resources.
Functional Proteomics – protein sequence and structural data, protein information resources
and secondary data bases.
Computational Genomics - Internet basics, biological data analysis and application, sequence
data bases, NCBI model, File format.
UNIT - II
Sequence alignment and data base search – protein primary sequence analysis, algorithm
BLAST, multiple sequence alignment. DATA base searching using BLAST and FASTA.
Predictive methods using DNA and protein sequences
Structural data bases – Small molecules data bases, protein information resources, protein
data bank.

1. ABO blood grouping and Rh typing.
2. Differential leukocyte count.
3. RBC counting using a haemocytometer.
4. Dot ELISA.
5. Radial Immunodiffusion analysis.
6. Preparation of antigen.
7. Raising polyclonal Antibodies.
Paper X Practical (Semester III + Semester IV)
List of Practicals
8. Diagnosis of infectious disease – Widal test and VDRL
9. Isolation and quantification of genomic DNA from bacteria (E. coli), animals and plants.
10. Isolation of Plasmid DNA
11. Ligation of DNA fragment
12. Separation of DNA by Agarose Gel Electrophoresis.
13. Restriction digestion of DNA and Agarose Gel Electrophoresis
14. Amplification of DNA by PCR using random primers
15. DNA fingerprinting
16. Preparation of competent cells
17. Transformation of E coli and selection of recombinants
18. Internet Basics.
19. Introduction to NCBI websites.
20. Introduction to Data bases.
21. Isolation of chromosomal DNA from plant or bacteria or animal tissues.
22. Estimation of DNA by DPA method.
23. Estimation of RNA by orcinol method.
24. Absorption spectra of proteins and nucleic acids.
25. Analysis of DNA by Agarose Gel Electrophoresis.
26. Methods for cell lysis: rupture Osmotic/Chemical/Enzymatic lysis of cells (RBC’s) followed by
centrifugation.
27. Extraction and estimation of proteins from plant or animal source
28. Protein purification by Gel filtration and Ion exchange chromatography.
29. Protein separation by PAGE/SDS-PAGE
1201
Marks: 100
Time: 6 hrs.

NOTE
IIIrd Year
Semester- V
Paper XI. Animal Biotechnology
1202
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT – I
Animal Cell & Tissue Culture: Introduction, Principles & practice. History and Development of animal
cell culture. Scope and Applications.
Culture Media: Media components, Serum containing and serum free media. Natural media- Plasma
clot, biological fluids, tissue extracts. Growth factors required for proliferation of animal cells.
Chemically defined media, balanced salt solutions. Physical requirements for growing animal cells in
culture. Washing, drying, sterilization practices, various instruments and their uses in animal cell
culture practices.
Primary Cell Culture techniques: Initiation of cell culture-substrates (glass, plastic, metals) their
preparation and sterilization. Isolation of tissue explants, disaggregation- enzyme disaggregation and
mechanical disaggregation of the tissue. development of primary culture and cell lines. Subculture.
Contamination.. Suspension culture, Growth curve of animal cells in culture.
Secondary cell culture – transformed cell and continuous cell lines. Finite and infinite cell lines.
Cell lines: Insect and animal cells. Commonly used cell lines- their organization and characteristics. Cell
repositories and their function. Karyotyping, biochemical and genetic characterization of cell lines.
Organ Culture: technique, advantages, applications and limitations. Artificial skin.
UNIT - II
Transfection of animal cells: transfection methods. Methods for cell fusion, Selectable markers, HAT
selection and Antibiotic resistance.
Cloning and expression of foreign genes in animal cells: Expression vectors. Over production and
preparation of the final product i.e. expressed proteins.
Production of vaccines in animal cells.
Hybridoma Technology: Production of monoclonal antibodies and their applications.

Embryo transfer technology- technique, its applications. Artificial insemination. Animal clones.
Transgenic Animals: transgenic sheep, cow, pig, goat etc.
Production of transgenic mice, ES cells can be used for gene targeting in mice, applications of gene
targeting.
Therapeutic products through genetic engineering – blood proteins, insulin, growth hormone etc.
Gene Therapy: introduction, types of gene therapy, vectors in gene therapy, major achievements,
problems and prospects.
1203

Semester- V
Paper XII. Plant Biotechnology
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT – I
Plant Tissue Culture: Introduction/Concept, History, Scope and Applications along with major
achievements.
Plant Tissue Culture Laboratory: Layout and organization, different work areas,
infrastructure/equipments and instruments and other requirements.
Aseptic Techniques: General sanitation/cleanliness of PTC laboratory and precautions regarding
maintenance of aseptic conditions, Washing, drying and sterilization of glassware, sterilization of
media, surface sterilization, aseptic work station.
Culture Media: Nutritional requirements for plant tissue culture, role of different media components,
plant growth regulators, different culture media viz. MS, B5 Nitsch and White’s medium, Preparation of
culture media.
In-vitro methods in plant tissue culture: Explants, their cellular characteristics, dedifferentiation and
redifferentiation, cellular totipotency, organogenesis and somatic embryogenesis.
Micropropagation/clonal propagation of elite species (different routes of multiplication-axillary bud
proliferation, somatic embryogenesis, organogenesis), Synthetic seeds (a brief account)
Callus and suspension culture techniques: Introduction, principle, methodology, applications and
limitations. Somaclonal variation.
Organ culture: Anther & Pollen culture, ovary, ovule, embryo and endosperm culture – concept,
technique, applications and limitations. Embryo rescue.
Protoplast culture: Protoplast isolation, viability test, protoplast culture. Somatic hybridization –
protoplast fusion techniques (chemical and electro-fusion), selection of hybrids, production of
symmetric and asymmetric hybrids and cybrids. Practical applications of somatic hybridization and
cybridization.
1204
UNIT - II

Production of secondary metabolites in vitro: introduction, technique and utilities. Biotransformation
(a brief account only). Plant germ plasm conservation and cryopreservation.
Genetic Engineering in plants: Introduction, Plant transformation by Agrobacterium tumefaciens and
A. rhizogenes. Ti plasmid. Strategies for gene transfer to plant cells. Binary and cointegrate vectors.
Gene targeting in plants. Use of plant viruses as vectors (brief account only). Direct DNA
transfer/Physical methods of gene transfer in plants - micro projectile bombardment, electroporation,
liposome mediated, Calcium phosphate mediated etc.
Transgenic Plants: Introduction and applications. Developing insect resistance, bacterial and fungal
disease resistance, virus resistance and abiotic stress tolerance in plants. Improving food quality –
nutritional enhancement of plants (carbohydrates, seed storage proteins and vitamins).
Plants as Bioreactors: antibodies, polymers, industrial enzymes. Edible vaccines.
1205

IIIrd Year
Semester- VI
Paper XIII. Microbial Biotechnology
Marks: 45
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
NOTE
1. Seven Questions will be set in all.
2. Q. No 1 which will be objective/short answer type covering the entire syllabus, will be compulsory.
The remaining questions will be set section wise with questions 3 from each section. The
candidates will be required to attempt Q. No. 1 & four others selecting 2 questions from each
section. All questions will carry equal marks.
3. As far as possible the question will be of short answer type.
4. Each question should be divided into parts & the distribution of marks be indicated part wise.
UNIT - I
Microbial Biotechnology: Historical landmarks, General concept.
Screening and Isolation of Micro organisms: Industrially important microbes, their screening and
isolation, enrichment culture. Strain improvement- bacterial genetics, mutant selection,
recombination, recombinant DNA technology. Strain preservation and maintenance.
Nutrition and cultivation of microorganisms: Basic nutrition and metabolism, Natural and Synthetic
media, Sterilization techniques, Microbial growth kinetics. Fermentation types – Continuous, Batch fed
culture, Solid state and Submerged. Quantification of growth, thermodynamics of growth, effect of
different factors on growth. Fermentation concepts and types.
Microbial Fermenters/Bioreactors: Basic design of fermenters. Physco-chemical standards used in
bioreactors (agitation, aeration, ph, temp., dissolved oxygen etc.). Types of fermenters- stirred tank,
bubble column, airlift etc.
Process Development and Downstream Processing: Shake flask fermentation, scale up of the process.
Downstream processing – Separation of particles, disintegration of cells, extraction, concentration,
purification and drying of the products.
UNIT - II
Microbial Products: a brief discussion about production of certain industrial products such as –
Alcohol, Alcoholic beverage (Beer), Organic acids ( citric acid), Antibiotics (penicillin), Amino acids
(glutamic acid0, Vitamin (B12), enzymes (protease, alpha-amylase) and a brief account of Steroid
Biotransformation. Microbial Foods: Single Cell Proteins.
Sewage waste water treatment technique and plants. Biodegradation of xenobiotic compounds.
Microbial polysaccharides and polyesters; production of xanthan gum and polyhydroxyalkanoides
(PHA).
Bioconversions – Biomining and bioleaching. Biogas production.
Microbial technology in agriculture- Bioinsecticides, bioherbicides, biocontrol agents for disease
control, advantages over chemical methods. Biofertilizers.
Genetically engineered microbes: concept and technique; use of GEM in Agriculture, Industry and
Medicine.
1206

Paper XV Practical (Semester V + Semester VI)
List of Practicals
1. Preparation and sterilization of animal cell culture media.
2. Lymphocyte culture/Animal tissue culture
1207
Marks: 100
Time: 6 hrs.
3. Demonstration/operation of large scale fermenetors Handling and working of Autoclave, Laminar
Air Flow Hood, and Hot Air Oven.
4. Preparation and Sterilization of plant tissue culture media viz. MS (1962), Nitsch (1969) or White’s
medium.
5. Callus and Suspension culture.
6. Induction of organogenesis/differentiation through hormonal balance modulation.
7. Micro propagation through Shoot Tip Culture, Nodal Culture, Axillary bud culture.
8. Plant protoplast preparation through enzymatic or physical method and to perform protoplast
viability test
9. Anther or Pollen culture.
10. Somatic embryogenesis and preparation of synthetic seeds.
11. Growth Curve Study – Bacteria and Yeast.
12. Biomass production (Baker’s yeast, spirulina, Agaricus, Aspergillus)
13. Production of alcohol and wine.
14. Estimation of alcohol by specific gravity method.
15. Estimation of lactic acid and lactose.
16. Estimation of fermentation products by titration methods.
17. Production of Primary and Secondary metabolites (one organic acid and one antibiotic)

B.A. Agro Services (Vocational Course) III to VI sem
Paper- I Irrigation Management
SEMESTER-III
1208
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 45+5
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Irrigation management- terminology, concept and importance towards
Crop production.
2. Water resources-surface and ground water resources. Factors affecting
Water resources-climatic factors.
3 Quality of irrigation water, management of poor quality irrigation water. Conductive use of
poor and good quality water and influence of poor quality water on soil properties.
Unit-II
1. Methods of application of irrigation water and irrigation channels, surface and sub-surface
irrigation method, Sprinkler and drip irrigation methods
2. Concept of irrigation scheduling
Time of irrigation based on phonological stages and soil moisture status of the crop. Amount
of water to be irrigated . Irrigation schedules for different important crops.
3. Interaction of irrigation with other management practices.

List of Books
Paper- II Soil Management
SEMESTER-III
1209
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 45+5
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Concept of total and available nutrients
2. Soil testing and sampling
Unit –II
1. Visual diagnosis of deficiency symptoms in plants
2. Management practices for nutrient elements, nutrients toxicity especially minor nutrients
elements
1. Irrigation Management in Crops: Suraj Bhan
2. Irrigation Theory and Practice: A.M. Michael
3. Water Quality for agriculture: R.S. Ayers and D.W. Westcat
4. Diagnostic criteria for plants and soils: Chapman, Homer D.
5. Methods of Soil analysis: Block, C.A.
6. Soil fertility and fertilizers: Amar Singh

SEMESTER-IV
Paper- I Diagnosis of Crop Health Problems
1210
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 45+5
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Diagnosis of health problems of cereals-Rice, Wheat and Maize- their insect pests and diseases
and their control measures.
2. Diagnosis of health problems of Sugarcane-important pests and diseases
3. Diagnosis of health problems of pulses-Bean, Gram, Arhar, Pea – their important insect pests
and diseases and control measures
Unit-II
1. Diagnosis of health problems of oilseeds- Mustard and Groundnut and control measures.
2. Diagnosis of health problems of important vegetables and fruits and their control.

List of Books:
Paper- II Agriculture Pest Management
SEMESTER-IV
1211
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 45+5
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
1. General grouping of Pesticides
Unit-I
2. Preparation, use and application of home-made pesticides
3. Seed treatment and soil treatment with pesticides
Unit-II
1. Fumigation – different fumigants and their application techniques.
2. Rat, termites and bird control
1. Plant Protection: Principles and Practices: S.B. Chattopadhyay.
2. Principles & Practices of Kharif Crops: CCSHAU, Hisar
3. Principles and Practices of Rabi Crops: CCSHAU, Hisar
4. Plant Diseases- R.S. Singh
5. Agriculture Pests of South Asia and their Management: A.S. Atwal and G.S. Dhaliwal.

PRACTICALS
(Annually)
Based on Semester (III & IV)
1. Methods for testing quality of irrigation water in Lab.
2. Visual diagnosis of deficiency symptoms in plants.
3. Visit to irrigation command area/meteorological observatory.
1212
Max. Marks 90+10
Time: 6 Hrs. (two sessions)
4. Field visit in both summer, monsoon and winter season to nearby farmer’s field and of one crop
covered in theory and identification and listing of insect damage, diseases and insect pests.
5. Collection of specimens, herbarium making.
6. Safety precaution measures before, during and application of pesticides.
7. Seed treatment-dry and wet.
8. Fumigation- infield, warehouse and grain stocks.
9. Rat control and termite control

Paper- I Agricultural Machines
SEMESTER-V
1213
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 45+5
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Principles and working of indigenous ploughs and improved plough-mould board plough and
disc ploughs.
2. Working of Harrows-spike tooth harrows.
Unit-II
1. Working of seed-cum-fertilizer drill, planter, rice transplanter, sugarcane transplanter, chaff
cutter, indigenous and improved harvesting equipments.
2. Manual and power-operated sprayer and dusters.
3. Repair and maintenance of above implements.

SEMESTER-V
Paper- II Modern farm Management
1214
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 45+5
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Management objectives-Functions of management. Difference between
farm and business management.
2. Management of human resources-motivating personnel and controlling.
3. Production management – product planning, budgeting as a tool decision
making.
Unit-II
1. Financial management- the accounting system, measures of profitability,
financial planning-the cash flow budget capital funds management
2. Marketing management- the marketing programme , the marketing target.
Market planning-the place strategy pricing of products, sales, promotion, marketing
organization.
3. Importance of information system, sources-national and international, public
and private sources.
List of Books:
1. Farm Machinery & Equipment: Smith
2. Farm Machines & Equipment: O.P. Nakra
3. Modern Farm Management- Kartar Singh
4. Indian Economy-Ruddar Dutt & M. Sundharam
5. Principles of Agricultural Engineering Vol. 1. : A.M. Michaeal & T.P. Ojha

SEMESTER-VI
Paper- I Agro-processing and Credit Planning
1215
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 45+5
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Procedures for preparation of projects, sources, terms and conditions of loans for financing
agro-service and agro-processing projects.
2. Importance of credit: Classification of credit, sources, purpose for which credit is advanced by
the financial institutions, source-wise and purpose-wise rates of interest charged, repayment
schedule, credit planning for different forms of business organization
Unit-II
1. Assessment of pest harvest losses of food grains.
2. Grain storage principles and practices. Food grain storage structures-rural storage structures,
bag and bulk storage
3. Unit operations in food processing; cleaning, drying-gain drying principles and different types
of dryers, milling-commercial milling of paddy, wheat and pulses.

List of Books:
SEMESTER-VI
Paper- II Food Processing and Preservation
1216
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 45+5
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Importance and scope of food preservation industry, food preservation principles, preservation
of fruits and vegetables and processed foods-by pasteurization, sterilization and planching, by
drying and dehydration, canning of fruits and vegetables.
2. Principles of preparation of juices and squashes. Preservation with sugar-preparation of jam
and jelly.
3. Preservation with salt-preparation of pickles, chutneys and sauces.
Unit-II
1. Spoilage in processed foods- canned foods, pickles and jams.
2. Storage and marketing of preserved products. Different types of storage of fresh fruit and
vegetables. Knowledge of short-term storage and cold storage and its applications in food
preservation.
1. Handling and Storage of Food Grains: S.V. Pingale
2. Pest Harvest Technology for Cereals, pulses and oilseeds.
3. Home-Scale processing 7 Preservation of Fruit and Vegetables-CFIRI, Mysore.
4. Manual of Fruit and vegetables Preservation: B.S. Chundwat & R.N. Sharma.
5. A Manual of Food Preservation at Home: C.M. Bhatt & R.N. Sharma.
6. Fruits and Vegetables: R.N. Sharma.

PRACTICALS
(Annually)
Based on Semester (V & VI)
1217
Max. Marks 90+10
Time: 6 Hrs. (two sessions)
1. Study of different indigenous and improved ploughs-mould board and disc ploughs with its
operation
2. Study of harrows, cultivators, seed drills, planters, transplanters and threshers with its
operation.
3. Preparation of some selected agro-service and agro-processing projects according to local
potentiality.
4. Frequent visits to the Banks and other financial institutions for collection of information
regarding credit for financing the potential agro-service and agro-processing projects.
5. Determination of moisture content and milling qualities of food grains.
6. Visit to different storage structures and commercial milling plants.
7. Preparation of squashes, RHS and syrups.
8. Preparation of jam and jelly
9. Preparation of pickles, chutneys and sauces.
10. Visit of food processing industries.

Paper – I Plant Physiology
B. Sc. III Medical (Botany) V & VI Sem Syllabus
SEMESTER-V
1218
Internal Assessment-05
Max. Marks – 45
Time– 3 Hrs.
Note: Five questions to be attempted in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory (short answer type). Nine questions are
to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Plant-water Relations: Importance of water to plant life; physical properties of water; Imbibition,
Diffusion, Osmosis and Plasmolysis; absorption and transport of water; transpiration-types, physiology
of stomata, factors affecting transpiration, importance of transpiration.
Mineral Nutrition: Essential macro and micro elements and their role; mineral uptake; deficiency
symptoms.
Transport of Organic Substances: Mechanism of phloem transport; source-sink relationship; factors
affecting translocation.
UNIT-II
Photosynthesis: Significance; historical aspects; photosynthetic pigments; action spectra and enhancement
effects; concept of two photosystems; Z-scheme; photo-phosphorylation; Calvin cycle; C4 pathway;
CAM plants; photorespiration.
Respiration: ATP–the biological energy currency; aerobic and anaerobic respiration; Krebs cycle; electron
transport mechanism (chemi-osmotic theory); redox -potential; oxidative phosphorylation; pentose
phosphate pathway.
Seed dormancy; plant movements; the concept of photoperiodism; physiology of flowering; florigen
concept; physiology of senescence; fruit ripening.

Suggseted Readings:
1. Dennis,D.T., Turpin, D.H., Lefebvre,D.D. and Layzell (eds.). 1997: Plant Metabolism (2 nd Edition),
Longman, Essex, England.
2. Galston, A.W. 1989: Life Processes in Plants, Scientific American Library, Springer-Verlag, New
York, USA.
3. Hopkins, W.G., 1995: Introduction to Plant Physiology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, USA.
4. Mohr, H. and Schopfer, P. 1995: Plant Physiology. Springer-Verlag, Berlin Germany.
5. Salisbury, F.B. and Ross, C.W. 1986: Plant Physiology. CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi.
6. Taiz, L. and Zeiger, E. 2003: Plant Physiology. Panima Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
1219

Paper - II Ecology
SEMESTER-V
1220
Internal Assessment-05
Max. Marks – 45
Time– 3 Hrs.
Note: Five questions to be attempted in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory (short answer type). Nine questions are
to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Ecology: Definition; scope and importance; levels of organization.
Environment: Introduction; environmental factors- climatic (water, humidity, wind, light, temperature),
edaphic (soil profile, physico-chemical properties), topographic and biotic factors (species interaction).
Adaptations of plants to water stress and salinity (morphological and anatomical features of hydrophytes,
xerophytes and halophytes).
Population Ecology: Basic concept; characteristics; biotic potential, growth curves; ecotypes and ecads.
UNIT-II
Community Ecology: Concepts; characteristics (qualitative and quantitative-analytical and synthetic);
methods of analysis; ecological succession.
Ecosystem: Structure (components) and functions (trophic levels, food chains, food webs, ecological
pyramids and energy flow)
Biogeochemical Cycles: carbon and nitrogen; hydrological (water) cycle.
Phyto-geography: Phyto-geographical regions of India; vegetation types of India (forests).
Environmental Pollution: Sources, types and control of air and water pollution.
Global Change: Greenhouse effect and greenhouse gases; impacts of global warming; carbon trading.
Suggested Readings:
1. Odum, E.P. 1983: Basic Ecology, Saunders, Philadelphia.
2. Kormondy, E.J. 1996: Concepts of Ecology, Prantice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Mackenzie, A. et al. 1999: Instant Notes in Ecology, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

Paper – I Biochemistry and Plant Biotechnology
SEMESTER-VI
1221
Internal Assessment-05
Max. Marks – 45
Time– 3 Hrs.
Note: Five questions to be attempted in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory (short answer type). Nine questions are
to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Basics of Enzymology: Discovery and nomenclature; characteristics of enzymes; concept of holoenzyme,
apoenzyme, coenzyme and co-factors; regulation of enzyme activity; mechanism of action.
Growth and development: Definitions; phases of growth and development; Plant hormones- auxins,
gibberellins, cytokinins, abscissic acid and ethylene, history of their discovery, mechanism of action;
photo-morphogenesis; phytochromes and their discovery, physiological role and mechanism of action.
Lipid metabolism: Structure and functions of lipids; fatty acid biosynthesis; B-oxidation; saturated and
unsaturated fatty acids; storage and mobilization of fatty acids.
UNIT-II
Nitrogen metabolism: Biology of nitrogen fixation; importance of nitrate reductase and its regulation;
ammonium assimilation.
Genetic engineering and Biotechnology: Tools and techniques of recombinant DNA technology; cloning
vectors; genomic and cDNA library; transposable elements; aspects of plant tissue culture; cellular
totipotency, differentiation and morphogenesis; biology of Agro-bacterium; vectors for gene delivery
and marker genes.
Suggested Readings:
1. Bhojwani, S.S. 1990: Plant Tissue Culture Applications and Limitations. Elsevier Science Publishers, New
York, USA.
2. Lea, P.J. and Leegood, R.C. 1999: Plant Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons,
Chichester, England.
3. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M. 2005: Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry. 4 th Edition. W.H. Freeman and
Company, New York.
4. Old, R.W. and Primrose, S.B. 1989: Principles of Gene Manipulation, Blackwell Scientific Publications,
Oxford, UK.
5. Palmer, T. and Bonner, P. 2008: Enzymes-Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Clinical Chemistry (2 nd Edition).
East West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
6. Raghavan, V. 1986: Embryogenesis in Angiosperms: A Developmental and Experimental Study,
Cambridge University Press, New York, USA.
7. Rawn, J.D. 2004: Biochemistry. Panima Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.

Paper – II Economic Botany
SEMESTER-VI
1222
Internal Assessment-05
Max. Marks – 45
Time – 3 Hrs.
Note: Five questions to be attempted in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory (short answer type). Nine questions are
to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Origin, distribution, botanical description, brief idea of cultivation and uses of the following:
Food plants- Cereals (Rice, Wheat and Maize).
Pulses- (Gram, Arhar and Pea).
Vegetables- (Potato, Tomato and Onion).
Fibers- Cotton, Jute and Flax.
Oils- Groundnut, Mustard and Coconut.
UNIT-II
Morphology of plant part used, brief idea of cultivation and uses of the following:
Spices- Coriander, Ferula, Ginger, Turmeric, Cloves.
Medicinal Plants- Cinchona, Rauwolfia, Atropa, Opium, Cannabis, Neem.
Botanical description and processing of:
Beverages- Tea and Coffee.
Rubber- Hevea.
Sugar- Sugarcane.
General account and sources of timber; energy plantations and bio-fuels.
Suggested Readings:
1. Kocchar, S.L. 1998: Economic Botany in Tropics, 2 nd edition, MacMillan India Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Sambammurthy, A.V.S.S. And Subramanyam, N.S. 1989: A Textbook of Economic Botany, Wiley
Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Sharma, O.P. 1996: Hills Economic Botany (Late Dr. A.F. Hill adapted by O.P. Sharma), Tata
McGraw Hill Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Simpson, B.B. and Conner-Ogorzaly, M. 1986: Economic Botany- Plants in our World, McGraw Hill,
New York.

Paper-III Practicals : Plant physiology, Int. Assessment-10
Biochemistry, Max. Marks - 90
Biotechnology, Ecology, & Time- 6 hrs. (Two Sessions)
Economic Botany.
1. Devise an experiment to demonstrate the physiological process (as per the list).
Perform it and show it to the examiners. 15
2. Comment on the physiological/Biochemistry experiment
(Specimen/ set-up / Model / Chart). 10
3. Test for carbohydrates / Proteins / Fats / Peroxidase activity. 5
4. Ecological experiment/Ecological Specimens A & B (as per the list) 10
5. Identify and Classify spots 1, 2, 3, and 4 from the point of view of economic importance
and morphology of the plant part used. 20
6. Applied Botany experiment (as per the list). 8
7. Note Book, Collection and field report. 6 + 6 = 12
8. Viva-voce. 10
1223

List of Practicals
A. Physiology/Biochemistry
1. Demonstration of Imbibition by plaster of Paris method.
2. Demonstration of Osmosis by potato osmoscope method.
3. Demonstration of Plasmolysis and Deplasmolysis
4. To study the Structure of stomata (Dicot & Monocot)
5. To study the Osmotic pressure of onion scale/ Rhoeo leaf peel by plasmolytic method.
6. Comparison of Stomatal and Cuticular Transpiration by four leaf /Cobalt chloride method.
7. Demonstration of transpiration by Ganong’s/ Farmer’s potometer.
8. To separate of photosynthetic pigments by thin layer/paper chromatography.
9. Demonstration of Ascent of sap/Transpiration pull.
10. To study the rate of photosynthesis under varying CO2 concentration using Wilmott’s
bubbler.
11. To study the effect of light intensity on oxygen evolution during photosynthesis
using Wilmott’s bubbler.
12. Demonstration of aerobic respiration.
13. Demonstration of anaerobic respiration.
14. To study the evolution of heat during respiration
15. Demonstration of Manometric determination of R. Q.
16. Demonstration of phototropism, geotropism and hydrotropism.
17. Determination of peroxidase activity.
18. Simple tests for the detection of Carbohydrates(Monosaccharides,
Disaccharides and Starch); Proteins and Fats.
B. Ecology
1. Determination of pH of soil and water samples by using Universal Indicator.
2. Study of physical properties of soil-soil density, water holding capacity etc.
3. Study of community structure by quadrat / line transact method.
4. Determination of density, abundance and frequency of species by quadrat method.
5. Morphological and anatomical features of hydrophytes, xerophytes and parasites in
relation to their habitats.
6. To prepare a report on local visit to an industry to identify the source and types of
Pollutants.
B. Utilization of plants & Applied Botany
1. Study of plant parts / products from the point of view of economic importance
(as per theory syllabus).
2. To prepare any one of the tissue culture medium.
3. To prepare the slants and Petri plates for plant tissue culture.
4. Study of techniques of sterilization, culturing and sub-culturing of cell,
tissues and organs.
5. Demonstration of anther culture, protoplast isolation and culture using suitable
models / charts / photographs etc.
6. Brief introduction to the components and working of the instruments
(oven, autoclave, incubator, centrifuge, laminar air flow and spectrophotometer)
1224

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
B.A. AGROSERVICES (VOCATIONAL COURSE)
Semester-I
Paper-1 General Concepts of Agroservices 3 hrs. 40+10*
Paper-2 Fertilizers and Organic Manures 3 hrs. 40+10
Semester-II
Paper-1 Speed Production Technology 3 hrs. 40+10
Paper-2 Post Harvest Handling of Seeds 3 hrs. 40+10
Practical-Annually(Semester I & II) 6 hrs. 80+20
(Two session)
Semester-III
Paper-1 Irrigation Management 3 hrs. 40+10
Paper-2 Soil Management 3 hrs. 40+10
Semester-IV
Paper-1 Diagnosis of Crop Health Problems 3 hrs. 40+10
Paper-2 Agriculture Pest Management 3 hrs. 40+10
Practical-Annually(Semester-III & IV) 6 hrs. 80+20
(Two session)
Semester-V
Paper-1 Agricultural Machines 3 hrs. 40+10
Paper-2 Modern Farm Management 3 hrs. 40+10
Semester-VI
Paper-1 Agro-Processing Projects & Credit Planning 3 hrs. 40+10
Paper-2 Feed Processing and Preservation 3 hrs. 40+10
Practical-Annually (Semester V & VI) 6 hrs. 80+20
(Two Session)
* 20% Internal assessment
Total 900
1225

SEMESTER-I
Paper- I GENERAL CONCEPTS OF AGROSERVICES
1226
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: * Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Scope and importance of Agroservices in India.
2. Land and Water resources for agriculture.
3. Soil-definition, soil formation, soil composition, physical and biological properties of soil.
4. Soil, classification and use pattern- a brief account, major soil types of India.
Unit-II
5. Rapid tests for analysis of soil and water samples. Study of soil maps.
6. Concept of soil productivity and fertility.
7. Sources of water for agriculture, water harvest techniques, utilization of water for
irrigation.

Paper-II FERTILIZERS AND ORGANIC MANURES
1227
SEMESTER –I
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: * Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Macro and Micro-elements essential for plant growth.
2. Fertilizers, definition, importance and types (simple, complex and mixed fertilizers).
3. Available forms of nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium in soil, types of N.P. and K.
fertilizers used for increasing production of crops and fruit in the orchards.
4. Fertilizer application techniques in the field.
5.
Unit-II
6. Importance of soil organic matter on soil humans. Organic manners and their method of
application.
7. Preparation of organic manners- compositing rapid composition, phosphor compost, vermi
compost.
8. Green-manuring and biofertilisers- a general account.
List of Books
1. ICAR Handbook of Manures and Fertilizers
2. Tarnhune,R.V.Motiamani,D.P. Soils:Their Chemistry and Fertility in
Bali,Y.P. and Donahue,R.L. Tropical Asia.
3. Miller, R.W. and Donahue,R.L. Soils-An introduction to soils and
Plant Growth
4. Das, P.K. Introduction to Soil Science
5. Brady, N.C. The nature and properties of soil
6. Mukherjee,S.K. and Biswas,T.D. An introduction to soil science
7. Mostara,M.R. Bhattacharya,P. Biofertilizers Technology, Marketing
And Srivastava, D. and usage
8. ICAR Handbook of Manures and Fertilizers
9. Subha Rao, N.S. Biofertilisers in Agriculture and
Forestry
10. Tandon, H.L.S.(ed.) Fertilizers Organic Manures,
Recyclable Wastes and biofertilizers
11. Tilak, K.V.B.R. Bacteria Fertilizers
12. Gaur, A.C. Organic Manures

1228
SEMESTER-II
Paper-I SEED PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY
Time- 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: * Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Introduction of seed industry in India.
2. Seed Morphology and qualities of improved seeds.
3. Basic Principles relating to seed production.
4. Maintenance of purity in seed a standard variety.
Unit-II
5. Production techniques of some important crops of the zone.
6. Principles of the seed crop production.
7. Control measures for disease and pests of some important crops.

Paper-II POST-HARVEST HANDLING OF SEEDS Time- 3 hrs.
1229
Marks- 40+10
Note: * Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Viability of seeds and factors affecting it.
2. Post-harvest handling of seeds cleaning, grinding, drying, treatment and storage.
3. Seed Packaging and packaging materials.
4. Seed storage technique.
Unit-II
5. Seed Marketing and Seed Certificate.
6. Economics of seed production.
7. Seed testing, Certification and seed act.
8. Hybrid cultivars and transgenic varieties – a general account.
List of Books
1. L.R. Hawthorm and L.H.Pollard Vegetables and Flower Seed Production
2. J.R. Thomson An Introduction to Seed technology
3. J.D. Bewley & M. Black Physiology and Biochemistry of seeds
4. R.A.T. George Vegetable seed technology: A technical
Guide of vegetables and seed production
Processing Storage and quality control.
5. D.K. Salunkhe, B.B. Desai Post harvest Biotechnology of Oilseeds.
6. J.F. Harrington & J.e. Douglas Seed Storage and Packaging: Application
For India
7. R.L. Agarwal Seed Technology
8. V.K.Agarwal & Y.L.Agarwal Seed borne diseases of Field Crops and
Their control
9. E.H. Roberts Viability of seeds
10. P.K.Agarwal & M. Dadlani Techniques in seed science and technology
11. N.S. Tunwar & V.P.Singh Indian Minimum seed certification standard
12. D.K. Sahunkhe,B.B.Desai & Vegetable & Flower seed production
N.R. Bhat
13. J.P. Srivastava & L.T. Simarski Seed Production Technology
14. J.F. Harrington Seed Storage and Longevity.

PRACTICALS
(Annually)
Based on Semester (I & II)
1230
Max. Marks 80+20
Time: 6 Hrs. (two sessions)
Preparation of manures through composting, Rapid composting-Phosphate compost, Household
compost, Vermi compost-Testing of manurial quality: Maintenance of biofertilizers strains;
Mass culture of biofertilizers and application
Purity analysis of some seed samples
Determination of seed viability by different methods
Determination of seed moisture
Individual plot for seed raising (sowing to storage) of some importance of the zone
Hybrid seed production techniques of some important crops
Visit to seed producing farms
Visit to seed testing lab.
Knowledge of instruments of seed processing

Paper- I Irrigation Management
SEMESTER-III
1231
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
Irrigation management- terminology, concept and importance towards
Crop production.
Water resources-surface and ground water resources. Factors affecting
Water resources-climatic factors.
3 Quality of irrigation water, management of poor quality irrigation water. Conductive use of
poor and good quality water and influence of poor quality water on soil properties.
Unit-II
Methods of application of irrigation water and irrigation channels, surface and sub-surface
irrigation method, Sprinkler and drip irrigation methods
Concept of irrigation scheduling
Time of irrigation based on phonological stages and soil moisture status of the crop. Amount
of water to be irrigated . Irrigation schedules for different important crops.
3. Interaction of irrigation with other management practices.

List of Books
Paper- II Soil Management
SEMESTER-III
1232
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
Concept of total and available nutrients
Soil testing and sampling
Unit –II
Visual diagnosis of deficiency symptoms in plants
Management practices for nutrient elements, nutrients toxicity especially minor nutrients
elements
Irrigation Management in Crops: Suraj Bhan
Irrigation Theory and Practice: A.M. Michael
Water Quality for agriculture: R.S. Ayers and D.W. Westcat
Diagnostic criteria for plants and soils: Chapman, Homer D.
Methods of Soil analysis: Block, C.A.
Soil fertility and fertilizers: Amar Singh

SEMESTER-IV
Paper- I Diagnosis of Crop Health Problems
1233
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
Diagnosis of health problems of cereals-Rice, Wheat and Maize- their insect pests and diseases and
their control measures.
Diagnosis of health problems of Sugarcane-important pests and diseases
Diagnosis of health problems of pulses-Bean, Gram, Arhar, Pea – their important insect pests and
diseases and control measures
Unit-II
Diagnosis of health problems of oilseeds- Mustard and Groundnut and control measures.
Diagnosis of health problems of important vegetables and fruits and their control.

List of Books:
SEMESTER-IV
Paper- II Agriculture Pest Management
1234
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
General grouping of Pesticides
Unit-I
Preparation, use and application of home-made pesticides
Seed treatment and soil treatment with pesticides
Unit-II
Fumigation – different fumigants and their application techniques.
Rat, termites and bird control
Plant Protection: Principles and Practices: S.B. Chattopadhyay.
Principles & Practices of Kharif Crops: CCSHAU, Hisar
Principles and Practices of Rabi Crops: CCSHAU, Hisar
Plant Diseases- R.S. Singh
Agriculture Pests of South Asia and their Management: A.S. Atwal and G.S. Dhaliwal.

PRACTICALS
(Annually)
Based on Semester (III & IV)
Methods for testing quality of irrigation water in Lab.
Visual diagnosis of deficiency symptoms in plants.
Visit to irrigation command area/meteorological observatory.
1235
Max. Marks 80+20
Time: 6 Hrs. (two sessions)
Field visit in both summer, monsoon and winter season to nearby farmer’s field and of one crop
covered in theory and identification and listing of insect damage, diseases and insect pests.
Collection of specimens, herbarium making.
Safety precaution measures before, during and application of pesticides.
Seed treatment-dry and wet.
Fumigation- infield, warehouse and grain stocks.
Rat control and termite control

Paper- I Agricultural Machines
SEMESTER-V
1236
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
Principles and working of indigenous ploughs and improved plough-mould board plough and disc
ploughs.
Working of Harrows-spike tooth harrows.
Unit-II
Working of seed-cum-fertilizer drill, planter, rice transplanter, sugarcane transplanter, chaff cutter,
indigenous and improved harvesting equipments.
Manual and power-operated sprayer and dusters.
Repair and maintenance of above implements.

List of Books:
SEMESTER-V
Paper- II Modern farm Management
1237
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
Management objectives-Functions of management. Difference between
farm and business management.
2. Management of human resources-motivating personnel and controlling.
3. Production management – product planning, budgeting as a tool decision
making.
Unit-II
Financial management- the accounting system, measures of profitability,
financial planning-the cash flow budget capital funds management
Marketing management- the marketing programme , the marketing target.
Market planning-the place strategy pricing of products, sales, promotion, marketing
organization.
Importance of information system, sources-national and international, public
and private sources.
1. Farm Machinery & Equipment: Smith
2. Farm Machines & Equipment: O.P. Nakra
3. Modern Farm Management- Kartar Singh
4. Indian Economy-Ruddar Dutt & M. Sundharam
5. Principles of Agricultural Engineering Vol. 1. : A.M. Michaeal & T.P. Ojha

SEMESTER-VI
Paper- I Agro-processing Projects and Credit Planning
1238
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Procedures for preparation of projects, sources, terms and conditions of loans for financing
agro-service and agro-processing projects.
2. Importance of credit: Classification of credit, sources, purpose for which credit is advanced
by the financial institutions, source-wise and purpose-wise rates of interest charged,
repayment schedule, credit planning for different forms of business organization
Unit-II
Assessment of pest harvest losses of food grains.
Grain storage principles and practices. Food grain storage structures-rural storage structures, bag
and bulk storage
Unit operations in food processing; cleaning, drying-gain drying principles and different types of
dryers, milling-commercial milling of paddy, wheat and pulses.

List of Books:
SEMESTER-VI
Paper- II Food Processing and Preservation
1239
Time – 3 hrs.
Marks- 40+10
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each Unit. Question No.1 is
compulsory (short answer type).
� Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry
equal marks.
Unit-I
Importance and scope of food preservation industry, food preservation principles, preservation of
fruits and vegetables and processed foods-by pasteurization, sterilization and planching, by
drying and dehydration, canning of fruits and vegetables.
Principles of preparation of juices and squashes. Preservation with sugar-preparation of jam and
jelly.
Preservation with salt-preparation of pickles, chutneys and sauces.
Unit-II
Spoilage in processed foods- canned foods, pickles and jams.
Storage and marketing of preserved products. Different types of storage of fresh fruit and
vegetables. Knowledge of short-term storage and cold storage and its applications in food
preservation.
Handling and Storage of Food Grains: S.V. Pingale
Pest Harvest Technology for Cereals, pulses and oilseeds.
Home-Scale processing 7 Preservation of Fruit and Vegetables-CFIRI, Mysore.
Manual of Fruit and vegetables Preservation: B.S. Chundwat & R.N. Sharma.
A Manual of Food Preservation at Home: C.M. Bhatt & R.N. Sharma.
Fruits and Vegetables: R.N. Sharma.

PRACTICALS
(Annually)
Based on Semester (V & VI)
1240
Max. Marks 80+20
Time: 6 Hrs. (two sessions)
Study of different indigenous and improved ploughs-mould board and disc ploughs with its
operation
Study of harrows, cultivators, seed drills, planters, transplanters and threshers with its operation.
Preparation of some selected agro-service and agro-processing projects according to local
potentiality.
Frequent visits to the Banks and other financial institutions for collection of information regarding
credit for financing the potential agro-service and agro-processing projects.
Determination of moisture content and milling qualities of food grains.
Visit to different storage structures and commercial milling plants.
Preparation of squashes, RHS and syrups.
Preparation of jam and jelly
Preparation of pickles, chutneys and sauces.
Visit of food processing industries.

UPDATED SCHEME OF EXAMS. & SYLLABI FOR B.SC.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION OF B. Sc. (MEDICAL)
BOTANY
Semester – I
Paper –I Diversity of Microbes Max Marks- 40+10 Time-3 Hrs.
Paper-II Cell Biology Max Marks- 40+10 Time-3 Hrs.
Semester –II
Paper-I Diversity of Archegoniates Max Marks- 40+10 Time-3 Hrs.
Paper-II Genetics Max Marks- 40+10 Time-3 Hrs.
Paper-III Practicals(Annually)Semester-I&II Max Marks- 80+20 Time-6 Hrs.
(Two Sessions)
Semester-III
Paper-I Biology and Diversity of Seed Max Marks- 40+10 Time- 3 Hrs.
Plants-I
Paper-II Plant Anatomy Max Marks- 40+10 Time-3 Hrs.
Semester-IV
Paper-I Biology and Diversity of Seed Max Marks- 40+10 Time- 3 Hrs
Plants-II
Paper-II Plant Embryology Max Marks- 40+10 Time- 3 Hrs.
Paper-III Practicals (Annually) Max Marks- 80+20 Time- 6 Hrs.
Semester-III & IV (Two sessions)
Semester-V
Paper-I Plant Physiology Max Marks- 40+10 Time – 3 Hrs
Paper-II Ecology Max Marks- 40+10 Time – 3 Hrs.
Semester-VI
Paper-I Biochemistry & Plant Biotechnology Max Marks - 40+10 Time-3 Hrs
Paper-II Economic Botany Max Marks - 40+10 Time 3 Hrs.
Paper-III Practicals (Annually) Max Marks - 80+20 Time- 6 Hrs
Semester-V & VI (Two Sessions)
*20% marks allotted for Internal Assessment.
1241
Total Marks – 900

PAPER –I DIVERSITY OF MICROBES
SEMESTER-I
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 is compulsory (short answer type).
1242
Max. Marks – 40+10
Time- 3 Hrs.
Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Bacteria : Structure, nutrition, reproduction and economic importance; general account of cyanobacteria
(with reference to Nostoc).
Algae: General characters, classification (upto classes) and economic importance; important features and
life-history (excluding development) of Volvox, Oedogonium (Chlorophyceae), Vaucheria (Xanthophyceae),
Ectocrpus (Phaeophyceae) and Polysiphonia (Rhodophyceae).
UNIT-II
Viruses: General account of Viruses including structure of TMV and Bacteriophages.
Fungi: General characters, classification (upto classes) and economic importance; important features and
life-history of Phytophthora (Mastigomycotina), Mucor (Zygomycotina), Penicillium (Ascomycotina),
Puccinia, Agaricus (Basidiomycotina), Colletotrichum (Deuteromycotina); General account of Lichens.

PAPER –II CELL BIOLOGY
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 is compulsory (short answer type).
1243
Max. Marks - 40+10
Time- 3 Hrs.
Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
The Cell Envelopes: Structure and functions of Cell Wall and Plasma Membrane.
Ultrastructure and function of nucleus, Golgi Apparatus, Endoplasmic Reticulum, Chloroplast,
Mitochondria, Lysosomes, Peroxisomes and Vacuoles.
Cell Division: Mitosis and Meiosis.
UNIT-II
Chromosome: Morphology, organization, ultrastructure of Centromere and Telomere; Chromosomal
alterations- deletions, duplications, translocations, inversions; Variations in chromosome number-
aneuploidy, polyploidy; sex chromosomes and sex determination.

SUGGESTED READINGS
Smith, G.M. 1971. Cryptogamic Botany. Vol.I. Algae & Fungi. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi.
Sharma, P.D. 1991. The Fungi. Rastogi & Co., Meerut.
Dube, H.C. 1990. An Introduction to Fungi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd., Delhi.
Clifton, A. 1958. Introduction to the Bacteria: McGraw Hill & Co., New York.
Alberts, B.Bray, D.Lewis, J., Raff, M.., Roberts, K. and Watson. I.D. 1999. Molecular Biology of Cell. Garland
Publishing Co., Inc., New York, USA.
Atherly, A.G. Girton, J.R. and McDonald, J.F. 1999. The Science of Genetics, Saunders College Publising ,
Fort Worth, USA.
Gupta, P.K. 1999. A text book of Cell and Molelcular Biology. Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India.
Kleinsmith, L. J and Kish, V.M. 1995. Principles of Cell and Molecular Biology (2 nd edition) Harper Collins
College Publishers, New York, USA.
Lodish, H., Berk, A., Zipursky, S.L., Matsudaria, P., Baltimoe, D. and Darnell, J. 2000. Molecular, Cell Biology,
W.H. Freeman and Co., New York., USA.
Russel, P.J. 1998. Genetics, The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Co. Inc., USA.
Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. 2000. Principles of Genetics. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. USA.
1244

SEMESTER-II
PAPER –I DIVERSITY OF ARCHEGONIATES
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 is compulsory (short answer type).
1245
Max. Marks - 40+10
Time- 3 Hrs.
Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Bryophyta- General characters, classification (upto classes), alternation of generations, structure and
reproduction (excluding development) of Marchantia (Hepaticopsida), Anthoceros (Anthocerotopsida),
Funaria (Bryopsida).
UNIT-II
Pteridophyta- General characters, classification (upto classes), alternation of generations, structure and
reproduction (excluding development) of Rhynia (Psilopsida), Selaginella (Lycopsida), Equisetum
(Sphenopsida) and Pteris (Pteropsida).

PAPER –II GENETICS
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 is compulsory (short answer type).
1246
Max. Marks - 40+10
Time- 3 Hrs.
Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Genetic Material: DNA the genetic material, DNA structure and replication, DNA-Protein interaction, the
Nucleosome Model, Genetic Code, Satellite and Repetitive DNA.
Genetic Inheritance: Mendelism: Laws of segregation and Independent Assortment; Linkage Analysis;
Allelic and non-allelic interactions.
UNIT-II
Genetic Variations: Mutations- spontaneous and induced; transposable genetic elements; DNA damage
and repair.
Gene Expression: Modern concept of gene; RNA; Ribosomes; transfer of genetic information- transcription
and translation (Protein Synthesis); regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes; 1-D, 2-D
and 3-D structure of Proteins.
Extra Nuclear Inheritance: Presence and function of Mitochondrial and Plastid DNA; Plasmids.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
Atherly, A.g. Girton, J.R. and McDonald, J.F. 1999. The Science of Genetics, Saunders College Publishing,
Fort Worth, USA.
Gupta, P.K. 1999. A text book of Cell and Molecular Biology. Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India
Kleinsmith, L.J. and Kish, V.M. 1995. Principles of Cell and Molelcular Biology (2 nd edition). Harper Collins
College Publishers, New York, USA.
Lodish, H., Berk, A., Zipursky, S.L., Matudaria, P., Baltimoe, D. and Darnell, J. 2000. Molecular, Cell Biology,
W.H. Freeman and Co., New York, USA.
Russel, P.J. 1998. Genetics, The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Co. Inc., USA.
Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. 2000. Principles of Genetics. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. USA.
Smith, G.M. 1971. Cryptogamic Botany, Vol.II, Bryophytes & Pteridophytes. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co., New Delhi.
Sharma, O.P. 1992. Text Book of Thallophytes, McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Sharma, O.P. 1990. Text Book of Pteridophyta, Mc Millan India Ltd.
Puri, P., 1980, Bryophyta, Atma Ram & Sons, Delhi.
1247

PAPER – III PRACTICALS
1248
Max. Marks -80+20*
Time- 6 Hrs. (2 Sessions)
1. Identify, classify and write short morphological notes giving well labelled relevant 26
diagrams on the given specimens A, B, C and D (one each from Algae, Fungi,
Bryophytes and Pteridophytes).
Prepare the root smear and find out two different stages of Mitosis. Identify 10
and show it to the examiners. Also give characters of identification.
Numerical regarding Genetics (Mendelian Inheritance or Gene Interaction) as per syllabus. 10
Identify giving two important characters of identification on spots 1, 2, 3 and 4 (one slide
or material each from Algae, Fungi, Bryophytes and Pteridophytes). 20
Note-book, collection and collection report. 12
Viva-voce. 12
Stages of Mitosis from Material (Onion-root tips).
Experiments on Monohybrid and Dihybrid ratios.
Gene Interactions and modified Dihybrid ratios.
Chi-square analysis.
LIST OF PRACTICALS (Semester I & II)
Type study- Specimens from Algae, Fungi, Bryophytes and Pteridophytes as per theory syllabus.
Field tour of an area rich in diversity of Archegoniates for collection of plants, plant diseases and
preparation of Herbarium.
Preparation of Survey/Collection Report.

B. Sc. II (Botany) Syllabus
SEMESTER-III
PAPER –I BIOLOGY AND DIVERSITY OF SEED PLANTS-I
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 is compulsory (short answer type).
1249
Max. Marks – 40+10*
Time- 3 Hrs.
Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal
marks.
UNIT- I
General characters and diversity of Gymnosperms (seed plants without fruits).
Pilger and Melchior's (1954) system of classification.
Geological Time Table; Evolution of Seed Habit.
Palaeobotany-Fossils and Fossilization (Processes involved, types of Fossils and Importance of Fossils;
Reconstruction of the following fossil plants:
Lyginopteris
Williamsonia
Cycadeoidea (=Bennettites).
UNIT- II
Morphology and anatomy of root, stem leaf/leaflet and reproductive parts including mode of
reproduction, life-cycle and economic importance of the following:
Cycas
Pinus
Ephedra
General characters of Angiosperms including primitive angiosperms (Amentiferae, Ranales, Magnoliales).

PAPER –II PLANT ANATOMY
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 is compulsory (short answer type).
1250
Max. Marks – 40+10*
Time- 3 Hrs.
Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal
marks.
UNIT-I
Diversity in plant forms-annuals, biennials and perennials.
Tissues-meristematic and permanent (simple and complex).
The Shoot system-shoot apical meristem and its histological organizations (monocot and dicot stem);
Cambium-structure and functions.
Secondary growth in dicot stem; characteristics of growth rings; sap wood and heart wood, periderm;
Anomalous secondary growth (Dracaena, Boerhaavia and Achyranthes)
UNIT-II
Leaf-Types of leaves (simple and compound); phyllotaxy.
Epidermis-uniseriate and multiseriate, epidermal appendages and their morphological types.
Anatomy of typical Monocot and Dicot leaf and cell inclusions in leaves; leaf abscission. Stomatal
apparatus and their morphological types.
Root system- the root apical meristem; the histological organization (monocot and dicot root).
Secondary growth in dicot root.
Structural modifications in roots- storage (Beta), Respiratory (Rhizophora), Epihytic (Vanda).

Suggested Readings
Bhatnagar, S. and Moitra, A. 1996. Gynmosperms. New Age International - Limited, New Delhi.
Davis, P.H. and Heywood, V.H. 1963. Principles of Angiosperm Taxonomy, Oliver and Boyd, London.
Gifford, E.M. and Foster, A.S. 1988. Morphology and Evolution of Vascular Plants, W.H. Freeman &
Company, New York.
Heywood, V.H. and Moore, D.M. (Eds.) 1984. Current Concepts in Plant Taxonomy. Academic Press,
London.
Jeifrey, C. 1982. An introduction to Plant Taxonomy. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London.
Jones, S.B., Jr. Luchsinger, A.E. 1986. Plant Systematics (2nd edition). McGraw Hill Book Co. New York.
Maheshwari, J.K. 1963. Flora of Delhi. CSIR, New Delhi.
Radford, A.E. 1986. Fundamentals of Plant Systamtics. Harper and Row, New York.
Singh, G. 1999. Plant Systematics: Theory and Practical. Oxford and IBH Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
Sporne, K.R. 1965. The Morphology of Gynmosperms. Hutchinson & Co. Ltd., London.
Stace, C.A. 1989. Plant Taxonomy and Biosystematics (2nd edition). Edward Arnold, London.
Stewart, W.M. Paleobotany and the Evolution of Plants. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge
1251

SEMESTER-IV
PAPER –I BIOLOGY AND DIVERSITY OF SEED PLANTS-II
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 is compulsory (short answer type).
1252
Max. Marks – 40+10*
Time- 3 Hrs.
Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal
marks.
UNIT-I
Taxonomy and Systematics, fundamental components of taxonomy (identification, classification,
description, nomenclature and phylogeny).
Role of chemotaxonomy, cytotaxonomy and taximetrics in relation to taxonomy. Botanical
Nomenclature, principles and rules, principle of priority.
Type concept, taxonomic ranks.
Keys to identification of plants.
Flower and Types of Inflorescence.
UNIT-II
Salient features of the systems of classification of angiosperms proposed by Bentham & Hooker and
Engler & Prantl.
Diversity of Flowering Plants: Diagnostic features and economic importance of the following families:
Ranunculaceae, Brassicaceae, Malvaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Rutaceae, Leguminosae, Apiaceae,
Asclepiadaceae, Lamiaceae, Solanaceae, Asteraceae, Liliaceae and Poaceae.

PAPER-II PLANT EMBRYOLOGY
Note: Attempt five questions in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 is compulsory (short answer type).
1253
Max. Marks – 40+10*
Time- 3 Hrs.
Nine questions are to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal
marks.
UNIT-I
Flower-a modified shoot; functions of various floral parts.
Microsporangium, its wall and dehiscence mechanism.
Microsporogenesis, pollen grains and its structure (pollen wall).
Pollen-pistil interaction; self incompatibility.
Pollination (types and agencies); pollen germination (microgametogenesis).
Male garnetophyte.
UNIT-II
Structure of Megasporangium (ovule), its curvatures; Megasporogenesis and Megagametogenesis.
Female gametophyte (mono-, bi- and Tetrasporic).
Double fertilization.
Endosperm types and its biological importance.
Embryogenesis in Dicot and Monocot; polyembryony.
Structure of Dicot and Monocot seed.
Fruit types; dispersal mechanisms in fruits and seeds.

Suggested Readings
Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, S.P. 2000. The Embryology of Angiosperms. 4 th revised and Enlarged
Edition. Vikas Publishing House, Delhi.
Cutter, E.G. 1969. Plant Anatomy Part-I, Cells and Tissues, Edward Arnold, London.
Cutter, E.G. 1971. Plant Anatomy :Experiment and Interpretation. Part-II Organs, Edward Arnold London.
Esau, K. 1977. Anatomy of Seed Plants, 2 nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Fageri, K. and Van der Pijl 1979. The Principles of Pollination Ecology. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
Fahn, A. 1974. Plant Anatomy, 2nd Edition. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
Hartmann, H.T. and Kestler, D.E. 1976. Plant Propagation; Principles and Practices. 3rd Edition.
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
King. J. 1997. Reaching for the Sun: How Plants Work. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K.
Mauseth, J.D. 1988. Plant Anatomy. The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company Inc., Menlo
Park, California, USA.
Proctor, M. and Yeo, P. 1973. The Pollination of Flowers. William Collins Sons, London.
Raven, P.H. Evert, R.F. and Eichhorn, S.E. 1999. Biology of Plants. 5th edition. W.R. Freeman and Co.,
Worth Publishers, New York.
Thomas, P. 2000. Trees: Their Natural History. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
1254

PAPER -III PRACTICALS
10(1255)
Max. Marks- 80+20
Time- 6 Hrs. (2 Sessions)
Biology and Diversity of Seed Plants, Plant Anatomy and Plant Embryology
1. Describe/compare the given flowers A and B in semi-technical language giving V.S. of flowers, T.S. of
ovaries, Floral Diagrams and Floral Formulae. Identify and assign them to their respective families
giving reasons. 20
2. Identify, classify and write morphological notes on the given specimens C and D '(from Gymnosperms)
3. Cut Transverse Section and prepare a double-stained permanent mount of the given material (from
angiosperms/gymnosperms). Identify giving reasons and show it to the examiner. 12
4. Identify, giving the important characters of identification, the spots 1 and 2 (one material/slide each
from gymnosperms and embryology of angiosperms). 10
5. Write morphological notes on the specimens E and F (from angiosperms). 10
6. Dissect out the globular/heart-shaped embryo from the given material. 4
7. Note-book, Collection and Collection Report. 12
Viva-voce. 12
10

Paper – I Plant Physiology
SEMESTER-V
10(1256)
Internal Assessment-10
Max. Marks – 40
Time– 3 Hrs.
Note: Five questions to be attempted in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory (short answer type). Nine questions are
to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Plant-water Relations: Importance of water to plant life; physical properties of water; Imbibition,
Diffusion, Osmosis and Plasmolysis; absorption and transport of water; transpiration-types, physiology
of stomata, factors affecting transpiration, importance of transpiration.
Mineral Nutrition: Essential macro and micro elements and their role; mineral uptake; deficiency
symptoms.
Transport of Organic Substances: Mechanism of phloem transport; source-sink relationship; factors
affecting translocation.
UNIT-II
Photosynthesis: Significance; historical aspects; photosynthetic pigments; action spectra and enhancement
effects; concept of two photosystems; Z-scheme; photo-phosphorylation; Calvin cycle; C4 pathway;
CAM plants; photorespiration.
Respiration: ATP–the biological energy currency; aerobic and anaerobic respiration; Krebs cycle; electron
transport mechanism (chemi-osmotic theory); redox -potential; oxidative phosphorylation; pentose
phosphate pathway.
Seed dormancy; plant movements; the concept of photoperiodism; physiology of flowering; florigen
concept; physiology of senescence; fruit ripening.

Suggseted Readings:
1. Dennis,D.T., Turpin, D.H., Lefebvre,D.D. and Layzell (eds.). 1997: Plant Metabolism (2 nd Edition),
Longman, Essex, England.
2. Galston, A.W. 1989: Life Processes in Plants, Scientific American Library, Springer-Verlag, New
York, USA.
3. Hopkins, W.G., 1995: Introduction to Plant Physiology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, USA.
4. Mohr, H. and Schopfer, P. 1995: Plant Physiology. Springer-Verlag, Berlin Germany.
5. Salisbury, F.B. and Ross, C.W. 1986: Plant Physiology. CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi.
6. Taiz, L. and Zeiger, E. 2003: Plant Physiology. Panima Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
10(1257)

Paper - II Ecology
SEMESTER-V
10(1258)
Internal Assessment-10
Max. Marks – 40
Time– 3 Hrs.
Note: Five questions to be attempted in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory (short answer type). Nine questions are
to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Introduction to Ecology: Definition; scope and importance; levels of organization.
Environment: Introduction; environmental factors- climatic (water, humidity, wind, light, temperature),
edaphic (soil profile, physico-chemical properties), topographic and biotic factors (species interaction).
Adaptations of plants to water stress and salinity (morphological and anatomical features of hydrophytes,
xerophytes and halophytes).
Population Ecology: Basic concept; characteristics; biotic potential, growth curves; ecotypes and ecads.
UNIT-II
Community Ecology: Concepts; characteristics (qualitative and quantitative-analytical and synthetic);
methods of analysis; ecological succession.
Ecosystem: Structure (components) and functions (trophic levels, food chains, food webs, ecological
pyramids and energy flow)
Biogeochemical Cycles: carbon and nitrogen; hydrological (water) cycle.
Phyto-geography: Phyto-geographical regions of India; vegetation types of India (forests).
Environmental Pollution: Sources, types and control of air and water pollution.
Global Change: Greenhouse effect and greenhouse gases; impacts of global warming; carbon trading.
Suggested Readings:
1. Odum, E.P. 1983: Basic Ecology, Saunders, Philadelphia.
2. Kormondy, E.J. 1996: Concepts of Ecology, Prantice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Mackenzie, A. et al. 1999: Instant Notes in Ecology, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

Paper – I Biochemistry and Plant Biotechnology
SEMESTER-VI
10(1259)
Internal Assessment-10
Max. Marks – 40
Time– 3 Hrs.
Note: Five questions to be attempted in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory (short answer type). Nine questions are
to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Basics of Enzymology: Discovery and nomenclature; characteristics of enzymes; concept of holoenzyme,
apoenzyme, coenzyme and co-factors; regulation of enzyme activity; mechanism of action.
Growth and development: Definitions; phases of growth and development; Plant hormones- auxins,
gibberellins, cytokinins, abscissic acid and ethylene, history of their discovery, mechanism of action;
photo-morphogenesis; phytochromes and their discovery, physiological role and mechanism of action.
Lipid metabolism: Structure and functions of lipids; fatty acid biosynthesis; B-oxidation; saturated and
unsaturated fatty acids; storage and mobilization of fatty acids.
UNIT-II
Nitrogen metabolism: Biology of nitrogen fixation; importance of nitrate reductase and its regulation;
ammonium assimilation.
Genetic engineering and Biotechnology: Tools and techniques of recombinant DNA technology; cloning
vectors; genomic and cDNA library; transposable elements; aspects of plant tissue culture; cellular
totipotency, differentiation and morphogenesis; biology of Agro-bacterium; vectors for gene delivery
and marker genes.

Suggested Readings:
1. Bhojwani, S.S. 1990: Plant Tissue Culture Applications and Limitations. Elsevier Science Publishers, New
York, USA.
2. Lea, P.J. and Leegood, R.C. 1999: Plant Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons,
Chichester, England.
3. Nelson, D.L. and Cox, M.M. 2005: Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry. 4 th Edition. W.H. Freeman and
Company, New York.
4. Old, R.W. and Primrose, S.B. 1989: Principles of Gene Manipulation, Blackwell Scientific Publications,
Oxford, UK.
5. Palmer, T. and Bonner, P. 2008: Enzymes-Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Clinical Chemistry (2 nd Edition).
East West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
6. Raghavan, V. 1986: Embryogenesis in Angiosperms: A Developmental and Experimental Study,
Cambridge University Press, New York, USA.
7. Rawn, J.D. 2004: Biochemistry. Panima Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
10(1260)

Paper – II Economic Botany
SEMESTER-VI
10(1261)
Internal Assessment-10
Max. Marks – 40
Time – 3 Hrs.
Note: Five questions to be attempted in all, selecting two questions from each unit.
Question No. 1 will be compulsory (short answer type). Nine questions are
to be set spread over the entire syllabus. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Origin, distribution, botanical description, brief idea of cultivation and uses of the following:
Food plants- Cereals (Rice, Wheat and Maize).
Pulses- (Gram, Arhar and Pea).
Vegetables- (Potato, Tomato and Onion).
Fibers- Cotton, Jute and Flax.
Oils- Groundnut, Mustard and Coconut.
UNIT-II
Morphology of plant part used, brief idea of cultivation and uses of the following:
Spices- Coriander, Ferula, Ginger, Turmeric, Cloves.
Medicinal Plants- Cinchona, Rauwolfia, Atropa, Opium, Cannabis, Neem.
Botanical description and processing of:
Beverages- Tea and Coffee.
Rubber- Hevea.
Sugar- Sugarcane.
General account and sources of timber; energy plantations and bio-fuels.

Suggested Readings:
1. Kocchar, S.L. 1998: Economic Botany in Tropics, 2 nd edition, MacMillan India Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Sambammurthy, A.V.S.S. And Subramanyam, N.S. 1989: A Textbook of Economic Botany, Wiley
Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Sharma, O.P. 1996: Hills Economic Botany (Late Dr. A.F. Hill adapted by O.P. Sharma), Tata
McGraw Hill Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Simpson, B.B. and Conner-Ogorzaly, M. 1986: Economic Botany- Plants in our World, McGraw Hill,
New York.
10(1262)

Paper-III Practicals : Plant physiology, Int. Assessment-20
Biochemistry, Max. Marks - 80
Biotechnology, Ecology, & Time- 6 hrs. (Two Sessions)
Economic Botany.
1. Devise an experiment to demonstrate the physiological process (as per the list).
Perform it and show it to the examiners. 15
2. Comment on the physiological/Biochemistry experiment
(Specimen/ set-up / Model / Chart). 10
3. Test for carbohydrates / Proteins / Fats / Peroxidase activity. 5
4. Ecological experiment/Ecological Specimens A & B (as per the list) 10
5. Identify and Classify spots 1, 2, 3, and 4 from the point of view of economic importance
and morphology of the plant part used. 20
6. Applied Botany experiment (as per the list). 8
7. Note Book, Collection and field report. 6 + 6 = 12
8. Viva-voce. 10
10(1263)

List of Practicals
C. Physiology/Biochemistry
1. Demonstration of Imbibition by plaster of Paris method.
2. Demonstration of Osmosis by potato osmoscope method.
3. Demonstration of Plasmolysis and Deplasmolysis
4. To study the Structure of stomata (Dicot & Monocot)
5. To study the Osmotic pressure of onion scale/ Rhoeo leaf peel by plasmolytic method.
6. Comparison of Stomatal and Cuticular Transpiration by four leaf /Cobalt chloride method.
7. Demonstration of transpiration by Ganong’s/ Farmer’s potometer.
8. To separate of photosynthetic pigments by thin layer/paper chromatography.
9. Demonstration of Ascent of sap/Transpiration pull.
10. To study the rate of photosynthesis under varying CO2 concentration using Wilmott’s
bubbler.
11. To study the effect of light intensity on oxygen evolution during photosynthesis
using Wilmott’s bubbler.
12. Demonstration of aerobic respiration.
13. Demonstration of anaerobic respiration.
14. To study the evolution of heat during respiration
15. Demonstration of Manometric determination of R. Q.
16. Demonstration of phototropism, geotropism and hydrotropism.
17. Determination of peroxidase activity.
18. Simple tests for the detection of Carbohydrates(Monosaccharides,
Disaccharides and Starch); Proteins and Fats.
B. Ecology
1. Determination of pH of soil and water samples by using Universal Indicator.
2. Study of physical properties of soil-soil density, water holding capacity etc.
3. Study of community structure by quadrat / line transact method.
4. Determination of density, abundance and frequency of species by quadrat method.
5. Morphological and anatomical features of hydrophytes, xerophytes and parasites in
relation to their habitats.
6. To prepare a report on local visit to an industry to identify the source and types of
Pollutants.
D. Utilization of plants & Applied Botany
1. Study of plant parts / products from the point of view of economic importance
(as per theory syllabus).
5. To prepare any one of the tissue culture medium.
6. To prepare the slants and Petri plates for plant tissue culture.
7. Study of techniques of sterilization, culturing and sub-culturing of cell,
tissues and organs.
5. Demonstration of anther culture, protoplast isolation and culture using suitable
models / charts / photographs etc.
6. Brief introduction to the components and working of the instruments
(oven, autoclave, incubator, centrifuge, laminar air flow and spectrophotometer)
10(1264)

SCHEME OF EXAMS. AND SYLLABI
5 Years (10 Semesters) Integrated
M. Sc. (Engineering Physics)
for Session 2011-12
3 rd Year (5 th and 6 th semesters)
(Effective from July – 2011)
10(1265)

5 Years (10 Semesters) – M.Sc. - Engineering Physics Degree
(After 3 Years / 6 Semesters, students may be awarded B Sc -Engineering Physics Degree)
3 rd Year
5 th Semester
Code Paper Marks Time (Hours)
PH - 501 Quantum and Laser Physics 50+10* 3 Hours
PH - 502 Nuclear Physics 50+10* 3 Hours
Hu- 501 Engineering Economics and Principle
of Management Science
50+10* 3 Hours
CH- 501 Inorganic Chemistry-V 35+5* 3 Hours
CH- 502 Physical Chemistry-V 35+5* 3 Hours
CH- 503 Organic Chemistry-V 35+5* 3 Hours
MT- 501 Engineering Mathematics - V 80+20* 3 Hours
PH -Lab Physics Lab †
CH -Lab Chemistry Lab †
ES- 501 Environmental Science and
50+10*
Engineering (qualifying)
(Grade $ )
Total 400
10(1266)
3 Hours
*Internal Assessment marks
$ Grade: A-Excellent (Marks above 60 %), B-Good (Marks below 60 % but above 40 %)
†The practical Examination will be held in 6 th semester
6 th Semester
Code
Paper Marks Time (Hours)
PH – 601 Solid State and Nano Physics 50+10* 3 Hours
PH – 602 Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy 50+10* 3 Hours
CH- 601 Inorganic Chemistry-VI 35+5* 3 Hours
CH – 602 Physical Chemistry-VI 35+5* 3 Hours
CH – 603 Organic Chemistry-VI 35+5* 3 Hours
MT – 601 Engineering Mathematics-VI 80+20* 3 Hours
Tch – 601 Manufacturing Processes and
Workshop Technology
50+10* 3 Hours
PH – Lab Physics Lab 100 6 Hours
CH – Lab Chemistry Lab 100 6 Hours
CS-601 Fundamental of Computers and
Programming in C (qualifying)
50+10*
(Grade $ )
3 Hours
Total 600
*Internal Assessment marks
$ Grade: A-Excellent (Marks above 60 %), B-Good (Marks below 60 % but above 40 %)

Paper : Quantum and Laser Physics
Note:-
Unit I
1. Nine Questions will be set in total
M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-V
Physics – PH-501
10(1267)
Syllabus-mscep-56 (111114)
Max. Marks: 60
Theory: 50
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
2 Question number 1 will be compulsory and will be based on the conceptual aspects of entire
syllabus. This question may have five parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/ No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Origin quantum physics (Experimental basis)
Overview, scale of quantum physics, boundary between classical and quantum phenomena, Photon,
Photoelectric effect, Compton effect (theory and result), Frank-Hertz experiment, de-Broglie hypothesis.
Davisson and Germer experiment, ·G.P. Thomson experiment. Phase velocity, group velocity and their
relation. Heisenberg's uncertainty principle. Time energy and angular momentum, position uncertainty.
Uncertainty principle from de Broglie wave. (Wave-particle duality). Gamma Ray Microscope, Electron
diffraction from a slit. Derivation of 1-D time-dependent Schrodinger wave equation (subject to force, free
particle). Time-independent Schrodinger wave equation, eigen values, eigen functions, wave functions and
its significance. Orthogonality and Normalization of function, concept of observer and operator.
Expectation values of dynamical quantities, probability current density
Unit II
Application of Schrodinger wave equation:
Free particle in one-dimensional box (solution of Schrodinger wave equation, eigen functions, eigen
values, quantization of energy and momentum, nodes and anti nodes, zero point energy).
One dimensional step potential E > Vo (Reflection and Transmission coefficient)
One dimensional step potential E < Vo (penetration depth calculation).
One dimensional potential barrier, E > Vo (Reflection and Transmission coefficient)
One-dimensional potential barrier, E < Vo (penetration or tunneling coefficient).
Solution of Schrodinger equation for harmonic oscillator (quantization of energy, Zero-point energy,
wave equation for ground state and excited states).

Unit III
Laser Physics –I
Absorption and emission of radiation, Main features of a laser: Directionality, high intensity, high degree of
coherence, spatial and temporal coherence, Einstein's coefficients and possibility of amplification,
momentum transfer, life time of a level, kinetics of optical absorption (two and three level rate equation,
Fuchbauer landerburg formula).population inversion: A necessary condition for light amplification,
resonance cavity, laser pumping, Threshold condition for laser emission, line broadening mechanism,
homogeneous and inhomogeneous line broadening (natural, collision and Doppler broadening).
Unit IV
Laser Physics – II
He-Ne laser and RUBY laser (Principle, Construction and working), Optical properties of semiconductor,
Semiconductor laser (Principle, Construction and working), Applications of lasers in the field of medicine
and industry.
References:
1 L I Schiff, Quantum Mechanics
2 Bransden B H and Joachain C J, Quantum Mechanics (2000), Pearson Education, New
Delhi
3 Liboff R L, Introductory Quantum Mechanics
4 Eisberg R M and Resnick R, Quantum Physics of Atoms Molecules, Solids, Nuclei and
Particles, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi
5 Verdeyen J T, Laser Electronics PHI, New Delhi
6 Thorenton S T and Rex A, Modern Physics, (2007) Cengage Learning, New Delhi
7 Taylor J R, Zafiratos C D and Dubson M A, Modern Physics, 2 nd Ed (2004), PHI, New
Delhi
8 Laud B B, Laser Physics
10(1268)

Paper : Nuclear Physics
Note:-
1 Nine Questions will be set in total
M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-V
Subject: Physics (Paper Code: EP 502)
Physics – PH-502
10(1269)
Max. Marks: 60
Theory: 50
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
2 Question number 1 will be compulsory and will be based on the conceptual aspects of entire
syllabus. This question may have five parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/ No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit I
Nuclear Structure and Properties of Nuclei
Nuclear composition (p-e and p-n hypotheses), Nuclear properties; Nuclear size, spin, parity, statistics,
magnetic dipole moment, quadruple moment (shape concept). Determination of mass by Bain-Bridge,
Bain-Bridge and Jordan mass spectrograph. Determination of charge by Mosley Law. Determination of size
of nuclei by Rutherford Back Scattering. mass and binding energy, systematic of nuclear binding energy,
nuclear stability
Unit II
Nuclear Radiation decay Processes
Alpha-disintegration and its theory. Energetics of alpha-decay, Origin of continuous beta spectrum
(neutrino hypothesis), types of beta-decay and energetics of beta-decay. Nature of gamma rays, Energetics
of gamma rays.
Radiation interaction
Interaction of heavy charged particles (Alpha particles); Energy loss of heavy charged particle (idea of
Bethe formula, no derivation), Range and straggling of alpha particles. Geiger-Nuttal law. Interaction of
light charged particle (Beta-particle), Energy loss of beta-particles (ionization), Range of electrons,
absorption of beta-particles. Interaction of Gamma Ray; Passage of Gamma radiations through matter
(Photoelectric, Compton and pair production effect) electron-positron annihilation. Absorption of Gamma
rays (Mass attenuation coefficient) and its application.

Unit III
Nuclear Accelerators
Linear accelerator, Tendem accelerator, Cyclotron and Betatron accelerators.
Nuclear Radiation Detectors.
Gas filled counters; Ionization chamber, proportional counter, G.M. Counter (detailed study), Scintillation
counter and semiconductor detector.
Unit IV:
Nuclear reactions.
Nuclear reactions, Elastic scattering, Inelastic scattering, Nuclear disintegration, Photonuclear reaction,
Radiative capture, Direct reaction, Heavy ion reactions and spallation Reactions. Conservation laws, Qvalue
and reaction threshold.
Nuclear Reactors.
Nuclear Reactors, General aspects of Reactor Design. Nuclear fission and fusion reactors,
(Principle, construction, working and use).
References:
1 Kaplan I, Nuclear Physics, 2 nd Ed (1962), Oxford and IBH, New Delhi
2 Sriram K, Nuclear Measurement Techniques, (1986), AEWP, New Delhi
3 Tayal D C, Nuclear Physics (1994), HPH, Bombay
4 Ghoshal S N, Atomic and Nuclear Physics Vol II (1994), S Chand & Co New Delhi
5 Srivastava B N, Basic Nuclear Physics, (1993), Pragati Prakashan Meerut
6 Halliday, Introductory Nuclear Physics, Asia Publishing House, New Delhi
7 Sood D D, Ready A V R and Ramamoorthy, Fundamentals of Radiochemistry,
IANCAS (2007), BARC, Bombay
8 Cohen B L, Comcepts of Nuclear Physics (1998), Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi
9 Krane K S, Introductory Nuclear Physics (1988), John Wiley & Sons New Delhi
10 Patel S B, Nuclear Physics (1992), Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi
11 Roy R R and Nigam B P, Nuclear Physics (1993), Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi.
10(1270)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-V
Subject: Humanities (Paper Code: Hu 501
Paper: Engineering Economics and Principle of Management Science
Max. Marks: 60
Theory : 50
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit1:
Introduction
Nature and significance of Economics, Meaning of Science, Engineering and Technology and their
relationship with economic development
Unit2
Basic Concept
The concept of demand and supply, Elasticity of Demand and Supply, Indifference Curve analysis, Price
Effect, income Effect and Substitution Effect
Unit3
Money and Banking
Functions of money, Value of Money, Inflation and measures to Control it, Brief idea of functions of
banking system, viz, Commercial and central banking, business fluctuations.
Unit4
Principle of Management Science
Introductions Definition, Nature and Significance of Management, Evaluation of management through,
Contributions of Max Weber, Taylar and fayal
References Books:
1.Dewtt, K.K, Modern Economic Theory, S. Chand & Co.
2.Luthers Fred, Organizational Behavior.
3.Prasad L.M, Principals of Management.
4.A.W. Stonier & D.C Horgne, A. Text Book of Economic Theory, Oxford Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
10(1271)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – V
Subject: Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-501)
Paper: Inorganic Chemistry-V
Max. Marks: 40
Theory: 35
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
Metal-ligand Bonding in Transition Metal Complexes
Limitations of valence bond theory, an elementary idea of crystal-field theory, crystal field splitting in
octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar complexes, factors affecting the crystal-field parameters.
Unit II
Thermodynamic and Kinetic Aspects of Metal Complexe
A brief outline of thermodynamic stability of metal complexes and factors affecting the stability,
substitution reactions of square planar complexes of Pt(II).
Unit III
Magnetic Properties of Transition Metal Complexe
Types of magnetic behaviour, methods of determining magnetic susceptibility, spin-only formula. L-S
coupling, correlation of s and eff values, orbital contribution to magnetic moments, application of
magnetic moment data for 3d-metal complexes.
Unit IV
Electron Spectra of Transition Metal Complexes
Types of electronic transitions, selection rules for d-d transitions, spectroscopic ground states,
spectrochemical series. Orgel-energy level diagram for d 1 and d 9 states, discussion of the electronic
spectrum of [Ti(H2O)6] 3+ complex ion.
References:-
1. Concise Inorganic Chemistry by: J. D. Lee.
2. Inorganic Chemistry by: Puri, Sharma and Kalia.
10(1272)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – V
Subject: Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-502)
Paper: Physical Chemistry-V
10(1273)
Max. Marks: 40
Theory: 35
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
Q uantum Me chani c s-I
Black-body radiation, Plank’s radiation law, photoelectric effect, heat capacity of solids, Compton effect,
wave function and significance of , postulates of quantum mechanics, quantum mechanical operator,
commutation relations, Hamiltonian operator, Hermitian operator, average value of square of Hermitian as
a positive quantity, Role of operators in quantum mechanics, To show quantum mechanically that position
and momentum cannot be predicated simultaneously, Determination of wave function & energy of a
particle in one dimensional box, Pictorial representation and its significance,
Unit II
Physi c al P ro perties and M ol ec ul ar Str uc t ur e
Optical activity, polarization – (clausius – Mossotti equation). Orientation of dipoles in an electric field,
dipole moment, induced dipole moment, measurement of dipole moment-temperature method and
refractivity method, dipole moment and structure of molecules, Magnetic permeability, magnetic
susceptibility and its determination. Application of magnetic susceptibility, magnetic properties –
paramagnetism, diamagnetism and ferromagnetics.
Unit III
Spect roscop y:
Introduction: Electromagnetic radiation, regions of spectrum, basic features of spectroscopy, statement of
Born-oppenheimer approximation, Degrees of freedom.
Rot at i on al Spec tr um
Diatomic molecules. Energy levels of rigid rotator (semi-classical principles), selection rules, spectral
intensity distribution using population distribution (Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution), determination of
bond length, qualitative description of non-rigid rotor, isotope effect.

Unit IV
Vibrational spectrum
Infrared spectrum: Energy levels of simple harmonic oscillator, selection rules, pure vibrational spectrum,
intensity, determination of force constant and qualitative relation of force constant and bond energies,
effects of anharmonic motion and isotopic effect on the spectra., idea of vibrational frequencies of
different functional groups.
Raman Spectrum:
Concept of polarizibility, pure rotational and pure vibrational Raman spectra of diatomic molecules,
selectin rules, Quantum theory of Raman spectra.
References:-
1. Book of Physical Chemistry (vol. II) by: K. L. Kapoor
2. Introduction to Chemical Thermodynamics by R P Rastogi and R R Mishra
3. Physical Chemistry by: O. P. Aggarwal.
4. Thermodynamics by I M Klotz and R N Resenbess
10(1274)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – V
Subject: Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-503)
Paper: Organic Chemistry-V
10(1275)
Max. Marks: 40
Theory: 35
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
NMR Spec t rosc opy
Principle of nuclear magnetic resonance, the PMR spectrum, number of signals, peak areas, equivalent and
nonequivalent protons positions of signals and chemical shift, shielding and deshielding of protons, proton
counting, splitting of signals and coupling constants, magnetic equivalence of protons.
Unit II
PMR spectra
Discussion of PMR spectra of the molecules: ethyl bromide, n-propyl bromide, isopropyl bromide, 1, 1dibromoethane,
1,1,2-tribromoethane, ethanol, acetaldehyde, ethyl acetate, toluene, benzaldehyde and
acetophenone. Simple problems on PMR spectroscopy for structure determination of organic compounds.
Unit III
Carbohydrates
Classification and nomenclature. Monosaccharides, mechanism of osazone formation, interconversion of
glucose and fructose, chain lengthening and chain shortening of aldoses. Configuration of
monosaccharides. Erythro and threo diastereomers. Conversion of glucose into mannose. Formation of
glycosides, ethers and esters. Determination of ring size of glucose and fructose. Open chain and cyclic
structure of D(+)-glucose & D(-) fructose. Mechanism of mutarotation. Structures of ribose and
deoxyribose.

Unit IV
Disaccharides and Polysaccharides
An introduction to disaccharides (maltose, sucrose and lactose) and polysaccharides (starch and cellulose)
without involving structure determination.
Org anomet all i c Compo unds
Organomagnesium compounds: the Grignard reagents-formation, structure and chemical reactions.
Organozinc compounds: formation and chemical reactions. Organolithium compounds: formation and
chemical reactions.
References:-
6 Organic Chemistry by: Morrison Boyd.
7 Advanced Organic Chemistry (vol. I & II) by: I. L. Finar.
8 Introduction to Spectroscopy by Y R Sharma
9 Introduction to spectroscopy by D L Pavia, G M George and s Kriz
10 Advanced Organic Chemistry by F a Carey and R J Suns
10(1276)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – V
Subject: Mathematics (Paper Code: MT-501)
Paper: (Engineering Mathematics-V)
Max. Marks: 100
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-1
Set Theory
Introduction to set theory, Set operations, Algebra of sets, combination of sets, Duality, Finite and Infinite
sets, Classes of sets, Power Sets, Multi sets, Cartesian Product, Representation of relations, Types of
relation, Binary Relations, Equivalence relations and partitions, Partial ordering relations and lattices,
Mathematics Induction, Principle of Inclusion & Exclusion, Propositions.
Function and its types, Composition of function and relations, Cardinality and inverse relations. Functions &
Pigeo principles.
Unit-2
Propositional Calculus
Basic operations: AND(^), OR(v), NOT(~), Truth value of a compound statement, propositions, tautologies,
contradictions.
Techniques Of Counting
Rules of Sum of products, Permutations with and without repetition, Combination.
Recursion And Recurrence Relation
Polynomials and their evaluation, Sequences, Introduction to AP, GP and AG series, partial fractions, linear
recurrence relation with constant coefficients, Homogeneous solutions, Particular solutions, Total solution
of a recurrence relation using generating functions.
Unit-3
Algebric Structures
Definition, elementary properties of algebric structures, examples of a Monoid, Submonoid, Semigroup,
Groups and rings, Homomorphism, Isomorphism and Automorphism, Subgroups and Normal subgroups,
Cyclic groups, Integral domain and fields, Cosets, Lagrange’s theorem, Rings, Division Ring.
10(1277)

Unit-4
Graphs And Trees
Introduction to graphs, Directed and Undirected graphs, Homomorphic and Isomorphic graphs, Subgraphs,
Cut points and Bridges, Multigraph and Weighted graph, Paths and circuits, Shortest path in weighted
graphs, Eurelian path and circuits, Hamilton paths and circuits, Planar graphs, Euler’s formula, Trees,
Rooted Trees, Spanning Trees & cut-sets, Binary trees and its traversals
Reference Book:
1 Elements of Discrete Mathematics C.L Liu, 1985, McGraw Hill
2 Concrete Mathematics: A Foundation for Computer Science, Ronald Graham, Donald Knuth and Oren
Patashik, 1989, Addison-Wesley.
3 Mathematical Structures for Computer Science, Judith L. Gersting, 1993, Computer Science Press.
4 Applied Discrete Structures for Computer Science, Doerr and Levasseur, (Chicago: 1985,SRA
5 Discrete Mathematics by A. Chtewynd and P. Diggle (Modular Mathematics series), 1995, Edward Arnold,
London,
6 Schaums Outline series: Theory and problems of Probability by S. Lipshutz, 1982, McGraw-Hill Singapore
7 Discrete Mathematical Structures, B. Kolman and R.C. Busby, 1996, PHI
8 Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computers by Tembley & Manohar, 1995, Mc
Graw Hill.
9 Discrete Mathematics & Structure, Satyender Bal Gupta, 2nd Ed., Luxmi Pub.
10(1278)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – VI
Subject: Environmental Studies (Paper Code: ES-501)
Paper : ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
Max. Marks: 60
Theory: 50
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY
Definition, scope and importance of environment – need for public awareness – concept of an ecosystem –
structure and function of an ecosystem – producers, consumers and decomposers – energy flow in the
ecosystem – ecological succession – food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids – Introduction, types,
characteristic features, structure and function of the (a) forest ecosystem (b) grassland ecosystem (c)
desert ecosystem (d) aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries) – Introduction to
biodiversity definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity – biogeographical classification of India –
value of biodiversity: consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values –
Biodiversity at global, national and local levels – India as a mega-diversity nation – hot-spots of biodiversity
– threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – endangered and
endemic species of India – conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and exsitu conservation of biodiversity. Field
study of common plants, insects, birds Field study of simple ecosystems – pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
Unit II
ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
Definition – causes, effects and control measures of: (a) Air pollution (b) Water pollution (c) Soil pollution
(d) Marine pollution (e) Noise pollution (f) Thermal pollution (g) Nuclear hazards – soil waste management:
causes, effects and control measures of municipal solid wastes – role of an individual in prevention of
pollution – pollution case studies – disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides. Field
study of local polluted site – Urban / Rural / Industrial / Agricultural.
Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies- timber extraction, mining, dams
and their effects on forests and tribal people – Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and
ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems – Mineral resources: Use
and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies – Food
resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern
agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide
10(1279)

problems, water logging, salinity, case studies – Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and
non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources. case studies – Land resources: Land as a
resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification – role of an individual
in conservation of natural resources – Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles. Field study of
local area to document environmental assets – river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain.
Unit III
SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT
From unsustainable to sustainable development – urban problems related to energy – water conservation,
rain water harvesting, watershed management – resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems
and concerns, case studies – role of nongovernmental organization- environmental ethics: Issues and
possible solutions – climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and
holocaust, case studies. – wasteland reclamation – consumerism and waste products – environment
production act – Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) act – Water (Prevention and control of Pollution)
act – Wildlife protection act – Forest conservation act – enforcement machinery involved in environmental
legislation- central and state pollution control boards- Public awareness.
Unit IV
HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT
Population growth, variation among nations – population explosion – family welfare programme –
environment and human health – human rights – value education – HIV / AIDS – women and child welfare
– role of information technology in environment and human health – Case studies.
Reference Books
1. Gilbert M.Masters, ‘Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science’, 2nd edition, Pearson
Education (2004).
2. Benny Joseph, ‘Environmental Science and Engineering’, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, (2006).
3. R.K. Trivedi, ‘Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards’, Vol. I and
II, Enviro Media.
4. Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani, ‘Environmental Encyclopedia’, Jaico Publ., House, Mumbai,
2001.
5. Dharmendra S. Sengar, ‘Environmental law’, Prentice hall of India PVT LTD, New Delhi, 2007.
6. Rajagopalan, R, ‘Environmental Studies-From Crisis to Cure’, Oxford University Press (2005)
10(1280)

Paper: Solid State and Nano Physics
Note:-
Unit I
1 Nine Questions will be set in total
M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-VI
Subject: Physics (Paper Code: EP 601)
Physics – PH-601
10(1281)
Max. Marks: 60
Theory: 50
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
2 Question number 1 will be compulsory and will be based on the conceptual aspects of entire
syllabus. This question may have five parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/ No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Crystal Structure I
Crystalline and glassy forms, liquid crystals, crystal structure, periodicity, lattice and basis, crystal
translational vectors and axes. Unit cell and Primitive Cell, Winger Seitz primitive Cell, symmetry operations
for a two dimensional crystal, Bravais lattices in two and three dimensions. Crystal planes and Miller
indices, Interplaner spacing, Crystal structures of Zinc Sulphide, Sodium Chloride and Diamond.
Unit II
Crystal Structure II
X-ray diffraction, Bragg's Law and experimental X-ray diffraction methods. K-space and reciprocal lattice
and its physical significance, reciprocal lattice vectors, reciprocal lattice to a simple cubic lattice, b.c.c. and
f.c.c.
Unit III
Super conductivity
Historical introduction, Survey of superconductivity, Super conducting systems, High Tc Super conductors,
Isotopic Effect, Critical Magnetic Field, Meissner Effect, London Theory and Pippards’ equation,
Classification of Superconductors (type I and Type II), BCS Theory of Superconductivity, Flux quantization,
Josephson Effect (AC and DC), Practical Applications of superconductivity and their limitations, power
application of superconductors.

Unit IV
Introduction to Nano Physics
Definition, Length scale, Importance of Nano-scale and technology, History of Nan-technology, Benefits
and challenges in molecular manufacturing. Molecular assembler concept, Understanding advanced
capabilities. Vision and objective of Nano-technology, Nanotechnology in different field, Automobile,
Electronics, Nano-biotechnology, Materials, Medicine.
References:
1 C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, 7th Ed (1996) John Wiley & Sons, New
Delhi.
2 H. Ibach and H. Lüth, Solid State Physics, An Introduction to Theory and Experiment,
Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1991
3 Pillai O S, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publishers (2007) New Delhi
4 Mark R and Denial R, Nano-tecnology – A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea
(2002)
5 M. Tinkham, Introduction to Superconductivity, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1975
6 Dekkar A J, Solid State Physics (2000), Mc Millan India Ltd New Delhi
7 Ascroft N W and Mermin N D, Solid State Physics (2003) Harcourt Asia, Singapore
8 Keer H V, Solid State Physics (1993), Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi
9 Kachhava C M, Solid State Physics (1990) Tata Mc Graw Hill Co Ltd, New Delhi
10 Gupta, Solid State Physics (1995) Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
10(1282)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-VI
Subject: Physics (Paper Code: EP 602)
Physics – PH-602
Paper: Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy
Max. Marks: 60
Theory: 50
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hours
Note:-
1 Nine Questions will be set in total
2 Question number 1 will be compulsory and will be based on the conceptual aspects of entire syllabus.
This question may have five parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/ No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from each
unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit – I
Historical background of atomic spectroscopy
Introduction of early observations, emission and absorption spectra, atomic spectra, wave number,
spectrum of Hydrogen atom in Balmer series, Bohr atomic model(Bohr’s postulates) , spectra of Hydrogen
atom , explanation of spectral series in Hydrogen atom, un-quantized states and continuous spectra,
spectral series in absorption spectra, effect of nuclear motion on line spectra (correction of finite nuclear
mass), variation in Rydberg constant due to finite mass, short comings of Bohr’s theory, Wilson
sommerfeld quantization rule, de-Broglie interpretation of Bohr quantization law, Bohr’s corresponding
principle, Sommerfeld’s extension of Bohr’s model, Sommerfeld relativistic correction, Short comings of
Bohr-Sommerfeld theory, Vector atom model; space quantization, electron spin, coupling of orbital and
spin angular momentum, spectroscopic terms and their notation, quantum numbers associated with
vector atom model, transition probability and selection rules.
Unit –II
Vector Atom Model (single valance electron)
Orbital magnetic dipole moment (Bohr megnaton), behavior of magnetic dipole in external magnetic filed;
Larmors’ precession and theorem.
Penetrating and Non-penetrating orbits, Penetrating orbits on the classical model; Quantum defect, spin
orbit interaction energy of the single valance electron, spin orbit interaction for penetrating and nonpenetrating
orbits. quantum mechanical relativity correction, Hydrogen fine spectra, Main features of
Alkali Spectra and their theoretical interpretation, term series and limits, Rydeburg-Ritze combination
principle, Absorption spectra of Alkali atoms. observed doublet fine structure in the spectra of alkali
metals and its Interpretation, Intensity rules for doublets, comparison of Alkali spectra and Hydrogen
spectrum .
10(1283)

UNIT-III
Vector Atom model (two valance electrons)
Essential features of spectra of Alkaline-earth elements, Vector model for two valance electron atom:
application of spectra.
Coupling Schemes;LS or Russell – Saunders Coupling Scheme and JJ coupling scheme, Interaction energy in
L-S coupling (sp, pd configuration), Lande interval rule, Pauli principal and periodic classification of the
elements. Interaction energy in JJ Coupling (sp, pd configuration), equivalent and non-equivalent electrons,
Two valance electron system-spectral terms of non-equivalent and equivalent electrons, comparison of
spectral terms in L-S And J-J coupling. Hyperfine structure of spectral lines and its origin; isotope effect,
nuclear spin.
Unit –IV
Atom in External Field
Zeeman Effect (normal and Anomalous),Experimental set-up for studying Zeeman effect, Explanation of
normal Zeeman effect(classical and quantum mechanical), Explanation of anomalous Zeeman effect( Lande
g-factor), Zeeman pattern of D1 and D2 lines of Na-atom, Paschen-Back effect of a single valence electron
system. Weak field Stark effect of Hydrogen atom.
Molecular Physics
General Considerations, Electronic States of Diatomic Molecules, Rotational Spectra (Far IR and Microwave
Region), Vibrational Spectra (IR Region), Rotator Model of Diatomic Molecule, Raman Effect, Electronic
Spectra.
References
1 Beiser A, Concept of Modern Physics (1987), Mc Graw Hill Co Ltd, New Delhi
2 Rajab J B, Atomic Physics (2007), S Chand & Co, New Delhi
3 Fewkes J H and Yarwood J Atomic Physics Vol II (1991) Oxford University Press
4 Bransden B H and Joachain C J, Physics of Atoms and Molecules 2 nd Ed (2009),
Pearson Education, New Delhi.
5 Banwell, Molecular Spectroscopy
6 Ghoshal S N, Atomic and Nuclear Physics Vol I (1996) S Chand & Co, New Delhi
7 Gopalkrishnan K, Atomic and Nuclear Physics (1982), Mc Millan India New Delhi
8 Raj Kumar, Atomic and Moleculer Spectra:Laser , Kedarnath Ram nathpub.
9 S.L.Gupta, V.Kumar,R.C.Sharma, Elements of Spectroscopy,Pragati Prakashan.
10(1284)

M Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – VI
Subject – Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-601)
Paper: Inorganic Chemistry-VI
Max. Marks: 40
Theory: 35
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus. This
question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from each
unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
Organometallic Chemistry
Definition, nomenclature and classification of organometallic compounds. Preparation, properties, and
bonding of alkyls of Li, Al, Hg, and Sn a brief account of metal-ethylenic complexes, mononuclear carbonyls
and the nature of bonding in metal carbonyls.
Unit II
Acids and Bases, HSAB Concept
Arrhenius, Bronsted – Lowry, the Lux – Flood, Solvent system and Lewis concepts of acids & bases, relative
strength of acids & bases, Concept of Hard and Soft Acids & Bases.
Unit III
Bioinorganic Chemistry
Essential and trace elements in biological processes, metalloporphyrins with special reference to
haemoglobin and myoglobin. Biological role of alkali and alkaline earth metal ions with special reference to
Ca 2+ . Nitrogen fixation.
Unit IV
Silicones and Phosphazenes
Silicones and phosphazenes as examples of inorganic polymers, nature of bonding in triphosphazenes.
References:-
1. Concise Inorganic Chemistry by: J. D. Lee.
2. Inorganic Chemistry: Principle of Structure and Reactivity by: Huheey, Keiter & Keiter.
3. Inorganic Chemistry by: Puri, Sharma and Kalia.
4. Text Book of Macro- and Micro Quantitative Analysis by A I Vogel
10(1285)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – VI
Subject-Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-602)
Paper: Physical Chemistry-VI
10(1286)
Max. Marks: 40
Theory: 35
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus. This
question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from each
unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
Electronic Spectrum
Concept of potential energy curves for bonding and antibonding molecular orbitals, qualitative description
of selection rules and Franck- Condon principle. Qualitative description of sigma and pie and n molecular
orbital (MO) their energy level and respective transitions.
Unit - II
Photochemistry
Interaction of radiation with matter, difference between thermal and photochemical processes. Laws of
photochemistry: Grotthus-Drapper law, Stark-Einstein law (law of photochemical equivalence) Jablonski
diagram depiciting various processes occurring in the excited state, qualitative description of fluorescence,
phosphorescence, non-radiative processes (internal conversion, intersystem crossing), quantum yield,
photosensitized reactions-energy transfer processes (simple examples).
Unit - III
Solutions Dilute Solutions and Colligative Properties
Ideal and non-ideal solutions, methods of expressing concentrations of solutions, activity and activity
coefficient. Dilute solution,Colligative properties, Raolut’s law, relative lowering of vapour pressure,
molelcular weight determination, Osmosis law of osmotic pressure and its measurement, determination of
molecular weight from osmotic pressure. Elevation of boiling point and depression of freezing point,
Thermodynamic derivation of relation between molecular weight and elevation in boiling point and
depression in freezing point. Experimental methods for determining various colligative properties.
Abnormal molar mass, degree of dissociation and association of solutes.

Unit - IV
Phase Equilibrium
Statement and meaning of the terms – phase component and degree of freedom, thermodynamic
derivation of Gibbs phase rule, phase equilibria of one component system –Example – water and Sulpher
systems. Phase equilibria of two component systems solid-liquid equilibria, simple eutectic Example Pb-Ag
system, desilerisation of lead
References:-
1. Book of Physical Chemistry (vol. I, II, III & IV) by: K. L. Kapoor
2. An Introduction to Chemical Thermodynamics by R P Rastogi and R R Mishra
3. Principles of Physical Chemistry by Puri and Sharma
4. Electrochemistry by S Glasstone
5. Physical Chemistry by: O.P.Aggarwal.
10(1287)

Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – VI
Subject – Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-603)
Paper: Organic Chemistry-VI
10(1288)
Max. Marks: 40
Theory: 35
Internal Assessment: 5
Time: 3 hrs.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus. This
question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from each
unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit I
Org anosul phur Compou nds
Nomenclature, structural features, Methods of formation and chemical reactions of thiols, thioethers,
sulphonic acids, sulphonamides and sulphaguanidine. Synthetic detergents alkyl and aryl sulphonates.
Unit - II
Heterocyclic Compounds
Introduction: Molecular orbital picture and aromatic characteristics of pyrrole, furan, thiophene and
pyridine. Methods of synthesis and chemical reactions with particular emphasis on the mechanism of
electrophilic substitution. Mechanism of nucleophilic substitution reactions in pyridine derivatives.
Comparison of basicity of pyridine, piperidine and pyrrole. Introduction to condensed five and six-
membered heterocycles. Prepration and reactions of indole, quinoline and isoquinoline with special
reference to Fisher indole synthesis, Skraup synthesis and Bischler-Napieralski synthesis. Mechanism of
electrophilic substitution reactions of, quinoline and isoquinoline.
Unit - III
Organic Synthesis via Enolates
Acidity of �-hydrogens, alkylation of diethyl malonate and ethyl acetoacetate. Synthesis of ethyl
acetoacetate: the Claisen condensation. Keto-enol tautomerism of ethyl acetoacetate. Amino Acids,
Peptides& Protei ns Classification, of amino acids. Acid-base behavior, isoelectric point and
electrophoresis. Preparation of �-amino acids. Structure and nomenclature of peptides and proteins.
Classification of proteins. Peptide structure determination, end group analysis, selective hydrolysis of
peptides. Classical peptide synthesis, solid–phase peptide synthesis. Structures of peptides and proteins:
Primary & Secondary structure.

Unit - IV
Synthetic Polymers
Addition or chain-growth polymerization. Free radical vinyl polymerization, ionic vinyl polymerization,
Ziegler-Natta polymerization and vinyl polymers. Condensation or step growth polymerization. Polyesters,
polyamides, phenol formaldehyde resins, urea formaldehyde resins, epoxy resins and polyurethanes.
Natural and synthetic rubbers.
References:-
1. Organic Chemistry by: Morrison Boyd.
2. Advanced Organic Chemistry (vol. I & II) by: I. L. Finar.
3. Introduction to Spectroscopy by D L Parlia G M George and S Kriz
4. Spectroscopy by Jagmohan
5. Advanced Organic Chemistry :Reactions, Mechanism and Structures by J March.
10(1289)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – VI
Subject: Mathematics (Paper Code: MT-601)
Paper: (Engineering Mathematics-VI)
10(1290)
Max. Marks: 100
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Scientific Computing
Introduction, Computational Problems, General Strategy, Approximations in Scientific Computation,
Sources of Approximation, Absolute Error and Relative Error, Data Error and Computational Error,
Truncation Error and Rounding Error, Forward and Backward Error, Sensitivity and Conditioning, Stability
and Accuracy, Computer Arithmetic, Floating-Point Numbers, Normalization, Properties of Floating-Point
Systems, Rounding, Machine Precision, Subnormals and Gradual Underflow, Exceptional Values,
Floating-Point Arithmetic, Cancellation, Other Arithmetic Systems, Complex Arithmetic, Mathematical
Software, Mathematical Software Libraries, Scientific Computing Environments, Extended Arithmetic
Packages, Practical Advice on Software
Unit-II
Interpolation
Interpolation, Existence, Uniqueness, and Conditioning, Polynomial Interpolation, Monomial Basis,
Lagrange Interpolation, Newton Interpolation, Orthogonal Polynomials, Interpolating Continuous
Functions, Piecewise Polynomial Interpolation, Hermite Cubic Interpolation, Cubic Spline Interpolation,
B-splines, Software for Interpolation, Software for Special Functions
Numerical Integration and Differentiation
Integration, Existence, Uniqueness, and Conditioning, Numerical Quadrature, Newton-Cotes Quadrature,
Clenshaw-Curtis Quadrature, Gaussian Quadrature, Progressive Gaussian Quadrature, Composite
Quadrature, Adaptive Quadrature, Other Integration Problems, Tabular Data, Improper Integrals,
Double Integrals, Multiple Integrals, Integral Equations, Numerical Differentiation, Finite Difference
Approximations, Automatic Differentiation, Richardson Extrapolation, Software for Numerical Integration
and Differentiation

UNIT-III
Probability Distributions
Probability, Baye’s theorem, Discrete & Continuous probability distributions, Moment generating function,
Probability generating function, Properties and applications of Binomial, Poisson and normal distributions.
UNIT-IV
Linear Programming
Linear programming problems formulation, Solution of Linear Programming Problem using Graphical
method, Simplex Method, Dual-Simplex Method.
Reference Book
1Scientific Computing 2 nd Ed Michael T Heath , Mec Graw Hill Book Co Ltd, New Delhi
2. Higher Engg. Mathematics : B.S. Grewal
3. Advanced Engg. Mathematics : E. Kreyzig
4. Operation Research : H.A. Taha
5. Probability and statistics for Engineer : Johnson. PHI.
10(1291)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – VI
Subject: Mechanical Engineering (Paper Code: Tech-601)
Paper: Manufacturing Processes and Workshop Technology
Max. Marks: 60
Theory: 50
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs
Note:-
1 Nine questions will be set in total.
2 Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire
syllabus. This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in
Yes/No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set
from each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal
marks.
4
Unit-I
Introduction
Introduction to Manufacturing Processes and their Classification. Industrial Safety; Introduction, Types of
Accidents, Causes and Common Sources of Accidents, Methods of Safety, First Aid.
Engineering Materials
General Properties and Applications of Engineering Materials, Mild Steel, Medium Carbon Steel, High
Carbon Steel, High Speed Steel and Cast Iron.
Unit-II
Foundry
Introduction to Casting Processes, Basic Steps in Casting Process, Pattern, Types of Patterns, Pattern
Allowances, Risers, Runners, Gates, Moulding Sand and its composition, Sand Preparation, Molding
Methods, Core Sands and Core Making, Core Assembly, Mold Assembly, Melting ( Cupola) and Pouring,
Fettling, Casting Defects and Remedies.
Unit-III
Cold Working ( Sheet Metal Work )
Sheet Metal Operations, Measuring, Layout Marking, Shearing, Punching, Blanking, Piercing, Forming,
Bending and Joining Advantages and Limitations.
Hot Working Processes
Introduction to Hot Working, Principles of Hot Working Processes, Forging, Rolling, Extrusion, Wire
Drawing. Plant Layout, Objectives of Layout, Types of Plant Layout and their Advantages.
10(1292)

Unit-IV
Introduction to Machine Tools
Specifications and Uses of commonly used Machine Tools in a Workshop such as Lathe, Shaper, Planer,
Milling, Drilling, Slotter, Introduction to Metal Cutting. Nomenclature of a Single Points Cutting Tool and
Tool Wear. Mechanics of Chips Formations, Type of Chips , Use of Coolants in machining.
Welding
Introduction to Welding, Classification of Welding Processes, Gas Welding: Oxy-Acetylene Welding,
Resistance Welding; Spot and Seam Welding, Arc Welding: Metal Arc, TIG & MIG Welding, Welding Defects
and Remedies, Soldering & Brazing.
Reference Books :
1. Workshop Technology Vol. I &II - Hazra & Chaudhary, Asian Book Comp., New Delhi.
2. Process and Materials of Manufacture-Lindberg, R.A. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
3. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and Processes- Campbell, J.S.- McGraw- Hill.
4. Manufacturing Science-Amitabha Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Malik, - East-West Press.
5. Manufacturing Process and Systems - Ostwald, Munoz , John Wiley.
6. Workshop Technology, Vol. 1, 2 & 3 – Chapman, WAJ, Edward Arnold.
10(1293)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – VI
Subject: Computer Science (Paper Code: CS-601)
Paper : Fundamental of Computers and Programming in C
Max. Marks: 60
Theory: 50
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 hrs
Note:-
1 Nine questions will be set in total.
2 Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire
syllabus. This question may have 5 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in
Yes/No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set
from each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal
marks.
Unit-1
An Overview of Computer System
Anatomy of a digital Computer, Memory Units, Main and Auxiliary Storage Devices, Input Devices, Output
Devices, Classification of Computers. Radix number system: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal numbers
and their inter-conversions; Representation of information inside the computers. Operating System Basics:
Introduction to PC operating Systems: DOS, Unix/Linux, Windows 2000.
Unit-2
Programming Languages
Machine-, Assembly-, High Level- Language, introduction to Assembler, Compiler, Interpreter, Debuggers,
Linker and Loader. Programming fundamentals: problem definition, algorithms, flow charts and their
symbols.
Internet basics
How Internet works, Major features of internet, Emails, FTP, Using the internet.
Unit-3
C Programming language
C fundamentals, formatted input/ output, expressions, selection statements, loops and their applications;
Basic types, arrays, functions, including recursive functions, program organization: local and external
variables and scope & arrays.
Unit-4
Strings
Strings literals, string variables, I/O of strings, arrays of strings; applications. Structures, Unions and
Enumerations: Structure variables and operations on structures; Structured types, nested array structures;
10(1294)

unions; enumeration as integers, tags and types. Standard library: Input / output; streams, file operations,
formatted I/O, character I/O, line I/O, block, string I/O, Library support for numbers and character data,
error handling:
Reference Books:
1. Using Information Technology, 5th Edi, Brian K Williams & Stacey C. Sawyer, 2003, TMH
2. The C Programming Language by Dennis M Ritchie, Brian W. Kernigham, 1988, PHI.
3. C Programming – A modern approach by K.N. King, 1996, WW Norton & Co.
4. Information technology, Dennis P. Curtin, Kim Foley, Kunal Sen, Cathleen Morin, 1998, TMH
5. Theory and problem of programming with C, Byron C Gottfried, TMH
6. Teach yourself all about computers by Barry Press and Marcia Press, 2000, IDG Books India.
7. Using Computers and Information by Jack B. Rochester, 1996, Que Education & Training.
10(1295)

Special Note: -
M.Sc- Engineering Physics
Semester- VI
Paper: PH Lab (Physics Lab Practicals)
10(1296)
Max. Marks: 100
Time: 3+3 hours (on two days)
1. Do any eight experiments from each Section.
2. The students are required to calculate the error involved in a particular experiment.
3. The Practical examination will be held in two sessions of 3 hours each (first session in the
evening of first day and the second session in the morning of the next day).
Distribution of Marks:
Experiments 25+25 50 marks
Viva- voce 15+15 30 marks
Lab. Record 20 marks
Total 100 marks
Section A
(i) Electronics, Solid State and Nuclear Physics– 4 Experiments
1 Determine e/m by Thomson’s method
2 Study the C B transistor amplifier
3 Study the C E transistor amplifier
4 Study the B H curve using oscilloscope
5 Study the Hall effect
6 Measurement of energy band gap of Ge/Si by four probe method
7 (a) Draw the plateau using G M counter
(b) Determine the mass attenuation coefficient by G M counter
Section A (ii) Computer experiments –4 Experiments
8 Compute the product of two matrices of different dimension using DO
loop
9 Numerical integration by Simpson 1/3 rule
10 Fitting of a straight line using Least-Square method
11 Using array variable, find out the average and standard deviation
12 Compute the sum of a finite series up to correct three decimal place
13 With the help of a program arrange the marks in ascending of descending
order
14 Write a program to evaluate the function Y=1 / [ C ( 1 + e Cos � ) ]
and V=� [ C M G ( e2 + e Cos � + 1 ) ] e = 1.1, C = 3.0(E+08),
M = 5.893(E+24), G = 6.67(E-11) for varying value of � from 0 to �.

Section B
15 Determine the �Na by Fresnel Byprism
16 Determine the velocity of ultrasonic in the Kerosene oil
17 Diameter of a Lycopodium powder using corona rings
18 Study double slit interference by He-Ne laser
19 Determine the diameter of a wire using (He-Ne Laser) diffraction method
20 Determine the Young modulus ‘Y’ by Searl’s interference method
21 Determine the resolving power of a prism
22 Thickness of a paper using interference fringes in an air wedge
23 Determine the resolving power of a transmission grating
24 Determine the RH by grating and Hydrogen tube
References:
1 Worshnop and Flint, Advanced Practical Physics
2 Nelkon M and Ogborn, Advanced Level Practical Physics, Heinemann Education Books Ltd, New Delhi
3 Srivastava S S and Gupta M K, Experiments in Electronics, Atma Ran & Sons, Delhi
4 Gupta S L and Kumar V, Practical Physics, Pragati Prakashan, Meerut.
10(1297)

Note:-
M.Sc- Engineering Physics
Semester- VI
Paper: CH Lab (Chemistry Lab Practicals)
10(1298)
Max. Marks: 100
Time: 3+3 hours (on two days)
1. The Practical examination will be held in two sessions of 3 hours each (first session in the
evening of first day and the second session in the morning of the next day).
Distribution of marks
Section I 20 marks
Section II 20 marks
Section III 20 marks
Viva-voce 20marks
Lab Record 20 marks.
SEC TION – I (Inor gani c)
Semi mi cr o qua l i tati ve an al ysi s o f mi x tur e con ta i ni ng no t mo re tha n fou r r adi cal s
( i ncludi ng i nter fer i ng, Combi na ti ons an d ex cl u di ng i ns ol uabl es ) :
Pb 2 + , H g 2 + , Hg2 2+ , A g + , Bi 3 + , Cu 2 + , Cd 2 + , A s 3 + , Sb 3 + , S n 2 + , F e 3 + , Cr 3 + , A l 3 + , Co 2 + , N i 2 + , M n 2 + ,
Zn 2 + , Ba 2 + , Sr 2 + , Ca 2 + , Mg 2 + , N H 4 + , C O 3 2 - , S 2 - , S O 3 2 - , S 2 O 3 2 - , N O 2 - , C H 3C OO - , C l - , Br - , I - ,
N O 3 - , SO4 2 - , C 2 O 4 2 - , PO 4 3 - 3 -
, BO 3
Section-B (P hysic al)
1 To determine the strength of the given acid solution (mono and dibasic acid) conductometrically.
2 To determine the solubility and solubility product of a sparingly soluble electrolyte
conductometrically
3 To determine the strength of given acid solution (mono and dibasic acid) potentiometrically.
4 To determine the molecular weight of a non-volatile solute by Rast method.
5 To standardize the given acid solution (mono and dibasic acid) pH metrically.

1. La borat or y Tec hni ques
Section-C (Organic)
(a) St ea m di stil l ati on ( non eva l uati v e)
N aph th al ene from i ts s us pen si on i n w ater
Separ ati o n of o-a nd p-n i tr op hen o l s
(b) Col umn c hr om at ogr ap hy ( non eva l uati v e)
Separ ati o n of fluor escei n a nd methyl en e bl ue
Separ ation of lea f pi gmen ts from s pi n ach l ea ves
2. Thi n La ye r Chromat ography
Det ermi nati o n of R f val u es and i den ti fication of or ga ni c compo unds
Separ a ti o n of gre en l eaf pi gments ( s pi na ch l ea ves may b e us ed )
( b) Separ a ti o n of a mi xtur e of col our ed o r gani c comp o un d s us i ng
common o rgan i c s ol vents .
3. Synthesis of the following organic compounds:
(a) To prepare o-chlorobenzoic acid from anthranilic acid.
(b) To prepare p-bromoaniline from p-bromoacetanilide.
(c) To prepare m-nitroaniline from m-dinitrobenzene.
(d) To prepare S-Benzyl-iso-thiouronium chloride from thiourea.
References:-
1. Inorganic Chemstry Practicals by: Gurdeep Raj Chatwal.
2. Vogel’s Text book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis.
3. Vogel’s Text book of Qualitative Chemical Analysis.
10(1299)

SCHEME OF EXAMS. AND SYLLABI
5 Years (10 Semesters) Integrated
M. Sc. (Engineering Physics)
for Session 2011-12
1 st Year (1 st and 2 nd semesters)
(Effective from July 2011 and onward)
10(1300)

1 st Semester
5 Years/10 Semesters – M.Sc. - Engineering Physics Degree
(After 3 Years / 6 Semesters, students may be awarded B Sc -Engineering Physics Degree)
First Year
Code Paper Marks Time
EP - 101 Classical Mechanics and Theory
of Relativity
40+10* 3 Hours
EP - 102 Electricity, Magnetism and
Electromagnetic Theory
40+10* 3 Hours
EP - 103 Theory of Errors 40+10* 3 Hours
CH- 101 Inorganic Chemistry-I 40+10* 3 Hours
CH- 102 Physical Chemistry-I 40+10* 3 Hours
CH- 103 Organic Chemistry-I 40+10* 3 Hours
MT- 101 Engineering Mathematics - I 80+20* 3 Hours
PH -Lab Physics Lab †
CH -Lab Chemistry Lab †
Total 400
*Sessional marks
†The practical Examination will be held in 2 nd semester
2 nd Semester
Code
EP - 201 Properties of Matter and Kinetic
Theory of Gases
Paper Marks Time
10(1301)
40+10* 3 Hours
EP - 202 Semiconductor Devices 40+10* 3 Hours
CH- 201 Inorganic Chemistry-II 40+10* 3 Hours
CH – 202 Physical Chemistry-II 40+10* 3 Hours
CH – 203 Organic Chemistry-II 40+10* 3 Hours
MT - 201 Engineering Mathematics-II 80+20* 3 Hours
ENG-201 English 40+10* 3 Hours
PH – Lab Physics Lab 100 6 Hours
CH - Lab Chemistry Lab 100 6 Hours
*Sessional marks
Total 600

Note:-
M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-I
Subject: Physics (Paper Code: EP 101)
Paper: Classical Mechanics and Theory of Relativity
10(1302)
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs
1.Nine questions will be set in total.
2.Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3.Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4.20% numerical problems are to be set.
5.Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit 1
Basic concepts of Classical mechanics
Mechanics of single and system of particles, Conversion law of linear momentum, Angular momentum and
mechanical energy for a particle and a system of particles, Centre of Mass and equation of motion,
Constrained Motion.
Unit2
Generalized Notations
Degrees of freedom and Generalized coordinates, Transformation equations, Generalized Displacement,
Velocity, Acceleration, Momentum, Force and Potential, Hamilton’s variational principle, Lagrange’s
equation of motion from Hamilton’s principle, Linear Harmonic oscillator, Simple pendulum, Atwood’s
machine.
Unit 3
Theory of relativity
Frame of reference, limitation of Newton’s law of motion, Inertial frame of reference, Galilean
transformation, Frame of reference with linear acceleration, Classical relativity- Galilean invariance,
Transformation equation for a frame of reference- inclined to an inertial frame and Rotating frame of
reference, Non-inertial frames-The accelerated frame of reference and rotating frame of reference , Effect
of centrifugal and coriolis forces due to Earth’s rotation, Fundamental frame of reference, Michelson-
Morley’s experiment, concept of Einstein’s relativity.

Unit 4
Applications of theory of relativity
Special theory of relativity, Lorentz co-ordinate and physical significance of Lorentz invariance, Length
Contraction, Time Dilation, Twin Paradox, Velocity addition theorem, Variation of mass with velocity, Mass
energy equivalence, Transformation of relativistic momentum and energy, relation between relativistic
momentum and energy, Mass, velocity, momentum and energy of zero rest mass.
Reference:
1. Classical Mechanics by H. Goldstien (2 nd Edition).
2. Berkely Physics Course. Vol. 1. Mechanics by E.M.Purcell
3. Concepts of Modern Physics by Arthur Beiser
4. Mechanics by D.S. Mathur
10(1303)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-I
Subject: Physics (Paper Code: EP 102)
Paper: Electricity, Magnetism and Electromagnetic theory
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs
Note:-
4. Nine questions will be set in total.
5. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire
syllabus. This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
6. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set
from each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
7. 20% numerical problems are to be set.
8. Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit I
Vector background and Electric field
Gradient of a scalar and its physical significance, Line, Surface and Volume integrals of a vector and their
physical significance, Flux of a vector field, Divergence and curl of a vector and their physical significance,
Gauss’s divergence theorem, Stoke’s theorem. Derivation of electric field E from potential as gradient,
Derivation of Laplace and Poisson equations, Electric flux, Gauss’s Law, Mechanical force of charged
surface, Energy per unit volume.
Unit 2
Magnetism
Magnetic induction, Magnetic flux, Solenoidal nature of vector field of induction, properties of (i)
, (ii) , Electronic theory of dia and paramagnetism, Domain theory of ferromagnetism
(Langevin’s theory), Cycle of magnetization- hystresis loop ( Energy dissipation, Hystresis loss and
importance of Hystresis Curve)
Unit 3
Electromagnetism
Maxwell equations and their derivations, Displacement current, Vector and Scalar potentials, Boundary
conditions at interface between two different media, Propagation of electromagnetic wave (Basic idea, no
derivation), Poynting vector and Poynting theorem.
10(1304)

Unit 4
A. C. Analysis
A.C. circuit analysis using complex variable with (a) Capacitance and Resistance (CR) (b) Resistance and
Inductance (LR) (c) Capacitance and Inductance (LC) and (d) Capacitance, Inductance and Resistance (LCR),
Series and parallel resonance circuit, Quality factor (sharpness of resonance).
Reference:
1. Electricity and Magnetism by Reitz and Milford (Prentice Hall of India).
2. Electricity and Magnetism by A.S. Mahajan and A.A. Rangwala ( Tata McGrawHill)
10(1305)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-I
Subject: Physics (Paper Code: EP 103)
Paper: Theory of Errors
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hours
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire
syllabus. This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set
from each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4. 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5. Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit-1
Errors of observations: Accidental and systematic errors, Errors and fractional errors, Estimate of
errors, Estimate of errors in compound quantities, Errors in product, Error in quotient, Use of the
calculus, Error in a sum or difference.
Some statistical ideas: The mean, Relative frequency, The median, Frequency curves, Measures of
dispersion: The range, The mean deviation, The standard deviation, Evaluation of standard
deviation σ, Sheppard’s correction, Charlier’s checks, The mean and standard deviation of a sum.
Unit-2
Frequency distributions: Certain special frequency distributions, The binomial distribution, The
Poisson distribution, The normal distribution, Relation between a normal and binomial distribution,
The mean deviation of a normal distribution, Area under the normal error curve, Sampling,
standard error of the mean, Bessel’s formulae, Peter’s formulae, Fitting of a normal curve, Other
frequency distributions.
Unit-3
Standard error: The normal or Gaussian law of error, Applicability of the normal law of error,
Normal error distributions, Standard error of a sum or difference, standard error of a product,
Standard error of a compound quantity , Weighted mean, Standard error of weighted mean, Internal
and external consistency
Unit-4
Applications of the method of least squares: Method of least squares. Its applications forsolution
of linear equations, Solution of linear equations involving observed quantities, curve
fitting, Line of regression, Accuracy of coefficients.
Reference:-
Theory of Errors by : J.Topping
10(1306)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – I
Subject: Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-101)
Paper: Inorganic Chemistry-I
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1 Nine questions will be set in total.
2 Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit-I
Atomic Structure: Idea of de-Broglie matter waves, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, atomic
orbitals, quantum numbers, radial and angular wave function and probability distribution curves,
shape of s,p,d, orbitals, Aufbau and Pauli exclusion principle, Hund’s multiplicity rule, electronic
configurations of elements, effective nuclear charge, Slater’s rules.
Unit-II
Periodic Properties:- Atomic and Ionic radii, ionization energy, electron affinity and
electronegativity-definition, methods of determination or evaluation, trends in periodic table (in s &
p block elements)
Unit-III
Covalent bond:- Valence bond theory and its limitations, directional characteristics of covalent
bond, various types of covalent bond, various types of hybridization and shapes of simple inorganic
molecules and ions (BeF2, BF3, CH4, PF5, SF6, IF7, SO4 2- , ClO4 - ) valence shell electron pair
repulsion (VSEPR) theory to NH3, H3O + , SF4, ClF3, ICl2 - and H2O. MO theory of Heteronuclear
(CO and NO) diatomic molecules, bond strength and bond energy, Percentage ionic character from
dipole moment and electronegativity difference.
Unit-IV
Ionic Solids:- Ionic structures (NaCl, CsCl, ZnS (Zinc Blende), CaF2) radius ratio effect and
coordination number, limitation of radius ratio rule, lattice defects, semiconductors, lattice energy
(mathematical derivation excluded) and Born-Haber cycle, salvation energy and its relation with
solubility of ionic solids, polarizing power and polarisability of ions, Fajan’s rule.
References:-
1. Concise Inorganic Chemistry by: J. D. Lee.
2. Inorganic Chemistry: Principle of Structure and Reactivity by: Huheey, Keiter & Keiter.
3. Inorganic Chemistry by: Puri, Sharma and Kalia.
10(1307)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – I
Subject: Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-102)
Paper: Physical Chemistry-I
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1 Nine questions will be set in total.
2 Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire
syllabus. This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in
Yes/No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set
from each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal
marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit-I
Gaseous States:- Maxwell’s distribution of velocities and energies (derivation excluded) Calculation of
root mean square velocity, average velocity and most probable velocity, collision diameter, collision
number, collision frequency and mean free path, deviation of real gases from ideal behavior, Derivation
of Vander Waal’s Equation of state, its application in calculation of Boyle’s temperature (compression
factor) explanation of behavior of real gases using Vander Waal’s Equation.
Unit-II
Critical Phenomenon:- Critical temperature, critical pressure, critical volume and their determination,
PV isotherms of real gases, continuity of states, the isotherms of Vander Waal’s equation, relationship
between critical constants and Vander Waal’s constants, critical compressibility factor, the law of
corresponding states, liquefaction of gases.
Unit-III
Liquid States:- Structure of liquids, properties of liquids- surface tension, viscosity, vapour pressure &
optical rotations and their determination.
Unit-IV
Solid State:- Classification of solids, Laws of crystallography- (i) Law of constancy of interfacial
angles (ii) Law of rationality of indices (iii) Law of symmetry. Symmetry elements of crystals,
definition of unit cell and space lattice, Bravais lattices, crystal system, X-Ray Diffraction by crystals,
derivation of Bragg’s equation, determination of crystal structure of NaCl. KCl. Liquid crystals:
difference between solids, liquids and liquid crystals, types of liquid crystals, applications of liquid
crystals.
References:-
1. Book of Physical Chemistry (vol. I, II, III & IV) by: K. L. Kapoor
2. Physical Chemistry by: O. P. Aggarwal.
10(1308)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – I
Subject: Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-103)
Paper: Organic Chemistry-I
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1 Nine questions will be set in total.
2 Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire
syllabus. This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in
Yes/No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set
from each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal
marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit-I
Structure and Bonding:- Localized and delocalized chemical bond, Vander Waal’s interactions,
resonance: conditions, resonance effect and its applications, hyperconjugation, inductive effect,
electromeric effect and their comparison.
Unit-II
Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds:- Concept of isomerism, types of isomerism - Optical
isomerism- elements of symmetry, molecular chirality, enantiomers, stereogenic centre, optical activity,
properties of enantiomers, chiral and achiral molecules with two stereogenic centres, diastereomers,
threo and erythro diastereomers, meso compounds, resolution of enantiomers, inversion, retention and
racemization. Relative and absolute configuration, sequence rule, R & S systems of nomenclature.
Geomatric isomerism- determination of configuration of geometric isomers, E & Z systems of
nomenclature. Conformational isomerism-conformational analysis of ethane and n-butane,
conformations of cyclohexane, axial and equatorial bonds. Newman projection and Sawhorse formulae,
Difference between configuration and conformation.
Unit-III
Mechanism of Organic Reactions:- Curved arrow notation, drawing electron movements with arrows,
half-headed and double headed arrows, homolytic and heterolytic bond breaking, types of reagentselectrophiles
and nucleophiles. Types of organic reactions, energy consideration. Reactive
intermediates- carbocations,carbanions, free radicals, carbenes (formation, structure and stability).
Unit-IV
Alkanes and Cycloalkanes:- IUPAC nomenclature of branched and unbranched alkanes, the alkyl
group, classification of carbon atoms in alkanes, isomerism in alkanes, sources, methods of formation
(with special reference to Wurtz reaction, Kolbe reaction, Corey-House reaction and Decarboxylation of
carboxylic acids), physical properties. Mechanism of free radical halogenations of alkanes: reactivity
and selectivity. Cycloalkanes-nomenclature, synthesis of cycloalkanes and their derivatives,
photochemical (2+2) cycloaddition reaction, dehalogenation of α,ω-dihalides, pyrolysis of calcium or
barium salts of dicarboxylic acids, Baeyer’s strain theory and its limitations, theory of strainless rings.
References:-
1. Organic Chemistry by: Morrison Boyd.
2. Advanced Organic Chemistry (vol. I & II) by: I. L. Finar.
10(1309)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – I
Subject: Mathematics (Paper Code: MT-101)
Paper: (Engineering Mathematics-I)
Max. Marks: 100
Theory: 80, sessional: 20
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1.Nine questions will be set in total.
2.Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3.Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
UNIT-I
Applications of Differentiation : Taylor's & Maclaurin’s series, Expansion by use of known
series, Expansion by forming a differential equation, Asymptotes, Curvature, Radius of Curvature
for Cartesian, Parametric & polar curves, Centre of curvature & chord of curvature, Tracing of
Cartesian & polar curves (standard curves).
UNIT-II
Partial Differentiation & its Applications : Functions of two or more variables, Partial
derivatives, Total differential and differentiability, Derivatives of composite and implicit functions,
change of variables.
Homogeneous functions, Euler's theorem, Jacobian, Taylor's & Maclaurin's series for functions of
two variables (without proof), Errors and approximations, Maxima-minima of functions of two
variables, Lagrange's method of undetermined multipliers, Differentiation under the integral sign.
UNIT-III
Multiple Integrals and their Applications: Double integral, change of order of integration,
Double integral in polar coordinates, Applications of double integral to find area enclosed by plane
curves and volume of solids of revolution. Triple integral, volume of solids, change of variables,
Beta and gamma functions and relationship between them.
UNIT-IV
Vector Calculus: Differentiation of vectors, scalar and vector point functions, Gradient of a scalar
field and directional derivative, divergence and curl of a vector field and their physical
interpretations, Del applied twice to point functions, Del applied to product of point functions.
Integration of vectors, line integral, surface integral, volume integral, Green's, Stoke's and Gauss
divergence theorems (without proof), and their simple applications.
REFERENCES:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: F. Kreyszig.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics: B.S. Grewal.
3. Engineering Mathematics Part-I: S.S. Sastry.
4. Differential and Integral Calculus: Piskunov.
5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics: R.K. Jain and S.R.K. Iyengar
6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics: Michael D. Greenberg
10(1310)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-II
Subject: Physics (Paper Code: EP 201)
Paper: Properties of Matter and Kinetic Theory of gases
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hours
Note:-
1. Nine questions will be set in total.
2. Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3. Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4. 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5. Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit I
Moment of inertia
Rotation of rigid body, Moment of inertial, Torque, angular momentum, Kinetic Energy of rotation.
Theorem of perpendicular and parallel axes (with proof), Moment of inertia of solid sphere, hollow sphere,
spherical shell, solid cylinder, hollow cylinder and solid bar of rectangular cross–section, Fly wheel,
Moment of inertia of an irregular body, Acceleration of a body rolling down on an inclined plane.
Unit 2
Elasticity
Elasticity, Stress and Strain, Hook’s law, Elastic constant and their relations, Poisson’s ratio, Torsion of
cylinder and twisting couple, Determination of coefficient of modulus of rigidity for the material of wire by
Maxwell’s needle, Bending of beam (Bending moment and its magnitude), Cantilever and Centrally loaded
beam, Determination of Young’s modulus for the material of the beam and Elastic constants for the
material of the wire by Searle’s method.
Unit 3
Kinetic theory of gases-I
Assumption of Kinetic theory of gases, pressure of an ideal gas (with derivation), Kinetic interpretation of
Temperature, Ideal Gas equation, Degree of freedom, Law of equipartition of energy and its application for
specific heat of gases, Real gases, Vander wall’s equation, Brownian motion( Qualitative)
Unit 4
Kinetic theory of gases-II
Maxwell’s distribution of speed and velocities (derivation required), Experimental verification of Maxwell’s
law of speed distribution: most probable speed, average and r.m.s. speed, Mean free path, Transport of
energy and momentum, Diffusion of gases.
Reference:1. Properties of Matter by D.S. Mathur.
2. Heat and Thermodynamics (5 th Edition) by Mark W. Zermansky.
10(1311)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester-II
Subject: Physics (Paper Code: EP 202)
Paper: Semiconductor Devices
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hours
Note:-
1.Nine questions will be set in total.
2.Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3.Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4.20% numerical problems are to be set.
5.Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit I
Semiconductors
Energy bands in solids, Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, carrier mobility and electrical resistivity of
semiconductors, Hall effect, p-n junction diode and their characteristics, Zener and Avalanche breakdown,
Zener diode, Zener diode as a voltage regulator. Light emitting diodes (LED), Photoconduction in
semiconductors, Photodiode, Solar Cell, p-n junction as a rectifier, half wave and full wave rectifiers (with
derivation), filters (series inductor, shunt capacitance, L-section or choke, п and R.C. filter circuits).
Unit 2
Transistors
Junction transistors, Working of NPN and PNP transistors, Three configurations of transistor (C-B, C-E, C-C
modes),Common base, common emitter and common collector characteristics of transistor, Constants of a
transistor and their relation, Advantages and disadvantages of C-E configuration. D.C. load line .Transistor
biasing; various methods of transistor biasing and stabilization.
Unit 3
Transistor Amplifiers
Amplifiers, Classification of amplifiers, common base and common emitter amplifiers, coupling of
amplifiers, various methods of coupling, Resistance- Capacitance (RC) coupled amplifier (two stage,
concept of band width, no derivation), Feedback in amplifiers, advantages of negative feedback, emitter
follower, distortion in amplifiers.
10(1312)

Unit 4
Oscillators
Oscillators, Principle of oscillation, classification of oscillators, Condition for self sustained oscillation:
Barkhausen criterion for oscillation, Tuned collector common emitter oscillator, Hartley oscillator, C.R.O.
(Principle and Working).
Reference:
1. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits by N.N.Bhargava. D.C. Kulshreshtha and
S.C.Gupta (TITI CHD).
2. Solid State Electronics by J.P. Agarwal, Amit Agarwal (Pragati Prakashan Meerut).
3. Electronics Fundamentals and Applications by J.D. Ryder (Prentice Hall India)
4. Solid State Electronics by B.L.Theraja
10(1313)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – II
Subject – Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-201)
Paper: Inorganic Chemistry-II
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1 Nine questions will be set in total.
2 Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire
syllabus. This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in
Yes/No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set
from each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal
marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit-I
Bonding (Hydrogen, Vander Waal & Metallic) and semiconductors:- Hydrogen bonding-definition,
types, effects of hydrogen bonding on properties of substances, applications. Brief discussion of
various types of Vander Waal’s forces. Metallic bond- brief introduction to metallic bond, band theory
of metallic bond. Semiconductors- introduction, types and applications.
Unit –II
Chemistry of s-Block Elements & Noble Gases:- Comparative study of the elements including diagonal
relationship, salient features of hydrides (methods of preparation excluded), salvation and
complexation tendencies including their function in biosystems. Chemical properties of noble gases
with emphasis on their low chemical reactivity, chemistry of xenon, structure and bonding of
chlorides, oxides & oxifluorides of xenon.
Unit –III
p-Block Elements- I: Boron & Carbon family:- Emphasis on comparative study of properties of p-block
elements (including diagonal relationship and excluding methods of preparation). Diborane-
properties and structure (as an example of electron deficient compound and multi centre bonding),
Borazene- chemical properties and structure, trihalides of boron- trends in Lewis acid character,
structure of aluminium (III) chloride. Catination, pπ- dπ- bonding (an idea), carbides, fluorocarbons,
silicates (structural aspects), silicons- general methods of preparations, properties and uses.
10(1314)

Unit - IV
p-Block Elements- II: Nitrogen, Oxygen & Halogen Family:- Emphasis on comparative study of
properties of p-block elements (including diagonal relationship and excluding methods of
preparation). Oxides- structures of oxides of N, P. oxyacids- structure and relative acid strengths of
oxiacids of nitrogen and phosphorus, structure of white, yellow and red phosphorus. Oxyacids of
sulphur- structures and acidic strengths, H2O2- structure, properties and uses. Basic properties of
halogen, interhalogens types, properties, hydro and oxyacids of chlorine- structure and comparison of
acid strength.
References:-
1. Concise Inorganic Chemistry by: J. D. Lee.
2. Inorganic Chemistry: Principle of Structure and Reactivity by: Huheey, Keiter & Keiter.
3. Inorganic Chemistry by: Puri, Sharma and Kalia.
10(1315)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – II
Subject-Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-202)
Paper: Physical Chemistry-II
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1 Nine questions will be set in total.
2 Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from
each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit-I
Kinetics-I:- Rate of reaction, rate equation, factors influencing the rate of reaction- concentration,
temperature, pressure, solvent, light, catalyst. Order of reaction, integrated rate expression for zero order,
first order, second and third order reaction. Half life period of a reaction.
Unit-II
Kinetics-II:- Methods of determination of order of a reaction. Effect of temperature on the rate of reaction-
Arrhenius equation. Theories of reaction rate- simple collision theory for unimolecular and bimolecular
collision. Transition state theory of bimolecular reaction.
Unit-III
Electrochemistry-I:- Electrolytic conduction, factors affecting electrolytic conduction, specific conductance,
molar conductance, equivalent conductance and relation among them, their variation with concentration.
Arrhenius theory of ionization, Ostwald’s dilution law. Debye- Huckel- Onsager’s equation for strong
electrolytes (elementary treatment only). Transport number, definition and determination by Hittorfs
methods (numerical included).
Unit-IV
Electrochemistry-II:- Kohlarausch’s law, calculation of molar ionic conductance and effect of viscosity,
temperature & pressure on it. Application of Kohlausch’s law in calculation of conductance of weak
electrolytes at infinite dilution. Applications of conductivity measurements: determination of degree of
dissociation of Ka of acids, determination of solubility product of sparingly soluble salts. Conductometric
titrations. Definition of pH and pKa. Buffer solution, buffer action, Henderson- Hazel equation. Buffer
mechanism of buffer action.
References:-
1. Book of Physical Chemistry (vol. I, II, III & IV) by: K. L. Kapoor
2. Physical Chemistry by: O. P. Aggarwal.
10(1316)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – II
Subject – Chemistry (Paper Code: CH-203)
Paper: Organic Chemistry-II
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1 Nine questions will be set in total.
2 Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire
syllabus. This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in
Yes/No.
3 Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set
from each unit. Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal
marks.
4 20% numerical problems are to be set.
5 Use of scientific (non-programmable) calculator is allowed.
Unit-I
Alkenes:- Nomenclature of alkenes, mechanism of dehydration of alcohols and dehydrohalogination of
alkyl halides, the Saytzeff rule, Hofmann elimination, physical properties and relative stabilities of alkenes,
Chemical reaction of alkenes- mechanism involved in hydrogenation, electrophilic and free radical addition,
Markownikeff’s rule, hydroboration-oxidation, oxymercuration reduction, ozonolysis, hydration,
hydroxylation and oxidation with KMnO4.
Unit-II
Arenes and Aromaticity:- Nomenclature of Benzene derivatives: Aromatic nucleus and side chain.
Aromaticity: the Huckel rule, aromatic ions, annulenes upto 10 carbon atoms, aromatic, anti-aromatic and
non-aromatic compounds. Aromatic electrophilic substitution- general pattern of the mechanism,
mechanism of nitration, halogenations, sulphonation and Friedel-Crafts reaction, energy profile diagram,
activating, deactivating substituents and orientations.
Unit- III
Dienes and Alkynes:- Nomenclature and classification of dienes: isolated, conjugated and comulated
dienes, structure of butadiene, chemical reaction-1,2 and 1,4 additions (Electrophilic & free radical
mechanism), Diels-Alder reaction, nomenclature, structure and bonding in alkynes, methods of formation,
chemical reactions of alkynes, acidity of alkynes, mechanism of electrophilic and nucleophilic addition
reactions, hydroboration- oxidation of alkynes.
Unit-IV
Alkyl and Aryl Halides:- Nomenclature and classes of alkyl halides, methods of formation, chemical
reactions, mechanisms and stereochemistry of nucleophilic substitution reactions of alkyl halides, SN2 and
SN1 reactions with energy profile diagrams. Methods of formation and reactions of aryl halides, the
addition- elimination and the elimination- addition mechanisms of nucleophilic aromatic substitution
reaction. Relative reactivities of alkyl halides vs allyl, vinyl and aryl halides.
References:-
1. Organic Chemistry by: Morrison Boyd.
2. Advanced Organic Chemistry (vol. I & II) by: I. L. Finar.
10(1317)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – II
Subject: Mathematics (Paper Code: MT-201)
Paper: (Engineering Mathematics-II)
Max. Marks: 100
Theory: 80, sessional: 20
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:-
1.Nine questions will be set in total.
2.Question no. 1 will be compulsory and based on the conceptual aspects of the entire syllabus.
This question may have 4 parts and the answer should be in brief but not in Yes/No.
3.Four more questions are to be attempted, selecting one question out of two questions set from each unit.
Each question may contain two or more parts. All questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Matrices & its Applications: Rank of a matrix, elementary transformations, elementary matrices,
inverse using elementary transformations, normal form of a matrix, linear dependence and
independence of vectors, consistency of linear system of equations, linear and orthogonal
transformations, eigen values and eigen vectors, properties of eigen values, Cayley - Hamilton
theorem and its applications.
Unit-II
Ordinary Differential Equations & its Applications: Exact differential equations. Equations
reducible to exact differential equations. Applications of Differential equations of first order & first
degree to simple electric circuits, Newton's law of cooling, heat flow and orthogonal trajectories.
Linear differential equations of second and higher order. Complete solution, complementary
function and particular integral, method of variation of parameters to find particular Integral,
Cauchy's and Legender's linear equations, simultaneous linear equations with constant co-efficients.
Applications of linear differential equations to simple pendulum, oscillatory electric circuits.
Unit-III
Laplace Transforms and its Applications: Laplace transforms of elementary functions, properties
of Laplace transforms, existence conditions, transforms of derivatives, transforms of integrals,
multiplication by t n , division by t. Evaluation of integrals by Laplace transforms. Laplace transform
of Unit step function, unit impulse function and periodic function. Inverse transforms, convolution
theorem, application to linear differential equations and simultaneous linear differential equations
with constant coefficients.
Unit-IV
Partial Differential Equations and Its Applications: Formation of partial differential equations,
Lagrange's linear partial differential equation, First order non-linear partial differential equation,
Charpit's method. Method of separation of variables and its applications to wave equation and one
dimensional heat equation, two dimensional heat flow, steady state solutions only.
REFERENCES:
1. Advanced Engg. Mathematics F Kreyszig
2. Higher Engg. Mathematics B.S. Grewal
3. Differential Equations - H.T.H. Piaggio.
4. Elements of Partial Differential Equations – I.N. Sneddon.
5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics - R.K. Jain, S.R.K.Iyengar.
6. Advanced Engg. Mathematics - Michael D. Greenberg.
10(1318)

M. Sc. Engineering Physics
Semester – II
Subject: English (Paper Code: ENG-201)
Paper : English
Max. Marks: 50
Theory: 40, sessional: 10
Time: 3 hrs.
Part-A: Text 20
The following text is prescribed for intensive study:
1. Following essays from Ideas Aglow edited by Dinesh Kumar and V.B. Abrol (Publication
Bureau, Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra)
a) C.E.M. Joad
Our Civilization
b) Jayant V. Narlikar
It’s Question Time
c) N. Ram
An Interview with Christiaan Barnard
d) B.R. Ambedkar
Untouchability and the Caste System
e) Huch Gutman
Inhumanisation of War
f) Amartya Sen
Seven types of Gender Inequality
Part-B: General English 20
4. Translation from English to Hindi 5
5. Precis 7
6. Official Correspondence: Letter Writing 8
Scheme of Question Paper
The paper will have seven questions as per details given below
Q.1. The candidate will be asked to answer comprehension questions based on an extract from
the text book. There will be internal choice. 3
Q.2. The candidate will be asked to explain with reference to the context an extract from the
text book. There will be internal choice. 3
Q.3. There will be five short answer type questions based on the text book. The candidates
will be asked to give answers in about 30 words each. There will be internal choice.
2 X 5 = 10
10(1319)

Q.4. There will be One essay type questions based on the text book with internal choice.
4
Q.5. Translation of a passage of about 10 sentences from English to Hindi. 5
Q.6. Precis: The candidates will be required to summarize a given passage in contemporary
English of about 250 words to one-third of its length and also give it a suitable heading.
7
Q.7. The candidate will be asked to write an official letter. There will be internal choice.
8
M.Sc- Engineering Physics
Semester- II
10(1320)

Special Note:-
Paper: PH Lab (Physics Lab Practicals)
10(1321)
Max. Marks: 100
Time: 3+3 hours (on two days)
1. Do any eight experiments from each Section.
2. The students are required to calculate the error involved in a particular experiment.
Note:-
1. The Practical examination will be held in two sessions of 3 hours each (first session in the
evening of first day and the second session in the morning of the next day).
2. Distribution of Marks:
Experiments 25+25 50 marks
Viva- voce 15+15 30 marks
Lab. Record 20 marks
Tolal 100 marks
Section: A
1.Moment of Inertia of a fly-wheel.
2.M.I. of an irregular body using a torsion pendulum.
3.Surface tension by Jeager's Method.
4.Young's Modulus by bending of beam.
5.Modulus of rigidity by Maxwell's needle.
6.Elastic constant by Searle's method.
7. Viscosity of water by its flow through a uniform capillary tube.
8. Thermal conductivity of a good conductor by Searle's method.
9. Mechanical equivalent of Heat by Callender and Barne's method.
10.'g' by Bar Pendulum.
11.E.C.E. of hydrogen using an Ammeter.
12.Calibration of a thermocouple by Potentiometer.
Section:B
13.Low resistance by Carey Foster's bridge with calibration.
14.Determination of Impedance of an A.C. circuit and its verification.
15.Frequency of A.C. mains and capacity by electrical vibrator.
16.Frequency of A.C. mains by Sonometer using an electromagnet.
17.Measurement of angle of dip by earth inductor.
18.High resistance by substitution method.
19.Inductance (L) by Anderson Bridge (A.C. Method).
20. To draw forward and reverse bias characteristics or a semiconductor diode.
2 I. Zener Diode voltage regulation characteristics.
22. Verification of inverse square law by photo-cell.
23. To study the characteristics of a solar cell.

Note:-
M.Sc- Engineering Physics
Semester- II
Paper: CH Lab (Chemistry Lab Practicals)
10(1322)
Max. Marks: 100
Time: 3+3 hours (on two days)
1. The Practical examination will be held in two sessions of 3 hours each (first session in the evening
of first day and the second session in the morning of the next day).
2. Distribution of marks
Section I 20 marks
Section II 20 marks
Section III 20 marks
Viva-voce 20marks
Lab Record 20 marks.
Volumeteric Analysis
Section I (Inorganic)
1. Redox Titrations:- Determination of Fe 2+ , C2O4 2- (using KMnO4, K2Cr2O7)
2. Indometic Titrations:- Determination of Cu 2+ (using standard hypo solution)
3. Complexometric Titrations:- Determination of Mg 2+ , Zn 2+ by EDTA.
Paper Chromatography
Qualitative analysis of anyone of the following inorganic cations and anions by paper
chromatography (Pb 2+ , Cu 2+ , Ca 2+ , Ni 2+ , Cl - , Br - , I - and PO4 3- and NO3 - ).
Section II (Physical)
1. To determine the specific reaction rate of the hydrolysis of methyl acetate/ethyl acetate
catalyzed by hydrogen ions at room temperature.
2. To prepare arsenious solution and compare the precipitating power of mono-, bi- and
trivalent anions.
3. To determine the surface tension of a given liquid by drop number method.
4. To determine the viscosity of a given liquid.
5. To determine the specific refractivity of a given liquid.

Section III (Organic)
1. Preparation and purification through crystallization or distillation and ascertaining their
purity through melting point or boiling point.
i. Iodoform from ethanol (or acetone)
ii. m- Dinitrobenzene from nitrobenzene (use 1:2 conc. HNO3-H2SO4 mixture if
fuming HNO3 is not available).
iii. p- Bromoacetanilide from acetanilide
iv. Dibenzalacetone from acetone and benzaldehyde.
v. Aspirin from salicylic acid.
2. To study the process of sublimation of camphor and phthalic acid.
References:-
1. Inorganic Chemstry Practicals by: Gurdeep Raj Chatwal.
2. Vogel’s Text book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis.
3. Vogel’s Text book of Qualitative Chemical Analysis.
10(1323)

Semester – V
B.Sc. Genetics
Paper –IX (Genetics & Crop Improvement – I) Max. Marks: 45+5
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section.
All questions will carry equal marks.
I Introduction to Plant Breeding:
SECTION –A
History, Objectives and major achievements in crop improvement
II Plant Domestication:
Introduction, Changes in Plant species under domestication, Genetic erosion, Germ- Plasm
conservation: Insitu and Exsitu
III Plant Inroduction:
Introduction, History, Purpose, Mertis, Demerits and major achievements in crop improvement
IV Self incompatibility:
Introduction, mechanism of Heteromorphic and Homomorphic systems, Elimination and
applications of self incompatibility in crop plants
V Male Sterility:
SECTION-B
Introduction, Phenotypic expression, Genetic, Cytoplasmic and gene-cytoplasmic male sterility,
their utilization in plant breeding
VI Hybridization:
Techniques, Procedure objectives and consequences of hybridization, Limitations of distant
hybridization, Merits, Demerits and main achievements of hybridization
VII Heterosis and inbreeding depression:
Introduction, Manifestations, Genetic basis and Molecular basis of Heterosis, Commercial
utilization, Effects of inbreeding
VIII Mutations in Crop Improvements:
Spontaneous and induced mutations, Physical and Chemicals mutagens, Gamma-Garden,
application, limitations and major achievements of mutation breeding
10(1324)

Semester – V
B.Sc. Genetics
Paper –X (Genetics & Animal Improvement – II) Max. Marks: 45+5
10(1325)
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section.
All questions will carry equal marks.
I Historical Aspect:
SECTION –A
Ancient Animal Husbandry, 18 th century animal husbandry, laying the foundation of pure breeds,
Development of breed association
II Domestication of Animals:
Centers of domestication, Effects of domestication, Domestication of cattle, Buffalo, Sheep &
Goats, Poultry
III Qualitative Genetics in Animal Breeding:
Lethal and genetic abnormalities, Genetic differences in disease and parasite resistance
IV Inbreeding and Relationship:
SECTION-B
Introduction, Effectiveness, Degree of inbreeding, Relationship, Genetic effects of inbreeding,
Usefulness of inbreeding
V Out Breeding:
Introduction, Out- Crossing, Cross breeding, Grading, Crossing inbred lines for commercial
production, Species hybridization
VI Principal of Selection:
Introduction, Effectiveness of selection, Individual, Pedigree selection, Progeny and selection,
Family selection, Results of selection

Semester – VI
B.Sc. Genetics
Paper – XI (Genetics & Crop Improvement–I) Max. Marks: 45+5
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section.
All questions will carry equal marks.
I Polyploidyin Plant Breeding:
SECTION –A
Autopolyploidy and allopolyploidy, their application in crop improvement and origin of crop plants,
Colchicine induced polyploidy and limitation of polyploidy
II New Approach to Breeding of Self Pollinated Crops:
Multi-line varietics, their merits, demerits and achievements, Population approach, Its merits and
demerits.
III Biotechnology in Crop Improvements:
A brief account of plant tissue culture-technique, embryo culture, meristem culture, another
culture, somatic hybridization, achievements and future prospects
IV Varietal Release and Seed Production:
SECTION-B
Evaluation: Station trial, Multilocation trial, Disease and Insect Tests, Quality Test and identification
of entries for release
V Certified Seed:
Introduction, Requirement for certified seed, Certified Seed Production in Some Crops, Self-
Pollinated Crops: Hybrid Maize, Hybrid Jawar, Hybrid Bajra and potato.
VI Brief account of the following: Research Centers:
Intcrnational Rice Research Institute(IRRI), Sugarcane Breeding Institute(SBI), Central
Potato/Research Institute(CPRI), Central Institute of Cotton Research(CICR), Inernational Centre for
Improvments of Maize and Wheat(CIMMYT).
VII Plant Breeder’s Rights (PBR):
Historical, Requirments of PBR, Farmer’s Right, need for PBR, Benefits from PBR, Disadvantages
from PBR.
10(1326)

Semester – VI
B.Sc. Genetics
Paper – XII (Genetics & Animal Improvement–II) Max. Marks : 45+5
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section.
All questions will carry equal marks.
I Breeds of Live Stock:
SECTION –A
A brief account of important indigenous and exotic breeds of dairy cattle, Sheep, Goat, Swine and
poultry
II Animal Genetics Resources:
Live Stock, Poultry and fish genetic resources in India and their conservation strategies
III Sire Evaluation:
Introduction, Sire indexing, Daughter average index, Correlated daughter average index,
Contemporary daughter average index
SECTION-B
IV Biotechnology for the improvement of animals:
Frozen semen and artificial insemination, Embryo manipulation, Gene targeting and transgenesis,
Sex selection
V Exsitu Cryopreservation of Animal Genetic Resources:
Cryopreservation of embryos, Insemination and flushing of embryos, Cryopreservation of ovaries,
Conservation of genetic material
VI Brief account of the following: Animal Research Centers:
National Bureau of Animal Genetic Resources (NBAGR), National Diary Research Institute (NDRI),
Indian Veterinary Research Institute (IVRI)
VII Intellectual Property Right (IPRs) and Patents:
Introduction, Process Patent, Product patent, non patentable inventions, Animal patents- classical
cases
10(1327)

1. Estimation of DNA
2 Estimation of RNA
Semester – V & VI
B.Sc. Genetics
Practical Examination
10(1328)
Max. Marks : 90+10*
Time : 6 Hours
(Two sessions of 3 hours each)
3. To study emasculation and cross pollination techniques in rice, wheat and pea
4. To study selfing technique in maize.
5. Study of Pollen viability using staining test
6. To test seed by viability using Tetrazolium test method.
7. Study of human pedigrees and their possible genetic explanation
8. Construction of Sire index from the given data.
9. Practical Record 12 Marks
10. Viva-Voce 12 Marks
Note: Students must be taken to visit the institution /higher centers engaged in research activities in
genetics and related fields.

General Scheme of Examination of B.Sc.–Semester System (2011-12)
Semester – I
Semester – II
Semester – III
Semester – IV
Semester – V
Semester – VI
Subject : Genetics
Paper-I Cell Biology – I 40 + 10*
Paper-II Genetics – I 40 + 10*
Paper-III Cytogenetics 40 + 10*
Paper-IV Genetics – II 40 + 10*
Practical (Semester I & II) 80 + 20*
Paper-V Molecular Genetics – I 40 + 10*
Paper-VI Population Genetics – I 40 + 10*
Paper-VII Molecular Genetics – II 40 + 10*
Paper-VIII Population Genetics – II 40 + 10*
Practical (Semester III & IV) 90 + 10*
Paper-IX Genetics & Crop Improvement – I 40 + 10*
Paper-X Genetics & Animal Improvement– I 40 + 10*
Paper-XI Genetics & Crop Improvement – II 40 + 10*
Paper-XII Genetics & Animal Improvement– II 40 + 10*
Practical (Semester V & VI) 80 + 20*
Total marks 900
*indicates marks of internal assessment
10(1329)

B.Sc. Genetics
Semester – I
Paper – I Cell Biology-I Max. Marks : 40+10
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section. All
questions will carry equal marks.
I Cell :
SECTION –A
Cell as a unit of structure and function. Organization of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells; plant and
animal cells.
II Cell wall:
Structure, functions and synthesis.
III Cell Membrane:
Ultrastructure, models and functions of cell membrane.
IV Cell Organelles:
Detailed structure and functions of endoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria, chloroplast, golgi bodies,
lysosomes and ribosomes.
V Cytoskeleton:
microtubules, microfilaments, cilia and flagella.
VI Nucleus:
SECTION-B
Shape, size, structure, nuclear envelope, nucleoplasm, nucleolus, euchromatin and
heterochromatin, sex chromatin (Barr body).
VII Chromosomes:
Structure and morphology of chromosomes, chemical organization, karyotype study.
VIII Cell Cycle & Cell Division:
Definition, different phases of cell cycle, mitosis, meiosis, regulation of cell cycle.
10(1330)

B.Sc. Genetics
Semester – I
Paper – II Genetics – I Max. Marks : 40+10
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section. All
questions will carry equal marks.
I Background and Scope:
SECTION –A
Introduction, historical background, epigenesis, preformation and germplasm
theories of heredity, applications for human welfare.
II Eugenics and Euphenics:
Historical background, positive and negative eugenic measures for the betterment
of human race.
III Mendel’s Laws of Inheritance:
Principles of segregation and independent assortment, expressivity and
penetrance; numerical problems based on Mendelism.
IV Interaction of Genes:
Incomplete inheritance and co-dominance, pleotropism, modification of F2 ratios: epistasis,
complementary genes, supplementary genes, inhibitory genes, duplicate genes, lethality and
collaborators genes.
V Multiple Allelism:
SECTION-B
Introduction, characteristics, examples in Drosophila, rabbit and humans, concept of isoalleles and
pseudoalleles.
VI Blood Group Inheritance in Human:
Blood antigens, antigen-antibody reaction, inheritance of A, B, AB, & O blood types. Rh factor and
its inheritance, M-N blood group type and its inheritance, numerical problems based on ABO blood
group.
VII Quantitative Inheritance:
Characteristics of polygenes, examples: skin colour in humans, kernel colour in wheat, cob length
in maize and grain yield; effect of environment on quantitative inheritance.
10(1331)

B.Sc. Genetics
Semester – II
Paper – III Cytogenetics Max. Marks : 40+10 Time : 3
Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section and candidates will answer two questions from each section. All
questions will carry equal marks.
I Special Chromosomes:
SECTION –A
Polytene chromosomes, lampbrush chromosome, accessory or B-chromosomes.
II Linkage:
History, coupling and repulsion hypothesis, chromosomal theory of linkage, complete and
incomplete linkage, linkage groups and significance of linkage.
III Crossing Over:
Introduction, mechanism of meiotic crossing over, types of crossing over, interference and
coincidence, theories regarding mechanism, factors affecting it and its significance.
IV Recombination in Fungi:
Tetrad analysis in Neurospora, somatic crossing over in Aspergillus, a brief account of gene
conversion.
SECTION-B
V Structural changes in chromosomes:: Deficiencies, duplications, inversions and translocations; their
consequences and role in evolution.
VI Numerical changes in chromosomes: Aneuploidy, euploidy , their types and role in evolution;
haploids and their applications.
VII Genetic Mapping:
Construction of gene maps, determination of map distance, usage of genetic maps, genetic maps
versus physical maps.
VIII Brief account of the contributions of :
1. T.H. Morgan
2. H.J. Mueller
3. G.W. Beadle and E.L. Tatum
4. A.H. Sturtevant
5. W. Bateson and R.C. Punnet
10(1332)

B.Sc. Genetics
Semester – II
Paper – IV Genetics - II Max. Marks : 40+10
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section. All
questions will carry equal marks.
SECTION –A
I Sex Determination:
Sex determination in animals, humans and plants: hormonal and environmental control of sex;
gene dosage compensation.
II Sex Linkage:
Sex-linked characters and their inheritance in Drosophila, humans and plants. Sex limited and sex
influenced traits.
III Extranuclear Inheritance:
Basis of extranuclear inheritance in eukaryotes, A brief account of plastid and mitochondrial DNA;
plastid inheritance, mitochondrial inheritance, shell coiling in snails, kappa particles in
Paramecium.
V Human Cytogenetics:
SECTION-B
Human chromosomes, karyotype, autosomal and sex chromosomal abnormalities and common
genetic disorders: Down syndrome, Klinefelter syndrome, Turner syndrome, Cri-du-chat syndrome,
Haemophilia, Alkaptonuria
VI Cytogenetics and Cancer:
Characteristics of cancer cells, origin, types and cure of cancer, tumour suppressor genes.
oncogenes
VII Somatic Cell Genetics:
Cell cultures and genetic analysis of cultured somatic cells, somatic cell hybrids.
10(1333)

B.Sc. Genetics
Practical Examination
(Based on Semester – I & II)
10(1334)
Max. Marks : 80+20
Time : 6 Hours
(Two sessions of 3 hours each)
1. Numerical problems on Mendelism and on modified F2 ratios: Complementary, inhibitory,
epistatic, duplicate, supplementary and lethal gene interactions. 10
2 Spotting – Cytogenetical and genetical topics 15
3. Squash preparations for studying mitotic and C-mitotic cell divisions in Allium and Vicia. 15
4. Study of polytene chromosomes from permanent slides. 10
5. Detection of sex chromatin bodies: Barr bodies and drumsticks of human beings 10
6. Karyotype studies of Human and some plants from micro photographs and preparation of
idiograms. 10
7. Practical Record 10
8. Viva 10
Note : Students must be taken to visit the institution /higher centers engaged in research activities in
genetics and related fields.

B.Sc. GENETICS
Part-II
SEMESTER-III
Paper-V : Molecular Genetics-I Max.Marks- 40+10*
Time – 3 Hrs.
Note: Question 1 will be compulsory and short answer type covering entire syllabi. Four questions will be
set from each section. Candidates have to answer five questions in all selecting two from each section.
Section – A
I. GENETIC MATERIAL:
Evidence to prove that DNA is the genetic material, its structure, properties and replication.
II. RECOMBINATION IN BATERIA:
Transformation, transduction, conjugation, F-mediated seduction. Plasmids and episomes.
III. TRANSPOSABLE GENETIC ELEMENTS:
Genetic instability and discovery of transposable elements, their genetic and evolutionary
significance.
IV PROTEIN SYNTHESIS:
Section- B
Process of transcription, translation and concept of introns and exons.
V. GENETIC CODE :
Characteristics, colinearity of gene and polypeptide and evolution of the genetic code.
VI GENE MUTATIONS:
Types, induced and spontaneous, molecular basis of Mutations.
10(1335)

B.Sc. GENETICS
Part-II
SEMESTER-III
Paper-VI: Population Genetics and Biometrics-I Max. Marks- 40+10*
10(1336)
Time – 3 Hrs.
Note: Question 1 will be compulsory and short answer type covering entire syllabi. Four questions will be
set from each section. Candidates have to answer five questions in all selecting two from each section.
Section – A
I. GENE FREQUENCIES AND EQUILIBRIUM:
An introduction to gene frequencies and gene pool. Conservation of gene frequencies.
II. ESTIMATION OF EQUILIBRIUM FREQUENCIES IN NATURAL POPULATIONS:
Codominance, dominance and sex linkage in natural populations.
III. CHANGES IN GENE FREQUENCEIES :
Mutation selection, fitness, gametic and zygotic selection. Migration and random genetic
drift.
Section – B
IV ESTIMATION OF CENTRAL TENDENCIES :
Computation of mean, mode median, standard deviation and standard error, t-test and its
application.
V CONCEPT OF SIMPLE CORRELATION :
Computation of bivariate correlation and regression coefficient.

B.Sc. GENETICS
Part-II
SEMESTER-IV
Paper-VII : Molecular Genetics-II Max.Marks- 40+10*
10(1337)
Time – 3 Hrs.
Note: Question 1 will be compulsory and short answer type covering syllabi. Four questions will be set
from each section. Candidates have to answer five questions in all selecting two from each section.
Section – A
I. GENE STRUCTURE AND ORGANIZATION :
Fine structure of gene, concept of cistron, muton and recon, structure of eukaryotic gene.
Benzer’s experiment, repeated DNA, multigene families, split genes.
II. REGULATION OF GENE E XPRESSION :
Lac. And Trp. Operons, summary of types of control of gene expression.
III. ONCOGENES AND PROTONCOGENES :
A brief account of viral oncogenes, proto-oncogenes and cellular oncogenes.
Section – B
IV. DNA TRANSFER:
A brief account of electroporation and microprojectile guns. Microinjection of DNA into
fertilized eggs, Ti-plasmids in Agrobacterium. Transgenic plants, animals and micro-organisms.
V. RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY
Isolation and cloning of genes, restriction endonucleases and vectors. (Plasmids, phages and
cosmids).
VI. DNA REPAIR :
DNA Damage, DNA Repair mechanisms.

B.Sc. GENETICS
Part-II
SEMESTER-IV
Paper-VIII : Population Genetics and Bimetrics-II Max.Marks- 40+10
10(1338)
Time – 3 Hrs.
Note: Question 1 will be compulsory and short answer type covering entire syllabi. Four questions will
be set from each section. Candidates have to answer five questions in all selecting two from each section.
Section – A
I. GENETIC STRUCTURE OF POPULATION
Canalization, genetic homeostasis, genetic load and genetic death.
II. SPECIATION:
Concept of the species and ; modes of speciation
III. MOLECULAR EVOLUTION :
A brief account of molecular evolution in the test tube, evolution of genetic system.
Regulatory gene and some evolutionary consequences.
Section – B
IV. PROBABILITY :
Introduction, fundamentals, addition theorem and multiplication theorem of probability.
V. CHI-SQUARE (X 2 ) TEST :
Introduction, degree of freedom, X 2 test for goodness of fit and its genetic application,
Contingency Chi-square

GENETICS PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
B.Sc. GENETICS
Part-II
(Based on SEMESTER-III-IV)
10(1339)
Time – 4 Hrs.
Max.Marks- 80+20
1. Computation of statistical constants viz.: mean, standard deviation and standard error from the
date provided.
2. Squash preparation from testis to study meiotic cell divisions of grass hopper.
3. Study of male meiosis in Allium andVioia or Pisum
4. Study of mitosis from bone marrow of mouse/rat.
5. Testing of blood groups and Rh factors in human beings.
6. Testing of colour blindness in human beings and numerical problems based on it.
7. Application t-test on the basis of given exercise.
8. Practical Record = 6 marks
9. Viva = 6 marks
Note : Students must be taken to visit the institution/higher centres engaged in research activities
in genetics and related fields.

Semester – V
B.Sc. Genetics
Paper –IX (Genetics & Crop Improvement – I) Max. Marks: 40+10
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section.
All questions will carry equal marks.
I Introduction to Plant Breeding:
SECTION –A
History, Objectives and major achievements in crop improvement
II Plant Domestication:
Introduction, Changes in Plant species under domestication, Genetic erosion, Germ- Plasm
conservation: Insitu and Exsitu
III Plant Inroduction:
Introduction, History, Purpose, Mertis, Demerits and major achievements in crop improvement
IV Self incompatibility:
Introduction, mechanism of Heteromorphic and Homomorphic systems, Elimination and
applications of self incompatibility in crop plants
V Male Sterility:
SECTION-B
Introduction, Phenotypic expression, Genetic, Cytoplasmic and gene-cytoplasmic male sterility,
their utilization in plant breeding
VI Hybridization:
Techniques, Procedure objectives and consequences of hybridization, Limitations of distant
hybridization, Merits, Demerits and main achievements of hybridization
VII Heterosis and inbreeding depression:
Introduction, Manifestations, Genetic basis and Molecular basis of Heterosis, Commercial
utilization, Effects of inbreeding
VIII Mutations in Crop Improvements:
Spontaneous and induced mutations, Physical and Chemicals mutagens, Gamma-Garden,
application, limitations and major achievements of mutation breeding
10(1340)

Semester – V
B.Sc. Genetics
Paper –X (Genetics & Animal Improvement – II) Max. Marks: 40+10
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section.
All questions will carry equal marks.
I Historical Aspect:
SECTION –A
Ancient Animal Husbandry, 18 th century animal husbandry, laying the foundation of pure breeds,
Development of breed association
II Domestication of Animals:
Centers of domestication, Effects of domestication, Domestication of cattle, Buffalo, Sheep &
Goats, Poultry
III Qualitative Genetics in Animal Breeding:
Lethal and genetic abnormalities, Genetic differences in disease and parasite resistance
IV Inbreeding and Relationship:
SECTION-B
Introduction, Effectiveness, Degree of inbreeding, Relationship, Genetic effects of inbreeding,
Usefulness of inbreeding
V Out Breeding:
Introduction, Out- Crossing, Cross breeding, Grading, Crossing inbred lines for commercial
production, Species hybridization
VI Principal of Selection:
Introduction, Effectiveness of selection, Individual, Pedigree selection, Progeny and selection,
Family selection, Results of selection
10(1341)

Semester – VI
B.Sc. Genetics
Paper – XI (Genetics & Crop Improvement–I) Max. Marks: 40+10
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section.
All questions will carry equal marks.
I Polyploidyin Plant Breeding:
SECTION –A
Autopolyploidy and allopolyploidy, their application in crop improvement and origin of crop plants,
Colchicine induced polyploidy and limitation of polyploidy
II New Approach to Breeding of Self Pollinated Crops:
Multi-line varietics, their merits, demerits and achievements, Population approach, Its merits and
demerits.
III Biotechnology in Crop Improvements:
A brief account of plant tissue culture-technique, embryo culture, meristem culture, another
culture, somatic hybridization, achievements and future prospects
IV Varietal Release and Seed Production:
SECTION-B
Evaluation: Station trial, Multilocation trial, Disease and Insect Tests, Quality Test and identification
of entries for release
V Certified Seed:
Introduction, Requirement for certified seed, Certified Seed Production in Some Crops, Self-
Pollinated Crops: Hybrid Maize, Hybrid Jawar, Hybrid Bajra and potato.
VI Brief account of the following: Research Centers:
Intcrnational Rice Research Institute(IRRI), Sugarcane Breeding Institute(SBI), Central
Potato/Research Institute(CPRI), Central Institute of Cotton Research(CICR), Inernational Centre for
Improvments of Maize and Wheat(CIMMYT).
VII Plant Breeder’s Rights (PBR):
Historical, Requirments of PBR, Farmer’s Right, need for PBR, Benefits from PBR, Disadvantages
from PBR.
10(1342)

Semester – VI
B.Sc. Genetics
Paper – XII (Genetics & Animal Improvement–II) Max. Marks : 40+10
10(1343)
Time : 3 Hours
Note : Question one will be compulsory and will have 8 short answer type covering entire syllabus. Four
questions will be set from each section. Candidates will answer two questions from each section.
All questions will carry equal marks.
I Breeds of Live Stock:
SECTION –A
A brief account of important indigenous and exotic breeds of dairy cattle, Sheep, Goat, Swine and
poultry
II Animal Genetics Resources:
Live Stock, Poultry and fish genetic resources in India and their conservation strategies
III Sire Evaluation:
Introduction, Sire indexing, Daughter average index, Correlated daughter average index,
Contemporary daughter average index
SECTION-B
IV Biotechnology for the improvement of animals:
Frozen semen and artificial insemination, Embryo manipulation, Gene targeting and transgenesis,
Sex selection
V Exsitu Cryopreservation of Animal Genetic Resources:
Cryopreservation of embryos, Insemination and flushing of embryos, Cryopreservation of ovaries,
Conservation of genetic material
VI Brief account of the following: Animal Research Centers:
National Bureau of Animal Genetic Resources (NBAGR), National Diary Research Institute (NDRI),
Indian Veterinary Research Institute (IVRI)
VII Intellectual Property Right (IPRs) and Patents:
Introduction, Process Patent, Product patent, non patentable inventions, Animal patents- classical
cases

1. Estimation of DNA
2 Estimation of RNA
Semester – V & VI
B.Sc. Genetics
Practical Examination
10(1344)
Max. Marks : 80+20*
Time : 6 Hours
(Two sessions of 3 hours each)
3. To study emasculation and cross pollination techniques in rice, wheat and pea
4. To study selfing technique in maize.
5. Study of Pollen viability using staining test
6. To test seed by viability using Tetrazolium test method.
7. Study of human pedigrees and their possible genetic explanation
8. Construction of Sire index from the given data.
9. Practical Record 12 Marks
10. Viva-Voce 12 Marks
Note: Students must be taken to visit the institution /higher centers engaged in research activities in
genetics and related fields.

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH
In lieu of Compulsory Hindi/Panjabi/Sanskrit/Urdu
(for B.Sc. Candidates)
(2011-12)
Semester-III
(For candidates from Non-Hindi States and Foreign Students only if they did not offer
Hindi/Panjabi/Sanskrit/Urdu in the lower qualifying examination and also for candidates offering
restructured courses).
Part-A:
Outlines of Text
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
I. Following Essays from English Essayists ed. Susatna K. Sinha (O.U.P. 1987)
1. A.C.Benson : The Art of the Essayist
2. Francis Bacon : Of Studies
3. Joseph Addison : Sir Rogar at Church
4. Richard Steele : The Spectator’s Club
5. Charles Lamb : The Two Races of Man
6. William Lamb : On Familiar Style
7. R.L. Stevenson : Walking Tours
8. E.V. Lucas : A Funeral
9. Hilaire Belloc : In Praise of Ignorance
II. College Poems ed. By M.S. Somal (MacMillan)
Scheme of Question Paper
Note: The question paper will carry 40 marks.
10(1345)
Max. Marks: 50
End Semester Exam.: 40 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Q.1. The candidates will be asked to answer a comprehension question based on English
Essays. There will be internal choice. (5 Marks)
Q.2. The candidates will be asked to explain with reference to the context an extract
from College Poems. There will be internal choice.
(5 Marks)
Q.3. There will be four short answer type questions based on English Essays. The
candidates will be asked to answer any two in 30 words each.
(2x4=8 Marks)

Q.4. There will be four short answer type questions based on College Poems. The
candidates will be asked to answer any two in 30 words each.
(2x4=8 Marks)
Q.5. There will be one essay type question on English Essays with internal choice. The
candidates will be asked to attempt one question.
(7 Marks)
Q.6. There will be one essay type question on College Poems with internal choice. The
candidates will be asked to attempt one question.
(7 Marks)
10(1346)

ADDITIONAL ENGLISH
In lieu of Compulsory Hindi/Panjabi/Sanskrit/Urdu
(for B.Sc. Candidates)
(2011-12)
Semester-IV
(For candidates from Non-Hindi States and Foreign Students only if they did not offer
Hindi/Panjabi/Sanskrit/Urdu in the lower qualifying examination and also for candidates offering
restructured courses).
Part-A:
I. Lord of the Flies by William Golding
Outlines of Text
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
10(1347)
Max. Marks: 50
End Semester Exam.: 40 Marks
Internal Assessment : 10 Marks
Part-B: General
1. Essay (about 400 words on any one of the four/five given topics which
may be reflective, descriptive and/or literary type).
2. Precis : Reducing a given passage of about 275 words to about one-third of its length (in
the candidate’s own words) and giving it a suitable title.
3. Transcription
Scheme of Question Paper
Note: The question paper will carry 40 marks.
Q.1. There will be six short answer type questions on Lord of the Flies based on important characters,
situations, setting, plot, symbols, images, themes and motifs in the novel. The candidates will be
required to answer four questions.
(4x3=12 Marks)
Q.2. There will be one essay type question with internal choice on Lord of the Flies. The candidates will
be asked to answer any one question. (8 Marks)
Q.3. The candidates will be asked to write an Essay (about 400 words on any one of the
four/five given topics which may be reflective, descriptive and/or literary type).
(7 Marks)
Q.4. The candidates will be asked to write précis: Reducing a given passage of about 275 words
to about one-third of its length (in the candidate’s own words) and giving it a suitable title.
(7 Marks)
Q.5. The candidates will be required to give Phonemic transcription of six of the given 10
words from the prescribed novel (only first twenty pages).
(6x1=6 Marks)

Scheme of B.A. 1 st , 2 nd , 3 rd (Economics Hons.) Semester System 2011-14
UGBOS 18.10.2011
Semester-1 Nomenclature
Paper-101 Micro Economics -I
Paper-102 Macro Economics -I
Semester-2
Paper-203 Micro Economics -II
Paper-204 Macro Economics -II
Semester-3
Paper-305 Money & Banking
Paper-306 Issues in Indian Economy
Paper-307 Development Economics & Planning
Semester-4
Paper-408 Public Economics
B.A.Part-1
B.A.Part-2
Paper-409 Sectoral Development & Policies in India
Paper-410 Mathematics for Economists
Semester-5
Paper-511 History of Economic Thought
Paper-512 International Economics-I
Paper-513 Environment Economics & Policy
Semester-6
Paper-614 Statistics for Economists
Paper-615 International Economics-II
Paper-616 Comparative Economic Development
B.A.Part-3
10(1348)

B.A. 1 st (HONS)
1 ST SEMESTER
Paper-101
Micro Economics -I
10(1349)
Theory Paper: 80
Internal assessment: 20
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have ten
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 15 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Introduction: Nature and Scope of Economics, Methodology of Economics, Choice as an Economic problem
and Production Possibility Frontier.
Demand Analysis: Law of demand , Elasticity of Demand (Price, Income and Cross); Degrees and
measurement, determinants and importance.
Unit-2
Consumer Behaviour: Cardinal and ordinal utility analysis and consumer equilibrium, Revealed
Preference Hypothesis.
Consumer’s Surplus : Concepts and measurement(cardinal, ordinal), Compensating variation Principle,
Importance of the concept.
Unit-3
Producer’s Behaviour: Law of variable proportions, Returns to scale, characteristics of Iso-quants, Ridge
lines, least cost combination of factors, Internal and external economies and diseconomies.
Supply: Law of Supply, Movements and shifts in supply curve, Elasticity of supply (degrees, measurement
and importance).
Unit-4
Cost Analysis : Concepts of costs and their interrelationship, short period costs and long period costs,
Modern Theory of costs.
Revenue : Concepts of revenue; total, average and marginal revenue and their relationships, Break-evenanalysis
& its uses.
Suggested Readings:
Paul A. Samuelson: Micro Economics
A. Koutsoyiannis: Modern Micro Economics
C.S Barla: Advanced Micro Economics
N.C.Ray: An Introduction to Micro Economics
Hal R. Varian: Micro Economic Analysis
Dominick Salvatore: Micro Economic Theory
H.L. Ahuja: Modern Micro Economics
M.L. Seth: Micro Economics
T.R.Jain & A.S.Sandhu : Micro Economics
Amit Sachdeva : Micro Economics
Richard G.Lipsey : An Introduction to Positive Economics
J.M.Joshi: Theory of Value, Distribution and Welfare Economics

B.A. 1 st (HONS)
1 ST SEMESTER
Paper102
Macro Economics -I
10(1350)
Theory Paper: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have ten
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 15 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Introduction: Nature and Scope of Macro Economics, Difference between Micro and Macro Economics and
Importance of Macro Economics.
National Income: Concepts, Measurement and Limitations of National Income Statistics, Circular flow of
income in two, three and four sector economy.
Unit-2
Determination of Income and Employment: Classical Theory of Employment, Say’s Law of Market and its
implications, Keynesian objections to Classical Theory, Keynesian Theory of Employment.
Unit-3
Consumption: Consumption Function, Technical Attributes of Consumption, Keynesian Psychological Law
of Consumption and Its Implications, Empirical evidence.
Income-Consumption Relationship: Absolute & Relative Income Hypothesis, Permanent Income
Hypothesis, Life Cycle Hypothesis.
Unit-4
Investment function: Types of Investment, Determination of Level of Investment. Marginal Efficiency of
Capital (MEC).
Theories of Investment: Classical and Keynesian Theory of Investment (Marginal Efficiency of Investment),
Saving-Investment Equality.

Suggested Readings:
1. Lipsey R.G. and K.A. Chrystal (1999) “Principles of Economics”, 9 th Ed., Oxford University Press.
2. Ackley, G (1978), “Macroeconomics: Theory and Policy”, Macmillan, New York.
3. Branson, W. A. (1989), “Macroeconomic Theory and Policy”, 3 rd Ed., Harper & Row, New York.
4. Shapiro, E (1996), “Macroeconomic Analysis” Galgotia Publication, New Delhi.
5. Stiglitz J. E. and Carl E. Walsh (2002) Principles of Macroeconomics, W.W. Norton & Company,
New York.
6. Paul Samuelson and Nordhaus: (2005) “Economics” (18 th Ed.) Tata Hill Publishing Company,
New Dehli.
7. Mankiw N. Gregory: (2007) “Principles of Economics”, Thomson, Indian Reprint.
8. Lipsey R.G. and K.A. Chrystal (2007) “Economics”, Oxford University Press. Oxford.
10(1351)

B.A. 1 st (HONS)
2 ND SEMESTER
Paper-203
Micro Economics -II
10(1352)
Theory paper: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have ten
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 15 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Theory of firm: Market: Types and Equilibrium, Perfect Competition: Characteristics, Short run and Long
run Equilibrium of Firm and Industry, Supply curve (short and long run of firm and industry). Monopoly:
Characteristics, Short run and Long run Equilibrium of Firm, Discriminating Monopoly, degree of Monopoly
power.
Unit-2
Monopolistic competition: Characteristics, Short run and Long run Equilibrium of Firm, Group
Equilibrium, Product differentiation and Selling Costs.
Oligopoly: Non-Collusive (Cournot, Bertrand and Kinked demand models) Collusive Oligopoly: (Cartels,
Price Leadership)
Unit-3
Theory of Factor pricing: Marginal Productivity Theory of Distribution, Backward sloping supply curve of
labour, Modern theory of distribution, Rent; Ricardian and Modern theories, Quasi-Rent, Rent and price
relationship.
Interest & Profit: Basic Concepts of Interest; Classical, Neo-classical Theories, Profit: Gross and Net Profit
and Theories of Profit.
Unit-4
General Equilibrium: Concepts of Partial and General Equilibrium, Walras Excess Demand Model,
Existence, Stability and Uniqueness of General Equilibrium.
Welfare Economics: Pareto Optimality Criterion and Its Limitations.

Suggested Readings:
Paul A. Samuelson: Micro Economics
A. Koutsoyiannis: Modern Micro Economics
C.S Barla: Advanced Micro Economics
N.C.Ray: An Introduction to Micro Economics
Hal R. Varian: Micro Economic Analysis
Dominick Salvatore: Micro Economic Theory
H.L. Ahuja: Modern Micro Economics
M.L. Seth: Micro Economics
T.R.Jain & A.S.Sandhu : Micro Economics
Amit Sachdeva : Micro Economics
Richard G.Lipsey : An Introduction to Positive Economics
J.M.Joshi: Theory of Value, Distribution and Welfare Economics
10(1353)

B.A. 1 st (HONS)
2 ND SEMESTER
Paper-204
Macro Economics -II
Theory paper: 80
Internal Assessment: 20
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have ten
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 15 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Keynesian multiplier: Concept, Relation between Multiplier, MPC &MPS, Comparative Static and Dynamic
Process, Working of Multiplier in UDCs. Acceleration Principle and Concept of Super Multiplier.
Unit-2
Determination of General Price Level: Classical and Keynesian Theory of Money and Prices.
Inflation: Types, Cost Push and Demand Pull Inflation, Effects, Inflation –Unemployment Trade-off (Phillips
Contribution-Introductory Version)
Unit-3
Rate of Interest: Keynesian and IS-LM Theories of Interest rate.
Macro Economic policies: Monetary and Fiscal Policies (Objectives, Instruments, Policy-Mix, Limitations)
Unit-4
Trade cycles: Meaning, Types, Phases and Theories of Trade Cycles (Hicks and Samuelson)
Growth models: Harrod-Domar model, Solow model.
Suggested Readings:
1 Lipsey R.G. and K.A. Chrystal (1999) “Principles of Economics”, 9 th Ed., Oxford University Press.
2. Ackley, G (1978), “Macroeconomics: Theory and Policy”, Macmillan, New York.
3. Branson, W. A. (1989), “Macroeconomic Theory and Policy”, 3 rd Ed., Harper & Row, New York.
4. Shapiro, E (1996), “Macroeconomic Analysis” Galgotia Publication, New Delhi.
5. Stiglitz J. E. and Carl E. Walsh (2002) Principles of Macroeconomics, W.W. Norton & Company, New
York.
6. Paul Samuelson and Nordhaus: (2005) “Economics” (18 th Ed.) Tata Hill Publishing Company, New
Dehli.
7. Mankiw N. Gregory: (2007) “Principles of Economics”, Thomson, Indian Reprint.
8. Lipsey R.G. and K.A. Chrystal (2007) “Economics”, Oxford University Press. Oxford.
10(1354)

B.A. 2 nd (Eco. Hons.)
3 RD SEMESTER
Paper - 305
Money & Banking
10(1355)
Theory Paper: 90
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have fifteen
objective type questions (each carrying 2 mark) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the remaining
eight questions (each carrying 15 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four questions
selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Money: Functions, Classification and Significance; Money Supply: Determinants, Alternative Measures of
Money Supply in India (concepts only); Money and Capital Market: Structure, Instruments, Role; Developed
and Under-Developed Money Markets.
Unit-2
Banking: Commercial Banks- Functions and Importance, Process of Credit Creation; The Reserve Banking
of India: Functions and Instruments of credit control, Recent Monetary Policy of RBI.
Unit-3
Financial sector: Money and Capital Markets in India: Structure, Functions and Significance; SEBI: Powers
and Functions; Non-Bank Financial Intermediaries- Role and Significance; Recent Financial Sector Reforms
in India.
Unit-4
Exchange Rate Determination: Fixed and Flexible, Theories of Exchange Rate: Mint Par, Purchasing Power
Parity, Balance of Payments Theory.
Suggested Reading:
1. Bailey Roy (2005) The Economics of Financial Markets
2. D.M. Mithani: Money, Banking and Public Finance
3. A.D. Bain (1992) Economics of the Financial System

4. Suraj.B.Gupta: Monetary Economics - Institutions, Theory & Policy;S Chand publications
5. Suraj.B.Gupta:Monetary Planning for India
6. Khan,MY: Indian Financial System;Tata-McGrawhill
7. M.K. Lewis (2000), Monetary Economics, OUP
8. M.R. Baye, D.W. Jansen (1996), Money Banking and Financial Markets, AITBS, (Indian
Edition)
9. Maurice Levi (1999), International Finance, Tata McGraw Hill
10. L.M. Bhole (1999), Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata Mcgraw Hill
11. R.R.Paul “Monetary Economics”
12. R.B.I. Bulletin, Annual Report; Report on Currency and Finance
13. R.B.I. - Report of the Committee on the Financial System (Narasimham Committee Report
I)
10(1356)

B.A. 2 nd (ECO. HONS)
3 rd SEMESTER
Paper - 306
Issues in Indian Economy
10(1357)
Theory Paper: 90
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have fifteen
objective type questions (each carrying 2 mark) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the remaining
eight questions (each carrying 15 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four questions
selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Basic Issues: Over population, poverty, unemployment, inequality, urbanization and Problems of civic
amenities, Backwardness, rural- urban migration.
Unit-2
Regional Issues in India’s Economic Development: Regional imbalances and Economic backwardness,
Causes and remedies.
Haryana Economy: Basic Features, Growth and Sectoral Distribution of State Domestic Product. (SDP);
Declining sex- Ratio and its social and economics implications; Regional disparities in Haryana;
Globalization in Haryana Economy: Concept of effective cities and poverty eradication in haryana.
Unit-3
Human Resource Development: Role of Education and health: issues, problems & policies; Labor
productivity: Issues, policies and programmes, Gender and Development.
Unit-4
Economic Reforms in India: Liberalization, privatization and Globalization: Need & Rationale; An Appraisal
of Economic reforms in India; Competitiveness of Indian trade and Industry: Special Economic Zones,
Highlights of Current Five Year Plan.
Suggested Readings:
1. M.P. Todaro & Smith, Economic Development in the Third World. Addison-Wesley. 6th ed.
2. Uma kapila, Indian Economy: Issues in Development and Planning & Sectoral Aspects (2005).
Academic Foundation.
3. Arvind Virmani. Accelerating Growth and Poverty reduction: A Policy Framework for India’s
Development (2004)

4. Government of India, Economic Survey (latest)
5. Government of India, Five Year Plan, (latest)
6. Government of India. Finance Commission Report (Latest Ed.)
7. Ray, Debraj, (1998)Development Economics, Princeton University Press,
8. Banerjee, Abhijit, Ronald Benabon and Dilip Mookerjee (ed.), Understanding Poverty, OUP,
2006.
9. Statistical Abstract Haryana and Economic Survey of Haryana published by Department of
Economic and Statistical Analysis Haryana (latest)
10. Datt, Rudar & K.P. Sundaram, “Indian Economy” S. Chand & Company (Latest Ed.).
11. Mishra S. K. & V. K. Puri, “Indian Economy”, Himalya Publishing House (Latest Ed.).
10(1358)

B.A. 2 nd (ECO. HONS)
3 rd SEMESTER
Paper-307
Development Economics & Planning
10(1359)
Theory paper: 90
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have fifteen
objective type questions (each carrying 2 mark) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the remaining
eight questions (each carrying 15 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four questions
selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Basic Concepts of Economic Development: Economic growth and Development, concept of
underdevelopment and Basic Characteristics; Determinants & Measurement of economic development;
Sustainable economic development.
Unit-2
Theories of Economic Development: Adam Smith, Mill, Other theories (Karl Marx, Schumpeter
Unit-3
Different Approaches to Development: Vicious Circle of Poverty, Lewis’ dual economy model, Leibenstein
critical minimum effort theory, balanced vs. unbalanced growth theories.
Unit-4
Economic Planning and Policy: Development Planning: Rationale, Strategies and objectives of Planning;
Role of State &Capital formation in economic development.
Suggested Readings:
1. Adelman, I, (1961), Theories of Economics Growth and Development, Stanford
University Press, Stanford.
2. Barro, R. and X. Salai- Martin, Economics Growth, McGraw Hill, New York.
3. Chakravarti, S. (1982), Alternative Approaches to the Theory of Economic Growth,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
4. Ghatak, S. (1986), An Introduction to Development Economics, Allen and Unwin,
London.
5. Higgins, B.(19590, Economic Development, W.W. Norton, New York.
6. Kindleberger, C. P. (1977), Economics Development, (3 rd Edition), McGraw Hill, New
York.

7. Meier, G.M. and J.E. Rauch (2005), Leading Issues in Economics Development, (8 th
Edition), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
8. Todaro, M.P. and S.C. Smith (2003), (8 th Edition), Economics Development, Pearson
Education, Delhi.
9. Thirlwal, A.P. (1999), (6 th Edition), Growth and Development, Macmillan, U.K.
10. Mishra S.K. and V.K. Puri ‘Economics Development and Planning. (Latest Edition)
11. Myer and Taneja ‘Economics Development and Planning (latest Edition). Kalyani
Publishers.
12. Lekhi, R.N. ‘Economics of Development and Planning’, (Latest Edition)
10(1360)

B.A. 2 nd (ECO. HONS)
4 TH SEMESTER
Paper-408
Public Economics
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
10(1361)
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Introduction: Nature & Scope of Public Economics; Public Goods: Concept, Characteristics & Types;
Efficient Provision of Public Goods, Market Failure and Externalities; Principle of Maximum Social
Advantage.
Unit-2
Public Revenue: Taxation: Meaning, Classification , Canons and Effects; Impact and Incidence of taxes:
Concept and factors ; Public Debt: sources, Methods of Debt Redemption, Effects of Public Borrowing .
Unit-3
Public Expenditure: Meaning, Classification , Canons and Effects, Factors affecting Public Expenditure,
Wagner’s Law, Peacock- Wiseman Hypothesis;
Unit-4
Budget: Concepts of revenue and capital expenditure, deficit types
Fiscal Federalism: Fiscal Federalism in India, Centre –State Financial Relations, Latest Finance Commission
Report.

Bailey Roy (2005) The Economics of Financial Markets
DM Mithani: Money, Banking and Public Finance
A.D. Bain (1992) Economics of the Financial System
References
Suraj.B.Gupta: Monetary Economics - Institutions, Theory & Policy;S Chand publications
Suraj.B.Gupta:Monetary Planning for India
Khan,M.Y: Indian Financial System;Tata-McGrawhill
R.K. Lekhi: Public Economics
M.K. Lewis (2000), Monetary Economics, OUP
M.R. Baye, D.W. Jansen (1996), Money Banking and Financial Markets, AITBS, (Indian Edition)
Maurice Levi (1999), International Finance, Tata McGraw Hill
L.M. Bhole (1999), Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata Mcgraw Hill
R.B.I. Bulletin, Annual Report; Report on Currency and Finance
R.B.I. - Report of the Committee on the Financial System (Narasimham Committee
Report I)
Joseph Stiglitz, Economics of the Public Sector, 3 rd Ed , W.W. Norton & Co; New- York/London
10(1362)

Paper-409
Sectoral Development & Policies in India
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
10(1363)
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Infrastructure in Indian Economy: Irrigation, Energy, Telecom, Transport, Health and Education (problems
and prospects)
Unit-2
Agriculture: Nature and Importance, Major production and productivity trends, Land Reforms, Green
Revolution , Agricultural Marketing.
Unit-3
Industry : Industrial sector at the time of independence, Growth of industry in recent years, Small Scale
Industries, Industrial policy of 1956, 1991 and latest Policy.
Unit-4
Financial institutions for sectoral Development: Purpose and Functioning of NABARD, IFCI, ICICI, IDBI,
SIDBI and EXIM Bank.
References
PN Dhar: Evolution of Economic Policy in India
IG Patel: Glimpse of Indian Economic Policy
Dreze Jean&Amartya Sen:Indian Development Selected Regional Perspective
RC Dutt: Problems of India’s Development
Mishra&Puri:Indian Economy
I.C. Dhingra: Indian Economy
A.N. Aggarwal: Indian Economy

Paper-410
Mathematics for Economics
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
10(1364)
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Elementary Set Theory: Operations on sets; Ordered Pairs, Cartesian products of Sets.
The Real numbers: Natural Numbers, Integers, rational and Irrational Numbers.
Functions: Types of Functions; function in economic theory: Revenue, cost, demand, production and profit
functions, limit and continuity of functions.
Unit-2
Matrices and determinants : Addition and matrix Multiplication determinants:Minors and
Cofactors, inverse of a matrix and Cramer’s Rule
Input Output analysis: Basic idea only.
Unit-3
Simple derivatives : First Principle Method, Rules of Differentiation, Economic applications.
Partial Derivatives: Basic idea of Partial Derivatives.
Unit-4
Maxima and Minima : Unconstrained Maxima and minima( one variable only) with economic
applications;
Integration: Basic Rules of integration, Application of integration in Economics (Consumer and producer
surplus only)
References
A.C. Chiang: fundamental Methods of mathematical Economics.
Knut Sydsaeter and peter J. Hammond : Mathematics for Economic Analysis.
D.R. Aggarwal: Quantitative Methods
TR Jain, S.C.Aggarwaland R.K. Rana :Basic Mathematics for economists
R.G.D. Allen:Basic Mathematics

B.A. 3 rd (HONS)
5 TH SEMESTER
Paper-511
History of Economic Thought
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Classical Thought Adam Smith: Division of Labour, Theory of value, Theory of growth, Ricardo : Theory of
Rent, Distribution , Malthus : Theory of Population.
Unit-2
Neo-Classical Thought Marginalism: Jevons Menger and Walras (Main economic ideas)
Alfred Marshall : As a great synthesizer; Price determination, Consumer and Producer’s surplus, elasticities
and quasi-rent.
10(1365)
Unit-3
Keynesian Economics : Underemployment equilibrium, Effective Demand, MEC, Liquidity Preference, Role
of fiscal policy.
Unit-4
Indian Economic Thought : Main economic ideas of Kantilya, Naroji, Gandhi ,Vakil & Brahmanand, J.K.
Mehta and A.K. Sen.
References
O’Brien: Classical Economics
Mark Blaug:History of Economic Thought
Hajela,TN: History of Economic Thought
Ajit Kumar Dasgupta:History of Indian economic thought
Amartya Sen: On Ethics&Economics.
Development as Freedom: Amartya Sen
R.R Paul “History of Economic Thought”

Paper-512
International Economics -I
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
International Trade and Trade Theories : Need & Importance of study of international economics,
interregional and international trade, classical theories of international trade : Adam Smith’s Absolute
advantage and Ricardo’s comparative advantage, Comparative advantage in term of opportunity cost;
Unit-2
Other Trade Theories : Mill’s offer curve Analysis, Modern H-O theory of international trade, Factor price
equalization theorem, Leontief Paradox.
Unit-3
Gains from Trade : Measurement of gains from Trade and their distribution, concepts of terms of trade :
uses and limitations; trade as an engine of growth
Hypothesis of secular deterioration of terms-of-trade and its relevance for Under Developed Countries
(UDC’s)
Unit-4
The Theory of Interventions : Tariffs and Quotas : Partial and General effects (on National Income,
employment, Terms-of-trade, BOP and Income distribution) Non Tariff Trade Barriers.
References
Dominic Salvatore: International Economics
Bosoderston; “International Economics”.
Rana&Verma: International Economics
H.G.Mannur: International Economics
D.M.K. Mithani: International Economics
M.C.Vaish: International Economics
V.C.Sinha: International Economics
Francis Cherunilam : International Economics
D.N. Dwivedi: International Economics
Mrudula E: International Financial Institutions an Introduction.
10(1366)

Paper-513
Environment Economics & Policy
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Environment and Economy: Nature and scope of environmental economics; Linkage between environment
and economy; population-environment linkage.
Unit-2
Market failure: Incomplete markets; Externalities; Environment as public good – non exclusion, non-rivalry;
Non-convexities; Asymmetric information.
Unit-3
Environment and Development: Natural resources; Asset markets theory; Concept of sustainable
development; Green GDP; Environmental Kuznets Curve.
Unit-4
Environmental legislation: Pollution-causes, control and abatement;
Environment protection mechanism in India; Global environmental issues – climate change, trade and
environment.
References
� Hanley, N., J.F. Shogern and B. White (1997), Environmental Economics in Theory and Practice,
Macmillan.
� Sankar, U. (Ed.) (2001), Environmental Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� James, A.J., M. N. Murty and Smita Misra (1999), Economics of Water Pollution – The Indian
Experience, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Varian. Hal R., (2006), Intermediate Micro-economics – A Modern Approach, 7th ed., East-West Press.
� Chary, S.N. and Vyasulu, Vinod (2000), Environmental Management - an Indian Perspective, Macmillan,
New Delhi.
10(1367)

B.A. 3 rd (HONS)
6 TH SEMESTER
Paper-614
Statistics for Economists
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Statistics: Meaning, Scope , importance and limitations. Frequency distribution: Bivariate and cumulative.
Central Tendency: Mean, Median, Mode, Harmonic and Geometric Mean.
Unit-2
Measures of Dispersion: Range, Mean & Standard Deviation, Quartile Deviation, Coefficient of variation,
percentile rank.
Skewness and Kurtosis: Basic idea and methods.
Unit-3
Correlation : Simple coefficient of correlation (Karl Pearson & Spearman’s Rank Correlation), Coefficient of
determination
Regression: Estimate of Regression lines & regression equations, computation and interpretation of
regression coefficients. Basic idea of standard Error and Probable Error.
Unit-4
Time Series Analysis : Concepts, components, methods of finding trend : Semi average, moving average,
least square, ratio-to-average.
Index Numbers : Types and Uses , Tests of Consistency, Fisher’s ideal Index. Fixed base and Chain base
index numbers. Problems in Construction of Index numbers and the limitations of index numbers.
References
M.R. Spiegel (2 nd Edition), Theory and Problems of Statistics.I
G.W. Snedecor,W.G.Cochran : Statistical Methods
T.R. Jain, S.C. Aggarwal ,R.K.Rana: Basic statistics for economists
S.P. Gupta: Statistical Methods
S.C. Gupta: Fundamentals of Statistics.
D.C Sancheti , and V.K Kapoor,: Statistics(Theory, Method and Application)
10(1368)

Paper-615
International Economics- II
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Balance of Payments : Meaning, Components, disequilibrium in (Balance of Payments); causes and
measures to disequilibrium in Balance of Payment correct .
Theories of BOP adjustment: Elasticity, Absorption and Monetary approach.
Unit-2
International Institutions : International Monetary Fund, and The World Bank: working and functions
(Particularly in relation to Developing countries)
International liquidity: Need, nature and problems; Multinational Corporations and working with special
reference to India.
Unit-3
Regional Blocs : Custom union(s) (introductory view), WTO : organization and functions ;TRIPS, TRIMS.
European Union (EU), ASEAN: organization structure; and working);
Unit-4
Foreign Trade of India: Changes in composition and direction of Foreign Trade since 1991, BOP
disequilibrium–causes and policy measures,
Trade Reforms : Need & rationale with special emphasis on Exchange Rate- reforms(full and partial
convertibility of rupee), Latest Export and Import Policy.
References
Dominic Salvatore: International Economics
Soderston: International Economics
Rana&Verma: International Economics
Mrudula E: International Financial Institutions-an Introduction.
H.G.Mannur: International Economics
D.M.K. Mithani: International Economics
M.C.Vaish: International Economics
V.C.Sinha: International Economics
Francis Cherunilam : International Economics
D.N. Dwivedi: International Economics
Mrudula E: International Financial Institutions an Introduction.
10(1369)

Paper-616
Comparative Economic Development
Time: 3 Hours Theory Paper: 90
10(1370)
Internal assessment: 10
The Question paper will have Nine questions, including two questions from each unit. The candidate will be
required to attempt Five questions in all. Question number one will be compulsory and it will have nine
objective type questions (each carrying 2 marks) uniformly spread over entire syllabus. Out of the
remaining eight questions (each carrying 18 marks), the candidate will be required to attempt four
questions selecting one from each unit.
Unit-1
Economic Development of Britain : Basic features of British Economy and Trends( Industrial Revolution,
Transport and Communication)
Economic Development of USA : Basic features of US Economy and Trends(infrastructure, trade),Role of
USA in world economic cooperation; Indo-US economic cooperation.
Unit-2
Economic Development of Japan : Agriculture, Industry; role of entrepreneurship; and technology
Economic development of China :Agriculture, Industry and Trade; Cultural revolution; and Economic
reforms.
Unit-3
Economic Development of USSR : Basic Features of USSR economy, Industry & Trade, Indo – USSR
economic Cooperation, Glasnost , Prestorika & Disintegration of USSR economy.
Growth miracle of Newly Industrialised countries: Taiwan, South Korea, and Singapore .

Unit-4
Role of State in economic development (regulatory and developmental role) : USA, USSR, China and
Japan
Lesson for India from the growth experience of these countries.
References
WHB Court: A concise economic History of Britain
R Floud,McCloskey D: The economic History of Britain since 1700
GC Allen1867-1937:A short economic History of modern Japan
JW Hall,Peter Duus :The Cambridge History of Japan
FG Walett: An economic History of the USA
Stuart Kirby: An Introduction to Economic History of China.
Marvice Dobb(1977) Sonit economic development since 1917 6 th Edition, Rutledge & kegan Paul.
W.W.Lockwood(1966),Economic Development of Japan, Expanded edition, Princeton University press.
Chalmers Johnson(1982),MITTI and the Japanese Miracle: The Growth of Industrial Policy 1925-1975,
Stanford University Press.
Alec Nove(1969)An economic History of USSR, Penguin,1969.
10(1371)

URDU (ELECTIVE)
Outlines of Test
B.A. Part-II
(3rd Semester)
Paper-I Max. Marks: 100
10(1372)
Time: 3 Hours
(a) Poetry: Explanation of Verses 40 Marks
(b) Prose: Explanation of Passage 25 Marks
(c) Afsana: Explanation of Passage 20 Marks
(d) Translation of an unseen passage from English into Urdu 15 Marks
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
(i) Naya Urdu Nisaab, Published by Educational Book House, A M U Market, Aligarh- U P.
Poetry- Ghazals only
(ii) Naya Urdu Nisaab, Published by Educational Book House, A M U Market, Aligarh- U P.
Prose- First 10 lessons
(iii) ‘Mere Behatarin Afsane’ by Munshi Prem Chand, available from Maktaba Jamia, Urdu Bazar, Delhi-
6.
(iv) Translation of an unseen passage from English into Urdu (No Book Recommended).

URDU (ELECTIVE)
Outlines of Test
B.A. Part-II
(4th Semester)
Paper-I Max. Marks: 100
10(1373)
Time: 3 Hours
(a) Poetry: Explanation of Verses 40 Marks
(b) Prose: Explanation of Passage 25 Marks
(c) Afsana: Explanation of Passage 20 Marks
(d) Translation of an unseen passage from English into Urdu 15 Marks
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
(i) Naya Urdu Nisaab, Published by Educational Book House, A M U Market, Aligarh- U P.
Poetry- Qaseedas, Masnavis, Marasi and Nazms.
(ii) Naya Urdu Nisaab, Published by Educational Book House, A M U Market, Aligarh- U P.
Prose- Last ten Lessons
(iii) ‘Mere Behatarin Afsane’ by Munshi Prem Chand, available from Maktaba Jamia, Urdu Bazar, Delhi-
6.
(iv) Translation of an unseen passage from English into Urdu (No Book Recommended).

SYLLABI, COURSES OF READING AND SCHEME OF
EXAMINATION FOR
ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF PROFICIENCY IN GERMAN
There would be three written papers i.e. I, II and III of three hours duration and
100 marks each and Paper IV Viva-voce (dictation, reading and conversation) of
100 mark, totaling 400 marks.
Paper I: Grammar and Written Expression 80+20* (*Int. Assessment)
a. Applied Grammar 20
b. Essay or letter 20
c. Translation from German into
English or Hindi 10
d. Translation from English/Hindi
into German 10
c. Comprehension 20
Prescribed Text book: Sprachkurs 3.
Paper II: Introduction to German literature 80+20* (*Int. Assessment)
a. History of German literature 20
1) Romanticism
2) Enlightenment
b. Drama 20
1) Besuch der alten Dame. Duerrenmatt
c. Prose 20
1. Bahnwaerter Thiel. Hauptmann
d. Poem 20
1. 1mNebel. H Hesse
Paper III History of Germany 80+20* (*Int. Assessment)
a. Reformation and 30 Year war. 16
b. Unification of Germany in 1871 16
c. Germany between 1871 and 1919 16
d. Germany between 1919 and 1933 16
e. World war 11. 16
Prescribed Text book: Aus deutscher Vergangenheit.
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper IV Viva-voce (dictation, reading and conversation)
Note:- The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 35% marks in each paper i.e. I, II,.III and IV.
(b) 40% marks in aggregate.
10(1374)

Certificate of Proficiency in German
Paper I
Grammar and Written Expression
M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment) Time3 hours.
1. Basic elements of grammar as covered in the prescribed text book, such as 40
a) Wo, woher, wohin
b) Wer, was, wie.
c) Wie viel, wie viele, wie lange, Uhrzeiten..
d) Akkusativ, einen, keinen, doch usw.
e) Modalverben.
f) Wenn, weil, wann, warum.
g) Dativ
h) Praepositionen mit Akkusativ und Dativ wie aus, bei, durch, fuer usw.
i) Perfekt mit haben und sein.
2.Comprehension of two texts with questions to be answered on it in German (From
the text book) 10x 2=20
3. Translation (English into German) 05
4. Translation (German into English) 05
5 A short essay on topics like meine Stadt, meine Universitaet, eine Reise, ein Ausflug
usw.
10
Prescribed Text Book
Deutsch als Fremdsprache, IA (BNS 1A)
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(4) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(5) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(6) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper-II Viva Voce
100
The students will he examined by an external examiner. The students will be asked questions in
German on day to day life.
Note: - The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 28% marks in each paper i.e. I & II
(b) 40% marks in aggregate.
10(1375)

Diploma of Proficiency in German
Paper I
Grammar and Written Comprehension
Time: 3 Hours M.M. 80+20* (Int. Assessment)
1, Gammar 40
a) Nominativ, Akkusativ, Dativ.
b) Modalverben (present tense and past tens)
c) Perfekt mit haben und sein.
d) Praeteritum.
e) Passiv.
f) Praepositionen.
g) Adjektivendungen.
2. Two comprehensions (From the Text book)
Prescribed Text Book
Deutsch als Fremdsprache 1B(BNS 1B)
10(1376)
20x2 = 40
Paper II 80*20* (*Int. Assessment)
Paper II: Written Expression and Translation
1. Paragraph writing: Two topics are to be attempted out of four on topics such as ein Fest, eine
Reise, Schule, Universitaet usw. 10x2=20
2. Civilisation: Short questions on day to day life in Germany, Austria and Switzerland.
20
3. Translation: English to German. 20
4. Translation: German to English 20
Prescribed Text Book
Deutsch als Fremdsprache 1B(BNS 1B)
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(7) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(8) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(9) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper III: Viva-Voce 100
The students will be examined by an external examiner and are expected to answer all
questions in German.
Note:- The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 28 % marks in each paper i.e. I, II &.III
(b) 40 % marks in aggregate.

SYLLABI, COURSES OF READING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR
ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF PROFICIENCY IN FRENCH
There would be three written papers i.e. I, II and III of three hours duration and 100 marks each and Paper
IV Viva-voce (dictation, reading and conversation) of 100 marks, totaling 400 marks.
PAPER-I: GRAMMAR AND WRITTEN EXPRESSION M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment)
a. Applied Grammar 40 marks
b. Essay or letter 10 marks
c. Comprehension 10 marks
d. Translation from French to English 10 marks
e. Translation from English to French 10 marks
Prescribed Text-Book: Connexions-3 by Régine Mérieux et Yves Loiseau
PAPER-II: INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LITERATURE M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment)
Section-A (Novel) 20 marks
Antoine de Saint-Expupéry : Le Petit Prince
a. Victor Hugo : Demain dès l’aube
b. Baudelaire : Invitation au voyage
c. Apollinaire : Sous le pont Mirabeau
d. Jacques Prévert : Le Cancre
Section-B (Poetry) 15x2= 30 marks
Section-C (Drama) Extraits 15x2= 30 marks
a. Sartre : Huis Clos
b. Ionesco : La Cantatrice chauve
c. Samuel Beckett : En attendant Godot
d. Bernard-Marie Koltès : Combat de Nègre et de Chien
Instructions : The student is to answer one question out of two in Section A, and two questions out of
three in Section B and C.
COURSES OF READING:
1.Histoire de la littérature française: Lagarde et Michard
2.Histoire de la littérature française: Castex et Surer
PAPER-III: HISTORY AND CIVILIZATION OF FRANCE M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment)
Section-A
Long type questions to be asked on History of France from the prescribed text- book. Two questions to be
answered out of four: 15x2=30
Section- B
Long type questions to be asked on French Civilization from the prescribed text-book. Two questions to be
answered out of four: 15x2=30
Section-C
Short questions to be answered on different aspects of life in France: 20
10(1377)

COURSES OF READING:
1. Histoire de France par Jean Mathieu Hachette (Outils)
2. Civilisation progressive du français par Ross Steele :Clé international
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(10) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(11) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(12) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper- IV Viva-voce (dictation, reading and conversation) 100
In the conversation, the student is required to speak on any of the following topics:
a. La vie en ville/ au village
b. La France
c. Mon pays
d. La cuisine
e. Un pique-nique au bord de la mer
f. Mon acteur/Actrice/écrivain favori
g. Mes rêves
h. Un voyage
i. La vie au XXI e siècle
j. L’influence de la télévision/Radio/presse sur les jeunes
k. Le mariage
l. L’amour ou l’argent
m. Si j’étais….,j’ …
n. Les souvenirs de mon enfance
o. Les vacances en Inde
p. Une fête indienne
Note: The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 35 % marks in each paper I, II, III and IV.
(b) 40 % marks in aggregate
10(1378)

Certificate of Proficiency in French
Paper I
Grammar and Written Expression
M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment) Time 3 hours.
1. Basic elements of grammar as covered in the prescribed text book, such as 50
a) Determinants
b) Preposition
c) Adjective: demonstrative, interrogative and possessive.
d) Pronoun: Personal, possessive, demonstrative, interrogative
e) Present Tense
f) Past tense
g) Future tense
h) Imperfect tense
i) Adverb
j) Imperative
k) Comparative and superlative
2. Short questions on civilization: Short questions on day-to-day life in France i.e. names of cities, rivers,
mountains, periodicals, authors, important abbreviations, etc. are to be asked. 5
3. Translation (English to French) 5
4. Translation (French to English) 5
5. Comprehension 5
6. Paragraph writing 10
Prescribed Text Book
Connexions –I Didier
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper-II Viva Voce
100
The students will he examined by an external examiner. The students are expected to read simple
texts and express themselves in simple French on general questions.
Note:- The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 28% marks in each paper i.e. I& II.
(b) 40% marks in aggregate.
10(1379)

Diploma of Proficiency in French
Paper I
Grammar and Written Comprehension
M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment) Time 3 hours.
1. Basic elements of grammar covered in the text-book, such as
a) All the elements covered in C.O.P.
b) Pronouns
c) Future antérieur
d) Plus-que Parfait
e) Present conditional
f) Present subjective
g) Passive Voice
50
2. Two comprehensions
20x2 = 30
Prescribed Text Book
Connexions –II Didier
Paper II M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment)
Paper II: Written Expression and Translation
1. Paragraph writing: Two topics are to be attempted out of four 15x2 = 30
2. Civilisation: Short questions on day to day life in France 20
3. Translation: English to French 15
4. Translation: French to English 15
Prescribed Text Book
Connexions –II Didier
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(4) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(5) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(6) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper Ill: Viva-Voce 100
The students will be examined by an external examiner. The students are expected to read texts
and answer questions on the text. Moreover, they should be able to express themselves in French and give
their opinions on issues of general interest.
Note:- The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 28 % marks in each paper i.e. I, II & III
(b) 40% marks in aggregate.
10(1380)

fu/kZfjr ikB~;iqLrd
tqykbZ] 2011
chñ,ñ f}rh; o"kZ % r`rh; lsesLVj
fgUnh vfuok;Z
1- vfHkuo dkO; xfjek 35 vad
2- tgkt dk iaNh 40 vad
3- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl 15 vad
funsZ'k %&
10(1381)
iw.kk±d % 90
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 10 vad
le; % 3 ?k.Vs
1- izFke iz'u vfHkuo dkO; xfjek ikB~;iqLrd ls O;k[;k ds :i esa gksxkA bl iz'u esa pkj
vorj.k iwNs tk,axsA ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dks buesa ls nks dh lizlax O;k[;k fy[kuh gksxhA izR;sd
O;k[;k nl&nl vadksa dh gksxhA
2- fu/kZfjr dfo;ksa ds thou&ifjp; vkSj dfoRo ls lEcfU/kr rhu vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs
tk;saxsA ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dks buesa ls ,d iz'u dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA ;g iz'u fu/kZfjr
ikB~;iqLrd dh vuq'khyuh ij vk/kfjr gksxk vkSj iUnzg vadksas dk gksxkA
3- ^tgkt dk iaNh* miU;kl esa ls pkj vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dks ftuesa
ls nks iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u chl&chl vadksa dk gksxkA bl iqLrd ls
O;k[;k ugha iwNh tk,xhA ^tgkt dk iaNh* ds fy, fu/kZfjr vkyksP; fo"k; & ukedj.k dh
lkFkZdrk]
rkfÙod] uk;dRo] pfj=k&fp=k.k] mís';] euksoSKkfudrk] Hkk"kk&'kSyhA
4- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl vk/qfud dky ls nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dks buesa ls
,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA ;g iz'u iUnzg vadksa dk gksxkA fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl ds
fu/kZfjr vkyksP; fo"k; & vk/qfuddky dh ifjfLFkfr;ka] HkkjrsUnq;qxhu dkO;] f}osnh;qxhu
dkO;] Nk;koknh dkO;] izxfroknh dkO;] iz;ksxoknh dkO;] u;h dfork izo`fÙk;k¡A

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR MASTER OF PERFORMING ARTS
(5- YEAR INTEGRATED COURSE) PART – I
(TO TAKE EFFECT FROM 2011-12)
Paper Code Paper No. Name Of Paper Max Mark Time Allowed
I English (compulsory). 40+10(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
MPA-101 Paper-A 40+10(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours MPA-102
Paper-B 40+10(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
MPA-103 II Hindi (compulsory) 80+20(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
III & IV Any two of the following:
MPA-104 a) Music (vocal) Theory 40+10(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
Practical 120+30(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
MPA-105 b) Music (Instrumental)
(Sitar) Theory 40+10(Int+.Ass.) 3 Hours
Practical 120+30(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
MPA-106 c) Music (Instrumental)
(Tabla) Theory 40+10(Int+.Ass.) 3 Hours
Practical 120+30(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
MPA-107 d) Indian Classical Dance
(Kathak) Theory 40+10(Int+.Ass.) 3 Hours
Practical 120+30(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
Total: 600
10(1382)

COURES OF READING FOR MASTER OF PERFORMING ARTS
PART-I EXAMINATION (To take effect from 2011-2012)
Paper Code Paper No. Name Of Paper Max Mark Time Allowed
MPA-101 A English (compulsory). 40+10(Int.Ass.) 3 Hours
A. Chronicles of Time edited by Asha Kadiyan, Reader in English, M.D. University,
Rohatak.
(a) Following poems from Chronicles of Time: An Anthology of poems be deleted:
(i) “Leisure” by W.H. Davies.
(ii) “The Flute player of Brindaban” by Sarojini Naidu.
(iii) “The solider” by Sarojini Naidu.
B. The Pointed Vision: An anthology of short stories by Usha Bande and Krishan
Gopal. (Oxford University press, New Delhi, with following deletions and additions.).
Deletions:
(i). “The Saint and the Goblin”
(ii). “Happiness”
(iii). “Hands”
Additions to be made:
(i). Anton Chekhov’s “The Bet”
(ii). Rabindra Nath Tagore’s “the postmaster”
(iii). O.Henry’s “The gift of the magi”
C. Ideas Aglow edited by Dinesh Kumar and V.B.Abrol.
(b) following essays be deleted from ideas Aglow:
(i). “It’s question time’ by Jayant V. Narlikar
(ii). “An interview with Christian Barnard” by N. Ram.
(iii). “In humanisation of war” by Huck Gutman.
10(1383)

Scheme of Examination
Q 1. Explanation with reference to the context.
The candidate will be required to attempt two passages each (with in ternal choice),
one from the book of poems and the other from the collection of essays, Ideas Aglow.
10(1384)
(3+3=6 marks).
Q 2. Short-answer type question on poems (five question to be attempted
Out of the given eight).
OR
Four answer type questions will be set on the prescribed short-stories and for shortanswer
question will be set on the prescribed essays. The students will be required to
attempt any five out of the given eight questions.
(5 marks.)
Q.3. one essay-type question(with internal choice) will be set on each of the
prescribed texts A&B. students will be required to attempt one question each from
both the texts. (8x2=16 marks).
Q. 4. One essay type question (with internal choice, will be set on the book
Of essays). (8 marks).
Q.5. Item based on the exercises appended to the essays in text.
Paper Code: MPA-102
Paper-B
Max. Marks: 40+10
Time3 Hours
Text prescribed: A Remedial English grammar for foreign students by
F.T. Wood.
The following items be deleted from F.T. Wood’s book.
(i) Item Nos. 7: Tag Questions
8: Transformation

9: onfusion of adjective and adverbs
10:Aadverbial use of No. Not and None
13:The Prob-Word One
15: Redundant Pronouns and Preposition
16: The use of correlatives
18: Errors in the use of individual words; please and thank
You, Dates and Times’ greeting and solutions.
Q.1. Item based on the examples/exercises given in the prescribed text-book
of Grammar. (15 marks)
Q.2. Comprehension passages with five questions at the end).
Q.3. Paragraph
10(1385)
(10 marks)
The candidate will be required to write a paragraph on any one of the
Five given topics. (5marks)
Q.4. Letter/Application
(Student will be asked to write a letter or an Application. The question
Will be carry internal choice. (7 marks)
Q.5. Translation (from Hindi to English, of passage consisting to 6 to 8
Sentences). (5 marks)

fgUnh ¼vfuok;Z½
MPA-103 iw.kkZad 80$20
ikB~;iqLrd
funsZ’k%
10(1386)
le; % 3 ?k.Vs
1- ^izkphu ,oa e/;;qxhu dkO;* egf"kZ n;kuUn
fo’of|ky; }kjk izdkf’krA
2- ^x|&f’k[kj* dq#{ks= fo’ofo|ky; }kjk izdkf’krA
1- igyk iz’u ^izkphu ,oa e/; ;qxhu dkO;&laxzg*
uked dkO; ls O;k[;k ds :i esa gksxkA
ikB~;iqLrd esa fu/kkZfjr dfo;ksa esa ls fdUgha] pkj
dfo;ksa dh pkj O;k[;k,a iwNh tk,axhA ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa
dks muesa ls fdUgha nks dh lizlax O;k[;k dk gksxkA
izR;sd O;k[;k 6 vadksa dh gksxh vkSj iwjk iz’u 12
vadksa dk gksxkA
2- fdUgha nks dfo;ksa dk lkfgfR;d ifjp; iwNk tk,xk]
ftuesa ls ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dks ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA
bl iz’u ds fy, lkr vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- fu/kkZfjr dfo;ksa esa ls fdUgha nks ij ^vuq’khyu* esa
ls nks vkykspukRed iz’u iwNs tk,axsA ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa
dks fdlh ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA bl iz’u ds
fy, vkB vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
4- y?kqÙkjh iz’u nzqrikB esa fu/kkZfjr pkj dfo;ksa % vehj
[kqljks] fo|kifr] Hkw"k.k] ?kukuUn ij ikB~;iqLrd dh
^vuq’khyuh* esa ls gh ,d&,d iz’u vkFkZr~ pkj
iz’u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dks fdUgha nks
iz’uksa ds laf{kIr ¼izR;sd yxHkx 250 'kCnksa esa½
mÙkj nsus gksaxsA iz’u ifjp;kRed izd`fr ds gksaxsA
izR;sd iz’u pkj vadksa dk gksxk vkSj iwjk iz’u vkB
vadksa dk gksxkA

5- fu/kkZfjr dgkfu;ksa vkSj fucU/kdkjksa esa ls ,d&,d
lkfgfR;d ifjp; iwNk tk,xk] ftuesa ls ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa
dks izR;sd ls ,d&,d vorj.k dh lizlax O;k[;k
djuh gksxhA izR;sd O;k[;k 6 vadkssa dh gksxh vkSj
iwjk iz’u 12 vadksa dk gksxkA
6- fu/kkZfjr dgkfu;ksa vkSj fucU/kdkjksa esa ls ,d&,d
lkfgfR;d ifjp; iwNk tk,xk] ftuesa ls ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa
dks fdlh ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA bl iz’u ds
fy, 7 vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
7- fu/kkZfjr ys[kdksa esa ls fdUgha nks ij ^vuq’khyu* esa
ls nks vkykspukRed iz’u iwNs tk,axs] ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa dks
fdlh ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA bl iz’u ds fy, 8
vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
8- y?kwÙkjh iz’u nzqrikB esa fu/kkZfjr nks dgkfudkjksa]
eksgu jkds’k vkSj ekyrh tks’kh vkSj nks fucU/kdkjksa]
egkohjizlkn f}osnh vkSj ljnkj iw.kZ flag ij
ikB~;iqLrd dh ^vuq’khyu* esa ls ,d&,d iz’u
vFkkZr~ pkj iz’u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa
dks fdUgha nks iz’uksa ds laf{kIr ¼izR;sd yxHkx 250
'kCnksa esa ½ mÙkj nsus gksaxsA iz’u ifjp;kRed izd`fr
ds gksaxsA izR;sd iz’u pkj vadkssa dk gksxk vkSj iwjk
iz’u vkB vadksa dk gksxkA
9- vfUre iz’u O;kdj.k dk gksxk ftlds fy, 10
vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA blds vUrxZr orZuh] i;kZ;]
foykse] yksdksfDr vkSj eqgkojs] okD; ds fy, ,d
'kCn fu/kkZfjr gSA blesa 10 vfuok;Z oLrqfu"B iz’u
gksaxsA izR;sd iz’u ds fy, pky fodYi gksaxs] ftuesa
ls ,d 'kq) mÙkj nsuk gksxkA
10(1387)

MPA-104 (a)
Music (vocal)\
SYLLABUS AND COURES OF READING
Theory: The question paper will be divided in to three sections .The
Candidate will be required to attempt five questions in all, selecting
At least one question from each section. All questions will carry
Equal marks.
Max. Marks. 40+10
Time: 3 Hours
Section-A
(b) Historical study and detailed description of the ragas prescribed in
the syllabus.
(c) Ability to write the notations of Vilabit and Drut Khayala in the raga and Thekas with
Dugun in the Talas as prescribed in the syllabus.
Ragas: Yaman, Alhaiya-Bilawal, Kafi, Hamir, Vrindavani Sarang, Bhupali and Asawari.
Talas: Ektal, Sutal, Chautal,Jhaptal and Rupak.
Section –B
(a) Definition of the following:
Sangeet, swara, Saptak, Nad, Shruti, Raga, That, Vadi, Samvadi, Anuvadi, Vivadi,
Tali, Khali, Avartan, Khayal, Tarana, Alankar, Varna, Parmel Paraveeshak Raga,
Major Tone, Minor Tone.
(b) History of Music from Vedic period to 12 th century.
(c) Difference between margi and Deshi.
(d) Gayakon ke Gun-Dosh.
Section-C
(a) The Role Music in National Integration.
(b) Relationship of Folk and Classical Music.
(c) Contribution towards Music by the Following:-
(i) Pt. Vishnu Digambar Paluskar
(ii) Pt. V.N. Bhatkhande
(iii) Pt. Omkar Nath Thakur
10(1388)

(iv) Ustad Abdul Karim Khan
PRACTICAL
10(1389)
Max.Marks.120+30
Time: 30 to 40 Minutes
Note: Candidates will not be allowed to sing with Harmonium in the Examination. Tanpura
should be used for accompaniment.
(a) One Durt Khayal with Alap and Tanas in each of the Ragas prescribed in the syllabus.
(b) Any one choice Raga from the Prescribed Ragas.
(c) Two Vilambit Khayalas in primary style of Gayki in any of the Prescribed Ragas.
(d) One sargam Geet and one Lakshan Geet in any Prescribed Ragas and one Tarana in
any Prescribed Ragas.
(e) Five Alankars with Taal ( Dadra, Jhaptaal, Rupak).
(f) National Anthem on Harmonium.
(g) Ability to demonstrate Ektal, Chautul, Sultal, Jhatpal and Rupak with reciting bols by
hand in Thah and Dugun Layakaris and ability to play Teental and Dadra on Tabla.
(h) Analysis of any five film songs on the basis of compositions.
(i) Viva.
Music (Instrumental) (Sitar)
SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
Paper Code MPA-105 (b)
Theory: The question paper will be divided in to three sections .The candidate will be
required to attempt five question in all , selecting at least one question from
each section. All question will be carry equal marks .
Max. Marks. 40+10
Time: 3 Hours
Section-A
(a) Historical study and detailed description of the ragas prescribed in
the syllabus.

(b) Ability to write the notations of Maseet Khani and Raja Khani Gats in the raga and
Thekas with Dugun in the Talas as prescribed in the syllabus.
Ragas: Yaman, , Kafi Alhaiya-Bilawal, Varindavani Sarang, Bhupali , Asawari and Hamir
Talas: Ektal, Jhaptal, Rupak and Tilwara
(a) Definition of the following:
Section –B
Nad, Shruti, Gat, Jala, TodaRaga, That, Vadi, Samvadi, Anuvadi, Vivadi,
Soot,meend,Ghaseet, Zamzama, Nayak-Nayki, Sam and Khayal.
(b) Classification of Indian Instruments.
(c) History of Indian Music From Vedic period to 12 th century.
(d) Time theory in Indian Music.
Section-C
(b) Relationship towards of Folk and Clasical Music.
(c) Role of Media in the development of Indian Clasical Music.
(d) Vadkon ke Gun aur Dosh.
PRACTICAL
10(1390)
Max.Marks.120+30
Time: 30 to 40 Minutes
(a) one choice Raga from the prescribed Ragas in the syllabus.
(b) One Durt gat with Alaps , Toras and Jhalas in each of the prescribed Ragas in the
syllabus.
(c) Two slow gats extempore presentation.
(d) One gat in Rupak with Tal with tora in any Raga prescribed in the syllabus .
(e) Playing of National Anthem and capability to play at least five Alankars in all the
ragas in different Talas such Dadra Jhaptal, Rupak as prescribed in the syllabus.
(f) Ability to demonstrate Ektal, Chautul, Sultal, Jhatpal and Rupak with reciting bols
by hand in Thah and Dugun Layakaris and ability to play teental and Dadra on
Tabla.
(g) Viva.

Paper Code MPA-106 (c)
Music (Instrumental) (Tabla)
SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
Theory: The question paper will be divided in to three sections .The candidate will be
required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each section. All questions will be carry equal marks.
Definition of the following technical terms:
SECTION-A
10(1391)
Max. Marks. 40+10
Time: 3 Hours
Uthan, Palta, Kayada Rela, Mohara, Tigun, Peshkar, Tihai, Sangeet, Nad, Shruti, Swar
and Saptak.
SECTION-B
(a) The knowledge of Bhatkhande and Vishnu-Digamber Tal Lipi.
(b) Ability to write the following Essays:
(1) Importance of Music in life
(2) Rules of solo performance of Tabla
(3) Rules of accompaniments in Tabla.
SECTION-C
(a) Ability to write the prescribed talas in various difficult Layakaris just as Tigun and
Kuaad.
(b) Following life Sketches:
Kishan Maharaja, Kanthe Maharaja, Ahamed Jan Thirkava.

PRACTICAL
10(1392)
Max.Marks.120+30
Time: 30 to 40 Minutes
(a) Knowledge of showing by hand Dugun, Tigun, Chaugun of prescribed Talas.
(b) Ability to play on Tabla the following talas with their kinds Tukras, Two peshkars,
Four Adas and Paltas and few Tihaies and reals:
Rupak, Sultal, Deepchandi, Tivra.
(c) Ability to play with Lehaea.
(d) Ability to play withlight Music like Geet, Ghazal, Bhajan and Dhun.
(e) Ability to identify the various talas as prescribed in the sayllabus.
(f) Viva.
Paper Code MPA-107 (d)
Indian Classical Dance (Kathak)
SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
Theory: The question paper will be divided in to three sections .The candidate will be
required to attempt five questions in all, selecting at least one question from
each section. All questions will be carry equal marks.
SECTION-A
Max. Marks. 40+10
Time: 3 Hours
(a). History and development of ‘Kathak Dance’ from ancient to mugal period.
(b). Definition of the following:

theka, Tatkar, Thaat, Vandana, Amad, Tora, Paran, Chakkardar Paran, Kavit,
Gat, Laya, Matra, Sam, Tali-Khali, Vibhag, Avaratan and Tihai.
Section-B
(a). Knowledge of following
Griva Bhed, Drishti Bhed, Bhrakuti Bhed and Shiro Bhed According to
Abhinaya Darpan of Nadikishvara.
(b). Define the ‘Asamyukta Mudra’ and their use in Kathak Dance according to
abhinaya Darpan.
Section-C
(a). Detailed study of ‘Rasas’ and their performance in Kathak Dance.
(b). Survey and essential characteristic of Bharatnatyam and Manipuri Dance.
Section-D
(a). Historical background of folk dances of Haryana.
(b). Write essays on:
(i). Effect of costumes and Make-up in Kathak Dance.
(ii). Relation between Music and Dance.
(iii). Guru-shisya Parampra.
Section-E
(a). notation of the material of Teen-Taal, Jhaptaal, with tatkar and its kinds which
has given in practical.
(b) Definition of the following Tallas with its Thah, Dudgun, Tigubn and Chaugun
Layakaries:
Teentaal, Jhaptal, dadra, Kaherwa, Ektaal, Chautul.
PRACTICAL
Max.Marks.120+30
Time: 30 to 40 Minutes
(a) Practical demonstration of the following Teentaal.
(i). Tatkar in Thaah, Dugun, Chaugun, Chaugun Layakaries.
(ii). Ten Hand movements (Hastaka)
(iii). Thaat-2
(iv). Tehai-1
(v). Amad
(vi). Salami-1
(vii). Tora-6(4 simple and 2 Natwari)
(viii). Paran-2
10(1393)

(ix). Chakkardar Parran-1
(x). Two Gat Nikas
(b) Practical demonstration of the following in Jhatpal:
(i). Tatkar with its Thaah, Dugun, Chaugun, Chaugun Layakaries.
(ii). Thaat-1
(iii). Tehai-1
(iv). Amad
(v). Tora-2
(vi). Paran-1
(vii). Chakkardar Paran-1
(c) Pandant of whole matrial by hand in all Talas mentioned above.
(d) Playing of Talas on Hand as prescribed in the syllabus.
(e) Abhinaya on any one of the following: Vishnu,Saraswati, Guru Vandana.
(f) Abhinaya on any one of the of the following: Bhajan,Gatbhava-Panghat Leela,
Gatbhava-Holi Leela.
10(1394)

COURSE STRUCTURE
&
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
ACCORDING TO SEMESTER SYSTEM
Of
B.A. TOURISM AND TRAVEL MANAGEMENT (VOCATIONAL)
W.E.F. 2011-12
10(1395)

COURSE STRUCTURE OF B.A. IN TOURISM & TRAVEL MANAGEMENT (VOCATIONAL)
SEMESTER – I
Paper No. Paper title
Marks
Internal External
I Tourism Business 20 80
II International Tourism 20 80
TOTAL MARKS 200
Paper No.
SEMESTER – II
Paper title
Marks
Internal External
III Tourism Product of India (Natural) 20 80
IV Tourism Product of India (Cultural) 20 80
TOTAL MARKS 200
FIELD TRIP
SEMESTER – III
Paper No. Paper title
Marks
Internal External
V Geography of Tourism 20 80
VI Major Destination of India 20 50
Paper No.
FIELD – TRIP REPORT & VIVA-VOCE 30
TOTAL MARKS 200
SEMESTER – IV
Paper title
Marks
Internal External
VII Transport Management 20 80
VIII Impacts of Tourism 20 80
TOTAL MARKS 200
ON – THE- JOB – TRAINING
10(1396)

Paper No.
SEMESTER – V
Marks
Paper title Internal External
IX Travel Agency and Tour Operation Business 20 80
X Communication Skills and Personality Development 20 50
Paper No.
On – the – job training Report & Viva – Voce 30
TOTAL MARKS 200
Semester – VI
Paper title
Marks
Internal External
XI Haryana Tourism 20 80
XII Environment and Tourism 20 80
TOTAL MARKS 200
10(1397)

Paper-I (B.A. Vocational) Tourism & Travel
Objectives:
FIRST SEMESTER
TOURISM BUSINESS
10(1398)
Internal Marks 20
External Marks 80
Duration: 3 hours
The primary purpose of the paper is to acquaint the students about the basic and preliminary knowledge of
the terms, concepts, systems and trends in tourism. It will form the first step to move forward to interact
with the advanced knowledge pertaining to tourism.
Mode of Paper Setting:
The examiner shall set ten questions selecting two questions from each unit. The student shall be required
to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT – I: Understanding Tourism
● Meaning and Nature of Tourism
●The historical Perspective of Tourism
● The economic, social and cultural significance of tourism
UNIT – II: Main Concepts and Terminology in Tourism
● Tourism, tourist, Excursionist, Tourism Market
● Tourism Resources, Tourism Product, Destination
● Recreation, Pleasure, Relaxation
UNIT – III: Trends in Tourism
● Trends and Patterns in International Tourism
● Factors responsible for growth and development of international tourism

● Motivations in tourism
UNIT – IV: Facilitators of Tourism
●Transportation: Types and Relevance in Tourism
● Accommodation: Types and Relevance in Tourism
UNIT – V: Studying Tourism
● Tourism Education and its Significance for Tourism Business Growth
● Professionalism – Key to Tourism Growth
REFERENCES
- Anand, M.M., Tourism and hotel Industry in India, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1976
- Bhatia, A. K., International Tourism, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi
- Bhatia, A. K., Tourism development: Principles, Practices and Philosophies, Sterling Publishers,
New Delhi.
- Burkart A. & Medlik S., Tourism: Past, Present and Future, Heinemann Professional
Publishing.
- Goeldner, Charles & Brent Ritchie, J.R., 2006 Tourism: Principles, Practices,
Philosophies, Wiley India
- McIntosh, Robert, W. Goldner, Charles, Tourism: Principles, Practices and Philosophies, John
Wiley and Sons Inc. New York, 1990 (9th edition)
- Mill, Robert Christie and Alastair M. Morrison, The Tourism System, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice
Hall, 1985
- Negi, J.M.S., Tourism and Travel- Concepts and principles, Gitanjali Publishing house, New Delhi,
1990
- Robinson, H.A., Geography of Tourism, Mc Donald and Evans, London, 1976
- Seviam, M., Tourism Industry in India, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay, 1989
- Kaul, R.N., Dynamics of Tourism: A Trilogy, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi
- Peters, M., International Tourism, Hutchinson, London
10(1399)

Paper-II(B.A. Vocational)Tourism & Travel
Objectives:
INTERNATIONAL TOURISM
10(1400)
Internal Marks 20
External Marks 80
duration: 3 hours
The paper provides a comprehensive view of the tourism trends and patterns at the international level. The
trends are to be studied through volume of tourists’ arrivals in different regions and their contribution in
tourism earnings. The knowledge of the forces and factors responsible for tourism growth is other area of
discussion in the paper. Since tourism growth is not uniform in all the regions, the issues like tourism gap
or disparities form another key area of knowledge for the students. The paper is primarily based on the
statistics available at various websites.
Mode of paper setting:
The examiner shall set ten questions selecting two questions from each unit. The candidates shall attempt
five questions in all selecting one question from each unit.
Teaching Practices: Class room lectures, Assignments, Cases, Discussions and Seminars
Course contents
Unit – I
Types of International tourism – inbound and outbound tourism
Factors responsible for the growth of inbound and outbound tourism
Unit – II
Trends (in terms of tourist arrivals and tourism receipts) in inbound tourism at the global level
Trends in outbound tourism at global level
Unit – III
Inbound and outbound tourism trends in Europe, Americas, and Africa regions.
Unit – IV

Inbound and outbound tourism trends in East-Asia Pacific; Middle – East; South Asia regions.
Unit – V
Concept of tourism Gap
Factors responsible for tourism gap
Problems and challenges before international tourism like climate change, terrorism and ethical
issues.
References
Goeldner, C.R. & Brent Ritchie, 2006 (Wiley Student Edition) J.R. Tourism: Principle, Practices
and Philosophy.
Poon, Auliana.2002. Tourism, Technology and Competitive Strategies. Cabi International
www.unwto.org.in
www.wttc.nic.in
Lonely Planet Guides
Travel Information Manuals, Cross Section Publications.
10(1401)

Paper-III (B.A. Vocational) Tourism & Travel
Objectives:
SECOND SEMETER
TOURISM PRODUCTS OF INDIA (NATURAL)
10(1402)
Internal Marks 20
External Marks 80
duration: 3 hours
Tourism begins with the motivation to visit attractions at destinations. The attractions may be
natural or man made (cultural). The natural attraction such as mountains, hills, forests with wild
animals, coastal areas and islands are attracting all. India is seventh largest country with rich
diversity of natural tourist resources. It is very necessary for the students of tourism to know about
these tourist products. This course will help the students to give an insight about the rich natural
tourist products of India.
Unit-I India: General introduction, states & capitals, physiographic units, seasons and climatic
regions & their impacts on tourism. Natural vegetation & wild animals of India & wild life
tourism, India: a destination for all reasons & seasons.
Unit-II The Northern Mountains: General introduction of the Himalayas & other ranges, their
importance for religious, hill station & adventure tourism. A case study of Sri Nagar,
Shimla, Nainital, Darjeeling & Gangtok.
Unit-III The Central Plains: General introduction of deserts & central plains. Their importance for
cultural, religious & adventure tourism. A case study of Amritsar, Jaipur, Delhi, Lucknow,
Kolkata.
Unit-IV The Peninsula: General features of Indian peninsula with their tourism significance. A case
study of Bhopal, Khajuraho, Hyderabad, Banglore, Ooty

Unit-V The coastal plains and islands: General features of coastal regions, their importance for
religious, cultural & beach tourism. A case study of Mumbai, Goa, Cochin, Chennai,
Andaman & Nicobar.
REFERENCES:
- Ahmad, Aizaz: General Geography of India, NCERT, New Delhi
- Goh Cheong Long: An Economics Atlas of India, Oxford University.
- National Atlas of India, Govt. of India Publication, Calcutta 1997.
- Atlas of World Oxford Press, New Delhi.
- Singh, R.L.(ed) India: A Regional Geography National Geographical Society of India, Varanasi, 1989.
- Manorama Year Book 2009
- India Year Book 2009, Publication Division. Govt. of India, New Delhi
- Tourism Planner
- Tour Brochures etc.
- Lonely Planet – India
- Kumar, Ravi Bhushan: Coastal Tourism & Environment, AOH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi
- Pilgrimage in India, R.N.Pillai
- Kohli, M.S.: Mountaineering in India, Vikas Publishing House, and New Delhi.
10(1403)

Paper-IV (B.A. Vocational) Tourism & Travel
Objective:
TOURISM PRODUCT OF INDIA (CULTURAL)
10(1404)
Internal Marks 20
External Marks 80
duration: 3 hours
Since there exist a strong relationship between tourism and culture and more so in case of India, it
becomes essential for the student of tourism to have first hand information of Indian culture and to
understand its significance for tourism. The paper gives a basic understanding of the concept of culture and
that too in the Indian context.
Mode of Paper Setting: The examiner shall set ten questions selecting two questions from each unit. The
student shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question from each unit.
Unit – I: Introduction to Culture
� Culture: Concept and its essential Features
� Indian Culture: Fundamentals of Indian Culture; Indian culture through the ages
� Culture and tourism relationship with special reference to India
Unit – II: Indian Architecture – I
� Buddhist Architecture: Ajanta, Ellora and Sanchi
� Hindu Architecture: Khajuraho temples, Sun temple of Konark, Shore temple of Mamallpuram and
Brihadisvara temple at Thanjavur
Unit – III: Indian Architecture – II
� Medieval Architecture: Taj Mahal, Red Fort of Delhi, Fatehpur Sikri and Qutub Minar
� Modern Architecture: Gate Way of India, Bom Jesus Church in Old Goa, Bahai’s Lotus temple
in Delhi
Unit – IV: Dances and Music of India

� Classical Dances of India
� Classical Music of India
Unit – V Major Fairs and festivals of India and their significance for tourism
Holi, Dussehra, Diwali, Baisakhi, Pongal, Bihu, Desert festival – Jaisalmer, Surajkund Craft fair,
International Trade Fair - New Delhi,
- REFERENCES:
- Gupta, S.P.et.al 2002, Cultural Toursim in India, D.K. Printworld, New Delhi
- Upadhyaya, B.S. 1989, (reprint), Feeders of Indian Culture People,s Publishing House.
- Sharma, Chandradhar, 1991 (reprint), A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy Moti Lal Banarasi Das
Publishers, Delhi
- Basham, A.L. 1985 (reprint) The Wonder That was India Rupa & Co., Delhi
- Sivaramamurti, C.2002 (reprint) Indian Painting, National Book Trust, Delhi
- Krishana Deva, 2002 (reprint) Temples of North India. National Book Trust, Delhi
- Pande, G.C. 1990 (2 nd ed.) Foundations of Indian Culture, 2 vols. Moti Lal Banarasi Das Publishers,
Delhi
- Radhakrishnan, S. 1999 (Oxford India Paperbacks), Indian Philosophy, 2 vols. Oxford university
press, New Delhi
- Hay,Stephen (Ed.) 1992, Sources of Indian Tradition, 2 vols, Penguin Books, Delhi
- Deshpande, Satish 2003, Contemporary India : A Sociological View, Penguin Books, Delhi
- Raju, P.T. 1985 Structural Depths of Indian Thought. South Asian Publishers, New Delhi
- Malik, S.C. Understanding Indian Civilization. Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla
- Yogendra Singh, 1997. Social Stratification and Change in India. Manohar New Delhi. The
observation made in the Human Development Report provides lose linkage regarding
establishment of relationship between economic development and cultural growth.
- Banerji, S.C. 1993. Society in Ancient India, D.K. Printword (P) Ltd., New Delhi Abid Hussain, S. 2003
(reprint) The National Cultural of India. National Book Trust, Delhi.
- Dube, Dina Nath, 1993, Bharat Ke Durg, Publication Division, Ministry of Information & Broad
Casting, Govt. of India, New Delhi
- Samson, Leela, 2002. The joy of Classical Dances of India, National Book Trust, India, New Delhi
- Thomas, P. 1990, Chruches in India, Publication Division, May IPB, GOI, New Delhi
- Desai, Ziyud- din, 1986, Indo-Islamic Architecture, Publication Division, GOI
- Aspects of Indian Music, 2006, Publication Division GOI, New Delhi.
10(1405)

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-V
BBI-III-Insurance Management-I
10(1406)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Introduction: Savings and investment schemes like shares, units, capital markets, mutual funds, etc.
vis-a-vis insurance; Tax benefits under insurance policies; Life cycle needs-including solutions, matching of
the customers needs and requirements to available products;
Unit-II : Comparison between different products offered vis-a-vis chargeable premium and coverage.
Computation of Premium/Bonuses: Premium calculation-including rebates, mode rebate, large-sum
assured policies rebate; Extra premium; Under premiums; Computation of benefits; Surrender value; Paidup
value.
Unit-III: Insurance Documents: Insurance documents, including proposal forms and other relevant forms;
First premium receipt/ renewal premium receipt; Policy contract; Endorsements; Renewal notice/bonus
notices; other insurance documents related to receipt.
Suggested Readings
1. Mishra M.N.: Insurance Principles and Practice; S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
2. Insurance Regulatory Development Act 1999 and other relevant Acts.
3. Life Insurance Corporation Act 1956.
4. Gupta O.S.: Life Insurance; Frank Brothers, New Delhi.
5. Vinayakam N., Radhaswamy and Vasudevan SV; Insurance Principles and Practice, S. Chand &
Co.; New Delhi.
6. Mishra M.N., Life Insurance Corporation of India, Vols I, II & III; Raj Books, Jaipur.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-VI
BBI-III-Insurance Management-II
10(1407)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Life Insurance Products: Traditional Unit Linked Policies; Individual and Group Policies; with-profit
and without-profit polices; Different types of insurance products-Whole life products, interest sensitive
products, term- assurance annuities, Endowment; Assurance. Options and Guarantees.
Unit-II: Group Insurance and Pension Plans, Health Related insurance, Consumer Protection Act 1986,
Income Tax Act.
UNIT-III: Married Women's Property Act, and Contract Act as relevant to the conduct of Insurance
business.
Suggested Readings
1. Mishra M.N.: Insurance Principles and Practice; S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
2. Insurance Regulatory Development Act 1999 and other relevant Acts.
3. Life Insurance Corporation Act 1956.
4. Gupta O.S.: Life Insurance; Frank Brothers, New Delhi.
5. Vinayakam N., Radhaswamy and Vasudevan SV; Insurance Principles and Practice, S. Chand &
Co.; New Delhi.
6. Mishra M.N., Life Insurance Corporation of India, Vols I, II & III; Raj Books, Jaipur.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-V
BBI-IV-Commercial Bank Management-I
10(1408)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Principles of Banking: Definition of bank; Creation of money; Present structure of commercial
banking system in India; Brief history; Functions; Working during 1947-1990 and thereafter.
Unit-II: Management Principles in Banks: Managerial functions in banks; Hierarchy, individual and group
behaviour; Management of personnel -Functions of manager, inspector, local advisory committee;
Recruitment; Selection; Training; Promotion; Control of staff.
Unit-III: Management of Deposits and Advances: Deposit mobilization; Classification and nature of deposit
accounts; Advances; Lending practices; Types of advances; Principles of sound bank lending; Preparation of
reports; Credit plans; Planning customers; Limits of credit; security.
Suggested Readings
1. Tandan ML: Banking -Law and Practice in India; lndian Law House, New Delhi.
2. Radhaswami M. and Basudevan A: Textbook of Banking; S. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
3. Panikar K.K: Banking -Theory & System: So Chand & Co. New Delhi.
4. Vinayakan N: Banking by 2000 A.D; Kanishka Publishers, Delhi.
5. Jessup P.F: Innovations in Bank Management.
6. Reed E.W: Commercial Bank Management.
7. Desai Vasant: Principles of Bank Management.
8. Khubchandan B.S.: Practice and Law of Banking; Macmillan, New Delhi.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-VI
BBI-IV-Commercial Bank Management-II
10(1409)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Investment Management: Nature of bank investment; Liquidity and profitability
Preparation of cheques; Bills; Endorsement; Government securities;
Unit-II: Documents of title to goods: railway-receipt; Bill of lading; Book debts; Securities - Government and
commercial.
Unit-III: Management of Finance: Bank accounts; Records; Reports; Statement of advances; Evaluation of
loan applications; Profit and loss account;
Balance sheet and statutory reports regarding cash revenue.
Suggested Readings
1. Tandan ML: Banking -Law and Practice in India; lndian Law House, New Delhi.
2. Radhaswami M. and Basudevan A: Textbook of Banking; S. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
3. Panikar K.K: Banking -Theory & System: So Chand & Co. New Delhi.
4. Vinayakan N: Banking by 2000 A.D; Kanishka Publishers, Delhi.
5. Jessup P.F: Innovations in Bank Management.
6. Reed E.W: Commercial Bank Management.
7. Desai Vasant: Principles of Bank Management.
8. Khubchandan B.S.: Practice and Law of Banking; Macmillan, New Delhi.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-V
BBI-V-Merchant Banking and Financial Services-I
10(1410)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I : Merchant Banking: Functions; Scope; Merchant banking in India; SEBI guidelines for merchant
bankers.
Role of Merchant Bankers in Fund Raising: Managing public issue; Public issue programme; Alternative to
public issue; Private placement; Raising public deposits.
Unit-II: Credit Rating: Introduction; Instruments; Benefits; Rating methodology; Cautions;;Types of rating.
Project Appraisal: Project life cycle; Evaluation; Social cost benefit analysis; Capital cost and financial
projections.
Unit-III: Long Term Finance & Working Capital Finance: Term loans; Working capital loans; Maximum
permissible bank finance; Factoring and forfaiting.
Lease Financing and Decisions: Concept; Types of leases; Leasing decisions; Evaluation of leases.
Suggested Readings
1. Khan M.Y. & Jain P.K: Financial Management; Text and Problems, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Pandey I.M: Financial Management; Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Verma J.C: A Manual of Merchant Banking; Sharat Law House, New Delhi.,
4: Pahwa H.P.S; Project Financing: Bharat Law House, New Delhi.
5. Khan M.Y: Financial Services; Tata McGraw Hill. New Delhi.
6: Rustagi R.P: Financial Managemenl- Theory Concepts and Problems - Incorporating the Emerging
Trends in Capital Market; Galgotia, New Delhi.
7. Machiraju H.R: Merchant Banking Principles and Practice; New Age International, New Delhi.
8. Pezzullo Mary Ann: Marketing Financial Services; Macmillan, New Delhi.
9. Merrill Mary P.: Financial Planning in the Bank; Macmillan, New Delhi.
10. Gupta Shashi K. Financial Services, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-VI
BBI-V-Merchant Banking and Financial Services-II
10(1411)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Mutual Funds: Introduction; Classification; Mutual funds in India.
Portfolio management- introduction, principles, steps, qualifications, and obligations; Responsibilities of
portfolio manager.
Unit-II: Venture capital -introduction, scope, steps to provide venture capital, mode of funding.
Mergers and Acquisitions: Need, types of mergers; Financial, legal and human considerations in mergers
and acquisitions; Effectiveness of mergers and acquisitions.
Unit-III: Depository and Custodial Services: Depository -introduction, concept, constitution of depository
system; Functioning of depository system; Depository system in India; Custodial services -meaning;
Registration; Obligations and responsibilities of custodians; Code of conduct.
Suggested Readings
1. Khan M.Y. & Jain P.K: Financial Management; Text and Problems, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Pandey I.M: Financial Management; Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Verma J.C: A Manual of Merchant Banking; Sharat Law House, New Delhi.,
4: Pahwa H.P.S; Project Financing: Bharat Law House, New Delhi.
5. Khan M.Y: Financial Services; Tata McGraw Hill. New Delhi.
6: Rustagi R.P: Financial Managemenl- Theory Concepts and Problems - Incorporating the Emerging
Trends in Capital Market; Galgotia, New Delhi.
7. Machiraju H.R: Merchant Banking Principles and Practice; New Age International, New Delhi.
8. Pezzullo Mary Ann: Marketing Financial Services; Macmillan, New Delhi.
9. Merrill Mary P.: Financial Planning in the Bank; Macmillan, New Delhi.
10. Gupta Shashi K. Financial Services, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-V
BBI-VI-Fundamentals of Insurance-I
10(1412)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Introduction to Insurance: Purpose and need of insurance; Insurance as a social security tool;
Insurance and economic development. Fundamentals of Agency Law: Definition of an agent; Agents
regulations; Insurance intermediaries; Agents compensation.
Unit-II: Procedure for Becoming an Agent: Pre-requisite for obtaining a license; Duration of license;
Cancellation of license; Revocation or suspension/termination of agent appointment; Code of conduct;
Unfair practices.
Unit-III: Functions of the Agent: Proposal form and other forms for grant of cover; Financial and medical
underwriting; Material information.
Suggested Readings
1. Mishra M.N.: Insurance Principles and Practices; S. Chand and Co, New Delhi.
2. Insurance Regulatory Development Act 1999.
3. Life Insurance Corporation Act 1956.
4. Gupta OS: Life Insurance; Frank Brothers, New Delhi.
5. Vinayakam N., Radhaswamy and Vasudevan SV; Insurance- Principles and practice, S. Chand
and Co., New Delhi.
6. Mishra MN: Life Insurance Corporation of India, Vols I, II & III; Raj Books, Jaipur.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-VI
BBI-VI-Fundamentals of Insurance-II
10(1413)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Nomination and assignment; Procedure regarding settlement of policy claims.
Company Profile: Organizational set-up of the company .Promotion strategy; Market share;
Important activities; Structure; Product.
Unit-II: Actuarial profession; Product pricing-actuarial aspects; Distribution channels.
Fundamentals/Principles of Life Insurance/ Marine /Fire/Medical /General Insurance: Contracts of
Various kinds; Insurable Interest.
Unit-III: Insurance Act 1938, LIC Act 1956, Insurance Regulatory & Development Authority Act 1999,
Ombudsman Scheme.
Suggested Readings
1. Mishra M.N.: Insurance Principles and Practices; S. Chand and Co, New Delhi.
2. Insurance Regulatory Development Act 1999.
3. Life Insurance Corporation Act 1956.
4. Gupta OS: Life Insurance; Frank Brothers, New Delhi.
5. Vinayakam N., Radhaswamy and Vasudevan SV; Insurance- Principles and practice, S. Chand
and Co., New Delhi.
6. Mishra MN: Life Insurance Corporation of India, Vols I, II & III; Raj Books, Jaipur.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-V
BBI-VII-Indian Banking System-I
10(1414)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Indian Banking System: Structure and organization of banks; Reserve Bank of India; Apex banking
institutions; Commercial banks; Regional rural banks; Co-operative banks.
Unit-II: Development banks, Banking Sector Reforms, State Bank of India: Brief history; Objectives;
Functions; Structure and organizations; Working and progress.
Unit-III: Banking Regulation Act, 1949: History; Social control; Banking Regulation Act as applicable to
banking companies and public sector banks.
Suggestion Readings
1. Basu A.K: Fundamentals of Banking-Theory and Practice; A. Mukheljee and Co., Calcutta.
2. Sayers R.S: Modern Banking; Oxford University Press.
3. Panandikar S.G. and Mithani D.M: Banking in India; Orient Longman.
4. Reserve Bank of India: Functions and Working.
5. Dekock: Central Banking; Crosby Lockwood Staples, London.
6. Tennan M.L: Banking -Law and Practice in India; India Law House, New Delhi.
7. Khubchandani B.S.: Practice and Law of Banking; Macmillan, New Delhi.
8. Shekhar and Shekhar: Banking Theory and Practice; Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
BANKING & INSURANCE
Semester-VI
BBI-VII-Indian Banking System-II
10(1415)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 90
Internal Assessment : 10
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I: Banking Regulation Act as applicable to Co-operative banks. Regional Rural and Co-operative Banks
in India: Functions; Role of regional rural and cooperative banks in rural India; Progress and performance.
Unit-II: Reserve Bank of India: Objectives; Organization; Functions and Working;
Unit-III: Monetary policy; Credit control measures and their effectiveness. Indian Banking System vis-a-vis
British and American Banking System.
Suggestion Readings
1. Basu A.K: Fundamentals of Banking-Theory and Practice; A. Mukheljee and Co., Calcutta.
2. Sayers R.S: Modern Banking; Oxford University Press.
3. Panandikar S.G. and Mithani D.M: Banking in India; Orient Longman.
4. Reserve Bank of India: Functions and Working.
5. Dekock: Central Banking; Crosby Lockwood Staples, London.
6. Tennan M.L: Banking -Law and Practice in India; India Law House, New Delhi.
7. Khubchandani B.S.: Practice and Law of Banking; Macmillan, New Delhi.
8. Shekhar and Shekhar: Banking Theory and Practice; Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
SEMESTER-V
BEc-III: Fundamentals of E-Commerce-I
10(1416)
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I
Introduction to E-Commerce: Concept of WAP, Mobile computing framework, Technological foundation of
WAP: wireless delivery technology & switching method, mobile data internetworking standards: CDMA,
TDMA, mobile information access devices
Unit-II
WAP vs. e-commerce, WAP vs. traditional business operations, global growth projections,
Unit-III
M-Commerce operations: In banking, stock market, trading and shopping, current and emerging issues in
m-commerce,
REFERENCES:
1. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Prateek: WAP the Net: An introduction to Wireless
Application Protocol; Macmillan India Ltd. New Delhi
2. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Prateek: M-Commerce; Macmillan India Ltd. New Delhi
3. Daman Andy: The Essential Guide to Wireless Communication Applications ; Pearson Education
Asia ( Low Price Edition)
4. Schiller Jochen: Mobile Communication ; Addison-Wesley(Low Price Edition)

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
SEMESTER-VI
BEc-III-Fundamentals of E-Commerce-II
10(1417)
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Then attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I
Application in wireless internet environment, location based application, independent application, business
application, advantages of m-commerce
Unit-II
Security issues in m-commerce, wireless internet environment and WAP environment, security of data
during transmission at WAP gateway or proxy server
Unit-III
Types of security threats, security tools, and legal protection to m-commerce.
REFERENCES:
1. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Prateek: WAP the Net:An introduction to Wireless
Application Protocol; Macmillan India Ltd. New Delhi
2. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Prateek: M-Commerce; Macmillan India Ltd. New Delhi
3. Daman Andy: The Essential Guide to Wireless Communication Applications ; Pearson Education
Asia ( Low Price Edition)
4. Schiller Jochen: Mobile Communcation ; Addison-Wesley(Low Price Edition)

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
SEMESTER-V
BEc-IV-Principles of E-marketing-I
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I
Introduction: Nature and scope of marketing; Importance of marketing-as a business function, and in the
economy; Traditional marketing concept; Concept of E-marketing; E-marketing environment.
Unit-II
Consumer behavior and market segmentation: Consumer behaviour-Nature,Concept;Importance;Major
factors affecting consumer behavior; Market segmentation-concept and importance; bases for market
segmentation.
Unit-III
Building Traffic: Promotion-Online promotion on the web site, listing on search engine; banners; link
exchange programmed; affiliate programmed; referral programmed; directory listing; Building trust
branding;navigation;presentation;fulfillment;logos of security; up-to-date technology; Building loyalty.
REFERENCES
1. Agarwala Kamlesh N.,Agarwala Prateek and Agarwala Deeksha:e-CRM;Macmillan India Ltd,New
Delhi.
2. Kotler Philip:Marketing Management;Prentice Hall,New Delhi.
3. Pride William M. and Ferrel O.C:MarketinG;Houghton-Miffin Boston.
4. Staton W.J.,Etzel Michael J.,andWalker BruceJ.;Fundamentals of marketing;McGraw Hill,NewDelhi.
5. Lamb Charles W.,Hair Joseph F., AND McDaniel Carl:Principles of Marketing,South-Westren-
Publishing;Cincinnati,Ohio.
6. Cundiff,EdwardW.and Still R.R:Basic Marketing-Concepts,Decision and Strategies;Prentice
Hall,NewDelhi.
7. Cravens David W.,Hills Gerald E,Woodruff RobertB.:Marketing Management;Homewood,III,Richard
D.Irwin.
8. Kotler and Armstrong :Principles of Marketing;Prentice-Hall Of India, NewDelhi.
10(1418)

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
SEMESTER-VI
BEc-IV: Principles of E-marketing-II
10(1419)
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Attempt any four questions from the question paper.
Unit-I
Product: Concept of product; products owing existence to the Net –e-mail; electronic greetings; chat
software; consumer goods and industrial goods; product life cycle; product planning and development;
packaging-role of functions; E-branfing.
Unit-II
e-CRM(e-customer relationship management): e-CRM-concept and role; organization structure for e-CRM;
key technology; components of e-CRM; change management and e-CRM
Unit-III
Customer service: order fulfillment- concept of customer service in web environment; order fulfillment;
customer care programs; pre- sale and post-sale customer service; customer redressal policy; privacy and
confidentiality of customer information
REFERENCES
1. Agarwala Kamlesh N.,Agarwala Prateek and Agarwala Deeksha:e-CRM;Macmillan India Ltd,New
Delhi.
2. Kotler Philip:Marketing Management;Prentice Hall,New Delhi.
3. Pride William M. and Ferrel O.C:MarketinG;Houghton-Miffin Boston.
4. Staton W.J.,Etzel Michael J.,andWalker BruceJ.;Fundamentals of marketing;McGraw Hill,NewDelhi.
5. Lamb Charles W.,Hair Joseph F., AND McDaniel Carl:Principles of Marketing,South-Westren-
Publishing;Cincinnati,Ohio.
6. Cundiff,EdwardW.and Still R.R:Basic Marketing-Concepts,Decision and Strategies;Prentice
Hall,NewDelhi.
7. Cravens David W.,Hills Gerald E,Woodruff RobertB.:Marketing Management;Homewood,III,Richard
D.Irwin.
8. Kotler and Armstrong :Principles of Marketing;Prentice-Hall Of India,NewDelhi.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
SEMESTER-V
BEc-V: ESSENTIALS OF E-COMMERCE-I
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory then Attempt any four question from the three units.
Unit-I
Introduction to E - commerce: Business operations, E – commerce practices; concepts of b2c, c2c, g2h,
g2c; Features of E – commerce. Type of E – commerce systems, elements of E – commerce, principles of E –
commerce, benefits and limitations of E – commerce, management issues relating to E – commerce
Operations of E – commerce: credit card transaction; secure hypertext transfer protocol (SHTP), electronic
payment systems, secure electronic transaction (SET); Set’s encryption process; cyber e-cash, smart cards,
Indian payment models.
Unit-II
Emerging Business models: Retail model, media model, advisory model, made-to-order manufacturing
model, do-it-yourself model, information service model, emerging hybrid models, emerging models in
India.
Unit-III
Applications in B2C: Key technologies for b2b, architectural models for b2b, characteristics of the supplier
– oriented marketplace, buyer oriented marketplace and intermediary – oriented marketplace, just in time
delivery in b2b, internet based EDI from traditional EDI, marketing issues in b2b.
REFERENCES:
1. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Deeksha:Bridge to online Storefront:Macmillan India, New Delhi
2. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Deeksha: Business on the Net-Introduction to the Ecommerce;Macmillan
India New Delhi
3. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Deeksha: Bulls, Bears and The Mouse: An Introduction to Online Stock
Market Treadind; Macmillan India New Delhi
4. Tiwari Dr. Murli D.; Education and E-Governance; Macmillan India New Delhi
5. Minoli Daniel, Minoli Emma: Web Commerce Technology Handbook; Tata McGrew Hill New Delhi
6. Minoli Daniel:Internet & Intranet Engineering; Tata McGrew Hill New Delhi
7. Bhatnagar Subhash and Schware Robert (Eds); Information and Communication Technology in Development;
Sage Publication India, New Delhi
8. Amor, Daniel: E-business (r) evaluation, The: Living and Working in an Interconnected World; Prentice Hall US
9. Afuah, A, and Tucci, C: Internet Business Models and Strategies; McGrew Hill, New York
10. Agarwala Kamlesh N.: Internet Banking ; Macmillan India New Delhi
10(1420)

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
SEMESTER-VI
BEc-V: ESSENTIALS OF E-COMMERCE-II
10(1421)
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Attempt any four questions from the three units.
Unit-I
Applications in B2C: Consumer’s shopping procedure on the internet, impact on disintermediation and reintermediation,
global market, strategy of traditional department store, products in b2c models, success
factors of e-brokers, broker-based service online; online travel tourism services
Unit-II
Applications in governance: EDI in governance; E-government, E-Governance applications of Internet;
concept of government-to-business, business-to-governance and citizen-to-governance, e-governance
models, private sector interface in e-governance
Unit-III
Benefits and impact of e-commerce on travel industry, real estate market, online stock trading and its
benefits, implementation and impacts
Internet & E-commerce scenario in India; Internet security issues; Legal aspects of E-commerce.
REFERENCES:
1. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Deeksha:Bridge to online Storefront:Macmillan India, New
Delhi
2. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Deeksha: Business on the Net-Introduction to the Ecommerce;Macmillan
India New Delhi
3. Agarwala Kamlesh N. and Agarwala Deeksha: Bulls, Bears and The Mouse: An Introduction to
Online Stock Market Treadind; Macmillan India New Delhi
4. Tiwari Dr. Murli D.; Education and E-Governance; Macmillan India New Delhi
5. Minoli Daniel, Minoli Emma: Web Commerce Technology Handbook; Tata McGrew Hill New Delhi
6. Minoli Daniel:Internet & Intranet Engineering; Tata McGrew Hill New Delhi
7. Bhatnagar Subhash and Schware Robert (Eds); Information and Communication Technology in
Development; Sage Publication India, New Delhi
8. Amor, Daniel: E-business (r) evaluation, The: Living and Working in an Interconnected World;
Prentice Hall US
9. Afuah, A, and Tucci, C: Internet Business Models and Strategies; McGrew Hill, New York
10. Agarwala Kamlesh N.: Internet Banking ; Macmillan India New Delhi

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
Semester - V
BEc-VI- Management Accounting
UNIT - I
10(1422)
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Management Accounting : Meaning, Nature, Scope & Functions of Management
Accounting, Role of Management Accounting in decision making, Management
Accounting vs. Financial Accounting, Tools & Techniques of Management Accounting.
Ratio analysis, classification of ratios, profitability ratios, turnover ratios, liquidity ratios,
adv. of ratio analysis limitation of accounting ratios.
UNIT - II
Fund flow statement as per Indian Accounting Standard 3, cash flow statement.
UNIT - III
Interim financial reporting & segment reporting, social reporting accounting & reporting
of the effects of changing prices.

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
Semester-VI
BEc-VI- Financial Management
UNIT - I
10(1423)
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Financial Statement : Meaning & types of financial statements, limitations of financial
statements, objectives, objectives & methods of financial St. analysis, common size &
comparative statement analysis.
UNIT - II
Reporting & Measurement - Income concepts for financial reporting, Measurement &
reporting of revenue & Exp. & Gains & Losses, Measurement of Assets & Liabilities other
developments in reporting : disclosure in financial reporting.
UNIT - III
Accounting standards an overview of national & International accounting standards
(Excluding study of individual standards).

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
SEMESTER-V
BEc-vii: Internet and World Wide Web-I
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Attempt any four questions from the question paper.
Unit-I
The mechanism of internet: Distributed computing, Client server computing, Internet Protocol suite,
protocol stack, Open System Interconnection Reference Model (OSIRM) Based on the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) (Application layer, Presentation layer, Session layer, Transport layer,
Network layer, data link layer and Physical layer); TCP/IP protocol suite model
Unit-II
Mechanism of transmitting the message, across the network and function of Each layer, processing of data
at the destination, Mechanism to log onto the Network, Mechanism of sending & receiving email. Internet
enabled services: Electronic mail (email), Usenet & use group, File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Telnet, Finger,
Internet Chat (IRC), Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
Unit-III
The World Wide Web consortium (w3c-origin & evolution), Standardizing the Web, W3C members, W3C
recommendations, Browsing & Searching, Browsing & Information Retrieval, Exploring the World Wide
Web, Architecture of World Wide Web, Hyperlink, Hypertext Markup language, Hypertext Transfer
Protocol, Address-URL
REFERENCE:
1. Agarwala kamlesh.N and Agarwala Deeksha:Bridge to the online store front;Macmillan India
New Delhi
2. Agarwala kamlesh.N and Agarwala Deeksha:Fatal Click:What to do When Viruses size your
computer; Macmillan India New Delhi
3. Philips Lee Anne:Practical HTML 4;Prentice Hall New Delhi
4. Douglas E. Comer:The Internet Book; Prentice Hall New Delhi
5. Minoli Daniel,Minoli Emma:Web Commerce Technology Handbook;Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
6. Minoli Daniel:Internet & Intranet Engineering;Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
7. Deitel Harvey M. and Deitel Paul J. and Neito T.R;Complete Internet and World wide web
Programming Training Coarse, Prentice Hall New Delhi
8. Complete Reference of HTML/XHTML by Thomas A.Powell
9. Hemant Kapilla:Data Comm. & Networking
10(1424)

SYLLABUS OF B.COM III (SPECIALTY PROGRAMMES)
(5 th and 6 th Semester w.e.f. the Session 2011-12)
E-Commerce
SEMESTER-VI
BEc-vii: Internet and World Wide Web-II
Max Marks: 90
Internal Assessment: 10
Time: 3 Hours
Nine questions shall be set in the question paper .The candidates will be required to attempt five
questions in all. First question is compulsory. Attempt any four questions from the question paper.
Unit-I
Web Browsing: Browsers, basic Information of Web Browsers, Browsers with Advanced facility, Internet
Explorer, Netscape navigator, Netscape Communicator, Search Engine/ Directories: Directory, General
features of the Search engines, Approaches to website selection.
Unit-II
Major search engines, specialized search engines, popular search engines/directories, Guidelines for
effective searching, A general approach to searching, Designing website\ webpage, WW operations, Web
standards, HTML- concept & version, naming scheme for HTML documents, HTML editors, Explanation of
the structure of the Homepage, Elements in HTML Documents, XHTML, CSS, Extensible Stylesheet
Language (SXL)
Unit-III
Tips for Designing Web Pages/ Security of data/ Information Security, Network Security, PINA Factor
Privacy, Integrity, Non- reputation, authentication, SSL, Encryption, Digital Signature, Digital Certificate,
Server Security, Firewall, Password, Biometrics, Payment Security, Virus Protection, Hacking.
REFERENCE:
1. Agarwala kamlesh.N and Agarwala Deeksha:Bridge to the online store front; Macmillan India New Delhi
2. Agarwala kamlesh.N and Agarwala Deeksha:Fatal Click:What to do When Viruses size your computer;
Macmillan India New Delhi
3. Philips Lee Anne:Practical HTML 4;Prentice Hall New Delhi
4. Douglas E. Comer:The Internet Book; Prentice Hall New Delhi
5. Minoli Daniel,Minoli Emma:Web Commerce Technology Handbook;Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
6. Minoli Daniel:Internet & Intranet Engineering;Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
7. Deitel Harvey M. and Deitel Paul J. and Neito T.R;Complete Internet and World wide web Programming
Training Coarse, Prentice Hall New Delhi
8. Complete Reference of HTML/XHTML by Thomas A. Powell
9. Hemant Kapilla: Data Comm. & Networking
10(1425)

SEMESTER-I
B.A. (HONOURS) EXAMINATION IN HINDUSTAN MUSIC
OUTLINE OF TEST
PAPER NO. NAME OF PAPER Max. Marks Time Allowed
I. Musicology-1-Theory 80+20(Int. Assessment) 3 Hours
Of Musical (General)
II. Practical 100 20-30 Minutes
SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
Paper –I: Musicology-1-Theory of Music (General) Max.Marks 80+20
Time: 3 hrs.
Note:- In all ten question will be set in this paper out of which the candidates are required to attempt any
five questions. All questions will carry equal marks.
General discussion of the following:-
Nada, Swara, Shruti, Grama, Jati, Murchhana, Tana, Thaat, Anibaddha, and Nibaddha
Gana,Prabandha,Margi,Deshi, Ragalap, Roopakalap and Alpati.
Classification Of Ragas, Classification Of Instruments, Taalas and its Dashaprana and Karnatak Scale,
Notation System (Bhatkhande Vihsnu Digambar’s System), Definition and Purpose Of Krintan,
Zamzana,Ghaseet, Jorh- Alap,Gitkari Meend, and Soot.
Paper-II : PRACTICAL Max. Marks : 100
Time: 20-30 Minutes
(a) yaman, bhupali,varindavani-sarang, vilambit and durt Khayals/ Gats with Gayaki in any two
sclected Ragas.
(b) One Dhrupad Dhamar or Saadra /Dhun in any one Raga of the syllabus.
SEMESTER-II
OUTLINE OF TEST
PAPER NO. NAME OF PAPER Max. Marks Time Allowed
I. Musicology-1-Theory 80+20(Int. Assessment) 3 Hours
Of Musical
II. Practical 100 20-30Minutes
10(1426)

SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
Paper –I: Musicology-1-Theory of Music Max. Marks : 80+20
10(1427)
Time : 3 hrs.
Note:- In all ten question will be set in this paper out of which the candidates are required to attempt any
five questions. All questions will carry equal marks.
General discussion of the following:-
Nayasa, Apanyasa , Alpatwa,Bahutwa, Vadi, Anuvadi, Vivadi, Avirbhava, Tirobhava, Sthaya, Gamak, Kaku,
Varna, Mela, Raga, Alankar.
Vibration, Free Vibration, Forced Vibration, Sympathetic Vibration, Pitch,Absolute Pitch, Relative Pitch
Intensity, Timbre, Just Intonation, Pythagorean Scale, Equal and Tempered, Major Tones, Semi Tones,
Greek Limma, Harmonics, Rezones, Beats, Sadja-Madhyam and Sajda-Pancham Bhav,Unision-
Sining,Melody, Poliphoni, Harmony.
Paper-II : PRACTICAL Max. Marks: 100
Time : 20-30 Minutes
(a) Alhaiya-Bilawal, Bhairav, Kafi and Jaunpuri, Vilambit and Durt Khayal/Gats With Gayaki In any
Three Selected Ragas.
(b) One Tarana/Jhala In any One Raga Of The Syllabus.
SEMESTER-III
OUTLINE OF TEST
PAPER NO. NAME OF PAPER Max. Marks Time Allowed
I. Biographies of Important 80+20(Int. Assessment) 3 Hours
Musicians & composers etc.
II Ancient Medieval History upto 80+20(Int. Assessment) 3 Hours
Sharangdeva.
III. Practical 100 20-30Minutes
SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
Paper –I: Biographies of Important musicians and Max.Marks: 80+20
composers etc. Time : 3 hrs.
Note:- In all ten question will be set in this paper out of which the candidates are required to attempt any
five questions All questions will carry equal marks.
1. Jaideva 9. Taansen

2. Gopal Nayak 10. Baiju
3. Purander Das 11. Surdas
4. Tyaga Raja 12. Nikhil Banerjee
5. Amir Khusro 13. Fayaz Khan
6. Raja Man Singh Tomar 14. Syama Shastri
7. Swami Haridas 15. Sultan Husain Sharqi
8. Faqueerullah
Paper –II : Ancient & Medival History up to Sharangdeva. Max.Marks: 80+20
Essay on following topics: Time : 3 hrs.
Note:- In all ten question will be set in this paper out of which the candidates are required to attempt any
five question. All question will carry equal marks.
Origin and development of India Music vedic period; varieties of samans ; Musical reference in
pratishakyas, ramayan, Mahabharata and Purans; Music in the smriti granthas; Music in Jain and Buddha
Period.
Paper-III : PRACTICAL: Max.Marks: 100
Time : 20-30 Minutes
A. Raga-Jai-Jaiwanti, Kedar, Bhairavi, Ramkali(with Vilambit Khayal)/Gats in any two Selected
Ragas and Drut Khayal, Gats in all of The Above Ragas With Gayaki Styles.
B. One Dhurupad- Damar, Thumri in any One Raga of the syllabus.
SEMESTER-IV
OUTLINE OF TEST
PAPER NO. NAME OF PAPER Max. Marks Time Allowed
I. Biographies of Important 80+20 (Int. Assessment) 3 Hours
Musicians & composers etc.
II. Ancient & medieval
History upto Sharangadeva 80+20(Int. Assessment) 3 Hours
III. Practical 100 20-30 Minuts
SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
Paper –I: Biographies of Important musicians and Max.Marks: 80+20
composers etc. Time : 3 hrs.
Note:- In all ten question will be set in this paper out of which the candidates are required to attempt any
five questions. All question will carry equal marks.
1. V.N.Bhatkhande 7. Pt. Ravi Shankar
10(1428)

2. Vishnu Digamber Paluskar 8. Mushtaq Ali Khan
3. Allauddin Khan 9. Amir Khan
4. P.T. Ratanjankar 10. Omkar Nath Thakur
5. Bade Gulam Ali Khan 11. Krishna Rao Shankar Pandit
6. Panna Lal Ghosh 12. Vilayat Khan Sahab
Paper –II : Ancient & Medival History up to Sharangdeva. Max.Marks: 80+20 Eassys on following
topics: Time: 3 hrs.
Note:- In all ten question will be set in this paper out of which the candidates are required to attempt any
five questions All question will carry equal marks.
A. Sangeet in Panini Ashtadhyayi; Music in Maurya Period; Sangeet in Kautilya’s Arthashastra ,
Patanjali Mahabhashya;Sangeet in Gupt Period, Rajput period; Madhyakaaleen Sangeet from
Sharangdev Period.
B. Genral View of the Following authors:
Bharat,Matang,Narad Sharangdeva.
Paper-III : PRACTICAL: Max. Marks : 100
10(1429)
Time : 20-30 Minutes
A. Ragas-Malkanus, Khamaj, Chhayanata and Hamir with Vilambit Khayal/Gats in any two Selected
Ragas and Drut Khayal/Gats in all of the above Ragas with Gayaki Styles.
B. One Bhajan/Shabad/Dhun in any of the Ragas From the syllabus.

SEMESTER – I
SCHME OF EXMINATION FOR M.A. MUSIC (VOCAL & INSTRUMENTAL)
Max. Internal Total Time
Marks Assessment Marks
Written : Vocal and Instrumental Music
Paper – I General & Applied Music Theory 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper – II History of Indian Music
(Vedic Period to 13 th Century) 80 20 100 3 Hours
SEMESTER – II
Written : Vocal and Instrumental Music
Paper – I General & Applied Music Theory 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper – II History of Indian Music
(Vedic Period to 13 th Century) 80 20 100 3 Hours
PRACTICALS
Paper – III Practical 100 30-40 Minutes
Paper – IV Practical – Stage Performance 100 30-40 Minutes
Paper – V Practical 100 30-40 Minutes
SEMESTER – III
Written : Vocal and Instrumental Music
Paper – I Applied Music Theory & Musical 80 20 100 3 Hours
Compositions.
Paper – II General Study and History of Music
(13 th Century to the present day) 80 20 100 3 Hours
SEMESTER – IV
Written : Vocal and Instrumental Music 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper –I : Applied Music Theory & Musical
Compositions
Paper –II : General Study and History of Music 80 20 100 3 Hours
(13 th Century to the present day)
PRACTICALS
Paper – III Practical 100 30-40 Minutes
Paper – IV Practical – Stage Performance 100 30-40 Minutes
Paper – V Practical –Revision of the 100 30-40 Minutes
Basic RAGAS, Light & Folk
Styles and creative Music.
10(1430)

SYLLABUS AND COURSES OF READING
SEMESTER – I
Paper : I : General and Applied Music Theory Max. Marks : 80+20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There shall be ten questions, two questions from each Unit. The candidate shall be required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each Unit. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT – I : (i) A critical and comparative study of the following Ragas with special reference to
Kalyan, Bilawal, Bhairav Raganga.
Shyam Kalyan, puria Kalyan, Devgiri Bilawal, Yamani Bilawal, Ahir Bhairav, Nat
Bhairav
(ii) Theoretical study of the following basic Ragas:
Yaman, Alhaiya, Bilawal, Bhairav.
UNIT – II : (i) Notation of Vilambit and Druta Khayal/Gat of Ragas prescribed in the syllabus
alonglwita few Mukt Alaps Tanas and Bol Tanas with a capacity to write the
notation in Bhatkhande as well as Vishnudigamber paddhati.
(ii) A study of the following Talas and ability to write them in Dugun, Tigun and
Chaugun
Layakaries, teental, Jhaptal, Rupak and Keharva.
UNIT – III : (i) Genes is of Music, Indian and Western views about the development of Music.
(ii) Nature, concept and classifications of Jati as described by Bharat, Matang and
SharangdevWith special study of ten essentials of Ragas as described in the
ancient texts and their application to Medieval and modern musical system.
UNIT – IV : (i) Origin and Development of Gharana-system with special reference to detailed
study of Khayal and Sitar-Vadan.
(ii) Desirability and possibility of maintaining Gharana in Modern times.
UNIT -V : (i) The rationale of ancient classification of Indian Musical Instruments. Historical
knowledge of the following Instruments:
Ektantri, Chitra, Vanshi, Patah, Kansya Tala.
(ii) Detailed study of Voice-Culture with reference to ancient treaties and recent
Scientific Research.
10(1431)

Paper : II : History of Indian Music
(Vedic Period to 13 th Century)
10(1432)
Max. Marks : 80+20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There shall be ten questions, two questions from each Unit. The candidate shall be required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each Unit. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT – I Music in Samhitas, Brahmanas, Aranyakas with special reference to Shikshas.
UNIT – II : Music in Mahakavyakal (1) Ramayana (2 ) Mahabharata
UNIT – III : (i) Music in Smritis
(ii) Music in Kautilya’s Arthsastra.
UNIT – IV : Historical Development of Swaras
UNIT – V : A critical study of three grams (1)Shadaj (2) Madhyam (3) Gandhar
SEMESTER – II
Paper : I : General and Applied Music Theory
Max. Marks : 80+20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There shall be ten questions, two questions from each Unit. The candidate shall be required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each Unit. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT – I : (i) A critical and comparative study of the following Ragas with special reference to
Kafi and Sarang Raganga.
Bageshwari, Rageshree, Shudha Sarang.
(ii) Theoretical study of the following basic Ragas:
Kafi, Bihag, Marwa, Puria.
UNIT – II (i) Notification of vilambit and Druta Khayala /Gate of Ragas prescribed in the
Syllabus alongwith a few Mukt Alaps Tanas and Bol Tanas with a capacity to write
the notation in Bhatkhande as Visnudigamber paddhati.
(ii) A study of the following Talas and ability to write them in Dugun ,Tigun and
Chugun layakaries ,Chautal ,Dadra, Dhamar.
UNIT-III Principal of classification of raga:-Garma Raga , Deshi –Raga, Dashvidharaga
Vargikaran of Sharangdev, Jatiraga Vargikaran, Rag-Ragini Vargikaran, Mela-Raga
Vargikarn, Thata-Raga Vargikaran,Raganga Rag-Vargikaran.

UNIT-IV (i) Relastionship of Music and Aesthetics.
(ii) Relationship between Raga and Rasa. Definition of Rasa and its Verities
( according to Bharta and Abhinav Gupta).
(iii) Role of Sound and Rythum in expressing a particular Bhava.
UNIT-V (i) The rationale of acient classification of Indian Musical Instruments:-Mattakokila,
Vipanchi , Kinnari, Mridanga, Hudakka and Ghanta.
(ii) Elementary knowledge of Classical dances :-
Kathaka, Manipuri, Bharat- Natyam and Kathakali.
Paper : II : History of Indian Music Max. Marks : 80+20
(Vedic Period to 13 th Century) Time : 3 Hours
Note: There shall be ten questions, two questions from each Unit.The candidate shall be required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each Unit. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT – I : Music in Upanishads and Vedanga Literature, with special reference to Shikshas.
UNIT – II: Music in Puranas with special reference to Hdarivans Vayu Mdarkandey etc.
UNIT – III: (i) Music in Paninis and Patanjalies Gramatic Treaties.
(ii) Music in Buddha and Jain Gramatic Treaties.
(iii) Music in the Dramas and Mahakavya of Kalidas.
UNIT – IV : Relationship of Shruti and Swara with special reference to the following works :-Natya
Shastra, Dattilam, Brihadeshi, Bharat Bhaysa, Sangeet-Ratankara.
UNIT – V : A critical study of Sapta swara Murchhana and Dvadass Swara Murchhana.
PAPER – III (PRACTICAL)
1.
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 30-40 Minutes
From intensive study of the Ragas classified under (A) and General Study of the Ragas
classified (B) as mentioned below : -
(i) Kalyan A. Puria Kalyan (I)
B. Shyama Kalyan (G)
(ii) Bilawal A. Devgiri Bilawal (I)
B. Yamini Bilawal (G)
(iii) Bhairav A. Ahir Bhairav (I)
B. Nat Bhairav (G)
10(1433)

(iv) Kafi A. Bageswari (I)
B. Rageswari (G)
(V) Sarang A. Shudhasarang (I)
B. Mdadhumad Sarang (G)
In intensive study all five Ragas with Vilambit Khyal/Maseet Khani Gat and two drut
khayals/Rajakhani Gats are to be learnt whereas in the Ragas of General study for development of
Raga with Alap and Tanas/Toras with at least ten Drutlaya compositions preferable/in other than
Trital to be learnt.
2. Practical demonstration-cum-viva-voce examination will be held. Candidates are expected to know
the traditional phrases and characteristics feature of each Raga. Candidates of Instrumental Music
are expected to use four notes combinations by pulling wire in meend as well as in murki and
krintan etc.
PAPER – IV (PRACTICAL) STAGE PERFORMANCE
1.
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 30-40 Minutes
A student is required to prepare any one raga from the ragas of intensive study in the practical
Paper-III as his her choice Raga and perform it for not less than 30 minutes before an invited
audience. Alap, Jod Jhala, Maseetkhani and Razakhani Gat for Instrumental Music are required to
be presented. (50)
2. One Dhrupad or one Dhamar/Gate in Talas other than Trital for Instrumental Music alongwith
layakaries and Upaj are to be learnt in the Ragas prescribed in practical Paper-III. It is
recommended that Pakhawaj accompaniment may be provided for Dhrupad/Dhamar singing.
(25)
3. A Tarana/Dhun (for Instrumental Music) may be prepared in any of the Ragas. (15)
4. The Examiner may ask the candidate to tune some of the strings or his/her instrument or may
assess the tuning capacity of the candidate during his/her total performance. (10)
PAPER – V (PRACTICAL)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 30-40 Minutes
Revision of the basic RAGAS and Light & Folk Styles and Creative Music
1. An intensive study of only three from the following basic ragas with Alap, Vilambit and Durt
composition and general study of any four Ragas with alap and Durt composition:- Yaman,Alhaiya
Bilawal, Bhairav,Kafi, Bihag, Marva, Puriya. (60)
2. At lease one composition in each of the following forms:-Bhajan, Gajal, Geet, Folk Song, Four
Dhuns ( for instrumental Music students ). (20)
3. Capacity of demonstrate Talas by hand and on Tabla-Teental, Jhaptal, Rupak,
Chautul,Dadra,Dhamar. (20)
10(1434)

SEMESTER – III
Paper : I : Applied Music Theory and Musical Compositions. Max. Marks: 80+20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There shall be ten questions, two questions from each Unit. The candidate shall be required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each Unit. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT – I : (i) A critical and comparative study of the following Ragas with special reference to
Bihag and Todi Ragas:
Maru Bihag, Nat Bihag, Chanderkauns, Madhukauns, Bilaskhani Todi, Miyan Ki
Todi.
(ii) Theoretical study of following Basic Ragas:
Bhupali, Darbari, Shuddh Kalyan, Multani, Malkauns.
UNIT – II (i) Ability to compose and write notation a given piece of poetry in a raga prescribed
in the syllabus. Ability to compose and write in notation a gata in the Tala ( other
than Teentala ) suggested by the examiner.
(ii) A study of the following Talas in Ada (1-1/2 beats ) Panchguna, Chhaguna : Tilwara,
Sultal and Jhumra.
UNIT – III (i) Classification of Indian Musical Instruments and knowledge of the techniques of
the following classical musical instruments of north and south India prevalent in
modern times:
Vichitra Veena, Sarod, Violin, Shahnai, Tabla, Mridangam.
(ii) Types of Musical Compositions :
Prabandha, Dhrupada and Dhamar.
UNIT – IV (i) Methodology of Research and its importance in Indian Music.
(ii) Essays of the following topics from the view point of inter-disciplinary studies :-
(1) Basic principles of Rag Mishran.
(2) Pictorial Aspects of Ragas.
(3) Appreciation of Music.
(4) Muslim contribution to Indian Music.
(5) Principles of Musical compositions.
UNIT – V (i) Folk music of Haryana styles of singing, Dancing and Instruments.
(ii) The popular folk tunes of different States e.g. :
Baul, Bhatiyali, Lawani and Pawada.
10(1435)

Paper : II : General Study and History of Music
( 13 th Century to the present day) Max. Marks: 80+20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There shall be ten questions, two questions from each Unit. The candidate shall be required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each Unit. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT – I Study of the development of Music special reference to the following works :-
Sangeet-Ratnakar, Swarmelakalanidhi, Sadragchandrodaya, Sangeet Saramrit, Rasakamudi,
Raga-Vibodha, Chaturdandi Prakashika, Sangeet Darpana.
UNIT – II Study of production of sound through wire length on Veena as explained by various
scholars like Sharangdev, Lochan, Ramamatya, Damodar-Mishra, Pt. Ahobala,
Hridyanarayana Deva, Bhav Bhatt, Srinivasa.
UNIT – III (a) A study of the following :-
Alapti, Sthaya, Giti, Vritti, Kaku, Kutup, Gamaka.
(b) Meaning of word ‘Swayambhu’ as described by Ramamatya and Somnath.
UNIT – IV Study of Western Music :-
(i) Elementary knowledge of Staff Notation.
(ii) Harmony and Melody.
UNIT – V Comparative study of Hindustani and Karnatki with special reference to :
SEMESTER – IV
(i) Swara (ii) Tala (iii) Mela (iv) Raga (v) Forms of Vocal and Instrumental Music.
Paper : I : Applied Music Theory and Musical Compositions. Max. Marks: 80+20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There shall be ten questions, two questions from each Unit. The candidate shall be required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each Unit. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT – I : (i) A critical and comparative study of the following Ragas with special reference to
Malhar, Kanada and Kauns Raganga, Megh Malhar, Miyan Ki Malhar, Kaunsi
Kanada, Abhogi Kanada, Nayaki Kanada.
(ii) Theoretical studies of the following basic Ragas :
Bhimpalasi and Puriya Dhanashree.
10(1436)

UNIT – II (i) Ability to compose and write in notation a given piece of poetry in a Raga
prescribed in the syllabus. Ability to compose and write in notation a Gata in the
Tala (other than Teentala), suggested by the Examiner.
(ii) A study of the following Talas in Ada (1-1/2 beats) Panchguna, Chhaguna, Teevra,
Ektal, Deepchandi.
UNIT – III (i) Classification of Indian Musical Instruments and knowledge of the techniques of
the following classical Musical Instruments of North & South India prevalent in
Modern Times:-
Sarangi, Surbahar, Flute, Pakhawaj.
(ii) Types of musikcal compositions :
Khayala, Tarana, Chaturang, Trivata, Masitkhani Gata, Razakhani Gata.
UNIT – IV (i) Principles of Orchestration and its desirability and possibility in Hindustani Music ,.
(ii) Essays on the following topics from the view point of inter-disciplinary studies :-
(a) Basic principles of Stage performance.
(b) Role of Media in the Development of Indian Classical Music.
(c) Raviandra Sangeet.
(d) Haveli Sangeet
(e) Natya Sangeet.
UNIT – V Study of Folk Music in Punjab:
(i) Folk music of Punjab - styles of singing, Dancing and Instruments.
(ii) The popular folk tunes of different States e.g. Garba, Raas, Kajri, Chaiti and
Jhoomar.
Paper : II : General Study and History of Music
( 13 th Century to the present day) Max. Marks: 80+20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: There shall be ten questions, two questions from each Unit. The candidate shall be required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each Unit. All questions carry equal marks.
UNIT – I : Study of the Development of Music with special reference to the following works :-
Hridaya-Kautak, Hridaya-Prakash, Sangeet-Parijata, Raga Tatva-Vibodh, Raga-Tarangini,
Anupavilas, Anup-Sangeet-Ratnakar.
10(1437)

UNIT- II Shruti Swara relation as described by modern thinkers like Foxstrangways, S.N.Tagore,
V.N. Bhatkhande, A. Denielou, Omkarnath Thakur, K.C.D. Brahaspati, L.M.Mishra, B.C.Deva
etc.
UNIT – III Time theory of Ragas:
(i) Time theory of Ragas, its origin and development.
(ii) Observation of time in the Ragas.
(iii) Significance of time theory in Music.
UNIT – IV Study of Western Music :
Musical scales – Pythagoras, Diatonic, Natural, Equal tempored.
UNIT – V Contribution of the following composers and Musicians :
(i) Dr. Krishan Narayan Ratanjankar.
(ii) Raja Man Singh Tomar
(iii) Dr. K. C. D. Brihaspati
(iv) Dr. Lal Mani Mishra
(v) Kumar Gandharva
(vi) Wajid Ali Shah.
PRACTICAL PAPER – III Max Marks 100
Time: 30-40 Minutes
From the following intensive study of the Ragas classified under (A) and General Study for the Ragas
classified, under (B).
1. Bihag Anga :
(A) (i) Maru Bihag (I)
(B) (ii) Nat Bihag (G)
2. Malhar Anga:
A(i) Miyan ki Malhar (I)
B(ii) Megh Malhar (G)
3. Todi Anga :
A (i) Bilaskhani Todi (I)
B (ii) Miyanki nTodi (G)
4. Kanada Anga :
A(i) Kaunsi Kanada/ (I)
Aabhogi Kanada
B(ii) Nayki Kanada (G)
5. Kauns Anga:
A(i) Chandra Kauns (I)
B (ii) Mdadhu Kauns (G)
Practical demonstration-cum-viva-voce examination will be held.
Knowledge of Raga, Talas and theory portion of previous course is essential.
10(1438)

PRACTICAL PAPER – IV Max. Marks 100
Time: 30-40 Minutes
STAGE PERFORMANCE
1. A student is required to prepare any one raga from the Ragas of intensive study in the practical
Paper-III as his/her choice of Raga and perform it not less than 30 minutes before an invited
audience. Alap, Jod, Jhala, Maseetkhani and Rajakhani Gat for Instrumental Music. (50)
2. One Dhrupad or one Dhamar/Gat in Talas other than Teental for Instrumental Music alongwith
layakaries and Upajs have to be learnt. From the Ragas prescribed in practical Paper-III. It is
recommended that Pakhawaj accompaniment may be provided for Dhrupad/Dhamar singing.
For instrumental music-gats other than Teental (25)
3. A Thumri/Tappa/Tarana/Dhun (for instrumental music) may be prepared. A student is supposed to
perform Thumri/Tappa/Tarana/Dhun with its Gayaki during stage performance
(15)
4. Tuning of the instrument. (10)
PRACTICAL PAPER – V Max. Marks 100
Time: 30-40 Minutes
Revision of the basic Ragas, Light and Folk styles and creative Music.
1. An intensive study of only three from the following basic Ragas with Alap, Vilambit and Drut
compositions and general study of any four Ragas with Alap and Drut, compositions:
(i) Bhupali
(ii) Darbari
(iii) Shuddha-Kalyan
(iv) Bhimpalasi
(v) Malkauns
(vi) Puriya Dhanashree
(vii) Multani (60)
2. One composition each from the following styles is to be presented :
(i) Bhajan
(ii) Gazal
(iii) Geet
(iv) Regional Folk Song (20)
(Four Dhuns (for instrumental Music)
3. For Vocal Music: To set a given piece of poetry as a Drut Khyal in a raga and tala suggested by the
Examiner and to write the composition in notation.
For Instrumental Music : To compose vilambit or a Drut Gat in aRaga and Tala sujggest by the
Examiner and to write the composition in notation. (10)
4. Capacity to demonstrate Talas by hand and on Tabla.
Tilawara, Sultaal, Teevra, Zhumra, Ektaal, Deepchandi (10)
10(1439)

COURSE-I:
COURSE-II:
COURSE-III:
COURSE-IV:
COURSE-V:
COURSE-VI:
COURSE-VII:
COURSE-VIII:
COURSE-IX:
COURSE-X:
Outline of Test, Syllabi and Courses of Reading for M.A. (Previous) English First and
Second Semester Examinations (effective from the Academic session 2011-12).
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1550-
1660 (PART-I)
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1660-
1798 (PART-I)
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1798-
1914 (PART-I)
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1914-
2000 (PART-I)
STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-i)
FICTION(PART-I)
STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-ii)
DRAMA(PART-I)
STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-iii)
POETRY(PART-I)
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1550-
1660 (PART-II)
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1660-
1798 (PART-II)
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1798-
1914 (PART-II)
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1914-
2000 (PART-II)
STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-i)
FICTION(PART-II)
STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-ii)
DRAMA(PART-II)
STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-iii)
POETRY(PART-II)
OUTLINES OF TEST
FIRST SEMESTER
10 (1440)
Max.
Marks
100
SECOND SEMESTER
End
Semester
Exam
80
Internal
Assessment
Time
20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
Max.
Marks
100
End Semester
Exam
80
Internal
Assessment
Time
20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours
100 80 20 3 Hours

M.A. (PREVIOUS) ENGLISH
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE-I: LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1550-1660 (Part-I)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
10 (1441)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units
prescribed in the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus.
This question shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required
to write short notes (of about 150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: Philip Sidney: The following Sonnets from Astrophel and Stella are prescribed:
"Not at first sight, nor with a dribbed shot",
"Vertue alas, now let me take some rest",
"It is most true, that eyes are formed to serve","Reason, in faith
thou art well serv'd, that still", "Alas have I not paine enough my friend",
"Your words my friend (right healthful Caustiks) blame",
"This night while sleepe begins with heavy Wings", "Stella oft
sees the Verie face of Wo", "No more, my dear, no more these
Counsels trie", "Desire, though my oId Companion art".
Unit-II: John Donne: The following poems from The Metaphysical Poets ed.
Helen Gardner (Penguin) are prescribed: "The Flea",
"The Good Morrow", "Song: Go and Catch a Falling Star",
"The Sun Rising", "The Canonization", "A Valediction:
Forbidding Mourning", "The Extasie", "Batter My Heart:
Three Person' d God".
Unit-Ill: John Milton: Paradise Lost, Book-I
Unit-IV: William Shakespeare: Twelfth Night
Unit-V: Background Reading:
Shakespeare's Sonnet Sequence, Cervantes' Don Ouixote. Sidney's
Arcadia. Montaigne, More's Utopia, Sonnets of Wyatt, John Fletcher, Francis
Beaumont, Gorboduc by Sackville and Norton, The Pilgrim's Progress.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. James Reeves, A Short History of English Poetry.
2. Andrew Sanders, The Short Oxford History of English Literature.
3. Joan Bennet, Five Metaphysical Poets.
4. Theodore Redpath, The Songs and Sonnets of John Donne.
5. Earl Miner, The Metaphysical Mode from Donne to Cowley.
6. William A. Ringler (ed.) The Poems of Sir Philip Sidney.
7. H.B. Charlton, Shakespearean Comedy.
8. John Palmer, Comic Characters in Shakespeare.
10 (1442)

COURSE-II : LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1660-1798 (Part-I)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1443)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units prescribed in
the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This
question shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short
notes (of about 150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I John Dryden: Absalom and Achitophel.
Unit-II Alexander Pope: The Rape of the Lock.
Unit-III William Congreve: The Way of the world.
Unit-IV Richard Sheridan: The School for Scandal.
Unit-V Background Reading:
Hudibras, Gulliver’s Travels, Thomas Gray, Smollett, Tristram Shandy. The Gothic
Novel, Pamela by Richardson, John Gay, William Wycherley, Thomas Gray.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. B. Dobree, Restoration Comedy.
2. John Lofties (ed.): Restoration Drama: Modem Essays in Criticism.
3. Ian Jack, Augustan Satire.
4. Hugh Walker, Satire and Satirists.
5. Boris Ford (ed.): From Dryden to Johnson, the New Pelican Guide to English Literature, Vol.4

COURSE-III : LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1798-1914 (Part-I)
10 (1444)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units
prescribed in the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This
question shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short
notes (of about 150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: William Wordsworth:
"To the Cuckoo", "The Solitary Reaper", "Daffodils", "Tintern
Abbey", "Ode on Intimations of Immortality", "Ode to Duty",
"Nutting", "Strange Fits of Passion", "The Tables Turned".
Unit-II John Keats:
"On First Looking into Chapman's Homer", "When I have Fears
that I may Cease to Be”, “Ode to a Nightingale”, “Ode on a Grecian
Urn”, “Ode on Melancholy”, “To Autumn”, “To Psyche”.
Unit-Ill: Robert Browning:
"Evelyn Hope", "Love Among the Ruins", "My Last Duchess", "The Last Ride
Together", "A Grammarian's Funeral", "Porphyria's Lover", "Rabbi Ben Ezra".
Unit-IV: Charles Dickens : Hard Times
Unit V: Background Reading:
The Romantic Movement, French Revolution, Victorian Compromise, PreRaphaelites,
William Blake, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, P.B.Shelley, Lord Byron, William Cowper,
Robert Burns.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. C.M.Bowra: The Romantic Imagination.
2. James Reeves: A Short History of English Poetry.
3. M.H. Abrams: English Romantic Poets:Modern Essays in Criticism.
4. E. Batho and B. Dobree: The Victorians and After 1830-1914.
5. F.R.Leavis: New Bearings in English Poetry.
6. G.H.Hartman: Wordsworth's Poetry. 1787-1834.
7. F.W.Bateson: Wordsworth: A Re-Interpretation.
8. WaIter Jackson Bate, Ed.: Keats (Twentieth Century Views Series).
9. G.S.Fraser: John Keats: Odes (Casebook Series).
10. H.Bloom and Munich, eds.: Robert Browning: A Collection of Critical Essays.
11. Borid Ford, ed: The New Pelican Guide to English Literature Volumes 5 and 6.
12. F.R. and Q.D. Leavis: Dickens: The Novelist.
13. Stephan Hall, ed.: Charles Dickens (Penguin Critical Anthologies).

Course IV: LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1914-2000 (Part-I)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
10 (1445)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units prescribed in the
syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This question
shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short notes (of about
150 words each) on four items.
Unit I : T.S. Eliot: The Waste Land
Unit II : Philip Larkin:
"No Road", Poetry of Departures",
"Going, Going", "Deceptions", "Next Please",
"If My Darling", "Reasons for Attendance",
"Wedding Wind", "Church Going", "The Old Fools".
Unit III : Nissim Ezekiel
"The Double Horror", "On Meeting a Pedant",
"Nothingness", "Transmutation", "A Short Story",
"Lamentation", "What Frightens Me", "A Morning Walk",
"The Patriot", "Undertrail Prisoners", "Declaration".
Unit IV : E.M. Forster: A Passage to India.
Unit V : Background Reading:
To The Light house, The Power and the Glorv, The Serpent and
the Rope, The Rainbow, July's People, Look Back in Anger, Vijay Tendulkar,
Manohar Malgonkar, Ruth Jhabvala, My Experiments with Truth by M.K.
Gandhi.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. C.B. Cox and Arnold P. Hinchlife (eds.): T.S. Eliot: The Waste Land
(Casebook Series).
2. Jay Martin (ed.) : A Collection of Critical Essays On The Waste Land"
(Twentieth Century Interpretations)
3. Stephen Reagan (ed.): Philip Larkin (New Case Book Series, 1997).
4. Chetan Karnani: Nissim Ezekiel (New Delhi: Arnold Heinemann, 1974).
5. Bruce King: Three Indian Poets (OUP, 1994).
6. K.W. Gransden: E.M.Forster (Writers and Critics Series).
7. Malcolm Bradbury, ed.: Forster: A Collection of Critical Essays
(Twentieth Century Views Series).

COURSE-V: STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-i) FICTION (PART -I)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1446)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units prescribed in the
syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This question
shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short notes (of about
150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I Laurence Sterne : Tristram Shandy
Unit-II Dostoevsky : Crime and Punishment
Unit-III Jane Austen : Emma
Unit-IV Charles Dickens : Great Expectations
Unit-V Background Reading:
Moll Flanders, Don Quixote, Pamela, Wuthering Heights, The Sun Also Rises,
The Plague, Charlotte Bronte, Prem Chand, Madame Bovary, Herman Melville.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Arnold Kettle: An Introduction to the English Novel VoU (London: Hutchinson University
Library, 1951).
2. Andrew H. Wright: Jane Austen's Novels (Penguin Books).
3. lan Watt ed.: Jane Austen (Twentieth Century Views Series).
4. F.R. and Q.D. Leavis: Dickens the Novelist (Penguin, 1970).
5. Stephen Wall, ed.: Charles Dickens (Penguin, 1970).

COURSE-V: STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-ii) DRAMA (PART-I)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1447)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units
prescribed in the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the
syllabus. This question shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to
write short notes (of about 150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: Sophocles : Oedipus Rex
Unit-II: Kalidasa : Abhijnanashakuntalam
Unit-III: Ibsen : A Doll's House
Unit-IV: Brecht : Mother Courage and her Children
Unit-V: Background Reading:
Pot of Gold, Mudrarakshasam, Hamlet, Doctor Faustus, William Congreve, Moliere,
Aristotle's Poetics, Natyashastra, Epic Theatre, John Osborne
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. John Gassner: An Anthology. Introduction to the Drama, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.,
New York, 1963.
2. Barrett H. Clark, ed. World Drama, Dover Publications Inc., 1933.
3. Barret H. Clark and George Freedlay, Eds. - A Historv of Modern Drama Appleton-
Century-Crofts, Inc., New York, 1947.
4. James Redmond, ed. Themes in Drama, Cambridge University Press, 1980.
5. Tom F. Driver. The Sense of History in Greek and Shakespearean Drama. Columbia University
Press, New York, 1961.
6. Bharat Gupt-Dramatic Concepts Greek & Indian: A Study of The Poetics
and the Natyasastra, DK, Print World (P) Ltd., New Delhi - 1994.
7. Kenneth Muir - Last Periods of Shakespeare Racine. Ibsen, Wayne University Press, 1961.
8. F.L. Lucas, Tragedy, The Hogarth Press London, 1957.
9. Taisha Abraham, Ed. Feminist Theorv and Modern Drama, Pencraft International, Delhi, 1998.

COURSE-V: STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-iii) POETRY (PART-I)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1448)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units
prescribed in the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This question
shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short notes (of about
150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: John Milton : Paradise Lost-Book 11
Unit-II: Kalidas : Meghdoot(tr) M.R. Kale
Unit-III: John Keats : "The Eve of St. Agnes"
Unit-IV: Alexander Pope : Dunciad
Unit-V: Background Reading:
Homer, Mahabharata, The Fairie Oueene, Chaucer, Horace, The Rime of the Ancient
Mariner, Ghalib, Rumi, Langston Hughes, Ogden Nash, Confessional Poetry.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Emile Legouis: A Short History of English Literature (Oxford: The Clorenden Press).
2. Mallinath and rev. Narayan Ram (ed.) Meghduta with Commentaries.
3. Braham Shankar Shastri (ed.), Meghduta with four Commentaries.
4. Arthur E. Barker (ed.), Milton: Modern Essays in Criticism (OUP: London).
5. Daniss Danielson (ed.), The Combridge Companion to Milton
(Cambridge University Press: Cambridge).
6. Reuben Arthur Brower, Alexander Pope: The Poetry of Allusion (The Clarenden Press:
Oxford).
7. James Southerland (ed.) The Dunciad (Methuen & Co. Ltd.: London).

M.A. (PREVIOUS) ENGLISH
SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE-VI : LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1550-1660 (Part-II)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units
prescribed in the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus.
This question shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required
to write short notes (of about 150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: William Shakespeare King Lear
Unit-II: Ben Jonson Volpone
Unit-III: John Webster The Duchess of Malfi
Unit-IV: (i) Francis Bacon "Of Unity in Religion",
"Of Friendship", "Of Ambition",
"Of Great Place", “Of Studies",
"Of Truth",
(ii) Machiavelli Excerpts from The Prince
Unit-V: Background Reading:
10 (1449)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
Michael Drayton, John Lyly's Euphues, Thomas Kyd's The Spanish
Tragedy; Erasmus' The Praise of Folly, Marlowe's Doctor Faustus, Robert
Greene, Cavalier Poets, King James' Bible, Jonson's Masques, Thomas
Dekker.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Bowers, Fredson:Elizabethan Revenge Tragedy.
2. Ellis-Formor, Una:The Jacobean Drama.
3. Ribner Irving:Jacobean Tragedy:The Quest for Moral Order.
4. Bradley, A.C. :Shakespearean Tragedy.
5. Harbage, Alfred (ed.): Twentieth Century Views on Shakespeare.

COURSE-VII: LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1660-1798 (Part-II)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1450)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units
prescribed in the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus.
This question shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required
to write short notes (of about 150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: (i) Daniel Defoe: Robinson Crusoe.
Unit-II: (i) Henry Fielding: Tom Jones.
Unit-III: (i) Joseph Addison: "The Aims of the Spectator", "Paradise Lost", "Sir
Roger at the Assizes".
(ii) Richard Steele: "The Spectator's Club", "Duelling".
(iii) Samuel Johnson: "On Fiction", "Cowley", "Milton" from Lives of
the Poets.
Unit-IV: (i) Jean Jacques Rousseau: Confessions.
Unit-V: Background Reading:
The Vanity of Human Wishes, Collins, The Vicar of Wake field, Tartuffe, Boswell,
Poetic Satire in the neo-c1assical period, The Essays of Elia by Charles Lamb, William
Hazlitt, Thomas De Quincey, Thomas Carlyle.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. J. Lannering: Studies in the Prose Style of Joseph Addison
2. lan Watt: The Rise of the Novel: Studies in Defoe. Richardson and Fielding.
3. F.H.Ellis (ed.): Twentieth Century Interpretations of Robinson Crusoe.
4. M.C.Battestin (ed.): Twentieth Century Interpretations of Tom Jones.
5. Ernst Cassirer.: Rousseau. Kant. Goethe. Trans. James Guttmann, Paul O.
Kristeller, and John H. Randall, Jr.
6. Boris Ford (ed.): From Dryden to Johnson. The New Pelican Guide to English
Literature, Vo1. 4.

COURSE-VIII : LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1798-1914 (Part-II)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units
prescribed in the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus.
This question shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required
to write short notes (of about 150 words each) on four items.
10 (1451)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
Unit-I : George Eliot : The Mill on the Floss.
Unit-II : Thomas Hardy : Tess of d’Urbervilles.
Unit-III : Bernard Shaw : Arms and the Man.
Unit-IV : Gustav Flaubert : Madame Bovary.
Unit-V : S.T. Coleridge, Matthew Arnold, Thomas Carlyle, Wuthering Heights, Heart of
Darkness, Ann Radcliffe, Frankenstein, Sir Walter Scott, Elizabeth Gaskell,
Vanity Fair.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. E. Batho and B. Dobree: The Victorians and After 1830-1914.
2. David Cecil: Early Victorian Novelists.
3. Arnold Kettle: An Introduction to English Novel. V 01-1
4. George R. Creeger ed.: George Eliot: A Collection of Critical Essays.
5. Sir, Leslie Stephen: George Eliot.
6. David Cecil: Hardy: The Novelist.
7. RJ. Kaufmann, ed.: G.B.Shaw (Twentieth Century Views Series).
8. Raymond Girand, ed.: Flaubert (Twentieth Century Views Series).

COURSE-IX : LITERATURE IN ENGLISH: 1914-2000 (PART-II)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1452)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units prescribed in the
syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This question
shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short notes (of about
150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: George Orwell : Nineteen Eighty Four
Unit-II: R.K. Narayan: The Guide
Unit-III: Arthur Miller: Death of a Salesman
Unit-IV: Albert Camus: The Outsider
Unit-V: Background Reading:
Waiting for Godot, W.B. Yeats, Sylvia Plath, Adrienne Rich, Margaret Atwood;
Sarojini Naidu, Carl Sandburg, Wole Soyinka, Seamus Heaney, Nirad C. Choudhary.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. C.W.E. Bigsby: An Introduction to Twentieth Century American Drama.
2. Raymond Williams: Orwell (Fontana Paperbacks).
3. Frederick R. Karl : A Reader's Guide to the Contemporary English Novel.
4. William Walsh: R.K. Narayan: A Critical Approach (New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 1992)

COURSE X : STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-i) FICTION (PART -II)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1453)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units prescribed in the
syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This question
shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short notes (of about
150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: Nathaniel Hawthorne : The Scarlet Letter
Unit-ll : Virginia Woolf : Mrs. Dalloway
Unit-III: D.H. Lawrence: Sons and Lovers
Unit-IV : V.S. Naipaul : A House for Mr. Biswas
Unit-V: Background Reading:
Lord of the Flies, The Assistant, The Human Factor, Samskara, Midnight's
Children, The God of Small Things, Aspects of the Novel, The Inheritance of Loss,
J.M. Coetzee, Sadat Hassan Manto.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Hyatt H. Waggoner: Hawthorne: A Critical Study (Balknap Press, 1963).
2. David Daiches : The Novel and the Modem World (The University of Chicago
Press, 1960).
3. A.D. Moody: Virginia Woolf(Oliver and Boyd, 1963).
4. Su Reid, ed. : ,oway anq To the Lighthouse. (New Casebooks, 1993).
5. Anthony Beal : D.H. Lawrence (Oliver and Boyd, 1961).
6. Lilian Feder: Naipaul's Truth (New Delhi: Indialog Publications, 2001).

COURSE X : STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-ii) DRAMA (PART -II)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1454)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units prescribed in the
syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This question
shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short notes (of about
150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: Tennessee Williams : The Glass Menagerie
Unit-II: Anton Chekhov : The Cherry Orchard
Unit-III: Arnold Wesker : ,Chips with Everything
Unit-IV: Christopher Fry : The Lady's Not For Burning
Unit-V: Background Reading:
O'Neill, Absurdist Drama, Murder in The Cathedral, Chandalika, Tughlak, Wole
Soyinka, Edward Albee, Tennessee Williams, Bernard Shaw, Harold
Pinter.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Allardyce Nicoll, The Theorv of Drama, Doaba House, Delhi, 1999.
2. T.R. Henn C.RE. The Harvest of Tragedy, Methuen, Co. Ltd., London, 1961.
3. William G. McColom, Tragedy, The Macmillan, Co., New York, 1957.
4. Donald Cline Stuart, The Development of Dramatic Art, Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1960.
5. E.W.E. Bigsby, A Critical Introduction to Twentieth Century American Drama, Vo1. I.

COURSE X : STUDY OF A GENRE (OPTION-iii) POETRY (PART -II)
Note: (To be printed in the question paper)
1. A candidate shall attempt 5 questions in all.
2. All questions carry equal marks.
NOTE for Paper-Setters:
10 (1455)
Max. Marks : 100
End Semester Exam : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time : 3 Hours
1. There shall be one question with internal choice on each of the five units
prescribed in the syllabus.
2. Question No. 5 will cover the short items prescribed in unit 5 of the syllabus. This question
shall carry 6 items out of which the candidates shall be required to write short notes (of about
150 words each) on four items.
Unit-I: G.M. Hopkins: The Following poems from Poems of G.M. Hopkins, by W.H. Gardner
(O.U.P. London) are prescribed for study:
"God's Grandeur", "The Windhover", "Pied Beauty", "Binsley Poplars", "Spring and
Fall", "Inversnaid", "Thou art Indeed Just Lord", "Patience, "Hard Thing".
Unit-II: Matthew Arnold: The following poems from Fifteen Poets (O.U.P. Calcutta) are
prescribed for study:
"The Scholar Gipsy", "Thyrsis", "Memorial Verses", "Shakespeare", "Dover Beach".
Unit-III: Wilfred Owen: The following poems from Pocket Book of Modern Verse (Washington
Square Press: New York) are prescribed:
"Greater Love", "The Send Off', "The Show", "Anthem for Deemed Youth", "Arms and
The Boy", "Strange Meeting", "Apologia Pro Poemate Meo", "Dulce et Decorum Est",
"Invensibility".
Unit-IV: Wallace Stevens: The following poems from The Collected Poems of Wallace Stevens
(Thomson Press India Ltd.) are prescribed:
"Earthy, Anecdote", "The Snow Man", "Sunday Morning", "The Emperor of Ice-
Cream", "Farewell to Florida", "Of Modern Poetry", "The Motive for Metaphor".
Unit-V: Background Reading:
Idvlls of the King, Emily Dickinson, William Blake, George Herbert, R.N. Tagore,
Omar Khayyam, Amiri Baraka, Ezra Pound, Beat Poetry, Alfred Tennyson.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Andrew Sanders, The Short Oxford History of English Literature (OUP: London).
2. Kenneth Allott (ed.), The Poems of Matthew Arnold (Longman London).
3. Jerome Hamilton Buckley, The Victorian Temper: A Study of Literary Culture (Cambridge
University Press: Cambridge).
4. Margret Bothral (ed.) G.M. Hopkins: Poems (Casebook).
5. J.F.J. Russell (ed.) G.M. Hopkins: Poems (Macmillan).

,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&1 Hkk"kk foKku ,oa fgUnh Hkk"kk
funsZ'k %
1- ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkDr gSA izR;sd [k.M ls nks vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls
fdlh ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 48 ¼4x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj
nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa esa nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr ckjg oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuds fy, 12 ¼1x12½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugha gksxkA
ikB~; fo"k; %
[k.M ¼d½ Hkk"kk vkSj Hkk"kk foKku
Hkk"kk dh ifjHkk"kk vkSj vfHky{k.k] Hkk"kk&O;oLFkk vkSj Hkk"kk&O;ogkj] Hkk"kk&lajpuk vkSj Hkkf"kd
izdk;Z] Hkk"kk foKku] Lo:i ,oa O;kfIr] Hkk"kk foKku ds v/;;u dh fn'kk,a&o.kZukRed] ,sfrgkfld
vkSj rqyukRed] lkfgR;ds v/;;u esa Hkk"kk foKku ds vaxksa dh mi;ksfxrkA
[k.M ¼[k½ Lou foKku
LoufoKku dk Lo:i vkSj 'kk[kk,a] okX;U= vkSj muds dk;Z] Lou dh vo/kkj.kk vkSj Louks a dk
oxÊdj.k] Louxq.k % Lofud ifjorZu] Lofue foKku dk Lo:i] Lofue dh vo/kkj.kk] Lofue ds
Hksn] Lofufed fo'ys"k.kA
[k.M ¼x½ :i foKku
:i&izfØ;k dk Lo:i vkSj 'kk[kk,a] :fie dh vo/kkj.kk vkSj Hksn % eqä] vkc)] vFkZn'kÊ vkSj
lEcU/kn'kÊ] lEcU/kn'kÊ #fie ds Hksn vkSj izdk;ZA
[k.M ¼?k½ okD; foKku ,oa vFkZ&foKku
okD; dh vo/kkj.kk] vfHkfgrkUo;okn vkSj vfUorkfHk/kkuokn] okD; ds Hksn] okD; fo'ys"k.k %
fudVLFk vo;o fo'ys"k.k] xgu lajpuk vkSj ckg~; lajpuk] vFkZ dh vo/kkj.kk] 'kCn vkSj vFkZ
dk lEcU/k] i;kZ;rk] vusdkFkZrk] foykserk] vFkZ&ifjorZu % dkj.k ,oa fn'kk,aA
10 (1456)

lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- Hkk"kk vkSj Hkkf"kdh] nsoh'kadj f}osnh] jk/kkd`".k] fnYyh] 1993
2- Hkk"kk foKku dh Hkwfedk] nsosUnzukFk 'kekZ] jk/kkd`".k] 1989
3- Hkk"kk foKku] HkksykukFk frokjh] fdrkc egy] bykgkckn] 1997
4- ekud fgUnh dk lajpukRed Hkk"kk foKku] vkseizdk'k Hkkj}kt] vk;Zcqd fMiks] fnYyh
5- Hkk"kkfoKku vkSj ekud fgUnh] ujs'k feJ] vfHkuo izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1993
6- vk/kqfud Hkk"kkfoKku] dìk'kadj flag ,oa prqHkqZt lgk;] us'kuy ifCyf'kax gkÅl] fnYyh] 1997
7- vk/kqfud Hkk"kkfoKku] jktef.k 'kekZ] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh 1996
8- Hkk"kkfoKku] Hkk"kk'kkL=] dfiynso f}osnh] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1997
9- fgUnh Hkk"kk % mn~xe vkSj fodkl] mn;ukjk;.k frokjh] Hkkjrh HkaMkj] bykgkckn] 1961
10- fgUnh Hkk"kk % HkksykukFk frokjh] fdrkc egy] fnYyh] 1991
11- fgUnh % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl] gjnso ckgjh] fdrkc egy] bykgkckn] 1965
12- fgUnh Hkk"kk dk fodkl] nsosUnzukFk 'kekZ ,oa jkenso f=ikBh] jk/kkd`".k] fnYyh] 1971
13- fgUnh Hkk"kk % :i fopkj] ljuke flag 'kekZ ^v#.k*] fpUe; izdk'ku] t;iqj] 1962
14- nsoukxjh] nsoh'kadj f}osnh] iz'kkar izdk'ku] dq#{ks=] 1990
15- nsoukxjh ys[ku rFkk fgUnh orZuh] y{ehukjk;.k 'kekZ] dsUnzh; fgUnh laLFkku] vkxjk] 1976
16- Hkk"kkfoKku ds fl)kUr vkSj fgUnh Hkk"kk] }kfjdkizlkn lDlsuk] ehuk{kh izdk'ku % fnYyh] 1976
17- Hkk"kk f'k{k.k] jfoUnzukFk JhokLro] lgdkjh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1981
18- Hkk"kk vkSj Hkk"kkfoKku] ujs'k feJ] fueZy ifCyds'kUl] fnYyh] 2001
19- vk/kqfud Hkk"kk foKku ds fl)kUr] jkefd'kksj 'kekZ] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1998
20- vuqokn foKku] jktef.k 'kekZ] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 2002
21- vuqokn foKku vkSj lEisz"k.k] gfjeksgu] r{kf'kyk izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1984
22- vuqokn foKku vkSj vkykspuk dh u;h Hkwfedk] jfoUnzukFk JhokLro] dsanzh; fgUnh laLFkku]
vkxjk] 1980
10 (1457)

,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&2 fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl
funsZ'k %
1- ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkDr gSA izR;sd [k.M ls nks vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls
fdlh ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 48 ¼4x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj
nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa esa nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr ckjg oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuds fy, 12 ¼1x12½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugha gksxkA
ikB~; fo"k; %
[k.M ¼d½
fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl n'kZu]
fgUnh lkfgR; ds bfrgkl ys[ku dh ijEijk]
fgUnh lkfgR;sfrgkl dh vk/kkjHkwr lkexzh vkSj mlds iquysZ[ku dh leL;k,a]
fgUnh lkfgR; ds bfrgkl dk dky foHkktu vkSj ukedj.kA
[k.M ¼[k½
vkfndky dh ifjfLFkfr;k¡]
jklks dkO; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;k¡]
i`Fohjkt jklks % izkekf.kdrk dk iz'u vkSj dkO; lkSUn;Z]
fl) lkfgR; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;k¡]
ukFk lkfgR; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;k¡]
tSu lkfgR; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;k¡]
vehj [kqljks dh fgUnh dfork]
fo|kifr vkSj mudh inkoyh]
vkfndkyhu x|&lkfgR;A
[k.M ¼x½
HkfDr vkanksyu % mn; ds lkekftd&lkaLd`frd dkj.k]
vkyokj lUr vkSj mudk dkO;]
fgUnh lardkO; dk oSpkfjd vk/kkj]
lUrdkO; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;k¡ ¼dchj] ukud] nknw] jSnkl½]
10 (1458)

fgUnh lwQ+hdkO; dk oSpkfjd vk/kkj]
lwQhdkO; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;k¡ ¼eqYyk nkÅn] dqrqcu] ea>u] tk;lh½]
lwQhdkO; esa Hkkjrh; laLd`fr vkSj yksd thouA
[k.M ¼?k½
jkedkO; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;k¡]
rqylhnkl dh izeq[k d`fr;k¡ % dkO;&:i vkSj egÙo]
d`".kdkO; % fofo/k lEiznk;]
d`".kdkO; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fRR;k¡ ¼v"VNki½]
jked`".k dkO;srj dkO;]
Hkfädkyhu Hkährj dkO;]
Hkfädky % Lo.kZ;qx]
Hkfädkyhu x| lkfgR;A
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- lkfgR;sgkl % lajpuk vkSj Lo:i] lqeu jkts] xzUFke dkuiqj] 1975
2- fgUnh lkfgR;sfrgkl % ik'pkR; lzksrksa dk v/;;u] gjegsUnz flag csnh] izfrHkk izdk'ku] gksf'k;kjiqj]
1985
3- fgUnh lkfgR; dk vkfndky] gtkjhizlkn f}osnh] fcgkj jk"VªHkk"kk ifj"kn~] iVuk] 1961
4- fgUnh lkfgR; dh Hkwfedk] gtkjhizlkn f}osnh] fgUnh xzUFk jRukdj] cEcbZ] 1963
5- Ükàxkjdky dk iquewZY;kadu] jes'kdqekj 'kekZ] vk;Z cqd fMiks] fnYyh] 1978
6- fgUnh lkfgR; dk vrhr ¼Hkkx&2½] fo'oukFkizlkn feJ] ok.kh forku izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1960
7- Lokra«;ksÙkj fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] y{ehlkxj ok".kW;] jktiky ,.M lUl] fnYyh] 1982
8- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] jkepUnz 'kqDy] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh] 1961
9- fgUnh lkfgR; dk vkykspukRed bfrgkl] jkedqekj oekZ] jkeukjk;.k csuh ek/ko] bykgkckn] 1971
10- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ¼lEiknd½ uxsUnz] us'kuy ifCyf'kax gkÅl] fnYyh] 1973
11- fgUnh lkfgR; dk oSKkfud bfrgkl ¼nks [k.M½ x.kifrpUnz xqIr] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn]
1989 ,oa 1990
12- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] gfj'pUnz oekZ ,oa jkefuokl xqIr] eaFku ifCyds'ku] jksgrd] 1982
13- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] fot;sUnz Lukrd] lkfgR; vdkneh] fnYyh] 1996
14- fgUnh lkfgR; dk nwljk bfrgkl] cPpu flag] jk/kkd`".ku feJ] fnYyh] 1996
15- fgUnh lkfgR; dk oLrqijd bfrgkl ¼nks [k.M½] jkeizlkn feJ] lRlkfgR; Hk.Mkj] fnYyh] 1998
16- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ykypUn xqIr ^eaxy*] ;wfuoÆlVh cqd lsaVj] dq#{ks= 1999
17- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl ¼dky foHkktu ,oa ukedj.k½] jes'kpUnz xqIr] fueZy cqd ,tsUl]
dq#{ks=] 2002
10 (1459)

a
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&3 vk/kqfud x|&lkfgR;
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lkfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼dFkkHkwfe½ esa ls N%
vorj.k iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy;s fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa
¼xksnku] eSyk vk¡py½ vkSj muds jpukdkjksa ij rhu&rhu vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa
ls rhu ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iqLrd ls ,d iz'u djuk vfuok;Z gksxkA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½
vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gk¡ ikap miU;kldkjksa ¼tSusUnz dqekj] Hkxorhpj.k oekZ]
ve`ryky ukxj] cky'kkSfjjSìh] ekw HkaMkjh½] ik¡p dgkuhdkjksa & ¼cax efgyk] vKs;] ;'kiky] cspu
'kekZ mxz] vejdkar½ rFkk mudh d`fr;ksa dk nzqr ikB visf{kr gSA iz'u&i= esa nl iz'u iwNs
tk;saxs] ftuesa ls ik¡p ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl
[k.M ds fy;s 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr rhuksa iqLrdksa ¼dFkkHkwfe] xksnku]
eSyk vk¡pya½ vkSj muds jpukdkjksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa
dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk %
1- dFkkHkwfe] MkW- fprjatu feJ] ok.kh izdk'ku] u;h fnYyhA
fu/kkZfjr vkykspukRed iz'u
1- xksnku % iszepan
leL;kewyd miU;kldkj iszepUn] iszepUn dh Hkk"kk&'kSyh] iszepan dh ukjh&Hkkouk] iszepan dh
nfyrpsruk] iszepan dk thou&n'kZu] egkdkO;kRed miU;kl dh ifjdYiuk vkSj xksnku] xksnku
esa xkao vkSj 'kgj] xksnku vkSj Hkkjrh; fdlku] xksnku esa ;FkkFkZ vkSj vkn'kZ] xksnku ds eq[;
pfj=A
2- eSyk vk¡py&Q.kh'ojukFk js.kq
vk¡pfyd miU;kl ijEijk vkSj js.kq] vk¡pfydrk vkSj eSyk vk¡py] eSyk vk¡py dk oLrq&foU;kl]
uk;dRo] yksd&laLd`fr vkSj Hkk"kk] xzkE; thou esa gksus okys jktuhfrd&vkÆFkd ifjorZuksa dk
fp=.k] xzkE; thou ds lkekftd lEcU/kks dk fp=.kA
10 (1460)

lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fgUnh miU;kl dh izo`fÙk;k¡] 'kf'kHkw"k.k flagy] fouksn iqLrd eafnj] vkxjk] 1986
2- izfrfuf/k fgUnh miU;kl ¼Hkkx&1½] ;'k xqykVh] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh] p.Mhx

dk nqzr ikB visf{kr gSA iz'u&i= esa izR;sd dfo ls lEcfU/kr nks&nks iz'u ¼dqy nl½ iz'u iwNs
tk,axs] ftuesa ls ik¡p ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds
fy;s 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka mi;qZä rhuksa dfo;ksa vkSj mudh d`fr;ksa ij
vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8
¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzaFk
1- dkek;uh] t;'kadj izlkn ¼^fpUrk*] ^J)k* vkSj ^yTtk*½ ¾ dqy rhu lxZA
2- jkx&fojkx] lw;ZdkUr f=ikBh ^fujkyk* ¼^jke dh 'kfDr&iwtk*] ljkst&Le`fr* ,oa ^dqdqjeqÙkk ¾
dqy rhu dfork,¡A
fu/kkZfjr vkykspukRed iz'u %
iar&dkO; ;k=k ds fofHkk lksiku] thou&n'kZu] izd`fr&fp=.k] dYiuk'khyrk] lkSUn;Z&psruk]
dkO;&Hkk"kkA
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- Nk;kokn ;qxh dkO; % vfouk'k Hkkj}kt] r{kf'kyk izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1984
2- izlkn vkSj dkek;kuh] ewY;kadu dk iz'u] uxsUnz us'kuy ifCyf'kax gkÅl] fnYyh] 1990
3- dkek;uh esa dkO;] laLd`fr vkSj n'kZu] }kfjdkizlkn lDlsuk] fouksn iqLrd eafnj] vkxjk] 1978
4- jkes'ojyky [k.Msyoky] t;'kadj izlkn % oLrq vkSj dyk] us'kuy ifCyf'kax gkÅl] fnYyh]
1968
5- fujkyk] ineflag 'kekZ ^deys'k*] jk/kkd`".k] fnYyh] 1969
6- dkO;iq#"k fujkyk] t;ukFk ^ufyu*] vkyksd izdk'ku] dq#{ks=] 1970
7- fujkyk dh dkO; psruk] gqdqepUn jktiky] lw;ZHkkjrh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1993
8- lqfe=kuanu iar] dkO; dyk vkSj thou n'kZu] 'kqphjkuh xqVZ] vkRekjke ,aM lal] fnYyh] 1951
9- iar dk dkO; % f'koiky flag] lkfgR; jRuky;] dkuiqj] 1987
10- ^vKs;* dfo] vkseizdk'k voLFkh] xzUFke] dkjiqj] 1977
11- dkO; Hkk"kk % jpukRed ljksdkj] jktef.k 'kekZ] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh 2001
12- chloÈ 'krkCnh dh fgUnh dfork] enu xqykVh] vuqie izdk'ku] djuky] 2000
13- lkBksÙkjh fgUnh dfork esa ØkfUr vkSj l`tu] ehjk xkSre] fueZy ifCyds'kUl] fnYyh] 1996
14- eqfäcks/k dk lkfgR; foosd vkSj mudh dfork] yYyujk;] eaFku ifCyds'kUl] jksgrd] 1982
15- u;h dfork dh ukV~;eq[kh Hkwfedk] gqdqepUn jktiky] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1975
16- u;h dfork dk bfrgkl] cStukFk flagy] lat; izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1977
17- dfork vkSj la?k"kZ psruk] ;'k xqykVh] bUnzizLFk izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1986
10 (1462)

,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
¼iz'u&i=&5 ds varxZr fof'k"V v/;;u visf{kr gSA ;gka fu/kkZfjr iz'u&i=ksa esa ls ijh{kkFkÊ fdlh ,d
dk v/;;u djsxkA½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&5 ¼I½ HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lkfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼Hkkjr nqnZ'kk½ esa ls N%
vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa
dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy;s fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa
¼izserjax] fgUnh dh mkfr ij O;k[;ku½ ij rhu&rhu vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls
rhu ds rhu mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iqLrd ls ,d iz'u djuk vfuok;Z gksxkA ;g [k.M 36
¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gk¡ mi;qZä rhu d`+fr;ksa dk nqzr&ikB visf{kr gSA
iz'u&i= esa nl iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls ik¡p ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250
'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy;s 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA mi;qZä rhuksa iqLrdksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u
iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M
8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk %
1- Hkkjr&nqnZ'kk] HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz] HkkjrsUnq lexz] fgUnh izpkjd laLFkku] okjk.klhA
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy;s fu/kkZfjr jpuk,a ,oa fo"k;
2- fgUnh dh mkfr ij O;k[;ku&HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz
ikB~; fo"k;
HkkjrsUnq;qxhu ifjos'k]
HkkjrsUnq dk thou&pfj=]
HkkjrsUnq dh lkfgfR;d ;k=k]
HkkjrsUnq dh thou&n`f"V]
10 (1463)

HkkjrsUnq % jktHkä ;k jk"VªHkä]
Lons'kh vkUnksyu ds izsj.kklzksr HkkjrsUnq]
HkkjrsUnq dk fgUnh Hkk"kk ds izfr n`f"Vdks.k]
HkkjrsUnq dk vU; Hkk"kkvksa ds izfr n`f"Vdks.k]
LoPNUnrkewyd isze vkSj HkkjrsUnq]
^iszerjax* dk dF;A
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- HkkjrsUnq dk ukV~; lkfgR;] MkW- fojsUnz dqekj
2- HkkjrsUnq dk x| lkfgR; % lekt'kkL=h; v/;;u] MkW- dfiynso nqcs
3- HkkjrsUnq ds ukVdksa dk 'kkL=h; v/;;u] MkW- xksihukFk frokjh
4- HkkjrsUnq ds fucU/k] MkW- dsljh ukjk;.k 'kqDy
5- HkkjrsUnq ;qx dk ukV~; lkfgR; vkSj jaxeap] MkW- oklqnso uUnu izlkjA
6- HkkjrsUnq ;qx dh 'kCn lEink] MkW- tlikyh pkSgku
7- HkkjrsUnq lkfgR;] MkW- jkexksiky pkSgku
8- HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz] ckcw cztjRu nkl
9- HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz] lkfgR; vkSj thou&n'kZu] MkW- jes'k xqIr
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&5 ¼II½ t;’kadj izlkn
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lkfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼ygj½ esa ls N%
vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa
dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy;s fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa
¼ygj] dkek;uh] pUnzxqIr½ ij nks&nks vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd ls ,d iz'u djuk vfuok;Z gksxkA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gk¡ mi;qZDr rhu Ñfr;ksa ij vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs
tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ik¡p ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl
[k.M ds fy;s 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
10 (1464)

5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka mi;qZä rhuksa iqLrdksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B
iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk
1- ygj&¼dfork&laxzg½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;
t;'kadj izlkn % O;fDrRo ,oa ÑfrRo( izlkn dk thou&n'kZu( orZeku lanHkZ esa izlkn lkfgR;
dh izklafxdrk( dkek;uh ,oa Nk;koknh jpuk( nk'kZfud i`"BHkwfe( 'kSon'kZu( lejlrk vkSj
vkuanokn( euksoSKkfud i{k( :id rÙo] egkdkO;Ro( lkSUn;Zn`f"V( feFkd vkSj QSaVslh( ^vk'kk*
^bM+k* vkSj ^vkuUn* lxks± ij leh{kkRed iz'u( ygj % HkkokRed vkSj oS;fDrd psruk( ukedj.k
vkSj dkO;:i( dkO;&lkSUn;Z( ukVddkj izlkn % ,d flagkoyksdu( LdUnxqIr dh ,sfrgkfldrk(
jk"Vªh; ,oa lkaLÑfrd i`"BHkwfe( ik= ifjdYiuk( LdUnxqIr vkSj jaxeap( xhfrrRo( ik'pkR; vkSj
Hkkjrh; ukV~; y{k.kksa dk leUo;A
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- izlkn dk dkO;] isze'kadj( Hkkjrh Hk.Mkj] bykgkckn] 1961
2- dkek;uh % ,d lg&fpUru] opunso dqekj ,oa fnus'oj izlkn] Dykfld ifCyf'kax dEiuh]
fnYyh] 1983
3- dkek;uh&vuq'khyu( jkeyky flag( bf.M;u iSzl] fyfeVsM] iz;kx] 1975
4- izlkn dk lkfgR;( izHkkdj Jksf=;( vkRekjke ,aM lUl] fnYyh] 1975
5- t;'kadj izlkn( jes'kpUnz 'kkg( lkfgR; vdkneh] fnYyh] 1977
6- izlkn dk ukV~; lkfgR;( ijEijk vkSj iz;ksx( gfj'pUnz izdk'ku izfr"Bku] esjB % izFke laLdj.k
7- ygj&lkSUn;Z( lR;ohj flag( lUekxZ izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1977
8- izlkn dk x|&lkfgR;( jktef.k 'kekZ] vkRekjke ,.M lUl] fnYyh] 1982
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&5 ¼III½ lw;ZdkUr f=ikBh fujkyk
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lkfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼jkx fojkx½ esa ls N%
vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa
dk gksxkA
10 (1465)

3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy;s fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa
¼rqylhnkl] vydk½ ij rhu&rhu vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd ls ,d iz'u djuk vfuok;Z gksxkA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa dh fu/kZfjr iqLrdksa ¼jkx&fojkx]
rqylhnkl vkSj vydk½ ij vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ik¡p ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy;s 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka mi;qZä rhuksa iqLrdksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B
iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk
1- jkx&fojkx ¼dfork&laxzg½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;
fujkyk vkSj Nk;kokn(
fujkyk vkSj jgL;okn(
fujkyk vkSj izxfrokn(
^rqylhnkl* dh oLrq&;kstuk(
^rqylhnkl* esa fpUru vkSj n'kZu(
^rqylhnkl* esa laLÑfr dk Lo:i(
^rqylhnkl* esa fcEc vkSj izrhd(
^rqylhnkl* esa jl&;kstuk(
fujkyk dh miU;kl&dyk(
fujkyk ds miU;kl lkfgR; esa ;FkkFkZ(
^vYdk* ds miU;kl dh izeq[k leL;k(
^vYdk* miU;kl ds ukjh ik=(
^vYdk* miU;kl dh vkapfydrk(
^vYdk* miU;kl dh Hkk"kk&'kSyh(
^jke dh 'kfDr iwtk* % dF; ,oa f'kYi(
^ljkst&Le`fr* % dF; v,oa f'kYi(
^dqdqjeqÙkk* % dF; ,oa f'kYiA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fujkyk dk x|( lw;Zizlkn nhf{kr( jk/kkÑ".k izdk'ku( fnYyh
2- fujkyk dk x| lkfgR;( izksfeyk fcYyk( pSrU; izdk'ku( dkuiqj
3- fujkyk dk lkfgR; vkSj lk/uk( fo'oEHkjukFk mik/;k( fouksn iqLrd efUnj( vkxjk
4- fujkyk dh lkfgR; lk/uk( MkW- jkefoykl 'kekZ] jktdey izdk'ku( fnYyh
5- egkdfo fujkyk % dkO;dyk( MkW- fo'oEHkjukFk mik/;k;( ljLorh iqLrd lnu] vkxjk
6- egkizk.k fujkyk( xaxkizlkn ik.Ms;( lkfgR;dkj ifj"kn~( iz;kx
7- Økafrdkjh dfo fujkyk( cPpufalg( fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku( okjk.klh
10 (1466)

8- dfo fujkyk % uUnnqykjs oktis;h( esdfeyu( fnYyh
9- fujkyk dk vyf{kr vFkZ&xkSjo( 'kf'kHkw"k.k 'khrka'kq( ljLorh iSzl] bykgkckn
10- fujkyk dk dFkk lkfgR;( dqlqe ok".ksZ;( lkfgR; Hkou izk- fy-] bykgkckn
11- fujkyk ds dkO; esa fcEc vkSj izrhd( osnozr 'kekzZ( vk;Z cqd fMiks( fnYyh
12- fujkyk vkSj mudk rqylhnkl( jkedqekj 'kekZ( in~e cqd dEiuh] t;iqj
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2008&2009 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&5 ¼IV½ iszepan
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lkfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼xcu½ esa ls N%
vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa
dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy;s fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa
¼lsoklnu] dcZyk½ ij rhu&rhu vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd ls ,d iz'u djuk vfuok;Z gksxkA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gk¡ mi;qZDr rhu Ñfr;ksa dk nwzr&ikB visf{kr gSA
iz'u&i= esa nl iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ik¡p ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx
250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy;s 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka mi;qZä rhuksa iqLrdksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B
iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M
8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk
1- xcu] iszepUn] gal izdk'ku bykgkcknA
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr jpuk,a ,oa fo"k;
1- lsoklnu( iszepUn( gal izdk'ku( bykgkcknA
2- dcZyk( iszepanA
ikB~; fo"k;
iszepan;qxhu ifjos'k(
iszepan dk thou&n'kZu(
10 (1467)

vkn'kksZUeq[kh ;FkkFkZokn vkSj iszepUn(
iszepan dh ukjh Hkkouk(
iszepan dh lEiknu&dyk(
fgUnh i=dkfjrk ds fodkl esa iszepan dk ;ksxnku(
^lsoklnu*( ukedj.k(
^lsoklnu* esa fpf=r leL;k,¡ vkSj lek/kku(
^lsoklnu* % izklafxdrk(
^dcZyk* ukVd dk mís';(
^dcZyk* ukVd dh jaxeaph;rk(
^dcZyk* ukVd dh izklafxdrk(
iszepan dh ukV~; dykA
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- iszepan % fpUru vkSj dyk( bUnzukFk Hknku( ljLorh iSzl( cukjl] 1961
2- iszepan % thou] dyk vkSj ÑfrRo( galjkt jgcj( vkRekjke ,.M lUl( fnYyh( 1962
3- miU;kldkj iszepan( lqjs'kpUn xqIr ,oa jes'kpan xqIr( v'kksd izdk'ku( fnYyh] 1966
4- iszepan;qxhu Hkkjrh; lekt( bUnzeksgu dqekj flUgk( fcgkjh fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh( iVuk] 1974
5- iszepan( lR;sUnz( jk/kkÑ".k izdk'ku( fnYyh] 1976
6- iszepan vkSj mudk ;qx( jkefoykl 'kekZ( jktiky izdk'ku( fnYyh] 1981
7- ledkyhu thou lUnHkZ vkSj iszepan( /kesZUnz xqIr( ih;w"k izdk'ku( fnYyh] 1988
8- dgkuhdkj iszepan( uwjtgka( fgUnh lkfgR; Hk.Mkj( y[kuÅ] 1975
9- iszepan vkSj Hkkjrh; fdlku( jkec{k( ok.kh izdk'ku( fnYyh] 1983
10- iszepan vkSj mudk lkfgR;( 'khyk xqIr( lkfgR; Hkou izk- fyfeVsM( bykgkckn] 1979
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&5 ¼V½ i=dkfjrk izf’k{k.k
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼[k½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼x½ oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼?k½ izk;ksfxd iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~;
fo"k;ksa esa ls N% iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA ;g [k.M 42 ¼3x14½
vadksa dk gksxkA
10 (1468)

3- [k.M ¼[k½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls 10 iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa
ls ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy;s 20
¼5x4½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
4- [k.M ¼x½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs
tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M
8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
5- [k.M&?k izk;ksfxd dk;Z ls lEcfU/r gSA bl [k.M esa nks iSzl&foKfIr;ka nh tk,axh] ftuesa ls
fdlh ,d dks vk/kkj cukdj ijh{kkFkhZ lekpkj rS;kj djsxkA ;g [k.M 10 vadksa dk gksxkA
vkykspukRed] y?kwÙkjh ,oa oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;
1- i=dkfjrk % Lo:i vkSj izdkj( fo'o i=dkfjrk dk mn;( Hkkjr esa i=dkfjrk dk vkjEHk( fgUnh
i=dkfjrk % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl( lekpkj i=dkfjrk ds ewy rÙo( lekpkj ladyu rFkk ys[ku ds
eq[; vk;ke( lekpkj ds fofHkUu lzksrA
2- laiknu dyk ds lkekU; fl)kUr] ¼'kh"kZd] i`"B&foU;kl] vkeq[k vkSj lekpkj i= dh
izLrqfr&izfØ;k½] lekpkj i=ks ds fofHkUu Lrjksa dh ;kstuk( n`'; lkexzh ¼dkVwZu] js[kkfp=]
xSzfQDl½ dh O;oLFkk vkSj QksVks i=dkfjrk( laoknnkrk dh vgZrk] Js.kh ,oa dk;Z&i)frA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fgUnh i=dkfjrk( Ñ".kfcgkjh feJ( Hkkjrh; KkuihB izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1969
2- fodkl i=dkfjrk( jk/ks';ke 'kekZ( gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh( p.Mhx

,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&5 ¼VI½ vuqokn&foKku
funsZ'k %
1- lewpk ikB~;Øe rhu [k.Mksa esa foHkä gSA izR;sd [k.M esa ls nks iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdlh
,d iz'u dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 42 ¼3x14½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy;s 20 ¼5x4½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuds fy, 8 ¼1x8½ vad fu/kkZfjr
gSaA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugha gksxkA
4- iz'u&i= esa vaxszth dk ,d ikBka'k fn;k tk,xk] ftldk fgUnh esa vuqokn djuk gksxkA ;g [k.M
10 vadksa dk gksxkA
ikB~; fo"k; %
[k.M ¼d½
vuqokn % ifjHkk"kk] {ks= ,oa lhek,a(
vuqokn dk Lo:i % vuqokn dyk] foKku vFkok f'kYi(
vuqokn dh bdkbZ % 'kCn] inca/k] okD;] ikBA
[k.M ¼[k½ vuqokn ds {ks= ,oa izdkj
dk;kZy;h] oSKkfud ,oa rduhdh] lkfgfR;d] ekufodh] lapkj&ekè;e] foKkiu vkfn( vuqokn dh
leL;k,a% l`tukRed@lkfgfR;d( dk;kZy;h vuqokn dh leL;k,a( oSKkfud lkfgR; ds vuqokn
dh leL;k,a( foKkiu ds vuqokn dh leL;k,aA
[k.M ¼x½ ikB dh vo/kkj.kk vkSj izÑfr
ikB % 'kCn] izfr 'kCn( 'kkfCnd vuqokn( HkkokuqoknA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- jktey cksjk( vuqokn D;k gS( ok.kh izdk'ku( u;h fnYyhA
2- e/q /kou( Hkk"kkUrj.k dyk( ok.kh izdk'ku( u;h fnYyhA
3- dSyk'kpUnz HkkfV;k( Hkkjrh; Hkk"kk,a vkSj fgUnh vuqokn % leL;k lek/kku( ok.kh izdk'ku( u;h
fnYyhA
4- vkjlq( lkfgR;kuqokn % laokn vkSj laosnuk( ok.kh izdk'ku( u;h fnYyhA
5- lqjs'k dqekj( vuqokn fl)kUr dh :ijs[kk( ok.kh izdk'ku( u;h fnYyhA
10 (1470)

,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼izFke lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&5 ¼VII½ gfj;k.koh Hkk"kk vkSj lkfgR;
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼gfj;k.kk ds yksdxhr
[k.M&1 rFkk [k.M&2½ esa ls N% vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh
gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;ksa esa ls
N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36
¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka fu/kkZfjr iz'ukoyh esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA
ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl
[k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr fof'k"V jpukdkjksa vkSj fof'k"V
jpukvksa ij vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8
¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~;xzUFk
1- gfj;k.kk ds yksdxhr % [k.M&1 rFkk [k.M&2( lk/kqjke 'kkjnk( Hkk"kk&foHkkx( gfj;k.kk] p.Mhx

yksddyk,a(
fnup;kZ vkSj [kkuiku(
os'kHkw"kk(
[k.M ¼x½ gfj;k.koh yksd&lkfgR; (
yksdxhr (
yksdukV~; (
yksddFkkA
fof'k"V jpukdkj
1- vgenc['k Fkkusljh (
2- iafMr usrjke (
3- nhipUnz (
4- gjnsok Lokeh (
5- ckts ukbZ ¼Hkxr½A
fof'k"V jpuk,a
1- xwxkihj ¼yksdxkFkk½ (
2- fugkyns ¼yksdxkFkk½ (
3- fdLlk jkofd'ku xksiky ¼yksdxkFkk½ (
4- lR;oku&lkfo=h ¼iafMr y[kehpUn Ñr yksdukV~;½ (
5- Ñ".k&lqnkek ¼iafMr ekaxsjke Ñr yksdukV~;½A
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- ekud fgUnh vkSj ckax: dk O;frjsdh fo'ys"k.k ( lksenÙk caly ( gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh (
p.Mhx

12- gfj;k.kk dh yksd/kehZ ukV~; ijEijk ( iw.kZpUn 'kekZ ( gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh ( p.Mhx

[k.M ¼?k½
fgUnh ds fofo/k :i % lEidZ Hkk"kk] jk"VªHkk"kk] jktHkk"kk] ek/;e Hkk"kk] lapkj&Hkk"kk( fgUnh dh
laoS/kkfud fLFkfr( fgUnh esa dEI;wVj lqfo/kk,a % vkadM+k&lalk/ku vkSj 'kCn&lalk/ku( orZuh 'kks/ku(
e'khuh vuqokn( fgUnh Hkk"kk&f'k{k.k % Lo:i ,oa mís';( fgUnh mPpkj.k] orZuh vkSj O;kdj.k dk
f'k{k.kA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- Hkk"kk vkSj Hkkf"kdh] nsoh'kadj f}osnh] jk/kkÑ".k] fnYyh] 1993
2- Hkk"kk foKku dh Hkwfedk] nsosUnzukFk 'kekZ] jk/kkÑ".k] 1989
3- Hkk"kk foKku] HkksykukFk frokjh] fdrkc egy] bykgkckn] 1997
4- ekud fgUnh dk lajpukRed Hkk"kk foKku] vkseizdk'k Hkkj}kt] vk;Zcqd fMiks] fnYyhA
5- Hkk"kkfoKku vkSj ekud fgUnh] ujs'k feJ] vfHkuo izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1993
6- vk/kqfud Hkk"kkfoKku] Ñik'kadj flag ,oa prqHkqZt lgk;] us'kuy ifCyf'kax] gkÅl] fnYh] 1997
7- vk/kqfud Hkk"kkfoKku] jktef.k 'kekZ] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1996
8- Hkk"kkfoKku] Hkk"kk'kkL=] dfiynso f}osnh] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1997
9- fgUnh Hkk"kk % mn~xe vkSj fodkl] mn;ukjk;.k frokjh] Hkkjrh HkaMkj] bykgkckn] 1997
10- fgUnh Hkk"kk] HkksykukFk frokjh] fdrkc egy] fnYyh] 1991
11- fgUnh % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl] gjnso ckgjh] fdrkc egy] bykgkckn] 1965
12- fgUnh Hkk"kk dk fodkl] nsosUnzukFk 'kekZ ,oa jkenso f=ikBh] jk/kkÑ".k] fnYyh] 1971
13- fgUnh Hkk"kk % :i fopkj] ljuke flag 'kekZ ^v#.k*] fpUe; izdk'ku] t;iqj] 1962
14- nsoukxjh] nsoh'kadj f}osnh] iz'kkar izdk'ku] dq#{ks=] 1990
15- nsoukxjh ys[ku rFkk fgUnh orZuh] y{ehukjk;.k 'kekZ] dsUnzh; fgUnh laLFkku] vkxjk] 1976
16- Hkk"kkfoKku ds fl)kUr vkSj fgUnh Hkk"kk] }kfjdkizlkn lDlsuk] ehuk{kh izdk'ku % fnYyh] 1972
17- Hkk"kk f'k{k.k] jfoUnzukFk JhokLro] lgdkjh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1981
18- Hkk"kk vkSj Hkk"kkfoKku] ujs'k feJ] fueZy ifCyds'kUl] fnYyh] 2001
19- vk/kqfud Hkk"kk foKku ds fl)kUr] jkefd'kksj 'kekZ] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1998
20- vuqokn foKku] jktef.k 'kekZ] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 2002
21- vuqokn foKku vkSj lEisz"k.k] gfjeksgu] r{kf'kyk izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1984
22- vuqokn foKku vkSj vkykspuk dh u;h Hkwfedk] jfoUnzukFk JhokLro] dsUnzh; fgUnh laLFkku]
vkxjk] 1980
10 (1474)

,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&7 fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl
funsZ'k %
1- ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkDr gSA izR;sd [k.M ls nks vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls
fdlh ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 48 ¼4x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj
nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa esa nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr ckjg oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA ftuds fy,
12 ¼1x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugha gksxkA
ikB~; fo"k; %
[k.M ¼d½
jhfrdky % lkekftd&lkaLÑfr ifjisz{;]
jhfrdky dk ukedj.k]
jhfrdky ds ewy lzksr]
njckjh laLÑfr vkSj y{k.k xzUFk ijEijk]
jhfr dfo;ksa dk vkpk;ZRo]
jhfrdky ds izeq[k dfo ¼ds'ko] efrjke] Hkw"k.k] nso] in~ekdj] fcgkjh] ?kukuUn½A
[k.M ¼[k½
jhfrdkO; esa yksd thou]
jhfrc) dkO; % lkekU; izo`fÙk;ka]
jhfrfl) dkO; % lkekU; izo`fÙk;ka]
jhfreqDr dkO; % lkekU; izo`fÙk;ka]
jhfrdkyhu ohjdkO; % lkekU; izo`fÙk;ka]
jhfrdkyhu uhfrdkO; % lkekU; izo`fÙk;ka]
jhfrdkyhu x|&lkfgR;A
[k.M ¼x½
vk/kqfuddky vkSj Hkkjrh; uotkxj.k]
HkkjrsUnq vkSj mudk dkO;]
HkkjrsUnq vkSj mudk e.My]
f}osnh;qxhu dkO; vkSj mldh lkekU; izo`fÙk;ka]
10 (1475)

jk"Vªh; dkO;/kkjk % izeq[k dfo vkSj dkO;]
LoPNUnrkokn % izeq[k dfo vkSj dkO;]
Nk;koknh dkO; ¼izlkn] fujkyk] iUr vkSj egknsoh½ % lkekU; izo`fÙk;ka]
izxfroknh dkO; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;ka]
iz;ksxokn % dfo vkSj dkO;]
u;h dfork % izeq[k dfo vkSj izo`fÙk;ka]
vk/kqfudrk cuke ledkyhurk]
ledkyhu dfork % dfo vkSj dkO;]
fgUnh uoxhr % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;ka]
HkkjrsUnq&iwoZ fgUnh x|A
[k.M ¼?k½
fgUnh i=dkfjrk % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh ukVd % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh ,dkadh % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh dgkuh vkSj mlds vkUnksyu]
fgUnh miU;kl % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh fucU/k % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh vkykspuk % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl
fgUnh js[kkfp= ,oa laLej.k lkfgR; % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh ;k=klkfgR; % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh vkRedFkk ,oa thouh lkfgR; % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh Mk;jh lkfgR; % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
fgUnh fjiksrkZt lkfgR; % mn~Hko vkSj fodkl]
nfD[kuh fgUnh lkfgR; dk laf{kIr ifjp;]
mnwZ lkfgR; dk laf{kIr ifjp;]
fgUnhrj {ks=ksa rFkk ns'kkUrj esa fgUnh Hkk"kk vkSj lkfgR;A
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- lkfgR;sgkl % lajpuk vkSj Lo:i] lqeu jkts] xzUFke dkuiqj] 1975
2- fgUnh lkfgR;sfrgkl % ik'pkR; lzksrksa dk v/;u] gjegsUnz flag csnh] izfrHkk izdk'ku] gksf'k;kjiqj]
1985
3- fgUnh lkfgR; dk vkfndky % gtkjhizlkn f}osnh] fcgkj jk"VªHkk"kk ifj"kn~] iVuk] 1961
4- fgUnh lkfgR; dh Hkwfedk] gtkjhizlkn f}osnh] fgUnh xzUFk jRukdj] cEcbZ] 1963
5- Ükàxkjdky dk iquewZY;kadu] jes'kdqekj 'kekZ] vk;Z cqd fMiks] fnYyh] 1978
6- fgUnh lkfgR; dk vrhr ¼Hkkx&2½] fo'oukFkizlkn feJ] ok.kh forku izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1960
7- Lokra«;ksÙkj fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] y{ehlkxj ok".ksZ;] jktiky ,.M lUl] fnYyh] 1982
8- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] jkepUnz 'kqDy] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh] 1961
10 (1476)

9- fgUnh lkfgR; dk vkykspukRed bfrgkl] jkedqekj oekZ] jkeukjk;.k csuh ek/ko] bykgkckn] 1971
10- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ¼lEiknd½] uxsUnz] us'kuy ifCyf'kax gkÅl] fnYyh] 1973
11- fgUnh lkfgR; dk oSKkfud bfrgkl ¼nks [k.M½ x.kifrpUnz xqIr] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn]
1989 ,oa 1990
12- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] gfj'pUnz oekZ ,oa jkefuokl xqIr] eaFku ifCyds'ku] jksgrd] 1982
13- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] fot;sUnz Lukrd] lkfgR; vdkneh] fnYyh] 1996
14- fgUnh lkfgR; dk nwljk bfrgkl] cPpu flag] jk/kkÑ".k feJ] fnYyh] 1996
15- fgUnh lkfgR; dk oLrqijd bfrgkl ¼nks [k.M½] jkeizlkn feJ] lRlkfgR; Hk.Mkj] fnYyh] 1998
16- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] ykypan xqIr ^eaxy*] ;wfuoflZVh cqd lSUVj] dq#{ks=] 1999
17- fgUnh lkfgR; dk bfrgkl ¼dky foHkktu ,oa ukedj.k½] jes'kpUnz xqIr] fueZy cqd ,tsUlh]
dq#{ks=] 2002
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&8 vk/kqfud x|&lkfgR;
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa ¼pUnzxqIr]
fucU/k&fuy;½ esa ls rhu&rhu vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh
gksxhA izR;sd iqLrd ls ,d vorj.k dh O;k[;k djuk vfuok;Z gksxkA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa
dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼iFk
ds lkFkh½ vkSj mlds jpukdkjksa ij N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds
mÙkj nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka ikap ukVddkjksa ¼HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz] misUnzukFk
v'd] fo".kq izHkkdj] y{ehukjk;.k yky] 'kadj 'ks"k½] ikap LQqV x|dkjksa&¼ve`rjk;&dye dk
flikgh] f'koizlkn flag&mÙkj;ksxh] gfjoa'kjk; cPpu&D;k Hkwywa % D;k ;kn d#a] jkgqy
lkaÑR;k;u&?kqeDdM+ 'kkL=] ek[kuyky prqosZnh&lkfgR; nsork½ rFkk budh Ñfr;ksa dk nqzr ikB
visf{kr gSA iz'u&i= esa nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA
izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
10 (1477)

5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr rhuksa iqLrdksa ¼iFk ds lkFkh]
pUnzxqIr] fucU/k&fuy;½ vkSj muds jpukdkjksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl
iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq ikB~; xazFk %
1- pUnzxqIr] t;'kadj izlkn] izlkn izdk'ku] bykgkcknA
2- fucU/k&fuy;] MkW- lR;sUnz ¼lEiknd½] ok.kh izdk'ku] u;h fnYyhA
fu/kkZfjr vkykspukRed iz'u
1- iFk ds lkFkh % egknsoh oekZ
^iFk ds lkFkh* dk lkfgR; :i] ^iFk ds lkFkh* esa ladfyr izR;sd lkfgR;dkj ds O;fDrRo dk
foospu&fo'ys"k.k] ^iFk ds lkFkh* dh x|&'kSyhA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fgUnh miU;kl dh izo`fÙk;ka] 'kf'kHkw"k.k flagy] fouksn iqLrd eafnj] vkxjk] 1986
2- izfrfuf/k fgUnh miU;kl ¼Hkkx&1½] ;'k xqykVh] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh] p.Mhx

2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ ,d dfo ¼xtkuu ek/ko eqfDrcks/k½ dh
fu/kkZfjr dfork esa ls N% vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA
;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr dfo;ksa
¼jke/kkjh flag fnudj vkSj lfPpnkuan ghjkuan okRL;k;u ^vKs;*½ vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij
rhu&rhu vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd dfo ls
lacaf/kr ,d iz'u djuk vfuok;Z gksxkA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka ikap dfo;ksa ¼Hkokuh izlkn feJ] ujs'k esgrk]
/keZohj Hkkjrh] j?kqohj lgk;] nq";Ur dqekj½ rFkk mudh Ñfr;ksa dk nzqrikB visf{kr gSA iz'u&i=
esa izR;sd dfo ls lEcfU/kr nks&nks iz'u ¼dqy nl½ iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds
mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA mi;qZDr rhuksa dfo;ksa vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij vk/kkfjr
vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa
dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk
1- va/ksjs esa] eqfDrcks/k ¾ dqy ,d dforkA
fu/kkZfjr vkykspukRed iz'u
1- fnudj&moZ'kh esa dkek/;kRe] lkSUn;Z&psruk] laokn&dkS'ky] egkdkO;Ro] r`rh; vad dh
fo'ks"krk,a
2- vKs; &iz;ksx/kfeZrk] oS;fDrdrk vkSj lkekftdrk] vfHkO;atuk&i{kA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- Nk;kokn ;qxh dkO;] vfouk'k Hkkj}kt] r{kf'kyk izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1984
2- izlkn vkSj dkek;uh] ewY;kadu dk iz'u] uxsUnz] us'kuy ifCyf'kax gkÅl] fnYyh] 1990
3- dkek;uh esa dkO;] laLÑfr vkSj n'kZu] }kfjdkizlkn lDlsuk] fouksn iqLrd eafnj] vkxjk] 1978
4- jkes'ojyky [k.Msyoky] t;'kadj izlkn % oLrq vkSj dyk] uS'kuy ifCyf'kax gkÅl] fnYyh]
1968
5- fujkyk] ineflag 'kekZ ^deys'k* jk/kkÑ".k] fnYyh] 1969
6- dkO;iq#"k fujkyk] t;ukFk ^ufyu*] vkyksd izdk'ku] dq#{ks=] 1970
7- fujkyk dh dkO; psruk] gqdqepan jktiky] lw;ZHkkjrh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1993
8- lqfe=kuanu iar] dkO; dyk vkSj thou n'kZu] 'kqphjkuh xqVZ] vkRekjke ,aM lal] fnYyh] 1951
9- iar dk dkO; % f'koiky flag] lkfgR; jRuky;] dkuiqj] 1987
10- ^vKs;* dfo] vkseizdk'k voLFkh] xzUFke] dkuiqj] 1977
11- dkO; Hkk"kk % jpukRed ljksdkj] jktef.k 'kekZ] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 2001
12- chloha 'krkCnh dh fgUnh dfork] enu xqykVh] vuqie izdk'ku] djuky] 2000
13- lkBksÙkjh fgUnh dfork esa ØkfUr vkSj l`tu] ehjk xkSre] fueZy ifCyds'kUl] fnYyh] 1996
10 (1479)

14- eqfDrcks/k dk lkfgR; foosd vkSj mudh dfork] yYyujk;] eaFku ifCyds'kUl] jksgrd] 1982
15- u;h dfork dh ukV~;eq[kh Hkwfedk] gqdqepUn jktiky] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1975
16- u;h dfork dk bfrgkl] cStukFk flagy] lat; izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1977
17- dfork vkSj la?k"kZ psruk] ;'k xqykVh] bUnzizLFk izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1986
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa ¼uhynsoh] isze ek/kqjh½
esa ls rhu&rhu vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA izR;sd
iqLrd ls ,d vorj.k dh O;k[;k djuh vfuok;Z gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr iqLrd
¼HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz ds Js"B fucU/k½ ,oa ikB~; fo"k;ksa ls N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa
ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka mi;qZDr rhu Ñfr;ksa dk nwzr&ikB visf{kr gSA iz'u
i= esa nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx
250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA mi;qZDr rhu iqLrdksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u
iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk
1- uhynsoh&HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz] HkkjrsUnq lexz] fgUnh izpkjd laLFkku] okjk.klhA
2- isze&ek/kqjh&HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz] HkkjrsUnq lexz] fgUnh izpkjd laLFkku] okjk.klhA
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr jpuk,a ,oa fo"k;
1- HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz ds Js"B fucU/k ¼laiknd½] Ñ".knÙk ikyhoky] lfpu izdk'ku] fnYyhA
ikB~; fo"k;
HkkjrsUnq dh fucU/k&dyk]
HkkjrsUnq ds fucU/kksa dk dF;]
10 (1480)

HkkjrsUnq ds fucU/kksa dh Hkk"kk&'kSyh]
HkkjrsUnq dh ukVd lEcU/kh vo/kkj.kk,a]
HkkjrsUnq ds vuqlkj ^tkrh; laxhr* dh mi;ksfxrk]
HkkjrsUnq dh lkekftd psruk]
HkkjrsUnq dk ukjh&Lokra«; lEcU/kh n`f"Vdks.k]
HkkjrsUnq dk /keZ lEcU/kh n'kZu]
HkkjrsUnq dh ukV~;dyk]
fgUnh jaxeap ds fodkl esa HkkjrsUnq dk ;ksxnku]
fgUnh i=dkfjrk ds fodkl esa HkkjrsUnq dk ;ksxnkuA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- HkkjrsUnq dk ukV~; lkfgR;] MkW- ohjsUnz dqekj
2- HkkjrsUnq dk x| lkfgR; % lekt'kkL=h; v/;;u] MkW- dfiynso nqcs
3- HkkjrsUnq ds ukVdksa dk 'kkL=h; v/;;u] MkW- xksihukFk frokjh
4- HkkjrsUnq ds fucU/k] MkW- dsljh ukjk;.k 'kqDy
5- HkkjrsUnq ;qx dk ukV~; lkfgR; vkSj jaxeap] MkW- oklqnso uUnu izlkj
6- HkkjrsUnq ;qx dh 'kCn lEink] MkW- tlikyh pkSgku
7- HkkjrsUnq lkfgR;] MkW- jkexksiky pkSgku
8- HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz] ckcw cztjRu nkl
9- HkkjrsUnq gfj'pUnz % lkfgR; vkSj thou&n'kZu] MkW- jes'k xqIrA
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼ii½ t;’kadj izlkn
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr nks iqLrdksa ¼Nk;k] dkO; vkSj
dyk rFkk vU; fucU/k½ esa ls rhu&rhu vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k
djuh gksxhA izR;sd iqLrd ls ,d vorj.k dh O;k[;k djuh vfuok;Z gksxhA ;g [k.M 21
¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
10 (1481)

3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa
¼Nk;k] dadky] dkO; vkSj dyk rFkk vU; fucU/k½ ,oa ikB~; fo"k;ksa ls N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs
tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka mi;qZDr rhu Ñfr;ksa ij vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs
tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA
bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA mi;qZDr rhu iqLrdksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u
iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk
1- Nk;k ¼dgkuh&laxzg½
2- dkO; vkSj dyk rFkk vU; fucU/k ¼fucU/k&laxzg½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;A
izlkn dh dgkuh dyk dk fodkl] HkkoHkwfe] izlkn dh miU;kl dyk dk fodkl] dadky %
izfrik| vkSj mís';] izlkn dh fuca/k&dykA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- izlkn dk dkO;] isze'kadj] Hkkjrh HkaMkj] bykgkckn] 1961
2- dkek;uh % ,d lg&fpUru] opunso dqekj ,oa fnus'oj izlkn] Dykfld ifCyf'kax dEiuh]
fnYyh] 1983
3- dkek;uh&vuq'khyu] jkeyky flag] bf.M;u iSzl] fyfeVsM] iz;kx] 1975
4- izlkn dk lkfgR;] izHkkdj Jksf=;] vkRekjke ,aM lUl] fnYyh] 1975
5- t;'kadj izlkn] jes'kpUnz 'kkg] lkfgR; vdkneh] fnYyh] 1977
6- izlkn dk ukV~; lkfgR;] ijEijk vkSj iz;ksx] gfj'pUnz izdk'ku izfr"Bku] esjB] izFke laLdj.kA
7- ygj&lkSUn;Z] lR;ohj flag] lUekxZ izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1977
8- izlkn dk x|&lkfgR;] jktef.k 'kekZ] vkRekjke ,.M lUl] fnYyh] 1982
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼iii½ lw;ZdkUr f=ikBh fujkyk
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
10 (1482)

2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr nks iqLrdksa ¼fu#iek vkSj
fyyh½ esa ls rhu&rhu vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA
izR;sd iqLrd ls ,d vorj.k dh O;k[;k djuh vfuok;Z gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk
gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr iqLrd
¼izcU/k izfrek½ ,oa ikB~; fo"k;ksa ls N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds
mÙkj nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa ¼fu#iek] fyyh]
izcU/k izfrek½ ij vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA
izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA mi;qZDr rhu iqLrdksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u
iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk
1- fu#iek ¼miU;kl½
2- fyyh ¼dgkuh&laxzg½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;
fujkyk dh jk"Vªh; psruk]
fujkyk dh fonzksgh psruk]
fuca/kdkj fujkyk]
fgUnh fuca/kdkjksa esa fujkyk dk LFkku]
^izcU/k izfrek* esa ladfyr fucU/kksa dh leh{kk]
dFkkdkj fujkyk]
dgkuhdkj fujkyk]
thouhdkj fujkyk]
vkykspd fujkykA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fujkyk dk x|] lw;Zizlkn nhf{kr] jk/kkÑ".k izdk'ku] fnYyhA
2- fujkyk dk x| lkfgR;] izksfeyk fcYyk] pSrU; izdk'ku] dkuiqjA
3- fujkyk dk lkfgR; vkSj lk/kuk] fo'oEHkukFk mik/;k;] fouksn iqLrd efUnj] vkxjkA
4- fujkyk dh lkfgR; lk/kuk] MkW- jkefoykl 'kekZ] jktdey izdk'ku] fnYyhA
5- egkdfo fujkyk % dkO;dyk] MkW- fo'oEHkjukFk mik/;k;] ljLorh iqLrd lnu] vkxjkA
6- egkizk.k fujkyk] xaxkizlkn ik.Ms;] lkfgR;dkj ifj"kn~] iz;kxA
7- Økafrdkjh dfo fujkyk] cPpuflag] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klhA
8- dfo fujkyk % uUnnqykjs oktis;h] esdfeyu] fnYyhA
9- fujkyk dk vyf{kr vFkZ&xkSjo] 'kf'kHkw"k.k 'khrka'kq] ljLorh iSzl] bykgkcknA
10- fujkyk dk dFkk lkfgR;] dqlqe ok".ksZ;] lkfgR; Hkou izk-fy-] bykgkcknA
10 (1483)

11- fujkyk ds dkO; esa fcEc vkSj izrhd] osnozr 'kekZ] vk;Z cqd fMiks] fnYyhA
12- fujkyk vkSj mudk rqylhnkl] jkedqekj 'kekZ] ine cqd dEiuh] t;iqjA
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼iv½ iszepan
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr nks iqLrdksa ¼izfrfuf/k dgkfu;ka]
iszepan ds Js"B fucU/k½ esa ls rhu&rhu vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k
djuh gksxhA izR;sd iqLrd ls ,d vorj.k dh O;k[;k djuh vfuok;Z gksxhA ;g [k.M 21
¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr iqLrd
¼deZHkwfe½ ,oa ikB~; fo"k;ksa ls N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj
nsus gks axsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36 ¼3x12½ vad gksaxsA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka mi;qZDr rhu Ñfr;ksa dk nwzr&ikB visf{kr gSA
iz'u&i= esa nl iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj
yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA mi;qZDr rhu iqLrdksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u
iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xa zFk
1- iszepan dh dgkfu;ka] iszepan] jktdey izdk'ku] fnYyhA
2- iszepan ds Js"B fucU/k] lR;izdk'k ¼lEiknd½] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkcknA
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy;s fu/kkZfjr jpuk,a ,oa fo"k;
1- deZHkwfe] iszepan] gal izdk'k] bykgkcknA
ikB~; fo"k;
iszepan vkSj xka/khokn]
deZHkwfe vkSj xka/khokn]
deZHkwfe dh ukf;dk vkSj mldk pfj=&fp=.k]
deZHkwfe dk uk;d vkSj mldk pfj=&fp=.k
10 (1484)

fgUnh miU;kl ds fodkl esa iszepan dk ;ksxnku]
iszepan dh miU;kl&dyk]
iszepan dh dgkfu;ksa dk dF;]
iszepan dh dgkfu;ksa dk f'kYi]
iszepan dh dgkuh&dyk]
iszepan ds fucU/kksa dk dF;]
iszepan ds fucU/kksa dk f'kYi]
iszepan dh fucU/k&dyk]
iszepan dh Hkk"kk&'kSyh]
orZeku lanHkks± esa iszepan lkfgR; dh izklafxdrkA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- iszepan % fpUru vkSj dyk] bUnzukFk enku] ljLorh iSzl] cukjl] 1961
2- iszepan % thou] dyk vkSj ÑfrRo] galjkt jgcj] vkRekjke ,.M lUl] fnYyh] 1962
3- miU;kldkj iszepan] lqjs'kpUn xqIr ,oa jes'kpUn xqIr] v'kksd izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1966
4- iszepan;qxhu Hkkjrh; lekt] bUnzeksgu dqekj flUgk] fcgkjh fgUnh xzUFk vdkneh] iVuk] 1974
5- iszepan] lR;sUnz] jk/kkÑ".k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1976
6- iszepan vkSj mudk ;qx] jkefoykl 'kekZ] jktiky izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1981
7- ledkyhu yhou lUnHkZ vkSj iszepan] /kesZUnz xqIr] ih;w"k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1988
8- dgkuhdkj iszepan] uwjtgka] fgUnh lkfgR; Hk.Mkj] y[kuÅ] 1975
9- iszepan vkSj Hkkjrh; fdlku] jkec{k] ok.kh izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1983
10- iszepan vkSj mudk lkfgR;] 'khyk xqIr] lkfgR; Hkou izk- fyfeVsM] bykgkckn] 1979
,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼v½ i=dkfjrk&izf'k{k.k
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼[k½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼x½ oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼?k½ izk;ksfxd iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~;
fo"k;ksa esa ls N% iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA ;g [k.M 42 ¼3x14½
vadksa dk gksxkA
10 (1485)

3- [k.M ¼[k½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls 10 iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa
ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds
fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
4- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs
tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ izk;ksfxd dk;Z ls lEcfU/kr gSA bl [k.M esa nks iSzl&foKfIr;ka nh tk,axh] ftuesa ls
fdlh ,d dks vk/kkj cukdj ijh{kkFkhZ lekpkj rS;kj djsxkA ;g [k.M 10 vadksa dk gksxkA
vkykspukRed] y?kwÙkjh ,oa oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;
1- i=dkfjrk lEcU/kh ys[ku ¼lEikndh;] Qhpj] fjiksrkZt] lk{kkRdkj] [kksth lekpkj]
vuqorZu&Qkyksvi vkfn dh izfof/k½] bySDVªkSfud ehfM;k dh i=dkfjrk ¼jsfM;ks] Vh-oh- ohfM;ks]
dscy] eYVh&ehfM;k vkSj bUVjusV½] fizaV i=dkfjrk vkSj eqnz.k dyk] izwQ'kks'ku] ys&vkmV rFkk
i`"B lTtk] i=dkfjrk izca/k ¼iz'kklfud O;oLFkk] fcØh rFkk forj.k O;oLFkka½A
2- Hkkjrh; lafo/kku esa iznÙk ekSfyd vf/kdkj] lwpukf/kdkj] ekuokf/kdkj] eqDr iszl dh vo/kkj.kk]
yksd lEidZ rFkk foKkiu] izlkj Hkkjrh rFkk lwpuk izkS|ksfxdh] iSzl lEcU/kh izeq[k dkuwu rFkk
vkpkj lafgrk] iztkrkaf=d O;oLFkk esa prqFkZ LrEHk ds :i esa i=dkfjrk dk nkf;RoA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fgUnh i=dkfjrk] Ñ".kfcgkjh feJ] Hkkjrh; KkuihB izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1969
2- fodkl i=dkfjrk] jk/ks';ke 'kekZ] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh] p.Mhx

,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼vi½ vuqokn&foKku
funsZ'k %
1- lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gSA izR;sd [k.M esa ls nks iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa
ls fdlh ,d iz'u dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 42 ¼3x14½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj
nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa esa nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxk]
ftuds fy, 8 ¼1x8½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
4- iz'u&i= esa vaxszth dk ,d ikBka'k fn;k tk,xk] ftldk fgUnh esa vuqokn djuk gksxkA blds
fy, 10 vad fu/kkZfjr gSA
ikB~; fo"k; %
[k.M ¼d½
vuqokn dh izfØ;k vkSj izfof/k % fo'ys"k.k] varj.k] iquxZBu] vuqokn&izfØ;k ds fofHkUu pj.k %
lzksrHkk"kk ds ikB dk fo'ys"k.k ,oa mlds vFkZxzg.k dh izfØ;k] lzksr Hkk"kk vkSj vFkZ&laisz"k.k dh
izfØ;k] vuqokn izfØ;k dh izÑfr] vuqokn rFkk lerqY;rk dk fl)kUrA
[k.M ¼[k½
vuqokn ds midj.k % dks'k] ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh] fFklkjl] dEI;wVj vkfn]
vuqokn % iqujh{k.k] lEiknu] ewY;kadu] e'khuh vuqokn] vuqokn dh lkFkZdrk] izklafxdrk ,oa
O;kolkf;d ifjn`';] vuqokn ds xq.kA
[k.M ¼x½
Nk;kuqokn] iw.kZ vkSj vkaf'kd vuqokn] vk'kq vuqokn] O;kogkfjd vuqoknA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- jktey cksjk] vuqokn D;k gS] ok.kh izdk'ku] u;h fnYyhA
2- e/kq /kou] Hkk"kkUrj.k dyk] ok.kh izdk'ku] u;h fnYyhA
3- dSyk'kpUnz HkkfV;k] Hkkjrh; Hkk"kk,a vkSj fgUnh vuqokn % leL;k lek/kku] ok.kh izdk'ku] u;h
fnYyhA
4- vkjlq] lkfgR;kuqokn % laokn vkSj laosnuk] ok.kh izdk'ku] u;h fnYyhA
5- lqjs'k dqekj] vuqokn fl)kUr dh :ijs[kk] ok.kh izdk'ku] u;h fnYyhA
10 (1487)

,e-,- fgUnh] iwokZ)Z ¼f}rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼vii½ gfj;k.koh Hkk"kk vkSj lkfgR;
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼gfj;k.kk ds yksdxhr
[k.M&3]4]5½ esa ls N% vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g
[k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;ksa esa ls
N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36
¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka fu/kkZfjr iz'ukoyh esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk,axs]
ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl
[k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr fof'k"V jpukdkjksa vkSj fof'k"V
jpukvksa ij vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8
¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~;xzUFk
1- gfj;k.kk ds yksdxhr % [k.M&3]4]5( lk/kqjke 'kkjnk] Hkk"kk&foHkkx] gfj;k.kk] p.Mhx

yksdfo'okl]
yksdekulA
[k.M ¼x½ gfj;k.koh yksd lkfgR; %
yksdxkFkk]
n`'; ,oa JO; lkexzh ¼fQYe] Vh-oh- jsfM;ks½A
fof'k"V jpukdkj
1- iafMr y[kehpan]
2- iafMr ekaxsjke]
3- /kuir]
4- jkefd'ku O;kl]
5- iafMr rqysjkeA
fof'k"V jpuk,a
1- Hktuksins'kekyk ¼iafMr lk/kqjke½
2- Jh lrxq# czãkuan ipklk ¼czãkuan ljLorh½]
3- gfj;k.koh yksddFkk,a ¼lEiknd] 'kadjyky ;kno½
4- >kMwfQjh ¼jktkjke 'kkL=h Ñr miU;kl½
5- fc?u dh tM+ ¼jkeQy flag pgy Ñr ,dkadh½A
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- ekud fgUnh vkSj ckax: dk O;frjsdh fo'ys"k.k] lksenÙk caly] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh]
p.Mhx

13- gfj;k.kk yksdukV~; ijEijk ,oa dfo f'kjksef.k iafMr ekaxsjke] j?kqchj flag eFkkuk] y{e.k lkfgR;
izdk'ku] jksgrd] 1993
14- gfj;k.kk yksdxhrksa dk lkaLÑfrd v/;;u] xq.kiky lkaxoku] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh]
p.Mhx

vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k; %
1- dchj % O;fDrRo vkSj ;qx] HkfDrHkkouk] fuxqZ.k dk Lo:i] jgL;&lk/kuk] fonzksg
vkSj lekt n'kZu] Hkk"kk] dfo ds :i esa dchj] fuxqZ.k dkO;/kkjk esa dchj dk LFkku]
dchj vkSj rqylh ds jke eas varj] uk fgUnw] uk eqlyekuA
2- rqylhnkl % O;fDrRo vkSj ;qx] nk'kZfud psruk] HkfDrHkkouk] yksdeaxy dh Hkkouk]
fp=dwV dk egÙo dk egÙo] izca/k dYiuk] dforkoyh dk dkO;&lkS"Bo] jkedkO;/kjk
esa rqylhnkl dk LFkkuA
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- fo'oukFk izlkn feJ] fo|kifr] uan fd'kksj ,.M cznlZ] okjk.klh] 1979
2- f'ko izlkn flag] fo|kifr] fgUnh izpkjd iqLrdky;] okjk.klh] 1961
3- jktnso flag] fgUnh dh fuxqZ.kdkO;/kjk vkSj dchj] vkys[k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1980
4- ljuke flag 'kekZ] dchj % O;fDrRo] ÑfrRo vkSj fl)kUr] Hkkjrh; 'kks/k laLFkku] t;iqj] 1969
5- HkkX;orh flag] rqylhnkl dh dkO;dyk] ljLorh iqLrd lnu] vkxjk] 1962
6- gfj'pUnz oekZ] rqylh lkfgR; esa uhfr] HkfDr vkSj n'kZu] latho izdk'ku] dq#{ks=] 1983
7- laHkkouk] ¼rqylh fo'ks"kkad½] fgUnh foHkkx] dq-fo- dq#{ks=] 1975
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&7 dkO;'kkL= ,oa lkfgR;kykspu
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼[k½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼x½ oLrqfu"B iz'u ¼?k½ O;kogkfjd leh{kkA
2- [k.M ¼d½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA blesa fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% iz'u iwNs
tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA blds fy, 42 ¼3x14½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- iz'u&i= esa lewps ikB~; fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap
iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl ds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad fu/kkZfjr
gSaA
4- lewps ikB~; fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ
gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 8 ¼1x8½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ ds varxZr dksbZ ,d dkO;ka'k fn;k tk,xk] ftldh O;kogkfjd leh{kk fy[kuh gksxhA
bl [k.M ds fy, 10 vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
10 (1491)

ikB~; fo"k;
1- laLÑr dkO;'kkL=
dkO; y{k.k % dkO; gsrq] dkO; iz;kstu] dkO; izdkjA
jl fl)kUr % jl dk Lo:i] jl fu"ifÙk] jl ds vax ¼vo;o½]
lk/kkj.khdj.k] lân; dh vo/kkj.kkA
vyadkj fl)kUr % ewy LFkkiuk,a] vyadkjksa dk oxhZdj.kA
jhfr fl)kUr % jhfr dk vo/kkj.kk] dkO; xq.k] jhfr ,oa 'kSyh] jhfr fl)kUr
dh izeq[k LFkkiuk,aA
oØksfDr fl)kUr % oØksfDr dh vo/kkj.kk] oØksfDr ds Hksn] oØksfDr ,oa
vfHkO;atukoknA
/ofu fl)kUr % /ofu dk Lo:i] /ofu fl)kUr dh izeq[k LFkkiuk,a] /ofu
dkO; ds izeq[k Hksn] xq.khHkwrO;aX;] fp=dkO;A
vkSfpR; fl)kUr % izeq[k LFkkiuk,a vkSj vkSfpR; ds HksnA
1- fgUnh dkO;'kkL= ,oa leh{kk i)fr;ka
y{k.k dkO; ijEijk ,oa dfo f'k{kk % ds'konkl] fpUrkeaf.k] dqyifr] nso]
in~ekdj] efrjke ds lUnHkZ esaA
vkykspukRed i)fr;ka % 'kkL=rh;] O;fDroknh] ,sfrgkfld]
rqyukRed] izHkkooknh] euksfo'ys"k.koknh]
lkSUn;Z'kkL=h;] 'kSyhoSKkfud]
lekt'kkL=h;A
[k.M&?k O;kogkfjd leh{kk
iz'u&i= esa iwNs x, fdlh dkO;ka'k dh Lofoosd ds vuqlkj leh{kkA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- lkfgR;kykspu] ';kelqUnjnkl] bafM;u iSzl] iz;kx] 1942
2- dkO; ds :i] xqykcjk;] izfrHkk izdk'ku efUnj] fnYyh] 1947
3- dkO;'kkL=] HkxhjFk feJ] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1974
4- fl)kUr vkSj v/;;u] xqykcjk;] vkRekjke ,.M lal] fnYyh] 1980
5- Hkkjrh; dkO;'kkL= dh Hkwfedk] uxsUnz] us'kuy] ifCyf'kax gkÅl] fnYyh] 1953
6- 'kkL=h; leh{kk ds fl)kUr ¼nks Hkkx½ xksfoUn] f=xq.kk;r] Hkkjrh; lkfgR; efUnj] fnYyh] 1970
7- Hkkjrh; dkO;'kkL=] Ñ".kcy] jk/kkÑ".k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1959
8- Hkkjrh; dkO;'kkL=] lR;nso pkS/kjh] vyadkj izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1974
9- Hkkjrh; dkO;fl)kUr] dkdk dkysydj] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1969
10 (1492)

,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&8 iz;kstuewyd fgUnh
funsZ'k %
1- ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkDr gSA izR;sd [k.M ls nks vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls
fdlh ,d&,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 48 ¼4x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lewps ikB~; fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftues a ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds
mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA blds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- lewps ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr ckjg oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA ftuds fy,
12 ¼1x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugha gksxkA
ikB~; fo"k; %
[k.M&d
fgUnh ds fofHkUu Lo:i&ltZukRed Hkk"kk] lapkj Hkk"kk] jktHkk"kk] ek/;e Hkk"kk] ekr`Hkk"kk] dk;kZy;h
fgUnh ¼jktHkk"kk½ ds izeq[k dk;Z % izk:i.k] i=&ys[ku] iYyou] fVIi.k] ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyh %
Lo:i ,oa egRo] fuekZ.k ds fl)kUr] Kku foKku ds fofHkUu {ks=ksa dh ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhA
[k.M &[k
dEI;wVj % ifjp;] :ijs[kk] mi;ksx rFkk {ks=] osc ifCyf'kax dk ifjp;] baVjusV lEidZ midj.kksa
dk ifjp;] izdk;kZRed j[k&j[kko ,oa baVjusV le; ferO;f;rk ds lw=] baVj ,DlIyksbV vFkok
usVLdsi vFkok usVLdsi fyad] czkmftax] bZ&esy isz"k.k@xzg.k] fgUnh ds izeq[k baVjusV iksVZy]
MkuyksfMax o viyksfMax] fgUnh lkWVos;j iSdstA
[k.M&x
i=dkfjrk % Lo:i ,oa izdkj] lekpkj ys[ku dyk] lEiknu ds vk/kkjHkwr rÙo] O;kogkfjd iwzQ
'kks/ku] 'kh"kZd dh lajpuk] baVªks ,oa 'kh"kZd lEiknuA
[-k.M&?k
lEikndh; ys[ku] i`"B&lTtk] lk{kkRdkj] i=dkj&okÙkkZ ,oa iszl izca/ku] izeq[k iSzl&dkuwu ,oa
vkpkj lafgrkA
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- fouksn dqekj izlkn] Hkk"kk vkSj izkS|ksfxdh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
2- iszepan iartfy] O;kolkf;d fgUnh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
3- iszepan iartfy % vk/kqfud foKkiu] ubZ fnYyhA
4- fouksn xksnjs] iz;kstuewyd fgUnh] ubZ fnYyhA
10 (1493)

5- jfoUnzukFk JhokLro] iz;kstuewyd fgUnh] dsUnzh; fgUnh laLFkku] vkxjkA
6- naxy >kYVs] iz;kstuewyd fgUnh] fl)kUr vkSj iz;ksx] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
7- f'koukjk;.k prqosZnh] fVIi.kh izk:i] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
8- f'koukjk;.k prqosZnh] izkys[ku izk:i] ok.kh ubZ fnYyhA
9- ef.kd e`xs'k] jktHkk"kk fofo/kk] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
10- dSyk'k pUnz HkkfV;k] jktHkk"kk fgUnh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
11- egs'k pUnz xqIr] iz'kklfud fgUnh % ,sfrgkfld lanHkZ ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
12- jgerqYykg] O;kolkf;d fgUnh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&9 Hkkjrh; lkfgR;
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ^o"kkZ dh lqcg* esa ls
N% vorj.k oSdfYid :i esa fn, tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g
[k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% iz'u iwNs tk;saxs]
ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsuk gksxkA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr fo"k;ksa esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls
fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy,
15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr ikB~;iqLrd ij vk/kkfjr vkB
oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk
gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- o"kkZ dh lqcg ¼mfM+;k dfork½ lhrkdkUr egkik=A
10 (1494)

vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa
1- Hkkjrh; lkfgR; vkSj Hkkjrh;rk
Hkkjrh; lkfgR; dk Lo:i] Hkkjrh; lkfgR; ds v/;;u dh leL;k,a] Hkkjrh; lkfgR; esa vkt ds
Hkkjr dk fcEc] Hkkjrh;rk dk lekt'kkL=k] fgUnh lkfgR; esa Hkkjrh; ewY;ksa dh vfHkO;fDrA
2- caxyk vkSj fgUnh lkfgR; dk rqyukRed v/;;u % caxyk oS".ko dkO; ijEijk vkSj fgUnh
HkfDrdky] caxyk&fgUnh ukFk lkfgR;] caxyk eqfLye lkfgR; vkSj fgUnw lwQh dkO;] cafdepUnz
vkSj HkkjrsUnq] ut+:y bLyke vkSj fujkyk] vk/kqfud caxyk&fgUnh x| lkfgR; ¼miU;kl]
dgkuh½A
lanHkZ lkexzh
1- y{ehlkxj ok".ksZ;] QksVZ fofy;e dkWyst] bykgkckn fo'ofo|ky;] bykgkckn] 1948
2- lqdqekj lsu] caxyk lkfgR; dh dFkk] fgUnh lkfgR;] fgUnh lkfgR; lEesyu] iz;kx] 2009 ¼fo-½
3- gtkjhizlkn f}osnh] e/;dkyhu /keZ lk/kuk] lkfgR; Hkou] bykgkckn 2013 la-
4- ij'kqjke prqosZnh] e/;dkyhu isze lk/kuk] vkRekjke ,aM lUl] fnYyh] 1952
5- lw;ZdkUr f=ikBh ^fujkyk*] johUnz dfork dkuu] jktdey] izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyh] 1955
6- uxsUnz ukFk xqIr] fo|kifr Bkdqj dh inkoyh] bf.M;u iSzl] iz;kx] 1910
7- lqdqekj lsu] caxyk lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] lkfgR; vdkneh] ubZ fnYyh] 1970
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼i½ dchjnkl
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ^dchj xzUFkkoyh]
lEiknd % ';kelqUnj nkl] ukxjh izpkj.kh lHkk] dk'kh] lEiw.kZ lkf[k;ka ,oa jeS.kh* esa ls N%
vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa
dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr dfo dchjnkl vkSj mudh ok.kh ij
vk/kkfjr ,oa ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha rhu iz'uksa ds
mÙkj nsus gksaxsA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
10 (1495)

4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr dfo vkSj mudh ok.kh ¼dchj
xzUFkkoyh½ ij vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA
izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA dchjnkl vkSj mudh ok.kh dchj xzUFkkoyh ij
vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½
vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- dchj xzUFkkoyh % ';kelqUnj nkl] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh ¼lEiw.kZ lkf[k;ka ,oa jeS.kh½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;
lUrdkO; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;ka] dchj ds v/;;u dh vk/kkj&lkexzh] dchj dk thou&o`rkUr] dchj
dk ;qx vkSj O;fDrRo] dchj dh f'k"; ijEijk] mÙkj&Hkkjr dh lar&ijEijk vkSj dchj] dchj
dh vuqHkwfr ds iszj.kk&lzksr] izkekf.kd lkfgR; vkSj izfrikn~; fo"k;] dchj dk lekt fpUru]
dchj dk ekuorkokn] dchj ds jke] dchj dh nk'kZfud fopkj/kkjk] HkfDr&Hkkouk vkSj
jgL;nf'kZrkA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fgUnh dh fuxqZ.k dkO;/kkjk vkSj dchj] jktnso flag] vkys[k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1980
2- dchj % vk/kqfud lUnHkZ esa] jktnso flag] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1971
3- dchj lkfgR; dh ij[k] ij'kqjke prqosZnh] Hkkjrh Hk.Mkj] iz;kx 1954
4- dchj dh fopkj/kkjk] xksfcUn f=xq.kk;r] lkfgR; fudsru] dkuiqj 1957
5- dchj % O;fDrRo] ÑfrRo ,oa fl)kUr] ljuke flag 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; 'kks/k laLFkku] t;iqj] 1969
6- dchj&n'kZu] MkW- nhun;ky xqIr] fgUnh&foHkkx] y[kuÅ fo'ofo|ky;] 1961
7- dchj&ehekalk] jkepUnz frokjh] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1976
8- dchjiaFk % lkfgR;] n'kZu ,oa lk/kuk] mek Bqdjky] fgUnh cqd lSaVj] fnYyh] 1998
9- lUr lkfgR; % iquewZY;kadu] jktnso flag] vk;Z cqd fMiks] ubZ fnYyh] 1973
10- lUrksa dh lgt lk/kuk] jktnso flag] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1976
10 (1496)

,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼ii½ rqylhnkl
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼jkepfjrekul½ ds
fu;r va'kksa esa ls N% vorj.k fn, tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g
[k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr dfo rqylhnkl vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij
vk/kkfjr ,oa ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj
nsus gksaxsA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr dfo vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij
vk/kkfjr ,oa ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA rqylhnkl vkSj mudh Ñfr ¼jkepfjrekul½ ij
vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bu iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½
vad fu/kkZfjr gSA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- jkepfjrekul] rqylhnkl] xhrk iSzl] xksj[kiqjA ¼dsoy v;ks/;kdk.M½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;
rqylh dk izkekf.kd lkfgR;] jkepfjrekul % izfrik|] ukedj.k vkSj mís';] fou;if=dk %
ukedj.k vkSj mís';] rqylh vkSj mudk ;qx&ifjn`';] yksdrkfÙod n`f"V] lkaLÑfrd cks/k] HkfDr
Hkkouk] ekul dk egkdkO;Ro] rqylh }kjk iz;qDr vU; dkO;&:i % eqDrd] xhr] yksdxhrA
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- rqylh dkO;&ehekalk] mn;Hkkuq flag] y[kuÅ fo'ofo|ky;] y[kuÅ] 1964
2- rqylh vkSj mudk ;qx % jktifr nhf{kr] Kkue.My fyfeVsM] okjk.klh] 1953
3- rqylhnkl % pUnzcyh ik.Ms;] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh] 1957
4- rqylh ekul&jRukdj % HkkX;orh flag] ljLorh cqd lnu] vkxjk] 1952
5- rqylh&n'kZu] cynso izlkn feJ] fgUnh lkfgR; lEesyu] iz;kx] 1967
6- xksLokeh rqylhnkl % jkepUnz 'kqDy] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh] 1972
7- rqylh % uoewY;kadu] jkejRu HkVukxj] Le`fr izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1971
8- rqylh % mn;Hkkuq flag] jk/kkÑ".k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1974
10 (1497)

9- xksalkbZ rqylhnkl % fo'oukFk izlkn feJ] ok.kh forku izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1965
10- laHkkouk ¼rqylh fo'ks"kkad½] fgUnh foHkkx] dq#{ks= fo'ofo|ky;] dq#{ks=A
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼iii½ lwjnkl
funsZ'k %
1- lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS& ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½
y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd lwjlkxj&lkj ¼fou;
rFkk HkfDr] xksdqy&yhyk] oànkou&yhyk] jk/kk&Ñ".k½ esa ls N% vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls
rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr dfo lwjnkl vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij
vk/kkfjr ,oa ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj
nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy, 36 ¼3x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr dfo vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij
vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx
250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA lwjnkl vkSj mudh d`fr;kas ij vk/kkfjr vkB
oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk
gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- lwjlkxj&lkj % /khjsUnz oekZ] lkfgR; Hkou izk-fy-] bykgkckn ¼fou; rFkk HkfDr] xksdqy&yhyk]
oÙnkou&yhyk] jk/kk&Ñ".k½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;
Ñ".kHkfDr dkO; % ijEijk vkSj izo`fÙk;ka] lwjnkl dk izkekf.kd thou&o`r] tUekU/krk dk iz'u]
lwjlkxj % izfrik| vkSj ekSfydrk] lkfgR;ygjh % izfrik| vkSj izkekf.kdrk] lwjlkoyh % izfrik|
vkSj izkekf.kdrk] lwj dh HkfDr&Hkkouk] nk'kZfud psruk] lkSUn;Z&n`f"V] Ükàxkj o.kZu]
okRlY;&o.kZu] izÑfr fp=.k] czt laLÑfr ,oa yksdrÙoA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- lwj lkfgR; % gtkjhizlkn f}osnh] fgUnh xazFk jRukdj] cEcbZ] 1956
2- egkdfo lwjnkl % uUnnqykjs oktis;h] vkRekjke ,.M lUl] fnYyh] 1952
3- lwjnkl % czts'oj oekZ] fgUnh ifj"kn] iz;kx fo'ofo|ky;] 1950
10 (1498)

4- lwjnkl % gjoa'kyky 'kekZ] jk/kkÑ".k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1972
5- lwjnkl % jkepUnz 'kqDy] ljLorh eafnj] cukjl] 1949
6- lwjdkO; esa yksd n`f"V dk fo'ys"k.k] ehjk xkSre] fueZy ifCyds'kUl] fnYyh] 2000
7- lwj&lkSjHk % eqa'khjke 'kekZ ^lkse* vkpk;Z 'kqDy lk/kuk eafnj fnYyh] 1953
8- laHkkouk ¼lwj fo'ks"kkad½ fgUnh foHkkx] dq#{ks= fo'ofo|ky;] dq#{ks=] 1981
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼iv½ jhfrdky
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gSA ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½
y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr ikB~; iqLrd
¼jhfrdkO;/kkjk&izFke 6 dfo % 1- ds'konkl] 2- fcgkjh] 3- efrjke] 4- Hkw"k.k] 5- ?kukuan] 6- 'ks[k
vkye½ esa ls N% vorj.k fn, tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M
21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;ksa esa ls
N% iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha rhu dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36 ¼3x12½
vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka fpUrkef.k] fHk[kkjhnkl] 'ks[k vkye] cks/kk Bkdqj
¼ikap½ dfo;ksa dk nqzrikB visf{kr gSA izR;sd dfo ij nks&nks iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls fdUgha
ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15
¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;iqLrd ¼jhfrdkO;/kkjk½ ij vk/kkfjr vkB
oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 8 ¼1x8½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
jhfrdkO;/kkjk] jkepUnz frokjh ,oa jkeQsj f=ikBh] fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klhA
vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;
jhfrdky % ukedj.k ,oa lhekadu] jhfrdky dh ifjfLFkfr;ka] jhfrdkyhu dkO; dh lkekU; izo`fÙk;ka]
jhfrdkO; ds ewy lzksr] jhfr dfo;ksa dk vkpk;ZRo] jhfrdkO; esa yksdthou]
jhfrc) dkO;/kkjk % ijEijk vkSj fo'ks"krk,a]
jhfrfl) dkO;/kkjk % ijEijk vkSj fo'ks"krk,aA jhfrdkyhu ohj dkO;] jhfrdkyhu HkfDrdkO;]
10 (1499)

jhfrdkyhu uhfrdkO;] jhfrdky esa Ükàxkj o.kZu] jhfrdkO; esa izÑfr fp=.k] ukjhHkkouk] jhfrdkyhu
'krd&dkO; ijEijk]
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fd'kksjhyky] jhfrdfo;ksa dh ekSfyd nsu] lkfgR; Hkou izk-fy-] bykgkckn 1971
2- nsojkt] jhfrdkyhu dkO; fl)kUr] pkS[kEck fo|kHkou okjk.klh] laor~ 2025
3- egsUnz dqekj] jhfrdkyhu jhfr&dfo;ksa dk dkO; f'kYi] vk;Z cqd fMiks] fnYyh] 1978
4- eusUnz ikBd] jhfr'kkL= ds izfrfuf/k vkpk;Z] bZLVuZ cqd fyadlZ] fnYyh] 1974
5- jes'k dqekj oekZ] Ükàxkjdky dk iquewZY;kadu] vk;Z cqd fMiks] fnYyh 1978
6- jkedqekj oekZ] jhfrdkyhu lkfgR; dk iquewZY;kadu] lkfgR; Hkou] bykgkckn] 1996
7- jkenso 'kqDy] ?kukuUn dk dkO;] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] lkfgR; Hkou] bykgkckn 1996
8- jkelkxj f=ikBh] eqDrd dkO; dh ijEijk vkSj fcgkjh] v'kksd izdk'ku] fnYyh 1996
9- lR;nso pkS/kjh] fgUnh jhfr ijEijk ds izeq[k vkpk;Z] fgUnh ek/;e dk;kZUo;u funs'kky;] fnYyh
fo'ofo|ky;] fnYyhA
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼v½ jktHkk"kk&izf'k{k.k
funsZ'k %
1- lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS& ikB~;Øe fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% vkykspukRed
iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA blds fy, 42 ¼3x14½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk,axs] ftuesa ls ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa esa nsuk gksxkA blds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad fu/kkZfjr
gSaA
3- lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ij gh vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA ftuds fy, 8 ¼1x8½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugha gksxkA
4- iz'u&i= esa vafre iz'u ds :i esa ijh{kkFkhZ ls fdlh vf/kdkjh dks ,d dk;kZy;h i= fy[kus ds
fy, dgk tk,xkA ;g iz'u lfodYi gksxkA bl iz'u ds fy, 10 vad fu/kkZfjr gSA
ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr vkykspukRed] y?kwÙkjh ,oa oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds fy, ikB~; fo"k;
iz'kklu O;oLFkk vkSj Hkk"kk] Hkkjr dh cgqHkkf"krk vkSj ,d lEidZ&Hkk"kk dh vko';drk] jktHkk"kk
¼dk;kZy;h fgUnh½ dh izÑfr] jktHkk"kk fo"k;d laoS/kkfud izko/kku % jktHkk"kk vf/kfu;e ¼vuqPNsn
343 ls 351 rd½] jk"Vªifr ds vkns'k ¼1952] 1955] 1960½] jktHkk"kk vf/kfu;e 1963 rFkk
la'kksf/kr 1967] ¼jktHkk"kk ladYi 1968½] ¼;Fkkuqeksfnr 1971½] jktHkk"kk fu;e 1976] f}Hkk"kh uhfr
vkSj f=Hkk"kk lw=] fgUnhrj jkT;ksa ds iz'kklfud {ks=ksa esa fgUnh dh fLFkfr] varjkZ"Vªh; Lrj ij
fgUnh] fgUnh ds izpkj&izlkj esa fofHkUu fgUnh laLFkkvksa dh Hkwfedk] fgUnh vkSj nsoukxjh fyfi ds
ekudhdj.k dh leL;kA
10 (1500)

lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- egs'kpUnz xqIr] iz'kklfud fgUnh] ubZ fnYhA
2- HkksykukFk frokjh ,oa fot; dqyJs"B] izk:i.k] fVIi.k vkSj izwQ&iBu ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
3- HkksykukFk frokjh] i=&O;ogkj funsZf'kdk] ok.kh] u;h fnYyhA
4- Jhjke eqa

,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼r`rh; lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼vii½ gfj;k.kk dk fgUnh lkfgR;
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼gfj;k.kk dh izfrfuf/k
dfork½ esa ladfyr izFke iUnzg dfo ¼1- 2- 3- 4- 5- 6- 7- 8- 9- 10- 11- 12- 13-
14- 15- ½ esa ls N% vorj.k fn, tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh
gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~;
fo"k;ksa esa ls N% iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36
¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa
ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds
fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA bl [k.M ds fy, ikB~;iqLrd ¼gfj;k.kk izfrfuf/k
dgkfu;ka ¼1- 2- 3- 4- 5- 6- 7- 8- 9- 10- ½ fu/kkZfjr gSA bl ikB~;iqLrd esa ladfyr
izFke nl dgkfu;ksa esa ls vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA
;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- gfj;k.kk dh izfrfuf/k dfork] lEiknd] ek/ko dkSf'kd] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh] iapdqyk] 2003
oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
gfj;k.kk % izfrfuf/k dgkfu;ka] lEiknd] ykypan xqIr ^eaxy*] lEiknd] gfj;k.kk lkfgR;
vdkneh] iadqpykA
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;
gfj;k.kk % izkxSfrgkfld ,oa ukedj.k] lkfgR;&l`tu dh izkphu ijEijk] tSu dkO; % ijEijk ,oa
izo`fÙk;ka] ukFk&fl) dkO; ijEijk ,oa izo`fr;ka] lar dkO; % ijEijk ,oa izo`fr;ka lwQh dkO; %
ijEijk ,la izo`fr;ka] jkedkO; % ijEijk ,oa izo`fr;ka] Ñ".k dkO; % ijEijk ,oa izo`fr;ka] egkdkO;
% ijEijk vkSj izo`fr;kaA
10 (1502)

lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- gfj;k.kk % ,d lkaLÑfrd v/;;u] lk/kqjke 'kkjnk] Hkk"kk foHkkx gfj;k.kk] p.Mhx

5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka [k.M&d vkSj [k.M&[k esa fu;r dfo;ksa ¼tk;lh]
?kukuan] lwjnkl½ vkSj mudh jpukvksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa
dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- tk;lh xzUFkkoyh] la- jkepUnz 'kqDy ¼u[kf'k[k [k.M] ukxerh fo;ksx [k.M] ukxerh lans'k
[k.M¾dqy rhu [k.MA
2- ?kukuan dfoÙk] la- fo'oukFk izlkn feJA
vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k; %
1- lwjnkl&O;fDrRo vkSj ;qx] nk'kZfud psruk] HkfDr&Hkkouk] Ükàxkj o.kZu] okRlY; o.kZu] Ñ".k vkSj
jk/kk dk 'khy fu#i.k] lkSan;Z cks/k] izÑfr fp=k.k] xhrkRedrk] Hkk"kk] Hkzejxhr&ijEijk esa lwj ds
^Hkzejxhr* dk LFkku] Hkzejxhr eas okXoSnX/;] Ñ".k dkO;/kkjk esa lwj dk LFkkuA
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- ;'k xqykVh] lwQh dfork dh igpku] izoh.k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1979
2- jktnso flag] in~ekor % ewY;kadu] ik.Mqfyfi izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1975
3- Hkheflag efyd] tk;lh dkO; dk lkaLÑfrd v/;;u] dq#{ks= fo'ofo|ky;] dq#{ks=] 1977
4- jkepUnz 'kqDy] lwjnkl] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh] 1973
5- ^laHkkouk* lwj fo'ks"kkad] fgUnh foHkkx] dq#{ks= fo'ofo|ky;A
6- gjoa'k yky 'kekZ] lwj vkSj mudk lkfgR;] Hkkjr izdk'ku eafnj] vyhx

4- lewps ikB~; fo"k;ksa ij gh vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi
ugÈ gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 8 ¼1x8½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M&?k ds varxZr dksbZ ,d dkO;ka'k fn;k tk,xk] ftldh O;kogkfjd leh{kk fy[kuh gksxhA
bl [k.M ds fy, 10 vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
ikB~; fo"k; %
ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL=
IysVks % dkO; fl)kUr
vjLrw % vuqdj.k fl)kUr] =klnh&fojspu
yksUtkbul % mnkÙk dh vo/kkj.kk
MªkbMu % dkO; fl)kUr
oMZloFkZ % dkO; Hkk"kk dk fl)kUr
dkWyfjt % dYiuk fl)kUr vkSj yfyr dYiuk
eSF;w vkuZYM % vkykspuk dk Lo:i vkSj izdk;Z
Vh-,l- bfy;V % ijEijk dh ifjdYiuk vkSj oS;fDrd izKk]
fuoS;fDrdrk dk fl)kUr] oLrqfu"B lehdj.k&laosnu'khyrk dk
vlkgp;Z
vkbZ-,- fjpM~lZ % jkxkRed vFkZ] laosxksa dk larqyu]
O;kogkfjd vkykspuk
fl)kUr vkSj okn % vfHktkR;okn] LoPNanrkokn] vfHkO;atukokn]
ekDlZokn] euksfo'ys"k.k] vfLrRooknA
vk/kqfud leh{kk dh fof'k"V izo`fÙk;ka&lajpukokn] 'kSyh foKku] fo[kaMu
fl)kUr] mÙkj vk/kqfudrkoknA
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- Hkkjrh; rFkk ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL=] lR;nso pkS/kjh ,oa 'kkfUr Lo:i xqIr] v'kksd izdk'ku] fnYyh]
1978
2- Hkkjrh; ,oa ik'pkR; dkO; fl)kUr] x.kifr pUnz xqIr] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1990
3- leh{kk 'kkL=] n'kjFk vks>k] jktiky ,.M lUl] fnYyh] 1972
4- ik'pkR; lkfgR;kykspu ds fl)kUr] yhyk/j xqIr] fgUnqLrkuh ,dsMeh] bykgkckn] 1952
5- ik'pkR; dkO;'kkL= ds fl)kUr] eSfFkyhizlkn Hkkj}kt] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh] p.Mhx

10- ekDlZoknh] lekt'kkL=h; vkSj ,sfrgkfld vkykspuk] ik.Ms; 'kf'kHkw"k.k ^'khrka'kq* jk/kkÑ".k
izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1992
11- ubZ leh{kk] egsUnz prqosZnh ,oa jktdqekj dksgyh] fo'ofo|ky; xzUFk fuekZ.k funs'kky;] fnYyh
fo'ofo|ky;] fnYyh] 1980
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼prqFkZ lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&8 iz;kstuewyd fgUnh
funsZ'k %
1- ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkDr gSA izR;sd [k.M ls nks&nks vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] izR;sd
[kaM ls fdlh ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 48 ¼4x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lewps ikB~; fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds
mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa esa nsuk gksxkA buds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad
fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- lewps ikB~; fo"k;ksa ij vk/kkfjr ckjg oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk,axsA ftuds fy,
12 ¼1x12½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA blesa dksbZ fodYi ugha gksxkA
ikB~; &fo"k; %
[k.M&d ehfM;k ys[ku] tulapkj] izkS|ksfxdh ,oa pqukSfr;ka] fofHkUu tulapkj ek/;eksa dk Lo:i %
eqnz.k] JO;] n`';] JO;] baVjusV] JO; ek/;e ¼jsfM;ks½ % ekSf[kd Hkk"kk dh izÑfr] lekpkj ys[ku
,oa okpu] jsfM;ks ukVd] mn~?kks"k.kk ys[ku] foKkiu ys[ku] Qhpj rFkk fjiksrkZtA
[k.M&[k n`';&JO; ek/;e ¼fQYe] Vsfyfotu ,oa ohfM;ks½ % n`'; ek/;eksa esa Hkk"kk dh izÑfr] n`';
,oa JO; lkexzh dk lkeatL;] ik'oZ okpu ¼okW;l vksoj½] iVdFkk ys[ku] Vsyh Mªkek@MkD;wMªkek]
laokn ys[ku] lkfgR; dh fo/kkvksa dk n`'; ek/;eksa esa :ikarj.k] foKkiu dh Hkk"kkA
[k.M&x vuqokn % fl)kUr ,oa O;ogkj] vuqokn dk Lo:i] {ks=] izfØ;k ,oa izfof/k] fgUnh dh
iz;kstuh;rk esa vuqokn dh Hkwfedk] dk;kZy;h fgUnh vkSj vuqokn] tulapkj ek/;eksa dk vuqokn]
foKkiu esa vuqokn] okf.kfT;d vuqokn] oSpkfjd lkfgR; dk vuqoknA
[k.M&?k oSKkfud] rduhdh rFkk izkS|ksfxdh {ks=ksa esa vuqokn] fof/k lkfgR; dh iz'kklfud 'kCnkoyh]
iz'kklfud iz;qfDr;ka] inuke] foHkkx vkfn] i=ksa] inukeksa] vuqHkkxksa] nLrkostksa ds vuqoknA
lanHkZ&lkexzh %
1- fouksn dqekj izlkn] Hkk"kk vkSj izkS|ksfxdh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
2- izsepan iratfy] O;kolkf;d fgUnh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
10 (1506)

3- iszepan iratfy % vk/kqfud foKkiu] ubZ fnYyhA
4- fouksn xksnjs] iz;kstuewyd fgUnh] ubZ fnYyhA
5- jfoUnzukFk JhokLro] iz;kstuewyd fgUnh] dsUnzh; fgUnh laLFkku] vkxjkA
6- naxy >kYVs] iz;kstuewyd fgUnh] fl)kUr vkSj iz;ksx] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
7- f'koukjk;.k prqosZnh] fVIi.kh izk:i] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
8- f'koukjk;.k prqosZnh] izkys[ku izk:i] ok.kh ubZ fnYyhA
9- ef.kd e`xs'k] jktHkk"kk fofo/kk] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
10- dSyk'k pUnz HkkfV;k] jktHkk"kk fgUnh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
11- egs'k pUnz xqIr] iz'kklfud fgUnh % ,sfrgkfld lanHkZ ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
12- jgerqYykg] O;kolkf;d fgUnh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
13- HkksykukFk frokjh ,oa fot; dqyJs"B] i=&O;ogkj funsZf'kdk] ok.khA
14- HkksykukFk frokjh] izk:i.k] fVIi.k vkSj iwzQ&iBu] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
15- Jh jke eqns] chek ds rÙo] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
16- Ñ".k dqekj xksLokeh] O;kogkfjd fgUnh vkSj Lo:i] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
17- ckysUnq'ks[kj frokjh la-] iz;kstuewyd fgUnh] lat; cqd lSaVj] okjk.klhA
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼prqFkZ lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&9 Hkkjrh; lkfgR;
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrdksa ¼vfXuxHkZ½ ,oa
¼?kklhjke dksroky½ esa ls N% vorj.k iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh
gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% vkykspukRed
iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa
ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds
fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
10 (1507)

5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr ikB~; iqLrd ij vk/kkfjr vkB
oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk
gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- vfXuxHkZ ¼caxyk miU;kl½ & egk'osrk nsoh
2- ?kklhjke dksroky ¼ejkBh ukVd½&fot; rsanqydj
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr
caxyk lkfgR; dk bfrgkl
pSrU; iwoZ oS".ko lkfgR; ¼10&15oha 'krh½] fo|kifr] ekykU/kj clq] eaxy dkO; % fot; xqIr]
ukjk;.knso] pSrU; oS".ko ;qx ¼16oha 'krh½ xkSM+h;] oS".ko inkoyh] paMheaxy dkO;] pSrU; thouh]
pSrU;ksÙkj ;qx ¼17oha 'krh½ eulkeaxy] paMheaxy] nqxkZeaxy dkO;] bLykeh dkO;] ukFk lkfgR;]
vk/kqfud ;qx ¼18oha 'krh½] caxyk x| ¼miU;kl] dgkuh] ukVd] fucU/k½ dk mn; vkSj fodkl]
QksVZ fofy;e dkWyst] jktjke eksgujk;] bZ'oj pUnz fo|klkxj] cafdepUnz] pV~Vksik/;k;]
jes'kpUnz nÙk] rkjdukFk xaxksik/;k;] johUnzukFk Bkdqj] vk/kqfud dforkA
lanHkZ lkexzh
1- y{ehlkxj ok".ksZ;] QksVZ fofy;e dkWyst] bykgkckn fo'ofo|ky;] bykgkckn] 1948
2- lqdqekj lsu] caxyk lkfgR; dh dFkk] fgUnh lkfgR;] fgUnh lkfgR; lEesyu] iz;kx] 2009 fo-
3- gtkjhizlkn f}osnh] e/;dkyhu /keZ lk/kuk] lkfgR; Hkou] bykgkckn 2013 la-
4- ij'kqjke prqosZnh] e/;dkyhu isze lk/kuk] vkRekjke ,aM lUl] fnYyh] 1952
5- lw;ZdkUr f=ikBh] ^fujkyk* johUnz dfork dkuu] jktdey izdk'ku] ubZ fnYyh] 1955
6- uxsUnz ukFk xqIr fo|kifr Bkdqj dh inkoyh] bf.M;u iSzl] iz;kx] 1910
7- lqdqekj lsu] caxyk lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] lkfgR; vdkneh] ubZ fnYyh] 1970
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼prqFkZ lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼i½ dchjnkl
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼dchj xzUFkkoyh]
lEiknd % ';kelqUnjnkl½] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh ¼lEiw.kZ inkoyh½ esa ls N% vorj.k iwNs
10 (1508)

tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk
gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr dfo dchjnkl vkSj mudh ok.kh ij
vk/kkfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr dfo vkSj mudh ok.kh ¼dchj
xzUFkkoyh½ ij vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA
izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA dchjnkl vkSj mudh ok.kh ¼dchj xzUFkkoyh½ ij
vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8
¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- dchj xzUFkkoyh] ';kelqanj nkl] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh ¼lEiw.kZ inkoyh½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;
dchjnkl dk isze fu#i.k] lkSUn;Z&Hkkouk] jl&;kstuk ¼fo'ks"kdj la;ksx ,oa fo;ksx Ükàxkj½]
leUo;okn] e/;dkyhu fopkjdksa esa dchj dk LFkku] vk/kqfud lanHkks± esa dchj dkO; dh
izklafxdrk] dfork dk ekun.M vkSj dchj] dkO; :i] NUn&vyadkj] izrhd&;kstuk]
jpuk&'kSyh] mYVckafl;ka] izeq[k ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCn ¼'kwU;] fujatu] ukn] fcUnw] lgt] [kle] mUefu½
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fgUnh dh fuxqZ.k dkO;/kjk vkSj dchj] jktnso flag] vkys[k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1980
2- dchj % vk/kqfud lUnHkZ esa] jktnso flag] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1971
3- dchj lkfgR; dh ij[k] ij'kqjke prqosZnh] Hkkjrh Hk.Mkj] iz;kx 1954
4- dchj dh fopkj/kkjk] xksfcUn f=xq.kk;r] lkfgR; fudsru] dkuiqj] 1957
5- dchj % O;fDrRo] ÑfrRo ,oa fl)kUr] ljuke flag 'kekZ] Hkkjrh; 'kks/k laLFkku] t;iqj] 1969
6- dchj&n'kZu] MkW- nhun;ky] xqIr] fgUnh foHkkx] y[kuÅ fo'ofo|ky;] 1981
7- dchj&ehekalk] jkepUnz frokjh] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1976
8- dchjiaFk % lkfgR;] n'kZu ,oa lk/kuk] mek Bqdjky] fgUnh cqd lsaVj] fnYyh] 1998
9- lUr lkfgR; % iqueZwY;kadu] jktnso flag] vk;Z cqd fMiks] ubZ fnYyh] 1973
10- lUrksa dh lgt lk/kuk] jktnso falg] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] bykgkckn] 1976
10 (1509)

,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼prqFkZ lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼ii½ rqylhnkl
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼fou;if=dk½ ds fu;r
va'kksa esa ls N% vorj.k iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g
[k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr dfo rqylhnkl vkSj mudh Ñfr ij N%
vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½
vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr dfo vkSj mudh Ñfr
¼fou;if=dk½ ij vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA
izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA rqylhnkl vkSj mudh Ñfr ¼fou;if=dk½ ij vk/kkfjr
vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa
dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- fou;if=dk % rqylhnkl] xhrk iSzl] xksj[kiqjA ¼dsoy mÙkjk)Z½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;
fou; if=dk % ukedj.k vkSj mís';] rqylhnkl dh ukjh&Hkkouk] e;kZnkokn] euksfoKku]
'khy&fu#i.k] izÑfr fp=.k] xhfrdkO;] dkO;&Hkk"kk] Hkkjrh; lkfgR; ds lanHkZ esa rqylh dk
ewY;kadu] vk/kqfud lanHkks± esa rqylh dkO; dh izklafxdrkA
lanHkZ & lkexzh %
1- rqylh dkO;&ehekalk] mn;Hkkuq flag] y[kuÅ fo'ofo|ky;] y[kuÅ] 1964
2- rqylh vkSj mudk ;qx] jktifr nhf{kr] Kkue.My fyfeVsM] okjk.klh] 1953
3- rqylhnkl] pUnzoyh] ik.Ms;] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh] 1957
4- rqylh ekul&jRukdj % HkkX;orh flag] ljLorh cqd lnu] vkxjk 1952
5- rqylh&n'kZu] cynso izlkn feJ] fgUnh lkfgR; lEesyu] iz;kx] 1967
6- xksLokeh rqylhnkl % jkepUnz 'kqDy] ukxjh izpkfj.kh lHkk] dk'kh] 1972
7- rqylh % uoewY;kadu] jkejRu HkVukxj] Le`fr izdk'ku] bykgkckn 1971
10 (1510)

8- rqylh % mn;Hkkuq flag] jk/kkÑ".k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1974
9- xksalkbZ rqylhnkl % fo'oukFk izlkn feJ] ok.kh forku izdk'ku] okjk.klh] 1965
10- laHkkouk ¼rqylh fo'ks"kkad½] fgUnh foHkkx] dq#{ks= fo'ofo|ky;] dq#{ks=A
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼prqFkZ lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼iii½ lwjnkl
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd lwjlkxj&lkj ¼eFkqjk
xeu] m}o lans'k] }kfjdk pfjr½ esa ls N% vorj.k iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha rhu vorj.kksa
dh O;k[;k djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr dfo lwjnkl vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij
vk/kkfjr Ng vkykspukRed iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA ;g [k.M
36 ¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA lwjnkl vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij vk/kkfjr nl iz'u iwNs
tk;saxs] ftuesa ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA
bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA lwjnkl vkSj mudh Ñfr;ksa ij vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B
iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
1- lwjlkxj&lkj % /khjsUnz oekZ] lkfgR; Hkou izk- fy-] bykgkckn ¼eFkqjk xeu] m}o lans'k] }kfjdk
pfjr½
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;
Hkzejxhr dk mís';] ^Hkzejxhr esa okXoSnX/;] Ñ".k] jk/kk] uUn vkSj ;'kksnk ds 'khy&fu#i.k]
vk/kqfud lanHkks± esa lwjdkO; dh izklafxdrk] Hkzejxhr ijEijk esa lwjÑr Hkzejxhr dk LFkku] lwj
dk xhfrdkO;] laxhr&lk/kuk] n`f"VdwV&inkoyh] Hkk"kk] dkO; :i ,oa NUn&vyadkj ;kstuk]
lwjdkO; vkSj dfork ds vk/kqfud izfrekuA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- lwj lkfgR; % gtkjh izlkn f}osnh] fgUnh xazFk jRukdj] cEcbZ] 1956
2- egkdfo lwjnkl % uUnnqykjs oktis;h] vkRekjke ,.M lal] fnYyh] 19+52
10 (1511)

3- lwjnkl % czts'oj oekZ] fgUnh ifj"kn] iz;kx fo'ofo|ky;] 1950
4- lwjnkl % gjoa'kyky 'kekZ] jk/kkd`".k izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1972
5- lwjnkl % jkepUnz 'kqDy] ljLorh eafnj] cukjl] 1949
6- lwjdkO; esa yksd n`f"V dk fo'ys"k.k] ehjk xkSre] fueZy ifCyds'kUl] fnYyh] 2000
7- lwj&lkSjHk % eqa'khjke 'kekZ ^lkse* vkpk;Z 'kqDy] lk/kuk eafnj fnYyh] 1953
8- laHkkouk ¼lwj fo'ks"kkad½ fgUnh foHkkx] dq#{ks= fo'ofo|ky;] dq#{ks=] 1981
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼prqFkZ lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼iv½ jhfrdky
funsZ'k %
1- lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½
y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr ikB~; iqLrd
¼jhfrdkO;/kkjk&vafre 7 dfo½] esa ls N% vorj.k fn, tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k
djuh gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~;
fo"k;ksa esa ls N% iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA ;g [k.M 36 ¼3x12½
vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ;gka ¼fxfj/kj] oàn] yky] lwnu] n;kjke½ ikap dfo;ksa ij
nqzrikB visf{kr gSA izR;sd dfo ij nks&nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA ikB~;iqLrd ¼jhfrdkO;/kkjk½ ij vk/kkfjr vkB
oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk
gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xzUFk
jhfrdkO;/kkjk] jkepUnz frokjh ,oa jkeQsj f=ikBh fo'ofo|ky; izdk'ku] okjk.klhA
vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr fo"k;
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;
jhfrdky esa vyadkj&fu#i.k] Nan ;kstuk] Hkk"kk&lkS"Bo] dkO;&:i] x|&lkfgR;]
jhfrdky dk ;ksxnku] ds'konkl vkSj mudk dkO;] fHk[kkjh nkl vkSj mudk dkO;]
10 (1512)

in~ekdj vkSj mudk dkO;] fcgkjh vkSj mudk dkO;] Hkw"k.k vkSj mudk dkO;]
?kukuan vkSj mudk dkO;
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- fd'kksjhyky] jhfrdkO;ksa dh ekSfyd nsu] lkfgR;Hkou] izk-fy-] bykgkckn]1971
2- nsojkt] jhfrdkyhu dkO; fl)kUr] pkS[kEck fo|kHkou okjk.klh] laor~ 2025
3- egsUnz dqekj] jhfrdkyhu jhfr&dfo;ksa dk dkO; f'kYi] vk;Z cqd fMiks] fnYyh] 1978
4- eusUnz ikBd] jhfr'kkL= ds izfrfuf/k vkpk;Z] bZLVuZ cqd fyadlZ] fnYyh] 1974
5- jes'k dqekj 'kekZ] Ükàxkjdky dk iquewZY;kadu] vk;Z cqd fMiks] fnYyh] 1978
6- jkedqekj oekZ] jhfrdkyhu lkfgR; dk iquewZY;kadu] lkfgR; Hkou] bykgkckn] 1984
7- jkenso 'kqDy] ?kukuan dk dkO;] yksdHkkjrh izdk'ku] lkfgR; Hkou] bykgkckn] 1996
8- jkelkxj f=ikBh] eqDrd dkO; dh ijEijk vkSj fcgkjh] v'kksd izdk'ku] fnYyh] 1966
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkkjk)Z ¼prqFkZ lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼v½ jktHkk"kk&izf’k{k.k
funsZ'k %
1- ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkDr gSA ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls N% vkykspukRed
iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA blds fy, 42 ¼3x14½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
2- lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ij vk/kkfjr nl y?kwÙkjh iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus
gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds fy, 20 ¼5x4½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
3- lEiw.kZ ikB~;Øe ij gh vk/kkfjr vkB oLrqfu"B iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ
gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- iz'u&i= esa vafre iz'u ds :i esa] ijh{kkFkhZ ls fdlh vf/kdkjh dks ,d dk;kZy;h i= fy[kus ds
fy, dgk tk,xkA nks iz'u iwNs tk;saxs ,d dk mÙkj nsuk gksxkA iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugha gksxkA
bl iz'u ds fy, 10 vad fu/kkZfjr gsaA
ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr vkykspukRed] y?kwÙkjh ,oa oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds fy, ikB~; fo"k;
jktHkk"kk dk vuqiz;ksxkRed i{k % fgUnh vkys[ku] fVIi.k] la{ksi.k rFkk i=kpkj] dk;kZy;
vfHkys[kksa ds fgUnh vuqokn dh leL;k] fgUnh dEI;wVjhdj.k] fgUnh ladsrk{kj vkSj dwVin fuekZ.k]
dsanz ,oa jkT; 'kklu ds fofHkUu ea=ky;ksa esa fgUnhdj.k dh izxfr] fof/kd {ks= esa fgUnh] lwpuk
10 (1513)

izkS|ksfxdh ¼lapkj ek/;eksa½ ds ifjisz{; esa fgUnh vkSj nsoukxjh fyfi] Hkwe.Myhdj.k ds ifjisz{; esa
fgUnh dk Hkfo";A
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- egs'kpUnz xqIr] iz'kklfud fgUnh] ubZ fnYyhA
2- HkksykukFk frokjh ,oa fot; dqyJs"B] izk:i.k] fVIi.k vkSj iwzQ&iBu ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
3- HkksykukFk frokjh] i=&O;ogkj funsZf'kdk] ok.kh] u;h fnYyhA
4- Jhjke eqa

le/oU;kRedrk] foykserk] dks'k fuekZ.k dh leL;k,a % leHkk"kh] f}Hkk"kh vkSj cgqHkk"kh dks'kksa ds
lanHkZ esa] vfyf[kr Hkk"kkvksa dk dks'k&fuekZ.kA
dks'k&fuekZ.kA
dks'k foKku vkSj vU; fo"k;ksa dk laca/k % LoufoKku] O;kdj.k] O;qRifÙk'kkL=] vFkZfoKku] ik'pkR;
dks'k ijEijk] Hkkjrh; dks'k ijEijk rFkk fgUnh dks'k lkfgR; dk bfrgkl] fgUnh dks'k fuekZ.k %
foKku ;k dykA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- f'koukjk;.k prqosZnh] fgUnh 'kCn lkeF;Z] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
2- jfoUnzukFk JhokLro] Hkk"kk;h vfLerk vkSj fgUnh] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
3- fd'kksjhnkl oktis;h] fgUnh dh orZuh rFkk 'kCn fo'ys"k.k] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
4- fot; dqekj eYgks=k] dEI;wVj ds Hkkf"kd vuqiz;ksx] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
5- jktey cksjk] vFkkZuq'kklu ¼'kCnkFkZ&foKku½] ok.kh] ubZ fnYyhA
,e-,- fgUnh] mÙkjk)Z ¼prqFkZ lsesLVj½
¼l= 2011&2012 ls izHkkoh½
le;&3 ?kaVs dqy vad % 100
fyf[kr ijh{kk % 80
vkarfjd ewY;kadu % 20
iz'u&i=&10 ¼vii½ gfj;k.kk dk fgUnh lkfgR;
funsZ'k %
lewpk ikB~;Øe pkj [k.Mksa esa foHkä gS&
1- ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'u ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'u ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uA
2- [k.M ¼d½ lanHkZ lfgr O;k[;k ls lEcfU/kr gSA O;k[;kFkZ fu/kkZfjr iqLrd ¼gfj;k.kk dh izfrfuf/k
dfork½ vafre pkSng dfo esa ls N% vorj.k esa ladfyr fdUgha rhu vorj.kksa dh O;k[;k djuh
gksxhA ;g [k.M 21 ¼3x7½ vadksa dk gksxkA
3- [k.M ¼[k½ vkykspukRed iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA vkykspukRed iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~;
fo"k;ksa esa ls N% iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa ls rhu iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA bl [k.M ds fy;s 36
¼3x12½ vadksa dk gksxkA
4- [k.M ¼x½ y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k;ksa esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk;saxs] ftuesa
ls fdUgha ikap iz'uksa ds mÙkj nsus gksaxsA izR;sd mÙkj yxHkx 250 'kCnksa dk gksxkA bl [k.M ds
fy, 15 ¼5x3½ vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
10 (1515)

5- [k.M ¼?k½ oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ls lEcfU/kr gSA bl [k.M ds fy, ikB~;iqLrd ¼gfj;k.kk% izfrfuf/k
dgkfu;ka½ fu/kkZfjr gSaA bl ikB~;iqLrd esa ladfyr vafre nl dgkfu;ksa esa ls vkB oLrqfu"B
iz'u iwNs tk;saxsA bl iz'u esa dksbZ fodYi ugÈ gksxkA ;g [k.M 8 ¼1x8½ vadksa dk gksxkA
O;k[;k gsrq ikB~; xzUFk
1- gfj;k.kk dh izfrfuf/k dfork] lEiknd ek/ko dkSf'kd] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh] iapdwykA
oLrqfu"B iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; xazFk
gfj;k.kk % izfrfuf/k dgkfu;ka] lEiknd ykypan xqIr ^eaxy*] gfj;k.kk lkfgR; vdkneh]
iapdwykA
vkykspukRed ,oa y?kwÙkjh iz'uksa ds fy, fu/kkZfjr ikB~; fo"k; %
1- [k.MdkO; % ijEijk ,oa izo`fÙk;ka] eqDrd dkO; % ijEijk ,oa izo`fÙk;ka] i=dkfjrk % ijEijk ,oa
izo`fÙk;ka] fucU/k % ijEijk ,oa izo`fÙk;ka] vkykspuk % ijEijk ,oa izo`fÙk;ka] miU;kl % ijEijk ,oa
izo`fÙk;ka] dgkuh % ijEijk ,oa izo`fÙk;ka] y?kq dFkk % ijEijk ,oa izo`fÙk;ka] cky&lkfgR; % ijEijk
,oa izo`fÙk;ka] ukVd % uoxhr % ijEijk ,oa izo`fÙk;ka] uoxhr % ijEijk ,oa izo`fÙk;ka] fgUnh lkfgR;
dks gfj;k.kk dk ;ksxnkuA
lanHkZ lkexzh %
1- gfj;k.kk esa jfpr fgUnh lkfgR;] lR;iky xqIr] Hkk"kk foHkkx gfj;k.k] p.Mhx

Scheme of Examination in Post-Graduate Level
Semester-wise w.e.f. 2011-12
M.A. (Previous) Semester-I (Panjabi)
Paper No. Nomenclature Internal
Assessment
10 (1517)
External
Marks
Total
Marks
Paper-I One paper to be chosen from any of the following (the corresponding option has to be taken in
Semester-II)
Option(i) Madhkali Panjabi Kavita (1700 Ad
Tak)
20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Option(ii) Guru Nanak Kav Da Vishesh
Adhyan
20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(iii) Sufi Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(iv) Kissa Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Paper-II One paper to be chosen from any of the following (the corresponding option has to be taken in
Semester-II)
Option(i) Adhunik Panjabi Galp (Panjabi
Novel)
20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Option(ii) Bharti Galp 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(iii) Vishshav Galp 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Paper-III Sahit Sidhant Ate Viharak Adhyan 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Paper-IV Panjabi Sahit Da Ithas 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Paper-V One paper to be chosen from any of the following (the corresponding option has to be taken in
Semester-II)
Option(i) Parvasi Panjabi Sahit 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(ii) Pakistani Panjabi Sahit 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(iii) Haryana Da Panjabi Sahit 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
M.A. (Previous) Semester-II (Panjabi)
Time
Paper-VI One paper to be chosen from any of the following (the corresponding option has to be taken
in Semester-I)
Option(i) Madhkali Panjabi Kavita 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(ii) Guru Nank Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(iii) Sufi Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(iv) Kissa Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan
Paper-VII: One paper corresponding to option number, opted in Semester-I
Option(i) Adhunik Panjabi Galp (Panjabi 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Kahani)
Option(ii) Bharti Galp 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(iii) Vishshav Galp 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
P-VIII Sahit Sidhant Ate Viharak Adhyan 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Paper-IX Panjabi Sahit Da Ithas(1851 ton
Hunn tak)
20 80 100 3 Hrs.

Paper-X: One paper corresponding to option number, opted in Semester-I
Option(i) Parvasi Panjabi Sahit 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(ii) Pakistani Panjabi Sahit 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(iii) Haryana Da Panjabi Sahit 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
MA (Final) Semester-III Panjabi
Paper-XI Adhunik Panjabi Kavita
Paper-XII One paper to be chosen from any of the following (the corresponding option has to be taken
in Semester-IV)
Opt.(i) Panjabi Natak Ate Ikangi 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(ii) Vishav Natak 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
P-XIII Panjabi Vartak 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
P-XIV Bhasha Vigyan Ate Panjabi Bhasha 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
P-XV Lokyan Ate Panjabi Lokyan 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
MA (Final) Semester-IV Panjabi
P-XVI Adhunik Panjabi Kavita
P-XVII: One paper corresponding to option number, opted in Semester-III
Opt.(i) Panjabi Natak Ate Ikangi 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
Opt.(ii) Vishav Natak 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
P-XVIII Panjabi Vartak 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
P-XIX Panjabi Bhasha Vigyan Ate
Gurumukhi Lipi
20 80 100 3 Hrs.
P-XX Sabhiachar Ate Panjabi Sabhiachar 20 80 100 3 Hrs.
10 (1518)

Syllabus and Course of Reading For M.A. Panjabi (Semester System) Form the
Academic Session 2008-2009
Semester First
Paper First Opt (i)
Madhkali Panjabi Kavita
(1700 AD Tak)
smYstr-pihlf
pypr pihlf, afpÈn (pihlf)
mwDkflI pMjfbI kivqf
(1700 eI[ sdI qwk)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
pfT pusqkF
1 bfbf PLrId Èbd qy Èlok
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
2[ Bgq kbIr bfxI Bgq kbIr
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
3[ gurU nfnk dyv jpujI
aYs[jI[pI[sI[, aMimRqsr
4[ gurU qyg bhfdur Èbd qy Èlok
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
shfiek pusqkF
1[ anvr icrfg ieslfmI icMqn aqy pMjfbI sUPLI
kivqf, nYÈnl buwk Èfp, idwlI, 2006
2[ amrjIq isMG kFg mwDkflI sfihq aiDaYn
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr, 1979
3[ amrjIq isMG kFg mwDkflI sfihq ivvyk
aqy jspfl kOr kFg nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr
4[ hirBjn isMG muwl qy muwlfkx
nvicMqn pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr, 1970
5[ gurcrn isMG bfxI kyNdr qy ivkyNdr
ivvIan pRkfÈn, idwlI, 1985
6[ gurcrn isMG bfxI kyNdr qy ivkyNdr
ivvIan pRkfÈn, idwlI, 1985
7[ jgbIr isMG mwDkflI sfihq siBafcfr
afrsI pRkfÈn, idwlI
8[ divMdr isMG pMjfbI sUPLI sfihq df aiDaYn
rvI sfihq pRkfÈn, 1986
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
10 (1519)

pfT pusqkF
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
Paper First Opt (ii)
Guru Nanak Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan
pypr pihlf, afpÈn (dUsrf)
gurU nfnk kfiv df ivÈyÈ aiDaYn
1 gurU nfnk dyv jpujI
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
2[ gurU nfnk dyv iswD gosit
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
3[ gurU nfnk dyv dKxI ENkfr
aYs[jI[pI[sI[, aMimRqsr
4[ gurU nfnk dyv afsf dI vfr
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
shfiek pusqkF
10 (1520)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1[ aqr isMG smdrÈI
rGbIr rcnf pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH
2 hirBjn isMG muwl qy muwlfkx
nvicMqn pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr, 1970
3[ gurcrn isMG (sMpf) Koj pwiqRkf (gurU nfnk kfiv ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
4[ qrlok isMG kMvr gurU nfnk bfxI df kfiv Èfsqr
vYlivÈ pRkfÈn, idwlI
5[ rqn isMG jwgI gurU nfnk bfxI
mdfn pbilÈrjL, pitaflf
6[ rfm isMG gurU nfnk dI suhj klf
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper First Opt (iii)
Sufi Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan
pypr pihlf, afpÈn (qIsrf)
sUPLI kfiv df ivÈyÈ aiDaYn
10 (1521)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 bfbf PLrId Èbd qy Èlok
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
2[ Èfh husYn kfPLIaF
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
3[ sulqfn bfhU sIhrPLIaF
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf 4[
alI hYdr klfm alI hYdr ( sMpf[ zf[ gurdyv isMG)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
shfiek pusqkF
1[ anvr icrfg ieslfmI icMqn aqy pMjfbI sUPLI
kivqf, nYÈnl buwk Èfp, idwlI, 2006
2[ sMq isMG syKoN pMjfbI kfiv iÈromxI
lfhor buwk Èfp, luiDafxf, 1964
3[ sfDU rfm ÈfrDf sUPLI miq aqy sUPLI sfihq
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
4[ hrijMdr isMG iZwloN sulqfn bfhU : icMqn, klf aqy rcnf
pMjfbI rfeItrjL koafpryitv susfietI il[
luiDafxf, 1884
5[ njLm husn swXd syDF
sfihq klf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf, 1977
6[ mohn isMG dIvfnf Èfh husYn : rcnf, inrIKx aqy ivcfr
lok sfihq pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr, 1988
7[ lfjvMqI rfmf ikRÈnf pMjfbI sUPLI poiets
afÈfjnk pblIkyÈn, idwlI, 1973
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
[

pfT pusqkF
Paper First Opt (iv)
Kissa Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan
pypr pihlf, afpÈn (cOQf)
ikwsf kfiv df ivÈyÈ aiDaYn
1 dmodr hIr
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
2[ pIlU imrËf sfihbF
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
3[ PLÈl Èfh sohxI mhINvfl
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
4[ dOlq rfm rUp bsMq
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
shfiek pusqkF
1[ amrjIq isMG kFg ikwsf sMsfr
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr
2[ amrjIq isMG kFg ikwsf pirpyK
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr
3[ svrn isMG siBafcfr aqy ikwsf kfiv
syD pRkfÈn, pitaflf
4[ hirBjn isMG ikwsf sMsfr
nYÈnl buwk trwst, ieMzIaf, idwlI, 1972
5[ jspfl kOr ikwsf sMvfd
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr
6[ rqn isMG jwgI (sMpf) Koj pwiqRkf (iksf kfiv ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
10 (1522)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper Second Opt (i)
Adhunik Panjabi Galp (Panjabi Novel)
pypr dUsrf, afpÈn (pihlf)
afDuink pMjfbI glp (pMjfbI nfvl)
10 (1523)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 nfnk isMG afdmKor
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
2[ inrMjn qsnIm gvfcy arQ
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 1993
3[ guridafl isMG awD cfnxI rfq
afrsI pbilÈrjL, idwlI, 1973
4[ imwqr sYn kOrv sBf
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf, 2003
shfiek pusqkF
1[ suKdyv isMG Kfhrf (sMpf[) kOrv sBf-aflocnfqmk ivÈlyÈx
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf 2003
2[ hrismrn isMG ibrqFqk glp pRbMD
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 1993
3[ krnYl isMG iQMd (sMpf[) pMjfbI nfvl : srvyKx qy muwlfkx
gurU nfnk dyv XUnIvristI, aMimRqsr,
1974
4[krmjIq isMG (sMpf[) guridafl isMG : aiBnMdn gMRQ
mflvf siBafcfr kyNdr, PLrIdkot, 1976
5[ jspfl kFg pMjfbI nfvl df glp Èfsqr
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 1995
6[ jgbIr isMG pMjfbI glp sMsfr
vYlivÈ pblIkyÈn, idwlI, 1999
7[ joigMdr isMG rfhI pMjfbI nfvl
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 1978
8[ joigMdr isMG rfhI msly glp dy
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 1992
9[ joigMdr isMG rfhI joiq jugiq kI bfrqf
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 2006
10[ nrivMdr isMG guridafl isMG df glp pYrfzfiem
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf, 1985
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60

pfT pusqkF
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
Paper Second Opt (ii)
Bharti Galp
pypr dUsrf, afpÈn (dUsrf)
BfrqI glp
10 (1524)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 rfibMdr nfQ tYgor gorf
nYÈnl buwk trwst, ieMzIaf, idwlI, 1976
2[ muMnÈI pRym cMd godfn
nvXug pblIÈrË, idwlI, 1960
3[ PnIÈvf nfQ ryxU mYlf afcl
nYÈnl buwk trwst, ieMzIaf, idwlI, 1970
4[ ikRÈnf sobqI iËMdgInfmf
nYÈnl buwk trwst, ieMzIaf, idwlI, 1982
shfiek pusqkF
1[ gopfl rfm godfn : aiDaYn kI smwisafeyN
aiBlfÈf pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH, 1980
2[ pRqfp mihqf muMnÈI pRym cMd : sfihqk muwlFkx
lokfieq pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH, 1980
3[ rfm ÈoiBq pRsfd isMG ihMdI Aupinafs : pRym cMdoroqr kfl
irÈfbcrn jYn aYNz sMnË, idwlI, 1981
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

Paper Second Opt (iii)
Vishshav Galp
pypr dUsrf, afpÈn (qIsrf)
ivÈv glp
pfT pusqkF
10 (1525)
kuwl aMk : 100 (pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl
asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 arnYst hYimMgvy buwZf qy smuMdr
afrsI pblIÈrË, idwlI, 1976
2[ mYkisn gorkI mF
pRgqI pRkfÈn, mOsko
3[ Qfms hfrzI tYs
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
4[ hrmn hYWs isDfrQ
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
Paper Third
Sahit Sidhant Ate Viharak Adhyan
pypr qIsrf
sfihq isDFq aqy ivhfrk aflocnf
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
KMz-pihlf
sfihq : pirBfÈf, pRikrqI, pRXojn aqy sfihq rUp (ikwsf, ÊËl, mhfkfiv, inbMD, nfvl, inwkI khfxI,
nftk aqy ryKf icwqr).
KMz-dUsrf
(A) rs isDFq, DunI isDFq, alMkfr isDFq, rIqI isDFq, vkrokqI isDFq, aqy aOicqY isDFq.
(a) plYto df kfiv isDFq, arsqU df kfiv isDFq, lfnjfeIns df kfiv isDFq, afeI[ ey[ ircrz df
sfihq isDFq, rynY vYlk df sfihq isDFq aqy jfrj lokfc df sfihq isDFq.
KMz-qIsrf
ivhfrk aflocnf (kivqf ivcoN)
shfiek pusqkF
1[ sMq isMG syKoN sfihiqafrQ

lfhor buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
2[ sMq isMG syKoN smIiKaf pRxflIaF
PSUIB, cMzIgVH, 1975
3[ qrlok isMG kMvr sfihq aiDaYn dI sMrcnfvfdI pRxflI
arivMd hnUMmMq pRkfÈn, idwlI. 1975
4 suiqMdr isMG nUr nvIn pMjfbI aflocnf
iekwqI PLrvrI pRkfÈn, aMbflf kYNt
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A, a aqy e) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz-pihlf ivc
idwqy tfipkF ivcoN hoxgy. ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a Cy svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz-dUsrf
ivc pRfpq tfipkF ivcoN, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny iehnF ivcoN iqMn svfl krny hoxgy. KMz-e ivc do kivqfvF idwqIaF
jfxgIaF aqy ividafrQI ny iehnF ivcoN iksy iek kivqf dI ivhfrk aflocnf krnI hovygI. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb
vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 12 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT kRm ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg
dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul aMk
5X4=20[
Paper Fourth
Panjabi Sahit Da Ithas
pypr cOQf
pMjfbI sfihq df ieiqhfs
10 (1526)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
KMz-pihlf : sfihq dI ieiqhfskfrI
(A) sfihq ieiqhfs lyKn dIaF smwisafvF
(a) sfihq ieiqhfs ivc kfl-vMz aqy nfmkrn dIaF smwisafvF
(e) sfiq Èfsqr aqy ieiqhfs Èfsqr df aMqr sbMD
KMz-dUsrf : pMjfbI sfihq df ieiqhfs (1850 qwk)
shfiek pusqkF
1[ aqr isMG pMjfbI sfihq df ieiqhfs (Bfg pihlf)
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf, 1971
2[ ikrpfl isMG ksyl, pMjfbI sfihq dI AuqpqI qy ivkfs
goibMd isMG lFbf aqy lfhor buwk Èfp, luiDafxf, 1974
primMdr isMG
3[ jIq isMG sIql pMjfbI sfihq df aflocnfqmk ieiqhfs
pYpsU buwk izpo, pitaflf. 1976
4[ jgbIr isMG pMjfbI sfihq df ieiqhfs (afid kfl aqy
BgqI kfl) gurU nfnk dyv XUnI[, aMimRqsr
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz-pihlf ivc idwqy
tfipkF ivcoN hoxgy. ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. KMz-a ivc awT svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz-dUsrf
ivcoN puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny iehnF ivcoN cfr svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj
pMinaF ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 12 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT kRm ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg
dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul aMk
5X4=20.

pfT pusqkF
Paper Fifth Opt (i)
Parvasi Panjabi Sahit
pypr pMjvF, afpÈn (pihlf)
prvfsI pMjfbI sfihq
1 inrMjn isMG nUr Ejon dI awK
rvI sfihq pRkfÈnL, aMimRqsr, 1993
2[ rfjivMdr Gr qy prvfË-srgm
pRIq pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr
3[ rxjIq DIr pRdysnfmf
nvXug pblIÈrË, idwlI
4[ pUrn isMG pRbMD
isMG bRdrË, aMimRqsr, 2000
10 (1527)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
shfiek pusqkF
1[ akfl aMimRq kOr prvfsI pMjfbI glp:nvyN pfsfr
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
2[ svrn cMdn brqfnvI pMjfbI jn jIvn aqy sfihq
sUrj pRkfÈn, idwlI, 1994
3[svrn cMdn brqfnvI sfihq dIaF smwisafvF
nYÈnl buwk Èfp, idwlI, 1996
4[ s[p[isMG prvfsI pMjfbI sfihq
gurU nfnk dyv XUnIvristI, aMimRqsr
5[ hrcMd isMG bydI prvfsI pMjfbI glp:nslvfdI pirpyK
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 2003
6[ hrcMd isMG bydI prvfsI pMjfbI sfihq dy msly
rvI sfihq pRkfÈnL, aMimRqsr, 2004
7[joigMdr isMG ÈmÈyr bRqfnIaf ivc pMjfbI jIvn aqy sfihq
rvI sfihq pRkfÈnL, aMimRqsr, 1990
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper Fifth Opt (ii)
Pakistani Panjabi Sahit
pypr pMjvF, afpÈn (dUsrf)
pfiksqfnI pMjfbI sfihq
1 aqr isMG, jgqfr duwK dirafEN pir dy
dIpk pblIÈrËL, jlMDr, 1993
2[ PLÉr jmfn bMDIvfn
inAU eyË buwk sYNtr, aMimRqsr, 1991
3[ musqnsr husYn qfrV pMKyrU
inAU eyË buwk sYNtr, aMimRqsr, 1978
4[ aPLjLl aihsn rMn, qlvfr qy GoVf
inAU eyË buwk sYNtr, aMimRqsr, 1982
10 (1528)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
shfiek pusqkF
1[ jiqMdr pfl isMG pfiksqfnI pMjfbI glp
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 2001
2[ ieMdrjq kOr (sMpf[) Èbd-bMUd (pfiksqfnI pMjfbIsfihq
ivÈyÈ aMk), hirafxf pMjfbI sfihq
akfzmI, pMckulf.
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper Fifth Opt (iii)
Haryana Da Panjabi Sahit
pypr pMjvF, afpÈn (dUsrf)
hirafxf df pMjfbI sfihq
1 hrBjn isMG koml Drq gRihx
sumIq pRkfÈn, krnfl, 2000
2[ hirBjn isMG rYxU BUimkf qoN bgYr
lokgIq pRkfÈn,cMzIgVH, 2008
3[ rfibMdr isMG msrUr qurnf muhfl hY
inAU eyË buwk sYNtr, aMimRqsr, 1991
4[ dIdfr isMG mhf pMizq cfr vfk
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
shfiek pusqkF
1[amrjIq isMG kFg hirafxf df pMjfbI sfihq
pMjfbI akfzmI, idwlI
2[ amrjIq isMG kFg hirafxf df pMjfbI sfihq nUM Xogdfn
aqy ihMmq isMG soZI (sMpf) hirafxf sfihq akfzmI, cMzIgV
10 (1529)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

Semester Second
Paper Sixth Opt (i)
Madhkali Panjabi Kavita
(1701 AD Ton 1850 AD Tak)
smYstr dUsrf
pypr CyvF, afpÈn (pihlf)
mwDkflI pMjfbI kivqf
(1701 qoN 1850 eI[ qwk)
10 (1530)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
pfT pusqkF
1 gurU goibMd isMG cMzI dI vfr
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
2 bulHy Èfh kfPLIaF
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
2[ hfÈm Èfh swsI
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
3[ Èfh muhMmd ËMgnfmf isMGF qy PLrMgIaF df
pYpsU buwk izpo, pitaflf
shfiek pusqkF
1[ anvr icrfg ieslfmI icMqn aqy pMjfbI sUPLI
kivqf, nYÈnl buwk Èfp, idwlI, 2006
2[ amrjIq isMG kFg mwDkflI sfihq aiDaYn
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr, 1979
3[ amrjIq isMG kFg mwDkflI sfihq ivvyk
aqy jspfl kOr kFg nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr
4[ hirBjn isMG muwl qy muwlfkx
nvicMqn pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr, 1970
5[ gurcrn isMG bfxI kyNdr qy ivkyNdr
ivvIan pRkfÈn, idwlI, 1985
6[ gurcrn isMG bfxI kyNdr qy ivkyNdr
ivvIan pRkfÈn, idwlI, 1985
7[ jgbIr isMG mwDkflI sfihq siBafcfr
afrsI pRkfÈn, idwlI
8[ divMdr isMG pMjfbI sUPLI sfihq df aiDaYn
rvI sfihq pRkfÈn, 1986
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper Sixth Opt (ii)
Guru Nanak Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan
pypr CyvF, afpÈn (dUsrf)
gurU nfnk kfiv df ivÈyÈ aiDaYn
1 gurU nfnk dyv pwtI ilKI
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
2[ gurU nfnk dyv bfrfmfh
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
3[ gurU nfnk dyv mlfr dI vfr
aYs[jI[pI[sI[, aMimRqsr
4[ gurU nfnk dyv mfJ dI vfr
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
shfiek pusqkF
10 (1531)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1[ aqr isMG smdrÈI
rGbIr rcnf pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH
2 hirBjn isMG muwl qy muwlfkx
nvicMqn pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr, 1970
3[ gurcrn isMG (sMpf) Koj pwiqRkf (gurU nfnk kfiv ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
4[ qrlok isMG kMvr gurU nfnk bfxI df kfiv Èfsqr
vYlivÈ pRkfÈn, idwlI
5[ rqn isMG jwgI gurU nfnk bfxI
mdfn pbilÈrjL, pitaflf
6[ rfm isMG gurU nfnk dI suhj klf
isMG bRdrjL, aMimRqsr
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper Sixth Opt (iii)
Sufi Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan
pypr CyvF, afpÈn (qIsrf)
sUPLI kfiv df ivÈyÈ aiDaYn
10 (1532)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 bulHy Èfh kfPLIaF
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
2[ vjLId Èlok
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
3[ hfÈm Èfh doihry
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf 4[
gulfm PLrId kfPLIaF
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
shfiek pusqkF
1[ anvr icrfg ieslfmI icMqn aqy pMjfbI sUPLI
kivqf, nYÈnl buwk Èfp, idwlI, 2006
2[ sMq isMG syKoN pMjfbI kfiv iÈromxI
lfhor buwk Èfp, luiDafxf, 1964
3[ sfDU rfm ÈfrDf sUPLI miq aqy sUPLI sfihq
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
4[ hrijMdr isMG iZwloN sulqfn bfhU : icMqn, klf aqy rcnf
pMjfbI rfeItrjL koafpryitv susfietI il[
luiDafxf, 1884
5[ njLm husn swXd syDF
sfihq klf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf, 1977
6[ mohn isMG dIvfnf Èfh husYn : rcnf, inrIKx aqy ivcfr
lok sfihq pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr, 1988
7[ lfjvMqI rfmf ikRÈnf pMjfbI sUPLI poiets
afÈfjnk pblIkyÈn, idwlI, 1973
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper Sixth Opt (iv)
Kissa Kav Da Vishesh Adhyan
pypr CyvF, afpÈn (cOQf)
ikwsf kfiv df ivÈyÈ aiDaYn
1 vfrs Èfh hIr
sfihqX akfzmI, idwlI
2[ kfdr Xfr ikwsf pUrn Bgq
sfihqX akfzmI, idwlI
3[ hfÈm Èfh swsI
sfihqX akfzmI, idwlI
4[ kflI dfs gujrF vflIaf rfjf BrQrI
cqr isMG jIvn isMG, aMimRqsr
shfiek pusqkF
1[ amrjIq isMG kFg ikwsf sMsfr
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr
2[ amrjIq isMG kFg ikwsf pirpyK
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr
3[ svrn isMG siBafcfr aqy ikwsf kfiv
syD pRkfÈn, pitaflf
4[ hirBjn isMG ikwsf sMsfr
nYÈnl buwk trwst, ieMzIaf, idwlI, 1972
5[ jspfl kOr ikwsf sMvfd
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf,aMimRqsr
6[ rqn isMG jwgI (sMpf) Koj pwiqRkf (iksf kfiv ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
pfT pusqkF
Paper Seventh Opt (i)
Adhunik Panjabi Galp (Panjabi Kahani)
pypr sqvF, afpÈn (pihlf)
afDuink pMjfbI glp (pMjfbI khfxI)
1 kulvMq isMG ivrk nvyN lok
afrsI pblIÈrË, idwlI
2[ ajIq kOr mOq alI bfby dI
10 (1533)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty

nvXug pRkfÈn, idwlI
3[ pRym pRkfÈ kuJ axikhf vI
afrsI pbilÈrjL, idwlI
4[ mnmohn bfvf kflf kbUqr
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf, 2003
shfiek pusqkF
1[ suKivMdr isMG rMDfvf kQf icMqn
suMdr buwk izpo jlMDr
2[ sivMdr isMG AuWpl pMjfbI khfxI dy lwCx aqy pirvrqn
puÈp pRkfÈn, idwlI, 1970
3[ jgbIr isMG pMjfbI glp sMsfr
vYlivÈ pblIkyÈn, idwlI, 1999
4[bldyv isMG DflIvfl pMjfbI khfxI dI iek sdI
21vIN sYNcrI pblIkyÈn pitaflf
5[ bldyv isMG DflIvfl afDuink pMjfbI khfxI df ieiqhfs
pMjfbI akfdmI, idwlI
6[ DnvMq kOr afDuink pMjfbI khfxI : ibrqFq ÈfsqrI
aiDaYn,afrsI pblIkyÈn, idwlI
7 DnvMq kOr pMjfbI khfxI Èfsqr
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf
8[ virafm isMG sMDU kulvMq isMG ivrk df khfxI sMsfr
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf, 1979
9[ rqn isMG jwgI (sMpf) Koj pwiqRkf (glp ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy iqMn Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf, Bfg-dUsrf, aqy Bfg-qIsrf
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X14=70
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=24[
(iii) Bfg qIsrf ivc pRfpq pfT pusqkF ivcoN vsqUinÈT(objective type) jvfbF vfly ds svfl without multiple choice
puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh sfry svfl krny hoxgy. hr svfl iek nMbr df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg qIsrf dy kul aMk
10X1=10[
10 (1534)

pfT pusqkF
Paper Seventh Opt (ii)
Bharti Galp
pypr sqvF, afpÈn (dUsrf)
BfrqI glp
10 (1535)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 kurqulyn hYdr awg df diraf
nYÈnl buwk trwst,ieMzIaf,idwlI,1970
2[ mhfÈvyqf dyvI coxvIaF khfxIaF
nYÈnl buwk trwst,ieMzIaf,idwlI,1970
3[ s[h[mMto mMto dIaF khfxIaF
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf
4[ mnohr iÈafm joÈI kur kurU svfhf
nYÈnl buwk trwst, ieMzIaf, idwlI
shfiek pusqkF
1[ rfm ÈoiBq pRsfd isMG ihMdI Aupinafs : pRym cMdoroqr kfl
irÈfbcrn jYn aYNz sMnË, idwlI, 1981
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pfT pusqkF
Paper Second Opt (iii)
Vishav Galp
pypr sqvF, afpÈn (qIsrf)
ivÈv glp
1 qurgnyv pwQr kFbf
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
2[ cYKv coxvIaF khfxIaF
pRgqI pRkfÈn, mOsko
3[ mupfsF mupfsF dIaF khfxIaF
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf
4[ pfrlo koeIlho supnsfË (anu[ dlbIr isMG)
lokgIq pkfÈn, cMzIgVH
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty

pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
Paper Eighth
Sahit Sidhant Ate Viharak Adhyan
pypr aTvF
sfihq isDFq aqy ivhfrk aflocnf
10 (1536)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
KMz-pihlf
pRgqIvfd, rumFsvfd, XQfrQvfd, asiqqvvfd, sfihq qy smfj, sfihq qy mnoivigafn, sfihq qy
rfjnIqI.
KMz-dUsrf
(A) mfrksvfd, sMrcnfvfd, AuWqr-sMrcnfvfd, nv-mfrksvfd, ichn ivigafn, ivrcnf isDFq, suhj
Èfsqr, AuWqr afDuink sfihq isDFq.
(a) sMq isMG syKoN, ikÈn isMG, aqr isMG, nËm husYn swXd, hirBjn isMG, qrlok isMG kMvr, rivMdr
isMG rvI aqy suiqMdr isMG nUr df sfihq isDFq.
KMz-qIsrf
ivhfrk aflocnf (gwd ivcoN)
shfiek pusqkF
1[ sMq isMG syKoN sfihiqafrQ
lfhor buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
2[ sMq isMG syKoN smIiKaf pRxflIaF
PSUTBB, cMzIgVH, 1975
3[ qrlok isMG kMvr sfihq aiDaYn dI sMrcnfvfdI pRxflI
arivMd hnUMmMq pRkfÈn, idwlI. 1975
4 suiqMdr isMG nUr nvIn pMjfbI aflocnf
iekwqI PLrvrI pRkfÈn, aMbflf kYNt
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A, a aqy e) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz-pihlf ivc
idwqy tfipkF ivcoN hoxgy. ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a Cy svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz-dUsrf
ivc pRfpq tfipkF ivcoN, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny iehnF ivcoN iqMn svfl krny hoxgy. KMz-e ivc do gwd toty idwqy jfxgy aqy

ividafrQI ny iehnF ivcoN iksy iek gwd toty dI ivhfrk aflocnf krnI hovygI. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD
pMj pMinaF ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 12 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT kRm ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg
dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul aMk
5X4=20[
Paper Ninth
Panjabi Sahit Da Ithas
(1851 ton Hun tak)
pypr nOvF
pMjfbI sfihq df ieiqhfs
(1851 qoN hux qwk)
KMz-pihlf : pMjfbI sfihq dI ieiqhfskfrI
(A) pMjfbI sfihq ieiqhfs lyKn dI prMprf
(a) pMjfbI sfihq ieiqhfs dI afDfr mUlk sfmwgrI aqy sfihq ieiqhfs lyKx
dIaF smwisafvF
(e) pRmuwK pMjfbI sfihq ieiqhfsF df alocnfqmk aiDaYn
KMz-dUsrf : pMjfbI sfihq df ieiqhfs (1851 qoN hux qwk)
shfiek pusqkF
1[ aqr isMG pMjfbI sfihq df ieiqhfs (Bfg pihlf)
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjfb, pitaflf, 1971
2[ ikrpfl isMG ksyl, pMjfbI sfihq dI AuqpqI qy ivkfs
goibMd isMG lFbf aqy lfhor buwk Èfp, luiDafxf, 1974
primMdr isMG
3[ jIq isMG sIql pMjfbI sfihq df aflocnfqmk ieiqhfs
pYpsU buwk izpo, pitaflf. 1976
4[ jsivMdr isMG aqy pMjfbI sfihq df ieiqhfs (afDuink kfl)
mfn isMG ZINzsf pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
10 (1537)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz-pihlf ivc idwqy
tfipkF ivcoN hoxgy. ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. KMz-a ivc awT svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz-dUsrf
ivcoN puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny iehnF ivcoN cfr svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj
pMinaF ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 12 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT kRm ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg
dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul aMk
5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper Tenth Opt (i)
Parvasi Panjabi Sahit
pypr dsvF, afpÈn (pihlf)
prvfsI pMjfbI sfihq
10 (1538)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 svrn cMdn kMjkF
afrsI pblIÈrË, idwlI
2[ rGubIr ZMz Èfny pMjfb
lokgIq pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH
3[ jrnYl isMG do tfpU
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf, 1999
4[ hrjIq atvfl ryq
lokgIq pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH
shfiek pusqkF
1[ akfl aMimRq kOr prvfsI pMjfbI glp:nvyN pfsfr
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
2[ svrn cMdn brqfnvI pMjfbI jn jIvn aqy sfihq
sUrj pRkfÈn, idwlI, 1994
3[svrn cMdn brqfnvI sfihq dIaF smwisafvF
nYÈnl buwk Èfp, idwlI, 1996
4[ s[p[isMG prvfsI pMjfbI sfihq
gurU nfnk dyv XUnIvristI, aMimRqsr
5[ hrcMd isMG bydI prvfsI pMjfbI glp:nslvfdI pirpyK
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 2003
6[ hrcMd isMG bydI prvfsI pMjfbI sfihq dy msly
rvI sfihq pRkfÈnL, aMimRqsr, 2004
7[joigMdr isMG ÈmÈyr bRqfnIaf ivc pMjfbI jIvn aqy sfihq
rvI sfihq pRkfÈnL, aMimRqsr, 1990
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
Paper Tenth Opt (ii)
Pakistani Panjabi Sahit
pypr dsvF, afpÈn (dUsrf)
pfiksqfnI pMjfbI sfihq
10 (1539)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 jiqMdr pfl isMG (sMpf) rfvIEN pfr
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, 1983
2[ ieshfk muhMmd kukns
inAU eyË buwk sYNtr, aMimRqsr
3[ nËm husYn swXd qKLq lfhOr
inAU eyË buwk sYNtr, aMimRqsr
4[ rjLIaf nUr muhMmd bldy dIvy
inAU eyË buwk sYNtr, aMimRqsr
shfiek pusqkF
1[ jiqMdr pfl isMG pfiksqfnI pMjfbI glp
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 2001
2[ ieMdrjq kOr (sMpf[) Èbd-bMUd (pfiksqfnI pMjfbI sfihq ivÈyÈ aMk),
hirafxf pMjfbI sfihq akfzmI, pMckulf.
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
Paper Tenth Opt (iii)
Haryana Da Panjabi Sahit
pypr dsvF, afpÈn (qIsrf)
hirafxf df pMjfbI sfihq
pfT pusqkF
1 sohn isMG hMs kfry hwQIN
rvI sfihq pRkfÈnL, aMimRqsr
2[ r[s[irKI dIvf buiJaf nhIN
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf
3[ sI[ afr[ mOdigwl iek plFG hor
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty

vI sfihq pRkfÈnL, aMimRqsr
4[ jgdIÈ pRÈfd kOiÈk mKOty
sgihkfr pblIÈrË, aMimRqsr
shfiek pusqkF
1[amrjIq isMG kFg hirafxf df pMjfbI sfihq
pMjfbI akfzmI, idwlI
2[ amrjIq isMG kFg hirafxf df pMjfbI sfihq nUM Xogdfn
aqy ihMmq isMG soZI (sMpf) hirafxf sfihq akfzmI, cMzIgV
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pfT pusqkF
smYstr-qIsrf
pypr igafrvF
afDuink pMjfbI kivqf
1 BfeI vIr isMG myry sfeIaF jIE
Kflsf smfcfr, aMimRqsr
2[ pUrn isMG KulHy mYdfn
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
3[ bfvf blvMq bMdrgfh
nvXug pRkfÈn, idwlI
4[ rmyÈ kumfr PotoPrym
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf
shfiek pusqkF
1[ amrIk isMG puMnI pUrn isMG : kfiv aiDaYn
nv icMqn pRkfÈn, idwlI, 2006
2[ suKdyv isMG afDuink pMjfbI kfiv df kfiv Èfsqr
afrsI pblIÈrË, idwlI
3[ suKdyv isMG kfiv srokfr
lokgIq pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH, 2006
4[ siqMdr isMG BfeI vIr isMG:jIvn qy rcnf
10 (1540)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty

pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
5[ siqMdr isMG afDink pMjfbI kfiv rUp aiDaYn
gurU nfnk dyv XUnI[ aMimRqsr
6[ jsivMdr isMG nvIN pMjfbI kivqf pCfx icMnH
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf
7[ rfijMdr isMG BwtI afDuink pMjfbI kfiv sMvydnf
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
8[ rfijMdr isMG BwtI afDuink pMjfbI kfiv df suhj ÈfsqrI
pirpyK, nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pfT pusqkF
pypr bfrHvF, afpÈn (pihlf)
pMjfbI nftk aqy iekFgI
1 afeI[sI[nMdf suBwdrf
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
2[ sMq isMG syKoN vfrs
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
3[ hrcrn isMG myry coxvyN iekFgI
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
4[ blvMq gfrgI lohf kuwt
nvXug pblIÈrË, idwlI
shfiek pusqkF
1[ amrjIq isMG pMj nftkkfr
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
2 amrjIq isMG syKoN dy ieiqhfsk aqy imiQhfsk nftk
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
3[ r[s[jwgI (sMpf) Koj pwiqRkf (nftk ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
10 (1541)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty

pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pfT pusqkF
pypr bfrHvF, afpÈn (dUsrf)
ivÈv nftk
10 (1542)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
1 soPoklIË rfjf eIzIps
nvXug pblIÈrË, idwlI
2[ ÈykspIar mYkbQ
nvXug pblIÈrË, idwlI
3[ hynirk iebsn pRyq
sfihqX akfzmI, idwlI 4[
sYmUal bYkt godo dI AuzIk
sImf pRkfÈn, jlMDr
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
pypr qyrHvF
pMjfbI vfrqk
1 rqn isMG jwgI purfqn jnm sfKI
pYpsU buwk izpo, pitaflf
2[ qyjf isMG nvIaF socF
ksqUrI lfl aYNz sMnÈ, aMimRqsr
3[ gurbKLÈ isMG iËMdgI dI rfs
nvXug pblIÈrË, idwlI
4[ dlIp kOr itvfxf nMgy pYrF df sPLr
nvXug pblIÈrË, idwlI
shfiek pusqkF
1[ hirBjn isMG pfrgfmI
nvcyqn pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr
2[ ikrpfl isMG ksyl afDink gwdkgfr
kuldIp pRYs, aMimRqsr
3[ kulvMq isMG pMjfbI vfrqk:sMcfr qy ivhfr
rvI sfihq pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr
4[dIvfn isMG aqy qyjf isMG dI vfrqk klf
ib[s[GMumx (sMpf[) inAU buwk kMpnI, aMimRqsr
5[dIvfn isMG aqy sfihq smfcfr (qyjf isMG aMk)
ib[s[GMumx (sMpf[) lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
6[ ipafrf isMG dfqf gurbKLÈ isMG:klf qy ÈKLsIaq
aqy ajIq isMG (sMpf) pRYs, idwlI, 1973
10 (1543)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pypr cOdvF
BfÈf ivigafn aqy pMjfbI BfÈf
KMz-pihlf : BfÈf ivigafn
(A) BfÈf aqy BfÈf ivigafn
(a) BfÈf ivigafn aqy BfÈf Èfsqr
(e) BfÈf, sfihq, smfj aqy siBafcfr
(s) ivÈv BfÈf pirvfr
(h) afDuink BfrqI afrIaF BfÈfvF
(k) pfixnI, sfisEr aqy nOm cfmskI df BfÈf ivigafn dy Kyqr ivc Xogdfn
KMz-dUsrf :pMjfbI BfÈf
(A) pMjfbI BfÈf df inkfs qy ivkfs
(a) pMjfbI BfÈf AuWpr pey pRBfv
(e) AuWp BfÈf aqy pMjfbI dIaF AuWp BfÈfvF
(s) AuWp BfÈf aqy BfÈf nIqI
(h) pMjfbI BfÈf dy ivkfs adfry
(k) dunI cMdR, pRym pRkfÈ isMG aqy hrkIrq isMG df pMjfbI BfÈf ivigafn dI AusfrI
ivc Xogdfn
shfiek pusqkF
1[ afqm isMG smfijk BfÈf ivigafn
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, 1988
2[ suKivMdr isMG sMGf pMjfbI BfÈf ivigafn
pMjfbI BfÈf akfzmI, jlMDr, 1999
3[ hrkIrq isMG BfÈf ivigafn aqy pMjfbI BfÈf
aqy AuWjl isMG bfhrI bfhrI pblIkyÈn, idwlI, 1973
4[ hrkIrq isMG BfÈf aqy BfÈf ivigafn
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf, 1985
5[ hrkIrq isMG sfzI BfÈf
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
5[ prmjIq isMG iswD mfnv ivigafnk BfÈf ivigafn
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, 1988
6[ pRym pRkfÈ isMG isDFqk BfÈf ivigafn
mdfn pblIÈrjL, pitaflf, 1988
7[ pRym pRkfÈ isMG pMjfbI BfÈf df sROq aqy bxqr
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, 1988
8[ bldyv isMG cImf pMjfbI BfÈf ivigafn aqy ivafkrn
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, 2000
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 1992
9[ BuipMdr isMG Kihrf nvIn BfÈf ivigafn
pYpsU buwk izpo, pitaflf, 1999
10[ dunI cMdR pMjfbI BfÈf df ivkfs
10 (1544)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty

pMjfb XUnIvristI, cMzIgVH, 1959
11[ dunI cMdR pMjfbI BfÈf df ivafkrx
pMjfb XUnIvristI, cMzIgVH, 1964
12[ Koj pwiqRkf (BfÈf qy ivafkrx ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, aMk-41
13[ F.D. Sassure Course in General Linguistics
Fontona Collins, !959
14. john Lyons Introduction to Theoretical Linguistics
Cambridge, 1068
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc Cy svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz pihlf nfl
sbMDq hoxgy. ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iqMn svfl krny hovygy. KMz-a ivc cfr svfl ivcoN puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny
iehnF ivcoN do svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 12
nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60[
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMony ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pypr pMdrvF
lokXfn aqy pMjfbI lokXfn
10 (1545)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
KMz-pihlf : lokXfn
(A) lokXfn : pRikrqI, pirBfÈf aqy Kyqr
(a) lokXfn aiDaYn idRÈtIaF
(e) lokXfn, lok sfihq aqy iviÈÈt sfihq
(s) lokXfn dIaF iviBMn pRgtfa ivDIaF (lok gIq, lok kQf, lok ivÈvfÈ, rIqI irvfj,
lok nftk, lok Drm, kol klfvF aqy lok inRq)
(h) ivÈv dy pRiswD lokXfn ÈfsqrIaF df Xogdfn
KMz-dUsrf : pMjfbI lokXfn
(A) pMjfbI lokXfn:sMgRih, sMpfdn aqy smIiKaF
(a) pMjfbI lokXfn: sMgRih, sMpfdn aqy smIiKaf ivc aMgryË ivdvfnF df Xogdfn
(e) pMjfbI lokXfn: sMgRih, sMpfdn aqy smIiKaf ivc hyT ilKy pMjfbI ivdvfnF dI dyx :
1[ afr[ sI[ tYNpl 2[ divMdr siqafrQI 3[ vxjfrf bydI 4[ m[s[rMDfvf
(s) pMjfbI lok gIq, lok kQf, lok ivÈvfÈ, rIqI irvfj, lok nftk, lok Drm, kol klfvF
aqy lok inRq df ivsqirq aiDaYn
shfiek pusqkF
1[ krmjIq isMG lokgIqF dI pYVH
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf, 2002
2[ krnYl isMG iQMd (sMpf[) lokXfn aiDaYn
gurU nfnk dyv XUnI[ aMimRqsr
3[ krnYl isMG iQMd mwDkflI pMjfbI sfihq aqy lokXfn
gurU nfnk dyv XUnI[ aMimRqsr

4[ joigMdr isMG kYroN lokXfn Èfsqr
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
5[ BuipMdr isMG Kihrf lokXfn, BfÈf aqy siBafcfr
pYpsU buwk izpo, pitaflf, 1986
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc Cy svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz pihlf nfl
sbMDq hoxgy. ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iqMn svfl krny hovygy. KMz-a ivc cfr svfl ivcoN puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny
iehnF ivcoN do svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 12
nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60[
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMony ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
10 (1546)

pfT pusqkF
smYstr-cOQf
pypr solHvF
afDuink pMjfbI kivqf
1[ aMimRqf pRIqm kfgj qy kYnvYs
nfgmxI pRkfÈn, idwlI
2[ iÈv kumfr lUxf
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
3[ surjIq pfqr ibrK arË kry
asQYitks pblIkyÈnË, luiDafxf
4[ rfijMdr isMG BwtI ÈbdF dy nfl nfl
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
shfiek pusqkF
1[ amrIk isMG puMnI pUrn isMG : kfiv aiDaYn
nv icMqn pRkfÈn, idwlI, 2006
2[ suKdyv isMG afDuink pMjfbI kfiv df kfiv Èfsqr
afrsI pblIÈrË, idwlI
3[ suKdyv isMG kfiv srokfr
lokgIq pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH, 2006
4[ siqMdr isMG BfeI vIr isMG:jIvn qy rcnf
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
5[ siqMdr isMG afDink pMjfbI kfiv rUp aiDaYn
gurU nfnk dyv XUnI[ aMimRqsr
6[ jsivMdr isMG nvIN pMjfbI kivqf pCfx icMnH
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf
7[ rfijMdr isMG BwtI afDuink pMjfbI kfiv sMvydnf
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
8[ rfijMdr isMG BwtI afDuink pMjfbI kfiv df suhj ÈfsqrI
pirpyK, nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
10 (1547)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[

pfT pusqkF
pypr sqfHrvF, afpÈn (pihlf)
pMjfbI nftk aqy iekFgI
1 afqmjIq kYmlOps dIaF mwCIaF
afrsI pblIÈrË, idwlI
2[ ajmyr isMG aOlK aMnHy inÈfncI aqy hor nftk
lokgIq pRkfÈn, cMzIgVH
3[ gurÈrn isMG nvF jnm
cyqnf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf
4[ jiqMdr brfV Pfsly
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
shfiek pusqkF
1[ amrjIq isMG pMj nftkkfr
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
2 amrjIq isMG syKoN dy ieiqhfsk aqy imiQhfsk nftk
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
3[ r[s[jwgI (sMpf) Koj pwiqRkf (nftk ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
10 (1548)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pfT pusqkF
pypr sqfHrvF, afpÈn (dUsrf)
ivÈv nftk
1 XujIn E`nIl bldy itwby (pMjfbI anu[ blvMq gfrgI)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty

nvXug pblIÈrË, idwlI
2[ XF pfl sfrqr mwKIaF
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
3[ j[ lOrkf awg dy klIry (pMjfbI anu[ surjIq pfqr)
sfihqX akfzmI, idwlI 4[
afQr imlr iek dukfndfr dI mOq (pMjfbI anu[
hrcrn isMG),pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pfT pusqkF
pypr aTHfrvF
pMjfbI vfrqk
1 nirMdr kpUr bUhy bfrIaF
lokgIq pRkfÈn, cMzIgV
2[ brijMdr hmdrd DrqIaF dy gIq
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
3[ kulbIr isMG kFg duWD dy diraf
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr
4[ joigMdr isMG jy qUM akl lqIPLhYN
shfiek pusqkF
1[ hirBjn isMG pfrgfmI
nvcyqn pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr
2[ ikrpfl isMG ksyl afDink gwdkgfr
kuldIp pRYs, aMimRqsr
3[ kulvMq isMG pMjfbI vfrqk:sMcfr qy ivhfr
rvI sfihq pRkfÈn, aMimRqsr
4[dIvfn isMG aqy qyjf isMG dI vfrqk klf
ib[s[GMumx (sMpf[) inAU buwk kMpnI, aMimRqsr
5[dIvfn isMG aqy sfihq smfcfr (qyjf isMG aMk)
ib[s[GMumx (sMpf[) lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf
6[ Drm pfl isMgl vfrqk ÈYlI
BfÈf ivBfg, pMjf, pitaflf
10 (1549)
kuwl aMk : 100
smF : 3 GMty

7[ ipafrf isMG dfqf gurbKLÈ isMG:klf qy ÈKLsIaq
aqy ajIq isMG (sMpf) pRYs, idwlI, 1973
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc do svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq pusqkF dy lyKkF ivc
rcy smyN ivc sfihq dy ieiqhfsk pirpyK, pRivrqIaF, ivkfs, iviBMn lyKkF aqy DfrfvF dy qulnfqmk aiDaYn nfl sbMDq hoxgy.
ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iek svfl krnf hovygf. Bfg-a ivc aMdrUnI cox sihq cfr svfl, pfT kRm ivc pRfpq hr pusqk
ivcoN iek, puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ieh cfry svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF
ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 14 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMny ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pypr cOdvF
pMjfbI BfÈf ivigafn aqy gurmuKI ilpI
KMz-pihlf : pMjfbI BfÈf ivigafn
(A) DunI ivigafn aqy pMjfbI DunI pRbMD
(a) BfvFÈ pRbMD aqy pMjfbI BfvFÈ pRbMD
(e) vfk ivigafn aqy pMjfbI vfk ivigafn
(s) arQ pRbMD aqy pMjfbI arQ pRbMD
(h) pMjfbI Èbd aqy Èbd rcnf
KMz-dUsrf : gurmuKI ilpI
(A) gurmuKI ilpI df inkfs qy ivkfs
(a) gurmuKI ilpI dIaF ivÈyÈqfvF
(e) pMjfbI BfÈf aqy gurmuKI ilpI
(s) AuWp BfÈf aqy BfÈf nIqI
(h) KroÈtI, bRhmI, ÈfrDf, tfkrI aqy gurmuKI ilpI df qulnfqmk aiDaYn
(k) Èbd joV aqy gurmuKI ilpI
shfiek pusqkF
1[ suKivMdr isMG sMGf pMjfbI BfÈf ivigafn
pMjfbI BfÈf akfzmI, jlMDr, 1999
2[ hrkIrq isMG BfÈf ivigafn aqy pMjfbI BfÈf
aqy AuWjl isMG bfhrI bfhrI pblIkyÈn, idwlI, 1973
3[ hrkIrq isMG BfÈf aqy BfÈf ivigafn
lfhOr buwk Èfp, luiDafxf, 1985
4[ hrkIrq isMG sfzI BfÈf
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
5[ pRym pRkfÈ isMG pMjfbI BfÈf df sROq aqy bxqr
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, 1988
6[ bldyv isMG cImf pMjfbI BfÈf ivigafn aqy ivafkrn
10 (1550)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty

pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, 2000
nfnk isMG pusqkmflf, aMimRqsr, 1992
7[ BuipMdr isMG Kihrf nvIn BfÈf ivigafn
pYpsU buwk izpo, pitaflf, 1999
8[ dunI cMdR pMjfbI BfÈf df ivkfs
pMjfb XUnIvristI, cMzIgVH, 1959
9[ dunI cMdR pMjfbI BfÈf df ivafkrx
pMjfb XUnIvristI, cMzIgVH, 1964
10[ jI[bI[isMG gurmuKI ilpI df jnm qy ivkfs
pMjfb XUnIvristI, cMzIgVH, 1960
11[ Koj pwiqRkf (BfÈf qy ivafkrx ivÈyÈ aMk)
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf, aMk-41
12[ F.D. Sassure Course in General Linguistics
Fontona Collins, !959
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc Cy svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz pihlf nfl
sbMDq hoxgy. ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iqMn svfl krny hovygy. KMz-a ivc cfr svfl ivcoN puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny
iehnF ivcoN do svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 12
nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60[
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMony ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
pypr vIhvF
siBafcfr aqy pMjfbI siBafcfr
10 (1551)
kuwl aMk : 100
(pypr : 80 aqy ientrnl asYsmYnt : 20)
smF : 3 GMty
KMz-pihlf : siBafcfr
(A) siBafcfr : isDFqk pirpyK (pirBfÈf, lwCx, pRBfv afid)
(a) siBafcfr aiDaYn dIaF iviBMn idRÈtIaF
(e) siBafcfr df BUgol, siBaqf, ieiqhfs, mnoivigafn, afriQkqf, Drm, rfjnIqI afid
nfl sbMD
(s) siBafcfr qy sfihq, siBafcfr qy BfÈf, siBafcfr qy sfihq aiDaYn
(h) ivÈv dy pRiswD siBafcfr ÈfsqrIaF df Xogdfn
KMz-dUsrf : pMjfbI siBafcfr
(A) pMjfbI siBafcfr : BUgol, ieiqhfs aqy afriQk pirpyK
(a) pMjfbI siBafcfr dy mUl somy
(e) pMjfbI siBafcfr dy mUl pCfx icMnH
(s) pMjfbI siBafcfr , isafsq ay sMpRdfiekqf
(h) pMfbI siBafcfr df kOmI pRsMg
(k) AuWqr afDuink siQqI aqy pMjfbI siBafcfr sfhmxy cxOqIaF
shfiek pusqkF
1[ qyjvMq isMG igwl pMjfbI siBafcfr : prMprf aqy pRiqmfn

sfihq klf pRkfÈn, luiDafxf, 2002
2[ gurbKÈ isMG PrYNk siBafcfr : mUl jfx pCfx
pMjfbI rfeItrË ko-afp[susfietI il[ luiDafxf
3[ gurbKÈ isMG PrYNk siBafcfr aqy pMjfbI siBafcfr
pMjfbI rfeItrË ko-afp[susfietI il[ luiDafxf
4[ jsivMdr isMG siBafcfr : pCfx icMnH
pMjfbI XUnIvristI, pitaflf
5[ BuipMdr isMG Kihrf lokXfn, BfÈf aqy siBafcfr
pYpsU buwk izpo, pitaflf, 1986
pypr sYtr leI hdfieqF
not: pRÈn pwqr dy do Bfg hoxgy. Bfv Bfg-pihlf aqy Bfg-dUsrf.
(i) Bfg-pihlf dy awgy do KMz (A aqy a) hoxgy. KMz-A ivc Cy svfl puwCy jfxgy jo ik pfT kRm ivc pRfpq KMz pihlf nfl
sbMDq hoxgy. ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN koeI iqMn svfl krny hovygy. KMz-a ivc cfr svfl ivcoN puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny
iehnF ivcoN do svfl krny hoxgy. Bfg-pihlf ivcly hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD pMj pMinaF ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 12
nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg-pihlf dy kul aMk 5X12=60[
(ii) Bfg dUsrf ivc pfT pusqk ivcoN Coty jvfbF vfly ds svfl puwCy jfxgy aqy ividafrQI ny ienHF ivcoN pMj svfl krny hoxgy.
Bfg dUsrf dy hr svfl df jvfb vwD qoN vwD iek pMony ivc dyxf hovygf aqy hr svfl 4 nMbrF df hovygf. ieAuN Bfg dUsrf dy kul
aMk 5X4=20[
10 (1552)

M.A. (PREVIOUS) HISTORY (SEMESTER SYSTEM)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS AND COURSES OF READING
Note :- M.A.(Previous) History Course shall consist of two Semesters. In all there shall
be 4 Core Papers, 4 Specialization Papers and 10 Optional Papers in the course.
Candidate shall take 5 papers in each Semester.
I M.A.(Ist Semester) :
There shall be 2 core papers, 2 specialization papers and 5 optional papers. The
candidate shall take 1 out of the 2 specialization papers and any 2 optional papers
out of the given list of 5 optional papers.
II M.A.(IInd Semester) :
There shall be 2 core papers, 2 specialization papers and 5 optional papers. The
candidate shall take 1 out of the 2 specialization papers and any 2 optional papers
out of the given list of 5 optional papers.
III In case of the specialization papers, the candidate opting for a particular
M.A. (Ist Semester) :
I Core Papers :
specialization in M.A. (Ist Semester) shall take the same specialization in M.A.
(IInd Semester). Further the candidate opting for a particular optional paper in
M.A. (Ist Semester) shall take the same optional paper in M.A. (IInd Semester).
The choice of the specialization as well as optional papers in M.A. Course shall
be determined on the basis of merit. However, the Department shall decide the
number of optional papers to be offered in the Department in a particular year.
LIST OF PAPERS
Paper I - Medieval Societies – I
Paper II - Twentieth Century World – I
II Specialization Papers :
Paper III (opt i) - Medieval Indian Polity, A.D. 1200 to 1750
10 (1553)

Paper III (opt ii) - History of India (1757-1857) – I
III Optional Papers :
Paper IV - History of East Asia in Modern Times : China
Paper V - History of Europe 1789-1871
Paper VI - History of the U.S.A. 1776-1865
Paper VII - History of Britain 1688-1815
Paper VIII - History of Imperial Russia 1855-1917
M.A. (IInd Semester) :
I Core Papers :
Paper IX - Medieval Societies – II
Paper X - Twentieth Century World – II
II Specialization Papers :
Paper XI (opt i) - Medieval Indian Economy, A.D. 1200 to 1750
Paper XI (opt ii) - History of India (1757-1857) – II
III Optional Papers :
Paper XII - History of East Asia in Modern Times : Japan
Paper XIII - History of Europe 1871-1919
Paper XIV - History of the U.S.A. 1865-1945
Paper XV - History of Britain 1815-1919
Paper XVI - History of Soviet Russia 1917-1991
10 (1554)

M.A.(P) History, Ist Semester
Paper – I (Core Paper), Medieval Societies – I
10 (1555)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Transition from Ancient Society to Medieval Society; Feudal Institutions;
Medieval State and Church; Clergy and its socio-economic role.
Unit – II Feudalism : Agrarian Structure and relations, The Manorial System, Changing position
of the Peasantry, the decline of feudalism
Unit – III Organization of non-agricultural production, Major non-agricultural productions,
Artisans and Merchants
Unit – IV Local Trade under feudalism, Growth of foreign Trade and Commerce, Urbanization
and urban centres, urban society.
Unit – V Feudal Japan; Rise of Provincial Warrior class; High feudal society; Zen culture.
Suggested Readings :
1 Anderson, Perry Passages from Antiquity to Feudalism
2 Bloch, March Feudal Society, 2 Vols.
3 Cipolla, Carlo (ed.) The Contana Econoic History of Europe :
The Middle Ages
4 Colemn, D.C. Revisions in Mercantilism
5 Dening, Ealer Japan
6 Dobb, Maurice & Sweezy Studies in the Development of Capitalism
Dobb
7 Faruqqi, Amar Prachin Aur Madhyakalin Samajik
Saranchanaya aur Sanskritiya (Hindi tr.)
8 Ganshof, F.L. Feudalism
9 Hall, A.R. The Scientific Revolution 1500-1800
10 Heaton, Herbert Economic History of Europe
11 Hilton, Rodni (ed.) The Transition from Feudalism to
Capitalism
12 Hodgett, A.J. Gerald A Social and Economic History of Medieval

Europe
13 Jayapalan, M. History of Japan
14 Latourette, Kennetu Scott The Chinese their History and Culture
15 Pirenne, Henri Economic and Social History of Medieval
Europe
16 Rolls, Eric History of Economic Thought
17 Takashesh et. The Transition from Feudalism to
Capitalism
18 White, Lynn Medieval Technology and Social Change
Paper – II (Core Paper), Twentieth Century World – I
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Legacy of the 19th Century: Liberalism; Nationalism; Imperialism and
Socialism.
Unit – II World Order upto 1919 : Origins and Nature of the World War I; Peace
Settlement and its Long Term Consequences; Making of the Russian Revolution
and Establishment of the First Socialist State
Unit – III World between the Two Wars : Working of the League of Nations –
Disarmament and Collective Security; Economic Depression; Liberal Ideas and
Social Movements
Unit – IV Towards Second World War : Rise of Nazism and Fascism – Germany, Italy and
Japan; World War II : Origins, Nature and Results
Unit – V The New Political Order : Nationalist Movements and Decolonization in Asia
and Africa; Communist Revolution in China and its Impact on World Politics
Suggested Readings :
1 Bury, J.P.T. France 1814-1940
2 Carr, E.H. 1917 : Before and After
3 Dorpalen, Andreas Europe in the 20th Century
4 Evans, J. The Foundations of a Modern State in 19th
10 (1556)

Century Europe.
5 Hobsbawn, E.J. Nation and Nationalism
6 Hobsbawm, E.J. The Age of Revolution
7 Hobsbawm, E.J. Age of Extremes : The Short Twentieth
Century (1914-1991)
8 Joll, James Europe Since 1870
9 Joll, James Origins of the First World War
10 Kochan, L.E. The Struggle for Germany 1914-1945
11 Lee, F. B. Europe Since 1914
12 Lucass, Colin The French Revolution and the Making of
Modern Political Culture, 2 Volumes
13 Morgan, K.O. Oxford Illustrated History of Britain,
(1789-1983), 2 Volumes
14 Mergan, R.P. German Social Democracy and The First
International
15 Porter, Andrew European Imperialism, 1860-1914
16 Riasanovsky, N.V. A History of Russia
17 Roberts, J.M. Europe 1880-1945
18 Robertson, E.(ed.) The Origins of the Second World War
19 Roth, J.J. (ed.) World War II : A Turning Point in Modern
History
20 Soboul, Albert History of the French Revolution, 2
Volumes
21 Watson, Seton The Russian Empire
22 Wiskemann, E. Europe of the Dictators
23 Wood, Anthony History of Euorpe 1915-1960
Paper – III (i) (Specialization Paper), Medieval Indian Polity, A.D. 1200 to 1750
10 (1557)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Sources : Archival, Archaeological, Contemporary writings : Tarikh-i-
Firozshahi, Fatwa-i-Jahandari, Babarnama, Akbarnama, Ain-i-Akbari,
Muntakhab-ut-Tawarikh, Tuzuk-i-Jahangiri, Mutakhab-ul-Lubab, Bernier’s
Account, European Factory Records, Rajasthani Khayats, Arsattas, Malfuzat and
Bhakti literature

Unit – II State : Nature (the Delhi Sultanate and the Mughal State), Theory of kingship :
Balban, Alauddin Khalji, Afghan theory of kingship, Mughal theory of kingship
Unit – III State : Problem of Legitimacy; Pressure Groups; State and Regional Identities
with special reference to Vijaynagar and Bahmani Kingdom.
Unit – IV Evolution of the Insitutional Structure and system of Government : Iqta;
Amaram; Mansab and Jagir; Centre and Provinces
Unit-V State and Rural Society and Village administration; Ruling classes; Evolving
compositions; Immigration; Local alliances and conflicts.
Suggested Readings :
1 Alam, Muzaffar and
Subramanyam, Sanjay (ed)
The Mughal State
2 Ali, M. Athar, The Mughal Nobility under Aurangzeb
3 Chandra, Satish Medieval India : Society The Jagirdari
Crisis and the Village
4 Chandra, Satish Medieval India : From Sultanate to
5 Digby, Simon
Mughals, Vol. I – II
War Horse and Elephant in the Delhi
Sultanate : A Study in Military Supplies
6 Habib, Mohammad Politics and Society in Early Medieval
Period, Vols. I & II
7 Habib, Mohammad and
Comprehensive History of India, Vol. V AD
K.A.Nizami (ed)
1206-1526
8 Jackson, P The Delhi Sultanate
9 Khan, A.R. Chieftains in the Mughal Empire During the
Reign of Akbar
10 Kulke, Hermann The State in India (AD 1000-1700)
11 Nizami, Khaliq A. Religion and Politics in the Thirteenth
Century
12 Richards, J.F.(ed.) The Mughal Empire
13 Sharma, G.D. Madhyakalin Bharat Ki Rajnetik Aur Aarthik
Sansthayen (Hindi)
14 Stein, Burton New Cambridge History of India Vijaynagar
15 Streusand, Douglas E. The Formation of the Mughal Empire
Paper III (ii) Specialisation Paper, History of India (1757-1857) – I
10 (1558)
Max. Marks : 100

Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Understanding Modern Indian History : Sources – Archival Records, Private
Papers, Governments Reports, Newspapers and Periodicals and Oral Traditions
Unit – II India in the Mid 18th Century : Pre-Colonial Order – Polity, Economy, Society
and Culture
Unit – III Expansion of British Power : Ideology of Expansion and Mercantilism; Tools
and Policies of Expansion – Bengal, Mysore and Marathas
Unit – IV Consolidation of British Power : Annexation of Awadh, Sindh and Punjab;
Subsidiary Alliance System and Doctrine of Lapse
Unit – V Evaluation of British Paramountcy : Motives, Phases and Nature of the Policy;
Impact on Princely States as well as British Empire
Suggested Readings :
1 Amold, David and
Nature, Culture and Imperialism : Essays on the
Ramachandra Guha (eds.) Environmental History of South Asia
2 Bayly, C.A. Indian Society and the Making of the British
Empire (New Cambridge History of India)
3 Brown, Judith Modern India: The Origin of an Asian
Democracy
4 Chicherov, A.L. Indian Economic Development in the
5 Desai, A.R.
Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century
Social Background of Indian Nationalism
6 Fisher, M.H. (ed.) Policies of British Annexation of India, 1757-
1857
7 Gopal, S. British Policy in India
8 Guha, Ranjit (ed.) Subaltern Studies: Writings on South Asian
History and Society, Vols. I - XI
9 Habib, Irfan Essays in Indian History: Towards a Marxist
Perception
10 Kumar, Dharma (ed.) Cambridge Economic History of India, Vol. – II
11 Mishra, Girish Economic History of Modern India
12 Mishra, Girish Adhunik Bharat Ka Arthik Itihas(Hindi tr.)
10 (1559)

13 Panigrahi, D.N. (ed.) Economy, Society and Politics in Modern India
14 Ravindra Kumar Social History of Modern India
15 Rai, Satya Murti (ed.) Bharat Mein Upniveshwad Aur Rashtrawad
(Hindi)
16 Raychaudhury, Tapan Indian Economy in the 19th Century : A
Symposium
17 Sarkar, Sumit Modern India, 1885-1947
18 Shukla, Ram Lakhan (ed.) Adhunik Bharat Ka Itihas (Hindi)
19 Siddiqui, Aisya (ed.) Trade and Finance in Colonial India
10 (1560)

Paper – IV (Optional Paper), History of East Asia in Modern Times : China
10 (1561)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Shaping Forces of Modern China : The Canton System of Trade and the Opium
Wars; The Taiping Revolt
Unit – II Ideological Awakening : The Boxer Uprising; Revolution and the Repulic of
1911, Dr. Sun Yat Sen
Unit – III Resistance and Struggle : The May 4th Movement; Rise of the Communist Party:
Early Agendas and Initiatives, Relations with the Kuamingtang
Unit – IV Founding of the Peoples’ Republic : Civil War 1945-1949; Mao Tse-Tung and
the ‘Liberation’; Causes of the Communists’ Success; Political Structure of the
New State
Unit – V Restructuring of Economy and Society : Agricultural Collectivisation and
Economic Reforms; Social Policy and ‘Cultural Revolution’
Suggested Readings :
1 Bianco, Lucien Origins of the Chinese Revolution, 1915-
1949
2 Chen, Jerome Mao Tse-Tung and the Chinese Revolution
3 Chesneaux, Jean et al China from Opium War to 1911 Revolution
4 Chesneaux Jean et al China from the 1911 Revolution to
Liberation
5 Clyde, P.H. Far East
6 Clyde, P.H. Sudoor Purva (Hindi tr.)

7 Fairback, John K. East Asia : Modern Transformation
8 Fairback ,John K. The United States of China
9 Fairback ,John K. The Great Chinese Revolution
10 Hsia, R. Economic Planning in Communist China
11 Hsu, T.Immannuel The Rise of Modrn China
12 Jansen, M.B. Japan and China : From War to Peace,
1894-1972
13 Johnson, C. A. Peasant Nationalism and Communist Power
: The Emergence of Red China, 1937-1945
14 Mao Tse-Tung Selected Works of Mao Tse-Tung
15 Mohanti, Manoranjan The Political Philosophy of MaoTse-Tung
16 Mohanti, Manoranjan (ed.) Cheenee Kranti (Hindi)
17 Purcell, Victor The Boxer Uprising : A Background Study
18 Schwartz, Benjamin I. Chinese Communism and the Rise of Mao
19 Thomas, S.B. Government and Administration in
Communist China
20 Thomas, S.B. Recent Political and Economic
Developments in China
21 Tse-Tung, Chow The May Fourth Movement : Intellectual
Revolution in Modern China
22 Wright, Mary C. China in Revolution : The First Phase, 1900-
1913
Paper – V (Optional Paper), History of Europe 1789-1871
10 (1562)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.

Unit – I Europe in 1789 : State, Politics and Society; French Revolution: Crisis of the Old
Regime, Intellectual Currents; Growth of the Democratic Institutions and
Participation of the Masses, Impact of the Revolution
Unit – II Emergence of Napoleon Bonaparte : Expansion, Consolidation and Downfall;
Congress of Vienna and Reconstruction of Europe
Unit – III The Concert of Europe : Nature, Growth and Failure, The Metternich System;
Revolutionary Europe : Nature and Impact of the Revolutions of 1830 and 1848
Unit – IV The Eastern Question : Ethnicity and Nationalism among the Balkan States;
Independence of Greece and Crimean War; Nationalism in Central Europe :
Unification of Italy and Unification of Germany
Unit – V Process of Economic Change in Europe; Liberalism in England : Reform Acts of
1832, 1867 and the Chartist Movement; Second French Republic and Second
Empire
Suggested Readings :
1 Bartbelt, C.J. Peace, War and European Powers 1814-1914
2 Cipolla, C.M. Fontana Economic History of Europe, Vol. III
3 Evans, J. The Foundations of A Modern State in 19th
Century
4 Grant and Temperley Europe in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries
5 Hamerow, T.S. Restoration, Revolution and Reaction: Economy
and Politics in Germany
6 Hazen, C.D. Modern Europe upto 1945
7 Hobsbawm, E.J. Nation and Nationalism
8 Hobsbawm, E.J. The Age of Revolution
9 Hoeborn, H. A History of Modern Germany
10 Hunt, Lynn Policies, Culture and Class in the French
Revolution
11 Jelavich, Charles Establishment of the Balkan National States 1840-
1920
12 Lefebvre, George Coming of the French Revolution
13 Lucas, Colin The French Revolution and the Making of Modern
10 (1563)

Political Culture, Vol. 2
14 Marriot, J.A.R. The Eastern Question
15 Morgan, K.O. Oxford Illustrated History of Britain, Vol. 2
16 Porter, Andrew European Imperialism 1860-1914
17 Smith, Meak Italy : A Modern History, Vol. I
18 Soboul, Albert History of the French Revolution
19 Thompson, Dorthy Chartist : Popular Politics in the Industrial
Revolution
20 Thompson, E.P. Making of the English Working Class
21 Thomson, David Europe Since Napoleon
22 Vovelle, Michel Fall of the French Monarchy
23 Wood, Anthony History of Europe 1815-1860
24 Woolf, Stuart History of Italy 1700-1860
Paper – VI (Optional Paper), History of the U.S.A. 1776-1865
10 (1564)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I American Revolution : Colonial Background; Sources of Conflict, Revolutionary
Groups and Ideological Basis; War of Independence – Nature and Significance
Unit – II Making of the Constitution : Issues and Debates; Constitutional Convention :
Nature and Significance
Unit – III Evolution of American Democracy : Jeffersonianism and Jacksonianism;
Political Parties 1840-1860; Role of Judiciary; Blacks and Women under
American Democratic System
Unit – IV The Monroe Doctrine; Westward Expansion; Southern Expansion; Manifest
Destiny; Mexico-American War
Unit – V Sectional Conflict : Basis and Origins; Civil War : Issues and Interpretations;
Abraham Lincoln’s Role in the War and Emancipation of Slaves
Suggested Readings :

1 Aldon, John. R. A History of the American Revolution
2 Beard, Charles An Economic Interpretation of the
3 Blum, John M. et. al.
Constitution of the United States
The National Experience : A History of the
United States
4 Boord, Charles Mary The Rise of American Civilization, 2 Vols.
5 Boyer, Paul, Marvard Sitkoff The Enduring Vision : A History of the
et. al.
American People, Vol. 1
6 Clark, Thomas Frontier America
7 Current, Richard, M.T.
Williams et. al.
American History : A Survey, Vol. 1
8 Endoes, James F. History of the United States
9 Faulkner, H.U. American Economic History
10 Gorraty, John. A. The American Nation, Vol I
11 Grobb, Gerald N. and George Interpretations of American History :
A. Billigs
Patterns and Perspectives, 2 Vols.
12 Hicks, John D. et. al. The American Nation
13 Kaushik, R.P. Significant Themes in American History
14 Kristol, Irving and Gordon
Wood et. al.
America’s Continuing Revolution
15 Morrison, S.E. et. al. The Growth of the American Republic
16 Parkes, Henary B.et. al. The United States of America
17 Pratt, J. W. A History of the United States Foreign
Policy
18 Randal James et. al. The Civil War and Reconstruction
19 Shihan, Donald The Making of American History : The
Emergence of a Nation, Vol. 1 & II
20 Tripathi, Dwijendra and S.C.
Tiwari
Paper – VII (Optional Paper), History of Britain, 1688-1815
Themes and Perspective in American History
10 (1565)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.

Unit – I Sources of Tensions in British Society during 17th Century; The ‘Glorious’
Revolution of 1688; Bill of Rights and other Constitutional Changes occurred
after the Revolution
Unit – II Act of Settlement (1701); Growth of Whig and Tory Parties; Walpole and
Cabinet System; Personal Rule of George III : Nature and Constitutional
Significance
Unit – III Britain and War of American Independence; Policy Towards Ireland and
Scotland; Impact of French Revolution on British Society and Polity
Unit – IV Mercantile System and British Colonialism; Industrial Revolution and its Impact;
Agrarian Revolution and its Effects; Increase in Trade and Commerce
Unit – V Change in Social Structure : Peasants, Working Class, Capitalist Class and the
Bourgeoisie; Methodist and Evangelical Movement; Britain’s Fight against
Napoleon Bonaparte and its Impact
Suggested Readings :
1 Adams, G.B. The Constitutional History of England
2 Briggs, A. Age of Empowerment 1784-1867
3 Clapham, J.H. An Economic History of Modern Britain (3
vols.)
4 Coleman, D.C. The Economy of England 1450-1750
5 Gupta, Parthasarthi (ed.) Britain Ka Itihas(Hindi)
6 Hill C. The Century of Revolutions
7 Hill, C. The World Turned Upside Down
8 Hobsbawm, E.J. Industry and Empire
9 Jones, J.R. The Revolution of 1688 in England
10 Joliffe Constitutional History of England Since
1485
11 Marriot, J.A.R. English Political Institutions
12 Mathias, Peter The First Industrial Nation
13 Morgan, Kenneth O. The Oxford Illustrated History of Britain
Vols. 1 & 2
14 Muir, Ramsay A Short History of British Commonwealth
15 Peling, H. A History of British Trade Unionism
16 Russell, C. The Crisis of Parliaments 1509-1660
17 Stone, Lawrence Crisis of the Aristocracy
18 Stone, Lawrence Causes of the English Revolution
19 Thomson, M.A. A Constitutional History of England 1642-
1801
10 (1566)

20 Thompson, E.P. Making of the English Working Class
21 Travelyan, G.M. English Social History
22 Ward, J.T. (ed) Popular Movements
23 Watson, R.W.S. Britain in Europe 1789-1914
24 Webb, R.K. Modern England (From 18th Century to
Present)
25 White, R.J. The Making of English Constitution
Paper – VIII (Optional Paper), History of Imperial Russia 1855-1917
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit – I Reforms of Alexender II : Abolition of Serfdom and its Results; Other Reforms
– Local Government, Educational, Legal, Military and Financial
Unit – II Problem of Multilingual Groups and Policy of Russification; Economic and
Industrial Development in the 19th Century
Unit – III Growth of Revolutionary Ideas in Russia: Populism, Anarchism, Marxism,
Social Democrats, Bolsheviks and Mensheviks
Unit – IV The Russo-Japanese War; Conditions of Russia on the Eve of the Revolution of
1905; The Revolution of 1905 : Nature and Impact
Unit – V The Constitutional Monarchy 1906-1917; Russian Involvement in the World
War I and its Results.
Suggested Readings :
1 Dukes, Paul A History of Russia
2 Hans, Konn Basic History of Modern Russia
3 Hobsbawm, Eric Age of Extremes: The Short Twentieth
Century
4 Kirchnev, Walter History of Russia
5 Kohan, Lionel The Making of Modern Russia
6 Lenin, V.I. The Development of Capitalism in Russia
10 (1567)

7 Milicakov, P.Seignobos History of Russia, Vol. III
8 Omytryshyn, Besil A History of Russia
9 Semirnov, T.L. (ed.) A Short History of U.S.S.R (2 Vols.)
10 Seton-Watson, H The Decline of Imperial Russia
11 Stevenson, David The Outbreak of the First World War
12 Sumner, R.H. A Survey of Russian History
13 Thanden, Edward, C. Russia Since 1801
14 Thronton, Anderson Russian Political Thought
15 Watson, Seton The Russian Empire
16 Westwood, J.N. Endurance and Endeavour
10 (1568)

M.A.(P) History, IInd Semester
Paper – IX (Core Paper), Medieval Societies – II
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Arabia before Islam: Political, Socio-religious, and economic conditions, Rise of
Islam ; Islam as a socio religious system; relations with Arab tribes, Jews and
Christians
Unit – II Evolution of Islamic state upto the pious caliphs, State under Ummayids, State
under Abbasids
Unit – III Society under the Prophet and the Caliphs; Economy; Administration with
special reference to taxation system.
Unit – IV The Arab Empire : Growth of Art, Music, Painting and Calligraphy; Growth of
Architecture; Education, Intellectual Contribution : Language, Literature and
Sciences
Unit – V China : Transition from classical to early Modern China, Commercial revolution,
Society and Culture, Neo-Confucianism; State and Society under the Ming
dynasty
Suggested Readings :
1 Aghnides, N. Muhammadan Theories of Finance
2 Dening, Ealer Japan
3 Faruqui, Amar Prachin Aur Madhyakalin Samajik
Saranchanaya aur Sanskritiya (Hindi tr.)
4 Fitzerald, C.P. China
5 Granebaum Medieval Islam
6 Hitti, P.K. History of Arabs
7 Lamblon Landlords and Peasants in Persia
8 Latourette, Kennetu Scott The Chinese their History and Culture
9 Levy, P The Social Structure of Islam
10 Needham, Joseph History and Civilization of China
11 Sahu, K.P. Islam : Udbhav Aur Vikas (Hindi)
10 (1569)

10 (1570)

Paper – X (Core Paper), Twentieth Century World – II
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I The Cold War Era: Ideological and Political Basis of the Cold War, Different
Phases–Pacts and Treaties, Tensions and Rivalries; From Bipolar to Unipolar
World System
Unit – II Non-Aligned Movement and the Third World ;U.N.O : Concepts of World
Peace, Role in Sorting out of International Conflicts
Unit – III Age of Progress : Cultural Revolution in China; Civil Rights Movement in
U.S.A.; Anti-Apartheid Movement in South Africa; Feminism
Unit – IV Economic and Technological Developments : Industry and Agriculture; Science
and Technology; Transport, Communication and Information
Unit – V Disintegration of the Socialist Blocks : Origins, Process and Impact on Society
and Policies; The Globalization and its Effects
Suggested Readings :
1 Brar, Bhupinder Explaining Communist Crisis
2 Clyde, P.H. Far East
3 Davis, A.G. ‘I Have A Dream’ : The Life and Time of
Martin Luther King
4 Dorpalen, Andreas Europe in the 20 th Century
5 Evans, J. The Foundations of a Modern State in 19th
Century Europe.
6 Fairback, John K. The Great Chinese Revolution.
7 Gilbert, Felix The End of European Era : 1890 to Present
8 Grant & Temperly Europe in the Nineteenth and Twentieth
Centuries
9 Hobsbawm, E.J. The Age of Revolution
10 Hobsbawm, E.J. Age of Extremes : The Short Twentieth
Century (1914-1991)
11 Joll, James Europe Since 1870
10 (1571)

12 King, Martin Luther Stride Towards Freedom
13 Lee, F. B. Europe Since 1914
14 Lengson, W.C. World Since 1914
15 Lichhyme, George Europe in the Twentieth Century
16 Linda, Karber Women’s America : Refusing the Past
17 Luthli, Chief Albert Let My People Go !
18 Marriot, J.R.R. The Remaking of Modern Europe
19 Morgan, K.O. Oxford Illustrated History of Britain, (1789-
1983), 2 Volumes
20 Nager, Joseph L. & Robert H.
Donaldson
Soviet Foreign Policy Since World War II
21 Riasanovsky, N.V. A History of Russia
22 Roberts, J.M. Europe 1880-1945
23 Robinson, Nail Ideology and the Collapse of Soviet System :
A Critical History of Soviet Ideological
Discourse
24 Roth, J.J. (ed.) World War II : A Turning Point in Modern
History
25 Schwartz, Benjamin I. Chinese Revolution and the Rise of Mao
26 Sontegi, Raymond Revolt Against Old Order
27 Wiskemann, E. Europe of the Dictators
28 Wood, Anthony History of Europe 1915-1960
Paper – XI (i) (Specialization Paper), Medieval Indian Economy A.D. 1200 to 1750
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Agrarian Economy, Industries and Production Technology and the State :
Control over Land; Resource base and the pattern of resource used in agrarian
production; Nature and magnitude of taxation; Agrarian relations
Unit – II Handicraft Production : Textiles, Agro-Industries, Metal technology, Artisans,
Mercantile groups and their role in production.
Unit – III Trade, Commerce and Monetary system, Growth of cities and towns : Inland and
maritime Trade; Structure and volume of Trade; Role of Arab and European
Traders; Indian Merchants and their commercial practices
10 (1572)

Unit – IV Medium of exchange, Currency and Banking : indigenous methods; Growth of
cities and towns : Nature and classification; demographic changes;
administration.
Unit – V Systemic Crisis and Collapse of the Mughal Empire : Tensions and conflicts
inherent in the imperial system; Patterns of Resistance; Collapse of Empire;
Interpreting the 18 th Century
Suggested Readings :
1 Alam, Muzaffar and
Subramanyam, Sanjay (ed)
The Mughal State
2 Alavi, Seema (ed.) Eighteen Century in India
3 Chandra, Satish Medieval India : Society The Jagirdari
Crisis and the Village
4 Chandra, Satish Parties and Politics in the Mughal Court,
1707-1740
5 Chandra, Satish The Eighteenth Century in India : Its
Economy and the Role of the Marathas, the
Jats, the Sikhs and the Afghans
6 Chandra, Satish Medieval India : From Sultanate to
7 Chaudhuri, K.N.
Mughals, Vol. I – II
Trade and Civilisation in the Indian Ocean
8 Digby, Simon War Horse and Elephant in the Delhi
Sultanate : A Study in Military Supplies
9 Eaton, Richard M. The Rise of Islam and the Bengal Frontier
(1204-1760)
10 Fukazawa Hiroshi The Medieval Decan : Peasants, Social
System and States-Sixteenth to Eighteenth
Centuries
11 Gordon, Stewart The Marathas, 1600-1818
12 Grewal, J.S. (ed) State and Society in Medieval India
13 Habib, Irfan Agrarian System of Mughal India, 1526-
1707
14 Habib, Irfan Essays in Indian History : Towards a
Marxist Perception
15 Hasan, S. Nurul Thoughts on Agrarian Relations in Mughal
India
16 Khan, A.R. Chieftains in the Mughal Empire During the
Reign of Akbar
17 Kulke, Hermann The State in India (AD 1000-1700)
10 (1573)

18 Marshall, P.J. (ed.) Eighteen Century India : Evolution or
Revolution
19 Moosvi, Shireen Economy of the Mughals Empire : A
Statistical Study
20 Naqvi, H.K. Urbanisation and urban Centres under the
great Mughals 1556-1707
21 Raychaudhri, Tapan and Irfan Cambridge Economic History of India, Vol I
Habib (eds.)
1200 to 1750
22 Richards, J.F.(ed.) The Imperial Monetary System of Mughal
India
23 Richards, J.F.(ed.) The Mughal Empire
24 Sangwan, R.S. Jodhpur and the later Mughals, A.D. 1707-
1752
25 Sharma, G.D. Madhyakalin Bharat Ki Rajnetik Aur Aarthik
Sansthayen (Hindi)
26 Singh, Chetan Region and Empire : Punjab in the 17 th
Century
27 Singh, Chetan Madhya Kalin Bharat : Sultanate Se Mughal
Kal Tak Bhag I-II (Hindi)
28 Wink, Andre Land and Sovereignth in India : Agrarian
society and Politics under the Eighteenth
Century Maratha Swarajya
Paper XI (ii) Specialisation Paper, History of India (1757-1857) – II
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Construction of the Colonial State : The ‘Iron’ Framework–Police, Army and
Law; The ‘Steel’ Framework– Civil Administration and Bureaucracy
Unit – II Social Policies and Social Change : British Policy Towards Indian Society – Role
of Orientalists, Evangelicals and Utilitarians; Introduction of Modern Education;
Social Reforms
Unit – III Economic Organization of the Colonial State : Rise of Capitalism in Colonial
India; Rural Economy; Urban Economy; Communication and Railways
10 (1574)

Unit – IV Ideology and Attitude of the Colonial State : The British Imperialist Ideology –
Political, Economic and Cultural Theories; Racial Bias in Policies and
Governance
Unit – V Resistance to the Colonial State : Pre-1857 Risings – Nature and Impact; The
Uprising of 1857 – Nature, Growth and Repression
Suggested Readings :
1 Amold, David and
Ramachandra Guha (eds.)
Nature, Culture and Imperialism : Essays on
the Environmental History of South Asia
2 Bayly, C.A. Indian Society and the Making of the British
Empire (New Cambridge History of India)
3 Bipan Chandra India’s Struggle for Independence
4 Brown, Judith Modern India : The Origin of an Asian
Democracy
5 Chicherov, A.L. Indian Economic Development in the
Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century
6 Desai, A.R. Social Background of Indian Nationalism
7 Fisher, M.H. (ed.) Policies of the British Annexation of India
1757-1857
8 Gopal S. British Policy in India
9 Guha, Ranjit Rule of Property for Bengal : An Essay on the
Idea of Permanent Settlement
10 Guha, Ranjit (ed.) Subaltern Studies: Writings on South Asian
History and Society, Vols. I - XI
11 Joshi, P.C. Rebellion – 1857
12 Kumar, Dharma (ed,) Cambridge Economic History of India Vol.-II
13 Mishra, Girish Economic History of Modern India
14 Mishra, Girish Adhunik Bharat Ka Arthik Itihas(Hindi tr.)
15 Rai, Satya Murti (ed.) Bharat Mein Upniveshwad Aur Rashtrawad
(Hindi)
16 Ravindra Kumar Social History of Modern India
17 Raychandhary, Tapan Indian Economy in the 19th Century : A
Symposium
18 Sarkar, Sumit Modern India, 1885-1947
19 Shukla, Ram Lakhan (ed.) Adhunik Bharat Ka Itihas (Hindi)
10 (1575)

20 Siddiqui, Aisya (ed.) Trade and Finance in Colonial India
Paper – XII (Optional Paper), History of East Asia in Modern Times : Japan
10 (1576)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I The Period of Transition: Japan in the 19th Century; Western Contact and its
Implications; Events leading to the Meiji Restoration
Unit – II Meiji Period : Meiji Restoration – Aims, Nature and Significance; Economic and
Political Reforms; Educational and Social Restructuring
Unit – III The Period of Consolidation: Industrial Transformation; Foreign Policy 1895-
1919; Policy of Expansion and Aggression
Unit – IV Failure of Democracy: Growth of the Military; The Political Party System and its
Drawbacks; Japan and the World War II
Unit – V Post-World War II Japan : Democratization and the New Political System;
Economic and Industrial Remodeling; Social and Educational Remodeling
Suggested Readings :
1 Akita, George Foundation of the Constitutional
Government in Modern Japan
2 Allen, George C. Modern Japan and its Problem
3 Allen, George C. A Short Economic History of Modern Japan
1867-1937
4 Beasley, W.G. The Modern History of Japan
5 Bakmann, George M. The Making of the Meiji Constitution
6 Clyde, P.H. Far East
7 Clyde, P.H. Sudoor Purva (Hindi tr.)
8 Dengarfield, R.J. The New Japan
9 Fairback, John K. East Asia : Modern Transformation
10 Fine, S.M. Japan’s Post-War Industrial Recovery
11 Hall, John W. Japan From Prehistory to Modern Times

12 Holtam, D.C. Modern Japan and Shinto Nationalism
13 James, David H. The Rise and Fall of the Japanese Empire
14 Jansen, M.B. Japan and China : From War to Peace,
1894-1972
15 Kostan, E.E.N Militarism and Foreign Policy in Japan
16 Lockwood, William The Economic Development of Japan :
Growth and Structural Change
17 Jansen M.B. (ed) The Cambridge History of Japan Vols V to
VI
18 Myers, Ramon H. and Mark The Japanese Colonial Empire, 1895-1945
R. Patric (eds.)
19 Norman, E.H. Japan’s Emergence as a Modern State
20 Pyle, Kenneth B. The Making of Modern Japan
21 Scalapino, Robrt A. Democracy and the Party Movement in Pre-
War Japan
22 Smith, Thomas C. Political Change and Industrial
Development in Japan : Government
Enterprise
23 Tanin, O and Yohan, E. Militarism and Fascism in Japan
24 Yanaga, Chitoshi Japan sinceParry
25 Young, A. Morgan Imperial Japan, 1926-1938
Paper – XIII (Optional Paper), History of Europe 1871-1919
10 (1577)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Europe in 1871 : State, Politics and Society; Bismark and the Beginning of
Diplomatic Alignments : Three Emperors’ League, Dual Alliance, Triple
Alliance and Re-Insurance Treaty.
Unit – II Franco-German Relations 1871 – 1890; The Eastern Question: Revolt in Bosania
and Russo-Turkish War, Berlin Congress and Bulgarian Crisis; European
Imperialist Interests in Africa and its Partition

Unit – III Franco-Russian Alliance, Anglo-French Alliance, Anglo-Russian Alliance and
the Formation of Triple Entente; Shifting Positions of Italy
Unit – IV Nature of the Triple Alliance and Triple Entente 1907-1914; Morocco Crisis,
Bosnian Crisis and Agadir Crisis; Anglo-German Naval Rivalry
Unit – V Balkan League and Balkan Wars; World War First : Causes, Origins and
Responsibility; The Peace Settlement and Treaty of Versailles
Suggested Readings :
1 Bartbelt , C.J. Peace, War and European Powers 1814-
1914
2 Evans, J. The Foundations of A Modern State in 19th
Century
3 Fay, S.B. Origins of the First World War
4 Gooch, G.P. History of Modern Europe 1878-1920
5 Grant and Temperley Europe in the Nineteenth and Twentieth
Centuries
6 Hazen, C.D. Modern Europe upto 1945
7 Hobsbawm, E.J. Nation and Nationalism
8 Joel, James Europe Since 1870
9 Joel, James Origins of the First World War
10 Langer, W.L. The Diplomacy of Imperialism
11 Langer, W.L. European Alliances and Alignments
12 Marriot, J.A.R. The Eastern Question
13 Marriot, J.A.R. The Remaking of Modern Europe
14 Porter, Andrew European Imperialism 1860-1914
15 Post, Ken Revolution and European Experience 1789-
1914
16 Roberts, J.M. Europe 1880-1945
17 Robertson, C.G. Bismark
18 Roth, J.J. (ed.) World War I : A Turning Point in Modern
History
19 Stevenson, David The Outbreak of the First World War
20 Taylor, A.J.P. Bismark : The Man and Statesman
21 Taylor, A.J.P. Struggle For the Mastery in Europe
22 Thomson, David Europe Since Napoleon
Paper – XIV (Optional Paper), History of the U.S.A. 1865-1945
10 (1578)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.

Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Reconstruction after the Civil War : Presidential, Radical and Congressional
Plans; The Emergence of the ‘New South’; Social Tensions and Reactions
Unit – II Economic Changes : Growth of Capitalism and Big Business; Agriculture and
Industry; Farmers’ Unrest and Populism
Unit – III Labour Movement : Causes of the Labour Unrest and Rise of Unionism; The
Progressive Movement and Reforms under Roosevelt, Taft and Wilson
Unit – IV Emergence of U.S.A. as an Imperial Power : Spanish-American War; Foreign
Policies of Roosevelt, Taft and Wilson; U.S.A. and World War I
Unit – V Post-War Developments from Hardinge to Hoover; Economic Depression and
the New Deal; America and World War II
Suggested Readings :
1 Blum, John M. et. al. The National Experience : A History of the
United States
2 Boord, Charles Mary The Rise of American Civilization, 2 Vols.
3 Boyer, Paul, Marvard Sitkoff The Enduring Vision : A History of the
et. al
American People, Vol. 1
4 Current, Richard, M.T.
American History : A Survey, Vol. 1
Williams et. al.
5 Dunning, William A. Reconstruction : Political and Economic
6 Endoes, James F. History of the United States
7 Faulkner, H.U American Economic History
8 Franklin, John Hope From Slavery to Freedom
9 Grobb, Gerald N. and George Interpretations of American History :
A. Billigs
Patterns and Perspectives, 2 Vols.
10 Hicks, John D. The Federal Union : A History of U.S.A.
Since 1865
11 Hicks, John D. et. al. The American Nation
12 Kaushik, R.P. Significant Themes in American History
13 May, E.R. The World War and American Isolation
14 Mofstadter, R.W.N. The American Republic Since 1865.
15 Morrison, S.E. et. al. The Growth of the American Republic
16 Nicholas, Jeannetta P. The Republic of United States : A History
17 Parkes, Henary B.et. al. The United States of America
18 Pratt, J. W. A History of the United States Foreign
Policy
19 Shihan, Donald The Making of American History : The
10 (1579)

20 Tripathi, Dwijendra and S.C.
Tiwari
Paper – XV (Optional Paper), History of Britain, 1815-1919
Emergence of a Nation, Vol. 1 & II
Themes and Perspective in American History
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Economic and Social Conditions of Britain at the End of Napoleonic Wars; The
Political System under the Unreformed Constitution; Industrial Transformation
(1815-1851) and its Impact
Unit – II Parliamentary Reforms–Effects of the Widening Franchise; The Chartist
Movement; The Durham Report and New Colonial Policy
Unit – III Changes in the Party System; Home and Foreign Policies of Gladstone and
Disraeli; The Irish Question
Unit – IV Development of Free Trade Capitalism and British Economy; Society, Culture
and Social Legislation; Trade Unionism; The Parliament Act of 1911
Unit – V The Policy of ‘Splendid Isolation’; Britain’s Commitment to Alignments; British
Involvement in World War I
Suggested Readings :
1 Ashton, T.S.(ed) An Economic History of England 1870-1939
2 Best, Geofrey Mid-Victorian, Britain 1851-1875
3 Cape, Jonathan England in the 19th Century 1815-1914
4 Clapham, J.H. An Economic History of Modern Britain (3
vols.)
5 Clark, G. Kitson The Making of Victorian England
6 Cole, G.D.H. and P. Raymond The Common People
7 Ensor, R.C.K. England 1870-1914
8 Ewans, R.J. The Victorian Age
9 Gupta, Parthasarthi (ed.) Britain Ka Itihas(Hindi)
10 Halvey, Elie History of British People in the 19th Century,
Vosl. I to IV
10 (1580)

11 Herbert, L.P. A History of Modern Britain, 1815-1961
12 Marriot, R.J. England Since Waterloo
13 Morgan, Kenneth O. The Oxford Illustrated History of Britain
Vols. 1&2
14 Norman, Edward A History of Modern Ireland
15 Peling, H. A History of British Trade Unionism
16 Stvenson, Daivd The Outbreak of the First World War
17 Thomson, David England in the 19th Century
18 Thompson, Dorthy Chartist : Popular Politics in the Industrial
Revolution
19 Travelyan, G.M. British History in the 19th Century and After
20 Travelyan, G.M. English Social History
21 Ward, J.T.(ed.) Popular Movements
22 Watson, R.W.S. Britain in Europe 1789-1914
23 Webb, R.K. Modern England (From 18th Century to
Present)
24 White, R.J. Waterloo to Peterloo
25 Woodward, L. The Age of Reform
Paper – XVI (Optional Paper), History of Soviet Russia 1917-1991
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Conditions of Russia on the Eve of the Revolutions of 1917; The February
Revolution; Provisional Government and the Soviets; The October Revolution :
Causes, Course and Consequences
Unit – II ‘War Communism’ in Russia; The New Economic Policy; Intra-Party Struggle
after Lenin; Economic Planning and Collectivization of Land 1929-1933
Unit – III The Soviet Foreign Policy 1933-1941; Soviet Union and the Second World War
1941-1945; The Stalinist Policies of Recovery 1945-1953
Unit – IV ‘De-Stalinization’ under Khruschev – Domestic and Foreign Policies; The
Brezhnev Era : Emerging Stagnancy in Soviet State
10 (1581)

Unit – V Gorbachev’s Reforms with special reference to ‘Perestroika and ‘Glasnost; Crisis
within the Soviet Union; Disintegration of the Soviet Union : Causes, Course and
Significance
Suggested Readings :
1 Arago, Louis A History of U.S.S.R. from Lenin to
Krushchev
2 Omytrychyn, Besil A History of Russia
3 Brar, Bhupinder Explaining Communist Crisis
4 Carr, E.H. The Interregnum 1923-24
5 Carr, E.H. “Some Random Reflections on Soviet
Industrialization” in C.H. Feinstein (ed.)
Socialism, Capitalism and Economic Growth
6 Carr, E.H. 1917 : Before and After
7 Carr, E.H. The Bolshevik Revolution 1917-1923
8 Deutscher, Issac The Prophet Outcast 1919-1940
9 Deutscher, Issac Stalin : A Political Biography
10 Dobb, Maurice Soviet Economic Development Since 1917
11 Girkin, C.H. and H.H. Fisher Bolsheviks and the World War
12 Hill, Christopher Lenin and the Russian Revolution
13 Hobsbawm, Eric Age of Extremes : The Short Twentieth
Century (1914-1991)
Hobsbawm, Eric The Age of Revolution
14 Kochan, Lionel B. The Making of Modern Russia
15 Kochan, Lionel B. Russia in Revolution 1890-1918
16 Male, D.J. Russian Peasant Organization Before
17 Noger, Joseph L. and Robert
Collectivization : A Study of Commune and
Gathering 1925-1930
Soviet Foreign Policy Since World War II
H. Donaldson
18 Nove, Alec An Economic History of the U.S.S.R.
20 Robinson, Nail Ideology and the Collapse of Soviet System :
A Critical History of Soviet Ideological
Discourse
21 Schapir, Leonard The Government and Politics of the Soviet
Union
22 Shub, David Lenin
23 Trotsky, L. Lenin
10 (1582)

M.A. (FINAL) HISTORY (SEMESTER SYSTEM)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS AND COURSES OF READING
Note :- M.A.(Final) History Course shall consist of two Semesters. In all there shall be 2
Core Papers, 4 Specialization Papers and 10 Optional Papers in the course.
Candidate shall take 5 papers in each Semester.
I M.A. (IIIrd Semester) :
There shall be 1 core paper, 2 specialization papers and 5 optional papers. The
candidate shall take 1 out of the 2 specialization papers and any 3 optional papers
out of the given list of 5 optional papers.
II M.A. (IVth Semester) :
There shall be 1 core paper, 2 specialization papers and 5 optional papers. The
candidate shall take 1 out of the 2 specialization papers and any 3 optional papers
out of the given list of 5 optional papers.
III In case of the specialization papers, the candidate opting for a particular
M.A. (IIIrd Semester) :
I Core Papers :
specialization in M.A. (Ist & IInd Semesters) shall take the same specialization in
M.A. (IIIrd and IVth Semesters). The choice of the specialization as well as
optional papers in M.A. Course shall be determined on the basis of merit.
However, the Department shall decide the number of optional papers to be
offered in the Department in a particular year.
LIST OF PAPERS
Paper XVII - Historiography
II Specialization Papers :
Paper XVIII (Option i) - Society in Medieval India, AD 1200-1750
Paper XVIII (Option ii) - Modern India (1858-1947)
III Optional Papers :
10 (1583)

Paper XIX - Political History of Haryana
Paper XX - Social History of India
Paper XXI - Economic History of India
Paper XXII - State in India
Paper XXIII - History of Science and Technology in India
M.A. (IVth Semester) :
I Core Papers :
Paper XXIV - Approaches of History
II Specialization Papers :
Paper XXV (Option i) - Art, Architecture and Culture in Medieval India, AD1200-1750
Paper XXV (Option ii) - Indian National Movement (1885-1947)
III Optional Papers :
Paper XXVI - History of Haryana
Paper XXVII - Socio-Religious Movements in India
Paper XXVIII - Agrarian History of India
Paper XXIX - Contemporary Indian History (1947-1964)
Paper XXX - Business History of India
10 (1584)

M.A. – IIIrd Semester
Core Paper, Paper – XVII : Historiography
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I History : Meaning; Nature and Scope
Unit – II History and Allied Disciplines; Historical Evidence : Its Nature and
Transmission
Unit – III Objectivity in History; Causation in History; Collection and Selection of
Historical Data
Unit – IV Early Trends of Historiography: Greeco-Roman; Chinese and Ancient Indian
Unit – V Medieval Historiography : Western; Arabic and Persian
Suggested Readings :
1 Ali, B. Sheikh History : Its Theory and Method
2 Bajaj, Satish, K. Recent Trends in Historiography
3 Bentley, Michael (ed.) Companion to Historiography
4 Bloch, Marc The Historian’s Craft
5 Buddha Prakah Itihas Darshan (Hindi)
6 Carr, E.H. What is History ?
7 Collingwood, R.G. The Idea of History
8 Elton, G.R. Practice of History
9 Gardener, Patrick Theories of History
10 Habib, Irfan Interpreting Indian History
11 Hale, J.R. Evolution of British Historiography
12 Hardy, Peter Historians of Medieval India
13 Johnson, Allen Historian and Historical Evidence
14 Ladurie, L. R. Territory of the Historian
15 Leonard, M.M. The Nature of Historical Inquiry
16 Majumdar, R.K. & Srivastava,
A.N.
Historiography
17 Marwick, Aurther The Nature of History
10 (1585)

18 Marwick, Aurther What History Is and Why It is Important ?
19 Renier, G.T. History : Its Purpose and Method
20 Sridharan, E. A Textbook of Historiography
21 Thompson, J.W. A History of Historical Writing 500 B.C. to
A.D. 2000
22 Topolski, Jarzy Methodology of History
23 Walsh, W.H. Philosophy of History
24 Widgery, G.A. The Meaning of History
25 William, S.H. The Modern Historian
Specialization Paper,
Paper – XVIII (Option – i), Society in Medieval India, AD 1200-1750
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Continuity and Change in Medieval Indian Society : Composition and
Stratification; Urban and Rural Society
Unit – II Caste and Social Mobility, Slavery; Women in Medieval Indian Society
Unit – III Origin and Concepts of Sufism; Chisti, Qadiri, Suhrawardi and Naqashbandi
Silsilas
Unit – IV Origin and Concepts of Bhakti Movement : Nath Panthis, Kabir, Nanak, Dadu,
Chaitanya, Tulsidas, Raidas and Maharashtra Dharma
Unit – V Elements of Conflicts and Synthesis in Medieval Indian Society : Ruling Groups,
State and Orthodoxy; Muslim Revivalist Movement under Sheikh Ahmad
Sarhindi; Sectarian Communities
Suggested Readings :
1 Ashraf, K.M. Life and Conditions of the People of
Hindustan
2 Banga Indu (ed.) The City in Indian History : Urban
Demography, Society and Politics
3 Chopra, P.N. Life and Letters under the Mughals.
4 Eaton, Richards M. (ed.) India’s Islamic Tradition
5 Grewal, J.S. (ed.) The State and Society in Medieval India
6 Habib, Irfan (ed.) Medieval India-Research in the History of
10 (1586)

India 1200-1750
7 Habib, Muhammad Politics and Society in Early Medieval
Period, Vol I & II
8 Hasan, S. Nural Religion, State and Society in Medieval India
(ed. Satish Chandra)
9 Jackson, Peter The Delhi Sultanate
10 Karashima, N. Towards a New Formation : South Indian
Society under Vijayanagar
11 Nigam, S.B.P. Nobility under the Sultans of Delhi
12 Nizami, K.A. Religion and Politics in the 13 th Century
13 Richards, J.F. The Mughal Empire
14 Rizvi, S.A.A. History of Sufism, Vol. I-II
15 Rizvi, S.A.A. Muslim Revivalist Movement in Northern
India in the 16 th – 17 th Centuries
16 Rizvi, S.A.A. Religious and Intellectual History of the
Muslims in Akbar’s Reign
17 Satish, Chandra Medieval India : Society, Jagirdari Crisis
and the State
18 Stein, Burton New Cambridge History of India :
Vijaynagar
19 Stein, Burton Peasant State and Society in Medieval South
India
20 Umar, Muhammad Muslim Society in Northern India During the
18 th Century
21 Umar, Muhammad Urban Culture in North India During the
18 th Century.
Specialization Paper, Paper – XVIII ( Option - ii): Modern India (1858-1947)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Colonial State : Authorities at London; British Indian Government; Provincial
Structure; Local Self Government and Administration
Unit – II Colonial Control : Police, Law and Justice; Land Revenue Administration;
Relations with Princely States; Foreign Relations : Afghanistan, Burma and
Tibbat
10 (1587)

Unit – III Decline of the Handicrafts and its Effects; Flow of Foreign Capital and its
Effects; Agrarian Relations, Commercialization of Agriculture; Economic Drain
Unit – IV Rise of the Modern Industries: Jute Textile, Cotton Textile, Iron and Steel; Rise
of Capitalist Class and Industrial Labour
Unit – V The Utilitarians and Social Change; Nature and Ideas of the Brahmo Samaj, the
Arya Samaj, the Ram Krishan Mission and the Aligarh Movement; Growth of
the Modern Education; Rise of the Middle Classes
Suggested Readings :
1 Bilgrani, Ashgar H. Afghanistan and British India : A Study in
Foreign Relations
2 Bipan, Chandra Essays on Colonialism
3 Bipan, Chandra Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism
in India
4 Brown, Judith Modern India : The Origin of the Asian
Democracy
5 Datta, K.K. Social History of Modern India
6 Desai, A.R. Social Background of Indian Nationalism
7 Dodwell, H. (ed) The Cambridge History of India, Vol. - II
8 Dutt, R.C. Economic History of India, Vol. I & II
9 Fraser, Lovet India under Curzon and After
10 Gopal, S. British Policy in India
11 Hasan, Zoya Politics and State in India
12 Jones, K.W. Socio-Religious Reform Movement in British
India
13 Kennedy, G.S. Providence and the Raj
14 Kulkarani, V.B. British Dominion in India and After
15 Kumar, Dharma (ed.) Cambridge Economic History of India, Vol.-
II
16 Kumar, Ravinder Social History of Modern India
17 Majumdar, R.C. (ed) British Paramountey and Indian
Renaissance, Vol. IX & X
18 Metcalf, T.R. Land, Landlords and the British Raj : North
India in the 19 th Century
19 Mishra, B.B. The Indian Middle Classes : Their Growth in
Modern Times
20 Mishra, B.B. The Administrative History of India 1834-
1947
21 Nanda, B.R. Essays in Modern India History
22 Nauroji, Dada Bhai Poverty and the Un-British Rule in India
23 Pavlov, V.I. The Indian Capitalist Class : A Historical
Study
10 (1588)

24 Roy, Tirthankar The Economic History of Modern India
25 Sharma, M.P. Local Self - Government in India
26 Smith, W.C. Modern Islam in India
27 Stein, Burton The Making of the Agrarian Policy in British
India 1770-1900
28 Stein, Burton Thomas Munro : The Origins of the Colonial
State and his Vision of the Empire
29 Stokes, Eric The English Utilitarians and India
30 Tomlinson, B.R. Economy of Modern India 1860-1970
Paper – XIX : Political History of Haryana
10 (1589)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I The Concept of Regional History; Haryana Region : Sources for Medieval and
Modern History
Unit – II Establishment of the Turkish Hegemony : Local Rsistance and Conciliation;
Polity and Administrative Set up under the Sultans
Unit – III Polity and Administrative Set up under the Mughals ; The Imperial Decline and
the Rise of Sikhs, Jats, Marathas and George Thomas
Unit – IV Establishment of the British Rule in Haryana; Administration of East India
Company : Civil, Judicial and Land Revenue
Unit – V Resistance to the British Rule : The Pre-1857 Risings; The Uprising of 1857 :
Nature and Impact; Aftermath of the Revolt : Merger with Punjab and New
Administrative Set up
Suggested Readings :
1 Bajaj, Satish K. Recent Trends in Historiography
2 Buddha Prakash Glimpses of Haryana
3 Buddha Prakash Haryana Through the Ages
4 Darling, Malcolm Panjab Peasantry in Prosperity and Debt
5 Griffin, L.H. The Rajas of the Panjab
6 Gupta, H.R. Marathas and Panipat

7 Jagdish Chandra Freedom Movement in Haryana
8 Juneja, M.M. History of Hisar
9 Kayo, Sir Johan William Life of Lord Metcalfe, 2 Vols.
10 Kundu, C.L. and Udai
Education in Haryana
Shankar
11 Mittal, S.C Haryana : A Historical Perspective
12 Muztar, B.K. Haryana : Political and Cultural
13 Naqvi, H.K. Urbanisation and Urban Centre under the
Great Mughals
14 Phadke, H.A. Haryana : Ancient and Medieval
15 Saini, B.S. Social and Economic History of Panjab
16 Sarkar, J.N. Fall of the Mughal Empire
17 Satish Chandra The Eighteenth Century in India : It
Economy and the Role of the Marathas, the
Jats, the Sikhs and the Afghans
18 Sen, S.N. (ed.) Sources of Indian History
19 Sharma, S.R. Haryana Ke Swantantrata Sainani (Hindi)
20 Singh, Chetan Region and Empire : Panjab in the 17 th
Century
21 Singh, Fauja History of Panjab
22 Talbot, Ian Punjab and the Raj
23 Tanwar, R. The Politics of Sharing Power : The Panjab
Unionist Party
24 Yadav, B.N.S. Society and Culture of Northern India in the
12 th Century
25 Yadav, K.C. Haryana: Studies in History and Culture
26 Yadav, K.C. The Revolt of 1857 in Haryana
27 Yadav, K.C. Haryana : Itihas Evam Sanskriti (Hindi), 2
Vols.
Paper – XX :Social History of India
10 (1590)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Social History of India : Sources and Approaches ; Indian Social Institutions :
Tribe, Caste (as well as Untouchability), Class and Community

Unit – II Medieval Indian Society : Urban and Rural; Social Stratification and Social
Mobility; Position of Women
Unit – III Education and Culture in Medieval India : Educational Systems and Institutions;
Syncretic Tradition and Cultural Synthesis
Unit – IV Colonial Intervention and Social Change : British Social Policy and Western
Ideas - Evangelicals and Utilitarians ; Growth of Modern Education; Rise of
New Social Classes
Unit – V Social Change in Colonial India : Transitions in Caste-ridden Society; Conflict
between Tradition and Modernity; Changing Position of Women ; Patterns of
Urbanization
Suggested Readings :
1 Ahmad, Aziz Studies in Islamic Culture in the Indian
Environemnt
2 Altekar, A.S. Position of Women in Hindu Civilization
3 Ambedkar, B.R. The Untouchables
4 Ashraf, K.M. Life and Conditions of the People of
Hindustan
5 Ballahatchet, K.S. Social Policy and Social Change in Western
India
6 Basu, Aparna The Growth of Education and Political
Development 1898-1920
7 Bayly, Susan Caste, Society and Politics in India from the
Eighteenth Century to the Modern Age
8 Datta, K.K. Social History of Modern India
9 Desai, A.R. Social Background of Indian Nationalism
10 Dube, S.C. Indian Society
11 Dube, S.C. Contemporary India and its Modernization
12 Habib, Irfan Interpreting Indian History
13 Habib, Mohammad Politics and Society during the Early
Medieval Period
14 Hardey, Peter The Muslims of British India
15 Jha, D.N. Economy and Society in Early India : Issues
and Paradigms
16 Kothari, Rajni (ed.) Caste in Indian Politics
17 Krishnamurthi, J. Women in Colonial India
18 Kumar, Ravindra Social History of Modern India
19 Majumdar, R.C. British Paramount and Indian Renaissance,
Vol. X
20 Majumdar, R.C. The History and Culture of Indian People,
Vol. V & VII
10 (1591)

21 Mishra, B.B. The Indian Middle Classes : Their Growth in
Modern Times
22 Mishra, Girish Economic History of Modern India
23 Mujeeb, M. The Indian Muslims
24 Nurullah, S. & J.P. Naik History of Education in India
25 O’ Malley, L.S.S. Modern India and the West
26 Potts, E. Daniel British Baptist Missionaries in India 1793-
1837
27 Rashid, Abdul Society and Culture in Medieval India
28 Rizvi, S.A.A. Religious and Intellectual History of the
Muslims in Akbar Reign
29 Sarkar, Sumit Writing Social History
30 Shah, A.B. & C.R.M.,Rao Tradition and Modernity in India
31 Sharma, R.S. Social Changes in Early Medieval India
32 Smith, W.C. Modern Islam in India
33 Sridharan, E. A Textbook of Historiography
34 Srinivas, M.N. Social Change in Modern India
35 Srinivas, M.N. Caste in India and Other Essays
36 Stokes, Eric The English Utilitarians and India
37 Tara Chand Society and State in the Mughal Period
38 Tara Chand Influence of Islam on Indian Culture
39 Thapar, Romila Ancient Indian Social History
40 Vidyarathi, L.P. Tribal Culture of India
Paper No. – XXI:Economic History of India
10 (1592)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Problems of Indian Economic History; Different Approaches and their
Limitations; Sources of Medieval and Modern Indian Economic History
Unit – II Nature and Structure of Medieval Indian Economy : Rural and Urban;
Agricultural and Non-Agricultural (Handicraft) Production; Trade and
Commerce; Credit and Indigenous Banking System
Unit – III The British East India Company : Its Agrarian Settlements and Land Revenue;
Commercialization of Agriculture; Indian Manufactures for External Market.

Unit – IV Mercantilism and the Company Trade from 1757 to 1813; Industrial Capitalism
and Lessaiz Faire: Artisans and Handicrafts Industry in Transition; Means of
Transport : Roads and Railways
Unit – V British and Indigenous Capital Investment; Rise of Modern Industries i.e. Cotton,
Jute, Iron and Steel Industries; Drain of Wealth; Impact of Colonization on
Indian Economy
Suggested Readings :
1 Bhatia, B.M. Famines in India
2 Bipan Chandra The Rise and Growth of Economic
Nationalism in India
3 Brahmanand (ed.) Famines in Colonial India
4 Dutt, R.C. Economic History of India, 2 Vols.
5 Frykenberg, R.E. Land Control and Social Structure in India
6 Guha, R. A Rule of Property for Bengal : Essays in the
Idea of Permanent Settlement
7 Habib, Irfan Essays in Indian History : Towards a
Marxist Perception.
8 Habib, Irfan The Agrarian System of Mughal India 1556-
1707
9 Hasan, Nurul Thought on Agrarian Relations in Mughal
India
10 Ludden, David An Agrarian History of South Asia
11 Mishra, Girish Economic History of India
12 Mittal, S.C. Bharat Ka Saamajik aur Aarthik Itihas
13 Morris D., Morris Toru
Matsui, Bipan Chandra and T.
Raychaudhuri
(1758-1947)
The Indian Economy in the Nineteenth
Century
14 Mukherjee, Mridula Colonializing Agriculture : The Myth of
Punjab Exceptionalism.
15 Mukherjee, Mridula Peasants in India’s Non-Violent Revolution
16 Mukherjee, Nilmani Ryotwari System in Madras 1792-1827
17 Raychaudhuri, Tapan and The Cambridge Economic History of India,
Irfan Habib
Vol. I
18 Richards, J.F. The Imperial Monetary System of Mughal
India
19 Stein, Burton The Making of Agrarian Policy in British
India, 1770-1900
Paper No. – XXII: State in India
10 (1593)
Max. Marks : 100

10 (1594)
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Nature and Functions of the State under the Delhi Sultanate; Theory of Kingship
: Balban, Ala-ud-din-Khalji and the Afghans; The Iqta System
Unit – II The Mughal State : Nature, Theory of Kingship; Ulema and the State;
Mansabdari Ssystem
Unit – III The Nature of Regional States : Vijayanagar, the Marathas; Mysore and the
Sikhs
Unit – IV The British East India Company State : Colonial Authorities; Iron and Steel
Frameworks of the State, Land and the State
Unit – V The British Raj : Home Government; British Indian Government; Agencies of
Colonial Control; Constitutional Measures
Suggested Readings :
1 Alam, Muzaffar Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India
2 Alam, Muzaffar and Sanjay
Subrahmanyam (ed)
The Mughal State
3 Ali, M. Athar Apparatus of the Mughal Empire
4 Bipan Chandra Essays on Colonialism
5 Bipan Chandra Indian National Movement : The Long-Term
Dynamics
6 Bridge, Carle Holding India to the Empire
7 Brown. J.M. Modern India : The Origins of An Asian
Democracy
8 Colley, Linda Britons : Forging the Nation
9 Gallaghar, J. , G. Johnson and Locality, Province and Nationalism : Essays
Anil Seal (eds.)
on Indian Politics 1870-1940
10 Jackson, Peter The Delhi Sultanate
11 Joshi, Shashi and Bhagwan Struggle for Hegemony in India, Vol. I, II,
Joshi
III
12 Kennedy, G.S. Providence and the Raj
13 Kulke, H.P. Rothermund State in India : 1000-1750
14 Kurein, Mathew (ed.) India: State and Society
15 Nande, B.R. Essays in Modern Indian History
16 Nigam, S.B.P Nobility under the Sultans of Delhi

17 Nizami, K.A. Some Aspects of Religion and Politics in
Indian During 13 th Century
18 Richards, J.F. The Mughal Empire
19 Satish Chandra Historiography, Religion and State in
Medieval India
20 Stein, Burton Thomas Munro : The Origins of the Colonial
State and His Vision of Empire
21 Stein, Burton Vijayanagar
22 Stokes, Eric The English Utilitarians and India
23 Streusand, D.E. Formation of the Mughal Empire
24 Tripathi, R.P. Some Aspects of Muslim Administration in
India
10 (1595)

Paper – XXIII : History of Science and Technology in India
10 (1596)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Sources of the History of Science and Technology in India; Major Developments
in Science and Technology in India till 12th Century; Concept of Rationality and
Scientific Ideas in Muslim Thought with special reference to the Contribution of
Fathullah Shirazi
Unit – II New Developments in Technology in Medieval India – Persian Wheel, Gun
Powder, Textiles, Bridge Building etc; Developments in Medical Knowledge and
Interaction between Unani and Ayurveda; Astronomy in the Arabic Science and
its Impact on India with special reference to Swai Jaisingh
Unit – III State of Science and Technology in India on the eve of Advent of the British;
East India Company and Scientific Explorations – Surveyors, Botanists and
Doctors under the East India Company’s Services; New Developments in
Technologies – Railways, Telegraphs and Modern Machines
Unit – IV Growth of Scientific and Technical Education under the British Rule – Founding
of Engineering and Medical Colleges and Institutes; Teaching of Science in
Universities; Founding of National Scientific Institutions – Survey of India,
Geological Survey of India and Agricultural Experimental Farms
Unit – V Indian Response to the New Scientific Knowledge – Interactions and
Predicaments; Science and Indian Nationalism – Emergence of ‘National
Science’ and its relations vis-à-vis ‘Colonial Science’; Contributions of
Mahendra Lal Sarkar, P.C. Ray and J.C.Bose
Suggested Readings :
1 Alavi, M.A. & Rahman, A., Fathullah Shirazi : A Sixteenth Century
Indian Scientist
2 Baber, Zaheer The Science of Empire : Scientific
Knowledge, Civilization and Colonial Rule
in India
3 Bag, A.K. (ed.) Technology in Ancient India
4 Bose, D.M. et. al A Concise History of Science in India
5 Brooke, J.H. Science and Religion : Some Historical

6 Chattopadhaya, Debiprasad
Perspectives
History of Science and Technology in
Ancient India
7 Digby, Simon War-Horse and Elephant in the Delhi
Sultanate
8 Habib, Irfan (ed.) Akbar and His India
9 Hassan, Ahmad Y & Donald Islamic Technology: An Illustrated History
R.Hill
10 Hedrick, Daniel R. The Tools of Empire
11 Hitti, K. Philips History of Arabs
12 Jaggi, O.P. Science and Technology in Medieval India
13 Kumar, Deepak Science and the Raj
14 Kumar, Deepak Disease and Medicine in India : A Historical
15 Macleod , Roy (ed.) &
Deepak Kumar
Overview
Technology and the Raj : Western
Technology and Technical Transfers to India
1700-1947
16 Qaisar, A.J. The Indian Response to European
17 Ray, Aniruddha & Bagchi,
S.K.
Technology and Culture
Technology in Ancient and Medieval India
18 Ray, P.C. History of Chemistry in Ancient and
Medieval India
19 Sangwan, Satpal Science, Technology and Colonization : An
Indian Experience
20 Spangenburg, R. The History of Science : From the Ancient
Greeks to the Scientific Revolution 5 Vols.
10 (1597)

M.A. – IVth Semester
Core Paper:Paper – XXIV : Approaches of History
10 (1598)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I The Idealistic Approach : W.G.F Hegel; Benedito Croce and R.G. Collingwood
Unit – II The Positivist Approach : Auguste Comte and Leopold von Ranke; The
Materialistic Approach : Karl Marx
Unit – III The Annals Tradition and the Idea of Total History; The Post-Modernist
Approach
Unit – IV Approaches of Indian History : Early Imperialist Historiography; Cambridge
School; Nationalist Historiography
Unit – V Approaches of Indian History : Marxist Historiography; Subaltern School;
Historiography on Lower Castes’ Movements
Suggested Readings :
1 Ali, B. Sheikh History : Its Theory and Method
2 Bajaj, Satish K. Recent Trends in Historiography
3 Barns, H.D. A History of Historical Writing
4 Buddha Prakah Itihas Darshan (Hindi)
5 Burtens, Hans The Idea of Post Modern : A History
6 Carr, E.H. What is History ?
7 Clark, Stuart The Annals Historians
8 Collingwood, R.G. The Idea of History
9 Comte, Auguste Course of Positivist Philosophy
10 Croce, Benedito Philosophy of Spirit
11 Dray, Arthur On History and Philosophers of History
12 Evans, J. Richard In Defence of History
13 Foucault, Michael Madness and Civilization: A History of
Insanity in the Age of Reason
14 Gooch, G.P. History and Historians in the Nineteenth
Century
15 Habib, Irfan Interpreting Indian History

16 Hughes, Warrington Fifty Key Thinkers on History
17 Jenkins, Keith (ed) Post Modern History Reader
18 Johnson, Allen Historian and Historical Evidence
19 Majumdar, R.K. & Srivastava, Historiography
A.N.
20 Marx, Karl Das Capital
21 Marx, Karl The Communist Manifesto
22 Philips, C.H. Historians of India, Pakistan and Ceylon
23 Russel, Bertrand History of Western Philosophy
24 Sen, S.P. Historians of Modern India
25 Sridharan, E. A Textbook of Historiography
26 Thompson, J.W.& Holm A History of Historical Writing, Vols. I & II
Bernord
27 William S.H. Some Twentieth Century Historians
28 Zenkins, Keeth Why History : Reflections on the Possible
End of History and Ethics under the Impact
of Post-Modernism
Specialization Paper: Paper – XXV (Option – i) Art, Architecture and Culture in
Medieval India, AD1200-1750
10 (1599)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I System of Education; Growth of Literature: Persian, Sanskrit and Hindi;
Patronage of Learning
Unit – II Food, Dresses and Ornaments; Means of Recreation; Festivals and Fairs
Unit – III Development of Architecture under the Sultans of Delhi : Mamluqs, Khaljis,
Tughlaqs and Lodis; Regional Architecture – Vijayanagar and Sharqi
Unit – IV Mughal Architecture : The Early Phase; Development from Akbar to Shahjahan;
The Later Stage
Unit – V Visual and Performing Arts : Mughal, Rajput and Kangra Schools of Painting;
Dance and Music; Evolution of Composite Culture

Suggested Readings :
1 Ali, M. Athar Mughal India : Studies in Polity, Ideas, Society and
Culture
2 Asher, Catherine B. Architecture of Mughal India.
3 Ashraf, K.M. Life and Conditions of the People of Hindustan
4 Aziz, Ahmad Studies in Islamic Culture in the Indian
Environment
5 Beach, Miloc Mughal and Rajput Paintings
6 Chopra, P.N. Life and Letters under the Mughals.
7 Habib, Irfan Medieval India : The Study of A Civilization
8 Habib, Irfan Medieval Technology : Exchanges between Indian
and Islamic World
9 Havell, E.B Indian Architecture
10 Koch, Ebba Mughal Architecture : An Outline of its History and
Development (1528-1858)
11 Koch, Ebba Mughal Art and Imperial Ideology
12 Malik, Z.U. Reign of Muhammad Shah
13 Percy, Brown The Indian Architecture and Painting under the
Mughals
14 Qaisar, A.J. Indian Response to European Culture and
Technology
15 Rashid, A. Society and Culture in Medieval India
16 Siddiqui, I.H. Essays On Intellectual Thought and Culture, Vol. I
17 Srivastava, A.L. Medieval Indian Culture
18 Stein, Burton New Cambridge History of India : Vijayanagar
19 Stein, Burton Peasan,t State and Society in Medieval South India
20 Tara, Chand Influence of Islam on Indian Culture
21 Umar, Muhammad Muslim Society in Northern India During the 18 th
Century
22 Umar, Muhammad Urban Culture in North India During the 18 th
Century.
23 Verma, S.P. Mughal Painters and Their Works
10 (1600)

Specialization Paper
Paper – XXV ( Option - ii) Indian National Movement (1885-1947)
10 (1601)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Emergence of the Organized Nationalism; The Moderates : Their Ideology and
Politics; Rise of the Extreme Nationalism and its Politics; Partition of Bengal and
the Swadeshi Movement
Unit – II Revolutionary Movements; Rise of Communal Politics; First World War and the
Home Rule Movement; Emergence of Gandhi and his Ideology
Unit – III Rowlatt Satyagraha, Khilafat and Non-Cooperation Movement; Swaraj Party;
Civil-Disobedience Movement; Quit India Movement
Unit – IV Rise of the Left Ideology and Indian Politics; Trade Union Movements; Peasant
Movements; Revolutionary Movement; Congress Socialist Party; Subhas Bose
and INA
Unit – V Muslim Communal Politics during the 1930s; Cripps Mission and Indian
Politics; Gandhi-Jinnah Negotiations and Wavell Plan; Cabinet Mission and
Mountbatten Plan : Partition and Independence.
Suggested Readings :
1 Agrow, D. Moderates and Extremist in the Indian
National Movement
2 Bahadur, Lal Muslim League
3 Bhuyan, Arun The Quit India Movement
4 Brown, Judith Gandhi’s Rise to Power: Indian Politics
1915-22
5 Brown, Judith Gandhi : The Prisoner of Hope
6 Bipan Chandra Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern
India
7 Bipan Chandra Essays on Colonialism
8 Bipan Chandra et al India’s Struggle For Independence
9 Desai, A.R. Social Background of Indian Nationalism
10 Desai, A.R. Peasant Struggle in India

11 Ghosh, P.C. The Indian National Congress
12 Guha, Ranjit Elementary Aspects of Peasant Insurgency in
Colonial India
13 Guha, Ranjit (ed) Subaltern Studies, Vol. I – VI
14 Gupta, M.N. History of the Revolutionary Movement in
India
15 Hardy, Peter The Muslims of British India
16 Hasan, Mushirul India’s Partition : Process, Strategy and
Mobilization
17 Hasan, Mushirul Nationalism and Communal Politics in India
1916-1928
18 Joshi, Shashi and Bhagwan Struggle for Hegemony in India, 3 Vols.
Josh
19 Kumar, Kapil Peasants in Revolt
20 Low , D.A. (ed) Indian National Congress : A Centenary
Hindsight
21 Low, D.A. (ed) Congress and the Raj : Facets of the Indian
Struggle 1917-1947
22 Majumdar, R.C. History of the Freedom Movement in India,
3 Vols.
23 Mehrotra, S.R. The Emergence of the Indian National
Congress
24 Mohan, Kamlesh Militant Nationalism in the Punjab
25 Moon, Penderal Divide and Quit
26 Moore, R.J. Crisis of Indian Unity
27 Nanda, B.R. Gandhi : A Biography
28 Nanda, B.R. Gandhi and His Critics
29 Page, David Prelude to Partition
30 Pannikar, K.N. National and Left Movements in India
31 Sarkar, Sumit Modern India
32 Shankar, Girija The Socialist Trend in the Indian National
Congress.
33 Singh, Amarjit Punjab Divided : Politics of the Muslim
League and Partition 1935-1947
34 Singh, Anita Inder The Origins of the Partition of India 1936-
1947
35 Singh, L.P. The Left Wing in India
36 Sitaramaya, P. History of the Indian National Congress, 3
Vols.
37 Stokes, Eric The English Utilitarians and India
38 Tara Chand History of the Freedom Movement in India,
4 Vols,
39 Tomlinson, B.R. The Indian National Congress and the Raj :
10 (1602)

1929-1942
40 Vajpeyi, J.N. The Extremist Movement in India.
Paper – XXVI :History of Haryana
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Medieval Haryana : Social Life; Economic Conditions – Agriculture and Land
Revenue systems; Industries, Handicrafts and Trade
Unit – II Medieval Haryana : Education and Literature; Arts and Architecture;
Urbanisation
Unit – III Colonial Haryana : Development of Modern Eucation; Introduction of Railways
and its Impact; Transitions in Economy with special reference to Agrarian
Changes; Transitions in Society : Urban and Rural
Unit – IV ‘New Winds’ in Haryana : Socio-Religious Reform Movements – Arya Samaj
and Sanatan Dharam Sabha; Growth of National Movement – Phases of Anti-
Imperialist Struggle
Unit – V Formation of Unionist Party and the Role of Sir Chhotu Ram; Partition and
Haryana; Rehabilitation of the Displaces People; Creation of Haryana State
Suggested Readings :
1 Buddha, Prakash Glimpses of Haryana
2 Buddha, Prakash Haryana Through the Ages
3 Chhotu Ram Bechara Kisan (Hindi tr. by K.C. Yadav)
4 Gopal, Madan Sir Chhotu Ram : A Political Biography
5 Griffin, L.H. The Rajas of the Panjab
6 Gupta, H.R. The Marathas and Panipat
7 Hussain, Azim Fazl-i-Hussain : A Political Biography
8 Jagdish Chandra Freedom Movement in Haryana
9 Jagdish Chandra Gandhi and Haryana
10 Jones, K.W. Arya Dharma : Hindu Consciousness in the
19 th Century Punjab
11 Jones, K.W. Socio-Religious Reform Movements in
British India
12 Juneja, M.M. History of Hisar
10 (1603)

13 Kayo, Sir Johan William Life of Lord Metcalfe, 2 Vols.
14 Kundu, C.L. and Udai Shankar Education in Haryana
15 Malcolm, Darling Panjab Peasantry in Prosperity and Debt
16 Mittal, S.C Haryana : A Historical Perspective
17 Muztar, B.K. Haryana : Political and Cultural
18 Nanda, J Punjab Uprooted : A Survey of the Punjab
Riots and Rehabilitation Problems
19 Naqvi, H.K. Urbanisation and Urban Centre under the
Great Mughals
20 Nurullah, S. & J.P.Naik History of Education in India
21 Phadke, H.A. Haryana : Ancient and Medieval
22 Prem Chaudhury Panjab Politics and the Role of Sir Chhotu
Ram
23 Saini, B.S. Social and Economic History of Panjab
24 Sarkar, J.N. Fall of the Mughal Empire
25 Sharma, S.R. Haryana Ke Swantantrata Sainani (Hindi)
26 Shukla, S.P. Indian Freedom Struggle and the Role of
Haryana
27 Singh, Chattar Social and Economic Change in Haryana
28 Singh, Chetan Region and Empire : Panjab in the 17 th
Century
29 Singh, Fauja History of Panjab
30 Singh, Pardaman, and S.P. Freedom Struggle in Haryana and Indian
Shukla
National Congress (1885-1985)
31 Singh, Ranjit Haryana Ke Arya Samaj Ka Itihas (Hindi)
32 Talbot, Ian Punjab and the Raj
33 Tanwar, R. The Politics of Sharing Power : The Panjab
Unionist Party
34 Tanwar, R. Reporting Partition of Punjab 1947 : Press,
Public and Other Opinions
35 Yadav, B.N.S. Society and Culture of Northern India in the
12 th Century
36 Yadav, K.C. Haryana: Studies in History and Culture
37 Yadav, K.C. The Revolt of 1857 in Haryana
38 Yadav, K.C. Haryana : Itihas Evam Sanskriti (Hindi), 2
Vols.
Paper – XXVII: Socio-Religious Movements in India
10 (1604)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.

Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Advent of Islam in India: Its Impact on Indian Society; Religious Cults in Early
Medieval India
Unit – II Socio-Religious Movements in Medieval India : Bhakti and Sufi – Their
Ideology, Nature and Impact
Unit – III Socio-Religious Movements in Modern India : Brahmo Samaj; Arya Samaj,
Ramkrishan Mission and Theosophical Society
Unit – IV Socio-Religious Movements in Modern India : Wababi Movement; Aligarh
Movement; Singh Sabha and Sanatan Dharam Sabha
Unit – V Caste, Anti-Caste and Tribal Movements : Sri Narayan Dharam Movement;
Satyashodhak Samaj; Depressed Class Movements with special reference to the
Movement of Dr. B.R.Ambedkar; Tribal Movements
Suggested Readings :
1 Ahmad, Qeyamuddin The Wahabi Movement in India
2 Ambedkar, B.R. What Congress and Gandhi have done to the
Untouchables
3 Beteitte, Andre Caste, Class and Power
4 Bhatnagar, S. (ed.) Indian Studies in Social History
5 Chahal, S.K Dalits Patronised : Indian National
Congress and the Untouchables of India
1921-1947
6 Chopra, P.N. Some Aspects of Social Life during the
Mughal Age(1526-1707)
7 Datta, K.K. Social History of Modern India
8 Deliegue, Robert The Untouchables of India
9 Dodwell, H.H. Cambridge History of India, Vol. V
10 Gore, M.S. Social Context of An Ideology : Ambedkar’s
Political and Social Thought
11 Guha, Ranjit (ed.) Subaltern Studies, Vol. I-VI
12 Heimsath, Charles Indian Nationalism and Hindu Social
Reform
13 Jain, M.S. The Aligarh Movement
14 Jone, K.W. Arya Dharma : Hindu Consciousness in the
19 th Century Punjab
15 Jone, K.W. Socio-Religious Reform Movements in
British India
17 Joshi, Barbara Untouchable! Voices of the Dalit Liberation
10 (1605)

Movement
18 Joshi, V.C. (ed.) Rammohan Roy and Process of
Modernisation in India
19 Majumdar, B.B History of Indian Social and Political Ideas :
From Rammohan to Dayananda
20 Majumdar, R.C. British Paramountcy and Indian
Renaissance, Vol. X
21 Majumdar, R.C. The History and Culture of Indian People,
Vol. V & VII
22 Moon, Vasant (ed.) Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar : Writings and
Speeches, Vols. I,II, V & IX
23 Nizami, K.N. Some Aspects of Religion and Politics in the
Thirteenth Century
24 Nurullah, S. & J.P. Naik History of Education in India
25 Ojha, P.N. Some Aspects of North Indian Social Life
26 Omvedt, Gail Cultural Revolt in a Colonial Society : The
Non-Brahman Movement in Western India
27 Omvedt, Gail Dalits and the Democratic Revolution : Dr.
Ambedkar and the Dalit Movement in
Colonial India
28 Patil, P.G. (tr.) Collected Works of Mahatma Jyotirao
Phooley, Vol. I & II
29 Rashid, Abdul Society and Culture in Medieval India
30 Rizvi, S.A.A. History of Sufism in India, Vol. I & II
31 Rizvi, S.A.A. Religious and Intellectual History of the
Muslims in Akbar’s Reigon
32 Sarkar, Sumit Modern India 1885-1947
33 Singh, Suresh The Dust Storm and the Hanging Mist
34 Smith, W.C. Modern Islam in India
35 Strokes, Eric The English Utilitarians and India
38 Tara Chand Society and State in the Mughal Period
39 Thruston, Edge Tribes and Castes of Southern India
40 Wilson, C.H. The Sects of the Hindus
Paper No. – XXVIII: Agrarian History of India
10 (1606)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.

Unit – I Historiography on Agrarian History : Interpretations of the Nature, Structure and
Agrarian Change in Pre-Colonial and Colonial India
Unit – II Agrarian System in Pre-Colonial Economy: Rural Stratification; Ownership of
Land and Agrarian Relations; Agricultural and Horticultural Products; Animal
Husbandry
Unit – III Structure of the Pre-Colonial Rural Economy: Debate on ‘Village Self -
Sufficiency’ and ‘Village Community’; Commercialization of Crops, Land
Settlements
Unit – IV Agrarian Structure under the British Raj: Land Tenure System and Changes;
Change in Land Ownership; Growth of Agricultural Labourers; New
Agricultural Technology
Unit – V Changing Forms of Peasantry; Rise of ‘Rich Peasantry’ with particular reference
to the Punjab; Growth of the Tenancy System; Land Reforms
Suggested Readings :
1 Amartya, K.Sen Poverty and Famine : An Essay in
Entitlement and Deprivation
2 Bhaduri, Amit The Economic Structure of Backward
3 Bose, Sujata
Agriculture
Peasant, Labour and Colonial Capital :
Rural Bengal since 1770
4 Desai, A.R. Peasant Struggle in India
5 Desai, M , S.H. Rudolph, and Agrarian Power and Agricultural
Ashok Rudra
Productivity in South Asia
6 Dharam Kumar Land and Caste in South India
7 Guha, Dipankar Rivalry and Brotherhood : Politics in the
Life of Farmers in Northern India
8 Guha, Ramchandra The Unquiet Woods : Ecological Changes
and Peasant Resistance in the Himalaya
9 Guha, Sunit Growth, Stagnation or Decline: Agricultural
Productivity in British India.
10 Habib, Irfan The Agrarian System of Mughal India
11 Habib, Irfan Essays in Indian History : Towards a
Marxist Perception
12 Hardiman, David Feeding the Baniya : Peasants and Usurers
in Western India
13 Hardiman, David (ed.) Peasant Resistance in India
14 Kosambi, D.D. Ancient India : A History of Its Culture and
Civilization
15 Ludden, David An Agrarian History of South Asia
10 (1607)

16 Ludden, David Agricultural Production and Indian History
17 Mukherjee, Mridula Capitalising the Punjab
18 Mukherjee, Mridula Peasants in India’s Non-Violent Revolution
19 Prakash, Gyan The World of the Rural Labourer in Colonial
India
20 Randhawa, M.S. A History of Agriculture in India, 4 Volumes
21 Robb, Peter Meanings of Agriculture : Essays in South
Asian History and Economic
22 Sahu, B.P. Land System and Rural Society in Early
India
23 Sharma, R.S. Perspectives in Social and Economic History
of India
24 Singh, Jasbir An Agricultural Atlas of India
25 Sirajul, Islam Rent and Raiyat : Society and Economy of
Eastern Bengal (1859 to 1928)
26 Stein, Burton The Making of Agrarian Policy in British
India
27 Strokes, Eric The Peasant and the Raj : Studies in
Agrarian Society and Peasant Rebellion in
Colonial India
Paper – XXIX : Contemporary Indian History (1947-1964)
10 (1608)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Independence and Partition; Rehabilitation of the Displaced People; Making of
the Indian Constitution and its Characteristics; The Problem of Kashmir
Unit – II Integration of Princely States ; Linguistic Reorganisation of States; Economic
Planning
Unit – III Social Legislation : Hindu Code Bill its Corollary Acts; Law for Scheduled
Castes and Scheduled Tribes; Socio-Economic Change : Caste, Community and
Class
Unit – IV Foreign Policy : India and the Non-Aligned Movement; Indo-Pak Relations;
Sino-Indian Relations; India’s Relations with U.S.A. and U.S.S.R.

Unit – V Growth of National Political Parties; Politics at the National Level; Centre-State
Relations; Democratic Decentralization
Suggested Readings :
1 Balbushevik, A. & Dyakov,
A.M.
A Contemporary History of India
2 Basu, D.D. Shorter Constitution of India
3 Bettleheim, Charles India Independent
4 Bose, Sumandra The Kashmir Problem
5 Brass, Paul R. The Politics of India since Independence
6 Bipan Chandra et al. Swatantrottar Bharat (Hindi)
7 Das, Manmath Nath Partition and Independence of India : Inside
Story of the Mountbatton Days
8 Desai, A.R. India’s Path of Development
9 Engineer, A.A. Communal Roots in Post-Independent India
10 Gaur, Madan India : 40 Years after Independence
11 Hodson, H.N. The Great Divide
12 Jaisingh, Hari India and Non-Aligned World : Search for A
New Order
13 Kothari, Rajni Democratic Policy and Socialist Change in
India
14 Kothari, Rajni Caste in Indian Politics
15 Mathew, H. India : State and Society
16 Menon, V.P. Foreign Policy of India
17 Menon, V.P. Transfer of Power in India
18 Misra, A.B, Foreign Polity of India
19 Morris Jones, W.H. Government and Politics in India
20 Mukhopadhyay, A.P. (ed.) Society and Politics in Contemporary India
21 Nanda, J. Punjab Uprooted : A Survey of the Punjab
Riots and the Rehablitation Problems
22 Nehru, Jawaharlal India’s Foreign Policy
23 Pande, B.N. A Centenary History of the Indian National
Congress, Vol. IV
24 Phillips, C.H. (ed.) The Partition of India : Policies and
Perspectives 1935-1947
25 Rana, A.P. Imperatves of Non-Alignment
26 Rao, U. Bhaskar The Story of Rehabilitation
27 Santhanam, K. Union-State Relations in India
28 Satyamurti, T.V. India Since Independence
29 Srinivas, M.N. Caste in India and Other Essays
30 Srinivas, M.N. Social Change in India
31 Tandon, B.B. & Tandon, K.K. Indian Economy
32 Willet, Peter The Non-Aligned Movement : Origins of the
Third World Alliance
10 (1609)

33 Yadav, Rajbir Bharat Ki Videsh Niti (Hindi)
Paper – XXX : Business History of India
10 (1610)
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment: 20
External Marks : 80
Time : 3 hrs.
Note :- The question paper will consist of ten questions, i.e., two questions from each
unit. The candidate shall attempt five questions in all selecting one question from
each unit. All questions of 16 marks each.
Unit – I Business in Pre-Colonial India : Caste and Business Communities; Trade –
Internal and External; Credit and Indigenous Banking; Potentialities of Capitalist
Growth
Unit – II Indian Trade and East India Company : Company’s Trading Interests in India
upto 1757; British Private Trade in India in Eighteenth Century; East India
Company’s Trade 1757-1883
Unit – III Business, Credit and Agency Houses : European Agency Houses 1793-1848;
Indigenous Bankers 1800-1850; Origin and Growth of Managing Agencies
Unit – IV Expansion of Trade and Business : Railways and Telegraphs – Their Impact on
Business and Trade; Emergence of Modern Banking System and its Impact on
Business and Trade; European Chambers of Commerce –Their Business Interests
in India
Unit – V Emergence of New Merchant Communities : Indigenous Bankers 1850-1947;
Rise of Indian Industrial Houses with particular reference to Tata; Founding of
Indian Chambers of Commerce; Conflict between British and Indian Business
Interests and Its Impact on Indian Politics
Suggested Readings :
1 Bagchi, A.K. The Political Economy of the Under-
Development
2 Bagchi, A.K. The Presidency Banks and the Indian
Economy 1876-1914
3 Banerjee, T.D. Internal Market of India 1834-1900
4 Buchanan, D.H. The Development of Capitalist Enterprise in
India
5 Chatterji, Basudeb Trade, Tariffs and Empire
6 Chaudhuri, K.N. The Economic Development of India under
the East India Company
7 Culloch, Mac Early English Tracts on Commerce

8 Doraiswami, S.V Indian Finance, Currency and Banking
9 Dutt, R.C. The Economic History of India, Vol. I-II
10 Jain, L.C. Indigenous Banking in India
11 Kumar, Dharma (ed) The Cambridge Economic History of India,
Vol. II
12 Mukherjee, R.K. The Economic History of India 1600-1800
13 Muranjan, S.K. Modern Banking in India
14 Ray, Rajat (ed.) Entrepreneurship and Industry in India
1800-1847
15 Raychaudhury, Tapan & Irfan The Cambridge Economic History of India
Habib (ed.)
Vol. I
16 Roy, Tirthankar The Economic History of India 1857-1947
17 Rungta, R.S. The Rise of Business Corporation in India
1851-1900
18 Sanyal, R.N. Development of Indian Railways
19 Tomlinson, B.T. The Political Economy of the Raj 1914-1947
10 (1611)

M. A. Economics
Syllabus for 2011-2012
Course Structure
M.A. Economics (Semester I)
Total Marks External Internal Time
Paper-101 Micro Economic Analysis-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-102 Macro Economic Analysis-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-103 Quantitative Methods-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-104
Paper-105
Public Economics-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (i) Financial Economics-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (ii) Demography-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (iii) Economics of Infrastructure-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (iv) Economics of Insurance-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (v) Economics of Labour-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (vi) Computer Applications in 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Economic Analysis-I (60 Theory + 20 Practical)
Option (vii) Mathematical Economics-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (viii) Economics of Regionalism-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Note: Students are required to select any one option from Paper-105. The students will select the
same optional stream in Semester II.
10 (1612)

M.A. 1st Semester Time : 3 Hrs.
Paper-101 (Compulsory) Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
MICRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
This paper analyses the economic behaviour of individuals, firms and markets. It is mainly concerned
with the objective of equipping the students in a rigorous and comprehensive manner with the various
aspects of consumer behaviour and demand analysis, production theory and behaviour of costs, the
theory of traditional markets.
Demand Analysis (a)
Unit-1
Theories of Demand: Utility and indifference curve approaches; Income compensated demand curve;
Income and Substitute effects; Slutsky theorem; Revealed preference theory; Consumer surplus.
Unit -2
Demand Analysis (b)
Elasticity (Price, cross, income) of demand; Elasticity of supply.
Revision of Demand theory by Hicks; Indirect utility functions (duality theory); Demand systems –
Linear expenditure system; Inter-temporal consumption; Cobweb theorem.
Theory of Production and Costs
Unit-3
Production function - Short term and long term period; Law of variable proportions; Returns to
scale; Economies of scale; Iso-quants; Least-cost combination; Multi-product firm; Cobb-
Douglas, CES production functions and their properties; Euler’s theorem; Technical Progress
and production function; Theories of costs – traditional and modern; Derivation of cost
function from production function; Derived demand for factors (CD function only).
Price and Output Determination (a)
Unit-4
Marginal analysis as an approach to price and output determination; Perfect competition –
Short and long term equilibrium of the firm and industry.
Monopoly – short run and long run equilibrium; Price discrimination; Welfare aspects.
Monopolistic competition – General and Chamberlin’s approaches to equilibrium of the firm
and the group with product differentiation and selling costs; Criticism of monopolistic
competition.
10 (1613)

Unit-5
Oligopoly – non-collusive models: Cournot, Bertrand, Edgeworth, Chamberlin, Kinkeddemand
curve and Stackleberg solution. Collusive models: Cartels and mergers; Price
leadership model.
Price and output determination under monopsony and bilateral monopoly..
Basic Reading List
� Kreps, David M. (1990), A Course in Microeconomic Theory, Princeton University Press,
Princeton.
� Koutsoyiannis, A. (1979), Modern Microeconomics, (2nd Edition), Macmillan Press, London.
� Layard, P.R.G. and A.W. Walters (1978), Microeconomic Theory, McGraw Hill, New York.
� Sen, A. (1999), Microeconomics: Theory and Applications, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Varian, H. (2000), Microeconomic Analysis, W.W. Norton, New York.
Additional Reading List
� Baumol, W.J. (1982), Economic Theory and Operations Analysis, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
� Hirshleifer, J. and A. Glazer (1997), Price Theory and Applications, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
� Green H.A.G. (1971), Consumer Theory, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Henderson, J.M. and R.E. Quandt (1980), Microeconomic Theory: A Mathematical Approach,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Da Costa, G. C. (1980), Production, Prices and Distribution, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Healthfields and Wibe (1987), An Introduction to Cost and Production Functions, Macmillan,
London.
� Archibald, G.C. (Ed.) (1971), Theory of the Firm, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Broadway, R.W. and N. Bruce (1984), Welfare Economics, Basil Blackwell, London.
� Graff, J. De. V. (1957), Theoretical Welfare Economics, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
� Quirk, J. and R. Saposnik (1968), Introduction to General Equilibrium Theory and Welfare
Economics, McGraw Hill, New York.
� Borch, K.H. (1968), The Economics of Uncertainty, Princeton University Press, Princeton.
� Diamond and Rothschild (Eds.) (1978), Uncertainty in Economics, Academic Press New York.
10 (1614)

M.A. 1st Semester
Paper-102 (Compulsory) Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
MACRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
Macroeconomics analyses and establishes the functional relationships between large aggregates. The
aggregate analysis has assumed such a great significance in recent times that a prior understanding of
macroeconomics theoretical structure is considered essential for the proper comprehension of the
different issues and policies. Macroeconomics now is not only a scientific method of analysis; but also
a body of empirical economics knowledge. The paper entitled “Macro Economics Analysis” equips the
students at the postgraduate level to understand systematic facts and latest theoretical developments for
empirical analysis.
Unit-1
National Income and Accounts
Circular Flow of Income in two, three and four-sector economy; different forms of national income
accounting – social accounting, input-output accounting, flow of funds accounting.
Consumption function
Keynes’ Psychological law of consumption – implications of the law; Empirical evidence on
consumption function; Reconciliation of short run and long run consumption function – absolute
income relative, permanent income and life cycle hypotheses.
Investment Theories
Unit-2
Investment Function, The Marginal Efficiency of Capital Approach, Accelerator- Simple & Flexible,
Profits Theory, Financial Theory, The Neoclassical Model.
Demand for Money
Unit-3
Classical and Keynesian approach (The Regressive Expectations model); Post Keynesian approaches
to demand for money-Tobin (Portfolio balance approach), Baumol (Inventory theoretic approaches)
and Friedman (Restatement of quantity theory of money).
Unit-4
Supply of Money
Measures of money supply; Instruments of Monetary control. Mechanism of Monetary Expansion and
contraction (deterministic and behavioural models); Determinants of money supply; Money supply and
Rate of Interest. Government Financing and the money supply- balanced and unbalanced budget.
10 (1615)

Neo-classical and Keynesian Synthesis
Unit-5
Classical, neo – classical and Keynesian views on interest; The Basic IS-LM model, extension of IS-
LM model with government sector and variable price level.
Basic Reading List
� Ackley, G. (1978), Macroeconomics: Theory and Policy, Macmillan, New York.
� Blackhouse, R. and A. Salansi (Eds.) (2000), Macroeconomics and the Real World (2 Vols.),
Oxford University Press, London.
� Branson, W.A. (1989), Macroeconomic Theory and Policy, (3rd Edition), Harper and Row, New
York.
� Dornbusch, R. and F. Stanley (1999), Macroeconomics, Irwrin McGraw Hill, Inc. New York, 7th
Edition.
� Heijdra, B.J. and V.P. Fredericck (2001), Foundations of Modern Macroeconomics, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Jha, R. (1991), Contemporary Macroeconomic Theory and Policy, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.
� Romer, D.L. (1996), Advanced Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill Company Ltd., New York.
� Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Mankiw, N.G. and D. Romer (Eds.) (1991), New Keynesian Economics, (2Vols.), MIT Press,
Cambridge.
� Mankiw, N. Greogory (2000), Macroeconomics Macmillan Worth Publishers 4th Edition
� Frisch, H. (1983), Theories of Inflation, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
� Sheffirin, S.M. (1996), Rational Expectations, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
� Lucas, R. (1981), Studies in Business Cycle Theory, MIT Press, Cambridge, Masscechusetts.
� Taylor, L. (1983), Structuralist Macroeconomics, Basic Books, New Longman.
� Turnovsky, S.J. (1977), Macroeconomic Analysis and Stabilization Policy, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
� Ruggles R. and N. Ruggles (1956), National Income Accounts and Income Analysis Mc Graw Hill,
Newyork.
� Veniers, Y.P. and F.D.Sebold, (1977) Macroeconomics; Models and Policy
John Wiley and Inc, USA.
� Dernburg, T.F.and D. M.Mc Dougall, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill International Book
Company.
10 (1616)

M.A. 1st Semester
Paper-103 (Compulsory) Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
QUANTITATIVE METHODS-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-1
Concept of function and types of functions; Multivariable functions; Interpretation of revenue, cost,
demand, supply functions; Types of production functions; Limit, Continuity and derivatives; Rules of
differentiation; Elasticity and their types; Rules of Partial differentiation and interpretation of partial
derivatives; Rules of differentiation; Elasticity and their types; Rules of partial differentiation and
Interpretation of partial derivatives.
Unit 2
Problem of maxima and minima in single and multivariable function; Unconstrained and constrained
optimization in simple economic problems; Concept and simple rules of integration; Application to
consumer’s and producer’ surplus.
Unit 3
Concept of Matrix and Determinant – their types, simple operations on matrices, matrix inversion and
rank of matrix; Solution of simultaneous equations through Cramer’s rule and Matrix inverse method.
Introduction to input-output analysis.
Unit 4
Difference equations – Solution of first order and second order difference equations; Applications in
trade cycle models; Growth models and lagged market equilibrium models.
Unit 5
Linear programming – Basic concept, Nature of feasible, basic and optimal solution; Solution of linear
programming problem through graphical and simplex method; Concept of a game; Two person Zero
sum game; value of a game; strategies- simple and mixed; Dominance rule; Solution of a game by
linear programming.
Basic Reading List
� Mathematics for Economics by Michael Hoy etal, PHI, New Delhi, 2004.
� Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics by Adil H. Mouhammed, PHI, New Delhi,
2003.
� Quantitative Methods by D.R. Aggarwal
10 (1617)

� Basic Mathematics for Economists by R.C. Joshi, New Academic Publishing
� Leontief, W. (1936) Quantitative input-output relations in the economic systems of the United
States. Review of Economics and Statistics, Vol 18, pp.105-125.
� Miller, R.E. and P.D. Blair (1985) Input-Output Analysis: Foundations and Extensions. Prentice-
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
� Proops, J., Faber, M. and Wagenhals, G. (1993) Reducing CO2 Emissions: A Comparative Input-
Output Study for Germany and the UK, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg.
� Aggarwal, H.S. : Modren Micro -Economics, Konark, New Delhi, 1998.
� Taro Yamane, Mathematics for Economists, PHI, 1973.
� Quantitative Techniques in Management by N.D. Vohra, TMH.
� Operations Research by R. Wagnor
� Operations Research by Hamdy A. Taha
� Allen R.G.D. (1974), Mathematical Analysis for Economists, Macmillan Press, London.
� Black, J. and J.F. Bradley (1973), Essential Mathematics for Economists, John Wiley and Sons.
� Chiang, A.C. (1986), Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics (3rd Edition), McGraw
Hill, New Delhi.
� Croxton, F.E., D.J. Cowden and S. Klein (1973), Applied General Statistics, Prentice Hall, New
Delhi.
� Gupta, S.C. and V.K. Kapoor (1983), Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, S. Chand and Sons, New
Delhi.
� Marketing Research by Kinnear and Taylor, McGrawhill.
� Speigal, M.R. (1992), Theory and Problems of Statistics, McGraw Hill Book, London.
10 (1618)

M.A. 1st Semester Time: 3 Hrs.
Paper-104 (Compulsory) Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
PUBLIC ECONOMICS-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
UNIT – I
Economic Rationale of Mixed Economy; Role of Government in a State; Efficiency, markets and
Governments; Market Failure and the rationale for Government Intervention; Natural Monopolies and
Market Failure; Non-Existence of Futures Markets and Market Failure; Asymmetric Information and
market Failure; The Problem of Externalities and their Internalisation
UNIT – II
Concept, Characteristics and Types of Public Goods; Efficient Provision of Public Goods; Pure
Theories of Public Goods – Bowen Model, Lindahl Model, Pigou Model, Samuelson Model; Empirical
Theories of public goods – Wagner Hypothesis, Wiseman-Peacock Hypothesis; Preference revelation
Mechanisms for Public Goods – Thompson Mechanism, Clarke Mechanism, Lindahl- Wicksell
Mechanism; Theory of Club Goods
UNIT – III
Efficiency and Equity Principles of Taxation; Incentive Effects of Taxation on Labour Supply, Supply
of Savings and Risk Taking; Taxation and Investment; Other Distorting Effects of the Tax System;
Tax Incidence – Partial and General equilibrium Analysis; Mieszkowski Analysis of Tax Incidence;
Keynesian Short Run Model of Tax Incidence; Dynamic Tax Incidence
UNIT – IV
Normative Analysis of Taxation – Income v/s Excise Tax; Optimal Tax Mix – Optimal Commodity
Tax, Optimal User Fees, Optimal Income Tax; Excess Burden of Tax and its Measurement; Equity
Considerations in the Choice of a Tax System; Corporation tax and its Effects on Corporate Decisions
UNIT – V
Indian Taxation System; Fiscal Trends in India; Fiscal Reforms in India; Fiscal Imbalance in India;
Budgetary Subsidies in India; Value Added Tax in India; Issues in Fiscal Transfers in India
Reading List
Basic Reading List
1. American Economic Association, Readings in the Economics of Taxation, edited by R. A.
Musgrave and C. Shoup (Homewood: Richard D. Irwin, 1959).
2. Anthony Downs, An Economic Theory of Democracy (New York: Harper, 1957).
10 (1619)

3. Duncan Black and R. A. Newing, Committee Decisions with Complementary Valuation
(London:William Hodge, 1951).
4. Duncan Black, The Theory of Committees and Elections (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1958).
5. Howard Bowen, Toward Social Economy (New York: Rinehart, 1948), pt. IV.
6. International Economic Association, Classics in the Theory of Public Finance, edited by R. A.
Musgrave and A. T. Peacock (London: Macmillan, 1958).
7. J. de V. Graaf, TheoreticalWelfare Economics (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
1957).
8. James M. Buchanan and Gordon Tullock, The Calculus of Consent (Ann Arbor: University of
Michigan Press, 1962).
9. James M. Buchanan, Fiscal Theory and Political Economy (Chapel Hill: University of North
Carolina Press, 1960).
10. Kenneth J. Arrow, Social Choice and Individual Values (New York: John Wiley and Sons,
1951; Revised edition, 1963).
11. Mancur Olson, The Logic of Collective Action (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1965).
12. R. A. Musgrave, The Theory of Public Finance (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959).
13. William J. Baumol, Welfare Economics and the Theory of the State (Cambridge: Harvard
University Press, 1952; Revised second edition, 1965).
Advanced Reading List
1. Atkinson, A. and J. Stiglitz, Lectures on Public Economics, 16-1.
2. Atkinson, A. B. and N. Stern, “Pigou, Taxation, and Public Goods,” Rev. Econ. Stud., January
1974.
3. Baumol, W., “On Taxation and the Control of Externalities,” Amer. Econ. Rev., June 1972.
4. Berglas, E. and D. Pines, “Clubs, Local Public Goods, and Transportation Models: A
Synthesis,” J. Public Econ., April 1981 (Sections 1-3).
5. Bergstrom, T., “When Does Majority Rule Supply Public Goods Efficiently?” Scand. J. Econ.,
No. 2, 1979.
6. Bergstrom, T., et. al., “Micro-Based Estimates of Demand Functions for Local School
Expenditures,” Econometrica, September 1982.
7. Bergstrom, T., L. Blume, and H. Varian, “On the Private Provision of Public Goods,” J. Public
Econ., January 1986.
8. Borcherding, T. and R. Deacon, “The Demand for the Services of Non-Federal Governments,”
Amer. Econ. Rev., December 1972.
9. Bradford, D. and Oates, W., “Toward a Predictive Theory of Intergovernmental Grants,” Amer.
Econ. Rev., May 1971.
10. Brito, D. and W. Oakland, “On the Monopolistic Provision of Excludable Public Goods,”
Amer. Econ. Rev., March 1981.
11. Brueckner, J., “Congested Public Goods: The Case of Fire Protection,” J. Public Econ.,
February 1981.
12. Brueckner, J., “Equilibrium in a System of Communities with Local Public Goods: A
Diagrammatic Exposition,” Economics Letters, 1979.
13. Brueckner, J., “Property Value Maximization and Public Sector Efficiency,” J. Urban Econ.,
July 1983.
10 (1620)

14. Brueckner, J., “Tastes, Skills, and Local Public Goods,” J. Urban Econ., March 1994
15. Coase, R., “The Problem of Social Cost,” J. Law Econ., October 1960.
16. Cornes, R. and T. Sandler, The Theory of Externalities, Public Goods, and Club Goods, pp. 69-
80.
17. Feldman, A., Welfare Economics and Social Choice Theory, Ch. 6 (Sections 1-3)
18. Groves, T. and M. Loeb, “Incentives and Public Inputs,” J. Public Econ., August 1975.
19. Hamilton, B., “The Flypaper Effect and Other Anomalies,” J. Public Econ., December 1983.
20. Helsley, R. and W. Strange, “Exclusion and the Theory of Clubs,” Canadian J. Econ.,
November 1991.
21. Lee, K. “Bureaucrats and Tax Limitation,” J. Urban Econ., July 1993.
22. McGuire, T., “Budget-Maximizing Governmental Agencies: An Empirical Test,” Public
Choice, 1981.
23. Moene, K., “Types of Bureaucratic Interaction,” J. Public Econ., 1986.
24. Niskanen, W., “The Peculiar Economics of Bureaucracy,” Amer. Econ. Rev., May 1968.
25. Peltzman, S., “The Effect of Government Subsidies in Kind on Private Expenditures: The Case
of Higher Education,” J. Polit. Economy, January/February 1973.
26. Romer, T. and H. Rosenthal, “The Elusive Median Voter,” J. Public Econ., October 1979.
27. Samuelson, P., “A Diagrammatic Exposition of a Theory of Public Expenditure,” Rev.Econ.
Statist., November 1955.
28. Samuelson, P., “The Pure Theory of Expenditure and Taxation,” in Public Economics,
Margolis and Guiton, Eds.
29. Sandmo, A., “Public Goods and the Technology of Consumption,” Rev. Econ. Stud.,October
1973.
30. Scotchmer, S. and M. Wooders, “Competitive Equilibrium and the Core in Club Economies
with Anonymous Crowding,” J. Public Econ., November 1987.
31. Silva, E. and C. Kahn, “Exclusion and Moral Hazard: The Case of Identical Demand,” J. Public
Econ., September 1993.
32. Tiebout, C., “A Pure Theory of Local Expenditures,” reprinted in Readings in Urban
Economics, Edel and Rothenberg, Eds.
33. Turnbull, G., “The Overspending and Flypaper Effects of Fiscal Illusion: Theory and Empirical
Evidence”, Journal of Urban Economics, July 1998.
34. Wheaton, W., “Land Capitalization, Tiebout Mobility, and the Role of Zoning Regulations,” J.
Urban Econ., September 1993.
35. White, M. and D. Wittman, “Pollution Taxes and Optimal Spatial Location,” Economica, May
1982.
36. Wildasin, D., “On Public Good Provision with Distortionary Taxation,” Economic Inquiry,
April 1984.
37. Wilson, J., “Theories of Tax Competition,” National Tax Journal, June 1999.
38. Zodrow, G. and P. Mieszkowski, “Pigou, Tiebout, Property Taxation, and the Underprovision
of Local Public Goods,” J. Urban Econ., May 1986.
10 (1621)

M.A. 1st Semester
Paper-105 (Option-I)
FINANCIAL ECONOMICS-I
10 (1622)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit –I
Nature and Scope of Financial Economics; Goals of Finance; Economics of capital Budgeting-
Investment Criteria, Estimation of project Cash Flows, Risk Analysis I Capital Budgeting,
Computation of Cost of Capital, Capital Budgeting Under Constraints.
Unit –II
Economics of Capital Structure and Firm Value- Net Income Approach, Net Operating income
Approach, Modigliani and Miller Approach; Analysis of Optimal Capital structure – EBIT & EPS
Analysis, ROI & ROE Analysis, Ratio Analysis, Cash Flow Analysis
Unit – III
Economics of Dividends-Walter Model, Gordon Model, Modigliani and Miller Model; Key
Dimensions of Dividend Policy; Economics of Working Capital-Estimation of Working Capital,
Financing of Working Capital.
Unit – IV
Economics of Cash- Cash Budgeting and its Simulation, Optimal Cash balance, Baumol Model, Miller
and Orr Model; Economics of Receivables; Discriminate Analysis and Customer Classification;
Economics of Inventory – EOQ Mode, Pricing of Raw materials, Monitoring and Control of
Inventories.
Unit – V
Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis; Operating and Financial Leverage; Theories of Corporate Valuation –
Adjusted Book Value Theory, Direct Comparison Theory, Discounted cash flow Theory; Value
Creation Approaches – Marakon Approach, Alcar Approach. McKinsey Approach, Economic value
Added (EVA) Approach; Economics of Mergers and Acquisitions.
Reading List:
1. A. Auerbach, “Corporate Takeovers: Causes and Consequences”. University of Chicago
Press, 1988.
2. A.Ch. Shapiro, “Modern Corporate Finance”. Macmillan Publishing Co., New York, 1991.
3. Brealey, Myers and Allen, “Principles of Corporate Finace”, McGraw Hill, Inc., New York,
8 th Edition.

4. D.R. Mehta, “Working Capital Management”, Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,
1974
5. Deryl Nortcott, “Capital Investment Decision-Making”, Thomson Learning, 1992,
ISBN10:1861524587
6. E.I. Altman and M.G. Subrahmanyam (ed.), “Recent advanced in corporate Finance”,
Rihard D. Irwin, Inc., Homewood, Ill., 1985
7. F.J.Weston, “The Scope and Methodology of Finance” Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs,
N.J. 1966
8. G. Donaldson, “Corporate Debt Capacity”, Division of Research, Graduate school of
Business administration, Harvard University Press, Boston, 1961
9. H. Beirman, Jr. and S. Smidt, “The Capital Budgeting Decision:, The Macmillan Company,
New York, 1988.
10. J. Harold Mulherin, “Mergers and Corporate Governance”, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2004.
ISBN10:1843764210
11. J.A. Brittain, “Corporate Dividend Policy”, Brookings Institution, Washington D.C., 1996
12. J.C. Van Horne, “Financial Management and Policy”, brookings Institution, Washington
D.C., 1966
13. Jason Draho, “The IPO Decision: Why and How Compainies Go Public”, Edward Elgar
Publishing, 2004, ISBN10: 1843766132
14. Jay R. Ritter (Ed.), “Recent Developments in Corporate Finance”, Edward Elgar, 2005,
ISBN10: 184376797X
15. Jean Tirole, “The Theory of Corporate Finance”, Princeton University Press, 2006,
ISBN10:0691125562
16. Joel M. Stern, “revolution in Corporate Finance”, Blackwell Publishing, 1997,
ISBN1577180445
17. John D. Martin, J. William Petty, “Value Based Management: Corporate Response to the
Shareholder Revolution”, Oxford University Press Inc, USA, 2001, ISBN10: 0875848001
18. Jonathan Barron Baskin, “A History of Corporate Finance”, Cambridge University Press,
1999, ISBN10: 0521655366
19. Prasana Chandra, “Financial Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi.
10 (1623)

M.A. 1st Semester
Paper-105 (Option-II)
DEMOGRAPHY-I
10 (1624)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
The main objective of this paper is to make the students aware of the importance of population in
economic development and the various theories that explain the growth of population in a country. The
paper also enlightens the student on the quantitative and the qualitative aspects and characteristics of
the population through various demographic techniques. In recent times, gender characteristics of the
population have acquired importance and these have also been included in the framework of study.
Migration and urbanization are the characteristics of structural change taking place in a society. Their
study is essential to understand the dynamics of this change. The paper exposes the students to sources
of population and related characteristics as also to the rationale, need and evolution of population
policy.
Population and Development
Unit-1
Meaning and scope of demography; Components of population growth and their inter-dependence;
Measures of population change; Structure, distribution and sources of population data.
Structure of Population
Unit-2
Population trends in the twentieth century; Population explosion – Threatened or real, distant or
imminent; International aspects of population growth and distribution; Pattern of age and sex structure
in more developed and less developed countries.
Fertility, Nuptiality and Mortality
Unit-3
Importance of study of fertility – Total fertility rate, gross reproduction rate and net reproduction rate;
Levels and trends of fertility in more and less developed countries; Factors affecting fertility – Socioeconomic
factors, economic status, health, education, nutrition, caste, religion, race, region, rural-urban
and status of husband and wife; Nuptiality – Concept and analysis of marital status, single mean age at
marriage; Synthetic cohort methods; Trends in age at marriage.
Unit-4
Urbanization and Demographic Data Base in India

Urbanization – Growth and distribution of rural–urban population in developed and developing
countries. Study of census in India – Methodology and characteristics of census; Nature of information
collected in 1971, 1981, 1991, 2001 census in India.
Unit 5
Population and Development with Reference to India
Population, economy and environment linkages – Population, health, nutrition, productivity nexus;
Population and human development issues; Culture and fertility; Education and fertility, Demography
and household economic behaviour.
Basic Reading List
� Agarwala S.N. (1972), India’s Population Problem, Tata McGraw-Hill Co., Bombay.
� Bose, A. (1996), India’s Basic Demographic Statistics, B.R. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
� Bogue, D.J. (1971), Principles of Demography, John Wiley, New York.
� Chenery H. and T.N. Srinivasan (Eds.)(1989), Hand Book of Development Economics, Vol. 1 & 2
Elsevier, Amsterdam.
� Choubey, P.K. (2000), Population Policy in India, Kanishka Publications, New Delhi.
� Coale, A.J. and E.M. Hoover (1958), Population Growth and Economic Development in Low
Income Countries: A Case Study of India’s Prospectus, Princeton University Press, Princeton.
� Gulati, S.C. (1988), Fertility in India: An Econometric Study of a Metropolis, Sage, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Simon, J.L. (1992), Population and Development in Poor Countries, Princeton University Press.
� Srinivasan, K, (1998), Basic Demographic Techniques and Applications, Sage, New Delhi.
� Srinivasan, K. and A.Shariff (1998), India: Towards Population and Demographic Goals, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Sryrock, H. et. al. (1973), The Methods and Materials of Demography, US Department of
Commerce, Washington, D.C.
� United Nations (1973), The Determinants and Consequences of Population Trends, Vol.1 UNO
Publications, New York.
� Chiang, C.L. (1974), Life Tables and Mortality Analysis, W.H.O., Geneva.
� Novell, C. (1988), Methods and Models in Demography, Bellhaven Press, London.
� Agnihotri, S.B. (2000), Sex ration in Indian Population: A Fresh Exploration, Sage New Delhi.
� Amsden, A.H. (Ed.) (1980), The Economics of Women and Work, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Baud, I.S.A. (1992), Form of Production and Women’s Labour, Gender Aspects of
Industrialization in India and Mexico, Sage, New Delhi.
� Boserup, E. (1970), Women’s Role in Economic Development, George Allen and Unwin, London.
� Jhabwala, R. and R.K. Subramanya (2000) (Eds.), The Unorganized Sector: Work Security and
Social Protection, Sage, New Delhi.
� King M. and M.A. Hill (Eds.) (1993), Women’s Education in Developing Countries: Barriers,
Benefits and Politics, John Hopkins, Baltimore.
� Krshnaji M., R.M. Sudarshan and A. Shariff (1999), Gender Population and Development, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Lewis (Ed.) (1989), Strengthening the Poor: What Have We Learnt, OECD, Paris.
10 (1625)

� Sudarshan and A. Shariff (1999), Gender Population and Development, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi.
� Gupta, J. A. (2000), New Reproductive Technologies, Women’s Health and Autonomy, Indo
Dutch Studies on Development Alternatives, Sage, New Delhi.
� Mishra S. (2000), Voluntary Action in Health and Population: The Dynamics of Social Transition,
Sage, New Delhi.
� Mitra, A. (1979), Implications of Declining Sex Ration in India’s Population, Allied, New Delhi.
� Seth M. (2000), Women and Development: The Indian Experience, Sage, New Delhi.
M.A. 1st Semester
Paper- 105 (Option-III)
10 (1626)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF INFRASTRUCTURE-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
The important role infrastructure plays in a country’s development need not be reiterated. In case of
developing countries, lack of adequate infrastructure has been held as a major obstacle to growth. Of
the various categories of infrastructure, the category of social overhead capital has gained particular
prominence. The contents of the paper ‘Economics of Infrastructure’ exposes the student wholly to
issues involved in developing countries like India.
Unit-1
Infrastructure and economic development – Infrastructure as a public good; Social and physical
infrastructure; Special characteristics of utilities. The peak-load, Off-Load Problem, Dual Principle
Controversy.
Unit-2
The structure of Transport Costs and Location of Economic Activities. Demand for Transport. Models
of Freight and Passenger Demand. Model Choice; Cost Functions in the Transport Sector. Principle of
Pricing. Special Problems of Individuals Modes of Transport.
Unit-3
Primacy of Energy in the Process of Economic Development. Factors Determining Demand for
Energy; Effects of Energy Shortages. Energy Conservation. Renewable and Non-conventional Sources
of Energy. The search for an Optimal Energy Policy in the Indian Context.

Unit-4
Organization and Financing of Supply of Social Services, Private vs. Public Sector Financing; Recent
debate about the fixation of prices of social services.
Unit-5
Concept, scope and relevance of Human Resource Development. Education and Economic Growth.
Approaches to Educational Planning. Social Demand. Rate of Return and Manpower Balance
Approaches. The case for Universal, Free, Primary Education; Structure of higher education and
problems of its financing in India; The issues in education policy
Basic Reading List
� Crew, M.A. P.R. Kleindorfer (1979), Public Utility Economics, Macmillan, London.
� Indian Council of Social Sciences Research (ICSSR)(1976), Economics of Infrastructure, Vol. VI,
New Delhi.
� National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER) (1996), India Infrastructure Report;
Policy Implications for Growth and Welfare, NCAER, New Delhi.
� Parikh, K.S. (Ed.) (1997), India Development Report 1997, Oxford, New Delhi.
� Parikh, K.S. (Ed.) (1999), India Development Report – 1999-2000, Oxford, New Delhi.
� Turvey. R. (Ed.) (1968), Public Enterprises, Penguin, Harmondwoth.
Additional Reading List
� Goyal, S.K. (Ed.) (1995), Public Enterprises, Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi.
� Panchamukh, P.R. (1980), Economics of Health: A Trend Report in ICSSR, A Survey of Research
in Economics, Vol. VI, Infrastructure, Allied, Delhi.
� Tilak, J.B.G. (1994), Education for Development in Asia, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
10 (1627)

M.A. 1st Semester
Paper- 105 (Option-IV) Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF INSURANCE-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
The vital role of insurance in the task of risk-bearing and risk-elimination in the economic affairs has
not been appreciated adequately in our country. Given that the element of risk or uncertainly is a
universal and fundamental phenomenon in our economic life, the importance of insurance as a means
of reducing uncertainly and risk in regard personal and business activities cannot be overemphasized.
The role of insurance sector in mobilizing a country’s saving for channeling them into capital
formation and thus contribute to a country’s economic development is also documented. There is a
wide spread recognition that insurance, particularly life insurance, is a prominent segment of applied
economics. Insurance industry is an important constituent of financial services industry in India and is
a major investment institution and prominent player in the capital market. However, in our country,
study of the subject of insurance has largely remained neglected.
With the opening of the insurance for private Indians and foreign players, the interest in the subject has
been kindled. The course on Insurance Economics attempts to give a fairly comprehensive view of the
subject to the postgraduate students in Economics and pave the way for possible future expansion of
the teaching of an important branch of economics.
Unit-1
Economic Security; Human quest for economic security through time; Exposure to losses; Role and
definition of insurance; Risk pooling and risk transfer; Economic and legal perspectives, Social vs.
private insurance; Life vs. non-life insurance; Classification of life, health and general insurance
policies.
Unit-2
Fundamentals of life & health insurance; Functions of life & health insurance; Mathematical basis of
life insurance; Plans of life insurance; Legal aspects of life insurance; Provisions of policies; Individual
health insurance; Uses and types of evaluation; Principles of underwriting of life & health insurance;
Group insurance and superannuation (pension) schemes.
Unit-3
Fundamentals of uncertainty & risk; Pure risk & speculative risk; Expected utility and decision-making
under uncertainty; Expected utility & demand for the insurance; Moral hazard and insurance demand
10 (1628)

Unit-4
Concept of risk management; Essentials of risk management; Elements of risk assessment; Risk
control & risk financing. Worldwide risk sharing- concept of reinsurance, types of re-insurers;
Reinsurance distribution systems, reinsurance markets in developing countries; Selection &
classification of risks; Basics of premium construction; valuation and distribution of surplus.
Unit-5
Definition, types and importance of general insurance; Concept of short term risk; Basics of the
following concepts - Common law, equity, proposal/accidence, indemnity, insurable interest,
contribution subrogation; representation; utmost good faith, material fact, physical hazard, moral
hazard, policy endorsements conditions/warranties; selection and inspection of risks; rating and
calculation of premiums; tariffs and non-tariffs; technology development and general insurance.
Basic Reading List
� Black. K. Jr. and H.D. Skipper Jr.(2000), Life & Health Insurance, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, New Jerssey.
� Dionne, G. and S.E. Harrington (eds.) (1997), Foundations of Insurance Economics, Kluwer
academic Publishers, Boston.
� Pteffer, I. And D.R. Klock (1974), Perspectives on Insurance, Prentice Hall Inc., Engleword Cliffs.
� Williams Jr., C.A. M.L. Smith and P.C.Young (1995), Risk Management and Insurance, McGraw
Hill, New York.
� Skipper Jr., H.D.(ed.) (1998), International Risk & Insurance : An Environmental Managerial
Approach, Irwin McGraw Hill, Boston.
� United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (1987), The Promotion of Risk
Management in Developing Countries, UNCTAD, Geneva.
� Insurance Institute of India, Life Assurance Underwriting, (IC-22), Mumbai.
� Insurance Institute of India, General Insurance Underwriting, (IC-22), Mumbai.
� Government of India (1998), Old Age and Income Security (OASIS) Report (Dave Committee
Report), New Delhi.
� Ivers, J.I. III and E.T. Johnson (eds) (1991), Readings in Wealth Accumulation Planning, The
American College, Bryn Mawr, Pa.
� Insurance Regulation and Development Authority (2001), IRDA Regulations, New Delhi.
� Meier. K.J. (1998), The Political Economy of Regulation : The Case of Insurance, The State
University of New York Press, Albany, N.Y.
10 (1629)

M.A. 1st Semester
Paper- 105 (Option-V)
ECONOMICS OF LABOUR-I
10 (1630)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
Issues pertaining to the labour market, wage theories, employment policies trade unions and collective
bargaining in the globalized economy have become vitally important for developing countries. In a
country like India where the bulk of the labour force is in the unorganized sector and the organized
sector is witnessing “jobless” growth, the importance of issues such as employment and unemployment
as well as livelihood and social security for the growing millions continues to assume significance.
This paper exposes students to theoretical as well as empirical issues relating to the labour market with
special reference to India.
Labour Markets
Unit 1
Nature and characteristics of labour markets in developing countries like India; Paradigms of labour
market analysis – Classical and neo-classical; Demand for labour in relation to size and pattern of
investment
Unit 2
Supply of labour in relation to growth of labour force; Labour market policies; Mobility and
productivity of labour; Rationalization; Methods of recruitment and placement; Employment service
organization in India.
Employment
Unit 3
Employment and development relationship – Poverty and unemployment in developing countries;
Unemployment – Concept, Types, and Measurement, particularly in India.
Unit 4
Impact of rationalization, technological change and modernization on employment in organized private
industry, Public sector and employment in agricultural sector; Employment policy under Five Year
Plans and its evaluation.

Wage Determination
Unit 5
Classical, neo-classical and bargaining theories of wage determination; Concepts of minimum wage,
living wage and fair wage in theory and practice; Wage determination in various sectors – rural, urban,
organized, unorganized and in informal sectors
Basic Reading List
� Hajela, P.D. (1998), Labour Restructuring in India: A Critique of the New Economic Policies,
Commonwealth Publisher, New Delhi.
� Lester, R.A. (1964), Economics of Labour, (2 nd Edition), Macmillan, New York.
� McConnell, C.R. and S.L. Brue (1986), Contemporary Labour Economics, McGraw-Hill, New
York.
� Papola, T.S., P.P. Ghosh and A.N. Sharma (Eds.) (1993), Labour, employment and industrial
Relations in India, B.R. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
� Venkata Ratnam, C.S. (2001), Globalization and Labour-Management Relations: Dynamics of
Change, Sage Publications/Response Books, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� McCormickm B. and Smith (Eds.)(1968), The Labour Market, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Das, N. (1960), Unemployment, Full Employment and India, Asia Publishing House, Bombay.
� Deshpande L.K. and J.C. Sandesara, (Eds.)(1970), Wage Policy and Wages Determination in India,
Bombay University Press, Bombay.
� Hicks J.R. (1932), The Theory of Wages, Clarendon Press, Oxford.
� Mazumdar, D. (1989), Micro-economic Issues of Labour Markets in Developing Countries, EDI
Services Paper No. 40, World Bank, Washington D.C.
� Memoria, C.B. (1966), Labour Problems and Social Welfare in India, Kitab Mahal, Allahbad.
� Punekar, S.D. (1978), Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations, Himalaya
Publishing House, Bombay
� Singh V.B. (Ed.) (1970), Industrial Labour in India, Popular Parakashan, Bombay.
� Misra, L. (2000), Child Labour in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Riveros, L. (1990), Labour Market Policies and Labour Market Reforms in Socialist Economies,
World Bank, Washington D.C.
10 (1631)

M.A. 1st Semester
Paper- 105 (Option-VI)
10 (1632)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80 (60 +20)
Theory : 60
Practical : 20
Internal : 20
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Introduction to Computers
Unit 1
Evolution of computers; Computer fundamentals; Components of a personal computer system; Inputoutput
devices; Types of computers and their applications; Operating system; Application software’s;
Computer languages; Assemblers, compilers and interpreters
Computer Fundamentals:
Unit 2
Hardware, Software and Types of Software; Operating System-Definitions & Functions; Computer
Languages; Machine, Assemble and High-Level Languages; Computer Transaction: Assemblers,
Compilers and Interpreters.
Business Data Processing Concepts
Unit 3
Data and Information: Meaning, Types, Data Storage Hierachy; Database Concepts;; Data base
Management System, Data Base Structuring Techinques, Advantages and Limitations of Database
System; Transfer of Data among different Software.
Introduction to Information Technology
Unit 4
Information Technology in Business: Internet, Internet, Extranet, LAN, MAN, WAN, WWW, E- Mail,
EDI, Search Engines; Computer Networking and Resource Sharing; Legal Framework and IT Policy in
India.
Unit 5
Introduction to Text Processing
Meaning, Features of a Good Word Processor; MS-Word: Introduction to parts of a WORD Windows;
Creating, Opening and Inserting Files; Editing a Document File; Page Setting and Formatting the Text;
Saving and Printing the Document.

Basic Reading List
� Sinha, P.K. (1992), Computer Fundamental, BPB Publications, New Delhi.
� Marketing Research by Kinnear and Taylor, McGrawhill.
� Gupta, S.C. and V.K. Kapoor (1983), Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, S. Chand and Sons, New
Delhi.
� Huda, R.P.,
� Koutsoyanis, A, An Introduction to Econometrics,
� Intrilligator, M.D. (1978), Econometric Models, Techniques and Applications, Prentice Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, N.J.
� Greenstein, Marilyn and Fein Man, M. Todd, Electronic Commerce: Security, Risk Management,
and Control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Rajaraman, V. (1996), Fundamentals of Computers, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
� Lipschultz, M.M. and S. Lipschultz (1982), Theory and Problems of Data Processing, Schum's
Outline Series, McGraw Hill, New York.
� David Whiteley, E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
M.A. 1 st Semester
Paper-105 (Option – VII)
10 (1633)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
This course is designed to equip students to understand the economic concepts and theories, which use
mathematical tools and techniques to refine the verbal logic. The use of calculus has permitted
formulation of economic problems in multivariable mode and yield valuable insight about optimizing
human behaviour.
Mathematical economics deals with various applications of mathematical tools and techniques in
defining and developing economic relationship. This course has been accordingly designed to include
various mathematical techniques/ methods/ models related to the different parts of economic theory
like consumer theory, of production, pricing, trade cycles, growth models, etc. The paper covers
important aspects of microeconomics and development theory and the various modules have been
accordingly designed.

Theory of Consumer Behaviour (a)
Unit 1
Cardinal and ordinal utility; Ordinal utility maximization; Slutsky equation, compensated demand
functions, income, substitution, and price effects; Concept of elasticities- generalizations to n variable
case.
Unit 2
Theory of Consumer Behaviour (b)
Separable and additive utility functions; homogeneous and homothetic utility functions; transcendental
logarithmic utility functions; indirect utility functions; duality theorem; consumer’s surplus; Theory of
revealed preference and index numbers; Linear expenditure systems.
Unit 3
Theory of Production
Production function- homogeneous and non-homogeneous; Properties of Cobb-Douglas, CES and
Translog production function; Technical progress through production function; Production possibility
curve.
Unit4
Simple derivation of short and long run cost functions; Modern approach to theory of costs; Cost
function; Producer’s equilibrium- laws of return and returns to scale; Constrained optimization of a
producer; Generalization to n variable case; Input demand functions; Adding up theorem.
Price Determination in Various Markets
Unit 5
Price determination in perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition, duopoly, oligopoly
and monopsony; Pricing of factors of production.
Basic Reading List
� Allen, R.G.D. (1976), Mathematical Economics, Macmillan, London.
� Arrow, K. J. and M. Intrilligator (Eds.)(1982), Handbook of Mathematical Economics, Volumes I,
II and III, North Holland, Amsterdam.
� Henderson, J. M. and R.E. Quandt (1980), Microeconomic Theory: A Mathematical Approach,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Chung, J.W. (1993), Utility and Production: Theory and Applications, Basil Blackwell, London.
� Ferguson, C.E. (1976), New-classical Theory of Production and Distribution.
� Allen R.G.D. (1974), Mathematical Analysis for Economists, Macmillan Press and ELBS, London.
� Chiang, A.C. (1986), Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill, New
York.
� Jha, R. (1991), Contemporary Macroeconomic Theory and Policy, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.
� Jones, H.G. (1976), An Introduction to the Modern Theory of Economic Growth, McGraw Hill-
Kogakusha, Tokyo.
� Handley, G. (1962), Linear Programming, Addison Wesley Publishing Co., Massachusetts.
10 (1634)

� Hiller, F.S. and G.J. Lieberman (1985), Operations Research, C.B.S., New Delhi.
� Kothari, C.R. (1992), An Introduction to Operations Research, Vikas Publishing House, New
Delhi.
� Mustafi, C. K. (1992), Operations Research: Methods and Practice, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi.
M.A. 1 st Semester
Paper-105 (Option – VIII)
Economics of Regionalism -I
10 (1635)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit - I
The Rationale behind Regionalism: Motivation; Multinational Trade Liberalization and RIAs;
Regional V/S Global Liberalization; RIAs and Domestic Policy Integration; Impact of RIA Creation;
Choice of partners and their impact on Small Economies.
Unit – II
The Economics of Custom Unions (Viner), Economics of Scale and Custom Union. Unilateral tariff
reduction & Custom Union; The GATT’s Article XXIV, Preferential Trading Areas and
Multilaterarlism.
Unit – III
Preferential Trade Liberalization; The traditional Theory and New Developments; A Domino Theory
of Regionalism. Hum and Spoke Theory of Regional Integration, The effects of Regionalism on
Multilateralism.
Unit – IV
East Asian Regionalism; Asia’s New role in Global Economy, Relevance of Broader Regional
Economic Integration in Asia; A Strategic Perspective on Asian Economic Integration: The importance
of Building one Asia.
Unit – V
Building Blocs of Broader Regional Cooperation; ASEAN’s Role in Asian Economic Integration;
Japan in Asian Economic Community; China’s Role in the Asian Economic Integration Process; India
and the Asian Economic Integration.
Additional Reading List
1. Jacob Viner (1950) “The Economics of Customs Unions” in the Custom Union Issue Chapter
4, NY: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, 41-81.

2. W.M. Corden (1972)”Economies of Scale and Customs Union Theory” Journal of Political
Economy, 80, January/February/November/December 465-75.
3. Murray C. Kemp & Henry Y. Wan Jr. 91976) An Elementary Proposition Encouraging the
Formation of Customs Unions, Journal of International Economics, 6 Feb. 95-7.
4. Paul Wonnacott and Ronald Wonnacott (1981) “Is Unilateral Tariff Reduction Preferable to a
Customs Union? The Curios Case of the Missing Foreign Tariffs’ American Economic Review
719(4) Sep. 704-14
5. Richard H. Snape 91993) “History and Economics of GATTS Article XXTV in My Anderson
and Richard Blackhurs (Eds) Regional Integration and Global Trading System, New York:
Havesfer Wheatsheaf, 273-91.
6. J. Bhagwati & A. Panagariya (1998) “Preferential Trading Areas and Multilateralism:
Strangers, Friends and Foes? In Regionalism in Trade Policy: Essays on Preferential Trading,
Singapore, River Edge, NJ & London.
7. Arvind Panagariya (2000) “Preferential Trade Liberalisation: The Traditional Theory and New
Developments” Journal Economc Literature, XXXVIII 2 June, 287-331.
8. Martin Richardson (1993) “Endogenous Protection and Trade Diversion” Journal of
International Economics, 34 (3-4) May 309-24.
9. Richard E. Baldwin 91995) “A Domino Theory of Regionalism” in Richard Baldwin, Perth
Haaparonta and Jarakko Kiander (eds), Expanding Membership of the European Union,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 25-48.
10. Arvind Panagariya and Ronald Fividlay (1996) “A Political Economy Analysis of Free Trade
Areas and Customs Unions” in Robert C Feensba, Gene M. Grossman and Dongla A. Irwin
(eds) The Political Economy of Trade Policy: Papers in Honor of Jagdish Bhagwati.
Cambridge, MA:MIT Press (265-87)
11. Kyle Bawell and Robert W. Staiger (1997) “Multilateral Tariff Cooperation During the
Formation of Customs Unions” Journal of International Economics, 42,91-123.
12. Philip I. Lecy (1997) “ A Political Economics Analysis of Free Trade Agreements” American
Economic Review 87 (4) Sept. 506-19.
13. Pravin Krishna (1996) “Regionalism and Multilateralism “ A Political Economy Approach”
Quarterly Journal of Economics XIII (I) Feb, 227-51.
14. Wilfred J. Ethier (1958) “Regionalism in a Multilateral World” Journal of Political Economy
106 (6) Dec. 1214-45.
15. Caroline Freiend (2000) “ Multilateralism and the Endogenous Formation of Preferential Trade
Agreements” Journal of International Economics 52, 359-76
16. Paul Wonnacott and Mark Lutz (1089) “Is there a case for Free Trade Areas?” in Jeftrey J.
Schott (eds) Free Trade Areas and US Trade Policy Washington DC Institute of International
Economics, 59-84.
17. Lawrence H. Summers (1991) “Is there a case for Free Trade Areas?” in Institute of
International Economics, 59-84.
10 (1636)

18. Paul Krugman (1993) “Regionalism Versus Multilateralism: Analytical Notes; in Jaime De
Melo and Arvind panagariya (eds) New Dimensions in Regional Intergration Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press 58-84.
19. Jeffrey Frankel Ernesto Stein iand Shang Jin Wei (1995) “Trading Blocs and the Americas: The
aNatural the Unnatural and the Super Natural” Journal of Development Economics, 47 (E),
June, 61-95.
20. “Asia’s New Regionalism and Global Role: Agenda for the East Asia Summit” edited by
Nagesh Kumar, K. Kesavpny and Yao Cheocheng published by RIS & ISERS, 2008.
M. A. Economics
Syllabus for 2011-2012
Course Structure
M.A. Economics (Semester II)
Total Marks External Internal Time
Paper-201 Micro Economic Analysis-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-202 Macro Economic Analysis-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-203 Quantitative Methods-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-204
Paper-205
Public Economics-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (i) Financial Economics-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (ii) Demography-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (iii) Economics of Infrastructure-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (iv) Economics of Insurance-II 100 80 20 3Hrs.
Option (v) Economics of Labour-II 100 80 20 3Hrs.
Option (vi) Computer Applications in 100 80(60+20) 20 3Hrs.
Economic Analysis-II (60 Theory + 20 Practical)
Option (vii) Mathematical Economics-II 100 80 20 3Hrs.
Option (viii) Economics of Regionalism-II 100 80 20 3Hrs.
Note: Students are required to select an option from Paper-205 from the same stream which they
selected in Semester I.
10 (1637)

M.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper-201 (Compulsory)
10 (1638)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
MICRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
This paper analyses the economics behaviour of individuals, firms and markets. It is mainly concerned
with the objective of equipping the students in a rigorous and comprehensive manner with the various
aspects of consumer behaviour and demand analysis, production theory and behaviour of costs, the
theory of traditional markets.
Unit-1
Alternative Theories of the Firm
Critical evaluation of marginal analysis; Baumal’s sales revenue maximization model;
Williamson’s model of managerial discretion; Marris model of managerial enterprise; Full-cost
pricing rule; Bain’s limit pricing theory; Behavioral model of the firm (Cyert and March).
Unit-2
Distribution
Neo-classical approach: Marginal productivity theory - in perfect and imperfect product and
factor markets; Product exhaustion theorem; Elasticity of technical substitution, technical
progress and factor shares; Macro theories of distribution – Ricardian, Marxian, Kalecki and
Kaldor’s.
Unit-3
Economics of Uncertainty
Individual behaviour towards risk; Expected utility and certainty equivalence approaches; -
Risk pro and risk aversion; Risk pooling and risk spreading; Mean-variance analysis and
portfolio selection; Gambling and insurance; The economics of insurance; Decision rules under
uncertainty; Economics of information.
Unit-4
Welfare Economics
Pigovian welfare economics-Pareto optimal conditions; Value judgement; Social welfare
function; Compensation principle; Inability to obtain optimum welfare – Imperfections, market
failure, decreasing costs; Uncertainty and non–existent and incomplete markets; Theory of
second best – Arrow’s impossibility theorem, Rawl’s theory of Justice; Equity efficiency trade
off.

Unit-5
General Equilibrium
Partial and general equilibrium; Walrasian excess demand and input- output approaches to general
equilibrium, Existence, stability and uniqueness of partial equilibrium and general equilibrium;
Relationship between relative commodity and factor prices (Stopler-Samuelson theorem); Relationship
between output-mix and real factor prices-effect of changes in factors supply in closed economy
(Rybczynsky theorem).
Basic Reading List
� Kreps, David M. (1990), A Course in Microeconomic Theory, Princeton University Press,
Princeton.
� Koutsoyiannis, A. (1979), Modern Microeconomics, (2nd Edition), Macmillan Press, London.
� Layard, P.R.G. and A.W. Walters (1978), Microeconomic Theory, McGraw Hill, New York.
� Sen, A. (1999), Microeconomics: Theory and Applications, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Varian, H. (2000), Microeconomic Analysis, W.W. Norton, New York.
Additional Reading List
� Baumol, W.J. (1982), Economic Theory and Operations Analysis, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
� Hirshleifer, J. and A. Glazer (1997), Price Theory and Applications, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi.
� Green H.A.G. (1971), Consumer Theory, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Henderson, J.M. and R.E. Quandt (1980), Microeconomic Theory: A Mathematical Approach,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Da Costa, G. C. (1980), Production, Prices and Distribution, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Healthfields and Wibe (1987), An Introduction to Cost and Production Functions, Macmillan,
London.
� Archibald, G.C. (Ed.) (1971), Theory of the Firm, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Broadway, R.W. and N. Bruce (1984), Welfare Economics, Basil Blackwell, London.
� Graff, J. De. V. (1957), Theoretical Welfare Economics, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
� Quirk, J. and R. Saposnik (1968), Introduction to General Equilibrium Theory and Welfare
Economics, McGraw Hill, New York.
� Borch, K.H. (1968), The Economics of Uncertainty, Princeton University Press, Princeton.
� Diamond and Rothschild (Eds.) (1978), Uncertainty in Economics, Academic Press New York.
10 (1639)

M.A. 2nd Semester
Paper-202 (Compulsory)
10 (1640)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
MACRO ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
Macroecon0mcs economics analyses and establishes the functional relationship between large
aggregates. The aggregate analysis has assumed such a great significance in recent times that a prior
understanding of macroeconomics theoretical structure is considered essential for the proper
comprehension of the different issues and policies. Macroeconomics now is not only a scientific
method of analysis; but also a body of empirical economics knowledge. The paper entitled “Macro
Economics Analysis” equips the students at the postgraduate level to understand systematic facts and
latest theoretical developments for empirical analysis.
Unit-1
Open Macro Economics
International flow of capital and goods; saving and investment in a small open economy; Exchange
Rates-real and nominal; Demand and supply of Foreign Exchange; Balance of payments-current and
capital account; Mundell-Fleming Model under fixed and flexible exchange rates.
Unit-2
Theory of Inflation
Demand pull and cost push theories of inflation; Trade off between inflation and unemployment –
Phillips curve (Short Run and long Run); The inflationary pressure curve and the natural rate of
unemployment.
Unit-3
Theory of Business Cycles
Business Cycle Theories of Schumpeter, Kaldor, Samuelson and Hicks; Control of business cycles –
relative efficacy of monetary and fiscal policies.
Unit-4
Macro Economic Policy
Monetary and Fiscal Policy- Targets and instruments; The Great Depression; Lags in the effects of
policies; Expectations and Reactions; Uncertainty and Economic Policy; Economic Policy - Rules vs
Discretion .
Unit-5
New Macroeconomics
The Concept of Rational Expectations; New Classical Macro Economics – basic approach and policy
implications; New Keynesian Economics - Sticky Nominal prices (Mankiw Model); Supply Side
Economics.

Basic Reading List
� Ackley, G. (1978), Macroeconomics: Theory and Policy, Macmillan, New York.
� Blackhouse, R. and A. Salansi (Eds.) (2000), Macroeconomics and the Real World (2 Vols.),
Oxford University Press, London.
� Branson, W.A. (1989), Macroeconomic Theory and Policy, (3 rd Edition), Harper and Row, New
York.
� Dornbusch, R. and F. Stanley (1999), Macroeconomics, Irwrin McGraw Hill, Inc. New York, 7 th
Edition.
� Heijdra, B.J. and V.P. Fredericck (2001), Foundations of Modern Macroeconomics, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Jha, R. (1991), Contemporary Macroeconomic Theory and Policy, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.
� Romer, D.L. (1996), Advanced Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill Company Ltd., New York.
� Shapiro, E. (1996), Macroeconomic Analysis, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Mankiw, N.G. and D. Romer (Eds.) (1991), New Keynesian Economics, (2Vols.), MIT Press,
Cambridge.
� Mankiw, N. Greogory (2000), Macroeconomics Macmillan Worth Publishers 4 th Edition
� Frisch, H. (1983), Theories of Inflation, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
� Sheffirin, S.M. (1996), Rational Expectations, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
� Lucas, R. (1981), Studies in Business Cycle Theory, MIT Press, Cambridge, Masscechusetts.
� Taylor, L. (1983), Structuralist Macroeconomics, Basic Books, New Longman.
� Turnovsky, S.J. (1977), Macroeconomic Analysis and Stabilization Policy, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
� Ruggles R. and N. Ruggles (1956), National Income Accounts and Income Analysis Mc Graw Hill,
Newyork.
� Veniers, Y.P. and F.D.Sebold, (1977) Macroeconomics; Models and Policy
John Wiley and Inc, USA.
� Dernburg , T.F.and D. M.Mc Dougall, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill International Book
Company.
10 (1641)

M.A. 2nd Semester
Paper-203 (Compulsory)
QUANTITATIVE METHODS-II
10 (1642)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit 1
Index numbers; uses and types, tests for consistency, Base shifting, splicing and deflating of index
numbers. Time series analysis; introduction and components, method of simple averages, moving
averages and ratio to moving averages.
Unit 2
Basic concepts and definitions of probability; Laws of addition and multiplication; Conditional
probability; Bay’s theorem (statement); Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution; Basic concepts of
sampling- random and non-random sampling.
Unit 3
Types of data and statistical analysis procedures: Univariate, Bivariate and Multivariate (only
overview); Hypothesis Testing procedure based on Z, t, x 2 and F-test and one-way ANOVA.
Unit 4
Meaning and assumptions of simple regression analysis; Single linear equation regression model (by
OLS Method); Concept of an estimator and its desirable properties; Significance of estimators in the
linear relationships.
Unit 5
Coefficient of determination; Development of confidence intervals; Estimation of simple and
exponential growth rates; Forecasting with OLS; Estimation of Cobb Douglas production function.
Basic Reading List
� Vohra, N. D. Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Speigal, M. R. Theory and Prodblems of Statistics, McGraw Hill Book, London
� Croxton, F. E., D. . Cowden and S. Kliein, Applied General Statistics, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
� Gupta S.C. and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, S. Chand and Sons New Delhi.
� Yates, Frank, Sampling Methods for Census and Surveys, Charles, Griffin Co., London.
� Cocharm, W. G., Sampling Techniques, John Willey, New York.

� Hansen, hurditz and meadow, Sample Survey Methods and Theory, John Willey New York.
� Gupta S. C. Fundamentals of statistics, Himalaya Publishing house, New Dehlhi.
� Gupta S.P. and Gupta M. P. Business statistics, Sultan chand and sons, New Delhi.
� Kamenta J. Elements of Econometrics, Machmillan Publishing Co., Inc. New York.
10 (1643)

M.A. 2nd Semester
Paper-204 (Compulsory)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
PUBLIC ECONOMICS-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
UNIT – I
Public Choice – Reasons for Public Choice; Public Choice under Direct Democracy – Unanimity rule
– Lindahl and Wicksell, Majority Rule - Buchanan and Tullock Model, Bowen-Black Model; Arrow’s
Impossibility Theorem; Public Choice Under Representative Democracy – Downs Model on Demand
and Supply of Government Policy; Niskanen Model of Bureaucratic Behaviour
UNIT – II
Public Enterprises – Forms of Organization of Public Enterprises; Pricing Policy of Public Enterprises;
Theory of Second Best; Capacity Constraints and Peak Load Problem; Social Cost Benefit Analysis;
Problem of Risk and Uncertainty
UNIT – III
Public Debt – Objectives and Sources of Public Debt; Classification and Effects of Public Debt;
Burden Controversy of Public Debt – Classical Theory, Modern Theory, Buchanan Thesis, Secondary
Burden of Public Debt; Public Debt and Inflation; Public Debt Management and Redemption of Public
Debt
UNIT – IV
Fiscal Federalism – Principles of Multi-Unit Finance; Assignment of Functions Among Levels of
Government; Tiebout Model and Citizen’s Mobility; Theory of Intergovernmental Grants
UNIT – V
Budgeting – Phases of Budgetary Cycle; Parliamentary Control Over Budgets; Structure of Central
Government Budget; Measures of Budget Deficit; Budget and Fiscal Federalism; Program Budgeting
and Zero Base Budgeting
Reading List
Basic Reading List
1. American Economic Association, Readings in the Economics of Taxation, edited by R. A.
Musgrave and C. Shoup (Homewood: Richard D. Irwin, 1959).
2. Anthony Downs, An Economic Theory of Democracy (New York: Harper, 1957).
3. Duncan Black and R. A. Newing, Committee Decisions with Complementary Valuation
(London:William Hodge, 1951).
10 (1644)

4. Duncan Black, The Theory of Committees and Elections (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1958).
5. Howard Bowen, Toward Social Economy (New York: Rinehart, 1948), pt. IV.
6. International Economic Association, Classics in the Theory of Public Finance, edited by R. A.
Musgrave and A. T. Peacock (London: Macmillan, 1958).
7. J. de V. Graaf, TheoreticalWelfare Economics (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
1957).
8. James M. Buchanan and Gordon Tullock, The Calculus of Consent (Ann Arbor: University of
Michigan Press, 1962).
9. James M. Buchanan, Fiscal Theory and Political Economy (Chapel Hill: University of North
Carolina Press, 1960).
10. Kenneth J. Arrow, Social Choice and Individual Values (New York: John Wiley and Sons,
1951; Revised edition, 1963).
11. Mancur Olson, The Logic of Collective Action (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1965).
12. R. A. Musgrave, The Theory of Public Finance (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1959).
13. William J. Baumol, Welfare Economics and the Theory of the State (Cambridge: Harvard
University Press, 1952; Revised second edition, 1965).
Advanced Reading List
1. Atkinson, A. and J. Stiglitz, Lectures on Public Economics, 16-1.
2. Atkinson, A. B. and N. Stern, “Pigou, Taxation, and Public Goods,” Rev. Econ. Stud., January
1974.
3. Baumol, W., “On Taxation and the Control of Externalities,” Amer. Econ. Rev., June 1972.
4. Berglas, E. and D. Pines, “Clubs, Local Public Goods, and Transportation Models: A
Synthesis,” J. Public Econ., April 1981 (Sections 1-3).
5. Bergstrom, T., “When Does Majority Rule Supply Public Goods Efficiently?” Scand. J. Econ.,
No. 2, 1979.
6. Bergstrom, T., et. al., “Micro-Based Estimates of Demand Functions for Local School
Expenditures,” Econometrica, September 1982.
7. Bergstrom, T., L. Blume, and H. Varian, “On the Private Provision of Public Goods,” J. Public
Econ., January 1986.
8. Borcherding, T. and R. Deacon, “The Demand for the Services of Non-Federal Governments,”
Amer. Econ. Rev., December 1972.
9. Bradford, D. and Oates, W., “Toward a Predictive Theory of Intergovernmental Grants,” Amer.
Econ. Rev., May 1971.
10. Brito, D. and W. Oakland, “On the Monopolistic Provision of Excludable Public Goods,”
Amer. Econ. Rev., March 1981.
11. Brueckner, J., “Congested Public Goods: The Case of Fire Protection,” J. Public Econ.,
February 1981.
12. Brueckner, J., “Equilibrium in a System of Communities with Local Public Goods: A
Diagrammatic Exposition,” Economics Letters, 1979.
13. Brueckner, J., “Property Value Maximization and Public Sector Efficiency,” J. Urban Econ.,
July 1983.
14. Brueckner, J., “Tastes, Skills, and Local Public Goods,” J. Urban Econ., March 1994
15. Coase, R., “The Problem of Social Cost,” J. Law Econ., October 1960.
10 (1645)

16. Cornes, R. and T. Sandler, The Theory of Externalities, Public Goods, and Club Goods, pp. 69-
80.
17. Feldman, A., Welfare Economics and Social Choice Theory, Ch. 6 (Sections 1-3)
18. Groves, T. and M. Loeb, “Incentives and Public Inputs,” J. Public Econ., August 1975.
19. Hamilton, B., “The Flypaper Effect and Other Anomalies,” J. Public Econ., December 1983.
20. Helsley, R. and W. Strange, “Exclusion and the Theory of Clubs,” Canadian J. Econ.,
November 1991.
21. Lee, K. “Bureaucrats and Tax Limitation,” J. Urban Econ., July 1993.
22. McGuire, T., “Budget-Maximizing Governmental Agencies: An Empirical Test,” Public
Choice, 1981.
23. Moene, K., “Types of Bureaucratic Interaction,” J. Public Econ., 1986.
24. Niskanen, W., “The Peculiar Economics of Bureaucracy,” Amer. Econ. Rev., May 1968.
25. Peltzman, S., “The Effect of Government Subsidies in Kind on Private Expenditures: The Case
of Higher Education,” J. Polit. Economy, January/February 1973.
26. Romer, T. and H. Rosenthal, “The Elusive Median Voter,” J. Public Econ., October 1979.
27. Samuelson, P., “A Diagrammatic Exposition of a Theory of Public Expenditure,” Rev.Econ.
Statist., November 1955.
28. Samuelson, P., “The Pure Theory of Expenditure and Taxation,” in Public Economics,
Margolis and Guiton, Eds.
29. Sandmo, A., “Public Goods and the Technology of Consumption,” Rev. Econ. Stud.,October
1973.
30. Scotchmer, S. and M. Wooders, “Competitive Equilibrium and the Core in Club Economies
with Anonymous Crowding,” J. Public Econ., November 1987.
31. Silva, E. and C. Kahn, “Exclusion and Moral Hazard: The Case of Identical Demand,” J. Public
Econ., September 1993.
32. Tiebout, C., “A Pure Theory of Local Expenditures,” reprinted in Readings in Urban
Economics, Edel and Rothenberg, Eds.
33. Turnbull, G., “The Overspending and Flypaper Effects of Fiscal Illusion: Theory and Empirical
Evidence”, Journal of Urban Economics, July 1998.
34. Wheaton, W., “Land Capitalization, Tiebout Mobility, and the Role of Zoning Regulations,” J.
Urban Econ., September 1993.
35. White, M. and D. Wittman, “Pollution Taxes and Optimal Spatial Location,” Economica, May
1982.
36. Wildasin, D., “On Public Good Provision with Distortionary Taxation,” Economic Inquiry,
April 1984.
37. Wilson, J., “Theories of Tax Competition,” National Tax Journal, June 1999.
38. Zodrow, G. and P. Mieszkowski, “Pigou, Tiebout, Property Taxation, and the Underprovision
of Local Public Goods,” J. Urban Econ., May 1986.
10 (1646)

M.A. 2nd Semester
Paper-205 (Option – I)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
FINANCIAL ECONOMICS-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit 1
Risk-Return Analysis; Choice under Uncertainty; Bond Return and Valuation-Term Structure of
interest Rates, Convexity, Duration and Immunisation; Stock return and Valuation.
Unit 2
Economics of personal Finance- Fundamental and Technical Security Analysis; Efficient market
Theory; Economics of Portfolio of Financial Assets – Markowitz Model, Sharpe Index Model, Capital
asset pricing Model, Arbitrage Pricing Theory
Unit 3
Economics of Mutual Funds- Sharpe, Treynor and Jensen Performance Index; Economic rationale of
Financial Derivatives; Economics of Futures Contracts- Pricing of Futures Contracts, Hedging with
Futures Contracts.
Unit 4
Economics of Options Contracts-Types and Payoffs, Option Pricing-Binomial Option Pricing Model,
Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model; Options Hedging strategies-Delta, Gamma, Theta, Vega and
Rho.
Unit 5
Economics of Multinational Finance: The Multinational Financial System; Current Assets and Capital
Budgeting Decisions in MNC’s; Special Financing Vehicles; Designing a Global Financing Strategy.
Reading List
� Bodurtha, J. and Courtadon G., The Pricing of Foreign Currency Options, New York, Salomon
Brothers Center, New York Universtiy, 1987-4/5.
� Bolten, Steven E., “Security Analysis and Portfolio Management: An Analytical Approach to
Investments”, N. Y. Holt, Rineheri and Winston, 1972.
� Bowyer, John, W., “ Investment Analysis and Management”. Illinois, Irwin, 1972.
� Carr, J. L., “Investment Economics”, Sage Pub., California, 1969
� Chance D.M., “ An Introduction to Options and Futures”, Dryden press, Orlando, fl, 1989
� Chance, D., “An Introduction to derivatives”, New York, Dryden, 1998.
� Conard Michael Mattern, “ Handbook of Investment Research: Economic and Financial
Indicators as Market Movers”, Palgrave Macmillan, 2002. ISBN10:0195108094.
10 (1647)

� David King,” Financial Claims and Derivatives”, Thomson Learning, 1998. ISBN10:
186152448X
� Fama, E.F. and Miller, M. H., “ Theory of Finance”, H.Y. Hold, Rinehert and Winston, 1972
� Figlewski, S., W. Silber and M. Subrahmanyam, “ Financial Options, : From Theory to
Practice”, Homewood, Illinois, Business One Irwin, 1990, ISBN 1556232349
� Frank Milne, “ Finance Theory and Asset Pricing”, Oxford University Press, 2003. ISBN 10:
0199261075
� Hull, J., “Options, Futures and Other Derivative Securities”, Upper Saddle River, N. J.,
Prentice Hall, 6 th edition, 2006, ISBN 013149908-4.
� Jarrow, R. A. And A. Rudd, “Option Pricing”, Homewood Illinois, Dow Jones-Irwin, 1983,
ISBN10: 0870943782
� Jarrow, R.A. and S. Turnbull, “Derivative Securities:, Cincinnati, Ohio, South-Western, 1996.
� Mcdonald, R., “Derivatives Markets”, Boston, MA, Addison- Wesley Publishing, 2002, ISBN
0870943782.
� Richard T. Baillie, “The Foreign Exchange Market” Cambridge University Press, 1990.
ISBN10: 0521396905.
� Robert W. Kolb, “ Financial Derivatives”, Blackwell Publishing, 1996. ISBN10: 1557869308.
� Robert W. Kolb, James Overdahl, “ Understanding Futures Markets”, Blackwell Publishing,
2006. ISBN10: 1405134038
� Thomas A. Ho, Sang Bin Lee, “ Securities Valuation: Applications of Financial Modeling”,
Oxford University Press, 2005ISBN10: 0195172752
M.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper-205 (Option-II)
DEMOGRAPHY-II
10 (1648)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
The main objective of this paper is to make the students aware of the importance of population in
economic development and the various theories that explain the growth of population in a country. The
paper also enlightens the student on the quantitative and the qualitative aspects and characteristics of
the population through various demographic techniques. In recent times, gender characteristics of the
population have acquired importance and these have also been included in the framework of study.
Migration and urbanization are the characteristics of structural change taking place in a society. Their
study is essential to understand the dynamics of this change. The paper exposes the students to sources
of population and related characteristics as also to the rationale, need and evolution of population
policy.

Unit 1
Theories of population – Malthus, Optimum theory of population; Theory of demographic transition
Views of Meadows, Enke and Simon; Population and development.
Unit 2
Determinates of age and sex structure; Demographic effects of sex and age structure; economics and
social implications; age pyramids and projections – Individual aging and population aging; Mortality –
Death rates, crude and age-specific; Mortality at birth and infant mortality rate; levels and trends in
more and less developed countries; Sex and age pattern of mortality; Factors for decline in mortality in
recent past.
Unit 3
Life Table – Construction and uses; Concepts of stable population; Methods of population projection.
Migration:- Concept and types – Temporary, internal and international; International migration- its
effects on population growth and pattern; Factors affecting migration; Theories of migration related to
internal migration
Unit 4
National Family Health Survey 1 and 2 and Rapid Household Survey; Changing characteristics of
population in India; Population growth rates, trends and regional variations in sex ratio; age structure
of population, foetal, infant and child mortality rates; Maternal mortality rates; Life expectancy;
Appraisal of Kerala model; Pattern of migration and urbanization in India.
Unit 5
Evolution of population policy in India- The shift in policy from population control to family welfare ,
to women empowerment; Family planning strategies and their outcomes; Reproductive health,
maternal nutrition and child health policies; Population and strategies for human development of
different social groups; Social impact of new reproductive technologies and their regulation; The new
population policy; Tasks before the National Population Commission.
Basic Reading List
� Agarwala S.N. (1972), India’s Population Problem, Tata McGraw-Hill Co., Bombay.
� Bose, A. (1996), India’s Basic Demographic Statistics, B.R. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
� Bogue, D.J. (1971), Principles of Demography, John Wiley, New York.
� Chenery H. and T.N. Srinivasan (Eds.)(1989), Hand Book of Development Economics, Vol. 1 & 2
Elsevier, Amsterdam.
� Choubey, P.K. (2000), Population Policy in India, Kanishka Publications, New Delhi.
� Coale, A.J. and E.M. Hoover (1958), Population Growth and Economic Development in Low
Income Countries: A Case Study of India’s Prospectus, Princeton University Press, Princeton.
� Gulati, S.C. (1988), Fertility in India: An Econometric Study of a Metropolis, Sage, New Delhi.
10 (1649)

Additional Reading List
� Simon, J.L. (1992), Population and Development in Poor Countries, Princeton University Press.
� Srinivasan, K, (1998), Basic Demographic Techniques and Applications, Sage, New Delhi.
� Srinivasan, K. and A.Shariff (1998), India: Towards Population and Demographic Goals, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Sryrock, H. et. al. (1973), The Methods and Materials of Demography, US Department of
Commerce, Washington, D.C.
� United Nations (1973), The Determinants and Consequences of Population Trends, Vol.1 UNO
Publications, New York.
� Chiang, C.L. (1974), Life Tables and Mortality Analysis, W.H.O., Geneva.
� Novell, C. (1988), Methods and Models in Demography, Bellhaven Press, London.
� Agnihotri, S.B. (2000), Sex ration in Indian Population: A Fresh Exploration, Sage New Delhi.
� Amsden, A.H. (Ed.) (1980), The Economics of Women and Work, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Baud, I.S.A. (1992), Form of Production and Women’s Labour, Gender Aspects of
Industrialization in India and Mexico, Sage, New Delhi.
� Boserup, E. (1970), Women’s Role in Economic Development, George Allen and Unwin, London.
� Jhabwala, R. and R.K. Subramanya (2000) (Eds.), The Unorganized Sector: Work Security and
Social Protection, Sage, New Delhi.
� King M. and M.A. Hill (Eds.) (1993), Women’s Education in Developing Countries: Barriers,
Benefits and Politics, John Hopkins, Baltimore.
� Krshnaji M., R.M. Sudarshan and A. Shariff (1999), Gender Population and Development, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Lewis (Ed.) (1989), Strengthening the Poor: What Have We Learnt, OECD, Paris.
� Sudarshan and A. Shariff (1999), Gender Population and Development, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi.
� Gupta, J. A. (2000), New Reproductive Technologies, Women’s Health and Autonomy, Indo
Dutch Studies on Development Alternatives, Sage, New Delhi.
� Mishra S. (2000), Voluntary Action in Health and Population: The Dynamics of Social Transition,
Sage, New Delhi.
� Mitra, A. (1979), Implications of Declining Sex Ration in India’s Population, Allied, New Delhi.
� Seth M. (2000), Women and Development: The Indian Experience, Sage, New Delhi.
M.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper-205 (Option-III)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF INFRASTRUCTURE-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Premble
The important role infrastructure plays in a country’s development need not be reiterated. In case of
developing countries, lack of adequate infrastructure has been held as a major obstacle to growth. Of
10 (1650)

the various categories of infrastructure, the category of social overhead capital has gained particular
prominence. The contents of the paper ‘Economics of Infrastructure’ exposes the student wholly to
issues involved in developing countries like India.
Unit 1
Economics of scale of Joint supply; Marginal Cost Pricing vs. other methods of pricing in public
utilities; Cross-subsidization – free prices, equity and efficiency.
Unit 2
Rate- making in Telephone Utilities. Principles of Decreasing Costs Telephone Industry
Characteristics of Postal Services. Criteria for Fixation of Postal rates. Measurement of Standards of
Service in Telephone and Postal Utilities.
Unit 3
Bulk Supply and Pricing of Electricity – The relative Economics of Thermal, hydel and nuclear Power
Plants. The Case for a National Power Grid. Financing Water Utilities, Urban and Rural Water Supply.
The Exploitation of Natural Gas. Pricing Problem.
Unit 4
Development of Social Services in successive Indian plans.
Unit 5
Health dimensions of development; Determinants of Health – poverty, malnutrition, illiteracy and lack
of information; Economic dimensions of health care – Demand and supply of health care; Financing of
health care and resource constraints; Inequalities in health – class and gender perspectives; Institutional
issues in health care delivery.
Basic Reading List
� Crew, M.A. P.R. Kleindorfer (1979), Public Utility Economics, Macmillan, London.
� Indian Council of Social Sciences Research (ICSSR)(1976), Economics of Infrastructure, Vol. VI,
New Delhi.
� National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER) (1996), India Infrastructure Report;
Policy Implications for Growth and Welfare, NCAER, New Delhi.
� Parikh, K.S. (Ed.) (1997), India Development Report 1997, Oxford, New Delhi.
� Parikh, K.S. (Ed.) (1999), India Development Report – 1999-2000, Oxford, New Delhi.
� Turvey. R. (Ed.) (1968), Public Enterprises, Penguin, Harmondwwoth.
Additional Reading List
� Goyal, S.K. (Ed.) (1995), Public Enterprises, Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi.
� Panchamukh, P.R. (1980), Economics of Health: A Trend Report in ICSSR, A Survey of Research
in Economics, Vol. VI, Infrastructure, Allied, Delhi.
� Tilak, J.B.G. (1994), Education for Development in Asia, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
10 (1651)

M.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper-205 (Option-IV)
10 (1652)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF INSURANCE -II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
The vital role of insurance in the task of risk-bearing and risk-elimination in the economic affairs has
not been appreciated adequately in our country. Given that the element of risk or uncertainly is a
universal and fundamental phenomenon in our economic life, the importance of insurance as a means
of reducing uncertainly and risk in regard personal and business activities cannot be overemphasized.
The role of insurance sector in mobilizing a country’s saving for channeling them into capital
formation and thus contribute to a country’s economic development is also documented. There is a
wide spread recognition that insurance, particularly life insurance, is a prominent segment of applied
economics. Insurance industry is an important constituent of financial services industry in India and is
a major investment institution and prominent player in the capital market. However, in our country,
study of the subject of insurance has largely remained neglected.
With the opening of the insurance for private Indians and foreign players, the interest in the subject has
been kindled. The course on Insurance Economics attempts to give a fairly comprehensive view of the
subject to the postgraduate students in Economics and pave the way for possible future expansion of
the teaching of an important branch of economics.
Unit 1
Wealth accumulation planning; Life cycle planning; Planning for accumulation, objectives; purchase
of insurance and accumulation planning; Investments - tax advantaged and non-tax advantaged
Unit 2
Essentials of individual retirement planning; Analysis of retirement; Income needs; Retirement
planning strategies; Investing for retirement, pension plans; Basic principles of pension plans; Pension
plans in India; Estate planning - process and tools; Life insurance for estate liquidity.
Unit 3
Role of risk-management and insurance in economics development; Insurance institutions as financial
intermediaries; Incurrence institutions as investment institutions; Insurance institutions in Indian
capital market.
Unit 4
Regulation of insurance; Purpose of government intervention in markets; Theories of regulation;
Insurance regulation in India; Insurance regulation & Development Authority; Set up and management
of insurance companies; Marketing of general insurance.

Unit 5
Regulation governing investments of insurance institutions in India, scope and limitation of Indian
Agriculture Insurance.
Basic Reading List
� Black. K. Jr. and H.D. Skipper Jr.(2000), Life & Health Insurance, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, New Jerssey.
� Dionne, G. and S.E. Harrington (eds.) (1997), Foundations of Insurance Economics, Kluwer
academic Publishers, Boston.
� Pteffer, I. And D.R. Klock (1974), Perspectives on Insurance, Prentice Hall Inc., Engleword Cliffs.
� Williams Jr., C.A. M.L. Smith and P.C.Young (1995), Risk Management and Insurance, McGraw
Hill, New York.
� Skipper Jr., H.D.(ed.) (1998), International Risk & Insurance : An Environmental Managerial
Approach, Irwin McGraw Hill, Boston.
� United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (1987), The Promotion of Risk
Management in Developing Countries, UNCTAD, Geneva.
� Insurance Institute of India, Life Assurance Underwriting, (IC-22), Mumbai.
� Insurance Institute of India, General Insurance Underwriting, (IC-22), Mumbai.
� Government of India (1998), Old Age and Income Security (OASIS) Report (Dave Committee
Report), New Delhi.
� Ivers, J.I. III and E.T. Johnson (eds) (1991), Readings in Wealth Accumulation Planning, The
American College, Bryn Mawr, Pa.
� Insurance Regulation and Development Authority (2001), IRDA Regulations, New Delhi.
� Meier. K.J. (1998), The Political Economy of Regulation : The Case of Insurance, The State
University of New York Press, Albany, N.Y.
M.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper-205(Option-V)
ECONOMICS OF LABOUR-II
10 (1653)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Premble
Issues pertaining to the labour market, wage theories, employment policies trade unions and collective
bargaining in the globalized economy have become vitally important for developing countries. In a
country like India where the bulk of the labour force is in the unorganized sector and the organized
sector is witnessing “jobless” growth, the importance of issues such as employment and unemployment
as well as livelihood and social security for the growing millions continues to assume significance.
This paper exposes students to theoretical as well as empirical issues relating to the labour market with
special reference to India.

Unit 1
Non-wage component of labour remuneration; inflation-wage relationship at micro and macro levels;
Productivity and wage relationship; National wage policy; Wages and Wage Boards in India; Bonus
system and profit sharing.
Unit 2
Theories of labour movement – Growth, pattern and structure of labour unions in India, achievements
of labour unions; Causes of industrial disputers and their settlement and prevention mechanism.
Unit 3
Role of tripartism; Current trends in collective bargaining; Role of judicial activism; labour legislation
in India with special reference to the Trade Union Act 1923, Industrial Disputes Act 1947 and
Factories Act 1948.
Unit 4
State and social security labour – Concept of social security and its evolution; Review and appraisal of
state policies with respect to social security and labour welfare in India.
Unit 5
Special problems of labour; Child labour, female labour, discrimination iand gender bias in treatment
of labour; Labour market reforms – Exit policy, need for safety nets, measures imparting flexibility in
labour markets; Second National Commission of Labour; Globalization and labour markets.
Basic Reading List
� Hajela, P.D. (1998), Labour Restructuring in India: A Critique of the New Economic Policies,
Commonwealth Publisher, New Delhi.
� Lester, R.A. (1964), Economics of Labour, (2 nd Edition), Macmillan, New York.
� McConnell, C.R. and S.L. Brue (1986), Contemporary Labour Economics, McGraw-Hill, New
York.
� Papola, T.S., P.P. Ghosh and A.N. Sharma (Eds.) (1993), Labour, employment and industrial
Relations in India, B.R. Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
� Venkata Ratnam, C.S. (2001), Globalization and Labour-Management Relations: Dynamics of
Change, Sage Publications/Response Books, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� McCormickm B. and Smith (Eds.)(1968), The Labour Market, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Das, N. (1960), Unemployment, Full Employment and India, Asia Publishing House, Bombay.
� Deshpande L.K. and J.C. Sandesara, (Eds.)(1970), Wage Policy and Wages Determination in India,
Bombay University Press, Bombay.
� Hicks J.R. (1932), The Theory of Wages, Clarendon Press, Oxford.
� Mazumdar, D. (1989), Micro-economic Issues of Labour Markets in Developing Countries, EDI
Services Paper No. 40, World Bank, Washington D.C.
� Memoria, C.B. (1966), Labour Problems and Social Welfare in India, Kitab Mahal, Allahbad.
� Punekar, S.D. (1978), Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial Relations, Himalaya
Publishing House, Bombay
10 (1654)

� Singh V.B. (Ed.) (1970), Industrial Labour in India, Popular Parakashan, Bombay.
� Misra, L. (2000), Child Labour in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Riveros, L. (1990), Labour Market Policies and Labour Market Reforms in Socialist Economies,
World Bank, Washington D.C.
M.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper-205(Option-VI)
10 (1655)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Theory : 60
Practical : 20
Internal : 20
COMPUTER APPLICATION IN ECONOMICS ANALYSIS-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit 1
Computer Fundamentals:
Input-Output Devices; Computer Codes; BCD, EBCDIC, ASCII and Collecting Sequence; Planning
the Computer Program; Algorithm, Flowcharts and Computer Program.
Unit 2
Spreadsheet Software
Spreadsheet: Meaning, Overview, Overview and Application areas; Features of MS-Excel; Entering
Information. Saving workbooks and Formatting , Spreadsheet Function; Creating Graphs; Printing
Worksheets and Graphs.
Unit 3
Statistical Processing Techniques and Methods
Summarizing and analysis of data; Descriptive Statistics; Comparison of means; Correlation and
Regressing analysis; Estimation of Growth Rates; An overview of Techniques used in Research-
Univeriate, Bivariate and Multivariate analysis; Trends Forecasting; Testing the significance of
parameters.
Unit 4
IT Application to commerce:
E-Commerce: Meaning and Definitions; E-Commerce, E-Business and E- Transaction; E-Commerce
Vs. Traditional Commerce; Scope of E-Commerce; Basis of E-Commerce; Business Models of E-
Commerce-B2B and G2B; On line Shopping and Malls; Web Advertising; Electronic Trading and
marketing; Electronic payment System.
IT Application to Finance:
Electronic Transactions- Security, Digital Electronic, Digital Certificate; Encryption, Signature,
Authentication and Validation of Transaction Processing; debit Cards, Credit Cards; Smart Cards,
Electronic Funds Transfer, AT, On Line Banking.

Basic Reading List
� Sinha, P.K. (1992), Computer Fundamental, BPB Publications, New Delhi.
� Marketing Research by Kinnear and Taylor, McGrawhill.
� Gupta, S.C. and V.K. Kapoor (1983), Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, S. Chand and Sons, New
Delhi.
� Huda, R.P.,
� Koutsoyanis, A, An Introduction to Econometrics,
� Intrilligator, M.D. (1978), Econometric Models, Techniques and Applications, Prentice Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, N.J.
� Greenstein, Marilyn and Fein Man, M. Todd, Electronic Commerce: Security, Risk Management,
and Control, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Rajaraman, V. (1996), Fundamentals of Computers, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
� Lipschultz, M.M. and S. Lipschultz (1982), Theory and Problems of Data Processing, Schum's
Outline Series, McGraw Hill, New York.
� David Whiteley, E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
10 (1656)

M.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper-205(Option-VII)
Mathematical Economics-II
10 (1657)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
This course is designed to equip students to understand the economic concepts and theories, which use
mathematical tools and techniques to refine the verbal logic. The use of calculus has permitted
formulation of economic problems in multivariable mode and yield valuable insight about optimizing
human behaviour. Modern algebraic tools allow convenient handling of simultaneous equations in the
context of linear programming, game theory and input-output analysis.
Mathematical economics deals with various applications of mathematical tools and techniques in
defining and developing economic relationship. This course has been accordingly designed to include
various mathematical techniques/ methods/ models related to the different parts of economic theory
like consumer theory, of production, pricing, trade cycles, growth models, etc. The paper covers
important aspects of microeconomics and development theory and the various modules have been
accordingly designed.
Unit 1
Market Equilibrium
Single market equilibrium – Marshallian and Walrasian equilibrium conditions; Lagged market
equilibrium; Multi-market equilibrium – General equilibrium systems of Walras; Conditions of
stability of equilibrium.
Unit 2
Determination of Income and Fluctuations in Income
Classical and Keynesian macro system; Static and dynamic multiplier; Determinants of investment;
Accelerator; Trade cycle model of Samuelson and Hicks, Goodwin, Kelecki and Phillips; Stabilization
policy.
Unit 3
Growth Models
Harrod-Domar model; Neo classical growth models – Solow and Meade, Growth models of Kaldor
and Joan Robinson; Optimal growth and golden rule of accumulation; Turnpike theorem.
Unit 4
Game Theory
Concept of game – Two-person zero-sum game, Pay-off matrix, pure and mixed strategies, Maximin
and minimax solutions, Saddle point solution; Applications of game theory.

Unit 5
Linear Programming and Input-output Analysis
Linear programming – Primal and dual problem; Simplex method; Applications of linear programming
in economics- Input-output analysis – Open and closed systems, Hawkins-Simon condition.
Basic Reading List PP
� Allen, R.G.D. (1976), Mathematical Economics, Macmillan, London.
� Arrow, K. J. and M. Intrilligator (Eds.)(1982), Handbook of Mathematical Economics, Volumes I,
II and III, North Holland, Amsterdam.
� Henderson, J. M. and R.E. Quandt (1980), Microeconomic Theory: A Mathematical Approach,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Allen R.G.D. (1974), mathematical Analysis for Economists, Macmillan Press and ELBS, London.
� Chiang, A.C. (1986), Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, Mc Graw Hill, New
York.
� Jha, R. (1991), Contemporary Macroeconomics Theory and Policy, Willey Eastern Ltd., New
Delhi.
� Jones, H.g. (1976), An Introduction to the Modern Theory of Economics Growth, McGraw Hill-
Kogakusha, Tokyo.
� Handley, G. (1962, Linear programming, Addison Wesley Publishing Co., Massachusetts.
� Hiller, F.S. and G.J. Lieberman (1985), Operations Research, C.B.S., New Delhi.
� Kothari, C.R. (1992), An Introduction to Operations Research, Vikas Publishing House, New
Delhi.
� Mustafi, C. K. (1992), Operations Research: Methods and Practice, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi.
10 (1658)

M.A. 2 nd Semester
Paper-205(Option-VIII)
10 (1659)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF REGIONALISM-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit 1
Political Economy of Regionalism: An Overview, Regionalism in Asia and The America; the Political
Economy of Currency regions; Open regionalism.
Unit 2
The European Case; Systemic Sources of variation in Regional Institutionalization in Europ; East Asia
and the Americas Major Power Trade floors; Regionalizing Europe Security; Regionalism or
Multilateralism.
Unit 3
Theories of New Regionalism; The New Regionalism: Revisited; The World Order Approach;
Regionalism and World Order: The Changing Global Setting. New Regionalism and Economics
Development.
Unit 4
Regional Security Complex; Theory in the Post Cold War World; A regional
Building Approach: Futures for new Regionalism.
Unit 5
WTO and RTAs; Rules on Regional Trade Agreements; The EU, ASEAN, MURCUR, NAFTA,
SAARC; Asian Economics Community; RTAs and Multilateral Trading System (MTS).
Reading List
� “The Political Economy of Regionalism”, by Edward D Mansfield, Helen V Milner; Columbia
University Press, 1997.
� “Open Regionalism”, Working Paper 97-3 by C Fred Bergsten, Peterson Institute, Washington
D.C. USA.
� “Regionalism or Multilateralism” of Giorgia Albertin: IMF Working Paper, 1 st March 2008.
� “Theories of New Regionalism” A Palgrave Macmillan Publication, Nov 2003 Edited by
Fredriek Soderbaurne and Timothy M. Shaw.
� “The Economics of International Integration”, by Peter Robson, Published by
� Regional Trade Agreement Section, WTO, Geneva, SWISS.
� WTO Multilateralising Regionalism; Challenges for the Global Trading System, Feb. 2009.
� WTO Discussion Paper No. 12, the Changing Landscape of Regional Trade Agreement, 2006.

M. A. Economics
Syllabus for 2012-2013
Course Structure
M.A. Economics (Semester III)
Total Marks External Internal Time
Paper-306 International Trade and Finance-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-307 Economics of Environment and
Social Sector-I
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-308 Indian Economic Policy-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-309
Paper-310
Economics of Growth and
Development-I
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (i) Econometrics-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (ii) History of Modern Economics
(Contribution of Nobel Laureates
in Economics)-I
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (iii) Economics of Agriculture-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (iv) Welfare Economics-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (v) Industrial Economics-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (vi) Financial Markets and Institutions-I 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (vii) Economics of Gender and
Development-I
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (viii) Economic History of ASEAN
Countries, China, South Korea
and Japan-I
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Note: Students are required to select any one option from Paper-310. The students will select the
same optional stream in Semester IV.
10 (1660)

M.A. 3 rd Semester
Paper-306
10 (1661)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
International Trade and Finance-1
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Theory of International Trade
Classical Theory of International Trade – Theories of absolute advantage, comparative advantage and
opportunity costs, J.S. Mill’s Theory of Reciprocal Demand; Offer Curve Analysis, Empirical Testing
of theory of comparative advantage; Empirical testing of theory of absolute cost and comparative cost.
Role of dynamic factors, i.e., changes in tastes, technology and factor endowments.
Unit -2
Neo-Classical Theories of International Trade-
Heckscher-Ohlin Model; Factor Price equalization theorem; Rybczynski theorem;
Immizerizing growth, Metztor Paradox, Alternative Trade Theories; Strategic Trade Theory,
Intra Industry Trade; Emergence and Measurement; Trade under imperfectly Competitive
Markets.
Unit-III
Measurement of Gains from International Trade
Measurement of gains from trade and their distribution; Concepts of terms of trade, their uses and
limitations; Hypothesis of secular deterioration of terms of trade, its empirical relevance and policy
implications for less developed countries; Trade as an engine economic growth; The Theory of
Interventions (Tariffs, Quotas and non-tariff barriers); Economic effects of tariffs and quotas on
national income, output, employment, terms of trade, income distribution; Balance of payments on
trading partners both in partial and general equilibrium analysis. Nominal, effective and optimum rates
of tariffs – their measurement, impact and welfare implications
Unit-IV
International Trade Policy
The partial equilibrium/equalization generating analysis of trade policy; Arguments for Protection;
Instruments of Commercial Policy; Trade Policy and Distortions in Domestic Markets.
Unit-V
Growth and Trade
The nature of the growth process; The effects of growth on small countries; The Effects of
Growth on Large Countries; Technical Progress and International Trade; Import substitution
V/s Export Push; Exports and Economic Growth; Trade Liberalization; Order, Sequencing and
Speed; Liberalization experience of developing countries.
Basic Reading List
� Carbough, R.J. (1999), International Economics, International Thompson Publishing, New York

� Chacholiades, M. (1990), International Trade: Theory and Policy, McGraw Hill, Kogakusha,
Japan.
� Dana, M.S. (2000), International Economics: Study, Guide and Work Book, (5 th Edition),
Routledge Publishers, London.
� Dunn R.M. adn J.H. Mutt (2000), International Economics, Routledge, London.
� King, P.G. (1995), International Economics and International Economic Policy: A Reader,
McGraw Hill International, Singapore.
� Krugman, P.R. and M. Obstfeld (1994), International Economics: Theory and Policy, Glenview,
Foresman.
� Sodirston, Bo. (1991), International Economics, The Macmillan Press Ltd. London.
� Feenstra, R.C. (1992), “ How Costly is Protectionalism?,” Journal of Economic Perspectives.
6,159-178.
� Gallaway, M.C., Blonigen, B.A., and J.E. Flynn, (1999), “Welfare Costs of the US Antidumping
and Countervailing Duty Laws”, Journal of International Economics, 49,211-214.
� Hufbauer G.C. and K.A. Elliott (1994), Measuring the Costs of Protection in the United States,
Institute for International Economics.
� Miyagiwa, K. and Y. Ohno (1995), “Closing the Technology Gap Under Protection,” American
Economic Review, 85, 755-770.
� Vanderbussche, H. and M. Zanardi (2006), “The Global Chilling Effects of Antidumping
Proliferation, “ CEPR Discussion paper. 5597.
� Panagariya, A. (2000), “Preferential Trade Liberalization: the Traditional Theory and new
Developments,” Journal of Economic Literature, 38, 287-331.
� Maggi, G. and A. Rodriguez-Clare (1998), “The Value of Trade Agreements in the Presence of
Political Pressures,” Journal of Political Economy, 106, 574-601.
Additional Reading List
� Bhagwati J. (1988), Protectionism, Cambridge University Press, Mass.
� Goldsten, M. (1998), The Asian Financial crisis: causes cure and systematic implications, Institute
of International Economics, Washington D.C.
� Jackson, J. (1989), The World Trading System, Cambridge University Press, Mass.
� Pomfert, R. (1988), Unequal Trade: The Economics of Discriminatory International Trade Policies,
Blackwell Publishers, Oxford.
� Mishkin, S.F. (1998), The Economics of Money, Banking and Financial Markets, (5 th Edition),
Harper Colins Publishers, New York.
� Panchmukhi, V.R. (1978), Trade Policies of India–A Quantitative Analysis, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
� Panchamukhi V.R. and R. Tandon (1987), Money and Finance in World Economic Order (RIS),
Indus Publishing Co. Delhi.
� Brahmananda, P.R. and V.R. Panchmukhi (Eds.) (1987), The Development Process of the Indian
Economy, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay.
� Joshi, V. and I.M.D. Little (1998), India’s Economic Reforms, 1999-2000, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
� Patel, S. J. (1995), Indian Economy Towards the 21 st Century, University Press Ltd., India.
� Satyanarayan, B. (1986), India’s Trade with Asia and the Far East Countries, B.R. Publishing
Corp., New Delhi.
10 (1662)

M.A. 3 rd Semester
Paper-307
10 (1663)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL SECTOR-1
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Pareto optimality and perfect competition; External effects in production and consumption; Market
failure in case of environmental goods - incomplete markets, externalities, non-exclusion; non-rivalry;
non-convexities and asymmetric information.
Unit-II
Measures of economic value of environment WTP and WTAC; contingent valuation method; travel
cost method; hedonic market methods; averting behaviour approach - household health production
function method.
Unit-III
Environmental policy framework in India - problems of command & control regime; Economic
instruments for environmental protection; Price rationing - pollution charges, ambient charges, product
charges, subsidies; Liability rules - non-compliance fees, deposit refund system, performance bonds.
Unit-IV
Quantity rationing - marketable pollution permits; Evaluative criteria of and practical
conditions for use of the economic incentives; Mixed instruments; Choice among policy
instruments; Coase’s bargaining solution and collective action; New Environment Policy.
Unit-V
Estimation of marginal cost of pollution abatement for designing the pollution tax; Economics of
sustainable development - sustainability rules, Common-Perrings model; The Solow/Hartwick
approach to sustainability. System of integrated environmental and economic accounting (SEEA);
Valuation of natural assets in SEEA.
Reading List
� Henderson, J.M. and R.E. Quandt (1980), Microeconomic Theory: A Mathematical Approach,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Hanley, N., J.F. Shogern and B. White (1997), Environmental Economics in Theory and Practice,
Macmillan.
� Cropper, Maureen (1999), Valuing Environmental Benefits, Edward Elgar.
� Sankar, U. (Ed.) (2001), Environmental Economics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� James, A.J., M. N. Murty and Smita Misra (1999), Economics of Water Pollution – The Indian
Experience, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

M.A. 3 rd Semester
Paper-308
INDIAN ECONOMICS POLICY-1
10 (1664)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit 1
Major features of Indian Economy in present times. Role of State and Market in economics
development. Role of Pressure groups like HPDCC, CII etc. in Indian economy.
Unit 2
Broad demographic features of Indian population; Rural-urban migration; Urbanization and civic
amenities; Poverty and Inequality.
Unit 3
Institutional Structure – land reforms in India; Technological change in agriculture; pricing of
agricultural inputs and output; Terms of trade between agriculture and industry; Issues in food
security; Policies for sustainable agriculture.
Unit 4
Fiscal federalism – Centre-state financial relations; Finances of Central Government; Finances of State
Governments; Parallel economy; Problems relating to fiscal policy; Fiscal sector reforms in India
Unit 5
Structure and direction of foreign trade; Balance of payments; Issues in export-import policy;
Exchange rate policy and FEMA; Foreign capital and MNCs in India.
Reading List
� Ahluwalia, I.J. and I.M.D. Little (Eds.) (1999), India’s Economic Reforms and Development
(Essays in honour of Manmohan Singh), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Bardha, P.K. (9 th Edition) (1999), The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Brahmananda, P.R. and V.R. Panchmukhi (Eds.) (2001), Development Experience in the Indian
Economy: Inter-State Perspectives, Bookwell, Delhi.
� Datt, R. (Ed.) (2001), Second Generation Economic Reforms in India, Deep & Deep Publications,
New Delhi.
� Government of India, Economic Survey, (Annual), Ministry of Finance, New Delhi.
� Government of India, Planning Commission; Five Year Plan Development.
� Jalan, B. (1992), The Indian Economy – Problems and Prospects, Viking, New Delhi.

� Jalan, B. (1996), India’s Economic Policy- Preparing for the Twenty First Century, Viking, New
Delhi.
� .Kapila Uma Indian Economy Academic Foundation New Delhi Latest Edition.
� Mishra S.K.and Puri V.K, Indian Economy Himalya Publication House Latest Edition.
� Monga G.S.and Goel M.M. (2001) Wage Goods Approach and Development Deep and Deep New
Delhi.
� Parikh, K.S. (1999), India Development Report – 1999-2000, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Reserve Bank of India, Report on Currency and Finance, (Annual).
� Rudar Dutt and Sundram; Indian Economy S Chand and Company Latest Edition
� Sen, R.K. and B. Chatterjee (2001), Indian Economy: Agenda for 21 st Century (Essays in honour of
Prof. P.R. Brahmananda), Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi.
10 (1665)

M.A. 3 rd Semester
Paper-309
10 (1666)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS Of GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT-1
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit 1
Economic Growth and Development
Factors affecting Economic Growth: capital, labour and technology; Historical Perspective of
Economic Growth and its relevance; Structural Diversity and common characteristics of developing
nations.
Unit-II
Development and Underdevelopment
Measuring Development: Income Measures, Basic Needs Approach, PQLI and HDI and Capabilities
Approach; Poverty, Inequality and Development: Measurement, Impact and Policy options;
Development Gap: concepts and measurement.
Unit-III
Classical Theories of Development
Contributions of Adam Smith, Ricardo, Karl Marx and Schumpeter.
Unit-IV
Growth Models
Harrod and Domar: Instability of equilibrium; Neo Classical Growth Models: Solow and Meade;
Growth Models of Joan Robinson, Kaldor and Pasinetti.
Unit-V
Technological Progress
Embodied and Disembodied; Neutral and Non-Neutral (Hicks and Harrod); Endogenous Growth
Theory: Role of learning, education and research; Accumulation of Human Capital; Explanation of
Cross-Country Differentials in Economic Growth.

Basic Reading List
� Adelman, I. (1961), Theories of Economic Growth and Development, Stanford University
Press, Stanford.
� Barro, R. and X. Salai- Martin, Economic Growth, McGraw Hill, New York.
� Behrman, S. and T.N. Srinivasan (1995), Handbook of Development Economics, Vol. 3,
Elsevier, Amsterdam.
� Brown, M. (1966), On the Theory and Measurement of Technical Change, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, Mass.
� Chakravarti, S. (1982), Alternative Approaches to the Theory of Economic Growth, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Chenery, H. and T.N. Srinivasan (Eds.) (1989), Handbook of Development Economics, Vols. 1
& 2, Elsevier, Amsterdam.
� Ghatak, S. (1986), An Introduction to Development Economics, Allen and Unwin, London.
� Gillis, M., D.H. Perkins, M. Romer and D.R. Snodgrass (1992), Economics of Development,
(3rd Edition), W.W. Norton, New York.
� Higgins, B. (1959), Economic Development, W.W. Norton, New York.
� Jones, HG.(1975), An Introduction to Modern Theories of Economic Growth, Nelson, London.
� Kindleberger, C.P. (1977), Economic Development, (3rd Edition), McGraw Hill, New York.
� Meier, G.M. and J.E.Rauch (2005), Leading Issues in Economic Development, (8th Edition),
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Sen, A.K. (Ed.) (1990), Growth Economics, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Todaro, M.P. and S.C. Smith (2003), (8th Edition), Economic Development, Pearson
Education, Delhi.
� Thirwal, A.P. (1999), (6th Edition), Growth and Development, Macmillan, U.K.
10 (1667)

M.A. (3 rd Semester)
Paper- 310 (Option- i)
ECONOMETRICS–I
10 (1668)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and fifth question may be selected from any unit
Unit - I
Definition, Scope and Methodology of Econometrics, Simple Linear Regression Model; OLS and
Maximum Likelihood Estimates and Their Properties. Functional forms of Regression Models.
Unit – II
General Linear regression Model, R 2 and adjusted R 2; Hypothesis Testing of Parameters; Multiple
Regression Analysis; The problem of Inference.
Unit – III
Nature Test, Consequences and remedial steps of problem of Heteroscedasticity, Multicollinearity and
Autocorrelation
Unit – IV
Econometric Modeling: Traditional Econometric Methodology; Average Economic Regression, Types
of Specification Errors, Errors of Measurement.
Unit – V
The Simultaneous Equation bias and Consistency of OLS Estimators; The Identification Problem;
Rules of Identification- Order and Rank Conditions
Basic Reading List:
� Amemiya, T. (1985), Advanced Econometrics, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass.
� Baltagi, B.H. (1988), Econometrics, Springer, New York.
� Goldberger, A.S. (1998), Introductory Econometrics, Oxford University Press, New York.
� Gujarati, D.N. (1995), Basic Econometrics (2 nd Edition) MC Graw Hill New Delhi.
� Intrilligator, M.D. (1978), Econometric Methods, Techniques and Applications, Prentice Hall
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
� Johnson J. (1991), Econometric Methods, MCGraw Hall Book Co. London
� Kmenta J. (1998), Elements of Econometrics, University of Michigan Press, NewYork
� Koutsoyiannis, A. (1977), Theory of Econometrics, The Macmillan Press Ltd. London
� Maddala G.S.(Ed) (1993), Econometric Methods and application, Aldershot U.K.
� Pindyck R.S. and D.L. Rubinfield (1976), Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts,
MCGraw Hill Kogakusha Tokyo
� Theil H. (1981), Introduction to Econometrics, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

M.A. (3 rd Semester)
Paper-310 (Option-ii)
10 (1669)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
HISTORY OF MODERN ECONOMICS -I
(Contribution of Nobel Laureates in Economics)
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Friedman, Milton
Tobin, James, Modigliani, Franco
Markowitz, Harry M. Sharpe, William F.
Miller, Merton H.
Kuzenets, Simon
Lewis, Sir W. Arthur
Unit-I
Unit-II
Unit-III
Unit-IV
Unit-V
Reading List
� Allais, M. (1978), Contributions to Economic Science.
� Friedman, M. (1957), A Theory of the Consumption Function, Princeton University Press,
Princeton, New Jersey.
� Friedman, M. (1959), The Demand for Money: Some Theoretical and Empirical Results, Journal of
Political Economy, Vol. 67.
� Fiedman, M. (1968), The Optimum Quantity of Money and other Essays, Aldine Publishers,
Chicago.
� Markowitz, H.M. (1990), Foundations of Portfolio Theory: Nobel Lecture.
� Modigliani F. (1980), The Collected Papers of Franco Modigliani, Vol. 1,2 and 3 (Edited by A.
Abel), MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.
� Sharpe, W.F. (1970), Portfolio Theory and Capital Markets, McGraw-Hill New York.

� Tobin, J. Essays in Economics, Vols. I to III, 1971, 75, 82, North Holland, Amsterdam.
� Tobin, J. and D, Hester (Eds.)(1967), Financial Markets and Economic Activity, John Wiley, New
York.
� Kuznets, S. (1959), Six Lectures on Economic Growth, NBER, New York.
� Lewis, W.A. (1955), The Theory of Economic Growth, Macmillan, London.
M.A. 3 rd Semester
Paper-305 (Option -iii)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF AGRICULTURE-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
The Objective of this course is to provide a detailed treatment of issues in agricultural
economics to those intending to specialize in this area. Its objective is to familiarize students
with policy issues that are relevant to Indian agricultural economics and enable them to analyze
the issues, using basic micro-economic concepts.
Unit 1
Agriculture and Economic Development
Nature and scope of agricultural and rural economics; Traditional agriculture and its modernization;
Role of agriculture in economic development; Interdependence between agriculture and industry- some
empirical evidence; Agricultural development, poverty and environment.
Economics of Rural Infrastructure
Use of land, water and energy; Rural transport, communication, banking, extension services, role,
modes and problems of rural electrification; Rural social infrastructure-education, health and
information dissemination.
Unit 2
Land Reforms and Land Policy
Principles of land utilization; Land distribution- structure and trends; Land values and rent; Land
tenures and farming systems- Peasant, capitalist, collective and state farming; Tenancy and crop
sharing- Forms, incidence and effects; Land reform measures and performance; Problems of marginal
and small farmers.
Unit 3
10 (1670)

Rural Labour Market
Rural labour supply; Interlocking of factor markets; Mobility of labour and segmentation in labour
markets; marginalization of rural labour; Nature, extent and trends in rural unemployment; Agriculture
wages in India; Gender issues in agricultural services; Male-female wage differences; Agricultural
employment- Trends and determinants.
Unit 4
Agricultural Prices
Marketing and state policy; Agricultural markets and marketing efficiency- marketing functions and
costs; Market structure and imperfection; Regulated markets; Marketed and marketable surplus;
Behavior of agricultural prices: Cobweb model, Price and income stability; State policy with respect to
agricultural marketing, Warehousing, Prices, Taxation and crop insurance; Terms of trade between
agricultural and non-agricultural sectors; Need for state intervention; Objectives of agricultural price
policy- Instruments and evaluation; Food security in India and public distribution system.
Unit 5
Agricultural Growth in India
Recent trends in agricultural growth in India; Inter regional variations in growth of output and
productivity; Cropping pattern shifts; Supply of inputs- Irrigation, power, seed and fertilizers; Pricing
of inputs and role of subsidies; Distribution of gains from technological change; Role of Public
investment and capital formation in Indian agriculture; Strategy of agricultural development and
technological progress; Sustainable agriculture- indigenous practices; Bio-technological practices and
growth potential.
Basic Reading List
� Bilgrami, S.A.R. (1996), Agricultural Economics, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.
� Dantwala, M.L. et. al (1991), Indian Agricultural Development Since Independence, Oxford &
IBH, New Delhi.
� Gulati, A. and T. Kelly (1999), Trade Liberalisation and Indian Agriculture, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
� Joshi, P.C. (1975), Land Reforms in India: Trends and Prospects, Allied Publishers, Bombay.
� Rudra, A. (1982), Indian Agricultural Economics: Myths and Reality, Allied Publishers, New
Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Meier, G.M. (1995), Leading Issues in Economic Development, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi.
� Soni, R.N. (1995), Leading Issues in Agricultural Economics, Arihant Press, Jalandhar.
� Harque, T. and A.S. Sirohi (1986), Agrarian Reforms and Institutional Changes in India, Concept
Publishing Company, Delhi.
� Raghvan and L. Sarkar (Eds.)(1996), Poverty and Employment, New Age, New Delhi.
� VIsaria, P. and R. Basant (1994), Non-Agricultural Employment in India: Trends and Prospects,
Sage Publications, New Delhi.
� Rao, C.H. Hanumantha (1994), Agricultural Growth, Rural Poverty and Environmental
Degradation in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
10 (1671)

M.A. (3 rd Semester)
Paper-310 (Option-iv)
WELFARE ECONOMICS - I
10 (1672)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Benthamite Approach to Aggregate Welfare; Optimum Resource Allocation and Welfare
Maximization,
Unit-II
Assumption of Uniform Income – Utility Function of Individuals; Questions of Income Distribution;
Issue of Interpersonal Comparisons of Utility.
Unit-III
Marshallian Welfare Economics; Consumer’s Surplus; Measurement of Consumer’s Surplus –
Difficulties involved, Criticism.
Unit-IV
Principle of Compensating Variation; Hicks’s Surpluses; Concept of Consumer’s Surplus; Consumer’s
Surplus and Tax-Bounty Analysis.
Unit-V
Pareto optimality – Optimum exchange conditions, The production optimum, The consumption
optimum; Concept of contract curve; Top level optimum;
Basic Reading List
� Baumo, W.J. (ed.) (2001), Welfare Economics, Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd., U.K.
� Broadway, R.W. and N. Bruce (1984), Welfare Economics, Basil Blackwell, Oxford.
� Pigou, A.C. (1962), The Economics of Welfare (4 th Edition), Macmillan.
Additional Reading List
� Hicks, J.R. (1956), A Revision of Demand Theory, Clarendon Press, Oxford.
� Little, I.M.D. (1949), The Foundations of Welfare Economics, Oxford Economic Papers, Vol. 1.

M.A. (3 rd Semester)
Paper-310 (Option-v)
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS- I
10 (1673)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from
any unit.
Unit-I
Concept and Organization of a firm – ownership, control and objectives of the firm; Growth of the firm
– Size and growth of a firm, growth and profitability, constraints on growth;
Unit-II
Productivity, efficiency – concept and measurement; Indian situation.
Theories of industrial location – Weber and Sargent theories, Factors affecting location.
Unit-III
Sellers’ concentration; Economies of Scale; Market structure and profitability; Market structure and
innovation;
Product pricing – theories and evidence;
Unit-IV
Methods of project evaluation; Ranking of Projects – NPV and IRR; Social cost-benefit Analysis;
Theories and empirical evidence on Mergers and Acquisitions (M & A’s) and diversification.
Unit-V
Industrial policy in India – Classification of industries, Role of public and private sectors; Competition
Act, 2002; MNCs and transfer of technology.
Basic Reading List
� Ahluwalia, I.J. (1985), Industrial Growth in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Barthwal, R.R. (1985), Industrial Economics, Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi.
� Cherunilam, F. (1994), Industrial Economics: Indian Perspective (3 rd Edition), Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai.
� Desai, B. (1999), Industrial Economy in India (3 rd Edition), Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
� Divine, P.J. and R.M. Jones et. al. (1976), An Introduction to Industrial Economics, George Allen
and Unwin Ltd., London.

� Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual).
� Hay, D. and D.J. Moris (1979), Industrial Economics: Theory and Evidence, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
� Kuchhal, S.C. (1980), Industrial Economy of India (5 th Edition), Chaitanya Publishing House,
Allahbad.
� Reserve Bank of India, Report on Currency and Finance (Annual).
Additional Reading List
� Bains, J.S. (1996), Industrial Organization, Cheltanham, U.K.
� Harndeen, J.B. (1975), The Economics of Corporate Economy, Dunellen Publishers, New York.
� Kemien, M.T. and N.L. Schwartz (1982), Market Structure and Innovation, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
� Bagchi, A. and M. Banerjee (Eds.) (1979), Change and Choice in Indian Industry, Bagchi
Publications, Calcutta.
� Kelkar, V.L. and V.V. Bhnoji Rao (Eds.) (1996), India Development Policy Imperatives, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Brahmananda, P.R. and V.R. Panchmukhi (Eds.) (1987), The Development Process of the Indian
Economy, Himalaya Publishing, Bombay.
� Chakravarty, S. (1987), Development Planning: The Indian Experience, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi.
� Joshi, V. and I.M.D. Little (1999), India: Macro Economics and Political Economy: 1964-1991,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Jalan, B. (1996), India’s Economy Policy, Viking, New Delhi.
� Sen, R. and B. Chatterjee (2001), Indian Economy: Agenda for the 21 st Century (Essays in honour
of Professor P.R. Brahmananda), Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
10 (1674)

M.A. (3 rd Semester)
Paper- 310 (Option-vi)
10 (1675)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Financial Markets and Institutions -I
Note: -Ten questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidates will be required to
attempt five questions, selecting one question each from any four units and the fifth question
may be selected from any unit.
Financial System
Unit-I
Concept and functions of Financial System; Segments of Financial Markets; Concept and role
of NBFCs; Players in Financial System; Financial Assets and the Financial System;
Importance and Stability of Financial Systems; Future of Financial System.
Money, Interest and Prices
Unit-II
Theories of demand for money- quantity, Keynesian and modern approaches; Money supply
process and factors affecting the money supply; Interest rates in the Financial System, Inside
Money and Outside Money, Neutrality of Money.
Money Market
Unit-III
Introduction, Meaning Definitions Characteristics and Functions of Money market; Call Money
Market; Treasury bill market; Commercial Papers Market; Certificate of Deposit Market; Gilt- edged
Securities Market; Repo Market.
Primary Capital Market
Unit-IV
Introduction, Meaning, Objectives, Importance and Functions of Capital Market; Financial instruments
in Primary Market; New issue floation and market functionaries; Growth and Development of New
Issue Market in India.

Secondary Capital Market
Unit-V
Introduction, Definition, Characteristics and Functions of Stock Exchange; Procedure for
dealing at Stock Exchanges; Trading system- Clearing and settlement mechanisms; Depository
System; Stock Exchanges in India; SEBI and its role in the market; Concepts and Types of
Derivatives; Futures and Options.
Basic Reading List
� Bhole, L.M. (1999), Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata McGraw Hill Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
� Bhole, L.M. (2000), Indian Financial System, Chugh Publications, Allahbad.
� Johnson, H.J. (1993), Financial Institutions and Markets, McGraw Hill, New York.
� Machiraju, M.R. (1999), Indian Financial Systems, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
� Ohlson, J.A. (1987), The Theory of Financial Markets and Institutions, North Holland, Amsterdam.
� Prasad, K.N. (2001), Development of India’s Financial System, Sarup & Sons, New Delhi.
� Smith, P.F. (1978), Money and Financial Intermediation: The Theory and Structure of Financial
System, Prentice Hall, Englewood-Cliffs, New Jersey.
Additional Reading List
� Chandra, P. (1997), Financial Markets, (4 th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Machiraju, H.R. (1997), International Financial Markets in India, Wheeler Publishing, Allahbad.
� Fenstermaker, J.V. (1969), Readings in Financial Markets and Institutions, Appleton, New York.
� Gupta, S.B. (1983), Monetary Economics, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi.
� Bhatt, R.S. (1996), Unit Trust of India and Mutual Funds: A Study, UTI Institute of Capital
Markets, Mumbai.
� Sahadevan, K.G. and M.T. Thiripalraju (1997), Mutual Funds, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
� Goss, B.A. and B.S. Yamey (1978), The Economics of Futures Trading, Macmillan,
London.
� Gupta, L.C. (Ed.) (1999), India’s Financial Markets and Institutions, Society for Capital Research
and Development, Delhi.
� Crocker, A. (1982), International Money; Issues and Analysis, The English Language Book
Society, Nelson, London.
� Niehans, J. (1994), International Monetary Economics, John Hopkins University Press, New York.
� Attri, V. N. and Verma Neera (1995), Financial Liberalization and Economic Growth in
Developing Countries with special reference to India, Unpublished UGC, Major Project.
10 (1676)

M.A. (3 rd Semester)
Paper- 310 (Option-vii)
10 (1677)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT- I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Importance and concepts of women studies – women in patriarchal and matriarchal societies and
structures, patrilineal and matrilineal systems and relevance to present day society in India; Economic
basis and functioning of patriarchy in developed and LDCs, particularly India.
Unit-II
Demography of female population: Age structure, mortality rates, and sex ratio – Causes of declining
sex ratios and fertility rates in LDCs and particularly India – Theories and measurement of fertility and
its control; Women and their access to nutrition, health, education and social and community
resources, and their impact on female mortality and fertility, economic status, and in work participation
rate.
Unit-III
Factors affecting decision making by women; Property rights; access to and control over economic
resources, assets; Power of decision making at house hold, class community level; Economic status of
women and its effect on work-participation rate, income level, health, and education in developing
countries and India.
Unit-IV
Concept and analysis of women’s work: valuation of productive and unproductive work; visible and
invisible work; paid and unpaid-work; economically productive and socially productive work –
Economic status, private and participation of women in pre-industrial and industrial societies.
Unit-V
Factors affecting female entry in labour market; Supply and demand for female labour in developed
and developing countries, particularly India; Studies of female work participation in agriculture, nonagricultural
rural activities, informal sector, cottage and small-scale industries, organized industry, and
services sector;
Basic Reading List
� Boserup E. (1970), Women’s Role in Economic Development, George Allen and Unwin, London.

� Desai, N. and M.K. Raj (Eds.) (1979), Women and Society in India, Research Center for Women
Studies, SNDT Unviersity, Bombay
� Government of India (1974), Towards Equality – Report of the Committee on the Status of Women
in India, Department of Social Welfare, Ministry of Education and Social Welfare, New Delhi.
� Krishnaraj, M., R.M. Sudarshan and A. Shariff (1999), Gender, Population and Development,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Seth, M. (2000), Women and Development: The Indian Experience, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
� Srinivasan K. and A. Shariff (1998), India: Towards Population and Development Goals, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Venkateswaran S. (1995), Environment, Development and the Gender Gap, Sage Publications,
New Delhi.
� Wazir, R. (2000), The Gender Gap in Basic Education: NGOs as Change Agents, Sage
Publications, New Delhi.
10 (1678)

M. A. (Previous) IIIrd Sem.
Paper-310 (Opt. viii)
10 (1679)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Economics History of ASEAN, China, Shout Korea and Japan-I
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four unites and fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit – I
Problems of Economic History of ASEAN: China, Japan and South Korea, Different Approaches of
Study and Their Limitations, Sources for the study of Modern Economic History of ASEAN: China,
Japan and South Korea.
Unit - II
China, Japan and South Korea during the first half of the 20 th century: Industrial Development and
effects of industrial development, Labour Organization and Labour Problems.
Unit – III
The population problems, Financial Imperialism, Foreign Trade, Agrarian Settlements and Land
Revenue, Changes in the Agrarian Life, Indigenous Trade, Development of credit and Banking
System.
Unit – IV
Economy of ASEAN during the Second half of the 20 th century: Economic and Educational Reforms,
The Land Reforms and changes in Agrarian Life, Industrialization and Socialization.
Unit – V
Foreign Trade, Development of Roads and Railways, competition and Collaboration with Global
Economy, Internal Aspects of the Economic problem.
Reading List:
1. ‘Reshaping the Asia Pacific Economic Order”, by Hadi Soesastro, Christopher Charles
Findley, 2006, 286 P.
2. “Institutional Balancing in the Asia Pacific: economic” by Kaithe 2009, P. 209.
3. “China and World Economy” by Zhouggno she hui ke Xue Yawn shi jie juia ji, 2002.

4. “Strategic consequences of India’s Economic Essays” by Sanjay Baru published in 2006.
5. “A New look at the US-China-Japan Triangle” Toward Building a Stable Framework”
Asian Perspectives, Vol. 27, No3, 2003, PP 177-219 by Yoshihide Soeya, Jianweiwang and
David A Weleh.
6. “The Economic History of Korea” by Myung soo Cha, Yeunguam University. EH. Net
Encyclopedia.
7. “Economic Growth and Democratization in North East Asia, Part I & II.
8. “The Rise of China and its effectson Taiwan, Japan and South Korea” US Policy choices,
Jan. 2006 Dick K Nanto.
9. “America and Japan Approach a Rising China” by Dan Blumenthal, Dec. 2006.
10. “Look East: India’s Economic ties with Japan, South Korea, China, 3 Dec. 2009.
11. “China, Japan and South Korea to consider Free trade Pact” Oct. 11, 2009 MYT.
10 (1680)

M. A. Economics
Syllabus for 2012-2013
Course Structure
M.A. Economics (Semester IV)
Total Marks External Internal Time
Paper-406 International Trade and Finance-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-407 Economics of Environment and
Social Sector-II
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-408 Indian Economic Policy-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-409
Paper-410
Economics of Growth and
Development-II
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (i) Econometrics-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (ii) History of Modern Economics
(Contribution of Nobel Laureates
in Economics)-II
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (iii) Economics of Agriculture-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (iv) Welfare Economics-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (v) Industrial Economics-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (vi) Financial Markets and Institutions-II 100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (vii) Economics of Gender and
Development-II
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option (viii) Economic History of ASEAN
Countries, China, South Korea
and Japan-II
100 80 20 3 Hrs.
Note: Students are required to select an option from Paper-410 from the same stream which they
selected in Semester III.
10 (1681)

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper-406
10 (1682)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND FINANCE-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Balance of Payments
Meaning and components of balance of payments; Equilibrium and disequilibrium in the balance of
payments; The foreign exchange market model of a spot exchange market; process of adjustment under
systems of gold standard, fixed exchange rates and flexible exchange rates; The supply of Foreign
exchange; Stability in a floating exchange rate market. The forward exchange market, Interest rate,
arbitrage, covered interest parity; Hedging; speculation.
Unit-II
The Determination of Floating Exchange Rate, Macro Economic Policy with Floating Exchange Rates,
Expenditure-Switching Policies and Direct Controls; Expenditure-switching policies and direct
controls for adjustment, A critical review of the monetary approach – Foreign trade multiplier with and
without foreign repercussions and determination of national income in an open economy; Relative
merits and demerits of fixed and flexible exchange.
Unit-III
The Theory of Regional Blocs
Forms of economic cooperation; Static and Dynamic effects of a customs union and free trade area;
The Cost of Protection Preferential Trade Agreements; SAARC, ASEAN, EU, NAFTA; Asian
Economic Integration; Rationale and Economic Progress.
Unit-IV
The International Monetary System
Need, adequacy and determinants of international reserves; Conditionality clause of IMF; Emerging
International Monetary System; Reforms of the International Monetary System, India and developing
Countries; International and financial institutions; Functions of GATT/WTO (TRIPS, TRIMS),
UNCTAD, IMF, World Bank and Asian Development Bank – Their achievements and failures; WTO
and World Bank from the point of view of India.

Unit-V
Trade Policies in India
Trade problems and trade policies in India during the last five decades; Recent changes in the direction
and composition of trade and their implications; Rationale and impact of trade reforms since 1991 on
balance of payments, employment and growth, Working and regulations of MNCs in India; Recent
import and export policies.
Basic Reading List
� Carbough, R.J. (1999), International Economics, International Thompson Publishing, New York
� Chacholiades, M. (1990), International Trade: Theory and Policy, McGraw Hill, Kogakusha,
Japan.
� Dana, M.S. (2000), International Economics: Study, Guide and Work Book, (5 th Edition),
Routledge Publishers, London.
� Dunn R.M. adn J.H. Mutt (2000), International Economics, Routledge, London.
� King, P.G. (1995), International Economics and International Economic Policy: A Reader,
McGraw Hill International, Singapore.
� Krugman, P.R. and M. Obstfeld (1994), International Economics: Theory and Policy, Glenview,
Foresman.
� Sodirston, Bo. (1991), International Economics, The Macmillan Press Ltd. London.
� Feenstra, R.C. (1992), “ How Costly is Protectionalism?,” Journal of Economic Perspectives.
6,159-178.
� Gallaway, M.C., Blonigen, B.A., and J.E. Flynn, (1999), “Welfare Costs of the US Antidumping
and Countervailing Duty Laws”, Journal of International Economics, 49,211-214.
� Hufbauer G.C. and K.A. Elliott (1994), Measuring the Costs of Protection in the United States,
Institute for International Economics.
� Miyagiwa, K. and Y. Ohno (1995), “Closing the Technology Gap Under Protection,” American
Economic Review, 85, 755-770.
� Vanderbussche, H. and M. Zanardi (2006), “The Global Chilling Effects of Antidumping
Proliferation, “ CEPR Discussion paper. 5597.
� Panagariya, A. (2000), “Preferential Trade Liberalization: the Traditional Theory and new
Developments,” Journal of Economic Literature, 38, 287-331.
� Maggi, G. and A. Rodriguez-Clare (1998), “The Value of Trade Agreements in the Presence of
Political Pressures,” Journal of Political Economy, 106, 574-601.
Additional Reading List
� Bhagwati J. (1988), Protectionism, Cambridge University Press, Mass.
� Goldsten, M. (1998), The Asian Financial crisis: causes cure and systematic implications, Institute
of International Economics, Washington D.C.
� Jackson, J. (1989), The World Trading System, Cambridge University Press, Mass.
� Pomfert, R. (1988), Unequal Trade: The Economics of Discriminatory International Trade Policies,
Blackwell Publishers, Oxford.
� Mishkin, S.F. (1998), The Economics of Money, Banking and Financial Markets, (5 th Edition),
Harper Colins Publishers, New York.
� Panchmukhi, V.R. (1978), Trade Policies of India – A Quantitative Analysis, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
10 (1683)

� Panchamukhi V.R. and R. Tandon (1987), Money and Finance in World Economic Order (RIS),
Indus Publishing Co. Delhi.
� Brahmananda, P.R. and V.R. Panchmukhi (Eds.) (1987), The Development Process of the Indian
Economy, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay.
� Joshi, V. and I.M.D. Little (1998), India’s Economic Reforms, 1999-2000, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
10 (1684)

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper- 407
10 (1685)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL SECTOR-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Natural resources: types, classification and scarcity; Elementary capital theory; Maximum principle of
optimal control theory; Management of common property resources. Subsidies, controls and use of
natural capital in India.
Unit-II
Social-ecological research in India; Economy, ecology and equity; Economic reforms and ecological
refurbishment; environment and energy; water resource planning; Resettlement and rehabilitation of
the displaced.
Unit-III
Pani Panchayat model; Water and air pollution - existing pollution control mechanisms; Land and
forest degradation and the strategy for regeneration; Wetlands – policy briefs; Role of the state in
forest resource management in India;
Unit-IV
Environmental legislation and implementation in India; International environmental issues - Impact on
India; Divergent environmental concerns of south and north; Trade and environment in WTO regime.
Gender perspective in environmental management.
Unit-V
Education as an instrument for economic growth; Social and private returns on education; Important
issues in basic and higher education; Economic dimensions of health care and determinants of health;
Institutional issues in health care - role of Government and market; Inequalities in health and education
– the class and gender perspective; Financing of education and health in India.
Reading List
� Hanley, N., J.F. Shogern and B. White (1997), Environmental Economics in Theory and Practice,
Macmillan.
� Chary, S.N. and Vyasulu, Vinod (2000), Environmental Management - an Indian Perspective,
Macmillan, New Delhi.
� Schultz, T.W. (1971), Investment in Human Capital, Free Press, New York.

� World Bank (1993), The World Development Report, 1993: Investing in Health, Oxford University
Press, New York.
� Panchmukhi, P.R. (1980), Economics of Health: A Trend Report in ICSSR, A Survey of Research
in Economics, Vol. VI, Infrastructure, Allied, Delhi.
� Brian G. Dahlin , The Impact of Education on Economic Growth -Theory, Findings, and Policy
Implications, Duke University, pdf from internet.
� Psacharopoulos, G. 1973. Returns to Education: An International Comparison.
Amsterdam:Elsevier.
� Barro, Robert. “Economic Growth in a Cross Section of Countries,” Quarterly Journal of
Economics, 1991
� Education and economic growth, Jonathan Temple*, Department of Economics, University of
Bristol, 8 Woodland Road, Bristol BS8 1TN, pdf from internet.
� Education and Economic Growth, Robert J. Barro, pdf from internet.
� Painuly, J P, Economic Instruments: Application to Environmental Problems, Working paper no 3,
by UNEP from IGIDR, Bombay, 1995.
� Value of Life, Value of Time, and Costant Relative, Blaug, M. (1972), Introduction to Economics
of Education, Penguin, London.
� Hussen, A.M. (1999), Principles of Environmental Economics, Routledge, London.
� Jeroen. C.J.M. van den Berg (1999), Handbook of Environmental and Resource Economics,
Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd., U.K.
� Pearce, D.W. and R. Turner (1991), Economics of Natural Resource Use and Environment, John
Hopkins University Press, Baltimore.
10 (1686)

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper- 408
INDIAN ECONOMIC POLICY-II
10 (1687)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit 1
Objectives and strategy of Indian planning; Achievements and failures of five year Plans.
Unit 2
Energy; Social infrastructure – education and health; Environment; Regional imbalance; Issues and
policies in financing infrastructure development.
Unit 3
Industrial policy; Public Sector enterprises and their performance; Privatization and dis- investment
debate; Growth and pattern of industrialization; Small-scale sector; Exit policy – issues in labour
market reforms; Approaches for employment generation.
Unit 4
Analysis of price behaviour in India; Review of monetary policy of RBI; Money and capital markets;
Working of SEBI in India.
Unit 5
Globalisation of Indian economy; WTO and its impact on the different sectors of the economy; Need
for and issues in good governance.
Reading List
� Ahluwalia, I.J. and I.M.D. Little (Eds.) (1999), India’s Economic Reforms and Development
(Essays in honour of Manmohan Singh), Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Bardha, P.K. (9 th Edition) (1999), The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Brahmananda, P.R. and V.R. Panchmukhi (Eds.) (2001), Development Experience in the Indian
Economy: Inter-State Perspectives, Bookwell, Delhi.
� Datt, R. (Ed.) (2001), Second Generation Economic Reforms in India, Deep & Deep Publications,
New Delhi.
� Government of India, Economic Survey, (Annual), Ministry of Finance, New Delhi.
� Government of India, Planning Commission; Five Year Plan Development.
� Jalan, B. (1992), The Indian Economy – Problems and Prospects, Viking, New Delhi.

� Jalan, B. (1996), India’s Economic Policy- Preparing for the Twenty First Century, Viking, New
Delhi.
� .Kapila Uma Indian Economy Academic Foundation New Delhi Latest Edition.
� Mishra S.K.and Puri V.K, Indian Economy Himalya Publication House Latest Edition.
� Monga G.S.and Goel M.M. (2001) Wage Goods Approach and Development Deep and Deep New
Delhi.
� Parikh, K.S. (1999), India Development Report – 1999-2000, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Reserve Bank of India, Report on Currency and Finance, (Annual).
� Rudar Dutt and Sundram; Indian Economy S Chand and Company Latest Edition
� Sen, R.K. and B. Chatterjee (2001), Indian Economy: Agenda for 21 st Century (Essays in honour of
Prof. P.R. Brahmananda), Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi.
10 (1688)

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper- 409
10 (1689)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT – II
Note: Ten questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Approaches to Development
Balanced and Unbalanced Growth; Critical Minimum Efforts Theory; Low Income Equilibrium Trap;
Dual Economy Models of Lewis, Fei-Ranis, Jorgensen, Dixit and Marglin, Kelly et.al.
Unit-II
Sectoral Aspects of Development
Role of Agriculture in Economic Development; Barriers to Agriculture; Agricultural Transformation:
Designing an Agricultural Strategy; Rationale and Pattern of Industrialization in developing Countries;
Choice of Techniques, appropriate technology and employment; Terms of Trade between Agriculture
and Industry.
Unit-III
Trade Theory and Development Experience
International Trade as an Engine of Growth: Static and Dynamic gains from Trade; Prebisch-Singer
Thesis vis-à-vis Free Trade experience of Developing Countries; Trade Policy Debate: Export
promotion, Import Substitution and Economic Integration; WTO and Developing Countries.
Unit-IV
Macroeconomic Policies and Development
Role of Financial System and Macroeconomic Stability; Reforming Financial Systems; Fiscal Policy
for Development; International Debt Crisis and the Developing Countries.
Unit-V
Economic Development and Institutions
Markets and Market Failure; The Washington Consensus; Role of State in Economic Development:
State Capacity and State Failure; Issues of Good Governance; Development Planning: Rationale,
Types and Process of Planning.
Basic Reading List:

� Behrman, S. and T.N. Srinivasan (1995), Handbook of Development Economics, Vol. 3,
Elsevier, Amsterdam.
� Bhagwati, J. and P. Desai (1970), India: Planning for Industrialization, Oxford University
Press, London.
� Brown, M. (1966), On the Theory and Measurement of Technical Change, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, Mass.
� Chakravarti, S. (1982), Alternative Approaches to the Theory of Economic Growth, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Chakravarti, S. (1987), Development Planning: The Indian Experience, Clarendon Press,
Oxford.
� Chenery, H. and T.N. Srinivasan (Eds.) (1989), Handbook of Development Economics, Vols. 1
& 2, Elsevier, Amsterdam.
� Dasgupta, P. (1993), An Enquiry into Well-being and Destitution, Clarendon Press, Oxford.
� Ghatak, S. (1986), An Introduction to Development Economics, Allen and Unwin, London.
� Gillis, M., D.H. Perkins, M. Romer and D.R. Snodgrass (1992), Economics of Development,
(3rd Edition), W.W. Norton, New York.
� Grossman, G. and E. Helpman (1991), Innovation and Growth in the Global Economy, MIT
Press, Cambridge, Mass.
� Higgins, B. (1959), Economic Development, W.W. Norton, New York.
� Hirschman, A.O. (1958), The Strategy of Economic Development, Yale University Press, New
York.
� Kindleberger, C.P. (1977), Economic Development, (3rd Edition), McGraw Hill, New York.
� Lewis, W.A. (1955), The Theory of Economic Growth, George Allen and Unwin, London.
� Meier, G.M. and J.E.Rauch (2005), Leading Issues in Economic Development, (8th Edition),
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Nayyar, D. (Ed.) (1994), Industrial Growth and Stagnation: The Debate in India, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Sen,A. (1983), Poverty and Famines, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
� Sen, A.K.(Ed.) (1990), Growth Economics, Penguin, Harmondsworth.
� Sen, A. (1992), Inequality Reexamined, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
� Todaro, M.P. and S.C. Smith (2003), (8th Edition), Economic Development, Pearson
Education, Delhi.
� Thirlwal, A.P. (1999), (6th Edition), Growth and Development, Macmillan, U.K.
10 (1690)

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper-410 (Option- i)
ECONOMETRICS –II
10 (1691)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and fifth question may be selected from any unit
Unit - I
Auto Regressive and Distributed lag Models- Koyak Model, Partial Adjust Model, Adaptive
Expectations; Problem of Autocorrelation. Almon Approach to distributed- lag model;
Causality tests; Granger and Sim’s Test
Unit – II
Dummy Variable Technique- Testing Structural Stability of Regression Models, Comparing
two regressions, interaction effects, seasonal analysis, piecewise linear Regression. Use of
dummy variables, regression with dummy dependent variables; The LPM , Logit Probit and
Tobit Models.
Unit – III
Methods of Estimating Simultaneous Equation System; Recursive Methods and OLS; Indirect Least
Squares (ILS), Instrumental Variables (IV) 2SLS and 3SLS Methods.
Unit – IV
Time Series ; Stationarity, Unit Roots, Co-Integration- Spurious Regression, Dicky Fuller Test,
Engel Granger Test, Random Walk Model, Error Correction Mechanism
Unit – V
Forecasting with ARIMA and VAR Models-Box Jenkins Methodology, Vector Auto Regression
(VAR)
Panel Data Techniques- Random Coefficients Model; Fix effects model, random effects model.
Basic Reading List:
� Amemiya, T. (1985), Advanced Econometrics, Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass.
� Baltagi, B.H. (1988), Econometrics, Springer, New York.
� Goldberger, A.S. (1998), Introductory Econometrics, Oxford University Press, New York.
� Gujarati, D.N. (1995), Basic Econometrics (2 nd Edition) MC Graw Hill New Delhi.
� Intrilligator, M.D. (1978), Econometric Methods, Techniques and Applications, Prentice Hall
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
� Johnson J. (1991), Econometric Methods, MCGraw Hall Book Co. London
� Kmenta J. (1998), Elements of Econometrics, University of Michigan Press, NewYork

� Koutsoyiannis, A. (1977), Theory of Econometrics, The Macmillan Press Ltd. London
� Maddala G.S.(Ed) (1993), Econometric Methods and application, Aldershot U.K.
� Pindyck R.S. and D.L. Rubinfield (1976), Econometric Models and Economic Forecasts,
MCGraw Hill Kogakusha Tokyo
� Theil H. (1981), Introduction to Econometrics, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
M.A. (4th Semester)
Paper-410 (Option-ii)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
HISTORY OF MODERN ECONOMICS - II
(Contribution of Nobel Laureates in Economics)
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Solow, Robert M.
Leontief, Wassily W.
Koopmans C. Tjalling
Myrdel, Gunnar
Meade, James E.
Ohlin, Bertil
Mundell, Robert A.
Basic Reading List:
Unit-I
Unit-II
Unit-III
Unit-IV
Unit-V
� Allais, M. (1978), Contributions to Economic Science.
� Solow, R.M. (1970), Growth Theory: An Exposition, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
� Meade, J.E. (1951 and 1955), The Theory of International Economic Policy, Vols. I & III,
Duckwoth, London.
� Mundell, R.A. (1971), Monetary Theory, W.W. Norton, New York.
� Ohlin, B. (1933), Interregional and International Trade, Harvard University Press, Cambridge,
Mass.
10 (1692)

M.A. 4 TH Sem.
Paper-410 (Option-iii)
10 (1693)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF AGRICULTURE-II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Preamble
The Objective of this course is to provide a detailed treatment of issues in agricultural
economics to those intending to specialize in this area. Its objective is to familiarize students
with policy issues that are relevant to Indian agricultural economics and enable them to analyze
the issues, using basic micro-economic concepts.
Unit 1
Diversification of Rural Economic Activities
Live stock economics- livestock resources and their productivity; White revolution; Fishery and
poultry, Bee-keeping, Agro-Forestry, Horticulture, and Floriculture; Development of Agro-based
industries.
.
Unit 2
Agricultural Production and Productivity
Agricultural production- Resource use and efficiency; Production function analyses in agriculture;
Factor combination and resource substitution; Cost concepts and cost curves; Size of farm and laws of
returns; Supply curves; Supply response of individual crops and aggregate supply.
Unit 3
.
Rural Finance
Role of capital and rural credit; Organized and unorganized capital market; Rural savings and capital
formation; Characteristics and sources of rural credit- Institutional and non institutional;
Reorganization of rural credit- cooperatives, commercial banks, regional rural banks; Role of
NABARD.
Unit 4
Models of Agriculture Development:
Lewis theory of Unlimted supplies of labour,Schultz’s Transformation of traditional agriculture
,Jorgenson’s Model of development of Dual economy,Fie and ranis Model of economic growth,
Mellor’s Model of Agriculture Development,Todaro’s Model of Rural Urban migration and
Unemployment and Boserup Model of Agriculture development.

Unit 5
.
Agricultural and External Sector
International trade in agricultural commodities; Issues in liberalization of domestic and international
trade in agriculture- Nature and features of agri-business; Globalization of Indian economy; Problems
and prospects of Indian agriculture; Impact of World Trade Organization on Indian agriculture.
Basic Reading List
� Bilgrami, S.A.R. (1996), Agricultural Economics, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.
� Dantwala, M.L. et. al (1991), Indian Agricultural Development Since Independence, Oxford &
IBH, New Delhi.
� Gulati, A. and T. Kelly (1999), Trade Liberalisation and Indian Agriculture, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
� Joshi, P.C. (1975), Land Reforms in India: Trends and Prospects, Allied Publishers, Bombay.
� Rudra, A. (1982), Indian Agricultural Economics: Myths and Reality, Allied Publishers, New
Delhi.
Additional Reading List
� Meier, G.M. (1995), Leading Issues in Economic Development, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi.
� Soni, R.N. (1995), Leading Issues in Agricultural Economics, Arihant Press, Jalandhar.
� Harque, T. and A.S. Sirohi (1986), Agrarian Reforms and Institutional Changes in India, Concept
Publishing Company, Delhi.
� Raghvan and L. Sarkar (Eds.)(1996), Poverty and Employment, New Age, New Delhi.
� VIsaria, P. and R. Basant (1994), Non-Agricultural Employment in India: Trends and Prospects,
Sage Publications, New Delhi.
� Rao, C.H. Hanumantha (1994), Agricultural Growth, Rural Poverty and Environmental
Degradation in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
10 (1694)

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper-410 (Option-iv)
WELFARE ECONOMICS - II
10 (1695)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Infinite number of non-comparable optima vs. unique social optimum; Compensation criteria –
Contributions of Barone, Kaldor and Hicks.
Unit-II
The Scitovsky double criterion; Concept of Community indifference map, Samuelson’s utility
possibility curve
Unit-III
Value judgements and welfare economics
Bergson’s social welfare function, Arrow’s possibility theorem.
Unit-IV
Divergence between private and social costs; Problems of non-market interdependence; Externalities
of production and consumption; External economies and diseconomies; Problem of public goods;
Pigovian welfare economics;
Unit-V
Second-best optima; Marginal cost pricing; Cost-benefit analysis; Interdependent utilities; Attempts of
develop dynamic welfare analysis.
Basic Reading List
� Baumo, W.J. (ed.) (2001), Welfare Economics, Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd., U.K.
� Broadway, R.W. and N. Bruce (1984), Welfare Economics, Basil Blackwell, Oxford.
� Pigou, A.C. (1962), The Economics of Welfare (4 th Edition), Macmillan.
Additional Reading List
� Hicks, J.R. (1956), A Revision of Demand Theory, Clarendon Press, Oxford.
� Little, I.M.D. (1949), The Foundations of Welfare Economics, Oxford Economic Papers, Vol. 1.

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper-410 (Option-v)
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS - II
10 (1696)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Recent trends in Indian industrial growth;
Progress and Problems of some major industries in India-Textile, Sugar, Iron and Steel, Cement.
Unit-II
Regional industrial growth in India; Industrial economic concentration and remedial measures;
Development of Cottage and small scale industries.
Unit-III
Industrial Finance; Sources of short term and long term finance;
Industrial Financial Institutions: Role and functioning in India;
Corporate securities; Ownership and creditor-ship securities.
Unit-IV
Structure of Industrial labour; Employment dimensions of Indian Industry;
Industrial legislation – Industrial Disputes Act and Factories Act.
Unit-V
Industrial relations – Worker’s participation in management and Collective Bargaining; Exit policy and
social security; Second National Commission on labour.
Basic Reading List
� Ahluwalia, I.J. (1985), Industrial Growth in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Barthwal, R.R. (2000), Industrial Economics, Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi.
� Cherunilam, F. (1994), Industrial Economics: Indian Perspective (3 rd Edition), Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai.
� Desai, B. (1999), Industrial Economy in India (3 rd Edition), Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.
� Government of India, Economic Survey (Annual).
� Kuchhal, S.C. (1980), Industrial Economy of India (5 th Edition), Chaitanya Publishing House,
Allahbad.

� Reserve Bank of India, Report on Currency and Finance (Annual).
� Arun Monappa- Industrial Relations,Tata Mcgraw Hill,1997
� C.S. Venkata Ratnam-Industrial Relations ,Oxford University Press,2008
� Desai B.- Indutrial Economy in India,Himalaya Publishing House,1999
� Mishra &Puri-Indian Economy, Himalaya Publishing House ,2008
� Ratna Sen-Industrial Relations in India Shifting Paradigms,Mcmillan,2005
� Website of Labour Ministry (Government of India)
�
Additional Reading List
� Bains, J.S. (1996), Industrial Organization, Cheltanham, U.K.
� Harndeen, J.B. (1975), The Economics of Corporate Economy, Dunellen Publishers, New York.
� Kemien, M.T. and N.L. Schwartz (1982), Market Structure and Innovation, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
� Bagchi, A. and M. Banerjee (Eds.) (1979), Change and Choice in Indian Industry, Bagchi
Publications, Calcutta.
� Kelkar, V.L. and V.V. Bhnoji Rao (Eds.) (1996), India Development Policy Imperatives, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Brahmananda, P.R. and V.R. Panchmukhi (Eds.) (1987), The Development Process of the Indian
Economy, Himalaya Publishing, Bombay.
� Chakravarty, S. (1987), Development Planning: The Indian Experience, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi.
� Joshi, V. and I.M.D. Little (1999), India: Macro Economics and Political Economy: 1964-1991,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Jalan, B. (1996), India’s Economy Policy, Viking, New Delhi.
� Sen, R. and B. Chatterjee (2001), Indian Economy: Agenda for the 21 st Century (Essays in honour
of Professor P.R. Brahmananda), Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
� Mamoria and Mamoria (2000), Dynamics of Industrial Relations in India (15 th Edition), Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai.
� Chandra, Prasanna (1995), Projects: Planning Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
10 (1697)

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper-410 (Option-vi)
10 (1698)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Financial Markets and Institutions-II
Note: -Ten questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidates will be required to
attempt five questions, selecting one question each from any four units and the fifth question
may be selected from any unit.
Indian Money Market
Unit-I
Meaning, Nature, Functions and Constituents of Indian Money Market; Defects and
Suggestions to Improve Indian Money Market; Recent Developments in Indian Money Market
and its various instruments.
Unit-II
Banking System
Evolution, Meaning and Functions of Banking; Types of Banks; Commercial Banks,
Development Banks and Merchant Banks; Portfolio Management by Commercial Banks;
Reforms in the Banking Sector.
Unit-III
Insurance Market
Introduction, Definition and Principles of Insurance; Kinds of Insurance-Life Insurance and
General Insurance; Rationale for opening up of the Insurance to Private Sector; Growth and
Development of Insurance business with special reference to India; Emerging Scenario in
Insurance Sector.
Unit-IV
Foreign Exchange Market
Structure and Participants; Foreign Exchange Rate; Fixed and Floating Exchange Rates;
Forward Exchange Market and its Functions; International Liquidity, International Banking;
International Monetary and Payment System.
Financial Institutions
Unit-V
Merchant Bankers; Mutual Funds; Credit Unions; Savings and Loan Associations; Pension
Funds; Finance Company; Investment Trusts, Common Trusts Fund

Basic Reading List
� Bhole, L.M. (1999), Financial Institutions and Markets, Tata McGraw Hill Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
� Bhole, L.M. (2000), Indian Financial System, Chugh Publications, Allahbad.
� Johnson, H.J. (1993), Financial Institutions and Markets, McGraw Hill, New York.
� Machiraju, M.R. (1999), Indian Financial Systems, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
� Ohlson, J.A. (1987), The Theory of Financial Markets and Institutions, North Holland, Amsterdam.
� Prasad, K.N. (2001), Development of India’s Financial System, Sarup & Sons, New Delhi.
� Smith, P.F. (1978), Money and Financial Intermediation: The Theory and Structure of Financial
System, Prentice Hall, Englewood-Cliffs, New Jersey.
Additional Reading List
� Chandra, P. (1997), Financial Markets, (4 th Edition), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
� Machiraju, H.R. (1997), International Financial Markets in India, Wheeler Publishing, Allahbad.
� Fenstermaker, J.V. (1969), Readings in Financial Markets and Institutions, Appleton, New York.
� Gupta, S.B. (1983), Monetary Economics, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi.
� Bhatt, R.S. (1996), Unit Trust of India and Mutual Funds: A Study, UTI Institute of Capital
Markets, Mumbai.
� Sahadevan, K.G. and M.T. Thiripalraju (1997), Mutual Funds, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
� Goss, B.A. and B.S. Yamey (1978), The Economics of Futures Trading, Macmillan,
London.
� Gupta, L.C. (Ed.) (1999), India’s Financial Markets and Institutions, Society for Capital Research
and Development, Delhi.
� Crocker, A. (1982), International Money; Issues and Analysis, The English Language Book
Society, Nelson, London.
� Niehans, J. (1994), International Monetary Economics, John Hopkins University Press, New York.
� Attri, V. N. and Verma Neera (1995), Financial Liberalization and Economic Growth in
Developing Countries with special reference to India, Unpublished UGC, Major Project.
10 (1699)

M.A. (4 th Semester)
Paper- 410 (Option-vii)
10 (1700)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
ECONOMICS OF GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT - II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and the fifth question may be selected from any unit.
Unit-I
Wage differential in female activities; Determinants of wage differentials; gender, education, skill,
productivity, efficiency, opportunity; Structure of wages across regions and economic sectors.
Unit-II
Impact of technological development and modernization on women’s work participation in general and
in various sectors such as agriculture, non-agriculture rural activities, small and cottage industries and
organized industry
Unit-III
Female activities and ecological and environmental concern: the two way relationship - Role of new
technologies for helping women – Provision of information and training for simple harvesting of
economic services.
Unit-IV
Social security of women entitlements, ensuring economic independence and risk coverage, access to
credit and insurance markets; Role of voluntary organizations, self help groups in providing social
security; Labour market biases and gender discrimination; effectiveness of collective bargaining.
Unit-V
Review of legislation for women’s entitlements, protection of property rights, social security. Gender
and development indices; Mainstreaming gender into development policies; Gender-planning
techniques; Gender sensitive governance.
Basic Reading List
� Boserup E. (1970), Women’s Role in Economic Development, George Allen and Unwin, London.
� Desai, N. and M.K. Raj (Eds.) (1979), Women and Society in India, Research Center for Women
Studies, SNDT University, Bombay
� Government of India (1974), Towards Equality – Report of the Committee on the Status of Women
in India, Department of Social Welfare, Ministry of Education and Social Welfare, New Delhi.

� Krishnaraj, M., R.M. Sudarshan and A. Shariff (1999), Gender, Population and Development,
Oxford University Press, New Delhi.
� Seth, M. (2000), Women and Development: The Indian Experience, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
� Srinivasan K. and A. Shariff (1998), India: Towards Population and Development Goals, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
� Venkateswaran S. (1995), Environment, Development and the Gender Gap, Sage Publications,
New Delhi.
� Wazir, R. (2000), The Gender Gap in Basic Education: NGOs as Change Agents, Sage
Publications, New Delhi.
10 (1701)

M.A. (Previous) IVth Sem.
Paper- 410 (VIII) Opt.
10 (1702)
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 100
External : 80
Internal : 20
Economic History of ASEAN, China, South Korea and Japan- II
Note: Ten Questions will be set in all, two from each Unit. The candidate will be required to attempt
five questions, selecting one each from four units and fifth questions may be selected from any unit.
Unit – I
Contemporary Economic History: East ASEAN Economic Development, Globalization and Economic
Development in East Asia; Dictatorship and Democratizations in South East Asia, Sustainable
Development in South East Asia globalization and Social Change in South East Asia; China Can not
be Global Locomotive but it must adjust.
Unit – II
Economic Reforms and Their impact on: Agriculture Industry and Service Sector in ASEAN, China,
South Korea and Japan.
Unit – III
Trade Development Strategies: Export Promotion Versus Import Substitution in ASEAN, China, South
Korea and Japan; Lessons for India. Trade Reforms and Their impact on Balance of Payment;
Employment and National Income; Foreign Direct Investment, Exchange Rate Developments; and
Issues related with East Asian Financial Crises.
Unit – IV
Trade and investment and Monetary Cooperation: Forging an integrated Asia-Pacific Region. Welfare
Gains from Regional Economic Integration in Asia: ASEAN, China, South Korea and Japan and or
East Asia. Monetary and Financial Cooperation in Asia; Reducing Global Imbalances and Accelerating
Growth: Role of Regional Financial Cooperation in Asia.
Unit – V
Regional Cooperation for Energy Security: Asian Energy outlook to 2020: Trends; Regional
Cooperation for Asian Energy Security. Climate change and Asian Economic Development. India’s
role in Asian Economic Community; East Asia Summit. European Union, NAFTA, MURCUR, APEC,
SAARC- their Historical Perspective and Impact on Asian Economic Integration.

Reading List:
1. ‘Reshaping the Asia Pacific Economic Order”, by Hadi Soesastro, Christopher Charles Findley,
2006, 286 P.
2. “Institutional Balancing in the Asia Pacific: economic” by Kaithe 2009, P. 209.
3. “China and World Economy” by Zhouggno she hui ke Xue Yawn shi jie juia ji, 2002.
4. “Strategic consequences of India’s Economic Essays” by Sanjay Baru published in 2006.
5. “A New look at the US-China-Japan Triangle” Toward Building a Stable Framework” Asian
Perspectives, Vol. 27, No3, 2003, PP 177-219 by Yoshihide Soeya, Jianweiwang and David A
Weleh.
6. “The Economic History of Korea” by Myung soo Cha, Yeunguam University. EH. Net
Encyclopedia.
7. “Economic Growth and Democratization in North East Asia, Part I & II.
8. “The Rise of China and its effectson Taiwan, Japan and South Korea” US Policy choices, Jan.
2006 Dick K Nanto.
9. “America and Japan Approach a Rising China” by Dan Blumenthal, Dec. 2006.
10. “Look East: India’s Economic ties with Japan, South Korea, China, 3 Dec. 2009.
11. “China, Japan and South Korea to consider Free trade Pact” Oct. 11, 2009 MYT.
10 (1703)

M.Sc. Honrs Five years
SCHEME OF COURSE AS REVISED ON 12/JULY/2011
(T = Theory Course, IA=Internal Assessment, P = Practical Course)
Semester – 1(July-December)
Course
No.
Nomenclature of the
Total Marks Periods per week
paper T IA P T P
101E Micro-economics-1 80 20 6
102E Macro economics-1 80 20 6
103E Mathematics for
Economists-1
104E Fundamentals of
Computer-1
80 20 6
50 20 30 3 3
105E Communication skills 80 20 6
Grand Total =500
Semester – 2(January-June)
Course
No.
Nomenclature of the
Total Marks Periods per week
paper T IA P T P
201-E Micro-economics-II 80 20 6
202-E Macro-economics-II 80 20 6
203-E Mathematics for
Economists-II
204-E Fundamentals of
computer-II
205-E Basic Accounting for
economists
80 20 6
50 20 30 3 3
80 20 6
10 (1704)
Grand Total =500

SYLLABI
(Semester-1)
//////////////////////////////////////////
101-E Micro-economics-I
10 (1705)
External Marks: 80
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain eight short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions
selecting one from each unit. All questions carry equal marks
Unit-I Introduction: Definition & nature of economics; Basic
Problems of an economy
Fundamental economic Principles: Incremental principle,
Marginal Principle, Opportunity cost principle, Time
Value of Money
Unit-II Consumer Behaviour-law of equi-marginal
utility; Indifference Curve analysis, Consumer Equilibrium,
Revealed Preference, Law of Demand, Elasticity of
Demand
Unit-III Theory of Production-cost& revenue concepts, law of
Supply& elasticity of supply; Isoquants &least-cost
Combination. Laws of returns& economies of scale
Unit-IV Markets-firm’s equilibrium in Perfect competition,
Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition

Suggested Readings
Henderson J.and Quandt R.E(1980):Micro-economic Theory: A Mathematical
Approach;McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
Koutsoyiannis A.(1990): Modern Microeconomics, Macmillan.
Batch G.L.(1977) :Economics Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi.
Heathfield&Wibe(1987):An Introduction to Cost&Production
Functions;Macmillan,London.
Samuelson P.A,and Nordham,W.D(1998):Economics,Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi.
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
102-E Macro-economics-I
10 (1706)
External Marks: 80
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain eight short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions
selecting one from each unit. All questions carry equal marks
Unit-I Nature and scope of macroeconomics:– Introduction to Macro-economic
data –circular flow of income- definitions of gross domestic product, gross and net
national product, national and personal income, methods of national income accounting.
Unit-II Theories of Employment:,Classical Theory of Employment, Say’s Law of
Markets ,Keynesian Theory of Employment.
Unit-III Consumption function: psychological law of consumption; Absolute
income hypothesis, Life cycle hypothesis and Permanent income hypothesis

Unit-IV Investment-types,determinants of Investment; MEC and Rate and Rate of
Interest and the concept of Multiplier – Accelerator – Applicability of the Keynesian
theory to the developing countries.
Suggested Readings
Samuelson P.A,and Nordham,W.D(1998):Economics,Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi
Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair:Principles of Macroeconomics, Publisher: Prentice Hall
Edward Shapiro:Macroeconomic Analysis
Gardner Ackley :Macroeconomic Theory
Rana&Verma: Macro-economics Analysis
Mankiw N.G: Macroeconomics (Worth Publishers), 5th Edition, 2. Dornbusch, Fisher
and Startz: Macroeconomics (Tata McGraw-Hill), 9th Edition.
Bernanke and Abel: Macroeconomics, 4th Edition
Blanchard: Macroeconomics (Pearson Education), 4th Edition.
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
103-E Mathematics for Economists-I
10 (1707)
External Marks: 80
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain eight short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions
selecting one from each unit. All questions carry equal marks
Unit-I Conecpts of set,set operations,Matrices- types,addition,multiplication of
Matrices,Inverse of matrix,applications of sets&matrices in economics

Unit-II Functions&limits&continuity.Differentiation,simple derivatives&their
economic applications
Unit-III Partial&total derivatives,economic applications;Maxima&minima of
functions,economic application of unconstrained&constrained maxima&
Minima
Unit-IV Linear Programming,Input-output analysis,Game Theory
Suggested Readings
AC Chaing,K Wainwright: Fundamental Methods of mathematical economics,McGraw-
Hill Publishing co.
Sydsaeter K,Hammond.P.J(2002): Mathematics for economic analysis,Pearson
Education Asia,Delhi
Henderson J.and Quandt R.E(1980): Micro-economic Theory:A Mathematical
Approach;McGraw-Hill,New Delhi
Jain TR,Aggarwal SC,Rana,RK: Basic Mathematics for Economists,VK
Publications,Delhi
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
104-E Fundamentals of Computers-I
10 (1708)
External Marks: 50(Theory)
External Marks: 30 (Practical)
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours (for theory and practical each)
Note:Paper-setter will set Nine questions in all. Question no. one will be
compulsory which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain five short answer

type Questions. Students are required to attempt four Questions from the
remaining eight questions.All questions carry equal marks
Fundamentals of Computer:Model of a digital computer, functioning of a digital
computer, Historical evolution of computers, classification of computers, Human
being vs computer, Input/Output devices. Storage devices, types of software,
Application and system software and its functions, time-sharing,
multiprocessing, application of computers in commerce, marketing, education
and management.
Introduction to Windows : Type of windows, windows as an operating systems,
windows explorer, using clipboard, using paintbrush, control panel, installing a printer.
Suggested Readings
Dixit J.B: Computer Fundamentals by P.K. Sinha. B.P.B. publications, New Delhi
Kush,Ashwani and Bharat Bhushan: Basics of Computer, Luxmi
Publications,Rohtak
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
105-E Communication Skills
10 (1709)
External Marks: 80
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain eight short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions. All
questions carry equal marks

Unit-I
Introduction-Business Communication:Basic Forms of communicating,Communication
models&processes,Effective communication,Theories of Communication;Audience
Analysis
Unit-II
Self-development&communication:development of positive personal attitudes,SWOT
analysis:Votes Model of independence;Whole communication;Body
Language:kinesics,Proxemics,Para-language.Effective listening:Principles of effective
listening;Factors affecting listening;Exercise-oral,written&video sessions
Unitr-III
Corporate communication:formal&informal communication network,Business
miscommunication(barriers),Improving communication,Practices in business
communication;Group discussions;Mock Interviews;Seminars;Effective listening
exercises;Individual&group presentation;Report writing&its contents
Unit-IV
Modern Forms of communication:e-mail,Fax,sms,Video-conferencing
Suggested Readings
(1) Bovee&Thill:Business communication Today,Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi
(2) Ronald E.Dulek and John S Fielder:Principles of Business
Communication;McMilllan Publishing company,London
(3) Randall E. Magors:Business Communication;Harper&Row,New York
(4) Webster Guide to Effective Letter-writing,Harper&Row,New York
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
10 (1710)

SYLLABI
(Semester-2)
///////////////////////////////////
201-E Micro-economics-II External Marks: 80
10 (1711)
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain eight short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions
selecting one from each unit. All questions carry equal marks
Unit-I Theory of Factor Pricing-Marginal Productivity theory,
Modern theory,Rent,wage,profit&interest
Unit-II Goals of the firm-Baumol,Marris&Williamson’s Model
Unit-III Forms of Imperfect competition:Duopoly-Cournot’s
Model,Oligopoly- Collusive&non-collusive:
Reaction curves, Kinked Demand Model,Theory of games
model,Cartels
Unit-IV Partial&General Equilibrium-Walras model,Leontieff Input
Output analysis,Theory of Games,Cobweb model
Suggested Readings
(1)Henderson J.and Quandt R.E(1980):Micro-economic Theory:A Mathematical
Approach;McGraw-Hill,New Delhi
(2)Koutsoyiannis A.(1990): Modern Microeconomics,Macmillan
(3)Batch G.L.(1977) :Economics Prentice Hall of India,New Delhi

(4)Heathfield&Wibe(1987):An Introduction to Cost&Production
Functions;Macmillan,London
Samuelson P.A,and Nordham,W.D(1998):Economics,Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
202-E
Macro-economics-II
10 (1712)
External Marks: 80
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain eight short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions
selecting one from each unit. All questions carry equal marks
Unit-I Aggregate demand, aggregate supply and the price level: the aggregate demand
curve; short and long run aggregate supply curves; the aggregate demand-aggregate
supply model and its applications to the determination of the price level and real
income, and demand management policy; the neo-classical (Solow) growth model.
Unit-II Fluctuations in Value of money:Inflation-Concept,types-Demand pull,and
Cost-push,Measurement of Inflation(price-index),Philips Curve,Policy-
measures;Deflation-nature,causes,and policy-measures

Unit-III Rate of Interest:Classical,Keynesian and IS-LM Analysis, IS – LM Model
:commodity market equilibrium and the IS curve, money market equilibrium and the
LM curve,macroeconomic equilibrium and the adjustment process: Monetary&Fiscal
Policy co-ordination
Unit-IV Trade Cycles-nature,characeristics and theories of trade cycles-
Hicks,Samuelson and Kaldor;Policy-measures
Suggested Readings
Samuelson P.A,and Nordham,W.D(1998):Economics,Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi
Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair:Principles of Macroeconomics, Publisher: Prentice Hall
Edward Shapiro:Macroeconomic Analysis
Gardner Ackley :Macroeconomic Theory
Soumen Sikdar: Principles of Macroeconomics (Oxford university Press), 1st Edition
Rana&Verma: Macro-economics Analysis
RD Gupta: Keynes&Post-Keynes
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
10 (1713)

203-E Mathematics for Economists-II
10 (1714)
External Marks: 80
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain eight short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions
selecting one from each unit. All questions carry equal marks
Unit-I Analytical geometry-Equation of straight line,circle,conic sections;
Economic applications
Unit-II Series&sequences:Arithmetic,Geometric,Harmonic
progressions,Convergence.Economic applications
Unit-III Integration-rules of integration,by parts,and by substitution,by partial
fractions,integration of logarithmic&exponential functions,evaluation of
areas,Economic applications
Unit-IV Differential equations-solution;homogeneous&non-homogeneous differential
equations,Exact differential equation,Economic applications
Difference equations-Solution,general&particular;Homogeneous&General linear
difference equations with constant co-efficients,economic applications

Suggested Readings
AC Chaing,K Wainwright: Fundamental Methods of mathematical economics,McGraw-
Hill Publishing co.
Sydsaeter K,Hammond.P.J(2002): Mathematics for economic analysis,Pearson
Education Asia,Delhi
Henderson J.and Quandt R.E(1980): Micro-economic Theory:A Mathematical
Approach;McGraw-Hill,New Delhi
Jain TR,Aggarwal SC,Rana,RK: Basic Mathematics for Economists,VK
Publications,Delhi
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
204-E Fundamentals of Computers-II
10 (1715)
External Marks: 50(Theory)
External Marks: 30(Practicals)
Internal Marks:20
Time: 3 hours (For theory and practical each)
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain five short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions. All
questions carry equal marks
MS-Word :Fundamentals of MS-Word, Menus, toolbars, ruler, scroll bar, creating,
editing, saving, importing and inserting files, working with frames, columns,
pictures, tables macros.

MS-Excel: Worksheet overview : Rows, Columns, cell, menus creating worksheet,
opening and saving worksheets, formatting, printing, establishing worksheet links,
tables creating and printing graphs. Macros. Using built –in-functions
Suggested Readings.
Kush,Ashwani and Bharat Bhushan: Basics of Computer, Luxmi
Publications,Rohtak
Dixit J.B: Computer Fundamentals by P.K. Sinha. B.P.B. publications, New Delhi
PRACTICAL
MS –Word
MS –Excel
Windows
Time : 3 Hours
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Syllabus205-E Basic Accounting for Economists
10 (1716)
External Marks: 80
Internal Marks: 20
Time: 3 hours
Note: Paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Question no. one will be compulsory
which will be from the entire syllabus. It will contain eight short answer type Questions.
Students are required to attempt four Questions from the remaining eight questions
selecting one from each unit. All questions carry equal marks

Unit-I Introduction:Financial accounting&book-keeping,definition,scope,nature and
significance; Accounting concepts&conventions,Double-entry system
Unit-II Journal&ledger,subsidiary books-cash,sale,purchase,return inward,return
outward,bills receivable&payable,journal proper,Inventory valuation
Unit-III Trial balance&errors,rectification of errors,Bank reconciliation
statement,Negotiable instruments
Unit-IV Preparation of Final accounts,Preparation of trading and profit&loss
account,Balance-sheet of sole proprietory business;Raising of capital by a commercial
company-Issue of shares
Suggested Readings
Patti,VP:Fundamentals of Accounting,Excel Books,New Delhi
Tulsian,PC: Fundamentals of Accounting,Tata-McGraw-Hill,New Delhi
TP Ghosh:Fundamentals of Accounting:Sultan Chand&sons,New Delhi
Maheshwari,SN,Maheshwari,SK:Fundamentals of Accounting,Vikas Publishing house.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
10 (1717)

Syllabus & Courses of Reading
M.A. Public Administration
Semester – I
Paper No. Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time
1 Administrative Theory 80+20 3 hours
2 Public Personnel Administration and Human Resource
Management.
10 (1718)
80+20 3 hours
3 Financial Administration. 80+20 3 hours
4 Organisational Behaviour Option A /
Indian Constitution ( Option B)
5 Optional Papers: Choose any one of the following: -
(a) Comparative Public Administration.
(b) Public Administration and Computer Applications.
(c) Environmental Policy and Administration
(d) Business Administration.
(e) Politics and Administration
(f) Political Theory
Semester – II
80+20 3 hours
100
Theory-60+15
Practical-25
Total= 100
80+20
3 hours
2hours
90 minutes
3 hours
Paper No. Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time
6 Organisational and Administrative Issues. 80+20 3 hours
7 Financial Management. 80+20 3 hours
8 Administrative Thought. 80+20 3 hours
9 Industrial Relations and Labour Laws. 80+20 3 hours
10 Optional Papers: Choose any one of the following:
(a) Development Administration.
(b) Management of Voluntary Agencies.
(c) Corporate Governance.
(d) Police Administration.
80+20
80+20
80+20
80+20
80+20
3 hours
3 hours
3 hours
3 hours

Paper-I: Administrative Theory
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit-I Meaning, Nature, Scope and Significance of Public Administration, Public and Private
Administration: Its Role in Developed and Developing Societies. Environmental Influences.
Unit-II Evolution of Public Administration as an independent discipline; New Public Administration;
and New Public Management Perspective. Approaches to the study of Public Administration –
Behavioural, System and Structural – Functional Approach.
Unit- III Structure of Organisation: Chief Executive – Role and Functions. Line and Staff Agencies.
Forms and Bases of Organisation, Departments, Corporations, Companies, Boards and
Commissions.
Unit –IV Accountability and Control – Concept of Accountability and Control, Legislative, Executive
and Judicial Control over Administration. Citizens and Administration.
Unit –V. Public Policy – Meaning and Relevance of Policy Making in Public Administration; Bases,
Agencies and Process of Policy Formulation and Implementation.
Books:
1. Avasthi and Maheshwari: Public Administration, Laxmi Narain Aggarwal, Agra, 1988.
2. Hoshiar Singh & Pardeep Sachdeva, Administrative Theory, Kitab Mahal, New Delhi,2005.
3. M.P. Sharma and B.L.Sadana: Public Administration in Theory and Practice, Kitab Mahal, Allahabad,
1988.
4. J.D. Straussman: Public Administration, Holt, Rinehart and Winslow, New York, 1985.
5. Mohit Bhattacharya: Public Administration, Calcutta: World Press (2 nd Ed.) 1991.
6. A.R. Tyagi, Public Administration – Principles and Practices, Delhi Atma Ram & Sons (6 th ed.) 1992.
7. S.L.Goel: Public Administration (Theory & Practice), New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications 2003
8. C.P.Bhambhari: Public Administration – Theory and Practice, Meerut, Jaiparkash Nath Publishers (ed.)
1992-93.
9. Shahib Singh & Swinder Singh: Public Financial Administration, New academic Publisher
Company, Jalandhar, 2007
10 (1719)

Paper – II: Public Personnel Administration & Human Resource Management.
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Public Personnel Administration – Concept, Nature, Scope and Significance.
Bureaucracy: Meaning, Concepts, Types, Recent Trends and its Role in Modern
Society.
Unit – II Public Personnel System in India with Reference to Civil Services: Recruitment,
Training, Promotion and Salary Administration.
Unit – III Human Resource Management: Meaning, Nature, Scope and Significance. Human
Resource Planning and Strategy. Job Analysis and Job Design.
Unit – IV Employees’ Capacity Building Strategies. Total Quality Management. Human Resource
Management and Employment Involvement. Code of Conduct, Discipline and
Grievances.
Unit – V Assessing Human Resource Management Effectiveness. Human Resource Audit.
Managing Change at Work Place. Stress Management.
Books:
1. David E. Kalinger: Public Personnel Management, IPMA, Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey, 1986.
2. India: Administrative Reforms Commission, Report on Personnel Administration, 1969.
3. C.M.Jain, Public Personnel Administration, Jaipur, College Book Depot, 2003.
4. V.M.Sinha: Personnel Administration, (English & Hindi) Jaipur, RBSA Swai Man Singh
Highway, 1985.
5. P Ghosh.: Personnel Administration, New Delhi, Sudha Publication, 1975.
6. O.Glenn Stanl: Public Personnel Administration, 7 th Ed., Oxford IBH Publication Company,
New Delhi, 1977.
7. S.L.Goel: Public Personnel Administration, New Delhi, Deep & Deep Publishers, 2004.
8. K.Aswathappa: Human Resource Management.
9. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.
10. V.S.P.Rao, Human Resource Management, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2007.
11. A.K.Singh et. Al: Human Resource Management, Sun India Publications, New Delhi, 2005.
12. C.L.Chaturvedi: Manav Sansadhan Parbandh, Shri Mahavir Book Depot, 2603, Nai Sarak,
Delhi.
13. Shahib Singh & Swinder Singh: Public Financial Administration, New academic Publisher
Company, Jalandhar, 2007.
10 (1720)

Paper – III : Financial Administration.
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Meaning, Scope, Significance of Financial Administration, Agencies involved in
Financial Administration, Budget: Concept, Principles of Budget Making.
Unit – II Budgetary Process: Formulation, Enactment and Execution, Zero Based Budgeting,
Performance Budgeting.
Unit – III Fiscal Federalism: Issues and Objectives of the Fiscal Policy, Tax Administration at
Union Level, Centre-State Financial Relations.
Unit – IV Parliamentary Financial Control Agencies: Public Accounts Committees, Estimates
Committees, Parliamentary Standing Committees. Finance Ministry: Organisation and
working.
Unit – V Accounting and Audit System: Concept, Types, Emerging Trends in Accounting
System, Role of C.A.G.
Books:
1. A. Sarapa: Public Finance in India, Kanishka Publishers Distributors, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Manjusha Shanna & O.P.Bohra: Bhartiya Lok Vitta Prashasan, Ravi Books, Delhi, 2005.
3. B.P.Tyagi: Public Finance, Meerut, Jai Prakash Nath, 1997.
4. G.S.Lal: Financial Administration in India, New Delhi, HPJ Kapoor, 1987.
5. MJK Thavaraj: Financial Administration in India, Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 1996.
6. Andley, Sundharam: Public Finance, Agra, Rattan Prakash and Mandir, 1979.
7. Ruddar Dutt & K.P.Sundharam: Indian Economy, New Delhi, S.Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
1997.
8. M.Y.Khan and P.K.Jain: Finance Management, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill 1982. 10,
R.N.Srivastave: Management of Financial Institutions, Bombay, Himalaya Publishing
House, 1988.
9. C.P.Bhambhri: Public Administration in India, Bombay, Vikas Publishing House, 1973.
10. S.L.Goel, Public Financial Administration, New Delhi, Deep & Deep Publications, 2004.
11. Dutt and Sundharam: Indian Economy, Delhi, S.Chand & Co.,2004.
10 (1721)

Paper – IV ( Optional-A) : Organisational Behaviour
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Organisational Behaviour – Concept, Nature, Determinants and Models. Relationship
between Organisational theory and Organisational Behaviour.
Unit – II Approaches to Organisational Behaviour: - Historical perspective, Scientific
Management, Behavioural, Contingency and Human-relation Approach.
Unit – III Organisational Change And Development: - Concept, Need, Resistance Change Process
and Forces of change, Organisational Development: Concept and Objectives.
Unit – IV Motivation and Behaviour: Concept and Sources, Theories of Motivations: Maslow,
MCGregor, Herzberg’s and MC Cllelland’s Theory.
Unit – V Organisational Effectiveness: - Concept, Sources, Factors affecting the Organisational
Effectiveness, Models of Effectiveness.
Books:
1. Stephen P. Robinson: Organisational Behaviour, 11 th edition, New Delhi – 110001 Prentice –
Hill of India Pvt.Ltd., 2007
2. Jit S Chandan: Organisational Behaviour, 3 rd edition, 576, Masjid Road, Jangpura, N.D., New
Delhi-1100014, Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd., 2006, , ,.
3. N.K.Sahni: Management Concept and Organisational Behaviour, 5 th edition, New Delhi, [B-15,
Sector – 8, NOIDA] Kalyani Publishers, 2007.
4. B.P.Singh & TN Chhahra: Organisational Theory and Behaviour, 3 rd edition, 1682, Nai Sarak,
Delhi – 110006, 2000.
5. Luthans F.: Organisational Behaviour, 7 th edition, New York, MC Graw Hill, 1995.
6. L.M.Prasad: Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons educational Pub.,
2001.
10 (1722)

Paper – IV ( Optional-B) : Indian Constitution
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least, two questions from each unit. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
UNIT – I
Constitutional Development and Framing of Present Constitution. Preamble, Features and Significance of
Indian Constitution.
UNIT – II
Citizen and State : Fundamental Rights; Fundamental Duties; Directive Principles of the State Policy and Rule
of Law.
UNIT – III
Parliament: Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha – Their Compositions, Functions, Powers and Relationship.
State Legislature: Vidhan Sabha and Vidhan Parishad – Their Composition, Powers, Functions and
Relationships.
UNIT – IV
Judiciary : Supreme Court and High Court – Their Organisation, Powers, Functions and Roles.
Services under the Union and States.
UNIT – V
Constitutional Amendment Process and Constitutional Amendments with special reference to 42 nd , 44 th and 52 nd
Amendments.
Books Recommended:
1. Bombwall, K.R.: Government and Politics in India, Ambala Cantt.: Modern Publications, 1981.
2. D.D. Basu: Constitutional Law of India, Bombay: Prentice Hall of India.
3. B.K. Gokhle: The constitution of India and Its Working, Meerut City: Educational Publishers.
4. Austin Granville: The Indian Constitution, Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.
5. S.C. Dube (Ed.): Public Services and Social Responsibility, New Delhi: Vikas, 1979.
6. Anurud Prasad: Centre and State Powers Under Indian Federation, New Delhi: Deep & Deep
Publications.
7. B.L. Fadia: Indian Government and Politics, Agra: Sahitya Bhawan, 1992.
8. Morris-Jones, W.H.: The Government and Politics in India, Bombay: B.I. Publishing, 1971.
9. Palmer-Norman, D.: Elections and Political Development, New Delhi: Vikas, 1976.
10. Shiva Rao: The Framing of Indian Constitution, Bombay: N.M. Tripathi & Co., 1969.
11. M.V. Pylee: Indian Constitution, Madras: Vishvanathan Publishers, 1985.
10 (1723)

Paper – V (Opt.-A): Comparative Public Administration.
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Comparative Public Administration: Concept, Nature, Scope and Significance. Public
administration and Environment.
Unit – II Approaches and Methods to the Study of CPA – Institutional, Behavioural, Structural –
Functional, Ecological and Systems Approach.
Unit – III Weber's Typology of Authority. Salient Features of Administrative Systems of UK,
USA and France and with Particular Reference to Ideal type of Bureaucratic Model.
Unit – IV Riggs Typology of Developing Societies with Particular Reference the Prismatic
Society and Sala Model. Administration of Development and Administrative
Development Problems and Prospects.
Unit – V A Study of Salient Features and Control Mechanism, of Administrative Systems in of
UK, U.S.A., France.
Books:
1. W.J. Siffin: Towards the Comparative Study of Public Administration, Indian University Press,
Bloomington, Indian 1959.
2. F. W. Riggs: Administration in Developing Countries - The Theory of Prismatic Society,
Houghton Miffen Co. Boston 1964.
3. F. Heady and Stokes: Papers in Comparative Public Administration, Institute of Public
Administration, University of Michigan USA.
4. Lucian W. Pye:" Aspects of Political Development, Amerind Pub Co. Ltd. New Delhi, 1966.
5. RJS Baker: Administrative Theory and Public Administration, London: Hutchinson & Co. Ltd.
1972.
6. W. Robson (ed.): Civil Service in England and France, Hogarth, 1956.
7. U.K. Royal Commission in the Civil Service (2 Vols.) 1953-55.
8. National Productivity Council: Personnel Management in Japan, USA and Britain, New Delhi,
NPC, 1963.
10 (1724)

Paper-V (Opt.-B): Public Administration and Computer Applications
Part – A (Theory)
Theory: 60 Time: 2 hours
Internal Assessment: 15
Note: 10 questions will be set, selecting at least 2 questions from each unit. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, at least one questions from each unit.
Unit – I Meaning, Nature, Need, Role, Evolution of Management through Information System.
Relatedness of MIS with Management Activities. Management Functions and Decision-
Making. Components of MIS with special emphasis in Reporting System, Data
Organisation, Concept of Data Base. Data and Data Processing Operation, Database vs.
Information System. Role of Computer Technology in Development and Maintenance
of MIS.
Unit – II Introduction to Computers: A General Model of Computer System: Brief description of
Various Components; Input/Output Devices; Types of Auxiliary storage, Data Storage
on different types of Media, Classification of Computers on Chronology, Size and
Architecture; Hardware vs. Software, Types of Software, Problems Solving on
Computers; Steps in Problem Solving on Computers.
Unit – III Introduction to Operating System: Objectives and functions of an Operating System;
Types of Operating System, Introduction to MS-Windows. Introduction to Word
Processing, Word Processing Concepts; General Characteristics of Word Processing
packages; Using MS Word.
Unit –IV Introduction to Spread Sheet: Data Organisation Concepts; Using MS-Excel, Data
Organization Concepts, Graphs & Charts, Various Types of Functions like Statistical,
Mathematical & Financial Function etc. Creating Spread-Sheets on the basis of Simple
Formulas.
Unit – V Computer Application in Public Administration with Special Reference to Record
Keeping, Research and Communication, concept, opportunities and challenges of
electronic governance, case study of Haryana govt. web portal. Using electronic mail
for communication and Internet for searching information.
Part (b) Practical
Max. Marks: 25
10 (1725)
Time: 90 minutes
Working with MS-Windows: Desktop, Task Bar, My Computer, My Documents, Control Panel, etc.
Word Processing with MS Word: Creating, editing, formatting, viewing and printing documents
with MS-Word, Using Insert, Tools and Table Menus of MS-Word.

MS-Excel Spreadsheet: Entering/filling data in worksheets, working with different views, various
toolbars of MS Excel, Graphs & Charts in MS-Excel, Using Various Types of Functions like
Statistical, Mathematical & Financial Function etc., Using Format, Tools and Data menus in Excel.
Working with Internet, World Wide Web and e-Mail, Study of e-governance ventures of various
state governments and union govt.
Books Recommended:
1. Gear, C. Williams: Computer Organisation and Programming with an Emphasis on Personal
Computer (IV Ed.), New York, McGraw Hill 1986.
2. P.K.Sinha, Computer Fundamentals, BPB, 3rd Ed.
3. R.K. Taxali: PC Software Made Simple, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Saxena & Steyer: Basic principles of Data Processing.
5. Murdic, Ross, Management Information System, Prentice Hall of India, latest Edition
6. P.K.Sinha, Foundations of Computing, BPB
7. S.K.Bajendra, Computer Today, Galgotia Publishers.
10 (1726)

Paper – V (Opt.-C): Environmental Policy and Administration.
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Environment Meaning, Component, Eco-system, Ecology and Biosphere. Environment
Problems, Environmental Pollution: Causes and factors.
Unit – II Environmental Policy in India. Constitutional provisions Relating to Environmental
Protection.
Unit – III Environment Laws and Planning- in India.
Unit – IV Air Quality Management, Pollution Control, Pollution and Eco-System.
Unit – V Environment Control Administrative Machinery at the National, State and District
Level.
Books:
1. Hoshiar Singh (ed.): Environment Policy and Administration, Jaipur, Printwell Publishers,
1992.
2. Shyam Divan & Annin Rosenerang: Environmental Law and Policy in India, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Shekhar Singh (ed.): Environmental Policy in India, New Delhi, IIPA 1984.
4. India, NCEP: Draft Report of the State of the Environment, Delhi, December 1981.
5. O.P.Dwivedi, India: Pollution Control Policy and Programmes, International Review of
Administrative Sciences, vol. XLIII, Nos. 2, 1977.
6. S.C. Bhatia (ed.): Papers in Environmental Education, Indian University Association for
Continuing Education, 1981.
7. A.K. Sharma and A. Sharma (ed.): Impact of the Development of Science and Technology on
Environment, Indian Science Congress Association, 1981.
8. Desh Bandhu: Environmental Management, Indian Environmental Society, 1981.
9. UNESCO: "Environmental Education in Asia and the Pacific" Bulletin of the UNESCO
Regional Office for Education in Asia and the Pacific 1981.
10. H.N.Tiwari: Environmental Law, Allahabad Law Agency, Faridabad, 2001.
11. V.N. Srivastava & B.P. Rai, Environment and Ecology, Vasundra Publications, Gorakhpur,
1998
12. Report of the Committee for Recommending Legislative Measures and Administrative
Machinery for Ensuring Environmental Protection, Department of Science and Technology,
1980.
10 (1727)

Paper – V (Opt.-D): Business Administration.
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Administrative Process in Business: Basic Concepts – Business, Industry, Trade, Commerce,
Management and Administration. Importance of Scientific Management in Developed and
Developing Economies.
Unit – II Administrative Tasks in Business Enterprises: Planning, Organising, Implementing,
Coordinating and Controlling, Goals and Policy Formulation.
Unit – III Mechanics of Organising a new Business Enterprise: Forms of Organisation, Nature of
Business, Plant Location and Lay-out, Capital Budgeting and Financial.
Unit – IV Process of Decision-Making in Business Organisation: Identification of Problem, Search for
Alternative Solutions, Comparative Analysis of Alternatives and The Final Choice. Business
Communication: Basic Forms and Models.
Unit – V Production: Concept, Elements of Production Management. Planning and Control. Marketing:
Concept, Elements of Marketing Management with Special Reference to Sales Promotion.
Books:
1. S.S.Khera: Government in Business, Delhi, National, 1977.
2. Samuel Paul: Managing Development Programmes: The Lessions of Succes, Boulder, West
view, 1982.
3. James C.Van: Financial Management and Policy (New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India).
4. D.J.Aggrwala: Management Principles, Practices, Techniques, Deep and Deep Pub., New
Delhi.
5. K.R.P.Singh: Organisation and Management of Public Enterprises, Deep and Deep Pub., Delhi.
6. Pfiffner & Sherwood: Administrative Organisation (New Delhi, 1968).
7. Peter F.Drucker: Management Tasks, Responsibilities, Select Chapters, Bombay, 1974,
Practices.
8. Amitai Etzioni: Modern Organisations (Prentice Hall of India, 1972).
9. A.R.Palit: An Outcome of Materials Management (Bombay) Academic Book Ltd.
10. Philip Kotler: Marketing Management – Analysis: Planning and Control, New Delhi, Prentice
Hall of India, 1976.
11. Edward W.Condiff Richard R., Still Normal A., V.Govoni: Fundamentals of Modern
Marketing (New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 1974).
12. R.A.Bilas: Micro-Economic Theory, McGraw Hill, New York, 1971.
13. A.R.C.Govt. of India: Report on Public Sector Undertakings, Oct.1967.
10 (1728)

Paper: V (E) Politics and Administration
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least, two questions from each unit. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
UNIT – I
Approaches to the Study of Political System – Structural Functional and System Approach. Political System, Its
Concept, Common Properties of Political System. The Concept of Political Culture and Models of Political
System.
UNIT – II
Political Systems of Developing Countries – Important Features with special reference to India and Nepal.
Political Parties, Pressure Groups and Concept of Political Development.
UNIT – III
The Concept of Administrative System, Relationship between Administrative and Political System.
Models of Administrative System with special reference to the contribution of F.W. Riggs.
UNIT – IV
Bureaucracy – Weberian Interpretation – Studies in Bureaucracy by Blau and Merton. The Concept of
Administrative State. Bureaucracy and Political Ideology – Marxist Interpretation of Bureaucracy.
UNIT – V
Bureaucracy and Political Development.
Bureaucracy and Social Changes. The Concept of Administrative Change.
Books Recommended:
1. Brecht: Political Theory: The Foundations of Twentieth Century Political Thought (Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 1959).
2. M.N. Roy: Parties, Politics and Powers, Calcutta, 1960.
3. Lucian W. Pye: Aspects of Political Development, New Delhi: Amerind Pub. Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1966.
10 (1729)

Paper: V (F) Political Theory
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least, two questions from each unit. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, at least, one question from each unit.
UNIT – I
Major Traditions of Political Theory, Approaches to the study of Political Theory: Behaviour Approach,
Structural Functional Approach and System Approach.
UNIT – II
Elements of State.
Basis Concepts: Powers and Authority; Liberty and Equality, Rights and Duties: Consensus and Legitimacy.
UNIT – III
Political Culture, Political Socialization and Revolution.
Contemporary Political Theory : Political Development and Modernization.
UNIT – IV
Political Ideologies: Pluralism, Liberalism, Individualism and Idealism.
UNIT – V
Totalitarianism and Socialism, Marxism and Democracy.
Books Recommended:
1. C. James, Charlesworth (Ed.) Contemporary Political; Analysis, New York, 1967.
2. Robert Jahl: Modern Political Analysis, New Delhi, 1967.
3. C.L. Waper; Political Thought, London, 1973.
4. Andres Lacker – Political Theory: Philosophy, Ideology and Sciences, New York, 1961.
5. Lucian N. Pye: Aspects of Political Development, New Delhi: Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1966.
6. Gester, Jones and Lancastar; Masters Political Thought Vols, I,II and III, London: George Harper, 1959.
7. Ralph Miliband. Marxism and Politics, London, Oxford Univ. Press, 1977.
8. P. Chaterjee: The State of Political Theory, Calcutta: K.P. Bagchi and Co., 1978.
9. S.P. Verma: Modern Political Theory – A Critical Survey, Delhi: Vikas, 1975.
10. David Easton: The political System, II Varieties of Political Theories, Englewood, Cliffs, Frentice Hall,
1966.
10 (1730)

Paper-VI: Organisational & Administrative Issues
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
.
Unit-I: Organisation: Classification and Concept, Good Governance, Citizen Charter, Right to
Information 2005.
Unit-II Principles of Organisation: Hierarchy, Span of Control, Unity of Command,
Authority and Responsibility, Centralisation and Decentralization, Supervision and
Control.
Unit- III. Administrative Behaviour – Decision-Making and Contributions of Herbert Simon,
Leadership, Communication, Morale and Motivation.
Unit –IV Administrative Law: Concept and Importance of Administrative Law, Delegated
Legislation – Meaning, Types, Advantages, Limitations and Safeguards.
Unit-V Citizens and Administration, Administrative Adjudication, Administrative Ethics and
Transparency in Administration.
Books:
1. Avasthi and Maheshwari: Public Administration, Laxmi Narain Aggarwal, Agra, 1988.
2. Hoshiar Singh & Pardeep Sachdeva, Administrative Theory, Kitab Mahal, New Delhi,2005
3. M.P. Sharma and B.L.Sadana: Public Administration in Theory and Practice, Kitab Mahal,
Allahabad, 1988.
4. J.D. Straussman: Public Administration, Holt, Rinehart and Winslow, New York, 1985.
5. Mohit Bhattacharya: Public Administration, Calcutta: World Press (2 nd Ed.) 1991.
6. A.R. Tyagi, Public Administration – Principles and Practices, Delhi Atma Ram & Sons (6 th ed.)
1992.
7. S.L.Goel: Public Administration (Theory & Practice), New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications
2003
8. C.P.Bhambhari: Public Administration – Theory and Practice, Meerut, Jaiparkash Nath
Publishers (ed.) 1992-93.
10 (1731)

Paper – VII : Financial Management
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Financial Management: Concept, Evolution and Goals. Fundamental Principles and
Functions of Financial System.
Unit – II Organisation of Finance Function, Relationship of Finance to Accounting and Public
Administration, E-Governance and Financial Administration.
Unit – III Role of Financial Institutions: Industrial Financial Corporation of India, Industrial
Development Bank of India, State Financial Corporation, State Industrial Bank of India.
Unit – IV Cost Benefit Analysis: Meaning, Nature, Scope and Techniques, Marginal Costing:
Concept Utility and Limitations. Working Capital: Concept, Components, Importance
and Factors Affecting Working Capital.
Unit – V RBI and Monetary Management: Organisation and Functions, Monetary Policy and Bill
Market, Working of Indian Monetary System, Indian Money Market: Composition,
Features and Reforms.
Books:
1. A. Sarapa: Public Finance in India, Kanishka Publishers Distributors, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Manjusha Shanna & O.P.Bohra: Bhartiya Lok Vitta Prashasan, Ravi Books, Delhi, 2005.
3. B.P.Tyagi: Public Finance, Meerut, Jai Prakash Nath, 1997.
4. G.S.Lal: Financial Administration in India, New Delhi, HPJ Kapoor, 1987.
5. MJK Thavaraj: Financial Administration in India, Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 1996.
6. Andley, Sundharam: Public Finance, Agra, Rattan Prakash and Mandir, 1979.
7. Ruddar Dutt & K.P.Sundharam: Indian Economy, New Delhi, S.Chand & Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
1997.
8. M.Y.Khan and P.K.Jain: Finance Management, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill 1982. 10,
R.N.Srivastave: Management of Financial Institutions, Bombay, Himalaya Publishing
House, 1988.
9. C.P.Bhambhri: Public Administration in India, Bombay, Vikas Publishing House, 1973.
10. S.L.Goel, Public Financial Administration, New Delhi, Deep & Deep Publications, 2004.
11. Dutt and Sundharam: Indian Economy, Delhi, S.Chand & Co.,2004.
10 (1732)

Paper – VIII : Administrative Thought
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Administrative Thought: Concept and Evolution. Organisational Goals: Concept,
Functions and Types. Goal Succession, Displacement and Distortion.
Unit – II Organisational Theories: Classical, Bureaucratic Systems and Public Choice Theory.
Unit – III Woodrow Willson, F.W.Taylor, Henry Fayol, Mary. P.Follet.
Unit – IV Gullick Urwick, Max Weber, Elton Mayo, Herbert Simon.
Unit – V Chester Barnard, F.W.Riggs, Kautilya and Gandhi.
Books:
1. Likert, K.: New Patterns of Management, New York: McGraw Hill, 1961.
2. A.Etzioni: Modern Organisation, 5 th edition, New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, 1981.
3. Shanna, RA.: Organisational Theory and Behaviour, New Delhi: Tata. McGraw Hill Pub.
Co.1985.
4. Nisa Alia: Administrative Thinkers, New Delhi, Associated Pub., 1987.
5. R.S.Dwivedi: Human Relations and Organisational Behaviour, New Delhi, Oxford and IBH
Pub.1987.
6. M.R.Minto: Management Thinkers, New Delhi, Allied Pub.Ltd., 1989.
7. R.K.Sapru: Theories of Administration, New Delhi, S.Chand & Co.Ltd., 1996.
8. MJ Mathew: Organisation, Theory and Behaviour, Jaipur, RBSA Pub. SMS Highway.
10 (1733)

Paper – IX : Industrial Relations and Labour Laws
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Industrial Relations: Meaning, Nature, Objectives, Importance and Constituents of
Industrial Relations, Role of State in Industrial Relations.
Unit – II Industrial Disputes and Industrial Relations Machinery, Employee Grievances:
Meaning, Nature, Causes and Procedure of Grievances, Employee Counselling:
Meaning, Nature and Functions of Counselling.
Unit – III Trade Unionism: Meaning, Functions, Growth and Problems of Trade Unionism in
India. Worker’s Participation in Management – Concept, Need, Nature, Importance &
Forms of Workers Participation.
Unit – IV Labour Laws: Main Provisions of:
(a) Trade Unions Act, 1926.
(b) The Payment of Wages Act, 1936.
(c) The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.
(d) The Factories Act, 1948.
Unit – V (a) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946.
(b) Minimum Wages Act, 1948.
(c) Employees State Insurance Act, 1948.
(d) Employees Provident Fund Act, 1952.
Books:
1) S.K.Puri: An Introduction to Labour and Industrial Laws, Allahabad Law Agency, Plot No.33,
16/2, Mathura Road, Faridabad, Haryana
2) B.P.Singh, T.N.Chhabra, P.L.Taneja: Personnel Management and Industrial Relations.,
Dhanpat Rai & Co., Educational & Technical Publishers, 1710, Nai Sarak, Delhi -110006.
3) R.C.Saxena: Labour Problems and Social Welfare, Meerut: K.Nath and Co.1988.
4) M.L.Monga: Insustrial Relations and Labour Laws in India, New Delhi, Deep & Deep 1984.
5) G.K.Sharma: Labour Movement in India, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 1972.
6) S.Malik: Industrial Law, Eastern Book Company, Delhi, 1983.
7) S.N.Mishra, Labour and Industrial Laws, Allahabad Law Agency, 1976.
8) C.B.Memoria & S.Memoria: Dynamics of Industrial Relations in India, Bombay, Himalaya
Publishing House, 1987.
9) D.C.Sharma and R.C.Sharma: Personnel Management and Industrial Relations, Meerut, SJ
Publishers, 1988.
10 (1734)

Paper – X (Opt.-A): Development Administration
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Development Administration: Concept, Nature, Scope, Features and Significance,
Objectives of Development Administration. Development Administration and Non-
Development Administration Dichotomy. Ecology of Development Administration.
Unit – II Administrative Development: Concept, Need, Problems and Sources. Relations between
Administrative Development and Development Administration.
Unit – III Development and Its Dimensions. Development and Modernization. Problems and
Prospects of Development.
Unit – IV Approaches of Development. Sustainable Development, Role of Administration in the
Field of Development.
Unit – V Administrative Organisation for Development at Centre, State and Local levels,
Bureaucracy and Development Administration.
Books:
1. S.P. Verma and S.K.Sharma (ed.): Development Administration, New Delhi, IIPA.
2. C.N.Bhalerao (ed.): Administration, Politics and Development in India, Bombay, Lal, Pani
Publishing House, 1972.
3. R. Braibhanti and J.S.Spengler: Administration and Economic Development in India, Duke
Univ. Press.
4. UNO: Development Administration: Current Approaches and Trends in Public
Administration for National Development, New York, UNI 1975.
5. S.K.Sharma (ed.), Dynamics of Development (Two volumes), New Delhi: Concept
Publishing House.
6. Fred W. Riggs (ed.), Frontiers of Development Administration, purham: N.C. Duke
University Press, 1970.
7. Irwing, Swndlow (ed.): Development Administration: Concepts and Problems, Syracause:
NY Syracuse University Press, 1963.
8. Joseph, La Palombara (ed.): Bureaucracy and Political Development, Princeton: NJ
Princeton University Press, 1963.
9. Preeta Joshi: Vikash Prashashan, Jaipur, RBSA, Swai Man Singh, Highway, Chaura Rasta
2nd Ed. 1991.
10. Gabriel Almond and G.B. Well: Comparative Politics: A Developmental Approach, Oxford
& IBH Pub. Co. New Delhi, 1976.
11. Roy Macridis and B. Brown: Comparative Politics, 4th ed. Honwood, Dorsey Press 1972
12. Cherry Oertzel, Maure Goldschmidth and Donald Rotchild, Government and Politics in
Kenya, Nairobi 1970.
10 (1735)

Paper – X (Opt.-B): Management of Voluntary Agencies
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Voluntary Organisations – Concept, Need, Types, Roles and Functions. Voluntary
Agency Trends in India.
Unit – II Organisational Structure of Voluntary Organisations. Legal and Policy Environment
Including Registration, Statutory Returns, FERA and Income Tax. Welfare Schemes
and Voluntary Organisations.
Unit – III Voluntary Organisations and Moblisation of Local Resources. Management
Accounting, Foreign Currency Accounting, Procurement of Goods and Services.
Unit – IV Project Management, Project Cycle Approach, Logical Framework Analysis. Human
Resource Management.
Unit – V Voluntary Organisations and CAPART. Project Appraisal, Monitoring and Evaluation.
Audit, Accountability and Control.
Books:
1. D.Paul.Chaudhary: Profile of Social Welfare and Development in India, M.N.Publishers &
Distributors, New Delhi, 1985.
2. Mathivaanan: Voluntary Agencies and Social Change, Menas Publications, New Delhi,
1991.
3. Stephan, Hatch, Outside the State: Voluntary Organisations in Three English Towns,
Croomhelm, London, 1980.
4. Avasthi and Maheshwari, Public Administration, Laxmi Narain Aggarwal, Agra, 1988.
5. Narman, Johnson: Voluntary Social Services, Basil Blackwell and Mortin Roberton
Oxford, 1981.
6. Usha, Kapoor, Women Welfare: A Study of Voluntary Agencies, Indus Publishing
Company, New Delhi, 1995.
7. P.D.Kulkarni, (ed.), Voluntary Action: Myth and Reality, NIPCCD, New Delhi, 1991.
8. R.B.Jain, (ed.), N.G.Os in Development Perspective, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi,
1995.
9. E.A.Naryana, Voluntary Organisations and Rural Development in India, Uppal Publishing
House, New Delhi, 1990.
10. IIPA: Special Issue, Vol.33, No.3, July – September, 1987.
11. S.L.Goel, Public Administration (Theory and Practice, Deep & Deep Publications, New
Delhi, 2003.
10 (1736)

Paper – X (Opt.-C): Corporate Governance
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Corporate Governance – A Conceptual Framework & Practice, C G – The New
Paradigm. Corporate Governance in India and Trends in C G
Unit – II Trends in Corporate Governance, CG for Building Global Competence, CG: Issues and
Challenges CG in.
Unit – III Corporate Governance in Banking Sector, Scams in Indian Capital Market, Impact of
CG on Household Investors, Ethics in Business – Bases for Corporate Governance.
Unit – IV Financing Pattern of Indian Corporate Sector, Strengthening of Corporate Governance.
Media and CG ; and CG in the Era of LPG.
Unit – V RTI and Corporate Governance; CG Reporting; CG and Corporate Social
Responsibility. Implication of CG, Measures for Effective Corporate Governance.
Books recommended:
1. P.V. Sharma & S. Rajani, Corporate Governance – Contemporary Issues and
Challenges, Kanishka Publishers, Distributors, New Delhi, 2007.
2. N. Gopalaswamy, Corporate Governance – The New Paradigm, Wheeler Publishing,
A Division of A.H. Wheeler and Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 1998.
3. Task Force Report on Corporate Governance in India – An Investors’ Perspective,
submitted by Institute of International Finance, February 2005.
4. P.P. Arya et.al., Corporate Governance, Deep and Deep Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
5. Vepakesam, “Corporate Governance”, Reserve Bank Bulletin, January, 2000,
pp. 21-43.
6. Devi Singh and Subhash Garg, Corporate Governance, Excel Books, New Delhi,
2001.
7. Corporate Governance, What it means and what it needs, Management Review, July-
Dec., 1996.
8. Corporate Governance: What needs to be Done, Fortune India, January 16-31, 1997.
9. Corporate Governance: Multi-faceted Issue, Chartered Secretary, October, 1997.
10 (1737)

Paper – X (Opt.-D) : Police Administration
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit – I Need and Concept of Police in Society. Evolution and Growth of Police System – Ancient,
Medieval, British and Post Independence Periods with Emphasis on Various Commissions and
Committees Constituted during Crown’s Rule and after Independence in India.
Unit – II Police and Policing in India – An Overview. Police and The Union Government. Ministry of
Home Affairs, Indian Police Service, Central Police Forces and Organisations and Central
Vigilance Commission. Police and Human Rights in India.
Unit – III Organisation and Working of Police in Indian States. The District Police in India – District
Police Organisations and Its Working. Metropolitan Police, Police and Panchayati Raj –
Organisation of Village Force and Issues Related to it.
Unit – IV Emerging Issue in Police Administration
(a) Police and Executive.
(b) Police and Political Order (Political Parties and Political Change/Development).
(c) Police and Human Rights
(d) Police and E-Governance .
(e) Measuring Police Efficiency in India
(f) Women Police.
Unit – V (a) Police – Problems.
(b) Corruption in Police Administration.
(c) Police Reforms.
(d) Police – Public Relations.
Books:
1. Shanker Sen: Indian Police Today, New Delhi, Ashish Publishing House, 1994.
2. Sultan Akhar Khan: Power, Police and Public, Kurukshetra, Vishal Publications, 1983.
3. K.M.Mathur: Internal Security Challengers and Police in a Developing Society, RBSA, Jaipur,
1989.
4. Charles D.Hale: Fundamentals of Police Administration, Boston, Helbrook Press, 1977.
5. S.C.Mishra: Police Administration in India, 1970.
6. D.H.Bayley: The Police and Political Development in India (Latest Edition).
7. O.W.Wilson and Roy Clinton McLaran: Police Administration (Latest Edition).
8. K.M.Mathur: Problems of Police in a Democratic Society, RBSA Publishers, Jaipur, 1987.
9. N.S.Saksena: Law and Order in India, Abhinav Publications.
10. P.D.Sharma: Indian Police – A Development Approach (Latest Edition)
Journals
11. Indian Journal of Public Administration, July-September, 1985.
10 (1738)

Semester – III
Paper No. Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time
11. Public Administration in India
10 (1739)
80+ 20 3 hours
12 Public Sector Management 80+20 3 hours
13. Research Methodology 80+20 3 hours
14. & 15 Optional Papers: Choose any two of the following:-
(1) Urban Local Administration
(2) Rural Local Administration
(3) Social Welfare Administration
(4) Insurance Sector Administration in
India
80+20
80+20
80+20
80+20
80+20
3 hours
3 hours
3 hours
3 hours
3 hours
Training/Field Work: The students will undertake 3 weeks training/field survey concerning their respective choice
of paper/area after finishing their III semester examinations. After completion of training, every student will write
a project report and submit it till the completion of fourth semester examinations. There will be no internal
assessment in case of Project Report.
Note: During the training, faculty members would make surprise checking to ensure the availability of the
students at their respective training centers.
SEMESTER- IV TH
Paper No. Nomenclature of the Paper Max. Marks Time
16. Issues in Indian Administration
80+ 20 3 hours
17. Public Policy Analysis 80+ 20 3 hours
18 & 19 Optional Papers: Choose any two of the following:- 80+ 20
(1) Public Relations & Governance
(2) Electronic Governance
(3) Administrative Law
80+20 3 hours
(4) Health and Hospital Administration 80+20 3 hours
80+20 3hours
80+20 3 hours
20. Project Report and Viva-Voce 75+25

Paper-XI: Public Administration in India.
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit-I Evolution of Indian Administration: Ancient, Mughal Period and British Influences on
Indian Administration; Constitutional Framework and of Features of Indian
Administration. Federation and Parliamentary characteristics in Indian Administration
Unit-II Political Executive at the Union Level: President; Prime Minister and and Council of
Ministers. PMO; Cabinet Secretariat and Central Secretariat. Ministries (Finance &
Home); Departments & Boards at Union Government Level.
Unit-III Administration of Law and Order at Centre State and District Levels. Centre-State
Relations – Legislative, Administrative, Financial and Planning. Planning Machinery at
Centre State and District Levels.
Unit-IV State Government Administration: Governor, Chief Minster and Council of Ministers.
State Administration: State Secretariat; Chief Secretary and Directorate. Departments &
Boards at State Level.
Unit-V District Administration: District Collector, Powers, Functions and his Changing Role.
District Rural Development Agency and Special Development. Programmes.
Books Recommended:
1. Hoshiar Singh & Mohiner Singh: Public Administration in India: Theory & Practice,
New Delhi: Sterling Pub., Reprint, 1990.
2. Hoshiar Singh & D.P. Singh: Indian Administration: Current Issues and Problems,
Jaipur: Aalekh Publishers, 1990.
3. G.P. Pilani & Hoshiar Singh: Administration & Social Changes, Jaipur; Printwell
Publishers, 1990.
4. Avasthi: Central Administrative, Tata McGraw Hill, Publishers Co. Put. Ltd. 1988,
New Delhi.
5. R.B. Jain: Contemporary Issues in Indian Administration, Delhi: Vishal Publishers,
1976.
6. S.R. Maheshwari: Indian Administration, Delhi: Orient Longman, 1989.
7. C.P. Bhambri: Public Administration in India, Delhi, Vikas 1973.
8. V. Bhaskara Rao and b. Venkateshwarlu ( ed.): Parliamentary Democracy in India:
Trends and Issues, Delhi, Mittal Pub. 1987.
9. Pramatama Sharan: Public Adminstration in India, Meerut: Meenakshi Publications,
1978.
10 (1740)

Paper-XII: Public Sector Management
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit-I Public Enterprises meaning, Definition, Growth and Environment of Public Enterprises.
Rationale and Objectives. Government’s Policy Towards Public Enterprises.
Unit-II Role of Public Sector in India. Organisational Forms: Public Corporation; Public
Company; Department Form; and other Forms. The Board of Directors – its
Constitution and Functions.
Unit-III Management of Public Enterprises at Middle and Lower Levels. Financial
Management. Personnel Management-Recruitment and Training.
Unit-IV Industrial Relations and Wokers’s Participation in Management. Project Management.
Market Management. Public Relations and Profitability and Efficiency
Unit-V Performance Evaluation Privatisation of Public Enterprises. Business Ethics and
Corporate Responsibility. Autonomy and Accountability of Public Enterprises.
Books Recommended
1. A.N. Aggarwal: Indian Economy, Delhi: Wiley Eastern Ltd. 1987.
2. A. Ghosh: Indian Economy – its Nature and Problems, Calcutta: The World Press Pvt.
3. Dutt and Sundharam: Indian Economy, Delhi: S. Chand & Co., 2004.
4. B.L. Mathur: Economic Policy and Administration (Hindi), Jaipur: RBSA Publishers, SMS
Highway 1990.
5. Hoshiar Singh & Mohinder Singh – Public Enterprises In India – A Plea for Reforms, New Delhi:
Sterling Pulbishers, 1990.
6. Mohinder Singh (ed.): Some Aspects of Public Enterprises in India – a Plea for Reforoms, New
Delhi: Uppal Publishing House, 1993.
7. V.V. Ramanadhan (ed.), Public Enterprises and Developing World, London: Groom Helm, 1984.
8. A.H. Hansen: Public Enterprises and Econmic Development, London: Routledge and Kegan, 1972.
9. Laxmi Narain: Principles and Practice of Public Enterprises Management, New Delhi: S.Chand &
Co.
10. S.C. Kuchhal: The Industrial Economy of India. Agra: Chitanya Pub. House, 1987.
11. Prahlad Kumar Basu: Public Enterprises: Policy Performance and Professionalism, New Delhi,
Allied 1982.
10 (1741)

Paper-XIII Research Methodology
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five question, at least one question from each unit,.
Unit-I Social Science Research: Meaning, Nature, Objectives and Types, Scientific Methods
of Social Science Research-Meaning, Characteristics and Various Stages of Scientific
Methods. Importance of Scientific Method in the Study of Public Administration.
Unit-II Identifications of Research Problem. Hypotheses: (Meaning, Significance, types &
sources) research Design, ( Exploration Descriptive & Experiment) & Research Studies
(Panel and Case). Selection of Universe & various Methods of Sampling.
Unit-III Data Collection: Sources of Data (Primary & Secondary), Tools & Techniques of Data
Collection, (Questionnaire, Interview Schedules, Observation and Projective
Techniques).
Unit-IV Classification, Codification and Tasbulation of Data. Analysis of Data: Statistical
Method-Significance & Limitations, Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median, &
Mode), Measure of Dispersion (Range, Quartile, Mean Deviation & Standard
Deviation)
Unit V Report Writing: Structure; Characteristics and precautions. Reference writing
Books Recommended:
1. Goode & Hatte: Methods of Social Research, New Delhi, McGrow Hill Book Company,
1987.
2. Pauline V. Young: Scientific Social Survey & Research, New Delhi, Printice Hall of India,
1979.
3. John Galtung: Theory & Methods of Social Research, New Delhi, Colombia University
Press, 1967.
4. B.M. Jain: Research Methodology, Research Publications (Hindi), Jaipur.
5. R.N. Trivedi and O.P. Shukla: Research Methodology, Jaipur Research Publication (Hindi).
6. S.R. Bajpai: Methods of Social Survey & Research (Hindi & English), Kanpur, Kitab
Mahal.
7. S.R. Kothari: Research Methodology- Methods & Techniques (2 nd Ed.), New Delhi; Wiley
Eastern Ltd.
8. C.J. Pearsons: Thesis & Project Work, A Guide to Research & Thesis Writing, London;
Allen & Unwin, 1973.
9. Jonathan Anderson: Berry, H. Durston, Millicent Poole Thesis & Assignment Writing, New
Delhi; Wiley Eastern Limited, 1977.
10 (1742)

Paper-XIV/XV Urban Local Administration
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five question, at least one question from each unit,.
Unit-I Meaning, Scope and Significance of Urban Local Government. Urbanization:
Challenges and Remedies Special Purpose Agencies.
Unit-II Features of Urban Local Government in India. Structure Orgnisation and functions of
Urban Local Government in India. Local Government Performs in India.
Unit-III Municipal Personnel Administration: Various types, Recruitment
and Training Municipal in India.
Unit-IV Municipal Politics. People’s Participation. Municipal Leadership. State Local
Relationship in India.
Unit-V Urban Poverty Administration. Urban Development: Issues and Challenges. Urban
Governments and Good Governance.
Books Recommended:
1. Pardeep Sachdeva: Urban Local Government and Administration in India, Kitab Mahal, New Delhi,
2000.
2. Hoshiar Singh: Local Government in India, Britain, France and USA, Kitab Mahal, Allahabad, 1997.
3. Hoshiar Singh and Zia-U-Din Khan: leadership in Municipal Government, Jaipuer, RBSA Publishers.
4. Hoshiar Singh: State Surpevision and Control over Municipal Bodies, New Delhi: Associated
Publishers.
5. S.L. Kaushik: Leadership in Urban Government in India, Allahabad: Kitab Mahal 1989.
6. Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh: Local Government in India, Jalandhar: New Academic Publishing Co.,
1991.
7. Pardeep Sachdeva: Dynamics of Municipal Government and Politics in India, New Delhi, Kitab Mahal
1991.
8. David Wilson & Chris Game & Others: Local Government in the United Kingdom, London: Macmillan
1994.
9. Tony Byrne: Local Government in Britain, London: Penguin Press 5 th Ed. 1990.
10. Vincent Ostrom and Others: Local Government in the United States, San Franscisco, Califoronia, ICS
Press, 19987.
11. Michael Keating: Comparative Urban Politics, Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd. Hamshire, England, Gover
House Croft Road, Aldershot, 1992.
12. D.A. Chandler (Ed.), Local Government in Liberal Democracies: An Introductory Survey, London:
Routledge 11, New Fetter Lane, EC 4P. 1992.
10 (1743)

Paper: XIV/XV Rural Local Administration
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions atleast one question from each unit.
Unit-I Meaning, Concept and Scope of Rural Local Administration. Growth of Rural Administration
Institutions of India. Community Development Programme, Balwant Rai Mehta and Ashok
Mehta Committees Reports. Organisation and working of Gram Panchayat Samiti and Zila
Parishad.
Unit-II Administrative Machinery for Rural Development at National, State, District and Block levels.
Panchayati Raj Before and after 73 rd Constitutional Amendment Act.
Unit-III Desert Development Programme, Drought Prone Development Programme, Rural Energy
Programme, National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (NREGS) and Swaran Jayanti
Gram Swa Rojgar Yojana (SGSY).
Unit-IV Agriculture and Rural Development. Role of District Industry Centre and Rural
Industrialization. Ministries of Rural Development and Panchayati Raj-Organisation and
Functions. IT and Rural Development.
Unit-V Cooperation and Rural Development-Role of Cooperatives, Cooperative Principles; Forms of
Cooperatives. Cooperative Administration at the Centre, State and Local Levels.
Books Recommended
1. Hoshiar Singh: Administration of Rural Development in India, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers,
1995.
2. S.R. Maheswari: Local Government in India, New Delhi: Origin Longman, 1984.
3. Bhatnagar: Rural Development in India, New Delhi: Light and Life Publishers, 1978.
4. Hoshiar Singh: Rural Development in India, Jaipur: Printwell Publishers, 1985.
5. S.R. Maheswari: Rural Development in India, A Public Policy Approach, New Delhi: Sage
Publications, 1985.
6. S.N. Mishra: New Horizons in Rural Development Administration, New Delhi: Mittal
Publications, 1989.
7. B.S. Khanna: Rural Development in India, New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications, 1982.
8. Mohinder Singh: Rural Development in India – Current Perspectives, New Delhi: Intellectual
Publishing House, 1992.
9. Kurukshetra: A journal of Rural Development, Government of India.
10. Journal of Rural Development, National Institute of Rural Development, Hyderabad.
11. Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh: Local Government in India, New Academic Publishing Co.
Jallandhar, 1992.
12. A.S. Malik: Concept and Strategy of Rural Industrial Development, New Delhi: M.D.
Publications, 1995.
13. Surat Singh and Mohinder Singh (Eds.): Rural Development Administration in 21 st Century: A
Multi Dimensional Study, New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications, 2006.
10 (1744)

Paper: XIV/XV Social Welfare Administration
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are required to
attempt five questions, at least one question form each unit.
Unit-I Social welfare: Meaning, Nature, Scope and Principles of Social Administration. Social Policy - A
Study of Relevant Constitutional Articles and Provisions in the Five year Plan Documents.
Legislations with Special Reference to legislation for Women and Children.
Unit-II Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment: Organisation and Functions, Department of Women and
Child Development at Central Level. Central Social Welfare Boards-its Composition, Functions.
Unit-III Directorates of Social Justice and Empowerment, Welfare of SCs & BCs; and Women & Child
Development – Composition, and Functions. State Social Welfare Advisory Board: Compostion,
Powers and Personal Practice in the Field of Social Administration.
Unit-IV: National Commission for SCs and STs - Progammes for the Development of SCs and STs and
Women. Welfare of the Disabled and Aged. Drug De-addition.
Unit-V: Methods of Social Administration: Social Case Work; Group Work; and Community Organisation and
their application in India. Major Social Sectors- Health and Education, Social Planning and Five Year
Plans. Role of Voluntary/ Non-Governmental Agencies in Socio-economic Development.
Books Recommended
1. Surendra Kataria, Social Administration (Hindi), RBSA Publishers, SMS High Way, Jhaipur, 2002.
2. C.P. Barthwal (Ed.), Social Justice in India, Bharat Book Centre, 17, Ashok Marg, Lucknow, 1998.
3. D.R. Sachdeva, Social Welfare Administration (English and Hindi), Kitab Mahal, Allahabad, 2004.
4. Davis C. March: An Introduction to Social Administration, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, 1965.
5. P.D.Kulkarni: Centre Social Welfare Board, New Delhi: Asia Publishing House, 1961.
6. V. Jaganadhan: Social Welfare Organisation, New Delhi, IIPA 1966.
7. D.K.Mishra: social Administration (Hindi) Jaipur: College Book Depot, Tripolia Bazar, 1990.
8. D. Paul Chowdhry: Social Welfare Administration, New Delhi, Atma Ram & Sons, 1979.
9. S.L.Goel and R.K.Jain: Social Welfare Adminsitratiion, vol. I, New Delhi: Deep & Deep, 1988.
10. T.N.Chaturvedi and S.K. Chandra: Social Administration Development and Change, New Delhi, IIPA 1980.
11. D.P. Chowdhry: Social Welfare Administration, Atma Ram & Sons, Deli 1992.
12. Mohinder Singh (ed.): Social Policy and Administration in India, M.D. Publications Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi,
1996.
10 (1745)

Paper: XIV/XV Insurance Sector Administration in India.
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question form each unit.
Unit-I Life Insurance: Concept and Significance, Need of Security against economic difficulties,
Risk and uncertainty; Individual values system, Individual Life Insurance. Nature and uses
of Life Insurance. Life Insurance Policies: Types and Their applicability to different
situations. Important Life Insurance Policies issued by the Life Insurance Corporation of
India. Administrative Set-Up of Life Insurance of India.
Unit-II General Insurance: Introduction to risk and insurance: (a) Risk (b) The treatment of risk.
General Insurance Corporation and other Insurance Institutions-Working of GIC in India;
Types of risks assumed and specific policies issued by ECGC. Health Insurance: Individual
Health Insurance; and Group Health Insurance Motor Insurance: Multiple line and All-line
Insurance-such as Rural Insurance-Hull Insurance, etc.
Unit-III Fire and Maine Insurance: Fire Insurance Policies-Issue and renewal of policies; Different
kinds; Risks covered; Recovery of claims-Insurer’s option; Ex-gratia payment and
subrogation. Types of fire protection policies issued by the General Insurance corporation
of India.Marine policies and conditions. Nature of coastal marine insurance; perils covered
protection available; Procedure for preparation and presentation of claim; payment of
compensation by insurer.
Unit-IV Insurance, Finance and Legislation:
Investment policy of LIC and GIC in India. Legislation-A Brief study of Indian Insurance
Corporation of India Act, 1956; General Insurance Corporation of India Act, Export Credit
and Guarantee Corporation Act.
Unit-V Property and Liability Insurance:Nature of property and liability insurance; Crop and
Cattle Insurance; Types of liability insurance, Reinsurance.
Liability insurance-Basic concepts: specific and all risk insurance; Valuation of risk; and
Indemnity contract and specific value contracts. Average and contribution excess and
short.
Books Recommended:
1. Huebner S.S. and Kennerth Black Jr. : Life Insurance (Prentice-Hall Inc.
Englewood Chiffs, New Jersey).
2. Mehar Robert, L. : Life Insurance; Theory and Practice
(Business Publication, Texas).
3. Maclean : Life Insurance.
4. Gupta, O.S. : Life Insurance-(Frank Brother,
New Delhi).
10 (1746)

5. Mishra, M.N. : Insurance Principle and Practice
(Delhi Vikas Publishing House).
6. Palande, P.S. et. al : Insurance in India, (New Delhi Sa
Sage Publication).
7. Rodder : Marine Insurance (Prentice Hall,
New Jersey).
8. Winter, W.D. : Marine Insurance.
9. Godmen : Fire Insurance.
10. Cambell, H. : Fire Insurance Contract Indian
Policy (the Rough Notes Co.).
11. Srivastava, S. S. : Insurance Administration and
Legislation in India (Allahabad,
Asia Book Depot).
12. Govt. of India : Life Insurance Corporation of India
Act, 1956.
13. Govt. of India : General Insurance Corporation of
India Act, 1956.
14. General Insurance by Biakelhaupt and Magee, Eight Ediction, Published by Richard D. Irwin,
Inc., Homewood, Illinois, Irwin Dorsey Limited, George-town, Ontario, Chapter: 1 to 7m, 13,
21, 27 & 28.
10 (1747)

Paper –XVI Emerging Issues in Indian Administration
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit-I Public Services: All India Services Constitutional Position, role and functions, Control
Services: Nature and functions UPSC, State Services and State Public Service
Commissions, Training especially in the changing contest of the Governance.
Unit-II Accountability of Public Administration: Parliamentary, Executive & Judicial control
over Indian Administration.
Ethics and Values in Administration
Unit-III Integrity in Administration
Prevention of Corruption Act 1988
Right to Information Act, 2005
Lok Pal and Lok Ayukas
Unit-IV Good Governance
Consumer Protection
Political and Permanent Executive
Generalists and Specialists
Unit-V Administrative Culture
Administrative Reforms
IT & Public Administration
E- Governance (National e-Governance Plan)
Books Recommended:
1. Hoshiar Singh & Mohinder Singh: Public Administration in India: Theory & Practice,
New Delhi: Sterling Pub., Reprint, 1990.
2. Hoshiar Singh & D.P. Singh: Indian Administration: Current Issues and Problems, Jaipur:
Aalekh Publishers, 1990.
3. G.P. Pilani & Hoshiar Singh: Administration & Social Changes, Jaipur; Printwell
Publishers, 1990.
4. Avasthi: Central Administrative, Tata McGraw Hill, Publishers Co. Put. Ltd. 1988, New
Delhi.
5. R.B. Jain: Contemporary Issues in Indian Administration, Delhi: Vishal Publishers, 1976.
6. S.R. Maheshwari: Indian Administration, Delhi: Orient Longman, 1989.
7. C.P. Bhambri: Public Administration in India, Delhi, Vikas 1973.
8. V. Bhaskara Rao and b. Venkateshwarlu ( ed.): Parliamentary Democracy in India:
Trends and Issues, Delhi, Mittal Pub. 1987.
9. Pramatama Sharan: Public Adminstration in India, Meerut: Meenakshi Publications,
1978.
10 (1748)

Paper-XVII Public Policy Analysis
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions, at least one question form each unit.
Unit-I Public Policy: Meaning, Nature, Scope, Importance and Types.
Unit-II Policy Formulation: Concept, Constitutional Framework for Policy Making, Role of
Bureaucracy, Legislature and Judiciary and Political Parties in Policy Formulation
making.
Unit-III Policy Implementation and Evaluation: Meaning Elements in Implementation;
Implementation Techniques. Policy Evaluation: Meaning, Problems and Approaches in
Policy Evaluation.
Unit-IV Policy Analysis: Approaches, Models of Policy Analysis A Study of Policies Relating
to: (a) Urban Development and Housing Policy and (b) Educational Policy.
Unit-V A Study of Policies Relating to (a) Employment Policy. Environmental Policy: (a)
Water Pollution, (b) Disposable Wastage.
Books Recommended
1. E. Lindblom Charles: The Policy Making Process, Englewood Cliffs, NJ Prentice Hall
Incorporation 1968.
2. Paul H. Appleby: Policy and Administration, The University of Albara Press 1940.
3. E. Jacob Charles: Policy and Bureaucracy, P. Van Nostrand Co. 1976.
4. Jones Charles O., An Introduction to the Study of Public Administration Policy, Brooks
Cole Pub. Co., Monetary California (3 rd Ed.) 1986.
5. Larry N Gerston: Making Public Policy, Glenview, III Scott, Forsman (1983), USA.
6. O. Pardeep Sahni: Public Policy, Conceptual Dimension, Allahabad: Kitab Mahal, 1987.
7. Richard M. Hodgetts and Jr. Max. S. Wortman: Administrative Policy – Text and Cases in
the Policy Science, New York: Wiely. George A. Steiner: Top Management Planning,
Macmillan 1969.
8. R.B. Jain: Policy and Parliament in India, Indian Institute of Public Administration, New
Delhi.
9. James F. Anderson: Public Policy Making, New York: Preager, 1979.
10 (1749)

Paper – XVIII/XIX: Public Relations and Governance
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit-I Public Relations – Meaning, Need and role; Growth and Development of Public
Relations in India. Public Relations: Tools and Methods.
Unit-II Public Relations Department: Structure and functions; Public Relations - Laws and
Ethics; Public Relations and Globalisation.
Unit-III Communication – Forms of Communication – Effective and Ineffective
Communication, Complexity of Communication Techniques for Communication.
Unit-IV Public Relations for Educational Institutions, Public Interest Issues in Higher
Education; Public Relations and Technological Advancement.
Unit-V Advertising – Meaning, functions and types, growth and Development of Advertising in
India; Social and Economic Role of Advertising.
Reference Books:
1. Chhunawalla and Sethia, Foundations of the theory and Practice of Advertising Himalaya
Publisher, Bombay, 1986.
2. Dyer Gillian, Advertising as Communication, Mathuen, Newyork. 1982
3. Dunn S. Wastson, Advertising: Hold Sandaras International Editing.
4. Keval J. Kumar, Advertising: A Critical Approach, Niraali Prakan, Pune, 1992.
5. Kleppner otto, Advertising Procedure, Simon Schuster Procedure, Simon Schuster In
nglewood, 1986.
6. Rathor B.S., Advertising Management, Himalaya Publishers, Bombay, 1986.
7. Willshurst John, The Fundamentals of Advertising, Henemann, London, 1986.
8. Cutlip and Centre, Effective Public Relations, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1982.
9. Anil Basu, Practical Public Relations.
10. Balan K.R., Chemistry of Public Relations.
11. Narasimha Reddy, How to be a good PR.
12. Sam Black, Practical Public Relations, Universal Book House, New Delhi, 1976.
10 (1750)

Paper: XVIII/XIX Electronic Governance
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions, at least one question form each unit.
Unit-I E – Governance: Concept, Stages, Models, Legal and Policy Framework and
Significance. Information and Communication Technology: Concept and Components.
ICTs: Role and Applications.
Unit-II Role of ICT in Administration. Administrative Organisation Culture: Towards ICT
Based Reforms. Role of ICT in Rural Development.
Unit-III Panchayati Raj Institutions: Improving Self-Governance Through ICT. E – Learning:
Role of ICT in Education and Training. E – Commerce.
Unit-IV Role of ICT in Delivery of Citizen Services. ICT in Indian Railway. E – Governance
in Haryana.
Unit-V Information Policy. Right to Information Act, 2005 ICT E- Seva Project:
Implementation in Governance; Issues, Challenges and Suggestions.
Books Recommended:
1. Annual Report, 2008-09, Department of Information Technology, Government of India.
2. Government of India, Information Technology Act, 2000 (No. 21 of 2000).
3. Kroenke, David, 1992, Management Information Systems, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
4. Srivastave, P., 2004, Management Information Systems: A New Framework, Shree Niwas
Publication, Jaipur.
5. Menon, N., V., C., 2003, Applications of Information Technology in Disaster Risk
Reduction, in P., Sahni, and Madhavi Malagoda Riyabandu, (eds.) Disaster Risk Reduction
in South Asia, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
6. Kapoor, Jagdish, IT and Good Governance, IJPA, July-September 2000, Vol., XLVI, No. 3.
7. Gupta, M., P., P., Kumar, and J., Bhattacharya, 2004, Government Online-Opportunities
and Challenges, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi.
8. Bhatnagar, Subhash, 2004, E-Government-Form Vision to Implementation-A Practical
Guide with Cast Studies, Sage, New Delhi.
9. Bhatnagar, Subhash, and Robert, Schware, 2000, Information and Communication
Technology: Cases from India, Sage, New Delhi.
10. Emery, Dale,Resistance as a Resource, Cutter IT Journal, 10 Oct. 2001.
11. Derby, Esther, n.d., A Manager’s Guide to Supporting Organisational Change, n.p.
12. Harris, Philip, R., Robert, T., Moran, and Sarah, V., Moran, 2004, Manageing Cultural
Difference: Global Leadership Strategies for the 21 st Century, Business and Economics,
n.p.
10 (1751)

13. Prabhu, C., S., R., 2004, E-Governance: Concepts and Case Studies, Prenthice-Hall of India
Private Ltd., New Delhi.
14. Satyanarayana, J., 2004, E-Government… The Science of the Possible, Prentice-Hall of
India Private Ltd., New Delhi.
15. Vayandan, E., and Dolly Mathew, (Ed.) 2003, Good Governance Initiatives in India,
Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.
16. Indian Journal of Public Administration, Special Number on Governance for Development,
New Delhi, Vol. No. 1, Jan-March, 2004.
17. Indian Journal of Public Administration, Special Number on IT and Indian Administration,
New Delhi, Vol. XLVI, No. 3, July-Sept., 2003.
18. Karim, Muhmmad, Raisabdul, Technology and improved Service Delivery: Learning Points
from the Malysian Experience, International Review of Administrative Sciences, Vol. 69,
Number 2, SAGE Publication, June, 2003.
19. Agarwal, Sunil, Technology Development and Transfer at Grassroots Level, Kurukshetra
Vol. 50, No. 5, March 2002.
20. Ghosh, Souvik, Information and Communication Technologies in Rural Development,
Kurukshetra, November 2001 Prabha, C., S., R., 2004, E-Governance: Concepts and Case
Studies, Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi.
21. Jha, Rajesh, K., E-Panchayat: Role of IT in Empowering PRIs, Kurukshetra, Vol. 52, No.
10, August 2004, pp. 34-38.
22. Report, Working Group on Information Technology, Planning Commission, Government of
India, November 2001.
23. Gupta, N., and R., Singhal, Appropriate Strategy for E-Training in Government, paper
presented in Eastern Regional Organisation of Public Administration, Nineteenth General
Assembly and Conference, New Delhi, 6-9 Oct. 2003.
24. Goel, S.L., 2008, Right to Information Act, 2005, Deep & Deep, New Delhi.
10 (1752)

Paper-XVIII/XIX: Administrative Law
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten question will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit-I Legal Basis of Modern State, Government and Administration; Administration Law –
its meaning, nature, and scope. Some Basic Constitutional Concepts in Relation to
Administrative Law: (a) Rule of Law; (b) Doctrine of Separation of Powers; (c)
Principles of Checks and Balances; and (d) Principles of Natural Justice.
Unit-II Doctrine and Ultra-Vires. Relation between Constitutional Law and Administrative
Law. Concept and Courts of Administrative Law (Droit Administrative) in France,
including Courts of Conflicts.
Unit-III Classification of Administrative Functions and Difficulties of Classification.
Legislative Functions of Administration: (a) Delegated Legislation – its Meaning,
Nature and Causes for its Growth. (b) Forms and Classification of Delegated
Legislation. (c) Constitutionality of Legislative Delegation, (d) Control over Delegated
Legislation: (i) Parliamentary Control, and (ii) Judicial Control over Delegated
Legislation.
Unit-IV Judicial Functions of Administration: Administrative Adjudication and Tribunals,
Judicial Control of Administrative Authorities and Tribunals. Structure, Powers,
Functions and Personnel of the following Tribunals: (a) Railway Rates Tribunals; and
(b) Income Tax Appellate Tribunals.
Unit-V Legal Redressal of Grievances – Government Liability, Tortuous and Contractual; (b)
The Ombudsman – The Lokpal and the Lok Ayuktas. Administrative Law relating to
Public Corporations. Constitutional Protection to Civil Servants.
Books Recommended:
1. H. WR. Wade: Administrative Law (5 th Ed., 1982).
2. Griffith and Street: Principles of Administrative Law (4 th Ed.), 1967.
3. M.A. F: Judicial Control of Administrative Action in India, Pakistan (Oxford Clarendon
Press, J 1969).
4. S.P. Sathe: Administrative Law in India, 1970.
5. B. Ganguly: Administrative Legislation in Modern India, 1968.
6. A.P. Hassumani: Some Problems of Administrative Law in India, 1964.
7. M.P. Jain and S.N. Sain: Principles of Administrative Law,. 1971.
8. M.C.I. Kaozi, Indian Administrative Law (2 nd Ed.), 1969.
10 (1753)

Paper –XVIII/XIX (Group - G): Health and Hospital Administration
Theory: 80
Internal Assessment: 20 Time: 3 hours
Note: Ten questions will be set, selecting at least two questions from each unit. Candidates are
required to attempt five questions, at least one question from each unit.
Unit-I Basic Concept: Meaning, Nature, Scope and Principles of Health Administration Evolution of
Health Administration as a Discipline. A Critical Study of the Health and Family Welfare
Policies in India.
Unit-II Machinery at the Central Level: A Critical Study of the Composition; Powers and functions of
Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Directorate General of Health & Family Welfare -
their Inter-relationship. The Composition, powers and functions of Indian Medical Council-
Indian Council of Medical Research.
Unit-III Machinery at the State Level: Composition, powers and functions of State Departments and
Directorates of Health and Family Welfare- the problems of their inter-relationships -
Composition, Powers and Functions of State Medical Councils - Composition,
Function and Role of State Hospitals. Composition functions and role of District Hospitals.
Unit-IV Machinery for Health & Family Welfare at the Local levels- Problems of Administration and Management of
Municipal Hospitals and Primary Health Centres Dispensaries and Family Welfare Centres.
Unit-V Personnel System for Medical, Health and Family Welfare Administration: The problems for
finding suitable personnel for these areas, with special reference to the idea of creation of an
all India Service of Health and Family Welfare Administrators. Reforming Health Education
with special reference to the idea of Curricula revision.
Books Recommended:
1. G. Ramesh Waram: Medical and Health Administration in Rural India, New Delhi: Ashish Publishing
House, 1989.
2. The Central Health Education, Health Today, Director-General of Health Services, New Delhi, 1971.
3 S. L. Goel: Health Care Administration - levels and Aspects. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers 1980.
4 S. L. Goel: Health Care Administration: Ecology Principles and Modem Trends, New Delhi: Sterling
Publishers Pvt. Ltd. 1980.
5 S.L. Goel: Public Health Administration : New Delhi : Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd 1984.
6 N.V. Ram Raghu: Health Administration and Policy Development, Hyderabad: Ramkrishna Printers and
Publishers, 1971.
7. G.Broker: Health in Independent India (Latest Edition).
8. J.K. Owen Madan: Concepts of Hospital Administration (Latest Edition).
9. Brown and Fraling: The Doctor-Patient Relationship (Latest Edition).
10. C.A. Robinson: Hospital Administration (Latest Edition)
11. M.T.Mac Eachiru: Hospital Organisation and Management (Latest Edition).
12. A. Cart Wright: Human Relations and Hospital (Latest ed.)
10 (1754)

Syllabi and Scheme of Examination
For M.A. Psychology (w.e.f. 2011-12)
Scheme of Examination
The M. A. Psychology course will be of FOUR semesters. In each semester there shall
be four theory papers (100 marks each) and one practical (150 marks) leading to a degree of
2200 marks.
M.A. (Semester-I) Psychology
The I st Semester of M.A. Psychology would have following five papers, all the papers
are compulsory.
Paper No. Nomenclature Theory Int. Total Time
Ass.
Paper-I SYSTEMS AND THEORIES 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-II EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-III SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-IV RESEARCH METHODS AND
STATISTICS 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-V (i) PRACTICAL 100 3 Hours
(ii) PROFILING OF EQUIPMENTS 50 1 Hour
M.A. (Semester-II) Psychology
The II nd Semester of M.A. Psychology would have following five papers, all the papers
are compulsory.
10 (1755)

Paper No. Nomenclature Theory Int. Total Time
Paper-I SYSTEMS AND THEORIES 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-II COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-III SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-IV RESEARCH METHODS AND
STATISTICS 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-V (i) PRACTICAL 100 3 Hours
(ii) PROFILING OF EQUIPMENTS 50 1 Hour
M.A. (Semester-I) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-I: SYSTEMS AND THEORIES Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question
from each unit.
UNIT-I
Nature and scope of Psychology, Psychology as science; Historical Origins: Preexperimental
period- Science Among Greeks, British Empiricism, German Nativism.
UNIT-II
Psychology During Early Experimental Period: Contribution of Weber and Fechner; Wundt
and Titchener; James, Dowey and Carr; Watson.
UNIT-III
10 (1756)

Perception: Nature, Determinants, Approcaches-Gestalt, Ecological and Information
Processing, Adaptation Level Theory.
Learning: Nature, Theories: Hull,
Spence; Miller-Dollard, Tolman, Skinner.
UNIT-IV
UNIT-V
Thinking: Nature, Historical Background, Current trends, Approaches; Associationism Gestalt,
Information Processing, Creative thinking.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Chaplin T. and Kraweic T.S. (1979): Systems & theories of Psychology
Wolman, B.B. (1960) Contemporary Theories & Systems in Psychology
Wolman, B.B. (1961) Handbook of general psychology
Hilgerd, E.R. & Bower, G.M. (1966) Theories of Learning
10 (1757)

M.A. (Semester-I) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-II: EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Experimental Psychology: Nature and History, Experimental Method,
Sensory Processes: Visual and Auditory: structure and functions
UNIT-II
Perception: Nature, Perception of Form, Space, Movement, and Time.
Perceptual Constancy, Illusion, Subliminal Perception
UNIT-III
Psychophysics: Problems and Methods of Classical Psychophysics.
Signal Detection Theory: Basic Concepts, Assumptions, Psychophysical Procedures and
Applications.
UNIT-IV
Learning: Nature, Classical Conditioning- Phenomena, Procedure and Theories;
Instrumental Conditioning- Appetitive and Aversive; Operant Conditioning.
UNIT-V
Verbal Learning: Methods, Materials, Organizational Processes.
Discrimination Learning: Phenomena, Procedures and paradigms.
Neurophysiology of Learning.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Bourne, L.E. Jr., Dominowski, R.L., & Loftus, E.F. (1979). Cognitive Processes. New Jersey. Prentice
Hall.
D’ Amato, M.R. (1970). Experimental Psychology. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
Flaherty, C.F. et. Al. (1977). Learning and Memory. Chicago: Rn McNally Pub.Co.
Gordon, W.C. (1989). Learning and Memory. California: Brooks / Cole.
Guilford, J.P. (1954). Psychometric methods (2 nd ed.). New Delhi: McGraw Hill.
Kling, J.W. and Riggs, L.A. (1971). Woodworth and Schlosberg’s Experimental Psychology. London:
Methuen & Co.
Mazur (1989). Learning and Behavour, New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.
Singh, A. (1985). Hundal Experimental Psychology, Bhiwani: Vedic Prakshan.
Snodgrass, J.G., Berger, G.L., & Haydon, M. (1985). Human Experimental Psychology, New York:
Oxford.
Solso, R.L. (1988). Cognitive Psychology (2 nd ed.) Allyn & Bacon.
10 (1758)

M.A. (Semester-I) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-III: SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Social Psychology: Nature, Historical background, Scope, Current Trends and Perspectives. Methods:
Experimental, Observation, and Sociometry.
UNIT-II
Socialization: Nature, Process, Agencies, Theories - Psychoanalytic, Social learning, and Cognitive-
Development.
Origin and Development of Self, Self Concept, Self Esteem, Culture and Self.
UNIT-III
Social Cognition: Social Inference, Emotional and Motivational biases in Inference, Schemas and their
Processing.
Social Perception: Non-verbal communication, Attributional process, Impression formation.
UNIT-IV
Interpersonal Relationship: Development and Dissolution, Interpersonal Attraction- Determinants and
Theories- Reinforcement theory, Social Exchange theory and Equity theory. Prejudice and
Discrimination.
UNIT-V
Attitude: Nature, Formation, Change, Consistency, and Measurement.
Theories: Balance, Congruity, Cognitive Dissonance, and Social Judgement.
Communication and Persuasion.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Baron, R.A., Byrne, D. (2003). Social Psychology (10 th Edn)-Prentice-Hall.
Daniel, P, Cozby, P.C.(1983). Social Psychology, New York: CBS College Publishing Holt, Rinehart
and Winston.
Lindzey, L., and Aronson, E.(1975).The Handbook of Social Psychology (2 nd Edn.), Vol. II, III & IV,
New Delhi: Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
Mathur, S.S (2004/05). Social Psychology, Agra: Vinod Pustak Mandir.
Million, T. & Lerner, M. (2003). Handbook of Psychology (Vol.-5).- John Wiley and sons Inc.
Myers, D.G. (2006).Social Psychology (8 th Edn.)-Tata McGraw Hill International Editions.
Penrod, S. (1986). Social Psychology (2 nd Edn.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs.
Singh, A.K. (2003). Samaj Manovigyan Ki Rooprekha (6 th Edn), NewDelhi: Moti Lal Banarsi
Dass.
Taylor, S.E. Peplau, L.A. Sears, D.O.(2006). Social Psychology (12 th Edn) -Pearson Education.
10 (1759)

M.A. (Semester-I) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-IV: RESEARCH METHODS AND STATISTICS Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit. Numerical
questions will be set from unit III, IV, and V. Candidate are required to attempt five questions
in all, selecting one question from each unit. Non-programmable calculators and statistical
tables are allowed in the examination.
UNIT-I
Psychological Research: Nature, Characteristics, Univariate vs. Multivariate approach,
Problem, Hypothesis, Variables - Types, Control of relevant variables.
UNIT-II
Types of Research: Experimental, Ex Post facto, Field studies, and Correlational.
UNIT-III
Normal Probability Curve: Characteristics, Applications, Divergence from Normality-
Skewness and Kurtois.
Hypothesis Testing: Chisquare, Significance of difference between means.
UNIT-IV
Correlation: Concept, Methods- Product-moment, Rank difference, Biserial, Point biserial, and
Tetrachoric.
UNIT-IV
Significance of difference between two correlations.
Partial correlation (first order), Multiple Correlation (three variables).
Regression Prediction (bivariate).
Recommended Books:
Cattell, R.B. (1966). Handbook of multivariate experimental psychology. Chicago: Rand
McNally.
Garrett, H.E. (1981). Statistics in Psychology and Education. Bombay: Vakils.
10 (1760)

Guilford, J.P. and Fruchter, B. (1981). Fundamental statistics in psychology and education
(6 th Ed.). New Delhi: McGraw Hill.
Kerlinger, F.N. (1973). Foundation of Behavioural Research. New York:Holt Rinehart and
Winston.
McGuigan, F.J. (1983). Experimental Psychology: Methods of research (4 th Ed.). New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
Mohsin. (1984). Research Methodology in Behavioural Science.
Shaughnessy, J.J. and Zechmeister, E.B. (1997). Research Methods in Psychology. New York: Mc
Graw Hill.
Singh, A.K. (1986). Tests, measurements and research methods in behavioural sciences. New
Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
10 (1761)

M.A. (Semester-I) Max. Marks: 100
Paper-V (i): PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hours
Note: Any 10 practicals out of the following are to be conducted and reported during the
semester. One practical will be allotted to a candidate during the examination and evaluation
will be based on Practical Note Book, Performance during practical examination and Vivavoce.
1. Retinal Colour Zones.
2. Emert’s law.
3. Figural after effect.
4. Perceptual constancy.
5. Phi-phenomenon.
6. Perception of time.
7. Autokinetic movement.
8. Experiment of classical conditioning.
9. Depth perception.
10. Weber’s law.
11. SDT.
12. Muller Lyre illusion.
13. Relative effectiveness of any two methods of learning.
14. Serial position effect.
15. Incidental v/s intentional learning.
16. Discrimination learning.
10 (1762)

Paper-V (ii): PROFILING OF EQUIPMENTS Max. Marks: 50
Time: 1 Hour
Candidate is required to prepare a profile of at least 16 equipments (8 Instruments and 8
Tests), other than those included in Paper-V (i). Two equipment profiles will be allotted to a
candidate during the examination and evaluation will be based on Profile Record, Report, and
Viva-voce.
10 (1763)

M.A. (Semester-II) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-I: SYSTEMS AND THEORIES Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question
from each unit.
UNIT-I
Emotion: Nature, Physiological Correlates, Theories; James- Large, Cannon- Bard, Schachter-
Singer, Pribhram, Papez.
UNIT-II
Motivation: Nature, Biogenic and Sociogenic Motives,
Theories: Lewin, Maslow, and Mc Clelland.
UNIT-III
Personality: Nature, Determinants,
Theories- Psychoanalytic, Neo-Freudian, Rogress, Allport, Cattell, Eysenck.
UNIT-IV
Intelligence: Nature, Determinants,
Theories: Spearman, Thurstone, Cattell, Guilford, Sternberg, Gardner.
UNIT-V
Language Behaviour: Nature, Development of Language, Theories of Language Development:
Mowrer, Skinner and Chomsky Language and thought: Whorfran Hypothesis.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Carlson, Neil R (2005): Foundations of Physiological Psychology
Kalat, J.N. (2001): Biological Psychology
Levinthel (1990): Introduction to Physiological Psychology
Pinel (1993): Biopsychology
Thompson, R.F. (1967): Foundation of Physiological Psychology
Thompson, R.F. Introduction to Physiological Psychology
Bourne, L.E. Jr., Dominowski, R.L. & Loftus, F.F. (1979). Cognitive processes. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
Chaplin, T. and Kraweic, T.S. (1979). Systems and theories of psychology. Holt Rinehart and
Winston.
Cofer, C.N. and Appley, M. (1964). Motivation: Theory and research. New York: Willey.
Wolman, B.B. (1961). Handbook of general psychology. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
Wolman, B.B. (1985). Handbook of intelligence: Theories, measurements and applications.
New York: John Wiley.
10 (1764)

M.A. (Semester-II) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-II: COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Cognitive Psychology: Historical Background, Approaches, Methods of Study. Individual and Gender
differences in Cognition
UNIT-II
Attention: Nature, Capacity and Information Processing.
Selective attention: Nature, Models: Filter and Attenuation; Divided Attention.
Pattern Recognition: Template Matching, Feature Analysis, Prototype Matching.
UNIT-III
Memory: Process, Models- Atkinson and Shiffrin, Level of Processing, and Parallel Distributed
Processing Model; Autobiographical Memory, Eye-witness Testimony, Mnemonics.
UNIT-IV
Language: Properties, Structure and Processes of Language Acquisition, Word Recognition.
Thinking: Nature, Concept formation
UNIT-V
Problem Solving: Classic Problems and General Methods of solution, Blocks and Aids in problem
solving. Reasoning: Types and Approaches
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Galotti, K.M.(2000), Cognitive Psychology in and out of the Laboratory. Thomson
Eysenck, M.W., and Keane, M.P (2000). Cognitive Psychology: A students guide, Psychology Press
Solso, Cognitive Psychology, London: Pearson.
Sternberg, R.J. (2007). Cognitive Psychology, Thomson.
10 (1765)

M.A. (Semester-II) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-III: SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit.
Candidates are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Group Dynamics: Structure, Function and Classification of Groups, Cohesiveness and
Effectiveness, Competition Vs. Cooperation.
Group Norms: Conformity, Social roles, and Role conflict.
UNIT-II
Leaderships: Nature, Types, Attributes and Leader- follower relations. Theories: Contingency,
Trait, Zeitgeist, and Path goal.
Social Influence: Conformity, Compliance, and Obedience.
UNIT-III
Prosocial Behaviour: Helping- Evolutionary, Behaviouristic, and Sociocultural Perspective.
Altruism: Stages of Development, Personality dispositions. Emergency Intervention.
UNIT-IV
Anti Social Behaviour: Aggression and Social violence-Causes and Prevention.
Social Problems: Poverty, Deprivation, Population growth- Density and Crowding.
UNIT-V
Applied Fields of Social Psychology: Health- Changing Attitudes, Culture and Health, Social
Support. Environment- Privacy and Territorial Behaviour. Law: Psychosocial issues -
Eyewitness Testimony, Legality of Lie Detection, Influence of Trial Procedures.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Baron, R.A., Byrne, D. (2003). Social Psychology (10 th Edn)-Prentice-Hall.
Daft, R.L. (2005). Leadership, New Delhi: Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
Daniel, P, Cozby, P.C.(1983). Social Psychology, New York: CBS College Publishing Holt, Rinehart
and Winston.
Gireshwar, M. (1990). Applied Social Psychology in India, Sage Publications.
Mathur, S.S (2004/05). Social Psychology, Agra: Vinod Pustak Mandir.
Lindzey, L., and Aronson, E.(1975).The Handbook of Social Psychology (2 nd Edn.), Vol. IV & V,
New Delhi: Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
Million, T. & Lerner, M. Handbook of Psychology (Vol.-5).- John Wiley and sons Inc.
Myers, D.G. (12006).Social Psychology (8 th Edn.)- Tata McGraw Hill International Editions.
Penrod, S. (1986). Social Psychology (2 nd Edn.) New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs.
10 (1766)

Singh, A.K. (2003). Samaj Manovigyan Ki Rooprekha (6 th Edn), NewDelhi: Moti Lal Banarsi
Dass.
Taylor, S.E. Peplau, L.A. Sears, D.O.(2006). Social Psychology (12 th Edn) -Pearson Education.
M.A. (Semester-II) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-IV: RESEARCH METHODS AND STATISTICS Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit. Numerical
questions will be set from unit IV and V. Candidate are required to attempt five questions in
all, selecting one question from each unit. Non-programmable calculators and statistical tables
are allowed in the examination.
UNIT-I
Research Design: Criteria and Principles.
Between Groups Design: Randomized Groups and Factorial Designs.
Within Groups Design: Single factor and Two factor (Repeated Measures) designs.
UNIT-II
Quasi-experimental designs: Non equivalent comparison groups and Time series designs.
Sampling: Basic Principles, Probability and Non-Probability sampling techniques.
UNIT-III
Data Collection Techniques: Case Study, Observation, Interview, Questionnaire. Ethical issues
in Psychological research. Research report.
UNIT-IV
Analysis of Variance: Basic Concepts, One way ANOVA ( Separate and Repeated measures),
Two-way ANOVA (Separate groups), Analysis of Trends.
UNIT-V
Nonparametric statistics: Sign Test, Wilcoxon Signed Ranks Test, Mann-Whitney U-Test,
Median Test, Kendall Coefficient of Concordance.
Recommended Books:
Anastasi, A. (1980). Psychological Testing. London: McMillan.
Broota, K.D. (1989). Experimental design in behavioural research. New Delhi: Wiley Eastern.
Edwards, A.L. (1971). Experimental design in psychological research. New York: Holt.
Kerlinger,F.N. (1973). Foundation of Behavioural Research. New York: Holt Rinehart and
Winston.
Kidder, L.H. (1981). Research methods in Social Relations(4 th Ed.). Tokyo: Holt Sinnder.
McGuigan, F.J. (1983). Experimental Psychology: Methods of research (4 th Ed.). New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
Shaughnessy, J.J. and Zechmeister, E.B. (1997). Research Methods in Psychology.New York: Mc
Graw Hill.
10 (1767)

Siegel, S. and Castellan, N.J. (1988). Nonparametric statistics for the behavioural sciences.
Kogakusha: McGraw Hill.
Singh, A.K. (1986). Tests, measurements and research methods in behavioural sciences. New
Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
Winer, B.J. (1971). Statistical principles and experimental design. Kogakusha: McGraw Hill.
10 (1768)

M.A. (Semester-II) Max. Marks: 100
Paper-V (i): PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hours
Note: Any 10 practicals out of the following are to be conducted and reported during the
semester. One practical will be allotted to a candidate during the examination and evaluation
will be based on Practical Note Book, Performance during practical examination and Vivavoce
1. Study of STM.
2. Retroactive inhibition.
3. Schedule of reinforcement (instrumental conditioning).
4. Choice reaction time.
5. Selective listening
6. Reminiscence
7. Comparison of any two methods of memory
8. Problem solving.
9. Set in thinking.
10. Creativity test.
11. Concept formation
12. Galvanic skin response.
13. Study of emotions (Facial expression).
14. Zeigarnic effect.
15. Measurement of motives.
16. Projective test of personality.
Paper-V (ii): PROFILING OF EQUIPMENTS Max. Marks: 50
Time: 1 Hour
Candidate is required to prepare a profile of at least 16 equipments (8 Instruments and 8
Tests), other than those included in Paper-V (i). Two equipment profiles will be allotted to a
candidate during the examination and evaluation will be based on Profile Record, Report, and
Viva-voce.
10 (1769)

Syllabi and Scheme of Examination
M.A. (Semester-III) Psychology (w.e.f. 2011-12)
The III rd Semester of M.A. Psychology would have four theory papers and one paper of
practical; all the theory papers are optional and paper of practical is compulsory. The students may opt
for any four of the ten theory papers. However, the options to be floated in any particular year would
be decided by the Chairperson of the Department keeping in view the available resources.
Paper No. Nomenclature Theory Int. Total Time
Ass.
Paper-I: PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND 80 20 100 3 Hours
CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Paper-II: MENTAL ABILITIES 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-III: ORGANIZATIONAL 80 20 100 3 Hours
PSYCHOLOGY
Paper-IV: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICTIONS 80 20 100 3 Hours
OF GUIDANCE
Paper-V: HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-VI: PSYCHOMETRICS 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-VII: PERSONALITY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-VIII: PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-IX: COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-X: PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-XI (i) PRACTICAL 100 3 Hours
(ii) PROFILING OF INSTRUMENTS 50 1 Hour
10 (1770)

M.A. (Semester-IV) Psychology
The IV th Semester of M.A. Psychology would have four theory papers and one paper of
practical. The theory papers would be corresponding to optional papers opted in Semester-III, the
paper of practical is compulsory.
Paper No. Nomenclature Theory Int. Total Time
Ass.
Paper-I: PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND 80 20 100 3 Hours CLINICAL
PSYCHOLOGY
Paper-II: MENTAL ABILITIES 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-III: ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-IV: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICTIONS OF
COUNSELLING 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-V: LIFE SPAN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-VI: PSYCHOMETRICS 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-VII: PERSONALITY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-VIII: PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-IX: COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-X: PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING 80 20 100 3 Hours
Paper-XI (i) PRACTICAL 100 3 Hours
(ii) PROFILING OF INSTRUMENTS 50 1 Hour
10 (1771)

M.A. (Semester-III) Max. Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Paper-I: PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Psychopathology: Meaning, Criteria, Theoretial Appraoches – Biological, Psychodynamic,
Behavioural, Cognitive,and Sociocultural.
UNIT-II
Classification of Abnormal Behaviour: Meaning, Purposes. Classification Systems – DSM and ICD.
UNIT-III
Clinical Psychology: Nature, Evolution, Professional Issues: Roles, Ethics, and Training.
UNIT-IV
Clinical Assessment: Case History, Clinical Interview, Psychological Tests – MMPI, Rorschach
Inkblot Test, Wechsler Adult Intelligence Test. Neuropsychological Assessment.
UNIT-V
Stress: Nature, Stress and Illness. Psychophysiological Disorders- CHD, Hypertension, Asthma,
Peptic Ulcer. Sexual and Gender Identity Disorders.
Recommended Books:
1. APA’s (1996). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual)-IV,. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers.
2. Carson, R.C., Butcher, T.N., and Susan, M.(2001). Abnormal Psychology and modern Life
(11 th Ed.). New York: Harper Collins.
3. ICD-10. Casebook: The many faces of mental disorders. New Delhi: Jaypee
4. Irwin, B.W. (1976). Clinical Methods in Psychology. NY: Willey Interscience.
5. Kaplan, H.I. and Sedock, B.J. (1983) Modern Synopsis of Psychiatry. Baltimore: Williams
and Witkins.
6. Kendall. (1980). Modern Clinical Psychology. NY:Willey.
7. Kolb. L.C. and Brodie, H.K.H. (1982). Modern Clinical Psychiatry. (10 th Ed.). London:
Saunders.
8. Korchin, S.J. (1975). Modern Clinical Psychology. NY:Basic Books.
9. Shaffer, G.W. and Lazarus, L.S. (1952). Fundamental concepts of clinical Psychology.
10. Talbott, J.A. (1988). Textbook of Psychiatry. Washington: American Psychiatric Press.
11. Wolberg, L.R. (1988). The Techniques of Psychotherapy (Vol. 1 & 2). London: Jason
Aronson Inc.
12. Wolman, B.B. (1965). Handbook of clinical Psychology, New York: Mc Graw Hill.
10 (1772)

M.A. (Semester-III) Max. Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Paper-II: MENTAL ABILITIES.
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Intelligence: Nature, History, Contemporary Views, Neurological Foundation. Determinants - Genetic
and Environmental.
UNIT-II
Theories of Intelligence: Seminal views of Galton and Binet, Spearman, Thurstone, Guilford, Gardner.
UNIT-III
Theories of Intelligence: Cattell, Vernon, Horn, Carroll.
UNIT-IV
Information Processing Theories: Jensen, Dass, Eysenk, Sternberg.
UNIT-V
Biological Theories of Intelligence: Neuropsychological, approaches, Electro Physiological and blood
flow approaches, Speed of Information processing.
Recommended Books:
1. Anastasi, A. (1988). Psychological testing (6thEd.). New York: McMillan.
2. Cattell, R.B. (1982). The inheritance of personality and ability. NY:Academic Press.
3. Cattell, R.B. (1987). Intelligence: Its structure, growth, and action. North Holland: Amsterdam.
4. Eysenck, H.J. (1982). A Model for Intelligence, New York: Springer-Yerlag.
5. Guilford, J.P. (1967). The nature of Human Intelligence, New York: McGraw Hill.
6. Sternberg, R.J. (1982). Advances in the Psychology of Human Intelligence (Vol.I.).N.J:
Erlbaum.
7. Sternberg, R.J. (1985). Handbook of human intelligence. London: Cambridge University Press.
8. Sternberg, R.J.(1990). Metaphors of mind: Conceptions of the nature of intelligence. London:
Cambridge University Press.
9. Sternberg, R.J. and Berg, C.A. (1992). Intellectual development, London: Cambridge
University Press.
10. Torrance, E.P. (1965). Rewarding Creative Behaviour, N.J.: Prentice Hall.
11. Wolman, B.B. (1985). Handbook of Intelligence: Theories, measurements and applications,
New York: John Wiley & Sons.
10 (1773)

M.A. (Semester-III) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-III: ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: The paper setter shall set a total of ten questions, two from each unit. Candidates
are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Introduction: Nature, development, and fields of Organizational Psychology.
Organisational behaviour: Nature, Theories- Classical, Contingency and X-Y theory.
UNIT-II
Selection Process and Placement. Training: Developing job skills. Varieties of Training, Performance
evaluation, and Appraisal: Importance.
UNIT-III
Communication in Organizations: Nature, models: Lateral Communication Model, Management
Communication Model and Fayor’s Model for formal communication. Basic communication Process,
Formal Vs. Informal, methods to improve communication.
UNIT-IV
Organizational change and development: Nature of change process, strategic planning, resistance and
barriers.
Forces and approaches to change management; Management by objectives.
UNIT-V
Leadership in Organizations: Nature, Leadership Styles, Theories: Reddins, Likert, Varoom-Yetton;.
Leadership and Power.
Recommended Books:
1. Dunmett, M.D and Hough, L.M. (1992). Handbook of Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (2 nd Ed.). Palo Alto: Consulting Psychology Press.
2. French, W.L. and Hall, C.H. (1989). Organizational Development. New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
3. Ganguli, H.C. (1964). Structure and Processes of Organization. Bombay: Asia Pub.
4. Gibson, J.L. et.al. (1976). Organizations: Structure, processes, behaviour. Dollas: Business
pub.
5. Harsey, R.C. and Blanchard T. (1977). The Management of Organizational Behaviour. New
Delhi: Prentice Hall.
6. Luthans, F. (1986). Organizational Behaviour, New York: McGraw Hill.
7. Robbins, S.P. (2000). Organizational Behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications (7 th
Ed.), New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.
8. Keth Davis. Human Behaviour at work organizational Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill Pub.
Company Ltd., New Delhi.
9. Jerald Greenberg Robert Baron. Behaviour in Organizations (9 th Ed.) Pearson Prentice Hall,
Delhi, Chennai, Chandigarh.
10 (1774)

M.A. (Semester-III) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-IV: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS OF GUIDANCE. Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: In total ten questions will be set, two from each unit. The Candidates are required to attempt
five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Guidance: Historical perspective, nature, need, scope, fundamental objectives and principles.
Guidance Services; implementation, organization and conduct.
UNIT-II
Assessment in guidance: Nature and use of psychological tests, measurement of personality, general
and special abilities.
Pupil evaluation and recording: formal and informal techniques.
The school testing programmes, case history and guidance folder.
UNIT-III
Individual and group guidance: meaning, objectives, importance and principles.
Guidance personnel: Roles, functions and training.
UNIT-IV
Educational guidance: meaning, needs, stages and functions.
Process of individual and group educational guidance.
Personal guidance: meaning objectives and process.
Guidance in adolescence for education, mental development, common difficulties and solution.
UNIT-V
Vocational guidance: meaning, need, objectives, principles and process.
Guidance of the deviate, nature and extent of exceptionality.
Guidance problems and rehabilitation of the physically and mentally challenged. Special Guidance for
gifted and slow learners.
Recommended Books:
1. Anastasi, A & Urbina S (1997) Psychological testing, New York: Mac Miller Publishing
Company.
2. Bernard, HW & Fullmer, DW (1977) Principles of guidance, New York, Crowell.
1. Crow, L.D. & Crow, A (1961) Introduction to guidance, New Delhi, Eurasia.
4. Gupta SK (1985) Guidance & counselling, Delhi, Mittal.
5. Pietrofesa, J J et al (1980) Guidance- an introduction Chicago rand Mc Nally.
6. Ram Nath Sharma- Rachna Sharma- Guidance & counselling in India 2004 Attlantic
Publishers.
7. Traxler, M & North, R D (1967) Technique of guidance, New York- Harper & Row.
10 (1775)

M.A. (Semester-III) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-V: HUMAN DEVELOPMENT Time: 3 Hours
NOTE:, In total ten questions will be set, two from each unit. The candidates are required to attempt
five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Human Development: nature and scope. Theories of Development- Psychoanalytic, behaviouristic &
social learning.
Principles of development: developmental patterns, periods in development, hazards in different
periods of development.
UNIT-II
Methods in developmental Psychology: experimental, observational, correlational, longitudinal and
cross sectional designs.
Foundations of the developmental pattern: Heredity & environment, nature – nurture debate in human
development.
UNIT-III
Prenatal development: How life begins, conditions affecting prenatal development, hazards during
prenatal development.
Post-natal Development: Adjustment to postnatal life, hazards associated with birth, level of
development present at birth.
UNIT-IV
Physical development: course of physical growth, development of brain, factors affecting and hazards.
Motor development: Principles, functions of motor skills, sequence and hazards in motor development.
UNIT-V
Cognitive development: Nature and approaches: piaget, vygotsky, information processing perspective.
Emotional development: Patterns and hazards in emotional development.
Common emotional patterns.
Recommended Books:
1. Crain W (1980) Theories of development englewood Cliffs, New Jersey Prentice Hall.
2. David R Shaffer- Development Psychology Books/ Cole Publishing Company
3. Elizabeth B Hurlock (1997) Child development, New Delhi, Tata MC Graw Hill.
4. Hetherington ME & Parke RD (1993) Child Psychology A contemporary View Point, New
York MC Graw Hill.
5. Laura E Berk (2003) Child development, New Delhi, Pearson eduction.
6. Srivastava A K (1998) Child development An Indian Perspective, New Delhi, NCERT.
7. Handbook of Child Psychology, Vol.I, II, III and IV. John Wiley and sons, inc.
10 (1776)

M.A. (Semester-III) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-VI: PSYCHOMETRICS Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: In total TEN questions will be set, TWO from each unit. The candidates are required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Psychological measurement: Nature, general theory, and levels of measurement.
Modern psychophysical theory: Law of comparative judgment, Steven’s power law, and signal
detection theory.
UNIT-II
Psychological scaling: Nature, methods – paired comparisons, rank order, equal appearing interval,
fractionation. Multidimensional scaling – methods and applications.
UNIT-III
Theory of Psychological Tests: Problems of measurement by tests, types of test scales, theory of test
scores – rationale of reliability and validity, test length and reliability - validity. Speed and power
problems.
UNIT-IV
Reliability: Meaning, methods of estimate, and sources of unreliability.
Validity: Meaning, Types and procedures, and factors affecting validity.
UNIT-V
Theory of measurement error: Domain sampling model, model of parallel tests; perspectives on two
models, precision of reliability estimates, deductions from the domain sampling model;
Recommended Books:
1. Anastasi, A. (1988). Psychological testing (6thEd.). New York: McMillan.
2. Guilford, J.P. (1954) Psychometric Methods (2 nd Ed.) New York: McGraw Hill.
3. Gulliksen, H. (1950). The theory of mental tests. NY: John Wiley.
4. Nunnally, J. (1978) Psychometrics Theory (2 nd Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill.
5. Singh, A.K. (1986). Tests, measurements and research methods in behavioural sciences. New
Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
6. Torgerson, W.S. (1967) Theory and Methods of Scaling (2 nd Ed.). New York: John Wiley
& Sons.
10 (1777)

M.A. (Semester-III) Max. Marks: 100
Paper-XI (i): PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hours
Note: The candidate will conduct and report three practicals from each optional paper in semester-III.
Practicals will be decided by the teacher teaching the paper. One practical will be allotted to a
candidate during the examination and evaluation will be based on Practical Note Book (25 marks),
Performance (25 marks) and Viva-voce (50 marks).
Paper-XI (ii): PROFILING OF EQUIPMENTS Max. Marks: 50
Time: 1 Hour
The candidate will prepare a profile of three measuring instruments from each optional paper,
other than those covered in Practicals. Two instrument profiles will be allotted to a candidate during
the examination and evaluation will be based on Profile Record (12 marks), Report (12 marks), and
Viva-voce (26 marks).
10 (1778)

M.A. (Semester-IV) Max. Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Paper-I: PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY
NOTE: In total ten questions will be set, two from each unit. The candidates
are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Clinical Patterns, Symptoms, and causes: Anxiety-based Disorders- GAD, Panic Disorder, Phobia,
OCD, Post traumatic Stress Disorder, Conversion Disorder, Dissocative disorders.
UNIT-II
Clinical Patterns, Symptoms and causes: Schizophrenia, Delusional Disorders, Mood Disorders,
Organic Mental Disorders.
UNIT-III
Clinical Patterns, symptoms, and causes: Childhood Disorders- Mental Retardation, Disruptive
Behaviour Disorders, Anxiety Disorders; Substance related Disordes - Alcoholism.
UNIT-IV
Clinical Intervention: Nature, Goals and course of Psychotherapy. Psychoanalysis, Hypnosis,
Behaviour therapy, Biofeedback.
UNIT-V
Clinical Intervention: Cognitive therapy, Cognitive- Behaviour Therapy, Client Centred Therapy,
Chemotherapy, ECT.
Recommended Books:
1. APA’s (1996). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual)-IV,. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers.
2. Carson, R.C., Butcher, T.N., and Susan, M.(2001). Abnormal Psychology and modern Life
(11 th Ed.). New York: Harper Collins.
3. ICD-10. Casebook: The many faces of mental disorders. New Delhi: Jaypee
4. Irwin, B.W. (1976). Clinical Methods in Psychology> NY: Willey Interscience.
5. Kaplan, H.I. and Sedock, B.J. (1983) Modern Synopsis of Psychiatry. Baltimore: Williams and
Witkins.
6. Kendall. (1980). Modern Clinical Psychology. NY:Willey.
7. Kolb. L.C. and Brodie, H.K.H. (1982). Modern Clinical Psychiatry. (10 th Ed.). London:
Saunders.
8. Korchin, S.J. (1975). Modern Clinical Psychology. NY:Basic Books.
9. Shaffer, G.W. and Lazarus, L.S. (1952). Fundamental concepts of clinical Psychology.
10. Talbott, J.A. (1988). Textbook of Psychiatry. Washington: American Psychiatric Press.
11. Wolberg, L.R. (1988). The Techniques of Psychotherapy (Vol. 1 & 2). London: Jason Aronson
Inc.
12. Wolman, B.B. (1965). Handbook of clinical Psychology, New York: Mc Graw Hill.
10 (1779)

M.A. (Semester-IV) Max. Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Paper-II: MENTAL ABILITIES.
NOTE: In total ten questions will be set, two from each unit. The candidates
are required to attempt five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Measurement of Intelligence: Issues and approaches. Psychometric Tests- Nature and Types.
UNIT-II
Measurement of Intelligence: Biological measures - Brain Size, Volume, EEG and related measures.
Chronometric approach.
UNIT-III
Creativity: Nature, Factors, Theories, Current Research.
UNIT-IV
Factors Affecting Creativity: Genetic, Biological, Sociocultural.
Creativity- Intelligence Relationship.
Giftedness- Nature and Models.
Aptitudes: Nature and Measurement.
UNIT-V
Recommended Books:
1. Anastasi, A. (1988). Psychological testing (6thEd.). New York: McMillan.
2. Cattell, R.B. (1982). The inheritance of personality and ability. NY:Academic Press.
3. Cattell, R.B. (1987). Intelligence: Its structure, growth, and action. North Holland: Amsterdam.
4. Eysenck, H.J. (1982). A Model for Intelligence, New York: Springer-Yerlag.
5. Guilford, J.P. (1967). The nature of Human Intelligence, New York: McGraw Hill.
6. Sternberg, R.J. (1982). Advances in the Psychology of Human Intelligence (Vol.I.).N.J:
Erlbaum.
7. Sternberg, R.J. (1985). Handbook of human intelligence. London: Cambridge University Press.
8. Sternberg, R.J.(1990). Metaphors of mind: Conceptions of the nature of intelligence. London:
Cambridge University Press.
9. Sternberg, R.J. and Berg, C.A. (1992). Intellectual development, London: Cambridge
University Press.
10. Torrance, E.P. (1965). Rewarding Creative Behaviour, N.J.: Prentice Hall.
11. Wolman, B.B. (1985). Handbook of Intelligence: Theories, measurements and applications,
New York: John Wiley & Sons.
10 (1780)

M.A. (Semester-IV) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-III: ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Time: 3 Hours
NOTE:, In total ten questions will be set, two from each unit. The candidates are required to attempt
five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Organizational Structure: Classical and modern concepts.
Work Motivation: Concept, Theories: Hygiene, ERG, Reinforcement. Work related attitudes:
Prejudice, Job satisfaction, organizational commitment.
UNIT-II
Organizational Conflict: Nature, causes, and management.
Conflict resolution, Negotiation Strategies.
UNIT-III
Organizational Climate: Nature, models: Alternative participation, Human relation and Human
resources measurement. OB system to achieve favourable climate. Organisational Citizenship
UNIT-IV
Decision Making: Nature, process, types, models – Economic, social, Simon’s. Variables and
constraints. Decision Techniques.
UNIT-V
Coping with organizational life: Organizational Stress - Sources, consequences, management/coping,
Emotions and Mood, Nature Role and Managing.
Recommended Books:
1. Dunmett, M.D and Hough, L.M. (1992). Handbook of Industrial and Organizational
Psychology (2 nd Ed.). Palo Alto: Consulting Psychology Press.
2. French, W.L. and Hall, C.H. (1989). Organizational Development. New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
3. Ganguli, H.C. (1964). Structure and Processes of Organization. Bombay: Asia Pub.
4. Gibson, J.L. et.al. (1976). Organizations: Structure, processes, behaviour. Dollas: Business
pub.
5. Harsey, R.C. and Blanchard T. (1977). The Management of Organizational Behaviour. New
Delhi: Prentice Hall.
6. Luthans, F. (1986). Organizational Behaviour, New York: McGraw Hill.
7. Robbins, S.P. (2000). Organizational Behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications (7 th
Ed.), New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.
8. Keth Davis. Human Behaviour at work organizational Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill Pub.
Company Ltd., New Delhi.
9. Jerald Greenberg Robert Baron. Behaviour in Organizations (9 th Ed.) Pearson Prentice Hall,
Delhi, Chennai, Chandigarh.
10 (1781)

M.A. (Semester-IV) Max. Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Paper-IV: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS OF COUNSELLING
NOTE: In total TEN questions will be set TWO from each unit. The candidates are required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Meaning, purposes and goals of counselling.
Counselling process: counselling as a response to human needs.
Professional counselor, roles, functions and training.
UNIT-II
Counselling Techniques: Directive, non-directive and eclectic.
Diagnosis in counselling: Meaning, objective and limitations.
Interpretation of psychological tests and non-test client appraisal techniques.
UNIT-III
Individual Counselling Approaches: psychoanalytic, individual psychology, person centered,
behavioural, rational emotive behaviour therapy, reality therapy, transactional analysis.
Group counselling- process, assumptions, importance and mechanism.
Structuring of groups and its limitations.
UNIT-IV
Educational counseling: counselling at elementary school, high school and college level. The role of
teachers in counseling.
Educational counselling, curriculum and evaluation.
Counselling for career planning: Meaning, importance, planning.
Career Counselling and development of human potential. Career counselling in non-school settings.
UNIT-V
Counselling applications: family counselling, counselling for parents and children, counselling
delinquents, drug addicts, women, marriage counselling.
and weaker section.
Ethical and legal issues in counselling.
Books Recommended:-
1. Gelso, Charles & Fretz Bruce R (1995) counselling psychology, New York, Prisom
Harcourt Brace.
2. Nystul MS (2001) Introduction to counselling, New Mexico State University, Allyn and
Bacon
3. Palmer S & McMohan G (1997) Handbook of counselling psychology, London, British
association for counseling.
4. Pietrofesa, JJ et al (1978) counselling- theory research & practice, Chicago Rand Mc Nally.
5. Rao S.N.(2001) Counselling Psychology, New Delhi, Tata MC Graw Hill.
6. Robert L Gibson (2005) Introduction to counselling & guidance, New Delhi, Pearson
education.
7. Shertzer, N & Stone SC (1971) Fundamentals of counselling, IInd edition, Boston
Houghton, Mifflin.
10 (1782)

M.A. (Semester-IV) Max. Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Paper-V: LIFE SPAN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
NOTE: In total ten questions will be set, two from each unit. The candidates are required to attempt
five questions in all, selecting one question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Development of Self: emergence and development of self concept, constructing an identity,
understanding others, interpersonal conflict.
Moral development: learning process, patterns and hazards.
UNIT-II
Sex role development: meaning, origin of sex role stereo types and changing pattern, effects of sex role
typing on behaviour and hazards.
Social development: meaning, patterns stages and hazards.
UNIT-III
The Ecology of development: impact of family, peers, school, media on adolescence.
Transition from childhood to early adolescence: effects of physical changes, the identity crisis, storm,
stress, adolescent problems
.
UNIT-IV
Personality development: meaning, development of personality pattern, determinants, levels of
adjustment, hazards, persistence and changes in personality.
Development of aggression: Origin and developmental trends, individual differences and social and
cultural influences.
Methods of controlling aggression.
UNIT-V
Problems of aging: Biological perspective, physical changes, habits and health. Family life
adjustments, remarriage and cohabitation in old age.
Hazards of vocation and retirement.
Books Recommended:-
1. Alison Clarke- Stewart, Marion Perlmutter & Susan Friedman (1988) Life long human
development, New York- John Willey & Sons.
2. Bee H & Boyd D (2002) Life span development Boston MA Allyn & Baccon.
3. Brodzinsky DM Gormly AV & Anibron SR (1986) Life span human development, New
Delhi, CBS Publishers.
4. Elizabeth B Hurlock (1997) Child development, New Delhi, Tata MC Graw Hill.
5. Laura E Berk (2003) Child development, New Delhi, Pearson eduction.
6. Newman, BM & Newman, PR(1975) Development through life- A Psychological approach,
New York Wadsworth Publishing Company.
7. Santrock JW (1999) Lifespan development, New York, MC Graw Hill.
8. Handbook of Child Psychology, Vol.I, II, III and IV. John Wiley and sons, inc.
10 (1783)

M.A. (Semester-IV) Max. Marks: 80
Paper-VI: PSYCHOMETRICS Time: 3 Hours
NOTE: In total TEN questions will be set, TWO from each unit. The candidates are required to
attempt FIVE questions in all, selecting ONE question from each unit.
UNIT-I
Test construction and standardization: Planning and construction of items, item analysis, testing the
final test, development of norms. Construction of attitude scales.
UNIT-II
Item response theory: Deterministic models - monotone and non monotone models, Probability models
– monotone models with specified distribution, monotone models with unspecified distribution, and
non monotone models.
UNIT-III
Rating scales: Nature, general types, special types – Q sort, semantic differentials, behaviourally
anchored scales, nominating techniques. Major problems and errors in ratings.
UNIT-IV
Factor analysis: General concepts, assumptions, Methods – Centroid and Principal Components,
rotation of factors, applications, and major pitfalls.
UNIT-V
Profile Analysis: Basic problems, clustering of profiles, and raw- score factor analysis.
Discriminant Analysis: General purpose, concepts, types, and major limitations.
Recommended Books:
1. Anastasi, A. (1988). Psychological testing (6thEd.). New York: McMillan.
2. Fruchter, B. (1954) Introduction to Factor Analysis. New York: Van Nostrand.
3. Guilford, J.P. (1954) Psychometric Methods (2 nd Ed.) New York: McGraw Hill.
4. Harman, H.H. (1976). Modern Factor Analysis. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
5. Nunnally, J. (1978) Psychometrics Theory (2 nd Ed.). New York: McGraw Hill.
6. Singh, A.K. (1986). Tests, measurements and research methods in behavioural sciences.
New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
7. Tabachnick, B.G. and Fidell, L.S. (1989). Using Multivariate Statistics (2 nd Ed.). New
York: Harper and Row.
8. Torgerson, W.S. (1967) Theory and Methods of Scaling (2 nd Ed.). New York: John Wiley &
Sons.
10 (1784)

M.A. (Semester-IV) Max. Marks: 100
Paper-XI (i): PRACTICAL Time: 3 Hours
Note: The candidate will conduct and report three practicals from each optional paper in semester-IV.
Practicals will be decided by the teacher teaching the paper. One practical will be allotted to a
candidate during the examination and evaluation will be based on Practical Note Book (25 marks),
Performance (25 marks) and Viva-voce (50 marks).
Paper-XI (ii): PROFILING OF EQUIPMENTS Max. Marks: 50
Time: 1 Hour
The candidate will prepare a profile of three measuring instruments from each optional paper,
other than those covered in Practicals. Two instrument profiles will be allotted to a candidate during
the examination and evaluation will be based on Profile Record (12 marks), Report (12 marks), and
Viva-voce (26 marks).
10 (1785)

Social Work
Semester -1
Paper –1 Society and Social Problems
10 (1786)
Max. Marks. : 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time- 3 Hours
Unit-I
- Basic sociological concepts: Society- Meaning, definition and types( tribal, agrarian, industrial
and post industrial), structure and features; association; institution; organization; social
organization and social disorganization.
- Social institutions- family, marriage: their functioning and impact on life of individuals.
- Social Processes- associative and dissociative.
Unit- II
- Social system: concept, meaning, characteristics, elements and classification.
- Social stratification : caste and class- meaning and nature of social class,
development of class, meaning and nature of caste, difference between caste and class.
- Origin of the caste system, merits and demerits of caste system and modern trends of caste
system in India.
Unit- III
- Culture and Civilization –meaning, definition, elements and functions of culture, difference
between culture and civilization.
- Cultural change and acculturation.
- Social Change- meaning, nature, causes and theories.
- Social control- meaning, need and means of social control.
Unit- IV
- Social Problems- concept, methods of study, various approaches, causations.
- Major social problems such as poverty, crime and violence, corruption, communal tension- causes, extent, effect
and role of social worker.
Unit- V
- Current social problems- terrorism, regionalism, child abuse and trafficking, drug addiction and
alcoholism- meaning, definition, causes, effects and role of social worker.
Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i.e 10 questions in all. The students will be required to
attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.

List of Readings:
1. Bhushan, V. & Sachdeva, D.R., 2006. An Introduction to Sociology, Allahabad: Kitab Mahal.
2. Desai, A.R.1986. Agrarian Struggles in India after Independence, Oxford
University Press Delhi.
3. Harlambos, M. 1981. Sociology: Themes & Perspectives Delhi. Oxford
University press.
4. Horton and Leslie, 1981. The Sociology of School Problems, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
5. Johnson, H.M. 1978. Sociology: A Systematic Introduction Allied Publishers.
6. Kinch, John, W. Social Problems in the World Today, Addison-Wesley
Pub. Co. California, London.
7. Leonard, Peter 1966. Sociology in Social Work, London Rout ledge & Kegan
Paul.
8. Lund Berg, G.A., Clarend, C.S. Sociology, Harper and Row Publishers, New York.
9. Maclver, R.M. & Page C.H. 1985. Society: An introductory Analysis, Madras Macmillan
Co. of India Ltd.
10. Madan, G.R. 1994. Indian Social Problems, VOl. I and Vol. II Allied Pub.
Pvt. Ltc., New Delhi.
11. Mandel Baum, D.G.1970. Society in India, Vol. 1 Continuity and Change: Change
& Continuity vol. 3 Mumbai: Popular Prakashan.
12. Mandel Baum, D.G. 1970. Society in India (Vol. 1), Popular Prakashan Bombay.
13. Merton, R.K. & Nisbet, R. 1976. Contemporary Social Problems, Harper and Row,
Publishers, New York.
14. Poplin, D.E. 1978. Social Problems, Scott Foreman & Company, Illiones.
15. Parsad, B.K., 2004 Social Problems in India, Anmol Publications, New
Delhi.
16. Ram Ahuja, 1999. Society in India, Rawat Publications, Jaipur.
17. Sharma, R.N. Social Disorganisation and social Problem, Rajhans
Parkashan Mandir. Meerut.
18. Singh, Yogendra 1988. Modernization of Indian tradition, Delhi Thomson Press.
19. Srinivas, M.N. 1966. Social Change in Modern India, Mumbai: Allied
Publishers.
20. Wallance, W.I., 1969. Sociological Theory, London, Illienemann.
10 (1787)

Semester-I
Paper –II : Human Growth and Development – I
10 (1788)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit- I
- Human growth and development: concept, principles.
- Basic human needs.
- Biological and social influences (heredity and environment) on human growth and behaviour.
- Dimensions of development- physical, motor, cognitive, emotional, social and moral.
Unit-II
- Understanding of human life span – Indian concept of life span (Brahmcharya, grihastha
vanprastha and sanyas).
- Human Psycho-social development ( Erikson and Freud)
- Socialization- concept and factors, role of family, peer group, neighborhood, school, religion
and social values in socialization.
Unit- III
- Stages of development: characteristics, needs, problems, and tasks.
- Relevance of social work practice during developmental stages of infancy,
babyhood, child hood (early & late), puberty and adolescence, adult hood (early, middle & late) and old age.
Unit- IV
- Male and female reproductive systems. Prenatal development and anti-natal care. Necessary
precautions such as medical, nutritional, emotional during parental period and preparations
for anti-natal care.
- Creativity and creative learning and its use in social work practice.
Unit- V
- Communication: concept, principles, process, elements and types.
- Conditions for effective communication. Developing communication skills and effective use of
feedback.
- Perception: nature, perceptual organization/ integration, role of experience in perception and
perceptual change.
- Social adjustment: concept and factors.

Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i.e 10 questions in all. The students will be required to attempt one question
from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
List of Readings:
1. Anastasi, A., 1987. Psychological Testing, New York MachMillan, Revised
Edition.
2.Camron, N. 1969. Personality Development and Psycho-pathology, Mumbai
: Vakil Reffer and Simmons Pvt. Ltd.
3. Carstairs, G.M. 1978. Change in Indian Village Societies and their Impact on
child Development : Personal Perspective, In Anthny. E.J.
and Collette. C (eds) The Child in His Family Wiley.
4. Crow. L.D.1957. Abnormal Psychology and Modern life, Mumbai : D.B.
Taraporevala Sons and Co.
5. Crow. L.D. 1957 Psychology of Human Adjustment, New York: McGraw
Hill Books Co. Inc.
6. English. O.S. and Pearson. G.J. 1952 Emotional Problems of of Living,London: Allen and
Unwin.
7. Erikson, E.H. 1963. Childhood and Society, New York W.W. Norton and Co.
8. Frank s. Freeman, 1965. Theory and Practice of Psychological testing. Oxford &
IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi.
9. Gore, M.S., 1978. Changes in the Family and the Process of Socialization in
India. Mumbai : Popular Prakashan.
10. Hall. C.S. and Lindzey, G. 1989. Theories of Personality, New York John wiley and Sons
Inc.
11. Hurlock, E.B. 1981. Developmental Psychology: a life- span Approach, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
12. Hurlock E.B., 1992. Child Growth and Development, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
13. Hurlock E.B., 1992 Personality Development, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
14. Krech D., Crutchfield R.S. and Individual in Society, New York, McGraw Ballachey, 1962
Hill.
15. Krech, D. and Crutchfield. R.S. 1948. Theory and Problems of social Psychology, New York:
McGraw Hill.
16. Kuppuswamy, B., 1980. An Introduction to Social Psychology, Mumbai: Media
Promoters and Pub. Pvt. Ltd.
17. Lindgren. H.C. and Byrne. D., 1971. Psychology: An Introduction to a behavioural Science,
New York: McGraw Hill Book Co.
18. Robert A. Baron, 2003. Social Psychology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
19. Sanrouck, john W.2007. A Topical Approach to life- Span Development. Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
20. Sherff, M., and Shieririff, C.W. 1969. Inter Social Psychology, New York: Harper and Row.
21. Thompson, G.G. 1962. Child Psychology-Growth Trends in Psychological
Adjustment, Mumbai: The Times of India Press.
10 (1789)

22. Weiner, E.A. and Stewart. B.J., 1984. Assessing Individuals: Psychological and Educational
Tests and Educational Test and Measurement, Boston:
Little, Brown and Co.
23. William Flexner, 2004. Educational Psychology and Mental Health, Sarup
Publication, New Delhi.
24. Young. K., 1957. Handbook of Social Pathology London:
Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Semester- I
Paper- III: Social Work Profession, Philosophy and Concepts
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit- I
- Nature, concept and philosophy of social work, scope of social work.
- Relationship of social work with other social sciences.
- Social work and related concepts- social reform, social welfare, social development, social
service, social services, social revolution and social security.
Unit- II
- Social work: basic values, goals and principles.
- Gandhian Social Work, Sarvodaya and Antyodaya.
- Social Work in the changing scenario of Globalization and Liberalization.
Unit- III
- History of social work in U.K, U.S.A and India.
- Development of social work from charity to radical social work.
- Definition of social work from Human Rights perspective.
- Problems in practice of social work in India.
Unit- IV
- Social work as a profession: characteristics and code of ethics of social work.
- Professional organization at national and international level: their structure, functions and importance.
Unit- V
- Welfare State and Indian Social Structure.
- Preventive, curative, rehabilitative and developmental roles of social work profession.
- Methods of social work.
10 (1790)

- Social work education and present social environment. Field- practicum in social work;
philosophy and objectives.
.
Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i.e 10 questions in all. The students will be required to
attempt one question from each unit All questions will carry equal marks
List of Readings:
1. Brenda Dubois and Kalra Social-Work an Empowering Profession,
Keogsrud Miley-(2002).
2. Bradford W. sheafor and Charles Techniques and Guidelines for Social Work
R. Horejsi, 2006 Practice, Allyn and Bacon, London.
3. Bogo, Mario, 2006 Social Work Practice:Concepts, Processes
and Interviewing.Columbia University
press., Indian Reprint Rawat Publications, New Delhi.
4. Clack, G. & Asquith, S (1985) Social Work and social Philosphy, Routledge & Kogan
Paul, London.
5. Dasgupta, S Ed. (1967): Towards a Philosophy of Social Works in India, New
Delhi, Popular Book Service.
6. Desai, Murli,2006. Ideologies and social Work: Historical and Contemporary
analyses, Rawat Publication, New Delhi.
7. Encyclopaedia of Social Work, Vol, 2&3. Ministry of Welfare, New Delhi.
8. Friedlander, W.A. (1958) Concepts and Methods of Social Work, Englewood Cliffs:
Prentice-Hall.
9. Ganguli, B.N. (1973) Gandhi’s Social Philosophy, Delhi: Vikas Publishing
House.
10. Gold Begg EM (1979). Ends and Means in Social Work, Allen and Unwin,
London.
11. Gokhale, S.D. (1975) Social Welfare-Legend & Legacy, Popular Prakshan,
Bombay.
12. Gore M.S. (1965) Social Work and Social Work Education Asia Publishing
House, Bombay.
13. Hugh, England (1986) Social Work as Act: Making Sense For Good Practice,
Allien and Unwin, Poston.
14. Joseph, J & Gracy, Farnandes(Ed), 2006 An Enquiry into Ethical Dilamas in Social Work.
Research Unit, Nirmala Nikatan, Mumbai.
15. Jobise C. Johnson (1989). Social Work Practice, Allign and Bacon, London.
16. Louise C. Johnson (1998) Social Work Practice A Genesolist Approach Allyn and
Bacon, London.
17. Midglay, Kames, 1997 Social Welfare in global Context, Sage Publications,
London.
18. Pathak, (1981). Social Welfare, Macmillan, New Delhi.
19. Shastri, R.R.,(1996) Social Work tradition in India, Welfare Forum &
Research Organization, Varanasi.
20. Skidmore, R.X.et.al(1982) Introduction to Social Work, Prentice Hall Englewood
Cliffs.
10 (1791)

21. Stevan, Shardlaw (1985) The Values of changes in Socialwork, Tavistock, Rout
ledge, London.
22. Shastri, R.R. (1966). Social Work tradition in India, Welfare Research
Organization, Varanasi.
23. Timms, Noel & Timms Rita,(1977) Perspectives in Social Work Routledge & Kegan paul,
London.
24. Unnithan, T.K.N.1979 Gandhi and Social Change, Rawat Publications jaipur.
25. University Grant Commission (1980) Review of Social Work Education in India, New Delhi.
26. Woodroofe, K.1962. Form Charity to Social Work, Rout ledge & Kegan Paul, London.
Semester- I
Paper – IV Social Case Work- I
10 (1792)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit- I
- Social Case Work: nature, assumptions, values and principles.
- Components of social case work: person, place, problem & process.
- Concepts in social case work: Human needs, stress, social role and adaptation.
- History of social case work.
Unit- II
- Intake: need and importance.
- Relationship: nature and ways to establish.
- Ego- functions and defense mechanisms.
- Work with individuals in the context of the family and other sub-systems.
- Recording: types and format.
Unit- III
- Process of social case work- study, assessment, goal formation, planning, treatment, evaluation,
termination.
- Techniques of social case work: interviewing, support, encouragement, clarification, correcting
perception, reality orientation; resource mobilization, home visiting, interpretation, topical
shift, logical reasoning.
- Referral: its use in social case work.
Unit- IV
- Models of social case Work practice: Problem solving, Psycho- social, Task oriented.
- Rational Emotive Therapy in social case work.
Unit- V
- Discussion on role of case worker from the records in school, family and marriage settings.
- Presentations and discussions on cases and practical questions.

Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i. e 10 questions in all. The students will be required to
attempt one question form each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
List of Readings:
1. Banarjee, G.R. TISS Series 23. Papers on Social Work: An Indian Perspective; Tata
Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai. TISS(Series 23).
2. Batra, Sushma & Marlin Taber, 1996. Social strains of Globalization in India, Mittal
Publication, New Delhi.
3. Biestek, F.P. 1970. The Case Work Relationship: London: Unwin University
Books, VI Impression.
4. Bogo, Mario, 2006-07. Social Work Practice: Concepts, Processes and
Interviewing. Columbia University Press-2006. Indian
Reprint by Rawat Publication : New Delhi,2007.
5. Friedlander, W.A. 1964. Concepts and Methods of Social “Work, New Delhi:
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
6. Fisher, J, 1978. Effective Case Work Practice: An Effective Approach ,
New York McGraw Hill Book Co.
7. Florence, H., 1964. Case Work: A Psycho social therapy, Random House,
New York.
8. Farard, M.L. & N.K. Hunnybun, 1962 The Case Work’s use of relationship London, Tavistock.
Pub.
9. Goldstein, H., 1970. Social Work Practice: A Unitary Approach, Carolina:
Univ. of S. Carolina Press.
10. Grace, Methew, 1992. Introduction to School Case Work, Tata Institute of Social
Sciences, Mumbai.
11. Hamilton, G., 1946. Principles of Social Case recording, New York: Columbia
University Press.
12. Himilton, Gordon, 1959. Theory & Practice of Social Case Work, New York:
Columbia University Press, VI Ed.
13. Husband. E.(ed) New Developments in Social Case Work Reading in
Social Work, Vol. III, London: Georque Allen & unwin
Ltd.
14. Mishra, P.D., 1985. Samajik Vijyaktik Sewa Karya (Hindi) Uttar Pradesh
Hindi Sansthan, Lucknow.
15. Perlman, 1957 Social Case Work-A Problem solving Process, Chicago:
The University of Chicago Press, V Impression.
16. Pathak, S.H. 1966. Records in Social Case Work, Delhi School of Social
Work, Delhi.
17. Pinkus, Helen, 1971. Case Records for Teaching Purposes, Faculty as social
Work, M.S. University, Baroda.
18. Roberts R.W. Nee, R.H. 1972 Theories of Social Case Work, the Uni. Of Chicago Press,
Chicago, London.
19. Reid, W.K. & Anne W. Shyne, 1969 Brief and Extended Case Work: New York: Columbia
Uni. Press.
10 (1793)

20. Scott Briar and Henry Miller, 1971 Problems and issues in social Case Work: Columbia
University Press, New York.
21. Timmis, N., 1964. Social Case Work: Principles and Practice, London; Rout
ledge and Kegan Paul.
22. Timmis, N., 1972. Recording in Social Work, London, Rout ledge & Kegan
Paul.
23. Terner, F (Ed) 1974. Social Work Treatment, New York: The Free Press.
24. Upadhyay, R.K. 1991. Samajik Vijyaktik Karya (Hindi) Haryana Sahitaya
Academy, Chandigarh.
25. Upadhyay, R.K. 1993. Indian Philosophical Concepts in Clinical Social work,
Kurukshetra Press, Kurukshetra.
26. Upadhyay, R.K. 2003. Social Case Work, Rawat publications, New Delhi,
Jaipur.
Semester- I
Paper-V Social Group Work- I
Unit- I
- Group- meaning, definition, characteristics and purpose.
- Major classification of social groups.
- Types of groups in social group work practice.
- Significance of groups in individual life.
10 (1794)
Max. Marks. : 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit- II
- Social group work- meaning, definitions, nature, philosophy, objectives and significance.
- Historical development of social group work.
- Social group work as a method of social work profession and its relationship with other
methods of social work.
- Models of social group work.
Unit- III
- Principles of social group work.
- Guided group interaction as the heart of programme planning.
- Skills in and techniques of social group work.
- Role of social group worker.
Unit- IV
- Social group work process- group formation, assessment, formulation of objectives, planning,
action and termination.
- Stages of group development- planning, beginning, middle and ending stage.

Unit- V
- Practical questions and discussion of group work records in school and community setting.
Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i .e 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
List of Readings:
1. Alissi, A.S.1990 Perspectives on Social Group Work Practice: A Book of
Readings, New York, The Free Press.
2. Balgopal, P.R. and Vassil. Groups in social Work- An Ecological Perspective, New
York, Macmillan Publishing Co. Inc.
3. Bhatt, P.M.1970 Records of Group Work Practice in India, faculty of
Social Work, M.S. University, Baroda.
4. Brandler S & Roman CP 1999 Group work, Skills and Strategies for Effective
Interventions, New York. The Haworth Press.
5. Brandler S & Roman CP 1991. Group work, Skills and Strategies for Effective
Interventions, New York. The Haworth Press.
6. Garland, J.A.(Ed) 1992. Group Work Reaching Out: People, Places and Power,
New York, The Haworth Press.
7. Garwin, C 1987. Contemporary Group Work, New York Prentice-Hall Inc.
8. Golpelwar, Banmala, 2007 social Group Work, Indian Institute of Youth welfare,
Nagpur.
9. Kemp, C.G. 1970. Perspectives on the Group Process, Boston: Houghton
Mifflin C.
10. Klein, A.F.1970. Social Work Through Group Process,: School of Social
Welfare- Albany: State University of New York.
11. Konopka, G 1963. Social Group Work: A Helping Process, Englewood Cliff,
NJ Prentice Hall, Inc.
12. Kurland, R & Salmon, R 1998. Teaching a Methods Course in Social Work with Groups
Alexandria: Council on Social Work Edu.
13. Middleman, R, R 1968. The Non- Verbal Methods in Working with Groups.
14. Northen, H 1969. Social Work with Groups, New York: Columbia
University Press.
15. Pepell, C.P & Rothman B. Social Work with Groups, New York: The Haworth Press.
16. Sundel, M,Glasser, P sari, Individual change Through Small R., Vinter, 1985
Groups. The Free Press.
17. Samuel, T. Gladhing 1999. Group Work: A Counseling Specility, Simon& Schaster,
NJ Printice Hall Inc.
18. Siddiqui H.Y.2005. Group Work, theories and Practice, Rawat Publication
New Delhi.
19. Toseland RW 1998. An introduction to Group Work Prectice, New York
Macmillan Publication Co.
20. Trecker, Harleigh B 1990. Social Group Work: Principles and Practice, New York:
Association Press.
21. Wilson, G. Ryland, G 1949. Social Group Work Practice, Boston: Houghton Miffin,
Co
10 (1795)

Semester- I
Paper-VI Community Organization & Social Action-I
Max. Marks. : 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit-I
- Community- meaning, characteristics, types (rural & urban):
- Community Organization- meaning, concept & scope.
- Community organization as a method of social work intervention.
- Principles of community organization.
Unit- II
- Steps in community organization- study, analysis, assessment, organization, action, evaluation,
modification.
- Skills and techniques in community organization.
- Role of community organizer.
Unit- III
- Strategies in community organization such as bargaining, confronting, collaborating, problem-
solving, educating, social advocacy, joint action, persuasion and campaign.
- Models (approaches) in community organization- Enabling and power confrontation models.
Unit- IV
- Ruthman’s locality development, social planning and social action models.
- Problems in development of community work in India- such as problems of community
welfare councils, community chests, public relations in community work.
- Public participation in community programmes.
Unit- V
- Practical records in community setting and their discussions. Presentations and discussions of
community work records.
Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i. e 10 questions in all. The students will be required to
attempt one question form each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
List of Readings:
1. Gangrade, K. D. 1971. Community Organization in India, Mumbai; Parkashan,
1971.
2. Karamer, R.M. & Spech,H. Reading in Community Organization Practice-Hall Inc.
Englewood Cliffs, 1983.
3. Murphy C. G.: Community Organization Practice, Boston; Houghton
Miffin Co. Ross, 1954
10 (1796)

4. Patil, S.H. Community Dominance & Political Modernization; Mittal
Publication; New Delhi; 2002.
5.Rashmi Dewas & R. Community Participation & Empowerment in Primary
Education; Mittal Publication New Delhi; 2003.
6. Sengupta, P.K.; Community Organization Process in India, Kiran
Publishers, 1976.
7. Selgen, S. Empowerment & Social Development Issues in
Community Participation; Mittal Publication: New Delhi;
2005.
8. Spech, H & Karmer: R.M.; 1969 Reading in Community; Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall.
9. Surya Rao: Under Development with community initiative retrospect
& prospect: Mittal Publication: New Delhi, 2000.
10. Zastrow Charles: 1978. Introduction to social Welfare Institution Social
Problems, services & Current Issues (Social work
Community Practices Part-3 Chapter-10) Ontario: The
Dorsey Press.
11 Butcher H. 2007 : Critical community Practice.
12 Kothari M 2006 : Development and Social Action , Rawat
Publication, New Delhi
13 Grundy M : Community Work, Rawat Publication, New
Delhi
10 (1797)

Semester- II
Paper-I Social Justice and Social Legislation
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit-I
- Social Justice- concept, meaning and scope.
- Issues of social Justice in Indian society with reference to inequality and socio- political
structure.
- Law as an instrument of social change.
- Role of the social worker in relation to humanism and social justice.
Unit- II
- Social security: concept, meaning, objectives, basis and scope.
- Methods of social security: social assistance programme in India especially in relation to old
age, unemployment and widowhood.
- Social insurance- concept, characteristics and significance.
Unit- III
- Concepts of Rights: U. N. Declaration of Human Rights.
- National Human Rights Commission, State Human Right Commission:
Structure, functions and role.
- Constitutional provisions related to human rights and their implications.
- The Right to Information Act, 2005.
Unit- IV
- Social Legislations and social work.
- The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955(related to marriage and divorce)
- The Adoptions and Maintenance Act, 1956.
- The Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961
- The Consumer Protection Act, 1986
Unit- V
- Legal Aid- concept, need, scheme and problems.
- Lok- Adalat- concept and meaning.
- Family Court.
- Criminal justice- nature and agencies: prosecutions, judiciary and correction.
Note. Two question from each unit will be set i e 10 questions in all. The students will be required to
attempt one question form each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
List of Readings:
1. Adarkar, B.P. (1973) Social Insurance in India.
10 (1798)

2. Buxi Uperdra Perspectives in Development; Law, the Crises of Indian
Legal System, Vikas Publication, New Delhi.
3. Diwan, Paras (1985) Modern Hindu Law, Law Agency, Allahabad.
4. Gangrade, K.D.1978. Social Legislation In India Vol. 1 & 2, Concept
Publishing Co. New Delhi.
5. Govt. of India, 1973. Report of the Legal Aid Committee, New Delhi.
6. Gupta, H.N. (1986) Social Security Legislation for Labour in India, Deep and
Deep Publication, Delhi.
7. Hallen G.C. 1967 Dynamics of social Security, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.
8. Indian Social Institute (1992) Legal Education Series( nol-34), Indian Social Institute,
Delhi.
9. Lyer V.R.K. 1980. Some Half Hidden Aspects of Indian Social Justice,
Eastern Book Co. Lucknow.
10. Lyer V.R.K. 1981. Justice in Words and Justice in Deed for Depressed
Classes, Indian Social Institution, New Delhi.
11. Iyer,Krishna V.K.1987. Social Justice; Sunset or Dawn, Lucknow, Eastern Book
Company.
12. Kothari S. & Sethi H (Ed) 1991. Rethinking Human Rights, Lokayan.
13. Sharma, A.M.1988. Aspects of labour Welfare & Social Security, Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai.
14. Singh, Sujan (1996) Legal Aid-Human Rights to Equality, Deep and Deep,
Publication, Delhi.
15. Subramaniam, S (1977) Human Rights- International Challenges, Manes
Publications, New Delhi.
16. T.K.N. 1979. Gandhi and Social Change, Rawat Publications, Jaipur.
10 (1799)

Semester- II
Paper-II Human Growth and Development- II
10 (1800)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit-I
- Motivation of human behavior, motivational cycle, internal and external factors affecting
motivation.
- Attitude: nature, organization, influence on human behavior.
- Attitudinal change, learning and dissonance theories of attitude change.
Unit- II
- Public opinion and prejudice: formation, factors and change. Role of publicity and propaganda
in formation and change of public opinion and prejudice.
- Mass media (print and electronic): use & misuse.
Unit- III
- Personality: concept, definitions, nature and theories.
- Brief discussion of the theories of personality and its implications on social work practice, such
as psychodynamic (Freudian and Adler), behavioral (Classical and Instrumental conditioning),
humanism (Rogers and Maslow) and existentialist.
Unit- IV
- Concept and nature of attention, learning, memory and retention.
- Collective behaviour, crowd behaviour- audience and mob.
- Theories of collective behaviour.
Unit- V
- Intelligence: nature and use. Understanding and brief introduction to assessment of intelligence.
- An orientation to Seguin Form Board, Pass-along test, progressive matrices. - Projective test of
personality: Rorschach and TAT
Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i e 10 questions in all. The students will be required to
attempt one question form each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
List of Readings:
1. Anastasi, A., 1987. Psychological Testing, New York Macmillan, Revised
Edition.

2. Bronfenbrenner. W. The Ecology of Human Development, Cambridge;
Harward University Press.
3. Camron, N.1969. Personality Development and Psycho-pathology,
Mumbai: Vakil Reffer and Simmons Pvt. Ltd.
4. Carstairs, G.M 1978. Change in Indian Village Societies and their Impact on
Child Development; Personal perspective. In Anthony
.E.J. and Collette. C (eds) The Child His Family Wiley.
5. Crow. L. D. 1957. Abnormal Psychology and Modern Life, Mumbai ; D.B.
Taraporevala Sons and Co.
6. Crow. L.D. 1957. Psychology of Human Adjustment, New York; McGraw
Hill Book Co. Inc.
7. English O.S. and Pearson. G.J. 1952. Emotional Problems of Living London; Allen and Unwin.
8. Erikson, E.H. 1963. childhood and Society, New York W.W. Norton and Co.
9. Gore,M.S. 1978. Changes in the Family and the Process Of Socialization in
India. Mumbai; Popular Prakashan.
10. Hall, C.S. and Lindzey, G.1976. Theories of Personality, New York John Wiley and Sons
Inc.
11. Hurlock, E.B. 1968 Developmental Psychology, Mumbai New Delhi; Tata
McGraw Hill.
12. Thompson, G.G. 1962. Child Psychology-Growth trends in Psychological
Adjustment, Mumbai; The Times of India Press.
13. Krech, D. and Crutchfield R.S. 1948. Theory and Problems of Social Psychology, New York;
McGraw Hill.
14. Krech D., Crutchfield R.S. Ballachey, Individual in Society , New York McGraw
1962. Hill.
15. Kuppuswamy, B 1980. An Introduction to Social Psychology, Mumbai: Media
Promoters and Pub. Pvt. Ltd.
16. Lindgren. H.c. and Byrne.d, 1971. Pshychology; An Introduction to a Behavioural Science,
New York McGraw Hill Book. Co.
17. Sherff, M.and Shierirff, C.W.1969 In Inter Social Psychology, New York; Harper and Row.
18.Thorne, I.P. and Schmuller, A.M. Personality an inter-Disciplinary approach, New Delhi;
East West Press Pvt. Ltd. Student Ed.
19. Young. K. 1957. Handbook of Social Pathology London; Routledge &
Kegan Paul.
20. Walia J.S. Foundations of Educational Psychology Paul Publishers.
21. Weiner, E.A.and Stewart B.J.1984. Assessing Individuals; Psychological and Educational
Tests and Measurement. Boston: Little, Brown and Co.
10 (1801)

Semester- II
Paper-III Health Care: Needs and Services
Unit-I
- Health-concept and nature.
- Hygiene: personal and environmental, need and importance.
- Malnutrition: concept, measurements and extent. Balanced diet.
- Main systems of body.
10 (1802)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit- II
- Common ailments and diseases: symptoms, causes, prevention and control of diseases caused
by viruses: measles, chickenpox, polio, mumps and leprosy
- Diseases caused by parasites: scabies, malaria and intestinal worms.
- Sexually Transmitted Diseases, HIV and AIDS,
Unit- III
- Diseases caused by bacteria: symptoms, causes, prevention and control of whooping cough,
diphtheria, typhoid, cholera and Tuberculosis.
- Diseases: plague, dengue, hepatitis.
Unit- IV
- Common diseases of childhood: causes, symptoms, prevention and control of diarrhea,
dysentery, common cold, jaundice.
- Immunity and immunization of children.
- First Aid- concept and importance.
Unit- V
- Preventive and social medicine: concept and meaning.
- Programmes for controlling communicable diseases.
- Health services in Haaryana and India.
- Maternal and child health services.
- National Health Policy, NRHM.
- Primary Health Care: organization and functions.
- Role of medical social worker.
Note. Two question from each unit will be set i e 10 question in all. The students will be required to
attempt one question form each. All questions will carry equal marks

List of Readings:
1. Banarjee, G.R.,1950 Social Service Department in Hospital its Organization
and Functions, Mumbai; Tata Institute of social Sc.
2. Bartalatt, Harriet; M. 1961. Social Work Practice in the Health Field, New York;
National association of Social Workers.
3. Bergatta, E.F. and moluekey N.g.1980. Aging and society: Current Research and Policy
Perspective; Benerely Hills; London sage Publication.
4. Caplan, Gerald,1951. An approach to Community Mental Health. Grune and
Startion.
5. Codey, Control h., 1951. Social Aspects to Illness, Philadelphia & London; W.D.
Saunders Co.
6. Desai, M.M.and Khetani M.D.1979. Inter Strategies For the Aged in India in reaching the
Sqed-Social Services in Morton, J.t. etc.
7. Doyal Lesley & Pennell, Imoqen, 1978. Health Medicine and Underdevelopment Economics&
Political Weekly Vol. XI 31-33, August, special Number.
8. Hassan, K.A.1979. Medical Sociology of Rural India, Sachin Publications.
9. K.Park, (2005) Textbook of Prevetive and Social Medicine, Jabalpur:
M/sBanarsidas Bhonot.
10. Khandekar, Mandakini: The Social Dimensions of Child Nutrition among the
Economically Disadvantaged in Greater Mumbai.
11. King, Maurice (Ed) 1966. Medical Care in Developing Countries A Sympostum
from Markerere, London Oxford University Press.
12. Mahajan, B.K. 1969. Health Services in India, Jamnagar.
13. Naik, J.P., 1977. An Alternative System of Health Care Services in India,
Some Proposals, Allied Publishers. Pvt. Ltd.
14. Paul, Benjamin D, 1955. Health, Culture and Community, Case Studies of Public
Reactions of Health Programmes, Russel Saqe,P.
Foundation.
15. Rao, Dr. K.N., 1969. Health Services Public Health in Encyclopedia of Social
Work in India, Vol. 1, India: Publication Divn.
16. Singh, Surendra and Mishra, P.D. Health & Illnesses: Dynamics and Dimensions: Royal
Book Co. Lucknow.
17. Sendaram, E.B., 1975 Health Services with Social Justice,
Voluntary Action. Vol. 17, no.6.
10 (1803)

Semester- II
Paper-IV Social case Work- II
Unit-I
- Social case work, counselling and psychotherapy.
10 (1804)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
- Techniques of intervention: reflective discussion in current person situation configuration,
dynamic and developmental factors.
- Development and use of Professional Self.
Unit-II
- Authority in social casework: nature, types, uses and techniques.
- Crisis: meaning and types of crisis, crisis intervention.
- Role of social case worker: role of social and emotional intelligence in problem solving.
Unit- III
- Interpersonal skills: nature and types.
- Considerations in social case work with children.
- Family case work.
- Integrated social work approach.
Unit- IV
- Indian Philosohical concepts in practices of social casework ( Brahma, Vishnu, Mahesh), three
debts, three gunas, Anekantwad.
- Various theoretical orientations in social Casework: Gestalt, System approach, Behaviorism.
Unit- V
- Discussion of role of social case worker with the discussion of records from psychiatric,
correctional administration and health settings.
- Discussion of cases and practical questions with reference to children with problems, marital
partners, juvenile delinquents.
Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i e 10 questions in all. The students will be required to
attempt one question form each unit. All questions will carry equal marks

List of Readings:
1. Aptekar, H.R. 1955. Dynamics of Case Work and Counseling. Houghton
Miffin, MSS.
2. Banarjee, G.R. Papers on Social Work An Indian Perspective: Tata
Institute of Social Science, Mumbai.
3. Biestek, F.P. 1970. The Case Work Relationship: London: Unwin University
Books, VI Impression.
4. Colemn, J.V. 1955. Distinguishing Between Psychotherapy and Case Work
J.S.C.W.,Feb.
5. Farad, M.L. & N.K. Hunnybun, 1962. The Case Work, s use of relationship London, Tacistock.
Pub.
6. Fisher, J, 1978. Effective Case Work Practice: An Effective Approach,
New York: McGraw Hill Book Co.
7. Florence H., 1964. Case Work : A Psychology Social Therapy, Random
House, New York.
8. Friedlander, W.A. 1964. Concepts and Methods of Social Work, New Delhi:
Prentice Hall Of India Pvt. Ltd.
9. Goldstein, H., 1970. Social Work Practice: A Unitary Approach, Carolin :
Univ. of S. Carolina Press.
10. Grace, Methew, 1992. Introduction to Social Case Work: Tata Institute of Social
Science, Mumbai.
11. Hamilton, G., 1946. Principles of Social Case Recording, New York:
Columbia University Press.
12. Hamilton, Gordon, 1959. Theory & Practice of Social Case Work, New York:
Columbia University Press (VIEd).
13. Hoff, Lu Ann, 1978. People in Crisis, Crisis: Addison Wesley
14. Mishra, P.D., 1985. Samajik Vijyaktik Sewa Karya (Hindi) Uttar Pradesh
Hindi Sansthan, Lucknow.
15. Peldman, 1957 Social Case Work-A Problem solving Process, Chicaqo:
The University of Chichqo Press, V Impression.
16. Pathat, S.H. 1966. Records in Social Case Work, Delhi School of social
work, Delhi.
17. Pinkus, Helen, 1971. Case Records for Teaching Purposes, Faculty as social
Work, M.S. University, Baroda.
18. Roberts R.W. Nee, R.H. 1972 Theories of Social Case Work, the Uni. Of Chicago Press,
Chicago, London.
19. Reid, W.K. & Anne W. Shyne, 1969 Brief and Extended Case Work: New York: Columbia
Uni. Press.
20. Scott Briar and Henry Miller, 1971 Problems and issues in social Case Work: Columbia
University Press, New York.
21. Timmis, N., 1964. Social Case Work: Principles and Practice, London; Rout
ledge and Keqan Paul.
22. Timmis, N., 1972. Recording in Social Work, London, Rout ledge & Kegan
Paul.
23. Terner, F (Ed) 1974. Social Work Treatment, New York: The Free Press.
10 (1805)

24. Upadhyay, R.K. 1991. Samajik Va yaktik Karya (Hindi) Haryana Sahitaya
Academy, Chandigarh.
25. Upadhyay, R.K. 1993. Indian Philosophical Concepts in Clinical Social work,
Kurukshetra Press, Kurukshetra.
26. Upadhyay, R.K. 2003. Social Case Work, Rawat publications, New
Delhi, Jaipur
10 (1806)

Semester- II
Paper-V Social Group Work- II
10 (1807)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit-I
- Group dynamics- concept principles, dimensions and theoretical orientation with reference to
field theory, psycho- dynamic and system approach.
- Group cohesiveness-concepts and its relationship with group effectiveness.
Unit-II
- Programme- concepts, principles and its importance in social group work.
- Programme development process.
- Programme planning- concepts skill and basis.
- Social group work practice in agency settings.
Unit- III
- Group Therapy- concept and method like training group, psycho-therapy, Psycho- drama and play therapy.
- Leadership- concept and theories.
- Skills and tasks of group leader.
Unit- IV
- Evaluation and monitoring in social group work- importance, types and methods.
- Recording in social group work- types, principles, structure and importance in different stages
of group work.
Unit- V
- Social Group work practices in different setting- health, psychiatric, alcoholic and addicts.
- Practical questions and discussion of records of each settings.
Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i e 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question form each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
List of Readings:
1.Alissi, A.S 1990 Perspectives on social Group work practice
A Books of Readings, New York, The Free press.
2. Balgopal, P R and Vassil Groups in social work- An Ecological perspective New York,
Machillan Publishing Co. Inc.
3.Bhatt, P.M. 1970 Records of Group work Practice in India Faculty of social work
M S University , Baroda.
4. Brandler S & Roman CP 1999 Group work skills and strategies for Effective Interventions New
York: The Haworth Press.

5. Brandler S & Roman CP1991 Group work skills and strategies for Effective Interventions New
York: The Haworth Press
6. Graland, J A ( Ed) 1992 Group work Reaching out. People, places and Power, New York
the Haworth Press.
7. Garwin. C 1987 Contemporary Group work, New York.
Prentice Hall inc.
8. Golpelwar, Banmala,2007. Social Group work Indian intitute of youth Welfare, Nagpur,
9. Kemp, C G. 1970 Perspectives on the Group Process Boston.
Houghton Miffin C.
10. Klein, A G. 1970 Social Work Through Group Process: School of social Welfare –
Albany State University of New York.
11. Konopka,G 1963 Social Group Work: A Helping Process; Englewood Cliff, N J
Prentice Hall inc
12. Kurland, R& Salmon,R 1998 Teaching a Methods Course in Social Work with Group
Alexenedria: council on social work Edu.
13. Middleman, R. R, 1968 The Non- Verbal Methods of working with Groups:
14. Northen H 1969 Social Work with Groups, New York: coluimbia University
Press.
15. Peopell, C P& Rothman. B Social Work with Group, New York: The Haworth Press.
16. Sundel, M, Glasser, P Individual Change Through small Groups The Free
Sarri, R, V Vinter, R 1985 Press.
17. Samuel, T. Gladhing 1999 Group work: A Counselling speciality, Simon& Schaster, N J
Printer Hall Inc.
18. Siddiqui, H. Y 2005 Group work theories and practice, Rawat Publication, New Delhi,
19 Toseland R W 1998 An introduction to Group work Pracitce, New York Macmillin
Publication Co.
20. Trecker, Harleigh B 1990 Social Group Work Principles and Practice, New York,
Association Press
21. Wilson, G Ryland, G 1949 Social Group Work Practice, Boston: Houhton Miffin, Co.
10 (1808)

Semester- II
Paper-VI Community Organization & Social Action - II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit-I
- Community Development: concept and meaning.
- Rural Community Development- concept & meaning.
- Current Rural Development programmes in India.
- Urban Community Development- concept & meaning.
- Urban Community Development Programmes in India.
Unit- II
- Introduction to local self- Government (LSG) meaning, attributes, organization and function (Rural& urban LSG).
- Panchyat Raj, Balwant Rai Mehta Committee Report.
- 73th & 74 th Amendments of India Constitution.
- Community Power Structure - its importance for community organization.
Unit- III
- Community Empowerment.
- Different types of conflicts like ethnic, regional, caste, rural & urban conflicts.
- Social Action- concept, strategies, steps and use of social action in social work.
Unit- IV
- Social Movement- Bhoodan, Narmada Bachao Andolan, Chipko Movement, J. P Movement in Bihar.
- Concept of mass communication.
- Models of communication.
- Large group communication- methods and their applications.
- Use of Audio- Visual aids.
Unit- V
- Practical records in community setting and their discussion.
Note. Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The student will be required
to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
List of Reading Books.
1. Arora, E. K (ed.): People’s Participation in Development Process Essays in honour of B.
Mahata; Jaipur; the HCM State Institute of Public Administration 1979
2. Dandekar, V.M: Nature of Class Conflict in the Indian Society, Bombay: Bharat
Foundation. 1977
3. Dayal, R Panchyat Raj in India, Delhi, 1970
10 (1809)

4. Dey S. K. Sarvodaya; The welfare of All, Ahmedabad; Navjivan Pub. House 1964
5. Kantonksy, D: Sarvodaya; the welfare of all, Ahmedabad: Navjivan Pub. House 1980
6.Kaswmbi, Merra: Urbanization and Uraban development in India ICSSR, New Delhi 1994
7. Nagtual, Hans: Modernization & Urabanization in India, Pawat Publication Jaipur 1996
8 Rao, M.S. A.(ed) Social Movements in India, New Delhi, Manohar; 1978.
9 Saunder D.j Visual Communication Handbook of Teaching & Learning Using Simple
Visual Materials; 1984.
10 Jayal,N.G; Local Governance in India Decentralization and
Prakash, A & Beyond, Oxford University Press, London.
Sharma,P.K.(ed)
11. Thudipara; J Z. 2007 Urban Community Development, Rawat Publications. New Delhi.
12. Ledwith M 2006 Community Development: A Critical Approach
Rawat Publications, New Delhi.
13. Gangrade K.D.1971 Community Origination in India. Mumbai
Parkashan.
14. Gary Paulgreen& Asset Building and Community Development, Sage
Anna Halnes 2007 Publication
10 (1810)

Paper-I
Social Policy and Planning
UNIT – I
Semester-III
Social Work
10 (1811)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
- Social Policy: concept and Objectives.
- Instruments of Social Policy.
- Values underlying Social Policy based on constitutional provisions.
- Approaches of Social Policy.
- Models of Social Policy – Residual welfare, unified, integrated, sectoral, industrial
achievement and institutional redistributive model.
UNIT – II
- Social policy formulation: contribution of research, interest groups and
role of professional social worker.
- Critical review of policies concerning education, population and family welfare.
- Brief introduction to methods of evaluation of social policy.
UNIT – III
- Social Planning: conceptual and operational aspects.
- Scope of social planning.
- Economic planning, welfare planning, developmental planning: Meaning importance
and differences.
- Linkage between social policy and planning.
UNIT – IV
- Social planning process – steps and strategies in social planning.
- Levels of social planning: Centre, State, District and Block levels.
- Monitoring and evaluation of social planning.
- Need of decentralization and people’s participation.
UNIT – V
- Machinery and procedure of planning in India at Centre and State levels.
- Planning Commission – Organization, structure and functions.
- State Planning Boards – Organization, structure and functions.
- Five year plans in India – Salient features with an emphasis on the objectives of
growth and social justice, education and family welfare.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks

Bibliography:
1. Kulkarni, P.D 1965 : Social Policy in India, Tata Institute of Social
Sciences, Bombay.
2. Modison, Bornice : Meaning of Social Policy: A Comparat Dimension in
Social Welfare, London, George Allen and Unwin.
3. Jones, Kathleen and others : Issues in Social Policy, Routledge and Kopan 1983
Paul, London.
4. Kulkarni, P.D. 1979. : Social Policy and Social Work in India: Madras,
Association of Schools of Social Work in India.
5. Sharma, P .N and Shastri. C : Social Planning: Concepts and Techniques,
Lucknow Print House
6. Gilbert, N and Specht, H : Planning for Social Welfare: Issues, Models and
Tasks, Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood cliffs, New Jersey.
7. Jhingon, M.L. 2007. : The Economics of Development and Planning,
New Delhi, Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
8. Bore, A.B. : Social Welfare Planning in India, New Delhi:
ECAEF.
9. Goel, S.L. and Jain, P.K. : Social Welfare Administration, Vol. 1 and 2 1988
New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publication.
10. Skidmore, R.X. 1983. : Social Work Administration, New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
11. Lavalette Michael & : Social Policy-Theories, Concepts and Issues. Pratt Alam
Sage New Delhi.
12 Mishra, R.1977. : Society and Social Policy, London: Macmillan
Ltd.
13 Mullard, M and : Social Policy in Changing Society, Landon: Spicker.1998.
Routledge.
14 Huttman, E.D.1981. : Introduction to Social Policy, New
York, MacGraw Hill.
15 Livingstane, A.1969 : Social Policy in Developing Countries, London:
Routledge and Kogan Paul.
16 Weimer,D.L. and : Policy Analysis: concepts and practice,
Vining, A.R.1994. New Jersy: Prentice Hall.
17. Hills J. 2007 : Making Social Policy Works, Rawat Publications,
New Delhi.
18. Hudson J. 2007 : Understanding the Policy Process, Rawat
Publications, New Delhi
10 (1812)

Semester-III
Paper- II
Administration of Welfare Services-I
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Administration: concept and principles.
- Conceptual understanding of social administration, welfare administration, public
administration and social work administration.
- Social welfare administration: definition, features, scope, elements and principles.
UNIT-II
- Formulation and registration of welfare organization/NGO.
- Administrative processes: programme planning and formulation, organizing, staffing,
supervision, monitoring and evaluation.
UNIT-III
- Welfare administration at central and state levels. Central Social Welfare Board and
State Social Welfare Boards; organizational structure, functions, role and Programmes;
- Funding to NGOs: a critical review
UNIT-IV
- Administration of voluntary welfare agencies such as Indian Council for Child Welfare
(ICCW), YMCA, YWCA and Indian Red Cross Society.
- Role of voluntary agencies/NGOs in promotion of welfare services.
- Problems of voluntary organizations/NGOs and remedies.
UNIT-V
- Welfare Services to vulnerable groups such as women, children, aged, youth, physically
handicapped, SCs & STs.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Dubey, S.N. 1973. : Administration of Social Welfare Programme in India,
Somaiya Publications, Co.Ltd. Bombay
2. Ranade,S.N.1974. : Voluntary Action and Social Welfare in India, Voluntary
Action Research (David Horton Smith), Zexinton Books,
London.
3. Warham, Joyce. 1975 : Introduction to Administration for Social Workers,
Routledged & Kegan Paul, London.
4. Slavin,S.(ed.)1978 : Social Administration, New York, The Haworth Press.
5. Pathak,Shankar.1981 : Social Welfare:An Evolution and Development, Macmillan
10 (1813)

India, Ltd.
6. Evertt, J. 1981. : Women and Social Change in India: Heritage Publiushers,
New Delhi.
7. Tripathi, P.M 1981. : Voluntary Action for alleviating rural poverty: report of the
Seminar on Role of Voluntary Agencies in Rural Devt.
NIPCCD, New Delhi.
8. Skidamore.1983 : Social Work Administration, The Haworth Press, New
York.
9. Sankaran & Rodrigues: Handbook for the Management of Voluntary Organisation’
1983. Alpha Publications, Madras.
10. Choudhari, D. Paul.1983 : Social Welfare Administration, Delhi, Atma Ram and Sons.
11. Lalith, N.V.1984. : Voluntary Work in India, a Study of Volunteers in Welfare
Agencies, New Delhi.
12. Frenda, M.1985. : Voluntary Actions and Local Development, Young India
Foundation, New Delhi.
13. Kapoor, K.K 1986 : Directory of Funding Organisations, Delhi, Information and
News Network.
14. Desai, N and : Women and Society in India, Ajanta Publishers, New Delhi
Krishnaraj, M.1987.
15. Govt. of India. 1988. : Report of the Committee on the Status of Women in
India-Towards Equality,Ministry of Education and Social welfare
16. Mukherjee, K.K and : Voluntary Organization: some Perspectives, Gandhi Peace
Mukherjee,Sutapa.1988. Centre, Hyderabad.
17. Govt. of India.1988. : National Perspective Plan for Women in India- 2000 AD,
Department of Women and Child Development.
18. Mukherjee, K.K and : Guide Book for Strengthening Voluntary Organization,
Mukherjee,Sutapa.1989. Gram Niyojan Kendra, Ghaziabad.
19. Jackson, J. 1989. : Evaluation of Voluntary Organizations, Delhi, Information
And News Networks.
20. Fernandes,W. 1989. : Voluntary Action and Government Control, Indian Social
Institute.
21. Handy, Charles.1990.: Understanding Voluntary Organisations, Penguin Books,
London.
22. PRIA. 1991. : NGOs in India, A Critical Study, Delhi. PRIA.
23. Vishwanat. 1993. : NGOs and Women’s Development in Rural South India.
24 Mathur K. 1996. : Development Policy and Administration, sage, New Delhi.
25. Fried,L : Introduction to Social Welfare, University of California
Press, Berkeley.
26 Sachdeva, D.R. : Social Welfare Administration, Allahbad: Kitab Mahal.
1992-93.
27. Siddiqui H.Y.Ed. : Social Welfare Administration, Dynamic Management and 1983.
Human Relationships, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
28 Goel, S.L. and : Social Welfare Administration:Theory and Practice, Vol-I
Jain, R.K. and II, New Delhi, Deep and Deep Publications.
29 Slavin, S.(ed.) 1978 : Social Administration. New York: The Howorth Press
10 (1814)

Semester –III
Paper – III
Social Work Research
10 (1815)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT – I
- Scientific Study: meaning, characteristics and steps in Scientific Study
- Concepts and variables: Meaning and Definitions
- Nature of Social Phenomena
- Measurement of Social Phenomena – levels of measurement, problems in measurement
UNIT – II
- Social Research: meaning, nature, objectives, need and importance
- Types of Social Research- Historical, Descriptive and Experimental
- Scaling Techniques – Bogardus, Sociometric, Thurstun and Likert – an overview
UNIT – III
- Social Work Research – meaning, purpose and process
- Scope and importance of Social Work Research
- Qualitative and Participatory Research – meaning, characteristics and use of these methods
in inquiry
- Research Proposals: steps and importance
UNIT – IV
- Identification, sources and criteria of Research Problem
- Review of related Literature, significance and sources
- Hypothesis - meaning characteristics, types, formulation and uses
- Sampling – meaning, need, steps, characteristics and types
- Research Design – meaning and types
UNIT – V
- Tools of Data Collection: characteristics, types, uses and limitations of Questionnaire,
Interview, Observation and Case Study
- Analysis of data – meaning, significance and process
- Research Report – purpose, characteristics and steps of writing report
- References and Bibliography
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Blaikie, Norman 1993. : Approaches to Social Enquiry. Cambridge, Polity
Press.
2. May,Tim 1997. : Social Research: Issues, Methods, and Process.

Buckingham, Open University Press.
3. Marshall, Catnerine : Designing qualitative Research (IInd Ed.), New
& Rossman, Gretcher B. Delhi, Sage Publication.
(1995)
4. Reid, William J. & Smith, : Research in Social Work, New York, Audrey D.
(1981) Columbia University Press.
5. RamChandran R : Issue in Social Work Research in India, Bombay,
1990. TISS.
6. Society for : Participatory research: An introduction Research
Participatory Research Network series No.3 New Delhi Press. In Asia 1995.
7. Moser, C.A& Kaltan : Survey methods in social Investigation. London G.1971.
Heinemann Educational Books Ltd.
8. Chandwief Bruce,.A. : Social Science Research Methods,New Jersey: and others,
1984 Prentice Hall.
9. Shjoberg.G. Nett,1992 : Research and methodology for Social research
New.Delhi, Rawat Publication
10. Mukherjee R.N. 1982 : Samajik Shodh Va Sankhiykee. Delhi Ranjan
Prakashan
11. Laldas D.K. 2000. : Practice of social Research.Rawat Publications,
Jaipur.
12. Aggarwal, Y.P. 1990 : Better sampling, New Delhi Sterting.
13. Bajpai S.R. : Methods of Social survey and Research, Kanpur
Kitab Ghar.
14. Selltiz, Clare, : Research Methods in Social Relations, New York, and Others,
1959. Rinchart and Winston.
15. Doby, John T.(ed.), An Introduction to Social Research ( 2 nd Ed.) 1967.
Newyork, Appleton- Century-Court.
16. Long Norman & Battlefields of Knowledge: The Interlocking of Long Ann. Ed.
Theory and practice in Social Research and 1992.
Development, London, Routiedge.
17. Riessman, Qualitative Studies in Social Work Research, Catherine K.
1994. New Delhi, Sage Publication.
18. Cranstein, A. and Phillips Understanding Social Research- An Introuction,
W. R. 1978. Boston: allwyn and Bacon.
19. Pedgett, Deborah, K. Qualitative Methods in Social Work Research, New
1988. Delhi: Sage Publication.
20. Rubin, A. and Babbie, K. Research Methods for Social Work, California:
Brooks Cole Publishing Co.
21. Bhattacharyya, D.K., 2009 Research Methodology, Excel Publications, New
Delhi.
22. Rao, A.B.,2009 Research Methodology for Management and Social
Sciences, Excel Publications, New Delhi.
10 (1816)

Semester –III
Paper – IV
Mental Health, Care and Services
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT – I
- Mental Health, Psychopathology, and Psychiatry: concept, meaning and scope Concept of normality and abnormality
- Classification of mental diseases, ICD – 10 (WHO)
UNIT – II
- Psychoneurotic reactions- Hysteria: dissociative and somatoform disorders
Anxiety disorders, obsessive-compulsive reactions, phobic reactions and depressive reactions:
prevalence, symptoms, types & treatment.
- Mood disorders and personality disorders: symptoms, types and treatment
UNIT – III
- Psychotic disorders- Schizophrenia (in adults & children): prevalence, symptoms, types and
treatment
- Paranoid reactions- symptoms and treatment
- Epilepsy- causes, types, symptoms, precautions and treatment
- Mental Retardation: Causes, types, management, prevention and rehabilitation
UNIT – IV
- Treatment Modalities in mental illness.
- Services for Mental Health, National Mental Health Programme: objectives, progress and
problems
- Mental Health Act- 1987
- Therapeutic community: concept and use
- Community Psychiatry
UNIT – V
- Yoga and Meditation and other indigenous therapeutic measurers.
- Rehabilitation, prevention and promotion of mental health.
- Role of Social Worker individually as well as part of a team.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Brockbank, R. and Mental Health in a Changing Community
Westhy, Gibson, D. : USA. Grune and Stratton, Inc.
(eds.), 1966:
2. Commission on Mental : Social Change and the Mental Health of
10 (1817)

Health of Children, 1973 Children, New York. Harper & Row.
3. Frank. M, 1982 : Primary Prevention for Children and Families,
New York . The Haworth Press.
4. Riess, B.F. ed, : New Directions in Mental Health, Vol. I,
1968 New York. Grune and Stratton.
5. Bastide, R., 1972 : Sociology of Mental Disorders, London.
Routledge and Kagan Paul .
6. Freeman, H. and : New Aspects of Mental Health Service, London.
Farandale, J.,1967 Pergamon Press.
7. Young, V. : Handbook of Social Pathology, London.
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
8. Roberts, N.,1967 : Mental Health and Mental illness, London.
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
9. Coleman, J.C. : Abnormal Psychology and Modern Life, Mumbai.
D.B., Taraporevala Sons & Co.
10. Bessell, R., 1971 : Interviewing and Counselling, London.
: B.T., Butsford.
11. Chopra, R.N. and : Drug Addiction with Special Reference
Chopra, F.C., 1965 to India, New Delhi. Council of Scientific & Industrial Research.
12. National Institute of : Drug Abuse (Summaries of Research Studies).
Social Defence, Govt.
of India,1992
13. Cohan, Raquel E, 2006 : Mental Health Services in Disaster: Instructor’s
Guide, Pan America Health Organization, World
Health Organization,Washington USA.
14. World Health Organization, : Mental Health of Refugees,WHO
1996. Publications,Geneva.
15. World Health Organisation : The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and
1992. Behavioural Disorders. clinical
descriptions and diagnostic guidelines,
Oxford University Press, Delhi
16. Single Eric et al, 2003 : International Guidelines for Estimating
the Costs of Substance Abuse and .
Addiction, WHO Publication, Geneva.
17. Tredgold, R.F & Wolff : U.C.H Handbook of Psychiatry (2 nd ed.),
H.H. 1975. Duckworth, London.
18. Singh, Chandra Paul. : Mansik Mandata- Karan, Pehchan,Upchar,
2005. avam Punarwas (Hindi).Kanishka Publishers.Delhi.
19. Upadhyay, R.K. & Sandhya : Mental Disorders and Mental Health Policy,
New Delhi, Kanishka.
10 (1818)

Semester –III
Paper-V
Environmental Imbalance and Disaster Management.
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Ecology and environment: meaning, nature and components.
- Environmental imbalance: global warming and green house effect, ozone
layer depletion and its effects.
- Pollution: land, water, air, noise- causes, effects, prevention and control.
UNIT-II
- The Environment Protection Act, 1986.
- Role of government, NGOs and general public in environment protection.
- Environmental movements in India.
- Areas for social work intervention in environment protection.
UNIT-III
- Disaster: concept, meaning, definition and types (natural and man made)
- Factors contributing to disasters: Political, economic, social, technological, cultural,
geographical etc.
- Impact of disasters: Physical, economic, spatial, psycho-social etc.
UNIT-IV
- Disaster management: concept, meaning and definition.
- Pre-disaster prevention and mitigation of disasters.
- Protection against post disaster effects and Rehabilitation.
- National Disaster Management Authority: organization and functions
UNIT-V
- Role of Govt. and NGOs in disaster management.
- Local people and their participation.
- Social Work intervention at different levels.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Ryding, S.O. 1992 : Environmental Management Handbook,
Ahmedabad: IOS Press.
2. Sapru, R.K.ed. 1987 : Environment Management in India, Vol. II,
New Delhi: Ashish Publishing House.
10 (1819)

3. Sharma,P.D. 1995 : Ecology and Environment, New Delhi:
Rastogi Publishers.
4. Shiva, vandana 1991 : The violence of the Green Revolution, Goa: The
other India Press.
5. Birnabaum, F., Coplon, : “Crisis Intervention after a Natural Disaster”
J., and Scharff, I.1973 Social Case Work. Vol. 54, No. 9. 545-551.
6. Blaufard, H. and Levine, : “Crisis Intervention in an Earthquake.” Social
J. 1972 Work Vol. 17, No. 4, 16-19.
7. Fritz, C. E. 1968 : “Disaster.” Sills, D. (ed) International
Encyclopedia of Social Science. Vol. 4. U.S.A.
The Macmillan Company and the Free Press.
202-208.
8. Gangrade, K.D. and : Challenge and Response.
Dhadde, S. 1973 Delhi : Rachna Publications.
9. Grossman, L. 1973 : Train Crash : Social Work and Disaster
Services. Social Work. Vol.18, No. 5, 38-44.
10. Hoff, A. 1978 : People in Crisis. Understanding and Helping.
California: Addison Wesley Publishing Company.
11. Joint Assistant Centre : Natural Disaster. New Delhi:
1980 Adhyatma Sadhana Kendra.
12. Shader, I. and : Management of Reaction to Disaster. Social
Schwartz, A. 1966 : Work. Vol. II, No. 2, 99-1-4.
13. Siporin, M. 1966 : The Experience of Aiding the victims of
Hurricane Betsy. Social Service Review.
Vol. 10
14. Wolfenstein, M. 1977 : Disaster : A Psychological Eassy. New York:
Arno Press.
15. Uberoi, N.K., 2009 Environmental Studies, Excel Publications,
New Delhi.
10 (1820)

Semester– III
Paper-VI (1) (a)
Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations- I
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
.
UNIT – I
- Human Resource Management: meaning, definition, objectives, scope and significance.
- Difference between personnel Management, Human Resource Management and Human
Resource Development.
- Functions of Human Resource Management.
- Recent trends of Human Resource Management and challenges in India.
UNIT – II
- Human Resource Planning: definition, objectives, need and importance.
- Levels of Human Resource Planning.
- Human Resource Planning Process: its problems and pre-requisites of effective Human
Resource Planning.
- Recruitment: meaning, definition, process, sources, methods and techniques
- Selection: meaning, definition and its process.
- Psychological Tests, Interview, Induction, Placements, Promotion, Demotion and transfer.
UNIT – III
- Training: meaning and concept, need and importance, steps and methods of training
programme.
- Executive Development: meaning and concept, need and importance, steps and methods of
development programme.
- Career Planning, Career Development and Succession Planning: meaning, concept, stages
and process.
UNIT – IV
- Job Analysis and Design: concept, objectives, process and methods.
- Job Evaluation: concept, objectives, process and methods of job evaluation.
- Performance and Potential Appraisal: concept, objectives, process and methods of
Performance Appraisal.
- Voluntary Retirement Scheme.
UNIT – V
- Industrial Relations: concept, scope, objectives, importance and its Approaches.
- Key Issues and emerging trends in industrial relations.
- Dunlop model and its relevance for India.
- Industrial Health and Safety.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
10 (1821)

Bibliography:
1. Dole Yoder, 1975 : Personnel Management and Industrial Relations, Printice Hall of
India, New Delhi.
2.David Goss, 1997. : Human Resource Management, International Thomson Business
Press, London.
3. Debi S. Saini and : Human Resource Management (Perspectives for
Sanu A. Khan, ed. 2000 . the New Era), Response Books, New Delhi.
4. Edwin B. Flippo, 1984 : Personnel Management, McGrow-Hill, New York.
5. Gary Dessler, 2002 : Human Resource Management, Practice-Hall of India Private
Limited, New Delhi.
6.Gupta C.B. 2002 : Human Resource Management, Sultan Chand and Sons, New
Delhi.
7. Khanka S.S. 2003 : Human Resource Management (Text and Cases) S. Chand &
Company Limited, New Delhi.
8. Koontz H. and others, 1986 : Essentials of Management, McGrow Hill, New York.
9. Mamoria C.B. 1994 : Personnel Management, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay.
10. Mark Mendenhall and : International Human Resource Management, PWS
Gary Addau, ed. 1991 – Kent Publishing Company, Boston.
11. Monappa Arun, 1997 : Managing Human Resources, Macmillan India Limited, New
Delhi.
12. National Institute of : Personnel Management in India, Asia Publishing Personnel
Management, 1973 House, Bombay.
13. Phillio, E.B. 1980 : Principles of Personnel Management, McGrow Hill Books
Company, New York.
14. Punekar, S.D. : Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial
and others, 1984: Relations, Himalaya Publishing Company, Mumbai.
15. Rao V.S.P. 2005 : Human Resource Management (Text and Cases) Excel Books,
New Delhi
16. Schein E.H. 1978 : Carrier Dynamics: Matching Individual and Organizational
Needs, Addison Wesley, Reading Massachussetts.
17. Sharma A.H. 1988 : Aspects of Labour Welfare and Social Security, Himalaya
Publishing Company, Mumbai.
18. Sharma D.C. and : Personnel Management: Surjeet Prakashan, Meerut.
Sharma R.C. 1988
19. Sodhi J.S. 1996 : Industrial Relations and Human Resources in India, B.R.
Publishing Corporation, Delhi.
20 Sengupta N and Bhattacharya: International Human Resource Management, Excel
M. 2009 Publication, New Delhi.
21 Aquinas P.G. 2009 : Essentials of Organization Behaviour, Excel Publication, New
Delhi.
10 (1822)

Semester– III
Paper-VI (1) (b)
Labour Welfare and Labour Legislations- I
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT: I
- Concept & importance of labour
- Socio-Economic characteristics of Indian labour
- Organized and Unorganized labour: meaning, characteristics and problems.
- Globalization and its impact on Indian labour
UNIT: II
- Labour Welfare: concept and scope
- Theories/approaches of labour welfare
- Principles of labour welfare
- Agencies of labour welfare in India
- Types of labour welfare measures: intra mural and extra mural, statutory and non-statutory
UNIT: III
- Labour Welfare Officer: - Statutory position, role, status and functions.
- Welfare of women labour.
- Prohibition & Rehabilitation of child labour & bonded labour.
- Role of social worker in promotion of welfare of labour.
UNIT: IV
- The Factories Act, 1948
- The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947
- The Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946
- The Trade Unions Act, 1926
UNIT: V
- The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of
Services) Act, 1996.
- The Unorganised Workers’ Social Security Act, 2008.
- Domestic Workers (Registration, Social Security and Welfare) Act, 2008.
- Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Pandey, S.M.(ed),1976 : Rural Labour in India, New Delhi:
Shri Ram Centre
10 (1823)

2. Joshi,V.,1987 : Migrant Labour and related Issue,
New Delhi : Oxford and IBH Publishers
3. Bhogoliwal, TN : Economics of Labour and Indistrial Relations,
Agra : Sahitaya Bhawan
4. Moorthy, M.V.,1982 : Principles of Labour Welfare, New Delhi : Oxford .
& IBH Publishing Co.
6. Saxena,R.C. : Labour problems& social welfare,
Meerut: Jai Parkash Pub. House
10 Sharma, A.M.,1988 : Aspects of Labour Welfare and Social Security,
Mumabai : Himalya Publishing
7. Pant, S.C. : Indian Labour Problems, Chaitanya Publishing
House.
8. Punekar, S.D.& ; Labour Welfare, Trade vnionism and Industrial
Others, 1978 Relations, Mumbai: Himalaya publishing Housing
9. Ministry of Labour : Report of National Commision on labour, New
Delhi :Govt. of India (2 nd ed)
10. Vaid, K.N. Labour Welfare in India, New Delhi:
Shri Ram Centre for industrial relations.
11. Banerjee N Women Workers in theUnorganised Sector, Sangam
Book 1985.
12. Gangrade, K.D. Women and Child workers in unorganized sector:
Non-Government Organization perspectives, New
Delhi, Concept, 1983.
13. ILO, Structure and functions of Rural Workers
Organization, Geneva 1978.
14. Jain Mahaveer Bonded labour-Justice through Judiciary, Manak
Publishers in association with V.V.giri Labour
Institute, 1997
15. Sharma, A.M. Welfare of special categories of Labour, Himalaya,
1990
16. Tripathy, S.N Migrant child labour in Inida, Mohit Publications.
New Delhi, 1997.
17. Ministry of Labour Second Labour Commission Report
G.O.I (2002)
18. Puri, S.K., 1981: An Introduction to Labour and Industrial Laws,
Allahabad Law Agency.
19. Sahary, H.K. 1987. Industrial and Labour Laws of India, New Delhi:
New Delhi: Prentice Hall
20. Singh B.D., 2009 Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, Excel
Publication, New Delhi.
21. Singh B.D., 2009 Labour Laws for Managers, Excel Publication,
New Delhi.
10 (1824)

Semester –III
Paper – VI Option – II (a)
Family Dynamics: Issues & Needs-I
Max. Marks. 100
10 (1825)
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT – I
- Family as an Institution – importance and functions
- Impact of Urbanization on Family
- Role of Family in Social Development
- Indian Family – its characteristics viz. power structure, patriarchal norms, values and
practices
UNIT – II
- Changing Functions of Family
- Family Disorganization and Family Problems
- Husband, Wife and Children relationship
- Single Parent Family
- Family Life Education – objectives and process, Family Life Education as a method of
Family enrichment
- Family Counseling and Guidance
UNIT – III
- Family Welfare Policy and Programmes
- Voluntary and Government agencies for Family Welfare
- Poverty and Family Life
- Family Management – nature and principles
- Family Budgeting
- Ecology and the Family
UNIT – IV
- Problems of Girl Child and Women in India
- Legal Rights of Women
- Factors affecting the status of women
- Role of Women in Development
- Patterns of mothering and child rearing practices in India
UNIT – V
- Women’s Social Organizations
- Institutional Services for Handicapped and Destitute Women
- Current socio-economic schemes for women of weaker sections
- Traditional and emerging role of professional social worker in the filed of women’s
development

Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Dasai, M.(ed), 1994 : Family and Intervention: A Course
Compendium, Mumbai, TISS.
2. TISS,1993 : Special Isasue of the Indian journal of Social Work
on “Family Development”54(1)Mumbai, TISS.
3. Hartman, Ann and : Family Centred Sfdocial welefare
Laired, Joan, 1986 Practice, London Press.
4. Fanscca, Mobel, : Family and Marriage in Inida, Jaipur: Sachin
1980 Publication
5. Tata institute of : Family(Special Issue),The Journal of Social work
Social Sciences Vol. XLVII, No.1, April1986
6. Gangrade, K.L. : Social Network and Social work,
1985 Crisis Management in Indian families,
New Delhi Northern Book Centre
7. Shrinivasan, etc : Dynamics of Population and family
Care, New Delhi: Himalaya Pub. House
8. Gore,M.S.1968 : Urbanization and family Change
Popular Parkashan, Mumbai
9. Singh A.N. 1990 : Child Labour Sociao-Economic
Perspective, Shipra, New Delhi
10. Chowdhary, D. Paul : Child Welfare and Development;
1980 Atma Ram and Sons, New Delhi.
11. Kuppuswamy,B. : Child and Development, Vikas
1980 Publishing House Pvt.Ltd,New Delhi.
12. Ghosh, S.K., : Women in a Changing Society,
1984 Ashish Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
13. Brien Shirley, O. : Child Abuse, Uni. Press, .USA.
1980
14 Chowdhary, D. : Hand Book of Social welfare
Paul 1981 Atma Ram and Sons, New Delhi.
15. Mitra, Alok etc., : The Status of women in Occupational
1961 to 1971 Delhi: Abhinav.
16. Chattopadhya : Indian women’ Battle for freedom Delhi
Kamla Devi 1982 Abhinav.
17. NIPCCD,1975 : Social Problem of Working Mothers,
New Delhi.
18. Slhrivastva : women and law, New Delhi: Intellectual Publishing
T.M.,1985 Housing.
19. Dhagamwar, : Women and Divorce, ICSSR (Minco).
Vassudha,1979
20. Gandhi,M.K.1950 : Women’s role in Society Ahmedabad :Navjeevan
Publishing House.
10 (1826)

Semester III
Paper-VI Option – II (b)
Developmental Services for Child and Women - I
10 (1827)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Child Welfare- concept & philosophy
- Common needs and problems of children
- Evolution of child welfare services in India and abroad.
- Demographic profile of child in India.
- Types of Child Welfare Services and the changing trends in child welfare services.
UNIT-II
- Nature, extent and causes of the problem of children in difficult circumstances:
- Destitute, Neglected, Handicapped, Mentally Retarded.
- Role of voluntary organizations in the field of child development.
- Welfare Programmes for the care and protection of the handicapped and destitute
children.
UNIT-III
- Integrated Child Development Scheme- its concept, objectives and services.
- Organizational and Administrative structure of ICDS.
- Child welfare services in Five Year Plans.
- Protective services for children under J.J Act 2000 and Domestic workers Act, 2008.
UNIT-IV
- Preventive Services for Children- Child Guidance Clinic, School Social Work
- Non –Institutional Services for Children – Adoption, Foster Care, and Sponsorship
Programme.
- Recreational Services for Children – Bal Bhawan, Film, Play centres.
- Nature and extent of Child development needs.
UNIT-V
- Indicators of Women’s position – Issues and Challenges : demographic profile, education,
health, employment and work
- Working Mothers – causes, conditions and protections
- Problem faced by Women in - organized sector, unorganized sector, self-
employed.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks

Bibliography:
1. Berry, Juliet : Social Work with Children, Routledge and Kegan
1972. Paul, London.
2. Desai, N. and : Indian Women : Change and Challenges in the
Patel, V International Decade, Popular Prakashan, Bombay.
3. Evertt. J.1981. : Women & Social change in India, Heritage
Publishers, New Delhi.
4. NIPCCD.1984 : Perspective plan on Child Development (1980-
2060),The Author, New Delhi.
5. Rani Asha 1986 :Children in difficult situation in India-A Review,
TISS, Mumbai.
6. Gangrade K.D.1985. : Social network and Social Work in Indian Families :
Crisis Management, Delhi, Northern Book Centre.
7. Mcpharson Steward : Five Hundred Million Children, poverty and child
1987. Welfare in the Third World, New York, St.
Martinis Press.
8. Singh. R.R. : Social Care of child in Delhi : Policy, Programme
1987. And process, Deptt. of Social Work.
9. Sharm Shakti : A Report of National Commission on self employed
1988. Women and Women informal sector.
10. Mahadevan K. (ed) : Policies and Strategies for Child Survival
1990. Experiences from Asia, Delhi. B.R. Publishing
Corporation
11. Omvedt, Gail : Violence against Women : New Movements and
1990. New Theories in India, Kali for Women, New
Delhi.
12. Dubey, Leela and : Structure and Strategies : Women, Work and
Palkiwala, J (ed) Family, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
1990.
13. Govt. of India, Deptt. : National Plan of Action-A Commitment to the
Of Women and Child Child.
Development. 1992.
14. NIPCCD.1992 : National Evaluation of Integrated Child
Development Service, New Delhi, The Author.
15. Kanth Amod & : Neglected child-changing Perspective Prayas
Varma R.M.1993. Juvenile Aid Centre, New Delhi
16. NIPCCD. : Child in India a Statistical profile, National
1994. Institute of Public Cooperation and Child
Development, New Delhi.
17. Joshi, Sandhya : Child Survival, Health and Social Work
1996. Intervention, Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi.
18. Kaul Sandhya. : Child-Bearing a Scoial Phenomen on, New Delhi,
1996. Rawat Publications.
19. Nehal, Ashraf : Crime against Women, Commonwealth Publishers,
1997. New Delhi.
20. Purshothman, : The Empowerment of Women in India. New Delhi,
Sangeeta. 1998. Sage Publication.
10 (1828)

Semester-III
Paper-VI, Elective III (a)
Policy and Development of Health Care-I
10 (1829)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Concept of Health: individual and community health
- Health and Social Work, medical social work: meaning, nature, scope
- Health problems-economic considerations, social and cultural aspects
- Role and functions of Social Workers in hospital and in community health.
UNIT-II
- Major health problems of the disadvantaged such as T.B., leprosy, malaria and other
communicable diseases
- Psycho-social effects of disabilities on growth and development
- Health work in the hospitals: work with patient, individual groups and community,
family and collaterals
UNIT-III
- Specialized services-problems of the deaf, blind and orthopedically handicapped Indian
and western treatment and approaches to various psychiatric problems Review of
mental health services, economic aspects and effectiveness of various models of
treatment.
UNIT-IV
- National Health Policy: national health programmes a critical analysis
- Identification of needs of health and other related services in India
- Role of international organizations in health care
UNIT-V
- Rehabilitation services-concept, nature and services for psychiatric and the physically
disabled
- Prevention of mental health problems and promotion of mental health
- Role of Social Workers, individually and as a part of a team of professionals.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Doyal, Lestely and Health, Medicine and Underdevelopment,
Pennell, Imogen, 1978 : Economic & Political Weekly, Vol.XI, 31-33,
August, Special Number.
2. Hasan, K.A.,1978 : Medical Sociology of Rural India,

Sachin Publications.
3. King, Maurice (ed),1966: Medical Care in Developing Countries;
Symposium from Makerere, London :
Oxford University Press.
4. Mahajan, B.K.,1969: Health Services in India, Jamnagar :
Aruna B. Mahajan.
5. Naik, J.P.,1977 : An alternative system of health care services in
India; Some proposals; Allied Pub., Pvt. Ltd.
6. Park, J.R. & Park,K., : Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine,
2005 Jabalpur : M/s Banarsidas,Bhonot Publishers.
7. Paul, Benjamin, D.,1985 : Health Culture and Community, Case Studies of
Public Reactions to Health Programmes; Russell
Sage Foundations.
8. Rao, Dr.K.N.,1968 : Health Services, Public Health in Encyclopedia
Of Social Work in India, Vol. I ; Publications
Divisions.
9. Sundaram, E.B.,1975 : Health Services with Social Justice, Voluntary
Action, Vol.17, No.6.
10. UNICEF : Health and Basic Services : Keys to Development
New Delhi.
11. Morley, David, Rohde Practising Health for All, Oxford Medical
Jon and William. G.1985 : Publications.
12. Simith, Bryan, C.,1978 : Community Health : An Epidemiological
Approach : New York : Macmillan Pub. Co.
13. Banarjee, G.R.,1950 : Social Service Department in Hospital : Its
Organization and Functions, Mumbai.
14. Bartalatt, Harriet M.1961 : Social Work Practice in the Health Field, New
York : National Association of Social Work.
15. Codey, Carol H.,1951 : Social Aspects of Illness, Philadelphia &
London : W.B. Sounders Co.
16. Caplan, Gerald, 1961 : An Approach to Community Mental Health,
Grune and Stratton.
10 (1830)

Semester-III
Paper-VI, Elective III (b)
Psycho-Social Perspectives of Mental Health-I
10 (1831)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Concept of normality and abnormality
- Epidemiology of mental illness: incidence and prevalence of mental disorders in India
- Concept of mental health, community mental health, community psychiatry
UNIT-II
- Classification of mental diseases: ICD-10 and DSM IV & IV(R)
- Scope of Psychiatric Social Work and role of Psychiatric Social Worker
Mental Health Act 1986 – A review.
UNIT-III
- Psychoneurotic disorders: anxiety states, hysteria, obsessive compulsive reactions
- Neurotic depression and neurasthenia to be discussed in terms of symptoms and
common treatment method
- Magnitude of the problem worldwide and analysis of the problem from different
perspectives
UNIT-IV
- Psychotic reactions-schizophrenia, MDP
- Paranoid State to be discussed in terms of its types, symptoms, treatment and
rehabilitation
UNIT-V
- Epilepsy-types and management
- Mental Retardation causes, types-management and rehabilitation
- Personality disorders-nature and types
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Morley, David, Rohde : Practising Health for All, Oxford Medical
Jon and William. G.1983 Publications.
2. Paul, Benjamin, D.,1985 : Health Culture and Community, Case Studies of
Public Reactions to Health Programmes; Russell
Sage Publication.
3. Simith, Bryan, C.,1978 : Community Health : An Epidemiological
Approach : New York : Macmillan Pub. Co. Inc.

4. Banarjee, G.R.,1950 : Social Service Department in Hospital : Its
Organization and functions, Mumbai : Tata
Institute of Social Science.
5. Bartkatt Harriet, M.,1961 : Social Work Practice in the Health Field, New
York : National Association, of Social Workers.
6. Codey,Carol H.,1951 : Social Aspects of Illness, PhiladelPhia &
London : W.B. Founders Co.
7. Caplan, Gerald, 1961 : An Approach to Community Mental Health,
Grune and Stratton.
8. UNICEF : Health and Basic Services : Keys to Development
New Delhi.
9. Sundaram, E.B.,1975 : Health Services with Social Justice, Voluntary
Action, Vol.17, No.6.
10. Park,K,2005 : Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine,
Jabalpur : M/s Banarsidas,Bhonot Publishers.
11. Doyall, Lesley and : Health, Medicine and Underdevelopment Pennell,
Imogen, 1978 Economic and Political Weekly, Vol.XI,31-33
August : Special Number.
12. Hasan, K.A.,1978 : Medical Sociology of Rural India,
Sachin Publications.
13. Khandekar, Mandakani : The Social Dimensions of Child Nutrition
among the economically disadvantaged in
Greater Mumbai.
14. Mahajan, B.K.,1969 : Health Services in India, Aruna.
. B. Mahajan.
15. Naik, J.P.,1977 : An alternative system of health care
service in India; Some proposals; Allied Pub.Pvt.Ltd.
16. World Health Organization, : Mental Health of Refugees,WHO 1996.
Publications,Geneva.
17. World Health Organisation : The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and
1992. Behavioural Disorders. clinical
descriptions and diagnostic guidelines,
Oxford University Press, Delhi
18. Single Eric et al, 2003 : International Guidelines for Estimating
the Costs of Substance Abuse and .
Addiction, WHO Publication, Geneva.
19. Tredgold, R.F & Wolff : U.C.H Handbook of Psychiatry (2 nd ed.),
H.H. 1975. Duckworth, London.
20. Singh, Chandra Paul. : Mansik Mandata- Karan, Pehchan,Upchar,
2005. avam Punarwas(Hindi). Kanishka
Publishers.Delhi.
10 (1832)

Semester-III
Paper-VI, Elective IV (a)
Rural Community Development: Policies and programmes-I
10 (1833)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Rural Community: definition, features and Characteristics.
- Rural Sociology and its use in understanding of rural community.
- Major Institutions of Indian Rural Community: religion, caste, class, marriage and
family.
UNIT-II
- Traditional village organizations; Panchayat, caste panchayat, Khap panchayat and
informal justice system in rural communities.
- Community Power Structure: leadership in Indian villages: factors influencing
leadership and changing patterns of leadership in Indian villages.
UNIT-III
- Democratic Decentralization: concept and importance.
- Panchayati Raj in India: Balwant Rai Mehta Committee and Ashok Mehta Committee
reports, 73rd Constitutional Amendment.
- Representation of people’s Act.
UNIT-IV
- Rural economy: definition, scope and pattern.
- Economics of agriculture.
- Problems related to agriculture- technical, irrigation, manure, fertilizer, land and live
stock.
- Land reforms in India.
UNIT-V
- Surplus Land: its distribution and use.
- Rural employment, under -employment and unemployment.
- Government efforts to minimize and remove rural nemployment
- Provision of loan and its related problems; return of loan, waiving off loan and its
impact.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks

Bibliography:
1. Arora R.K : People’s Participation in Development Process:
Essays in honour of B.Mehta, Jaipur,The HMC state
Institut of Public Administration.
2. Gandhi M.K 1958 : Sarvodaya (The Welfare of all), Ahmadabad,
Navjivan Publishing House.
3. Sussman, M.B 1959 : community Structure and analysis, new York, Thomas Y.
Crowell Co.
4. Dayal, R. 1960 : Community Development Programme in India,
Allahabad Kitab Mahal Publishers.
5. Hamumantha Rao, C.H : Economic Reforms and Poverty Allivation in India,
And Lime man, Hans 1966 Sage New Delhi.
6. Biddle, W.Willam & : Encouraging Community Development –A Training Guide
Biddle J.Lourride. 1968 for Local Workers, Lite & Life Publishers, New Delhi.
7. Brager, G & Specht,H 1969: Community Organization, New York: Columbia
University Press.
8. Desai A.R 1969 : Rural Sociology in India (IV th revised ed), Popular
Prakashan, Mumbai.
9. Dayal, R.1970 : Panchayati Raj in India, Delhi, Metropolitan Book Co.
10. Ramchandra Raj, G 1974: Functions and Dysfunction of Social Conflicts, Bombay,
Popular Prakashan.
11. Jones, D.& Mayo.M.1974: Community Work, Rutledge and Kegan Paul, London.
12. Dandavate,M. 1977 : Marx and Gandhi, Bombay: Popular Prakashan Pvt.
Ltd.
13. Raiman Eva Schindler: The Volunteer Community, University Associates Inc.
& Lippit, Ronald. 1977 California.
14. Lal,A.K 1977 Politics of Poverty : A study of bonded labour,
New Delhi, Chetana Publication.
15. Poleson and Sannderson.: Rural Community Organization, New Work, John
1979 Wiley and Sons.
16. Long, Norman, 1984 : Introduction to the Sociology of development, Tavistoik,
London.
10 (1834)

17. Roy, Ramashray.1986 Dialogues on Development, Sage Publications, London.
18. Singh, K. 1986 Rural Development, Principles, Policies and Mangt.
New Delhi, Sage Publication.
19. Siddiqui, H.Y 1997 : Working with Communities: A Introduction to Community
Work, New Delhi, Hira Publications.
20. Desai, Vasant. 1998 : Rural Development (Vol.1 to 4). Himalaya Publishing
House, Bombay.
10 (1835)

Semester-III
Paper-VI, Elective IV (b)
Urban Community Development: Polices and Programme-I
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Urban Community: concept and characteristics
- Growth of cities; causes and consequences, different related concepts such as
metropolis, towns, megapolis.
- Urbanization: concept, causes, process and significance for human development.
UNIT-II
- Urbanization in India: Demographic and occupational aspects, economic pattern.
- Urbanization and social institutions such as marriage, family, education, religion and
recreation.
- Urbanization and economic development, urbanization and problems of social defense.
UNIT-III
- Urban Community Development (UCD): need, concept, historical development,
assumptions, philosophy objectives, functional areas, methods and programmes of
urban community development, barriers of urban community development.
UNIT-IV
- Urban poverty: nature and extent
- Factors and implications of urban poverty.
- Developmental programmes for urban poor.
- Review of urban planning in India.
UNIT-V
- Social implications of urbanization: emergence of urban slums; causes, growth and
problems, life and living in slum, slum city relationship, different programmes related
to slum.
- Scope of social work intervention in urban development.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
10 (1836)

Bibliography:
1 Sussman, M.B 1959 : Community Structure and analysis, new York,
Thomas Y. Crowell Co.
2. Dayal, R. 1960 : Community Development Programme in India,
Allahabad, Kitab Mahal Publishers.
3. Batten, T.R.1965 The Human Factor in Community Work, London:
Oxford University Press.
4. Nagpaul,Hans. 1966 : Modernization and Urbanization in India, Rawat
Publication,Jaipur.
5. Hamumantha Rao, C.H : Economic Reforms and Poverty Allivation in India,
And Limeman, Hans 1966 Sage New Delhi.
6. Biddle, W.Willam & : Encouraging Community Development –A Training Guide
Biddle J.Lourride. 1968 for Local Workers, Lite & Life Publishers, New Delhi
7. Schwartz, David B 1970: Who Cares Rediscovering Community, USA, West view
Press.
8. Desai, A.R and : A Profile of an Indian Slums: University of Mumbai,
Pillai, S.D. 1972 Mumbai.
9. Centre for Urban Studies,: Urban Planning and Development Authorities, The Author,
IIPA, 1974. New Delhi.
10. Clinard, M.B. 1976 : Slums and Community Development, Experiments in Self
Help , Free Press, New York.
11. Raiman Eva Schindler : The Volunteer Community, University Associates Inc.
& Lippit, Ronald. 1977 California.
12. Chandra,Subhash 1977 : Social Participation in Urban Neighborhoods’, National
Publishing House, New Delhi.
13. Lal,A.K 1977 Politicts of Poverty : A study of bonded labour,
New Delhi, Chetana Publlication.
14. Twelvetrees,A. 1982 : Community Work, London, Macmillan Press Ltd.
15. Roy, Ramashray.1986 Dialogues on Development, Sage Publications, London.
16. Jacob,I Thudipara. 1993: Urban Community Development, Rawat Publication, Jaipur
And New Delhi.
17. Kasambi,Meera. 1994 : Urbanisation and Urban Development in India,ICSSR,
New Delhi.
18. Weil, M (Ed) 1996 : Community Practice: Concepts, Models, New York,
The Haworth Press. Inc.
19. Siddiqui, H.Y 1997 : Working with Communities:An Introduction to Community
Work , New Delhi, Hira Publications.
20. Mishra,G.K and : Development Programmes for Urban Poor, New Delhi,
Narain,M.K IIPA.
21. Five Year Plans : Planning Commission New Delhi
22. Chandrasekhara, : Urban Perspective-2000, National Institute of Urban Affair,
C.S & others New Delhi.
10 (1837)

Semester-III
Paper-VI, Elective V (a)
Crime and Criminal Justice-I
10 (1838)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Criminology: definition, nature and scope
- Social, psychological and legal approaches of criminology
- Relationship of criminology with other social sciences .
- Relevance of criminology to contemporary society
UNIT-II
- C rime: definition and nature
- Causes and consequences of crime
- Forms of crimes: white collar and organized crime
- Crimes against property and person
UNIT-III
- Social change,
- Social deviance
- Social disorganization
- Individual disorganization,
- Group disorganization,
- Community disorganization
- Family disorganization
UNIT -IV
Sociological theories of crime:
- Ecological theory.
- Culture Conflict theory
- Differential Association theory.
- Anomie theory.
UNIT-V
- Criminal Justice System : meaning, purpose and social relevance
- Historical evolution of criminal justice system
- Overview of CJS: national and international perspective.
- Co ordination in criminal justice system.

Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Burke, Roger Hopkins 2003. : Introduction to Criminological Theory, Lawman (Inc) Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi.
2. Tara Gray 2002. : Exploring Corrections, Allyn and Bacon, Boston
3. Srivastava, S. S. 2002. : Criminology and Criminal Administration, Central Law Agency,
New Delhi.
4. Williams, Katherine. S. 2001. : Textbook on Criminology, 3rd edition, Universal Law Publishing
Co., Delhi.
5.Paranjape, N. V. 2001.: Criminology and Penology, 2nd edition,Central aw Publication,
Allahabad, UP.
6. Coleman, Clive. 2000. : Introducing Criminology, Willan Publication, UK.
7. Ahuja, Ram. 2000. : Criminology, Rawat Publication, New Delhi.
8. Brogden, Mike. 2000. : Crime, Abuse and the Elderly, Lawman (Inc) Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
9. Siegel, Larry J. 2000. : Criminology, Wadsworth Thomson Learning, New Delhi
10. Tripathy, P. C. 2000.: Crime against Working Women, APH Publishing Co., New
Delhi.
11 Ebbe, Obi N. Ignatius. 2000. : Comparative and International Criminal
Justice System: Policing, Judiciary and Butterworth,
Butterworth, Boston Corrections,.
12. Shah, Giriraj. 1999. : Crime and Criminology, Anmol Publications Pvt, New Delhi.
13. Schmalleger, Frank. 1999.: Criminology Today: An Integrative Introduction 2nd edition,
Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
14. Shah, Giriraj. 1999.: Crime and Criminology, Anmol Publications, New Delhi
15. Atri, P. K. 1998. : Dynamics of Crime Prevention and Criminology, Anmol
Publications, New Delhi.
16.Livingston, Jay. 1996. : Crime and Criminology, Prentice Hall, New Jersey
17Choudhuri, Mrinmaya. 1995: Languishing for Justice: Being a Critical Survey of the Criminal
Justice System, Datt Sons, Nagpur
18. Reid, Sue Titus. 1988: Crime and Criminology, Holt Rinehart and Winston, New York.
19. Mehraj -ud-din, Mir, 1984. : Crime and Criminal Justice System in India, Deep & Deep
Publications, New Delhi
20. Das, Ram Mohan. 1982. : Crime and Punishment in India: With a particular reference to the
Manusmrti, Kanchan Publications, Bodh-Gaya
21. Akers, Ronald L. 2004. : Criminological Theories, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
22. Williams Katherine S. 2001. : Text Book on Criminology, Universal Law Publishing Co. New
Delhi.
10 (1839)

Semester-III
Paper VI (V) (b)
Institutional Services and Rehabilitation of Criminals-1
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT- I
- Nature, meaning and importance of punishment
- Forms of punishment in ancient, medieval and modern times.
- Theories of punishment
- New alternative forms of punishment.
UNIT-II
- Definition and need of prison
- Prisons in ancient, medieval and modern times
- Types of prisoners.
- Prison reforms:- Role of inquiry committees and commissions.
- Prison administration.
UNIT-III
- History and evolution of prison legislations in India
- Prisons Act.
- Prisoners Act: Transfer of Prisoners Act
- Jail Manuals
- UN Standard Minimum Rules for treatment of prisoners and other standard
settings, conventions and documents.
UNIT- IV
- Meaning, purpose and types of institutional Services for offenders
- Correctional programs, counseling and psychological services.
- Vocational training and work programme: Educational and literacy,
������������Religious sessions,���therapeutic treatment, games, recreation and other cultural
activities.
- After care services.
- Role of NGOs
UNIT- V
- Meaning, purpose, types and importance of non institutional services
- Probation, meaning, scope and legal provisions under Probation of Offenders
Act and other laws
�� Parole, meaning scope and legal provisions
�� After care and rehabilitation services
�� ��� Role of NGO’s in supervision and rehabilitation of criminals.
- Difference between institutional and non-institutional form of treatment.
10 (1840)

Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks
Bibliography:
1. Paranjape, N. V. 2005. : Criminology & Penology. Central Law Publications.
2. Rani Dhavan Shankardass. 2000: Punishment and the Prison – Indian and International
Perspectives, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
3. Chakrabarti, N K. 1999. : Institutional Corrections, Deep & Deep Publications, New
Delhi.
4. Vadackumchery, James. 1998: Crime Police and Correction, APH Publishing Co.
New Delhi.
5. Deb, R. 1998. : Criminal Justice, The Law Book Company Pvt Ltd, Allahabad.
6. Renquld, Ville,
Ugljesa Zuekic Jon F Klaus. 1997: Promoting Probation Internationally, United Nations
Publications.
7. George S Bridges,
Joseph G Weis,
Robert D Crutchfield, 1996. : Criminal Justice, Pine Forge Press, New Delhi.
8. Snarr, Richard W. 1996. : Introduction to Corrections: Brown and Benchmark,
9. Harland, Alan J. 1996. : Choosing Correctional Options that work, Sage Publications,
New Delhi
10. Abadinsky Howard. 1994: Probation & Parole, Simon & Schuster Company, New Jersey
11. Williamson, Harold E. 1990. : The Corrections Profession, Sage Publications, New Delhi.
12. Robert M Carter, Daniel Glaser: Correctional Institutions, Harper & Row Publishers
Leslie T Wilkins, 1985. Inc.
13. Bart ollas Clemens, 1985. : Correctional Treatment: Theory and Practice, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey.
14. Robert M Carter, Daniel Glaser,
Leslie T Wilkins, 1984. : Probation, Parole and Community Corrections, Prentice Hall,
New Jersey.
15. Carney, Louis P, 1980. : Corrections, Treatment & Philosophy. Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
10 (1841)

16. Justice Malimath, 2003: Committee on Criminal Justice Reforms Delhi Police Act,
Universal Law Pub. Co.
17. Padmanabhaiah,K. 2001 : Committee on Police Reforms.
10 (1842)

Semester –IV
Paper – I
Dynamics of Social Development
UNIT-I
10 (1843)
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
- Social Development: meaning, concept, indicators; goals, assumptions and approaches.
- Factors of Social Development.
- Basic needs in Social Development.
- Components of social development.
- Problems of social development.
UNIT-II
- Social and economic transformation in India after independence.
- Models of social development: Gandhian, Nehruian and General model.
- Relationship between Social work and Social development: role and intervention.
UNIT-III
- Economic development: meaning and indicators.
- Characteristics of developed and developing countries.
- Economic system: Theories of distribution; Ricardo and Marx.
- Theories of economic development- Rostow’s stages of economic growth and balanced
growth theory.
- National Income concepts: GNP, GDP, NNP, PCI, PI, OI.
UNIT-IV
- Globalization and its impact on quality of life.
- Poverty in India: concept of absolute, subjective and relative poverty.
- Causes and measurement of poverty.
- Current poverty alleviation programmes.
- Social Inequalities: nature, causes and extent.
- Regional imbalance: concept and problems.
UNIT-V
- Rural Development: Meaning, problems and stages,
- Role of IMF, WB, ADB and NABARD.
- Policy, planning and administration concerning development of rural area.
- Infrastructural development: concept and meaning.
Gender issues, land reforms and green revolution: economic and social implications.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be required
to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.

Bibliography:
1. John & Pandey : Social Development
2. Kulkarni, P.D. : Social Policy and Social Development in
(1979) India; Madaras : Association of Schools of
Social Work in India.
3. Mishra, S.K. & :Development and Planning (Theory and Puri, V.K 1986
Practice) Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay, Pune.
4. Clearence Zuvekas : Economic Development : An introduction,
Macmillan 1979.
5. Jhingon M.L. 1988. : The Economics of Development and
Planning, Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
6. Mclver Gerald : Leading issues in Economic Development :
Studies in international Poverty, Oxford University Press.
7. Kindleberger,C.P.1977. Economic Development, Mc Graw Hill, Kogakusha. Tokyo.
8. Prasad, Kanta, 1985. : Planning for Poverty Alleviations, New Delhi : Agricale
9. Gore, M.S.1973. : Some Aspects of Social Development, Tata
Institute of Social Science, Bombay.
10. Jain, T.L. : Poverty in India, ESS Publishers, New Delhi.
11. Mahajan, O.P : Economic Planning and Regional
Development In India, ESS Publication, New Delhi.
12. Beteill A (ed) 1968 : Social inequality, Pengwn Education, Harmonds work.
13. Dantwala, M.L. : Poverty in India : Then and Now 1870-1970,
Macmillan India, New Delhi.
14. Sen, A.K. : Economic inequality, Delhi : Oxford University Press.
15. Mandal G.C.1961 : Problems of Rural Development, World Press, Culcutta.
16. Narayana, D.L. 1970 : Students in Rural Development, Tireepati :
Sri Venkateshni University Press.
17. Roax V.K.R.U. : Rural India, Real India, S.K. Sharma (Ed)
18. Azad, RN : IRD in Dynamics of Developments Delhi :
19. Midgley, James 1997. : Social Welfare in Global Context. Sage
Publications, London.
20. Siddiqui H. Y. 2004 : Social Development in Indian Subcontinent,
Rawat Publications, New Delhi.
21. Jacob K.K. : Social Development Perspective, Rawat
Publications, New Delhi.
22. Gore M.S., 2003 : Social Development. Rawat Publications, New
Delhi.
10 (1844)

Semester-IV
Paper- II
Administration of Welfare Services-II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Project Formulation: concept, steps and limitations.
- Formulation of service project proposals, guidelines for effective project formulation.
UNIT-II
- Project implementation: meaning, steps and problems.
- Project Monitoring and Evaluation: objectives, types and methods.
- Implementations of Health and Family Welfare Services in India.
- National Health Programmes; Health Schemes at centre and
state levels, problems and drawbacks, conditions of effective implementation
UNIT-III
- Communication: concept principles and importance.
- Decision making: meaning, steps and techniques.
- Coordination: meaning, elements, factors and steps.
- Financial resources: sources of funding and problems.
- Budgeting: meaning, principles, steps and types.
- Accounting: meaning, nature and procedure.
UNIT-IV
- Family Welfare Programmes; meaning, need and historical
Background, problems and drawbacks, effective measures for success of family Welfare
Programmes in India.
- Housing Schemes, programmes and policies in India. Governmental agencies for
housing such as NBCC (National Building Construction Corporation) & HUDCO
(Housing and Urban Development Corporation).
UNIT-V
- Public relations and mass media: meaning, importance and methods.
- International Social Welfare; meaning, need and significance,
- United Nations Development Programme (UNDP).
- Role of UNDP for the Welfare & Development of weaker sections.
- Welfare through Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be required
to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography
10 (1845)

1. Hauman, A. 1962. : Professional Management and Practice, Delhi,
Eurasia Pub.
2. Hasenfeld, Y and : Human Service Organizations, Ann Arbor. (ed).
University of Michigan
Press.1978.
3. Slavin, S.ed, 1978. : Social Administration, New York, The Haworth Press.
4. Weiner, M. 1982 : Human Service Management, Dorsey Press, Illinois.
5. Haimann, A.1982 : Professional Management and Practice, Delhi,
Eurasia Publication.
6. Drucker, Peter.1983 ; Managing the NGOs: Principles and Practices, New
Delhi, Macmillan.
14. Kulkarni,V.M.1984 : Voluntary Action in a Developing Society, IIPA, New Delhi.
7. Lok Sabha Secretariat : National Health Policy, New Delhi, 1985.
8. Singh, K. 1986 : Principles, Policies and Management, sage
publication and Perspectives, Abhinav Publications,
New Delhi.
9. Gangrade, K.D.1988 : Social Welfare and Social Development, Northern
Book Centre, New Delhi.
10. Jackson, J. 1989. : Evaluation of Voluntary Organizations, Delhi,
Information And News Networks.
11. Luthans, Fred. 1990 ; Organizational Behaviour Boston, Irwin McGraw Hill.
12. PRIA. 1990 a. : Manual on Financial Management and Accounts
Keeping For Voluntary Organizations, New Delhi,
Society For Participatory Research in Asia.
13. Govt. of India : Evaluation of Social Welfare Programmes,
Encyclopedia Of Social Work, Vol-I. 297-310.
14. Singh, S., Mishra, P.D : Bharat mein Samajik NitiYojna eavam Vikas,and
&Singh. Social Work Department, Lucknow University.
15. PRIA. B. : Training of Trainers: A Manual for Participatory
Training Methodology in Development, New Delhi,
Society for Participatory Research in Asia.
16. Gupta, N.S. Principles and Practice of Management,
Delhi, Light and Life Publishers.
17. Malkote, S.R. : Communication for Development in the Third
World: Theory and Practices.
18. Dale, R. 2000 : Organizations and Development Strategies
Structures and Process, Sage, New Delhi.
19. Lauffer, A. 1982 : Grandmanship and Fund Raising, New Delhi:
Sage Publication
20. Kapoor, K.K.1986 :` Directory of Funding Organizations, Delhi: Eurasia
Publication
21. Slavin, S, ed.1978. : Managing Finance Personnel and Information in
Human Services, New York: Haworth Press
22. Goyal, B.B. : Project Management, Deep and Deep Publication, New
Delhi.
23 Sapru, R.K. : Developmental Administration.
10 (1846)

24. Narkwiboonwang,w. : Project Identification, Formulation and Start up Non-and others, 1986.
Governmental Rural Development rganizations in
Thailand, Bangkok, AIT
Semester-IV
Paper-III
Statistical Methods in Social Work Research
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT I
- Statistics: meaning and significance.
- Primary and secondary sources of data
- Classification and Tabulation of data: types and importance.
- Diagrammatic and Graphic presentation of data: meaning, significance and limitation.
- Graphs of frequency distribution- Histogram, Frequency Polygon, Smooth Frequency
Curve and Ogive.
UNIT-II
- Measures of Central Tendency: meaning, uses, and computation of mean, median and
mode.
- Measures of Dispersion: meaning, assumptions, uses and computation of range, quartile
deviation, standard deviation and average deviation
UNIT-III
UNIT-IV
UNIT-V
- Correlation-meaning, assumption, uses, computation and interpretation of product moment
and rank difference correlation
- Normal Probability Curve- an overview
- Simple Regression: Regression Equation of Y on X and X on Y.
- Chi Square Test- meaning, assumption, uses and computation by hypothesis of equality,
independence and normality
- Significance of difference between (i) Means (2) Proportion.
- Computer for Data Processing, Basics of MS Word and MS Excel 2003/2007.
- Basics of SPSS.
- Data management, analysis and presentation.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be required
to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
10 (1847)

Bibliography
1. Reichmann,W.J. 1981. : Use and Abuse of Statistics, Penguin Books.
2. Sirkin, R.Mark 1995. : Statistics for Social Sciences, sage publications, New Delhi
3. Yeomans, K.A. 1979. : Statistics for social Scientist: 2, applied
statistics, Penguin Books.
4. Gupta.C.B.1973. : An introduction to Statistical Methods;
Agra, Ram Prsad and sons.
5. Gupta, S.D. 1969. : Statistical methods, Delhi, sultan Chand and sons.
6. Elhance, D.N, 1978. : Fundamental of Statistics, Allahabad, Kitab Mahal.
7. MC Millian, W. 1952. : Statistical methods for social Workers,
university of Chicago press.
8. Aggarwal, Y.P. 1989. : Statistical Methods; Concepts Applications
and Computation New.delhi Stergy.
9. Yeomans, K. A. 1979. : Statistics for the Social Scientist: 2, Applied
Statistics, Penguin Books.
10. Coolidge, Frederick L. : Statistics: A Gentle Introduction, New
2000 Delhi: Sage Publication
11. Foster, J.J. 1998. : Data Analysis Using SPSS for Windows: A
Beginner’s Guide, New Delhi: Sage Publication
12. Blalock, H.M.1972. : Social Statistics, New York, McGraw Hill.
13. Banerjee, S. 2008. : Fundamentals of Research Methodology,
Allahbad Kitab Mahal
14. Garrett, H. E., 1966. : Statistics in Psychology and Education
Semester –IV
Paper – IV
Drug Abuse and Counselling
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours.
UNIT – I
- Substance abuse and dependence: meaning, definition, nature and extent of the problem
- Types of addictive substances: natural, synthetic, narcotics, stimulants and depressants
- Nature, symptoms, short-term effects and long-term effects of substance abuse.
UNIT – II
- Theories of addiction: physiological, psychological, sociological and cultural theories
- Alcohol dependence and Alcoholism: causes, symptoms, long term and short-term effects.
- Different terms used such as social drinking, alcoholic and relapse
- Phases of alcohol addiction
- Social-economic implications of addiction
- Problems experienced by the family
10 (1848)

UNIT – III
- Methods of prevention, treatment and rehabilitation – the multidisciplinary approach
- Role of social worker in curative, rehabilitative and prevention of substance abuse
- Legislation and government programme to control drug abuse
UNIT – IV
- Counselling – meaning, definition, types, directive and non-directive
counselling as a tool for help
- Process of counseling
- Marriage and Drug Counseling: concept and process
- Characteristics and traits of a good counsellor
UNIT – V
- Approaches to Counselling – Psychoanlytical, Client Centred Therapy, R.E.T.
- Indigenous approaches of help and self-help such as yoga & meditation, specific attitude
and values
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be required
to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography
1. Bessell, R., 1971. : Interviewing and Counselling, London ,
: B.T., Butsford,
2. Chopra, R.N. and : Drug Addiction with special reference
Chopra, F.C., 1965. to India, New Delhi Council of Scientific & Industrial Research
3. National Institute of : Drug Abuse (Summaries of Research
Social Defence, Govt. Studies)
of India,1992.
4. Cohan, Raquel E, 2006. : Mental Health Services in Disaster
Instructor’s Guide, Pan America Health Organization, World
Health Organization,Washington USA.
5. World Health Organization. : Mental Health of Refugees, WHO
1996. Publication,Geneva.
6. World Health Organisation. : The ICD-10 classification of mental and
1992. Behavioural Disorders. Clinical descriptions and diagnostic guidelines, Oxford University
Press. Delhi.
7. Single, Eric et al, 2003. : International Guidelines for Estimating the
Costs of Substance Abuse and Addiction.
8. Dave, Indu. 1983. : The Basic Essentials of Counseling, New
Delhi Sterling Publishers Pvt.LTD
9. Delaney & Eisen : The Counseling Process.
Berg, 1973
10. Fullmer, D.W.& : Counselling,Content and Process, New
10 (1849)

Benard, H.W, 1973. Delhi,Thomson Press, India.
11. Harm, E.&Schriebver: Handbook of Counseling Techniques,
P.1963 . Oxford: Pergamon Press.
12. Singh,Chandra : Alcohol and Drug Dependence Among
Paul,2000. Industrial Workers, Delhi, Shipra Publications.
13. G. de. Girolamo, : Epidemiology of Mental disorders and
J.H. Reich,1993. Psychosocial Problems, Personality Disorders. WHO, Geneva.
14. R. Warner, : Scizophrania , WHO.Geneva
G. de. Girolamo 1995.
15. Upadhyay, R.K. & : Mental Disorders and Mental Health Policy,
Sandhya New Delhi, Kanishka.
Semester -IV
Paper-V
Services for Aged and Disabled
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- The aged: concept and definition-legal, social, cultural and medical views.
- Perception of the role of aged in India.
- Needs and problems of the aged.
- Role of family in promotion of physical and mental health of the aged.
- Areas for social work intervention.
UNIT-II
- Legislation pertaining to the care of the aged.
- Social security schemes for the aged: pension, provident fund and other statutory
provisions.
- National policy for aged .
- Role of NGOs in welfare of the aged.
UNIT-III
- Concept of impairment, disability and handicap.
- Types of handicap: Sensory, physical and mental handicap.
- Social handicap: concept and nature.
- Needs and problems of the disabled at different life stages.
- The disabled persons and their family.
10 (1850)

UNIT-IV
- Services for disabled persons.
- Government policy and programmes for the rehabilitation of handicapped and gaps in
implementation.
- Role of NGOs in welfare of disabled.
- Areas for social work intervention.
UNIT-V
- Stages in developing community education programme for disabled people.
- Parents’ reactions towards disability in their children.
- Legal rights of the disabled.
- Community Based Rehabilitation.
- The Persons With Disabilities Act, 1995.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be required
to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography:
1. Binstock, R.H. : Handbook of Aging and the social
and Shahas, E.1976. Sciences, New York: Van Nostrand
Reinhold Col.
2. Desai, M.M. and : Inter Strategies for the Aged in India
Khetani, M.D.1979. in reaching the aged-Social Services in
Forty Four Countries, Editors
Morton, JT etc.
3. Bergatta, E.F. and : Aging and Society: current Research
Moluckey, N.G.1980. and Policy perspectives: Benerely
Hills: London Sage Publications.
4. Gurimurthy, K.G. : The Aged in India,New Delhi: Reliance
Publishing House.
5. Kohli, A.S.1996. : Social Situation of the Aged in India:
Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd.
6. Blacher, J.(ed), 1984 : Severely Handicapped Young children
and their families , New york:
Academic Press.
7. Singh,A.N.2002. : :Enabling the Differently Able, New Delhi: Shipra
Publications.
8. Crawford, K .,2004. : Social Work with older people,
Jaipur: Rawat Publications.
9. Haider, S.I. : Visually Handicapped Children,
Jaipur: Rawat Publications.
10.Klasing,I.,2007. : Disability and social Exclusion in Rural
10 (1851)

India, Jaipur: Rawat Publications.
11.Wadia, A..R.1963. : Handicapped Child, Bombay: Tata
Institute of Social Sciences.
12.Gunzburg, H.C.1960. : The Social Rehabilitation of the
Subnormal, London: Bailliere, Tindall & core.
13.Bhatt, Usha 1963. : Physically Handicapped in India:Growing
National Problem, Bombay: Popular Book Depot.
14.Chainani, M.L.1971. : Rehabilitation of Physically Handicapped,
Bombay: Popular prakashan.
15.Blodgett,Harriet,E. 1971. : Mentally Retarded Children: what parents
and others should know,Minneapolis: Uni. of Minnesota
Press.
16.Mani Ram,1988. : Physically Handicapped, India ,New Delhi:
Ashish Publishing House.
10 (1852)

Semester – IV
Paper-VI (1) (a)
Human Resource Management and Industrial Relations -II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT – I
- International Labour Organization (ILO) and Industrial Relation in India.
- Trade Union: meaning, types, theories and historical development of Trade Union
Movement in India.
- Weaknesses of Trade Unions and essentials for successful trade union.
- Role of trade unions in industrial relation.
UNIT – II
- Collective Bargaining: meaning, objective and process, collective bargaining in India
- Worker’s Participation in Management: meaning, objectives, forms and pre-requisite
conditions for effective working of the scheme.
- Evaluation of the Indian Schemes of worker’s participation in management.
UNIT – III
- Concept of organization, theories of organization: classical theories, bureaucratic theory
and contingency theory.
- Organisational Behaviour: meaning, nature, scope and historical background.
Contribution of Elton Mayo, Renis and Likert.
UNIT – IV
- Industrial unrest: concept, causes, forms and consequences.
- Motivation: meaning, importance and a brief explanation of theories of motivation:
Maslow’s Need of Hierarchy theory, McGregor’s participation theory, Argyris’s theory and
Vroom’s Expectancy theory.
UNIT – V
- International Human Resource Management: objective, scope and significance.
- International Recruitment: Policy, International Selection Criteria.
- Key trend of International HRM.
- Challenges to International Human Resource Management.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography:
1. Bhagoliwal T.N. 1995. : Economics of Labour and Industrial Economics, Sahitya
Bhawan, Agra.
10 (1853)

2. Burke W. Warner, 1987. : Organization Development: A Normative View, Addison
Wesley, Reading, Mass.
3. Dale Yoder, 1975. : Personnel Management and Industrial Relations, Printice Hall of
India, New Delhi.
4. Debi S. Saini and
Sanu A. Khan,(Eds).2000. : Human Resource Management (Perspectives for the New Era),
Response Books, New Delhi.
5. David J. Cherrington, 1994. : Organisational Behaviour, Allyn and Bacon, Boston.
6. Edwin B. Flippo, 1984. : Personnel Management, McGrow-Hill, New York.
7. Gary Dessler, 2002. : Human Resource Management, Practice-Hall of India Private
Limited, New Delhi.
8. Gupta C.B,2002. : Human Resource Management, Sultan Chand and Sons, New
Delhi.
9. Khanka S.S. 2003. : Human Resource Management (Text and Cases) S. Chand &
Company Limited, New Delhi.
10 Koontz H. and others, 1986. : Essentials of Management, McGrow Hill, New York.
11.Mamoria C.B. 1994 : Personnel Management, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay.
12.Mark Mendenhall and : International Human Resource Management,
Gary Addau (Eds) 1991. PWS – Kent Publishing Company, Boston.
13.Monappa Arun 1997 : Managing Human Resources, Macmillan India Limited, New
Delhi.
14.Morgan P.V. 1986 . : International Human Resource Management: Fact or Fiction,
Personnel Administration, Vol.3 No.I.
15.National Institute of Personnel : Personnel Management in India, Asia
Management 1973. Publishing House, Bombay.
16.Newstorm, John and : Organizational Behaviour: Human Behaviour at
Devis Keith 1998. work, Tata Mc Grow – Hill Publishing Company Limited, New
Delhi.
17.Phillio, E.B. 1980. : Principles of Personnel Management, McGrow Hill Books
Company, New York.
18.Prasad L.M. 2000. : Business Policy: Strategies Management, Sultan Chand & Sons,
New Delhi.
19.Punekar, S.D. and : Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial
others 1984. Relations, Himalaya Publishing Company, Mumbai.
20.Rao V.S.P. 2005 . : Human Resource Management (Text and Cases) Excel Books,
New Delhi.
21.Schein E.H. 1978. : Carrier Dynamics: Matching Individual and Organizational
Needs, Addison Wesley, Reading Massachussetts.
22.Sharma A.H. 1988. : Aspects of Labour Welfare and Social Security, Himalaya
Publishing Company, Mumbai.
23.Sharma D.C. and : Personnel Management: Surjeet Prakashan,
Sharma R.C. 1988. Meerut
24.Sodhi J.S. 1996. : Industrial Relations and Human Resources in India, B.R.
Publishing Corporation, Delhi.
25.Stephen P. Robbins 1998. : Organizational Behaviour Pranctice – Hall of India Private
Limited, New Delhi.
10 (1854)

Semester – IV
Paper-VI (1) (b)
Labour Welfare and Labour Legislations-II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT: I
- Labour legislation: meaning, need, scope and principles
- History of labour legislation in India
- Grievance handling procedures in industries.
- Industrial Discipline: meaning, approaches & code of discipline
UNIT: II
UNIT: III
- Wages for industrial workers: - meaning, importance, theories of wages
- Types of wages: minimum, fare and living wages
- Methods of wage determination in India: Wage Boards, adjudication and bipartite
committees
- Wage differential: factors, types & importance
- National Wage Policy
- Labour welfare administration: concept, need and importance
- Protective provisions for labour in Indian constitution
- Labour administration at central and state level
- International Labour Organization (ILO): organizational set-up, functions and role in
labour welfare.
- Labour Bureau: organization set-up and functions
UNIT: IV
- The Workman’s Compensation Act, 1923
- The Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948
- The Employees’ Provident Fund and miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952
- The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1976
- The Equal Remuneration Act, 1976
UNIT: V
- The Payment of Wages Act, 1936
- The Minimum Wages Act, 1948
- The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965.
- The Maternity Benefit Act, 1961.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
10 (1855)

Bibliography:
1 Puri, S.K., 1981 : An Introduction to Labour and Industrial
Laws, Allahabad Law Agency.
2. Saharay, H.K. 1987 : Industrial and Labour Laws of India, New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
3. Srivastava, S.C.1992 : Labour Law in factories, Mines & Other
Industrial Establishment, New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
4. Saharay, H.K.1987 : Industrial and Labour laws of India, New
Delhi: Prentice hall
5. Malik, P.L. : Industrial Law, Lucknow: Eastern Book co.
1982
6. Ministry of Labour : Second Labour Commission ReportG.O.I (2002)
7. Bhatnagar, Deepak, 1984: Labour Welfare and social security
legislation in India
8. Bhagoliwal, TN : Economics of Labour and Indistrial Relations,
Agra : Sahitaya Bhawan
9. Saxena,R.C. : Labour problems& social welfare,
Meerut: Jai Parkash Pub. House
10 Sharma, A.M., 1988 : Aspects of Labour Welfare and Social Security,
Mumabai : Himalya Publishing House.
11. Pant, S.C. : Indian Labour Problems, Chaitanya Publishing House.
12. Punekar, S.D.& ; Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial
Others, 1978 Relations, Mumbai: Himalaya publishing Housing
13. Ministry of Labour : Report of National Commision on labour, New
Delhi :Govt. of India (2 nd ed)
14 Vaid, K.N. Labour Welfare in India, New Delhi:
Shri Ram Centre for industrial relations.
15. Banerjee N. Women Workers in theUnorganised Sector,
Sangam Book 1985.
16. ILO Showing the Way-Trade unions agains child
labour in India, New Delhi,1998.
17. Joshi,S.S. Women workers-at the grass-root level-A
Sociological study, Ashish Publishing House 1995.
18. Tripathy, S.N Migtrant child labour in Inida, Mohit
Publications.New Delhi, 1997.
19. Kapoor,N.D.1996. Handbook of Industrial Law.Sultan Chand
&Sons, New Delhi.
20. Ministry of Labour Second Labour Commission Report
G.O.I (2002).
21. The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of
Services) Act, 1996.
22. The Unorganised Workers Social Security Act, 2008.
23. Domestic Workers (Registration Social Security and Welfare) Act, 2008.
10 (1856)

Semester-IV
Paper - VI opt. -II (a)
Family Dynamics: Issues & Needs-II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours UNIT-I
- Marriage: nature and types,
- Changing Marriage Patterns.
- Incidence of Divorce in India.
- Marriage Counseling and Guidance- nature and process
- Role of social worker in marriage counseling.
UNIT-II
- Child Abuse, Child labour and Child marriage: its causes and consequences
- Social and Legislature efforts to control it
- Family Courts Act, 1985.
UNIT-III
- Legislatures related to Marriage, Divorce, Dowry, Domestic Violence,
Adoption of Children, Minority & guardianship.
- Rights of Inheritance and Succession
UNIT-IV
- Demographic profile of Youth in India
- Concept of Youth welfare.
- Student and Non student youth, Services for student and non student Youth
- Youth Welfare Programmes in India
- National youth policy.
UNIT-V
- Needs and problems of Youth in the area of family adjustment, education, marriage and
employment.
- Intergenerational conflict, youth unrest and politicization of youth
- Role of youth in development.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography
1. Gore, M.S. : Indian Youth: Proces and Socialization; Vishwa
1977 Yuva Kendra. New Delhi
2. John, v.v. 1974 : Youth and national goal, vishwa Yova Kendra
N.Delhi
10 (1857)

3. Mehta P ed. 1971. : Indian Youth, Somaiya Bombay
4. Mukherjee, Dhurjali : Youth change and challenge, firma KLM Pvt.
1977. Ltd, Calcutta.
5. Raghuvanshi, M.S. : Modernizing rural Youth, Ajanta,N,Delhi
1984.
6. Pandey, Rajendra : Sociology of Youth, Sterling, N.Delhi 1984
7. Hertmenm Ann & : Family centered social work practice, London Laird
Joan1985 Press.
8. Zimmerman S.L. : Understanding Family Policy: Theories and
Applications, London sage Publications
9. TISS (1994): Enhancing the Role of Family as an Agency for Social and
Economic Development, unit for Family studies, TISS.
10. Mathur Hari Molhan ed. : The family Welfare Programme in India, New
1995 Delhi Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd.
11. Zimmerman Shirly.L : family Polices and Families well being, New
1992. Delhi, sage Publication.
10 (1858)

Semester IV
Paper-VI opts. -II (b)
Developmental Services for Child and Women - II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT- I
- Rights of Children – Constitutional and Legislative
- National and Global policies and trends in Child Welfare – A critical review.
- Role of Social Worker in promotion of Child Welfare Services.
UNIT-II
- Policies and Programmes for Destitute, Neglected, Handicapped and Mentally
Retarded Children.
- Role of Professional Social Worker in correctional institutions for Handicapped
Children.
- Functions of National and International agencies working for Child Welfare.
UNIT-III
- Reproductive Child Health – concept, objectives and its programmes.
- Violence against Women – Infanticide, Rape, Dowry death, Sexual abuse,
Women Labour.
- Gender Issues, Gender Budgeting and areas of Gender Discrimination.
- Female Sex Workers – concept, problems and social work intervention with
female sex workers.
UNIT-IV
- Mother and Child Health Care – concept, Pre-natal, Neo-natal and Post-natal.
- Institutional and Non-Institutional Programmes and Services for the both mother and child.
- Rehabilitative Services for Women – Widows, Deserted/ Divorced.
UNIT-V
- Protective Services and Programmes for Women under Five Year Plans.
- Family Welfare and its implications for Social Work practice.
- Economic Empowerment of Women through-Micro-financing, Self-Help Groups, Capacity
building and Skill Development Training.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
10 (1859)

Bibliography:
1. Berry Juliet : Social Wrok with Children, Routledge and
1972. Kegan Paul, London.
2. Chowdhary. D. Paul, : Child Welfare and Development; Atma Ram
1980. and Sons, New Delhi.
3. Manor, Oded : Family work in Action-A Handbook for Social
1984. Workers, Tavistock Publications, Illinois.
4. NIPCCD : Perspective plan on Child Development (1980-
1984. 2060), The Author, New Delhi.
5. Singh R.R. : Social Care of Child in Delhi : Policy
1987. Programme and process, Deptt. of Social Work.
6. Sharm Shakti : A Report of National Commission on self
1988. employed Women and women informal Sector.
7. Govt. of India : National Plan of Action-A Commitment to the
1992. child, Department of Women and Child
development, GOI.
8. Kanth Amod & : Neglected Child-Changing Perspective prayas
Verma R.M.1993 juvenile Aid Centre, New Delhi.
9. Aggarwal, Beena : A Field of one’s own : Gender and Land Rights
1994. in South Asia, Delhi : Cambridge University Press.
10. Desai Murli, ed. : Family and Intervention : A Course
1994. Compendium, Bombay TISS.
11. Govt. of India, : Towards equality : Report of the Committee on
Ministry of Education Status of Women, New Delhi.
& Social Walfare,1994
12. Mathur Hari Mohan : The Family Welfare Programme in India. New
(ed).1995. Delhi,Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
13. Govt. of India. : National Perspective Plan for Women, 1990.
1998. New
14. Govt. of India, Deptt. : National Plan of Action-A Commitment to the
Of Women and Chlid child. DelhiDepartment of Women and Child
Development. 2000
15. Sinha, P.N. : Population Education and Family planning
Authors Press, New Delhi.
10 (1860)

Semester-IV
Paper-VI, Elective III (a)
Policy and Development of Health Care-II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
Emotional aspects of chronic diseases and accidents: T.B., Cancer, Leprosy, Arthritis, Asthma,
V.D. (STD)
Organization of medical services: medical services for different diseases and in different
regions and their nature, types, organizations and functions.
UNIT-II
Drug control and related legislation:
Lepers Act- 1898; Preventive service – levels of prevention
Role of Social Work in prevention .
Health for All by 2000 A.D. a critical analysis.
UNIT-III
Policy for specialized groups and diseases
Magnitude of the mental health problems at world level
Concept of Social Security: Insurance for health and ESI scheme
Concept of Community Health and its progress
UNIT-IV
Services for health by voluntary organizations
Polyclinic, nursing homes, quacks and rural health services
Different systems of medicine and their role-Ayurveda, Homeopathy, Unani and Allopathy
Role of Social Worker in policy development for health.
UNIT-V
Emotional aspects of illness, social perception of illness
Concept of patient and his role
Preparing family and community for the return of the affected individual
Follow up, Public health and its programmes.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be required
to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography:
1. Banarjee, G.R.,1950. : Social Service Department in Hospital : Its
Organization and Functions, Mumbai.
2. Codey, Carol H.,1951. : Social Aspects of Illness, Philadelphia &
10 (1861)

London : W.B. Sounders Co.
3. Bartalatt, Harriet M.1961. : Social Work Practice in the Health Field, New
York : National Association of Social Work.
4. Caplan, Gerald, 1961. : An Approach to Community Mental Health,
Grune and Stratton.
5. King, Maurice ed,1966. : Medical Care in Developing Countries; Symposium from
Makerere, London :Oxford University Press.
6. Rao, Dr.K.N.,1968 : Health Services, Public Health in Encyclopedia
Of Social Work in India, Vol. I ; PublicationsDivisions.
7. Mahajan, B.K.,1969 : Health Services in India, Jamnagar : Aruna B. Mahajan.
8. Sundaram, E.B.,1975. : Health Services with Social Justice, Voluntary
Action, Vol.17, No.6.
9. Naik, J.P.,1977. : An alternative system of health care services in
India; Some proposals; Allied Pub., Pvt. Ltd.
10. Simith, Bryan, C.,1978 : Community Health : An Epidemiological
Approach: New York : Macmillan Pub. Co.
11. Doyal, Lestely and Health, Medicine and Underdevelopment,
Pennell, Imogen, 1978 : Economic & Political Weekly, Vol.XI, 31-33,
August, Special Number.
12. Hasan, K.A.,1978 : Medical Sociology of Rural India,
Sachin Publications.
13. Paul, Benjamin, D.,1985 : Health Culture and Community, Case Studies of
Public Reactions to Health Programmes; Russell
Sage Foundations.
14. Morley, David, Rohde : Practising Health for All, Oxford Medical
Jon and William. G.1985 Publications.
15. UNICEF : Health and Basic Services : Keys to
Development New Delhi.
16. Goel, Rajneesh, : Community Health Care, Deep and Deep Pub.
2002. New Delhi.
17. Goel, S.L.2004 : Health Care Management and Administration,
Deep and Deep Publication, New Delhi.
18. Goel, S.L.2004 : Health Care Organization and Structre.
Deep and Deep Publication, New Delhi.
19 Goel, S.L.2004 : Health Care Policies and Programmes.
Deep and Deep Publication, New Delh.
20. Park,K., : Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine,
2005 Jabalpur : M/s Banarsidas,Bhonot Publishers.
21. Ramani, K.V,et.al : Strategic Issues and Challenges in Health
10 (1862)

2008. Management, Sage Publication, New Delhi.
22. Wainwright, David. : A Sociology of Health, Sage Publication,
2008. New Delhi.
23. Maire Barry, Anne : Understanding the Sociology of Health,
& Chris Yuill. 2008. Sage Publication, New Delhi.
Semester-IV
Paper-VI, Elective III (b)
Psycho-Social Perspectives of Mental Health-II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours UNIT-I
Concept of Psychiatry and Psychopathology
History of mental health care in India and in western countries
Recent developments in health care.
UNIT-II
Criteria for measuring effects of mental health programmes
Environmental and socio-cultural factors in promoting effective performance Impact of
environment on mental illness.
UNIT-III
Meaning of Sociology of mental illness
Social concept of mental illness; mental illness as a social problem
Patient and Society; Health, Medicine and Society
Hospital as a social organization
UNIT-IV
Concept of therapeutic community and open mental hospital
Development of mental health profession and man-power, private practice, limitations of
treatment
Property rights of certified mental patient, insanity as defense
Community consciousness of mental health
UNIT-V
Government Policy on mental health care.Mental Health Act,1987.
Recent trends in mental health services: mental hospitals, psychiatric clinics, nursing homes,
psychiatric emergency, team approach
Community Mental Health and units in general hospital.
10 (1863)

Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography:
1. Banarjee, G.R.,1950 : Social Service Department in Hospital : Its
Organization and functions, Mumbai : Tata
Institute of Social Science.
2. Codey,Carol H.,1951 : Social Aspects of Illness, PhiladelPhia &
London : W.B. Founders Co.
3. Bartkatt Harriet, M.,1961 : Social Work Practice in the Health Field, New
York : National Association, of Social Workers.
4. Caplan, Gerald, 1961 : An Approach to Community Mental Health,
Grune and Stratton.
5. Mahajan, B.K.,1969 : Health Services in India, Aruna.
. B. Mahajan.
6. Tredgold, R.F & Wolff :U.C.H Handbook of Psychiatry (2 nd ed.),
H.H. 1975. Duckworth, London.
7. Sundaram, E.B.,1975 : Health Services with Social Justice, Voluntary
Action, Vol.17, No.6.
8. Naik, J.P.,1977: An alternative system of health care service in India; Some
proposals; Allied Pub.Pvt.Ltd.
9. Simith, Bryan, C.,1978 : Community Health : An Epidemiological
Approach : New York : Macmillan Pub. Co..Inc.
10. Doyall, Lesley and : Health, Medicine and Underdevelopment Pennell,
Imogen, 1978 Economic and Political Weekly, Vol.XI,31-33
August : Special Number.
11. Hasan, K.A.,1978 : Medical Sociology of Rural India, Sachin Publications.
12. Morley, David, Rohde : Practising Health for All, Oxford Medical
Jon and William. G.1983 Publications.
13. Paul, Benjamin, D.,1985 : Health Culture and Community, Case Studies of
Public Reactions to Health Programmes; Russell
Sage Publication.
14. UNICEF : Health and Basic Services : Keys to
Development New Delhi.
15. World Health Organisation :The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and
1992. Behavioural Disorders. clinical
descriptions and diagnostic guidelines,
Oxford University Press, Delhi.
16. Khandekar, Mandakani : The Social Dimensions of Child Nutrition
among the economically disadvantaged in
Greater Mumbai.
17. World Health Organization, : Mental Health of Refugees,WHO
1996. Publications,Geneva.
10 (1864)

18. Single Eric et al, 2003 : International Guidelines for Estimating
the Costs of Substance Abuse and .
Addiction, WHO Publication, Geneva.
19. Park,K,2005 : Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine,
Jabalpur : M/s Banarsidas,Bhonot Publishers.
20. Singh, Chandra Paul. :Mansik Mandata- Karan, Pehchan,Upchar,
2005. avam Punarwas. Kanishka Publishers.
Delhi.
Semester-IV
Paper-VI, Elective IV (a)
Rural Community Development: Policies and programmes-II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
Unit-I
- Rural Labour: nature and problems; Agriculture labour; Main and marginal workers.
- Landless labour , bonded labour, removal of bonded labour, women labour, child labour.
- Government schemes for welfare of rural labour.
Unit-II
-Rural Community Development: concept, nature, assumptions, history, philosophy and
approaches: target group oriented, area based, integrated rural development.
-Extention Eductation : concept and methods, Rural Development: concept, meaning, approach
and issues related to rural development.
Unit-III
-Rural Development: organizational set up at central and state Levels, -National Rural
Employment Guarantee Act 2005.
-District Rural Development Agency (DRDA); organization function and challenges.
Unit-IV
-Rural and Cottage Industries: present scinerio and challneges before it,
- Khadi and Village Industry Commission (KVIC).
-Role of voluntary orgainsations in rural development.
-Council for Advancement of People’s Action & Rural Technology (CAPART):organization
and function.
-Cooperation: philosophy, values and principles.
-Cooperative Organizations: nature & functions.
-Role of financial institutions such as (RBI, NABARD) Commercial Banks.
Unit-V
-Social Education: Concept, objective, historical background, methods of social education (
audio-visual aids, reading material, adult literacy ) Communication and education as tools to
empower rural poor.
-UNESCO: structure and programmes for rural people.
10 (1865)

-Concretization and social education for women, youth and role of social worker as
Development promoter.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be required
to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography:
1. Gandhi M.K 1958 : Sarvodaya (The Welfare of all), Ahmedabad ,
Navjivan Publishing House.
2. Ross,Murray.G.1958 : Case Histories in Community Organisation, Harberand
Brothers, NEW York.
3. Dayal, R. 1960 : Community Development Programme in India,
Allahabad, Kitab Mahal Publishers.
4. India, 1961: Directorate of Extension: Extension Education in Community
Development, New Delhi. Ministry of Food and Agriculture.
5. Batten, T.R.1962 : The Non-Directive Approach in Group and Community
Work, London, Oxford University Press.
6. Schwartz, David B 1970: Who Cares Rediscovering Community, USA, West view
7. Bulsara, J.F & Perspective on Social Welfare in India, S.Chand &
Verma,R.M Co, New Delhi.
8. Sen, A.C.(ed)1976 : Comprehensive Area Development, Ass. Of
Voluntry Agencies for Rural Development, New Delhi.
9. Zaltman, G and : Strategies for Planned change, New york, Association
Duncan, R. 1977 Press
10. Sharma, S.K and : Rural Development-A approach, Strategies and
Malhotra,S.L.1977 Perspective Abhinav Publications, New Delhi.
11. Rao, M.S.A. 1978 : Social Movement in India.Vol.1,Peasant and Backward
12. Choudhry, D.P.1978 : New Partnership in Rural Development, M.N
Publishers, New Delhi.
13. Arora, R.C. 1979 : Integrated Rural Development. S.Chand and Co. New Dlhi.
14. Tripathi, P.M 1981. : Voluntary Action for alleviating rural poverty: report of
the Seminar on Role of Voluntary Agencies in Rural
Dev., NIPCCD, New Delhi.
15. Volken, H. et. Al.1982: Learning from the Rural Poor; Shared Experiences of
the Mobile Orientation and Training Team, New Delhi,
Indian Social Institute.
16. Leal, D.A.M. & : Rural Development and the State: Contractions and
Srivastava, R.K.1983 Dillemmas in Developing Countries, Methuen, London
17. Laksham, T.K and : Rural Development in India: a Multidimensional
Narayan, K. 1984 Approach Analysis, Himalayan Publishing House.
Classes Movement, Monohar Publications, New Delhi.
18. Patnaik, U. and : Chains of Servitude, Bondage and Slavery in India,
Dingwaney, M.1985 : Madras: Sangam Books Pvt. Ltd.
19. Misara, R.P 1985 : Rural Development (Vol.1to 5) Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
20. Cheem, G.S.1985 : Rural Development in Asia: Case study on Programme
10 (1866)

Implementation, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.
21. Singh,K. 1986 : Rural Development, Principles, Policies and Mangt.
New Delhi, Sage Publication.
22. Consult Jouranals : Khadi Gramodyog, NIRD journal, Indian
Journal of Public Administration, Mainstream.
23. Development support : Community development : An attempt by people’s
Team, 1987. multi purpose Development society, Pune, Development Support
Team.
24. Srinivasan, T.N & : Rural Poverty in South Asia, Oxford University Press,
Bardhan, P.K 1988 Delhi.
25. Chaturvedi, T.N : Rural Development, Some Themes and
dimensions, New Delhi, IIPA.
26. Mishra,S.N : Panchayati Raj, Bureaucracy, Rural
Development New Delhi, IIPA.
27. Desai, I.P and : History of Rural Development in Modern Indian
Impex. India, New Delhi.
28. Social Action : A Quarterly Review of Social Trends and Social Action
Trust, Delhi Seminar, New Delhi.
29. Singh, Sukhdev. 1994 : IRDP and DRDA: Role and Implimentation of DRDA
Schemes, Deep and Deep Publication, New Delhi.
30. Gruenwald, Paul.J.1997: Measuring Community indicators: A System Approach to
Drug and Alcohol Problems, New Delhi, Sage publication.
10 (1867)

Semester-IV
Paper-VI, Elective IV (b)
Urban Community Development: Policies and Programme-II
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours Unit-I
- Unorganized sector of urban economy: tertiarization, poverty and housing environment.
- National and international perspectives on unauthorized settlement.
- Structure, functions and achievements of Housing and Urban Development Corporation
(HUDCO), HDFC, Nation Housing Bank.
Unit-II
- Urban Local Self-Government: concept, structure and functions. Municipal
Administration; historical development, responsibilities, pattern and procedure, Civic
amenities; essential services.
- Municipal Corporation, Municipal Committee, Notified Town Area and Cantonment
Board: structure, functions and powers; their role in urban development.
Unit-III
- Migration: causes, consequences and checks.
- Housing problem in urban areas.
- Town Planning: nature and approaches.
- Government efforts to solve housing problem.
Unit-IV
- Public conveniences and facilities; local public transportation, problems in
transportation, pollution in urban cities; air and noise pollution, extent and control.
- Effect on physical and mental health.
- Govt efforts to manage problem of local transportation.
- Civic sense, civic right and civic responsibilities.
Unit-V
- Public support in urban community development: role of banks, industries and
voluntary organizations in urban community development.
- Perspective planning for urban development; management and evaluation of UCD
projects.
- Public Distribution System and consumer protection services.
- Govt. urban housing schemes for poor sections.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography:
1. Ross,Murray.G.1958 : Case Histories in Community Organisation, Harberand
Brothers, NEW York.
2. Centre for Urban Studies,: Urban Planning and Development Authorities,
IIPA, 1974. The Author, New Delhi.
3. Zaltman, G and : Strategies for Planned change, New york, Association
Duncan, R. 1977 Press
10 (1868)

4. Krishna, Swami.O.R 1978: Fundamentals of Coopration, S. Chand and Company Ltd.
5. Social Action : A Quarterly Review of Social Trends and Social Action
Trust, Delhi Seminar, New Delhi.
6. Verma,S.P. and : Comparative pub. Administration: Indian Institute of
Sharma,S.K. Public Administration, New Delhi.
7. Sharma,S.K and : Development Administration: Indian Institute of Public
S.P.Verma. Administration, New Delhi.
8. Development support : Community Development : An attempt by people’s
Team, 1987. multi purpose Development society, Pune, Development
Support Team.
9. Dasgupta, Biplab.1988: Urbanization Migration and Rural Change- A Study of
West Bengal, Mukherjee and Co.Pvt.Ltd.
10. Moury, S.D. 1989 : Urbanisation and Environmental Problems, chugh Pubt.
New Delhi.
11. Five Year Plans : Planning Commission.
12. Issues of Jouranls of : Nagarlok and Indian Journals of Public Administration.
13. Sarma, K.S.R.N. : Housing Finance in India, New Delhi, IIPA.
14. Sarma, K.S.R.N. : Financing Urban Development on India, New Delhi, IIPA.
15. Misara,Girish.K : Urban Traffic Management in India, New Delhi, IIPA.
16. Govt .of India : Report of Ministry of Housing and Urban Development.
17. Singh, Sham.S. 1992 : Urban Planning and Development: Issues and
Imperatives, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi.
18. Gruenwald, Paul.J.1997: Measuring Community indicators: A System Approach
to Drug and Alcohol Problems, New Delhi, Sage publication.
19. Mohanty, Vijayani. : Municipal System in India. Ashish Publishing House,
New Delhi.
10 (1869)

Semester -IV
Paper- VI (V) (a)
Crime and criminal Justice-11
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours
UNIT-I
- Need and importance of judicial system
- Components of judicial system: police, prosecution and courts
- Features of indian judicial system: independence, public trail and fare trail
UNIT-II
Theories of crimes:
- Pre classical ideas
- Classical theories
- Neo-classical theories of Crimes.
UNIT- III
- Positive Theories of Crime:
- Morphological theories.
- Biological theories: Constitution, Genetics, Chromosomes.
- Psychological Theories of crime:
- Learning Behavior theory
- Psycho-analytical theory.
- Conditional Adaptation Theory.
UNIT- IV
- Criminal Justice system: process and prospective
- Social defense and legislation: An introduction to Indian Penal Code (IPC)
- Criminal Procedure Code (Cr. P.C)
- Anti beggary act
- Narcotics Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985
UNIT V
- Social control and crime prevention
- Community and crime prevention.
- Contemporary crime prevention strategies.
- Role of social worker in the prevention of crime
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography:
1. Akers, Ronald L. 2004. : Criminological Theories, Rawat Publications, Jaipur.
2. Williams Katherine S. 2001. : Text Book on Criminology, Universal Law
Publishing Co. New Delhi
3. Schmalleger Frank. : Criminology Today: An Integrative Introduction 1999.
Prentice Hall, New Delhi
4. Tahir, Mary. 1996. : Crime in Delhi, National Book Organization, New Delhi.
6. Gottfredson, Michael R and : A General Theory of Crime, Standford HirchTravis. 1990.
University Press.
10 (1870)

7. Mannle, Henry W and Fundamentals of Criminology, Prentice Hall,.
Hirschel J David. 1988. : New Delhi
8. Conklin, John E. 1981. : Criminology, MacMillan Publishing Co .
9. Chakrabarti, Nirmal Kant, 1995. : Probation System in the Administration of
Criminal Justice, Deep & Deep Publications,New Delhi.
10. Choudhuri, Mrinmaya, 1995. : Languishing for Justice: Being a Critical
Survey of the Criminal Justice System, Datt Sons, Nagpur.
11. Mehraj -ud-din, Mir, 1984. : Crime and Criminal Justice System in India,
Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi.
12. Das, Ram Mohan, 1982. : Crime and Punishment in India: With a
particular reference to the Manusmrti, Kanchan
Publications, Bodh-Gaya.
14. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal, 2002. : IPC-Indian Penal Court, Wadhwa & CompanyPublications.
15. Canadino, Michael & : The Penal System- An introduction, 3rd edition,
Dignam, James, 2002. Sage Publications.
17. Kelkar R. V . : Criminal Procedure, 4th edition, Eastern Book
Company.
18. Dutta, K K, 1998 : Some Aspects of Criminal Law, Law Research
Institute.
19. Mallick, M R, 1996 : Criminal Court (Practice & Procedure), 9th
edition, Eastern Law House.
20. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal, (2004 ): The Code of Criminal Procedure, Wadhwa &
Company Publication
10 (1871)

Semester -IV
Paper VI (V) (b)
Institutional Services and Rehabilitation of Criminals-11
Max. Marks. 100
Theory : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Time 3 Hours UNIT-I
- Meaning and purpose of Social Legislation
- Historical account of social legislation in India.
- The concept of social justice and constitutional framework
- An assessment of social legislation in India.
- Impact of social legislation on the criminal law in India.
UNIT-11
- Protection of Civil Rights Act,1976
- Dowry Prohibition Act,1961
- Child Marriage and Restraint Act,1929
- Child Labor Prohibition Act, 1986.
UNIT–III
UNIT -1V
- Bonded Labor Prohibition Act, 1976
- Prevention of Immoral Traffic Act, 1995
- Juvenile Justice ( care and protection ) Act, 2000
- The Protection of women against domestic violence Act 2005
- Definition; nature and forms of juvenile delinquency;
- Children in need of Care and Protection
- Juveniles in conflict with law.
- Patterns of delinquent behavior in India.
- Changing concepts of juvenile delinquency from past to present
UNIT-V
- Etiology of Delinquency- Delinquent subculture.
- Psychological and social explanations
- Commercialization, urbanization& industrialization
- Spatial and social mobility & migration.
- Family structure: broken homes, immoral
- Economic condition and delinquency.
Note: - Two questions from each unit will be set i.e. 10 questions in all. The students will be
required to attempt one question from each unit. All questions will carry equal marks.
Bibliography:
1. Rolf Loeber, David P Farrington. : Child Delinquents (Development,
10 (1872)

2001. Intervention and Service needs),
Sage Publications, New Delhi.
2. Bhattacharya, Sunil K. 2000. : Juvenile Justice – An Indian Scenario, Regency
Publications, New Delhi.
3. Bynum, Jack E & Thompson, Juvenile Delinquency – A Sociological
William E. 1999. Approach, 4th edition, Allyn and Bawn Publications.
4. Rolf Loeber, David P Farrington. : Serious and Violent Juvenile Offenders
1998. – Risk Factors and Successful interventions, Sage
Publications, New Delhi.
5. Hawkins, David J. 1996. : Delinquency and Crime- Current Theories, Cambridge
Univ. Press.
6. Rolf Loeber, David P Farrington. : Preventing Childhood Disorders, Substance 1996.
and Delinquency. Sage Publications, New Delhi.
7. Kratcoski, Peter C & Kratcoshi. : Juvenile Delinquency, 4th edition, Prentice
Dunn Lucilli, 1996. Hall,New Jersey.
8. Champion, Dean J. 1992. : The Juvenile Justice System - Delinquency, Processing
and the Law, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
9. Mishra, B.N. Ashish.1991. : Juvenile Delinquency and Justice System, Publishing House,
New Delhi
10. Sharma, Bharti. 1990. : Juvenile Delinquency and their Social Culture, Uppal Publishing
House, New Delhi
11. Krishnamurthy, S. 1987. : Impact of Social Legislations, on the Criminal Law in India, R R
Publishers, Bangalore.
12. Singh, Darshan, 2003 : Juvenile delinquency, Saloni Publishing House,
New Delhi.
13. Krishnamurthy S, 1987 : Impact of Social Legislations, on the Criminal
Law in India, R R Publishers, Bangalore.
14. NDPS, 2002
15. Prevention of Immoral Traffic Act 1995
16. Dowry Prohibition Act ( 28 of 1961)
17. Child Labor Prohibition Act 1986.
18. Protection of Civil Rights Act,1976
19. Child Marriage and Restraint Act,1929
20. Child Labor Prohibition Act, 1986
21. Bonded Labor Prohibition Act, 1976
22. Juvenile Justice (care and protection) Act, 2000
23. The Protection of women against domestic violence Act 2005
10 (1873)

Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra
M.A. (Previous), Semester-I Political Science
Scheme of Examination w.e.f. 2011-12.
Paper No. Nomenclature
Max.Marks
100
Time
Ex. Int.
Paper:-I Western Political Thought 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-II Indian Government and Politics-I 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-III International Relations-Theory 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-IV Public Administration-I 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-V One paper to be chosen from any of the following (the corresponding option has
to be taken in Semester-II )
Option (i) Research Methodology-I 80 20 3 Hours
Option (ii) Political Geography 80 20 3 Hours
Option (iii) Political Leadership-Special Reference to Nation
Building Process
80 20 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
Paper: I Western Political Thought
10 (1874)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Plato, Aristotle.
Unit-II Machiavelli, St. Augustine.
Unit-III Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau.
Unit-IV Bentham, J.S. Mill.
Unit-V Hegel, Marx.
Readings :

1. A. Ashcraft, Revolutionary Politics, London, Allen and Unwin, 1986.
2. A. Ashcraft, Locke’s Two Treatises of Government, London Unwin and Hyman, 1987.
3. Sir E. Barker, The Political Thought of Plato and Aristotle, New York, Dover Publications,
1959.
4. A. Avineri, The Social and Political Thought of K. Marx, New Delhi, S. Chand and Co., 1979.
5. Sir E. Barker, Greek Political Theory: Plato and His Predecessors, New Delhi, B.I.
Publications, 1964.
6. Sir E. Barker, The Politics of Aristotle,(Translated with Introduction, Notes and Appendix),
Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1995.
7. R.N. Berki, The History of Political Thought: A Short Introduction, London, Dent., 1977.
8. K.C. Brown (ed.), Hobbes’ Studies, Cambridge Massachusetts, Harvard University Press.,
1965.
9. J.H. Burns (ed.), The Cambridge History of Political Thought, 1450-1700, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1991.
10. H. Butterfield, The Statecraft of Machiavelli, New York, Collier, 1962.
11. J.W. Chapman, Rousseau-Totalitarian or Liberal, New York, Columbia University Press, 1956.
12. A. Cobban, Rousseau and the Modern State, London, Unwin University Books, 1964.
13. J. Coleman, A History of Political Thought: From Ancient Greece to Early Christianity,
London, Blackwell, 2000.
14. M. Cowling, Mill and Liberalism, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1963.
15. M. Curtis, The Great Political Theories 2. Vols., New York, Avon., 1961.
16. W.L. Davidson, Political Thought in England: The Utilitarians from Bentham, to Mill, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 1957.
17. J.A. Dunning, History and Political Theories, New York, Macmillan, 1902.
18. M.B. Foster, W.T. Jones and L.W. Lancaster, Masters of Political Thought, 3 Vols., London,
George G. Harrap and Co. Ltd., 1959.
19. R.G. Gettel, History of Political Thought, New York, Novell. & Co., 1924.
20. I.W. Hampsher-Monk, Modern Political Thought from Hobbes to Marx. Oxford, Basil
Blackwell, 1992.
21. R. Harrison, Benthm, London, Routledge, 1983.
22. H.J. Laski, Political Thought from Locke to Bentham, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1920.
23. D. Mclellan, Karl Marx: The First 100 Years, London, Fontana, 1983.
24. K.R. Minogue, Hobbes’ Leviathan, New York, Everyman’s Library 1977.
25. S. Mukerjee and S. Ramaswamy, A History of Political Thought: Plato to Marx, New Delhi,
Prentice Hall, 1999.
26. A. Ryan, J.S. Mill, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1974.
10 (1875)

27. G.H. Sabine, History of Political Theory, 4th edn., Revised by T.L. Thorson, New Delhi,
Oxford and IBH, 1973.
28. S.B. Smith, Hegel’s Critique of Liberalism, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1989.
29. L. Strauss, Thoughts ON Machiavelli, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1958.
30. N. Warburton, J. Pike and D. Matravers, Reading Political Philosophy: Machiavelli to Mill,
London, Routledge in Association with Open University, 2000.
Paper: II Indian Government and Politics-I
10 (1876)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Constitutional Development and Making of Indian Constitution.
Background of the Constituent Assembly-Composition and Working.
Constitution as an Instrument of Socio-Economic Change.
Constitutional Amendments.
Unit-II Union and State Government- President, Prime Minister, Cabinet and Council of
Ministers.
State- Governor, Chief Minister.
Union Parliament and State Vidhan Sabha.
Local Government- Rural and Urban.
Unit-III Judiciary- Supreme Court and the Constitutional Process, High Courts.
Judicial Review, Judicial Activism including Public Interest Litigation Cases, Judicial
Reforms.
Unit-IV Indian Federalism- Theory and Practice, Centre-State Relations and Tensions.
Demands for State Autonomy and Separatist Movements.
Interaction Between National and State Politics.
Emerging Trends in Indian Federal set up.

Unit-V Political Social and Administrative Dimensions- Political Power Structure; Political
Elites; Bureaucracy, Secularization and Democratization.
Readings:
1. S.P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers,
1965.
2. B.Arora and D.V. Verney (eds.), Multiple Indentities in a Single State: Indian Federalism in a
Comparative Perspective, Delhi, Konark, 1995.
3. T.R. Andhyarujina, Judicial Activism and Constitutional Democracy in India, Bombay, N. M.
Tripathi, 1992.
4. W. Anderson and S. Damle, The Brotherhood in Saffron: The Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh
and Hindu Revivalism, New Delhi, Vistaar/Sage Publications, 1987.
5. Y. Atal (ed.), Understanding Indian Society, New Delhi, Har-Anand Publications, 1993.
6. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University
Press, 1966.
7. G. Austin, “The Constitution, Society and Law,” in P. Oldenburg (ed.), India Briefing 1993,
Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993.
8. G. Austin, Working on Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 2000.
9. J. P. Bansal, Supreme Court: Judicial Restraint Versus Judicial Activism, Jaipur, Unique, 1985
10. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, London, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984.
11. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern Age,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
12. D.D.Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994.
13. U. Baxi, The Crisis of the Indian Legal System, New Delhi, Vikas, 1987.
14. U. Baxi and B. Parekh (ed)., Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage,
1994.
15. C.P. Bhambri, The Indian State: Fifty Years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1999.
16. K.R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1967.
17. P.R. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence, 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge University
Press, 1994.
18. P.R. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North India, London, Cambridge University
Press, 1974.
19. N. Chandhoke, Beyond Secularism: The Rights of Religious Minorities, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1999.
20. P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.
10 (1877)

21. S.K. Chaube, Constituent Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, New Delhi, Peoples’
Publishing House, 1973.
22. S.Cobridge and J. Harriss, Reinventing India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular
Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.
23. B. Dasgupta, and W.H. Morris-Jones, Patterns and Trends in Indian Politics, New Delhi,
Allied Publishers, 1976.
24. M. Dubey (ed), Indian Society Today: Challenges of Equality, Integration and Empowerment,
New Delhi, Har-Anand Publications, 1995.
25. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, 2 Vols., New Delhi, Radiant, 1984.
26. F.R. Frankel, and et al. (eds.), Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of
Democracy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000.
27. C. Fuller and C. Jaffrelog (eds.), The BJP and the Compulsions of Politics in India, Delhi,
Oxford University Press, 1998.
28. R.L. Hardgrave, India: Government and Politics in a Developing Nation, New York, Harcourt,
Brace and World, 1965.
29. S. Harrison, India: The Most Dangerous Decades, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press,
1960.
30. N.G. Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.
31. I. Jennings, Some Characteristics of the Indian Constitution, London, Oxford University Press,
1953.
32. A.Kaushik, Democratic Concerns: The Indian Experience, Jaipur, Alekh, 1994.
33. S.Kaviraj, Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998.
34. A.Kohli (ed.), India’s Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State-Society Relations, Princeton
NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.
35. A.Kohli, Democracy and Discontent: India’s Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1991.
36. A.Kohli, (ed), The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
2001.
37. R.Kothari, State Against Democracy: In Search for Humane Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.
38. R.Kothari, (ed.), State and Nation Building, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1976.
39. R.Kothari, Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
40. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
41. R. Kothari, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967.
42. A.Kumar (ed.), Nation-Building in India: Culture, Power and Society, New Delhi, Radiant
Publishers, 1999.
43. J. Manor (ed.), Nehru to the Nineties: The Changing Office of the Prime Minister in India,
Delhi, Viking, 1994.
10 (1878)

44. W.H. Morris Jones, Government and Politics in India, Delhi, BI Publications, 1974.
45. G. Mydral, Asian Drama: Enquiry into the poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968.
46. I.Narain(ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967.
47. A.G. Noorani, Constitutional Questions in India: The President, Parliament and the States,
Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000.
48. T.K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990.
49. M.V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1977.
50. M.V. Pylee, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1998.
51. J.K. Ray, India in Search of Good Governance, Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi, 2001.
52. S.H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi - The Political Economy of the Indian
State, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1987.
53. N.C. Sahni, (ed.), Coaliation Politics in India, Jullunder, New Academic Publishing Company,
1971.
54. M.C. Setalvad, Union and State Relations Under the Indian Constitution, Calcutta, Eastern
Law House, Calcutta, 1975.
55. J.R. Siwach, Dynamics of Indian Government and Politics, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers,
1985.
56. M. Shakir, State & Politics in Contemporary India, Delhi Ajanta, 1986.
57. M.P. Singh and H. Roy (ed.), Indian Political System: Structure, Policies, Development, New
Delhi, Jnanada Prakashan, 1995..
58. M.N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1962.
59. R. Thakur, The Government & Politics of India, London, Macmillan, 1995.
60. P. Wallace (ed.), Region and Nation in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985.
61. M. Weiner, The Indian Paradox: Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1999.
62. E. Zelliot, From Untouchables to Dalit: Essays on the Ambedkar Movement, Delhi, Manohar,
1992.
Paper-III International Relations-Theory
10 (1879)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.

Unit-I Nature, Scope and Development of International Relations, Autonomy Debate.
Types of International Systems.
Concept of Power- Tangible and Intangible Elements, Depreciation of Power.
Unit-II Theories of International Relations-Realist, Idealist, Neo-Realist/Idealist, System.
Marxist, Game Theory, World System, Critical and Social Constructivist.
Unit-III Balance of Power, Collective Security and Deterrence Doctrine.
Disarmament Theories.
International Security in Post-Cold War Era-Concept and Approaches
International Regimes-Types and Role
Unit-IV Foreign Policy-Nature, Types, Decision Making and Bargaining Theory.
Determinants: External and Internal.
Instruments- Ideology, National Interest, Diplomacy.
Unit-V International Economy-Trade Strategies, Trade Regimes, International Currency
System.
Readings :
1. John, Baylis and Steve Smith, Globalization of World Politics, Oxford, London, 1997.
2. P.Allan and K. Goldman (eds.), The End of the Cold War, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff, 1992.
3. D.G. Brennan (ed.), Arms Control, Disarmament and National Security, New York, George
Braziller, 1961.
4. S. Burchill et. al., Theories of International Relations, Hamsphire, Macmillan, 2001.
5. I.Claude, Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1962.
6. A.A. Couloumbis and J.H. Wolf, Introduction to International Relations: Power and Justice,
New York, Praegar, 1989.
7. W. Epstein, The Last Chance: Nuclear Proliferation and Arms Control, New York, The Free
Press, 1976.
8. K.W. Deutsch, The Analysis of International Relations, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1989.
9. P.Gilbert, Terrorism Security and Nationality, London and New York, Routledge, 1995.
10. A.J.R. Groom and M. Lights (eds.), Contemporary International Relations: A Guide to Theory,
London, Printer, 1993.
10 (1880)

11. F. Halliday, Revolution and World Politics: The Rise and Fall of the Sixth Great Power,
Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1999.
12. F. Halliday, Rethinking International Relations, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1994.
13. S.H. Hoffman, Essays in Theory and Politics of International Relations, Boulder Colorado,
Westview Press, 1989.
14. R.O. Keohane (ed.), Neo-realism and Its Critics, New York, Columbia University Press, 1986.
15. H.J. Morgenthau, Politics Among Nations, 6th Edition, revised by K.W., Thompson, New
York, Alfred Knopf, 1985.
16. M.S. Rajan, Non-Alignment and the Non-Alignment Movement in the Present World Order,
Delhi, Konark, 1994.
17. J.N. Rosenau and K. Knorr (eds.), Contending Approaches to International Politics, Princeton
NJ, Princeton University Press, 1969.
18. A.P. Schmidt and A.J. Jongman (eds.), Political Terrorism: A New Guide to Actors, Authors,
Concepts, Data Bases, Theories and Literature, 2nd edn., Amsterdam, North Holland
Publishing Co., 1988.
19. M.P. Sullivan, Theories of International Politics: Enduring Paradigm in a Changing World,
Hamsphire, Macmillan, 2001.
20. S.P. Verma, International System and the Third World, New Delhi, Vikas, 1988.
21. G. Williams, Third World Political Organizations, London, Macmillan, 1987.
Paper-IV Public Administration-I
10 (1881)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Meaning, Nature and Scope of Public Administration.
Public and Private Administration.
Development of Public Administration as a Discipline; New Public Administration.
Unit-II Approaches to the Study of Public Administration- Ecological; Rational Decision
Making, Development Administration and Political Economy, Liberal, Democratic and
Marxist Frameworks.

Unit-III Theories of Organization: Classical, Scientific, Human Relations.
Principles of Organization- Line and Staff, Unity of Command, Hierarchy, Span of
Control, Centralization and Decentralization.
Unit-IV Types of Organization -Formal and Informal
Forms of Organization: Department, Public Corporation and Board.
Unit-V Chief Executive: Types, Functions and Roles.
Readings :
Control Over Administration- Judicial and Legislative.
Impact of Liberalization and Information Technology on Public Administration.
1. J.E. Anderson, Public Policy Making, Boston, Houghton, Miffin, 1990.
2. P.H., Appleby, Public Administration for a Welfare State, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1961.
3. A. Avasthi and S.N. Maheshwari, Public Administration, Agra, Laxmi N. Aggarwal, 1996.
4. P.R. Dubashi, Recent Trends in Public Administration, Delhi, Kaveri Books, 1995.
5. E.N. Gladden, The Essential of Public Administration, London, Staples Press, 1958.
6. J. La Palombara and M. Weiner (eds.), Bureaucracy and Political Development, Princeton NJ,
Princeton University Press, 1966.
7. S.R. Maheshwari, Administrative Theories, New Delhi, Allied, 1994.
8. F.A. Nigro and L.S. Nigro, Modern Public Administration, New York, Harper and Row, 1984.
9. L. Peters, “Downsizing the Civil Service in Developing Countries: Golden Handshake or
Smiling Farewells?” Public Administration and Development, 18(4), Oct. 1998, pp. 381-86.
10. D.C. Pitt, and B.C. Smith (eds.), The Computer Revolution: The Impact of Information
Technology on Government Brighton, Wheatsheaf Books, 1984.
11. R. Presthus, Public Administration, New York, Ronald, 1975.
12. D. Waldo (ed.), Ideas and Issues in Public Administration: A Book of Readings, New York,
McGraw Hill, 1953.
10 (1882)

Paper-V Research Methodology-I (Option-i)
10 (1883)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Social Research- Its Nature and Types.
Traditional Approaches- Philosophical, Institutional, Marxian and Gandhian.
Unit-II Models, Paradigms and Theories- Conceptual and Theoretical Models.
Meaning and Types of Paradigms.
Theory-Meaning, Goals and Types.
Construction of a Theory and Relationship Between Theory and Research.
Unit-III Methods of Analysis-Historical, Comparative, Analytical and Psycho-Analysis.
Methods of Popper and Kuhn.
Unit-IV Behavioural Revolution in Political Science and its Criticism.
Post-Behaviouralism, Scientific Study of Political Science.
Scientific Method-Basic Assumptions, Steps and Limitation.
Unit-V The Building Blocs of Social Scientific Research-Hypotheses, Concepts and Variables,
Generalization and Law.
Readings :
1. H.N. Blalock, An Introduction to Social Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1970.
2. H.N. Blalock (ed.), Casual Models in the Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1972.
3. J. Blondel, Thinking Politically, London, Wildwood House, 1976.
4. A. Bryman, Quantity and Quality in Social Research, London, Unwin Hyman, 1988.
5. T.L. Burton and G.L. Cherry, Social Research Techniques, London, Unwin Hyman, 1989.
6. A.F. Chalmers, Science and Its Fabrication, Milton Keynes, Open University Press, 1990.
7. De D.A. Vaus, Surveys in Social Research, 2nd edn., London, Unwin Hyman, 1991.
8. M. Duverger, An Introduction to the Social Sciences with Special References to their Methods,
Translated by M. Anderson, New York, Frederick A. Praeger, 1964.

9. S.V. Evera, Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science, Ithaca, NY, Cornell University
Press, 1997.
10. J. Galtung, Theory and Methods of Social Research, New York, Columbia University Press,
1987.
11. E. Gellner, Relativism and Social Science, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1985.
12. A.Giddens, Profiles and Critiques in Social Theory, London Macmillan, 1982.
13. W.J. Goode and P.K. Hatt, Methods of Social Research, New York, McGraw Hill, 1952.
14. A.C. Isaak, Scope and Methods of Political Science, Homewood Illinois, Dorsey Press, 1985.
15. J.B. Johnson and R.A. Joslyn, Political Science Research Methods, Washington DC, C.Q.
Press, 1986.
16. F.N. Kerlinger, Behavioural Research, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1979.
17. T.Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1970.
18. D. Marsh and G. Stoker (ed.), Theory and Methods in Political Science, Basigstoke,
Macmillan, 1995.
19. C.A. McCoy and C. Playford (eds.), Apolitical Politics: A Critique of Behaviouralism, New
York, Thomas Crowell, 1967.
20. R. K. Merton (ed.), Social Theory and Social Structure, New York, The Free Press, 1957.
21. D. Miller (ed.), Pocket Popper, London, Fontana, 1997.
22. G. Mydral, Objectivity in Social Science, New York, Pantheon Books, 1969.
23. Sir, K.R. Popper, The Logic of Scientific Discovery, London, Hutchinson, 1959.
24. Sir, K. R. Popper, Conjectures and Refutations: The Growth of Scientific Knowledge, London,
Rougtledge and Kegan Paul, 1963.
25. Sir, K.R. Popper, The Poverty of Historicism, London, Reoutledge, 1991.
26. A.Ryan (ed.), The Philosophy of Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1970.
27. H.J. Rubin, Applied Social Research, Columbus, North Illinois University Press, 1983.
28. B. Smith, Political Research Methods, Boston, Hougton Milton, 1976.
29. G.W. Snedecor, Statistical Methods, 5th edn., Iowa, State College, 1965.
30. M. Weber, The Methodology of Social Science, translated and edited by E.A. Shils and H.A.
Finch, New York, The Free Press, 1949.
31. P.V. Young, Scientific Social Surveys and Research.
32. Robert A. Dahl, Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs, NJ Prentice Hall, 1963.
33. C. Charlesworth (ed.), Contemporary Political Analysis, New York, Free Press, 1967.
10 (1884)

Paper-V Political Geography (Option-ii)
10 (1885)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I History & Development, Nature and Scope of Political Geography.
Relation with other Social Sciences.
Unit-II Geopolitical and Geostrategic Structure of the World.
International and Regional Dimension.
Models of World Structure and their Relevance.
Unit-III Boundary Studies-Type, Importance and Legal Status,
Boundaries as Barriers- Case Studies.
Unit-IV Global Strategic Views-Mahan; Mackinder; Spykman, Hooson.
Global Strategy in Air and Ocean Age.
Unit-V Approaches- Traditional, Functional and Generic
Readings :
Unified field Theory.
Clash of Civilizations- Huntington's Scheme of World Divisions.
1. Charles C. Colby, ed., Geographic Aspects of International Relations.
2. J.P. Cole, Geography and World Affairs.
3. W. Gordon East and A.E. Moodie, eds., The Changing World: Studies in Political Geography.
4. R. Engler, The Politics of Oil.
5. Pascal Girot and Eleonore Kofman, eds., International Geopolitical Analysis.
6. C.S. Gray, The Geopolitics of the Nuclear Era: Hertland, Rimland and the Technological
Revolution.
7. W.A. ZDouglass Jackson, Politics and Geographic Relationships.

8. V.L. Lautherbacher and M.D. Ward, eds., Dynamic Models of International Conflict.
9. Roy E.H. Mellor, Nation, State and Territory: A Political Geography.
10. Fuhayr Mikadashi, The International Politics of Natural Resources.
11. R. Paddison, The Fragmented State: The Political Geography of Power.
12. W.H. Parker, Mackiner: Geography as an Aid to Statecraft.
13. J.R.V. Prescott, Political Geography of the Oceans.
14. B.M. Russett, International Regions and International System.
15. R. Strausz-Hupe, Geopolitics.
16. P.J. Taylor, Political Geography, World Economy, Nation State and Locality.
17. L.M. Alexander, World Political Patterns, Ran McNally, Chicago, 1963.
18. De Blij, H.J. and Martin Glassner, Systematic Political Geography, John Wiley, New York,
1968.
19. B.L. Sukhwal, Modern Political Geography, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi, 1968.
20. Teter Taylor, Political Geography, Longmen, London, 1985.
21. Charies A. Fisher, Essays in Political Geography, Methuen, London, 1968.
22. N.J. G. Pounds, Political Geography, McGraw Hill, New York, 1972.
23. A.E. Moddie, Geography Behind Politics, Hutchnison, London, Latest Edition.
24. J.R.V. Prescott, The Geography of Frontiers and Boundaries Aldine, Chicago.
25. R.D. Dikshit, Political Geography: A Contemporary Perspective, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 1996.
26. R.D. Dikshit, Political Geography: A Century of Process, Sage, New Delhi, 1999.
27. C.D. Deshpande, India-A Regional Interpretation Northern Book Centre, New Delhi, 1992.
28. K.M. Panikkar, Geographical Factors in India History, 2 Vols, Asia Publishing House
Bombay, 1959.
29. Peltier Louis and G. Etzel Peracy, Military Geography, East West, New Delhi, 1981.
30. A.T. Mahan, Sea Power, Methuem and Co, London, 1975.
10 (1886)

Paper-V Political Leadership-Special Reference to India (Option-iii)
10 (1887)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Study of Political Leadership-A Comparativist Perspective: Classical and Elite Views.
Psychological, Sociological and Political Approaches.
Leadership- Types, Roles, Style, Personality Traits, Functions, Performance
Unit-II Political Leadership in India - Aspects, Issues and Problems of Recruitment and
Situational Factors
Unit-III Political Leadership in India – Issues and Problems of Socialization and Socialization
Factors
Unit-IV Political Leadership in India: Typologies of Power and Decision-Making, and
Executive Authority
Unit-V Political Leadership and Nation-Building in India: Local, Regional and National Levels.
Readings :
1. S.P. Aiyar and R. Srinivasan, eds., Studies in Indian Democracy.
2. Yogesh Atal, Building a Nation: Essays on India.
3. Marie C. Carras, Indira Gandhi in the Crucible of Leadership.
4. Sudipta Kaviraj, "Indira Gandhi and Indian Politics", Economic and Political Weekly",
September 20-27, 1986.
5. W.H. Morris-Jones, ed., The Making of Politicians: Studies from Africa and Asia.
6. W.H. Morris-Jones, Politics: Mainly Indian.
7. Iqbal Narain, et al., Political Elite in an Indian State.
8. R.L. Park and I. Tinker, eds., Leadership and Political Institutions in India.
9 G. Ram Reddy and K. Seshadri, "Studies of Leadership", in ICSSR, Survey of Research in
Political Science, Vol. I.
10. Arun Shourie, Symptoms of Fascism.
11. V.M. Sirsikar, "Political Leadership in India", Economic Weekly, March 20-27, 1965.
12. Janardan Thakur, Indira Gandhi and Her Power Game.
13. E. Victor Wolfenstein, Personality and Politics.

Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra
M.A. (Previous), Semester-II Political Science
Scheme of Examination w.e.f. 2011-12.
Paper Nomenclature
Max.Marks
100
Time
Ex. Int.
Paper:-VI Indian Political Thought 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-VII Indian Government and Politics-II 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-VIII International Relations-Issues 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-IX Public Administration-II 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-X One Paper corresponding to Option Number, Opted in Semester-I:
(Option-i) Research Methodology-II 80 20 3 Hours
(Option-ii) Geo-Politics and World Affairs 80 20 3 Hours
(Option-iii) Media and Politics 80 20 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
Paper: VI Indian Political Thought
10 (1888)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Manu, Kautilya.
Unit-II Raja Rammohan Roy, Vivekanand,
Unit-III Gokhle, Tilak
Unit-IV Gandhi, M.N. Roy,
Unit-V Nehru, Ambedkar
Readings :
31. A.S. Altekar, State and Government in Ancient India, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidass, 1966.
32. A.Appadorai, Documents on Political Thought in Modern India, 2 Vols., Bombay Oxford
University Pres, 1970.

33. S. Ghose, Modern Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Allied, 1984.
34. U.N. Ghoshal, A History of Indian Political Ideas, London, Oxford University Pres, 1959.
35. K.P. Jayaswal, Hindu Polity, Calcuta, Butterworth, 1924.
36. R. P. Kangle, Arthashastra of Kautilya, Delhi, Motilal Bansarsidass, 1965.
37. M.J. Kanetkar, Tilak and Gandhi: A Comparative Study, Nagpur, Author, 1935.
38. V.B. Karnik, M.N. Roy: Political Biography, Bombay, Jagriti, 1978.
39. K. P. Karunakaran, Modern Indian Political Tradition, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1962.
40. V.R. Mehta, Foundations of Indian Political Thought, New Delhi, Manohar, 1992.
41. T. Pantham, and K. Deustch (eds), Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi, Sage, 1986.
42. B. Parekh and T. Pantham (eds), Political Discourse: Exploration in Indian and Western
Political Thought, New Delhi, Sage, 1987.
43. D.P. Roy, Leftists Politics in India: M. N. Roy and the Radical Democratic Party, Calcutta,
Minerva, 1989.
44. B.S. Sharma, The Political Philosophy of M.N. Roy, Delhi, National Publishing House, 1965.
45. V.P. Verma, Studies in Hindu Political Thought and its Metaphysical Foundations, Delhi,
Motilal Banarsidass, 1974.
Paper: VII Indian Government and Politics-II
10 (1889)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Historical Dimensions of Political Culture.
Dominant Values, Mores and Traditions.
Political Legacies.
Social Composition and Sociological Foundations.
Unit-II Party System in India, National and Regional Parties.
Interest and Pressure Groups; Factions and Factional Politics.
Politics of Defectioins and Anti-Defection Law.
Unit-III Coalition Politics-Bases, Nature and Impact on Indian Polity.

Political Economy Dimensions-Political and Economic Development.
Planning.
Agriculture Sector.
Unit-IV Elections and Electoral Behavior-Election Commission and Electoral Reforms. Role of
Media and Public Opinion.
Politics of Violence.
Unit-V Impact of Caste, Religion, Regionalism; Language and Class.
Weaker Sections -SC, ST and OBC and Gender Issues.
Problems of Nation Building and Integration.
Emerging Trends in Indian Polity.
Readings :
1. S.P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers,
1965.
2. B.Arora and D.V. Verney (eds.), Multiple Indentities in a Single State: Indian Federalism in a
Comparative Perspective, Delhi, Konark, 1995.
3. T.R. Andhyarujina, Judicial Activism and Constitutional Democracy in India, Bombay, N. M.
Tripathi, 1992.
4. W. Anderson and S. Damle, The Brotherhood in Saffron: The Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh
and Hindu Revivalism, New Delhi, Vistaar/Sage Publications, 1987.
5. Y. Atal (ed.), Understanding Indian Society, New Delhi, Har-Anand Publications, 1993.
6. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University
Press, 1966.
7. G. Austin, “The Constitution, Society and Law,” in P. Oldenburg (ed.), India Briefing 1993,
Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993.
8. G. Austin, Working on Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 2000.
9. J. P. Bansal, Supreme Court: Judicial Restraint Versus Judicial Activism, Jaipur, Unique, 1985
10. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, London, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984.
11. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern Age,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
12. D.D.Basu, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1994.
13. U. Baxi, The Crisis of the Indian Legal System, New Delhi, Vikas, 1987.
14. U. Baxi and B. Parekh (ed)., Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage,
1994.
10 (1890)

15. C.P. Bhambri, The Indian State: Fifty Years, New Delhi, Shipra, 1999.
16. K.R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1967.
17. P.R. Brass, Politics of India Since Independence, 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge University
Press, 1994.
18. P.R. Brass, Language, Religion and Politics in North India, London, Cambridge University
Press, 1974.
19. N. Chandhoke, Beyond Secularism: The Rights of Religious Minorities, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1999.
20. P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.
21. S.K. Chaube, Constituent Assembly of India: Springboard of Revolution, New Delhi, Peoples’
Publishing House, 1973.
22. S.Cobridge and J. Harriss, Reinventing India: Liberalization, Hindu Nationalism and Popular
Democracy, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.
23. B. Dasgupta, and W.H. Morris-Jones, Patterns and Trends in Indian Politics, New Delhi,
Allied Publishers, 1976.
24. M. Dubey (ed), Indian Society Today: Challenges of Equality, Integration and Empowerment,
New Delhi, Har-Anand Publications, 1995.
25. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, 2 Vols., New Delhi, Radiant, 1984.
26. F.R. Frankel, and et al. (eds.), Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics of
Democracy, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000.
27. C. Fuller and C. Jaffrelog (eds.), The BJP and the Compulsions of Politics in India, Delhi,
Oxford University Press, 1998.
28. R.L. Hardgrave, India: Government and Politics in a Developing Nation, New York, Harcourt,
Brace and World, 1965.
29. S. Harrison, India: The Most Dangerous Decades, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press,
1960.
30. N.G. Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.
31. I. Jennings, Some Characteristics of the Indian Constitution, London, Oxford University Press,
1953.
32. A.Kaushik, Democratic Concerns: The Indian Experience, Jaipur, Alekh, 1994.
33. S.Kaviraj, Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1998.
34. A.Kohli (ed.), India’s Democracy: An Analysis of Changing State-Society Relations, Princeton
NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.
35. A.Kohli, Democracy and Discontent: India’s Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1991.
36. A.Kohli, (ed), The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
2001.
10 (1891)

37. R.Kothari, State Against Democracy: In Search for Humane Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.
38. R.Kothari, (ed.), State and Nation Building, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1976.
39. R.Kothari, Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
40. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
41. R. Kothari, Party System and Election Studies, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1967.
42. A.Kumar (ed.), Nation-Building in India: Culture, Power and Society, New Delhi, Radiant
Publishers, 1999.
43. J. Manor (ed.), Nehru to the Nineties: The Changing Office of the Prime Minister in India,
Delhi, Viking, 1994.
44. W.H. Morris Jones, Government and Politics in India, Delhi, BI Publications, 1974.
45. G. Mydral, Asian Drama: Enquiry into the poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1968.
46. I.Narain(ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Prakashan, 1967.
47. A.G. Noorani, Constitutional Questions in India: The President, Parliament and the States,
Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2000.
48. T.K. Oomen, Protest and Change: Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990.
49. M.V. Pylee, Constitutional Government in India, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1977.
50. M.V. Pylee, An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Vikas, 1998.
51. J.K. Ray, India in Search of Good Governance, Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi, 2001.
52. S.H. Rudolph and L.I. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi - The Political Economy of the Indian
State, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1987.
53. N.C. Sahni, (ed.), Coaliation Politics in India, Jullunder, New Academic Publishing Company,
1971.
54. M.C. Setalvad, Union and State Relations Under the Indian Constitution, Calcutta, Eastern
Law House, Calcutta, 1975.
55. J.R. Siwach, Dynamics of Indian Government and Politics, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers,
1985.
56. M. Shakir, State & Politics in Contemporary India, Delhi Ajanta, 1986.
57. M.P. Singh and H. Roy (ed.), Indian Political System: Structure, Policies, Development, New
Delhi, Jnanada Prakashan, 1995..
58. M.N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1962.
59. R. Thakur, The Government & Politics of India, London, Macmillan, 1995.
60. P. Wallace (ed.), Region and Nation in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1985.
61. M. Weiner, The Indian Paradox: Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1999.
62. E. Zelliot, From Untouchables to Dalit: Essays on the Ambedkar Movement, Delhi, Manohar,
1992.
10 (1892)

Paper-VIII International Relations-Issues
10 (1893)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Global Order-Cold War, End of Cold War, Globalization and Inter-dependence,
Regionalism and Integration.
Unit-II Environment Politics and Conferences, Issues and Challenges;
Human Rights. Concept and Issues
Unit-III Gender Issues- Theories, Conferences, Impact of Globalization.
Nuclear Non-Proliferation Regimes, History of Disarmament.
Unit-IV Nationalism and Ethnicity –Debates and Issues
International Terrorism.
Neo-Imperialism and Politics of MNCs.
Unit-V Regional Organizations -EU, NATO, ASEAN, SAARC.
Readings :
New International Economic Order-
Non Aligned Movement.-Bases, Growth and Relevance
1. John, Baylis and Steve Smith, Globalization of World Politics, Oxford, London, 1997.
2. P.Allan and K. Goldman (eds.), The End of the Cold War, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff, 1992.
3. D.G. Brennan (ed.), Arms Control, Disarmament and National Security, New York, George
Braziller, 1961.
4. S. Burchill et. al., Theories of International Relations, Hamsphire, Macmillan, 2001.
5. I.Claude, Power and International Relations, New York, Random House, 1962.
6. A.A. Couloumbis and J.H. Wolf, Introduction to International Relations: Power and Justice,
New York, Praegar, 1989.

7. W. Epstein, The Last Chance: Nuclear Proliferation and Arms Control, New York, The Free
Press, 1976.
8. K.W. Deutsch, The Analysis of International Relations, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1989.
9. P.Gilbert, Terrorism Security and Nationality, London and New York, Routledge, 1995.
10. A.J.R. Groom and M. Lights (eds.), Contemporary International Relations: A Guide to Theory,
London, Printer, 1993.
11. F. Halliday, Revolution and World Politics: The Rise and Fall of the Sixth Great Power,
Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1999.
12. F. Halliday, Rethinking International Relations, Basingstoke, Macmillan, 1994.
13. S.H. Hoffman, Essays in Theory and Politics of International Relations, Boulder Colorado,
Westview Press, 1989.
14. R.O. Keohane (ed.), Neo-realism and Its Critics, New York, Columbia University Press, 1986.
15. H.J. Morgenthau, Politics Among Nations, 6th Edition, revised by K.W., Thompson, New
York, Alfred Knopf, 1985.
16. M.S. Rajan, Non-Alignment and the Non-Alignment Movement in the Present World Order,
Delhi, Konark, 1994.
17. J.N. Rosenau and K. Knorr (eds.), Contending Approaches to International Politics, Princeton
NJ, Princeton University Press, 1969.
18. A.P. Schmidt and A.J. Jongman (eds.), Political Terrorism: A New Guide to Actors, Authors,
Concepts, Data Bases, Theories and Literature, 2nd edn., Amsterdam, North Holland
Publishing Co., 1988.
19. M.P. Sullivan, Theories of International Politics: Enduring Paradigm in a Changing World,
Hamsphire, Macmillan, 2001.
20. S.P. Verma, International System and the Third World, New Delhi, Vikas, 1988.
21. G. Williams, Third World Political Organizations, London, Macmillan, 1987.
Paper-IX Public Administration-II
10 (1894)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Bureaucracy- Theories, Types and Roles, Max Weber and his Critics.
Civil Servant - Minister Relationship, Downsizing and Modernization of Bureaucracy.

Unit-II Personnel Administration-Recruitment, Training, Promotion, Discipline, Morale
Employee-Employer Relations.
Unit-III Financial Administration- Budget, Audit.
Control Over Finance with Special Reference to India and U.K.
Development Planning and Administration in India.
Unit-IV Good Governance- Problems of Administration, Corruption, Transparency and
Accountability.
Administrative Reforms, Right to Information and Crisis Management.
Unit-V Leadership- Role in Decision-Making, Communication,
Readings :
Grievance Redressal Institutions- Ombudsman, Lokpal and Lokayukta.
Role of Political Parties, Pressure Groups and Public Opinion in the Process of
Policy Formation.
1. J.E. Anderson, Public Policy Making, Boston, Houghton, Miffin, 1990.
2. P.H., Appleby, Public Administration for a Welfare State, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1961.
3. A. Avasthi and S.N. Maheshwari, Public Administration, Agra, Laxmi N. Aggarwal, 1996.
4. P.R. Dubashi, Recent Trends in Public Administration, Delhi, Kaveri Books, 1995.
5. E.N. Gladden, The Essential of Public Administration, London, Staples Press, 1958.
6. J. La Palombara and M. Weiner (eds.), Bureaucracy and Political Development, Princeton NJ,
Princeton University Press, 1966.
7. S.R. Maheshwari, Administrative Theories, New Delhi, Allied, 1994.
8. F.A. Nigro and L.S. Nigro, Modern Public Administration, New York, Harper and Row, 1984.
9. L. Peters, “Downsizing the Civil Service in Developing Countries: Golden Handshake or
Smiling Farewells?” Public Administration and Development, 18(4), Oct. 1998, pp. 381-86.
10. D.C. Pitt, and B.C. Smith (eds.), The Computer Revolution: The Impact of Information
Technology on Government Brighton, Wheatsheaf Books, 1984.
11. R. Presthus, Public Administration, New York, Ronald, 1975.
12. D. Waldo (ed.), Ideas and Issues in Public Administration: A Book of Readings, New York,
McGraw Hill, 1953.
10 (1895)

Paper-X Research Methodology-II (Option-i)
10 (1896)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Identification and Formulation of Problem.
Research Design: Formation, Experimental and Non-Experimental Designs
Sampling-Principles and Methods.
Unit-II Data-Types and Sources, Observation, Questionnaire, Schedule and Interview.
Survey Method- Utility, Application and Limitations.
Unit-III Analysis of Secondary Data-Archival and Library Research, Document Analysis, Using
Written Records, Scrutinizing the Evidences, Content Analysis.
Unit-IV Quantification in Social Research: Statistics- Meaning, Purpose and Scope, Statistical
Techniques of Data-Analysis.
Unit-V Presentation of Data- Textual, Graphic and Tabular.
Readings :
Presentation of Research- Paper Writing, Report Writing and Thesis Writing.
1. H.N. Blalock, An Introduction to Social Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1970.
2. H.N. Blalock (ed.), Casual Models in the Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1972.
3. J. Blondel, Thinking Politically, London, Wildwood House, 1976.
4. A. Bryman, Quantity and Quality in Social Research, London, Unwin Hyman, 1988.
5. T.L. Burton and G.L. Cherry, Social Research Techniques, London, Unwin Hyman, 1989.
6. A.F. Chalmers, Science and Its Fabrication, Milton Keynes, Open University Press, 1990.
7. De D.A. Vaus, Surveys in Social Research, 2nd edn., London, Unwin Hyman, 1991.
8. M. Duverger, An Introduction to the Social Sciences with Special References to their Methods,
Translated by M. Anderson, New York, Frederick A. Praeger, 1964.

9. S.V. Evera, Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science, Ithaca, NY, Cornell University
Press, 1997.
10. J. Galtung, Theory and Methods of Social Research, New York, Columbia University Press,
1987.
11. E. Gellner, Relativism and Social Science, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1985.
12. A.Giddens, Profiles and Critiques in Social Theory, London Macmillan, 1982.
13. W.J. Goode and P.K. Hatt, Methods of Social Research, New York, McGraw Hill, 1952.
14. A.C. Isaak, Scope and Methods of Political Science, Homewood Illinois, Dorsey Press, 1985.
15. J.B. Johnson and R.A. Joslyn, Political Science Research Methods, Washington DC, C.Q.
Press, 1986.
16. F.N. Kerlinger, Behavioural Research, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1979.
17. T.Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1970.
18. D. Marsh and G. Stoker (ed.), Theory and Methods in Political Science, Basigstoke,
Macmillan, 1995.
19. C.A. McCoy and C. Playford (eds.), Apolitical Politics: A Critique of Behaviouralism, New
York, Thomas Crowell, 1967.
20. R. K. Merton (ed.), Social Theory and Social Structure, New York, The Free Press, 1957.
21. D. Miller (ed.), Pocket Popper, London, Fontana, 1997.
22. G. Mydral, Objectivity in Social Science, New York, Pantheon Books, 1969.
23. Sir, K.R. Popper, The Logic of Scientific Discovery, London, Hutchinson, 1959.
24. Sir, K. R. Popper, Conjectures and Refutations: The Growth of Scientific Knowledge, London,
Rougtledge and Kegan Paul, 1963.
25. Sir, K.R. Popper, The Poverty of Historicism, London, Reoutledge, 1991.
26. A.Ryan (ed.), The Philosophy of Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1970.
27. H.J. Rubin, Applied Social Research, Columbus, North Illinois University Press, 1983.
28. B. Smith, Political Research Methods, Boston, Hougton Milton, 1976.
29. G.W. Snedecor, Statistical Methods, 5th edn., Iowa, State College, 1965.
30. M. Weber, The Methodology of Social Science, translated and edited by E.A. Shils and H.A.
Finch, New York, The Free Press, 1949.
31. P.V. Young, Scientific Social Surveys and Research.
32. Robert A. Dahl, Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs, NJ Prentice Hall, 1963.
33. C. Charlesworth (ed.), Contemporary Political Analysis, New York, Free Press, 1967.
34. Michael Hoas, Henry S. Kariel, Approaches to the Study of Political Science, California,
Chandler Publishing Co., 1970.
10 (1897)

Paper-X Geo-Politics and World Affairs (Option-ii)
10 (1898)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Scope and Importance of Geo-Politics, Geo-Politics in the Cold War and Post Cold War
Era.
Unit-II Importance of Geo-Political Factors-Physical, Human, Economic, Political and
Environmental.
Unit-III Geo-Political Significance of West Asia, South Asia, South-East Asia and
Indian Ocean.
Unit-IV Land Locked States-Advantages and Disadvantages, Case Studies.
Core-Periphery- Economic and Political Implication.
Unit-V Geo-Political Explanation of Foreign Policy Formulation.
Readings :
Ecological Determinants.
Regionalist, Internationalist Globlist Challenges and Opportunities.
1. Charles C. Colby, ed., Geographic Aspects of International Relations.
2. J.P. Cole, Geography and World Affairs.
3. W. Gordon East and A.E. Moodie, eds., The Changing World: Studies in Political Geography.
4. R. Engler, The Politics of Oil.
5. Pascal Girot and Eleonore Kofman, eds., International Geopolitical Analysis.
6. C.S. Gray, The Geopolitics of the Nuclear Era: Hertland, Rimland and the Technological
Revolution.
7. W.A. ZDouglass Jackson, Politics and Geographic Relationships.

8. V.L. Lautherbacher and M.D. Ward, eds., Dynamic Models of International Conflict.
9. Roy E.H. Mellor, Nation, State and Territory: A Political Geography.
10. Fuhayr Mikadashi, The International Politics of Natural Resources.
11. R. Paddison, The Fragmented State: The Political Geography of Power.
12. W.H. Parker, Mackiner: Geography as an Aid to Statecraft.
13. J.R.V. Prescott, Political Geography of the Oceans.
14. B.M. Russett, International Regions and International System.
15. R. Strausz-Hupe, Geopolitics.
16. P.J. Taylor, Political Geography, World Economy, Nation State and Locality.
17. L.M. Alexander, World Political Patterns, Ran McNally, Chicago, 1963.
18. De Blij, H.J. and Martin Glassner, Systematic Political Geography, John Wiley, New York,
1968.
19. B.L. Sukhwal, Modern Political Geography, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi, 1968.
20. Teter Taylor, Political Geography, Longmen, London, 1985.
21. Charies A. Fisher, Essays in Political Geography, Methuen, London, 1968.
22. N.J. G. Pounds, Political Geography, McGraw Hill, New York, 1972.
23. A.E. Moddie, Geography Behind Politics, Hutchnison, London, Latest Edition.
24. J.R.V. Prescott, The Geography of Frontiers and Boundaries Aldine, Chicago.
25. R.D. Dikshit, Political Geography: A Contemporary Perspective, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 1996.
26. R.D. Dikshit, Political Geography: A Century of Process, Sage, New Delhi, 1999.
27. C.D. Deshpande, India-A Regional Interpretation Northern Book Centre, New Delhi, 1992.
28. K.M. Panikkar, Geographical Factors in India History, 2 Vols, Asia Publishing House
Bombay, 1959.
29. Peltier Louis and G. Etzel Peracy, Military Geography, East West, New Delhi, 1981.
30. A.T. Mahan, Sea Power, Methuem and Co, London, 1975.
Paper-X Media and Politics (Option-iii)
10 (1899)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.

Unit-I Theories of Political Communication: Concept, Role of Communication in a
Democracy; Media as a Means of Socialization
Unit-II Press and Politics in India-Critical Evaluations of Role and Impact
Election Campaigns, Opinion Polls, Exit Polls, Relevance, and Reliability.
Agenda Setting Function of the Media.`
Unit-III T.V., Radio and politics in India-Critical Evaluation of role and Impact
Freedom of Media and Right to Information
Unit-IV Mass Media and the Government- Issues and Problems: Government Monopoly;
Executive Censorship; Judicial Interpretation; Legislation
Unit-V Mass Media , Nation Building and Political Development in India
Readings :
1. Yogesh Atal, Local Communities and National Politics: A Study in Communication Links and
Political Involvement.
2. B.D. Dhawan, Development of Television in India.
3. S.K. Goyal, et al., Ownership and Control Structure of the Indian Press.
4. Rebert L. Hardgrave, "Politics and The Film in Tamil Nadu: The Stars and the DMK", Asian
Survey, March 1973.
5. Indian Institute of Mass Communication, An Indian Personality for Television: Report of the
Working Group on Software for Doordarshan.
6. Sharad Karkhanis, Indian Politics and the Role of the Press.
7. Prayag Meha, Election Campaign.
8. Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Publication Division, Govt. of India, Mass Media in
India.
9. Claus Mueller, The Politics of Communication.
10. Uma Narula and S.S. Yadava, Portrayal of Election Campaign in Press.
11. A.G. Noorani, ed., Freedom of the Press in India.
12. Thomas E. Patterson, The Mass Media Election: How Americans Choose their President.
13. Nicholas Pronay and D.W. Spring, eds., Propaganda, Politics and Film.
14. R. Righter, Whose News? Politics, the Press and the Third World.
10 (1900)

15. Susanne H. Rudolph, "Form Madras: A View of the Southern Film", Yale Review, Vol. 60, No.
3, March 1971.
16. B. Rubin, Media Politics and Democracy.
17. Aruna Vasudev, An Outlook for India's Future.
KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
M.A. (FINAL) SEMESTER SYSTEM
POLITICAL SCIENCE
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION W.E.F. 2012-13
SEMESTER-III
Paper No. Nomenclature
Max. Marks
100
Time
Ex. Int.
Paper-XI Political Theory-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-XII Comparative Politics-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-XIII, XIV & XV Three Papers may be chosen from any of the following Groups :
Group A : Paper XIII, XIV & XV
Option-(i) India’s Foreign Policy & Relations-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(ii) International Law-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iii) International Organization and Global Order
Studies-I
80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iv) South Asia in International Politics-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Group B : Paper XIII, XIV & XV
Option-(i) Political Sociology : The Indian Context-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(ii) State Politics in India (with special reference to
Haryana)–I
80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iii) Democracy in India-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iv) Indian Political Economy-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Group C : Paper XIII, XIV & XV
Option-(i) Government & Politics of USA-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(ii) USA and the World-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iii) USA and South Asia 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iv) USA and Europe 80 20 3 Hrs.
Group D : Paper XIII, XIV & XV
Option-(i) Ancient Indian Political Thought-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(ii) Modern Indian Political Thought-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iii) Liberal Political Theory 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iv) Marxist and Neo-Marxist Political Theory-I 80 20 3 Hrs.
10 (1901)

Paper-XI (Compulsory)
Political Theory-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1902)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Meaning, Nature, Concerns and Significance of Political Theory; Different
Interpretations of Political Theory.
UNIT-II: Importance and Limitations of Classical Tradition; Behaviouralism and Post
Behaviouralism.
UNIT-III: Decline of Political Theory; Resurgence of Political Theory.
UNIT-IV: Critical Theory: Herbert Marcuse, Jurgen Habermass, Libertarianism: Hayek and
Nozick.
UNIT-V: Rationalism & Limits of Politics: Michael Oakshatt; Importance of Politics and Power:
Hannah Arendt.
Readings:
1. B.Axford, G.K. Browning, R. Huggins, B. Rosamond and J. Turner, Politics: An Introduction,
London and New York, Routledge, 1997.
2. D.Bell, The End of Ideology, New York, The Free Press, 1960.
3. Sir, I. Berlin, Does Political Theory Still Exist? In Philosophy, Politics and Society, 2nd series,
ed. P. Laslett and W.G. Runciman, Oxford, Blackwell, 1964.
4. A.Brecht, A Political Theory: The Foundations of Twentieth Century, Political Thought,
Bombay, The Times of India Press, 1965.
5. A.Cobban, ‘The Decline of Political Theory,’ Political Science Quarterly, 1953, LXVIII, pp.
321-337.
6. Dobson, Green Political Thought, London, Unwin Hyman, 1990.
7. N.Daniels (ed.), Reading Rawls, New York, Basic Books, 1975.

8. D. Easton, The future of the postbehavioural phase in political science, in Contemporary
Empirical Political Theory, K. R. Monroe (ed.), Berkeley, University of California Press, 1997.
9. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1992.
10. D. Germino, Beyond Ideology: The Revival of Political Theory, New York, Harper and Row,
1967.
11. R. E. Goodin, Green Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992.
12. R. E. Goodin and H.D. Klingemann (eds.), A New Handbook of Political Science, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 1996.
13. A.Hacker, Political Theory: Philosophy, Ideology and Science, New York, Macmillan, 1961.
14. J. Hampton, Political Philosophy, USA, Westview Press, 1997.
15. D. Held, Political Theory Today, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991.
16. A.Heywood, Political Theory: An Introduction, London, Macmillan, 1999.
17. T.Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1970.
18. W. Kymlicka, Contemporary Political Philosophy : An Introduction, Oxford, The Clarendon
Press, 1990.
19. P.Laslett and W.G. Runciman (eds.), Philosophy, Politics and Society, Series 1-5, Oxford,
Blackwell, 1979.
20. D. Marsh and G. Stoker, Theory and Methods in Political Science, London, Macmillan, 1995.
21. S. Mulhall and A. Swift, Liberals and Communitarians, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1992.
22. R. Plant, Modern Political Thought, Oxford, Blackwell, 1991.
23. A.Quinton (ed.), Political Philosophy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1967.
24. G.H. Sabine, What is Political Theory?, Journal of Politics, 1939, 1(1).
25. L. Strauss, What is Political Philosophy and Other Studies? Glencoe, The Free Press, 1959.
26. V. Van, Dyke, Political Theory : A Philosophical Analysis, Standford, CA, Standford
University Press, 1960.
27. A.Vincent, Political Theory: Tradition and Diversity, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
1997.
28. J. Wolff, An Introduction to Political Philosophy, Oxford, Oxford university Press, 1996.
10 (1903)

29. D. Worster, Nature’s Economy : A History of Ecological Ideas, 2nd edn., Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1994.
30. V.Geoghegan, Reason and Eros : The Social Theory of Herbert Marcuse, London, Pluto Press,
1981.
31. D.M. Kellner, Herbert Marcuse and the Crisis of Marxism, London, Macmillan, 1984.
32. A.C. Macintyre, Marcuse, London, Fontana/Collins, 1970.
33. R. J. Bernstein (ed.), Habermas and Modernity, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1985.
34. W. Outhwaite, Habermas : A Critical Introduction, Oxford, Polity Press, 1994.
35. D. M. Rasmussen, Reading Habermas, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1991.
36. S. Benhabib, The Reluctant Modernism of Hannah Arendt, Thousand Oaks California, Sage,
1996.
37. M.P. d’Entreves, The Political Philosophy of Hannah Arendt, London, Routledge, 1994..
38. R. Grant, Oakeshott, London, Claridge Press, 1990.
39. N. P. Barry, Hayek’s Social and Economic Philosophy, London, Macmillan, 1979.
40. E Butler, Hayek : His Contribution to the Political and Economic Thought of Our Time,
Hounslow, Temple Smith, 1983.
41. C. Kukathas, Hayek and Modern Liberalism, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1989.
42. J. Arthur and W.A. Shaw (eds.), Justice and Economic Distribution, Englewood Cliffs NJ.,
Prentice Hall, 1978.
43. J. Wolff (ed.), Robert Nozick : Properly, Justice and the Minimal State, Oxford Polity with
Basil Blackwell, 1991.
44. F. Fanon, Black Skin, White Masks, translated by C.L. Markham, New York, Grove Press,
1967.
45. L. Hutcheon, The Politics of Postmodernism, London and New York, Routledge, 1989.
46. A.Phillips, Engendering Democracy, Oxford and Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991.
47. Q. Skinner, The Foundations of Modern Political Thought, Vol. I : The Renaissance
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1978.
48. S. K. White, Political Theory and Postmodernism, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
1991.
10 (1904)

M.A. (Final) Semester-III
Paper-XII (Compulsory)
Comparative Politics-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1905)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Comparative Politics: Meaning, Nature & Scope; Evolution of Comparative Politics as
a Separate Discipline; Approaches to the Study of Comparative Politics: Traditional
Approaches: Philosophical, Historical, Legal – Institutional.
UNIT-II: Modern Approaches-I: Systems Analysis; Structural-Functionalism; Political Culture,
and Political Socialization.
UNIT-III: Modern Approaches-II: Political Development, Political Modernization, Political
Communication, Political Participation.
UNIT-IV: Constitutionalism: Theory, Practice & Limitations; Kinds of Constitutionalism and
Problem of Constitutionalism in Modern Times; Forms of Government: Unitary &
Federal, Presidential & Parliamentary.
UNIT-V: Liberal Democratic, Totalitarian & Authoritarian Political Systems; Organs of
Government: Executive, Legislature & Judiciary – their relationship in Comparative
Perspective.
Readings :
1. G.A. Almond and J.S. Coleman, The Politics of the Developing Areas, Princeton NJ, Princeton
University Press, 1960.
2. G.A. Almond, and S. Verba, The Civic Culture : Political Attitudes and Democracy in Five
Nations, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963.
3. G.A. Almond, Comparative Politics Today : A World View, 7th edn., New York, London,
Harper/Collins, 2000.
4. D.E. Apter, The Politics of Modernization, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1965.
5. A.Bebler and J. Seroka (eds.), Contemporary Political Systems: Classifications and Typologies,
Boulder Colerado, Lynne Reinner Publishers, 1990.

6. L.J.Cantori and A.H. Zeigler (ed.), Comparative Politics in the Post-Behaviouralist Era,
London, Lynne Reinner Publisher, 1988.
7. O. Dunleavy and B.O’ Leary, Theories of Liberal Democratic State, London, Macmillan, 1987.
8. R. Hauge and M. Harrop, Comparative Government and Politics. An Introduction, 5th edn.,
New York, Palgrave, 2001.
9. H. Finer, Theory and Practice of Modern Government, London, Methuen, 1969.
10. J.C. Johari, Comparative Political Theory: New Dimensions, Basic Concepts and Major
Trends, New Delhi, Sterling, 1987.
11. K. Kumar, Revolution : The Theory and Practice of a European Idea, London, Weidenfeld and
Nicolson, 1971.
12. R.C. Macridis, The Study of Comparative Government, New York, Doubleday, 1955.
13. R.C. Macridis and R.E. Ward, Modern Political Systems : Europe, and Asia, 2nd edn.
Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968.
14. J. Manor (ed.), Rethinking Third World Politics, London, Longman, 1991.
15. R.C. Macridis, Modern European Governments : Cases in Comparative Policy - Making,
Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968.
16. L.W. Pey (ed.), Communication and Political Development, Princeton NJ, Princeton University
Press, 1963.
17. R.I. Rotberg (ed.), Politics and Political Change : A Journal of Inter-Disciplinary History
Reader, Massachusetts, MIT Press, 2001.
18. H.J. Wiarda (ed.), New Developments in Comparative Politics, Boulder Colorado, Westview
Press, 1986.
10 (1906)

Group-A: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. i)
India’s Foreign Policy & Relations-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1907)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Meaning of Foreign Policy: History, Principles and Objectives of India’s Foreign
Policy; Domestic and External Determinants.
UNIT-II: Structure and Process of Foreign Policy Making-Role of Cabinet and National Security
Council, Ministry of External Affairs, Parliament and Intelligence Agencies.
UNIT-III: India’s Relations With Major Powers - USA, USSR and Russia
UNIT-IV: Relations With Other Main States - Japan, Germany, France, Britain and Australia
UNIT-V: India’s Foreign Economic Policy-Determinants, Impact of Globalization, Foreign Direct
Investments, Foreign Aid and Foreign Trade
Readings :
1. R.S. Yadav, Bharat Ki Videsh Niti: Ek Vishleshan (in Hindi), Kitab Mahal, Allhabad, 2005.
2. R.S. Yadav & Suresh Dhanda, eds., India’s Foreign Policy: Contemporary Trends, New Delhi,
Shipra, 2009.
3. R.S. Yadav (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy Towards 2000 A.D., New Delhi, Deep & Deep, 1993.
4. J.N. Dixit, Across Border: Fifty Years of India’s Foreign Policy, New Delhi, 1999.
5. J. Bandhopahdyaya, The Making of India’s Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Allied, 1979.
6. V.P. Dutt, India’s Foreign Policy in a Changing World, New Delhi, Vikas, 1999.
7. N.K. Jha (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy in a Changing World, New Delhi, South Asian
Publishers, 2000.
8. H. Kapur, India’s Foreign Policy : 1947-1993, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.
9. N. Jetley, India’s Foreign Policy : Challenges and Prospects, New Delhi, Janaki Prakashan,
1985.

10. S. Mansingh (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy in the 21st Century, New Delhi, Foreign Policy
Institute, 1999.
11. R. Thakur, Politics and Economics of India’s Foreign Policy, Delhi, Oxford University Press,
1993.
12. C. Raja Mohan, Crossing The Rubicon: The Shaping of India’s New Foreign Policy, New
Delhi, Viking, 2003.
13. N.S. Sisodia & C. Uday Bhaskar, eds., Emerging India: Security and Foreign Policy
Perspective, New Delhi, Promilla, 2007.
14. Rajen Harshe & K.M. Seethi, eds., Engaging with the World: Critical Reflections on India’s
Foreign Policy, New Delhi, Orientlongman, 2005.
15. Anand Mathur & Sohanlal Meena, eds., India Profile in Polycentric World Order, Jaipur,
RBSA, 2008.
16. Annpurna Nantiyal, ed., Challenges to India’s Foreign Policy in the New Era, New Delhi,
2006.
17. Atish Sinha & Madhup Mahota, eds., Indian Foreign Policy: Challenges and Opportunities,
New Delhi, Academic, 2007.
10 (1908)

Group-A: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. ii)
International Law-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Nature, Scope and Basis of International Law; Sources of International Law.
10 (1909)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-II: Codification; Subjects of International Law; Relationship between International Law
and Municipal Law.
UNIT-III: Recognition; State Succession; Intervention and Treaties.
UNIT-IV: Jurisdiction over Aliens; Nationality; Extradition and Diplomatic Privileges and
Immunities.
UNIT-V: State Territory and Jurisdiction over Land, Air and Water; Modes of acquiring and
losing State Territory.
Readings :
1. Brownline, Principles of Public International Law, Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1973, Second
Edition.
2. C.G. Fenwick, International Law, Bombay, Vakils, 1971.
3. J.G. Starke, An Introduction to International Law, London, Butterworths, 1972.
4. P.E. Corbett, Law and Diplomacy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1959.
5. K. Deutsc and S. Hoffman (ed.), The Relevance of International Law, Oxford, Clarendon Press,
1955.
6. L. Duguit, Law in the Modern State, New York, B.W. Huebsch, 1919.
7. W. Friedmann, The Changing Structure of International Law, New York, Columbia University
Press, 1964.
8. H. Kelsen, Principles of International Law, New York, Rinehart and Co., 1952.
9. J. Mattern, Concepts of State, Sovereignty and International Law, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins
Press, 1928.

10. L. Oppeheimer, International Law Vol. 1, 1969, Revised edn., Vol II, 1953.
11. J. Stone, Legal Controls of International Conflict, New York, Rinehart and Company, 1954.
12. C. de Visscher, Theory and Reality in Public International Law, Princeton NJ, Princeton
University Press, 1957.
13. Sir J.F. Williams, Aspects of Modern International Law, New York, Oxford University Press,
1939.
Group-A: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. iii)
International Organization and Global Order Studies-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1910)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Historical Evolution of International Organization: Concert of Europe, Hague Systems,
Public International Unions, Genesis of League.
UNIT-II: Origin of the United Nations: Nature and Principles; Comparison between League and
UN systems.
UNIT-III: Organs of the United Nations: General Assembly, Security Council, Economic & Social
Council, Trusteeship, International Court of Justice, Secretariat; Role of Secretary
General.
UNIT-IV: Disarmament; Changing Nature of UN in the Post-Cold War Era; Democratization of
UN System and India’s Claim for Permanent Seat in Security Council.
UNIT-V: International Organization and Global Political Problems: Pacific and Coercive
Methods for the Settlement of Disputes, (Ch.VI&VII), Promotion of International
Cooperation and Non-Political Agencies, Role of Special Agencies of the UN; United
Nations and Socio-Economic Developments.
Readings :
1. Richard K. Ashley, “The Eye of Power : The Politics of World Modelling,” International
Organization, Vol. 37, No. 3, 1983.
2. Inis Claude, Changing United Nations, New York, Random House, 1967.

3. Inis Claude, Swords into ploughshares : The Problems and Progress of International
organisations, New York, Random House, 1971.
4. S.J.R. Bilgrami, International Organisation, New Delhi, Vikas, 1971.
5. E. Laurd, A History of the United Nations, London, Macmillan, 1989.
6. R.C. Angell, The Quest for World Order, Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press, 1979.
7. A.L. Bennett, International Organizations : Principles and Issues, Englewood Cliffs NJ,
Prentice Hall, 1977.
8. H.G. Nicholas, The UN as a Political Institution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1975.
9. W.H. Lewis (ed.), The Security Role of the United Nations, New York, Praegar, 1991.
10. Ronald Meltzer, “Restructuring the UN System, Institutional Reform, Efforts in the Context of
North-South Relations,” International Organization, vol. 32, No. 4, 1978.
11. Ronald Yalem, “Conflicting Approaches to World Order,” Alternatives, Vol. 5, 1979-1980.
12. P. Baehr and L. Gordenker, The United Nations in the 1990s, London, Oxford University Press,
1992.
13. Rikhey, Strengthening UN Peace keeping, London, Hurst and Co., 1993.
14. K. P. Saxena, Reforming the United Nations : The Challenge and Relevance, New Delhi, Sage,
1993.
10 (1911)

Group-A: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. iv)
South Asia in International Politics-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Geopolitics of South Asia; Evolution of South Asia as a distinct region.
10 (1912)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-II: State and Society in South Asia; Role of Political Parties, Military & Ethnic Groups.
UNIT-III: Cold War and South Asia: Intra-regional Disputes and, Big Power Rivalry
UNIT-IV: Non Alignment: Ideology and Practice
UNIT-V: Regional Cooperation
Readings :
1. Sugata Bose and Ayesha Jalal, Modern South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy
(Delhi: OUP, 1999).
2. Ayesha Jalal, Democracy and Authoritarianism in South Asia (New Delhi: CUP, 1995).
3. P.R. Chari (ed.), Perspectives on National Security in South Asia: In Search of a New
Paradigm (New Delhi: Manohar, 1999).
4. Sridhar K. Khatri and G.W. Kueck (eds.), Terrorism in South Asia (Delhi: Shipra Pub.,
2003).
5. Raja Menon, A Nuclear Strategy for India (New Delhi: Sage, 2000).
6. George Perkovich, India’s Nuclear Bomb (Delhi: OUP, 2001).
7. Robbie Robertson, The Three Waves of Globalization (London: Zed Books, 2003).
8. Linda Racioppi, Soviet Policy towards South Asia since 1970 (Cambridge: CUP, 1994).
9. Dilip H. Mohite and Amit Dholakia (eds.), India and the Emerging World Order (New
Delhi: Kalinga Pub., 2001).

10. Lars Blinkenberg, India – Pakistan: The History of Unsolved Conflicts, Vol. 1&2 (Odense:
Odense University Press, 1998).
11. K. Ahuja, H. Coppens and Hermen van der Wusten (eds.), Regime Transformations and
Global Realignments (New Delhi: Sage, 1993).
12. Mohammad Ayoob (ed.), Conflict and Intervention in the Third World (New Delhi: Vikas
Pub., 1980).
13. A.P. Rana, The Imperatives of Nonalignment (Delhi: The Macmillan Company of India
Ltd., 1976).
14. J.N. Dixit, India’s Foreign Policy 1947 – 2003 (New Delhi: Picus Books, 2003).
15. Shelton U. Kodikara (ed.), External Compulsion of South Asian Politics (New Delhi: Sage,
1993).
10 (1913)

Group-B: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. i)
Political Sociology: The Indian Context-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1914)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Meaning, Nature and Scope of Political Sociology, Historical Sociology – Weber,
Evolution and Development of Political Sociology.
UNIT-II: Major Approaches to the Study of Political Sociology: Normative Approach, System
Approach, Structural Functional Approach, Behavioural Approach & Conflict
Approach.
UNIT-III: The Social Framework and the Political System in India: Political Influence, Power,
Authority and Bureaucracy, Legitimacy, Masses and Elite.
UNIT-IV: Interaction between Society & Polity: Political Recruitment, Political Communication,
Socio-Economic Bases of Community Power Structure & Political Participation.
UNIT-V: Social Asymmetries and Politics in India: Social Stratification – Theory and Practice
with Special Reference to Caste and Class, Equality and Inequality Debate.
Readings :
1. G.A. Almond and S. Verba, The Civic Culture, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963.
2. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern Age,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
3. U. Baxi and B. Parekh (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.
4. R. Bendix, and S.M. Lipset, Class, Status and Power, 2nd edn., New York, The Free Press,
1966.
5. A.Beteille (ed.), Equality and inequality : Theory and Practice, Delhi, Oxford University Press,
1983.
6. P.R. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols. 2, Delhi, Chankya Publication,
1984-85.
7. P.R. Brass, Ethnicity and Nationalism : Theory and Comparison, New Delhi, Sage, 1991.

8. R.E. Dawson and K. Prewitt, Political Socialization, Boston, Little Brown, 1969.
9. A.R. Desai, State and Society in India : Essays in Dissent, Bombay, Popular, 1974.
10. M. Galanter, Competing Equalities : Law and the Backward Classes in India, Berkley,
University of California Press, 1983.
11. M. Janowitz, Political Conflict : Essays in Political Sociology, New York, New Viewpoints,
Watts, 1970.
12. R. Kothari, Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
13. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
14. R. Kothari, Democratic Polity and Social Change in India, Delhi, Allied, 1976.
15. A.Kumar (ed.), National-Building in India : Culture, Power and Society, New Delhi, Radiant
Publishers, 1999.
16. L.Milbrath, Political Participation, Skokie Illinois, Rand-McNally, 1965.
17. T.K. Oomen, Protest and Change : Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990.
18. D. Sheth, “Caste and Class : Social Reality and Political Representation” in V.A. Pai Panadikar
and A. Nandy (eds.), Contemporary India, Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
19. M.N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1962.
20. M.N. Srinivas, The Cohesive Role of Sanskritization and Other Essays, Delhi, Oxford
University Pres, 1989.
21. E. Zelliot, “Gandhi and Ambedkar : A Study in Leadership,” in M. Mahar (ed.), The
Untouchables in Contemporary India, Tuscon, University of Arizone Press, 1972.
22. E. Zelliot, From Untouchables to Dalit : Essays on the Ambedkar Movement, Delhi, Manohar,
1992.
10 (1915)

Group-B: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. ii)
State Politics in India (with special reference to Haryana) -I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Theoretical Framework for the Study of State Politics
UNIT-II: Significance of the Study of State Politics, Patterns of State Politics.
10 (1916)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-III: Socio-Economic Determinants of State Politics, Centre-State Legislative,
Administrative & Financial Relations.
UNIT-IV: Politics of Planning vis-à-vis State Autonomy, Politics of President’s Rule in the States.
UNIT-V: Federalism in India; Problem of Autonomy with Reference to J&K.
Readings :
1. S.P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1965.
2. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press,
1966.
3. G. Austin, “The Constitution, Society and Law,” in P. Oldenburg (ed.), India Briefing 1993,
Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993.
4. K.R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1967.
5. A.Chanda, Federalism in India : A Study of Union-State Relations, London, George Allen &
Unwin, 1965.
6. P.Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.
7. A.Kohli (ed.), India’s Democracy : An Analysis of Changing State - Society Relations,
Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1988.
8. A.Kohli, Democracy and Discontent : India’s Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1991.
9. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.

10. I.Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Parkashan, 1967.
11. S. Pai, State Politics : New Dimensions : Party System, Liberalization and Politics of Identity,
Delhi, 2000.
12. Chhotu Ram, Bechara Kisan.
13. S.C. Mittal, Haryana : A Historical Perspective, New Delhi, Atlantic Publishers, 1986.
14. K.C. Yadav, Hayana Ka Itihas, 3 Volumes, New Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd., 1981.
15. P.D. Sharma, Legislative Elite in India : A Study in Political, Socialization, Kurukshetra,
Vishal, 1984.
16. Harinder K. Chhabra, State Politics in India, Delhi, Surjeet Publications, 1980.
17. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, Vol I & II, New Delhi, Radiant Publishes, 1984.
18. O.P. Goel, Caste and Voting Behaviour, New Delhi, Ritu Publishers, 1981.
19. Subhash C. Kashyap, The Politics of Defection - A Study of State Politics in India, Delhi,
National Publishing House, 1969.
20. T.R. Sharma (ed.), New Challenges of Politics in Indian States, New Delhi, Uppal Publishing
House, 1985.
21. P. Choudhary, The Veiled Women : Shifting Gender Equations in Rural Haryana 1880-1990,
Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1994.
22. Other Readings : Journal of Haryana Studies, Kurukshetra University Research Journal of Arts
and Humanities.
10 (1917)

Group-B: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. iii)
Democracy in India-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1918)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Concept, Nature and Structure of Indian Democracy; Theories of Democracy: classical,
Elitist, Pluralist and Marxist.
UNIT-II: The Resilience of Democracy in India: Democratic Thinking and Tradition in Ancient
India; Democratic Thinking in Indian Independence Movement and After
Independence; Concept of Swaraj.
UNIT-III: Election Commission, Electoral Process, Defects and Reforms of Electoral Process:
V.M. Tarkunde, Dinesh Goswami and Inderjeet Gupta Reports, Electoral Politics and
Determinants of Voting Behaviour.
UNIT-IV: Political Parties: Evolution, Bases, Nature and Classification of Political Parties. Their
role in Democracy, Alignment and Realignment among Political Parties in India.
UNIT-V: Interest & Pressure Groups in India; Kinds and Techniques of Pressure groups: Factions
and Factional Politics, Politics of Defections and Anti-Defection Law.
Readings :
1. I.J. Ahluwalia and I.MD. Little, India’s Economic Reforms and Development, Delhi, Oxford
university Press, 1998.
2. G.Austin, Working a Democratic Constitution : The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 2000.
3. R. Baird (ed.), Religion in Modern India, New Delhi, Manohar, 1981.
4. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford, Blackwell, 1988.
5. A.Beteille, Caste, Class and Power : Changing Patterns of Stratification in a Tanjore Village,
Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965.
6. P. Brass, The Politics of India Since Independence, 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press, 1994.

7. N. Chandhoke, Beyond Secularism : The Rights of Religious Minorities, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1999.
8. P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.
9. F. Frankel, India’s Political Economy, 1947-77 : The Gradual Revolution. Princeton NJ,
Princeton University Press, 1978.
10. A.H. Hanson and J. Douglas, India’s Democracy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1972.
11. R.L. Hardgrave, India : Government and Politics in a Developing Nation, New York, Harcourt,
Brace and World, 1965.
12. T.B. Hansen, The Saffron Wave : Democracy and Hindu Nationalism in Modern India,
Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1999.
13. S. Bose and A.Jalal (eds.), Nationalism, Democracy and Development : State and Politics in
India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.
14. N. Jayal, Democracy and the State : Welfare, Secularism and Development in Contemporary
India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.
15. N. Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.
16. N. Jayal and S. Pai (eds.), Democratic Governance in India : Challenges of Poverty,
Development and Identity, New Delhi, Sage, 2001.
17. S. Joshi, The Women’s Question, Ambethon, Shetkari Sangathana, 1986.
18. Kohli, Democracy and Discontent : India’s Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1990.
19. Kohil (ed.), India’ Democracy : An Analysis of Changing State- Society Relations, Princeton
NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.
20. Kohli (ed.), The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001.
21. R. Kothari, Politics in India, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
22. R. Kothari, Democratic Polity and Social change in India, Delhi, Allied, 1976
23. R. Kothari, State Against Democracy : In Search for Humane Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.
24. S. Kothari, Social Movement and the Redefinition of Democracy, Boulder Colorado, Westview
Press, 1993.
25. W. H. Morris-Jones, Politics Mainly Indian, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1978.
10 (1919)

26. S. Mukherjee, ‘Relating Parliamentary Democracy in India,’ Denoument, 9, January-February,
1999.
27. J. K. Ray, Indian in Search of Good Governance, Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi, 2001.
28. K.A. Schermerhorn, Ethnic Plurality in India, Tucson, University of Arizona Press, 1978.
29. D. Sheth, “Caste and class : social reality and political representations” in V.A. Pai Panandikar
and A. Nandy (eds.), Contemporary India, Delhi, Tata MacGraw-Hil, 1999.
30. D.E. Smith, India as a Secular State, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963.
31. M.N. Srinivas, Social Change in Modern India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1966.
32. Varshney (ed.), The Indian Paradox : Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989.
33. M. Weiner, “The regionalization of Indian Politics and its Implication for Economic Reforms.”
In J. Sachs, A. Varshney and N. Bajpai (eds.), India in the Era of Economic Reforms, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 1999.
10 (1920)

Group-B: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. iv)
Indian Political Economy-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1921)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Political Economy – Meaning, Nature and Scope. Major approaches to the Study of
Political Economy, Political Order and Economic Change.
UNIT-II: Planning Process in India: Objectives, growth and Development. Strategy of Economic
Planning; Democratic Social Transformation; Concept of Mixed Economy.
UNIT-III: Political Economy of Under-Development; Theories of Imperialism: Dependency,
Centre – Periphery and World Capitalist System and Under Development; The Mode of
Production.
UNIT-IV: Major Parameters: Traditionalism, Religions, Attitudes, Cultural Patterns, Social
Structures, National Mass Mobilization.
UNIT-V: Nature and Role of Capital in India: Industrialisation, Agrarian Reforms and Social
Transformation. Political Elements of Economic Inequality and Self-Sufficiency.
Readings :
1. A.Abdul, Poverty Alleviation in India : Policies and programmes, New Delhi, Ashish, 1994.
2. I.J. Ahluwalia, and I.M.D. Little, India’s Economic Reforms and Development, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1998.
3. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford Blackwell, 1984.
4. P. Bardhan, “Dominant Proprietary Classes and India’s Democracy” in A. Kohli (ed.), India’s
Democracy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.
5. A.Beteille, Studies in Agrarian Social Structure, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1977.
6. Bhaduri, The Economic Structure of Backward Agriculture, London, Academic Press, 1983.
7. T. Byres (ed.), The Indian Economy: Major Debates Since Independence, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1998.

8. R. Cassen and V. Joshi (eds.), India : The Future of Economic Reform, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1995.
9. P. Chaudhuri, The Indian Economy : Poverty and Development, New Delhi, Vikas, 1979.
10. V.M. Dandekar, Poverty in India, Pune, Gokhale Institute of Politics and Economics, 1971.
11. A.R. Desai, State and Society in India : Essays in Dissent, Bombay, Popular, 1974.
12. F. Frankel, India’s Green Revolution : Economic Gains and Political Costs, Princeton NJ,
Princeton University Press, 1971.
13. F. Frankel, India’s Political Economy, 1947-77 : The Gradual Revolution, Princeton NJ,
Princeton University Press, 1978.
14. Ghosh, Indian Economy : Its Nature and Problems, 22nd revised edn., Calcutta, World Press,
1979-80.
15. R. Jenkins, Democratic Politcs and Economic Reform in India, Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press, 1999.
16. R. Khator, Environment, Development and Politics in India, Lanham, Md, University Press of
America, 1991.
17. Kohli, The State and Poverty in India : Politics of Reform, Cambridge, Cambridge University
Press, 1987.
18. R. Lucas and G. Papanek (eds.), The Indian Economy : Recent Developments and Future
Prospects, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1988.
19. G. Myradal, Asian Drama : An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin,
1968.
20. P. Patnaik, “Imperialism and the growth of Indian capitalism,” in R. Owen and R. Sutcliffe
(eds.), Theories of Imperialism, London, Longman, 1972.
21. R.I. Rudolph and S.H. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi : The Political Economy of the Indian
State, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987.
22. A.Sen, The State, Industrialization and Class Formation in India, London, Routledge and
Kegan Paul, 1982.
23. P. Verma, The Great Indian Middle Class, Delhi, Viking, 1998.
24. M. Weiner, The Indian Paradox, Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989.
10 (1922)

Group-C: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. i)
Government & Politics of USA-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1923)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Constitutional Basis: Historical and Philosophical; Evolution and Making of
Constitution; Basic Features.
UNIT-II: Union Legislative & Executive: President – Election, Power & Position; Congress –
Composition, Power & Position.
UNIT-III: Judiciary System: Supreme Court of USA, Judicial Review, Independence of Judiciary,
Lower Courts.
UNIT-IV: Fundamental Rights of Citizens, Federalism, Amendment Process.
UNIT-V: Problems in the Working of Constitution System.
Readings:
1. Lawrence Dodd, The Dynamics of American Politics, 1994.
2. Schlesinger, Running for President: The Candidates and Their Images, 1994.
3. Hill, Real Life Dictionary of American Politics, 1994.
4. P.S., Paludan, The Presidency of Abraham Lincoln, 1994.
5. Sidney Milkis, The American Presidency: Origins Development, 1994.
6. Robert Ross, American National Government, 1993.
7. Schneider, Legislative Strategy: Shaping Public Policy, 1993.
8. Baumgartner, Agendas and Instability in American Politics, 1993.
9. Max Skidmore, American Government: A Brief Introduction, 1992.

10. E.J., Dionne, Why Americans hate Politics, 1991.
11. Connelly, Almanac of American Presidents: From 1789 to the Present, 1991.
12. Steven Smith, Committees in Congress, 1990.
13. Blumenthal, Pledging Allegiance: The Last Campaign of the Cold War, 1990.
Group-C: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. ii)
USA and the World-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1924)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: US Foreign Policy: Origin, Sources, Principles & Objectives, Historical Development
upto 1945.
UNIT-II: Containment & Rivalry with USSR upto 1975.
UNIT-III: Policy of Détente and its implications for USA and Global Politics.
UNIT-IV: End of Cold War & Problem of US Hegemony and Dominance
UNIT-V: Post-Cold War Era – New Challenges & Non-conventional Security Threats.
Readings:
1. Dennis Kux, India and the United States, Estranged Democracies, 1941-1991 (National
Defense University Press, Washington, 1992).
2. Dennis Kux, The United and Pakistan, 1947-2000: Disenchanted Allies (John Hopkins
University Press, Baltimore, 2001).
3. Strobe Talbott, Engaging India: Diplomacy, Democracy and the Bomb (Penguin, 2004).

4. Kanishkvan Sathasivam, Uneasy Neighbors: India, Pakistan and US Foreign Policy
(Ashgate Publication, Burlington, Vt., 2005).
5. John Spanier and Steven Hook, American Foreign Policy Since World War II (13 th Ed.,
Washington, D.C., Congressional Quarterly Press, 1995).
6. James David Meernik, The Political Use of Military Force in US Foreign Policy (Ashgate
Publications, Burlington, VT., 2004).
7. Margaret P., Karns and Karen A. Mingst, eds., The United States and Multilateral
Institutions (Boston, Unwin Hyman, 1990).
8. Bruce W., Jentleson, American Foreign Policy: The Dynamics of Choice in the 21 st Century
(New York, W.W., Norton, 2000).
9. Robert Wirsing, Kashmir in the Shadow of War: Regional Rivalries in Nuclear Age (Spring
Books, India, 2004).
10 (1925)

Group-C: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. iii)
USA and South Asia
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: US Interest in South Asia: Traditional and Contemporary
UNIT-II: US Policy Towards Core Countries of South Asia: India & Pakistan
10 (1926)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-III: US Policy, Towards Peripheral Countries of South Asia: Nepal, Sri Lanka &
Bangladesh.
UNIT-IV: Policy of Foreign Aid, Trade, FDI and Joint Venture of US in South Asia.
UNIT-V: Challenges and Problems in South Asia and American Response.
Readings:
1. Lloyd I. Rudolph and Susanne Hoeber Rudolph (Ed.)Making U.S. Foreign Policy toward South
Asia: Regional Imperatives and the Imperial Presidency.
2. Aftab Alam, US Policy Towards South Asia: Special Reference to Indo-Pak Relations, Vedame
Books, New Delhi
3. R.K. Jain, US-South Asia Relations, 1947-32: Documents, New Delhi: Radiant, 1983, Vol. II,
p. 16.
4. Neil Joeck (ed.), Strategic Consequences of Nuclear Proliferation in South Asia, London: Frank
Cass and Co., 1986.
5. Kolko, Cabriel, and Joyce Kolko, The Limits of Power: The World and United States Foreign
Policy, 1945-1954 (New York Harper & Row, 1972).

6. Wolpert, Stanley, Roots of Confrontation in South Asia: Afghanistan, Pakistan, India and the
Superpowers, New York: Oxford University Press, 1982.
7. Barry Buzan and Gowher Rizvi (eds.), South Asian Insecurity and the Great Powers, London:
Macmillan, 1986.
8. Lawrence Ziring (ed.), The Subcontinent in World Politics: India Its Neighbours, and the Great
Powers, New York: Praeger, 1982.
9. R.K. Jain, US-South Asia Relations, 1947-82: Documents, New Delhi: Radiant, 1983.
10 (1927)

Group-C: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. iv)
USA and Europe
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: USA Policy in Europe: Isolationism to Engagement
UNIT-II: US and Politics of East & West Europe
UNIT-III: US Strategic & Political Relations from 1975-1990
UNIT-IV: US-European Union Partnership
UNIT-V: Globalization, Economic Recession and Foreign Policy Options for USA.
Readings:
10 (1928)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
1. Ralph, B. Levering, The Cold War, 1945-1972 (Arlington Heights, IL: Harlan Davidson, 1982.
2. John Gaddis, L., Rsia, the Soviet Union, and the United States (New York: Wiley, 1978).
3. George W. Breslauer and Philip E. Tetloc, eds., Learning in U.S. and Soviet Foreign Policy
(Boulder, CO: Westview, 1991).
4. John Gaddis, The Cold War: A New History (New York: Penguin, 2006).
5. Kolko, Cabriel, and Joyce Kolko, The Limits of Power: The World and United States Foreign
Policy, 1945-1954 (New York Harper & Row, 1972).
6. Robert, Kagan, Of Paradise and Power: America and Europe in the New World Order (New
York: Vintage, 2003).
7. Peter J., Katzenstein, A World of Regions: Asia and Europe in the American Imperium (Ithaca,
New York: Cornell University Press, 2005).
8. William, Wallace, The Transformation of Western Europe (London: Royal Institute for
International Affairs, Pinter, 1990).

Group-D: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. i)
Ancient Indian Political Thought-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1929)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Sources of Knowledge of Ancient Political Thought. Interpretations of Ancient Indian
Political Thought – Methodological Issues & Schools of Thought; Features of Ancient
Indian Polity.
UNIT-II: Difficulties in the Study of Indian Political Thought; Contributions of Ancient Indian
Political Thought to Politics & Political Science.
UNIT-III: Political Philosophy of Puranas – Basic Concepts, Evolution; Character and
Interpretations; Political Philosophy of Vedanta – Basic concepts, Evolution, Character
and Interpretations.
UNIT-IV: Buddhist Political Philosophy – Basic Concepts, Evolution; Character and
Interpretations; Political Philosophy of Jainism – Basic Concepts, Evolution, Character
and Interpretations.
UNIT-V: Brahmanical Works of Sacred Law – Manu and Yajnavalkya.
Readings :
1. A.S. Altekar, State and Government in Ancient India, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidass, 1966.
2. S.K. Belvalker, Mahabharat : Santi Parvam, 1954.
3. D.R. Bhandarkar, Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity, Varanasi, Banaras Hindu University,
1963.
4. Drekmeri, Kingship and community in Early India, Berkeley, University of california Press,
1962.
5. U.N. Ghoshal, A History of Hindu Political Theories, Calcutta, Oxford University Press, 1966.
6. K.P. Jayaswal, Hindu Polity, Calcutta, Butterworth, 1924.
7. P.V. Kane, History of Dharmasastra, Poona, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1930.

8. R.P. Kangle, Kautilya’s Arthashastra, Bombay, University of Bombay, 1972.
9. N.N. Law, Aspects of Ancient Indian, Polity, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1921.
10. R.K. Mukherji, Local Government in Ancient India, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1920.
11. B.Prasad, The State in Ancient India, Allahabad, University of Allahabad, 1960.
12. C.Radhakrishna, Kautilya’s Political Ideas and Institutions, Varanasi, Chowkhamba Sanskrit
Series Office, 1971.
13. B.A. Saletroe, Ancient Indian Political Thought and Institutions, Bombay, University of
Bombay, 1963.
14. R. Shamasastry, Evolution of Indian Polity, Calcutta, 1920.
15. J.P.Sharma, Republics in Ancient India, London, Leiden E.J., Brill, 1968.
16. R.S. Sharma, Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Delhi, 1959.
17. J. Spellman, The Political Theory of Ancient India, Oxford, The Clarendon press, 1964.
18. V.P. Varma, Studies in Hindu Political Thought and Its Metaphysical Foundations, Dehli,
Motilal Banarsidass, 1974.
10 (1930)

Group-D: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. ii)
Modern Indian Political Thought-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Rammohan Roy; Swami Dayanand
UNIT-II: Swami Vivekanand; Rabindra Nath Tagore
UNIT-III: Bal Gangadhar Tilak; Bhagat Singh
UNIT-IV: Dadabhai Naoroji; MG Ranade
UNIT-V: G.K. Gokhle; Jawaharlal Nehru
Readings :
10 (1931)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
1. A.Appadorai, Indian Political Thinking Through the Ages, Delhi Khanna Publishers, 1992.
2. J. Bandhopahdyaya, Social and Political Thought of Gandhi, Bombay, Allied, 1969.
3. R.J. Cashman, The Myth of ‘Lokmanya’ Tilak and Mass Politics in Maharashtra, Berkeley,
University of California Press, 1975.
4. Chandra, Nationalishm and Colonialism in Modern India, Delhi, Vikas, 1979.
5. K.Damodaran, Indian Thought : A Critical Survey, London, Asia Publishing House, 1967.
6. D.G. Dalton, India’s Idea of Freedom : Political Thought of Swami Vevekananda, Aurobindo
Ghose, Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore, Delhi, Academic Press, 1982.
7. S. Ghose, The Renaissance to Militant Nationalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1969.
8. S.Ghose, Socialism, Democracy and Nationalism in India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1973.
9. S. Ghose, Modern Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Allied, 1984.
10. U.N. Ghoshal, A History of Indian Political Ideas, London, Oxford University Press, 1959.

11. J.P. Haitheox, Communism and Nationalism in India : M.N. Roy and Comintern Policy,
Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971.
12. Heimsath, Indian Nationalism and Social Reform, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press,
1964.
13. R. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, Delhi, Oxford University Press,
1973.
14. K.N. Kadam (ed.), Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, New Delhi, Sage, 1992.
15. K.P. Karunakaran, Modern Indian Political Tradition, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1962.
16. K.P. Karunakaran, Indian Politics from Dababhai Naoroji to Gandhi : A Study of Political
Ideas of Modern India, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1975.
17. U. Kaura, Muslims and Indian Nationalism, New Delhi, Manohar, 1977.
18. R.M. Lohia, Marx, Gandhi and Socialism, Hyderabad, Nav Hind, 1953.
19. V.R.Mehta, Foundations of Indian Political Thought, New Delhi, Manohar, 1992.
20. V.S. Narvane, Modern Indian Thought, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1978.
21. J. Nehru, Discovery of India, London, Meridian Books, 1956.
22. D.P. Roy, Leftist Politics in India : M. N. Roy and the Radical Democratic Party, Calcutta,
Minerva, 1989.
23. J. Sarkar, Indian Through the Ages : A Survey of the Growth of Indian Life and Thought,
Calcutta, M.C. Sarkar and Sons, 1928.
24. B.S.Sharma, The Political Philosophy of M.N. Roy, Delhi, National Publishing House, 1965.
25. A.Tripathi, The Extremist Challenge, Bombay, Allied, 1967.
26. V.P. Verma, Modern Indian Political Thought, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal, 1974
10 (1932)

Group-D: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. iii)
Liberal Political Theory
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1933)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Liberalism: Meaning, Nature, Main Features of Liberalism; Liberalism and Industrial
Revolution; Liberalism and Imperialism & Neo Imperialism
UNIT-II: Early Liberals: Locke, Kant
UNIT-III: Liberal Economist: Smith and Ricardo
UNIT-IV: Revisionist Liberals: Bentham, J.S. Mill & T.H. Green
UNIT-V: Modern Liberals: John Dewey, Milton Friedan
Readings:
1. A.Arblaster, The Rise and Decline of Western Liberalism, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984.
2. Sir E. Barker, Political Thought in England from Herbert Spencer to the Present Day, Oxford,
Oxford University Prss, 1950.
3. R. Bellamy (ed.), Victorian Liberalism : Nineteenth Century Political Thought and Practice,
Cambridge, Polity Press, 1990.
4. Z. Brzezinski and Staff of the Research Institute of International Change (eds.), The Relevance
of Liberalism, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1978.
5. A.Bullock and M. Shock (ed.), The Liberal Tradition : From Fox to Kaynes, London, and New
York, Oxford University Press, 1967.
6. Collins, Liberalism in Nineteenth Century Europe, London, The Historical Association, 1957.
7. N.Daniels (ed.), Reading Rawls, New York, Basic Books, 1975.

8. W.L. Davidson, Political Thought in England, The Utilitarians from Bentham to Mill, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 1957.
9. M.Freeden, The New Liberalism, Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1978.
10. J. Gray, Liberalism, Delhi, World View, 1998.
11. L.T. Hobhouse, Liberalism, London, Oxford Univesity Press, 1964.
12. H.J. Laski, Political Thought from Locke to Bentham, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1920.
13. A.J. Manning, Liberalism, London, John Dent & Sons, 1976.
14. J. Rawls, Political Liberalism, New York, Columbia University Press, 1993.
15. J. Rawls, The Law of Peoples: The Idea of Public Reason Revisited, Cambridge Massachusetts,
Harvard University Press, 1999.
16. J.S. Shapiro, Liberalism: Its Meaning and History, New York, Can Nostrand Reinhold, 1958.
17. F.H. Watkins, The Age of Ideology - Political Thought from 1750 to the Present, New Delhi,
Prentice Hall, 1961.
18. S. Wolin, Politics and Vision : Continuity and Innovation in Western Political Thought,
Boston, Little Brown, 1960.
10 (1934)

Group-D: Paper- XIII, XIV & XV (Opt. iv)
Marxist and Neo-Marxist Political Theory-I
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1935)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Marxism in Theory – Karl Marx: Main Postulates and Ideas; Young Marx and Old
Marx; Marx on Theory of State, Society, Polity, History and Alienation.
UNIT-II: Russian Communism: Lenin, Stalin
UNIT-III: Chinese Communism: Mao-Tse-Tung
UNIT-IV: Cuban Communism: Cheguevara, Fidel Castro
UNIT-V: Italian Communism: Antonio Gramsci
Readings:
1. L. Althusser, For Marx, London, Allen Lane, 1969.
2. P. Anderson, Considerations on Western Marxism, London, Verso, 1976.
3. S. Avineri, Karl Marx on Colonialism and Modernization : His despatches and other writings
on China, India, Mexico, the Middle East and North Africa, New York, Cambridge University
Press, 1969.
4. S. Avineri, The Social and Political Thought of Karl Marx, New Delhi, S. Chand, 1977.
5. Sir I. Berlin, Karl Marx, New York, Time Books, 1939.
6. E. Bernstein, Evolutionary Socialism, New York, Schoken Books, 1961.
7. R. Blackburn (ed.), After the Fall : The Failure of Communism and Future of Socialism,
London, Verso, 1991.
8. E.H. Carr, The Russian Revolution : Lenin to Stalin, London, Penguins, 1979.
9. S. Chang, Marxian Theory of the State, New York, Holt, 1965.

10. G.D.H. Cole, A History of Socialist Thought, 5 Vols., London, Macmillan, 1953-60.
11. J. Dunn, Modern Revolutions, London, the Clarendon Press, 1988.
12. Gramsci, Selections for Prison Notebooks, edited and translated by Quintin Hoare and Geoffery
Nowell-Smith, London, Lawrence and Wishart, 1971.
13. S. Mukherjee and S. Ramaswamy, A History of Socialist Thought, From the Precursors to the
Present, New Delhi, Sage, 2000.
14. S. Hoffman, Marx and the Theory of Praxis, London, Oxford University Press, 1977.
15. L. Kolakowski, Main Currents of Marxism 3 Vols., Oxford, Oxford University, 1981.
16. H. Marcuse, One Dimensional Man, Boston, Beacon, 1964.
17. R. Miliband, The State in the Capitalist Society, London, Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1969.
18. R. Miliband, Marxism and Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1977.
19. N. Poulantaz, Political Power and Social Classes, London, New Left Books, 1973.
20. N. Poulantaz, Classes in Contemporary Capitalism, London, New Left Books, 1975.
21. R. Tucker, Philosophy and Myth of Karl Marx, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1961.
22. V. Verma, Justice, Equality and Community : An Essary in Marxist Political Theory, New
Delhi, Sage, 1999.
23. B. Wolfe, Marxism : One Hundred Years in the Life of a Doctorine, New York, Doubleday,
1969.
10 (1936)

KURUKSHETRA UNIVERSITY KURUKSHETRA
M.A. (FINAL) SEMESTER SYSTEM
KURUKSHPOLITICAL SCIENCE
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION W.E.F. 2012-13
SEMESTER-IV
Paper No. Nomenclature
10 (1937)
Max.
Marks
100
Ex. Int.
Time
Paper-XVI Political Theory-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-XVII Comparative Politics-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Paper-XVIII, XIX & XX Three Papers may be chosen from any of the following Groups :
Group A : Paper XVIII, XIX & XX
Option-(i) India’s Foreign Policy & Relations-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(ii) International Law-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iii) International Organization and Global Order Studies-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iv) South Asia in International Politics-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Group B : Paper XVIII, XIX & XX
Option-(i) Political Sociology : The Indian Context-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(ii) State Politics in India (with special reference to 80 20 3 Hrs.
Haryana)-II
Option-(iii) Democracy in India-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iv) Indian Political Economy-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Group C : Paper XVIII, XIX & XX
Option-(i) Government & Politics of USA-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(ii) USA and the World-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iii) USA and Asia Pacific 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iv) USA and United Nations 80 20 3 Hrs.
Group D : Paper XVIII, XIX & XX
Option-(i) Ancient Indian Political Thought-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(ii) Modern Indian Political Thought-II 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iii) Recent Trends in Liberalism 80 20 3 Hrs.
Option-(iv) Marxist and Neo-Marxist Political Theory-II 80 20 3 Hrs.

Paper-XVI (Compulsory)
Political Theory-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Concept of Ideology; End of Ideology Debate; End of History Debate
UNIT-II: Post Modernism; Communitarianism
UNIT-III: Green Political Theory (Environment); Feminism
UNIT-IV: Theories of Liberty, Equality, Justice & Democracy
UNIT-V: Theories of Change: Lenin, Mao & Gandhi
Readings:
10 (1938)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
49. B.Axford, G.K. Browning, R. Huggins, B. Rosamond and J. Turner, Politics: An Introduction,
London and New York, Routledge, 1997.
50. D.Bell, The End of Ideology, New York, The Free Press, 1960.
51. Sir, I. Berlin, Does Political Theory Still Exist? In Philosophy, Politics and Society, 2nd series,
ed. P. Laslett and W.G. Runciman, Oxford, Blackwell, 1964.
52. A.Brecht, A Political Theory: The Foundations of Twentieth Century, Political Thought,
Bombay, The Times of India Press, 1965.
53. A.Cobban, ‘The Decline of Political Theory,’ Political Science Quarterly, 1953, LXVIII, pp.
321-337.
54. Dobson, Green Political Thought, London, Unwin Hyman, 1990.
55. N.Daniels (ed.), Reading Rawls, New York, Basic Books, 1975.
56. D. Easton, The future of the postbehavioural phase in political science, in Contemporary
Empirical Political Theory, K. R. Monroe (ed.), Berkeley, University of California Press, 1997.
57. F. Fukuyama, The End of History and the last Man, Harmondsworth, Penguins, 1992.

58. D. Germino, Beyond Ideology: The Revival of Political Theory, New York, Harper and Row,
1967.
59. R. E. Goodin, Green Political Theory, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1992.
60. R. E. Goodin and H.D. Klingemann (eds.), A New Handbook of Political Science, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 1996.
61. A.Hacker, Political Theory: Philosophy, Ideology and Science, New York, Macmillan, 1961.
62. J. Hampton, Political Philosophy, USA, Westview Press, 1997.
63. D. Held, Political Theory Today, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991.
64. A.Heywood, Political Theory: An Introduction, London, Macmillan, 1999.
65. T.Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1970.
66. W. Kymlicka, Contemporary Political Philosophy : An Introduction, Oxford, The Clarendon
Press, 1990.
67. P.Laslett and W.G. Runciman (eds.), Philosophy, Politics and Society, Series 1-5, Oxford,
Blackwell, 1979.
68. D. Marsh and G. Stoker, Theory and Methods in Political Science, London, Macmillan, 1995.
69. S. Mulhall and A. Swift, Liberals and Communitarians, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1992.
70. R. Plant, Modern Political Thought, Oxford, Blackwell, 1991.
71. A.Quinton (ed.), Political Philosophy, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1967.
72. G.H. Sabine, What is Political Theory?, Journal of Politics, 1939, 1(1).
73. L. Strauss, What is Political Philosophy and Other Studies? Glencoe, The Free Press, 1959.
74. V. Van, Dyke, Political Theory : A Philosophical Analysis, Standford, CA, Standford
University Press, 1960.
75. A.Vincent, Political Theory: Tradition and Diversity, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
1997.
76. J. Wolff, An Introduction to Political Philosophy, Oxford, Oxford university Press, 1996.
77. D. Worster, Nature’s Economy : A History of Ecological Ideas, 2nd edn., Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1994.
78. V.Geoghegan, Reason and Eros : The Social Theory of Herbert Marcuse, London, Pluto Press,
1981.
10 (1939)

79. D.M. Kellner, Herbert Marcuse and the Crisis of Marxism, London, Macmillan, 1984.
80. A.C. Macintyre, Marcuse, London, Fontana/Collins, 1970.
81. R. J. Bernstein (ed.), Habermas and Modernity, Cambridge, Polity Press, 1985.
82. W. Outhwaite, Habermas : A Critical Introduction, Oxford, Polity Press, 1994.
83. D. M. Rasmussen, Reading Habermas, Oxford, Basil Blackwell, 1991.
84. S. Benhabib, The Reluctant Modernism of Hannah Arendt, Thousand Oaks California, Sage,
1996.
85. M.P. d’Entreves, The Political Philosophy of Hannah Arendt, London, Routledge, 1994..
86. R. Grant, Oakeshott, London, Claridge Press, 1990.
87. N. P. Barry, Hayek’s Social and Economic Philosophy, London, Macmillan, 1979.
88. E Butler, Hayek : His Contribution to the Political and Economic Thought of Our Time,
Hounslow, Temple Smith, 1983.
89. C. Kukathas, Hayek and Modern Liberalism, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1989.
90. J. Arthur and W.A. Shaw (eds.), Justice and Economic Distribution, Englewood Cliffs NJ.,
Prentice Hall, 1978.
91. J. Wolff (ed.), Robert Nozick : Properly, Justice and the Minimal State, Oxford Polity with
Basil Blackwell, 1991.
92. F. Fanon, Black Skin, White Masks, translated by C.L. Markham, New York, Grove Press,
1967.
93. L. Hutcheon, The Politics of Postmodernism, London and New York, Routledge, 1989.
94. A.Phillips, Engendering Democracy, Oxford and Cambridge, Polity Press, 1991.
95. Q. Skinner, The Foundations of Modern Political Thought, Vol. I : The Renaissance
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1978.
96. S. K. White, Political Theory and Postmodernism, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
1991.
10 (1940)

Paper-XVII (Compulsory)
Comparative Politics-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Role of Class & Political Elites, Party Systems, Pressure Groups
10 (1941)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-II: Social Movements, Electoral Systems & Electoral Processes, Separation of Powers
UNIT-III: Rule of Law, Judicial Review, Bureaucracy – Roles and Problems
UNIT-IV: Political Conflict & Social Change – Theories; New Social Movements
UNIT-V: Politics of Developing Areas: Characteristics, Latin American & African Political
Systems, South Asian Political Systems.
Readings :
19. G.A. Almond and J.S. Coleman, The Politics of the Developing Areas, Princeton NJ, Princeton
University Press, 1960.
20. G.A. Almond, and S. Verba, The Civic Culture : Political Attitudes and Democracy in Five
Nations, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963.
21. G.A. Almond, Comparative Politics Today : A World View, 7th edn., New York, London,
Harper/Collins, 2000.
22. D.E. Apter, The Politics of Modernization, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1965.
23. A.Bebler and J. Seroka (eds.), Contemporary Political Systems: Classifications and Typologies,
Boulder Colerado, Lynne Reinner Publishers, 1990.
24. L.J.Cantori and A.H. Zeigler (ed.), Comparative Politics in the Post-Behaviouralist Era,
London, Lynne Reinner Publisher, 1988.
25. O. Dunleavy and B.O’ Leary, Theories of Liberal Democratic State, London, Macmillan, 1987.
26. R. Hauge and M. Harrop, Comparative Government and Politics. An Introduction, 5th edn.,
New York, Palgrave, 2001.

27. H. Finer, Theory and Practice of Modern Government, London, Methuen, 1969.
28. J.C. Johari, Comparative Political Theory: New Dimensions, Basic Concepts and Major
Trends, New Delhi, Sterling, 1987.
29. K. Kumar, Revolution : The Theory and Practice of a European Idea, London, Weidenfeld and
Nicolson, 1971.
30. R.C. Macridis, The Study of Comparative Government, New York, Doubleday, 1955.
31. R.C. Macridis and R.E. Ward, Modern Political Systems : Europe, and Asia, 2nd edn.
Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968.
32. J. Manor (ed.), Rethinking Third World Politics, London, Longman, 1991.
33. R.C. Macridis, Modern European Governments : Cases in Comparative Policy - Making,
Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1968.
34. L.W. Pey (ed.), Communication and Political Development, Princeton NJ, Princeton University
Press, 1963.
35. R.I. Rotberg (ed.), Politics and Political Change : A Journal of Inter-Disciplinary History
Reader, Massachusetts, MIT Press, 2001.
36. H.J. Wiarda (ed.), New Developments in Comparative Politics, Boulder Colorado, Westview
Press, 1986.
10 (1942)

Group-A: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. i)
India’s Foreign Policy & Relations-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: India’s Relations with Big Neighbours – China and Pakistan
UNIT-II: Relations with Small Neighbours – Bangladesh, Bhutan, Sri Lanka, Nepal
10 (1943)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-III: Relations with Different Regions – West Asia, Southeast Asia, Central Asian Republics.
UNIT-IV: Relations with Different Associations – SAARC, ASEAN, IOR-ARC, NAM and UN.
UNIT-V: Major Challenges to Foreign policy – defence and Nuclear Policy, Human Rights, Cross
Border Terrorism and Environmental Position, Assessment of Foreign Policy.
Readings :
18. R.S. Yadav, Bharat Ki Videsh Niti: Ek Vishleshan (in Hindi), Kitab Mahal, Allhabad, 2005.
19. R.S. Yadav & Suresh Dhanda, eds., India’s Foreign Policy: Contemporary Trends, New Delhi,
Shipra, 2009.
20. R.S. Yadav (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy Towards 2000 A.D., New Delhi, Deep & Deep, 1993.
21. J.N. Dixit, Across Border: Fifty Years of India’s Foreign Policy, New Delhi, 1999.
22. J. Bandhopahdyaya, The Making of India’s Foreign Policy, Calcutta, Allied, 1979.
23. V.P. Dutt, India’s Foreign Policy in a Changing World, New Delhi, Vikas, 1999.
24. N.K. Jha (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy in a Changing World, New Delhi, South Asian
Publishers, 2000.
25. H. Kapur, India’s Foreign Policy : 1947-1993, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.
26. N. Jetley, India’s Foreign Policy : Challenges and Prospects, New Delhi, Janaki Prakashan,
1985.
27. S. Mansingh (ed.), India’s Foreign Policy in the 21st Century, New Delhi, Foreign Policy
Institute, 1999.

28. R. Thakur, Politics and Economics of India’s Foreign Policy, Delhi, Oxford University Press,
1993.
29. C. Raja Mohan, Crossing The Rubicon: The Shaping of India’s New Foreign Policy, New
Delhi, Viking, 2003.
30. N.S. Sisodia & C. Uday Bhaskar, eds., Emerging India: Security and Foreign Policy
Perspective, New Delhi, Promilla, 2007.
31. Rajen Harshe & K.M. Seethi, eds., Engaging with the World: Critical Reflections on India’s
Foreign Policy, New Delhi, Orientlongman, 2005.
32. Anand Mathur & Sohanlal Meena, eds., India Profile in Polycentric World Order, Jaipur,
RBSA, 2008.
33. Annpurna Nantiyal, ed., Challenges to India’s Foreign Policy in the New Era, New Delhi,
2006.
34. Atish Sinha & Madhup Mahota, eds., Indian Foreign Policy: Challenges and Opportunities,
New Delhi, Academic, 2007.
10 (1944)

Group-A: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. ii)
International Law-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1945)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: War and its effects; Enemy Character; Means for Settlement of Disputes – Amicable
and Coercive.
UNIT-II: Laws of War – Land, Aerial and Maritime Warfare, Legality of Instruments of Warfare.
UNIT-III: Termination of War, Treatment of POWs, War Crimes, Prize Courts.
UNIT-IV: Neutrality – Definition, Status, Rights and Duties, Blockade and Contraband.
UNIT-V: Cooperative Law – Laws of Sea, Laws of Outer Space and Environmental Conferences.
Readings :
14. Brownline, Principles of Public International Law, Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1973, Second
Edition.
15. C.G. Fenwick, International Law, Bombay, Vakils, 1971.
16. J.G. Starke, An Introduction to International Law, London, Butterworths, 1972.
17. P.E. Corbett, Law and Diplomacy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1959.
18. K. Deutsc and S. Hoffman (ed.), The Relevance of International Law, Oxford, Clarendon Press,
1955.
19. L. Duguit, Law in the Modern State, New York, B.W. Huebsch, 1919.
20. W. Friedmann, The Changing Structure of International Law, New York, Columbia University
Press, 1964.
21. H. Kelsen, Principles of International Law, New York, Rinehart and Co., 1952.
22. J. Mattern, Concepts of State, Sovereignty and International Law, Baltimore, Johns Hopkins
Press, 1928.
23. L. Oppeheimer, International Law Vol. 1, 1969, Revised edn., Vol II, 1953.

24. J. Stone, Legal Controls of International Conflict, New York, Rinehart and Company, 1954.
25. C. de Visscher, Theory and Reality in Public International Law, Princeton NJ, Princeton
University Press, 1957.
26. Sir J.F. Williams, Aspects of Modern International Law, New York, Oxford University Press,
1939.
Group-A: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. iii)
International Organization and Global Order Studies-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1946)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Approaches to International Organization: Disarmament, Preventive Diplomacy, Grand
Debate, Trusteeship and Functional Approaches to Peace.
UNIT-II: International Organization and World Order Models: Assessment of World Order
Models of Clark-Sohn, Richard Falk and Marxian.
UNIT-III: World Order Models of Gandhi and Rajni Kothari; Revision of UN Charter;
Assessment of UN System.
UNIT-IV: UN and Major International Crisis: Korean, Arab-Israel, Kashmir, Iraq
UNIT-V: UN & Contemporary Issues: Human Rights, Environment, Gender & Terrorism.
Readings :
15. Richard K. Ashley, “The Eye of Power : The Politics of World Modelling,” International
Organization, Vol. 37, No. 3, 1983.
16. Inis Claude, Changing United Nations, New York, Random House, 1967.
17. Inis Claude, Swords into ploughshares : The Problems and Progress of International
organisations, New York, Random House, 1971.
18. S.J.R. Bilgrami, International Organisation, New Delhi, Vikas, 1971.
19. E. Laurd, A History of the United Nations, London, Macmillan, 1989.

20. R.C. Angell, The Quest for World Order, Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press, 1979.
21. A.L. Bennett, International Organizations : Principles and Issues, Englewood Cliffs NJ,
Prentice Hall, 1977.
22. H.G. Nicholas, The UN as a Political Institution, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1975.
23. W.H. Lewis (ed.), The Security Role of the United Nations, New York, Praegar, 1991.
24. Ronald Meltzer, “Restructuring the UN System, Institutional Reform, Efforts in the Context of
North-South Relations,” International Organization, vol. 32, No. 4, 1978.
25. Ronald Yalem, “Conflicting Approaches to World Order,” Alternatives, Vol. 5, 1979-1980.
26. P. Baehr and L. Gordenker, The United Nations in the 1990s, London, Oxford University Press,
1992.
27. Rikhey, Strengthening UN Peace keeping, London, Hurst and Co., 1993.
28. K. P. Saxena, Reforming the United Nations : The Challenge and Relevance, New Delhi, Sage,
1993.
10 (1947)

Group-A: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. iv)
South Asia in International Politics-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Globalization and Its Impact on South Asia
UNIT-II: South Asian Development in Comparative Perspective
UNIT-III: South Asia and the New World Order
UNIT-IV: Perspectives on National Security in South Asia
UNIT-V: Efforts Towards Conflict Resolution and Future Prospects.
Readings :
10 (1948)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
16. Sugata Bose and Ayesha Jalal, Modern South Asia: History, Culture, Political Economy
(Delhi: OUP, 1999).
17. Ayesha Jalal, Democracy and Authoritarianism in South Asia (New Delhi: CUP, 1995).
18. P.R. Chari (ed.), Perspectives on National Security in South Asia: In Search of a New
Paradigm (New Delhi: Manohar, 1999).
19. Sridhar K. Khatri and G.W. Kueck (eds.), Terrorism in South Asia (Delhi: Shipra Pub.,
2003).
20. Raja Menon, A Nuclear Strategy for India (New Delhi: Sage, 2000).
21. George Perkovich, India’s Nuclear Bomb (Delhi: OUP, 2001).
22. Robbie Robertson, The Three Waves of Globalization (London: Zed Books, 2003).
23. Linda Racioppi, Soviet Policy towards South Asia since 1970 (Cambridge: CUP, 1994).
24. Dilip H. Mohite and Amit Dholakia (eds.), India and the Emerging World Order (New
Delhi: Kalinga Pub., 2001).
25. Lars Blinkenberg, India – Pakistan: The History of Unsolved Conflicts, Vol. 1&2 (Odense:
Odense University Press, 1998).

26. K. Ahuja, H. Coppens and Hermen van der Wusten (eds.), Regime Transformations and
Global Realignments (New Delhi: Sage, 1993).
27. Mohammad Ayoob (ed.), Conflict and Intervention in the Third World (New Delhi: Vikas
Pub., 1980).
28. A.P. Rana, The Imperatives of Nonalignment (Delhi: The Macmillan Company of India
Ltd., 1976).
29. J.N. Dixit, India’s Foreign Policy 1947 – 2003 (New Delhi: Picus Books, 2003).
Group-B: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. i)
Political Sociology: The Indian Context-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1949)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Political Culture – Meaning, Nature and Types, Political Culture in India, Political
Socialization in India: Leadership, Masses and Social Mobility, State Power
UNIT-II: Social Differentiation and Democracy in India: Ethnic, Communal, Language and
Regional Differentiations; The Rural-Urban Divide.
UNIT-III: Socio-Cultural Ethos; Social Change in India – Sanskritization, Westernization and
Secularization, Tradition and Modernity, Post-Modernity.
UNIT-IV: Society, State and Politics in Contemporary India; Regionalization of Politics; Role of
Political Parties; Pressure Groups and Interest Groups.
UNIT-V: Forms of Political Dissent and Protest, Terrorism and Politics of Violence, Role of
Clergy in Politics; Role of Foreign Elements Influencing the Society, State and Politics.
NGO’s – Role, Function and Limitations.
Readings :
23. G.A. Almond and S. Verba, The Civic Culture, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963.
24. S. Bayly, Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern Age,
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
25. U. Baxi and B. Parekh (ed.), Crisis and Change in Contemporary India, New Delhi, Sage, 1994.

26. R. Bendix, and S.M. Lipset, Class, Status and Power, 2nd edn., New York, The Free Press,
1966.
27. A.Beteille (ed.), Equality and inequality : Theory and Practice, Delhi, Oxford University Press,
1983.
28. P.R. Brass, Caste, Faction and Party in Indian Politics, Vols. 2, Delhi, Chankya Publication,
1984-85.
29. P.R. Brass, Ethnicity and Nationalism : Theory and Comparison, New Delhi, Sage, 1991.
30. R.E. Dawson and K. Prewitt, Political Socialization, Boston, Little Brown, 1969.
31. A.R. Desai, State and Society in India : Essays in Dissent, Bombay, Popular, 1974.
32. M. Galanter, Competing Equalities : Law and the Backward Classes in India, Berkley,
University of California Press, 1983.
33. M. Janowitz, Political Conflict : Essays in Political Sociology, New York, New Viewpoints,
Watts, 1970.
34. R. Kothari, Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
35. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
36. R. Kothari, Democratic Polity and Social Change in India, Delhi, Allied, 1976.
37. A.Kumar (ed.), National-Building in India : Culture, Power and Society, New Delhi, Radiant
Publishers, 1999.
38. L.Milbrath, Political Participation, Skokie Illinois, Rand-McNally, 1965.
39. T.K. Oomen, Protest and Change : Studies in Social Movements, New Delhi, Sage, 1990.
40. D. Sheth, “Caste and Class : Social Reality and Political Representation” in V.A. Pai Panadikar
and A. Nandy (eds.), Contemporary India, Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
41. M.N. Srinivas, Caste in Modern India and Other Essays, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1962.
42. M.N. Srinivas, The Cohesive Role of Sanskritization and Other Essays, Delhi, Oxford
University Pres, 1989.
43. E. Zelliot, “Gandhi and Ambedkar : A Study in Leadership,” in M. Mahar (ed.), The
Untouchables in Contemporary India, Tuscon, University of Arizone Press, 1972.
44. E. Zelliot, From Untouchables to Dalit : Essays on the Ambedkar Movement, Delhi, Manohar,
1992.
10 (1950)

Group-B: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. ii)
State Politics in India (with special reference to Haryana)-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1951)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Impact of National Politics on State Politics, Rise of Regional Parties – Causes and
Impact on State Politics.
UNIT-II: State Autonomy: Concept, Rajamannar Committee Report, Arguments for and Against
State Autonomy.
UNIT-III: Centre-State Relations: Area of Conflict: Political, Administrative and Economic
Dimension
UNIT-IV: Office of the Governor, Governor’s Discretionary Powers, Politics of President’s Rule
in the States.
UNIT-V: Panchayati Raj System in India and Its Impact on State Politics, Politics of Party Splits
and Merger.
Readings :
23. S.P. Aiyar and U. Mehta (eds.), Essays on Indian Federalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1965.
24. G. Austin, The Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation, Oxford, Oxford University Press,
1966.
25. G. Austin, “The Constitution, Society and Law,” in P. Oldenburg (ed.), India Briefing 1993,
Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1993.
26. K.R. Bombwall, The Foundations of Indian Federalism, Bombay, Asia Publishing House,
1967.
27. A.Chanda, Federalism in India : A Study of Union-State Relations, London, George Allen &
Unwin, 1965.
28. P.Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.
29. A.Kohli (ed.), India’s Democracy : An Analysis of Changing State - Society Relations,
Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1988.

30. A.Kohli, Democracy and Discontent : India’s Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1991.
31. R. Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
32. I.Narain (ed.), State Politics in India, Meerut, Meenakshi Parkashan, 1967.
33. S. Pai, State Politics : New Dimensions : Party System, Liberalization and Politics of Identity,
Delhi, 2000.
34. Prem Choudhary, Punjab Politics - The Role of Sir Chhotu Ram, Delhi, Vikas, 1984.
35. Chhotu Ram, Bechara Kisan.
36. S.C. Mittal, Haryana : A Historical Perspective, New Delhi, Atlantic Publishers, 1986.
37. K.C. Yadav, Hayana Ka Itihas, 3 Volumes, New Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd., 1981.
38. P.D. Sharma, Legislative Elite in India : A Study in Political, Socialization, Kurukshetra,
Vishal, 1984.
39. Ramesh Kumar, Regionalization of Politics in India, New Delhi, Mohit Publication, 1996.
40. Harinder K. Chhabra, State Politics in India, Delhi, Surjeet Publications, 1980.
41. S.S. Chib, This Beautiful India - Haryana, Delhi, Light and Life Publishers, 1977.
42. B.L. Fadia, State Politics in India, Vol I & II, New Delhi, Radiant Publishes, 1984.
43. O.P. Goel, Caste and Voting Behaviour, New Delhi, Ritu Publishers, 1981.
44. Subhash C. Kashyap, The Politics of Defection - A Study of State Politics in India, Delhi,
National Publishing House, 1969.
45. S.Y. Qureshi, Haryana Rediscovered, Gurgaon, Indian Documentation Service, 1985.
46. T.R. Sharma (ed.), New Challenges of Politics in Indian States, New Delhi, Uppal Publishing
House, 1985.
47. P. Choudhary, The Veiled Women : Shifting Gender Equations in Rural Haryana 1880-1990,
Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1994.
48. Other Readings : Journal of Haryana Studies, Kurukshetra University Research Journal of Arts
and Humanities.
10 (1952)

Group-B: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. iii)
Democracy in India-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1953)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Socio-Economic Determinants of Indian Democracy: Caste, Class, Language, Religion
and Region. Poverty – Policies and Programmes of its alleviation.
UNIT-II: Legislative Behaviour; Parliamentary Vs. Presidential Model, Majoritarian Vs.
Representational Parliamentary System, Indian Democracy at Grass Root Level: Urban
and Rural Local Government.
UNIT-III: Social and Protest Movements in India; Social Movement and the Democratic Process,
Politics of Gender Issue, Role of Women in Political Process, Dalit Politics.
UNIT-IV: Coalition Politics: Nature and Bases, Experiment of Coalition Government in India,
Ruralization of Politics in India, Politicization of Peripheral Groups.
UNIT-V: Politics of Agitation cum violence in India, Problems of Nation Building and National
Integration. Criminalization of Politics, Emerging Trends and Future of Democracy in
India.
Readings :
34. I.J. Ahluwalia and I.MD. Little, India’s Economic Reforms and Development, Delhi, Oxford
university Press, 1998.
35. G.Austin, Working a Democratic Constitution : The Indian Experience, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 2000.
36. R. Baird (ed.), Religion in Modern India, New Delhi, Manohar, 1981.
37. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford, Blackwell, 1988.
38. A.Beteille, Caste, Class and Power : Changing Patterns of Stratification in a Tanjore Village,
Berkeley, University of California Press, 1965.
39. P. Brass, The Politics of India Since Independence, 2nd edn., Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press, 1994.

40. N. Chandhoke, Beyond Secularism : The Rights of Religious Minorities, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1999.
41. P. Chatterjee (ed.), States and Politics in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.
42. F. Frankel, India’s Political Economy, 1947-77 : The Gradual Revolution. Princeton NJ,
Princeton University Press, 1978.
43. A.H. Hanson and J. Douglas, India’s Democracy, New Delhi, Vikas, 1972.
44. R.L. Hardgrave, India : Government and Politics in a Developing Nation, New York, Harcourt,
Brace and World, 1965.
45. T.B. Hansen, The Saffron Wave : Democracy and Hindu Nationalism in Modern India,
Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1999.
46. S. Bose and A.Jalal (eds.), Nationalism, Democracy and Development : State and Politics in
India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1997.
47. N. Jayal, Democracy and the State : Welfare, Secularism and Development in Contemporary
India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1999.
48. N. Jayal (ed.), Democracy in India, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.
49. N. Jayal and S. Pai (eds.), Democratic Governance in India : Challenges of Poverty,
Development and Identity, New Delhi, Sage, 2001.
50. S. Joshi, The Women’s Question, Ambethon, Shetkari Sangathana, 1986.
51. Kohli, Democracy and Discontent : India’s Growing Crisis of Governability, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 1990.
52. Kohil (ed.), India’ Democracy : An Analysis of Changing State- Society Relations, Princeton
NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.
53. Kohli (ed.), The Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2001.
54. R. Kothari, Politics in India, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1970.
55. R. Kothari, Democratic Polity and Social change in India, Delhi, Allied, 1976
56. R. Kothari, State Against Democracy : In Search for Humane Governance, Delhi, Ajanta, 1988.
57. S. Kothari, Social Movement and the Redefinition of Democracy, Boulder Colorado, Westview
Press, 1993.
58. W. H. Morris-Jones, Politics Mainly Indian, Delhi, Orient Longman, 1978.
10 (1954)

59. S. Mukherjee, ‘Relating Parliamentary Democracy in India,’ Denoument, 9, January-February,
1999.
60. J. K. Ray, Indian in Search of Good Governance, Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi, 2001.
61. K.A. Schermerhorn, Ethnic Plurality in India, Tucson, University of Arizona Press, 1978.
62. D. Sheth, “Caste and class : social reality and political representations” in V.A. Pai Panandikar
and A. Nandy (eds.), Contemporary India, Delhi, Tata MacGraw-Hil, 1999.
63. D.E. Smith, India as a Secular State, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1963.
64. M.N. Srinivas, Social Change in Modern India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1966.
65. Varshney (ed.), The Indian Paradox : Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989.
66. M. Weiner, “The regionalization of Indian Politics and its Implication for Economic Reforms.”
In J. Sachs, A. Varshney and N. Bajpai (eds.), India in the Era of Economic Reforms, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 1999.
Group-B: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. iv)
Indian Political Economy-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1955)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Process of State Formation in India; History and Legacy; Nation Building – Major
Challenges; Character and Nature of Indian Contemporary State; State and Ideology:
Capitalist, Socialist, Welfare Interventionist and Centrist-Authoritarian.
UNIT-II: Foreign Capital, Need and Forms of Foreign Capital, Politicization of Foreign Aid;
Factors Leading to Liberalization of Indian Economy; Major Issues of Contemporary
Indian Economy.
UNIT-III: Major Strands of Indian Politics: Class Politics; Minority Politics, Confessional
(Religious) Politics, Labour Politics and agrarian Politics.
UNIT-IV: Evolution of Public Sector in India, Role of Public Sector, Causes for the Expansion of
Public Sector Enterprises, Performance and Short-comings of Public Sectors
Enterprises.

UNIT-V: Private and Joint Sector in India, The Government and Role of Private Sector in India,
Problems and Prospects of Private Sector, Origin, Evolution and Rationale of Public-
Private Partnership.
Readings :
24. A.Abdul, Poverty Alleviation in India : Policies and programmes, New Delhi, Ashish, 1994.
25. I.J. Ahluwalia, and I.M.D. Little, India’s Economic Reforms and Development, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1998.
26. P. Bardhan, The Political Economy of Development in India, Oxford Blackwell, 1984.
27. P. Bardhan, “Dominant Proprietary Classes and India’s Democracy” in A. Kohli (ed.), India’s
Democracy, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1988.
28. A.Beteille, Studies in Agrarian Social Structure, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1977.
29. Bhaduri, The Economic Structure of Backward Agriculture, London, Academic Press, 1983.
30. T. Byres (ed.), The Indian Economy: Major Debates Since Independence, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1998.
31. R. Cassen and V. Joshi (eds.), India : The Future of Economic Reform, Delhi, Oxford
University Press, 1995.
32. P. Chaudhuri, The Indian Economy : Poverty and Development, New Delhi, Vikas, 1979.
33. V.M. Dandekar, Poverty in India, Pune, Gokhale Institute of Politics and Economics, 1971.
34. A.R. Desai, State and Society in India : Essays in Dissent, Bombay, Popular, 1974.
35. F. Frankel, India’s Green Revolution : Economic Gains and Political Costs, Princeton NJ,
Princeton University Press, 1971.
36. F. Frankel, India’s Political Economy, 1947-77 : The Gradual Revolution, Princeton NJ,
Princeton University Press, 1978.
37. Ghosh, Indian Economy : Its Nature and Problems, 22nd revised edn., Calcutta, World Press,
1979-80.
38. R. Jenkins, Democratic Politcs and Economic Reform in India, Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press, 1999.
39. R. Khator, Environment, Development and Politics in India, Lanham, Md, University Press of
America, 1991.
40. Kohli, The State and Poverty in India : Politics of Reform, Cambridge, Cambridge University
Press, 1987.
10 (1956)

41. R. Lucas and G. Papanek (eds.), The Indian Economy : Recent Developments and Future
Prospects, Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1988.
42. G. Myradal, Asian Drama : An Inquiry into the Poverty of Nations, Harmondsworth, Penguin,
1968.
43. P. Patnaik, “Imperialism and the growth of Indian capitalism,” in R. Owen and R. Sutcliffe
(eds.), Theories of Imperialism, London, Longman, 1972.
44. R.I. Rudolph and S.H. Rudolph, In Pursuit of Lakshmi : The Political Economy of the Indian
State, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1987.
45. A.Sen, The State, Industrialization and Class Formation in India, London, Routledge and
Kegan Paul, 1982.
46. P. Verma, The Great Indian Middle Class, Delhi, Viking, 1998.
47. M. Weiner, The Indian Paradox, Essays in Indian Politics, New Delhi, Sage, 1989.
Group-C: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. i)
Government & Politics of USA-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Political Parties: Nature, Principles, Working & Role in US System.
UNIT-II: Pressure Groups: Working, Nature, Composition & Role
UNIT-III: Public Opinion, Bureaucracy, Media, Voting Behaviour
UNIT-IV: State Legislative and Administrative Setup.
UNIT-V: Local Administration in the USA
Readings:
1. Shafter, Political Parties and the State, 1994.
2. Fowler, Linda, Candidates, Congress, and the American Democracy, 1993.
3. Torres-Gill, The New Aging: Politics and Change in America, 1992.
10 (1957)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours

4. Galbraith, J. The Culture of Contentment, 1992.
5. Wald, Kenneth, Religion and Politics in the United States, 1992.
6. Updike, John. Memories of the Ford Administration, 1992.
7. Hartz, Louis, The Liberal Tradition in America, 1991.
8. Jacobson, Gary, The electoral origins of divided government, 1990.
9. Maisel, Louis, The Parties Respond: Changes in the American Party System, 1990.
10. Weisbrot, Freedom Bound: A History of America’s Civil Rights Movement, 1990.
11. Adoni, Hanna, Social Conflict and Television News, 1990.
10 (1958)

Group-C: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. ii)
USA and the World-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Role of USA in Major Global Crisis: Cuban, Korean, Arab-Israel, Kashmir.
UNIT-II: USA and Arms Control & Disarmament.
UNIT-III: USA’s role in Global Economic Regimes: IBRD, IMF, GATT & WTO.
UNIT-IV: USA, Globalization & Hegemony and discrimination in New World Order.
10 (1959)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-V: USA and Issues of War and Peace: Peace Keeping, Humanitarian Interventions,
Collective Security, Pre-emptive Attacks, Human Rights Concerns.
Readings:
10. Dennis Kux, India and the United States, Estranged Democracies, 1941-1991 (National
Defense University Press, Washington, 1992).
11. Dennis Kux, The United and Pakistan, 1947-2000: Disenchanted Allies (John Hopkins
University Press, Baltimore, 2001).
12. Strobe Talbott, Engaging India: Diplomacy, Democracy and the Bomb (Penguin, 2004).
13. Kanishkvan Sathasivam, Uneasy Neighbors: India, Pakistan and US Foreign Policy
(Ashgate Publication, Burlington, Vt., 2005).
14. John Spanier and Steven Hook, American Foreign Policy Since World War II (13 th Ed.,
Washington, D.C., Congressional Quarterly Press, 1995).
15. James David Meernik, The Political Use of Military Force in US Foreign Policy (Ashgate
Publications, Burlington, VT., 2004).
16. Margaret P., Karns and Karen A. Mingst, eds., The United States and Multilateral
Institutions (Boston, Unwin Hyman, 1990).
17. Bruce W., Jentleson, American Foreign Policy: The Dynamics of Choice in the 21 st Century
(New York, W.W., Norton, 2000).
18. Robert Wirsing, Kashmir in the Shadow of War: Regional Rivalries in Nuclear Age (Spring
Books, India, 2004).

Group-C: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. iii)
USA and Asia Pacific
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: US interest in Asia-Pacific: Traditional and Contemporary
UNIT-II: US Policy Towards South East Asian States
UNIT-III: US Policy toward China & Japan
UNIT-IV: US Security Concern in Australia & New Zealand
UNIT-V: Challenges and Problems in Asia Pacific and American Response.
Readings:
10 (1960)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
1. Chronis Polychroniou. “Rise and Fall of US Imperialism” Economic and Political Weekly 30,
no. 30 (July 29, 1995),
2. Andrew Bacevich, An American Empire (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2002).
3. Charles Kupchan, The End of the American Era: US Foreign Policy and the Geopolitics of the
Twenty-First Century (New York: Knopf, 2002),
4. Chalmers Johnson, Blowback: The Costs and Consequences of American Empire (New York:
Metropolitan Books, 2000),
5. C. George Herring, America’s Logest War: The United States and Vietnam, 1950-1975 (New
York: McGraw, 1996).
6. Antony, Cordesman, The Iraq War (Washington, DC: Center for Strategic and International
Studies, 2003).
7. Coulon, Jocelyn, Soldiers of Diplomacy: The United Nations, Peacekeeping and the New
World Order (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1998).
8. Ignatieff, Michael, Virtual War: Kosovo and Beyond (New York: Holt, 2000).
9. Safran, Nadav, From War to War: A Study of the Arab-Israel Confrontation 1948-97 (New
York: Pegasus, 1969).
10. R.A. Cossa, Restructuring the US-Japan Alliance, Washington DC, CSIS Press, 1997.

Group-C: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. iv)
USA and United Nations
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: US Role in the Formation of the United Nations.
UNIT-II: UN Coercive Settlement & Role of USA.
UNIT-III: American Attitude Towards Socio-Economic Activities in the UN.
10 (1961)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-IV: US Role in the Peace-Keeping Operations of the UN and Non-Conventional Threats.
UNIT-V: USA’s Role in Arms Control & Disarmament activities of the UN.
Readings:
1. John Allphin Moore and Jr. Jerry Pubantz. The New United Nations: International Organization
in the Twenty-First Century (Upper Saddle River, New Jersey : Pearson Prentice Hall, 2006),
2. Jasper, William F. Global Tyranny Step By Step: The United Nations and the Emerging World
Order (Appleton, WI: Western Islands 1992
3. U.S. Security,” International Security 25 (Spring 2001).
4. Chomsky, Noam (2006), Failed States: The Abuse of Power and the Assault on Democracy,
New York, New York, United States: Holt Paperbacks
5. Niall Ferguson, Colossus: The Price of America’s Empire (New York: Penguin,
2004).
6. John Genard Ruggie, “The United States and United Nations” International Organization
Vol.39, No.2, 1985, p.343-56.
7. James Alan, The Politics of Peacekeeping, Chetto & Windus, London,1969.

Group-D: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. i)
Ancient Indian Political Thought-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Valmiki and Vyasa
UNIT-II: Shukra & Brahaspati
UNIT-III: Shantiparva; Kamandaka Nitisara
10 (1962)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-IV: Theories of the origin of state: Theory of property, family and Varna regarding the
origin; the contract theory; Vedic popular assemblies; Sabha, Samiti, Gana & Vidatha,
Kautilya’s Saptanga and Mandala Theory.
UNIT-V: Republics (tribal and oligarchal republics, nature of republican administration) and
Kingship (forms & types: Divine theory, training of the Prince, Functions of the King,
Limitation on Monarchy.
Readings :
19. A.S. Altekar, State and Government in Ancient India, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidass, 1966.
20. S.K. Belvalker, Mahabharat : Santi Parvam, 1954.
21. D.R. Bhandarkar, Some Aspects of Ancient Hindu Polity, Varanasi, Banaras Hindu University,
1963.
22. Drekmeri, Kingship and community in Early India, Berkeley, University of california Press,
1962.
23. U.N. Ghoshal, A History of Hindu Political Theories, Calcutta, Oxford University Press, 1966.
24. K.P. Jayaswal, Hindu Polity, Calcutta, Butterworth, 1924.
25. P.V. Kane, History of Dharmasastra, Poona, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1930.
26. R.P. Kangle, Kautilya’s Arthashastra, Bombay, University of Bombay, 1972.
27. N.N. Law, Aspects of Ancient Indian, Polity, Oxford, The Clarendon Press, 1921.
28. R.K. Mukherji, Local Government in Ancient India, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1920.

29. B.Prasad, The State in Ancient India, Allahabad, University of Allahabad, 1960.
30. C.Radhakrishna, Kautilya’s Political Ideas and Institutions, Varanasi, Chowkhamba Sanskrit
Series Office, 1971.
31. B.A. Saletroe, Ancient Indian Political Thought and Institutions, Bombay, University of
Bombay, 1963.
32. R. Shamasastry, Evolution of Indian Polity, Calcutta, 1920.
33. J.P.Sharma, Republics in Ancient India, London, Leiden E.J., Brill, 1968.
34. R.S. Sharma, Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Delhi, 1959.
35. J. Spellman, The Political Theory of Ancient India, Oxford, The Clarendon press, 1964.
36. V.P. Varma, Studies in Hindu Political Thought and Its Metaphysical Foundations, Dehli,
Motilal Banarsidass, 1974.
10 (1963)

Group-D: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. ii)
Modern Indian Political Thought-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Gandhi; Vinoba Bhave
UNIT-II: M.N. Roy; Rajni Palme Dutt
UNIT-III: Ram Manohar Lohia; Jai Prakash Narayan
UNIT-IV: Sir Syed Ahmed Khan; Mohd. Iqbal
UNIT-V: Ambedkar; Periyar
Readings :
10 (1964)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
27. A.Appadorai, Indian Political Thinking Through the Ages, Delhi Khanna Publishers, 1992.
28. J. Bandhopahdyaya, Social and Political Thought of Gandhi, Bombay, Allied, 1969.
29. R.J. Cashman, The Myth of ‘Lokmanya’ Tilak and Mass Politics in Maharashtra, Berkeley,
University of California Press, 1975.
30. Chandra, Nationalishm and Colonialism in Modern India, Delhi, Vikas, 1979.
31. K.Damodaran, Indian Thought : A Critical Survey, London, Asia Publishing House, 1967.
32. D.G. Dalton, India’s Idea of Freedom : Political Thought of Swami Vevekananda, Aurobindo
Ghose, Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore, Delhi, Academic Press, 1982.
33. S. Ghose, The Renaissance to Militant Nationalism, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1969.
34. S.Ghose, Socialism, Democracy and Nationalism in India, Bombay, Allied Publishers, 1973.
35. S. Ghose, Modern Indian Political Thought, Delhi, Allied, 1984.
36. U.N. Ghoshal, A History of Indian Political Ideas, London, Oxford University Press, 1959.
37. J.P. Haitheox, Communism and Nationalism in India : M.N. Roy and Comintern Policy,
Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press, 1971.

38. Heimsath, Indian Nationalism and Social Reform, Princeton NJ, Princeton University Press,
1964.
39. R. Iyer, The Moral and Political Thought of Mahatma Gandhi, Delhi, Oxford University Press,
1973.
40. K.N. Kadam (ed.), Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, New Delhi, Sage, 1992.
41. K.P. Karunakaran, Modern Indian Political Tradition, New Delhi, Allied Publishers, 1962.
42. K.P. Karunakaran, Indian Politics from Dababhai Naoroji to Gandhi : A Study of Political
Ideas of Modern India, New Delhi, Gitanjali, 1975.
43. U. Kaura, Muslims and Indian Nationalism, New Delhi, Manohar, 1977.
44. R.M. Lohia, Marx, Gandhi and Socialism, Hyderabad, Nav Hind, 1953.
45. V.R.Mehta, Foundations of Indian Political Thought, New Delhi, Manohar, 1992.
46. V.S. Narvane, Modern Indian Thought, New Delhi, Orient Longman, 1978.
47. J. Nehru, Discovery of India, London, Meridian Books, 1956.
48. D.P. Roy, Leftist Politics in India : M. N. Roy and the Radical Democratic Party, Calcutta,
Minerva, 1989.
49. J. Sarkar, Indian Through the Ages : A Survey of the Growth of Indian Life and Thought,
Calcutta, M.C. Sarkar and Sons, 1928.
50. B.S.Sharma, The Political Philosophy of M.N. Roy, Delhi, National Publishing House, 1965.
51. A.Tripathi, The Extremist Challenge, Bombay, Allied, 1967.
52. V.P. Verma, Modern Indian Political Thought, Agra, Lakshmi Narain Aggarwal, 1974
10 (1965)

Group-D: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. iii)
Recent Trends in Liberalism
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
UNIT-I: Liberal Egalitarians: Rawls, Dworkin
UNIT-II: Liberal Democrat: C.B. Macpherson, Isaiah Berlian
UNIT-III: Libertarian: Hayek, Nozick
UNIT-IV: Communitarian Liberal: Walzer, Charles Taylor
10 (1966)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-V: Recent Critics of Liberalism: Post Modernist, Feminist and Marxists; Emerging Trends
in Liberalism.
Readings:
1. A.Arblaster, The Rise and Decline of Western Liberalism, Oxford, Blackwell, 1984.
2. Sir E. Barker, Political Thought in England from Herbert Spencer to the Present Day, Oxford,
Oxford University Prss, 1950.
3. R. Bellamy (ed.), Victorian Liberalism : Nineteenth Century Political Thought and Practice,
Cambridge, Polity Press, 1990.
4. Z. Brzezinski and Staff of the Research Institute of International Change (eds.), The Relevance
of Liberalism, Boulder Colorado, Westview Press, 1978.
5. A.Bullock and M. Shock (ed.), The Liberal Tradition : From Fox to Kaynes, London, and New
York, Oxford University Press, 1967.
6. Collins, Liberalism in Nineteenth Century Europe, London, The Historical Association, 1957.
7. N.Daniels (ed.), Reading Rawls, New York, Basic Books, 1975.
8. W.L. Davidson, Political Thought in England, The Utilitarians from Bentham to Mill, Oxford,
Oxford University Press, 1957.
9. M.Freeden, The New Liberalism, Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 1978.

10. J. Gray, Liberalism, Delhi, World View, 1998.
11. L.T. Hobhouse, Liberalism, London, Oxford Univesity Press, 1964.
12. H.J. Laski, Political Thought from Locke to Bentham, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1920.
13. A.J. Manning, Liberalism, London, John Dent & Sons, 1976.
14. J. Rawls, Political Liberalism, New York, Columbia University Press, 1993.
15. J. Rawls, The Law of Peoples: The Idea of Public Reason Revisited, Cambridge Massachusetts,
Harvard University Press, 1999.
16. J.S. Shapiro, Liberalism : Its Meaning and History, New York, Can Nostrand Reinhold, 1958.
17. F.H. Watkins, The Age of Ideology - Political Thought from 1750 to the Present, New Delhi,
Prentice Hall, 1961.
18. S. Wolin, Politics and Vision : Continuity and Innovation in Western Political Thought,
Boston, Little Brown, 1960.
10 (1967)

Group-D: Paper- XVIII, XIX & XX (Opt. iv)
Marxist and Neo-Marxist Political Theory-II
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions selecting one from each unit.
10 (1968)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
UNIT-I: Existentialist Marxism: Frederick Nietzsche, Martin Heidegger, Jean Paul Sartre
UNIT-II: Western Marxism: Bernstein, Althusser
UNIT-III: Critical Theorist: Herbert Marcuse, Jurgen Habermas
UNIT-IV: Theorist of Revolutionary Change: Ernest Lacan, Chantal Mouffe
UNIT-V: Beyond Marxism: Miliband, Poulantaz; Future of Marxism
Readings :
24. L. Althusser, For Marx, London, Allen Lane, 1969.
25. P. Anderson, Considerations on Western Marxism, London, Verso, 1976.
26. S. Avineri, Karl Marx on Colonialism and Modernization : His despatches and other writings
on China, India, Mexico, the Middle East and North Africa, New York, Cambridge University
Press, 1969.
27. S. Avineri, The Social and Political Thought of Karl Marx, New Delhi, S. Chand, 1977.
28. Sir I. Berlin, Karl Marx, New York, Time Books, 1939.
29. E. Bernstein, Evolutionary Socialism, New York, Schoken Books, 1961.
30. R. Blackburn (ed.), After the Fall : The Failure of Communism and Future of Socialism,
London, Verso, 1991.
31. E.H. Carr, The Russian Revolution : Lenin to Stalin, London, Penguins, 1979.
32. S. Chang, Marxian Theory of the State, New York, Holt, 1965.
33. G.D.H. Cole, A History of Socialist Thought, 5 Vols., London, Macmillan, 1953-60.
34. J. Dunn, Modern Revolutions, London, the Clarendon Press, 1988.

35. Gramsci, Selections for Prison Notebooks, edited and translated by Quintin Hoare and Geoffery
Nowell-Smith, London, Lawrence and Wishart, 1971.
36. S. Mukherjee and S. Ramaswamy, A History of Socialist Thought, From the Precursors to the
Present, New Delhi, Sage, 2000.
37. S. Hoffman, Marx and the Theory of Praxis, London, Oxford University Press, 1977.
38. L. Kolakowski, Main Currents of Marxism 3 Vols., Oxford, Oxford University, 1981.
39. H. Marcuse, One Dimensional Man, Boston, Beacon, 1964.
40. R. Miliband, The State in the Capitalist Society, London, Weidenfeld and Nicholson, 1969.
41. R. Miliband, Marxism and Politics, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1977.
42. N. Poulantaz, Political Power and Social Classes, London, New Left Books, 1973.
43. N. Poulantaz, Classes in Contemporary Capitalism, London, New Left Books, 1975.
44. R. Tucker, Philosophy and Myth of Karl Marx, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1961.
45. V. Verma, Justice, Equality and Community : An Essary in Marxist Political Theory, New
Delhi, Sage, 1999.
23. B. Wolfe, Marxism : One Hundred Years in the Life of a Doctorine, New York, Doubleday,
1969.
10 (1969)

Human Rights
M.A. (Previous) Human Rights, Semester-I
Scheme of Examination w.e.f. 2011-12
Paper No. Nomenclature
Max.Marks
100
Time
Ex. Int.
Paper-I Historical and Philosophical Perspectives of Human
Rights
80 20 3 Hours
Paper-II Human Rights and Criminal Justice System in India 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-III International Human Rights System 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-IV Human Rights and Duties in India 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-V Research Methodology-I 80 20 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
M.A. (Previous) Human Rights, Semester – I
Paper-I: Historical and Philosophical Perspectives of Human Rights
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I A Conceptual Understanding of Human Rights
Human Rights Concept, Definition, Meaning & Nature, Human values: Liberty,
Equality, and Justice
Unit-II Historical Foundation of Human Rights
Historical Development: Magna Carta, British Bill of Rights, American Bill of Rights
French Revolution and its Goal of liberty Equality and Fraternity, Marxist Revolution
Unit-III Theories and Classification of Human Rights
Three Generation of Human Rights, Theories of Rights: Theory of Natural Rights,
Legal/Positive Theory of Rights, Marxist Theory of Rights
Unit-IV Different Perspectives of Human Rights
Liberal, Marxist and Feminist Perspectives of Human Rights
Unit-V Rule of Law and Human Rights
Rule of Law and Human Rights: Concept, Origin, Historical Development in
Greek and English Civilisation and its Contribution to the Development of Rights
REFERENCES
Alston, Phillip (ed.), (1992), The United Nations and Human Rights: A Critical Appraisal, Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Bachr, Peter R, (1999), Human Rights: Universality in Practice, New York: Palgrave.
Baxi, Upendra, (2002), The Future of Human Rights, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Bhagwati, P.N., (1987), Dimensions of Human Rights, Madurai: Society for Community Organization
Trust.
10 (1970)

Davidson, Scott, (1993), Human Rights. Buckingham: Open University Press.
Donnelly, Jack, (1989), Universal Human Right in Theory and Practice, Ithaca: Cornell University
Press.
Dube, M.P. and Neeta Bora, (ed.), (2000), Perspective on Human Rights, New Delhi: Anamika
Publishers.
Freeman, Michael, (2003), Human Rights: An Interdisciplinary Approach, Cambridge: Polity Press.
Hargopal, G. (1999), Political Economy of Human Rights, Hyderabad: Himalaya.
Jacobs, Francis G and R.C.A. White, (1996), The European Convention of Human Rights, Oxford:
Clarendon University Press.
Kannabiran, K.G. (2003), The wages of Impunity: Power, Justice and Human Rights, New Delhi:
Orient Longman.
Kothari, Smitu and Harsh Sethi, (ed.), (1991), Rethinking Human Rights: Challenge for theory and
Action, New Delhi: Lokayan
Krasno, Jean A, (2005), The United Nations, New Delhi; VivaLangley
Lauterpacht, Hersch, (1945), An International Bill of the Rights of Man. New York: Columbia
University Press.
Paper - II: Human Rights and Criminal Justice System in India
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
10 (1971)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Unit-I Conceptual Perspectives
Concept of Crime: Definition, Classification, General Causes.
Criminal Liability: Definition, Principles
Unit-II Administration of Criminal Justice and Human Rights
Role of Criminal Justice System
Administration of Criminal Justice: Ordinary Courts; Special Courts, District Human
Rights Courts, Naya Panchayat, Lok Adalt, Fast-Track Court,
Unit-III Human Rights Problems

Police Atrocities and Custodial Torture, Violence against Women and Children,
Communal Violence; Caste and Class Conflict, Terrorism and Insurgency
Unit-IV Rights of the Accused
Rights of Accused; Double Jeopardy, Against Self- incrimination, Production before
Magistrate, Fair Trail, Speedy Trail, Appeal, Parole and Probation
Unit-V Prison System and Rights of Prisoners
Prison System: Reforms, Open Jail, Protection Homes,
Rights of Prisoner: Legal Aid, Access to Justice and Speedy Justice; Right
to Compensation.
REFERENCES
Bava, Noorjahan, (ed), (2000), Human rights and Criminal Justice Administration in India, Uppal
Publishing House, New Delhi:,
Vibhute Baxi, Upendra, (1988), Clemency, Extradition and Death: The Judicial Discourse in Keher
Singh, Journal of Indian Law, Vol. 30, and No. 4.
Bhagwati, P.N.,(1985,) Human Rights in the Criminal Justice System, Journal of Indian Law Institute,
Vol. 27, No. 1.
Arora, Nirman, (1999), Custodial Torture in Police Stations in India: A Radical Assessment, Journal of
Indian Law Institute, Vol. 41, Nos 3 and 4.
Vibhute, K.I, (1990), Compensating Victims of Crimes in Indian Society, Delhi Shubhi
Ghosh, S.K., (1993), Torture and Rape in Police Custody, New Delhi: Asish Publishing House.
Guttal, G.H, (1986), Human Right: The Indian Law, Indian Journal of International Law, vol. 26.
Vada Kumchery, James, (1991), The Police and Delinquency in India, New Delhi: APH Publishing
Corporation.
Paper - III: International Human Rights System
10 (1972)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Concern for Human Rights
Concern for the protection of the Individuals in Anti- Slave Trade Treaties, Rise of
Nazism, Fascism, Holocaust and Human Rights Issues in International Relations
Unit-II International Organisations and Human Rights

League of Nations (mandate system, social and economic welfare), ILO and Labour
Rights, United Nations (UN Charter, UDHR, International Covenant on Economic,
Social and Cultural Rights, International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (1966)
Unit-III UN Organs and Human Rights
UN Commission of Human Rights (UNCHR), UN Children Fund (UNICEF), UN High
Commission for Refugee (UNHCR), UN Education, Scientific and Cultural
Organisation (UNESCO)
Unit-IV Human Rights and International Politics
Human Rights and Cold war: Tehran Conference (1968), Helsinki Declaration (1975),
Vienna Conference (1993), Human Rights: Under the New World Order
Unit-V Human Rights Duties and Responsibilities
UNESCO Declaration of the Responsibilities of the Present Generations Towards
Future Generation 1997, UN Article 29 of General Assembly Declaration on
Universally Recognized Human Rights and Fundamentals Freedom 1999
REFERENCES
Bloed, A. and others, (1993), Monitoring Human Rights in Europe, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff
Buergenthal Thomas, The Advisory Practice of the Inter- American Human Rights Court, American
Journal of International Law, vol. no.1.
The Inter-American Court of Human Rights, American Journal of International Law, vol. 76
The Domestic Status of the European Convention on Human Rights: A Second Look, International
Commission of Jurist, vol. 7, no 1
Buergenthal Thomas, The Advisory Practice of the Inter- American Human Rights Court, American
Journal of International Law, vol. no.1.
The Inter-American Court of Human Rights, American Journal of International Law, vol. 76
The Domestic Status of the European Convention on Human Rights: A Second Look, International
Commission of Jurist, vol. 7, no
Davidson, Scot, Remedies for Violations of the American convention on Human Rights International
and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 44, no.2.
Drzemkzewski, A., The Sui Generis Nature of the European Convention on Human Rights,
International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 29, no.1
10 (1973)

Paper -IV: Human Rights and Duties in India
10 (1974)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each
unit.
Unit-I Constitution, Human Rights and Duties
Fundamental Rights, Directive Principles of State Policies, Fundamental Duties:
Relationship between them, International human rights and the Indian Constitution
Unit-II Human Rights and Judiciary
Judiciary: Article 32(Supreme Court and High Court) Article 226 (High Court), Judicial
Activism and PIL, Legal Aid, Judicial interpretations: Landmark Judgments (Delhi
Domestic Working Women’s Forum v Union of India (1995), People’s Union for Civil
Liberties (PUCL) V Union of India (1997), Sheela Barse V State of Maharastra (1983)
Unit-III Implementations and Enforcements Mechanisms
Constitutional Judiciary: Executive, Statutory: Human Rights Commission. National
and States Human Rights Commissions, National Commission for Minorities, National
Commission for SC/ST, National Commissions for Women
Unit-IV Violation of Human Rights and Civil Society in India
Human Rights Violations in Private and public Domain; within the family, by dominant
castes and religious groups, Riots and violence in connection with inter-community
tensions, Unequal access to natural resources,
Unit-V Extra-ordinary Situation and Human Rights in India
Emergency Powers of President, Governor and Human Rights, (Art. 352, 356, 371,-A,
317-B, 371-C and 371-F) Proclamation of the Extra-ordinary Laws (MISA, NASA
TADA and Armed Forces Special Power Act 1958)
REFERENCES
Desai, A.R. (ed.), (1986), Violations of Democratic Rights in India, Bombay: Popular Prakashan.
Sathe S.P., (2004), Judicial Activism in India, New Delhi: OUP.
Austin, Granville, (2000), Working of Democratic Constitutions: The Indian Experience, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press.
Austin, Granville, (2002), The Indian Constitutions: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: OUP.
Dikshit, R.C., (1998), Human Rights and the Law, Universal and Indian, New Delhi: Deep and Deep.
Kashyap, Subhash C., (1978), Human Rights and Parliament, Delhi: Metropolitan. Kirpal, B.N. et al.,
(2004), Supreme but Not Infallible, New Delhi: OUP

Mehta, P. L. and Neena Verma, (1995), Human Rights Under the Indian Constitutions, New Delhi:
Deep and Deep Publications.
Sathe S.P., (2004), Judicial Activism in India, New Delhi: OUP
Rao, K. Subha, (1962), Fundamental Rights under Constitution of India, Madras: Madras University.
Sehgal, B.P. Singh (ed.), (1999), Human Rights in India: Problems and Perspectives, New Delhi:
Deep and Deep.
Paper-V: Research Methodology-I
10 (1975)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Social Research-Its Nature and Types.
Traditional Approaches-Philosophical Institutional, Marxian and Gandhian
Unit-II Models, Paradigms and Theories- Conceptual and Theoretical Models
Meaning and Types of Paradigms
Theory- Meaning, Goals and Types
Construction of a Theory and Relationship between Theory and Research
Unit-III Methods of Analysis-Historical, Comparative, Analytical and Psycho- Analysis.
Methods of Popper and Kuhn
Unit-IV Behavioural Revolution in Political Science and its Criticism
Post- Behaviouralism, Scientific Study of Political Science
Scientific Method- Basic Assumptions, Steps and Limitation
Unit-V The Building Blocs of Social Scientific Research-Hypotheses, Concepts and Variables,
Generalization and Law
REFERENCES
H.N. Blalock, (1970), An Introduction to Social Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall
H.N. Blalock (ed.), (1972), Casual Models in the Social Sciences, London, Macmillan
J. Blondel, (1988), Thinking Politically, London, Unwin Hyman
A. Bryman, (1988), Quantity and Quality in Social Research, London, Unwin Himalyman.
T.L. Burton and G.L. Cherry, (1989), Social Research Techniques, London, Unwin Hyman

A.F. Chalmers, (1990), Science and its Fabrication, Milton Keynes, Open University PressDe D.A.
Vaus, (1991), Surveys in Social Research, 2 nd edn., London, Unwin Hyman,
M.Duverger, (1964), An Introduction to the Social Sciences with Special
References to their Methods, Translated by M. Anderson, New York, Frederick A. Praeger,
S.V. Evera, (1997), Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science, Ithaca, NY, Cornell University
Press,
J.Galtung, Theory and Methods of Social Research, New York, Columbia University Press, 1987
E. Gellner, (1985), Relativism and Social Science, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press
A. Giddens, (1982), Profiles and Critiques in Social Theory, London Macmillan,
W.J. Groode and P.K.Hatt, (1952), Methods of Social Research, New York, McGraw Hill
A.C. Iassk, (1985), Scope and Methods of Political Science, Homewood Illinois, Dorsey Press
J.B. Johnson and R.A. Joslyn, (1986), Political Science Research Methods, Washington DC, C.Q. Press
F.N. Kerlinger, (1979), Behavioural Research, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston
T. Kuhn, (1970), The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago Press.
D. Marsh and G. Stoker (ed.), (1995), Theory and Methods in Political Science, Basigstoke, Macmillan
C.A. McCoy and C. Playford (eds.), (1967), Apolitical Politics: A Critique of Behaviouralism, New
York, Thomas Crowell,
R.K. Merton (ed.), (1957), Social Theory and Social Structure, New York, The Free Press,
D. Miller (ed.), (1997), Pocket Popper, London, Fontana,
G, Mydral, (1969), Objectivity in Social Science, New York, Pantheon Books
Sir K.R. Popper (1959), The Logic of Scientific Discovery, London, Hutchinson,
Sir K.R. Popper, (1991), Conjectures and Refutations: The Growth of Scientific Knowledge, London,
Rougtledge
, Sir, K.R. Popper, (1991), The Poverty of Historicism, London, Reoutledge
A. Ryan (ed.), (1970), The Philosophy of Social Sciences, London, Macmillan.
H.J. Rubin, (1983.), Applied social Research, Columbus, North Illinois University Press.
B. Smith,(1976), Political Research Methods, Boston, Hougton Milton.
G.W. Snedecor, (1965), Statistical Methods, 5 th edn., Iowa, State College.
M. Weber, (1949), The Methodology of Social Social Science, translated and edited by E.A. Shils and
H.A. Finch, New york, The Free Press.
Robert A. Dahl, (1963), Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs, NJ Prentice Hall.
C. Charlesworth (ed.), (1967), Contemporary Political Analysis, New York, Free Press.
10 (1976)

M.A. (Previous) Human Rights, Semester-II
Scheme of Examination 2011-12
Paper No. Nomenclature
Max.Marks
100
Ex. Int.
Paper-VI Human Rights in the Modern Era 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-VII Human Rights and Criminal Justice System: An
International Perspective
80 20 3 Hours
Paper-VIII Weaker Sections and Human Rights in India 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-IX Regional Human Rights System 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-X Research Methodology-II 80 20 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
M.A. (Previous) Human Rights, Semester – II
Paper- VI: Human Rights in the Modern Era
10 (1977)
Time
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I United Nations and Human Rights
UN Charter: UDHR (1948), International Bill of Rights, International Covenant on
Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, International Covenant on Civil and Political
Rights 1966, Optional Protocols to Civil and Political Rights
Unit-II Conceptual Understanding of Human Duties and Responsibilities
Concept of Duties and Responsibilities; Relationship between Rights and Duties,
UNESCO Declaration on the Rights and Responsibilities of the Present Generation
Towards the Future Generations1997: UN Article 29 of the General Assembly on the
Rights and Responsibilities of Individuals.
Unit-III Classifications of Human Duties and Responsibilities
Classification of Human Duties and Responsibilities General and Specific; General,
Moral; Ethical, Social, Economic, Political and Cultural universal, Traditional and
Modern; Specific, Family, Community and Society, Nation-State, Human kind and
other Living Being on Earth
UNIT IV General Problems and Importance of Human Rights
Poverty, Illiteracy: Sustainable Development and the Right Development,
Discrimination: Racial, Gender, Religious and Caste. Importance of sensitization and
internalisation of human rights and values
Unit V World Perspectives on Human Rights
Elaboration of Human Rights: International Human Rights Conventions - Debate and
Emphasis on Social Economic and Cultural Rights of Man (East Vs West: developing
Countries and Developed Countries), NIEO

REFRENCES
1. Alston, Phillip (ed.), (1992), The United Nations and Human Rights: A Critical Appraisal,
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
2. Bachr, Peter R, (1999), Human Rights: Universality in Practice, New York: Palgrave.
3. Winstone E, (1999), Encyclopedia of Human Rights Issues Since 1945, London; Fitzroy
Dearborn Publishers
4. Lauterpacht, Hersch, (1945), An International Bill of the Rights of Man. New York: Columbia
University Press
5. Morsink, Johannes, (1999), The Universal Declaration of Human Rights; Origins, Drafting and
Intent. Philadelphia; University of Pennsylvania Press
6. O’Byrne, Darren J, (2003), Human Rights; an Introduction, New Delhi; Pearson.
7. Sanajaoba, N, (2000), Human Rights in the New Millennium,: Manas Publications New Delhi
8. Tuck, R, (1979), Natural Rights Theories, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press
9. UN Centre for Human Rights, (1996), International Human Rights Standards for Law
Enforcement, Geneva; World Campaign for Human Rights
10. UN Centre for Human Rights, (1990), Special Issue on Implementation of International Human
Rights Instruments, New York
11. UN Centre for Human Rights, (1996), The International Bill of Human Rights; World
Campaign for Human Rights, Geneva
12. Vijapur, A.P, (1996), The United Nations at Fifty; Studies in Human Rights, New Delhi; South
Asian Publishers
Paper-VII: Human Rights and Criminal Justice: An International Perspective
10 (1978)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each
unit.
Unit-I Criminal Justice System in International Perspective
International Crimes; International Crime Control and Protecting Agencies, e.g.
Interpol; International Co-operation in Combating Trans-national Organized Crimes and
International Terrorism, Palermo Convention on Trans-National Organized Crime 2000,

Convention Against Illicit Trafficking of Narcotic and Psychotropic Substances 1988-
90,
Unit-II International Norms on Administration of Criminal Justice
Extradition and Mutual Assistance in Criminal Justice, International Norms on
Administration of Criminal Justice- UN General Assembly Resolution,
Unit-III International Criminal Court and Human Rights
International Criminal Court: Establishment, Jurisdiction, Applicable law, Composition
Penalties, Appeal and Provision
Unit-IV War Crimes and War Trials
War Crimes: Definition and Trails on War Crimes (Nuremberg, Tokyo, Pileups,
Etchmann)
Unit-V Offences Involving Human Rights
Serious Human Rights offences: Torture, Rape, and Death of Suspected in Police and
Security Forces Custody, Arbitrary arrest and detention without communication, Non
Filing arrest and Forced Disappearances
REFERENCES
1. Bag, R.K., (1997), Domestic violence and crime against women: Criminal Justice Response in
India, Journal of Indian Law Institute, Vol. 39, and nos. 2-4.
2. Bakken, T., (1985) International Law and Human Rights for Defendants in Criminal Trails,
Indian Journal of Law Vol. 25
3. Bava, Noorjahan, (ed), (2000), Human rights and Criminal Justice Administration in India,
New Delhi: Uppal Publishing House.
4. Baxi, Upendra, (1988), Clemency, Extradition and Death: The Judicial Discourse in Keher
Singh, Journal of Indian Law, Vol. 30, and no. 4.
5. Bhagwati, P.N.,(1985,) Human Rights in the Criminal Justice System, Journal of Indian Law
Institute, Vol. 27, no. 1.
6. Ghosh, S.K., (1993), Torture and Rape in Police Custody,: Asish Publishing House, New
Delhi
7. Guttal, G.H, (1986), Human Right: The Indian Law, Indian Journal of International Law, vol.
26.
8. Landerer, L.E, (1971,) Capital Punishment as a Human Rights Issue before the United Nation,
Human Rights Journal, Vol. 4, no. 2
9. Monohar, Sujata V., (1996), Judiciary and Human Rights, Indian Journal of International Law
Vol. 36
10. Scobb, Harry, M. and Laurie Wizerber, (eds.), (1984), Access to Justice: Struggle for Rights in
South East Asia, Washington D.C: Human Rights Internet.
10 (1979)

11. Suresh, H,(1996,), Human Rights and Criminal Justice and Functionaries, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 31, no. 24.
12. UN, (1991), Enforced or Involuntary Disappearances, Geneva: Center for Human Rights,
World Campaign for Human Rights
13. UN, (1997), Extra- Judicial, Summary or Arbitrary Executions, Geneva: Center for Human
rights, Under World campaign for Human rights.
14. UN, (1994), Human rights and Pre-trial Detention: A Handbook of International Standard
Relating to Pre –Trial Detention, New York: UN publication Division.
15. Vibhute, K.I, (1990), Compensating Victims of Crimes in Indian Society, Shubhi, New Delhi.
10 (1980)

Paper - VIII: Weaker Section and Human Rights in India
10 (1981)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Theory and Practice of the Human Rights of the Dalits in India
Special Laws and the Constitutional Provisions for the Protection of the Rights of the
Dalits: National Commission for SC/ST, Protection of Civil Liberties Act, (1955),
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Act, 1989, Employment of Manual Scavenger
and Construction of Dry Latrine (Prohibition) Act, 1993 Social discrimination and caste
violence in India
Unit-II Women and Human Rights in India
Special Laws for the Protection of Women: Suppression of Immoral Traffic Act (1956),
Maternity Benefit Act (1961), Dowry Prohibition Act (1961), Equal Remuneration Act
(1976), Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act (1971), Commission of Sati
(Prevention) Act (1982 Social: Status of Women in Contemporary Indian society-
Poverty, Illiteracy, Lack of Independence, Oppressive Social Customs and Gender Bias;
Violence against Women at Public and Private Domain.
Unit III Minorities and Human Rights in India
Constitutional framework: Fundamental Rights, Directive Principal and Fundamental,
Duties, Special provision in Article 26 to 30, 331, 333, 336 and 337 of the Constitution,
Special Laws and Policies: National Commission for Minorities Act 1992
UNIT IV Problems of the Implementations of Human Rights in India Structures Problems:
Poverty and inaccessibility of legal protection, Social prejudices, Institutional: Abuse of
executive power, death torture in police custody etc, Lack of accountability and
transparency in government functioning and the Right to Information
Unit-V Civil Liberties Groups and Human Rights Movements in India
Non Government Organisations, Civil Liberties Groups, and Human Rights
Organisation: A Historical Perspective of Civil Liberties Groups and Civil Liberties in
India, People Union for Democratic Rights (PUDR), People Union for Civil Liberties
(PUCL), NGO’s and Civil Rights Movements in India
REFERENCES
1. Alam, Aftab, (ed.), (1999), Human Rights in India: Issues and Challenges. New Delhi: Raj
Publications.
2. Begum, S.M. (ed.), (2000), Human Rights in India: Issues ad Perspectives, New Delhi: APII
Publishing Co.
3. Centre for Development and Human Rights, (2004), The Rights to Development-A Primer,
New Delhi: Sage Pub.

4. Dikshit, R.C., (1998), Human Rights and the Law, Universal and Indian, Deep and Deep, New
Delhi:
5. Jha, R.C., (1995), Resurrecting: Human Right in India, Sheridan Book Company, New Delhi
6. Mishra, Pramod (ed.), (2000), Human Rights in South Asia, Delhi: Kalpaz Publications.
7. Paul, R.C., (2000), Situation of Human Rights in India, Commonwealth Publishers New Delhi,
8. Ray, Arun, (2004), National Human Rights Commissions in India: Formation, Functioning and
Future Prospects, Atlantic, New Delhi
9. Ray, Aswani K, (1986), Civil Rights Movement and Social Struggle in India, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. XXXI, NO. 28, 12 July. .
10. Verma, R.S., (2000), Human Rights: Burning Issues of the World, Volumes I, II and III:
Radiant Publishers Delhi,
11. Dev, Arjun, (1996), Human Rights: A Source Book, NCRTE.
Paper- IX: Regional Human Rights Systems
10 (1982)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit -I African Human Rights System
OAU Charter 1963, Mechanism of Implementation: African Commission and Court of
Human and People's Rights, African charter of Human and People's Rights (1981)
Unit-II American Human Rights System
American Convention on Human Rights (1969), Inter- American Commission on
Human Rights (1959), Inter-American Convention to Prevent and Punish Torture
(1985), Inter- American Convention on Forced Disappearance (1994), American Court
of Human Rights.
Unit-III Arab Human Rights System
Universal Islamic Declaration of Human Rights (1981), Arab Charter on Human Rights
(1994), Casablanca Declaration of Human Rights (1999), Beirut Declaration (1999),
Unit-IV European Human Rights System
European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms
(1950), European Social Charter (1961 revised 1966), European Convention for the
Prevention of Torture and Inhuman Degrading Treatment and Punishment (1987),

Monitoring and Enforcement Machinery, European Court of Human Rights, European
Commission of Rights
Unit V Emergence of Human Rights in Asia SAARC and Human Rights
Emerging norms of Social Charter, Convention on Child Welfare, Rights of the Child
and Girl Child, Convention on Trafficking of Women and Children for Prostitution and
Convention on the Protection of Children
REFERENCES
1. Council of Europe, (1995), Human Rights: A Continuing Challenge for the Council of Europe,
Strasbourg: Council of Europe Press.
2. UN, (1995), World Campaign for Human for Human Rights: The African charter on Human
and People’s Rights, Geneva.
3. Ankumah, Evelyn A, (1996), The African Commission on Human and People’s Rights:
Practice and Procedures, The Hague, Martinus Nijhoff.
4. Bhargava, G.S, (1999), National Human Rights Commission: An Assessment of Its Functioning,
in K.P. Saksena, ed., Human Rights: Fifty Years of India’s Independence New Delhi: Gyan
Publishing House.
5. Bloed, A. and others, (1993), Monitoring Human Rights in Europe, Dordrecht, Martinus
Nijhoff.
6. Buergenthal Thomas, The Advisory Practice of the Inter- American Human Rights Court,
American Journal of International Law, vol. no.1.
7. The Inter-American Court of Human Rights, American Journal of International Law, vol. 76.
8. The Domestic Status of the European Convention on Human Rights: A Second Look,
International Commission of Jurist, vol. 7, and no.1.
9. Cassese, Antonio, A New Approach to Human Rights: the European Convention for the
Prevention of Torture, American Journal of International Law, vol. 83.
10. Cast berg, Frede, (1974), The European Convention on Human Rights. Leiden: Setoff.
11. Cerna, Christina, M. (1992), The Structure and Functioning of the Inter- American Court of
Human Rights, British Yearbook of International Law, vol. 63.
12. Cunningham, Andrew j. European Convention on Human Rights, Customary Law and the
Constitution, International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 43, no. 3.
13. Davidson, Scot, Remedies for Violations of the American convention on Human Rights,
International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 44, no.2.
14. Drzemkczewski, A., The Sui Generis Nature of the European Convention on Human Rights,
International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 29, no.1
10 (1983)

Paper-X: Research Methodology-II
10 (1984)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Identification and Formulation of Problem
Research Design: Formation, Experimental and Non- Experimental Designs Sampling-
Principles and Methods.
Unit-II Data- Types and Sources, Observation, Schedule and Interview
Survey Method- Utility, Application and Limitations
Unit-III Analysis of Secondary Data-Archival and Library Research, Document Analysis, Using
Written Records, Scrutinizing the Evidences, Content Analysis
Unit-IV Quantification in Social Research: Statistics- Meaning, Purpose and Scope, Statistical
Techniques of Data- Analysis.
Unit-V Presentation of Data- Textual, Graphic and Tabular
Presentation of Research- Paper Writing, Report Writing and Thesis Writing
REFERENCES
1. H.N. Blalock, (1970), An Introduction to Social Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall
2. H.N. Blalock, (ed.), (1972), Casual Models in the Social Sciences, London, Macmillan
3. J. Blondel, (1976), Thinking Politically, London, Wildwood House
4. Bryman, (1988), Quantity and Quality in Social Research, London, Unwin Hyman
5. T.L. Burton and G.L. Cherry, (1989), Social Research Techniques, London, Unwin Hyman
6. A.F. Chalmers, (1990), Science and its Fabrications, Milton Keynes, Open University Press
7. De D.A. Vaus, (1991), Surveys in Social Research, 2 nd edn., London, Unwin Hyman
8. M. Duverger, (1964), An Introduction to the Social Sciences with Special with References to
their Methods, Trenslated by M.Anderson, New York, Frederick A. Praeger
9. S.V. Evera, (1997), Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science, Ithaca, NY, Cornell
University Press
10. J. Galtung, (1987), Theory and Methods of Social Research, New york, Columbia University
Press
11. E. Gellner, (1985), Relativism and Social Science, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

12. Giddens, (1982), Profiles and Critiques in Social Theory, London Macillan
13. W.J. Goode and P.K. Hatt, (1952), Methods of Social Research, New york, McGraw Hill
14. A.C. Isaak, (1985), Scope and Methods of Political Science, Homewood IIIinois, Dorsey Press
15. J.B. Johnson and R.A. Joslyn, (1979), Political, Science Research Methods, Washington
16. F.N. Kerlinger, (1979), Behavioural Research, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston
17. T.Kuhn, (1970), The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago Press
18. D. Marsh and G. Stoker, (ed.), (1995), Theory and Methods in political Science, Basigstoke,
Macmillan
19. C.A. McCoy and C.Playford (eds.), (1967), Apolitical Politics: A Critique of Behaviouralism,
New York, Thomas Crowell
20. R.K. Merton (ed.), (1957), Social Theory and Social Structure, New York, the Free Press
21. D.Miller ed., (1997), Pocket Popper, London, Fontana
22. G. Mydral, (1969), Objectivity in Social Science, New York, Pantheon Books
23. Sir, K.R. Popper, (1959), The Logic of Scientific Discovery, London, Hutchinson
24. Sir, K.R. Popper, (1963), Conjectures and Refutation: The Growth of Scientific Knowledge,
London, Rougtledge and Kegan Paul
25. Sir, K.R. Popper, (1991), the Poverty of Historicism, London, Reoutledge
26. A.Ryan, (ed.), (1970), The Philosophy of Social Science, London, Macmillan
27. H.J. Rubin, (1983), Applied Social Research, Columbus, and North Illinois University Press
28. B. Smith, (1976), Political Research Methods, Boston, Houghton Milton
29. G.W. Snedecor, (1965), Statistical Methods, 5 th edn. lowa, State College
30. M.Weber, (1949), The Methodology of Social Science, translated and edited by E.A. Shills and
H.A. Finch, New York, The Free Press
31. Robert A. Dahl, (1963), Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs, NJ Prentice Hall
32. C.Charle Sworth (ed.), (1967), Contemporary Political Analysis, New York, Free Press
33. Michael Hoas, (1970), Henry S. Kariel, Approaches to the Study of Political Science,
California, Chandler Publishing Co
10 (1985)

M.A. (Final) Human Rights, Semester –III
Scheme of Examination 2012-13
Paper No. Nomenclature
Max.Marks
100
Time
Ex. Int.
Paper-XI International Obligations to Protect Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XII Civil Society, Social Movements and Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
In India
Paper XIII, XIV, XV- Students may choose any one of the following Groups
Group:-A
Paper-XIII Women and Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Paper -XIV Children and Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XV Human Rights and Duties of the Aged and Disabled 80 20 3 Hours
Group:-B
Paper-XIII International Humanitarian and Refugee Laws 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XIV Development, Globalization and Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XV People’s Right to Self -Determination 80 20 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
M.A. (Final) Human Rights, Semester – III
Paper-XI: International Obligations to Protect Human Rights
10 (1986)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Concept of International Obligations
Concept of obligations: Legal, moral, social,
Obligations accepted by International Community through International Law:
Sources of International Law giving rise to International Obligations (Article 38(1)
of the Statute of the ICJ)
Unit-II International Concern for the Protection of Human Rights
Evolution of international concern for the protection of the individual; The Anti-Slave
trade Treaties, Emergence of International Humanitarian Law, League of Nations and
Colonies: the Concept of Sacred trust of Civilisation (the Mandate System), ILO and
Labour Welfare
Unit-III Obligations to Protect Human Rights
International Customary Law comprising consensual decision (resolution, declaration
and principles) on human rights, evidencing undertaking on the part of states, General
Principles of law of human rights in diverse national legal systems
Unit IV Principles of International Co-Operation and Human Rights

Duty to cooperate and Assist in Implementation of Human Rights: Principle of
international cooperation, Friendly Relations Declaration 1970, Articles 1 and 56 of UN
Charter,
Specific Aspects: Duty to Render Material Assistance, Charter of Economic Rights and
Duties 1974, Duty to consult and inform
Unit-V Crime against Humanity and Human Rights
Crime against Humanity: Nazi, Fascist atrocities and totalitarianism Second World War,
Crime against Peace, War crimes, Crimes against humanity, Nuremberg (London
Charter of 1946) and Tokyo (General MC Arthur’s Decree of 1946),
International Military Tribunals for Trails of Major War Criminals
REFERENCES
1. ILO, Labour Conventions and Recommendations, Official Bulletin (Geneva), vol.52, no.2,
1969, pp.181-216
2. Bailey, Sydney D, (1994), The UN Security Council and Human Rights New York: St. Martin’s
Press
3. Bakken, T., “International Law and Human Rights for Defendants in Criminal Trials, Indian
Journal of International Law, vol.25, 1985, pp.411-23.
4. Claude, R.P., and B.H. Weston, (1989). Human Rights in the World Community: Issues and
Action, Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania
5. Drost, P.N., (1951), Human Rights as Legal Rights: The Realization of Human Rights in
Positive International Law Leiden: Sijthoff,
6. Falk, Richard A, (1982), Human Rights and State Sovereignty New York: Holmes and Meier,
7. Ferguson, C. Claude, Global Human Rights: Challenges and Prospects, Denver Journal of
International Law and Policy, vol.8, 1979, pp.367-78.
8. Gromley, W.P., “The Emerging Dimensions of Human Rights: Protection at the International
and Regional Levels - The Common Standard of Mankind”, Banaras Law Journal, vol.17,
no.1, 1981, pp.1-41.
9. Holcombe, Arthur N., (1948), Human Rights in the Modern World, Washington: New York
University Press,
10. Hannum, Hurst, (1984), Guide to International Human Rights Practice, University of
Pennsylvania Press,
11. Henkin, Louis, (1979), Human Dignity: The Internationalization of Human Rights, Oceanna,
New York
12. Jha, Indra Mohan, (1999), “Human Rights and India’s Foreign Policy”, in A.P.Vijapur and
Kumar Suresh, (eds), Perspectives on Human Rights, Manak Publications, New Delhi:,
10 (1987)

13. Kalshoven, F., “International Concern for Human Rights: Can it be Effective?” German
Yearbook of International Law, vol.21, 1978.
14. Kannamma, Raman, (1998), Universality of the Human Rights Discourse: An
Overview,Mumbai: University of Mumbai,
15. Karel, Vasak, ed., (1982), The International Dimensions of Human Rights, Connecticut:
Greenwood Press,
16. Khan, Rahamatullah, (1970) Implied Powers of the United Nations, Vikas Publications, (New
Delhi.
17. Kulkarni, M, “(1991), Universal Declaration of Human Rights”, Radical Humanist, vol.65,
no.9, December Kumar, Arvind, Encyclopaedia of Human Rights Violence and Non-Violence, 3
Volumes 1998
18. Lauterpacht, Hersch, (1973), Human Rights and International Law, Carland, New York
19. Luard, E., (ed), (1967), The International Protection of Human Rights: Thames and Hudson ,
London
20. Macfarlane, L.J., (1985), The Theory and Practice of Human Rights: Maurice Temple Smith,
London
21. Mani, V.S., “Human Rights and the United Nations: A Survey”, Journal of Indian Law
Institute, vol.40, nos.1-4, 1998, pp.38-66.
22. McCarthy, Thomas E., “The International Protection of Human Rights Ritual and Reality”,
International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol.25, 1976.
Paper-XII: Civil Society, Social Movement and Human Rights in India
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Conceptual Perspective
Concept of Civil Society and Social Movements, Types of Movements; (ideology,
organizations), Social Movements as promoters of Social Change and Human Rights in
India
Unit-II Socio-Religious Movements and Human Rights India
Social, Religious Movements and Human Rights in India: Brahmo Smaj, Arya Samaj
Movement, Dalit Movement, Tribal Movements, and Women Movements.
Unit- III Political and Environment Movement and Human Rights:
10 (1988)

Political Movements, Freedom Movement, Trade Union Movements, Peasant
Movements, Regional and Ethnic identity Movements (Special reference to language
and autonomy Movements)
Unit-IV Role of International Organisations in Promoting the Human Rights in India: Role
of UN Commissions of Human Rights, UN High Commission for Refugees
(UNHCR), UN Commission on the Status of Women, International Labour
Organisation (ILO), UN Education, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO)
Unit-V Non-Government Organisations and Human Rights in India
Civil Liberties or Groups, and Human Rights: A historical Perspective of Civil liberties
groups and Civil Liberties in India, People union for Democratic Rights (PUDR),
People union for Civil Liberties (PUCL), NGO and Civil Rights Movements
REFERENCES
1. Eide, Asbjorn, (1986), Human Rights Movements and the Transformation of International
Order, Alternatives’, Vol. 11, NO. 3.
2. Kaushik, Vijay, (1999), Women’s Movements and Human Rights, Pointer Publishers Jaipur,
3. Kothari, Smitu, (1990), Human Rights Movement in India: A Critical Overview, Social Action,
vol. 40, no. 1
4. Puri, Balraj, (1990), Role of Human Rights Groups in Kashmir, Radical Humanist, 54 (3).
5. A.P. Vijapur and Kumar Sures, (eds.) (1999), Perspectives on Human Rights., New Delhi:
Manak.
6. Stenier, Henry J., (1990), Diverse Partners: Non-Governmental Organizations in the Human
Rights Movement: The Report of a Retreat of Human Rights Activists, Massachusetts: Harvard
Law School.
7. Tyagi, Y.K. (1995) “Golden Jubilee of Unfinished Task: The United Nations Human Rights
Movement, International Studies, Vol. 32, and no. 4.
8. Tyne, Claude H. Van, (1990), India Freedom Movement, Akashdeep Publishing House, Delhi.
Paper- XIII, Group-A: Women and Human Rights
10 (1989)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
ach unit.

Unit-I Perspectives on the Status of Women in India
Historical, Philosophical and Social Perspectives: Social: Status of women in
contemporary Indian society-Poverty, illiteracy, lack of independence, oppressive social
customs and gender bias; Violence against and abuse of women in public and private
domains
Special Laws for the Protection of Women: Suppression of Immoral Traffic Act (1956),
Maternity Benefit Act (1961), Dowry Prohibition Act (1961), Equal Remuneration Act
(1976), Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act (1971), Commission of Sati
(Prevention) Act (1982), PNDT Act (1994)
Unit-II International Norms for the Protection of Women
ILO Convention For The Protection of Female Labour, UNESCO Convention against
Discrimination in Education (!960), Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of
Discrimination Against Women (1979), UN Convention on Political Rights of Women
(1952), Convention on Nationality of Married Women (1957), Convention on Consent
to Marriage , Minimum Age for Marriage and Registration of Marriage (1962)
Unit-III Institutional Mechanism for the Protection of Women
Convention of Elimination of Discrimination against Women (1979), Convention for
the Suppression of the Traffic in Prostitution of Others (1949), The Vienna Convention
on Human Rights (1993), Declaration on the Elimination of Violence against Women
1993, Declaration on the Participation of Women in Promoting International Peace and
Cooperation (1982)
Unit-IV Constitution of India and the Status of Women
Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles under the Constitution, Special Provisions
for the Protection of Women; Article 15 (3), Article39 (d), and (e) Article 42, Article
243 (D) and 243 (T).
Unit-V Women and Public Policy
Women and Public Policy: Female health and family welfare, literacy programmes,
Female labour welfare: Issue of current debate: Political rights of women (reservation
and protection of women), Personal laws and status of women.
REFERENCES
1. UN Centre for Human Rights (1995), Harmful Traditional Practices Affecting the Health of
Women and Children, Geneva: World Campaign for Human Rights.
2. Kaushal, Rachna, (2000), Women and Human Rights in India. New Delhi: Kaveri Books.
3. Khan, Mumtaz Ali, (1998), Women and the Human Rights, Commonwealth, New Delhi
4. Kaushik, Vijay (1999), Women’s Movements and Human Rights, Pointer Publishers Jaipur
5. Mukhopadhyay, S., (ed.), (1998), In the Name of Justice; Women and Law in society, Manohar,
New Delhi:
6. Mishra, Jyotsana, (2000), Women and Human Rights, Kalpaz Pub, New Delhi;.
7. Nirmal, C.J., (1999), Human Rights in India, Oxford, New Delhi
10 (1990)

8. Pachauri, S.K., (1999), Women and Human Rights, APH Publications, New Delhi
9. Achauri, S.K., (1999), Women and Human Rights, APH Publications, New Delhi
10. Saxena, Shobha, (1999), Crimes against Women and Protective Laws, Deep and Deep, New
Delhi:
11. South Asian HRDC, (2006), Introducing Human Rights: An Overview including issues of
Gender Justice, Environmental and Consumer Law, OUP, New Delhi:
12. UN, (1999), Convention on the Elimination of all Forms of Discrimination against Women, UN
Department of Public Information, New York
Paper- XIV, Group-A: Children and Human Rights
10 (1991)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Historical, Philosophical and Social Perspective
Historical, Philosophical and Social Perspective of Child Rights
Unit-II Status of Child in Contemporary Indian Society
Impact of poverty and illiteracy on the health and education of child, Social and
Cultural practices regarding girl child foeticide and child marriage, Child labour (in
construction, carpet, glass, bangles and other industries in unorganized sector) forced
labor, sale of children, Child abuse inside and outside homes, trafficking in children,
Children and custodial crimes,
Unit-III Indian Constitutions Status
Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles under the Indian Constitution, Special
provisions for the Protection for the child: article 15 (3) Article 24, Article 39 (e), (f)
and Article (45), Legislature, Executive, Judiciary (Special contribution of judiciary,
Nation Human Rights Commission, National Commission for Child.
Unit-IV Legal Norms and Policies
Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, Children (Pleading of Labour) Act
1933, Child Marriage Restraint Act 1929, Pre-Natal Diagnostic Technique (Regulation
and Prevention of Misuse) Act 1956, Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act
1986, Orphanage and other Charitable Home (Supervision and Control) Act 1960,
Juvenile Justice Acts 1986 and 2000.
Unit-V International Norms

REFERENCES
ILO Convention on Restriction and Prohibition on Child Labour including ILO
Convention on Child Labour (19990
Un Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989), Optional Protocol on the Involvement
of Children in Armed Conflict, and optional protocol on Sale of Children, child
Prostitution and child pornography (2000), Declaration of social and Legal Principles
relating to the protection and Welfare of children with Special Reference to Foster
Placement and Adoption
1. Agrawal, Amita, (1992), and Handbook on Child, Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi
2. Diwan, Paras and Peeyushi Diwan, (1994), Children and Legal Protection, Deep and Deep,
New Delhi:
3. Khanna, S.K., (1998), Children and the Human Rights, Commonwealth, New Delhi,
4. Kumar, Bindal, (2000), Problems of Working Children, APH Publications, New Delhi
5. UN Centre for Human Rights (1995), Practices Harmful Traditional Affecting the Health of
Women and Children, Geneva: World Campaign for Human Rights
6. Mookerjee, A, (2007), Commentaries on the Juvenile (Care and protection of Children, Act
2000), Kamal Law House Kolkatta
7. Bagula, A.M, (2006), Child and Crime, SBS publishing & Distributors, New Delhi
8. Bhnadra, Mita, (1999), Girl Child in Indian Society, Rawat, New Delhi
9. Bhargava, Vanita, (1996), Adoption in India, Sage Publication, New Delhi
10 (1992)

Paper- XV, Group-A: Human Rights and Duties of the Aged and Disabled
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Aging and Ageism: Conceptual Perspective
Aging Definition: Problems of Aged: Medical, Economic, Social, Psychological
Theoretical Perspective: Disengagement, Activity, Human Development, Continuity,
Exchange Symbolic Interacts,
Unit-II Disability
Definition estimates and causes, Approaches to disability; the Charity Model, the Bio
Centric Model, the Functional Model and Human Rights
Unit-III Legal Perspective
Constitutional Frame Work of Fundamental Rights, Directive Principles of State
Policies and Fundamental Duties
Special Laws and Policies for Person with Disability (Equal opportunities, Protection of
Rights and Full Participation) Act, Mental Health Act (1993)
Unit-IV Institutional Mechanism
Constitutional Mechanism: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary
Non-Governmental Organizations
Role of Education and Media
Unit-V International Norms
UN General Assembly Declaration on the Rights of the Disabled Persons 1975,
Declaration on the Mentally Retired Persons 1971, Resolution on the Rights of the
Disabled Persons adopted by the Coordinating Committee of National Institutions for
the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights 1993, World Assembly on Ageing
(1982)
REFERENCES
1. UN, (1993), Human Rights and Disabled persons, Geneva: World Campaign for Human
Rights.
2. UN, (1997), Protection of the Heritage of Indigenous People, UN Publication Division, New
York:
3. Alnasir, M.A., (1995), Human Rights and Female Foeticide, in B.P. Singh Sehgal, (eds),
Human rights in India: Problems and Perspectives, Deep and Deep New Delhi,
4. Jacob, Alice, (1998), Towards a Regime of Rights of Older Persons, Journal of Indian Law
Institute
5. Karna, G. and K. Gaharana, (1994), Rights of, Disabled Persons, In K.P., Saksena, ed. Human
Rights: Perspective and Challenges, New Delhi.
10 (1993)

6. Karna, G.N. (2001), Disability Studiers in India: Retrospect and Prospect,: Gyan Publishing
House, New Delhi
7. Kumar, Bindal, (2000), Problems of Working Children, APH Publication, New Delhi
8. Lalitha, S., Legality of Contract of Sale of Women, Journal of Indian Law Institute, vol. 30,
no.1
9. Sreenath, Lalith, Victimisation of Girl- Child in the Home, Indian Journal of International
Law, vol. 38, no.1
10. “Enforcement of Rights of the Disables”, Journal of Indian Law Institute, vol. 38, no.4
11. Van Bueren, G., International Legal Protection of Children in Armed Conflicts, International
and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 43.
12. Karna, G.N. (2000), Disability Rights Movement: Conceptual Framework and its Implications
for India, Disabilities and Impairments, Vol. 14, NO.1.
10 (1994)

Paper - XIII, Group-B: International Humanitarian and Refugee Laws
10 (1995)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Conceptual Perspective
Origin and Development of International Humanitarian Law (IHL),
Doctrine of Military necessity versus the Principles of Humanity, Role of IHL
in non- international armed conflicts,
National perspectives on IHL, Implementation and Enforcement of IHL
Role of Red Cross and NGOs
Unit-II Implementation and enforcement
Concept of Protecting Power: United Nations, International Criminal Court and
Tribunals
Unilateralism: ‘Humanitarian’ intervention versus State Sovereignty, Humanitarian
Assistance
Unit-III International Refugee Law
The history of International Refugee Law: Cold War Origin to Rights of People who are
not Citizens, Determination of Refugees status under the Refugees Convention 1951
and Protocol 1967,
Protection under International Law: Right of non- rofoulement, Rights to Asylum,
UNHRC and Refugee Protection
Unit-IV Protection in India
India critique of UNHCR and Convention,
Protection without Legislation: Case law,
Status of Refugee in India under UNHCR
Unit-V Problems and Prospects
Resettlement in Third Country, Repatriation: Voluntary or Forced, Local Assimilation,
Protective Zones
REFERENCES
1. Bond, B.E Harrel, (1985), and Imposing Aid: Emergency Assistance to Refugees. Oxford
University Press, New York,
2. Charkrabarty, Manik, (1998), Human Rights and Refugees: Problems, Law and Practices,
Deep and Deep publications New Delhi,
3. Chimni, B.S, (2000), International Refugee Law: A Reader, Sage Publication New Delhi
4. Gaza Heregh, (1984), Development of International Humanitarian Law, Budapest: Akademai,
Kiado

5. Gill, Goodwin, (1996), The Refugee in International Law, Oxford: Oxford University Press
6. Grahl-Madsen Atle, (1972), The Status of Refugees in International Law, Leiden: A.W.
Sijthoff.
7. Hathaway, James C, (1991), The Law of Refugees Status, Butter words Tronto,
8. Hingorani, R.C(ed), (1991), Humanitarian Law, Oxford and IBH publishing Co, New Delhi
9. Loeseher, Gill and L.Mohan, (eds.), (1989), Refugees and International Relations Oxford,
University Press, Oxford
10. Mani V.S., (1993), Humanitarian intervention and International Law, Indian Journal of Law,
Vol. 33
11. Mani V.S. (1993) Humanitarian intervention and International Law, Indian Journal of Law,
Vol 33.
12. Mani, V.,. (2001), International Humanitarian Law: An Indo- Asian Perspective, International
Review of the Red Cross, vol. 833, no 841.
13. Muntarborn, Vitit, (1993), The Status of Refugees in Asia, Clarendon Press Oxford
14. Patil, U.T. and P.R. Trivedi, (2000), Refugees and the Human Rights, Author press Delhi:
15. Saxena, J.N, (1994), Problems of refugees in Developing Countries and Need for International
Burden- sharing, in K.P. Saksena, (ed.), Human Rights: Perspective and Challenges, Lancers
Books, New Delhi
16. Sinha, Manoj K, (2000), Basic Documents on International Human Rights and Refugees Laws,
Manak Publications, New Delhi
17. Zolberg, Aristide R,(etal), (1989), Escape From Violence: Conflict and the Refugees Crisis in
Developing World, oxford university press New Delhi.
Paper - XIV, Group-B: Development, Globalization and Human Rights
10 (1996)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Connotations of Development
Modernization and Dependency Approach, a human rights approach to Development,
Development, Poverty and Exclusion, Integrating the human rights approach in
development; towards an ethical development.

Unit-II Human Rights and Question of Sovereignty
National control over International Trade, Codes of conduct and TNCs, Sovereign
States and Peoples Rights: Issue of Economic Sovereignty, Human Rights standards and
international trade
Unit-III Globalisation and Human Rights
Globalisation: Meaning, voices for and against, Globalisation and its impact on
Agriculture, Labour, women, environment, culture etc.
Unit-IV International Trade and Human Rights
International Trade and Development, WTO, Unequal terms of trade imposed by the
Uruguay Round of GATT Negotiations, Transnational Corporations (TNCS) and
Human Rights violations.
Unit-V Implications for Society
Regulation of TNCs, Impact of GATT-WTO on the Agriculture, New Economic Policy
and weaker section (women, children, agriculture and unorganised sector labour)
REFERENCES
1. Baxi, Updenra, (1983), the New International Economic Order, Basic Needs and Rights; Notes
towards Development of the Right to Development, Indian Journal of International Law, vol.
23,-45.
2. Baxi, Upendra, (1998), “The Development of the Right to Development”, in Janusz Eymonides,
(eds), Human Rights: New Dimensions and Challenges, Sydney: UNESCO
3. Centre for Development and Human Rights, (2004), The Right to Development-A Primer. New
Delhi: Sage
4. Cheria, Anita et al, (2004), Human Rights Approach to Development; Resource Book, Books
for Change, Bang lore
5. Jain, Devaki, (1990), Working with Human Rights to Development, Mainstream, vol. 29, no. 7.
6. Mallik, Ross, (1998), Development, Ethnicity and Human Rights in South Asia, Sage, New
Delhi
7. Menon, N.R. Madhava, (1999), State of Economic and Social Rights, in K.P. Saksena, (ed.)
Human Rights; Fifty Years of India’s Independence, Gyan Publishing House New Delhi
8. O’ Byrne, Darren J, (2003), Human Rights; An Introduction; Pearson, New Delhi,
9. Raj, Suhendu Ranjan, (1999), “Development Perspectives and Human Rights”, in A.P. Vijapur
and Kumar Suresh, (eds.) Perspectives on Human Rights, Manak Publications, New Delhi;
10. Rehman, M.M. et al. (2000), Human Rights and Human Development; Concepts and Contexts,
Manak Publications New Delhi.
10 (1997)

Paper- XV, Group-B: Peoples’ Right to Self-Determination
10 (1998)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Normative and Conceptual Perspectives
Meaning of Self determination: autonomy, democracy, governance, self determination
as a process; Self-determination: External and Internal, New Dimensions and emerging
debates
Unit-II Origins and Developments of the Concept
Theories of self-governance: Kant, Locke, Rousseau, Marx; views on pluralism: Melver
and Laski; Issues of legitimacy of State and forms of governance;
Colonization, Nationalism and statehood; National liberation movements (North
America, France, Latin American and Afro- Asian countries),
Marxist theory of nationalities, Bolshevik revolution, Lenin and constitution- making in
the former socialist countries,
Woodrow Wilson’s Fourteen Points, redrawing of boundaries of former empires,
League of Nations and concept of sacred trust of civilization’
Unit-III The Indian Case
Evolution of ideas of Nationalism Autonomy and Self- Government, Independence and
Federalism in India; National uprisings during colonial rule and 1857 quest for
independence; Emergence of the Indian National Congress, demands for selfdetermination:
Mahatma Gandhi and self determination (political and economic
freedom, raja shakti and jana shakti, village republics)
Unit-IV Federalism and Demand of Autonomy in India
The constitutional framework of India; Union-State relations
Problems and challenges: Problems relating to formation of new States (demand of
linguistic states and autonomy from centre).
The movements for the demand of autonomy and armed rebellion (special references to
the State of Punjab and Jammu and Kashmir)
Problems of Union-State relations the Rajamannar and Sarkaria Commissions,
Unit-V Self – Determination in International Relations
Emergence of the principle of self determinations on the international level : League of
nations, Minority treaties, Atlantic Charter 1941, UN Charter (Article 1(2), Articles 55-
56, Chapters XI, XII and XIII) Framework and the role of UN de colonization process,
Debate between domestic jurisdiction and the people’s right of self determination,
Normative developments: UN Declarations on the granting of independence to colonial
Countries and Friendly Relations and Cooperation among States; Various UN
Declarations on Economic self- determinations

REFERENCES
1. Cases, Antonio (1995) Self-determination of Peoples. Cambridge University Press, Oxford.
2. Cobban, A.(1969) The Nation-State and National Self-determination, Leiden: Sijthoff.
3. Frank, Thomas M. (1998) Personal Self-Determination: The Wave in Constructing Identity, in
Antony and Garry Sturgess (eds.) Legal Visions of the 21 st Century: Essays in Honour of Judge
Christopher Weeramantry, Kluwer, The Hague.
4. Guruswamy, M.et. al. (1997) The Contemporary Character of the Principle of Self
Determination, Indian Journal of International Law, vol. 37.
5. Islam, M. Rafiqul (1996) Indigenous Self-determination at Cross Road Right of its People,
Indian Journal of International Law, vol. 36.
6. Joshi, P.C. (1994) The Right to Self-determination: its Scope and Limits, Journal of
Philosophical Studies, vol. 1 No. 1 February.
7. Kirgis Federic L. Jr. (1994) The Degrees of Self-determination in the United Nations Era,
American Journal of Intrnational Law, vol. 88 no. 2.
8. Mendelson, M.H. (1996) Self-determination in Jammu and Kashmir, Indian Journal of
International Law, vol. 36.
9. Nirmal, B.C. (1999) Rights of Self-determination in International Law: Evolution, UN Law and
Practice, New Dimensions, Deep and Deep Publications, New Delhi .
10. Norbu, Dawa (1997) Self-determination in the Post Soviet Era : A Case Study of Tibet,
International Studies, vol. 34.
11. Partsch, Karl Josef (1982) Fundamental Principles of Human Rights : Self-determination,
Equality and Non-discrimination, in Karel Vasak (ed.) The International Dimensions of Human
Rights, vol. I, Paris, UNESCO.
12. Saini, R.S. (1998) Is the Right to Self-determination Relevant to Jammu and Kashmir, Indian
Journal of International Law, vol. 38.
13. Saini, R.S. (1999) Right to Self-determination Secede and International Terrorism : What are
the UN Norms and Practices, in A.P. Vijapur and Suresh Kumar (eds.) Perspectives on Human
Right, Manak Publishers, New Delhi.
14. Swan, George S. (1982) Self-determination and the United National Charter, Indian Journal of
International Law, vol. 22.
15. Tomaschat, C. (ed.) (1993) Modern Law of Self-determination, Dordrecht, Martinus Nijhoff.
UN, (1981), The Right to Self-determination: Historical and Current Development on the Basis
of United Nations Instrument, UN, Publication Division, New York.
10 (1999)

16. UN, (1980) The Right to Self-determination : Implementation of United Nations Resolutions,
UN Publication Division, New York.
10 (2000)

M.A. (Final) Human Rights, Semester-IV
Scheme of Examination 2012-13
Paper No. Nomenclature
Max.Marks
100
Time
Ex. Int.
Paper-XVI Minorities and Human Rights and Duties 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XVII Environment & Human Rights & Duties 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XVIII, XIX, XX: Students may choose any one of the following Groups
Group:-A
Paper-XVIII Disadvantaged Groups and Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XIX Working Class and Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XX
Group:-B
Project Report on the Practice of Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XVIII Protection and Enforcement of Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Paper –XIX Science and Technology, and Human Rights and
Duties
80 20 3 Hours
Paper-XX Project Report on the Practice of Human Rights 80 20 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
M.A. (Final) Human Rights, Semester – IV
Paper- XVI: Minorities, Human Rights and Duties
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Conceptual Perspective
Minorities as Socio-Economic-Religious-Linguistic concept, Regional Minorities, Role
of Minorities in the Development of Human Rights.
Unit-II Rights and Duties of Minorities under the Indian Legal System
Constitutional Framework: Fundamental Rights, Directive Principal and Fundamental,
Duties, Special provision in Article 26 to 30, 331, 333, 336 and 337 of the Constitution,
Special Laws and Policies: National Commission for Minorities Act (1992).
Unit-III Mechanism for the Protection of Minorities: Constitutional mechanism: Legislature,
Executive and Judiciary, National and State Commission on Minorities, Non-
Governmental Organizations.
Unit-IV International Legal Instruments
UNESCO Constitution (1945), Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948),
Declaration on Race and Racial Prejudice (1978) Declaration On the Rights of Persons
Belonging to National or Ethnic, Religious and Linguistic Minorities (1972), Vienna
Declaration and Programming Action (1993), Universal Declaration on Cultural
Diversity (2001).
10 (2001)

Unit-V Minority Rights and Politics in India
The Nation- Building Project and Minorities,
Secularism and Minorities Rights: Crisis in the Secularism and Minority’s Rights,
Communal Mobilization and Minority’s Rights.
REFERENCES
1. Bhargava, G.S. and R.M. Pal. (eds.), (2000), Human Rights of Dalits: Societal Violation, Gyan
Publishing House New Delhi:,
2. Brolmann, C. et al. (eds.), (1993), People and Minorities in International Law, Martinus
Nijhoff, Dordrecht:
3. Choedon, Yeshi, (1994), Ethnic, Social and Religions Conflicts: Rights of Minorities, in K.P.,
Saksena, (ed.) Human Rights: Perspective and Challenges, Lancers Book, New Delhi:
4. Narang, A.S., (1999), Debate on Minority Rights, in A.P. Vijapur and Kumar Suresh, (eds.),
Perspective on Human Rights, Manak Publications, New Delhi:
5. Reddy, Jagmohan, (1981), Minorities and the Constitution, Bombay: University Press.
6. Saxena, J.N., (1983), International Protection of Minorities and Individual Human Rights”,
Indian Journal of International Law, vol. 23
7. Seth, D.L. and Gurpreet Mahajan (eds.), (1999), Minority Identities and the Nation State,:
Oxford University Press, New Delhi
8. Thamilmaran, V.T. “Ethnic, Social and Religious Conflicts: Rights of Minorities, in K.P.
Saksena (ed.), (1994), Human Rights: Perspectives and Challenges, Lancers Boo New Delhi
9. Thornberry, Patrick, (1991), International Law and the Rights of the Minorities, Clarendon
Press, Oxford
10. UN, (1991), Rights, Study on the Rights of Persons Belonging to Ethnic, Religious and
Linguistic Minorities, UN Publication Division, New York.
10 (2002)

Paper - XVII: Environment and Human Rights and Duties
10 (2003)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Meaning Nature and Scope of Environment
Its meaning, concern for environment, historical perspective, pollution and its effects on
environment and life on earth, Right to clean environment: Right to environment versus
right to development, Sustainable development; Threats to environment
Unit-II International and National Perspective
International and National Perspective: UN Declaration on the Right to Development
1986, International Conventions on the Protection of environment, precautionary
principle, debate on social clause and WTO,
National Regime of Environmental Protection: Constitutional Rights and Duties,
Statutory Rights and Duties,
Unit-III Issues of Environmental Development in Developing Countries
Inter-Generational Equity: Preservation of Natural Resources, Indigenous People:
Tribal and Forest Dwellers, Poverty, illiteracy and Environment, City Dwellers and
Villagers, Working Class, Living Species other than Human Beings.
Unit –IV Environmental Crises
Environment verses Development: Mega projects, Industrial accidents and their impact
on human
Emerging Problems of Science and Technological Development: Genetic Engineering,
Hazardous of waste treatment, Pollution control mechanism, Dumping of waste and
discarded technology,
Unit –V Supervision and Enforcement
Commissions, Committees, International Reporting Delegations under various Treaties
and NGOs,
Enforcement Agencies: Issues of liability, insurance Courts: Process and Remedies,
Tribunal arbitration and conciliation
Emerging Concepts: Common concern of Humankind: Common heritage principle,
Public trust, Precautionary Principle, Sovereign equality, Concern for unborn- animals
and plants: Right of Future Generations, Code of Environmental Culture and Ethics.
REFERENCES
1. Balasubramanium, V., “Environment and Human Rights: A New Form of Imperialism”,
Economic and Political Weekly, vol.33, no.8, 22-27 Feb. 1998,
2. Birnie, Patricia and Allan Boyle, (1992) International Law and the Environment: Clarendon,
Oxford

3. Desai, Bharat, “Enforcement of the Right to Environmental Protection through Public
InterestLitigation in India”, Indian Journal of International Law, vol.33, 1993,
4. Finnies, J. (1987), Natural Law and Natural Rights, Clarendon Press, Oxford:
5. Mahawal, S., “Right to Safe Environment”, World Focus, vol.13, no.2, March 1992
6. RLEK, (1997), Community Forestry Management in Protected Areas: A Van Gujjar Proposal,
Natraj Publishers, New Delhi
7. Sachs, Aaron, Eco-Justice: (1995) Linking Human Rights and the Environment, World watch
Institute, Washington D.C.
8. Shelton, Dinah, “Human Rights, Environmental Rights and the Right to Environment”,
Stanford Journal of International Law, vol.28, no.1, 1991,
9. Singh, Nagendra, “Right to Environment and Sustainable Development as a Principle of
International Law”, Journal of Indian Law Institute, 1987,
10. Singh, Rajkumar Deepak, “Response of Indian Judiciary to Environmental Protection”, Indian
Journal of International Law, vol.39, no.3, July-Sept. 1999,
11. Trindade, A.C., (1998), “Human Rights and the Environment”, in Janusz Symonides, ed.,
Human Rights:New Dimensions and Challenges, UNESCO, Sydney.
Paper- XVIII, Group-A: Disadvantaged People and Human Rights
10 (2004)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Concept, History and Issues
Disadvantage Group- Concept, Historical Background: Feudalism, caste system
Socio-Eco Situation: Social and economic deprivation of lower rungs of society through
history
British Rule and its impact on disadvantage communities
Unit-II Status of Disadvantaged People in Contemporary Indian Society
Issues of Identification of Scheduled Castes/ Scheduled Tribes, Dalits and other
backward Classes
Deprivation and Atrocities: Poverty, illiteracy and unemployment, Economic and Social
Inequality Issues of land rights, rural indebtness
Unit-III Constitutional Protection

Fundamental Rights and Directive principles under Constitution: Special protections
under Articles 15(4), 16(4) & (4-A), 17, 29(1) and 46, Articles
334,335,338,339,340,341&342
Fifth and Sixth Schedules: Special Protection: laws and Policies: Protection of Civil
Rights Act (1955), Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities)
Act 1989, Employment of manual Scavengers and Construction of Dry latrines
(Prohibition) Act (1999)
Unit-IV Institution Mechanism for Protection of SC/ST, and OBCs
Constitutional Mechanism: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary, National Commissions,
State Commission: Non –Governmental Organisations, The Information Media: Role of
Education
Unit-V International Norms and Standards
UN Declaration on the Indigenous People 1995, UN Voluntary Fund for Indigenous
Population 1985, ILO Convention No. 169 concerning Indigenous and Tribal
Communities 1989, Current Debates on the Rights of Indigenous People
REFERENCES
1. Bhargava, G.S. and R.M. Pal, (eds,)(2000) Human Rights of Dalits: Societal Violation, Gyan
Publishing House New Delhi:,
2. Bhatia, K.L. et al. (1995) Social Justice of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar,: Deep and Deep New Delhi,
3. Brolmann, C. et al. (eds.) Peoples and Minorities in International Law, Martinus Nijhoff,
Dordecht
4. Chocdon, Yeshi (1994) “ Ethnic, Social and Religions Conflicts: Right of Minorities”, in K.P.
Saksena (ed.) Human Rights: Perspective and Challenges, Lancers Books, New Delhi:
5. Giridhar, Gormango (1987) Constitutional Provisions for the SCs and STs,: Himalaya
Publishing House New Delhi
6. Kazimi, M.R. (1996) “ Judiciary and the Protection of the Right of the Minorities in India”, in
Mumtaz Ali Khan (ed.) Human Rights and the Dalits, New Delhi: D.K. Publishers.
7. Narang, A.S. (1999) “Debate on Minority Rights”, in A. P. Vijapur and Kumar Suresh, (eds.)
Perspectives on Human Rights.: Manak Publications, New Delhi
8. Pillai, R.V. (1999) “Development Issues in Human rights with Reference to the Scheduled
Castes and the Scheduled Tribes”, in a A.P.Vijapur and Kumar Suresh, (eds.) Perspectives on
Human Rights,: Manak Publications, New Delhi
9. Reddy, Jagmihan (1981) Minorities and the Constitution, Bombay University Press.
10. Sheth, D.L. and Gurpreet Mahajan, (edu.) Minority Identities and the Nation State,: Oxford
University Press, New Delhi
10 (2005)

11. Sinha, S.P. (1993) Conflict and Tension in Tribal Society, Concept Publication, New Delhi
12. Thamilmaran, V.T, (1991) Ethnic, Social and Religious Conflicts: Rights of Minorities”, in
Thornberry, Patrick (ed.) International Law and the Rights of the Minorities. Claredon Press,
Oxford:
13. UN Center for Human Rights (1991) Study on the Rights of Persons Belonging to Ethnic,
14. Religious and Linguistic Minorities, UN Publication Division, New York,
15. UN Centre for Human Rights (1997) The Rights of Indigenous Peoples, Geneva: World
Campaign for Human Rights.
16. UN High Commissioner for Human (1997) Protection of the Heritage of Indigenous People,
Geneva: UN Publication Division.
Paper-XIX, Group-A: Working Class and Human Rights
10 (2006)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Conceptual Issues
Definition of working class, classification; Status of Working Class: Women,
Children, Casual Workers, Bonded Labor, Agricultural Labor, Migrant Workers.
Unit-II Ideology and Working Class
Working class movement; From Laissez Faire to Welfare State; Privatization to
Globalization; Basic Rights and Duties: Their Content and Scope – Association and
Assembly, Work with Equality and Dignity, Education and Information, Trade
Unionism and its Development, Industrial, Labour Safety.
Unit-III Labour Welfare Problems
Health Hazards: Accidents, Occupational Decease; Social Security; Collective
Bargaining; Workers’ Participation in Management; Retrenchment, Termination and
Displacement; Work Culture and Welfare Measures; Industrial Conflicts and Insecurity;
Impact of Technological Developments; Conflicting Rights: Worker’s Benefit v.
Employer’s Inconvenience, The right to strike, Lockout and closure of Industry.
Unit-IV International and Indian Standards
International Framework: ILO Labor Standards; Debate on Social Clause and WTO;
Emerging Rights and Duties; Code of International Industrial Discipline; Role of
International Labor Agencies
Unit-V Protection of working Class in India
Indian Framework: Constitutional Protection; Worker’s Rights and Duties; Employers’
Responsibilities and Duties; Dispute Settlement Mechanisms. Institutional Framework

REFERENCES
for Promotion of Labour Welfare: National – State machinery, workers organizations;
Role of International Labor Organization (ILO)
1. ILO, (1974), Migrant Workers. Geneva, International Labor Office.
2. ILO, (1970), Trade Union Rights and Their Relation to Civil Liberties, Geneva: International
Labor Office.
3. Jain, Mahavir (1997) Bonded Labor Justice through Judiciary.: Manak Publications, New
Delhi
4. Jenks, C.W. (1960) Human Rights and International Labor Standards,:Stevens London,.
5. Kumar, Bindal, (2000), Problems of Working Children. APII Publications, New Delhi
6. Mehta, P.L., (1996), Child Labor and the law, Deep and Deep, (New Delhi:
7. Prakash, S.S. (1990), Bonded Labor and Social Justice, Deep and Deep, New Delhi:
8. Sahoo, Umesh Ch. (1990) “Child Labor and Legislation”, Economic and Political Weekly, vol.
XXV, no. 46, 17 November, pp. 2531-34.
9. Saksena, Anu (1999), Human Rights and Child Labor in Indian Industries,:Shipra,
Publications, New Delhi
10. Saksena, K.P. (1999) “Recent Supreme Court Judgment on Child Labor: A Critique”, in K.P.
Saksena (eds.), Human Rights: Fifty Years of India’s Independence: Gyan Publishing House,
New Delhi.
11. Sankaran, Kamala (1998) “Human Rights and the World of Work”, Journal of Indian Law
Institute, vol.40 nos. 1-4
12. Saxsena, Anu ,(2002) ,Human Rights and Child Labor in Indian Industries, Shipra, New Delhi:
13. Sharma, A.K. (1995) “ Human Rights Violations of Street Children and Child Labor in New
Delhi”, In B. P. Singh Seghal (ed.) Human Rights in India: Problems and Perspectives, Deep
and Deep, New Delhi
14. Singh, S.K., (1994), Bonded Labor and the La, Deep and Deep. New Delhi
15. UN, (1996), The Right to Migratory Workers, UN Centre for Human Rights, World Campaign
for Human Rights, Geneva:
16. Valticos, N. (1979) International Labor Law, Kluwer, Netherlands.
10 (2007)

Paper-XX, Group-A: Project Report on the Practice of Human Rights
Max. Marks: 100
Time: 3 Hours
The student shall be required to write a project report based on the case study of any aspect of human
rights and duties problem/situation. He/she shall focus on a particular problem area and prepare a
report based on the study of the situation, its case, and solutions.
The students may be provided with potential topics or the topics may be selected in consultation with
the teacher
Paper-XVIII, Group-B: Protection and Enforcement of Human Rights
10 (2008)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Conceptual Issues
Human Rights – Protection and Promotion; Human Rights as a Legal Ideal; Obligations
to Implement Human Rights Provision; Ethics in Law Enforcement
Unit-II Human Rights Violations
Social Content and Subjectivities, Crimes Against Humanity; Response of Community
to Violations.
Unit-III Protection of Human Rights at the National Level
Legislature, Executive, Judiciary
National and State Commission on Human Rights and other Commissions
Non Government Organizations
Unit-IV Protection of Human Rights at Regional Level
European mechanisms of protection and enforcement, role of the Council of Europe,
The European Court of Human Rights
Regional mechanism in Latin America
Regional mechanism in Africa
Unit-V Protection and Enforcement at Global Level
UN Human Rights Commission, UN High Commissioner for Human Rights,
Committees Under the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights &
Economic. Social and Cultural Rights, Racial Discrimination Convention, Rights of the
Child Convention, Torture Convention, etc., ILO mechanisms
Monitoring techniques: reporting obligations, state and individuals complaints
procedures, and compliance of recommendations
Roles of UN Security Council, General Assembly, ECOSOC and the Secretary General.

REFERENCES
1. Bloed, A. and others, (1993), Monitoring Human Rights in Europe, Dordrecht, Martinus
Nijhoff
2. Buergenthal Thomas, The Advisory Practice of the Inter- American Human Rights Court,
American Journal of International Law, vol. no.1.
3. The Inter-American Court of Human Rights, American Journal of International Law, vol. 76
4. The Domestic Status of the European Convention on Human Rights: A Second Look,
International Commission of Jurist, vol. 7, no 1
5. Buergenthal Thomas, The Advisory Practice of the Inter- American Human Rights Court,
American Journal of International Law, vol. no.1.
6. The Inter-American Court of Human Rights, American Journal of International Law, vol. 76
7. The Domestic Status of the European Convention on Human Rights: A Second Look,
International Commission of Jurist, vol. 7, no
8. Davidson, Scot, Remedies for Violations of the American convention on Human Rights
International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 44, no.2.
9. Drzemkzewski, A., The Sui Generis Nature of the European Convention on Human Rights,
International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 29, no.1
10. ILO, Comparative Analysis of the International Covenants on Human Rights and International
11. Labour Conventions and Recommendations, Official Bulletin (Geneva), vol.52, no.2, 1969,
12. Bailey, Sydney D, (1994). , The UN Security Council and Human Rights, St. Martin’s New
York Press,
13. Bakken, T., “International Law and Human Rights for Defendants in Criminal Trials”, Indian
Journal of International Law, vol.25, 1985,
14. Carey, J., U.N., (1970), Protection of Civil and Political Rights, Syracuse University Press,
Syracuse
15. Cassase, A., (ed), (1990), Human Rights: Thirty Years after the Universal Declaration
16. ——————, Human Rights in Changing World, Temple University Press, Philadelphia
17. Claude, R.P., and B.H. Weston, (1989), Human Rights in the World Community: Issues and
Action, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia:
10 (2009)

18. Drost, P.N., (1951), Human Rights as Legal Rights: The Realization of Human Rights in
Positive International Law Leiden: Sijthoff
19. Falk, Richard A., (1982) Human Rights and State Sovereignty: Holmes and Meier, New York
20. Ferguson, C. Claude, “Global Human Rights: Challenges and Prospects”, Denver Journal of
International Law and Policy, vol.8, 1979
21. Gromley, W.P., “The Emerging Dimensions of Human Rights: Protection at the International
and Regional Levels - The Common Standard of Mankind”, Banaras Law Journal, vol.17,
no.1, 1981
22. Halcombe, Arthur N, (1948). , Human Rights in the Modern World, Washington, University
Press, New York
23. Hannum, Hurst, (1984). Guide to International Human Rights Practice, University of
Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia
24. Henkin, Louis, (1979). Human Dignity: The Internationalization of Human Rights, , Oceanna,
New York
25. Jha, Indra Mohan, (1999) “Human Rights and India’s Foreign Policy”, in A.P.Vijapur and
Kumar Suresh, eds., Perspectives on Human Rights Manak Publications, New Delhi:
26. Kalshoven, F., “International Concern for Human Rights: Can it be Effective?” German
Yearbook of International Law, vol.21, 1978.
27. Kannamma, Raman, (1998), Universality of the Human Rights Discourse: An Overview,
University of Mumbai, Mumbai
28. Karel, Vasak, (ed), (1982). The International Dimensions of Human Rights, Greenwood Press,
Connecticut
29. Khan, Rahamatullah, (1970), Implied Powers of the United Nations, Vikas Publications, and
New Delhi.
30. Kulkarni, M, “Universal Declaration of Human Rights”, Radical Humanist, vol.65, no.9,
December 1991
31. Kumar, Arvind, Encyclopaedia of Human Rights Violence and Non-Violence, 3 Volumes 1998
32. Lauterpacht, Hersch, (1973), Human Rights and International Law, Carland, New York:
33. Luard, E., ed., (1967), The International Protection of Human Rights, Thames and Hudson,
London
10 (2010)

Paper XIX, Group-B: Science and Technology and Human Rights and Duties
10 (2011)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Marks :20
External Marks : 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from
each unit.
Unit-I Conceptual Issues
Concept of Science & Technology as a tool for furtherance of human and social
welfare; Debates over ‘development’: ‘Quality’ of life: Spiritualism versus Materialism:
The need for balancing of Values
Role of science &technology in contributing to development of human beings: Material
comforts, increase in human capacity in producing goods and services useful to
furthering human welfare both material and spiritual: food production and preservation,
education and expansion of information and human knowledge, health and personal
well-being, access to diverse communities and people ,etc
Unit-II Some Ethical and Legal Issues
Developments in biotechnology; Life sustaining technologies; artificial organs, kidney
dialysis, life sustaining drugs
New impacts of science & technology: Organ transplantation and sale of human organs,
Computer crimes, pornography online, new torture technologies
Unit-II Information Technology and Human Rights
Revolution in information technology, Right to information, right to education, right to
communication, freedom of the Press, and other information media, right to
entertainment, Problems of imposing reasonable restrictions, Applicable legal norms:
Article19,41,45&46 of the Indian Constitution, Information Technology Act 199, other
Indian laws relating to media, information technology, satellite communication,
Cinematograph Act, Official Secrets Act 1926
Unit-III Right to Food and Science & Technology
Science & technology to improve and diversify food production and storage, and for
food security,
Fertilizers, biotechnology to produce improved varieties of foods, improvement in
storage facilities Impact of bio-technology in agriculture (positive and negative):
agriculture as a commercial industry,
Role of Multinational Corporations and free market economy: World Trade
Organization and Agriculture, Applicable legal norms.
Unit-IV Right to Health and Science and Technology
Science & technology and improvement of individual and community health and
hygiene, Experiments on living beings, Community Health as a public service industry:
Shift in character as a commercial, industry, role of multinationals, pharmaceutical
industries, changing role of government
Unit-V Right to Development: Development (spiritual and material) as both the objective as
well as the catalyst for realization of human rights, Human welfare: Indivisibility of

REFERENCES
civil and political rights, and economic, social and cultural rights, Science and
technology as a tool of development, Declaration on the Right to Development 1986,
Problems in access to technology Applicable legal norms.
1. UN Centre for Human Rights, (1996) Advisory Services and Technological Cooperation in the
Field of Human Rights, World Campaign for Human Rights, Geneva:
2. UN Centre for Human Rights, (1991), Report of the International Consultation on AIDS and
Human Rights, Geneva, 26-28 July 1989 UN Publication Division, New York
3. UN, (1982), Human Rights and Scientific and Technological Developments,UN Department of
Public Information, New York
4. WHO, (1996), Health as a Bridge for Peace and Human Rights WHO, Geneva
5. WHO, (1975). Protection of Human Rights in the Light of Scientific and Technological
Progress in Biology and Medicine, WHO, Albany
6. Amarasekara, Kumar, (1998), “Autonomy, Paternalism and Discrimination¨The Darker Side of
Euthanasia”, in Antony Anghie and Garry Sturgess, eds., Legal Visions of the 21st Century:
Essays in Honour of Judge Christopher Weeramantry: Kluwer, The Hague
7. Bankowski, I., (ed.), (1993), International Ethical Guidelines for Bromedial Research Involving
Human Subjects: WHO, Geneva
8. Johnston, Ann and others, (eds), (1986). New Technologies and Development, UNESCO,
Geneva:
9. Michael, James, (1994), Privacy and Human Rights: An International and Comparative Study
with Special Reference to Documents in Information Technology, UNESCO, and Paris
10. Mukherjee, Sipra G., (1985) ,“Promotion of Human Rights and Science Education”, in
K.P.Saksena,( ed)., The Teaching about Human Rights , Huriter New Delhi:,
11. Nawaz, M.K., “Law, Human Rights and Computer”, Indian Journal of International Law,
vol.25, nos. 3 and 4, July-Dec. (1985)
12. Satyamala, C., “Hazardous Contraceptives and the Right to Life”, Journal of the Indian Law
Institute, vol. 40, 1998, pp. 174-199.
13. Sisskind, Charles, (1973), Understanding Technology Feffer and Simons, (New York):
14. Zinian, John and others, (eds), (1986) The World of Science and the Rule of Law University
Press, Oxford
10 (2012)

Paper-XX, Group-B: Project Report on the Practice of Human Rights
10 (2013)
Max. Marks: 100
The student shall be required to write a project report based on the case study of any aspect of human
rights and duties problem/situation. He/she shall focus on a particular problem area and prepare a
report based on the study of the situation, its case, and solutions.
The students may be provided with potential topics or the topics may be selected in consultation with
the teacher

Kurukshetra University Kurukshetra
(Establishment by the State Legislature Act XII of 1956)
(‘A’ Grade, NAAC Accredited)
Syllabi
M.A. Defence & Strategic Studies (First Semester) w.e.f. 2011-12
Scheme of Examination
Paper No. Nomenclature
10 (2014)
Max. Marks
100
Time
Ex. Int.
Paper:-I Evolution of Strategic Thought-I 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-II National Security: Conceptual Aspects 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-III International Relations-I 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-IV Theory and Practice of War-I 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-V Research Methodology-I 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-I, Evolution of Strategic Thought-I
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit: I Kautilya’s Philosophy of war; Sun Tzu- The Art of war; Machiavelli’s views on the Art
of war;
Unit: II Vauban: The impact of science on war; and, Frederick the Great: His views on National
War;
Unit: III Clausewitz’s theories on war: war and its relationship with Policy, Strategy and Tactics;
Jomini’s theories on the concept of mass army, strategy, tactics & logistics.
Unit: IV Hamilton and Adam Smith: Their views on Importance of Military Power.
Unit: V Mackinder and Houshoffer: Their ideas on geo-politics and geo-strategy; Mahan’s
Views on Sea Power and Naval Warfare.
Readings
Dass, S.T. An Introduction to the art of war
Earl, E.M. Makers of Modern Strategy
Fuller, J.F.C. Armament and History
Fuller, J.F.C. The Conduct of war

Shapherd, E.W A Study of Military History
Shama Shastri Kautilya’s Arthshastra
Tzu, Sun The Art of War
Cohen, S.B. Geography and Politics in a divided world
Duffy, Chistopher Siege Warfare
Ropp, Theodere War in the Modern World
Beaufre Andre Deterrence and Strategy
Fukuyama, F. The End of History
Heil Brunn, Otto Conventional Warare in the Nuclear Age
Huntington, Samunal The Clash of Civilizationa
Mao-Te-Tung On the protracted War: Selected works
Nasultion, Abdul Haris Fundamentals of Guerrilla Warfare
Reid, Brain Holden J.F.C.Fuller: Military Thinker
Fuller, J.F.C. The Second World War
Greene, T.N. The Gurrilla and how to fight him
Mecuen John J. The Art of Couter revolutionary
Paper-II, National Security: Conceptual Aspects
10 (2015)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit: I Security: Definition, Concept, Types, and Objectives; and, National Defence and
Security Policies: Formulations & Linkages.
Unit: II Elements of National Security: Geographical, Social & Political Factors, Economic &
Industrial Potential, Scientific & Technological Potential, National Unity & National
Morale, Transport & Communication, Defence Potential & Defence Preparedness and
Intelligence.

Unit: III Challenges to National Security: Internal and External; and Responses to National
Security:
Unit: IV International Strategic environment in cold-war & post-cold war period.
Unit: V Contemporary trends in Arms proliferation; and, Challenges to International security:
Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) and International terrorism.
Readings
R.S. Yadav (ed.) (1993) India’s Foreign Policy : Towards 2000 A.D., New Delhi, Deep &
Deep.
R.S. Yadav (2005) Bharat Ki Videsh Niti: Ek Vishleshan, Allahabad, Kitab Mehal
R.S. Yadav & Suresh India’s Foreign Policy: Contemporary Trends, New Delhi,
Dhanda (eds.) (2009) Shipra.
Bajpai,U.S.(1986) India and its Neighbourhood: New Delhi, Lancer International.
Baranwal, S.P.(1984) Measures of Civil Defence in India: New Delhi, Guide
Publications.
Bobbing, Ross and India’s Strategic Future: Delhi, Oxford University Press.
Gordon, Sandy(eds)(1992)
Chatterjee,R.K.(1978) India’s Land Borders- Problems and Challenges: New Delhi,
Sterling Publishers.
Chaudhury, Rahul Roy(!995) Sea Power and India’s Security, London, Brassey’s.
Dass, S.T.(1987) National Security in Perspective: Delhi, Gian Publishers.
Karnard, Bharat(1994) Future Imperiled: New Delhi, Viking.
Kavic, Lorne J.(1967) India’s Quest For Security: Defence Policies 1947-1965: LA,
University of California Press.
Khera,S.S.(1968) India’s Defence Problems: New Delhi, Orient Longmans
Menon, V.P.(1961) The Story of the Integration of Indian States: New Delhi, Orient
Longmans.
Misra, R.N.(1986) Indian Ocean and India’s Security: Delhi, Mittal Publications.
Nayar, V.K.(1992) Threats From Within: New Delhi, Lancer Publications.
10 (2016)

Rao, Ramakrishna and India’s Borders: New Delhi, Scholars’ Publishing Forum.
Sharma, R.C.(ed)(1991)
Rao,P.V.R.(1970) Defence Without Drift: Bombay, Popular Prakashan.
Singh, Jaswant(1999) Defending India: Banglore, Macmillan India Ltd.
Singh, Nagendra(1974) The Defence Mechanism and the Modern State: New Delhi, Asia
Publishing House.
Venkateshwaran(1967) Defence Organisation in India: New Delhi, Ministry of Information
and Broadcasting, Government of India.
Buzan, Barry(1987) People Fear and State: New Delhi, Transasia Publications.
Buzan, Barry and Regions and Powers: Cambridge.
Waever, Ole(eds)(2003) National Security in Perspective: Delhi, Gian
Das, S.T.(1987) Publishing House.
Frankal, Joseph(1970) National Interest: London, Macmillian
Garnett, John(ed)(1970) Theories of Peace and Security: Macmillan St. Martin’s Press.
Palmer, Norman D. and International Relations: Calcutta, Scientific Book Agency
Perkins, Howard C. (1968)
Chowdhury, Subrata Roy Military Alliances and Neutrality in War and Peace: New
(1966) Delhi, Orient Longman.
SIPRI Year Books.
Paper-III, International Relations-I
10 (2017)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit: I International Relations: Concept, Nature, Scope & Development; Contending Theories
of International Relations: Realist theory, Decision making theory, Systems theory &
Game and Bargaining Theory.
Unit: II National interest: Definition, types & methods of securing National Interest, Role of
National Interest in the formulation of Foreign and Defence Policies.

Unit: III State, Nation & Nation-State System; Origin, Issues of Ethnicity, Pluralism,
Multiculturalism and Nation-State System in Contemporary times.
Unit: IV The United Nations: Purposes, Structure and Powers, The Principal Organs,
Contribution to World-peace and security.
Unit: V Collective Security: Meaning, basic postulates and its working under the League & UN;
Balance of Power: Nature, Strategies and its relevance in contemporary times; and,
Arms Control and Disarmament since World War-II.
Readings
John Baylis & Steve Smith Globalization of World Politics
Columbus, Theodore Introduction to International Relations
A. Wolfe
Dyke, Vernon Van International Politics
Morgenthau, Hans J. Politics among Nations
Palmer and Perkins International Relations
Wright, Quincy The Study of International Relations
Said A.A. Theory of International Relations
Mahender Kumar Theoretical Aspects of International Politics
Larche and Said Concept of International Politics
Rosenau, James N.,(ed.) International Politics & Foreign Policy
Sanders, Bruce L.and Contemporary International Policies.
A.C.Durbin.
Hartmann F.H. The Relations of Nations.
Calvocoressi, Peter World Politics since 1945
International Encyclopedia of Social Science.
Journals Foreign Affairs, World Politics
Paper- IV, Theory and Practice of War-I
10 (2018)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours

Note : Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit: I War: Concept, Nature and Scope, Theories of War; Causes, Assumptions, Functions
and Techniques: Animal Warfare, Primitive Warfare, Historical Warfare, Modern
Warfare.
Unit: II Guerilla Warfare and Low Intensity Conflict: Concept, Origin, Scope and objectives;
and, Limited War: Meaning, Origin, Scope and Objectives.
Unit: III War in Nuclear Age: Beginning of Nuclear Era, Main effects of Nuclear Energy, Flash,
Heat, Blast and Nuclear Radiation; Theories of Nuclear Deterrence: Preventive, Preemptive,
Massive Retaliation, Flexible Response
Unit: IV Ballistic Missile Defence: Missiles and their classification, Ground Based ABM
System, Counter Measures: NMD, TMD
Unit: V Psychological Warfare: Concept, Definition, Functions and Limitations including
various Psychological Aspects of War i.e. Leadership, Discipline, Motivation and Fear
and Panic.
Readings
Howard, Michael Theory and Practice of War
Howard, Michael The Causes of war
Bernard, Black L. War and its causes
Wright, Quincy A study of war
Mao-Tse-Tung Guerilla Warfare
Legueur Walter: Guerilla Warfare
Robert E.Osgood Limited war- The Challenge to American Strategy
Rees David Korea, the limited war
Kitson, Frank Low, intensity Operations, Subversion, Insurgency, Peace
Keeping
Osanka FM Modern Guerilla Warfare
Nasution, Abdual H. Fundamentals of Guerilla warfare
Brodie,Bernard Strategy in the missile age
Sampooran Singh India and the Nuclear Bomb
10 (2019)

Tirpathi K.S. Evolution of Nuclear Strategy
Gupta Rakesh Militarisation of outer-space
Encyclopedia Britannica
Halperin Morton H. Defence Strategies for the seventies
Mir Publications: Weaponry in space, The Dilemma of Society
Hart, Liddle History of First World War
Hart, Liddle History of Second World War
Fuller, J.F.C. History of Second World War
Fuller, J.F.C. The conduct of war
Paper-V Research Methodology-I
10 (2020)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note : Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Social Research- Its Nature and Types; and, Traditional Approaches- Philosophical,
Institutional, Marxian and Gandhian.
Unit-II Models, Paradigms and Theories- Conceptual and Theoretical Models; Meaning and
Types of Paradigms; Theory-Meaning, Goals & Types; and, Construction of a Theory
and Relationship Between Theory and Research.
Unit-III Methods of Analysis-Historical, Comparative, Analytical and Psycho-Analysis; and,
Methods of Popper and Kuhn.
Unit-IV Behavioural Revolution in Political Science and its Criticism; Post-Behaviouralism,
Scientific Study of Political Science; and Scientific Method-Basic Assumptions, Steps
and Limitation.
Unit-V The Building Blocs of Social Scientific Research-Hypotheses, Concepts and Variables,
Generalization and Law.
Readings
H.N. Blalock An Introduction to Social Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall,
1970.

H.N. Blalock (ed.) Casual Models in the Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1972.
J. Blondel Thinking Politically, London, Wildwood House, 1976.
A. Bryman, Quantity and Quality in Social Research, London, Unwin Hyman, 1988.
T.L. Burton & G.L. Cherry Social Research Techniques, London, Unwin Hyman, 1989.
A.F. Chalmers Science and Its Fabrication, Milton Keynes, Open University Press,
1990.
De D.A. Vaus Surveys in Social Research, 2nd edn., London, Unwin Hyman, 1991.
M. Duverger An Introduction to the Social Sciences with Special References to their
Methods, Translated by M. Anderson, New York, Frederick A. Praeger,
1964.
S.V. Evera Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science, Ithaca, NY, Cornell
University Press, 1997.
J. Galtung Theory and Methods of Social Research, New York, Columbia
University Press, 1987.
E. Gellner Relativism and Social Science, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
1985.
A.Giddens Profiles and Critiques in Social Theory, London Macmillan, 1982.
W.J. Goode and P.K. Hatt Methods of Social Research, New York, McGraw Hill, 1952.
A.C. Isaak, Scope and Methods of Political Science, Homewood Illinois, Dorsey
Press, 1985.
J.B. Johnson &R.A. Joslyn Political Science Research Methods, Washington DC, C.Q. Press, 1986.
F.N. Kerlinger Behavioural Research, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1979.
T.Kuhn The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago
Press, 1970.
D. Marsh & G. Stoker(ed.) Theory and Methods in Political Science, Basigstoke, Macmillan, 1995.
C.A. McCoy & C. Playford (eds.) Apolitical Politics : A Critique of Behaviouralism, New York, Thomas
Crowell, 1967.
R. K. Merton (ed.) Social Theory and Social Structure, New York, The Free Press, 1957.
D. Miller (ed.) Pocket Popper, London, Fontana, 1997.
G. Mydral Objectivity in Social Science, New York, Pantheon Books, 1969.
10 (2021)

Sir, K.R. Popper The Logic of Scientific Discovery, London, Hutchinson, 1959.
Sir, K. R. Popper Conjectures and Refutations : The Growth of Scientific Knowledge,
London, Rougtledge and Kegan Paul, 1963.
Sir, K.R. Popper The Poverty of Historicism, London, Reoutledge, 1991.
A.Ryan (ed.) The Philosophy of Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1970.
H.J. Rubin Applied Social Research, Columbus, North Illinois University Press,
1983.
B. Smith Political Research Methods, Boston, Hougton Milton, 1976.
G.W. Snedecor Statistical Methods, 5th edn., Iowa, State College, 1965.
M. Weber The Methodology of Social Science, translated and edited by E.A. Shils
and H.A. Finch, New York, The Free Press, 1949.
P.V. Young Scientific Social Surveys and Research.
Robert A. Dahl Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs, NJ Prentice Hall, 1963.
C. Charlesworth (ed.) Contemporary Political Analysis, New York, Free Press, 1967.
Michael Hoas, Henry S. Kariel Approaches to the Study of Political Science, California, Chandler
Publishing Co., 1970.
Roland Young Approaches to the Study of Politics, Evanston, Ill, North Western
University Press, 1958.
E.J. Meehan The Theory and Method of Political Analysis, Homewood, Illinois,
Dorsey Press, 1965.
Stephen L. Wasby Political Science - The Discipline and Its Dimensions, Calcutta,
Scientific Book Agency, 1970.
10 (2022)

Kurukshetra University Kurukshetra
(Establishment by the State Legislature Act XII of 1956)
(‘A’ Grade, NAAC Accredited)
Syllabi
M.A. Defence & Strategic Studies (Second Semester) w.e.f. 2011-12
Scheme of Examination
Paper No. Nomenclature
10 (2023)
Max. Marks
100
Ex. Int.
Time
Paper:-VI Evolution of Strategic Thought-II 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-VII National Security: Indian Context 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-VIII International Relations-II 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-IX Theory and Practice of War-II 80 20 3 Hours
Paper:-X Research Methodology-II 80 20 3 Hours
Paper-VI, Evolution of Strategic Thought-II
Max.
Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit: I J.F.C.Fuller: Concept of mobile warfare; Liddell Hart: Mobile Defence and Total war.
Unit: II Douhet and Michell: Their views on the Role of Air Power in Modern Warfare; and,
Skovetsky’s Views on Warfare.
Unit: III Engel and Marx: Military concept of the social revolutionaries; Mao-Tse-Tung ‘s views
on Guerrilla warfare; and, Lenin: Theory of Imperialism and Warfare.
Unit: IV F. Fukuyama- The End of History; and, Samual, P.Huntington- The Clash of
Civilizations.
Unit: V Dulles and Andre Beaufre - Theories of Nuclear War and Deterrence.
Readings
Dass, S.T. An Introduction to the art of war
Earl, E.M. Makers of Modern Strategy
Fuller, J.F.C. Armament and History

Fuller, J.F.C. The Conduct of war
Shapherd, E.W A Study of Military History
Shama Shastri Kautilya’s Arthshastra
Tzu, Sun The Art of War
Cohen, S.B. Geography and Politics in a divided world
Duffy, Chistopher Siege Warfare
Ropp, Theodere War in the Modern World
Beaufre Andre Deterrence and Strategy
Fukuyama, F. The End of History
Heil Brunn, Otto Conventional Warare in the Nuclear Age
Huntington, Samunal The Clash of Civilizationa
Mao-Te-Tung On the protracted War: Selected works
Nasultion, Abdul Haris Fundamentals of Guerrilla Warfare
Reid, Brain Holden J.F.C.Fuller: Military Thinker
Fuller, J.F.C. The Second World War
Greene, T.N. The Gurrilla and how to fight him
Mecuen John J. The Art of Couter revolutionary
Paper-VII, National Security: Indian Context
10 (2024)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit: I India’s Security problems as a result of partition: Geo-political impact of partition,
Effects of partition over Indian Armed Forces, & their reorganization; Security
problems related to the merger of states – Jammu and Kashmir, Junagarh, Hydrabad and
Goa; Higher Defence Organization in India;

Unit: II Role and Structure of Paramilitary Forces; India’s internal security problems: Terrorism
in Jammu and Kashmir, Insurgency in North Eastern States, & Problem of Naxalism.
Unit: III India’s Maritime Security: Maritime boundary, Maritime zones, Maritime routes
& Island territories, Threats from Sea, & Role of Navy and Coast Guards;
Unit: IV India’s Nuclear policy: Nuclear doctrine & Nuclear and Missile capabilities of
India; Civil Military relations in India; Civil Defence Organisation in India; and,
India’s Defence policy and planning.
Unit: V India’s Security problems related to Pakistan, China, Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri
Lanka.
Readings
R.S. Yadav (ed.) (1993) India’s Foreign Policy : Towards 2000 A.D., New Delhi, Deep &
Deep.
R.S. Yadav (2005) Bharat Ki Videsh Niti: Ek Vishleshan, Allahabad, Kitab Mehal
R.S. Yadav & Suresh India’s Foreign Policy: Contemporary Trends, New Delhi,
Dhanda (eds.) (2009) Shipra.
Bajpai,U.S.(1986) India and its Neighbourhood: New Delhi, Lancer International.
Baranwal, S.P.(1984) Measures of Civil Defence in India: New Delhi, Guide
Publications.
Bobbing, Ross and India’s Strategic Future: Delhi, Oxford University Press.
Gordon, Sandy(eds)(1992)
Chatterjee,R.K.(1978) India’s Land Borders- Problems and Challenges: New Delhi,
Sterling Publishers.
Chaudhury, Rahul Roy(!995) Sea Power and India’s Security, London, Brassey’s.
Dass, S.T.(1987) National Security in Perspective: Delhi, Gian Publishers.
Karnard, Bharat(1994) Future Imperiled: New Delhi, Viking.
Kavic, Lorne J.(1967) India’s Quest For Security: Defence Policies 1947-1965: LA,
University of California Press.
Khera,S.S.(1968) India’s Defence Problems: New Delhi, Orient Longmans
10 (2025)

Menon, V.P.(1961) The Story of the Integration of Indian States: New Delhi, Orient
Longmans.
Misra, R.N.(1986) Indian Ocean and India’s Security: Delhi, Mittal Publications.
Nayar, V.K.(1992) Threats From Within: New Delhi, Lancer Publications.
Rao, Ramakrishna and India’s Borders: New Delhi, Scholars’ Publishing Forum.
Sharma, R.C.(ed)(1991)
Rao,P.V.R.(1970) Defence Without Drift: Bombay, Popular Prakashan.
Singh, Jaswant(1999) Defending India: Banglore, Macmillan India Ltd.
Singh, Nagendra(1974) The Defence Mechanism and the Modern State: New Delhi, Asia
Publishing House.
Venkateshwaran(1967) Defence Organisation in India: New Delhi, Ministry of Information
and Broadcasting, Government of India.
Buzan, Barry(1987) People Fear and State: New Delhi, Transasia Publications.
Buzan, Barry and Regions and Powers: Cambridge.
Waever, Ole(eds)(2003) National Security in Perspective: Delhi, Gian
Das, S.T.(1987) Publishing House.
Frankal, Joseph(1970) National Interest: London, Macmillian
Garnett, John(ed)(1970) Theories of Peace and Security: Macmillan St. Martin’s Press.
Palmer, Norman D. and International Relations: Calcutta, Scientific Book Agency
Perkins, Howard C. (1968)
Chowdhury, Subrata Roy Military Alliances and Neutrality in War and Peace: New
(1966) Delhi, Orient Longman.
SIPRI Year Books.
Paper-VIII, International Relations-II
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note: Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
10 (2026)

Unit: I Cold-War: Definition, Theories of its origin, Historical evolution & Consequences; and,
Diplomacy and its role in settling international disputes.
Unit: II Basic determinants of India’s Foreign Policy and India’s Relations with her neighbours
(Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, & Sri Lanka).
Unit: III India’s relations with big powers (U.S.A., Russia, & China).
Unit: IV Regional Cooperation & India: EU & ASEAN
Unit: V Regional Cooperation & India: SAARC & IOR-ARC.
Readings
John Baylis & Steve Smith Globalization of World Politics
Columbus, Theodore Introduction to International Relations
A. Wolfe
Dyke, Vernon Van International Politics
Morgenthau, Hans J. Politics among Nations
Palmer and Perkins International Relations
Wright, Quincy The Study of International Relations
Said A.A. Theory of International Relations
Mahender Kumar Theoretical Aspects of International Politics
Larche and Said Concept of International Politics
Rosenau, James N.,(ed.) International Politics & Foreign Policy
Sanders, Bruce L.and Contemporary International Policies.
A.C.Durbin.
Hartmann F.H. The Relations of Nations.
Calvocoressi, Peter World Politics since 1945
International Encyclopedia of Social Science.
Journals Foreign Affairs, World Politics
10 (2027)

Paper- IX, Theory and Practice of War-II
10 (2028)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note : Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit: I World War-I (1914-18): Causes (in brief), War plans of belligerents, Organisation of
theatres of war (in brief) of contending nations & outcome, Strategy, Tactics;
Unit: II World War-II (1939 to 1945): Causes (in brief), War plans of belligerents, Organisation
of theatres of war (in brief) of contending nations and outcome, Strategy, & Tactics.
Unit: III Korean War (1950-1953): Causes (in brief), War belligerents and their plans, Outline of
main operations, & Consequences; and, Vietnam war (1954-1974): Causes, Main events
(in brief) & Consequences.
Unit: IV Indo-Pak War-1965, 1971 & 1999) : Causes, Main events (in brief) & Consequences.
Unit: V Gulf War (1990 & 2003): Causes, War belligerents, Outline of main operations, &
Consequences.
Readings
Howard, Michael Theory and Practice of War
Howard, Michael The Causes of war
Bernard, Black L. War and its causes
Wright, Quincy A study of war
Mao-Tse-Tung Guerilla Warfare
Legueur Walter: Guerilla Warfare
Robert E.Osgood Limited war- The Challenge to American Strategy
Rees David Korea, the limited war
Kitson, Frank Low, intensity Operations, Subversion, Insurgency, Peace
Keeping
Osanka FM Modern Guerilla Warfare
Nasution, Abdual H. Fundamentals of Guerilla warfare

Brodie,Bernard Strategy in the missile age
Sampooran Singh India and the Nuclear Bomb
Tirpathi K.S. Evolution of Nuclear Strategy
Gupta Rakesh Militarisation of outer-space
Encyclopedia Britannica
Halperin Morton H. Defence Strategies for the seventies
Mir Publications: Weaponry in space, The Dilemma of Society
Hart, Liddle History of First World War
Hart, Liddle History of Second World War
Fuller, J.F.C. History of Second World War
Fuller, J.F.C. The conduct of war
Paper-X Research Methodology-II
10 (2029)
Max. Marks: 100
Internal Assessment : 20
External Marks: 80
Time: 3 Hours
Note : Students are required to attempt five questions, selecting one question from each unit.
Unit-I Identification and Formulation of Problem; Research Design: Formation, Experimental
and Non-Experimental Designs; and Sampling-Principles and Methods.
Unit-II Data-Types and Sources, Observation, Questionnaire, Schedule and Interview; and
Survey Method- Utility, Application and Limitations.
Unit-III Analysis of Secondary Data-Archival and Library Research, Document Analysis, Using
Written Records, Scrutinizing the Evidences, Content Analysis.
Unit-IV Quantification in Social Research: Statistics- Meaning, Purpose and Scope, Statistical
Techniques of Data-Analysis.
Unit-V Presentation of Data- Textual, Graphic and Tabular; and Presentation of Research-
Paper Writing, Report Writing and Thesis Writing.
Readings
H.N. Blalock An Introduction to Social Research, Englewood Cliffs NJ, Prentice Hall, 1970.
H.N. Blalock (ed.) Casual Models in the Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1972.

J. Blondel Thinking Politically, London, Wildwood House, 1976.
A. Bryman, Quantity and Quality in Social Research, London, Unwin Hyman, 1988.
T.L. Burton & G.L. Cherry Social Research Techniques, London, Unwin Hyman, 1989.
A.F. Chalmers Science and Its Fabrication, Milton Keynes, Open University Press,
1990.
De D.A. Vaus Surveys in Social Research, 2nd edn., London, Unwin Hyman, 1991.
M. Duverger An Introduction to the Social Sciences with Special References to their
Methods, Translated by M. Anderson, New York, Frederick A. Praeger,
1964.
S.V. Evera Guide to Methods for Students of Political Science, Ithaca, NY, Cornell
University Press, 1997.
J. Galtung Theory and Methods of Social Research, New York, Columbia
University Press, 1987.
E. Gellner Relativism and Social Science, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press,
1985.
A.Giddens Profiles and Critiques in Social Theory, London Macmillan, 1982.
W.J. Goode and P.K. Hatt Methods of Social Research, New York, McGraw Hill, 1952.
A.C. Isaak, Scope and Methods of Political Science, Homewood Illinois, Dorsey
Press, 1985.
J.B. Johnson &R.A. Joslyn Political Science Research Methods, Washington DC, C.Q. Press, 1986.
F.N. Kerlinger Behavioural Research, New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1979.
T.Kuhn The Structure of Scientific Revolution, Chicago, University of Chicago
Press, 1970.
D. Marsh & G. Stoker(ed.) Theory and Methods in Political Science, Basigstoke, Macmillan, 1995.
C.A. McCoy & C. Playford (eds.) Apolitical Politics : A Critique of Behaviouralism, New York, Thomas
Crowell, 1967.
R. K. Merton (ed.) Social Theory and Social Structure, New York, The Free Press, 1957.
D. Miller (ed.) Pocket Popper, London, Fontana, 1997.
G. Mydral Objectivity in Social Science, New York, Pantheon Books, 1969.
Sir, K.R. Popper The Logic of Scientific Discovery, London, Hutchinson, 1959.
10 (2030)

Sir, K. R. Popper Conjectures and Refutations : The Growth of Scientific Knowledge,
London, Rougtledge and Kegan Paul, 1963.
Sir, K.R. Popper The Poverty of Historicism, London, Reoutledge, 1991.
A.Ryan (ed.) The Philosophy of Social Sciences, London, Macmillan, 1970.
H.J. Rubin Applied Social Research, Columbus, North Illinois University Press,
1983.
B. Smith Political Research Methods, Boston, Hougton Milton, 1976.
G.W. Snedecor Statistical Methods, 5th edn., Iowa, State College, 1965.
M. Weber The Methodology of Social Science, translated and edited by E.A. Shils
and H.A. Finch, New York, The Free Press, 1949.
P.V. Young Scientific Social Surveys and Research.
Robert A. Dahl Modern Political Analysis, Englewood Cliffs, NJ Prentice Hall, 1963.
C. Charlesworth (ed.) Contemporary Political Analysis, New York, Free Press, 1967.
Michael Hoas, Henry S. Kariel Approaches to the Study of Political Science, California, Chandler
Publishing Co., 1970.
Roland Young Approaches to the Study of Politics, Evanston, Ill, North Western
University Press, 1958.
E.J. Meehan The Theory and Method of Political Analysis, Homewood, Illinois,
Dorsey Press, 1965.
Stephen L. Wasby Political Science - The Discipline and Its Dimensions, Calcutta,
Scientific Book Agency, 1970.
10 (2031)

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION- 2011-12
M.A. PREVIOUS (WOMEN'S STUDIES)
SEMESTER – I
Paper Title of the Paper Max. Theory Internal Assessment Time
No.
Marks
Field Work Class
Test
Attendance
I Conceptualizing
Women's Studies
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
II Women And Society:
A Historical
Perspective
III Issues in Women's
Studies
IV Women and
Development
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
SEMESTER – II
Paper Title of the Paper Max. Theory Internal Assessment Time
No.
Marks
Field Work Class
Test
Attendance
I Women's Movements
and Feminist
Theories
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
II Women and Work
III Women and Law-I
IV Women in
Contemporary Indian
Society
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
10 (2032)

M.A. FINAL (WOMEN'S STUDIES)
SEMESTER – III
Paper Title of the Paper Max. Theory Internal Assessment Time
No.
Marks
Field Work Class
Test
Attendance
I Policies And
Programmes for
Women’s
Development
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
II Research
Methodology in
Women’s Studies-I
III Women and Law-II
IV Women and Health
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
SEMESTER – IV
Paper Title of the Paper Max. Theory Internal Assessment Time
No.
Marks
Field Work Class
Test
Attendance
I Women and Political
Development
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
II Research
Methodology in
Women’s Studies-II
III Women and Media
IV Women and
Environment
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
100 80 10 05 05 3 Hours
10 (2033)

Note:
M.A. PREVIOUS (WOMEN'S STUDIES)
SEMESTER - I
PAPER – I
CONCEPTUALISING WOMEN'S STUDIES
10 (2034)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To introduce the students to the basic concepts, terms and issues related to women's studies.
2. To trace the growth of women's studies as a discipline in India.
UNIT – I
Concept of Women’s Studies, Definition, Need and Importance of Women's Studies, Nature and
Scope of Women's Studies, Women's Studies as an Academic Discipline, Women’s Studies as an
Interdisciplinary Subject
UNIT – II
Basic Concept of Sex and Gender, Gender Attributes and Gender Roles, Equality and Discrimination,
Gender Relations and Gender Identity
UNIT-III
Patriarchy, Rise of Patriarchy and Subversion of Matriarchal Ethos in Indian Society, Feminity,
Masculinity, Sexual Division of Labour
UNIT-IV
Empowerment, Concept and Meaning, Different Aspects of Empowerment, Importance of
Empowerment, Process and Expression of Empowerment
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Awareness Raising Camp on Gender Equality for Urban Girls and Women
References :
Maithreyi Krishnaraj Contributions to Women’s Studies (Bombay SNDT 1991)
Maria Mies Indian Women and Patriarchy Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi 1980
Neera Desai and Vibhuti Patel Indian Women Change & Challenge in the International decade 1975-85,
Popular Prakashan Pvt. Ltd., Bombay, 1985

Agarwal, Bina Patriarchy and the Modernizing State: An Introduction in Agarwal Bina (ed),
Structures of Patriarchy, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1988
Banks, Olive Faces of Feminism: A Study of Feminism as a Social Movement, St. Martin’s
Press, New York, 1981
Bhasin and Khan Some Questions on Feminism, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1986
Jayawardane, Kumari Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World, The Institute of Social Studies,
The Hague, Netherlands, 1987
Julia Cleves Mosse Half the World, Half A Chance: An Introduction to Gender Development.
What is Gender? Pp. 1-8, Oxfam, U.K., 1993
Mies, Maria Indian Women and Patriarchy, Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi,
1980
Ruth, Sheila Issues in Feminism: An Introduction to Women’s Studies, Mayfield Publishing
Company, California, 1990
Maithreyi Krishnaraj Women’s Studies in India, Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1986
Cahanana, Karuna (Ed.) Socialisation Education and Women: Explorations in Gender Identity, Orient
Longman Ltd., New Delhi
Baker, Mary Anne Women Today: A Multidisciplinary Approach to Women’s Studies,
Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, Monterey, California, 1980
Bhasin, Kamala What is Patriarchy? Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1993
10 (2035)

PAPER – II
WOMEN AND SOCIETY: A HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
Note:
10 (2036)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To provide a historical perspective of women's social position in India
2. To create awareness of the ideologies and social factors which lead to the marginalization of women
3. To sensitize the students about the current social issues confronting women
UNIT – I
Women in Indian Society – A Historical Perspective, Early, Colonial and Modern Periods, Position of
Women in India, Image: Philosophical and Religious Reflections; Women in the Major Religious
Traditions (Hindu, Islam, Christian, Buddhist, Jain, Sikh), National Movements, Role of the Arya
Samaj on Women’s Education
UNIT – II
Institution--Family, Marriage, Kinship, Matriliny and Patriliny, Social Stratification: Caste, Class and
Gender, Rural and Urban, Issues in Family and Marriage
UNIT III
Social Construction of Gender- Process, Social System - Culture and Religion, Barriers to Women
Advancement
UNIT-IV
Women and Socialization: Stages of Socialization- Childhood, Adolescent, Adult and Old Age,
Agencies of Socialization
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Awareness Camp on Dowry and Dowry Prohibition Act for Rural Women
References :
Government of India Towards Equality – Report of the Committee on the Status of Women
Ministry of Education and Social Welfare, December 1974
Shramshakthi A report on the status of women Government of India 1989
B.R. Nanda Indian Women (From Purdah to Modernity) (New Delhi: Radiant
Publishers, 1990)

Maharani of Baroda and S.M. Mitra The position of women in Indian Life (Neeraj Publications, 1984)
Neera Desai and Maithreyi Women and Society in India Ajanta
Krishna Raj Publications, New Delhi, 1987
Ann Oakley Sex, Gender and Society, (London Temple Smith, London)
Kapadia K.M. Marriage and Family in India (New Delhi, Oxford University 1980)
Dr. Sushila Mehta Revolution and the Status of Women in India
(New Delhi, Metropolitan Book Co. (P) Ltd., 1982)
Krishna Murthy Women in Colonial India
(New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 1989)
Sharma K.S. Social Stratification
Andre Beteille Caste, Class & Power
Jyotsna Chatterji Religions and the status of women, Uppal Publishing House, New
Delhi, 1990
Yadav, Santosh Unnisawin Aur Biswin Shatabadi Main Istriyon Ki Sthiti. Print Well
Publishers, Jaipur, 1987
Prem Chaudhry The Veiled Women, Oxford University Press, Bombay, 1994
Sharma, Tripat Women in Ancient India: 320 A.D. to C. 1200 A.D. Ess Ess
Publications, New Delhi, 1987
Subbamma, Malladi Women: Tradition and Culture, Sterling Publishers Private Limited,
New Delhi 1985
Krishnamurty, J.Ed. Women in Colonial India: Essays on Survival, Work and the State,
Oxford University Press, Delhi 1989
Raha, Manish Kumar Matriliny to Patriliny: A Study of the Rabha Society, Gyan Publishing
House, New Delhi 1989
Roy, Kumkum Women in Early India Societies, Manohar Publishers & Distributors,
1999
10 (2037)

Note:
PAPER – III
ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES
10 (2038)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To introduce the students to the basic concepts, terms and issues related to women's studies.
2. To trace the growth of women's studies as a discipline in India.
UNIT – I
Gender Issues – An Introduction, Women and Education, Women and Work, Women and Health,
Women and Media, Women and Violence, Women and Law
UNIT – II
Difference between Women’s Studies and Gender Studies, Importance of Gender Analysis in Framing
Policies and Programmes, Gender Sensitization and Gender Sensitivity
UNIT-III
Gender Equality and Millennium Development Goal, National Committees and Commissions
for Women, Govt. Organizations for Women
UNIT – IV
Women's Studies in India and Abroad – Origin and Growth
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Impart Gender Sensitization Training at Grass Root Level in the Gender Sensitization Training
Workshops Organized by the Centre
References :
Agarwal, Bina Patriarchy and the Modernizing State: An Introduction in Agarwal Bina (ed),
Structures of Patriarchy, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1988
Banks, Olive Faces of Feminism: A Study of Feminism as a Social Movement, St. Martin’s
Press, New York, 1981
Bhasin and Khan Some Questions on Feminism, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1986

Jayawardane, Kumari Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World, The Institute of Social Studies,
The Hague, Netherlands, 1987
Julia Cleves Mosse Half the World, Half A Chance: An Introduction to Gender Development. What
is Gender? Pp. 1-8, Oxfam, U.K., 1993
Mies, Maria Indian Women and Patriarchy, Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1980
Ruth, Sheila Issues in Feminism: An Introduction to Women’s Studies, Mayfield Publishing
Company, California, 1990
Poonacha, Veena Contribution to Women’s Studies Series: 11, Understanding Women’s Studies.
R,C,S.S.N.D.T. Women’s University, Mumbai, 1999
Chaudhuri Maitrayee Feminism in India Kali for Women, New Delhi, 2004
Saha, Chandana Gender Equity and Equality, Rawat Publications, New Delhi, 2003
Suryakumari, A.Ed. Women’s Studies (An Engineering Academic Discipline) Gyan Publishing
House, New Delhi, 1993
10 (2039)

Note:
PAPER – IV
WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT
10 (2040)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To provide the student with a comprehensive understanding of women development
2. To equip the students with adequate knowledge of Contributions of United Nations in women
Development
UNIT – I
Development, Meaning and Scope, Theories of Development: Adam Smith, Marx, Malthius Modern
Theories: Gary Backer
UNIT – II
Alternative Approaches of Development: Women in Development (WID), Women and Development
(WAD), Gender and Development (GAD)
UNIT-III
Current Debates and Issues on Women and Development including the Impact of Globalization and
Structural Adjustment Policies (SAP), Impact of Development on Gender, Socio-economic
Determinants of Women Development
UNIT-IV
Role of United Nations in Establishing Gender Equality, United Nations Charter, Conventions and
Treaties on Women’s Rights, UN Conferences
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Awareness Raising on Empowerment of Women/ Importance of Girls’ Education in Rural Areas
References :
Boserup Ester Women’s Role in Economic Development,
London George Allen and Unwin Ltd. 1970
Maithreyi Krishna Raj Women and Development,
The Indian Experience SNDT Women’s University, Monographs
Sociology- Pune Shubhadra Saraswat Prakashan 1988

Sixth Five Year Plan : 1980-85 Women and Development, Chapter 27,Government of India Planning
Commission, New Delhi
Ahooja-Patel, Krishna Women and Development, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1995
Wee, V. and Heyzer, N. Gender, Poverty and Sustainable Development, ENGENDER, Centre
for Environment, Gender and Development Pvt. Ltd., Singapore, 1995
Thakur, H.K. Women and Development Planning. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi-1988
Dube, S.C. Modernization and Development: The Search for Alternative
Paradigms, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi, 1988
Govt. of India, Blue Print of Action Points and National Plan of Action for Women,
1976, Development of Social Welfare, New Delhi
Handbook of Policy and Related Documents on Women in India, National Institute of
Public Co-operation and Child Development, New Delhi, 1988
National Perspective Plan for Women, 1988-2000, Department of Women and Child Development, Ministry of
HRD, New Delhi, 1988
Report on Gender and Poverty-Published by the World Bank, 1990
10 (2041)

PAPER – I
Note:
SEMESTER II
WOMEN'S MOVEMENTS AND FEMINIST THEORIES
10 (2042)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test
and Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To introduce and analyze major feminist writings, Theoretical schools and theoretical issues.
2. To enhance students awareness of the varied traditions of feminist thought and enable them to
incorporate the awareness into their world view.
UNIT – I
Women's Movements in India – Nationalist Movement, Post-independence and Current Women’s
Movements, Women's Movements in USA, UK, France, Soviet Union
UNIT – II
Definition and Explanation of the terms Feminism and Feminist, Theories of Feminism: Liberal
Feminism- May Wollstonecraft, J.S. Mill, Radical Feminism- Simone de Beauvoir, Shulamith
Firestone, Marxist Feminism- Fedrick Engels, Maria Mies, Socialist Feminism-Julliet Mitchell, Iris
Young; Post Modern Feminism and Contemporary Feminism
UNIT-III
Social Reformers and Thinkers in India on the Women’s Question- The Bhakti Cult and Women,
Swami Dayanand, Mahatma Gandhi, B.R. Ambedkar, Ishwar Chander Vidyasagar, Bhagat Phool
Singh; Contemporary Women Writers- Shashi Deshpande, Anita Desai, Amrita Pritam
UNIT- IV
Future of Feminism- Search for Unity and Organizing for Change, Impact of Feminism on
Social, Cultural, Economic, Political and Legal Conditions of Women
Submission of Report:
Review of a standard book on Feminist Theory selected in consultation with the concerned teacher
(Library Assignment)
References :
Barbara Sinclaire Deckard The Women’s Movement (New York: Harper & Row Publishers, 1983)
Rendall Jane The Origins of Modern Feminism, Women in Britain, France and the
U.S.A. 1780-1860

(London: The Women’s Press, 1982)
Kumari Jayawardana Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World (New Delhi: Kali for
Women, 1986)
Janat Zollinger Giele Women and the Futures: The changing role in America (London:
Macmillan, 1979)
Jo Freeman The Politics of Women’s Liberation (A case study of an emerging social
movement and its relation. New York: Long Man Inc. 1975)
Anne Phillips Feminism and Equality (Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd., 1987)
Aloo.J. Dastur and Usha.H.Mehta Gandhi’s Contribution to the Emancipation of women (Bombay: Popular
Prakashan, 1989)
S.R.Bakshi Gandhi and Status of Women (Criterion Publication, New Delhi, 1987)
Gloria Bowles Theories of Women’s Studies
London, Renate Duelliklein (Eds), Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1983
Farooqui, Vimla A Short History of Women’s Movement in India, Communist Party
Publication, New Delhi, July, 1996
Freeman, Jo (ed) Women: A Feminist Perspective, Palo Alto, California, Mayfield, 1975
Desai, Neera A Decade of Women’s Movement in India, Himalaya Publishing House,
Bombay 1988
De Laureties, Teresa Ed. Feminist Studies/ Critical Studies, The Macmillan Press Ltd., London
1986
Madhusudan, Prasad Anita Desai the Novelist, New Horizon, Allahabad, 1981
Dietrich, Gabriele Reflections on the Women’s Movements in India, Horizon India Books,
1992
Kumar, Radha The History of Doing
10 (2043)

Note:
PAPER – II
WOMEN AND WORK
10 (2044)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To analyze the definition of work and to create awareness among the students of work done by women
and its invisibility
2. To provide the students with an insight on the problems of women in the workplace and the
discrimination in terms of recruitment, wages etc.
UNIT – I
Concept of Work: Productive and Non-Productive Work, Gender, Work and Family: Entry into Labour
Force, Gender Related Priorities of Work, Changing Gender and Work Relations: Patriarchal
Ideology, Role Conflict and Invisibility of Women’s Work, Problems of Women Workers, Women in
Unorganised Sector of Employment
UNIT – II
Women and Entrepreneurship: Concept, Importance, Strategies and Perspectives, Barriers and
Problems, Factors Contributing to Women Entrepreneurship, Household Production: Women in Micro
Enterprise and Small Scale Industry
UNIT – III
Legal stipulations for women workers, History and Role of Women's Labour Unions, NGOs and
Women organizations for women workers in India, Impact of Liberalization, Globalization and
Privatization on Women, Feminization of Poverty
UNIT – IV
Gender and Technology: Impact of Technology on Women's Work in the Agricultural Sector and Other
Sectors, Technological Policy and Women Development, Information Technology and Impact on
Women’s Development
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Collaborate with the Income Generation Activities Organized by NABARD/ Krishi Vigyan Kendra,
Kurukshetra with Respect to Women or Promote Income Generation Work Among Girls/Women/
Make linkage with Women SHGs
References :
Jain S.C. Women and Technology
Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 1986

Jan Zimmerman (ed) The Technological Women : Interfacing with Tomorrow, Pracger
Publishers, USA
Shanta Kohli Chandra Development of Women Entrepreneurship in India- A study of Public
Policies and Programmes, Mittal Publications, New Delhi- 1991 first ed.
Dubhashi- Vinze, Medha Women Entrepreneurs in India, Mittal Publications, Delhi, 1987
Singh, Andrea Menefee; Viitanen, Invisible Hands: Women in Home-Based
Anita Kelles Production. Sage Publications, New Delhi, 1987
Dhameja, S.K. Women Entrepreneurs: Opportunities, Performance and Problems,
Deep and Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002
Devaki Jain Women & Work
Dak, T.M. Ed. Women and Work in Indian Society, Discovery Publishing House,
Delhi, 1988
Anant, Suchitra; Rao, S.V. Ramani Women at Work in India: A Bibliography, Sage
& Kapoor, Kabita Publications, New Delhi, 1986
Sharma, Alakha N; Singh, Seema Women and Work: Changing Scenario in India, B.R. Publishing
Corporation, Delhi, 1992
Rajput, Ram; Swarup, Hemlata Ed. Women and Globalization, Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi, 1994
Rao, S.V. Ramani; Ghosh, Sharmila Women at Work in India, Vol. 2, Sage Publication,
And Joshi, Geeta New Delhi, 1994
Mies, Maria; Shiva, Vandana Eco-feminism, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1993
Dhillon, Paramjeet Kaur Women Entrepreneurs: Problems and Prospects, Blaze Publishers &
Distributors Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1993
Singh, Jawaher Lal Women in Unorganized Sector
10 (2045)

WOMEN AND LAW-I
Note:
PAPER – III
10 (2046)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To create awareness among the students about the legal measures provided in the Indian constitution
for safeguarding women's interests.
2. To develop a critical outlook at the loopholes in the legal framework
3. To enable students to be able to counsel women in legal affairs.
UNIT – I
Law as an instrumental for Social Change; Constitution of India and Gender Equality-Constitutional
Provisions with special reference to women (Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of State
Policy); Supreme Court Guidelines Against Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace
UNIT – II
Women and Family Laws (Hindu Law & Muslim Law): Marriage, Divorce Maintenance, Prohibition of
Child Marriage Act, 2006
UNIT – III
Women and Labour Laws (Relevant Provisions): Minimum Wages Act, 1948; Equal
Remuneration Act, 1976; Maternity Benefit Act, 1961; Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948;
Factories Act, 1948
UNIT – IV
Women and Criminal Law: Offences Related to Marriage (Bigamy, Adultery 494, 497 Indian Penal
Code); Assault or Criminal force to Women with intent to outrage her modesty (Sec. 354, 509-Indian
Penal Code); Rape, Custodial Rape (Sec. 375-376-IPC); Trafficking in Women, Immoral Traffic
(Prevention) Act, 1956; Anti Ragging Law-Reghavan Committee Report
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Impart Legal Literacy Related to Anti Ragging Law/ Law Against Sexual Harassment at the Workplace
to the Students of the University
References :

Dr. T. Bhattacharya Indian Penal Code, Central Law Agency, Allahabad
Dr. Devinder Singh Human Rights and Women and Law, Allahabad Law Agency,
Faridabad
Shobha Saxena Crimes Against Women and Protective Laws, Deep & Deep
Publication, New Delhi
Narender Kumar Constitutional Law of India, Allahabad Law Agency, 2006
V.K. Shukla Constitution Laws of India, Revised by Mahendra P. Singh, Eastern
Book Company, Lucknow
Justice A.S. Anand Justice for Women-Concerns and Expressions, Universal Law
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi
Desai A.R. Women’s Liberation and Politics of Religious Personal Laws in India,
C.G. Shah Memorial Trust, Bombay, 1986
Diwan, Paras Dowry and Protection to Married Women, Deep and Deep Publication,
New Delhi, 1987
Diwan Paras Family Law, (Law of Marriage and Divorce in India), Sterling Publishers
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1983
Gill, Kulwant Hindu Women’s Right to Property in India, Deep & Deep, New Delhi,
1986
Jaisingh, Indira(ed) Justice for Women: Personal Laws, Women’s Rights and Law Reforms,
The Other India Press, Mapuse, Goa, 1996
Kapur, Ratna Knowing Ours Rights, Zubaan Publications, New Delhi, 2003
Ajay Kumar Marriage Laws in Indian Society, Manak Publications Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi 2005
Chavan, Nandini, Personal Law Reforms and Gender Empowerment,
Qutub Jehan Kidwai Hope India Publication, Gurgaon, 2006
10 (2047)

PAPER – IV
WOMEN IN CONTEMPORARY INDIAN SOCIETY
Note:
10 (2048)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To sensitize about women's social position and problems
2. To sensitize the students about the current social issues confronting women
UNIT – I
Social Issues Regarding Women, Female Infanticide and Foeticide, Sex Ratio, Status of
Women in Haryana, Comparison with Other Countries and States of India
UNIT – II
Issues of Girl Child in Society, Child Marriage, Motherhood, Dowry and Property, Divorce,
Widowhood, Issues of Old Age Women
UNIT – III
Violence against women, Domestic Violence, Trafficking of Girls and Women, Prostitution, Problems
of Dalit Women
UNIT – IV
Female Headed Households, Employed Women-Status and Problems, Dual Role of Women, Role
Change, Role Conflict, Conceptualizing and Measuring Women’s Role
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Awareness raising on Declining Sex Ratio and Female Foeticide in collaboration with the Women’s
Cells of the Colleges for the students, both male and female
References :
Government of India Towards Equality – Report of the Committee on the Status of Women
Ministry of Education and Social Welfare, December 1974
Shramshakthi A report on the status of women Government of India 1989
Nirmala Bhai Harijan women in Independent India (New Delhi: B.R. Publishing
Corporation 1986)

Pramila Dandvate Widows abandoned and Destitute women in India (New Delhi: Radiant
Publishers 1989)
Gupta A.R. Women in Hindu Society (A study of tradition and transition)
(New Delhi, Jyotsna Prakashan, 1982)
Sushma Sood Violence Against Women (Jaipur, Arihant Publishers, 1990)
Leelamma Devasia & Devasia V.V. Girl Child in India (New Delhi, Ashish Publishing House, 1991)
Liddle Joanna and Rama Joshi Daughters of Independence, Gender, Caste and Class in India
(New Delhi, Kali for Women 1986)
Sushila Agarwal Status of Women (Jaipur, Printwell Publishers, 1988)
Sharma and Patrick C. Mckenny Divorce, Sage Publications, Delhi, 1988
Rama Mehta Divorced Hindu Woman (New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House (Pvt.) Ltd.,
1975)
Tikoo P.N. Indian Women
A brief socio-cultural survey B.R. Publishing Corporation, Delhi, 1985
Rani Kala Role Conflict in Working Women, Chetna Publications, New Delhi,
1976
Sinha Pushpa Role Conflict among working women, Anmol Publications, New Delhi
1987.
Attray, I.P. Crimes Against Women. Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 1988,
Agarwal, Anurag Female Foeticide Myth and Reality
Mukherji, Santosh Kumar Prostitution in India. Inter-India Publications, New Delhi, 1986
Krishna Kumari, N.S. Status of Single Women in India, Uppal Publishing House, New Delhi,
1987
10 (2049)

Note:
M.A. FINAL (WOMEN'S STUDIES)
SEMESTER-III
PAPER – I
POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES FOR WOMEN’S DEVELOPMENT
10 (2050)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To provide the student with a comprehensive understanding of the Government development
programmes for women
2. To equip the students with adequate knowledge of planning, monitoring, implementation and evaluation
of development programmes.
3. To analyse the contribution of the changes affected by the Programmes and the policy, in redefining the
changes in Women's Status
UNIT – I
India's Policies and Strategies for Planned Development with Special Reference to Women: Women's
Education through the various Five Year Plans, Policy for Health of Women, Population Policy
UNIT – II
Policy for Employment Programmes, Rural Development and Antipoverty Programme, National Policy
for Empowerment of Women, Provisions in Convention on Elimination of Discrimination Against
Women (CEDAW), 1979.
UNIT – III
State Policies and Programmes for Women, Gender Analysis of Planning, Gender Budgeting
UNIT – IV
Growth and Role of Women Developmental Organizations in India, National and International Funding
Agencies: UNESCO, UNDP
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Review of Implementation of State Policies for Women and Children at the Village level
References :
Government of India National Perspective Plan for Women 1988-2000 A.D.
National Policy on Education 1986, Govt. of India, Ministry of Human Resources Development, Dept.
of Education, New Delhi

Maithreyi Krishna Raj Women and Development : The Indian Experience,
Bombay, Shubhadra Saraswati Publications, 1988
Ela Bhatta Shramshakti: Report of the National Commission on Self Employed
Women and Women in the Informal Sector, June 1988
Sehgal, B.P. Singh Population Policy and the Law, Deep and Deep Publications, New
Delhi, 1998
Dandekar, Kumudini Human Development Report, 1998
Bose, Ashish India’s Population Policy Changing Paradigm, B.R. Publishing
Corporation, Delhi, 1996
Sreen, Poonam Smith Accountability in Development Organizations, Sage Publications, New
Delhi, 1995
Bose, Ashish India’s Population Policy Changing Paradigm, B.R. Publishing
Corporation, Delhi, 1996
10 (2051)

PAPER – II
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN WOMEN’S STUDIES-I
Note:
10 (2052)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To enable students to view women's issues.
2. To conceptualise concepts and operationalise them in Research.
3. To have basic knowledge of the use of statistical tools.
UNIT – I
Approach to Women's Studies, Need for Research on Women’s Issues, scope and Significance of
Research in Women's studies, Distinctive Methodology for Research in Women's Studies - Feminist
Research Methodology
UNIT – II
Research Design – Problem Formulation, Conceptualization of Problem, Formulation of Hypothesis,
Tools,
UNIT- III
Sampling: Principles and Types of Sampling, Merits and Demerits of Sampling, The Data: Types and
Sources, Primary Data and Secondary Data
UNIT – IV
Tools and Techniques of Research, Data Collection Techniques: Observation, Schedule,
Questionnaire, Interview, Case Study
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Write a Brief Note on Feminist Research Methodology (Library Assignment)
References :
Helen Roberts Doing Feminist Research (New York, Routledge, 1981)
Kothari, C.R. Research Methodology, Methods and Techniques.
New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1985
Eichles, Margit Non-Sexist Research Methods, A Practical Guide
London, Allan and Unwin, 1988

Sinha Raghuvir A New Method in Social Research. New Delhi, Ambika
Publications, 1980
Blalock M.Hubert Conceptualization and Measurement in the Social Sciences
New Delhi, Sage Publication, 1982
Desai Neera and Vibhuti Patel Critical Review of Researches in Women’s Studies, Research Centre
for Women’s Studies
Bombay, S.N.D.T. University, 1989
Ramazanoglu, Caroline, Holland, Feminist Methodology, Sage Publications, London,
Janet 2002
Kerlinger, F.N. Foundation of Behavioural Research, Half Ronehartand Winston, New
York, 1973
10 (2053)

WOMEN AND LAW-II
Note:
PAPER – III
10 (2054)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To create awareness among the students about the legal measures provided in the Indian constitution
for safeguarding women's interests.
2. To develop a critical outlook at the loopholes in the legal framework
3. To enable students to be able to counsel women in legal affairs
UNIT – I
Human Rights as Women’s Rights: Human Rights Commission, National Commission for Women Act,
1990, Enforcement Machinery: Judiciary and Women’s Rights
UNIT – II
Women and Family Laws (Hindu Law & Muslim Law), Inheritance and Succession, Dowry Prohibition
Act, 1961, Cruelty to Wife (Sec. 498-A I.P.C.) and Dowry Death (Sec. 304-B I.P.C.) Family Courts Act,
1984, Mahila Adalats and Lok Adalats
UNIT – III
Women and Procedural Laws: First Information Report, Protection in cases of Arrest,
Detention of Woman in Police Lock-up, Police Remand of a Woman, Search of Place where
Women is Residing, Search of Arrested Female; Police Officers Power to Require Attendance
of Woman Witness; Trial in Camera, Compensation to Woman as a Victim of Crime
UNIT – IV
Women and Other Laws: Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act, 1971, Pre-conception and Pre-natal
Diagnostic Techniques (Prohibition of Sex Selection) Act, 1994; The Protection of Women from
Domestic Violence Act, 2005; The Indecent Representation of Women (Prohibition) Act, 1986
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Raising Awareness of Girls/Women in Urban Slums regarding Violence Against Women and
Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005
References :
Dr. T. Bhattacharya Indian Penal Code, Central Law Agency, Allahabad

Dr. Devinder Singh Human Rights and Women and Law, Allahabad Law Agency,
Faridabad
Shobha Saxena Crimes Against Women and Protective Laws, Deep & Deep
Publication, New Delhi
Narender Kumar Constitutional Law of India, Allahabad Law Agency, 2006
V.K. Shukla Constitution Laws of India, Revised by Mahendra P. Singh, Eastern
Book Company, Lucknow
Justice A.S. Anand Justice for Women-Concerns and Expressions, Universal Law
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi
Ahuja Ram Crime Against Women, Rawat, New Delhi, 1987
Crites L. Lavra el. Women, The Court and Equality, Sage, New Delhi, 1987
Kapur, Ratna(ed.) Feminist Terrains in Legal Domain: Interdisciplinary Essays on Women
and Law in India, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1996
Swapna Mukhopadhyay In the Name of Justice: Women and Law in Society, Manohar, New
Delhi, 1998
Kant, Anjani Women and Law, 2003
Sarkar, Lotika; Women and Law: Contemporary Problems, Vikas
Sivaramayya, B.(Ed.) Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1994
Saksena, K.P. Human Rights: Perspective and Challenges, Lancers Books, New
Delhi, 1994
Bajwa, G.S. Human Rights in India: Implementation and Violations, Anmol
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1995
10 (2055)

WOMEN AND HEALTH
Note:
PAPER – IV
10 (2056)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To analyse the concept of health as a major concern / issue for women's empowerment
UNIT – I
Conceptualizing Women's Health, Health as a Gender Issue, Status of Women's Health in India:
Maternal Morbidity, Maternal Mortality, Infant Mortality, Life Expectancy, Fertility,
UNIT – II
Access to Health Care Services: Maternal and Child Health Services in India and Haryana, Food and
Nutrition, Anaemia, Pre-natal Care, Factors Influencing Women’s Health
UNIT – III
Women's Reproductive Rights and Population Control, Reproductive and Child Health Approach
(RCH), HIV and AIDS Control Programme, Impact on Women
UNIT – IV
National Population Policy, National Health Policy, International Conferences on Women and Health:
Focus on ICPD, Cairo
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Arrange an Extension Lecture on Health, Nutrition and Aneamia in Women and Children for
Rural Women
References :
WHO HIV SERO : Positivity and AIDS Prevention and Control- New Delhi,
B.R. Publishing Corporation 1989
Ahooja Patel, Krishna Women and Development, Ashish Publication House, New Delhi, 1995
Shiva, Vandana and Moser, Bio Politics: A Feminist and Ecological Reader
Ingunn (eds). on Biotechnology, Zed Books Ltd., London, 1995

Swarup, Hemlata and Rajput, Pam Gender Dimensions of Environmental and Development Debate: The
Indian Experience, in Stuart S. Nagel, (ed.), India’s Development and
Public Policy, Ashgate, Burlington, 2000
Venkateshwara, Sandhya Environment, Development and the Gender Gap, Sage Publications,
India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1995
Gupta, Jyotsna Agnihotri New Reproductive Technologies, Women’s Health and Autonomy,
Sage Publications, New Delhi, 2000
Lewin, Ellen; Olesen, Virginia Women, Health & Healing: Toward A New Perspective, Tavistorck
Publications, NewYork, 1985
Jon Rohde, Chatterjee, Meera Reaching Health for All, Oxford University Press,
And Morley, David Ed. Bombay, 1993
Correa, Sonia Population and Reproductive Rights, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1994
Pillai, Vijyan K.; Wang, Guang Zen Women’s Reproductive Rights in Developing Countries, Ashgate
Publishing Ltd., England, 1999
10 (2057)

Note:
SEMESTER IV
PAPER – I
WOMEN AND POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT
10 (2058)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To create awareness among the students about political empowerment of Women
2. To analyse the participation of women in politics
UNIT – I
Political Empowerment of women: 73rd and 74th Amendment to the Indian Constitution, Women in
Panchayati Raj Institutions and Urban Local Bodies, Barriers to Women's Effective Political
Participation, Women's Perception of Political Roles
UNIT – II
Parliamentary Committee on Empowerment of Women, Socio-economic and Political Policies of
Haryana and its Impact on Women Empowerment, Role of NGOs in Raising Political Awareness
UNIT – III
Reservation of Women: Politics of Reservation of Women, Agenda for Reservation in Parliament and
State Legislature, Political Reservation as an Issue within Feminist Politics, Proposed Amendment to
the Indian Constitution regarding Reservation of Women in State Assemblies and Parliament
UNIT – IV
Women and Electoral Politics in India, Collectivity and Group Dynamics: Self Help Groups, Women
and Leadership
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Awareness/Motivation Workshop for Women Panchayat Members to Increase their Political
Participation
References :
Agrew, Vijay Elite Women in Indian Politics, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi,
1997
Ahmed, Imtiaz Women in Politics, in Devaki Jain (ed) Indian Women, Publication
Division, New Delhi, 1975
Besant, Annie The Political Status of Women, 2 nd Edition, Johnson’s Court, London,
1985

Chopra, J.K. Women in the Indian Parliament, Mittal Publication, New Delhi, 1993
Forbes, Geraldine Indian Women and the Freedom Movement: A Historian’s Perspective,
RCWS Gender Series, Gender and Politics: Book 2, Research Centre
for Women’s Studies, SNDT Women’s Studies, Mumbai, 1997
Karl, Martitee Women Empowerment- Participation and Decision Making, Zed Books,
London, 1995
Patni, Sushila Women Political Elite: Search for Identity. Printwell, Jaipur, 1994
Subha, K. Women in Local Governance. R B S A Publishers, Jaipur, 1994
Stiftung, Friedrich Ebert Women in Politics: Forms and Processes, Har-Anand Publications,
New Delhi, 1993
Khanna, B.S. Panchayati Raj in India, Deep & Deep Publications, New Delhi, 1994
Kaushik, Susheela Women’s Participation in Politics, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1993
Manikyamba, P Women in Panchayati Raj Structures, Gyan Publishing House, New
Delhi, 1989
Report of the Committee on the Panchayati Raj Institutions, Ministry of Agriculture and Irrigation, Govt. of India,
New Delhi, 1978
10 (2059)

PAPER – II
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN WOMEN’S STUDIES-II
Note:
10 (2060)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To enable students to view women's issues.
2. To conceptualise concepts and operationalise them in Research.
3. To have basic knowledge of the use of statistical tools.
UNIT – I
Social Science Research – Scope, Types, Objectives, Uses and Problems of Objectivity in Social
Research, Limitations, Difference between Social Science Research and Feminist Oriented Research
UNIT-II
Relationship between Theory and Research, Types of Research: Exploratory, Diagnostic,
Experimental, Survey, Survey Action, Evaluation Research.
UNIT-III
Data Processing, Data Coding, Tabulation and Analysis, Basic Concepts of Computer Operations and
Data Processing, Introduction to Windows and SPSS Software, Graphical and Diagrammatic
Representation of Data and Report Writing
UNIT – IV
Women's Studies Research Methodology: Case Study, Life Cycle Methods, Content History, Oral
History, Focused Group Discussion, Participatory Research Appraisal (PRA)
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Conduct a Survey on Functioning and Outcome of a SHG/Mahila Mandal in a Village
References :
Standy, Life and Snewise Breaking out, Feminist Consciousness and Feminist Research,
London, Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1983
Hawkins Cliford and Macro Sorgi Research, How to Plan, Speak and Write about it,
New Delhi, Narosa Publishing House, 1985

Krishanaraj, Maithreyi (ed) Evolving New Methodologies in Research on Women’s Studies, SNDT
Women’s University, Bombay, 1985
Shulamit Reinharz Feminist Methods in Social Research, Oxford University Press, New
York, 1992
Bose, P.K. Research Methodology (Third Survey) Monography of ICSSIL, New
Delhi
Young, P.V. Scientific Social Survey and Research, Prentice Hall New Jersy, 1956
10 (2061)

WOMEN AND MEDIA
Note:
PAPER - III
10 (2062)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives:-
1. To sensitize the students on the media and its role in constructing images of women
UNIT – I
Media Strategies for Women’s Development, Women's Relationship with the Media (Electronic and Print Media),
Portrayal of Women in the Mass Media, Advertisements/ Field of Advertising, The Indecent Representations of
Women (Prohibition) Act, 1986
UNIT – II
Appropriation/Mis-appropriation of Women’s Reality by the Media, Participation of Women in the Mass Media,
Alternative Media: Folk Art, Street Play and Theatre
UNIT – III
Contribution and Ownership to the Women’s Issues by the Media- Both Positive and Negative; Communication
skills and Gender Issues
UNIT – IV
Media and the Woman’s Question: Language as a Patriarchal Construct: Search by Women in Media for New
Forms, New Languages, Images of Women
Field Work and Submission of Report:
Organize a Street Play Against Social Evils in a Village having Low Sex Ratio/Collaborate with the
Institute of Journalism and Mass Communication, K.U.K.
References :
Balasubrahmanyam, Vimal Mirror Image: The Media and the Women’s Question, A CED
Publication, Mumbai, 1998
Bhasin, Kamala and Women and Media: Analysis, Alternatives and Action, Agarwal, Bina
(eds.) ISIS International, New Delhi, 1984
Mary Gallagner (ed) Women and Media Decision Making: The Invisible Barriers, Sterling
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1989

Poonacha, Veena Coverage of Women in the Print Media: Content Analysis of the
Sunday Observer, Research Centre for Women’s Studies, SNDT,
Women’s University, Bombay, 1988
Jain, Jasbir; Rai, Sudha. Ed. Films and Feminism. Rawat Publications, New Delhi, 2002
Prasad, Kiran Women and Media. The Women Press, New Delhi, 2005
Kataria, Pooja Women and Media: Changing Roles, Struggle and Impact, Regal
Publications, New Delhi, 2007
PAPER-IV
WOMEN AND ENVIRONMENT
Note:
10 (2063)
Max. Marks : 100
Time: 3 hours.
(a) Nine questions shall be set in all. Two questions from each unit I-IV and one compulsory
question.
(b) The compulsory question shall consist of four parts which shall be set one each from Unit I-IV.
(c) The Candidate shall be required to attempt five questions in all selecting one question each from
Unit I-IV and question number 9 in Unit V shall be compulsory.
(d) Each question shall carry 16 marks.
(e) The candidate will be assessed for 20 marks on the basis of Field Work Report, Class Test and
Attendance.
Objectives :-
1. To enhance students awareness of various environmental and ecological problems
UNIT – I
Environment and the People Areas of Concern: Land and Water, Dams, Deforestation, Pollution, Soil
Erosion, Water Logging, Watershed Management
UNIT – II
Deforestation, Environmental Degradation, Alternative Energy Sources: Renewable and Nonrenewable
Energy, India's Environmental Policies: Impact on Women, Role of Judiciary
UNIT – III
Urbanization and Ecological Problems: Urban Life, Slum Life, Migration and Social and Health
Hazards, Ecological Movement: Conflict over Natural Resources and Women, Theory and Practice of
Eco-feminism in India
UNIT – IV
Management of Natural Resources, Depletion of Natural Resources: Sustainable Environment and
Impact on Women, International Conferences on Empowerment: Focus on Agenda 21 of the Rio
Conference

Field Work and Submission of Report:
Appraisal of a NGO or Govt. Scheme on Rural Sanitation
References :
Ahooja-Patel, Krishna Women and Development, Ashish Publication House, New Delhi, 1995
Shiva, Vandana and Moser Bio Politics: A Feminist and Ecological Reader on Biotechnology,
Ingunn (eds.) Zed Books Ltd., London, 1995
Swarup, Hemlata Gender Dimensions of Environmental and Development Debate:
and Rajput Pam The Indian Experiences, In Stuart S. Nagel, (ed.), India’s Development and
Public Policy, Ashgate, Burlington, 2000
Venkateshwara, Sandhya Environment, Development and the Gender Gap, Sage Publications, India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, 1995
Fernades, Menon, Geeta Water, Forests, Environment and Tribal Economy, Indian Social
& Viegas Institute, New Delhi, 1988
Shiva, Vandana Ecology and the Politics of Survival, Sage Publications, New Delhi, 1991
Pati, R.N. Ed. Health, Environment and Development. Ashish Publishing House, New Delhi,
1992
Das, Man Singh; Gupta Woman and Her Environment. M.D. Publications Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 1995
Vijay Kumar. Ed.
Ghosh, G.K. Environment and Women Development: Lessons from Third World. Ashish
Publishing House, New Delhi, 1995
Wignaraja, Ponna Women, Poverty and Resources. Sage Publications, New Delhi, 1990
10 (2064)

Paper
No.
I.
SCHEME OF PAPERS
for
MASTER OF LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE
SESSION 2011 – 2012
Semester – I
Nomenclature Internal
Assessment
Information Analysis, Consolidation and Repackaging
(Theory and Practice)
10 (2065)
Max.
Marks
20 100
II. Information Systems Management 20 100
III. Information Retrieval (Theory and Practice) 20 100
IV.
Advanced ICT Applications in LIS (Theory &
Practice) – I
Semester – II
20 100
V. Research Methods and Statistical Techniques 20 100
VI. Advanced ICT Applications in LIS (Theory & Practice) – II 20 100
VII.
ELECTIVE: Information System (Theory and Practice)
Any one of the following:
(a) Social Science Information System
(b) Business Information System
(c) Health Science Information System
20 100
VIII. Depth Classification and Advanced Cataloguing (Practice) 20 100

PAPER – I: INFORMATION ANALYSIS, CONSOLIDATION AND REPACKAGING
(THEORY AND PRACTICE)
Max. Marks: 100
Objectives
(i) To impart to students through understanding of the conceptual framework of Information
Consolidation and Repackaging.
(ii) To train the students with the practical skills for preparation of Information Products.
(iii) To introduce Marketing of Information Products and Services.
Part – I: Theory
Marks: 60 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 50
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance – 5 (Includes attendance of practical classes also) +
Class Test – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (at least
Two questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in all
selecting at least one question from each Unit.
UNIT – I: Information Consolidation
Definitional Analysis, purpose, process and role of Information Consolidation.
Value and benefits of Consolidation.
Packaging and Repackaging of Information.
Modes of presentation.
Technical Writing
UNIT – II: Processing Methods and Techniques
Information Products: Types and Methodology for Preparation.
Role of various specialists in Design and Development of Information Products.
Methodology for preparation of House Journals, Newsletters, Technical Digests, Trend Reports,
Reviews and related products.
Abstract and Abstracting: Types and Guidelines in preparing Abstract.
UNIT – III: Management of Information Consolidation Centres
Management of an Information Consolidation Unit (ICU)
Concept of Marketing.
Marketing of Information Products and Services.
Part – II: Practice
Max. Marks: 40 Time: 2 Hours
The Distribution of Marks and scheme of examination will be as follows:
Section – A Marks: 15
Assignments: 10 marks
(Preparation of Indicative and Informative Abstracts, Literature Reviews and Book Reviews)
Viva-voce: 05 marks
10 (2066)

Section – B Marks: 25
1. The examinees will be required to prepare One INDICATIVE ABSTRACT and One INFORMATIVE
ABSTRACT of One Research Article.
2. The examinees will be required to prepare One abstract, either INDICATIVE ABSTRACT OR
INFORMATIVE ABSTRACT of One Journal Article, as specified by the examiners,
Books Recommended
1. SEETHARAMA (S). Information consolidation and repackaging. 1997. Ess Ess, New
Delhi.
2. ATHERTON (Pauline). Handbook for information Systems and Services. 1977. Unesco,
Paris.
3. DRTC Annual Seminar 18; 1981.
4. SARACEVIC (T) and WOOD (J S). Consolidation of information: A Handbook of
evaluation, restructuring and repackaging of scientific and technical information 1981.
Unesco, Paris.
5. SEETHARAMA (S). Modes of presentation of information in information consolidation
products. Library Science with a Slant to Document, 22; 1985; Paper E.
* * * * * *
PAPER – II: INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
Max. Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 80 Marks
Internal assessment: 20 Marks (Assignment – 10 + Class Test – 5 + Attendance – 5)
Objectives
(i) To develop an understanding of modern Principles of Management.
(ii) To familiarise with the process of Planning and Various Types of Plans.
(iii) To develop an understanding of various Organisational Positions and Techniques of
Managing Human Resources.
(iv) To familiarise with the Systems Approach in Libraries and Quality in Library Functions and
Services.
Note: The paper is divided into 5 Units. The question paper will consist of Ten questions (Two
questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Five questions in all
selecting at least one question from each Unit.
UNIT- I: Management
- Concept, Definition and Scope.
- Principles of Scientific Management.
- Management Schools of Thought: Classical School, Human Behaviour and Human
Relation
UNIT- II: Human Resource Management
- Meaning, Functions and Objectives of HRM.
10 (2067)

- Job Description, Job Analysis and Job Evaluation.
- Recruitment and Selection Procedure.
- Training and Development.
UNIT- III: Human Resource Management
- Motivational Patterns: Maslow’s Need Hierarchy. Herzberg’s Two Factor Theory.
McGregor’s Theory X and Y.
- Performance Appraisal: Objectives, Problems in Rating, Methods of Performance
Appraisal.
UNIT- IV: System Analysis and Control
- System Analysis and Design.
- Work Flow and Organisational Routines.
- Monitoring Techniques: OR, MIS, MBO, Network Analysis, Budgeting as a Monitoring
Techniques, Monitoring Team or Consultants.
- Evaluation Techniques.
UNIT- V: Library Planning and Total Quality Management (TQM)
- Library Planning: Types of Plans, Factors and Techniques of Library Planning
- TQM: Definition, Concept and Elements.
- Quality Standards: ISO 9000 Series.
Books Recommended
1. EVANS (G E). Management techniques for libraries. Ed.2. 1983. Academic Press, New
York.
2. STEUART (Robert) and EASTLICK (John T). Library management Ed. 2. 1991.
Libraries Unlimited, Cotorado.
3. BROPHY (Peter) and COULLING (Kate). Quality management for information and
library managers. 1996. Aslib Gover, Hampshire.
4. JONES (Noragh) and JORDAN (Peter). Case studies in library management. 1988. Clive
Bingley, London.
* * * * * *
PAPER – III: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL (THEORY & PRACTICE)
10 (2068)
Max. Marks: 100
Objectives
(i) To introduce the Concept and Principles of Indexing;
(ii) To acquaint with the Role and Types of Indexing Languages; and
(iii) To familiarise with the Advanced Information Processing and Retrieval Techniques.
Part – I: Theory
Marks: 60 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 50

Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance – 5 (Includes attendance of practical classes also) +
Class Test – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (at least
Two questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in
all selecting at least one question from each Unit.
UNIT- I: Cataloguing and Subject Indexing: Principles and Practices
Principles of Subject Cataloguing. Assigning Subject Headings using Library of Congress
Subject Headings and Sears List of Subject Headings. Models: Assigned and Derived. Pre and
Post-co-ordinate indexing.
UNIT- II: Indexing Languages and Vocabulary Control
Indexing languages: Types and Characteristics. Vocabulary Control. Tools of Vocabulary
Control. Structure and Construction of an IR thesauruses. Trends in Automatic Indexing.
UNIT- III: Information Retrieval
IR Models. Search strategies: Manual/ Machine, Feedback and Refining. Evaluation of IR
Systems. Projects and Parameters. Trends in IR Models.
Part – II: Practice
Max. Marks: 40 Time: 2 Hours
The Distribution of Marks and scheme of examination will be as follows:
Section – A Marks: 25
a) Assignments: 10 marks
(Assignments on assigning/ deriving Subject Headings according to Chain Procedure, PRECIS,
Sears List of Subject Headings)
b) Thesaurus Construction on an assigned topic: 10 Marks
c) Viva-voce: 05 marks
Note: The question paper shall consist of following Two Questions:
Section – B Marks: 15
1. There will be one question carrying five titles. The examinees will be required to assign
Subject Headings to these titles according to Sears List of Subject Headings. Marks: 05
2. There will be one question carrying Six titles in Section – A (Chain Procedure) & B (PRECIS).
The examinees will be required to attempt any Five titles. Marks: 10
Books Recommended
1. FOSKETT (A C). Subject approach to information. Ed.5. 1996. Bingley, London.
2. CHOUDHURY (G G). Introduction to modern information retrieval. 1999. Library Association,
London.
3. AUSTIN (Derek). PRECIS: A manual of concept analysis. 1984. British Library, London.
4. RAJAN (T N). Indexing systems: Concepts methods and techniques. 1981. IASLIC, Calcutta.
5. GILCHRIST (Alan). Thesaurus construction and design.
10 (2069)

* * * * * *
PAPER IV: ADVANCED ICT APPLICATIONS IN LIS (THEORY AND PRACTICE) – I
Max. Marks: 100
Objectives:
(i) To familiarise students with major Applications of ICT in Libraries and Information Centers
and issues affecting their implementation.
(ii) To familiarise with the Networking concepts.
(iii) To enable student to use various MS Office Applications;
(iv) To enable student to understand the elements of Web Designing.
Part I: Theory
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2½ Hours
Theory: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance – 5 (Includes attendance of practical classes also) +
Assignment – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (at least
Two questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in
all selecting at least One question from each Unit.
Unit – I: Library Automation
- Planning and Implementation of Library Automation.
- Use of computers for In-house Operations: Acquisition, Cataloguing, Circulation, Serials
Control, OPAC and Information Storage and Retrieval.
- Retrospective Conversion Techniques.
Unit – II: INTERNET Basic Feature and Tools
- Genesis and Utility.
- Connectivity: Dialup, Leased Line, ISDN and Cable Modem.
- Protocols: TCP/IP, HTTP, FTP
- Web Browsers: Netscape Navigator, Internet Explorer
- Services: World Wide Web (WWW), E-Mail, Search Engines, Remote Login (Telnet),
FTP, Bulletin Boards, Usenet, Social Networking Sites, Chatting and Instant Message.
Internet Security.
UNIT – III: Communication Technology (Networking)
- Fundamentals of Telecommunication Technology.
- What is Network? Network Media: Wires and Cables, Ethernet, Wireless (Satellite), Hubs
and Switches, Modems.
- Network Types: LAN, MAN and WAN.
- Topologies: Bus, Star, Ring, Token Ring, Tree and Mesh.
- Network Protocols and Standards. OSI Architecture.
- Network Based Services: Teleconferencing, Tele-facsimile.
- Library Networks in India: ADINET and CALIBNET.
10 (2070)

Part II: Practice
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2 Hours
Practical Examination: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Class Test – 10 Marks)
Unit – I: MS OFFICE
- MS EXCEL: Toolbars, Formatting Formulas, Database Management, Charts and
Additional Functions.
- MS ACCESS: Databases, Tables, Queries, Forms and Reports.
Unit – II: Web Designing with FRONT PAGE
Introduction to Front Page, Creating a Web and Web Pages, Lists and Headings, Formatting,
Managing Web in the Explorer, Linking, Using Tables, Displaying Images, Getting images with
image composer, Creating a consistent look for Web-using Wizards and Templates, Themes,
Enhancing Design with Style Sheets, Forms, Publishing the Site.
Recommended Books
1. ALBERTO LEON-GARCIA and WIDJAJA (Indra). Communication Networks: Fundamental
concepts and key architectures.
2. BHARIHOKE (Deepak). Fundamentals of IT. 2nd ed. Excel Books. New Delhi. 2002.
3. CHELLIS (James), PERKINS (Charles) and STREBE (Mathew). MCSE: Networking essential
study guide. BPE. 1997.
4. D'SOUZA. Web Publishing.
5. Excel Functions & formulas book. BPB Publications.
6. FOROUZAN (Behrouz A), COOMBS (Catherine) and FEGAN (Sophia Chung). Data
Communication and Networking. 2nd ed. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
7. LANCASTER (F W) and SANDORE (Beth). Technology and management in library and
information services. 1997. Library Association, London.
8. LEON (Garcia). Communication Networks.
9. MANSFIELD (Ron). The compact guide to Microsoft Office professional. Tech Publication,
Singapore. 1995.
10. MCSA MCSE WINDOWS XP professional study guide. 2 nd Ed. Available at:
http://rapidshare.com/files/115837493/mcsa_mcse_windows_xp_professional_study_guide_2nd
.pdf
11. McCOY (John). Mastering Web design. LWB, New Delhi. 1996.
12. PANTRY (Sheila), Ed. Building community information networks: Strategies and experiences.
1999. Library Association, London.
13. MS OFFICE complete references. BPB, New Delhi.
14. Rajesh. Computer Networks: Fundamentals & Applications. Vikas Publishing House. 2009.
15. TANENBAUM (Andrew S.). Computer networks. 4 th Ed. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 2003.
16. TAX ALI (R. K.) PC software for Windows made simple. Tata Me Graw Hill.
17. VITTAL (N). Information technology: India’s tomorrow. 2001.
* * * * * * * * *
10 (2071)

Semester – II
PAPER – V: RESEARCH METHODS AND STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES
Max. Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 80 Marks
Internal assessment: 20 Marks (Assignment – 10 + Class Test – 5 + Attendance – 5)
Objectives:
(i) To introduce students to the concept of the Research.
(ii) To provide an insight into the Research Methods in Library and Information Science.
(iii) To provide an overall understanding of Statistical Techniques in Research Operations.
Note: The paper is divided into 5 Units. The question paper will consist of Ten questions (Two
questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Five questions in all
selecting at least one question from each Unit.
UNIT – I: Research
- Concept, Meaning, Need and Process of Research.
- Types of Research – Fundamental and Applied.
UNIT – II: Research Design
- Conceptualisation and Operationalisation.
- Types of Research Design.
- Identification and Formulation of Problem.
- Hypothesis: Definitions, Functions and Types
- Designing Research Proposal.
- Ethical Aspects of Research.
- Literature Search – Print, Non-Print and Electronic Sources.
- Research Reporting: Structure Style and Contents. (Guidelines for Research Reporting).
UNIT – III: Research Methods
- Spiral of Scientific Method. (S. R. Ranganathan).
- Historical Method.
- Experimental Method.
- Descriptive Method.
- Survey Method and Case Study Method.
- Bibliometrics: Concept and Definition, Bibliometrics Laws: Bradford, Zipf. Lotka,
Bibliographic Coupling and Citation Analysis.
UNIT – IV: Research Techniques and Tools
- Questionnaire
- Interview
- Observation
- Library Records and Reports
- Sampling Techniques
10 (2072)

UNIT – V: Descriptive Analysis and Interpretation
- Descriptive Statistics – Measures of Central Tendency – Mean, Mode, Median.
- Measures of Dispersion, Variance and Co-Variance.
- Standard Deviation
- Inferential Statistics
- Z – T test Correlation
- Regression – linear and non-linear
- Chi – Square test
- Tabulation and Generalisation
- Graphical presentation of data Bar, Pie, Line graphs, Histograms
- Sociometry.
Books Recommended
1. CHARLES, H. and others. Research Methods in librarianship: Techniques and Interpretations.
1980.
2. KRISHAN KUMAR. Research Methods in Library and Information Science, New Delhi,
Vikas Publishing House. 1992.
3. POWELL (Ronald R). Basic Research Methods for Librarians. 1985.
4. RAVI CHANDRA RAO (I.K.). Quantitative methods in Library and Information
Science. New Delhi. Wiley Eastern Limited, 1983.
5. SARAVANAVEL (P). Research and Report Writing. 1993.
* * * * * *
PAPER VI: ADVANCED ICT APPLICATIONS IN LIS (THEORY AND PRACTICE) – II
10 (2073)
Max. Marks: 100
(i) To familiarise students with major Applications of ICT in Libraries and Information Centers
and issues affecting their implementation.
(ii) To familiarise with the Internet, Digital Libraries and Digitisation and other ICT Services.
(iii) To enable students to understand the features and use of Library Application Softwares: Open
Source: KOHA and Alice for Windows.
(iv) To enable students to create Digital libraries.
Part I: Theory
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2½ Hours
Theory: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance – 5 (Includes attendance of practical classes also) +
Assignment – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (at least
Two questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in
all selecting at least One question from each Unit.
Unit – I: Library Application Software Packages
- Basics of Library Automation Softwares.
- Selection Criteria for Library Automation Softwares.

- SOUL, LIBSYS, Alice for Windows, Open Source Software: KOHA.
UNIT – II: Digital Libraries
- Genesis, Definition, Objectives and Scope of Digital Libraries.
- Digitisation and Tools: Techniques of Digitisation, Resolution, Imaging.
- Files and Formats of documents, images, video, audio, etc.
- Metadata: Role of Metadata and Metadata Types.
UNIT – III: Database Types and other Concepts
- Bibliographic, Full text and Multimedia Databases.
- Basics of Artificial Intelligence, Expert Systems, Virtual Reality.
- Digital Preservation: Overview, Need, Challenges.
- DP strategy: Migration, Replication, Computer archaeology.
Part II: Practice
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2 Hours
Practical Examination: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Class Test – 10 Marks)
Unit – I: Library Automation Softwares
� Open Source Library Application Software: KOHA
- Overview of KOHA.
- Installation and Configuration of KOHA.
- Acquisition and Cataloguing.
- Members Management and Circulation.
- Reports and Backups.
� Alice for Windows
- Overview. Installation and Configuration.
- Acquisition and Cataloguing.
- Members Management and Circulation.
- Reports and Backups.
Unit – II: Digital Library Software
- Installation, Configuration and working in Greenstone or DSpace.
Recommended Books
1. ACKERMANN (Ernest). Learning to use the Internet: An introduction with examples and
experiences. BPB.
2. BHARIHOKE (Deepak). Fundamentals of IT. 2nd ed. Excel Books. New Delhi. 2002.
3. CADY (Glee Harray) and McGregor (Pat). Mastering the INTERNET. BPB. New Delhi. 1996.
4. COX (Ingemer, J). Digital Watermarking. 2002.
5. Digital Libraries: Policy, planning and practice. Hants: Ashgate. 2004.
6. Digital Libraries and Multimedia. Boston: Kluwer, Academic Publishers. 2000.
7. Digital Libraries from technology to culture. New Delhi: Kanishka Publications. 2006.
8. Digital Libraries and use. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2003.
9. DSpace Manual, Release 1.6.2. http://www.dspace.org/1_6_2Documentation/DSpace-
10 (2074)

Manual.pdf
10. DSpace Release 1.6.2 Notes. https://wiki.duraspace.org/display/DSPACE/DSpace+Release
+1.6.2+Notes
11. FALK (Bennett). The Internet basic reference from A to Z.
12. GOPAL KRISHNAN. Digital Libraries in electronic information era. Delhi: Authors press. 2001.
13. Greenstone Home page. http://www.greenstone.org/greenstone3-home
14. Greenstone Manual. http://www.greenstone.org/manuals/gsdl2/
15. HUGHES (Loma M). Digitizing collection: strategic issues for the information manager. 2004.
16. JEEVAN (V K J). Digital Libraries. 2003.
17. http://koha.org/
18. KOHA Documentation. http://www.kohadocs.org/
19. KOHA on Windows. http://cid-6ac4b4f2fe0a3144.office.live.com/self.aspx/Public/Koha%20
on%20Windows.pdf
20. KOHA on Windows. http://www.koha.rwjr.com/Koha_on_Windows.html
21. LEON, Alexis and LEON, Mathews. Fundamentals of Information Technology. 2nd Ed. Vikas
Publishing House Pvt Ltd New Delhi. 2009.
22. RAMAMURTHY (C R). Globalization and library information networking. 2004.
23. STALLINGS (William). Data and Computer Communications. 6th Ed. Pearson Education Asia.
2001.
* * * * * *
PAPER - VII: ELECTIVES: INFORMATION SYSTEMS (THEORY & PRACTICE)
(a) SOCIAL SCIENCE INFORMATION SYSTEM
Max. Marks: 100
Objectives:
(i) To familiarise with the Concept, Scope, Landmarks and Research Trends in the disciplines of
Social Sciences.
(ii) To develop an understanding of Social Science Information System and its Components.
(iii) To develop evaluative skills for Specialised Information Sources and Systems.
Part – I: Theory
Marks: 60 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 50
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance – 5 (Includes attendance of practical classes also) +
Class Test – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (at least
Two questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in
all selecting at least one question from each Unit.
UNIT – I: Structure and Development of Social Sciences
Definition, Scope, Landmarks and Research Trends in the disciplines of Political Science, Public Administration, Economics,
Management, Sociology, History, Psychology and Education.
UNIT – II:
10 (2075)

- Social Science Information System: Components.
- Sources: Types and Media: Print and Non – Print, Electronic and Web-based
- Institutions connected with Social Science Information Generation and Dissemination.
- Study of the activities of: ICSSR, ICWA, Indian Institute of Management - Ahmedabad,
Indian Institute of Public Administration, National Council for Applied Economic
Research, National Institute of Public Finance and Policy, TISS, UNESCO, ICHR,
London School of Economics and Political Science.
UNIT – III:
- Planning of Social Science Research Libraries.
- Evaluation of existing Information Systems and Networks in Social Sciences at National
and International level.
Part – II: Practice
Max. Marks: 40 Time: 2 Hours
The Distribution of Marks and scheme of examination will be as follows:
a) Assignments: 10 marks
b) Viva-voce: 05 marks
Section – A Marks: 15
Section – B Marks: 25
Note: Evaluation of One Documentary Information Source and One Institutional Source.
Syllabus:
I. Listing of Institutional Sources is given in the Theory Part of the Syllabus.
II. Documentary Sources of Information:
1. International Encyclopedia of Social Sciences
2. International Encyclopedia of Social and Behavioral Sciences
3. International Encyclopedia of Education
4. McGraw Hill Encyclopedia of Economics
5. Europa World Yearbook
6. Statesman’s Yearbook
7. India 2006 or the latest
8. World Directory of Social Science Institutions
9. World of Learning
10. International Bibliography of the Social Sciences.
11. The Dictionary of the Social Sciences. (OUP)
12. Reader’s Guide to the Social Sciences. Ed by Jonathan Michie
13. Information Sources in the Social Sciences Ed by David Fisher and others.
14. INTUTE: Social Sciences
15. Social Sciences Index.
16. JSTOR
17. IPSA
10 (2076)

18. Psychological Abstracts.
19. Keesing’s Record of World Events.
20. Asian News Digest.
21. Commonwealth Universities Yearbook.
22. Universities Handbook (India)
23. Bibliography of Doctoral Dissertations
24. UNESCO Statistical Yearbook
25. Census of India.
26. Statistical Abstracts of India.
27. Webster’s New Geographical Dictionary.
28. The Book Review.
29. ICSSR Journal of Abstracts & Reviews.
30. Annual Review of Psychology
Books Recommended
1. WEBB (William H), Ed. Sources of information in social sciences.
2. HERRON (Nancy), Ed. Social Sciences: A Cross disciplinary guide to selected sources. 1996.
Libraries Unlimited.
3. HUNT (Elgin F) and COLANDER (David L). Social sciences: An Introduction to the study of society. Ed. 9. 1995. Allyn.
4. LI (Tze Chung). Social science reference sources: A Practical guide. Rev and enlarged ed 2. 1990. Greenwood.
5. VYAS (SD). Social science information in India: Efforts toward bibliographic control. 1992.
Concept, New Delhi.
* * * * * *
(b) BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEM
Max. Marks: 100
Objectives:
(i) To familiarise with the Concept, Scope, Landmarks and Research Trends in the disciplines of Business.
(ii) To develop an understanding of Business Information System and its Components.
(iii) To develop evaluative skills for Specialised Information Sources and Systems.
Part – I: Theory
Marks: 60 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 50
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance – 5 (Includes attendance of practical classes also)+ Class
Test – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (at least
Two questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in
all selecting at least one question from each Unit.
UNIT – I: Business Information
- Nature and Characteristics: Its Role, Generation and Utilisation.
- Systems View of Business Information
- Components of Business Information Systems: Resources, Centres, Consultants,
Suppliers, Financial Organisations, Industrial Promoters, etc.
- Users of Business Information: Categories, Role, Functions and needs.
10 (2077)

UNIT – II: Business Information Sources, Products and Services
- Sources of Information: Documentary: Types with particular reference to Directories,
Digests, Market Research Reports, Trade Literature, Technical Notes, Company
Profiles, Patent, Design & Trade marks, Standards, Databases.
- Institutional: National & International: Studies related to the activities of:
� NIDCS, IIFT, ITPO, CII, FICCI, etc.
� UNIDO, UNCTAD, etc.
- Information Services and Networks:
� CAS, SDI, Technical Enquiry Service, other Computerised Services.
� Overview of Business Information Networks.
UNIT – III: Organising Business Information for end user support
- Database System: Business Measurement System; Business Planning System.
- Text Management System: Text Retrieval Systems; Office Systems.
- Management Support Systems: Decision Support Systems; Information Centres.
Part – II: Practice
Max. Marks: 40 Time: 2 Hours
The Distribution of Marks and scheme of examination will be as follows:
a) Assignments: 10 marks
b) Viva-voce: 05 marks
Note: Evaluation of Information Sources.
Books Recommended
Section – A Marks: 15
Section – B Marks: 25
1. AHITUV (N I V). Principles of Information System for Management. USA Business &
Educational Technologies, 1994.
2. ATHERTON (Pauline). Handbook for information systems and services, 1977.
3. CAMPBELL (M J). ed.: Manual of business library practice, 1975.
4. CURTIS (GRAHAM). Business information systems: Analysis, design & practice, 1989.
5. DOSSETT (PATTI). ed. Handbook of special librarianship & information services, 6 th ed.1992.
6. GARLAND (John L.). How to develop Business information systems for End User. 1986.
7. NEELAMEGHAM (A). Comp: DRTC reference course on information services for business
and industry, 1974.
8. WASSERMAN, et al: Encyclopaedia of business information sources, 1983.
* * * * * *
10 (2078)

(c) - HEALTH SCIENCE INFORMATION SYSTEM
Max. Marks: 100
Objectives:
(i) To familiarise with the Concept, Scope, Landmarks and Research Trends in the disciplines of
Health Sciences.
(ii) To develop an understanding of Health Science Information System and its Components.
(iii) To develop evaluative skills for Specialised Information Sources and Systems.
Part – I: Theory
Marks: 60 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 50
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance – 5 (Includes attendance of practical classes also)+ Class
Test – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (at least
Two questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in
all selecting at least one question from each Unit.
UNIT – I: Health Science Information
- Growth and developments of Health Science.
- Types of Health Science Libraries/Information Centres
- Users of Health Science information
UNIT – II: Health Science Information and Global Issues
- Sources of Information: Documentary: Printed and Non-print.
- Institutional: National & International: Studies related to the activities of:
- The role and functions of National Medical Library.
- The role and function of other National and International Organisations delivering
Health Science Information: WHO, ICMR, Department of Biotechnology, Council of
Ayurveda and Siddha, Council of Homeopathy, Unani System, National Institute of
Health and Family Welfare, CDRI, CFTRI, NIN, NII, NIC, etc.
- Information Services: Current Awareness Services: SDI Services, Indexing and
Abstracting Services, Literature Search.
UNIT – III: Information Systems and Networks
- HELLIS, MEDLARS, BIOSIS
- Trends in Health Science Information System
- Application of Hypertext, Hypermedia, Multimedia, Expert system and Artificial
Intelligence.
10 (2079)

Part – II: Practice
Max. Marks: 40 Time: 2 Hours
The Distribution of Marks and scheme of examination will be as follows:
a) Assignments: 10 marks
b) Viva-voce: 05 marks
Syllabus: Evaluation of Information Sources.
Books Recommended
Section – A Marks: 15
Section – B Marks: 25
1. DIXIT (R P). Information management in Indian medical libraries, 1995, pp 1-423.
2. R P KUMAR, SRIVASTAVA (Divya) and GUPTA (SP), eds. Education for librarianship in
information age, MLAI sp. Pub. 1995, pp.1-287.
3. GUPTA(SP), et al : Information technology and health science libraries, MLAI sp. Pub. 1993,
pp.1-279.
4. CARMEL (Michael), ed.: Health care librarianship and Information work 22ed, 1995.
5. PICKEN (Fiona Mackay) and KAHN (Ann MC). Medical librarianship in the eighties and
beyond: A world perspective, 1986.
6. JOURNAL OF American Society for Information Science: Perspectives on medical
informatics: information technology in health care, 1995, 46 (10), 723 – 800.
7. VARALAXSHMI (R S R). Information services in medical college libraries. 1993.
* * * * * *
PAPER – VIII: DEPTH CLASSIFICATION AND ADVANCED CATALOGUING (PRACTICE)
Part – I: Depth Classification
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2 Hours
Practical Examination: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance – 05 Marks (includes attendance of Cataloguing Practice
also) + Class Test – 05 Marks)
Note: The question paper will be divided into Two Units: Unit – A: Colon Classification and Unit – B:
UDC. Distribution of Marks and scheme of examination will be as follows:
UNIT – A: Colon Classification
Section - A
Four Titles will be given in this Section and the examinees will be required to attempt Two Titles.
1. Each Title will carry 6 Marks.
10 (2080)

Section - B
1. Two Titles will be given in this Section and the examinees will be required to attempt One Title.
2. Each Title will carry 8 Marks.
UNIT – B: Universal Decimal Classification
Section - A
1. Four Titles will be given in this Section and the examinees will be required to attempt Two Titles.
2. Each Title will carry 6 Marks.
Section - B
1. Two Titles will be given in this Section and the examinees will be required to attempt One Title.
2. Each Title will carry 8 Marks.
Syllabus: Classification of Complex Titles of Monographs and Articles by Colon
Classification and Universal Decimal Classification.
Part – II: Advanced Cataloguing
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2 Hours
Practical Examination: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Assignment – 05 Marks (Preparation of Cataloguing Copy) + Class
Test – 05 Marks)
Note: 1. The paper will be divided into 3 Units.
2. All the Units will consist of Two Titles each and the Examinees will be required to attempt
One Title from every part.
Syllabus: Practical cataloguing of Complex Periodicals and of documents involving complicated
Personal and Corporate Author Headings and Index Headings according to the 5 th edition of
the Classified Catalogue Code with Additional Rules for Dictionary Catalogue Code (CCC)
of Dr. S. R. Ranganathan and AACR – II.
Distribution of Marks:
UNIT – A: Classified Catalogue Code 13
UNIT – B: Anglo American Cataloguing Rules -2 13
UNIT – C: Cataloguing of Non-Book Material 14
Books Recommended:
1. ALA and others. Anglo American Cataloguing Rules. Revised ed. 2. 1998.
2. RANGANATHAN (S R). Classified Catalogue Code with additional Rules for Dictionary
Catalogue Code. Ed. 5. 1964.
* * * * * *
10 (2081)

Paper
No.
SCHEME OF PAPERS
FOR
BACHELOR OF LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE
SESSION 2011-12
SEMESTER – I
Nomenclature Internal
Assessment
10 (2082)
Max.
Marks
I. Library and Information Society 20 100
II. Knowledge Organisation, Information
Processing & Retrieval
20 100
III. Information Sources (Theory and Practice) 20 100
IV. Library Classification & Cataloguing Practice –A 20 100
SEMESTER – II
V. Management of Libraries and Information Centres 20 100
VI. Users and Information Services (Theory and
Practice)
20 100
VII. ICT Applications in LIS (Theory and Practice) 20 100
VIII. Library Classification & Cataloguing Practice – B 20 100

SEMESTER – I
PAPER I: LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SOCIETY
Max. Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 80 Marks
Internal assessment: 20 Marks (Assignment – 10 + Class Test – 5 + Attendance – 5)
Objectives:
(i) To introduce students to the field of Library and Information Science;
(ii) To introduce students to the concepts of information society; and
(iii) To provide an overview of the entire programme.
Note: The paper is divided into 5 Units. The question paper will consist of Ten questions (Two
questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Five questions in all
selecting at least One question from each Unit.
Unit-I: Concept of Library in Society
- Social and historical foundations of library.
- Changing role of Library and Information Centers in Society.
- Development of libraries with special reference to India.
- Different types of libraries - their distinguishing features and functions.
Unit-II: Normative Principles of Library and Information Science
- Five Laws of Library Science and their Implications on Library and Information Activities.
Unit-III: Laws relating to Libraries and Information Centres
- Library Legislation: Need and essential features.
- Library Legislation in India (Descriptive study to be excluded)
- Copyright Act and Delivery of Books (Public Libraries) Act.
Unit-IV: Library and Information Profession
- Librarianship as a Profession.
- Professional ethics.
- Professional Associations and their role with particular reference to ILA, IASLIC, IFLA
and UNESCO.
Unit-V: Public Relations, Extension Activities and Resource Sharing
- Definition: Facets and programmes of PR and Extension Services.
- Resource Sharing and Library Networking.
Books Recommended:
1. GARDENER (Frank M). Public Library Legislation: A Comparative Study, Paris, UNESCO, 1971
2. HARRISON (Colin) and BEENHAM (Rosernary). The Basic of Librarianship. London. Clive-
Bengley, 1987.
3. INDIA MINISTRY OF EDUCATION, Report of the Advisory Committee for Libraries, Delhi,
Manager of Publications, 1959.
4. JEFFERSON (G). Libraries and Society, London, James Clarks and Co., 1969.
10 (2083)

5. KHANNA (J.K.). Fundamentals of Library Organisation.
6. KHANNA (J.K.). Library and Society, Kurukshetra; Research Publication, 1987.
* * * * * * *
PAPER-II: KNOWLEDGE ORGANISATION, INFORMATION PROCESSING &
RETRIEVAL
Max. Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 80 Marks
Internal assessment: 20 Marks (Assignment – 10 + Class Test – 5 + Attendance – 5)
Objectives:
(i) To introduce the structure and attributes of Universe of Knowledge.
(ii) To develop skills in subject analysis and proficiency in using standard schemes of
classification and subject cataloguing; and
(iii) To familiarise with the principles and practice of document description including electronic
documents.
Note: The paper is divided into 5 Units. The question paper will consist of Ten questions (Two
questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Five questions in all
selecting at least One question from each Unit.
Unit-I: Universe of Knowledge
- Universe of Subjects: Definitions and Purpose.
- Modes of Formation of Subjects.
- Library Classification: Definition, Need and Purpose.
Unit-II: Library Classification Theory
- Postulational Approach: Postulates, Facet Analysis, Fundamental Categories, Phase
Analysis, Principles of Helpful Sequence and Facet Sequence.
- Notation: Need, Type and Quality.
- Call Number: Class Number, Book Number and Collection Number
Unit-III: Knowledge Organisation in different Schemes of Library Classification
- Standard Schemes of Library Classification; Introduction, features and applications of
CC, DDC and UDC.
- Current Trends: Developments in DDC and UDC, Computers and Classification.
Unit-IV: Bibliographic Description
- Catalogue – Definition, Need and Purpose, Types of Library Catalogue - Physical forms:
Conventional and Non-conventional; Kinds of Entries and their functioning according to
CCC and AACR-2. ALA Rules for filing Entries
10 (2084)

Unit-V: Subject Cataloguing
- Definition, Need, Purpose and problems of Subject Cataloguing, Methods of Subject
Cataloguing. Chain Procedure and Sears List of Subject Headings. Latest trends -
MARC, ISBD, CCF.
Books Recommended:
1. CHOUDHURY (G.G.). Modern information retrieval theory, 1999. Library Association, London.
2. DHYANI (Pushpa). Theory of Library Classification, 2000. Vishwa Prakashan, Delhi.
3. FOSKETT (A.C.). Subject approach to information. 5 th Ed. 1990. Bingley, London.
4. HUNTER (E.J.) and BAKEWELL (K.G.B.). Advanced Cataloguing. 1989. Bingley, London.
5. KRISHAN KUMAR. Theory of Library Classification. 1985. Vikas, Delhi.
6. RANGANATHAN (S.R.) Prolegomena to library classification. 3 rd ed. 1967. Sarda
Ranganathan Endowment, Bombay.
7. TRIPATHI (S.M.) and SHOKEEN (N.S.). Fundamentals of Cataloguing theory (Hindi Medium).
1998. Y.K. Agra.
8. TRIPATHI (S. M.) and SHOKEEN (N.S.). Fundamentals of Library Classification (Hindi
Medium). 1988. Y.K. Agra.
* * * * * * *
PAPER-III: INFORMATION SOURCES (THEORY AND PRACTICE)
Objectives:
(i) To acquaint with various types of information sources.
(ii) To familiarize with different types of reference books.
(iii) To develop evaluative and practical skill in dealing with information sources.
Part-I: Theory
10 (2085)
Max. Marks: 100
Marks: 60 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 50
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance (includes attendance of Practical Classes also) – 5 +
Class Test – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (atleast
Two questions from each Unit.) The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in
all selecting atleast One question from each Unit.
Unit-I: Reference and Information Sources
- Documentary Sources of Information: Print, Non-print
- Categories: Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Information Sources
- Human and Institutional: Nature, types, Characteristics and utility
- Internet as a Source of Information.

Unit-II: Types and Evaluation of Reference Sources
Different types of reference books and Criteria for evaluation of Encyclopaedias,
Dictionaries, Geographical Sources, Biographical Sources, Reference Sources for
Current Events and Ready Reference Sources.
Unit-III: Bibliographical Sources
- Bibliographical Sources: Functions and types.
- Uses and criteria for evaluation of National Bibliography, Trade Bibliography, Subject
Bibliography, Indexing and Abstracting Sources.
Part-II: Practice
Max. Marks: 40 Time: 2 Hours
The Distribution of Marks and scheme of examination will be as follows:
a) Assignments: 10 marks
b) Viva-voce: 05 marks
Section – A Marks: 15
Section – B Marks: 25
1. The examinees will be required to evaluate One Information Source. Marks: 15
2. This part will consist of 10 Information Queries. The examinees must give only one standard
Source of Information (which according to the examinee is the most appropriate) along with
complete bibliographical details. Marks: 10
Study and Evaluation of following Information Sources:
1. Bibliographical Sources:
Indian National Bibliography, Indian Books-in-Print, Books-in-Print (Bowker), Whitaker's
Books-in-Print.
2. Indexing and Abstracting
Guide to Indian Periodical Literature, Library and Information Science Abstracts (LISA), Indian
Science Abstracts.
3. Encyclopaedias:
New Encyclopaedia Britannica, Encyclopaedia Americana, Encyclopaedia of Library and
Information Science, International Encyclopaedia of Social Sciences, McGraw Hill
Encyclopaedia of Science and Technology.
4. Dictionaries:
Oxford English Dictionary, Webster's Third New International Dictionary, Samantar Kosh: Hindi
Thesaurus, Rogets International Thesaurus.
5. Geographical Sources:
Gazetteer of India, World Geographical Encyclopaedia, Times Atlas of the World, Fodor's India.
6. Biographical Sources:
10 (2086)

India: Who's Who, International Who's Who, Dictionary of National Biography (India).
Chamber's Biographical Dictionary.
7. Reference Sources for Current Events:
Asian News Digest, Keesing's Record of World Events.
8. Year Books:
Europa World Yearbook, Statesman's Yearbook, India: A Reference Annual.
9. Directories:
Universities Handbook India, Commonwealth Universities Yearbook, World of Learning.
10. Statistical Sources:
Statistical Abstracts of India, Census of India, UNESCO Statistical Yearbook.
11. Handbooks:
Limca Book of Records, Guinness Book of World Records.
12. Almanacs:
Whitaker's Almanac.
Books Recommended:
1. BUNCH (Allan). Basics of information work, 1995. Clive Bingley. London.
2. CHANDLER (G) How to find out: A guide to sources of information for all, Ed. 4. 1971.
Pergamon, Oxford.
3. KATZ (William A). Introduction to reference work, Ed. 7 2V, 1996. McGraw Hill, New York.
4. KRISHAN KUMAR, Reference Service, Vikas, New Delhi.
5. TRIPATHI (SM). Modern bibliographical control, Bibliography and documentation. 1992. Y.K. Agra.
6. USHA PAWAN and GUPTA (Pawan Kumar) Sandarbh Sewa : Saidhantik avom kriyatmak.
1994. RBSA, Jaipur.
* * * * * * *
PAPER-IV: LIBRARY CLASSIFICATION & CATALOGUING PRACTICE – A
Part – I Colon Classification (6th revised edition)
10 (2087)
Max. Marks: 100 (50+50)
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2 Hours
Practical Examination: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance (includes attendance of Cataloguing Practical classes
also) – 05 Marks + Class Test – 05 Marks)
Objectives:
(i) To familiarise with the process of classification.
(ii) To familiarise with various provisions of CC
Note: There will be Ten Titles and the examinees will be required to classify any Eight titles only.
Classification of Documents
- Representing Simple Subject.
- Having Common Isolates.

- Representing Compound Subject.
- Representing Complex Subject.
Books Recommended:
1. RANGANATHAN (S.R.). Colon Classification, Rev. ed. 6. 1963.
Part – II: Classified Catalogue Code (CCC)
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2 Hours
Practical Examination: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Assignments – 05 Marks (Preparation of Cataloguing Copy) + Class
Test – 05 Marks)
Objectives:
(i) To familiarise with the process of cataloguing.
(ii) To familiarise with various provisions of CCC.
(iii) To familiarise with the process of preparation of Entries according to CCC.
Note: There will be Five Titles in all and the Examinees will be required to attempt any Three Titles only.
All Titles carry equal marks.
Classified Catalogue Code
- Sections and Skeleton Card of Main and Added Entries (Class Index, Book Index, Cross
Reference Index and Cross Reference Entry).
- Cataloguing of Personal Authorship, Pseudonym Work.
- Cataloguing of Multi - Volume documents.
- Cataloguing of Periodical Publications (Simple Periodical Publications).
Books Recommended:
1. RANGANATHAN (S R). Classified Catalogue Code with additional Rules for Dictionary
Catalogue Code. Ed. 5. 1964.
* * * * * * *
10 (2088)

Semester – II
PAPER-V: MANAGEMENT OF LIBRARIES AND INFORMATION CENTRES
Max. Marks: 100 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 80 Marks
Internal assessment: 20 Marks (Assignment – 10 + Class Test – 5 + Attendance – 5)
Objectives:
(i) To introduce environmental factors of Libraries and Information Centres.
(ii) To understand organisational structure.
(iii) To study functions and routines of different sections.
Note: The paper is divided into 5 Units. The question paper will consist of Ten questions (Two
questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Five questions in all
selecting atleast One question from each Unit.
Unit-I: Library Environment
- Organisation, Management and Administration: A Conceptual Framework.
- Relationship of the library with its parent organisation.
- Library Organisational Structure, Ranganathan's Staff Formula
- Library Committee: Types, functions and powers.
Unit-II: Library Finance and Budgeting
- Sources of Finance.
- Methods of Estimating Library Finance.
- Budget Preparation for different types of Libraries.
Unit-III: Sections of the Library (A)
- Book Selection and Procurement.
- Technical Processing Section.
- Periodicals Section.
Unit-IV: Sections of the Library (B)
- Circulation Section.
- Maintenance Section.
- Reference Section
- General Administration: Annual Report, Library Statistics, Library Rules.
Unit-V: Building and Space Management
- Basic elements in designing library building.
- Furniture and Equipments.
Books Recommended:
1. Application of Management Techniques to Library and Information Systems, 12 th IASLIC
Conference, Roorkee, 1979.
10 (2089)

2. MITTAL (RL) Library Administration. Theory and Practice 5 th ed. New Delhi, Metropolitan,
1983.
3. MOOKERJEE (Subodh Kumar) and SENGUPTA (Beneyendra). Library Organization and
Library Administration. Calcutta; World Press, 1972.
4. PANWAR (BS) and VYAS (SD). Library Management; Delhi; R.R. Publishing Corporation, 1986.
5. RANGANATHAN (SR) Library Manual for Authorities, Librarians and Honorary Library
Workers. 2nd ed. Bombay; Asia, 1967.
6. SINGH (M). Library and Information Management : Theory and Practice Delhi; IBT, 1983.
7. SINGH (RSP). Fundamentals of Library Administration and Management. Delhi; Prabhat, 1990.
8. STEUART (Robert) and EASTILICK (John T). Libraries Management. 2 nd ed. Colorado
Libraries Unlimited, 1991.
9. WILSON (A). The Planning approach to Library Management.
* * * * * * *
PAPER-VI: USERS AND INFORMATION SERVICES (THEORY AND PRACTICE)
Objectives
(i) To introduce with various categories of Users and their Information Needs.
(ii) To familiarise with different types of Information Services.
(iii) To introduce with various Information Systems.
(iv) To introduce with methods of organising User Education Programmes.
(v) To develop practical skills in preparation of selected Information Products.
Part-I: Theory
10 (2090)
Max. Marks: 100
Marks: 60 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 50
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance (includes attendance of Practical Classes also) – 5 +
Class Test – 5)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (atleast
Two questions from each Unit.) The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in
all selecting atleast One question from each Unit.
Unit-I: Information Users and their Information Needs
- Categories of Information Users
- Information Needs: Definition and Characteristics.
- Information Seeking Behaviour: Models
- User Studies: Methods and Techniques.
- Information Literacy and User Education: Concepts and Methods.
Unit-II: Information Services and Products
- Information Services: Evolution, Types and Trends.
- Current Awareness Type of Services: CAS, SDI, Press Clipping Service.
- Other Services: Indexing and Abstracting Services, Referral Service, Document Delivery
and Translation Services.

- Reference Process: Reference Question; Interview; Search Strategy and Reference Service
Unit-III: Information Systems and their Services
- Overview of National, International and Commercial Information Systems and Networks.
- Introduction to the Background, their Services and Products: NISSAT, DELNET,
INFLIBNET, ENVIS, INIS, AGRIS, and OCLC
Part-II: Practice
Max. Marks: 40 Time: 2 Hours
The Distribution of Marks and scheme of examination will be as follows:
c) Assignments: 10 marks
d) Viva-voce: 05 marks
Section – A Marks: 15
Section – B Marks: 25
Note: There will be ONE question from the following for each examinee:
1. Preparation of Current Contents List on a specified subject (Broad Subject Heading arrangement).
2. Preparation of a Subject Bibliography (of about 20 books) on a specified subject.
3. Preparation of Newspaper Clippings on a specified subject.
Syllabus:
Preparation of: Current Awareness Bulletin, Newspaper Clippings, Contents List, Subject
Bibliography.
Books Recommended:
1. ATHERTON (Pauline). Handbook for information systems and services. 1977. UNESCO, Paris.
2. BOPP (Richard E) and SMITH (Linda C), Ed. Reference and information services : An
Introduction. Rev. ed. 1995. Libraries Un., USA.
3. GUHA (B) Documentation and information. Rev. ed. 2. 1983. World Press Calcutta.
4. KATZ (William A). Introduction to reference work. E 7. 2 V. 1996. Mc Graw Hill, New York.
5. TRIPATHI (S.M.). Documentation, Information Services and Networks. 2 V. (Hindi Medium)
1998. Y.K. Agra.
6. TRIPATHI (S.M.). New Dimensions on Reference and Information Services. (Hindi Medium)
1998. Y.K. Agra.
7. USHA PAWAN and GUPTA (Pawan Kumar). Sandarbh Sewa : Saidhantik avom Kriyatmak
1994. RBSA, Jaipur.
* * * * * * *
10 (2091)

PAPER-VII: ICT APPLICATIONS IN LIS (THEORY AND PRACTICE)
Objectives:
(i) To acquaint the students with the basic concepts of computers.
(ii) To understand various aspects of library automation.
(iii) To develop skills in using computers technologies.
Part-I: Theory
10 (2092)
Max. Marks: 100
Marks: 60 Time: 3 Hours
Theory: 50
Internal assessment: 15 Marks (Attendance (includes attendance of Practical Classes also) – 5 +
Assignment – 10)
Note: The paper is divided into 3 Units. The question paper will consist of Eight questions (at least
Two questions from each Unit). The examinees will be required to attempt Four questions in all
selecting at least One question from each Unit.
Unit – I: Overview of Information Communication Technology
- Overview of Computer Technology, Communication Technology, Reprography &
Micrography and Printing and Publishing Technology
Unit –II: Introduction to Computers and Computer Architecture
- The Evolution of Computers.
- Characteristics of Computers.
- Classification of Computers: Super Computer, Mainframe Computer, Mini Computer and
Micro Computer.
- Digital vs. Analog Computers.
Computer Architecture:
- Input Devices, Output Devices, Central Processing Unit. Memory (Auxiliary).
Unit – III: Software Concept
� System Software/Operating System (OS)
- Definition of OS.
- Principal functions of the OS.
- Various Operating Systems: Single and Multiuser.
- Basic Features of Windows XP.
� Programming Languages: Concepts and Tools.
� Application Software Packages.
� Word Processor Software: MS-WORD:

- Creating a Document.
- Editing a Document.
- Formatting a Document.
- Maintaining Mailing List.
Part-II: Practice
Max. Marks: 40 Time: 3 Hours
Practical Exam: 30 Marks
Internal assessment: 5 Marks (Class Test – 5)
Note: There will be One question each from the following units. The examinees will be required to
attempt Two questions in all.
Unit – I: Operating System: Introduction to WINDOWS XP
- Important Features of Windows
- Desktop, My Computer, Control Panel, Windows Explorer
- Accessories Applets.
Unit – II: MS Office
- MS WORD: Standard Toolbars, Creating a Document, Editing a Document, Formatting a
Document, Maintaining Mailing List.
- MS POWER POINT: Creating Presentation Slides, Formatting/ Adding Graphics. Slide
Show. Customizing and Printing.
Unit – III: WINISIS
- Overview of WINISIS features.
- Installation of WINISIS.
- SYSPAR.PAR Parameters.
- WINISIS Windows and Dialog Boxes.
- Database Creation.
- Formatting Language: Additional Features - Hypertext Link (within a
database and among databases), Handling Multimedia.
- Database Searching, Sorting and Printing.
Books Recommended:
1. BHARIHOKE, Deepak. Fundamentals of IT. 2nd ed. Excel Books. New Delhi, 2002.
2. BURXTON, Andrew and HOPKINSON, Alan. The CDS/ISIS for Windows Handbook.
UNESCO/CI, Paris, 2001.
3. COLEMAN. Windows XP from A – Z. BPB Publications. New Delhi.
4. LEON, Alexis and LEON, Mathews. Fundamentals of Information Technology. 2nd Ed. Vikas
Publishing House Pvt Ltd New Delhi. 2009.
5. Nagpal, D. P. Computer Fundamentals. S. Chand. New Delhi. 2008.
6. WINISIS. Library & Information Division , Kerala Institute of Local Administration, India.
10 (2093)

Available at: http://greenstonesupport.iimk.ac.in/Documents/Winisis%20Archiving%20
Guide.pdf
7. ROWLEY, J. E. Basics of Information Technology.
8. ROWLEY, Jennifer. Computers for libraries. 3rd ed. Library Association. London. 1993.
9. RUTKOSKY. MS PowerPoint 2007. BPB Publications. New Delhi.
10. RUTKOSKY. MS Word 2007 (W/CD). BPB Publications. New Delhi.
11. JAIN, S. MS PowerPoint 2007- Made Simple. BPB Publications. New Delhi.
12. JAIN, S. MS Word 2007- Made Simple. BPB Publications. New Delhi.
13. SINHA, P.K and Sinha, P. Foundations of computing. BPB Publications. 2008.
14. TAXALI, R.K. PC software for Windows made simple. Tata McGraw Hill.
15. UNESCO. CDS/ISIS for WINDOWS ver. 1.5: Reference Manual. Paris. 2004.
16. WEIXEL. Learning Microsoft Office XP. BPB Publications. New Delhi.
* * * * * * *
PAPER-VIII: LIBRARY CLASSIFICATION & CATALOGUING PRACTICE - B
Part – I: Dewey Decimal Classification
10 (2094)
Max. Marks: 100 (50+50)
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2 Hours
Practical Examination: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Attendance (includes attendance of Cataloguing Practical Classes
also) – 05 Marks + Class Test – 05 Marks)
Objectives:
(i) To familiarise with the process of classification.
(ii) To familiarise with various provisions of DDC.
Note: There will be Ten Titles and the examinees will be required to classify any Eight titles only,
using latest available edition of DDC.
Classification of Documents
- Representing Simple Subject.
- Having Common Isolates.
- Representing Compound Subject.
- Representing Complex Subject.
Books Recommended:
1. DEWEY (Melvil). Dewey Decimal Classification, Latest available edition.

Part – II: AACR – II
Max. Marks: 50 Time: 2 Hours
Practical Examination: 40 Marks
Internal assessment: 10 Marks (Assignment – 05 Marks (Preparation of Cataloguing Copy) + Class
Test – 05 Marks)
Objectives:
(i) To familiarise with the process of cataloguing.
(ii) To familiarise with various provisions of AACR - II
(iii) To familiarise with the process of preparation of Entries according to AACR – II
Note:
1. There will be Five Titles and the examinees will be required to attempt any Three Titles. All
titles carry equal marks.
2. Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules – II
Conventional Documents
- Sections and Skeleton Card of Main and Added entries.
- Basic features, Personal Author(s), Shared Authorship, Collaborator (s).
- Cataloguing of Pseudonym Work.
- Cataloguing of Multivolume documents.
- Cataloguing of Periodical Publications (Simple Periodical Publications)
Books Recommended:
1. ALA and others. Anglo American Cataloguing Rules. Revised ed. 2. 1998.
2. SEARS (ME). Sears List of Subject Headings. Latest edition.
* * * * * * *
10 (2095)

URDU (COMPULSORY)
Outlines of Test
B.A. Part-I
(Ist Semester)
Paper-I Max. Marks: 80+20 (Int.)
Time: 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
Paper-I: Text, Essay, Translation/Letter Writing, Idioms
(a) Text 50 Marks
(b) Essay 15 Marks
(c) Translation from English into Urdu 15 Marks
Or
Letter Writing/Idioms
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Books Prescribed:
1. Khayaban-i-Adab (Poetry): Published by Educational Book House, Aligarh.
Only the following prescribed:
Ghazalyat: Hasrat-Fani-Jigar
Jadeed Shairi: Chakbast-Josh
2. Khayaban-i-Adab (Prose) Published by Educational Book House, Aligarh.
Only the following Selections:
Meer Amman-Ghalib-Sir Syed
10 (2096)

URDU (COMPULSORY)
Outlines of Test
B.A. Part-I
(IInd Semester)
Paper-II Max. Marks: 80+20 (Int.)
Time: 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
Paper-I: Text, Essay, Translation/Letter Writing, Idioms
(a) Text 50 Marks
(b) Essay 15 Marks
(c) Translation from English into Urdu 15 Marks
Or
Letter Writing/Idioms
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Books Prescribed:
1. Khayaban-i-Adab (Poetry): Published by Educational Book House, Aligarh.
Only the following prescribed:
Ghazalyat: Asghar-Shad-Firaq
Jadeed Shairi: Faiz-Akhtar Sheerani
2. Khayaban-i-Adab (Prose) Published by Educational Book House, Aligarh.
Only the following Selections:
Farhat Ullah Baig-Prem Chand-Rasid Ahmed Siddiqui
10 (2097)

URDU (COMPULSORY)
Outlines of Test
B.A. Part-II
(3rd Semester)
Paper-I Max. Marks: 80+20 (Int.)
Time: 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
(a) Text Explanation and Paraphrase 50 Marks
(b) Elementary Knowledge of Ilam-ebayn
and Kinds of Prose & Poetry 15 Marks
(c) Character Analysis, Critical Appreciation 15 Marks
and Summary
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Books Prescribed:
1. Khayaban-i-Adab (Poetry): Published by Educational Book House, Aligarh.
Only the following prescribed:
Mohd. Hussain Azad, Nagar Ahmed, Hali
2. Urdu Ke Terah Afsane by Ather Parvaiz.
Only the following prescribed:
Short Stories:- Kafan (Prem Chand), Mahalakshmi Kapul (Krishan Chander), Anandi (Gulam
Abbas)
10 (2098)

URDU (COMPULSORY)
Outlines of Test
B.A. Part-II
(4th Semester)
Paper-I Max. Marks: 80+20 (Int.)
Time: 3 Hours
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
(a) Text Explanation and Paraphrase 50 Marks
(b) Elementary Knowledge of Ilam-ebayn
and Kinds of Prose & Poetry 15 Marks
(c) Character Analysis, Critical Appreciation 15 Marks
and Summary
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical
grounds duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Books Prescribed:
1. Khayaban-i-Adab (Poetry): Published by Educational Book House, Aligarh.
Only the following prescribed:
Shibi, Sharsar, Imtiaz Ali Taj, Rashid-ul-Kheri Sharar
2. Urdu Ke Terah Afsane by Ather Parvaiz.
Only the following prescribed:
Short Stories:- Apne Dukh Mujhe Dedo (Bedi), Toba Tek Singh (Minto), Chauthi Ka Jora
(Ismat Chugtai).
10 (2099)

Certificate of Proficiency in French
Paper I
Grammar and Written Expression
M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment) Time 3 hours.
1. Basic elements of grammar as covered in the prescribed text book, such as 50
a) Determinants
b) Preposition
c) Adjective: demonstrative, interrogative and possessive.
d) Pronoun: Personal, possessive, demonstrative, interrogative
e) Present Tense
f) Past tense
g) Future tense
h) Imperfect tense
i) Adverb
j) Imperative
k) Comparative and superlative
2. Short questions on civilization: Short questions on day-to-day life in France i.e. names of cities, rivers,
mountains, periodicals, authors, important abbreviations, etc. are to be asked. 5
3. Translation (English to French) 5
4. Translation (French to English) 5
5. Comprehension 5
6. Paragraph writing 10
Prescribed Text Book
Connexions –I Didier
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(1) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(2) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(3) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper-II Viva Voce
100
The students will he examined by an external examiner. The students are expected to read simple texts
and express themselves in simple French on general questions.
Note:- The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 28% marks in each paper i.e. I& II.
(b) 40% marks in aggregate.
10 (2100)

Diploma of Proficiency in French
Paper I
Grammar and Written Comprehension
M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment) Time 3 hours.
1. Basic elements of grammar covered in the text-book, such as
a) All the elements covered in C.O.P.
b) Pronouns
c) Future antérieur
d) Plus-que Parfait
e) Present conditional
f) Present subjective
g) Passive Voice
50
2. Two comprehensions
20x2 = 30
Prescribed Text Book
Connexions –II Didier
Paper II M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment)
Paper II: Written Expression and Translation
1. Paragraph writing: Two topics are to be attempted out of four 15x2 = 30
2. Civilisation: Short questions on day to day life in France 20
3. Translation: English to French 15
4. Translation: French to English 15
Prescribed Text Book
Connexions –II Didier
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(4) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(5) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(6) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper Ill: Viva-Voce 100
The students will be examined by an external examiner. The students are expected to read texts and
answer questions on the text. Moreover, they should be able to express themselves in French and give their
opinions on issues of general interest.
Note:- The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 28 % marks in each paper i.e. I, II & III
(b) 40% marks in aggregate.
10 (2101)

SYLLABI, COURSES OF READING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION FOR
ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF PROFICIENCY IN FRENCH
There would be three written papers i.e. I, II and III of three hours duration and 100 marks each and Paper IV
Viva-voce (dictation, reading and conversation) of 100 marks, totaling 400 marks.
PAPER-I: GRAMMAR AND WRITTEN EXPRESSION M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment)
a. Applied Grammar 40 marks
b. Essay or letter 10 marks
c. Comprehension 10 marks
d. Translation from French to English 10 marks
e. Translation from English to French 10 marks
Prescribed Text-Book: Connexions-3 by Régine Mérieux et Yves Loiseau
PAPER-II: INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH LITERATURE M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment)
Section-A (Novel) 20 marks
Antoine de Saint-Expupéry : Le Petit Prince
a. Victor Hugo : Demain dès l’aube
b. Baudelaire : Invitation au voyage
c. Apollinaire : Sous le pont Mirabeau
d. Jacques Prévert : Le Cancre
Section-B (Poetry) 15x2= 30 marks
Section-C (Drama) Extraits 15x2= 30 marks
a. Sartre : Huis Clos
b. Ionesco : La Cantatrice chauve
c. Samuel Beckett : En attendant Godot
d. Bernard-Marie Koltès : Combat de Nègre et de Chien
Instructions : The student is to answer one question out of two in Section A, and two questions out of three in
Section B and C.
COURSES OF READING:
1.Histoire de la littérature française: Lagarde et Michard
2.Histoire de la littérature française: Castex et Surer
PAPER-III: HISTORY AND CIVILIZATION OF FRANCE M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment)
Section-A
Long type questions to be asked on History of France from the prescribed text- book. Two questions to be
answered out of four: 15x2=30
Section- B
Long type questions to be asked on French Civilization from the prescribed text-book. Two questions to be
answered out of four: 15x2=30
Section-C
Short questions to be answered on different aspects of life in France: 20
10 (2102)

COURSES OF READING:
1. Histoire de France par Jean Mathieu Hachette (Outils)
2. Civilisation progressive du français par Ross Steele :Clé international
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(7) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(8) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(9) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper- IV Viva-voce (dictation, reading and conversation) 100
In the conversation, the student is required to speak on any of the following topics:
a. La vie en ville/ au village
b. La France
c. Mon pays
d. La cuisine
e. Un pique-nique au bord de la mer
f. Mon acteur/Actrice/écrivain favori
g. Mes rêves
h. Un voyage
i. La vie au XXI e siècle
j. L’influence de la télévision/Radio/presse sur les jeunes
k. Le mariage
l. L’amour ou l’argent
m. Si j’étais….,j’ …
n. Les souvenirs de mon enfance
o. Les vacances en Inde
p. Une fête indienne
Note: The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 35 % marks in each paper I, II, III and IV.
(b) 40 % marks in aggregate
10 (2103)

Certificate of Proficiency in German
Paper I
Grammar and Written Expression
M.M. 80+20* (*Internal Assessment) Time3 hours.
1. Basic elements of grammar as covered in the prescribed text book, such as
40
a) Wo, woher, wohin
b) Wer, was, wie.
c) Wie viel, wie viele, wie lange, Uhrzeiten..
d) Akkusativ, einen, keinen, doch usw.
e) Modalverben.
f) Wenn, weil, wann, warum.
g) Dativ
h) Praepositionen mit Akkusativ und Dativ wie aus, bei, durch, fuer usw.
i) Perfekt mit haben und sein.
2.Comprehension of two texts with questions to be answered on it in German ( From the
text book) 10x 2=20
3. Translation (English into German) 05
4. Translation (German into English) 05
5 A short essay on topics like meine Stadt, meine Universitaet, eine Reise, ein Ausflug
usw.
10
Prescribed Text Book
Deutsch als Fremdsprache, IA (BNS 1A)
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(10) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(11) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(12) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.
Paper-II Viva Voce
100
The students will he examined by an external examiner. The students will be
asked questions in German on day to day life.
Note: - The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 28% marks in each paper i.e. I & II
(b) 40% marks in aggregate.
10 (2104)

Diploma of Proficiency in German
Paper I
Grammar and Written Comprehension
Time: 3 Hours M.M. 80+20* (Int. Assessment)
1, Gammar 40
a) Nominativ, Akkusativ, Dativ.
b) Modalverben (present tense and past tens)
c) Perfekt mit haben und sein.
d) Praeteritum.
e) Passiv.
f) Praepositionen.
g) Adjektivendungen.
2. Two comprehensions (From the Text book)
Prescribed Text Book
Deutsch als Fremdsprache 1B(BNS 1B)
10 (2105)
20x2 = 40
Paper II 80*20* (*Int. Assessment)
Paper II: Written Expression and Translation
1. Paragraph writing: Two topics are to be attempted out of four on topics such as ein
Fest, eine Reise, Schule, Universitaet usw. 10x2=20
2. Civilisation: Short questions on day to day life in Germany, Austria and Switzerland.
20
3. Translation: English to German. 20
4. Translation: German to English 20
Prescribed Text Book
Deutsch als Fremdsprache 1B(BNS 1B)
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(13) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(14) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(15) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.

Paper Ill: Viva-Voce 100
The students will be examined by an external examiner and are expected to
answer all questions in German.
Note:- The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 28 % marks in each paper i.e. I, II &.III
(b) 40 % marks in aggregate.
10 (2106)

SYLLABI, COURSES OF READING AND SCHEME OF
EXAMINATION FOR
ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF PROFICIENCY IN GERMAN
There would be three written papers i.e. I, II and III of three hours duration and
100 marks each and Paper IV Viva-voce (dictation, reading and conversation) of
100 mark, totaling 400 marks.
Paper I: Grammar and Written Expression 80+20* (*Int. Assessment)
a. Applied Grammar 20
b. Essay or letter 20
c. Translation from German into
English or Hindi 10
d. Translation from English/Hindi
into German 10
c. Comprehension 20
Prescribed Text book: Sprachkurs 3.
Paper II: Introduction to German literature 80+20* (*Int. Assessment)
a. History of German literature 20
1) Romanticism
2) Enlightenment
b. Drama 20
1) Besuch der alten Dame. Duerrenmatt
c. Prose 20
1. Bahnwaerter Thiel. Hauptmann
d. Poem 20
1. 1mNebel. H Hesse
Paper III History of Germany 80+20* (*Int. Assessment)
a. Reformation and 30 Year war. 16
b. Unification of Germany in 1871 16
c. Germany between 1871 and 1919 16
d. Germany between 1919 and 1933 16
e. World war 11. 16
Prescribed Text book: Aus deutscher Vergangenheit.
Internal Assessment in each theory paper w.e.f. 2011-12 based on the following criteria:
(i) Two Handwritten Assignments : 10%
(Ist Assignment after one month & IInd
Assignment after two months)
(ii) One Class Test : 5%
(one period duration)
(iii) Attendance : 5%
Marks for Attendance will be given as under:
(16) 91% onwards : 5 marks (4) 70% to 75% : 2 marks*
(17) 81% to 90% : 4 marks (5) 65% to 70% : 1 mark*
(18) 75% to 80% : 3 marks
*For students engaged in co-curricular activities of the colleges only/authenticated medical grounds
duly approved by the concerned Principal.
10 (2107)

Paper IV Viva-voce (dictation, reading and conversation)
Note:- The minimum marks to pass the examination shall be as under:
(a) 35% marks in each paper i.e. I, II,.III and IV.
(b) 40% marks in aggregate.
10 (2108)

Five-year Integrated course in Multimedia
Scheme of Examination (Existing)
B.Sc.(I-VI Sem)
First Semester T P IA Total
Paper-1 Science of communication 80 - 20 100
Paper-2 Communicative Hindi 80 - 20 100
Paper-3 Social Science-I 80 - 20 100
Paper-4 Fundamentals of Computer 50 30 20 100
Paper-5 Fundamentals of multimedia
Second Semester
80 - 20 100
Paper-6 Communication technologies 80 - 20 100
Paper- 7 Communicative English 80 - 20 100
Paper- 8 Social Science-II 80 - 20 100
Paper- 9 Computer organization and
80 - 20 100
Structure
Paper-10 Page maker & Quark Express - 80 20 100
Environment Studies*
Third Semester
75 25 - 100
Paper-11 Applications of multimedia 80 - 20 100
Paper- 12 Videography 50 30 20 100
Paper- 13 Computer graphics 80 - 20 100
Paper- 14 Static Web designing (HTML) 50 30 20 100
Paper- 15 Coral Draw
Forth Semester
- 80 20 100
Paper- 16 Animation techniques-I 80 - 20 100
Paper- 17 Video production 80 - 20 100
Paper- 18 Interactive Courseware Designing 80 - 20 100
Paper- 19 Dynamic web designing
50 30 20 100
(Dreamweaver)
Paper- 20 Photoshop
Fifth semester
- 80 20 100
Paper- 21 Animation techniques-II 80 - 20 100
Paper- 22 Non-linier editing 80 - 20 100
Paper- 23 Data communication and
80 - 20 100
Computer network
Paper- 24 ASP.net 50 30 20 100
Paper- 25 Sound Forge & Adobe Premiere - 80 20 100
Sixth Semester
Paper- 26 Web management 80 - 20 100
Paper- 27 Content writing 80 - 20 100
Paper- 28 Flash - 80 20 100
10 (2109)

Five-year Integrated course in Multimedia
Scheme of Examination
w.e.f. Academic Session 2011-12
M.Sc.(VII-X Sem)
Seventh Semester T P IA Total
Paper-30 Communication Process, Practice &
Theory
80 - 20 100
Paper-31 Advance web Designing 80 - 20 100
Paper-32 Digital Publishing 50 30 20 100
Paper-33 Multimedia Designing 50 30 20 100
Paper-34 Project-I: Website Development**
Eighth Semester
- 80 20 100
Paper-35 Advance Graphics Designing 50 30 20 100
Paper-36 Introduction to 3D Animation 50 30 20 100
Paper-37 Animation & Advertisement 50 30 20 100
Paper-38 Advance Editing Techniques 50 30 20 100
Paper-39 Project-II : Animated Advertisement**
Ninth Semester
- 80 20 100
Paper-40 Advance Courseware Designing 50 30 20 100
Paper-41 Sound & Visual Effects 50 30 20 100
Paper-42 Lighting Techniques 50 30 20 100
Paper-43 Advance 3D Animation - 80 20 100
Paper-44 Project-III: Audio / Video production**
Tenth Semester
- 80 20 100
Paper-45 Multimedia Marketing and Research 80 - 20 100
Paper-46 Elective Paper
Any one of the following
1. Typography
2. Texturing & Rendering
3. Character rigging
4. Graphics designing with illustrator
50 30 20 100
Paper-47. Seminar*** - - 50 50
Paper-48. Major Project-IV: Multimedia
Production**
- 200 50 250
Note-
* Environment studies paper is a qualifying compulsory for all the students of the UG
course and the same will be conducted in the 2 nd semester of the course.
** Project to be evaluated by a panel of three examiners to be appointed by the Director
of the Institute and it is to be submitted to the Institute by the student 20 days prior to
the theory examination of the semester in which the Project is supposed to be
submitted.
*** The seminar on a topic approved by the Director of the Institute will be presented by
the student before the start of theory paper on a date fixed by the Institute and the
same will be evaluated by a committee of three teachers nominated by the Director.
10 (2110)

M.Sc. Multimedia
Semester-7th
Paper-30:Communication Process, Practice & Theory
10 (2111)
Total Marks: 100,
Theory Marks: 80,
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hrs. (for theory paper)
The question paper will be divided into five Units containing nine questions. Students are
required to attempt five questions in all. There will be two questions in each unit I to IV
and students are required to attempt one question from each unit. Unit V will have only
one Compulsory question containing short notes and covering the entire syllabus. All
questions carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Communication: concept and definition
Communication: Principles and elements
Types of communication- Intrapersonal, Interpersonal, Group and Mass
Functions of communication: Personal and social context
Media: traditional, new and folk
Characteristics of different media
Functions of media
Visual as communication
Visual codes: Signs & symbols
Characteristics of visual communication
Non-verbal communication
Unit-II
Unit-III
Unit-IV
Theories of communication-Bullet theory, Normative, cognitive dissonance, uses
and gratification, agenda setting, McLuhan's Media theory
Models of communication: Aristotle, Lasswell, Osgood & Schramm, Shannon &
Weaver, Gerbner's Model, Berlo's model

Reference Books
- Rayudu, C.S., Media and Communication Management, Himalya Publishing
House, Delhi, Reprint 2005
- Phillips, Annie, Communication and the Manager’s Job, Radcliff Medical Press,
Jaypee Brothers Medical Publisher’s(P) Ltd., New Delhi-110002-India,2005,
ISBN- 1-85775-534-0
- Narula, Uma, Dynamics of Mass Communication (Theory and Practice), Atlantic
Publishers and Distributers,2006
- Mathur, Pratish K, Visual communication Beyond words, GNOSIS Publishers of
Education Books, Delhi- 110092,2006, ISBN 81-89012-08-8
- Watt, James H Sajef A. Van Dan Berg, Communication Science, Allym and
Bacon, 1995, ISBN 0-205-14026-2
10 (2112)

M.Sc. Multimedia
Semester-7th
Paper-31: Advance web Designing
10 (2113)
Total Marks: 100,
Theory Marks: 80,
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hrs. (for theory paper)
The question paper will be divided into five Units containing nine questions. Students are
required to attempt five questions in all. There will be two questions in each unit I to IV
and students are required to attempt one question from each unit. Unit V will have only
one Compulsory question containing short notes and covering the entire syllabus. All
questions carry equal marks.
Unit I
Introduction of static web designing & dynamic web designing, Layout designing of a
web page, Head, title and body elements , Block and text level elements
Links, images, fonts, colour, style sheet and character entities
Interface between HTML and other coding languages
Unit II
Introduction to javaScript, javaScript Core features-overview, Datatypes & variables,
operators, Expressions, Statements
Unit III
Functions, objects, Arrays, date, Math, & type related objects, regular Expressions,
Unit IV
Controlling Window & frames, Handling documents, form handling, dynamic
effects:Rollovers, positioning & animation, Navigation &site visit improvements

Reference Books
Powell, Thomas A. , HTML The complete reference, Osborne/McGraw-Hill, 1999
Second edition, ISBN: 0072119772, 9780072119770
Thomas A. Powell, Fritz Schneider, JavaScript: the complete reference Osborne
Complete Reference Series Complete Reference, Publisher McGraw-Hill/Osborne, 2004,
ISBN 0072253576, 9780072253573
John Pollock, JavaScript: a beginner's guide
McGraw-Hill Professional, 2004, ISBN 0072227907, 9780072227901
Andrew Harris, JavaScript Programming for the Absolute Beginner, Publisher Cengage
Learning, 2002, ISBN 0761534105, 9780761534105
David Flanagan, JavaScript: The Definitive Guide: Activate Your Web Pages Definitive
Guide Series, O'Reilly Media, Inc., 2011, ISBN 0596805527, 9780596805524
Danny Goodman, Michael Morrison, Brendan Eich, JavaScript Bible, sixth edition, John
Wiley and Sons, 2007 ISBN 0470146230, 9780470146231
Chuck Musciano, Bill Kennedy, HTML & XHTML: the definitive guide,sixth Edition,
ISBN-10:0-596-52732-2
10 (2114)

M.Sc. Multimedia
Semester-7th
Paper-32:Digital Publishing
10 (2115)
Total Marks: 100,
Theory Marks: 50,
Practical Marks: 30,
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hrs. (for theory paper)
The question paper will be divided into five Units containing nine questions. Students are
required to attempt five questions in all. There will be two questions in each unit I to IV
and students are required to attempt one question from each unit. Unit V will have only
one Compulsory question containing short notes and covering the entire syllabus. All
questions carry equal marks.
Unit I
Meaning, Definition and history of digital publishing, Types of digital publishing,
Careers in digital media
Unit-II
Digital printing process
Understanding hidden character, How indesign defines Paragraph, Manage Hyphenation
settings, Apply Alignment settings, Balanced Ragged lines, Hang punctuation, Hyphen
and Dashes
Unit III
Concept of digital publishing, the Indesign workspace., Menu bar, toolbox, using panels,
using tools, placing text in a frame, Navigation, Application bar, control panel, using the
control panel to change typefaces, changing leading, Type Basics, Points, Picas &
Markup, working with text in a frame, using the glyphs panel.
Combining type and images: Understanding paths and selection tools, working with text,
placing text, Manage text flow, threaded text frame, check spelling, kerning, working
with images.
Unit-IV
Tabs and Tables: Working with tabs, setting tabs, Creating tables, Create a table from
existing text, Adding Headers and Footers, guides &columns, Using grids to align
objects.
Text Wrap, Layers, Effects: Integrating Text & graphics, an introduction to text wrap, an
Introduction to document layers.
Placing type on a closed shape, placing type on an open paths, create text outlines,
creating shaped text frames, specifying color, applying color to your documents, graphics
tool, the mighty pen tool, making closed and paths.

Reference Books
Steve Johnson, Adobe InDesign CS5 on Demand
Publisher Pearson Education, Limited, 2010 ISBN 0789744465, 9780789744463
Christopher Smith, InDesign CS5 Digital Classroom
Publisher John Wiley & Sons, 2010, ISBN 0470607815, 9780470607817
Terry Rydberg ,Exploring Adobe InDesign CS5
Anne Fisher, Adobe Indesign Cs5 Illustrated
ISBN-13978-0-538-47787-1
David Bergsland, Publishing with Indesign CS5 third edition
Burke,S. Paraiah, Mastering InDesigh CS5 for print design and productiom
Gruman Galen, InDesign CS5 For Dumies
10 (2116)

M.Sc. Multimedia
Semester-7th
Paper-33: Multimedia Designing
10 (2117)
Total Marks: 100,
Theory Marks: 50,
Practical Marks: 30,
Internal Assessment: 20
Time: 3 Hrs. (for theory paper)
The question paper will be divided into five Units containing nine questions. Students are
required to attempt five questions in all. There will be two questions in each unit I to IV
and students are required to attempt one question from each unit. Unit V will have only
one Compulsory question containing short notes and covering the entire syllabus. All
questions carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Multimedia Fundamentals: Define the concept of multimedia, fundamental criteria for
the design of a multimedia presentation, multimedia application goals &objectives,
opportunities in multimedia production, Role of multimedia development team members,
avoiding problems in planning a multimedia application.
Unit-II
Multimedia Building Blocks: Text, Graphics, video capturing, Sound capturing, editing.
Basic design principle: proximity, visual hierarchy, Symmetry / Asymmetry, Repetition,
unity, Contrast, dynamics, Emphasis, Multimedia Authoring tools.
Unit-III
Design, Development and evaluation of multimedia a system:The development of user
interface design, Design Process,
Unit-IV
MultiMedia & the Internet, Multimedia conferencing, Multimedia file sharing,
Multimedia broadcasting, Multimedia file handling:Compression & Decompression, Data
& file formats standard.

Reference Books:
John Villamil-Casanova, Louis Molina, An introduction to multimedia
Mohammad Dastbaz, Desgning Interactive Multimedia Systems
Bohdan O. Szuprowicz, Multimedia Networking
Stephen McGloughlin, Multimedia on the web
10 (2118)

M.Sc. Multimedia
Semester-7th
Paper-34:Project
10 (2119)
Total Marks: 100
Project: 50,
Practical and viva-voce: 30,
Internal Assessment: 20
It will be a practical based paper, where each student will be given an assignment to
develop a website as a project. Students are supposed to complete their project work
under the regular supervision and guidance of the concerned teacher.
The students will submit to the Institute a duly certified synopsis and a soft copy as well
as hard copy of the project work at least 20 days prior to the theory examination of the
semester. The viva-voce and the project work will be evaluated by a panel of three
examiners to be appointed by the Director of the Institute.